support static build
This change backport the static build from rcouch.
A static build of spidermonkey is the default. To build with the
libraries installed you can pass the parameter `libs=shared` to the
make.
By default couch_collate is using ICU installed on the system except if
you pass the option `icu=static` to the Make.
At anytime you can override the compilation environnement with the
following variables:
JS_CFLAGS
JS_LIBS
ICU_CFLAGS
ICU_LDFLAGS
diff --git a/build_icu.sh b/build_icu.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e6ba834
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build_icu.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+CORE_TOP=`pwd`
+export CORE_TOP
+
+CURLBIN=`which curl`
+if ! test -n "CURLBIN"; then
+ display_error "Error: curl is required. Add it to 'PATH'"
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+GUNZIP=`which gunzip`
+UNZIP=`which unzip`
+TAR=`which tar`
+GNUMAKE=`which gmake 2>/dev/null || which make`
+PATCHES=$CORE_TOP/patches
+STATICLIBS=$CORE_TOP/.libs
+DISTDIR=$CORE_TOP/.dists
+
+# icu sources
+ICU_VER=4.4.2
+ICU_DISTNAME=icu4c-4_4_2-src.tgz
+ICU_SITE=http://dl.refuge.io
+ICUDIR=$STATICLIBS/icu_src/icu
+
+
+[ "$MACHINE" ] || MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || MACHINE="unknown"
+[ "$RELEASE" ] || RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || RELEASE="unknown"
+[ "$SYSTEM" ] || SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || SYSTEM="unknown"
+[ "$BUILD" ] || VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || VERSION="unknown"
+
+
+CFLAGS="-g -O2 -Wall"
+LDFLAGS="-lstdc++"
+ARCH=
+ISA64=
+GNUMAKE=make
+CC=gcc
+CXX=g++
+PATCH=patch
+case "$SYSTEM" in
+ Linux)
+ ARCH=`arch 2>/dev/null`
+ ;;
+ FreeBSD|OpenBSD|NetBSD)
+ ARCH=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+ GNUMAKE=gmake
+ ;;
+ Darwin)
+ ARCH=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+ ISA64=`(sysctl -n hw.optional.x86_64) 2>/dev/null`
+ ;;
+ Solaris)
+ ARCH=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+ GNUMAKE=gmake
+ PATCH=gpatch
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ARCH="unknown"
+ ;;
+esac
+
+
+# TODO: add mirror & signature validation support
+fetch()
+{
+ TARGET=$DISTDIR/$1
+ if ! test -f $TARGET; then
+ echo "==> Fetch $1 to $TARGET"
+ $CURLBIN --progress-bar -L $2/$1 -o $TARGET
+ fi
+}
+
+build_icu()
+{
+ fetch $ICU_DISTNAME $ICU_SITE
+
+ mkdir -p $ICUDIR
+
+ echo "==> icu (compile)"
+
+ rm -rf $STATICLIBS/icu*
+
+ cd $STATICLIBS
+ $GUNZIP -c $DISTDIR/$ICU_DISTNAME | $TAR xf - -C $STATICLIBS/icu_src
+
+ # apply patches
+ cd $STATICLIBS/icu_src
+ for P in $PATCHES/icu/*.patch; do \
+ (patch -p0 -i $P || echo "skipping patch"); \
+ done
+
+ cd $ICUDIR/source
+
+ CFLAGS="-g -Wall -fPIC -Os"
+
+ env CC="gcc" CXX="g++" CPPFLAGS="" LDFLAGS="-fPIC" \
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CXXFLAGS="$CFLAGS" \
+ ./configure --disable-debug \
+ --enable-static \
+ --disable-shared \
+ --disable-icuio \
+ --disable-layout \
+ --disable-extras \
+ --disable-tests \
+ --disable-samples \
+ --prefix=$STATICLIBS/icu && \
+ $GNUMAKE && $GNUMAKE install
+}
+
+do_setup()
+{
+ echo "==> build icu"
+ mkdir -p $DISTDIR
+ mkdir -p $STATICLIBS
+}
+
+do_builddeps()
+{
+ if [ ! -f $STATICLIBS/icu/lib/libicui18n.a ]; then
+ build_icu
+ fi
+}
+
+
+clean()
+{
+ rm -rf $STATICLIBS
+ rm -rf $DISTDIR
+}
+
+
+
+usage()
+{
+ cat << EOF
+Usage: $basename [command] [OPTIONS]
+
+The $basename command compile Mozilla Spidermonkey and ICU statically
+for couch_core.
+
+Commands:
+
+ all: build couch_core static libs
+ clean: clean static libs
+ -?: display usage
+
+Report bugs at <https://github.com/refuge/couch_core>.
+EOF
+}
+
+
+if [ ! "x$COUCHDB_STATIC" = "x1" ]; then
+ exit 0
+fi
+
+if [ ! "x$USE_STATIC_ICU" = "x1" ]; then
+ exit 0
+fi
+
+if [ "x$1" = "x" ]; then
+ do_setup
+ do_builddeps
+ exit 0
+fi
+
+case "$1" in
+ all)
+ shift 1
+ do_setup
+ do_builddeps
+ ;;
+ clean)
+ shift 1
+ clean
+ ;;
+ help|--help|-h|-?)
+ usage
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo $basename: ERROR Unknown command $arg 1>&2
+ echo 1>&2
+ usage 1>&2
+ echo "### $basename: Exitting." 1>&2
+ exit 1;
+ ;;
+esac
+
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/patches/icu/common-uloc_c.patch b/patches/icu/common-uloc_c.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe60732
--- /dev/null
+++ b/patches/icu/common-uloc_c.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+$FreeBSD: ports/devel/icu/files/patch-common-uloc.c,v 1.1 2011/12/23 14:54:18 crees Exp $
+
+From http://bugs.icu-project.org/trac/ticket/8984
+
+Submitted by: Andrei Lavreniyuk <andy.lavr@gmail.com> (thanks!)
+
+--- icu/source/common/uloc.c
++++ icu/source/common/uloc.c
+@@ -1797,7 +1797,7 @@
+ int32_t variantLen = _deleteVariant(variant, uprv_min(variantSize, (nameCapacity-len)), variantToCompare, n);
+ len -= variantLen;
+ if (variantLen > 0) {
+- if (name[len-1] == '_') { /* delete trailing '_' */
++ if (len > 0 && name[len-1] == '_') { /* delete trailing '_' */
+ --len;
+ }
+ addKeyword = VARIANT_MAP[j].keyword;
+@@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+- if (name[len-1] == '_') { /* delete trailing '_' */
++ if (len > 0 && len <= nameCapacity && name[len-1] == '_') { /* delete trailing '_' */
+ --len;
+ }
+ }
diff --git a/patches/icu/layout_LookupProcessor_cpp.patch b/patches/icu/layout_LookupProcessor_cpp.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..304d266
--- /dev/null
+++ b/patches/icu/layout_LookupProcessor_cpp.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+--- icu/source/layout/LookupProcessor.cpp
++++ icu/source/layout/LookupProcessor.cpp
+@@ -201,7 +201,9 @@
+
+ if (requiredFeatureIndex != 0xFFFF) {
+ requiredFeatureTable = featureListTable->getFeatureTable(requiredFeatureIndex, &requiredFeatureTag);
+- featureReferences += SWAPW(featureTable->lookupCount);
++ if (requiredFeatureTable) {
++ featureReferences += SWAPW(requiredFeatureTable->lookupCount);
++ }
+ }
+
+ lookupOrderArray = LE_NEW_ARRAY(le_uint16, featureReferences);
diff --git a/patches/icu/source_config_Makefile_inc_in.patch b/patches/icu/source_config_Makefile_inc_in.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89d428e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/patches/icu/source_config_Makefile_inc_in.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+--- icu/source/config/Makefile.inc.in.orig 2011-04-07 17:41:15.000000000 +0200
++++ icu/source/config/Makefile.inc.in 2011-04-07 17:41:40.000000000 +0200
+@@ -44,8 +44,7 @@
+ LIBICU = lib$(ICUPREFIX)
+
+ # Static library prefix and file extension
+-STATIC_PREFIX = s
+-LIBSICU = lib$(STATIC_PREFIX)$(ICUPREFIX)
++LIBSICU = lib$(ICUPREFIX)
+ A = a
+
+ # Suffix at the end of libraries. Usually empty.
diff --git a/patches/icu/source_icudefs_mk_in.patch b/patches/icu/source_icudefs_mk_in.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1add5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/patches/icu/source_icudefs_mk_in.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+--- icu/source/icudefs.mk.in.orig 2011-04-07 17:15:44.000000000 +0200
++++ icu/source/icudefs.mk.in 2011-04-07 17:15:56.000000000 +0200
+@@ -189,14 +189,13 @@
+
+ ## If we can't use the shared libraries, use the static libraries
+ ifneq ($(ENABLE_SHARED),YES)
+-STATIC_PREFIX_WHEN_USED = s
++STATIC_PREFIX_WHEN_USED =
+ else
+ STATIC_PREFIX_WHEN_USED =
+ endif
+
+ # Static library prefix and file extension
+-STATIC_PREFIX = s
+-LIBSICU = $(LIBPREFIX)$(STATIC_PREFIX)$(ICUPREFIX)
++LIBSICU = $(LIBPREFIX)$(ICUPREFIX)
+ A = a
+ SOBJ = $(SO)
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/basictz.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/basictz.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c616a3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/basictz.h
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2007-2008, International Business Machines Corporation and *
+* others. All Rights Reserved. *
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef BASICTZ_H
+#define BASICTZ_H
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: ICU TimeZone base class
+ */
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/timezone.h"
+#include "unicode/tzrule.h"
+#include "unicode/tztrans.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+// forward declarations
+class UVector;
+
+/**
+ * <code>BasicTimeZone</code> is an abstract class extending <code>TimeZone</code>.
+ * This class provides some additional methods to access time zone transitions and rules.
+ * All ICU <code>TimeZone</code> concrete subclasses extend this class.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API BasicTimeZone: public TimeZone {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual ~BasicTimeZone();
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the first time zone transition after the base time.
+ * @param base The base time.
+ * @param inclusive Whether the base time is inclusive or not.
+ * @param result Receives the first transition after the base time.
+ * @return TRUE if the transition is found.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getNextTransition(UDate base, UBool inclusive, TimeZoneTransition& result) /*const*/ = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the most recent time zone transition before the base time.
+ * @param base The base time.
+ * @param inclusive Whether the base time is inclusive or not.
+ * @param result Receives the most recent transition before the base time.
+ * @return TRUE if the transition is found.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getPreviousTransition(UDate base, UBool inclusive, TimeZoneTransition& result) /*const*/ = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Checks if the time zone has equivalent transitions in the time range.
+ * This method returns true when all of transition times, from/to standard
+ * offsets and DST savings used by this time zone match the other in the
+ * time range.
+ * @param tz The <code>BasicTimeZone</code> object to be compared with.
+ * @param start The start time of the evaluated time range (inclusive)
+ * @param end The end time of the evaluated time range (inclusive)
+ * @param ignoreDstAmount
+ * When true, any transitions with only daylight saving amount
+ * changes will be ignored, except either of them is zero.
+ * For example, a transition from rawoffset 3:00/dstsavings 1:00
+ * to rawoffset 2:00/dstsavings 2:00 is excluded from the comparison,
+ * but a transtion from rawoffset 2:00/dstsavings 1:00 to
+ * rawoffset 3:00/dstsavings 0:00 is included.
+ * @param ec Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @return true if the other time zone has the equivalent transitions in the
+ * time range.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool hasEquivalentTransitions(/*const*/ BasicTimeZone& tz, UDate start, UDate end,
+ UBool ignoreDstAmount, UErrorCode& ec) /*const*/;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the number of <code>TimeZoneRule</code>s which represents time transitions,
+ * for this time zone, that is, all <code>TimeZoneRule</code>s for this time zone except
+ * <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code>. The return value range is 0 or any positive value.
+ * @param status Receives error status code.
+ * @return The number of <code>TimeZoneRule</code>s representing time transitions.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t countTransitionRules(UErrorCode& status) /*const*/ = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code> and the set of <code>TimeZoneRule</code>
+ * which represent time transitions for this time zone. On successful return,
+ * the argument initial points to non-NULL <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code> and
+ * the array trsrules is filled with 0 or multiple <code>TimeZoneRule</code>
+ * instances up to the size specified by trscount. The results are referencing the
+ * rule instance held by this time zone instance. Therefore, after this time zone
+ * is destructed, they are no longer available.
+ * @param initial Receives the initial timezone rule
+ * @param trsrules Receives the timezone transition rules
+ * @param trscount On input, specify the size of the array 'transitions' receiving
+ * the timezone transition rules. On output, actual number of
+ * rules filled in the array will be set.
+ * @param status Receives error status code.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void getTimeZoneRules(const InitialTimeZoneRule*& initial,
+ const TimeZoneRule* trsrules[], int32_t& trscount, UErrorCode& status) /*const*/ = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the set of time zone rules valid at the specified time. Some known external time zone
+ * implementations are not capable to handle historic time zone rule changes. Also some
+ * implementations can only handle certain type of rule definitions.
+ * If this time zone does not use any daylight saving time within about 1 year from the specified
+ * time, only the <code>InitialTimeZone</code> is returned. Otherwise, the rule for standard
+ * time and daylight saving time transitions are returned in addition to the
+ * <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code>. The standard and daylight saving time transition rules are
+ * represented by <code>AnnualTimeZoneRule</code> with <code>DateTimeRule::DOW</code> for its date
+ * rule and <code>DateTimeRule::WALL_TIME</code> for its time rule. Because daylight saving time
+ * rule is changing time to time in many time zones and also mapping a transition time rule to
+ * different type is lossy transformation, the set of rules returned by this method may be valid
+ * for short period of time.
+ * The time zone rule objects returned by this method is owned by the caller, so the caller is
+ * responsible for deleting them after use.
+ * @param date The date used for extracting time zone rules.
+ * @param initial Receives the <code>InitialTimeZone</code>, always not NULL.
+ * @param std Receives the <code>AnnualTimeZoneRule</code> for standard time transitions.
+ * When this time time zone does not observe daylight saving times around the
+ * specified date, NULL is set.
+ * @param dst Receives the <code>AnnualTimeZoneRule</code> for daylight saving time
+ * transitions. When this time zone does not observer daylight saving times
+ * around the specified date, NULL is set.
+ * @param status Receives error status code.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void getSimpleRulesNear(UDate date, InitialTimeZoneRule*& initial,
+ AnnualTimeZoneRule*& std, AnnualTimeZoneRule*& dst, UErrorCode& status) /*const*/;
+
+
+ /**
+ * The time type option bit flags used by getOffsetFromLocal
+ * @internal
+ */
+ enum {
+ kStandard = 0x01,
+ kDaylight = 0x03,
+ kFormer = 0x04,
+ kLatter = 0x0C
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Get time zone offsets from local wall time.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual void getOffsetFromLocal(UDate date, int32_t nonExistingTimeOpt, int32_t duplicatedTimeOpt,
+ int32_t& rawOffset, int32_t& dstOffset, UErrorCode& status) /*const*/;
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * The time type option bit masks used by getOffsetFromLocal
+ * @internal
+ */
+ enum {
+ kStdDstMask = kDaylight,
+ kFormerLatterMask = kLatter
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Default constructor.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ BasicTimeZone();
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a timezone with a given ID.
+ * @param id a system time zone ID
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ BasicTimeZone(const UnicodeString &id);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @param source the object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ BasicTimeZone(const BasicTimeZone& source);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the set of TimeZoneRule instances applicable to the specified time and after.
+ * @param start The start date used for extracting time zone rules
+ * @param initial Receives the InitialTimeZone, always not NULL
+ * @param transitionRules Receives the transition rules, could be NULL
+ * @param status Receives error status code
+ */
+ void getTimeZoneRulesAfter(UDate start, InitialTimeZoneRule*& initial, UVector*& transitionRules,
+ UErrorCode& status) /*const*/;
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // BASICTZ_H
+
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/brkiter.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/brkiter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7df5f14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/brkiter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,557 @@
+/*
+********************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2007, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+********************************************************************************
+*
+* File brkiter.h
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 02/18/97 aliu Added typedef for TextCount. Made DONE const.
+* 05/07/97 aliu Fixed DLL declaration.
+* 07/09/97 jfitz Renamed BreakIterator and interface synced with JDK
+* 08/11/98 helena Sync-up JDK1.2.
+* 01/13/2000 helena Added UErrorCode parameter to createXXXInstance methods.
+********************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef BRKITER_H
+#define BRKITER_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Break Iterator.
+ */
+
+#if UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/*
+ * Allow the declaration of APIs with pointers to BreakIterator
+ * even when break iteration is removed from the build.
+ */
+class BreakIterator;
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#else
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+#include "unicode/chariter.h"
+#include "unicode/locid.h"
+#include "unicode/ubrk.h"
+#include "unicode/strenum.h"
+#include "unicode/utext.h"
+#include "unicode/umisc.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * The BreakIterator class implements methods for finding the location
+ * of boundaries in text. BreakIterator is an abstract base class.
+ * Instances of BreakIterator maintain a current position and scan over
+ * text returning the index of characters where boundaries occur.
+ * <p>
+ * Line boundary analysis determines where a text string can be broken
+ * when line-wrapping. The mechanism correctly handles punctuation and
+ * hyphenated words.
+ * <p>
+ * Sentence boundary analysis allows selection with correct
+ * interpretation of periods within numbers and abbreviations, and
+ * trailing punctuation marks such as quotation marks and parentheses.
+ * <p>
+ * Word boundary analysis is used by search and replace functions, as
+ * well as within text editing applications that allow the user to
+ * select words with a double click. Word selection provides correct
+ * interpretation of punctuation marks within and following
+ * words. Characters that are not part of a word, such as symbols or
+ * punctuation marks, have word-breaks on both sides.
+ * <p>
+ * Character boundary analysis allows users to interact with
+ * characters as they expect to, for example, when moving the cursor
+ * through a text string. Character boundary analysis provides correct
+ * navigation of through character strings, regardless of how the
+ * character is stored. For example, an accented character might be
+ * stored as a base character and a diacritical mark. What users
+ * consider to be a character can differ between languages.
+ * <p>
+ * The text boundary positions are found according to the rules
+ * described in Unicode Standard Annex #29, Text Boundaries, and
+ * Unicode Standard Annex #14, Line Breaking Properties. These
+ * are available at http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr14/ and
+ * http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr29/.
+ * <p>
+ * In addition to the C++ API defined in this header file, a
+ * plain C API with equivalent functionality is defined in the
+ * file ubrk.h
+ * <p>
+ * Code snippits illustrating the use of the Break Iterator APIs
+ * are available in the ICU User Guide,
+ * http://icu-project.org/userguide/boundaryAnalysis.html
+ * and in the sample program icu/source/samples/break/break.cpp"
+ *
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API BreakIterator : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * destructor
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~BreakIterator();
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if another object is semantically equal to this
+ * one. The other object should be an instance of the same subclass of
+ * BreakIterator. Objects of different subclasses are considered
+ * unequal.
+ * <P>
+ * Return true if this BreakIterator is at the same position in the
+ * same text, and is the same class and type (word, line, etc.) of
+ * BreakIterator, as the argument. Text is considered the same if
+ * it contains the same characters, it need not be the same
+ * object, and styles are not considered.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const BreakIterator&) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the complement of the result of operator==
+ * @param rhs The BreakIterator to be compared for inequality
+ * @return the complement of the result of operator==
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const BreakIterator& rhs) const { return !operator==(rhs); }
+
+ /**
+ * Return a polymorphic copy of this object. This is an abstract
+ * method which subclasses implement.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual BreakIterator* clone(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return a polymorphic class ID for this object. Different subclasses
+ * will return distinct unequal values.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return a CharacterIterator over the text being analyzed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual CharacterIterator& getText(void) const = 0;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Get a UText for the text being analyzed.
+ * The returned UText is a shallow clone of the UText used internally
+ * by the break iterator implementation. It can safely be used to
+ * access the text without impacting any break iterator operations,
+ * but the underlying text itself must not be altered.
+ *
+ * @param fillIn A UText to be filled in. If NULL, a new UText will be
+ * allocated to hold the result.
+ * @param status receives any error codes.
+ * @return The current UText for this break iterator. If an input
+ * UText was provided, it will always be returned.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ virtual UText *getUText(UText *fillIn, UErrorCode &status) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Change the text over which this operates. The text boundary is
+ * reset to the start.
+ * @param text The UnicodeString used to change the text.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setText(const UnicodeString &text) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Reset the break iterator to operate over the text represented by
+ * the UText. The iterator position is reset to the start.
+ *
+ * This function makes a shallow clone of the supplied UText. This means
+ * that the caller is free to immediately close or otherwise reuse the
+ * Utext that was passed as a parameter, but that the underlying text itself
+ * must not be altered while being referenced by the break iterator.
+ *
+ * @param text The UText used to change the text.
+ * @param status receives any error codes.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ virtual void setText(UText *text, UErrorCode &status) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Change the text over which this operates. The text boundary is
+ * reset to the start.
+ * Note that setText(UText *) provides similar functionality to this function,
+ * and is more efficient.
+ * @param it The CharacterIterator used to change the text.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void adoptText(CharacterIterator* it) = 0;
+
+ enum {
+ /**
+ * DONE is returned by previous() and next() after all valid
+ * boundaries have been returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DONE = (int32_t)-1
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Return the index of the first character in the text being scanned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t first(void) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the index immediately BEYOND the last character in the text being scanned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t last(void) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the boundary preceding the current boundary.
+ * @return The character index of the previous text boundary or DONE if all
+ * boundaries have been returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t previous(void) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the boundary following the current boundary.
+ * @return The character index of the next text boundary or DONE if all
+ * boundaries have been returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t next(void) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return character index of the current interator position within the text.
+ * @return The boundary most recently returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t current(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the first boundary following the specified offset.
+ * The value returned is always greater than the offset or
+ * the value BreakIterator.DONE
+ * @param offset the offset to begin scanning.
+ * @return The first boundary after the specified offset.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t following(int32_t offset) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the first boundary preceding the specified offset.
+ * The value returned is always smaller than the offset or
+ * the value BreakIterator.DONE
+ * @param offset the offset to begin scanning.
+ * @return The first boundary before the specified offset.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t preceding(int32_t offset) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the specfied position is a boundary position.
+ * As a side effect, the current position of the iterator is set
+ * to the first boundary position at or following the specified offset.
+ * @param offset the offset to check.
+ * @return True if "offset" is a boundary position.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool isBoundary(int32_t offset) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the nth boundary from the current boundary
+ * @param n which boundary to return. A value of 0
+ * does nothing. Negative values move to previous boundaries
+ * and positive values move to later boundaries.
+ * @return The index of the nth boundary from the current position, or
+ * DONE if there are fewer than |n| boundaries in the specfied direction.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t next(int32_t n) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Create BreakIterator for word-breaks using the given locale.
+ * Returns an instance of a BreakIterator implementing word breaks.
+ * WordBreak is useful for word selection (ex. double click)
+ * @param where the locale.
+ * @param status the error code
+ * @return A BreakIterator for word-breaks. The UErrorCode& status
+ * parameter is used to return status information to the user.
+ * To check whether the construction succeeded or not, you should check
+ * the value of U_SUCCESS(err). If you wish more detailed information, you
+ * can check for informational error results which still indicate success.
+ * U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING indicates that a fall back locale was used. For
+ * example, 'de_CH' was requested, but nothing was found there, so 'de' was
+ * used. U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING indicates that the default locale data was
+ * used; neither the requested locale nor any of its fall back locales
+ * could be found.
+ * The caller owns the returned object and is responsible for deleting it.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static BreakIterator* U_EXPORT2
+ createWordInstance(const Locale& where, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Create BreakIterator for line-breaks using specified locale.
+ * Returns an instance of a BreakIterator implementing line breaks. Line
+ * breaks are logically possible line breaks, actual line breaks are
+ * usually determined based on display width.
+ * LineBreak is useful for word wrapping text.
+ * @param where the locale.
+ * @param status The error code.
+ * @return A BreakIterator for line-breaks. The UErrorCode& status
+ * parameter is used to return status information to the user.
+ * To check whether the construction succeeded or not, you should check
+ * the value of U_SUCCESS(err). If you wish more detailed information, you
+ * can check for informational error results which still indicate success.
+ * U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING indicates that a fall back locale was used. For
+ * example, 'de_CH' was requested, but nothing was found there, so 'de' was
+ * used. U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING indicates that the default locale data was
+ * used; neither the requested locale nor any of its fall back locales
+ * could be found.
+ * The caller owns the returned object and is responsible for deleting it.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static BreakIterator* U_EXPORT2
+ createLineInstance(const Locale& where, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Create BreakIterator for character-breaks using specified locale
+ * Returns an instance of a BreakIterator implementing character breaks.
+ * Character breaks are boundaries of combining character sequences.
+ * @param where the locale.
+ * @param status The error code.
+ * @return A BreakIterator for character-breaks. The UErrorCode& status
+ * parameter is used to return status information to the user.
+ * To check whether the construction succeeded or not, you should check
+ * the value of U_SUCCESS(err). If you wish more detailed information, you
+ * can check for informational error results which still indicate success.
+ * U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING indicates that a fall back locale was used. For
+ * example, 'de_CH' was requested, but nothing was found there, so 'de' was
+ * used. U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING indicates that the default locale data was
+ * used; neither the requested locale nor any of its fall back locales
+ * could be found.
+ * The caller owns the returned object and is responsible for deleting it.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static BreakIterator* U_EXPORT2
+ createCharacterInstance(const Locale& where, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Create BreakIterator for sentence-breaks using specified locale
+ * Returns an instance of a BreakIterator implementing sentence breaks.
+ * @param where the locale.
+ * @param status The error code.
+ * @return A BreakIterator for sentence-breaks. The UErrorCode& status
+ * parameter is used to return status information to the user.
+ * To check whether the construction succeeded or not, you should check
+ * the value of U_SUCCESS(err). If you wish more detailed information, you
+ * can check for informational error results which still indicate success.
+ * U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING indicates that a fall back locale was used. For
+ * example, 'de_CH' was requested, but nothing was found there, so 'de' was
+ * used. U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING indicates that the default locale data was
+ * used; neither the requested locale nor any of its fall back locales
+ * could be found.
+ * The caller owns the returned object and is responsible for deleting it.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static BreakIterator* U_EXPORT2
+ createSentenceInstance(const Locale& where, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Create BreakIterator for title-casing breaks using the specified locale
+ * Returns an instance of a BreakIterator implementing title breaks.
+ * The iterator returned locates title boundaries as described for
+ * Unicode 3.2 only. For Unicode 4.0 and above title boundary iteration,
+ * please use Word Boundary iterator.{@link #createWordInstance }
+ *
+ * @param where the locale.
+ * @param status The error code.
+ * @return A BreakIterator for title-breaks. The UErrorCode& status
+ * parameter is used to return status information to the user.
+ * To check whether the construction succeeded or not, you should check
+ * the value of U_SUCCESS(err). If you wish more detailed information, you
+ * can check for informational error results which still indicate success.
+ * U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING indicates that a fall back locale was used. For
+ * example, 'de_CH' was requested, but nothing was found there, so 'de' was
+ * used. U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING indicates that the default locale data was
+ * used; neither the requested locale nor any of its fall back locales
+ * could be found.
+ * The caller owns the returned object and is responsible for deleting it.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ static BreakIterator* U_EXPORT2
+ createTitleInstance(const Locale& where, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the set of Locales for which TextBoundaries are installed.
+ * <p><b>Note:</b> this will not return locales added through the register
+ * call. To see the registered locales too, use the getAvailableLocales
+ * function that returns a StringEnumeration object </p>
+ * @param count the output parameter of number of elements in the locale list
+ * @return available locales
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static const Locale* U_EXPORT2 getAvailableLocales(int32_t& count);
+
+ /**
+ * Get name of the object for the desired Locale, in the desired langauge.
+ * @param objectLocale must be from getAvailableLocales.
+ * @param displayLocale specifies the desired locale for output.
+ * @param name the fill-in parameter of the return value
+ * Uses best match.
+ * @return user-displayable name
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& U_EXPORT2 getDisplayName(const Locale& objectLocale,
+ const Locale& displayLocale,
+ UnicodeString& name);
+
+ /**
+ * Get name of the object for the desired Locale, in the langauge of the
+ * default locale.
+ * @param objectLocale must be from getMatchingLocales
+ * @param name the fill-in parameter of the return value
+ * @return user-displayable name
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& U_EXPORT2 getDisplayName(const Locale& objectLocale,
+ UnicodeString& name);
+
+ /**
+ * Thread safe client-buffer-based cloning operation
+ * Do NOT call delete on a safeclone, since 'new' is not used to create it.
+ * @param stackBuffer user allocated space for the new clone. If NULL new memory will be allocated.
+ * If buffer is not large enough, new memory will be allocated.
+ * @param BufferSize reference to size of allocated space.
+ * If BufferSize == 0, a sufficient size for use in cloning will
+ * be returned ('pre-flighting')
+ * If BufferSize is not enough for a stack-based safe clone,
+ * new memory will be allocated.
+ * @param status to indicate whether the operation went on smoothly or there were errors
+ * An informational status value, U_SAFECLONE_ALLOCATED_ERROR, is used if any allocations were
+ * necessary.
+ * @return pointer to the new clone
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual BreakIterator * createBufferClone(void *stackBuffer,
+ int32_t &BufferSize,
+ UErrorCode &status) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Determine whether the BreakIterator was created in user memory by
+ * createBufferClone(), and thus should not be deleted. Such objects
+ * must be closed by an explicit call to the destructor (not delete).
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool isBufferClone(void);
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE
+ /**
+ * Register a new break iterator of the indicated kind, to use in the given locale.
+ * The break iterator will be adopted. Clones of the iterator will be returned
+ * if a request for a break iterator of the given kind matches or falls back to
+ * this locale.
+ * @param toAdopt the BreakIterator instance to be adopted
+ * @param locale the Locale for which this instance is to be registered
+ * @param kind the type of iterator for which this instance is to be registered
+ * @param status the in/out status code, no special meanings are assigned
+ * @return a registry key that can be used to unregister this instance
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static URegistryKey U_EXPORT2 registerInstance(BreakIterator* toAdopt,
+ const Locale& locale,
+ UBreakIteratorType kind,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Unregister a previously-registered BreakIterator using the key returned from the
+ * register call. Key becomes invalid after a successful call and should not be used again.
+ * The BreakIterator corresponding to the key will be deleted.
+ * @param key the registry key returned by a previous call to registerInstance
+ * @param status the in/out status code, no special meanings are assigned
+ * @return TRUE if the iterator for the key was successfully unregistered
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static UBool U_EXPORT2 unregister(URegistryKey key, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Return a StringEnumeration over the locales available at the time of the call,
+ * including registered locales.
+ * @return a StringEnumeration over the locales available at the time of the call
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static StringEnumeration* U_EXPORT2 getAvailableLocales(void);
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the locale for this break iterator. Two flavors are available: valid and
+ * actual locale.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ Locale getLocale(ULocDataLocaleType type, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /** Get the locale for this break iterator object. You can choose between valid and actual locale.
+ * @param type type of the locale we're looking for (valid or actual)
+ * @param status error code for the operation
+ * @return the locale
+ * @internal
+ */
+ const char *getLocaleID(ULocDataLocaleType type, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ private:
+ static BreakIterator* buildInstance(const Locale& loc, const char *type, int32_t kind, UErrorCode& status);
+ static BreakIterator* createInstance(const Locale& loc, int32_t kind, UErrorCode& status);
+ static BreakIterator* makeInstance(const Locale& loc, int32_t kind, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ friend class ICUBreakIteratorFactory;
+ friend class ICUBreakIteratorService;
+
+protected:
+ /** @internal */
+ BreakIterator();
+ /** @internal */
+ UBool fBufferClone;
+ /** @internal */
+ BreakIterator (const BreakIterator &other) : UObject(other), fBufferClone(FALSE) {}
+
+private:
+
+ /** @internal */
+ char actualLocale[ULOC_FULLNAME_CAPACITY];
+ char validLocale[ULOC_FULLNAME_CAPACITY];
+
+ /**
+ * The assignment operator has no real implementation.
+ * It's provided to make the compiler happy. Do not call.
+ */
+ BreakIterator& operator=(const BreakIterator&);
+};
+
+inline UBool BreakIterator::isBufferClone()
+{
+ return fBufferClone;
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION */
+
+#endif // _BRKITER
+//eof
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/calendar.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/calendar.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..709b27e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/calendar.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2170 @@
+/*
+********************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+********************************************************************************
+*
+* File CALENDAR.H
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 04/22/97 aliu Expanded and corrected comments and other header
+* contents.
+* 05/01/97 aliu Made equals(), before(), after() arguments const.
+* 05/20/97 aliu Replaced fAreFieldsSet with fAreFieldsInSync and
+* fAreAllFieldsSet.
+* 07/27/98 stephen Sync up with JDK 1.2
+* 11/15/99 weiv added YEAR_WOY and DOW_LOCAL
+* to EDateFields
+* 8/19/2002 srl Removed Javaisms
+* 11/07/2003 srl Update, clean up documentation.
+********************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef CALENDAR_H
+#define CALENDAR_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Calendar object
+ */
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/locid.h"
+#include "unicode/timezone.h"
+#include "unicode/ucal.h"
+#include "unicode/umisc.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class ICUServiceFactory;
+
+/**
+ * @internal
+ */
+typedef int32_t UFieldResolutionTable[12][8];
+
+/**
+ * <code>Calendar</code> is an abstract base class for converting between
+ * a <code>UDate</code> object and a set of integer fields such as
+ * <code>YEAR</code>, <code>MONTH</code>, <code>DAY</code>, <code>HOUR</code>,
+ * and so on. (A <code>UDate</code> object represents a specific instant in
+ * time with millisecond precision. See UDate
+ * for information about the <code>UDate</code> class.)
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * Subclasses of <code>Calendar</code> interpret a <code>UDate</code>
+ * according to the rules of a specific calendar system.
+ * The most commonly used subclass of <code>Calendar</code> is
+ * <code>GregorianCalendar</code>. Other subclasses could represent
+ * the various types of lunar calendars in use in many parts of the world.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * <b>NOTE</b>: (ICU 2.6) The subclass interface should be considered unstable
+ * - it WILL change.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * Like other locale-sensitive classes, <code>Calendar</code> provides a
+ * static method, <code>createInstance</code>, for getting a generally useful
+ * object of this type. <code>Calendar</code>'s <code>createInstance</code> method
+ * returns the appropriate <code>Calendar</code> subclass whose
+ * time fields have been initialized with the current date and time:
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * Calendar *rightNow = Calendar::createInstance(errCode);
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * A <code>Calendar</code> object can produce all the time field values
+ * needed to implement the date-time formatting for a particular language
+ * and calendar style (for example, Japanese-Gregorian, Japanese-Traditional).
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * When computing a <code>UDate</code> from time fields, two special circumstances
+ * may arise: there may be insufficient information to compute the
+ * <code>UDate</code> (such as only year and month but no day in the month),
+ * or there may be inconsistent information (such as "Tuesday, July 15, 1996"
+ * -- July 15, 1996 is actually a Monday).
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * <strong>Insufficient information.</strong> The calendar will use default
+ * information to specify the missing fields. This may vary by calendar; for
+ * the Gregorian calendar, the default for a field is the same as that of the
+ * start of the epoch: i.e., YEAR = 1970, MONTH = JANUARY, DATE = 1, etc.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * <strong>Inconsistent information.</strong> If fields conflict, the calendar
+ * will give preference to fields set more recently. For example, when
+ * determining the day, the calendar will look for one of the following
+ * combinations of fields. The most recent combination, as determined by the
+ * most recently set single field, will be used.
+ *
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * MONTH + DAY_OF_MONTH
+ * MONTH + WEEK_OF_MONTH + DAY_OF_WEEK
+ * MONTH + DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH + DAY_OF_WEEK
+ * DAY_OF_YEAR
+ * DAY_OF_WEEK + WEEK_OF_YEAR
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * For the time of day:
+ *
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * HOUR_OF_DAY
+ * AM_PM + HOUR
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * <strong>Note:</strong> for some non-Gregorian calendars, different
+ * fields may be necessary for complete disambiguation. For example, a full
+ * specification of the historial Arabic astronomical calendar requires year,
+ * month, day-of-month <em>and</em> day-of-week in some cases.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * <strong>Note:</strong> There are certain possible ambiguities in
+ * interpretation of certain singular times, which are resolved in the
+ * following ways:
+ * <ol>
+ * <li> 24:00:00 "belongs" to the following day. That is,
+ * 23:59 on Dec 31, 1969 < 24:00 on Jan 1, 1970 < 24:01:00 on Jan 1, 1970
+ *
+ * <li> Although historically not precise, midnight also belongs to "am",
+ * and noon belongs to "pm", so on the same day,
+ * 12:00 am (midnight) < 12:01 am, and 12:00 pm (noon) < 12:01 pm
+ * </ol>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * The date or time format strings are not part of the definition of a
+ * calendar, as those must be modifiable or overridable by the user at
+ * runtime. Use {@link DateFormat}
+ * to format dates.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * <code>Calendar</code> provides an API for field "rolling", where fields
+ * can be incremented or decremented, but wrap around. For example, rolling the
+ * month up in the date <code>December 12, <b>1996</b></code> results in
+ * <code>January 12, <b>1996</b></code>.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * <code>Calendar</code> also provides a date arithmetic function for
+ * adding the specified (signed) amount of time to a particular time field.
+ * For example, subtracting 5 days from the date <code>September 12, 1996</code>
+ * results in <code>September 7, 1996</code>.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API Calendar : public UObject {
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Field IDs for date and time. Used to specify date/time fields. ERA is calendar
+ * specific. Example ranges given are for illustration only; see specific Calendar
+ * subclasses for actual ranges.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use C enum UCalendarDateFields defined in ucal.h
+ */
+ enum EDateFields {
+#ifndef U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API
+ ERA, // Example: 0..1
+ YEAR, // Example: 1..big number
+ MONTH, // Example: 0..11
+ WEEK_OF_YEAR, // Example: 1..53
+ WEEK_OF_MONTH, // Example: 1..4
+ DATE, // Example: 1..31
+ DAY_OF_YEAR, // Example: 1..365
+ DAY_OF_WEEK, // Example: 1..7
+ DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH, // Example: 1..4, may be specified as -1
+ AM_PM, // Example: 0..1
+ HOUR, // Example: 0..11
+ HOUR_OF_DAY, // Example: 0..23
+ MINUTE, // Example: 0..59
+ SECOND, // Example: 0..59
+ MILLISECOND, // Example: 0..999
+ ZONE_OFFSET, // Example: -12*U_MILLIS_PER_HOUR..12*U_MILLIS_PER_HOUR
+ DST_OFFSET, // Example: 0 or U_MILLIS_PER_HOUR
+ YEAR_WOY, // 'Y' Example: 1..big number - Year of Week of Year
+ DOW_LOCAL, // 'e' Example: 1..7 - Day of Week / Localized
+
+ EXTENDED_YEAR,
+ JULIAN_DAY,
+ MILLISECONDS_IN_DAY,
+ IS_LEAP_MONTH,
+
+ FIELD_COUNT = UCAL_FIELD_COUNT // See ucal.h for other fields.
+#endif /* U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API */
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Useful constant for days of week. Note: Calendar day-of-week is 1-based. Clients
+ * who create locale resources for the field of first-day-of-week should be aware of
+ * this. For instance, in US locale, first-day-of-week is set to 1, i.e., SUNDAY.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use C enum UCalendarDaysOfWeek defined in ucal.h
+ */
+ enum EDaysOfWeek {
+#ifndef U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API
+ SUNDAY = 1,
+ MONDAY,
+ TUESDAY,
+ WEDNESDAY,
+ THURSDAY,
+ FRIDAY,
+ SATURDAY
+#endif /* U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API */
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Useful constants for month. Note: Calendar month is 0-based.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use C enum UCalendarMonths defined in ucal.h
+ */
+ enum EMonths {
+#ifndef U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API
+ JANUARY,
+ FEBRUARY,
+ MARCH,
+ APRIL,
+ MAY,
+ JUNE,
+ JULY,
+ AUGUST,
+ SEPTEMBER,
+ OCTOBER,
+ NOVEMBER,
+ DECEMBER,
+ UNDECIMBER
+#endif /* U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API */
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Useful constants for hour in 12-hour clock. Used in GregorianCalendar.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use C enum UCalendarAMPMs defined in ucal.h
+ */
+ enum EAmpm {
+#ifndef U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API
+ AM,
+ PM
+#endif /* U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API */
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * destructor
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~Calendar();
+
+ /**
+ * Create and return a polymorphic copy of this calendar.
+ *
+ * @return a polymorphic copy of this calendar.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual Calendar* clone(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a Calendar using the default timezone and locale. Clients are responsible
+ * for deleting the object returned.
+ *
+ * @param success Indicates the success/failure of Calendar creation. Filled in
+ * with U_ZERO_ERROR if created successfully, set to a failure result
+ * otherwise. U_MISSING_RESOURCE_ERROR will be returned if the resource data
+ * requests a calendar type which has not been installed.
+ * @return A Calendar if created successfully. NULL otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static Calendar* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a Calendar using the given timezone and the default locale.
+ * The Calendar takes ownership of zoneToAdopt; the
+ * client must not delete it.
+ *
+ * @param zoneToAdopt The given timezone to be adopted.
+ * @param success Indicates the success/failure of Calendar creation. Filled in
+ * with U_ZERO_ERROR if created successfully, set to a failure result
+ * otherwise.
+ * @return A Calendar if created successfully. NULL otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static Calendar* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(TimeZone* zoneToAdopt, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a Calendar using the given timezone and the default locale. The TimeZone
+ * is _not_ adopted; the client is still responsible for deleting it.
+ *
+ * @param zone The timezone.
+ * @param success Indicates the success/failure of Calendar creation. Filled in
+ * with U_ZERO_ERROR if created successfully, set to a failure result
+ * otherwise.
+ * @return A Calendar if created successfully. NULL otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static Calendar* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(const TimeZone& zone, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a Calendar using the default timezone and the given locale.
+ *
+ * @param aLocale The given locale.
+ * @param success Indicates the success/failure of Calendar creation. Filled in
+ * with U_ZERO_ERROR if created successfully, set to a failure result
+ * otherwise.
+ * @return A Calendar if created successfully. NULL otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static Calendar* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(const Locale& aLocale, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a Calendar using the given timezone and given locale.
+ * The Calendar takes ownership of zoneToAdopt; the
+ * client must not delete it.
+ *
+ * @param zoneToAdopt The given timezone to be adopted.
+ * @param aLocale The given locale.
+ * @param success Indicates the success/failure of Calendar creation. Filled in
+ * with U_ZERO_ERROR if created successfully, set to a failure result
+ * otherwise.
+ * @return A Calendar if created successfully. NULL otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static Calendar* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(TimeZone* zoneToAdopt, const Locale& aLocale, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets a Calendar using the given timezone and given locale. The TimeZone
+ * is _not_ adopted; the client is still responsible for deleting it.
+ *
+ * @param zoneToAdopt The given timezone to be adopted.
+ * @param aLocale The given locale.
+ * @param success Indicates the success/failure of Calendar creation. Filled in
+ * with U_ZERO_ERROR if created successfully, set to a failure result
+ * otherwise.
+ * @return A Calendar if created successfully. NULL otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static Calendar* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(const TimeZone& zoneToAdopt, const Locale& aLocale, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a list of the locales for which Calendars are installed.
+ *
+ * @param count Number of locales returned.
+ * @return An array of Locale objects representing the set of locales for which
+ * Calendars are installed. The system retains ownership of this list;
+ * the caller must NOT delete it. Does not include user-registered Calendars.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static const Locale* U_EXPORT2 getAvailableLocales(int32_t& count);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the current UTC (GMT) time measured in milliseconds since 0:00:00 on 1/1/70
+ * (derived from the system time).
+ *
+ * @return The current UTC time in milliseconds.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UDate U_EXPORT2 getNow(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets this Calendar's time as milliseconds. May involve recalculation of time due
+ * to previous calls to set time field values. The time specified is non-local UTC
+ * (GMT) time. Although this method is const, this object may actually be changed
+ * (semantically const).
+ *
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid or restricted by
+ * leniency, this will be set to an error status.
+ * @return The current time in UTC (GMT) time, or zero if the operation
+ * failed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UDate getTime(UErrorCode& status) const { return getTimeInMillis(status); }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets this Calendar's current time with the given UDate. The time specified should
+ * be in non-local UTC (GMT) time.
+ *
+ * @param date The given UDate in UTC (GMT) time.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * set in the time field is invalid or restricted by
+ * leniency, this will be set to an error status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline void setTime(UDate date, UErrorCode& status) { setTimeInMillis(date, status); }
+
+ /**
+ * Compares the equality of two Calendar objects. Objects of different subclasses
+ * are considered unequal. This comparison is very exacting; two Calendar objects
+ * must be in exactly the same state to be considered equal. To compare based on the
+ * represented time, use equals() instead.
+ *
+ * @param that The Calendar object to be compared with.
+ * @return True if the given Calendar is the same as this Calendar; false
+ * otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const Calendar& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compares the inequality of two Calendar objects.
+ *
+ * @param that The Calendar object to be compared with.
+ * @return True if the given Calendar is not the same as this Calendar; false
+ * otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const Calendar& that) const {return !operator==(that);}
+
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE if the given Calendar object is equivalent to this
+ * one. An equivalent Calendar will behave exactly as this one
+ * does, but it may be set to a different time. By contrast, for
+ * the operator==() method to return TRUE, the other Calendar must
+ * be set to the same time.
+ *
+ * @param other the Calendar to be compared with this Calendar
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UBool isEquivalentTo(const Calendar& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compares the Calendar time, whereas Calendar::operator== compares the equality of
+ * Calendar objects.
+ *
+ * @param when The Calendar to be compared with this Calendar. Although this is a
+ * const parameter, the object may be modified physically
+ * (semantically const).
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid or restricted by
+ * leniency, this will be set to an error status.
+ * @return True if the current time of this Calendar is equal to the time of
+ * Calendar when; false otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool equals(const Calendar& when, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this Calendar's current time is before "when"'s current time.
+ *
+ * @param when The Calendar to be compared with this Calendar. Although this is a
+ * const parameter, the object may be modified physically
+ * (semantically const).
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid or restricted by
+ * leniency, this will be set to an error status.
+ * @return True if the current time of this Calendar is before the time of
+ * Calendar when; false otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool before(const Calendar& when, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this Calendar's current time is after "when"'s current time.
+ *
+ * @param when The Calendar to be compared with this Calendar. Although this is a
+ * const parameter, the object may be modified physically
+ * (semantically const).
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid or restricted by
+ * leniency, this will be set to an error status.
+ * @return True if the current time of this Calendar is after the time of
+ * Calendar when; false otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool after(const Calendar& when, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * UDate Arithmetic function. Adds the specified (signed) amount of time to the given
+ * time field, based on the calendar's rules. For example, to subtract 5 days from
+ * the current time of the calendar, call add(Calendar::DATE, -5). When adding on
+ * the month or Calendar::MONTH field, other fields like date might conflict and
+ * need to be changed. For instance, adding 1 month on the date 01/31/96 will result
+ * in 02/29/96.
+ *
+ * @param field Specifies which date field to modify.
+ * @param amount The amount of time to be added to the field, in the natural unit
+ * for that field (e.g., days for the day fields, hours for the hour
+ * field.)
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid or restricted by
+ * leniency, this will be set to an error status.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. use add(UCalendarDateFields field, int32_t amount, UErrorCode& status) instead.
+ */
+ virtual void add(EDateFields field, int32_t amount, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * UDate Arithmetic function. Adds the specified (signed) amount of time to the given
+ * time field, based on the calendar's rules. For example, to subtract 5 days from
+ * the current time of the calendar, call add(Calendar::DATE, -5). When adding on
+ * the month or Calendar::MONTH field, other fields like date might conflict and
+ * need to be changed. For instance, adding 1 month on the date 01/31/96 will result
+ * in 02/29/96.
+ *
+ * @param field Specifies which date field to modify.
+ * @param amount The amount of time to be added to the field, in the natural unit
+ * for that field (e.g., days for the day fields, hours for the hour
+ * field.)
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid or restricted by
+ * leniency, this will be set to an error status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ virtual void add(UCalendarDateFields field, int32_t amount, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Time Field Rolling function. Rolls (up/down) a single unit of time on the given
+ * time field. For example, to roll the current date up by one day, call
+ * roll(Calendar::DATE, true). When rolling on the year or Calendar::YEAR field, it
+ * will roll the year value in the range between getMinimum(Calendar::YEAR) and the
+ * value returned by getMaximum(Calendar::YEAR). When rolling on the month or
+ * Calendar::MONTH field, other fields like date might conflict and, need to be
+ * changed. For instance, rolling the month up on the date 01/31/96 will result in
+ * 02/29/96. Rolling up always means rolling forward in time; e.g., rolling the year
+ * up on "100 BC" will result in "99 BC", for Gregorian calendar. When rolling on the
+ * hour-in-day or Calendar::HOUR_OF_DAY field, it will roll the hour value in the range
+ * between 0 and 23, which is zero-based.
+ * <P>
+ * NOTE: Do not use this method -- use roll(EDateFields, int, UErrorCode&) instead.
+ *
+ * @param field The time field.
+ * @param up Indicates if the value of the specified time field is to be rolled
+ * up or rolled down. Use true if rolling up, false otherwise.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid or restricted by
+ * leniency, this will be set to an error status.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use roll(UCalendarDateFields field, UBool up, UErrorCode& status) instead.
+ */
+ inline void roll(EDateFields field, UBool up, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Time Field Rolling function. Rolls (up/down) a single unit of time on the given
+ * time field. For example, to roll the current date up by one day, call
+ * roll(Calendar::DATE, true). When rolling on the year or Calendar::YEAR field, it
+ * will roll the year value in the range between getMinimum(Calendar::YEAR) and the
+ * value returned by getMaximum(Calendar::YEAR). When rolling on the month or
+ * Calendar::MONTH field, other fields like date might conflict and, need to be
+ * changed. For instance, rolling the month up on the date 01/31/96 will result in
+ * 02/29/96. Rolling up always means rolling forward in time; e.g., rolling the year
+ * up on "100 BC" will result in "99 BC", for Gregorian calendar. When rolling on the
+ * hour-in-day or Calendar::HOUR_OF_DAY field, it will roll the hour value in the range
+ * between 0 and 23, which is zero-based.
+ * <P>
+ * NOTE: Do not use this method -- use roll(UCalendarDateFields, int, UErrorCode&) instead.
+ *
+ * @param field The time field.
+ * @param up Indicates if the value of the specified time field is to be rolled
+ * up or rolled down. Use true if rolling up, false otherwise.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid or restricted by
+ * leniency, this will be set to an error status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ inline void roll(UCalendarDateFields field, UBool up, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Time Field Rolling function. Rolls by the given amount on the given
+ * time field. For example, to roll the current date up by one day, call
+ * roll(Calendar::DATE, +1, status). When rolling on the month or
+ * Calendar::MONTH field, other fields like date might conflict and, need to be
+ * changed. For instance, rolling the month up on the date 01/31/96 will result in
+ * 02/29/96. Rolling by a positive value always means rolling forward in time;
+ * e.g., rolling the year by +1 on "100 BC" will result in "99 BC", for Gregorian
+ * calendar. When rolling on the hour-in-day or Calendar::HOUR_OF_DAY field, it will
+ * roll the hour value in the range between 0 and 23, which is zero-based.
+ * <P>
+ * The only difference between roll() and add() is that roll() does not change
+ * the value of more significant fields when it reaches the minimum or maximum
+ * of its range, whereas add() does.
+ *
+ * @param field The time field.
+ * @param amount Indicates amount to roll.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid, this will be set to
+ * an error status.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use roll(UCalendarDateFields field, int32_t amount, UErrorCode& status) instead.
+ */
+ virtual void roll(EDateFields field, int32_t amount, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Time Field Rolling function. Rolls by the given amount on the given
+ * time field. For example, to roll the current date up by one day, call
+ * roll(Calendar::DATE, +1, status). When rolling on the month or
+ * Calendar::MONTH field, other fields like date might conflict and, need to be
+ * changed. For instance, rolling the month up on the date 01/31/96 will result in
+ * 02/29/96. Rolling by a positive value always means rolling forward in time;
+ * e.g., rolling the year by +1 on "100 BC" will result in "99 BC", for Gregorian
+ * calendar. When rolling on the hour-in-day or Calendar::HOUR_OF_DAY field, it will
+ * roll the hour value in the range between 0 and 23, which is zero-based.
+ * <P>
+ * The only difference between roll() and add() is that roll() does not change
+ * the value of more significant fields when it reaches the minimum or maximum
+ * of its range, whereas add() does.
+ *
+ * @param field The time field.
+ * @param amount Indicates amount to roll.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid, this will be set to
+ * an error status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ virtual void roll(UCalendarDateFields field, int32_t amount, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the difference between the given time and the time this
+ * calendar object is set to. If this calendar is set
+ * <em>before</em> the given time, the returned value will be
+ * positive. If this calendar is set <em>after</em> the given
+ * time, the returned value will be negative. The
+ * <code>field</code> parameter specifies the units of the return
+ * value. For example, if <code>fieldDifference(when,
+ * Calendar::MONTH)</code> returns 3, then this calendar is set to
+ * 3 months before <code>when</code>, and possibly some addition
+ * time less than one month.
+ *
+ * <p>As a side effect of this call, this calendar is advanced
+ * toward <code>when</code> by the given amount. That is, calling
+ * this method has the side effect of calling <code>add(field,
+ * n)</code>, where <code>n</code> is the return value.
+ *
+ * <p>Usage: To use this method, call it first with the largest
+ * field of interest, then with progressively smaller fields. For
+ * example:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * int y = cal->fieldDifference(when, Calendar::YEAR, err);
+ * int m = cal->fieldDifference(when, Calendar::MONTH, err);
+ * int d = cal->fieldDifference(when, Calendar::DATE, err);</pre>
+ *
+ * computes the difference between <code>cal</code> and
+ * <code>when</code> in years, months, and days.
+ *
+ * <p>Note: <code>fieldDifference()</code> is
+ * <em>asymmetrical</em>. That is, in the following code:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * cal->setTime(date1, err);
+ * int m1 = cal->fieldDifference(date2, Calendar::MONTH, err);
+ * int d1 = cal->fieldDifference(date2, Calendar::DATE, err);
+ * cal->setTime(date2, err);
+ * int m2 = cal->fieldDifference(date1, Calendar::MONTH, err);
+ * int d2 = cal->fieldDifference(date1, Calendar::DATE, err);</pre>
+ *
+ * one might expect that <code>m1 == -m2 && d1 == -d2</code>.
+ * However, this is not generally the case, because of
+ * irregularities in the underlying calendar system (e.g., the
+ * Gregorian calendar has a varying number of days per month).
+ *
+ * @param when the date to compare this calendar's time to
+ * @param field the field in which to compute the result
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid, this will be set to
+ * an error status.
+ * @return the difference, either positive or negative, between
+ * this calendar's time and <code>when</code>, in terms of
+ * <code>field</code>.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use fieldDifference(UDate when, UCalendarDateFields field, UErrorCode& status).
+ */
+ virtual int32_t fieldDifference(UDate when, EDateFields field, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the difference between the given time and the time this
+ * calendar object is set to. If this calendar is set
+ * <em>before</em> the given time, the returned value will be
+ * positive. If this calendar is set <em>after</em> the given
+ * time, the returned value will be negative. The
+ * <code>field</code> parameter specifies the units of the return
+ * value. For example, if <code>fieldDifference(when,
+ * Calendar::MONTH)</code> returns 3, then this calendar is set to
+ * 3 months before <code>when</code>, and possibly some addition
+ * time less than one month.
+ *
+ * <p>As a side effect of this call, this calendar is advanced
+ * toward <code>when</code> by the given amount. That is, calling
+ * this method has the side effect of calling <code>add(field,
+ * n)</code>, where <code>n</code> is the return value.
+ *
+ * <p>Usage: To use this method, call it first with the largest
+ * field of interest, then with progressively smaller fields. For
+ * example:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * int y = cal->fieldDifference(when, Calendar::YEAR, err);
+ * int m = cal->fieldDifference(when, Calendar::MONTH, err);
+ * int d = cal->fieldDifference(when, Calendar::DATE, err);</pre>
+ *
+ * computes the difference between <code>cal</code> and
+ * <code>when</code> in years, months, and days.
+ *
+ * <p>Note: <code>fieldDifference()</code> is
+ * <em>asymmetrical</em>. That is, in the following code:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * cal->setTime(date1, err);
+ * int m1 = cal->fieldDifference(date2, Calendar::MONTH, err);
+ * int d1 = cal->fieldDifference(date2, Calendar::DATE, err);
+ * cal->setTime(date2, err);
+ * int m2 = cal->fieldDifference(date1, Calendar::MONTH, err);
+ * int d2 = cal->fieldDifference(date1, Calendar::DATE, err);</pre>
+ *
+ * one might expect that <code>m1 == -m2 && d1 == -d2</code>.
+ * However, this is not generally the case, because of
+ * irregularities in the underlying calendar system (e.g., the
+ * Gregorian calendar has a varying number of days per month).
+ *
+ * @param when the date to compare this calendar's time to
+ * @param field the field in which to compute the result
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid, this will be set to
+ * an error status.
+ * @return the difference, either positive or negative, between
+ * this calendar's time and <code>when</code>, in terms of
+ * <code>field</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ virtual int32_t fieldDifference(UDate when, UCalendarDateFields field, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the calendar's time zone to be the one passed in. The Calendar takes ownership
+ * of the TimeZone; the caller is no longer responsible for deleting it. If the
+ * given time zone is NULL, this function has no effect.
+ *
+ * @param value The given time zone.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void adoptTimeZone(TimeZone* value);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the calendar's time zone to be the same as the one passed in. The TimeZone
+ * passed in is _not_ adopted; the client is still responsible for deleting it.
+ *
+ * @param zone The given time zone.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setTimeZone(const TimeZone& zone);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a reference to the time zone owned by this calendar. The returned reference
+ * is only valid until clients make another call to adoptTimeZone or setTimeZone,
+ * or this Calendar is destroyed.
+ *
+ * @return The time zone object associated with this calendar.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const TimeZone& getTimeZone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the time zone owned by this calendar. The caller owns the returned object
+ * and must delete it when done. After this call, the new time zone associated
+ * with this Calendar is the default TimeZone as returned by TimeZone::createDefault().
+ *
+ * @return The time zone object which was associated with this calendar.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ TimeZone* orphanTimeZone(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Queries if the current date for this Calendar is in Daylight Savings Time.
+ *
+ * @param status Fill-in parameter which receives the status of this operation.
+ * @return True if the current date for this Calendar is in Daylight Savings Time,
+ * false, otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool inDaylightTime(UErrorCode& status) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Specifies whether or not date/time interpretation is to be lenient. With lenient
+ * interpretation, a date such as "February 942, 1996" will be treated as being
+ * equivalent to the 941st day after February 1, 1996. With strict interpretation,
+ * such dates will cause an error when computing time from the time field values
+ * representing the dates.
+ *
+ * @param lenient True specifies date/time interpretation to be lenient.
+ *
+ * @see DateFormat#setLenient
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setLenient(UBool lenient);
+
+ /**
+ * Tells whether date/time interpretation is to be lenient.
+ *
+ * @return True tells that date/time interpretation is to be lenient.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool isLenient(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets what the first day of the week is; e.g., Sunday in US, Monday in France.
+ *
+ * @param value The given first day of the week.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use setFirstDayOfWeek(UCalendarDaysOfWeek value) instead.
+ */
+ void setFirstDayOfWeek(EDaysOfWeek value);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets what the first day of the week is; e.g., Sunday in US, Monday in France.
+ *
+ * @param value The given first day of the week.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ void setFirstDayOfWeek(UCalendarDaysOfWeek value);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets what the first day of the week is; e.g., Sunday in US, Monday in France.
+ *
+ * @return The first day of the week.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6 use the overload with error code
+ */
+ EDaysOfWeek getFirstDayOfWeek(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets what the first day of the week is; e.g., Sunday in US, Monday in France.
+ *
+ * @param status error code
+ * @return The first day of the week.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCalendarDaysOfWeek getFirstDayOfWeek(UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets what the minimal days required in the first week of the year are; For
+ * example, if the first week is defined as one that contains the first day of the
+ * first month of a year, call the method with value 1. If it must be a full week,
+ * use value 7.
+ *
+ * @param value The given minimal days required in the first week of the year.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setMinimalDaysInFirstWeek(uint8_t value);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets what the minimal days required in the first week of the year are; e.g., if
+ * the first week is defined as one that contains the first day of the first month
+ * of a year, getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek returns 1. If the minimal days required must
+ * be a full week, getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek returns 7.
+ *
+ * @return The minimal days required in the first week of the year.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ uint8_t getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the minimum value for the given time field. e.g., for Gregorian
+ * DAY_OF_MONTH, 1.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @return The minimum value for the given time field.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use getMinimum(UCalendarDateFields field) instead.
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getMinimum(EDateFields field) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the minimum value for the given time field. e.g., for Gregorian
+ * DAY_OF_MONTH, 1.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @return The minimum value for the given time field.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getMinimum(UCalendarDateFields field) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the maximum value for the given time field. e.g. for Gregorian DAY_OF_MONTH,
+ * 31.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @return The maximum value for the given time field.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use getMaximum(UCalendarDateFields field) instead.
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getMaximum(EDateFields field) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the maximum value for the given time field. e.g. for Gregorian DAY_OF_MONTH,
+ * 31.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @return The maximum value for the given time field.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getMaximum(UCalendarDateFields field) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the highest minimum value for the given field if varies. Otherwise same as
+ * getMinimum(). For Gregorian, no difference.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @return The highest minimum value for the given time field.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use getGreatestMinimum(UCalendarDateFields field) instead.
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getGreatestMinimum(EDateFields field) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the highest minimum value for the given field if varies. Otherwise same as
+ * getMinimum(). For Gregorian, no difference.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @return The highest minimum value for the given time field.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getGreatestMinimum(UCalendarDateFields field) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the lowest maximum value for the given field if varies. Otherwise same as
+ * getMaximum(). e.g., for Gregorian DAY_OF_MONTH, 28.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @return The lowest maximum value for the given time field.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use getLeastMaximum(UCalendarDateFields field) instead.
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getLeastMaximum(EDateFields field) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the lowest maximum value for the given field if varies. Otherwise same as
+ * getMaximum(). e.g., for Gregorian DAY_OF_MONTH, 28.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @return The lowest maximum value for the given time field.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getLeastMaximum(UCalendarDateFields field) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the minimum value that this field could have, given the current date.
+ * For the Gregorian calendar, this is the same as getMinimum() and getGreatestMinimum().
+ *
+ * The version of this function on Calendar uses an iterative algorithm to determine the
+ * actual minimum value for the field. There is almost always a more efficient way to
+ * accomplish this (in most cases, you can simply return getMinimum()). GregorianCalendar
+ * overrides this function with a more efficient implementation.
+ *
+ * @param field the field to determine the minimum of
+ * @param status Fill-in parameter which receives the status of this operation.
+ * @return the minimum of the given field for the current date of this Calendar
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use getActualMinimum(UCalendarDateFields field, UErrorCode& status) instead.
+ */
+ int32_t getActualMinimum(EDateFields field, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the minimum value that this field could have, given the current date.
+ * For the Gregorian calendar, this is the same as getMinimum() and getGreatestMinimum().
+ *
+ * The version of this function on Calendar uses an iterative algorithm to determine the
+ * actual minimum value for the field. There is almost always a more efficient way to
+ * accomplish this (in most cases, you can simply return getMinimum()). GregorianCalendar
+ * overrides this function with a more efficient implementation.
+ *
+ * @param field the field to determine the minimum of
+ * @param status Fill-in parameter which receives the status of this operation.
+ * @return the minimum of the given field for the current date of this Calendar
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getActualMinimum(UCalendarDateFields field, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the maximum value that this field could have, given the current date.
+ * For example, with the date "Feb 3, 1997" and the DAY_OF_MONTH field, the actual
+ * maximum would be 28; for "Feb 3, 1996" it s 29. Similarly for a Hebrew calendar,
+ * for some years the actual maximum for MONTH is 12, and for others 13.
+ *
+ * The version of this function on Calendar uses an iterative algorithm to determine the
+ * actual maximum value for the field. There is almost always a more efficient way to
+ * accomplish this (in most cases, you can simply return getMaximum()). GregorianCalendar
+ * overrides this function with a more efficient implementation.
+ *
+ * @param field the field to determine the maximum of
+ * @param status Fill-in parameter which receives the status of this operation.
+ * @return the maximum of the given field for the current date of this Calendar
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use getActualMaximum(UCalendarDateFields field, UErrorCode& status) instead.
+ */
+ int32_t getActualMaximum(EDateFields field, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the maximum value that this field could have, given the current date.
+ * For example, with the date "Feb 3, 1997" and the DAY_OF_MONTH field, the actual
+ * maximum would be 28; for "Feb 3, 1996" it s 29. Similarly for a Hebrew calendar,
+ * for some years the actual maximum for MONTH is 12, and for others 13.
+ *
+ * The version of this function on Calendar uses an iterative algorithm to determine the
+ * actual maximum value for the field. There is almost always a more efficient way to
+ * accomplish this (in most cases, you can simply return getMaximum()). GregorianCalendar
+ * overrides this function with a more efficient implementation.
+ *
+ * @param field the field to determine the maximum of
+ * @param status Fill-in parameter which receives the status of this operation.
+ * @return the maximum of the given field for the current date of this Calendar
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getActualMaximum(UCalendarDateFields field, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the value for a given time field. Recalculate the current time field values
+ * if the time value has been changed by a call to setTime(). Return zero for unset
+ * fields if any fields have been explicitly set by a call to set(). To force a
+ * recomputation of all fields regardless of the previous state, call complete().
+ * This method is semantically const, but may alter the object in memory.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @param status Fill-in parameter which receives the status of the operation.
+ * @return The value for the given time field, or zero if the field is unset,
+ * and set() has been called for any other field.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use get(UCalendarDateFields field, UErrorCode& status) instead.
+ */
+ int32_t get(EDateFields field, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the value for a given time field. Recalculate the current time field values
+ * if the time value has been changed by a call to setTime(). Return zero for unset
+ * fields if any fields have been explicitly set by a call to set(). To force a
+ * recomputation of all fields regardless of the previous state, call complete().
+ * This method is semantically const, but may alter the object in memory.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @param status Fill-in parameter which receives the status of the operation.
+ * @return The value for the given time field, or zero if the field is unset,
+ * and set() has been called for any other field.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ int32_t get(UCalendarDateFields field, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Determines if the given time field has a value set. This can affect in the
+ * resolving of time in Calendar. Unset fields have a value of zero, by definition.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @return True if the given time field has a value set; false otherwise.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use isSet(UCalendarDateFields field) instead.
+ */
+ UBool isSet(EDateFields field) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Determines if the given time field has a value set. This can affect in the
+ * resolving of time in Calendar. Unset fields have a value of zero, by definition.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @return True if the given time field has a value set; false otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ UBool isSet(UCalendarDateFields field) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the given time field with the given value.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @param value The value to be set for the given time field.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use set(UCalendarDateFields field, int32_t value) instead.
+ */
+ void set(EDateFields field, int32_t value);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the given time field with the given value.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @param value The value to be set for the given time field.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ void set(UCalendarDateFields field, int32_t value);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the values for the fields YEAR, MONTH, and DATE. Other field values are
+ * retained; call clear() first if this is not desired.
+ *
+ * @param year The value used to set the YEAR time field.
+ * @param month The value used to set the MONTH time field. Month value is 0-based.
+ * e.g., 0 for January.
+ * @param date The value used to set the DATE time field.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void set(int32_t year, int32_t month, int32_t date);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the values for the fields YEAR, MONTH, DATE, HOUR_OF_DAY, and MINUTE. Other
+ * field values are retained; call clear() first if this is not desired.
+ *
+ * @param year The value used to set the YEAR time field.
+ * @param month The value used to set the MONTH time field. Month value is
+ * 0-based. E.g., 0 for January.
+ * @param date The value used to set the DATE time field.
+ * @param hour The value used to set the HOUR_OF_DAY time field.
+ * @param minute The value used to set the MINUTE time field.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void set(int32_t year, int32_t month, int32_t date, int32_t hour, int32_t minute);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the values for the fields YEAR, MONTH, DATE, HOUR_OF_DAY, MINUTE, and SECOND.
+ * Other field values are retained; call clear() first if this is not desired.
+ *
+ * @param year The value used to set the YEAR time field.
+ * @param month The value used to set the MONTH time field. Month value is
+ * 0-based. E.g., 0 for January.
+ * @param date The value used to set the DATE time field.
+ * @param hour The value used to set the HOUR_OF_DAY time field.
+ * @param minute The value used to set the MINUTE time field.
+ * @param second The value used to set the SECOND time field.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void set(int32_t year, int32_t month, int32_t date, int32_t hour, int32_t minute, int32_t second);
+
+ /**
+ * Clears the values of all the time fields, making them both unset and assigning
+ * them a value of zero. The field values will be determined during the next
+ * resolving of time into time fields.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void clear(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Clears the value in the given time field, both making it unset and assigning it a
+ * value of zero. This field value will be determined during the next resolving of
+ * time into time fields.
+ *
+ * @param field The time field to be cleared.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use clear(UCalendarDateFields field) instead.
+ */
+ void clear(EDateFields field);
+
+ /**
+ * Clears the value in the given time field, both making it unset and assigning it a
+ * value of zero. This field value will be determined during the next resolving of
+ * time into time fields.
+ *
+ * @param field The time field to be cleared.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ void clear(UCalendarDateFields field);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual method. This method is to
+ * implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++ compilers support genuine
+ * RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and clone() methods call this method.
+ * <P>
+ * Concrete subclasses of Calendar must implement getDynamicClassID() and also a
+ * static method and data member:
+ *
+ * static UClassID getStaticClassID() { return (UClassID)&fgClassID; }
+ * static char fgClassID;
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a given class have the
+ * same class ID. Objects of other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the resource key string used for this calendar type.
+ * For example, prepending "Eras_" to this string could return "Eras_japanese"
+ * or "Eras_gregorian".
+ *
+ * @returns static string, for example, "gregorian" or "japanese"
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual const char * getType() const = 0;
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a Calendar with the default time zone as returned by
+ * TimeZone::createInstance(), and the default locale.
+ *
+ * @param success Indicates the status of Calendar object construction. Returns
+ * U_ZERO_ERROR if constructed successfully.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Calendar(UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor
+ *
+ * @param source Calendar object to be copied from
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Calendar(const Calendar& source);
+
+ /**
+ * Default assignment operator
+ *
+ * @param right Calendar object to be copied
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Calendar& operator=(const Calendar& right);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a Calendar with the given time zone and locale. Clients are no longer
+ * responsible for deleting the given time zone object after it's adopted.
+ *
+ * @param zone The given time zone.
+ * @param aLocale The given locale.
+ * @param success Indicates the status of Calendar object construction. Returns
+ * U_ZERO_ERROR if constructed successfully.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Calendar(TimeZone* zone, const Locale& aLocale, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a Calendar with the given time zone and locale.
+ *
+ * @param zone The given time zone.
+ * @param aLocale The given locale.
+ * @param success Indicates the status of Calendar object construction. Returns
+ * U_ZERO_ERROR if constructed successfully.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Calendar(const TimeZone& zone, const Locale& aLocale, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Converts Calendar's time field values to GMT as milliseconds.
+ *
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid or restricted by
+ * leniency, this will be set to an error status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void computeTime(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Converts GMT as milliseconds to time field values. This allows you to sync up the
+ * time field values with a new time that is set for the calendar. This method
+ * does NOT recompute the time first; to recompute the time, then the fields, use
+ * the method complete().
+ *
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid or restricted by
+ * leniency, this will be set to an error status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void computeFields(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets this Calendar's current time as a long.
+ *
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid or restricted by
+ * leniency, this will be set to an error status.
+ * @return the current time as UTC milliseconds from the epoch.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ double getTimeInMillis(UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets this Calendar's current time from the given long value.
+ * @param millis the new time in UTC milliseconds from the epoch.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid or restricted by
+ * leniency, this will be set to an error status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setTimeInMillis( double millis, UErrorCode& status );
+
+ /**
+ * Recomputes the current time from currently set fields, and then fills in any
+ * unset fields in the time field list.
+ *
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid or restricted by
+ * leniency, this will be set to an error status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void complete(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the value for a given time field. Subclasses can use this function to get
+ * field values without forcing recomputation of time.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @return The value for the given time field.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use internalGet(UCalendarDateFields field) instead.
+ */
+ inline int32_t internalGet(EDateFields field) const {return fFields[field];}
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the value for a given time field. Subclasses can use this function to get
+ * field values without forcing recomputation of time. If the field's stamp is UNSET,
+ * the defaultValue is used.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @param defaultValue a default value used if the field is unset.
+ * @return The value for the given time field.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ inline int32_t internalGet(UCalendarDateFields field, int32_t defaultValue) const {return fStamp[field]>kUnset ? fFields[field] : defaultValue;}
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the value for a given time field. Subclasses can use this function to get
+ * field values without forcing recomputation of time.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @return The value for the given time field.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ inline int32_t internalGet(UCalendarDateFields field) const {return fFields[field];}
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the value for a given time field. This is a fast internal method for
+ * subclasses. It does not affect the areFieldsInSync, isTimeSet, or areAllFieldsSet
+ * flags.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @param value The value for the given time field.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use internalSet(UCalendarDateFields field, int32_t value) instead.
+ */
+ void internalSet(EDateFields field, int32_t value);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the value for a given time field. This is a fast internal method for
+ * subclasses. It does not affect the areFieldsInSync, isTimeSet, or areAllFieldsSet
+ * flags.
+ *
+ * @param field The given time field.
+ * @param value The value for the given time field.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ inline void internalSet(UCalendarDateFields field, int32_t value);
+
+ /**
+ * Prepare this calendar for computing the actual minimum or maximum.
+ * This method modifies this calendar's fields; it is called on a
+ * temporary calendar.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual void prepareGetActual(UCalendarDateFields field, UBool isMinimum, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Limit enums. Not in sync with UCalendarLimitType (refers to internal fields).
+ * @internal
+ */
+ enum ELimitType {
+ UCAL_LIMIT_MINIMUM = 0,
+ UCAL_LIMIT_GREATEST_MINIMUM,
+ UCAL_LIMIT_LEAST_MAXIMUM,
+ UCAL_LIMIT_MAXIMUM,
+ UCAL_LIMIT_COUNT
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Subclass API for defining limits of different types.
+ * Subclasses must implement this method to return limits for the
+ * following fields:
+ *
+ * <pre>UCAL_ERA
+ * UCAL_YEAR
+ * UCAL_MONTH
+ * UCAL_WEEK_OF_YEAR
+ * UCAL_WEEK_OF_MONTH
+ * UCAL_DATE (DAY_OF_MONTH on Java)
+ * UCAL_DAY_OF_YEAR
+ * UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH
+ * UCAL_YEAR_WOY
+ * UCAL_EXTENDED_YEAR</pre>
+ *
+ * @param field one of the above field numbers
+ * @param limitType one of <code>MINIMUM</code>, <code>GREATEST_MINIMUM</code>,
+ * <code>LEAST_MAXIMUM</code>, or <code>MAXIMUM</code>
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handleGetLimit(UCalendarDateFields field, ELimitType limitType) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return a limit for a field.
+ * @param field the field, from <code>0..UCAL_MAX_FIELD</code>
+ * @param limitType the type specifier for the limit
+ * @see #ELimitType
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getLimit(UCalendarDateFields field, ELimitType limitType) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Return the Julian day number of day before the first day of the
+ * given month in the given extended year. Subclasses should override
+ * this method to implement their calendar system.
+ * @param eyear the extended year
+ * @param month the zero-based month, or 0 if useMonth is false
+ * @param useMonth if false, compute the day before the first day of
+ * the given year, otherwise, compute the day before the first day of
+ * the given month
+ * @return the Julian day number of the day before the first
+ * day of the given month and year
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handleComputeMonthStart(int32_t eyear, int32_t month,
+ UBool useMonth) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the number of days in the given month of the given extended
+ * year of this calendar system. Subclasses should override this
+ * method if they can provide a more correct or more efficient
+ * implementation than the default implementation in Calendar.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handleGetMonthLength(int32_t extendedYear, int32_t month) const ;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the number of days in the given extended year of this
+ * calendar system. Subclasses should override this method if they can
+ * provide a more correct or more efficient implementation than the
+ * default implementation in Calendar.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handleGetYearLength(int32_t eyear) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Return the extended year defined by the current fields. This will
+ * use the UCAL_EXTENDED_YEAR field or the UCAL_YEAR and supra-year fields (such
+ * as UCAL_ERA) specific to the calendar system, depending on which set of
+ * fields is newer.
+ * @return the extended year
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handleGetExtendedYear() = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Subclasses may override this. This method calls
+ * handleGetMonthLength() to obtain the calendar-specific month
+ * length.
+ * @param bestField which field to use to calculate the date
+ * @return julian day specified by calendar fields.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handleComputeJulianDay(UCalendarDateFields bestField);
+
+ /**
+ * Subclasses must override this to convert from week fields
+ * (YEAR_WOY and WEEK_OF_YEAR) to an extended year in the case
+ * where YEAR, EXTENDED_YEAR are not set.
+ * The Calendar implementation assumes yearWoy is in extended gregorian form
+ * @internal
+ * @return the extended year, UCAL_EXTENDED_YEAR
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handleGetExtendedYearFromWeekFields(int32_t yearWoy, int32_t woy);
+
+ /**
+ * Compute the Julian day from fields. Will determine whether to use
+ * the JULIAN_DAY field directly, or other fields.
+ * @return the julian day
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t computeJulianDay();
+
+ /**
+ * Compute the milliseconds in the day from the fields. This is a
+ * value from 0 to 23:59:59.999 inclusive, unless fields are out of
+ * range, in which case it can be an arbitrary value. This value
+ * reflects local zone wall time.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t computeMillisInDay();
+
+ /**
+ * This method can assume EXTENDED_YEAR has been set.
+ * @param millis milliseconds of the date fields
+ * @param millisInDay milliseconds of the time fields; may be out
+ * or range.
+ * @param ec Output param set to failure code on function return
+ * when this function fails.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t computeZoneOffset(double millis, int32_t millisInDay, UErrorCode &ec);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Determine the best stamp in a range.
+ * @param start first enum to look at
+ * @param end last enum to look at
+ * @param bestSoFar stamp prior to function call
+ * @return the stamp value of the best stamp
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t newestStamp(UCalendarDateFields start, UCalendarDateFields end, int32_t bestSoFar) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Values for field resolution tables
+ * @see #resolveFields
+ * @internal
+ */
+ enum {
+ /** Marker for end of resolve set (row or group). */
+ kResolveSTOP = -1,
+ /** Value to be bitwised "ORed" against resolve table field values for remapping. Example: (UCAL_DATE | kResolveRemap) in 1st column will cause 'UCAL_DATE' to be returned, but will not examine the value of UCAL_DATE. */
+ kResolveRemap = 32
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Precedence table for Dates
+ * @see #resolveFields
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static const UFieldResolutionTable kDatePrecedence[];
+
+ /**
+ * Precedence table for Year
+ * @see #resolveFields
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static const UFieldResolutionTable kYearPrecedence[];
+
+ /**
+ * Precedence table for Day of Week
+ * @see #resolveFields
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static const UFieldResolutionTable kDOWPrecedence[];
+
+ /**
+ * Given a precedence table, return the newest field combination in
+ * the table, or UCAL_FIELD_COUNT if none is found.
+ *
+ * <p>The precedence table is a 3-dimensional array of integers. It
+ * may be thought of as an array of groups. Each group is an array of
+ * lines. Each line is an array of field numbers. Within a line, if
+ * all fields are set, then the time stamp of the line is taken to be
+ * the stamp of the most recently set field. If any field of a line is
+ * unset, then the line fails to match. Within a group, the line with
+ * the newest time stamp is selected. The first field of the line is
+ * returned to indicate which line matched.
+ *
+ * <p>In some cases, it may be desirable to map a line to field that
+ * whose stamp is NOT examined. For example, if the best field is
+ * DAY_OF_WEEK then the DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH algorithm may be used. In
+ * order to do this, insert the value <code>kResolveRemap | F</code> at
+ * the start of the line, where <code>F</code> is the desired return
+ * field value. This field will NOT be examined; it only determines
+ * the return value if the other fields in the line are the newest.
+ *
+ * <p>If all lines of a group contain at least one unset field, then no
+ * line will match, and the group as a whole will fail to match. In
+ * that case, the next group will be processed. If all groups fail to
+ * match, then UCAL_FIELD_COUNT is returned.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ UCalendarDateFields resolveFields(const UFieldResolutionTable *precedenceTable);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual const UFieldResolutionTable* getFieldResolutionTable() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the field that is newer, either defaultField, or
+ * alternateField. If neither is newer or neither is set, return defaultField.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ UCalendarDateFields newerField(UCalendarDateFields defaultField, UCalendarDateFields alternateField) const;
+
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Helper function for calculating limits by trial and error
+ * @param field The field being investigated
+ * @param startValue starting (least max) value of field
+ * @param endValue ending (greatest max) value of field
+ * @param status return type
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t getActualHelper(UCalendarDateFields field, int32_t startValue, int32_t endValue, UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+
+protected:
+ /**
+ * The flag which indicates if the current time is set in the calendar.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool fIsTimeSet;
+
+ /**
+ * True if the fields are in sync with the currently set time of this Calendar.
+ * If false, then the next attempt to get the value of a field will
+ * force a recomputation of all fields from the current value of the time
+ * field.
+ * <P>
+ * This should really be named areFieldsInSync, but the old name is retained
+ * for backward compatibility.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool fAreFieldsSet;
+
+ /**
+ * True if all of the fields have been set. This is initially false, and set to
+ * true by computeFields().
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool fAreAllFieldsSet;
+
+ /**
+ * True if all fields have been virtually set, but have not yet been
+ * computed. This occurs only in setTimeInMillis(). A calendar set
+ * to this state will compute all fields from the time if it becomes
+ * necessary, but otherwise will delay such computation.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UBool fAreFieldsVirtuallySet;
+
+ /**
+ * Get the current time without recomputing.
+ *
+ * @return the current time without recomputing.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UDate internalGetTime(void) const { return fTime; }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the current time without affecting flags or fields.
+ *
+ * @param time The time to be set
+ * @return the current time without recomputing.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void internalSetTime(UDate time) { fTime = time; }
+
+ /**
+ * The time fields containing values into which the millis is computed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t fFields[UCAL_FIELD_COUNT];
+
+ /**
+ * The flags which tell if a specified time field for the calendar is set.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 use (fStamp[n]!=kUnset)
+ */
+ UBool fIsSet[UCAL_FIELD_COUNT];
+
+ /** Special values of stamp[]
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ enum {
+ kUnset = 0,
+ kInternallySet,
+ kMinimumUserStamp
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Pseudo-time-stamps which specify when each field was set. There
+ * are two special values, UNSET and INTERNALLY_SET. Values from
+ * MINIMUM_USER_SET to Integer.MAX_VALUE are legal user set values.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t fStamp[UCAL_FIELD_COUNT];
+
+ /**
+ * Subclasses may override this method to compute several fields
+ * specific to each calendar system. These are:
+ *
+ * <ul><li>ERA
+ * <li>YEAR
+ * <li>MONTH
+ * <li>DAY_OF_MONTH
+ * <li>DAY_OF_YEAR
+ * <li>EXTENDED_YEAR</ul>
+ *
+ * Subclasses can refer to the DAY_OF_WEEK and DOW_LOCAL fields, which
+ * will be set when this method is called. Subclasses can also call
+ * the getGregorianXxx() methods to obtain Gregorian calendar
+ * equivalents for the given Julian day.
+ *
+ * <p>In addition, subclasses should compute any subclass-specific
+ * fields, that is, fields from BASE_FIELD_COUNT to
+ * getFieldCount() - 1.
+ *
+ * <p>The default implementation in <code>Calendar</code> implements
+ * a pure proleptic Gregorian calendar.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual void handleComputeFields(int32_t julianDay, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the extended year on the Gregorian calendar as computed by
+ * <code>computeGregorianFields()</code>.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t getGregorianYear() const {
+ return fGregorianYear;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Return the month (0-based) on the Gregorian calendar as computed by
+ * <code>computeGregorianFields()</code>.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t getGregorianMonth() const {
+ return fGregorianMonth;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Return the day of year (1-based) on the Gregorian calendar as
+ * computed by <code>computeGregorianFields()</code>.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t getGregorianDayOfYear() const {
+ return fGregorianDayOfYear;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Return the day of month (1-based) on the Gregorian calendar as
+ * computed by <code>computeGregorianFields()</code>.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t getGregorianDayOfMonth() const {
+ return fGregorianDayOfMonth;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Called by computeJulianDay. Returns the default month (0-based) for the year,
+ * taking year and era into account. Defaults to 0 for Gregorian, which doesn't care.
+ * @internal
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getDefaultMonthInYear() ;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Called by computeJulianDay. Returns the default day (1-based) for the month,
+ * taking currently-set year and era into account. Defaults to 1 for Gregorian.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getDefaultDayInMonth(int32_t /*month*/);
+
+ //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Protected utility methods for use by subclasses. These are very handy
+ // for implementing add, roll, and computeFields.
+ //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Adjust the specified field so that it is within
+ * the allowable range for the date to which this calendar is set.
+ * For example, in a Gregorian calendar pinning the {@link #UCalendarDateFields DAY_OF_MONTH}
+ * field for a calendar set to April 31 would cause it to be set
+ * to April 30.
+ * <p>
+ * <b>Subclassing:</b>
+ * <br>
+ * This utility method is intended for use by subclasses that need to implement
+ * their own overrides of {@link #roll roll} and {@link #add add}.
+ * <p>
+ * <b>Note:</b>
+ * <code>pinField</code> is implemented in terms of
+ * {@link #getActualMinimum getActualMinimum}
+ * and {@link #getActualMaximum getActualMaximum}. If either of those methods uses
+ * a slow, iterative algorithm for a particular field, it would be
+ * unwise to attempt to call <code>pinField</code> for that field. If you
+ * really do need to do so, you should override this method to do
+ * something more efficient for that field.
+ * <p>
+ * @param field The calendar field whose value should be pinned.
+ * @param status Output param set to failure code on function return
+ * when this function fails.
+ *
+ * @see #getActualMinimum
+ * @see #getActualMaximum
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void pinField(UCalendarDateFields field, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the week number of a day, within a period. This may be the week number in
+ * a year or the week number in a month. Usually this will be a value >= 1, but if
+ * some initial days of the period are excluded from week 1, because
+ * {@link #getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek} is > 1, then
+ * the week number will be zero for those
+ * initial days. This method requires the day number and day of week for some
+ * known date in the period in order to determine the day of week
+ * on the desired day.
+ * <p>
+ * <b>Subclassing:</b>
+ * <br>
+ * This method is intended for use by subclasses in implementing their
+ * {@link #computeTime computeTime} and/or {@link #computeFields computeFields} methods.
+ * It is often useful in {@link #getActualMinimum getActualMinimum} and
+ * {@link #getActualMaximum getActualMaximum} as well.
+ * <p>
+ * This variant is handy for computing the week number of some other
+ * day of a period (often the first or last day of the period) when its day
+ * of the week is not known but the day number and day of week for some other
+ * day in the period (e.g. the current date) <em>is</em> known.
+ * <p>
+ * @param desiredDay The {@link #UCalendarDateFields DAY_OF_YEAR} or
+ * {@link #UCalendarDateFields DAY_OF_MONTH} whose week number is desired.
+ * Should be 1 for the first day of the period.
+ *
+ * @param dayOfPeriod The {@link #UCalendarDateFields DAY_OF_YEAR}
+ * or {@link #UCalendarDateFields DAY_OF_MONTH} for a day in the period whose
+ * {@link #UCalendarDateFields DAY_OF_WEEK} is specified by the
+ * <code>knownDayOfWeek</code> parameter.
+ * Should be 1 for first day of period.
+ *
+ * @param dayOfWeek The {@link #UCalendarDateFields DAY_OF_WEEK} for the day
+ * corresponding to the <code>knownDayOfPeriod</code> parameter.
+ * 1-based with 1=Sunday.
+ *
+ * @return The week number (one-based), or zero if the day falls before
+ * the first week because
+ * {@link #getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek}
+ * is more than one.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ int32_t weekNumber(int32_t desiredDay, int32_t dayOfPeriod, int32_t dayOfWeek);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Return the week number of a day, within a period. This may be the week number in
+ * a year, or the week number in a month. Usually this will be a value >= 1, but if
+ * some initial days of the period are excluded from week 1, because
+ * {@link #getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek} is > 1,
+ * then the week number will be zero for those
+ * initial days. This method requires the day of week for the given date in order to
+ * determine the result.
+ * <p>
+ * <b>Subclassing:</b>
+ * <br>
+ * This method is intended for use by subclasses in implementing their
+ * {@link #computeTime computeTime} and/or {@link #computeFields computeFields} methods.
+ * It is often useful in {@link #getActualMinimum getActualMinimum} and
+ * {@link #getActualMaximum getActualMaximum} as well.
+ * <p>
+ * @param dayOfPeriod The {@link #UCalendarDateFields DAY_OF_YEAR} or
+ * {@link #UCalendarDateFields DAY_OF_MONTH} whose week number is desired.
+ * Should be 1 for the first day of the period.
+ *
+ * @param dayOfWeek The {@link #UCalendarDateFields DAY_OF_WEEK} for the day
+ * corresponding to the <code>dayOfPeriod</code> parameter.
+ * 1-based with 1=Sunday.
+ *
+ * @return The week number (one-based), or zero if the day falls before
+ * the first week because
+ * {@link #getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek}
+ * is more than one.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ inline int32_t weekNumber(int32_t dayOfPeriod, int32_t dayOfWeek);
+
+ /**
+ * returns the local DOW, valid range 0..6
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t getLocalDOW();
+
+private:
+
+ /**
+ * The next available value for fStamp[]
+ */
+ int32_t fNextStamp;// = MINIMUM_USER_STAMP;
+
+ /**
+ * The current time set for the calendar.
+ */
+ UDate fTime;
+
+ /**
+ * @see #setLenient
+ */
+ UBool fLenient;
+
+ /**
+ * Time zone affects the time calculation done by Calendar. Calendar subclasses use
+ * the time zone data to produce the local time.
+ */
+ TimeZone* fZone;
+
+ /**
+ * Both firstDayOfWeek and minimalDaysInFirstWeek are locale-dependent. They are
+ * used to figure out the week count for a specific date for a given locale. These
+ * must be set when a Calendar is constructed. For example, in US locale,
+ * firstDayOfWeek is SUNDAY; minimalDaysInFirstWeek is 1. They are used to figure
+ * out the week count for a specific date for a given locale. These must be set when
+ * a Calendar is constructed.
+ */
+ UCalendarDaysOfWeek fFirstDayOfWeek;
+ uint8_t fMinimalDaysInFirstWeek;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets firstDayOfWeek and minimalDaysInFirstWeek. Called at Calendar construction
+ * time.
+ *
+ * @param desiredLocale The given locale.
+ * @param type The calendar type identifier, e.g: gregorian, buddhist, etc.
+ * @param success Indicates the status of setting the week count data from
+ * the resource for the given locale. Returns U_ZERO_ERROR if
+ * constructed successfully.
+ */
+ void setWeekCountData(const Locale& desiredLocale, const char *type, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Recompute the time and update the status fields isTimeSet
+ * and areFieldsSet. Callers should check isTimeSet and only
+ * call this method if isTimeSet is false.
+ *
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid or restricted by
+ * leniency, this will be set to an error status.
+ */
+ void updateTime(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * The Gregorian year, as computed by computeGregorianFields() and
+ * returned by getGregorianYear().
+ * @see #computeGregorianFields
+ */
+ int32_t fGregorianYear;
+
+ /**
+ * The Gregorian month, as computed by computeGregorianFields() and
+ * returned by getGregorianMonth().
+ * @see #computeGregorianFields
+ */
+ int32_t fGregorianMonth;
+
+ /**
+ * The Gregorian day of the year, as computed by
+ * computeGregorianFields() and returned by getGregorianDayOfYear().
+ * @see #computeGregorianFields
+ */
+ int32_t fGregorianDayOfYear;
+
+ /**
+ * The Gregorian day of the month, as computed by
+ * computeGregorianFields() and returned by getGregorianDayOfMonth().
+ * @see #computeGregorianFields
+ */
+ int32_t fGregorianDayOfMonth;
+
+ /* calculations */
+
+ /**
+ * Compute the Gregorian calendar year, month, and day of month from
+ * the given Julian day. These values are not stored in fields, but in
+ * member variables gregorianXxx. Also compute the DAY_OF_WEEK and
+ * DOW_LOCAL fields.
+ */
+ void computeGregorianAndDOWFields(int32_t julianDay, UErrorCode &ec);
+
+ protected:
+
+ /**
+ * Compute the Gregorian calendar year, month, and day of month from the
+ * Julian day. These values are not stored in fields, but in member
+ * variables gregorianXxx. They are used for time zone computations and by
+ * subclasses that are Gregorian derivatives. Subclasses may call this
+ * method to perform a Gregorian calendar millis->fields computation.
+ * To perform a Gregorian calendar fields->millis computation, call
+ * computeGregorianMonthStart().
+ * @see #computeGregorianMonthStart
+ */
+ void computeGregorianFields(int32_t julianDay, UErrorCode &ec);
+
+ private:
+
+ /**
+ * Compute the fields WEEK_OF_YEAR, YEAR_WOY, WEEK_OF_MONTH,
+ * DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH, and DOW_LOCAL from EXTENDED_YEAR, YEAR,
+ * DAY_OF_WEEK, and DAY_OF_YEAR. The latter fields are computed by the
+ * subclass based on the calendar system.
+ *
+ * <p>The YEAR_WOY field is computed simplistically. It is equal to YEAR
+ * most of the time, but at the year boundary it may be adjusted to YEAR-1
+ * or YEAR+1 to reflect the overlap of a week into an adjacent year. In
+ * this case, a simple increment or decrement is performed on YEAR, even
+ * though this may yield an invalid YEAR value. For instance, if the YEAR
+ * is part of a calendar system with an N-year cycle field CYCLE, then
+ * incrementing the YEAR may involve incrementing CYCLE and setting YEAR
+ * back to 0 or 1. This is not handled by this code, and in fact cannot be
+ * simply handled without having subclasses define an entire parallel set of
+ * fields for fields larger than or equal to a year. This additional
+ * complexity is not warranted, since the intention of the YEAR_WOY field is
+ * to support ISO 8601 notation, so it will typically be used with a
+ * proleptic Gregorian calendar, which has no field larger than a year.
+ */
+ void computeWeekFields(UErrorCode &ec);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Ensure that each field is within its valid range by calling {@link
+ * #validateField(int, int&)} on each field that has been set. This method
+ * should only be called if this calendar is not lenient.
+ * @see #isLenient
+ * @see #validateField(int, int&)
+ * @internal
+ */
+ void validateFields(UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Validate a single field of this calendar. Subclasses should
+ * override this method to validate any calendar-specific fields.
+ * Generic fields can be handled by
+ * <code>Calendar.validateField()</code>.
+ * @see #validateField(int, int, int, int&)
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual void validateField(UCalendarDateFields field, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Validate a single field of this calendar given its minimum and
+ * maximum allowed value. If the field is out of range,
+ * <code>U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR</code> will be set. Subclasses may
+ * use this method in their implementation of {@link
+ * #validateField(int, int&)}.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ void validateField(UCalendarDateFields field, int32_t min, int32_t max, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ protected:
+ /**
+ * Convert a quasi Julian date to the day of the week. The Julian date used here is
+ * not a true Julian date, since it is measured from midnight, not noon. Return
+ * value is one-based.
+ *
+ * @param julian The given Julian date number.
+ * @return Day number from 1..7 (SUN..SAT).
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static uint8_t julianDayToDayOfWeek(double julian);
+
+ private:
+ char validLocale[ULOC_FULLNAME_CAPACITY];
+ char actualLocale[ULOC_FULLNAME_CAPACITY];
+
+ public:
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE
+ /**
+ * INTERNAL FOR 2.6 -- Registration.
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Return a StringEnumeration over the locales available at the time of the call,
+ * including registered locales.
+ * @return a StringEnumeration over the locales available at the time of the call
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static StringEnumeration* getAvailableLocales(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Register a new Calendar factory. The factory will be adopted.
+ * INTERNAL in 2.6
+ * @param toAdopt the factory instance to be adopted
+ * @param status the in/out status code, no special meanings are assigned
+ * @return a registry key that can be used to unregister this factory
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static URegistryKey registerFactory(ICUServiceFactory* toAdopt, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Unregister a previously-registered CalendarFactory using the key returned from the
+ * register call. Key becomes invalid after a successful call and should not be used again.
+ * The CalendarFactory corresponding to the key will be deleted.
+ * INTERNAL in 2.6
+ * @param key the registry key returned by a previous call to registerFactory
+ * @param status the in/out status code, no special meanings are assigned
+ * @return TRUE if the factory for the key was successfully unregistered
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static UBool unregister(URegistryKey key, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Multiple Calendar Implementation
+ * @internal
+ */
+ friend class CalendarFactory;
+
+ /**
+ * Multiple Calendar Implementation
+ * @internal
+ */
+ friend class CalendarService;
+
+ /**
+ * Multiple Calendar Implementation
+ * @internal
+ */
+ friend class DefaultCalendarFactory;
+#endif /* !UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE */
+
+ /**
+ * @internal
+ * @return TRUE if this calendar has a default century (i.e. 03 -> 2003)
+ */
+ virtual UBool haveDefaultCentury() const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * @internal
+ * @return the start of the default century, as a UDate
+ */
+ virtual UDate defaultCenturyStart() const = 0;
+ /**
+ * @internal
+ * @return the beginning year of the default century, as a year
+ */
+ virtual int32_t defaultCenturyStartYear() const = 0;
+
+ /** Get the locale for this calendar object. You can choose between valid and actual locale.
+ * @param type type of the locale we're looking for (valid or actual)
+ * @param status error code for the operation
+ * @return the locale
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ Locale getLocale(ULocDataLocaleType type, UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+ /** Get the locale for this calendar object. You can choose between valid and actual locale.
+ * @param type type of the locale we're looking for (valid or actual)
+ * @param status error code for the operation
+ * @return the locale
+ * @internal
+ */
+ const char* getLocaleID(ULocDataLocaleType type, UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+};
+
+// -------------------------------------
+
+inline Calendar*
+Calendar::createInstance(TimeZone* zone, UErrorCode& errorCode)
+{
+ // since the Locale isn't specified, use the default locale
+ return createInstance(zone, Locale::getDefault(), errorCode);
+}
+
+// -------------------------------------
+
+inline void
+Calendar::roll(UCalendarDateFields field, UBool up, UErrorCode& status)
+{
+ roll(field, (int32_t)(up ? +1 : -1), status);
+}
+
+inline void
+Calendar::roll(EDateFields field, UBool up, UErrorCode& status)
+{
+ roll((UCalendarDateFields) field, up, status);
+}
+
+
+// -------------------------------------
+
+/**
+ * Fast method for subclasses. The caller must maintain fUserSetDSTOffset and
+ * fUserSetZoneOffset, as well as the isSet[] array.
+ */
+
+inline void
+Calendar::internalSet(UCalendarDateFields field, int32_t value)
+{
+ fFields[field] = value;
+ fStamp[field] = kInternallySet;
+ fIsSet[field] = TRUE; // Remove later
+}
+
+inline int32_t Calendar::weekNumber(int32_t dayOfPeriod, int32_t dayOfWeek)
+{
+ return weekNumber(dayOfPeriod, dayOfPeriod, dayOfWeek);
+}
+
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // _CALENDAR
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/caniter.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/caniter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84a6595
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/caniter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/*
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2006, International Business Machines Corporation and *
+ * others. All Rights Reserved. *
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#ifndef CANITER_H
+#define CANITER_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_NORMALIZATION
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Canonical Iterator
+ */
+
+/** Should permutation skip characters with combining class zero
+ * Should be either TRUE or FALSE. This is a compile time option
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#ifndef CANITER_SKIP_ZEROES
+#define CANITER_SKIP_ZEROES TRUE
+#endif
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class Hashtable;
+
+/**
+ * This class allows one to iterate through all the strings that are canonically equivalent to a given
+ * string. For example, here are some sample results:
+Results for: {LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE}{LATIN SMALL LETTER D}{COMBINING DOT ABOVE}{COMBINING CEDILLA}
+1: \\u0041\\u030A\\u0064\\u0307\\u0327
+ = {LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A}{COMBINING RING ABOVE}{LATIN SMALL LETTER D}{COMBINING DOT ABOVE}{COMBINING CEDILLA}
+2: \\u0041\\u030A\\u0064\\u0327\\u0307
+ = {LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A}{COMBINING RING ABOVE}{LATIN SMALL LETTER D}{COMBINING CEDILLA}{COMBINING DOT ABOVE}
+3: \\u0041\\u030A\\u1E0B\\u0327
+ = {LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A}{COMBINING RING ABOVE}{LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH DOT ABOVE}{COMBINING CEDILLA}
+4: \\u0041\\u030A\\u1E11\\u0307
+ = {LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A}{COMBINING RING ABOVE}{LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH CEDILLA}{COMBINING DOT ABOVE}
+5: \\u00C5\\u0064\\u0307\\u0327
+ = {LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE}{LATIN SMALL LETTER D}{COMBINING DOT ABOVE}{COMBINING CEDILLA}
+6: \\u00C5\\u0064\\u0327\\u0307
+ = {LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE}{LATIN SMALL LETTER D}{COMBINING CEDILLA}{COMBINING DOT ABOVE}
+7: \\u00C5\\u1E0B\\u0327
+ = {LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE}{LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH DOT ABOVE}{COMBINING CEDILLA}
+8: \\u00C5\\u1E11\\u0307
+ = {LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE}{LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH CEDILLA}{COMBINING DOT ABOVE}
+9: \\u212B\\u0064\\u0307\\u0327
+ = {ANGSTROM SIGN}{LATIN SMALL LETTER D}{COMBINING DOT ABOVE}{COMBINING CEDILLA}
+10: \\u212B\\u0064\\u0327\\u0307
+ = {ANGSTROM SIGN}{LATIN SMALL LETTER D}{COMBINING CEDILLA}{COMBINING DOT ABOVE}
+11: \\u212B\\u1E0B\\u0327
+ = {ANGSTROM SIGN}{LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH DOT ABOVE}{COMBINING CEDILLA}
+12: \\u212B\\u1E11\\u0307
+ = {ANGSTROM SIGN}{LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH CEDILLA}{COMBINING DOT ABOVE}
+ *<br>Note: the code is intended for use with small strings, and is not suitable for larger ones,
+ * since it has not been optimized for that situation.
+ * Note, CanonicalIterator is not intended to be subclassed.
+ * @author M. Davis
+ * @author C++ port by V. Weinstein
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API CanonicalIterator : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Construct a CanonicalIterator object
+ * @param source string to get results for
+ * @param status Fill-in parameter which receives the status of this operation.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ CanonicalIterator(const UnicodeString &source, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /** Destructor
+ * Cleans pieces
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual ~CanonicalIterator();
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the NFD form of the current source we are iterating over.
+ * @return gets the source: NOTE: it is the NFD form of source
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeString getSource();
+
+ /**
+ * Resets the iterator so that one can start again from the beginning.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ void reset();
+
+ /**
+ * Get the next canonically equivalent string.
+ * <br><b>Warning: The strings are not guaranteed to be in any particular order.</b>
+ * @return the next string that is canonically equivalent. A bogus string is returned when
+ * the iteration is done.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeString next();
+
+ /**
+ * Set a new source for this iterator. Allows object reuse.
+ * @param newSource the source string to iterate against. This allows the same iterator to be used
+ * while changing the source string, saving object creation.
+ * @param status Fill-in parameter which receives the status of this operation.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ void setSource(const UnicodeString &newSource, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Dumb recursive implementation of permutation.
+ * TODO: optimize
+ * @param source the string to find permutations for
+ * @param skipZeros determine if skip zeros
+ * @param result the results in a set.
+ * @param status Fill-in parameter which receives the status of this operation.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 permute(UnicodeString &source, UBool skipZeros, Hashtable *result, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+private:
+ // ===================== PRIVATES ==============================
+ // private default constructor
+ CanonicalIterator();
+
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor. Private for now.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ CanonicalIterator(const CanonicalIterator& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator. Private for now.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ CanonicalIterator& operator=(const CanonicalIterator& other);
+
+ // fields
+ UnicodeString source;
+ UBool done;
+
+ // 2 dimensional array holds the pieces of the string with
+ // their different canonically equivalent representations
+ UnicodeString **pieces;
+ int32_t pieces_length;
+ int32_t *pieces_lengths;
+
+ // current is used in iterating to combine pieces
+ int32_t *current;
+ int32_t current_length;
+
+ // transient fields
+ UnicodeString buffer;
+
+ // we have a segment, in NFD. Find all the strings that are canonically equivalent to it.
+ UnicodeString *getEquivalents(const UnicodeString &segment, int32_t &result_len, UErrorCode &status); //private String[] getEquivalents(String segment)
+
+ //Set getEquivalents2(String segment);
+ Hashtable *getEquivalents2(Hashtable *fillinResult, const UChar *segment, int32_t segLen, UErrorCode &status);
+ //Hashtable *getEquivalents2(const UnicodeString &segment, int32_t segLen, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * See if the decomposition of cp2 is at segment starting at segmentPos
+ * (with canonical rearrangment!)
+ * If so, take the remainder, and return the equivalents
+ */
+ //Set extract(int comp, String segment, int segmentPos, StringBuffer buffer);
+ Hashtable *extract(Hashtable *fillinResult, UChar32 comp, const UChar *segment, int32_t segLen, int32_t segmentPos, UErrorCode &status);
+ //Hashtable *extract(UChar32 comp, const UnicodeString &segment, int32_t segLen, int32_t segmentPos, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ void cleanPieces();
+
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_NORMALIZATION */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/chariter.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/chariter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12fc924
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/chariter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,716 @@
+/*
+********************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2005, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+********************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef CHARITER_H
+#define CHARITER_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Character Iterator
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+/**
+ * Abstract class that defines an API for forward-only iteration
+ * on text objects.
+ * This is a minimal interface for iteration without random access
+ * or backwards iteration. It is especially useful for wrapping
+ * streams with converters into an object for collation or
+ * normalization.
+ *
+ * <p>Characters can be accessed in two ways: as code units or as
+ * code points.
+ * Unicode code points are 21-bit integers and are the scalar values
+ * of Unicode characters. ICU uses the type UChar32 for them.
+ * Unicode code units are the storage units of a given
+ * Unicode/UCS Transformation Format (a character encoding scheme).
+ * With UTF-16, all code points can be represented with either one
+ * or two code units ("surrogates").
+ * String storage is typically based on code units, while properties
+ * of characters are typically determined using code point values.
+ * Some processes may be designed to work with sequences of code units,
+ * or it may be known that all characters that are important to an
+ * algorithm can be represented with single code units.
+ * Other processes will need to use the code point access functions.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>ForwardCharacterIterator provides nextPostInc() to access
+ * a code unit and advance an internal position into the text object,
+ * similar to a <code>return text[position++]</code>.<br>
+ * It provides next32PostInc() to access a code point and advance an internal
+ * position.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>next32PostInc() assumes that the current position is that of
+ * the beginning of a code point, i.e., of its first code unit.
+ * After next32PostInc(), this will be true again.
+ * In general, access to code units and code points in the same
+ * iteration loop should not be mixed. In UTF-16, if the current position
+ * is on a second code unit (Low Surrogate), then only that code unit
+ * is returned even by next32PostInc().</p>
+ *
+ * <p>For iteration with either function, there are two ways to
+ * check for the end of the iteration. When there are no more
+ * characters in the text object:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>The hasNext() function returns FALSE.</li>
+ * <li>nextPostInc() and next32PostInc() return DONE
+ * when one attempts to read beyond the end of the text object.</li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * \code
+ * void function1(ForwardCharacterIterator &it) {
+ * UChar32 c;
+ * while(it.hasNext()) {
+ * c=it.next32PostInc();
+ * // use c
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * void function1(ForwardCharacterIterator &it) {
+ * UChar c;
+ * while((c=it.nextPostInc())!=ForwardCharacterIterator::DONE) {
+ * // use c
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ * </p>
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API ForwardCharacterIterator : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Value returned by most of ForwardCharacterIterator's functions
+ * when the iterator has reached the limits of its iteration.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ enum { DONE = 0xffff };
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~ForwardCharacterIterator();
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true when both iterators refer to the same
+ * character in the same character-storage object.
+ * @param that The ForwardCharacterIterator to be compared for equality
+ * @return true when both iterators refer to the same
+ * character in the same character-storage object
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const ForwardCharacterIterator& that) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true when the iterators refer to different
+ * text-storage objects, or to different characters in the
+ * same text-storage object.
+ * @param that The ForwardCharacterIterator to be compared for inequality
+ * @return true when the iterators refer to different
+ * text-storage objects, or to different characters in the
+ * same text-storage object
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool operator!=(const ForwardCharacterIterator& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Generates a hash code for this iterator.
+ * @return the hash code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t hashCode(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a UClassID for this ForwardCharacterIterator ("poor man's
+ * RTTI").<P> Despite the fact that this function is public,
+ * DO NOT CONSIDER IT PART OF CHARACTERITERATOR'S API!
+ * @return a UClassID for this ForwardCharacterIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the current code unit for returning and advances to the next code unit
+ * in the iteration range
+ * (toward endIndex()). If there are
+ * no more code units to return, returns DONE.
+ * @return the current code unit.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar nextPostInc(void) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the current code point for returning and advances to the next code point
+ * in the iteration range
+ * (toward endIndex()). If there are
+ * no more code points to return, returns DONE.
+ * @return the current code point.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 next32PostInc(void) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns FALSE if there are no more code units or code points
+ * at or after the current position in the iteration range.
+ * This is used with nextPostInc() or next32PostInc() in forward
+ * iteration.
+ * @returns FALSE if there are no more code units or code points
+ * at or after the current position in the iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool hasNext() = 0;
+
+protected:
+ /** Default constructor to be overridden in the implementing class. @stable ICU 2.0*/
+ ForwardCharacterIterator();
+
+ /** Copy constructor to be overridden in the implementing class. @stable ICU 2.0*/
+ ForwardCharacterIterator(const ForwardCharacterIterator &other);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator to be overridden in the implementing class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ForwardCharacterIterator &operator=(const ForwardCharacterIterator&) { return *this; }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Abstract class that defines an API for iteration
+ * on text objects.
+ * This is an interface for forward and backward iteration
+ * and random access into a text object.
+ *
+ * <p>The API provides backward compatibility to the Java and older ICU
+ * CharacterIterator classes but extends them significantly:
+ * <ol>
+ * <li>CharacterIterator is now a subclass of ForwardCharacterIterator.</li>
+ * <li>While the old API functions provided forward iteration with
+ * "pre-increment" semantics, the new one also provides functions
+ * with "post-increment" semantics. They are more efficient and should
+ * be the preferred iterator functions for new implementations.
+ * The backward iteration always had "pre-decrement" semantics, which
+ * are efficient.</li>
+ * <li>Just like ForwardCharacterIterator, it provides access to
+ * both code units and code points. Code point access versions are available
+ * for the old and the new iteration semantics.</li>
+ * <li>There are new functions for setting and moving the current position
+ * without returning a character, for efficiency.</li>
+ * </ol>
+ *
+ * See ForwardCharacterIterator for examples for using the new forward iteration
+ * functions. For backward iteration, there is also a hasPrevious() function
+ * that can be used analogously to hasNext().
+ * The old functions work as before and are shown below.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Examples for some of the new functions:</p>
+ *
+ * Forward iteration with hasNext():
+ * \code
+ * void forward1(CharacterIterator &it) {
+ * UChar32 c;
+ * for(it.setToStart(); it.hasNext();) {
+ * c=it.next32PostInc();
+ * // use c
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ * Forward iteration more similar to loops with the old forward iteration,
+ * showing a way to convert simple for() loops:
+ * \code
+ * void forward2(CharacterIterator &it) {
+ * UChar c;
+ * for(c=it.firstPostInc(); c!=CharacterIterator::DONE; c=it.nextPostInc()) {
+ * // use c
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ * Backward iteration with setToEnd() and hasPrevious():
+ * \code
+ * void backward1(CharacterIterator &it) {
+ * UChar32 c;
+ * for(it.setToEnd(); it.hasPrevious();) {
+ * c=it.previous32();
+ * // use c
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ * Backward iteration with a more traditional for() loop:
+ * \code
+ * void backward2(CharacterIterator &it) {
+ * UChar c;
+ * for(c=it.last(); c!=CharacterIterator::DONE; c=it.previous()) {
+ * // use c
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Example for random access:
+ * \code
+ * void random(CharacterIterator &it) {
+ * // set to the third code point from the beginning
+ * it.move32(3, CharacterIterator::kStart);
+ * // get a code point from here without moving the position
+ * UChar32 c=it.current32();
+ * // get the position
+ * int32_t pos=it.getIndex();
+ * // get the previous code unit
+ * UChar u=it.previous();
+ * // move back one more code unit
+ * it.move(-1, CharacterIterator::kCurrent);
+ * // set the position back to where it was
+ * // and read the same code point c and move beyond it
+ * it.setIndex(pos);
+ * if(c!=it.next32PostInc()) {
+ * exit(1); // CharacterIterator inconsistent
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <p>Examples, especially for the old API:</p>
+ *
+ * Function processing characters, in this example simple output
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * void processChar( UChar c )
+ * {
+ * cout << " " << c;
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * Traverse the text from start to finish
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * void traverseForward(CharacterIterator& iter)
+ * {
+ * for(UChar c = iter.first(); c != CharacterIterator.DONE; c = iter.next()) {
+ * processChar(c);
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * Traverse the text backwards, from end to start
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * void traverseBackward(CharacterIterator& iter)
+ * {
+ * for(UChar c = iter.last(); c != CharacterIterator.DONE; c = iter.previous()) {
+ * processChar(c);
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * Traverse both forward and backward from a given position in the text.
+ * Calls to notBoundary() in this example represents some additional stopping criteria.
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * void traverseOut(CharacterIterator& iter, int32_t pos)
+ * {
+ * UChar c;
+ * for (c = iter.setIndex(pos);
+ * c != CharacterIterator.DONE && (Unicode::isLetter(c) || Unicode::isDigit(c));
+ * c = iter.next()) {}
+ * int32_t end = iter.getIndex();
+ * for (c = iter.setIndex(pos);
+ * c != CharacterIterator.DONE && (Unicode::isLetter(c) || Unicode::isDigit(c));
+ * c = iter.previous()) {}
+ * int32_t start = iter.getIndex() + 1;
+ *
+ * cout << "start: " << start << " end: " << end << endl;
+ * for (c = iter.setIndex(start); iter.getIndex() < end; c = iter.next() ) {
+ * processChar(c);
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * Creating a StringCharacterIterator and calling the test functions
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * void CharacterIterator_Example( void )
+ * {
+ * cout << endl << "===== CharacterIterator_Example: =====" << endl;
+ * UnicodeString text("Ein kleiner Satz.");
+ * StringCharacterIterator iterator(text);
+ * cout << "----- traverseForward: -----------" << endl;
+ * traverseForward( iterator );
+ * cout << endl << endl << "----- traverseBackward: ----------" << endl;
+ * traverseBackward( iterator );
+ * cout << endl << endl << "----- traverseOut: ---------------" << endl;
+ * traverseOut( iterator, 7 );
+ * cout << endl << endl << "-----" << endl;
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API CharacterIterator : public ForwardCharacterIterator {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Origin enumeration for the move() and move32() functions.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ enum EOrigin { kStart, kCurrent, kEnd };
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a pointer to a new CharacterIterator of the same
+ * concrete class as this one, and referring to the same
+ * character in the same text-storage object as this one. The
+ * caller is responsible for deleting the new clone.
+ * @return a pointer to a new CharacterIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual CharacterIterator* clone(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the first code unit in its
+ * iteration range, and returns that code unit.
+ * This can be used to begin an iteration with next().
+ * @return the first code unit in its iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar first(void) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the first code unit in its
+ * iteration range, returns that code unit, and moves the position
+ * to the second code unit. This is an alternative to setToStart()
+ * for forward iteration with nextPostInc().
+ * @return the first code unit in its iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar firstPostInc(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the first code point in its
+ * iteration range, and returns that code unit,
+ * This can be used to begin an iteration with next32().
+ * Note that an iteration with next32PostInc(), beginning with,
+ * e.g., setToStart() or firstPostInc(), is more efficient.
+ * @return the first code point in its iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 first32(void) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the first code point in its
+ * iteration range, returns that code point, and moves the position
+ * to the second code point. This is an alternative to setToStart()
+ * for forward iteration with next32PostInc().
+ * @return the first code point in its iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 first32PostInc(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the first code unit or code point in its
+ * iteration range. This can be used to begin a forward
+ * iteration with nextPostInc() or next32PostInc().
+ * @return the start position of the iteration range
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t setToStart();
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the last code unit in its
+ * iteration range, and returns that code unit.
+ * This can be used to begin an iteration with previous().
+ * @return the last code unit.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar last(void) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the last code point in its
+ * iteration range, and returns that code unit.
+ * This can be used to begin an iteration with previous32().
+ * @return the last code point.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 last32(void) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to the end of its iteration range, just behind
+ * the last code unit or code point. This can be used to begin a backward
+ * iteration with previous() or previous32().
+ * @return the end position of the iteration range
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t setToEnd();
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the "position"-th code unit
+ * in the text-storage object the iterator refers to, and
+ * returns that code unit.
+ * @param position the "position"-th code unit in the text-storage object
+ * @return the "position"-th code unit.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar setIndex(int32_t position) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the beginning of the code point
+ * that contains the "position"-th code unit
+ * in the text-storage object the iterator refers to, and
+ * returns that code point.
+ * The current position is adjusted to the beginning of the code point
+ * (its first code unit).
+ * @param position the "position"-th code unit in the text-storage object
+ * @return the "position"-th code point.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 setIndex32(int32_t position) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the code unit the iterator currently refers to.
+ * @return the current code unit.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar current(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the code point the iterator currently refers to.
+ * @return the current code point.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 current32(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Advances to the next code unit in the iteration range
+ * (toward endIndex()), and returns that code unit. If there are
+ * no more code units to return, returns DONE.
+ * @return the next code unit.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar next(void) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Advances to the next code point in the iteration range
+ * (toward endIndex()), and returns that code point. If there are
+ * no more code points to return, returns DONE.
+ * Note that iteration with "pre-increment" semantics is less
+ * efficient than iteration with "post-increment" semantics
+ * that is provided by next32PostInc().
+ * @return the next code point.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 next32(void) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Advances to the previous code unit in the iteration range
+ * (toward startIndex()), and returns that code unit. If there are
+ * no more code units to return, returns DONE.
+ * @return the previous code unit.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar previous(void) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Advances to the previous code point in the iteration range
+ * (toward startIndex()), and returns that code point. If there are
+ * no more code points to return, returns DONE.
+ * @return the previous code point.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 previous32(void) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns FALSE if there are no more code units or code points
+ * before the current position in the iteration range.
+ * This is used with previous() or previous32() in backward
+ * iteration.
+ * @return FALSE if there are no more code units or code points
+ * before the current position in the iteration range, return TRUE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool hasPrevious() = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the numeric index in the underlying text-storage
+ * object of the character returned by first(). Since it's
+ * possible to create an iterator that iterates across only
+ * part of a text-storage object, this number isn't
+ * necessarily 0.
+ * @returns the numeric index in the underlying text-storage
+ * object of the character returned by first().
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t startIndex(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the numeric index in the underlying text-storage
+ * object of the position immediately BEYOND the character
+ * returned by last().
+ * @return the numeric index in the underlying text-storage
+ * object of the position immediately BEYOND the character
+ * returned by last().
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t endIndex(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the numeric index in the underlying text-storage
+ * object of the character the iterator currently refers to
+ * (i.e., the character returned by current()).
+ * @return the numberic index in the text-storage object of
+ * the character the iterator currently refers to
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t getIndex(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the length of the entire text in the underlying
+ * text-storage object.
+ * @return the length of the entire text in the text-storage object
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t getLength() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Moves the current position relative to the start or end of the
+ * iteration range, or relative to the current position itself.
+ * The movement is expressed in numbers of code units forward
+ * or backward by specifying a positive or negative delta.
+ * @param delta the position relative to origin. A positive delta means forward;
+ * a negative delta means backward.
+ * @param origin Origin enumeration {kStart, kCurrent, kEnd}
+ * @return the new position
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t move(int32_t delta, EOrigin origin) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Moves the current position relative to the start or end of the
+ * iteration range, or relative to the current position itself.
+ * The movement is expressed in numbers of code points forward
+ * or backward by specifying a positive or negative delta.
+ * @param delta the position relative to origin. A positive delta means forward;
+ * a negative delta means backward.
+ * @param origin Origin enumeration {kStart, kCurrent, kEnd}
+ * @return the new position
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t move32(int32_t delta, EOrigin origin) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Copies the text under iteration into the UnicodeString
+ * referred to by "result".
+ * @param result Receives a copy of the text under iteration.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void getText(UnicodeString& result) = 0;
+
+protected:
+ /**
+ * Empty constructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ CharacterIterator();
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor, just setting the length field in this base class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ CharacterIterator(int32_t length);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor, just setting the length and position fields in this base class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ CharacterIterator(int32_t length, int32_t position);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor, just setting the length, start, end, and position fields in this base class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ CharacterIterator(int32_t length, int32_t textBegin, int32_t textEnd, int32_t position);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ *
+ * @param that The CharacterIterator to be copied
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ CharacterIterator(const CharacterIterator &that);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator. Sets this CharacterIterator to have the same behavior,
+ * as the one passed in.
+ * @param that The CharacterIterator passed in.
+ * @return the newly set CharacterIterator.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ CharacterIterator &operator=(const CharacterIterator &that);
+
+ /**
+ * Base class text length field.
+ * Necessary this for correct getText() and hashCode().
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t textLength;
+
+ /**
+ * Base class field for the current position.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t pos;
+
+ /**
+ * Base class field for the start of the iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t begin;
+
+ /**
+ * Base class field for the end of the iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t end;
+};
+
+inline UBool
+ForwardCharacterIterator::operator!=(const ForwardCharacterIterator& that) const {
+ return !operator==(that);
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+CharacterIterator::setToStart() {
+ return move(0, kStart);
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+CharacterIterator::setToEnd() {
+ return move(0, kEnd);
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+CharacterIterator::startIndex(void) const {
+ return begin;
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+CharacterIterator::endIndex(void) const {
+ return end;
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+CharacterIterator::getIndex(void) const {
+ return pos;
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+CharacterIterator::getLength(void) const {
+ return textLength;
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/choicfmt.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/choicfmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8484648
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/choicfmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,746 @@
+/*
+********************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+********************************************************************************
+*
+* File CHOICFMT.H
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 02/19/97 aliu Converted from java.
+* 03/20/97 helena Finished first cut of implementation and got rid
+* of nextDouble/previousDouble and replaced with
+* boolean array.
+* 4/10/97 aliu Clean up. Modified to work on AIX.
+* 8/6/97 nos Removed overloaded constructor, member var 'buffer'.
+* 07/22/98 stephen Removed operator!= (implemented in Format)
+********************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef CHOICFMT_H
+#define CHOICFMT_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Choice Format.
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+#include "unicode/numfmt.h"
+#include "unicode/fieldpos.h"
+#include "unicode/format.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class MessageFormat;
+
+/**
+ * ChoiceFormat converts between ranges of numeric values
+ * and string names for those ranges. A <code>ChoiceFormat</code> splits
+ * the real number line <code>-Inf</code> to <code>+Inf</code> into two
+ * or more contiguous ranges. Each range is mapped to a
+ * string. <code>ChoiceFormat</code> is generally used in a
+ * <code>MessageFormat</code> for displaying grammatically correct
+ * plurals such as "There are 2 files."</p>
+ *
+ * <p>There are two methods of defining a <code>ChoiceFormat</code>; both
+ * are equivalent. The first is by using a string pattern. This is the
+ * preferred method in most cases. The second method is through direct
+ * specification of the arrays that make up the
+ * <code>ChoiceFormat</code>.</p>
+ *
+ * <p><strong>Patterns</strong></p>
+ *
+ * <p>In most cases, the preferred way to define a
+ * <code>ChoiceFormat</code> is with a pattern. Here is an example of a
+ * <code>ChoiceFormat</code> pattern:</p>
+ *
+ * \htmlonly<pre> 0≤are no files|1≤is one file|1<are many files</pre>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * <p>or equivalently,</p>
+ *
+ * \htmlonly<pre> 0#are no files|1#is one file|1<are many files</pre>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * <p>The pattern consists of a number or <em>range specifiers</em>
+ * separated by vertical bars '|' (U+007C). There is no
+ * vertical bar after the last range. Each range specifier is of the
+ * form:</p>
+ *
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote><em>Number Separator String</em></blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * <p><em>Number</em> is a floating point number that can be parsed by a
+ * default <code>NumberFormat</code> for the US locale. It gives the
+ * lower limit of this range. The lower limit is either inclusive or
+ * exclusive, depending on the <em>separator</em>. The upper limit is
+ * given by the lower limit of the next range. The Unicode infinity
+ * sign \htmlonly∞ \endhtmlonly (U+221E) is recognized for positive infinity. It may be preceded by
+ * '-' (U+002D) to indicate negative infinity.</p>
+ *
+ * <p><em>String</em> is the format string for this range, with special
+ * characters enclosed in single quotes (<code>'The #
+ * sign'</code>). Single quotes themselves are indicated by two single
+ * quotes in a row (<code>'o''clock'</code>).</p>
+ *
+ * <p><em>Separator</em> is one of the following single characters:
+ *
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>\htmlonly'≤' \endhtmlonly (U+2264) or '#' (U+0023)
+ * indicates that the lower limit given by <em>Number</em> is
+ * inclusive. (The two characters are equivalent to ChoiceFormat.)
+ * This means that the limit value <em>Number</em> belongs to this
+ * range. Another way of saying this is that the corresponding
+ * closure is <code>FALSE</code>.</li>
+ *
+ * <li>'<' (U+003C) indicates that the lower limit given by
+ * <em>Number</em> is exclusive. This means that the value
+ * <em>Number</em> belongs to the prior range.</li> Another way of
+ * saying this is that the corresponding closure is
+ * <code>TRUE</code>.
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <p>See below for more information about closures.</p>
+ *
+ * <p><strong>Arrays</strong></p>
+ *
+ * <p>A <code>ChoiceFormat</code> defining <code>n</code> intervals
+ * (<code>n</code> >= 2) is specified by three arrays of
+ * <code>n</code> items:
+ *
+ * <ul>
+ * <li><code>double limits[]</code> gives the start of each
+ * interval. This must be a non-decreasing list of values, none of
+ * which may be <code>NaN</code>.</li>
+ * <li><code>UBool closures[]</code> determines whether each limit
+ * value is contained in the interval below it or in the interval
+ * above it. If <code>closures[i]</code> is <code>FALSE</code>, then
+ * <code>limits[i]</code> is a member of interval
+ * <code>i</code>. Otherwise it is a member of interval
+ * <code>i+1</code>. If no closures array is specified, this is
+ * equivalent to having all closures be <code>FALSE</code>. Closures
+ * allow one to specify half-open, open, or closed intervals.</li>
+ * <li><code>UnicodeString formats[]</code> gives the string label
+ * associated with each interval.</li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <p><strong>Formatting and Parsing</strong></p>
+ *
+ * <p>During formatting, a number is converted to a
+ * string. <code>ChoiceFormat</code> accomplishes this by mapping the
+ * number to an interval using the following rule. Given a number
+ * <code>X</code> and and index value <code>j</code> in the range
+ * <code>0..n-1</code>, where <code>n</code> is the number of ranges:</p>
+ *
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly<code>X</code> matches <code>j</code> if and only if
+ * <code>limit[j] <= X < limit[j+1]</code>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * <p>(This assumes that all closures are <code>FALSE</code>. If some
+ * closures are <code>TRUE</code> then the relations must be changed to
+ * <code><=</code> or <code><</code> as appropriate.) If there is
+ * no match, then either the first or last index is used, depending on
+ * whether the number is too low or too high. Once a number is mapped to
+ * an interval <code>j</code>, the string <code>formats[j]</code> is
+ * output.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>During parsing, a string is converted to a
+ * number. <code>ChoiceFormat</code> finds the element
+ * <code>formats[j]</code> equal to the string, and returns
+ * <code>limits[j]</code> as the parsed value.</p>
+ *
+ * <p><strong>Notes</strong></p>
+ *
+ * <p>The first limit value does not define a range boundary. For
+ * example, in the pattern \htmlonly"<code>1.0#a|2.0#b</code>"\endhtmlonly, the
+ * intervals are [-Inf, 2.0) and [2.0, +Inf]. It appears that the first
+ * interval should be [1.0, 2.0). However, since all values that are too
+ * small are mapped to range zero, the first interval is effectively
+ * [-Inf, 2.0). However, the first limit value <em>is</em> used during
+ * formatting. In this example, <code>parse("a")</code> returns
+ * 1.0.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>There are no gaps between intervals and the entire number line is
+ * covered. A <code>ChoiceFormat</code> maps <em>all</em> possible
+ * double values to a finite set of intervals.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The non-number <code>NaN</code> is mapped to interval zero during
+ * formatting.</p>
+ *
+ * <p><strong>Examples</strong></p>
+ *
+ * <p>Here is an example of two arrays that map the number
+ * <code>1..7</code> to the English day of the week abbreviations
+ * <code>Sun..Sat</code>. No closures array is given; this is the same as
+ * specifying all closures to be <code>FALSE</code>.</p>
+ *
+ * <pre> {1,2,3,4,5,6,7},
+ * {"Sun","Mon","Tue","Wed","Thur","Fri","Sat"}</pre>
+ *
+ * <p>Here is an example that maps the ranges [-Inf, 1), [1, 1], and (1,
+ * +Inf] to three strings. That is, the number line is split into three
+ * ranges: x < 1.0, x = 1.0, and x > 1.0.</p>
+ *
+ * <pre> {0, 1, 1},
+ * {FALSE, FALSE, TRUE},
+ * {"no files", "one file", "many files"}</pre>
+ *
+ * <p>Here is a simple example that shows formatting and parsing: </p>
+ *
+ * \code
+ * #include <unicode/choicfmt.h>
+ * #include <unicode/unistr.h>
+ * #include <iostream.h>
+ *
+ * int main(int argc, char *argv[]) {
+ * double limits[] = {1,2,3,4,5,6,7};
+ * UnicodeString monthNames[] = {
+ * "Sun","Mon","Tue","Wed","Thu","Fri","Sat"};
+ * ChoiceFormat fmt(limits, monthNames, 7);
+ * UnicodeString str;
+ * char buf[256];
+ * for (double x = 1.0; x <= 8.0; x += 1.0) {
+ * fmt.format(x, str);
+ * str.extract(0, str.length(), buf, 256, "");
+ * str.truncate(0);
+ * cout << x << " -> "
+ * << buf << endl;
+ * }
+ * cout << endl;
+ * return 0;
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <p>Here is a more complex example using a <code>ChoiceFormat</code>
+ * constructed from a pattern together with a
+ * <code>MessageFormat</code>.</p>
+ *
+ * \code
+ * #include <unicode/choicfmt.h>
+ * #include <unicode/msgfmt.h>
+ * #include <unicode/unistr.h>
+ * #include <iostream.h>
+ *
+ * int main(int argc, char *argv[]) {
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * double filelimits[] = {0,1,2};
+ * UnicodeString filepart[] =
+ * {"are no files","is one file","are {0} files"};
+ * ChoiceFormat* fileform = new ChoiceFormat(filelimits, filepart, 3 );
+ * Format* testFormats[] =
+ * {fileform, NULL, NumberFormat::createInstance(status)};
+ * MessageFormat pattform("There {0} on {1}", status );
+ * pattform.adoptFormats(testFormats, 3);
+ * Formattable testArgs[] = {0L, "Disk A"};
+ * FieldPosition fp(0);
+ * UnicodeString str;
+ * char buf[256];
+ * for (int32_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
+ * Formattable fInt(i);
+ * testArgs[0] = fInt;
+ * pattform.format(testArgs, 2, str, fp, status );
+ * str.extract(0, str.length(), buf, "");
+ * str.truncate(0);
+ * cout << "Output for i=" << i << " : " << buf << endl;
+ * }
+ * cout << endl;
+ * return 0;
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <p><em>User subclasses are not supported.</em> While clients may write
+ * subclasses, such code will not necessarily work and will not be
+ * guaranteed to work stably from release to release.
+ */
+class U_I18N_API ChoiceFormat: public NumberFormat {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Construct a new ChoiceFormat with the limits and the corresponding formats
+ * based on the pattern.
+ *
+ * @param pattern Pattern used to construct object.
+ * @param status Output param to receive success code. If the
+ * pattern cannot be parsed, set to failure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ChoiceFormat(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a new ChoiceFormat with the given limits and formats. Copy
+ * the limits and formats instead of adopting them.
+ *
+ * @param limits Array of limit values.
+ * @param formats Array of formats.
+ * @param count Size of 'limits' and 'formats' arrays.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+
+ ChoiceFormat(const double* limits,
+ const UnicodeString* formats,
+ int32_t count );
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a new ChoiceFormat with the given limits and formats.
+ * Copy the limits and formats (instead of adopting them). By
+ * default, each limit in the array specifies the inclusive lower
+ * bound of its range, and the exclusive upper bound of the previous
+ * range. However, if the isLimitOpen element corresponding to a
+ * limit is TRUE, then the limit is the exclusive lower bound of its
+ * range, and the inclusive upper bound of the previous range.
+ * @param limits Array of limit values
+ * @param closures Array of booleans specifying whether each
+ * element of 'limits' is open or closed. If FALSE, then the
+ * corresponding limit is a member of the range above it. If TRUE,
+ * then the limit belongs to the range below it.
+ * @param formats Array of formats
+ * @param count Size of 'limits', 'closures', and 'formats' arrays
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ ChoiceFormat(const double* limits,
+ const UBool* closures,
+ const UnicodeString* formats,
+ int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ *
+ * @param that ChoiceFormat object to be copied from
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ChoiceFormat(const ChoiceFormat& that);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ *
+ * @param that ChoiceFormat object to be copied
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const ChoiceFormat& operator=(const ChoiceFormat& that);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~ChoiceFormat();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this Format object polymorphically. The caller owns the
+ * result and should delete it when done.
+ *
+ * @return a copy of this object
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual Format* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given Format objects are semantically equal.
+ * Objects of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ *
+ * @param other ChoiceFormat object to be compared
+ * @return true if other is the same as this.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const Format& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the pattern.
+ * @param pattern The pattern to be applied.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on
+ * exit. If the pattern is invalid, this will be
+ * set to a failure result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void applyPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the pattern.
+ * @param pattern The pattern to be applied.
+ * @param parseError Struct to recieve information on position
+ * of error if an error is encountered
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on
+ * exit. If the pattern is invalid, this will be
+ * set to a failure result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void applyPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UParseError& parseError,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+ /**
+ * Gets the pattern.
+ *
+ * @param pattern Output param which will recieve the pattern
+ * Previous contents are deleted.
+ * @return A reference to 'pattern'
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& toPattern(UnicodeString &pattern) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the choices to be used in formatting.
+ *
+ * @param limitsToCopy Contains the top value that you want
+ * parsed with that format,and should be in
+ * ascending sorted order. When formatting X,
+ * the choice will be the i, where limit[i]
+ * <= X < limit[i+1].
+ * @param formatsToCopy The format strings you want to use for each limit.
+ * @param count The size of the above arrays.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setChoices(const double* limitsToCopy,
+ const UnicodeString* formatsToCopy,
+ int32_t count );
+
+ /**
+ * Set the choices to be used in formatting. See class description
+ * for documenatation of the limits, closures, and formats arrays.
+ * @param limits Array of limits
+ * @param closures Array of limit booleans
+ * @param formats Array of format string
+ * @param count The size of the above arrays
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual void setChoices(const double* limits,
+ const UBool* closures,
+ const UnicodeString* formats,
+ int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the limits passed in the constructor.
+ *
+ * @param count The size of the limits arrays
+ * @return the limits.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual const double* getLimits(int32_t& count) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Get the limit booleans passed in the constructor. The caller
+ * must not delete the result.
+ *
+ * @param count The size of the arrays
+ * @return the closures
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual const UBool* getClosures(int32_t& count) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Get the formats passed in the constructor.
+ *
+ * @param count The size of the arrays
+ * @return the formats.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual const UnicodeString* getFormats(int32_t& count) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Format a double or long number using this object's choices.
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(double number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos) const;
+ /**
+ * Format a int_32t number using this object's choices.
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(int32_t number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Format an int64_t number using this object's choices.
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(int64_t number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Format an array of objects using this object's choices.
+ *
+ * @param objs The array of objects to be formatted.
+ * @param cnt The size of objs.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @param success Output param set to success/failure code on
+ * exit.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(const Formattable* objs,
+ int32_t cnt,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ UErrorCode& success) const;
+ /**
+ * Format an object using this object's choices.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param obj The object to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on
+ * exit.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Redeclared NumberFormat method.
+ *
+ * @param obj The object to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on
+ * exit.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Redeclared NumberFormat method.
+ * Format a double number. These methods call the NumberFormat
+ * pure virtual format() methods with the default FieldPosition.
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format( double number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Redeclared NumberFormat method.
+ * Format a long number. These methods call the NumberFormat
+ * pure virtual format() methods with the default FieldPosition.
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format( int32_t number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return a long if possible (e.g. within range LONG_MAX,
+ * LONG_MAX], and with no decimals), otherwise a double. If
+ * IntegerOnly is set, will stop at a decimal point (or equivalent;
+ * e.g. for rational numbers "1 2/3", will stop after the 1).
+ * <P>
+ * If no object can be parsed, parsePosition is unchanged, and NULL is
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * @param text The text to be parsed.
+ * @param result Formattable to be set to the parse result.
+ * If parse fails, return contents are undefined.
+ * @param parsePosition The position to start parsing at on input.
+ * On output, moved to after the last successfully
+ * parse character. On parse failure, does not change.
+ * @see NumberFormat::isParseIntegerOnly
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void parse(const UnicodeString& text,
+ Formattable& result,
+ ParsePosition& parsePosition) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return a long if possible (e.g. within range LONG_MAX,
+ * LONG_MAX], and with no decimals), otherwise a double. If
+ * IntegerOnly is set, will stop at a decimal point (or equivalent;
+ * e.g. for rational numbers "1 2/3", will stop after the 1).
+ * <P>
+ * If no object can be parsed, parsePosition is unchanged, and NULL is
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * @param text The text to be parsed.
+ * @param result Formattable to be set to the parse result.
+ * If parse fails, return contents are undefined.
+ * @param status Output param with the formatted string.
+ * @see NumberFormat::isParseIntegerOnly
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void parse(const UnicodeString& text,
+ Formattable& result,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual override.
+ * This method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all
+ * C++ compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and
+ * clone() methods call this method.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a
+ * given class have the same class ID. Objects of
+ * other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for
+ * comparing to a return value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * . Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * . if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * . Derived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ * </pre>
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+private:
+ // static cache management (thread-safe)
+ // static NumberFormat* getNumberFormat(UErrorCode &status); // call this function to 'check out' a numberformat from the cache.
+ // static void releaseNumberFormat(NumberFormat *adopt); // call this function to 'return' the number format to the cache.
+
+ /**
+ * Converts a string to a double value using a default NumberFormat object
+ * which is static (shared by all ChoiceFormat instances).
+ * @param string the string to be converted with.
+ * @return the converted double number.
+ */
+ static double stod(const UnicodeString& string);
+
+ /**
+ * Converts a double value to a string using a default NumberFormat object
+ * which is static (shared by all ChoiceFormat instances).
+ * @param value the double number to be converted with.
+ * @param string the result string.
+ * @return the converted string.
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& dtos(double value, UnicodeString& string);
+
+ ChoiceFormat(); // default constructor not implemented
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a new ChoiceFormat with the limits and the corresponding formats
+ * based on the pattern.
+ *
+ * @param newPattern Pattern used to construct object.
+ * @param parseError Struct to recieve information on position
+ * of error if an error is encountered.
+ * @param status Output param to receive success code. If the
+ * pattern cannot be parsed, set to failure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ChoiceFormat(const UnicodeString& newPattern,
+ UParseError& parseError,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ friend class MessageFormat;
+ /**
+ * Each ChoiceFormat divides the range -Inf..+Inf into fCount
+ * intervals. The intervals are:
+ *
+ * 0: fChoiceLimits[0]..fChoiceLimits[1]
+ * 1: fChoiceLimits[1]..fChoiceLimits[2]
+ * ...
+ * fCount-2: fChoiceLimits[fCount-2]..fChoiceLimits[fCount-1]
+ * fCount-1: fChoiceLimits[fCount-1]..+Inf
+ *
+ * Interval 0 is special; during formatting (mapping numbers to
+ * strings), it also contains all numbers less than
+ * fChoiceLimits[0], as well as NaN values.
+ *
+ * Interval i maps to and from string fChoiceFormats[i]. When
+ * parsing (mapping strings to numbers), then intervals map to
+ * their lower limit, that is, interval i maps to fChoiceLimit[i].
+ *
+ * The intervals may be closed, half open, or open. This affects
+ * formatting but does not affect parsing. Interval i is affected
+ * by fClosures[i] and fClosures[i+1]. If fClosures[i]
+ * is FALSE, then the value fChoiceLimits[i] is in interval i.
+ * That is, intervals i and i are:
+ *
+ * i-1: ... x < fChoiceLimits[i]
+ * i: fChoiceLimits[i] <= x ...
+ *
+ * If fClosures[i] is TRUE, then the value fChoiceLimits[i] is
+ * in interval i-1. That is, intervals i-1 and i are:
+ *
+ * i-1: ... x <= fChoiceLimits[i]
+ * i: fChoiceLimits[i] < x ...
+ *
+ * Because of the nature of interval 0, fClosures[0] has no
+ * effect.
+
+ */
+ double* fChoiceLimits;
+ UBool* fClosures;
+ UnicodeString* fChoiceFormats;
+ int32_t fCount;
+};
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+ChoiceFormat::format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ UErrorCode& status) const {
+ // Don't use Format:: - use immediate base class only,
+ // in case immediate base modifies behavior later.
+ return NumberFormat::format(obj, appendTo, status);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+ChoiceFormat::format(double number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo) const {
+ return NumberFormat::format(number, appendTo);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+ChoiceFormat::format(int32_t number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo) const {
+ return NumberFormat::format(number, appendTo);
+}
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // _CHOICFMT
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/coleitr.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/coleitr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4025a41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/coleitr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+/*
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (C) 1997-2008, International Business Machines
+ * Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Collation Element Iterator.
+ */
+
+/**
+* File coleitr.h
+*
+*
+*
+* Created by: Helena Shih
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+*
+* 8/18/97 helena Added internal API documentation.
+* 08/03/98 erm Synched with 1.2 version CollationElementIterator.java
+* 12/10/99 aliu Ported Thai collation support from Java.
+* 01/25/01 swquek Modified into a C++ wrapper calling C APIs (ucoliter.h)
+* 02/19/01 swquek Removed CollationElementsIterator() since it is
+* private constructor and no calls are made to it
+*/
+
+#ifndef COLEITR_H
+#define COLEITR_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/tblcoll.h"
+#include "unicode/ucoleitr.h"
+
+/**
+ * The UCollationElements struct.
+ * For usage in C programs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef struct UCollationElements UCollationElements;
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+* The CollationElementIterator class is used as an iterator to walk through
+* each character of an international string. Use the iterator to return the
+* ordering priority of the positioned character. The ordering priority of a
+* character, which we refer to as a key, defines how a character is collated in
+* the given collation object.
+* For example, consider the following in Spanish:
+* <pre>
+* "ca" -> the first key is key('c') and second key is key('a').
+* "cha" -> the first key is key('ch') and second key is key('a').</pre>
+* And in German,
+* <pre> \htmlonly "æb"-> the first key is key('a'), the second key is key('e'), and
+* the third key is key('b'). \endhtmlonly </pre>
+* The key of a character, is an integer composed of primary order(short),
+* secondary order(char), and tertiary order(char). Java strictly defines the
+* size and signedness of its primitive data types. Therefore, the static
+* functions primaryOrder(), secondaryOrder(), and tertiaryOrder() return
+* int32_t to ensure the correctness of the key value.
+* <p>Example of the iterator usage: (without error checking)
+* <pre>
+* \code
+* void CollationElementIterator_Example()
+* {
+* UnicodeString str = "This is a test";
+* UErrorCode success = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+* RuleBasedCollator* rbc =
+* (RuleBasedCollator*) RuleBasedCollator::createInstance(success);
+* CollationElementIterator* c =
+* rbc->createCollationElementIterator( str );
+* int32_t order = c->next(success);
+* c->reset();
+* order = c->previous(success);
+* delete c;
+* delete rbc;
+* }
+* \endcode
+* </pre>
+* <p>
+* CollationElementIterator::next returns the collation order of the next
+* character based on the comparison level of the collator.
+* CollationElementIterator::previous returns the collation order of the
+* previous character based on the comparison level of the collator.
+* The Collation Element Iterator moves only in one direction between calls to
+* CollationElementIterator::reset. That is, CollationElementIterator::next()
+* and CollationElementIterator::previous can not be inter-used. Whenever
+* CollationElementIterator::previous is to be called after
+* CollationElementIterator::next() or vice versa,
+* CollationElementIterator::reset has to be called first to reset the status,
+* shifting pointers to either the end or the start of the string. Hence at the
+* next call of CollationElementIterator::previous or
+* CollationElementIterator::next(), the first or last collation order will be
+* returned.
+* If a change of direction is done without a CollationElementIterator::reset(),
+* the result is undefined.
+* The result of a forward iterate (CollationElementIterator::next) and
+* reversed result of the backward iterate (CollationElementIterator::previous)
+* on the same string are equivalent, if collation orders with the value
+* UCOL_IGNORABLE are ignored.
+* Character based on the comparison level of the collator. A collation order
+* consists of primary order, secondary order and tertiary order. The data
+* type of the collation order is <strong>t_int32</strong>.
+*
+* Note, CollationElementIterator should not be subclassed.
+* @see Collator
+* @see RuleBasedCollator
+* @version 1.8 Jan 16 2001
+*/
+class U_I18N_API CollationElementIterator : public UObject {
+public:
+
+ // CollationElementIterator public data member ------------------------------
+
+ enum {
+ /**
+ * NULLORDER indicates that an error has occured while processing
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ NULLORDER = (int32_t)0xffffffff
+ };
+
+ // CollationElementIterator public constructor/destructor -------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ *
+ * @param other the object to be copied from
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ CollationElementIterator(const CollationElementIterator& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~CollationElementIterator();
+
+ // CollationElementIterator public methods ----------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if "other" is the same as "this"
+ *
+ * @param other the object to be compared
+ * @return true if "other" is the same as "this"
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator==(const CollationElementIterator& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if "other" is not the same as "this".
+ *
+ * @param other the object to be compared
+ * @return true if "other" is not the same as "this"
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const CollationElementIterator& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Resets the cursor to the beginning of the string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void reset(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the ordering priority of the next character in the string.
+ * @param status the error code status.
+ * @return the next character's ordering. otherwise returns NULLORDER if an
+ * error has occured or if the end of string has been reached
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t next(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the ordering priority of the previous collation element in the string.
+ * @param status the error code status.
+ * @return the previous element's ordering. otherwise returns NULLORDER if an
+ * error has occured or if the start of string has been reached
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t previous(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the primary order of a collation order.
+ * @param order the collation order
+ * @return the primary order of a collation order.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static inline int32_t primaryOrder(int32_t order);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the secondary order of a collation order.
+ * @param order the collation order
+ * @return the secondary order of a collation order.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static inline int32_t secondaryOrder(int32_t order);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the tertiary order of a collation order.
+ * @param order the collation order
+ * @return the tertiary order of a collation order.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static inline int32_t tertiaryOrder(int32_t order);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the maximum length of any expansion sequences that end with the
+ * specified comparison order.
+ * @param order a collation order returned by previous or next.
+ * @return maximum size of the expansion sequences ending with the collation
+ * element or 1 if collation element does not occur at the end of any
+ * expansion sequence
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getMaxExpansion(int32_t order) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the comparison order in the desired strength. Ignore the other
+ * differences.
+ * @param order The order value
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t strengthOrder(int32_t order) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the source string.
+ * @param str the source string.
+ * @param status the error code status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setText(const UnicodeString& str, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the source string.
+ * @param str the source character iterator.
+ * @param status the error code status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setText(CharacterIterator& str, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Checks if a comparison order is ignorable.
+ * @param order the collation order.
+ * @return TRUE if a character is ignorable, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static inline UBool isIgnorable(int32_t order);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the offset of the currently processed character in the source string.
+ * @return the offset of the character.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getOffset(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the offset of the currently processed character in the source string.
+ * @param newOffset the new offset.
+ * @param status the error code status.
+ * @return the offset of the character.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setOffset(int32_t newOffset, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+protected:
+
+ // CollationElementIterator protected constructors --------------------------
+ /**
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ friend class RuleBasedCollator;
+
+ /**
+ * CollationElementIterator constructor. This takes the source string and the
+ * collation object. The cursor will walk thru the source string based on the
+ * predefined collation rules. If the source string is empty, NULLORDER will
+ * be returned on the calls to next().
+ * @param sourceText the source string.
+ * @param order the collation object.
+ * @param status the error code status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ CollationElementIterator(const UnicodeString& sourceText,
+ const RuleBasedCollator* order, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * CollationElementIterator constructor. This takes the source string and the
+ * collation object. The cursor will walk thru the source string based on the
+ * predefined collation rules. If the source string is empty, NULLORDER will
+ * be returned on the calls to next().
+ * @param sourceText the source string.
+ * @param order the collation object.
+ * @param status the error code status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ CollationElementIterator(const CharacterIterator& sourceText,
+ const RuleBasedCollator* order, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ // CollationElementIterator protected methods -------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator
+ *
+ * @param other the object to be copied
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const CollationElementIterator&
+ operator=(const CollationElementIterator& other);
+
+private:
+ CollationElementIterator(); // default constructor not implemented
+
+ // CollationElementIterator private data members ----------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Data wrapper for collation elements
+ */
+ UCollationElements *m_data_;
+
+ /**
+ * Indicates if m_data_ belongs to this object.
+ */
+ UBool isDataOwned_;
+
+};
+
+// CollationElementIterator inline method defination --------------------------
+
+/**
+* Get the primary order of a collation order.
+* @param order the collation order
+* @return the primary order of a collation order.
+*/
+inline int32_t CollationElementIterator::primaryOrder(int32_t order)
+{
+ order &= RuleBasedCollator::PRIMARYORDERMASK;
+ return (order >> RuleBasedCollator::PRIMARYORDERSHIFT);
+}
+
+/**
+* Get the secondary order of a collation order.
+* @param order the collation order
+* @return the secondary order of a collation order.
+*/
+inline int32_t CollationElementIterator::secondaryOrder(int32_t order)
+{
+ order = order & RuleBasedCollator::SECONDARYORDERMASK;
+ return (order >> RuleBasedCollator::SECONDARYORDERSHIFT);
+}
+
+/**
+* Get the tertiary order of a collation order.
+* @param order the collation order
+* @return the tertiary order of a collation order.
+*/
+inline int32_t CollationElementIterator::tertiaryOrder(int32_t order)
+{
+ return (order &= RuleBasedCollator::TERTIARYORDERMASK);
+}
+
+inline int32_t CollationElementIterator::getMaxExpansion(int32_t order) const
+{
+ return ucol_getMaxExpansion(m_data_, (uint32_t)order);
+}
+
+inline UBool CollationElementIterator::isIgnorable(int32_t order)
+{
+ return (primaryOrder(order) == RuleBasedCollator::PRIMIGNORABLE);
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/coll.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/coll.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5733f58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/coll.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1035 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1996-2008, International Business Machines *
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved. *
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Collation Service.
+ */
+
+/**
+* File coll.h
+*
+* Created by: Helena Shih
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 02/5/97 aliu Modified createDefault to load collation data from
+* binary files when possible. Added related methods
+* createCollationFromFile, chopLocale, createPathName.
+* 02/11/97 aliu Added members addToCache, findInCache, and fgCache.
+* 02/12/97 aliu Modified to create objects from RuleBasedCollator cache.
+* Moved cache out of Collation class.
+* 02/13/97 aliu Moved several methods out of this class and into
+* RuleBasedCollator, with modifications. Modified
+* createDefault() to call new RuleBasedCollator(Locale&)
+* constructor. General clean up and documentation.
+* 02/20/97 helena Added clone, operator==, operator!=, operator=, copy
+* constructor and getDynamicClassID.
+* 03/25/97 helena Updated with platform independent data types.
+* 05/06/97 helena Added memory allocation error detection.
+* 06/20/97 helena Java class name change.
+* 09/03/97 helena Added createCollationKeyValues().
+* 02/10/98 damiba Added compare() with length as parameter.
+* 04/23/99 stephen Removed EDecompositionMode, merged with
+* Normalizer::EMode.
+* 11/02/99 helena Collator performance enhancements. Eliminates the
+* UnicodeString construction and special case for NO_OP.
+* 11/23/99 srl More performance enhancements. Inlining of
+* critical accessors.
+* 05/15/00 helena Added version information API.
+* 01/29/01 synwee Modified into a C++ wrapper which calls C apis
+* (ucoll.h).
+*/
+
+#ifndef COLL_H
+#define COLL_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/ucol.h"
+#include "unicode/normlzr.h"
+#include "unicode/locid.h"
+#include "unicode/uniset.h"
+#include "unicode/umisc.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class StringEnumeration;
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE
+/**
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+class CollatorFactory;
+#endif
+
+/**
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+class CollationKey;
+
+/**
+* The <code>Collator</code> class performs locale-sensitive string
+* comparison.<br>
+* You use this class to build searching and sorting routines for natural
+* language text.<br>
+* <em>Important: </em>The ICU collation service has been reimplemented
+* in order to achieve better performance and UCA compliance.
+* For details, see the
+* <a href="http://source.icu-project.org/repos/icu/icuhtml/trunk/design/collation/ICU_collation_design.htm">
+* collation design document</a>.
+* <p>
+* <code>Collator</code> is an abstract base class. Subclasses implement
+* specific collation strategies. One subclass,
+* <code>RuleBasedCollator</code>, is currently provided and is applicable
+* to a wide set of languages. Other subclasses may be created to handle more
+* specialized needs.
+* <p>
+* Like other locale-sensitive classes, you can use the static factory method,
+* <code>createInstance</code>, to obtain the appropriate
+* <code>Collator</code> object for a given locale. You will only need to
+* look at the subclasses of <code>Collator</code> if you need to
+* understand the details of a particular collation strategy or if you need to
+* modify that strategy.
+* <p>
+* The following example shows how to compare two strings using the
+* <code>Collator</code> for the default locale.
+* \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+* <pre>
+* \code
+* // Compare two strings in the default locale
+* UErrorCode success = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+* Collator* myCollator = Collator::createInstance(success);
+* if (myCollator->compare("abc", "ABC") < 0)
+* cout << "abc is less than ABC" << endl;
+* else
+* cout << "abc is greater than or equal to ABC" << endl;
+* \endcode
+* </pre>
+* \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+* <p>
+* You can set a <code>Collator</code>'s <em>strength</em> property to
+* determine the level of difference considered significant in comparisons.
+* Five strengths are provided: <code>PRIMARY</code>, <code>SECONDARY</code>,
+* <code>TERTIARY</code>, <code>QUATERNARY</code> and <code>IDENTICAL</code>.
+* The exact assignment of strengths to language features is locale dependant.
+* For example, in Czech, "e" and "f" are considered primary differences,
+* while "e" and "\u00EA" are secondary differences, "e" and "E" are tertiary
+* differences and "e" and "e" are identical. The following shows how both case
+* and accents could be ignored for US English.
+* \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+* <pre>
+* \code
+* //Get the Collator for US English and set its strength to PRIMARY
+* UErrorCode success = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+* Collator* usCollator = Collator::createInstance(Locale::US, success);
+* usCollator->setStrength(Collator::PRIMARY);
+* if (usCollator->compare("abc", "ABC") == 0)
+* cout << "'abc' and 'ABC' strings are equivalent with strength PRIMARY" << endl;
+* \endcode
+* </pre>
+* \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+* <p>
+* For comparing strings exactly once, the <code>compare</code> method
+* provides the best performance. When sorting a list of strings however, it
+* is generally necessary to compare each string multiple times. In this case,
+* sort keys provide better performance. The <code>getSortKey</code> methods
+* convert a string to a series of bytes that can be compared bitwise against
+* other sort keys using <code>strcmp()</code>. Sort keys are written as
+* zero-terminated byte strings. They consist of several substrings, one for
+* each collation strength level, that are delimited by 0x01 bytes.
+* If the string code points are appended for UCOL_IDENTICAL, then they are
+* processed for correct code point order comparison and may contain 0x01
+* bytes but not zero bytes.
+* </p>
+* <p>
+* An older set of APIs returns a <code>CollationKey</code> object that wraps
+* the sort key bytes instead of returning the bytes themselves.
+* Its use is deprecated, but it is still available for compatibility with
+* Java.
+* </p>
+* <p>
+* <strong>Note:</strong> <code>Collator</code>s with different Locale,
+* and CollationStrength settings will return different sort
+* orders for the same set of strings. Locales have specific collation rules,
+* and the way in which secondary and tertiary differences are taken into
+* account, for example, will result in a different sorting order for same
+* strings.
+* </p>
+* @see RuleBasedCollator
+* @see CollationKey
+* @see CollationElementIterator
+* @see Locale
+* @see Normalizer
+* @version 2.0 11/15/01
+*/
+
+class U_I18N_API Collator : public UObject {
+public:
+
+ // Collator public enums -----------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Base letter represents a primary difference. Set comparison level to
+ * PRIMARY to ignore secondary and tertiary differences.<br>
+ * Use this to set the strength of a Collator object.<br>
+ * Example of primary difference, "abc" < "abd"
+ *
+ * Diacritical differences on the same base letter represent a secondary
+ * difference. Set comparison level to SECONDARY to ignore tertiary
+ * differences. Use this to set the strength of a Collator object.<br>
+ * Example of secondary difference, "ä" >> "a".
+ *
+ * Uppercase and lowercase versions of the same character represents a
+ * tertiary difference. Set comparison level to TERTIARY to include all
+ * comparison differences. Use this to set the strength of a Collator
+ * object.<br>
+ * Example of tertiary difference, "abc" <<< "ABC".
+ *
+ * Two characters are considered "identical" when they have the same unicode
+ * spellings.<br>
+ * For example, "ä" == "ä".
+ *
+ * UCollationStrength is also used to determine the strength of sort keys
+ * generated from Collator objects.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ enum ECollationStrength
+ {
+ PRIMARY = 0,
+ SECONDARY = 1,
+ TERTIARY = 2,
+ QUATERNARY = 3,
+ IDENTICAL = 15
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * LESS is returned if source string is compared to be less than target
+ * string in the compare() method.
+ * EQUAL is returned if source string is compared to be equal to target
+ * string in the compare() method.
+ * GREATER is returned if source string is compared to be greater than
+ * target string in the compare() method.
+ * @see Collator#compare
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use C enum UCollationResult defined in ucol.h
+ */
+ enum EComparisonResult
+ {
+ LESS = -1,
+ EQUAL = 0,
+ GREATER = 1
+ };
+
+ // Collator public destructor -----------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~Collator();
+
+ // Collator public methods --------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if "other" is the same as "this"
+ * @param other Collator object to be compared
+ * @return true if other is the same as this.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const Collator& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if "other" is not the same as "this".
+ * @param other Collator object to be compared
+ * @return true if other is not the same as this.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator!=(const Collator& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Makes a shallow copy of the current object.
+ * @return a copy of this object
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual Collator* clone(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Creates the Collator object for the current default locale.
+ * The default locale is determined by Locale::getDefault.
+ * The UErrorCode& err parameter is used to return status information to the user.
+ * To check whether the construction succeeded or not, you should check the
+ * value of U_SUCCESS(err). If you wish more detailed information, you can
+ * check for informational error results which still indicate success.
+ * U_USING_FALLBACK_ERROR indicates that a fall back locale was used. For
+ * example, 'de_CH' was requested, but nothing was found there, so 'de' was
+ * used. U_USING_DEFAULT_ERROR indicates that the default locale data was
+ * used; neither the requested locale nor any of its fall back locales
+ * could be found.
+ * The caller owns the returned object and is responsible for deleting it.
+ *
+ * @param err the error code status.
+ * @return the collation object of the default locale.(for example, en_US)
+ * @see Locale#getDefault
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static Collator* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(UErrorCode& err);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the table-based collation object for the desired locale. The
+ * resource of the desired locale will be loaded by ResourceLoader.
+ * Locale::ENGLISH is the base collation table and all other languages are
+ * built on top of it with additional language-specific modifications.
+ * The UErrorCode& err parameter is used to return status information to the user.
+ * To check whether the construction succeeded or not, you should check
+ * the value of U_SUCCESS(err). If you wish more detailed information, you
+ * can check for informational error results which still indicate success.
+ * U_USING_FALLBACK_ERROR indicates that a fall back locale was used. For
+ * example, 'de_CH' was requested, but nothing was found there, so 'de' was
+ * used. U_USING_DEFAULT_ERROR indicates that the default locale data was
+ * used; neither the requested locale nor any of its fall back locales
+ * could be found.
+ * The caller owns the returned object and is responsible for deleting it.
+ * @param loc The locale ID for which to open a collator.
+ * @param err the error code status.
+ * @return the created table-based collation object based on the desired
+ * locale.
+ * @see Locale
+ * @see ResourceLoader
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static Collator* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(const Locale& loc, UErrorCode& err);
+
+#ifdef U_USE_COLLATION_OBSOLETE_2_6
+ /**
+ * Create a Collator with a specific version.
+ * This is the same as createInstance(loc, err) except that getVersion() of
+ * the returned object is guaranteed to be the same as the version
+ * parameter.
+ * This is designed to be used to open the same collator for a given
+ * locale even when ICU is updated.
+ * The same locale and version guarantees the same sort keys and
+ * comparison results.
+ * <p>
+ * Note: this API will be removed in a future release. Use
+ * <tt>createInstance(const Locale&, UErrorCode&) instead.</tt></p>
+ *
+ * @param loc The locale ID for which to open a collator.
+ * @param version The requested collator version.
+ * @param err A reference to a UErrorCode,
+ * must not indicate a failure before calling this function.
+ * @return A pointer to a Collator, or 0 if an error occurred
+ * or a collator with the requested version is not available.
+ *
+ * @see getVersion
+ * @obsolete ICU 2.6
+ */
+ static Collator *createInstance(const Locale &loc, UVersionInfo version, UErrorCode &err);
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * The comparison function compares the character data stored in two
+ * different strings. Returns information about whether a string is less
+ * than, greater than or equal to another string.
+ * @param source the source string to be compared with.
+ * @param target the string that is to be compared with the source string.
+ * @return Returns a byte value. GREATER if source is greater
+ * than target; EQUAL if source is equal to target; LESS if source is less
+ * than target
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6 use the overload with UErrorCode &
+ */
+ virtual EComparisonResult compare(const UnicodeString& source,
+ const UnicodeString& target) const;
+
+ /**
+ * The comparison function compares the character data stored in two
+ * different strings. Returns information about whether a string is less
+ * than, greater than or equal to another string.
+ * @param source the source string to be compared with.
+ * @param target the string that is to be compared with the source string.
+ * @param status possible error code
+ * @return Returns an enum value. UCOL_GREATER if source is greater
+ * than target; UCOL_EQUAL if source is equal to target; UCOL_LESS if source is less
+ * than target
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual UCollationResult compare(const UnicodeString& source,
+ const UnicodeString& target,
+ UErrorCode &status) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Does the same thing as compare but limits the comparison to a specified
+ * length
+ * @param source the source string to be compared with.
+ * @param target the string that is to be compared with the source string.
+ * @param length the length the comparison is limited to
+ * @return Returns a byte value. GREATER if source (up to the specified
+ * length) is greater than target; EQUAL if source (up to specified
+ * length) is equal to target; LESS if source (up to the specified
+ * length) is less than target.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6 use the overload with UErrorCode &
+ */
+ virtual EComparisonResult compare(const UnicodeString& source,
+ const UnicodeString& target,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Does the same thing as compare but limits the comparison to a specified
+ * length
+ * @param source the source string to be compared with.
+ * @param target the string that is to be compared with the source string.
+ * @param length the length the comparison is limited to
+ * @param status possible error code
+ * @return Returns an enum value. UCOL_GREATER if source (up to the specified
+ * length) is greater than target; UCOL_EQUAL if source (up to specified
+ * length) is equal to target; UCOL_LESS if source (up to the specified
+ * length) is less than target.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual UCollationResult compare(const UnicodeString& source,
+ const UnicodeString& target,
+ int32_t length,
+ UErrorCode &status) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * The comparison function compares the character data stored in two
+ * different string arrays. Returns information about whether a string array
+ * is less than, greater than or equal to another string array.
+ * @param source the source string array to be compared with.
+ * @param sourceLength the length of the source string array. If this value
+ * is equal to -1, the string array is null-terminated.
+ * @param target the string that is to be compared with the source string.
+ * @param targetLength the length of the target string array. If this value
+ * is equal to -1, the string array is null-terminated.
+ * @return Returns a byte value. GREATER if source is greater than target;
+ * EQUAL if source is equal to target; LESS if source is less than
+ * target
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6 use the overload with UErrorCode &
+ */
+ virtual EComparisonResult compare(const UChar* source, int32_t sourceLength,
+ const UChar* target, int32_t targetLength)
+ const;
+
+ /**
+ * The comparison function compares the character data stored in two
+ * different string arrays. Returns information about whether a string array
+ * is less than, greater than or equal to another string array.
+ * @param source the source string array to be compared with.
+ * @param sourceLength the length of the source string array. If this value
+ * is equal to -1, the string array is null-terminated.
+ * @param target the string that is to be compared with the source string.
+ * @param targetLength the length of the target string array. If this value
+ * is equal to -1, the string array is null-terminated.
+ * @param status possible error code
+ * @return Returns an enum value. UCOL_GREATER if source is greater
+ * than target; UCOL_EQUAL if source is equal to target; UCOL_LESS if source is less
+ * than target
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual UCollationResult compare(const UChar* source, int32_t sourceLength,
+ const UChar* target, int32_t targetLength,
+ UErrorCode &status) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Transforms the string into a series of characters that can be compared
+ * with CollationKey::compareTo. It is not possible to restore the original
+ * string from the chars in the sort key. The generated sort key handles
+ * only a limited number of ignorable characters.
+ * <p>Use CollationKey::equals or CollationKey::compare to compare the
+ * generated sort keys.
+ * If the source string is null, a null collation key will be returned.
+ * @param source the source string to be transformed into a sort key.
+ * @param key the collation key to be filled in
+ * @param status the error code status.
+ * @return the collation key of the string based on the collation rules.
+ * @see CollationKey#compare
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ virtual CollationKey& getCollationKey(const UnicodeString& source,
+ CollationKey& key,
+ UErrorCode& status) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Transforms the string into a series of characters that can be compared
+ * with CollationKey::compareTo. It is not possible to restore the original
+ * string from the chars in the sort key. The generated sort key handles
+ * only a limited number of ignorable characters.
+ * <p>Use CollationKey::equals or CollationKey::compare to compare the
+ * generated sort keys.
+ * <p>If the source string is null, a null collation key will be returned.
+ * @param source the source string to be transformed into a sort key.
+ * @param sourceLength length of the collation key
+ * @param key the collation key to be filled in
+ * @param status the error code status.
+ * @return the collation key of the string based on the collation rules.
+ * @see CollationKey#compare
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ virtual CollationKey& getCollationKey(const UChar*source,
+ int32_t sourceLength,
+ CollationKey& key,
+ UErrorCode& status) const = 0;
+ /**
+ * Generates the hash code for the collation object
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t hashCode(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the locale of the Collator
+ *
+ * @param type can be either requested, valid or actual locale. For more
+ * information see the definition of ULocDataLocaleType in
+ * uloc.h
+ * @param status the error code status.
+ * @return locale where the collation data lives. If the collator
+ * was instantiated from rules, locale is empty.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 This API is under consideration for revision
+ * in ICU 3.0.
+ */
+ virtual const Locale getLocale(ULocDataLocaleType type, UErrorCode& status) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Convenience method for comparing two strings based on the collation rules.
+ * @param source the source string to be compared with.
+ * @param target the target string to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the first string is greater than the second one,
+ * according to the collation rules. false, otherwise.
+ * @see Collator#compare
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool greater(const UnicodeString& source, const UnicodeString& target)
+ const;
+
+ /**
+ * Convenience method for comparing two strings based on the collation rules.
+ * @param source the source string to be compared with.
+ * @param target the target string to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the first string is greater than or equal to the second
+ * one, according to the collation rules. false, otherwise.
+ * @see Collator#compare
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool greaterOrEqual(const UnicodeString& source,
+ const UnicodeString& target) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Convenience method for comparing two strings based on the collation rules.
+ * @param source the source string to be compared with.
+ * @param target the target string to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the strings are equal according to the collation rules.
+ * false, otherwise.
+ * @see Collator#compare
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool equals(const UnicodeString& source, const UnicodeString& target) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Determines the minimum strength that will be use in comparison or
+ * transformation.
+ * <p>E.g. with strength == SECONDARY, the tertiary difference is ignored
+ * <p>E.g. with strength == PRIMARY, the secondary and tertiary difference
+ * are ignored.
+ * @return the current comparison level.
+ * @see Collator#setStrength
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6 Use getAttribute(UCOL_STRENGTH...) instead
+ */
+ virtual ECollationStrength getStrength(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the minimum strength to be used in comparison or transformation.
+ * <p>Example of use:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * Collator*myCollation = Collator::createInstance(Locale::US, status);
+ * if (U_FAILURE(status)) return;
+ * myCollation->setStrength(Collator::PRIMARY);
+ * // result will be "abc" == "ABC"
+ * // tertiary differences will be ignored
+ * Collator::ComparisonResult result = myCollation->compare("abc", "ABC");
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * @see Collator#getStrength
+ * @param newStrength the new comparison level.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6 Use setAttribute(UCOL_STRENGTH...) instead
+ */
+ virtual void setStrength(ECollationStrength newStrength) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Get name of the object for the desired Locale, in the desired langauge
+ * @param objectLocale must be from getAvailableLocales
+ * @param displayLocale specifies the desired locale for output
+ * @param name the fill-in parameter of the return value
+ * @return display-able name of the object for the object locale in the
+ * desired language
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& U_EXPORT2 getDisplayName(const Locale& objectLocale,
+ const Locale& displayLocale,
+ UnicodeString& name);
+
+ /**
+ * Get name of the object for the desired Locale, in the langauge of the
+ * default locale.
+ * @param objectLocale must be from getAvailableLocales
+ * @param name the fill-in parameter of the return value
+ * @return name of the object for the desired locale in the default language
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& U_EXPORT2 getDisplayName(const Locale& objectLocale,
+ UnicodeString& name);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the set of Locales for which Collations are installed.
+ *
+ * <p>Note this does not include locales supported by registered collators.
+ * If collators might have been registered, use the overload of getAvailableLocales
+ * that returns a StringEnumeration.</p>
+ *
+ * @param count the output parameter of number of elements in the locale list
+ * @return the list of available locales for which collations are installed
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static const Locale* U_EXPORT2 getAvailableLocales(int32_t& count);
+
+ /**
+ * Return a StringEnumeration over the locales available at the time of the call,
+ * including registered locales. If a severe error occurs (such as out of memory
+ * condition) this will return null. If there is no locale data, an empty enumeration
+ * will be returned.
+ * @return a StringEnumeration over the locales available at the time of the call
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ static StringEnumeration* U_EXPORT2 getAvailableLocales(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Create a string enumerator of all possible keywords that are relevant to
+ * collation. At this point, the only recognized keyword for this
+ * service is "collation".
+ * @param status input-output error code
+ * @return a string enumeration over locale strings. The caller is
+ * responsible for closing the result.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ static StringEnumeration* U_EXPORT2 getKeywords(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Given a keyword, create a string enumeration of all values
+ * for that keyword that are currently in use.
+ * @param keyword a particular keyword as enumerated by
+ * ucol_getKeywords. If any other keyword is passed in, status is set
+ * to U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR.
+ * @param status input-output error code
+ * @return a string enumeration over collation keyword values, or NULL
+ * upon error. The caller is responsible for deleting the result.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ static StringEnumeration* U_EXPORT2 getKeywordValues(const char *keyword, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the functionally equivalent locale for the given
+ * requested locale, with respect to given keyword, for the
+ * collation service. If two locales return the same result, then
+ * collators instantiated for these locales will behave
+ * equivalently. The converse is not always true; two collators
+ * may in fact be equivalent, but return different results, due to
+ * internal details. The return result has no other meaning than
+ * that stated above, and implies nothing as to the relationship
+ * between the two locales. This is intended for use by
+ * applications who wish to cache collators, or otherwise reuse
+ * collators when possible. The functional equivalent may change
+ * over time. For more information, please see the <a
+ * href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/locale.html#services">
+ * Locales and Services</a> section of the ICU User Guide.
+ * @param keyword a particular keyword as enumerated by
+ * ucol_getKeywords.
+ * @param locale the requested locale
+ * @param isAvailable reference to a fillin parameter that
+ * indicates whether the requested locale was 'available' to the
+ * collation service. A locale is defined as 'available' if it
+ * physically exists within the collation locale data.
+ * @param status reference to input-output error code
+ * @return the functionally equivalent collation locale, or the root
+ * locale upon error.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ static Locale U_EXPORT2 getFunctionalEquivalent(const char* keyword, const Locale& locale,
+ UBool& isAvailable, UErrorCode& status);
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE
+ /**
+ * Register a new Collator. The collator will be adopted.
+ * @param toAdopt the Collator instance to be adopted
+ * @param locale the locale with which the collator will be associated
+ * @param status the in/out status code, no special meanings are assigned
+ * @return a registry key that can be used to unregister this collator
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ static URegistryKey U_EXPORT2 registerInstance(Collator* toAdopt, const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Register a new CollatorFactory. The factory will be adopted.
+ * @param toAdopt the CollatorFactory instance to be adopted
+ * @param status the in/out status code, no special meanings are assigned
+ * @return a registry key that can be used to unregister this collator
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ static URegistryKey U_EXPORT2 registerFactory(CollatorFactory* toAdopt, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Unregister a previously-registered Collator or CollatorFactory
+ * using the key returned from the register call. Key becomes
+ * invalid after a successful call and should not be used again.
+ * The object corresponding to the key will be deleted.
+ * @param key the registry key returned by a previous call to registerInstance
+ * @param status the in/out status code, no special meanings are assigned
+ * @return TRUE if the collator for the key was successfully unregistered
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ static UBool U_EXPORT2 unregister(URegistryKey key, UErrorCode& status);
+#endif /* UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE */
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the version information for a Collator.
+ * @param info the version # information, the result will be filled in
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void getVersion(UVersionInfo info) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual method.
+ * This method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++
+ * compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and clone()
+ * methods call this method.
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a given class have
+ * the same class ID. Objects of other classes have different class
+ * IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Universal attribute setter
+ * @param attr attribute type
+ * @param value attribute value
+ * @param status to indicate whether the operation went on smoothly or
+ * there were errors
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual void setAttribute(UColAttribute attr, UColAttributeValue value,
+ UErrorCode &status) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Universal attribute getter
+ * @param attr attribute type
+ * @param status to indicate whether the operation went on smoothly or
+ * there were errors
+ * @return attribute value
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UColAttributeValue getAttribute(UColAttribute attr,
+ UErrorCode &status) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the variable top to a collation element value of a string supplied.
+ * @param varTop one or more (if contraction) UChars to which the variable top should be set
+ * @param len length of variable top string. If -1 it is considered to be zero terminated.
+ * @param status error code. If error code is set, the return value is undefined. Errors set by this function are: <br>
+ * U_CE_NOT_FOUND_ERROR if more than one character was passed and there is no such a contraction<br>
+ * U_PRIMARY_TOO_LONG_ERROR if the primary for the variable top has more than two bytes
+ * @return a 32 bit value containing the value of the variable top in upper 16 bits. Lower 16 bits are undefined
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual uint32_t setVariableTop(const UChar *varTop, int32_t len, UErrorCode &status) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the variable top to a collation element value of a string supplied.
+ * @param varTop an UnicodeString size 1 or more (if contraction) of UChars to which the variable top should be set
+ * @param status error code. If error code is set, the return value is undefined. Errors set by this function are: <br>
+ * U_CE_NOT_FOUND_ERROR if more than one character was passed and there is no such a contraction<br>
+ * U_PRIMARY_TOO_LONG_ERROR if the primary for the variable top has more than two bytes
+ * @return a 32 bit value containing the value of the variable top in upper 16 bits. Lower 16 bits are undefined
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual uint32_t setVariableTop(const UnicodeString varTop, UErrorCode &status) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the variable top to a collation element value supplied. Variable top is set to the upper 16 bits.
+ * Lower 16 bits are ignored.
+ * @param varTop CE value, as returned by setVariableTop or ucol)getVariableTop
+ * @param status error code (not changed by function)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setVariableTop(const uint32_t varTop, UErrorCode &status) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the variable top value of a Collator.
+ * Lower 16 bits are undefined and should be ignored.
+ * @param status error code (not changed by function). If error code is set, the return value is undefined.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual uint32_t getVariableTop(UErrorCode &status) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Get an UnicodeSet that contains all the characters and sequences
+ * tailored in this collator.
+ * @param status error code of the operation
+ * @return a pointer to a UnicodeSet object containing all the
+ * code points and sequences that may sort differently than
+ * in the UCA. The object must be disposed of by using delete
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeSet *getTailoredSet(UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Thread safe cloning operation
+ * @return pointer to the new clone, user should remove it.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual Collator* safeClone(void) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Get the sort key as an array of bytes from an UnicodeString.
+ * Sort key byte arrays are zero-terminated and can be compared using
+ * strcmp().
+ * @param source string to be processed.
+ * @param result buffer to store result in. If NULL, number of bytes needed
+ * will be returned.
+ * @param resultLength length of the result buffer. If if not enough the
+ * buffer will be filled to capacity.
+ * @return Number of bytes needed for storing the sort key
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getSortKey(const UnicodeString& source,
+ uint8_t* result,
+ int32_t resultLength) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Get the sort key as an array of bytes from an UChar buffer.
+ * Sort key byte arrays are zero-terminated and can be compared using
+ * strcmp().
+ * @param source string to be processed.
+ * @param sourceLength length of string to be processed.
+ * If -1, the string is 0 terminated and length will be decided by the
+ * function.
+ * @param result buffer to store result in. If NULL, number of bytes needed
+ * will be returned.
+ * @param resultLength length of the result buffer. If if not enough the
+ * buffer will be filled to capacity.
+ * @return Number of bytes needed for storing the sort key
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getSortKey(const UChar*source, int32_t sourceLength,
+ uint8_t*result, int32_t resultLength) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Produce a bound for a given sortkey and a number of levels.
+ * Return value is always the number of bytes needed, regardless of
+ * whether the result buffer was big enough or even valid.<br>
+ * Resulting bounds can be used to produce a range of strings that are
+ * between upper and lower bounds. For example, if bounds are produced
+ * for a sortkey of string "smith", strings between upper and lower
+ * bounds with one level would include "Smith", "SMITH", "sMiTh".<br>
+ * There are two upper bounds that can be produced. If UCOL_BOUND_UPPER
+ * is produced, strings matched would be as above. However, if bound
+ * produced using UCOL_BOUND_UPPER_LONG is used, the above example will
+ * also match "Smithsonian" and similar.<br>
+ * For more on usage, see example in cintltst/capitst.c in procedure
+ * TestBounds.
+ * Sort keys may be compared using <TT>strcmp</TT>.
+ * @param source The source sortkey.
+ * @param sourceLength The length of source, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * (If an unmodified sortkey is passed, it is always null
+ * terminated).
+ * @param boundType Type of bound required. It can be UCOL_BOUND_LOWER, which
+ * produces a lower inclusive bound, UCOL_BOUND_UPPER, that
+ * produces upper bound that matches strings of the same length
+ * or UCOL_BOUND_UPPER_LONG that matches strings that have the
+ * same starting substring as the source string.
+ * @param noOfLevels Number of levels required in the resulting bound (for most
+ * uses, the recommended value is 1). See users guide for
+ * explanation on number of levels a sortkey can have.
+ * @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the resulting sortkey.
+ * @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+ * @param status Used for returning error code if something went wrong. If the
+ * number of levels requested is higher than the number of levels
+ * in the source key, a warning (U_SORT_KEY_TOO_SHORT_WARNING) is
+ * issued.
+ * @return The size needed to fully store the bound.
+ * @see ucol_keyHashCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ static int32_t U_EXPORT2 getBound(const uint8_t *source,
+ int32_t sourceLength,
+ UColBoundMode boundType,
+ uint32_t noOfLevels,
+ uint8_t *result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+protected:
+
+ // Collator protected constructors -------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Default constructor.
+ * Constructor is different from the old default Collator constructor.
+ * The task for determing the default collation strength and normalization
+ * mode is left to the child class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Collator();
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor.
+ * Empty constructor, does not handle the arguments.
+ * This constructor is done for backward compatibility with 1.7 and 1.8.
+ * The task for handling the argument collation strength and normalization
+ * mode is left to the child class.
+ * @param collationStrength collation strength
+ * @param decompositionMode
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Subclasses should use the default constructor
+ * instead and handle the strength and normalization mode themselves.
+ */
+ Collator(UCollationStrength collationStrength,
+ UNormalizationMode decompositionMode);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @param other Collator object to be copied from
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Collator(const Collator& other);
+
+ // Collator protected methods -----------------------------------------
+
+
+ /**
+ * Used internally by registraton to define the requested and valid locales.
+ * @param requestedLocale the requsted locale
+ * @param validLocale the valid locale
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual void setLocales(const Locale& requestedLocale, const Locale& validLocale, const Locale& actualLocale);
+
+public:
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE
+ /**
+ * used only by ucol_open, not for public use
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static UCollator* createUCollator(const char* loc, UErrorCode* status);
+#endif
+private:
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator. Private for now.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ Collator& operator=(const Collator& other);
+
+ friend class CFactory;
+ friend class SimpleCFactory;
+ friend class ICUCollatorFactory;
+ friend class ICUCollatorService;
+ static Collator* makeInstance(const Locale& desiredLocale,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ // Collator private data members ---------------------------------------
+
+ /*
+ synwee : removed as attributes to be handled by child class
+ UCollationStrength strength;
+ Normalizer::EMode decmp;
+ */
+ /* This is useless information */
+/* static const UVersionInfo fVersion;*/
+};
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE
+/**
+ * A factory, used with registerFactory, the creates multiple collators and provides
+ * display names for them. A factory supports some number of locales-- these are the
+ * locales for which it can create collators. The factory can be visible, in which
+ * case the supported locales will be enumerated by getAvailableLocales, or invisible,
+ * in which they are not. Invisible locales are still supported, they are just not
+ * listed by getAvailableLocales.
+ * <p>
+ * If standard locale display names are sufficient, Collator instances can
+ * be registered using registerInstance instead.</p>
+ * <p>
+ * Note: if the collators are to be used from C APIs, they must be instances
+ * of RuleBasedCollator.</p>
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+class U_I18N_API CollatorFactory : public UObject {
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual ~CollatorFactory();
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if this factory is visible. Default is true.
+ * If not visible, the locales supported by this factory will not
+ * be listed by getAvailableLocales.
+ * @return true if the factory is visible.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual UBool visible(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return a collator for the provided locale. If the locale
+ * is not supported, return NULL.
+ * @param loc the locale identifying the collator to be created.
+ * @return a new collator if the locale is supported, otherwise NULL.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual Collator* createCollator(const Locale& loc) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the name of the collator for the objectLocale, localized for the displayLocale.
+ * If objectLocale is not supported, or the factory is not visible, set the result string
+ * to bogus.
+ * @param objectLocale the locale identifying the collator
+ * @param displayLocale the locale for which the display name of the collator should be localized
+ * @param result an output parameter for the display name, set to bogus if not supported.
+ * @return the display name
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& getDisplayName(const Locale& objectLocale,
+ const Locale& displayLocale,
+ UnicodeString& result);
+
+ /**
+ * Return an array of all the locale names directly supported by this factory.
+ * The number of names is returned in count. This array is owned by the factory.
+ * Its contents must never change.
+ * @param count output parameter for the number of locales supported by the factory
+ * @param status the in/out error code
+ * @return a pointer to an array of count UnicodeStrings.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual const UnicodeString * getSupportedIDs(int32_t &count, UErrorCode& status) = 0;
+};
+#endif /* UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE */
+
+// Collator inline methods -----------------------------------------------
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/curramt.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/curramt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c33e6f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/curramt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (c) 2004-2006, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Author: Alan Liu
+* Created: April 26, 2004
+* Since: ICU 3.0
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef __CURRENCYAMOUNT_H__
+#define __CURRENCYAMOUNT_H__
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/measure.h"
+#include "unicode/currunit.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Currency Amount Object.
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ *
+ * A currency together with a numeric amount, such as 200 USD.
+ *
+ * @author Alan Liu
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API CurrencyAmount: public Measure {
+ public:
+ /**
+ * Construct an object with the given numeric amount and the given
+ * ISO currency code.
+ * @param amount a numeric object; amount.isNumeric() must be TRUE
+ * @param isoCode the 3-letter ISO 4217 currency code; must not be
+ * NULL and must have length 3
+ * @param ec input-output error code. If the amount or the isoCode
+ * is invalid, then this will be set to a failing value.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ CurrencyAmount(const Formattable& amount, const UChar* isoCode,
+ UErrorCode &ec);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct an object with the given numeric amount and the given
+ * ISO currency code.
+ * @param amount the amount of the given currency
+ * @param isoCode the 3-letter ISO 4217 currency code; must not be
+ * NULL and must have length 3
+ * @param ec input-output error code. If the isoCode is invalid,
+ * then this will be set to a failing value.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ CurrencyAmount(double amount, const UChar* isoCode,
+ UErrorCode &ec);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ CurrencyAmount(const CurrencyAmount& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ CurrencyAmount& operator=(const CurrencyAmount& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Return a polymorphic clone of this object. The result will
+ * have the same class as returned by getDynamicClassID().
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual UObject* clone() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual ~CurrencyAmount();
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID for this object POLYMORPHICALLY.
+ * This method implements a simple form of RTTI used by ICU.
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a given
+ * class have the same class ID. Objects of other classes have
+ * different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the class ID for this class. This is used to compare to
+ * the return value of getDynamicClassID().
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+ /**
+ * Return the currency unit object of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ inline const CurrencyUnit& getCurrency() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the ISO currency code of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ inline const UChar* getISOCurrency() const;
+};
+
+inline const CurrencyUnit& CurrencyAmount::getCurrency() const {
+ return (const CurrencyUnit&) getUnit();
+}
+
+inline const UChar* CurrencyAmount::getISOCurrency() const {
+ return getCurrency().getISOCurrency();
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif // !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+#endif // __CURRENCYAMOUNT_H__
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/currunit.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/currunit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecd9411
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/currunit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (c) 2004-2006, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Author: Alan Liu
+* Created: April 26, 2004
+* Since: ICU 3.0
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef __CURRENCYUNIT_H__
+#define __CURRENCYUNIT_H__
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/measunit.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Currency Unit Information.
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * A unit of currency, such as USD (U.S. dollars) or JPY (Japanese
+ * yen). This class is a thin wrapper over a UChar string that
+ * subclasses MeasureUnit, for use with Measure and MeasureFormat.
+ *
+ * @author Alan Liu
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API CurrencyUnit: public MeasureUnit {
+ public:
+ /**
+ * Construct an object with the given ISO currency code.
+ * @param isoCode the 3-letter ISO 4217 currency code; must not be
+ * NULL and must have length 3
+ * @param ec input-output error code. If the isoCode is invalid,
+ * then this will be set to a failing value.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ CurrencyUnit(const UChar* isoCode, UErrorCode &ec);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ CurrencyUnit(const CurrencyUnit& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ CurrencyUnit& operator=(const CurrencyUnit& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Return a polymorphic clone of this object. The result will
+ * have the same class as returned by getDynamicClassID().
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual UObject* clone() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual ~CurrencyUnit();
+
+ /**
+ * Equality operator. Return true if this object is equal
+ * to the given object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UBool operator==(const UObject& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID for this object POLYMORPHICALLY.
+ * This method implements a simple form of RTTI used by ICU.
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a given
+ * class have the same class ID. Objects of other classes have
+ * different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the class ID for this class. This is used to compare to
+ * the return value of getDynamicClassID().
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+ /**
+ * Return the ISO currency code of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ inline const UChar* getISOCurrency() const;
+
+ private:
+ /**
+ * The ISO 4217 code of this object.
+ */
+ UChar isoCode[4];
+};
+
+inline const UChar* CurrencyUnit::getISOCurrency() const {
+ return isoCode;
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif // !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+#endif // __CURRENCYUNIT_H__
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/datefmt.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/datefmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7aeab2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/datefmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,700 @@
+/*
+ ********************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (C) 1997-2008, International Business Machines
+ * Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+ ********************************************************************************
+ *
+ * File DATEFMT.H
+ *
+ * Modification History:
+ *
+ * Date Name Description
+ * 02/19/97 aliu Converted from java.
+ * 04/01/97 aliu Added support for centuries.
+ * 07/23/98 stephen JDK 1.2 sync
+ * 11/15/99 weiv Added support for week of year/day of week formatting
+ ********************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#ifndef DATEFMT_H
+#define DATEFMT_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/udat.h"
+#include "unicode/calendar.h"
+#include "unicode/numfmt.h"
+#include "unicode/format.h"
+#include "unicode/locid.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Abstract class for converting dates.
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class TimeZone;
+
+/**
+ * DateFormat is an abstract class for a family of classes that convert dates and
+ * times from their internal representations to textual form and back again in a
+ * language-independent manner. Converting from the internal representation (milliseconds
+ * since midnight, January 1, 1970) to text is known as "formatting," and converting
+ * from text to millis is known as "parsing." We currently define only one concrete
+ * subclass of DateFormat: SimpleDateFormat, which can handle pretty much all normal
+ * date formatting and parsing actions.
+ * <P>
+ * DateFormat helps you to format and parse dates for any locale. Your code can
+ * be completely independent of the locale conventions for months, days of the
+ * week, or even the calendar format: lunar vs. solar.
+ * <P>
+ * To format a date for the current Locale, use one of the static factory
+ * methods:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * DateFormat* dfmt = DateFormat::createDateInstance();
+ * UDate myDate = Calendar::getNow();
+ * UnicodeString myString;
+ * myString = dfmt->format( myDate, myString );
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * If you are formatting multiple numbers, it is more efficient to get the
+ * format and use it multiple times so that the system doesn't have to fetch the
+ * information about the local language and country conventions multiple times.
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * DateFormat* df = DateFormat::createDateInstance();
+ * UnicodeString myString;
+ * UDate myDateArr[] = { 0.0, 100000000.0, 2000000000.0 }; // test values
+ * for (int32_t i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
+ * myString.remove();
+ * cout << df->format( myDateArr[i], myString ) << endl;
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * To get specific fields of a date, you can use UFieldPosition to
+ * get specific fields.
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * DateFormat* dfmt = DateFormat::createDateInstance();
+ * FieldPosition pos(DateFormat::YEAR_FIELD);
+ * UnicodeString myString;
+ * myString = dfmt->format( myDate, myString );
+ * cout << myString << endl;
+ * cout << pos.getBeginIndex() << "," << pos. getEndIndex() << endl;
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * To format a date for a different Locale, specify it in the call to
+ * createDateInstance().
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * DateFormat* df =
+ * DateFormat::createDateInstance( DateFormat::SHORT, Locale::getFrance());
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * You can use a DateFormat to parse also.
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * UDate myDate = df->parse(myString, status);
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * Use createDateInstance() to produce the normal date format for that country.
+ * There are other static factory methods available. Use createTimeInstance()
+ * to produce the normal time format for that country. Use createDateTimeInstance()
+ * to produce a DateFormat that formats both date and time. You can pass in
+ * different options to these factory methods to control the length of the
+ * result; from SHORT to MEDIUM to LONG to FULL. The exact result depends on the
+ * locale, but generally:
+ * <ul type=round>
+ * <li> SHORT is completely numeric, such as 12/13/52 or 3:30pm
+ * <li> MEDIUM is longer, such as Jan 12, 1952
+ * <li> LONG is longer, such as January 12, 1952 or 3:30:32pm
+ * <li> FULL is pretty completely specified, such as
+ * Tuesday, April 12, 1952 AD or 3:30:42pm PST.
+ * </ul>
+ * You can also set the time zone on the format if you wish. If you want even
+ * more control over the format or parsing, (or want to give your users more
+ * control), you can try casting the DateFormat you get from the factory methods
+ * to a SimpleDateFormat. This will work for the majority of countries; just
+ * remember to chck getDynamicClassID() before carrying out the cast.
+ * <P>
+ * You can also use forms of the parse and format methods with ParsePosition and
+ * FieldPosition to allow you to
+ * <ul type=round>
+ * <li> Progressively parse through pieces of a string.
+ * <li> Align any particular field, or find out where it is for selection
+ * on the screen.
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <p><em>User subclasses are not supported.</em> While clients may write
+ * subclasses, such code will not necessarily work and will not be
+ * guaranteed to work stably from release to release.
+ */
+class U_I18N_API DateFormat : public Format {
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Constants for various style patterns. These reflect the order of items in
+ * the DateTimePatterns resource. There are 4 time patterns, 4 date patterns,
+ * and then the date-time pattern. Each block of 4 values in the resource occurs
+ * in the order full, long, medium, short.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ enum EStyle
+ {
+ kNone = -1,
+
+ kFull = 0,
+ kLong = 1,
+ kMedium = 2,
+ kShort = 3,
+
+ kDateOffset = kShort + 1,
+ // kFull + kDateOffset = 4
+ // kLong + kDateOffset = 5
+ // kMedium + kDateOffset = 6
+ // kShort + kDateOffset = 7
+
+ kDateTime = 8,
+
+
+ // relative dates
+ kRelative = (1 << 7),
+
+ kFullRelative = (kFull | kRelative),
+
+ kLongRelative = kLong | kRelative,
+
+ kMediumRelative = kMedium | kRelative,
+
+ kShortRelative = kShort | kRelative,
+
+
+ kDefault = kMedium,
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * These constants are provided for backwards compatibility only.
+ * Please use the C++ style constants defined above.
+ */
+ FULL = kFull,
+ LONG = kLong,
+ MEDIUM = kMedium,
+ SHORT = kShort,
+ DEFAULT = kDefault,
+ DATE_OFFSET = kDateOffset,
+ NONE = kNone,
+ DATE_TIME = kDateTime
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~DateFormat();
+
+ /**
+ * Equality operator. Returns true if the two formats have the same behavior.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const Format&) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Format an object to produce a string. This method handles Formattable
+ * objects with a UDate type. If a the Formattable object type is not a Date,
+ * then it returns a failing UErrorCode.
+ *
+ * @param obj The object to format. Must be a Date.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @param status Output param filled with success/failure status.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Formats a date into a date/time string. This is an abstract method which
+ * concrete subclasses must implement.
+ * <P>
+ * On input, the FieldPosition parameter may have its "field" member filled with
+ * an enum value specifying a field. On output, the FieldPosition will be filled
+ * in with the text offsets for that field.
+ * <P> For example, given a time text
+ * "1996.07.10 AD at 15:08:56 PDT", if the given fieldPosition.field is
+ * UDAT_YEAR_FIELD, the offsets fieldPosition.beginIndex and
+ * statfieldPositionus.getEndIndex will be set to 0 and 4, respectively.
+ * <P> Notice
+ * that if the same time field appears more than once in a pattern, the status will
+ * be set for the first occurence of that time field. For instance,
+ * formatting a UDate to the time string "1 PM PDT (Pacific Daylight Time)"
+ * using the pattern "h a z (zzzz)" and the alignment field
+ * DateFormat::TIMEZONE_FIELD, the offsets fieldPosition.beginIndex and
+ * fieldPosition.getEndIndex will be set to 5 and 8, respectively, for the first
+ * occurence of the timezone pattern character 'z'.
+ *
+ * @param cal Calendar set to the date and time to be formatted
+ * into a date/time string.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param fieldPosition On input: an alignment field, if desired (see examples above)
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field (see examples above)
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format( Calendar& cal,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& fieldPosition) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Formats a UDate into a date/time string.
+ * <P>
+ * On input, the FieldPosition parameter may have its "field" member filled with
+ * an enum value specifying a field. On output, the FieldPosition will be filled
+ * in with the text offsets for that field.
+ * <P> For example, given a time text
+ * "1996.07.10 AD at 15:08:56 PDT", if the given fieldPosition.field is
+ * UDAT_YEAR_FIELD, the offsets fieldPosition.beginIndex and
+ * statfieldPositionus.getEndIndex will be set to 0 and 4, respectively.
+ * <P> Notice
+ * that if the same time field appears more than once in a pattern, the status will
+ * be set for the first occurence of that time field. For instance,
+ * formatting a UDate to the time string "1 PM PDT (Pacific Daylight Time)"
+ * using the pattern "h a z (zzzz)" and the alignment field
+ * DateFormat::TIMEZONE_FIELD, the offsets fieldPosition.beginIndex and
+ * fieldPosition.getEndIndex will be set to 5 and 8, respectively, for the first
+ * occurence of the timezone pattern character 'z'.
+ *
+ * @param date UDate to be formatted into a date/time string.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param fieldPosition On input: an alignment field, if desired (see examples above)
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field (see examples above)
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format( UDate date,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& fieldPosition) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Formats a UDate into a date/time string. If there is a problem, you won't
+ * know, using this method. Use the overloaded format() method which takes a
+ * FieldPosition& to detect formatting problems.
+ *
+ * @param date The UDate value to be formatted into a string.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(UDate date, UnicodeString& appendTo) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Redeclared Format method.
+ *
+ * @param obj The object to be formatted into a string.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param status Output param filled with success/failure status.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Parse a date/time string.
+ *
+ * @param text The string to be parsed into a UDate value.
+ * @param status Output param to be set to success/failure code. If
+ * 'text' cannot be parsed, it will be set to a failure
+ * code.
+ * @result The parsed UDate value, if successful.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UDate parse( const UnicodeString& text,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Parse a date/time string beginning at the given parse position. For
+ * example, a time text "07/10/96 4:5 PM, PDT" will be parsed into a Date
+ * that is equivalent to Date(837039928046).
+ * <P>
+ * By default, parsing is lenient: If the input is not in the form used by
+ * this object's format method but can still be parsed as a date, then the
+ * parse succeeds. Clients may insist on strict adherence to the format by
+ * calling setLenient(false).
+ *
+ * @see DateFormat::setLenient(boolean)
+ *
+ * @param text The date/time string to be parsed
+ * @param cal a Calendar set to the date and time to be formatted
+ * into a date/time string.
+ * @param pos On input, the position at which to start parsing; on
+ * output, the position at which parsing terminated, or the
+ * start position if the parse failed.
+ * @return A valid UDate if the input could be parsed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ virtual void parse( const UnicodeString& text,
+ Calendar& cal,
+ ParsePosition& pos) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Parse a date/time string beginning at the given parse position. For
+ * example, a time text "07/10/96 4:5 PM, PDT" will be parsed into a Date
+ * that is equivalent to Date(837039928046).
+ * <P>
+ * By default, parsing is lenient: If the input is not in the form used by
+ * this object's format method but can still be parsed as a date, then the
+ * parse succeeds. Clients may insist on strict adherence to the format by
+ * calling setLenient(false).
+ *
+ * @see DateFormat::setLenient(boolean)
+ *
+ * @param text The date/time string to be parsed
+ * @param pos On input, the position at which to start parsing; on
+ * output, the position at which parsing terminated, or the
+ * start position if the parse failed.
+ * @return A valid UDate if the input could be parsed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UDate parse( const UnicodeString& text,
+ ParsePosition& pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Parse a string to produce an object. This methods handles parsing of
+ * date/time strings into Formattable objects with UDate types.
+ * <P>
+ * Before calling, set parse_pos.index to the offset you want to start
+ * parsing at in the source. After calling, parse_pos.index is the end of
+ * the text you parsed. If error occurs, index is unchanged.
+ * <P>
+ * When parsing, leading whitespace is discarded (with a successful parse),
+ * while trailing whitespace is left as is.
+ * <P>
+ * See Format::parseObject() for more.
+ *
+ * @param source The string to be parsed into an object.
+ * @param result Formattable to be set to the parse result.
+ * If parse fails, return contents are undefined.
+ * @param parse_pos The position to start parsing at. Upon return
+ * this param is set to the position after the
+ * last character successfully parsed. If the
+ * source is not parsed successfully, this param
+ * will remain unchanged.
+ * @return A newly created Formattable* object, or NULL
+ * on failure. The caller owns this and should
+ * delete it when done.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void parseObject(const UnicodeString& source,
+ Formattable& result,
+ ParsePosition& parse_pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Create a default date/time formatter that uses the SHORT style for both
+ * the date and the time.
+ *
+ * @return A date/time formatter which the caller owns.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static DateFormat* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(void);
+
+ /**
+ * This is for ICU internal use only. Please do not use.
+ * Create a date/time formatter from skeleton and a given locale.
+ *
+ * Users are encouraged to use the skeleton macros defined in udat.h.
+ * For example, MONTH_WEEKDAY_DAY, which is "MMMMEEEEd",
+ * and which means the pattern should have day, month, and day-of-week
+ * fields, and follow the long date format defined in date time pattern.
+ * For example, for English, the full pattern should be
+ * "EEEE, MMMM d".
+ *
+ * Temporarily, this is an internal API, used by DateIntevalFormat only.
+ * There will be a new set of APIs for the same purpose coming soon.
+ * After which, this API will be replaced.
+ *
+ * @param skeleton the skeleton on which date format based.
+ * @param locale the given locale.
+ * @param status Output param to be set to success/failure code.
+ * If it is failure, the returned date formatter will
+ * be NULL.
+ * @return a simple date formatter which the caller owns.
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static DateFormat* U_EXPORT2 createPatternInstance(
+ const UnicodeString& skeleton,
+ const Locale& locale,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a time formatter with the given formatting style for the given
+ * locale.
+ *
+ * @param style The given formatting style. For example,
+ * SHORT for "h:mm a" in the US locale.
+ * @param aLocale The given locale.
+ * @return A time formatter which the caller owns.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static DateFormat* U_EXPORT2 createTimeInstance(EStyle style = kDefault,
+ const Locale& aLocale = Locale::getDefault());
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a date formatter with the given formatting style for the given
+ * const locale.
+ *
+ * @param style The given formatting style. For example,
+ * SHORT for "M/d/yy" in the US locale.
+ * @param aLocale The given locale.
+ * @return A date formatter which the caller owns.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static DateFormat* U_EXPORT2 createDateInstance(EStyle style = kDefault,
+ const Locale& aLocale = Locale::getDefault());
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a date/time formatter with the given formatting styles for the
+ * given locale.
+ *
+ * @param dateStyle The given formatting style for the date portion of the result.
+ * For example, SHORT for "M/d/yy" in the US locale.
+ * @param timeStyle The given formatting style for the time portion of the result.
+ * For example, SHORT for "h:mm a" in the US locale.
+ * @param aLocale The given locale.
+ * @return A date/time formatter which the caller owns.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static DateFormat* U_EXPORT2 createDateTimeInstance(EStyle dateStyle = kDefault,
+ EStyle timeStyle = kDefault,
+ const Locale& aLocale = Locale::getDefault());
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the set of locales for which DateFormats are installed.
+ * @param count Filled in with the number of locales in the list that is returned.
+ * @return the set of locales for which DateFormats are installed. The caller
+ * does NOT own this list and must not delete it.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static const Locale* U_EXPORT2 getAvailableLocales(int32_t& count);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if the formatter is set for lenient parsing.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool isLenient(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Specify whether or not date/time parsing is to be lenient. With lenient
+ * parsing, the parser may use heuristics to interpret inputs that do not
+ * precisely match this object's format. With strict parsing, inputs must
+ * match this object's format.
+ *
+ * @param lenient True specifies date/time interpretation to be lenient.
+ * @see Calendar::setLenient
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setLenient(UBool lenient);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the calendar associated with this date/time formatter.
+ * @return the calendar associated with this date/time formatter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual const Calendar* getCalendar(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the calendar to be used by this date format. Initially, the default
+ * calendar for the specified or default locale is used. The caller should
+ * not delete the Calendar object after it is adopted by this call.
+ * Adopting a new calendar will change to the default symbols.
+ *
+ * @param calendarToAdopt Calendar object to be adopted.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void adoptCalendar(Calendar* calendarToAdopt);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the calendar to be used by this date format. Initially, the default
+ * calendar for the specified or default locale is used.
+ *
+ * @param newCalendar Calendar object to be set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setCalendar(const Calendar& newCalendar);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the number formatter which this date/time formatter uses to format
+ * and parse the numeric portions of the pattern.
+ * @return the number formatter which this date/time formatter uses.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual const NumberFormat* getNumberFormat(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Allows you to set the number formatter. The caller should
+ * not delete the NumberFormat object after it is adopted by this call.
+ * @param formatToAdopt NumberFormat object to be adopted.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void adoptNumberFormat(NumberFormat* formatToAdopt);
+
+ /**
+ * Allows you to set the number formatter.
+ * @param newNumberFormat NumberFormat object to be set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setNumberFormat(const NumberFormat& newNumberFormat);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a reference to the TimeZone used by this DateFormat's calendar.
+ * @return the time zone associated with the calendar of DateFormat.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual const TimeZone& getTimeZone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the time zone for the calendar of this DateFormat object. The caller
+ * no longer owns the TimeZone object and should not delete it after this call.
+ * @param zoneToAdopt the TimeZone to be adopted.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void adoptTimeZone(TimeZone* zoneToAdopt);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the time zone for the calendar of this DateFormat object.
+ * @param zone the new time zone.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setTimeZone(const TimeZone& zone);
+
+protected:
+ /**
+ * Default constructor. Creates a DateFormat with no Calendar or NumberFormat
+ * associated with it. This constructor depends on the subclasses to fill in
+ * the calendar and numberFormat fields.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DateFormat();
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DateFormat(const DateFormat&);
+
+ /**
+ * Default assignment operator.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DateFormat& operator=(const DateFormat&);
+
+ /**
+ * The calendar that DateFormat uses to produce the time field values needed
+ * to implement date/time formatting. Subclasses should generally initialize
+ * this to the default calendar for the locale associated with this DateFormat.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ Calendar* fCalendar;
+
+ /**
+ * The number formatter that DateFormat uses to format numbers in dates and
+ * times. Subclasses should generally initialize this to the default number
+ * format for the locale associated with this DateFormat.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ NumberFormat* fNumberFormat;
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Gets the date/time formatter with the given formatting styles for the
+ * given locale.
+ * @param dateStyle the given date formatting style.
+ * @param timeStyle the given time formatting style.
+ * @param inLocale the given locale.
+ * @return a date/time formatter, or 0 on failure.
+ */
+ static DateFormat* U_EXPORT2 create(EStyle timeStyle, EStyle dateStyle, const Locale&);
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Field selector for FieldPosition for DateFormat fields.
+ * @obsolete ICU 3.4 use UDateFormatField instead, since this API will be
+ * removed in that release
+ */
+ enum EField
+ {
+ // Obsolete; use UDateFormatField instead
+ kEraField = UDAT_ERA_FIELD,
+ kYearField = UDAT_YEAR_FIELD,
+ kMonthField = UDAT_MONTH_FIELD,
+ kDateField = UDAT_DATE_FIELD,
+ kHourOfDay1Field = UDAT_HOUR_OF_DAY1_FIELD,
+ kHourOfDay0Field = UDAT_HOUR_OF_DAY0_FIELD,
+ kMinuteField = UDAT_MINUTE_FIELD,
+ kSecondField = UDAT_SECOND_FIELD,
+ kMillisecondField = UDAT_FRACTIONAL_SECOND_FIELD,
+ kDayOfWeekField = UDAT_DAY_OF_WEEK_FIELD,
+ kDayOfYearField = UDAT_DAY_OF_YEAR_FIELD,
+ kDayOfWeekInMonthField = UDAT_DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH_FIELD,
+ kWeekOfYearField = UDAT_WEEK_OF_YEAR_FIELD,
+ kWeekOfMonthField = UDAT_WEEK_OF_MONTH_FIELD,
+ kAmPmField = UDAT_AM_PM_FIELD,
+ kHour1Field = UDAT_HOUR1_FIELD,
+ kHour0Field = UDAT_HOUR0_FIELD,
+ kTimezoneField = UDAT_TIMEZONE_FIELD,
+ kYearWOYField = UDAT_YEAR_WOY_FIELD,
+ kDOWLocalField = UDAT_DOW_LOCAL_FIELD,
+ kExtendedYearField = UDAT_EXTENDED_YEAR_FIELD,
+ kJulianDayField = UDAT_JULIAN_DAY_FIELD,
+ kMillisecondsInDayField = UDAT_MILLISECONDS_IN_DAY_FIELD,
+
+ // Obsolete; use UDateFormatField instead
+ ERA_FIELD = UDAT_ERA_FIELD,
+ YEAR_FIELD = UDAT_YEAR_FIELD,
+ MONTH_FIELD = UDAT_MONTH_FIELD,
+ DATE_FIELD = UDAT_DATE_FIELD,
+ HOUR_OF_DAY1_FIELD = UDAT_HOUR_OF_DAY1_FIELD,
+ HOUR_OF_DAY0_FIELD = UDAT_HOUR_OF_DAY0_FIELD,
+ MINUTE_FIELD = UDAT_MINUTE_FIELD,
+ SECOND_FIELD = UDAT_SECOND_FIELD,
+ MILLISECOND_FIELD = UDAT_FRACTIONAL_SECOND_FIELD,
+ DAY_OF_WEEK_FIELD = UDAT_DAY_OF_WEEK_FIELD,
+ DAY_OF_YEAR_FIELD = UDAT_DAY_OF_YEAR_FIELD,
+ DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH_FIELD = UDAT_DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH_FIELD,
+ WEEK_OF_YEAR_FIELD = UDAT_WEEK_OF_YEAR_FIELD,
+ WEEK_OF_MONTH_FIELD = UDAT_WEEK_OF_MONTH_FIELD,
+ AM_PM_FIELD = UDAT_AM_PM_FIELD,
+ HOUR1_FIELD = UDAT_HOUR1_FIELD,
+ HOUR0_FIELD = UDAT_HOUR0_FIELD,
+ TIMEZONE_FIELD = UDAT_TIMEZONE_FIELD
+ };
+};
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+DateFormat::format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ UErrorCode& status) const {
+ return Format::format(obj, appendTo, status);
+}
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // _DATEFMT
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dbbi.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dbbi.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7984ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dbbi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2006 IBM Corp. All rights reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Date Name Description
+* 12/1/99 rgillam Complete port from Java.
+* 01/13/2000 helena Added UErrorCode to ctors.
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef DBBI_H
+#define DBBI_H
+
+#include "unicode/rbbi.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Dictionary Based Break Iterator
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * An obsolete subclass of RuleBasedBreakIterator. Handling of dictionary-
+ * based break iteration has been folded into the base class. This class
+ * is deprecated as of ICU 3.6.
+ */
+
+#ifndef U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API
+
+typedef RuleBasedBreakIterator DictionaryBasedBreakIterator;
+
+#endif
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dcfmtsym.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dcfmtsym.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc5547d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dcfmtsym.h
@@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
+/*
+********************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2007, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+********************************************************************************
+*
+* File DCFMTSYM.H
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 02/19/97 aliu Converted from java.
+* 03/18/97 clhuang Updated per C++ implementation.
+* 03/27/97 helena Updated to pass the simple test after code review.
+* 08/26/97 aliu Added currency/intl currency symbol support.
+* 07/22/98 stephen Changed to match C++ style
+* currencySymbol -> fCurrencySymbol
+* Constants changed from CAPS to kCaps
+* 06/24/99 helena Integrated Alan's NF enhancements and Java2 bug fixes
+* 09/22/00 grhoten Marked deprecation tags with a pointer to replacement
+* functions.
+********************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef DCFMTSYM_H
+#define DCFMTSYM_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/locid.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Symbols for formatting numbers.
+ */
+
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * This class represents the set of symbols needed by DecimalFormat
+ * to format numbers. DecimalFormat creates for itself an instance of
+ * DecimalFormatSymbols from its locale data. If you need to change any
+ * of these symbols, you can get the DecimalFormatSymbols object from
+ * your DecimalFormat and modify it.
+ * <P>
+ * Here are the special characters used in the parts of the
+ * subpattern, with notes on their usage.
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * Symbol Meaning
+ * 0 a digit
+ * # a digit, zero shows as absent
+ * . placeholder for decimal separator
+ * , placeholder for grouping separator.
+ * ; separates formats.
+ * - default negative prefix.
+ * % divide by 100 and show as percentage
+ * X any other characters can be used in the prefix or suffix
+ * ' used to quote special characters in a prefix or suffix.
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * [Notes]
+ * <P>
+ * If there is no explicit negative subpattern, - is prefixed to the
+ * positive form. That is, "0.00" alone is equivalent to "0.00;-0.00".
+ * <P>
+ * The grouping separator is commonly used for thousands, but in some
+ * countries for ten-thousands. The interval is a constant number of
+ * digits between the grouping characters, such as 100,000,000 or 1,0000,0000.
+ * If you supply a pattern with multiple grouping characters, the interval
+ * between the last one and the end of the integer is the one that is
+ * used. So "#,##,###,####" == "######,####" == "##,####,####".
+ * <P>
+ * This class only handles localized digits where the 10 digits are
+ * contiguous in Unicode, from 0 to 9. Other digits sets (such as
+ * superscripts) would need a different subclass.
+ */
+class U_I18N_API DecimalFormatSymbols : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Constants for specifying a number format symbol.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ enum ENumberFormatSymbol {
+ /** The decimal separator */
+ kDecimalSeparatorSymbol,
+ /** The grouping separator */
+ kGroupingSeparatorSymbol,
+ /** The pattern separator */
+ kPatternSeparatorSymbol,
+ /** The percent sign */
+ kPercentSymbol,
+ /** Zero*/
+ kZeroDigitSymbol,
+ /** Character representing a digit in the pattern */
+ kDigitSymbol,
+ /** The minus sign */
+ kMinusSignSymbol,
+ /** The plus sign */
+ kPlusSignSymbol,
+ /** The currency symbol */
+ kCurrencySymbol,
+ /** The international currency symbol */
+ kIntlCurrencySymbol,
+ /** The monetary separator */
+ kMonetarySeparatorSymbol,
+ /** The exponential symbol */
+ kExponentialSymbol,
+ /** Per mill symbol - replaces kPermillSymbol */
+ kPerMillSymbol,
+ /** Escape padding character */
+ kPadEscapeSymbol,
+ /** Infinity symbol */
+ kInfinitySymbol,
+ /** Nan symbol */
+ kNaNSymbol,
+ /** Significant digit symbol
+ * @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ kSignificantDigitSymbol,
+ /** The monetary grouping separator
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ kMonetaryGroupingSeparatorSymbol,
+ /** count symbol constants */
+ kFormatSymbolCount
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Create a DecimalFormatSymbols object for the given locale.
+ *
+ * @param locale The locale to get symbols for.
+ * @param status Input/output parameter, set to success or
+ * failure code upon return.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DecimalFormatSymbols(const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Create a DecimalFormatSymbols object for the default locale.
+ * This constructor will not fail. If the resource file data is
+ * not available, it will use hard-coded last-resort data and
+ * set status to U_USING_FALLBACK_ERROR.
+ *
+ * @param status Input/output parameter, set to success or
+ * failure code upon return.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DecimalFormatSymbols( UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DecimalFormatSymbols(const DecimalFormatSymbols&);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DecimalFormatSymbols& operator=(const DecimalFormatSymbols&);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~DecimalFormatSymbols();
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if another object is semantically equal to this one.
+ *
+ * @param other the object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if another object is semantically equal to this one.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator==(const DecimalFormatSymbols& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if another object is semantically unequal to this one.
+ *
+ * @param other the object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if another object is semantically unequal to this one.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const DecimalFormatSymbols& other) const { return !operator==(other); }
+
+ /**
+ * Get one of the format symbols by its enum constant.
+ * Each symbol is stored as a string so that graphemes
+ * (characters with modifyer letters) can be used.
+ *
+ * @param symbol Constant to indicate a number format symbol.
+ * @return the format symbols by the param 'symbol'
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString getSymbol(ENumberFormatSymbol symbol) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set one of the format symbols by its enum constant.
+ * Each symbol is stored as a string so that graphemes
+ * (characters with modifyer letters) can be used.
+ *
+ * @param symbol Constant to indicate a number format symbol.
+ * @param value value of the format sybmol
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setSymbol(ENumberFormatSymbol symbol, const UnicodeString &value);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the locale for which this object was constructed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ inline Locale getLocale() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the locale for this object. Two flavors are available:
+ * valid and actual locale.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ Locale getLocale(ULocDataLocaleType type, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+private:
+ DecimalFormatSymbols(); // default constructor not implemented
+
+ /**
+ * Initializes the symbols from the LocaleElements resource bundle.
+ * Note: The organization of LocaleElements badly needs to be
+ * cleaned up.
+ *
+ * @param locale The locale to get symbols for.
+ * @param success Input/output parameter, set to success or
+ * failure code upon return.
+ * @param useLastResortData determine if use last resort data
+ */
+ void initialize(const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& success, UBool useLastResortData = FALSE);
+
+ /**
+ * Initialize the symbols from the given array of UnicodeStrings.
+ * The array must be of the correct size.
+ *
+ * @param numberElements the number format symbols
+ * @param numberElementsLength length of numberElements
+ */
+ void initialize(const UChar** numberElements, int32_t *numberElementsStrLen, int32_t numberElementsLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Initialize the symbols with default values.
+ */
+ void initialize();
+
+ void setCurrencyForSymbols();
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * _Internal_ function - more efficient version of getSymbol,
+ * returning a const reference to one of the symbol strings.
+ * The returned reference becomes invalid when the symbol is changed
+ * or when the DecimalFormatSymbols are destroyed.
+ * ### TODO markus 2002oct11: Consider proposing getConstSymbol() to be really public.
+ *
+ * @param symbol Constant to indicate a number format symbol.
+ * @return the format symbol by the param 'symbol'
+ * @internal
+ */
+ inline const UnicodeString &getConstSymbol(ENumberFormatSymbol symbol) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns that pattern stored in currecy info. Internal API for use by NumberFormat API.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ inline const UChar* getCurrencyPattern(void) const;
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Private symbol strings.
+ * They are either loaded from a resource bundle or otherwise owned.
+ * setSymbol() clones the symbol string.
+ * Readonly aliases can only come from a resource bundle, so that we can always
+ * use fastCopyFrom() with them.
+ *
+ * If DecimalFormatSymbols becomes subclassable and the status of fSymbols changes
+ * from private to protected,
+ * or when fSymbols can be set any other way that allows them to be readonly aliases
+ * to non-resource bundle strings,
+ * then regular UnicodeString copies must be used instead of fastCopyFrom().
+ *
+ * @internal
+ */
+ UnicodeString fSymbols[kFormatSymbolCount];
+
+ /**
+ * Non-symbol variable for getConstSymbol(). Always empty.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ UnicodeString fNoSymbol;
+
+ Locale locale;
+
+ char actualLocale[ULOC_FULLNAME_CAPACITY];
+ char validLocale[ULOC_FULLNAME_CAPACITY];
+ const UChar* currPattern;
+};
+
+// -------------------------------------
+
+inline UnicodeString
+DecimalFormatSymbols::getSymbol(ENumberFormatSymbol symbol) const {
+ const UnicodeString *strPtr;
+ if(symbol < kFormatSymbolCount) {
+ strPtr = &fSymbols[symbol];
+ } else {
+ strPtr = &fNoSymbol;
+ }
+ return *strPtr;
+}
+
+inline const UnicodeString &
+DecimalFormatSymbols::getConstSymbol(ENumberFormatSymbol symbol) const {
+ const UnicodeString *strPtr;
+ if(symbol < kFormatSymbolCount) {
+ strPtr = &fSymbols[symbol];
+ } else {
+ strPtr = &fNoSymbol;
+ }
+ return *strPtr;
+}
+
+// -------------------------------------
+
+inline void
+DecimalFormatSymbols::setSymbol(ENumberFormatSymbol symbol, const UnicodeString &value) {
+ if(symbol<kFormatSymbolCount) {
+ fSymbols[symbol]=value;
+ }
+}
+
+// -------------------------------------
+
+inline Locale
+DecimalFormatSymbols::getLocale() const {
+ return locale;
+}
+
+inline const UChar*
+DecimalFormatSymbols::getCurrencyPattern() const {
+ return currPattern;
+}
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // _DCFMTSYM
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/decimfmt.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/decimfmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a584a9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/decimfmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1901 @@
+/*
+********************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2009, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+********************************************************************************
+*
+* File DECIMFMT.H
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 02/19/97 aliu Converted from java.
+* 03/20/97 clhuang Updated per C++ implementation.
+* 04/03/97 aliu Rewrote parsing and formatting completely, and
+* cleaned up and debugged. Actually works now.
+* 04/17/97 aliu Changed DigitCount to int per code review.
+* 07/10/97 helena Made ParsePosition a class and get rid of the function
+* hiding problems.
+* 09/09/97 aliu Ported over support for exponential formats.
+* 07/20/98 stephen Changed documentation
+********************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef DECIMFMT_H
+#define DECIMFMT_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Formats decimal numbers.
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/dcfmtsym.h"
+#include "unicode/numfmt.h"
+#include "unicode/locid.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class DigitList;
+class ChoiceFormat;
+class UnicodeSet;
+
+/**
+ * DecimalFormat is a concrete subclass of NumberFormat that formats decimal
+ * numbers. It has a variety of features designed to make it possible to parse
+ * and format numbers in any locale, including support for Western, Arabic, or
+ * Indic digits. It also supports different flavors of numbers, including
+ * integers ("123"), fixed-point numbers ("123.4"), scientific notation
+ * ("1.23E4"), percentages ("12%"), and currency amounts ("$123"). All of these
+ * flavors can be easily localized.
+ *
+ * <p>To obtain a NumberFormat for a specific locale (including the default
+ * locale) call one of NumberFormat's factory methods such as
+ * createInstance(). Do not call the DecimalFormat constructors directly, unless
+ * you know what you are doing, since the NumberFormat factory methods may
+ * return subclasses other than DecimalFormat.
+ *
+ * <p><strong>Example Usage</strong>
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Normally we would have a GUI with a menu for this
+ * int32_t locCount;
+ * const Locale* locales = NumberFormat::getAvailableLocales(locCount);
+ *
+ * double myNumber = -1234.56;
+ * UErrorCode success = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * NumberFormat* form;
+ *
+ * // Print out a number with the localized number, currency and percent
+ * // format for each locale.
+ * UnicodeString countryName;
+ * UnicodeString displayName;
+ * UnicodeString str;
+ * UnicodeString pattern;
+ * Formattable fmtable;
+ * for (int32_t j = 0; j < 3; ++j) {
+ * cout << endl << "FORMAT " << j << endl;
+ * for (int32_t i = 0; i < locCount; ++i) {
+ * if (locales[i].getCountry(countryName).size() == 0) {
+ * // skip language-only
+ * continue;
+ * }
+ * switch (j) {
+ * case 0:
+ * form = NumberFormat::createInstance(locales[i], success ); break;
+ * case 1:
+ * form = NumberFormat::createCurrencyInstance(locales[i], success ); break;
+ * default:
+ * form = NumberFormat::createPercentInstance(locales[i], success ); break;
+ * }
+ * if (form) {
+ * str.remove();
+ * pattern = ((DecimalFormat*)form)->toPattern(pattern);
+ * cout << locales[i].getDisplayName(displayName) << ": " << pattern;
+ * cout << " -> " << form->format(myNumber,str) << endl;
+ * form->parse(form->format(myNumber,str), fmtable, success);
+ * delete form;
+ * }
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <p><strong>Patterns</strong>
+ *
+ * <p>A DecimalFormat consists of a <em>pattern</em> and a set of
+ * <em>symbols</em>. The pattern may be set directly using
+ * applyPattern(), or indirectly using other API methods which
+ * manipulate aspects of the pattern, such as the minimum number of integer
+ * digits. The symbols are stored in a DecimalFormatSymbols
+ * object. When using the NumberFormat factory methods, the
+ * pattern and symbols are read from ICU's locale data.
+ *
+ * <p><strong>Special Pattern Characters</strong>
+ *
+ * <p>Many characters in a pattern are taken literally; they are matched during
+ * parsing and output unchanged during formatting. Special characters, on the
+ * other hand, stand for other characters, strings, or classes of characters.
+ * For example, the '#' character is replaced by a localized digit. Often the
+ * replacement character is the same as the pattern character; in the U.S. locale,
+ * the ',' grouping character is replaced by ','. However, the replacement is
+ * still happening, and if the symbols are modified, the grouping character
+ * changes. Some special characters affect the behavior of the formatter by
+ * their presence; for example, if the percent character is seen, then the
+ * value is multiplied by 100 before being displayed.
+ *
+ * <p>To insert a special character in a pattern as a literal, that is, without
+ * any special meaning, the character must be quoted. There are some exceptions to
+ * this which are noted below.
+ *
+ * <p>The characters listed here are used in non-localized patterns. Localized
+ * patterns use the corresponding characters taken from this formatter's
+ * DecimalFormatSymbols object instead, and these characters lose
+ * their special status. Two exceptions are the currency sign and quote, which
+ * are not localized.
+ *
+ * <table border=0 cellspacing=3 cellpadding=0>
+ * <tr bgcolor="#ccccff">
+ * <td align=left><strong>Symbol</strong>
+ * <td align=left><strong>Location</strong>
+ * <td align=left><strong>Localized?</strong>
+ * <td align=left><strong>Meaning</strong>
+ * <tr valign=top>
+ * <td><code>0</code>
+ * <td>Number
+ * <td>Yes
+ * <td>Digit
+ * <tr valign=top bgcolor="#eeeeff">
+ * <td><code>1-9</code>
+ * <td>Number
+ * <td>Yes
+ * <td>'1' through '9' indicate rounding.
+ * <tr valign=top>
+ * <td><code>\htmlonly@\endhtmlonly</code> <!--doxygen doesn't like @-->
+ * <td>Number
+ * <td>No
+ * <td>Significant digit
+ * <tr valign=top bgcolor="#eeeeff">
+ * <td><code>#</code>
+ * <td>Number
+ * <td>Yes
+ * <td>Digit, zero shows as absent
+ * <tr valign=top>
+ * <td><code>.</code>
+ * <td>Number
+ * <td>Yes
+ * <td>Decimal separator or monetary decimal separator
+ * <tr valign=top bgcolor="#eeeeff">
+ * <td><code>-</code>
+ * <td>Number
+ * <td>Yes
+ * <td>Minus sign
+ * <tr valign=top>
+ * <td><code>,</code>
+ * <td>Number
+ * <td>Yes
+ * <td>Grouping separator
+ * <tr valign=top bgcolor="#eeeeff">
+ * <td><code>E</code>
+ * <td>Number
+ * <td>Yes
+ * <td>Separates mantissa and exponent in scientific notation.
+ * <em>Need not be quoted in prefix or suffix.</em>
+ * <tr valign=top>
+ * <td><code>+</code>
+ * <td>Exponent
+ * <td>Yes
+ * <td>Prefix positive exponents with localized plus sign.
+ * <em>Need not be quoted in prefix or suffix.</em>
+ * <tr valign=top bgcolor="#eeeeff">
+ * <td><code>;</code>
+ * <td>Subpattern boundary
+ * <td>Yes
+ * <td>Separates positive and negative subpatterns
+ * <tr valign=top>
+ * <td><code>\%</code>
+ * <td>Prefix or suffix
+ * <td>Yes
+ * <td>Multiply by 100 and show as percentage
+ * <tr valign=top bgcolor="#eeeeff">
+ * <td><code>\\u2030</code>
+ * <td>Prefix or suffix
+ * <td>Yes
+ * <td>Multiply by 1000 and show as per mille
+ * <tr valign=top>
+ * <td><code>\htmlonly¤\endhtmlonly</code> (<code>\\u00A4</code>)
+ * <td>Prefix or suffix
+ * <td>No
+ * <td>Currency sign, replaced by currency symbol. If
+ * doubled, replaced by international currency symbol.
+ * If present in a pattern, the monetary decimal separator
+ * is used instead of the decimal separator.
+ * <tr valign=top bgcolor="#eeeeff">
+ * <td><code>'</code>
+ * <td>Prefix or suffix
+ * <td>No
+ * <td>Used to quote special characters in a prefix or suffix,
+ * for example, <code>"'#'#"</code> formats 123 to
+ * <code>"#123"</code>. To create a single quote
+ * itself, use two in a row: <code>"# o''clock"</code>.
+ * <tr valign=top>
+ * <td><code>*</code>
+ * <td>Prefix or suffix boundary
+ * <td>Yes
+ * <td>Pad escape, precedes pad character
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <p>A DecimalFormat pattern contains a postive and negative
+ * subpattern, for example, "#,##0.00;(#,##0.00)". Each subpattern has a
+ * prefix, a numeric part, and a suffix. If there is no explicit negative
+ * subpattern, the negative subpattern is the localized minus sign prefixed to the
+ * positive subpattern. That is, "0.00" alone is equivalent to "0.00;-0.00". If there
+ * is an explicit negative subpattern, it serves only to specify the negative
+ * prefix and suffix; the number of digits, minimal digits, and other
+ * characteristics are ignored in the negative subpattern. That means that
+ * "#,##0.0#;(#)" has precisely the same result as "#,##0.0#;(#,##0.0#)".
+ *
+ * <p>The prefixes, suffixes, and various symbols used for infinity, digits,
+ * thousands separators, decimal separators, etc. may be set to arbitrary
+ * values, and they will appear properly during formatting. However, care must
+ * be taken that the symbols and strings do not conflict, or parsing will be
+ * unreliable. For example, either the positive and negative prefixes or the
+ * suffixes must be distinct for parse() to be able
+ * to distinguish positive from negative values. Another example is that the
+ * decimal separator and thousands separator should be distinct characters, or
+ * parsing will be impossible.
+ *
+ * <p>The <em>grouping separator</em> is a character that separates clusters of
+ * integer digits to make large numbers more legible. It commonly used for
+ * thousands, but in some locales it separates ten-thousands. The <em>grouping
+ * size</em> is the number of digits between the grouping separators, such as 3
+ * for "100,000,000" or 4 for "1 0000 0000". There are actually two different
+ * grouping sizes: One used for the least significant integer digits, the
+ * <em>primary grouping size</em>, and one used for all others, the
+ * <em>secondary grouping size</em>. In most locales these are the same, but
+ * sometimes they are different. For example, if the primary grouping interval
+ * is 3, and the secondary is 2, then this corresponds to the pattern
+ * "#,##,##0", and the number 123456789 is formatted as "12,34,56,789". If a
+ * pattern contains multiple grouping separators, the interval between the last
+ * one and the end of the integer defines the primary grouping size, and the
+ * interval between the last two defines the secondary grouping size. All others
+ * are ignored, so "#,##,###,####" == "###,###,####" == "##,#,###,####".
+ *
+ * <p>Illegal patterns, such as "#.#.#" or "#.###,###", will cause
+ * DecimalFormat to set a failing UErrorCode.
+ *
+ * <p><strong>Pattern BNF</strong>
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * pattern := subpattern (';' subpattern)?
+ * subpattern := prefix? number exponent? suffix?
+ * number := (integer ('.' fraction)?) | sigDigits
+ * prefix := '\\u0000'..'\\uFFFD' - specialCharacters
+ * suffix := '\\u0000'..'\\uFFFD' - specialCharacters
+ * integer := '#'* '0'* '0'
+ * fraction := '0'* '#'*
+ * sigDigits := '#'* '@' '@'* '#'*
+ * exponent := 'E' '+'? '0'* '0'
+ * padSpec := '*' padChar
+ * padChar := '\\u0000'..'\\uFFFD' - quote
+ *
+ * Notation:
+ * X* 0 or more instances of X
+ * X? 0 or 1 instances of X
+ * X|Y either X or Y
+ * C..D any character from C up to D, inclusive
+ * S-T characters in S, except those in T
+ * </pre>
+ * The first subpattern is for positive numbers. The second (optional)
+ * subpattern is for negative numbers.
+ *
+ * <p>Not indicated in the BNF syntax above:
+ *
+ * <ul><li>The grouping separator ',' can occur inside the integer and
+ * sigDigits elements, between any two pattern characters of that
+ * element, as long as the integer or sigDigits element is not
+ * followed by the exponent element.
+ *
+ * <li>Two grouping intervals are recognized: That between the
+ * decimal point and the first grouping symbol, and that
+ * between the first and second grouping symbols. These
+ * intervals are identical in most locales, but in some
+ * locales they differ. For example, the pattern
+ * "#,##,###" formats the number 123456789 as
+ * "12,34,56,789".</li>
+ *
+ * <li>The pad specifier <code>padSpec</code> may appear before the prefix,
+ * after the prefix, before the suffix, after the suffix, or not at all.
+ *
+ * <li>In place of '0', the digits '1' through '9' may be used to
+ * indicate a rounding increment.
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <p><strong>Parsing</strong>
+ *
+ * <p>DecimalFormat parses all Unicode characters that represent
+ * decimal digits, as defined by u_charDigitValue(). In addition,
+ * DecimalFormat also recognizes as digits the ten consecutive
+ * characters starting with the localized zero digit defined in the
+ * DecimalFormatSymbols object. During formatting, the
+ * DecimalFormatSymbols-based digits are output.
+ *
+ * <p>During parsing, grouping separators are ignored.
+ *
+ * <p>If parse(UnicodeString&,Formattable&,ParsePosition&)
+ * fails to parse a string, it leaves the parse position unchanged.
+ * The convenience method parse(UnicodeString&,Formattable&,UErrorCode&)
+ * indicates parse failure by setting a failing
+ * UErrorCode.
+ *
+ * <p><strong>Formatting</strong>
+ *
+ * <p>Formatting is guided by several parameters, all of which can be
+ * specified either using a pattern or using the API. The following
+ * description applies to formats that do not use <a href="#sci">scientific
+ * notation</a> or <a href="#sigdig">significant digits</a>.
+ *
+ * <ul><li>If the number of actual integer digits exceeds the
+ * <em>maximum integer digits</em>, then only the least significant
+ * digits are shown. For example, 1997 is formatted as "97" if the
+ * maximum integer digits is set to 2.
+ *
+ * <li>If the number of actual integer digits is less than the
+ * <em>minimum integer digits</em>, then leading zeros are added. For
+ * example, 1997 is formatted as "01997" if the minimum integer digits
+ * is set to 5.
+ *
+ * <li>If the number of actual fraction digits exceeds the <em>maximum
+ * fraction digits</em>, then half-even rounding it performed to the
+ * maximum fraction digits. For example, 0.125 is formatted as "0.12"
+ * if the maximum fraction digits is 2. This behavior can be changed
+ * by specifying a rounding increment and a rounding mode.
+ *
+ * <li>If the number of actual fraction digits is less than the
+ * <em>minimum fraction digits</em>, then trailing zeros are added.
+ * For example, 0.125 is formatted as "0.1250" if the mimimum fraction
+ * digits is set to 4.
+ *
+ * <li>Trailing fractional zeros are not displayed if they occur
+ * <em>j</em> positions after the decimal, where <em>j</em> is less
+ * than the maximum fraction digits. For example, 0.10004 is
+ * formatted as "0.1" if the maximum fraction digits is four or less.
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <p><strong>Special Values</strong>
+ *
+ * <p><code>NaN</code> is represented as a single character, typically
+ * <code>\\uFFFD</code>. This character is determined by the
+ * DecimalFormatSymbols object. This is the only value for which
+ * the prefixes and suffixes are not used.
+ *
+ * <p>Infinity is represented as a single character, typically
+ * <code>\\u221E</code>, with the positive or negative prefixes and suffixes
+ * applied. The infinity character is determined by the
+ * DecimalFormatSymbols object.
+ *
+ * <a name="sci"><strong>Scientific Notation</strong></a>
+ *
+ * <p>Numbers in scientific notation are expressed as the product of a mantissa
+ * and a power of ten, for example, 1234 can be expressed as 1.234 x 10<sup>3</sup>. The
+ * mantissa is typically in the half-open interval [1.0, 10.0) or sometimes [0.0, 1.0),
+ * but it need not be. DecimalFormat supports arbitrary mantissas.
+ * DecimalFormat can be instructed to use scientific
+ * notation through the API or through the pattern. In a pattern, the exponent
+ * character immediately followed by one or more digit characters indicates
+ * scientific notation. Example: "0.###E0" formats the number 1234 as
+ * "1.234E3".
+ *
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>The number of digit characters after the exponent character gives the
+ * minimum exponent digit count. There is no maximum. Negative exponents are
+ * formatted using the localized minus sign, <em>not</em> the prefix and suffix
+ * from the pattern. This allows patterns such as "0.###E0 m/s". To prefix
+ * positive exponents with a localized plus sign, specify '+' between the
+ * exponent and the digits: "0.###E+0" will produce formats "1E+1", "1E+0",
+ * "1E-1", etc. (In localized patterns, use the localized plus sign rather than
+ * '+'.)
+ *
+ * <li>The minimum number of integer digits is achieved by adjusting the
+ * exponent. Example: 0.00123 formatted with "00.###E0" yields "12.3E-4". This
+ * only happens if there is no maximum number of integer digits. If there is a
+ * maximum, then the minimum number of integer digits is fixed at one.
+ *
+ * <li>The maximum number of integer digits, if present, specifies the exponent
+ * grouping. The most common use of this is to generate <em>engineering
+ * notation</em>, in which the exponent is a multiple of three, e.g.,
+ * "##0.###E0". The number 12345 is formatted using "##0.####E0" as "12.345E3".
+ *
+ * <li>When using scientific notation, the formatter controls the
+ * digit counts using significant digits logic. The maximum number of
+ * significant digits limits the total number of integer and fraction
+ * digits that will be shown in the mantissa; it does not affect
+ * parsing. For example, 12345 formatted with "##0.##E0" is "12.3E3".
+ * See the section on significant digits for more details.
+ *
+ * <li>The number of significant digits shown is determined as
+ * follows: If areSignificantDigitsUsed() returns false, then the
+ * minimum number of significant digits shown is one, and the maximum
+ * number of significant digits shown is the sum of the <em>minimum
+ * integer</em> and <em>maximum fraction</em> digits, and is
+ * unaffected by the maximum integer digits. If this sum is zero,
+ * then all significant digits are shown. If
+ * areSignificantDigitsUsed() returns true, then the significant digit
+ * counts are specified by getMinimumSignificantDigits() and
+ * getMaximumSignificantDigits(). In this case, the number of
+ * integer digits is fixed at one, and there is no exponent grouping.
+ *
+ * <li>Exponential patterns may not contain grouping separators.
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <a name="sigdig"><strong>Significant Digits</strong></a>
+ *
+ * <code>DecimalFormat</code> has two ways of controlling how many
+ * digits are shows: (a) significant digits counts, or (b) integer and
+ * fraction digit counts. Integer and fraction digit counts are
+ * described above. When a formatter is using significant digits
+ * counts, the number of integer and fraction digits is not specified
+ * directly, and the formatter settings for these counts are ignored.
+ * Instead, the formatter uses however many integer and fraction
+ * digits are required to display the specified number of significant
+ * digits. Examples:
+ *
+ * <table border=0 cellspacing=3 cellpadding=0>
+ * <tr bgcolor="#ccccff">
+ * <td align=left>Pattern
+ * <td align=left>Minimum significant digits
+ * <td align=left>Maximum significant digits
+ * <td align=left>Number
+ * <td align=left>Output of format()
+ * <tr valign=top>
+ * <td><code>\@\@\@</code>
+ * <td>3
+ * <td>3
+ * <td>12345
+ * <td><code>12300</code>
+ * <tr valign=top bgcolor="#eeeeff">
+ * <td><code>\@\@\@</code>
+ * <td>3
+ * <td>3
+ * <td>0.12345
+ * <td><code>0.123</code>
+ * <tr valign=top>
+ * <td><code>\@\@##</code>
+ * <td>2
+ * <td>4
+ * <td>3.14159
+ * <td><code>3.142</code>
+ * <tr valign=top bgcolor="#eeeeff">
+ * <td><code>\@\@##</code>
+ * <td>2
+ * <td>4
+ * <td>1.23004
+ * <td><code>1.23</code>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>Significant digit counts may be expressed using patterns that
+ * specify a minimum and maximum number of significant digits. These
+ * are indicated by the <code>'@'</code> and <code>'#'</code>
+ * characters. The minimum number of significant digits is the number
+ * of <code>'@'</code> characters. The maximum number of significant
+ * digits is the number of <code>'@'</code> characters plus the number
+ * of <code>'#'</code> characters following on the right. For
+ * example, the pattern <code>"@@@"</code> indicates exactly 3
+ * significant digits. The pattern <code>"@##"</code> indicates from
+ * 1 to 3 significant digits. Trailing zero digits to the right of
+ * the decimal separator are suppressed after the minimum number of
+ * significant digits have been shown. For example, the pattern
+ * <code>"@##"</code> formats the number 0.1203 as
+ * <code>"0.12"</code>.
+ *
+ * <li>If a pattern uses significant digits, it may not contain a
+ * decimal separator, nor the <code>'0'</code> pattern character.
+ * Patterns such as <code>"@00"</code> or <code>"@.###"</code> are
+ * disallowed.
+ *
+ * <li>Any number of <code>'#'</code> characters may be prepended to
+ * the left of the leftmost <code>'@'</code> character. These have no
+ * effect on the minimum and maximum significant digits counts, but
+ * may be used to position grouping separators. For example,
+ * <code>"#,#@#"</code> indicates a minimum of one significant digits,
+ * a maximum of two significant digits, and a grouping size of three.
+ *
+ * <li>In order to enable significant digits formatting, use a pattern
+ * containing the <code>'@'</code> pattern character. Alternatively,
+ * call setSignificantDigitsUsed(TRUE).
+ *
+ * <li>In order to disable significant digits formatting, use a
+ * pattern that does not contain the <code>'@'</code> pattern
+ * character. Alternatively, call setSignificantDigitsUsed(FALSE).
+ *
+ * <li>The number of significant digits has no effect on parsing.
+ *
+ * <li>Significant digits may be used together with exponential notation. Such
+ * patterns are equivalent to a normal exponential pattern with a minimum and
+ * maximum integer digit count of one, a minimum fraction digit count of
+ * <code>getMinimumSignificantDigits() - 1</code>, and a maximum fraction digit
+ * count of <code>getMaximumSignificantDigits() - 1</code>. For example, the
+ * pattern <code>"@@###E0"</code> is equivalent to <code>"0.0###E0"</code>.
+ *
+ * <li>If signficant digits are in use, then the integer and fraction
+ * digit counts, as set via the API, are ignored. If significant
+ * digits are not in use, then the signficant digit counts, as set via
+ * the API, are ignored.
+ *
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <p><strong>Padding</strong>
+ *
+ * <p>DecimalFormat supports padding the result of
+ * format() to a specific width. Padding may be specified either
+ * through the API or through the pattern syntax. In a pattern the pad escape
+ * character, followed by a single pad character, causes padding to be parsed
+ * and formatted. The pad escape character is '*' in unlocalized patterns, and
+ * can be localized using DecimalFormatSymbols::setSymbol() with a
+ * DecimalFormatSymbols::kPadEscapeSymbol
+ * selector. For example, <code>"$*x#,##0.00"</code> formats 123 to
+ * <code>"$xx123.00"</code>, and 1234 to <code>"$1,234.00"</code>.
+ *
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>When padding is in effect, the width of the positive subpattern,
+ * including prefix and suffix, determines the format width. For example, in
+ * the pattern <code>"* #0 o''clock"</code>, the format width is 10.
+ *
+ * <li>The width is counted in 16-bit code units (UChars).
+ *
+ * <li>Some parameters which usually do not matter have meaning when padding is
+ * used, because the pattern width is significant with padding. In the pattern
+ * "* ##,##,#,##0.##", the format width is 14. The initial characters "##,##,"
+ * do not affect the grouping size or maximum integer digits, but they do affect
+ * the format width.
+ *
+ * <li>Padding may be inserted at one of four locations: before the prefix,
+ * after the prefix, before the suffix, or after the suffix. If padding is
+ * specified in any other location, applyPattern()
+ * sets a failing UErrorCode. If there is no prefix,
+ * before the prefix and after the prefix are equivalent, likewise for the
+ * suffix.
+ *
+ * <li>When specified in a pattern, the 32-bit code point immediately
+ * following the pad escape is the pad character. This may be any character,
+ * including a special pattern character. That is, the pad escape
+ * <em>escapes</em> the following character. If there is no character after
+ * the pad escape, then the pattern is illegal.
+ *
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <p><strong>Rounding</strong>
+ *
+ * <p>DecimalFormat supports rounding to a specific increment. For
+ * example, 1230 rounded to the nearest 50 is 1250. 1.234 rounded to the
+ * nearest 0.65 is 1.3. The rounding increment may be specified through the API
+ * or in a pattern. To specify a rounding increment in a pattern, include the
+ * increment in the pattern itself. "#,#50" specifies a rounding increment of
+ * 50. "#,##0.05" specifies a rounding increment of 0.05.
+ *
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>Rounding only affects the string produced by formatting. It does
+ * not affect parsing or change any numerical values.
+ *
+ * <li>A <em>rounding mode</em> determines how values are rounded; see
+ * DecimalFormat::ERoundingMode. Rounding increments specified in
+ * patterns use the default mode, DecimalFormat::kRoundHalfEven.
+ *
+ * <li>Some locales use rounding in their currency formats to reflect the
+ * smallest currency denomination.
+ *
+ * <li>In a pattern, digits '1' through '9' specify rounding, but otherwise
+ * behave identically to digit '0'.
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <p><strong>Synchronization</strong>
+ *
+ * <p>DecimalFormat objects are not synchronized. Multiple
+ * threads should not access one formatter concurrently.
+ *
+ * <p><strong>Subclassing</strong>
+ *
+ * <p><em>User subclasses are not supported.</em> While clients may write
+ * subclasses, such code will not necessarily work and will not be
+ * guaranteed to work stably from release to release.
+ */
+class U_I18N_API DecimalFormat: public NumberFormat {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Rounding mode.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ enum ERoundingMode {
+ kRoundCeiling, /**< Round towards positive infinity */
+ kRoundFloor, /**< Round towards negative infinity */
+ kRoundDown, /**< Round towards zero */
+ kRoundUp, /**< Round away from zero */
+ kRoundHalfEven, /**< Round towards the nearest integer, or
+ towards the nearest even integer if equidistant */
+ kRoundHalfDown, /**< Round towards the nearest integer, or
+ towards zero if equidistant */
+ kRoundHalfUp /**< Round towards the nearest integer, or
+ away from zero if equidistant */
+ // We don't support ROUND_UNNECESSARY
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Pad position.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ enum EPadPosition {
+ kPadBeforePrefix,
+ kPadAfterPrefix,
+ kPadBeforeSuffix,
+ kPadAfterSuffix
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Create a DecimalFormat using the default pattern and symbols
+ * for the default locale. This is a convenient way to obtain a
+ * DecimalFormat when internationalization is not the main concern.
+ * <P>
+ * To obtain standard formats for a given locale, use the factory methods
+ * on NumberFormat such as createInstance. These factories will
+ * return the most appropriate sub-class of NumberFormat for a given
+ * locale.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code. If the
+ * pattern is invalid this will be set to a failure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DecimalFormat(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Create a DecimalFormat from the given pattern and the symbols
+ * for the default locale. This is a convenient way to obtain a
+ * DecimalFormat when internationalization is not the main concern.
+ * <P>
+ * To obtain standard formats for a given locale, use the factory methods
+ * on NumberFormat such as createInstance. These factories will
+ * return the most appropriate sub-class of NumberFormat for a given
+ * locale.
+ * @param pattern A non-localized pattern string.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code. If the
+ * pattern is invalid this will be set to a failure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DecimalFormat(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Create a DecimalFormat from the given pattern and symbols.
+ * Use this constructor when you need to completely customize the
+ * behavior of the format.
+ * <P>
+ * To obtain standard formats for a given
+ * locale, use the factory methods on NumberFormat such as
+ * createInstance or createCurrencyInstance. If you need only minor adjustments
+ * to a standard format, you can modify the format returned by
+ * a NumberFormat factory method.
+ *
+ * @param pattern a non-localized pattern string
+ * @param symbolsToAdopt the set of symbols to be used. The caller should not
+ * delete this object after making this call.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code. If the
+ * pattern is invalid this will be set to a failure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DecimalFormat( const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ DecimalFormatSymbols* symbolsToAdopt,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Create a DecimalFormat from the given pattern and symbols.
+ * Use this constructor when you need to completely customize the
+ * behavior of the format.
+ * <P>
+ * To obtain standard formats for a given
+ * locale, use the factory methods on NumberFormat such as
+ * createInstance or createCurrencyInstance. If you need only minor adjustments
+ * to a standard format, you can modify the format returned by
+ * a NumberFormat factory method.
+ *
+ * @param pattern a non-localized pattern string
+ * @param symbolsToAdopt the set of symbols to be used. The caller should not
+ * delete this object after making this call.
+ * @param parseError Output param to receive errors occured during parsing
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code. If the
+ * pattern is invalid this will be set to a failure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DecimalFormat( const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ DecimalFormatSymbols* symbolsToAdopt,
+ UParseError& parseError,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+ /**
+ * Create a DecimalFormat from the given pattern and symbols.
+ * Use this constructor when you need to completely customize the
+ * behavior of the format.
+ * <P>
+ * To obtain standard formats for a given
+ * locale, use the factory methods on NumberFormat such as
+ * createInstance or createCurrencyInstance. If you need only minor adjustments
+ * to a standard format, you can modify the format returned by
+ * a NumberFormat factory method.
+ *
+ * @param pattern a non-localized pattern string
+ * @param symbols the set of symbols to be used
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code. If the
+ * pattern is invalid this will be set to a failure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DecimalFormat( const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ const DecimalFormatSymbols& symbols,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ *
+ * @param source the DecimalFormat object to be copied from.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DecimalFormat(const DecimalFormat& source);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ *
+ * @param rhs the DecimalFormat object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DecimalFormat& operator=(const DecimalFormat& rhs);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~DecimalFormat();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this Format object polymorphically. The caller owns the
+ * result and should delete it when done.
+ *
+ * @return a polymorphic copy of this DecimalFormat.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual Format* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given Format objects are semantically equal.
+ * Objects of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ *
+ * @param other the object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given Format objects are semantically equal.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const Format& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Format a double or long number using base-10 representation.
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(double number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos) const;
+ /**
+ * Format a long number using base-10 representation.
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(int32_t number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos) const;
+ /**
+ * Format an int64 number using base-10 representation.
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(int64_t number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Format a Formattable using base-10 representation.
+ *
+ * @param obj The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @param status Error code indicating success or failure.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Redeclared NumberFormat method.
+ * Formats an object to produce a string.
+ *
+ * @param obj The object to format.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param status Output parameter filled in with success or failure status.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Redeclared NumberFormat method.
+ * Format a double number.
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(double number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Redeclared NumberFormat method.
+ * Format a long number. These methods call the NumberFormat
+ * pure virtual format() methods with the default FieldPosition.
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(int32_t number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Redeclared NumberFormat method.
+ * Format an int64 number. These methods call the NumberFormat
+ * pure virtual format() methods with the default FieldPosition.
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(int64_t number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo) const;
+ /**
+ * Parse the given string using this object's choices. The method
+ * does string comparisons to try to find an optimal match.
+ * If no object can be parsed, index is unchanged, and NULL is
+ * returned. The result is returned as the most parsimonious
+ * type of Formattable that will accomodate all of the
+ * necessary precision. For example, if the result is exactly 12,
+ * it will be returned as a long. However, if it is 1.5, it will
+ * be returned as a double.
+ *
+ * @param text The text to be parsed.
+ * @param result Formattable to be set to the parse result.
+ * If parse fails, return contents are undefined.
+ * @param parsePosition The position to start parsing at on input.
+ * On output, moved to after the last successfully
+ * parse character. On parse failure, does not change.
+ * @see Formattable
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void parse(const UnicodeString& text,
+ Formattable& result,
+ ParsePosition& parsePosition) const;
+
+ // Declare here again to get rid of function hiding problems.
+ /**
+ * Parse the given string using this object's choices.
+ *
+ * @param text The text to be parsed.
+ * @param result Formattable to be set to the parse result.
+ * @param status Output parameter filled in with success or failure status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void parse(const UnicodeString& text,
+ Formattable& result,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Parses text from the given string as a currency amount. Unlike
+ * the parse() method, this method will attempt to parse a generic
+ * currency name, searching for a match of this object's locale's
+ * currency display names, or for a 3-letter ISO currency code.
+ * This method will fail if this format is not a currency format,
+ * that is, if it does not contain the currency pattern symbol
+ * (U+00A4) in its prefix or suffix.
+ *
+ * @param text the string to parse
+ * @param result output parameter to receive result. This will have
+ * its currency set to the parsed ISO currency code.
+ * @param pos input-output position; on input, the position within
+ * text to match; must have 0 <= pos.getIndex() < text.length();
+ * on output, the position after the last matched character. If
+ * the parse fails, the position in unchanged upon output.
+ * @return a reference to result
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual Formattable& parseCurrency(const UnicodeString& text,
+ Formattable& result,
+ ParsePosition& pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the decimal format symbols, which is generally not changed
+ * by the programmer or user.
+ * @return desired DecimalFormatSymbols
+ * @see DecimalFormatSymbols
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual const DecimalFormatSymbols* getDecimalFormatSymbols(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the decimal format symbols, which is generally not changed
+ * by the programmer or user.
+ * @param symbolsToAdopt DecimalFormatSymbols to be adopted.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void adoptDecimalFormatSymbols(DecimalFormatSymbols* symbolsToAdopt);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the decimal format symbols, which is generally not changed
+ * by the programmer or user.
+ * @param symbols DecimalFormatSymbols.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setDecimalFormatSymbols(const DecimalFormatSymbols& symbols);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Get the positive prefix.
+ *
+ * @param result Output param which will receive the positive prefix.
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * Examples: +123, $123, sFr123
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getPositivePrefix(UnicodeString& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the positive prefix.
+ *
+ * @param newValue the new value of the the positive prefix to be set.
+ * Examples: +123, $123, sFr123
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setPositivePrefix(const UnicodeString& newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the negative prefix.
+ *
+ * @param result Output param which will receive the negative prefix.
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * Examples: -123, ($123) (with negative suffix), sFr-123
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getNegativePrefix(UnicodeString& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the negative prefix.
+ *
+ * @param newValue the new value of the the negative prefix to be set.
+ * Examples: -123, ($123) (with negative suffix), sFr-123
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setNegativePrefix(const UnicodeString& newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the positive suffix.
+ *
+ * @param result Output param which will receive the positive suffix.
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * Example: 123%
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getPositiveSuffix(UnicodeString& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the positive suffix.
+ *
+ * @param newValue the new value of the positive suffix to be set.
+ * Example: 123%
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setPositiveSuffix(const UnicodeString& newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the negative suffix.
+ *
+ * @param result Output param which will receive the negative suffix.
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * Examples: -123%, ($123) (with positive suffixes)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getNegativeSuffix(UnicodeString& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the negative suffix.
+ *
+ * @param newValue the new value of the negative suffix to be set.
+ * Examples: 123%
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setNegativeSuffix(const UnicodeString& newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the multiplier for use in percent, permill, etc.
+ * For a percentage, set the suffixes to have "%" and the multiplier to be 100.
+ * (For Arabic, use arabic percent symbol).
+ * For a permill, set the suffixes to have "\\u2031" and the multiplier to be 1000.
+ *
+ * @return the multiplier for use in percent, permill, etc.
+ * Examples: with 100, 1.23 -> "123", and "123" -> 1.23
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getMultiplier(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the multiplier for use in percent, permill, etc.
+ * For a percentage, set the suffixes to have "%" and the multiplier to be 100.
+ * (For Arabic, use arabic percent symbol).
+ * For a permill, set the suffixes to have "\\u2031" and the multiplier to be 1000.
+ *
+ * @param newValue the new value of the multiplier for use in percent, permill, etc.
+ * Examples: with 100, 1.23 -> "123", and "123" -> 1.23
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setMultiplier(int32_t newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the rounding increment.
+ * @return A positive rounding increment, or 0.0 if rounding
+ * is not in effect.
+ * @see #setRoundingIncrement
+ * @see #getRoundingMode
+ * @see #setRoundingMode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual double getRoundingIncrement(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the rounding increment. This method also controls whether
+ * rounding is enabled.
+ * @param newValue A positive rounding increment, or 0.0 to disable rounding.
+ * Negative increments are equivalent to 0.0.
+ * @see #getRoundingIncrement
+ * @see #getRoundingMode
+ * @see #setRoundingMode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setRoundingIncrement(double newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the rounding mode.
+ * @return A rounding mode
+ * @see #setRoundingIncrement
+ * @see #getRoundingIncrement
+ * @see #setRoundingMode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ERoundingMode getRoundingMode(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the rounding mode. This has no effect unless the rounding
+ * increment is greater than zero.
+ * @param roundingMode A rounding mode
+ * @see #setRoundingIncrement
+ * @see #getRoundingIncrement
+ * @see #getRoundingMode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setRoundingMode(ERoundingMode roundingMode);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the width to which the output of format() is padded.
+ * The width is counted in 16-bit code units.
+ * @return the format width, or zero if no padding is in effect
+ * @see #setFormatWidth
+ * @see #getPadCharacterString
+ * @see #setPadCharacter
+ * @see #getPadPosition
+ * @see #setPadPosition
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getFormatWidth(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the width to which the output of format() is padded.
+ * The width is counted in 16-bit code units.
+ * This method also controls whether padding is enabled.
+ * @param width the width to which to pad the result of
+ * format(), or zero to disable padding. A negative
+ * width is equivalent to 0.
+ * @see #getFormatWidth
+ * @see #getPadCharacterString
+ * @see #setPadCharacter
+ * @see #getPadPosition
+ * @see #setPadPosition
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setFormatWidth(int32_t width);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the pad character used to pad to the format width. The
+ * default is ' '.
+ * @return a string containing the pad character. This will always
+ * have a length of one 32-bit code point.
+ * @see #setFormatWidth
+ * @see #getFormatWidth
+ * @see #setPadCharacter
+ * @see #getPadPosition
+ * @see #setPadPosition
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString getPadCharacterString() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the character used to pad to the format width. If padding
+ * is not enabled, then this will take effect if padding is later
+ * enabled.
+ * @param padChar a string containing the pad charcter. If the string
+ * has length 0, then the pad characer is set to ' '. Otherwise
+ * padChar.char32At(0) will be used as the pad character.
+ * @see #setFormatWidth
+ * @see #getFormatWidth
+ * @see #getPadCharacterString
+ * @see #getPadPosition
+ * @see #setPadPosition
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setPadCharacter(const UnicodeString &padChar);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the position at which padding will take place. This is the location
+ * at which padding will be inserted if the result of format()
+ * is shorter than the format width.
+ * @return the pad position, one of kPadBeforePrefix,
+ * kPadAfterPrefix, kPadBeforeSuffix, or
+ * kPadAfterSuffix.
+ * @see #setFormatWidth
+ * @see #getFormatWidth
+ * @see #setPadCharacter
+ * @see #getPadCharacterString
+ * @see #setPadPosition
+ * @see #EPadPosition
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual EPadPosition getPadPosition(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the position at which padding will take place. This is the location
+ * at which padding will be inserted if the result of format()
+ * is shorter than the format width. This has no effect unless padding is
+ * enabled.
+ * @param padPos the pad position, one of kPadBeforePrefix,
+ * kPadAfterPrefix, kPadBeforeSuffix, or
+ * kPadAfterSuffix.
+ * @see #setFormatWidth
+ * @see #getFormatWidth
+ * @see #setPadCharacter
+ * @see #getPadCharacterString
+ * @see #getPadPosition
+ * @see #EPadPosition
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setPadPosition(EPadPosition padPos);
+
+ /**
+ * Return whether or not scientific notation is used.
+ * @return TRUE if this object formats and parses scientific notation
+ * @see #setScientificNotation
+ * @see #getMinimumExponentDigits
+ * @see #setMinimumExponentDigits
+ * @see #isExponentSignAlwaysShown
+ * @see #setExponentSignAlwaysShown
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool isScientificNotation(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Set whether or not scientific notation is used. When scientific notation
+ * is used, the effective maximum number of integer digits is <= 8. If the
+ * maximum number of integer digits is set to more than 8, the effective
+ * maximum will be 1. This allows this call to generate a 'default' scientific
+ * number format without additional changes.
+ * @param useScientific TRUE if this object formats and parses scientific
+ * notation
+ * @see #isScientificNotation
+ * @see #getMinimumExponentDigits
+ * @see #setMinimumExponentDigits
+ * @see #isExponentSignAlwaysShown
+ * @see #setExponentSignAlwaysShown
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setScientificNotation(UBool useScientific);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the minimum exponent digits that will be shown.
+ * @return the minimum exponent digits that will be shown
+ * @see #setScientificNotation
+ * @see #isScientificNotation
+ * @see #setMinimumExponentDigits
+ * @see #isExponentSignAlwaysShown
+ * @see #setExponentSignAlwaysShown
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int8_t getMinimumExponentDigits(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the minimum exponent digits that will be shown. This has no
+ * effect unless scientific notation is in use.
+ * @param minExpDig a value >= 1 indicating the fewest exponent digits
+ * that will be shown. Values less than 1 will be treated as 1.
+ * @see #setScientificNotation
+ * @see #isScientificNotation
+ * @see #getMinimumExponentDigits
+ * @see #isExponentSignAlwaysShown
+ * @see #setExponentSignAlwaysShown
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setMinimumExponentDigits(int8_t minExpDig);
+
+ /**
+ * Return whether the exponent sign is always shown.
+ * @return TRUE if the exponent is always prefixed with either the
+ * localized minus sign or the localized plus sign, false if only negative
+ * exponents are prefixed with the localized minus sign.
+ * @see #setScientificNotation
+ * @see #isScientificNotation
+ * @see #setMinimumExponentDigits
+ * @see #getMinimumExponentDigits
+ * @see #setExponentSignAlwaysShown
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool isExponentSignAlwaysShown(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Set whether the exponent sign is always shown. This has no effect
+ * unless scientific notation is in use.
+ * @param expSignAlways TRUE if the exponent is always prefixed with either
+ * the localized minus sign or the localized plus sign, false if only
+ * negative exponents are prefixed with the localized minus sign.
+ * @see #setScientificNotation
+ * @see #isScientificNotation
+ * @see #setMinimumExponentDigits
+ * @see #getMinimumExponentDigits
+ * @see #isExponentSignAlwaysShown
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setExponentSignAlwaysShown(UBool expSignAlways);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the grouping size. Grouping size is the number of digits between
+ * grouping separators in the integer portion of a number. For example,
+ * in the number "123,456.78", the grouping size is 3.
+ *
+ * @return the grouping size.
+ * @see setGroupingSize
+ * @see NumberFormat::isGroupingUsed
+ * @see DecimalFormatSymbols::getGroupingSeparator
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getGroupingSize(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the grouping size. Grouping size is the number of digits between
+ * grouping separators in the integer portion of a number. For example,
+ * in the number "123,456.78", the grouping size is 3.
+ *
+ * @param newValue the new value of the grouping size.
+ * @see getGroupingSize
+ * @see NumberFormat::setGroupingUsed
+ * @see DecimalFormatSymbols::setGroupingSeparator
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setGroupingSize(int32_t newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the secondary grouping size. In some locales one
+ * grouping interval is used for the least significant integer
+ * digits (the primary grouping size), and another is used for all
+ * others (the secondary grouping size). A formatter supporting a
+ * secondary grouping size will return a positive integer unequal
+ * to the primary grouping size returned by
+ * getGroupingSize(). For example, if the primary
+ * grouping size is 4, and the secondary grouping size is 2, then
+ * the number 123456789 formats as "1,23,45,6789", and the pattern
+ * appears as "#,##,###0".
+ * @return the secondary grouping size, or a value less than
+ * one if there is none
+ * @see setSecondaryGroupingSize
+ * @see NumberFormat::isGroupingUsed
+ * @see DecimalFormatSymbols::getGroupingSeparator
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ int32_t getSecondaryGroupingSize(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the secondary grouping size. If set to a value less than 1,
+ * then secondary grouping is turned off, and the primary grouping
+ * size is used for all intervals, not just the least significant.
+ *
+ * @param newValue the new value of the secondary grouping size.
+ * @see getSecondaryGroupingSize
+ * @see NumberFormat#setGroupingUsed
+ * @see DecimalFormatSymbols::setGroupingSeparator
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual void setSecondaryGroupingSize(int32_t newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Allows you to get the behavior of the decimal separator with integers.
+ * (The decimal separator will always appear with decimals.)
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if the decimal separator always appear with decimals.
+ * Example: Decimal ON: 12345 -> 12345.; OFF: 12345 -> 12345
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool isDecimalSeparatorAlwaysShown(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Allows you to set the behavior of the decimal separator with integers.
+ * (The decimal separator will always appear with decimals.)
+ *
+ * @param newValue set TRUE if the decimal separator will always appear with decimals.
+ * Example: Decimal ON: 12345 -> 12345.; OFF: 12345 -> 12345
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setDecimalSeparatorAlwaysShown(UBool newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Synthesizes a pattern string that represents the current state
+ * of this Format object.
+ *
+ * @param result Output param which will receive the pattern.
+ * Previous contents are deleted.
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * @see applyPattern
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& toPattern(UnicodeString& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Synthesizes a localized pattern string that represents the current
+ * state of this Format object.
+ *
+ * @param result Output param which will receive the localized pattern.
+ * Previous contents are deleted.
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * @see applyPattern
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& toLocalizedPattern(UnicodeString& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Apply the given pattern to this Format object. A pattern is a
+ * short-hand specification for the various formatting properties.
+ * These properties can also be changed individually through the
+ * various setter methods.
+ * <P>
+ * There is no limit to integer digits are set
+ * by this routine, since that is the typical end-user desire;
+ * use setMaximumInteger if you want to set a real value.
+ * For negative numbers, use a second pattern, separated by a semicolon
+ * <pre>
+ * . Example "#,#00.0#" -> 1,234.56
+ * </pre>
+ * This means a minimum of 2 integer digits, 1 fraction digit, and
+ * a maximum of 2 fraction digits.
+ * <pre>
+ * . Example: "#,#00.0#;(#,#00.0#)" for negatives in parantheses.
+ * </pre>
+ * In negative patterns, the minimum and maximum counts are ignored;
+ * these are presumed to be set in the positive pattern.
+ *
+ * @param pattern The pattern to be applied.
+ * @param parseError Struct to recieve information on position
+ * of error if an error is encountered
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on
+ * exit. If the pattern is invalid, this will be
+ * set to a failure result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void applyPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UParseError& parseError,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+ /**
+ * Sets the pattern.
+ * @param pattern The pattern to be applied.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on
+ * exit. If the pattern is invalid, this will be
+ * set to a failure result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void applyPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Apply the given pattern to this Format object. The pattern
+ * is assumed to be in a localized notation. A pattern is a
+ * short-hand specification for the various formatting properties.
+ * These properties can also be changed individually through the
+ * various setter methods.
+ * <P>
+ * There is no limit to integer digits are set
+ * by this routine, since that is the typical end-user desire;
+ * use setMaximumInteger if you want to set a real value.
+ * For negative numbers, use a second pattern, separated by a semicolon
+ * <pre>
+ * . Example "#,#00.0#" -> 1,234.56
+ * </pre>
+ * This means a minimum of 2 integer digits, 1 fraction digit, and
+ * a maximum of 2 fraction digits.
+ *
+ * Example: "#,#00.0#;(#,#00.0#)" for negatives in parantheses.
+ *
+ * In negative patterns, the minimum and maximum counts are ignored;
+ * these are presumed to be set in the positive pattern.
+ *
+ * @param pattern The localized pattern to be applied.
+ * @param parseError Struct to recieve information on position
+ * of error if an error is encountered
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on
+ * exit. If the pattern is invalid, this will be
+ * set to a failure result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void applyLocalizedPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UParseError& parseError,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Apply the given pattern to this Format object.
+ *
+ * @param pattern The localized pattern to be applied.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on
+ * exit. If the pattern is invalid, this will be
+ * set to a failure result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void applyLocalizedPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the maximum number of digits allowed in the integer portion of a
+ * number. This override limits the integer digit count to 309.
+ *
+ * @param newValue the new value of the maximum number of digits
+ * allowed in the integer portion of a number.
+ * @see NumberFormat#setMaximumIntegerDigits
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setMaximumIntegerDigits(int32_t newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the minimum number of digits allowed in the integer portion of a
+ * number. This override limits the integer digit count to 309.
+ *
+ * @param newValue the new value of the minimum number of digits
+ * allowed in the integer portion of a number.
+ * @see NumberFormat#setMinimumIntegerDigits
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setMinimumIntegerDigits(int32_t newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the maximum number of digits allowed in the fraction portion of a
+ * number. This override limits the fraction digit count to 340.
+ *
+ * @param newValue the new value of the maximum number of digits
+ * allowed in the fraction portion of a number.
+ * @see NumberFormat#setMaximumFractionDigits
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setMaximumFractionDigits(int32_t newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the minimum number of digits allowed in the fraction portion of a
+ * number. This override limits the fraction digit count to 340.
+ *
+ * @param newValue the new value of the minimum number of digits
+ * allowed in the fraction portion of a number.
+ * @see NumberFormat#setMinimumFractionDigits
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setMinimumFractionDigits(int32_t newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the minimum number of significant digits that will be
+ * displayed. This value has no effect unless areSignificantDigitsUsed()
+ * returns true.
+ * @return the fewest significant digits that will be shown
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ int32_t getMinimumSignificantDigits() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the maximum number of significant digits that will be
+ * displayed. This value has no effect unless areSignificantDigitsUsed()
+ * returns true.
+ * @return the most significant digits that will be shown
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ int32_t getMaximumSignificantDigits() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the minimum number of significant digits that will be
+ * displayed. If <code>min</code> is less than one then it is set
+ * to one. If the maximum significant digits count is less than
+ * <code>min</code>, then it is set to <code>min</code>. This
+ * value has no effect unless areSignificantDigits() returns true.
+ * @param min the fewest significant digits to be shown
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ void setMinimumSignificantDigits(int32_t min);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the maximum number of significant digits that will be
+ * displayed. If <code>max</code> is less than one then it is set
+ * to one. If the minimum significant digits count is greater
+ * than <code>max</code>, then it is set to <code>max</code>.
+ * This value has no effect unless areSignificantDigits() returns
+ * true.
+ * @param max the most significant digits to be shown
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ void setMaximumSignificantDigits(int32_t max);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if significant digits are in use, or false if
+ * integer and fraction digit counts are in use.
+ * @return true if significant digits are in use
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UBool areSignificantDigitsUsed() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets whether significant digits are in use, or integer and
+ * fraction digit counts are in use.
+ * @param useSignificantDigits true to use significant digits, or
+ * false to use integer and fraction digit counts
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ void setSignificantDigitsUsed(UBool useSignificantDigits);
+
+ public:
+ /**
+ * Sets the currency used to display currency
+ * amounts. This takes effect immediately, if this format is a
+ * currency format. If this format is not a currency format, then
+ * the currency is used if and when this object becomes a
+ * currency format through the application of a new pattern.
+ * @param theCurrency a 3-letter ISO code indicating new currency
+ * to use. It need not be null-terminated. May be the empty
+ * string or NULL to indicate no currency.
+ * @param ec input-output error code
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual void setCurrency(const UChar* theCurrency, UErrorCode& ec);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the currency used to display currency amounts. See
+ * setCurrency(const UChar*, UErrorCode&).
+ * @deprecated ICU 3.0. Use setCurrency(const UChar*, UErrorCode&).
+ */
+ virtual void setCurrency(const UChar* theCurrency);
+
+ /**
+ * The resource tags we use to retrieve decimal format data from
+ * locale resource bundles.
+ * @deprecated ICU 3.4. This string has no public purpose. Please don't use it.
+ */
+ static const char fgNumberPatterns[];
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for
+ * comparing to a return value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * . Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * . if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * . Derived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ * </pre>
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual override.
+ * This method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all
+ * C++ compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and
+ * clone() methods call this method.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a
+ * given class have the same class ID. Objects of
+ * other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+
+private:
+ DecimalFormat(); // default constructor not implemented
+
+ int32_t precision(UBool isIntegral) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Do real work of constructing a new DecimalFormat.
+ */
+ void construct(UErrorCode& status,
+ UParseError& parseErr,
+ const UnicodeString* pattern = 0,
+ DecimalFormatSymbols* symbolsToAdopt = 0
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Does the real work of generating a pattern.
+ *
+ * @param result Output param which will receive the pattern.
+ * Previous contents are deleted.
+ * @param localized TRUE return localized pattern.
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ */
+ UnicodeString& toPattern(UnicodeString& result, UBool localized) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Does the real work of applying a pattern.
+ * @param pattern The pattern to be applied.
+ * @param localized If true, the pattern is localized; else false.
+ * @param parseError Struct to recieve information on position
+ * of error if an error is encountered
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on
+ * exit. If the pattern is invalid, this will be
+ * set to a failure result.
+ */
+ void applyPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UBool localized,
+ UParseError& parseError,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+ /**
+ * Do the work of formatting a number, either a double or a long.
+ *
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param fieldPosition On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @param digits the digits to be formatted.
+ * @param isInteger if TRUE format the digits as Integer.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ */
+ UnicodeString& subformat(UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& fieldPosition,
+ DigitList& digits,
+ UBool isInteger) const;
+
+ void parse(const UnicodeString& text,
+ Formattable& result,
+ ParsePosition& pos,
+ UBool parseCurrency) const;
+
+ enum {
+ fgStatusInfinite,
+ fgStatusLength // Leave last in list.
+ } StatusFlags;
+
+ UBool subparse(const UnicodeString& text, ParsePosition& parsePosition,
+ DigitList& digits, UBool* status,
+ UChar* currency) const;
+
+ int32_t skipPadding(const UnicodeString& text, int32_t position) const;
+
+ int32_t compareAffix(const UnicodeString& input,
+ int32_t pos,
+ UBool isNegative,
+ UBool isPrefix,
+ UChar* currency) const;
+
+ static int32_t compareSimpleAffix(const UnicodeString& affix,
+ const UnicodeString& input,
+ int32_t pos,
+ UBool strict);
+
+ static int32_t skipRuleWhiteSpace(const UnicodeString& text, int32_t pos);
+
+ static int32_t skipUWhiteSpace(const UnicodeString& text, int32_t pos);
+
+ int32_t compareComplexAffix(const UnicodeString& affixPat,
+ const UnicodeString& input,
+ int32_t pos,
+ UChar* currency) const;
+
+ static int32_t match(const UnicodeString& text, int32_t pos, UChar32 ch);
+
+ static int32_t match(const UnicodeString& text, int32_t pos, const UnicodeString& str);
+
+ static UBool matchSymbol(const UnicodeString &text, int32_t position, int32_t length, const UnicodeString &symbol,
+ UnicodeSet *sset, UChar32 schar);
+
+ /**
+ * Get a decimal format symbol.
+ * Returns a const reference to the symbol string.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ inline const UnicodeString &getConstSymbol(DecimalFormatSymbols::ENumberFormatSymbol symbol) const;
+
+ int32_t appendAffix(UnicodeString& buf, double number,
+ UBool isNegative, UBool isPrefix) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Append an affix to the given UnicodeString, using quotes if
+ * there are special characters. Single quotes themselves must be
+ * escaped in either case.
+ */
+ void appendAffixPattern(UnicodeString& appendTo, const UnicodeString& affix,
+ UBool localized) const;
+
+ void appendAffixPattern(UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ const UnicodeString* affixPattern,
+ const UnicodeString& expAffix, UBool localized) const;
+
+ void expandAffix(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UnicodeString& affix,
+ double number,
+ UBool doFormat) const;
+
+ void expandAffixes();
+
+ static double round(double a, ERoundingMode mode, UBool isNegative);
+
+ void addPadding(UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& fieldPosition,
+ int32_t prefixLen, int32_t suffixLen) const;
+
+ UBool isGroupingPosition(int32_t pos) const;
+
+ void setCurrencyForSymbols();
+
+ /**
+ * Constants.
+ */
+ //static const int8_t fgMaxDigit; // The largest digit, in this case 9
+
+ /*transient*/ //DigitList* fDigitList;
+
+ UnicodeString fPositivePrefix;
+ UnicodeString fPositiveSuffix;
+ UnicodeString fNegativePrefix;
+ UnicodeString fNegativeSuffix;
+ UnicodeString* fPosPrefixPattern;
+ UnicodeString* fPosSuffixPattern;
+ UnicodeString* fNegPrefixPattern;
+ UnicodeString* fNegSuffixPattern;
+
+ /**
+ * Formatter for ChoiceFormat-based currency names. If this field
+ * is not null, then delegate to it to format currency symbols.
+ * @since ICU 2.6
+ */
+ ChoiceFormat* fCurrencyChoice;
+
+ int32_t fMultiplier;
+ int32_t fGroupingSize;
+ int32_t fGroupingSize2;
+ UBool fDecimalSeparatorAlwaysShown;
+ /*transient*/ UBool fIsCurrencyFormat;
+ DecimalFormatSymbols* fSymbols;
+
+ UBool fUseSignificantDigits;
+ int32_t fMinSignificantDigits;
+ int32_t fMaxSignificantDigits;
+
+ UBool fUseExponentialNotation;
+ int8_t fMinExponentDigits;
+ UBool fExponentSignAlwaysShown;
+
+ /* If fRoundingIncrement is NULL, there is no rounding. Otherwise, round to
+ * fRoundingIncrement.getDouble(). Since this operation may be expensive,
+ * we cache the result in fRoundingDouble. All methods that update
+ * fRoundingIncrement also update fRoundingDouble. */
+ DigitList* fRoundingIncrement;
+ /*transient*/ double fRoundingDouble;
+ ERoundingMode fRoundingMode;
+
+ UChar32 fPad;
+ int32_t fFormatWidth;
+ EPadPosition fPadPosition;
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the currency in effect for this formatter. Subclasses
+ * should override this method as needed. Unlike getCurrency(),
+ * this method should never return "".
+ * @result output parameter for null-terminated result, which must
+ * have a capacity of at least 4
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual void getEffectiveCurrency(UChar* result, UErrorCode& ec) const;
+
+ /** number of integer digits
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static const int32_t kDoubleIntegerDigits;
+ /** number of fraction digits
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static const int32_t kDoubleFractionDigits;
+
+ /**
+ * When someone turns on scientific mode, we assume that more than this
+ * number of digits is due to flipping from some other mode that didn't
+ * restrict the maximum, and so we force 1 integer digit. We don't bother
+ * to track and see if someone is using exponential notation with more than
+ * this number, it wouldn't make sense anyway, and this is just to make sure
+ * that someone turning on scientific mode with default settings doesn't
+ * end up with lots of zeroes.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ static const int32_t kMaxScientificIntegerDigits;
+};
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+DecimalFormat::format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ UErrorCode& status) const {
+ // Don't use Format:: - use immediate base class only,
+ // in case immediate base modifies behavior later.
+ return NumberFormat::format(obj, appendTo, status);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+DecimalFormat::format(double number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo) const {
+ FieldPosition pos(0);
+ return format(number, appendTo, pos);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+DecimalFormat::format(int32_t number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo) const {
+ FieldPosition pos(0);
+ return format((int64_t)number, appendTo, pos);
+}
+
+inline const UnicodeString &
+DecimalFormat::getConstSymbol(DecimalFormatSymbols::ENumberFormatSymbol symbol) const {
+ return fSymbols->getConstSymbol(symbol);
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // _DECIMFMT
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/docmain.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/docmain.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..973ebea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/docmain.h
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/********************************************************************
+ * COPYRIGHT:
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2007, International Business Machines Corporation and
+ * others. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * FILE NAME: DOCMAIN.h
+ *
+ * Date Name Description
+ * 12/11/2000 Ram Creation.
+ */
+
+/* This file contains documentation for Doxygen and doesnot have
+ * any significance with respect to C or C++ API
+ */
+
+/*! \mainpage
+ *
+ * \section API API Reference Usage
+ *
+ * <h3>C++ Programmers:</h3>
+ * <p>Use <a href="hierarchy.html">Class Hierarchy</a> or <a href="classes.html"> Alphabetical List </a>
+ * or <a href="annotated.html"> Compound List</a>
+ * to find the class you are interested in. For example, to find BreakIterator,
+ * you can go to the <a href="classes.html"> Alphabetical List</a>, then click on
+ * "BreakIterator". Once you are at the class, you will find an inheritance
+ * chart, a list of the public members, a detailed description of the class,
+ * then detailed member descriptions.</p>
+ *
+ * <h3>C Programmers:</h3>
+ * <p>Use <a href="#Module">Module List</a> or <a href="globals.html">File Members</a>
+ * to find a list of all the functions and constants.
+ * For example, to find BreakIterator functions you would click on
+ * <a href="files.html"> File List</a>,
+ * then find "ubrk.h" and click on it. You will find descriptions of Defines,
+ * Typedefs, Enumerations, and Functions, with detailed descriptions below.
+ * If you want to find a specific function, such as ubrk_next(), then click
+ * first on <a href="globals.html"> File Members</a>, then use your browser
+ * Find dialog to search for "ubrk_next()".</p>
+ *
+ *
+ * <h3>API References for Previous Releases</h3>
+ * <p>The API References for each release of ICU are also available as
+ * a zip file from the ICU
+ * <a href="http://icu-project.org/download/">download page</a>.</p>
+ *
+ * <hr>
+ *
+ * <h2>Architecture (User's Guide)</h2>
+ * <ul>
+ * <li><a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/">Introduction</a></li>
+ * <li><a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/i18n.html">Internationalization</a></li>
+ * <li><a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/design.html">Locale Model</a></li>
+ * <li><a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/design.html">Multithreading</a></li>
+ * <li><a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/conversion.html">Conversion</a></li>
+ * <li><a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/design.html">Error Handling</a></li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <hr>
+ *\htmlonly <h2><a NAME="Module">Module List</a></h2> \endhtmlonly
+ * <table border="1" cols="3" align="center">
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><strong>Module Name</strong></td>
+ * <td><strong>C</strong></td>
+ * <td><strong>C++</strong></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Basic Types and Constants</td>
+ * <td>utypes.h</td>
+ * <td>utypes.h</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Strings and Character Iteration</td>
+ * <td>ustring.h, utf.h</td>
+ * <td>UnicodeString, CharacterIterator</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Unicode Character<br>Properties and Names</td>
+ * <td>uchar.h</td>
+ * <td>uchar.h C API</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Codepage Conversion</td>
+ * <td>ucnv.h</td>
+ * <td>ucnv.h C API</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Unicode Text Compression</td>
+ * <td>ucnv.h <br> (encoding name "SCSU" or "BOCU-1")</td>
+ * <td>ucnv.h C API</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Locales </td>
+ * <td>uloc.h</a></td>
+ * <td>Locale</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Resource Bundles</td>
+ * <td>ures.h</td>
+ * <td>ResourceBundle</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Normalization</td>
+ * <td>unorm.h</td>
+ * <td>Normalizer</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Calendars</td>
+ * <td>ucal.h</td>
+ * <td>Calendar</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Date and Time Formatting</td>
+ * <td>udat.h</td>
+ * <td>DateFormat</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Message Formatting</td>
+ * <td>umsg.h</td>
+ * <td>MessageFormat</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Number Formatting</td>
+ * <td>unum.h</td>
+ * <td>NumberFormat</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Number Spellout <br> (Rule Based Number Formatting)</td>
+ * <td>unum.h <br> (use UNUM_SPELLOUT)</td>
+ * <td>RuleBasedNumberFormat</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Text Transformation <br> (Transliteration)</td>
+ * <td>utrans.h</td>
+ * <td>Transliterator</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Bidirectional Algorithm</td>
+ * <td>ubidi.h</td>
+ * <td>ubidi.h C API</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Arabic Shaping</td>
+ * <td>ushape.h</td>
+ * <td>ushape.h C API</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Collation</td>
+ * <td>ucol.h</td>
+ * <td>Collator</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>String Searching</td>
+ * <td>usearch.h</td>
+ * <td>StringSearch</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Text Boundary Analysis <br> (Break Iteration)</td>
+ * <td>ubrk.h</td>
+ * <td>BreakIterator</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Unicode Set</td>
+ * <td>uset.h</td>
+ * <td>UnicodeSet</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Regular Expressions</td>
+ * <td>uregex.h</td>
+ * <td>RegexPattern, RegexMatcher</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>StringPrep</td>
+ * <td>usprep.h</td>
+ * <td>usprep.h C API</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>International Domain Names in Applications</td>
+ * <td>uidna.h</td>
+ * <td>uidna.h C API</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Universal Time Scale</td>
+ * <td>utmscale.h</td>
+ * <td>utmscale.h C API</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Basic Layout Engine Types and Constants</td>
+ * <td>(no C API)</td>
+ * <td>LETypes.h</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Complex Text Layout</td>
+ * <td>(no C API)</td>
+ * <td>LayoutEngine, ParagraphLayout</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ICU I/O</td>
+ * <td>ustdio.h</td>
+ * <td>ustream.h</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtfmtsym.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtfmtsym.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4b08bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtfmtsym.h
@@ -0,0 +1,721 @@
+/*
+********************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+********************************************************************************
+*
+* File DTFMTSYM.H
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 02/19/97 aliu Converted from java.
+* 07/21/98 stephen Added getZoneIndex()
+* Changed to match C++ conventions
+********************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef DTFMTSYM_H
+#define DTFMTSYM_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/calendar.h"
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/locid.h"
+#include "unicode/ures.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Symbols for formatting dates.
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/* forward declaration */
+class SimpleDateFormat;
+class Hashtable;
+class ZoneStringFormat;
+class SafeZoneStringFormatPtr;
+
+/**
+ * DateFormatSymbols is a public class for encapsulating localizable date-time
+ * formatting data -- including timezone data. DateFormatSymbols is used by
+ * DateFormat and SimpleDateFormat.
+ * <P>
+ * Rather than first creating a DateFormatSymbols to get a date-time formatter
+ * by using a SimpleDateFormat constructor, clients are encouraged to create a
+ * date-time formatter using the getTimeInstance(), getDateInstance(), or
+ * getDateTimeInstance() method in DateFormat. Each of these methods can return a
+ * date/time formatter initialized with a default format pattern along with the
+ * date-time formatting data for a given or default locale. After a formatter is
+ * created, clients may modify the format pattern using the setPattern function
+ * as so desired. For more information on using these formatter factory
+ * functions, see DateFormat.
+ * <P>
+ * If clients decide to create a date-time formatter with a particular format
+ * pattern and locale, they can do so with new SimpleDateFormat(aPattern,
+ * new DateFormatSymbols(aLocale)). This will load the appropriate date-time
+ * formatting data from the locale.
+ * <P>
+ * DateFormatSymbols objects are clonable. When clients obtain a
+ * DateFormatSymbols object, they can feel free to modify the date-time
+ * formatting data as necessary. For instance, clients can
+ * replace the localized date-time format pattern characters with the ones that
+ * they feel easy to remember. Or they can change the representative cities
+ * originally picked by default to using their favorite ones.
+ * <P>
+ * DateFormatSymbols are not expected to be subclassed. Data for a calendar is
+ * loaded out of resource bundles. The 'type' parameter indicates the type of
+ * calendar, for example, "gregorian" or "japanese". If the type is not gregorian
+ * (or NULL, or an empty string) then the type is appended to the resource name,
+ * for example, 'Eras_japanese' instead of 'Eras'. If the resource 'Eras_japanese' did
+ * not exist (even in root), then this class will fall back to just 'Eras', that is,
+ * Gregorian data. Therefore, the calendar implementor MUST ensure that the root
+ * locale at least contains any resources that are to be particularized for the
+ * calendar type.
+ */
+class U_I18N_API DateFormatSymbols : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Construct a DateFormatSymbols object by loading format data from
+ * resources for the default locale, in the default calendar (Gregorian).
+ * <P>
+ * NOTE: This constructor will never fail; if it cannot get resource
+ * data for the default locale, it will return a last-resort object
+ * based on hard-coded strings.
+ *
+ * @param status Status code. Failure
+ * results if the resources for the default cannot be
+ * found or cannot be loaded
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DateFormatSymbols(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a DateFormatSymbols object by loading format data from
+ * resources for the given locale, in the default calendar (Gregorian).
+ *
+ * @param locale Locale to load format data from.
+ * @param status Status code. Failure
+ * results if the resources for the locale cannot be
+ * found or cannot be loaded
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DateFormatSymbols(const Locale& locale,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a DateFormatSymbols object by loading format data from
+ * resources for the default locale, in the default calendar (Gregorian).
+ * <P>
+ * NOTE: This constructor will never fail; if it cannot get resource
+ * data for the default locale, it will return a last-resort object
+ * based on hard-coded strings.
+ *
+ * @param type Type of calendar (as returned by Calendar::getType).
+ * Will be used to access the correct set of strings.
+ * (NULL or empty string defaults to "gregorian".)
+ * @param status Status code. Failure
+ * results if the resources for the default cannot be
+ * found or cannot be loaded
+ * @internal
+ */
+ DateFormatSymbols(const char *type, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a DateFormatSymbols object by loading format data from
+ * resources for the given locale, in the default calendar (Gregorian).
+ *
+ * @param locale Locale to load format data from.
+ * @param type Type of calendar (as returned by Calendar::getType).
+ * Will be used to access the correct set of strings.
+ * (NULL or empty string defaults to "gregorian".)
+ * @param status Status code. Failure
+ * results if the resources for the locale cannot be
+ * found or cannot be loaded
+ * @internal
+ */
+ DateFormatSymbols(const Locale& locale,
+ const char *type,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DateFormatSymbols(const DateFormatSymbols&);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ DateFormatSymbols& operator=(const DateFormatSymbols&);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor. This is nonvirtual because this class is not designed to be
+ * subclassed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~DateFormatSymbols();
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if another object is semantically equal to this one.
+ *
+ * @param other the DateFormatSymbols object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if other is semantically equal to this.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator==(const DateFormatSymbols& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if another object is semantically unequal to this one.
+ *
+ * @param other the DateFormatSymbols object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if other is semantically unequal to this.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const DateFormatSymbols& other) const { return !operator==(other); }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets abbreviated era strings. For example: "AD" and "BC".
+ *
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @return the era strings.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const UnicodeString* getEras(int32_t& count) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets abbreviated era strings. For example: "AD" and "BC".
+ * @param eras Array of era strings (DateFormatSymbols retains ownership.)
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setEras(const UnicodeString* eras, int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets era name strings. For example: "Anno Domini" and "Before Christ".
+ *
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @return the era name strings.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ const UnicodeString* getEraNames(int32_t& count) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets era name strings. For example: "Anno Domini" and "Before Christ".
+ * @param eraNames Array of era name strings (DateFormatSymbols retains ownership.)
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ void setEraNames(const UnicodeString* eraNames, int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets narrow era strings. For example: A" and "D".
+ *
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @return the narrow era strings.
+ * @draft ICU 4.2
+ */
+ const UnicodeString* getNarrowEras(int32_t& count) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets narrow era strings. For example: "A" and "B".
+ * @param narrowEras Array of narrow era strings (DateFormatSymbols retains ownership.)
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @draft ICU 4.2
+ */
+ void setNarrowEras(const UnicodeString* narrowEras, int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets month strings. For example: "January", "February", etc.
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @return the month strings. (DateFormatSymbols retains ownership.)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const UnicodeString* getMonths(int32_t& count) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets month strings. For example: "January", "February", etc.
+ *
+ * @param months the new month strings. (not adopted; caller retains ownership)
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setMonths(const UnicodeString* months, int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets short month strings. For example: "Jan", "Feb", etc.
+ *
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @return the short month strings. (DateFormatSymbols retains ownership.)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const UnicodeString* getShortMonths(int32_t& count) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets short month strings. For example: "Jan", "Feb", etc.
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @param shortMonths the new short month strings. (not adopted; caller retains ownership)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setShortMonths(const UnicodeString* shortMonths, int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Selector for date formatting context
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ enum DtContextType {
+ FORMAT,
+ STANDALONE,
+ DT_CONTEXT_COUNT
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Selector for date formatting width
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ enum DtWidthType {
+ ABBREVIATED,
+ WIDE,
+ NARROW,
+ DT_WIDTH_COUNT
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Gets month strings by width and context. For example: "January", "February", etc.
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @param context The formatting context, either FORMAT or STANDALONE
+ * @param width The width of returned strings, either WIDE, ABBREVIATED, or NARROW.
+ * @return the month strings. (DateFormatSymbols retains ownership.)
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ const UnicodeString* getMonths(int32_t& count, DtContextType context, DtWidthType width) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets month strings by width and context. For example: "January", "February", etc.
+ *
+ * @param months The new month strings. (not adopted; caller retains ownership)
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @param context The formatting context, either FORMAT or STANDALONE
+ * @param width The width of returned strings, either WIDE, ABBREVIATED, or NARROW.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ void setMonths(const UnicodeString* months, int32_t count, DtContextType context, DtWidthType width);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets weekday strings. For example: "Sunday", "Monday", etc.
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @return the weekday strings. (DateFormatSymbols retains ownership.)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const UnicodeString* getWeekdays(int32_t& count) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Sets weekday strings. For example: "Sunday", "Monday", etc.
+ * @param weekdays the new weekday strings. (not adopted; caller retains ownership)
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setWeekdays(const UnicodeString* weekdays, int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets short weekday strings. For example: "Sun", "Mon", etc.
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @return the short weekday strings. (DateFormatSymbols retains ownership.)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const UnicodeString* getShortWeekdays(int32_t& count) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets short weekday strings. For example: "Sun", "Mon", etc.
+ * @param shortWeekdays the new short weekday strings. (not adopted; caller retains ownership)
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setShortWeekdays(const UnicodeString* shortWeekdays, int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets weekday strings by width and context. For example: "Sunday", "Monday", etc.
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @param context The formatting context, either FORMAT or STANDALONE
+ * @param width The width of returned strings, either WIDE, ABBREVIATED, or NARROW
+ * @return the month strings. (DateFormatSymbols retains ownership.)
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ const UnicodeString* getWeekdays(int32_t& count, DtContextType context, DtWidthType width) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets weekday strings by width and context. For example: "Sunday", "Monday", etc.
+ * @param weekdays The new weekday strings. (not adopted; caller retains ownership)
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @param context The formatting context, either FORMAT or STANDALONE
+ * @param width The width of returned strings, either WIDE, ABBREVIATED, or NARROW
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ void setWeekdays(const UnicodeString* weekdays, int32_t count, DtContextType context, DtWidthType width);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets quarter strings by width and context. For example: "1st Quarter", "2nd Quarter", etc.
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @param context The formatting context, either FORMAT or STANDALONE
+ * @param width The width of returned strings, either WIDE or ABBREVIATED. There
+ * are no NARROW quarters.
+ * @return the quarter strings. (DateFormatSymbols retains ownership.)
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ const UnicodeString* getQuarters(int32_t& count, DtContextType context, DtWidthType width) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets quarter strings by width and context. For example: "1st Quarter", "2nd Quarter", etc.
+ *
+ * @param quarters The new quarter strings. (not adopted; caller retains ownership)
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @param context The formatting context, either FORMAT or STANDALONE
+ * @param width The width of returned strings, either WIDE or ABBREVIATED. There
+ * are no NARROW quarters.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ void setQuarters(const UnicodeString* quarters, int32_t count, DtContextType context, DtWidthType width);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets AM/PM strings. For example: "AM" and "PM".
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @return the weekday strings. (DateFormatSymbols retains ownership.)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const UnicodeString* getAmPmStrings(int32_t& count) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets ampm strings. For example: "AM" and "PM".
+ * @param ampms the new ampm strings. (not adopted; caller retains ownership)
+ * @param count Filled in with length of the array.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setAmPmStrings(const UnicodeString* ampms, int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets timezone strings. These strings are stored in a 2-dimensional array.
+ * @param rowCount Output param to receive number of rows.
+ * @param columnCount Output param to receive number of columns.
+ * @return The timezone strings as a 2-d array. (DateFormatSymbols retains ownership.)
+ * @deprecated ICU 3.6
+ */
+ const UnicodeString** getZoneStrings(int32_t& rowCount, int32_t& columnCount) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets timezone strings. These strings are stored in a 2-dimensional array.
+ * @param strings The timezone strings as a 2-d array to be copied. (not adopted; caller retains ownership)
+ * @param rowCount The number of rows (count of first index).
+ * @param columnCount The number of columns (count of second index).
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setZoneStrings(const UnicodeString* const* strings, int32_t rowCount, int32_t columnCount);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the non-localized date-time pattern characters.
+ * @return the non-localized date-time pattern characters
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static const UChar * U_EXPORT2 getPatternUChars(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets localized date-time pattern characters. For example: 'u', 't', etc.
+ * <p>
+ * Note: ICU no longer provides localized date-time pattern characters for a locale
+ * starting ICU 3.8. This method returns the non-localized date-time pattern
+ * characters unless user defined localized data is set by setLocalPatternChars.
+ * @param result Output param which will receive the localized date-time pattern characters.
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getLocalPatternChars(UnicodeString& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets localized date-time pattern characters. For example: 'u', 't', etc.
+ * @param newLocalPatternChars the new localized date-time
+ * pattern characters.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setLocalPatternChars(const UnicodeString& newLocalPatternChars);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the locale for this object. Two flavors are available:
+ * valid and actual locale.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ Locale getLocale(ULocDataLocaleType type, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+private:
+
+ friend class SimpleDateFormat;
+ friend class DateFormatSymbolsSingleSetter; // see udat.cpp
+
+ /**
+ * Abbreviated era strings. For example: "AD" and "BC".
+ */
+ UnicodeString* fEras;
+ int32_t fErasCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Era name strings. For example: "Anno Domini" and "Before Christ".
+ */
+ UnicodeString* fEraNames;
+ int32_t fEraNamesCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Narrow era strings. For example: "A" and "B".
+ */
+ UnicodeString* fNarrowEras;
+ int32_t fNarrowErasCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Month strings. For example: "January", "February", etc.
+ */
+ UnicodeString* fMonths;
+ int32_t fMonthsCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Short month strings. For example: "Jan", "Feb", etc.
+ */
+ UnicodeString* fShortMonths;
+ int32_t fShortMonthsCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Narrow month strings. For example: "J", "F", etc.
+ */
+ UnicodeString* fNarrowMonths;
+ int32_t fNarrowMonthsCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Standalone Month strings. For example: "January", "February", etc.
+ */
+ UnicodeString* fStandaloneMonths;
+ int32_t fStandaloneMonthsCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Standalone Short month strings. For example: "Jan", "Feb", etc.
+ */
+ UnicodeString* fStandaloneShortMonths;
+ int32_t fStandaloneShortMonthsCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Standalone Narrow month strings. For example: "J", "F", etc.
+ */
+ UnicodeString* fStandaloneNarrowMonths;
+ int32_t fStandaloneNarrowMonthsCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Weekday strings. For example: "Sunday", "Monday", etc.
+ */
+ UnicodeString* fWeekdays;
+ int32_t fWeekdaysCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Short weekday strings. For example: "Sun", "Mon", etc.
+ */
+ UnicodeString* fShortWeekdays;
+ int32_t fShortWeekdaysCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Narrow weekday strings. For example: "Sun", "Mon", etc.
+ */
+ UnicodeString* fNarrowWeekdays;
+ int32_t fNarrowWeekdaysCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Standalone Weekday strings. For example: "Sunday", "Monday", etc.
+ */
+ UnicodeString* fStandaloneWeekdays;
+ int32_t fStandaloneWeekdaysCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Standalone Short weekday strings. For example: "Sun", "Mon", etc.
+ */
+ UnicodeString* fStandaloneShortWeekdays;
+ int32_t fStandaloneShortWeekdaysCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Standalone Narrow weekday strings. For example: "Sun", "Mon", etc.
+ */
+ UnicodeString* fStandaloneNarrowWeekdays;
+ int32_t fStandaloneNarrowWeekdaysCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Ampm strings. For example: "AM" and "PM".
+ */
+ UnicodeString* fAmPms;
+ int32_t fAmPmsCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Quarter strings. For example: "1st quarter", "2nd quarter", etc.
+ */
+ UnicodeString *fQuarters;
+ int32_t fQuartersCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Short quarters. For example: "Q1", "Q2", etc.
+ */
+ UnicodeString *fShortQuarters;
+ int32_t fShortQuartersCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Standalone quarter strings. For example: "1st quarter", "2nd quarter", etc.
+ */
+ UnicodeString *fStandaloneQuarters;
+ int32_t fStandaloneQuartersCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Standalone short quarter strings. For example: "Q1", "Q2", etc.
+ */
+ UnicodeString *fStandaloneShortQuarters;
+ int32_t fStandaloneShortQuartersCount;
+
+ /**
+ * The format data of all the timezones in this locale.
+ */
+ UnicodeString **fZoneStrings; // Zone string array set by setZoneStrings
+ UnicodeString **fLocaleZoneStrings; // Zone string array created by the locale
+ int32_t fZoneStringsRowCount;
+ int32_t fZoneStringsColCount;
+
+ const ZoneStringFormat *fZoneStringFormat;
+ ZoneStringFormat *fZSFLocal; // Local ZoneStringFormat instance
+ SafeZoneStringFormatPtr *fZSFCachePtr; // Cached ZoneStringFormat
+ Locale fZSFLocale; // Locale used for getting ZoneStringFormat
+
+ /**
+ * Pattern string used for localized time zone GMT format. For example, "GMT{0}"
+ */
+ UnicodeString fGmtFormat;
+
+ /**
+ * Pattern strings used for formatting zone offset in a localized time zone GMT string.
+ */
+ UnicodeString *fGmtHourFormats;
+ int32_t fGmtHourFormatsCount;
+
+ enum GMTHourType {
+ GMT_NEGATIVE_HMS = 0,
+ GMT_NEGATIVE_HM,
+ GMT_POSITIVE_HMS,
+ GMT_POSITIVE_HM,
+ GMT_HOUR_COUNT
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Localized date-time pattern characters. For example: use 'u' as 'y'.
+ */
+ UnicodeString fLocalPatternChars;
+
+private:
+ /** valid/actual locale information
+ * these are always ICU locales, so the length should not be a problem
+ */
+ char validLocale[ULOC_FULLNAME_CAPACITY];
+ char actualLocale[ULOC_FULLNAME_CAPACITY];
+
+ DateFormatSymbols(); // default constructor not implemented
+
+ /**
+ * Called by the constructors to actually load data from the resources
+ *
+ * @param locale The locale to get symbols for.
+ * @param type Calendar Type (as from Calendar::getType())
+ * @param status Input/output parameter, set to success or
+ * failure code upon return.
+ * @param useLastResortData determine if use last resort data
+ */
+ void initializeData(const Locale&, const char *type, UErrorCode& status, UBool useLastResortData = FALSE);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy or alias an array in another object, as appropriate.
+ *
+ * @param dstArray the copy destination array.
+ * @param dstCount fill in with the lenth of 'dstArray'.
+ * @param srcArray the source array to be copied.
+ * @param srcCount the length of items to be copied from the 'srcArray'.
+ */
+ static void assignArray(UnicodeString*& dstArray,
+ int32_t& dstCount,
+ const UnicodeString* srcArray,
+ int32_t srcCount);
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given arrays' contents are equal, or if the arrays are
+ * identical (pointers are equal).
+ *
+ * @param array1 one array to be compared with.
+ * @param array2 another array to be compared with.
+ * @param count the length of items to be copied.
+ * @return true if the given arrays' contents are equal, or if the arrays are
+ * identical (pointers are equal).
+ */
+ static UBool arrayCompare(const UnicodeString* array1,
+ const UnicodeString* array2,
+ int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Create a copy, in fZoneStrings, of the given zone strings array. The
+ * member variables fZoneStringsRowCount and fZoneStringsColCount should be
+ * set already by the caller.
+ */
+ void createZoneStrings(const UnicodeString *const * otherStrings);
+
+ /**
+ * Delete all the storage owned by this object.
+ */
+ void dispose(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy all of the other's data to this.
+ * @param other the object to be copied.
+ */
+ void copyData(const DateFormatSymbols& other);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a ZoneStringFormat, used only by SimpleDateFormat for now.
+ */
+ const ZoneStringFormat* getZoneStringFormat(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Create a ZoneStringFormat by locale if not yet availble
+ */
+ void initZoneStringFormat(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Create zone strings array by locale if not yet available
+ */
+ void initZoneStringsArray(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Delete just the zone strings.
+ */
+ void disposeZoneStrings(void);
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // _DTFMTSYM
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtintrv.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtintrv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b55dcd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtintrv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2008, International Business Machines Corporation and
+* others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* File DTINTRV.H
+*
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef __DTINTRV_H__
+#define __DTINTRV_H__
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Date Interval data type
+ */
+
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+
+/**
+ * This class represents a date interval.
+ * It is a pair of UDate representing from UDate 1 to UDate 2.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+**/
+class U_COMMON_API DateInterval : public UObject {
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a DateInterval given a from date and a to date.
+ * @param fromDate The from date in date interval.
+ * @param toDate The to date in date interval.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateInterval(UDate fromDate, UDate toDate);
+
+ /**
+ * destructor
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual ~DateInterval();
+
+ /**
+ * Get the from date.
+ * @return the from date in dateInterval.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UDate getFromDate() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Get the to date.
+ * @return the to date in dateInterval.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UDate getToDate() const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for comparing to
+ * a return value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * . Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * . if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * . erived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ * </pre>
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual override. This
+ * method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++
+ * compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and clone()
+ * methods call this method.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a
+ * given class have the same class ID. Objects of
+ * other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateInterval(const DateInterval& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Default assignment operator
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateInterval& operator=(const DateInterval&);
+
+ /**
+ * Equality operator.
+ * @return TRUE if the two DateIntervals are the same
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const DateInterval& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Non-equality operator
+ * @return TRUE if the two DateIntervals are not the same
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const DateInterval& other) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * clone this object.
+ * The caller owns the result and should delete it when done.
+ * @return a cloned DateInterval
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual DateInterval* clone() const;
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Default constructor, not implemented.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateInterval();
+
+ UDate fromDate;
+ UDate toDate;
+
+} ;// end class DateInterval
+
+
+inline UDate
+DateInterval::getFromDate() const {
+ return fromDate;
+}
+
+
+inline UDate
+DateInterval::getToDate() const {
+ return toDate;
+}
+
+
+inline UBool
+DateInterval::operator!=(const DateInterval& other) const {
+ return ( !operator==(other) );
+}
+
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtitvfmt.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtitvfmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2384437
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtitvfmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,949 @@
+/********************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2008, International Business Machines Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* File DTITVFMT.H
+*
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef __DTITVFMT_H__
+#define __DTITVFMT_H__
+
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Format and parse date interval in a language-independent manner.
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/ucal.h"
+#include "unicode/smpdtfmt.h"
+#include "unicode/dtintrv.h"
+#include "unicode/dtitvinf.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+
+
+/**
+ * DateIntervalFormat is a class for formatting and parsing date
+ * intervals in a language-independent manner.
+ * Date interval formatting is supported in Gregorian calendar only.
+ * And only formatting is supported. Parsing is not supported.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * Date interval means from one date to another date,
+ * for example, from "Jan 11, 2008" to "Jan 18, 2008".
+ * We introduced class DateInterval to represent it.
+ * DateInterval is a pair of UDate, which is
+ * the standard milliseconds since 24:00 GMT, Jan 1, 1970.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * DateIntervalFormat formats a DateInterval into
+ * text as compactly as possible.
+ * For example, the date interval format from "Jan 11, 2008" to "Jan 18,. 2008"
+ * is "Jan 11-18, 2008" for English.
+ * And it parses text into DateInterval,
+ * although initially, parsing is not supported.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * There is no structural information in date time patterns.
+ * For any punctuations and string literals inside a date time pattern,
+ * we do not know whether it is just a separator, or a prefix, or a suffix.
+ * Without such information, so, it is difficult to generate a sub-pattern
+ * (or super-pattern) by algorithm.
+ * So, formatting a DateInterval is pattern-driven. It is very
+ * similar to formatting in SimpleDateFormat.
+ * We introduce class DateIntervalInfo to save date interval
+ * patterns, similar to date time pattern in SimpleDateFormat.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * Logically, the interval patterns are mappings
+ * from (skeleton, the_largest_different_calendar_field)
+ * to (date_interval_pattern).
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * A skeleton
+ * <ol>
+ * <li>
+ * only keeps the field pattern letter and ignores all other parts
+ * in a pattern, such as space, punctuations, and string literals.
+ * </li>
+ * <li>
+ * hides the order of fields.
+ * </li>
+ * <li>
+ * might hide a field's pattern letter length.
+ * </li>
+ * </ol>
+ *
+ * For those non-digit calendar fields, the pattern letter length is
+ * important, such as MMM, MMMM, and MMMMM; EEE and EEEE,
+ * and the field's pattern letter length is honored.
+ *
+ * For the digit calendar fields, such as M or MM, d or dd, yy or yyyy,
+ * the field pattern length is ignored and the best match, which is defined
+ * in date time patterns, will be returned without honor the field pattern
+ * letter length in skeleton.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * The calendar fields we support for interval formatting are:
+ * year, month, date, day-of-week, am-pm, hour, hour-of-day, and minute.
+ * Those calendar fields can be defined in the following order:
+ * year > month > date > hour (in day) > minute
+ *
+ * The largest different calendar fields between 2 calendars is the
+ * first different calendar field in above order.
+ *
+ * For example: the largest different calendar fields between "Jan 10, 2007"
+ * and "Feb 20, 2008" is year.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * For other calendar fields, the compact interval formatting is not
+ * supported. And the interval format will be fall back to fall-back
+ * patterns, which is mostly "{date0} - {date1}".
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * There is a set of pre-defined static skeleton strings.
+ * There are pre-defined interval patterns for those pre-defined skeletons
+ * in locales' resource files.
+ * For example, for a skeleton UDAT_YEAR_ABBR_MONTH_DAY, which is "yMMMd",
+ * in en_US, if the largest different calendar field between date1 and date2
+ * is "year", the date interval pattern is "MMM d, yyyy - MMM d, yyyy",
+ * such as "Jan 10, 2007 - Jan 10, 2008".
+ * If the largest different calendar field between date1 and date2 is "month",
+ * the date interval pattern is "MMM d - MMM d, yyyy",
+ * such as "Jan 10 - Feb 10, 2007".
+ * If the largest different calendar field between date1 and date2 is "day",
+ * the date interval pattern is ""MMM d-d, yyyy", such as "Jan 10-20, 2007".
+ *
+ * For date skeleton, the interval patterns when year, or month, or date is
+ * different are defined in resource files.
+ * For time skeleton, the interval patterns when am/pm, or hour, or minute is
+ * different are defined in resource files.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * If a skeleton is not found in a locale's DateIntervalInfo, which means
+ * the interval patterns for the skeleton is not defined in resource file,
+ * the interval pattern will falls back to the interval "fallback" pattern
+ * defined in resource file.
+ * If the interval "fallback" pattern is not defined, the default fall-back
+ * is "{date0} - {data1}".
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * For the combination of date and time,
+ * The rule to generate interval patterns are:
+ * <ol>
+ * <li>
+ * when the year, month, or day differs, falls back to fall-back
+ * interval pattern, which mostly is the concatenate the two original
+ * expressions with a separator between,
+ * For example, interval pattern from "Jan 10, 2007 10:10 am"
+ * to "Jan 11, 2007 10:10am" is
+ * "Jan 10, 2007 10:10 am - Jan 11, 2007 10:10am"
+ * </li>
+ * <li>
+ * otherwise, present the date followed by the range expression
+ * for the time.
+ * For example, interval pattern from "Jan 10, 2007 10:10 am"
+ * to "Jan 10, 2007 11:10am" is "Jan 10, 2007 10:10 am - 11:10am"
+ * </li>
+ * </ol>
+ *
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * If two dates are the same, the interval pattern is the single date pattern.
+ * For example, interval pattern from "Jan 10, 2007" to "Jan 10, 2007" is
+ * "Jan 10, 2007".
+ *
+ * Or if the presenting fields between 2 dates have the exact same values,
+ * the interval pattern is the single date pattern.
+ * For example, if user only requests year and month,
+ * the interval pattern from "Jan 10, 2007" to "Jan 20, 2007" is "Jan 2007".
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * DateIntervalFormat needs the following information for correct
+ * formatting: time zone, calendar type, pattern, date format symbols,
+ * and date interval patterns.
+ * It can be instantiated in 2 ways:
+ * <ol>
+ * <li>
+ * create an instance using default or given locale plus given skeleton.
+ * Users are encouraged to created date interval formatter this way and
+ * to use the pre-defined skeleton macros, such as
+ * UDAT_YEAR_NUM_MONTH, which consists the calendar fields and
+ * the format style.
+ * </li>
+ * <li>
+ * create an instance using default or given locale plus given skeleton
+ * plus a given DateIntervalInfo.
+ * This factory method is for powerful users who want to provide their own
+ * interval patterns.
+ * Locale provides the timezone, calendar, and format symbols information.
+ * Local plus skeleton provides full pattern information.
+ * DateIntervalInfo provides the date interval patterns.
+ * </li>
+ * </ol>
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * For the calendar field pattern letter, such as G, y, M, d, a, h, H, m, s etc.
+ * DateIntervalFormat uses the same syntax as that of
+ * DateTime format.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * Code Sample: general usage
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * // the date interval object which the DateIntervalFormat formats on
+ * // and parses into
+ * DateInterval* dtInterval = new DateInterval(1000*3600*24, 1000*3600*24*2);
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * DateIntervalFormat* dtIntervalFmt = DateIntervalFormat::createInstance(
+ * UDAT_YEAR_MONTH_DAY,
+ * Locale("en", "GB", ""), status);
+ * UnicodeUnicodeString dateIntervalString;
+ * FieldPosition pos = 0;
+ * // formatting
+ * dtIntervalFmt->format(dtInterval, dateIntervalUnicodeString, pos, status);
+ * delete dtIntervalFmt;
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ */
+
+class U_I18N_API DateIntervalFormat : public Format {
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a DateIntervalFormat from skeleton and the default locale.
+ *
+ * This is a convenient override of
+ * createInstance(const UnicodeString& skeleton, const Locale& locale,
+ * UErrorCode&)
+ * with the value of locale as default locale.
+ *
+ * @param skeleton the skeleton on which interval format based.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @return a date time interval formatter which the caller owns.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static DateIntervalFormat* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(
+ const UnicodeString& skeleton,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a DateIntervalFormat from skeleton and a given locale.
+ * <P>
+ * In this factory method,
+ * the date interval pattern information is load from resource files.
+ * Users are encouraged to created date interval formatter this way and
+ * to use the pre-defined skeleton macros.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * There are pre-defined skeletons (defined in udate.h) having predefined
+ * interval patterns in resource files.
+ * Users are encouraged to use those macros.
+ * For example:
+ * DateIntervalFormat::createInstance(UDAT_MONTH_DAY, status)
+ *
+ * The given Locale provides the interval patterns.
+ * For example, for en_GB, if skeleton is UDAT_YEAR_ABBR_MONTH_WEEKDAY_DAY,
+ * which is "yMMMEEEd",
+ * the interval patterns defined in resource file to above skeleton are:
+ * "EEE, d MMM, yyyy - EEE, d MMM, yyyy" for year differs,
+ * "EEE, d MMM - EEE, d MMM, yyyy" for month differs,
+ * "EEE, d - EEE, d MMM, yyyy" for day differs,
+ * @param skeleton the skeleton on which interval format based.
+ * @param locale the given locale
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @return a date time interval formatter which the caller owns.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+
+ static DateIntervalFormat* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(
+ const UnicodeString& skeleton,
+ const Locale& locale,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a DateIntervalFormat from skeleton
+ * DateIntervalInfo, and default locale.
+ *
+ * This is a convenient override of
+ * createInstance(const UnicodeString& skeleton, const Locale& locale,
+ * const DateIntervalInfo& dtitvinf, UErrorCode&)
+ * with the locale value as default locale.
+ *
+ * @param skeleton the skeleton on which interval format based.
+ * @param dtitvinf the DateIntervalInfo object.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @return a date time interval formatter which the caller owns.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static DateIntervalFormat* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(
+ const UnicodeString& skeleton,
+ const DateIntervalInfo& dtitvinf,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a DateIntervalFormat from skeleton
+ * a DateIntervalInfo, and the given locale.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * In this factory method, user provides its own date interval pattern
+ * information, instead of using those pre-defined data in resource file.
+ * This factory method is for powerful users who want to provide their own
+ * interval patterns.
+ * <P>
+ * There are pre-defined skeletons (defined in udate.h) having predefined
+ * interval patterns in resource files.
+ * Users are encouraged to use those macros.
+ * For example:
+ * DateIntervalFormat::createInstance(UDAT_MONTH_DAY, status)
+ *
+ * The DateIntervalInfo provides the interval patterns.
+ * and the DateIntervalInfo ownership remains to the caller.
+ *
+ * User are encouraged to set default interval pattern in DateIntervalInfo
+ * as well, if they want to set other interval patterns ( instead of
+ * reading the interval patterns from resource files).
+ * When the corresponding interval pattern for a largest calendar different
+ * field is not found ( if user not set it ), interval format fallback to
+ * the default interval pattern.
+ * If user does not provide default interval pattern, it fallback to
+ * "{date0} - {date1}"
+ *
+ * @param skeleton the skeleton on which interval format based.
+ * @param locale the given locale
+ * @param dtitvinf the DateIntervalInfo object.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @return a date time interval formatter which the caller owns.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static DateIntervalFormat* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(
+ const UnicodeString& skeleton,
+ const Locale& locale,
+ const DateIntervalInfo& dtitvinf,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual ~DateIntervalFormat();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this Format object polymorphically. The caller owns the result and
+ * should delete it when done.
+ * @return A copy of the object.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual Format* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given Format objects are semantically equal. Objects
+ * of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param other the object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given Format objects are semantically equal.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const Format& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given Format objects are not semantically equal.
+ * Objects of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param other the object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given Format objects are not semantically equal.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const Format& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Format an object to produce a string. This method handles Formattable
+ * objects with a DateInterval type.
+ * If a the Formattable object type is not a DateInterval,
+ * then it returns a failing UErrorCode.
+ *
+ * @param obj The object to format.
+ * Must be a DateInterval.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param fieldPosition On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @param status Output param filled with success/failure status.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& fieldPosition,
+ UErrorCode& status) const ;
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * Format a DateInterval to produce a string.
+ *
+ * @param dtInterval DateInterval to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param fieldPosition On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @param status Output param filled with success/failure status.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(const DateInterval* dtInterval,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& fieldPosition,
+ UErrorCode& status) const ;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Format 2 Calendars to produce a string.
+ *
+ * Note: "fromCalendar" and "toCalendar" are not const,
+ * since calendar is not const in SimpleDateFormat::format(Calendar&),
+ *
+ * @param fromCalendar calendar set to the from date in date interval
+ * to be formatted into date interval string
+ * @param toCalendar calendar set to the to date in date interval
+ * to be formatted into date interval string
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param fieldPosition On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @param status Output param filled with success/failure status.
+ * Caller needs to make sure it is SUCCESS
+ * at the function entrance
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(Calendar& fromCalendar,
+ Calendar& toCalendar,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& fieldPosition,
+ UErrorCode& status) const ;
+
+ /**
+ * Date interval parsing is not supported. Please do not use.
+ * <P>
+ * This method should handle parsing of
+ * date time interval strings into Formattable objects with
+ * DateInterval type, which is a pair of UDate.
+ * <P>
+ * Before calling, set parse_pos.index to the offset you want to start
+ * parsing at in the source. After calling, parse_pos.index is the end of
+ * the text you parsed. If error occurs, index is unchanged.
+ * <P>
+ * When parsing, leading whitespace is discarded (with a successful parse),
+ * while trailing whitespace is left as is.
+ * <P>
+ * See Format::parseObject() for more.
+ *
+ * @param source The string to be parsed into an object.
+ * @param result Formattable to be set to the parse result.
+ * If parse fails, return contents are undefined.
+ * @param parse_pos The position to start parsing at. Since no parsing
+ * is supported, upon return this param is unchanged.
+ * @return A newly created Formattable* object, or NULL
+ * on failure. The caller owns this and should
+ * delete it when done.
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void parseObject(const UnicodeString& source,
+ Formattable& result,
+ ParsePosition& parse_pos) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the date time interval patterns.
+ * @return the date time interval patterns associated with
+ * this date interval formatter.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ const DateIntervalInfo* getDateIntervalInfo(void) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Set the date time interval patterns.
+ * @param newIntervalPatterns the given interval patterns to copy.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void setDateIntervalInfo(const DateIntervalInfo& newIntervalPatterns,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the date formatter
+ * @return the date formatter associated with this date interval formatter.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ const DateFormat* getDateFormat(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for comparing to
+ * a return value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * . Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * . if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * . erived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ * </pre>
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual override. This
+ * method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++
+ * compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and clone()
+ * methods call this method.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a
+ * given class have the same class ID. Objects of
+ * other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateIntervalFormat(const DateIntervalFormat&);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateIntervalFormat& operator=(const DateIntervalFormat&);
+
+private:
+
+ /*
+ * This is for ICU internal use only. Please do not use.
+ * Save the interval pattern information.
+ * Interval pattern consists of 2 single date patterns and the separator.
+ * For example, interval pattern "MMM d - MMM d, yyyy" consists
+ * a single date pattern "MMM d", another single date pattern "MMM d, yyyy",
+ * and a separator "-".
+ * The pattern is divided into 2 parts. For above example,
+ * the first part is "MMM d - ", and the second part is "MMM d, yyyy".
+ * Also, the first date appears in an interval pattern could be
+ * the earlier date or the later date.
+ * And such information is saved in the interval pattern as well.
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ struct PatternInfo {
+ UnicodeString firstPart;
+ UnicodeString secondPart;
+ /**
+ * Whether the first date in interval pattern is later date or not.
+ * Fallback format set the default ordering.
+ * And for a particular interval pattern, the order can be
+ * overriden by prefixing the interval pattern with "latestFirst:" or
+ * "earliestFirst:"
+ * For example, given 2 date, Jan 10, 2007 to Feb 10, 2007.
+ * if the fallback format is "{0} - {1}",
+ * and the pattern is "d MMM - d MMM yyyy", the interval format is
+ * "10 Jan - 10 Feb, 2007".
+ * If the pattern is "latestFirst:d MMM - d MMM yyyy",
+ * the interval format is "10 Feb - 10 Jan, 2007"
+ */
+ UBool laterDateFirst;
+ };
+
+
+ /**
+ * default constructor
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateIntervalFormat();
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a DateIntervalFormat from DateFormat,
+ * a DateIntervalInfo, and skeleton.
+ * DateFormat provides the timezone, calendar,
+ * full pattern, and date format symbols information.
+ * It should be a SimpleDateFormat object which
+ * has a pattern in it.
+ * the DateIntervalInfo provides the interval patterns.
+ *
+ * Note: the DateIntervalFormat takes ownership of both
+ * DateFormat and DateIntervalInfo objects.
+ * Caller should not delete them.
+ *
+ * @param dtfmt the SimpleDateFormat object to be adopted.
+ * @param dtitvinf the DateIntervalInfo object to be adopted.
+ * @param skeleton the skeleton of the date formatter
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateIntervalFormat(DateFormat* dtfmt, DateIntervalInfo* dtItvInfo,
+ const UnicodeString* skeleton, UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a DateIntervalFormat from DateFormat
+ * and a DateIntervalInfo.
+ *
+ * It is a wrapper of the constructor.
+ *
+ * @param dtfmt the DateFormat object to be adopted.
+ * @param dtitvinf the DateIntervalInfo object to be adopted.
+ * @param skeleton the skeleton of this formatter.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code.
+ * @return a date time interval formatter which the caller owns.
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static DateIntervalFormat* U_EXPORT2 create(DateFormat* dtfmt,
+ DateIntervalInfo* dtitvinf,
+ const UnicodeString* skeleton,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Below are for generating interval patterns locale to the formatter
+ */
+
+
+ /**
+ * Format 2 Calendars using fall-back interval pattern
+ *
+ * The full pattern used in this fall-back format is the
+ * full pattern of the date formatter.
+ *
+ * @param fromCalendar calendar set to the from date in date interval
+ * to be formatted into date interval string
+ * @param toCalendar calendar set to the to date in date interval
+ * to be formatted into date interval string
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& fallbackFormat(Calendar& fromCalendar,
+ Calendar& toCalendar,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * Initialize interval patterns locale to this formatter
+ *
+ * This code is a bit complicated since
+ * 1. the interval patterns saved in resource bundle files are interval
+ * patterns based on date or time only.
+ * It does not have interval patterns based on both date and time.
+ * Interval patterns on both date and time are algorithm generated.
+ *
+ * For example, it has interval patterns on skeleton "dMy" and "hm",
+ * but it does not have interval patterns on skeleton "dMyhm".
+ *
+ * The rule to generate interval patterns for both date and time skeleton are
+ * 1) when the year, month, or day differs, concatenate the two original
+ * expressions with a separator between,
+ * For example, interval pattern from "Jan 10, 2007 10:10 am"
+ * to "Jan 11, 2007 10:10am" is
+ * "Jan 10, 2007 10:10 am - Jan 11, 2007 10:10am"
+ *
+ * 2) otherwise, present the date followed by the range expression
+ * for the time.
+ * For example, interval pattern from "Jan 10, 2007 10:10 am"
+ * to "Jan 10, 2007 11:10am" is
+ * "Jan 10, 2007 10:10 am - 11:10am"
+ *
+ * 2. even a pattern does not request a certain calendar field,
+ * the interval pattern needs to include such field if such fields are
+ * different between 2 dates.
+ * For example, a pattern/skeleton is "hm", but the interval pattern
+ * includes year, month, and date when year, month, and date differs.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void initializePattern(UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * Set fall back interval pattern given a calendar field,
+ * a skeleton, and a date time pattern generator.
+ * @param field the largest different calendar field
+ * @param skeleton a skeleton
+ * @param dtpng date time pattern generator
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void setFallbackPattern(UCalendarDateFields field,
+ const UnicodeString& skeleton,
+ DateTimePatternGenerator* dtpng,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * get separated date and time skeleton from a combined skeleton.
+ *
+ * The difference between date skeleton and normalizedDateSkeleton are:
+ * 1. both 'y' and 'd' are appeared only once in normalizeDateSkeleton
+ * 2. 'E' and 'EE' are normalized into 'EEE'
+ * 3. 'MM' is normalized into 'M'
+ *
+ ** the difference between time skeleton and normalizedTimeSkeleton are:
+ * 1. both 'H' and 'h' are normalized as 'h' in normalized time skeleton,
+ * 2. 'a' is omitted in normalized time skeleton.
+ * 3. there is only one appearance for 'h', 'm','v', 'z' in normalized time
+ * skeleton
+ *
+ *
+ * @param skeleton given combined skeleton.
+ * @param date Output parameter for date only skeleton.
+ * @param normalizedDate Output parameter for normalized date only
+ *
+ * @param time Output parameter for time only skeleton.
+ * @param normalizedTime Output parameter for normalized time only
+ * skeleton.
+ *
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 getDateTimeSkeleton(const UnicodeString& skeleton,
+ UnicodeString& date,
+ UnicodeString& normalizedDate,
+ UnicodeString& time,
+ UnicodeString& normalizedTime);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * Generate date or time interval pattern from resource,
+ * and set them into the interval pattern locale to this formatter.
+ *
+ * It needs to handle the following:
+ * 1. need to adjust field width.
+ * For example, the interval patterns saved in DateIntervalInfo
+ * includes "dMMMy", but not "dMMMMy".
+ * Need to get interval patterns for dMMMMy from dMMMy.
+ * Another example, the interval patterns saved in DateIntervalInfo
+ * includes "hmv", but not "hmz".
+ * Need to get interval patterns for "hmz' from 'hmv'
+ *
+ * 2. there might be no pattern for 'y' differ for skeleton "Md",
+ * in order to get interval patterns for 'y' differ,
+ * need to look for it from skeleton 'yMd'
+ *
+ * @param dateSkeleton normalized date skeleton
+ * @param timeSkeleton normalized time skeleton
+ * @return whether the resource is found for the skeleton.
+ * TRUE if interval pattern found for the skeleton,
+ * FALSE otherwise.
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool setSeparateDateTimePtn(const UnicodeString& dateSkeleton,
+ const UnicodeString& timeSkeleton);
+
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * Generate interval pattern from existing resource
+ *
+ * It not only save the interval patterns,
+ * but also return the extended skeleton and its best match skeleton.
+ *
+ * @param field largest different calendar field
+ * @param skeleton skeleton
+ * @param bestSkeleton the best match skeleton which has interval pattern
+ * defined in resource
+ * @param differenceInfo the difference between skeleton and best skeleton
+ * 0 means the best matched skeleton is the same as input skeleton
+ * 1 means the fields are the same, but field width are different
+ * 2 means the only difference between fields are v/z,
+ * -1 means there are other fields difference
+ *
+ * @param extendedSkeleton extended skeleton
+ * @param extendedBestSkeleton extended best match skeleton
+ * @return whether the interval pattern is found
+ * through extending skeleton or not.
+ * TRUE if interval pattern is found by
+ * extending skeleton, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool setIntervalPattern(UCalendarDateFields field,
+ const UnicodeString* skeleton,
+ const UnicodeString* bestSkeleton,
+ int8_t differenceInfo,
+ UnicodeString* extendedSkeleton = NULL,
+ UnicodeString* extendedBestSkeleton = NULL);
+
+ /**
+ * Adjust field width in best match interval pattern to match
+ * the field width in input skeleton.
+ *
+ * TODO (xji) make a general solution
+ * The adjusting rule can be:
+ * 1. always adjust
+ * 2. never adjust
+ * 3. default adjust, which means adjust according to the following rules
+ * 3.1 always adjust string, such as MMM and MMMM
+ * 3.2 never adjust between string and numeric, such as MM and MMM
+ * 3.3 always adjust year
+ * 3.4 do not adjust 'd', 'h', or 'm' if h presents
+ * 3.5 do not adjust 'M' if it is numeric(?)
+ *
+ * Since date interval format is well-formed format,
+ * date and time skeletons are normalized previously,
+ * till this stage, the adjust here is only "adjust strings, such as MMM
+ * and MMMM, EEE and EEEE.
+ *
+ * @param inputSkeleton the input skeleton
+ * @param bestMatchSkeleton the best match skeleton
+ * @param bestMatchIntervalpattern the best match interval pattern
+ * @param differenceInfo the difference between 2 skeletons
+ * 1 means only field width differs
+ * 2 means v/z exchange
+ * @param adjustedIntervalPattern adjusted interval pattern
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 adjustFieldWidth(
+ const UnicodeString& inputSkeleton,
+ const UnicodeString& bestMatchSkeleton,
+ const UnicodeString& bestMatchIntervalPattern,
+ int8_t differenceInfo,
+ UnicodeString& adjustedIntervalPattern);
+
+ /**
+ * Concat a single date pattern with a time interval pattern,
+ * set it into the intervalPatterns, while field is time field.
+ * This is used to handle time interval patterns on skeleton with
+ * both time and date. Present the date followed by
+ * the range expression for the time.
+ * @param format date and time format
+ * @param formatLen format string length
+ * @param datePattern date pattern
+ * @param field time calendar field: AM_PM, HOUR, MINUTE
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void concatSingleDate2TimeInterval(const UChar* format,
+ int32_t formatLen,
+ const UnicodeString& datePattern,
+ UCalendarDateFields field,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * check whether a calendar field present in a skeleton.
+ * @param field calendar field need to check
+ * @param skeleton given skeleton on which to check the calendar field
+ * @return true if field present in a skeleton.
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static UBool U_EXPORT2 fieldExistsInSkeleton(UCalendarDateFields field,
+ const UnicodeString& skeleton);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Split interval patterns into 2 part.
+ * @param intervalPattern interval pattern
+ * @return the index in interval pattern which split the pattern into 2 part
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static int32_t U_EXPORT2 splitPatternInto2Part(const UnicodeString& intervalPattern);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Break interval patterns as 2 part and save them into pattern info.
+ * @param field calendar field
+ * @param intervalPattern interval pattern
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void setIntervalPattern(UCalendarDateFields field,
+ const UnicodeString& intervalPattern);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Break interval patterns as 2 part and save them into pattern info.
+ * @param field calendar field
+ * @param intervalPattern interval pattern
+ * @param laterDateFirst whether later date appear first in interval pattern
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void setIntervalPattern(UCalendarDateFields field,
+ const UnicodeString& intervalPattern,
+ UBool laterDateFirst);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Set pattern information.
+ *
+ * @param field calendar field
+ * @param firstPart the first part in interval pattern
+ * @param secondPart the second part in interval pattern
+ * @param laterDateFirst whether the first date in intervalPattern
+ * is earlier date or later date
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void setPatternInfo(UCalendarDateFields field,
+ const UnicodeString* firstPart,
+ const UnicodeString* secondpart,
+ UBool laterDateFirst);
+
+
+ // from calendar field to pattern letter
+ static const UChar fgCalendarFieldToPatternLetter[];
+
+
+ /**
+ * The interval patterns for this locale.
+ */
+ DateIntervalInfo* fInfo;
+
+ /**
+ * The DateFormat object used to format single pattern
+ */
+ SimpleDateFormat* fDateFormat;
+
+ /**
+ * The 2 calendars with the from and to date.
+ * could re-use the calendar in fDateFormat,
+ * but keeping 2 calendars make it clear and clean.
+ */
+ Calendar* fFromCalendar;
+ Calendar* fToCalendar;
+
+ /**
+ * Following are interval information relavent (locale) to this formatter.
+ */
+ UnicodeString fSkeleton;
+ PatternInfo fIntervalPatterns[DateIntervalInfo::kIPI_MAX_INDEX];
+};
+
+
+
+
+
+
+inline UBool
+DateIntervalFormat::operator!=(const Format& other) const {
+ return !operator==(other);
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // _DTITVFMT_H__
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtitvinf.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtitvinf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07a8dbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtitvinf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
+/*
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (C) 2008, International Business Machines Corporation and
+ * others. All Rights Reserved.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * File DTITVINF.H
+ *
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DTITVINF_H__
+#define __DTITVINF_H__
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Date/Time interval patterns for formatting date/time interval
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/udat.h"
+#include "unicode/locid.h"
+#include "unicode/ucal.h"
+#include "unicode/dtptngen.h"
+//#include "dtitv_impl.h"
+
+/**
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+
+union UHashTok;
+
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+U_CDECL_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+static UBool U_CALLCONV hashTableValueComparator(UHashTok val1, UHashTok val2) ;
+
+U_CDECL_END
+
+
+/**
+ * DateIntervalInfo is a public class for encapsulating localizable
+ * date time interval patterns. It is used by DateIntervalFormat.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * For most users, ordinary use of DateIntervalFormat does not need to create
+ * DateIntervalInfo object directly.
+ * DateIntervalFormat will take care of it when creating a date interval
+ * formatter when user pass in skeleton and locale.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * For power users, who want to create their own date interval patterns,
+ * or want to re-set date interval patterns, they could do so by
+ * directly creating DateIntervalInfo and manupulating it.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * Logically, the interval patterns are mappings
+ * from (skeleton, the_largest_different_calendar_field)
+ * to (date_interval_pattern).
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * A skeleton
+ * <ol>
+ * <li>
+ * only keeps the field pattern letter and ignores all other parts
+ * in a pattern, such as space, punctuations, and string literals.
+ * <li>
+ * hides the order of fields.
+ * <li>
+ * might hide a field's pattern letter length.
+ *
+ * For those non-digit calendar fields, the pattern letter length is
+ * important, such as MMM, MMMM, and MMMMM; EEE and EEEE,
+ * and the field's pattern letter length is honored.
+ *
+ * For the digit calendar fields, such as M or MM, d or dd, yy or yyyy,
+ * the field pattern length is ignored and the best match, which is defined
+ * in date time patterns, will be returned without honor the field pattern
+ * letter length in skeleton.
+ * </ol>
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * The calendar fields we support for interval formatting are:
+ * year, month, date, day-of-week, am-pm, hour, hour-of-day, and minute.
+ * Those calendar fields can be defined in the following order:
+ * year > month > date > am-pm > hour > minute
+ *
+ * The largest different calendar fields between 2 calendars is the
+ * first different calendar field in above order.
+ *
+ * For example: the largest different calendar fields between "Jan 10, 2007"
+ * and "Feb 20, 2008" is year.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * There is a set of pre-defined static skeleton strings.
+ * There are pre-defined interval patterns for those pre-defined skeletons
+ * in locales' resource files.
+ * For example, for a skeleton UDAT_YEAR_ABBR_MONTH_DAY, which is "yMMMd",
+ * in en_US, if the largest different calendar field between date1 and date2
+ * is "year", the date interval pattern is "MMM d, yyyy - MMM d, yyyy",
+ * such as "Jan 10, 2007 - Jan 10, 2008".
+ * If the largest different calendar field between date1 and date2 is "month",
+ * the date interval pattern is "MMM d - MMM d, yyyy",
+ * such as "Jan 10 - Feb 10, 2007".
+ * If the largest different calendar field between date1 and date2 is "day",
+ * the date interval pattern is ""MMM d-d, yyyy", such as "Jan 10-20, 2007".
+ *
+ * For date skeleton, the interval patterns when year, or month, or date is
+ * different are defined in resource files.
+ * For time skeleton, the interval patterns when am/pm, or hour, or minute is
+ * different are defined in resource files.
+ *
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * There are 2 dates in interval pattern. For most locales, the first date
+ * in an interval pattern is the earlier date. There might be a locale in which
+ * the first date in an interval pattern is the later date.
+ * We use fallback format for the default order for the locale.
+ * For example, if the fallback format is "{0} - {1}", it means
+ * the first date in the interval pattern for this locale is earlier date.
+ * If the fallback format is "{1} - {0}", it means the first date is the
+ * later date.
+ * For a particular interval pattern, the default order can be overriden
+ * by prefixing "latestFirst:" or "earliestFirst:" to the interval pattern.
+ * For example, if the fallback format is "{0}-{1}",
+ * but for skeleton "yMMMd", the interval pattern when day is different is
+ * "latestFirst:d-d MMM yy", it means by default, the first date in interval
+ * pattern is the earlier date. But for skeleton "yMMMd", when day is different,
+ * the first date in "d-d MMM yy" is the later date.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * The recommended way to create a DateIntervalFormat object is to pass in
+ * the locale.
+ * By using a Locale parameter, the DateIntervalFormat object is
+ * initialized with the pre-defined interval patterns for a given or
+ * default locale.
+ * <P>
+ * Users can also create DateIntervalFormat object
+ * by supplying their own interval patterns.
+ * It provides flexibility for power users.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * After a DateIntervalInfo object is created, clients may modify
+ * the interval patterns using setIntervalPattern function as so desired.
+ * Currently, users can only set interval patterns when the following
+ * calendar fields are different: ERA, YEAR, MONTH, DATE, DAY_OF_MONTH,
+ * DAY_OF_WEEK, AM_PM, HOUR, HOUR_OF_DAY, and MINUTE.
+ * Interval patterns when other calendar fields are different is not supported.
+ * <P>
+ * DateIntervalInfo objects are cloneable.
+ * When clients obtain a DateIntervalInfo object,
+ * they can feel free to modify it as necessary.
+ * <P>
+ * DateIntervalInfo are not expected to be subclassed.
+ * Data for a calendar is loaded out of resource bundles.
+ * To ICU 4.0, date interval patterns are only supported in Gregorian calendar.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+**/
+
+class U_I18N_API DateIntervalInfo : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Default constructor.
+ * It does not initialize any interval patterns except
+ * that it initialize default fall-back pattern as "{0} - {1}",
+ * which can be reset by setFallbackIntervalPattern().
+ * It should be followed by setFallbackIntervalPattern() and
+ * setIntervalPattern(),
+ * and is recommended to be used only for power users who
+ * wants to create their own interval patterns and use them to create
+ * date interval formatter.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateIntervalInfo(UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Construct DateIntervalInfo for the given locale,
+ * @param locale the interval patterns are loaded from the Gregorian
+ * calendar data in this locale.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateIntervalInfo(const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateIntervalInfo(const DateIntervalInfo&);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateIntervalInfo& operator=(const DateIntervalInfo&);
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this object polymorphically.
+ * The caller owns the result and should delete it when done.
+ * @return a copy of the object
+ * @draft ICU4.0
+ */
+ virtual DateIntervalInfo* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * It is virtual to be safe, but it is not designed to be subclassed.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual ~DateIntervalInfo();
+
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if another object is semantically equal to this one.
+ *
+ * @param other the DateIntervalInfo object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if other is semantically equal to this.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const DateIntervalInfo& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if another object is semantically unequal to this one.
+ *
+ * @param other the DateIntervalInfo object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if other is semantically unequal to this.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const DateIntervalInfo& other) const;
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * Provides a way for client to build interval patterns.
+ * User could construct DateIntervalInfo by providing a list of skeletons
+ * and their patterns.
+ * <P>
+ * For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * DateIntervalInfo dIntervalInfo = new DateIntervalInfo();
+ * dIntervalInfo->setFallbackIntervalPattern("{0} ~ {1}");
+ * dIntervalInfo->setIntervalPattern("yMd", UCAL_YEAR, "'from' yyyy-M-d 'to' yyyy-M-d", status);
+ * dIntervalInfo->setIntervalPattern("yMMMd", UCAL_MONTH, "'from' yyyy MMM d 'to' MMM d", status);
+ * dIntervalInfo->setIntervalPattern("yMMMd", UCAL_DAY, "yyyy MMM d-d", status, status);
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Restriction:
+ * Currently, users can only set interval patterns when the following
+ * calendar fields are different: ERA, YEAR, MONTH, DATE, DAY_OF_MONTH,
+ * DAY_OF_WEEK, AM_PM, HOUR, HOUR_OF_DAY, and MINUTE.
+ * Interval patterns when other calendar fields are different are
+ * not supported.
+ *
+ * @param skeleton the skeleton on which interval pattern based
+ * @param lrgDiffCalUnit the largest different calendar unit.
+ * @param intervalPattern the interval pattern on the largest different
+ * calendar unit.
+ * For example, if lrgDiffCalUnit is
+ * "year", the interval pattern for en_US when year
+ * is different could be "'from' yyyy 'to' yyyy".
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void setIntervalPattern(const UnicodeString& skeleton,
+ UCalendarDateFields lrgDiffCalUnit,
+ const UnicodeString& intervalPattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the interval pattern given skeleton and
+ * the largest different calendar field.
+ * @param skeleton the skeleton
+ * @param field the largest different calendar field
+ * @param result output param to receive the pattern
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @return a reference to 'result'
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getIntervalPattern(const UnicodeString& skeleton,
+ UCalendarDateFields field,
+ UnicodeString& result,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Get the fallback interval pattern.
+ * @param result output param to receive the pattern
+ * @return a reference to 'result'
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getFallbackIntervalPattern(UnicodeString& result) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Re-set the fallback interval pattern.
+ *
+ * In construction, default fallback pattern is set as "{0} - {1}".
+ * And constructor taking locale as parameter will set the
+ * fallback pattern as what defined in the locale resource file.
+ *
+ * This method provides a way for user to replace the fallback pattern.
+ *
+ * @param fallbackPattern fall-back interval pattern.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void setFallbackIntervalPattern(const UnicodeString& fallbackPattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+ /** Get default order -- whether the first date in pattern is later date
+ or not.
+ * return default date ordering in interval pattern. TRUE if the first date
+ * in pattern is later date, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool getDefaultOrder() const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * DateIntervalFormat will need access to
+ * getBestSkeleton(), parseSkeleton(), enum IntervalPatternIndex,
+ * and calendarFieldToPatternIndex().
+ *
+ * Instead of making above public,
+ * make DateIntervalFormat a friend of DateIntervalInfo.
+ */
+ friend class DateIntervalFormat;
+
+ friend UBool U_CALLCONV hashTableValueComparator(UHashTok val1, UHashTok val2) ;
+
+ /**
+ * Following is for saving the interval patterns.
+ * We only support interval patterns on
+ * ERA, YEAR, MONTH, DAY, AM_PM, HOUR, and MINUTE
+ */
+ enum IntervalPatternIndex
+ {
+ kIPI_ERA,
+ kIPI_YEAR,
+ kIPI_MONTH,
+ kIPI_DATE,
+ kIPI_AM_PM,
+ kIPI_HOUR,
+ kIPI_MINUTE,
+ kIPI_MAX_INDEX
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Initialize the DateIntervalInfo from locale
+ * @param locale the given locale.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void initializeData(const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+ /* Set Interval pattern.
+ *
+ * It sets interval pattern into the hash map.
+ *
+ * @param skeleton skeleton on which the interval pattern based
+ * @param lrgDiffCalUnit the largest different calendar unit.
+ * @param intervalPattern the interval pattern on the largest different
+ * calendar unit.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void setIntervalPatternInternally(const UnicodeString& skeleton,
+ UCalendarDateFields lrgDiffCalUnit,
+ const UnicodeString& intervalPattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+ /**given an input skeleton, get the best match skeleton
+ * which has pre-defined interval pattern in resource file.
+ * Also return the difference between the input skeleton
+ * and the best match skeleton.
+ *
+ * TODO (xji): set field weight or
+ * isolate the funtionality in DateTimePatternGenerator
+ * @param skeleton input skeleton
+ * @param bestMatchDistanceInfo the difference between input skeleton
+ * and best match skeleton.
+ * 0, if there is exact match for input skeleton
+ * 1, if there is only field width difference between
+ * the best match and the input skeleton
+ * 2, the only field difference is 'v' and 'z'
+ * -1, if there is calendar field difference between
+ * the best match and the input skeleton
+ * @return best match skeleton
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ const UnicodeString* getBestSkeleton(const UnicodeString& skeleton,
+ int8_t& bestMatchDistanceInfo) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Parse skeleton, save each field's width.
+ * It is used for looking for best match skeleton,
+ * and adjust pattern field width.
+ * @param skeleton skeleton to be parsed
+ * @param skeletonFieldWidth parsed skeleton field width
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 parseSkeleton(const UnicodeString& skeleton,
+ int32_t* skeletonFieldWidth);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Check whether one field width is numeric while the other is string.
+ *
+ * TODO (xji): make it general
+ *
+ * @param fieldWidth one field width
+ * @param anotherFieldWidth another field width
+ * @param patternLetter pattern letter char
+ * @return true if one field width is numeric and the other is string,
+ * false otherwise.
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static UBool U_EXPORT2 stringNumeric(int32_t fieldWidth,
+ int32_t anotherFieldWidth,
+ char patternLetter);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Convert calendar field to the interval pattern index in
+ * hash table.
+ *
+ * Since we only support the following calendar fields:
+ * ERA, YEAR, MONTH, DATE, DAY_OF_MONTH, DAY_OF_WEEK,
+ * AM_PM, HOUR, HOUR_OF_DAY, and MINUTE,
+ * We reserve only 4 interval patterns for a skeleton.
+ *
+ * @param field calendar field
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @return interval pattern index in hash table
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static IntervalPatternIndex U_EXPORT2 calendarFieldToIntervalIndex(
+ UCalendarDateFields field,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * delete hash table (of type fIntervalPatterns).
+ *
+ * @param hTable hash table to be deleted
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void deleteHash(Hashtable* hTable);
+
+
+ /**
+ * initialize hash table (of type fIntervalPatterns).
+ *
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @return hash table initialized
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ Hashtable* initHash(UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * copy hash table (of type fIntervalPatterns).
+ *
+ * @param source the source to copy from
+ * @param target the target to copy to
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void copyHash(const Hashtable* source, Hashtable* target, UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+ // data members
+ // fallback interval pattern
+ UnicodeString fFallbackIntervalPattern;
+ // default order
+ UBool fFirstDateInPtnIsLaterDate;
+
+ // HashMap<UnicodeString, UnicodeString[kIPI_MAX_INDEX]>
+ // HashMap( skeleton, pattern[largest_different_field] )
+ Hashtable* fIntervalPatterns;
+
+};// end class DateIntervalInfo
+
+
+inline UBool
+DateIntervalInfo::operator!=(const DateIntervalInfo& other) const {
+ return !operator==(other);
+}
+
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtptngen.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtptngen.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eeea626
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtptngen.h
@@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2007-2009, International Business Machines Corporation and
+* others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* File DTPTNGEN.H
+*
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef __DTPTNGEN_H__
+#define __DTPTNGEN_H__
+
+#include "unicode/datefmt.h"
+#include "unicode/locid.h"
+#include "unicode/udat.h"
+#include "unicode/udatpg.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Date/Time Pattern Generator
+ */
+
+
+class Hashtable;
+class FormatParser;
+class DateTimeMatcher;
+class DistanceInfo;
+class PatternMap;
+class PtnSkeleton;
+
+/**
+ * This class provides flexible generation of date format patterns, like "yy-MM-dd".
+ * The user can build up the generator by adding successive patterns. Once that
+ * is done, a query can be made using a "skeleton", which is a pattern which just
+ * includes the desired fields and lengths. The generator will return the "best fit"
+ * pattern corresponding to that skeleton.
+ * <p>The main method people will use is getBestPattern(String skeleton),
+ * since normally this class is pre-built with data from a particular locale.
+ * However, generators can be built directly from other data as well.
+ * <p><i>Issue: may be useful to also have a function that returns the list of
+ * fields in a pattern, in order, since we have that internally.
+ * That would be useful for getting the UI order of field elements.</i>
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+**/
+class U_I18N_API DateTimePatternGenerator : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Construct a flexible generator according to default locale.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ static DateTimePatternGenerator* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a flexible generator according to data for a given locale.
+ * @param uLocale
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ static DateTimePatternGenerator* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(const Locale& uLocale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Create an empty generator, to be constructed with addPattern(...) etc.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ static DateTimePatternGenerator* U_EXPORT2 createEmptyInstance(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ virtual ~DateTimePatternGenerator();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone DateTimePatternGenerator object. Clients are responsible for
+ * deleting the DateTimePatternGenerator object cloned.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ DateTimePatternGenerator* clone() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if another object is semantically equal to this one.
+ *
+ * @param other the DateTimePatternGenerator object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if other is semantically equal to this.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ UBool operator==(const DateTimePatternGenerator& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if another object is semantically unequal to this one.
+ *
+ * @param other the DateTimePatternGenerator object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if other is semantically unequal to this.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const DateTimePatternGenerator& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Utility to return a unique skeleton from a given pattern. For example,
+ * both "MMM-dd" and "dd/MMM" produce the skeleton "MMMdd".
+ *
+ * @param pattern Input pattern, such as "dd/MMM"
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return skeleton such as "MMMdd"
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ UnicodeString getSkeleton(const UnicodeString& pattern, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Utility to return a unique base skeleton from a given pattern. This is
+ * the same as the skeleton, except that differences in length are minimized
+ * so as to only preserve the difference between string and numeric form. So
+ * for example, both "MMM-dd" and "d/MMM" produce the skeleton "MMMd"
+ * (notice the single d).
+ *
+ * @param pattern Input pattern, such as "dd/MMM"
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return base skeleton, such as "Md"
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ UnicodeString getBaseSkeleton(const UnicodeString& pattern, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Adds a pattern to the generator. If the pattern has the same skeleton as
+ * an existing pattern, and the override parameter is set, then the previous
+ * value is overriden. Otherwise, the previous value is retained. In either
+ * case, the conflicting status is set and previous vale is stored in
+ * conflicting pattern.
+ * <p>
+ * Note that single-field patterns (like "MMM") are automatically added, and
+ * don't need to be added explicitly!
+ *
+ * @param pattern Input pattern, such as "dd/MMM"
+ * @param override When existing values are to be overridden use true,
+ * otherwise use false.
+ * @param conflictingPattern Previous pattern with the same skeleton.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return conflicting status. The value could be UDATPG_NO_CONFLICT,
+ * UDATPG_BASE_CONFLICT or UDATPG_CONFLICT.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ UDateTimePatternConflict addPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UBool override,
+ UnicodeString& conflictingPattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * An AppendItem format is a pattern used to append a field if there is no
+ * good match. For example, suppose that the input skeleton is "GyyyyMMMd",
+ * and there is no matching pattern internally, but there is a pattern
+ * matching "yyyyMMMd", say "d-MM-yyyy". Then that pattern is used, plus the
+ * G. The way these two are conjoined is by using the AppendItemFormat for G
+ * (era). So if that value is, say "{0}, {1}" then the final resulting
+ * pattern is "d-MM-yyyy, G".
+ * <p>
+ * There are actually three available variables: {0} is the pattern so far,
+ * {1} is the element we are adding, and {2} is the name of the element.
+ * <p>
+ * This reflects the way that the CLDR data is organized.
+ *
+ * @param field such as UDATPG_ERA_FIELD.
+ * @param value pattern, such as "{0}, {1}"
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ void setAppendItemFormat(UDateTimePatternField field, const UnicodeString& value);
+
+ /**
+ * Getter corresponding to setAppendItemFormat. Values below 0 or at or
+ * above UDATPG_FIELD_COUNT are illegal arguments.
+ *
+ * @param field such as UDATPG_ERA_FIELD.
+ * @return append pattern for field
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ const UnicodeString& getAppendItemFormat(UDateTimePatternField field) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the names of field, eg "era" in English for ERA. These are only
+ * used if the corresponding AppendItemFormat is used, and if it contains a
+ * {2} variable.
+ * <p>
+ * This reflects the way that the CLDR data is organized.
+ *
+ * @param field such as UDATPG_ERA_FIELD.
+ * @param value name of the field
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ void setAppendItemName(UDateTimePatternField field, const UnicodeString& value);
+
+ /**
+ * Getter corresponding to setAppendItemNames. Values below 0 or at or above
+ * UDATPG_FIELD_COUNT are illegal arguments.
+ *
+ * @param field such as UDATPG_ERA_FIELD.
+ * @return name for field
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ const UnicodeString& getAppendItemName(UDateTimePatternField field) const;
+
+ /**
+ * The date time format is a message format pattern used to compose date and
+ * time patterns. The default value is "{0} {1}", where {0} will be replaced
+ * by the date pattern and {1} will be replaced by the time pattern.
+ * <p>
+ * This is used when the input skeleton contains both date and time fields,
+ * but there is not a close match among the added patterns. For example,
+ * suppose that this object was created by adding "dd-MMM" and "hh:mm", and
+ * its datetimeFormat is the default "{0} {1}". Then if the input skeleton
+ * is "MMMdhmm", there is not an exact match, so the input skeleton is
+ * broken up into two components "MMMd" and "hmm". There are close matches
+ * for those two skeletons, so the result is put together with this pattern,
+ * resulting in "d-MMM h:mm".
+ *
+ * @param dateTimeFormat
+ * message format pattern, here {0} will be replaced by the date
+ * pattern and {1} will be replaced by the time pattern.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ void setDateTimeFormat(const UnicodeString& dateTimeFormat);
+
+ /**
+ * Getter corresponding to setDateTimeFormat.
+ * @return DateTimeFormat.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ const UnicodeString& getDateTimeFormat() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the best pattern matching the input skeleton. It is guaranteed to
+ * have all of the fields in the skeleton.
+ *
+ * @param skeleton
+ * The skeleton is a pattern containing only the variable fields.
+ * For example, "MMMdd" and "mmhh" are skeletons.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return bestPattern
+ * The best pattern found from the given skeleton.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ UnicodeString getBestPattern(const UnicodeString& skeleton, UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Adjusts the field types (width and subtype) of a pattern to match what is
+ * in a skeleton. That is, if you supply a pattern like "d-M H:m", and a
+ * skeleton of "MMMMddhhmm", then the input pattern is adjusted to be
+ * "dd-MMMM hh:mm". This is used internally to get the best match for the
+ * input skeleton, but can also be used externally.
+ *
+ * @param pattern Input pattern
+ * @param skeleton
+ * The skeleton is a pattern containing only the variable fields.
+ * For example, "MMMdd" and "mmhh" are skeletons.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return pattern adjusted to match the skeleton fields widths and subtypes.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ UnicodeString replaceFieldTypes(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ const UnicodeString& skeleton,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Return a list of all the skeletons (in canonical form) from this class.
+ *
+ * Call getPatternForSkeleton() to get the corresponding pattern.
+ *
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return StringEnumeration with the skeletons.
+ * The caller must delete the object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ StringEnumeration* getSkeletons(UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Get the pattern corresponding to a given skeleton.
+ * @param skeleton
+ * @return pattern corresponding to a given skeleton.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ const UnicodeString& getPatternForSkeleton(const UnicodeString& skeleton) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return a list of all the base skeletons (in canonical form) from this class.
+ *
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return a StringEnumeration with the base skeletons.
+ * The caller must delete the object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ StringEnumeration* getBaseSkeletons(UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return a list of redundant patterns are those which if removed, make no
+ * difference in the resulting getBestPattern values. This method returns a
+ * list of them, to help check the consistency of the patterns used to build
+ * this generator.
+ *
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return a StringEnumeration with the redundant pattern.
+ * The caller must delete the object.
+ * @internal ICU 3.8
+ */
+ StringEnumeration* getRedundants(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * The decimal value is used in formatting fractions of seconds. If the
+ * skeleton contains fractional seconds, then this is used with the
+ * fractional seconds. For example, suppose that the input pattern is
+ * "hhmmssSSSS", and the best matching pattern internally is "H:mm:ss", and
+ * the decimal string is ",". Then the resulting pattern is modified to be
+ * "H:mm:ss,SSSS"
+ *
+ * @param decimal
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ void setDecimal(const UnicodeString& decimal);
+
+ /**
+ * Getter corresponding to setDecimal.
+ * @return UnicodeString corresponding to the decimal point
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ const UnicodeString& getDecimal() const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Constructor.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ DateTimePatternGenerator(UErrorCode & status);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ DateTimePatternGenerator(const Locale& locale, UErrorCode & status);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @param other DateTimePatternGenerator to copy
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ DateTimePatternGenerator(const DateTimePatternGenerator& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Default assignment operator.
+ * @param other DateTimePatternGenerator to copy
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ DateTimePatternGenerator& operator=(const DateTimePatternGenerator& other);
+
+ Locale pLocale; // pattern locale
+ FormatParser *fp;
+ DateTimeMatcher* dtMatcher;
+ DistanceInfo *distanceInfo;
+ PatternMap *patternMap;
+ UnicodeString appendItemFormats[UDATPG_FIELD_COUNT];
+ UnicodeString appendItemNames[UDATPG_FIELD_COUNT];
+ UnicodeString dateTimeFormat;
+ UnicodeString decimal;
+ DateTimeMatcher *skipMatcher;
+ Hashtable *fAvailableFormatKeyHash;
+ UnicodeString hackPattern;
+ UnicodeString emptyString;
+ UChar fDefaultHourFormatChar;
+
+ void initData(const Locale &locale, UErrorCode &status);
+ void addCanonicalItems();
+ void addICUPatterns(const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+ void hackTimes(const UnicodeString& hackPattern, UErrorCode& status);
+ void addCLDRData(const Locale& locale);
+ UDateTimePatternConflict addPatternWithSkeleton(const UnicodeString& pattern, const UnicodeString * skeletonToUse, UBool override, UnicodeString& conflictingPattern, UErrorCode& status);
+ void initHashtable(UErrorCode& status);
+ void setDateTimeFromCalendar(const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+ void setDecimalSymbols(const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+ UDateTimePatternField getAppendFormatNumber(const char* field) const;
+ UDateTimePatternField getAppendNameNumber(const char* field) const;
+ void getAppendName(UDateTimePatternField field, UnicodeString& value);
+ int32_t getCanonicalIndex(const UnicodeString& field);
+ const UnicodeString* getBestRaw(DateTimeMatcher& source, int32_t includeMask, DistanceInfo* missingFields, const PtnSkeleton** specifiedSkeletonPtr = 0);
+ UnicodeString adjustFieldTypes(const UnicodeString& pattern, const PtnSkeleton* specifiedSkeleton, UBool fixFractionalSeconds);
+ UnicodeString getBestAppending(int32_t missingFields);
+ int32_t getTopBitNumber(int32_t foundMask);
+ void setAvailableFormat(const UnicodeString &key, UErrorCode& status);
+ UBool isAvailableFormatSet(const UnicodeString &key) const;
+ void copyHashtable(Hashtable *other, UErrorCode &status);
+ UBool isCanonicalItem(const UnicodeString& item) const;
+} ;// end class DateTimePatternGenerator
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtrule.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtrule.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c46e618
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/dtrule.h
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2007-2008, International Business Machines Corporation and *
+* others. All Rights Reserved. *
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef DTRULE_H
+#define DTRULE_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Rule for specifying date and time in an year
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+/**
+ * <code>DateTimeRule</code> is a class representing a time in a year by
+ * a rule specified by month, day of month, day of week and
+ * time in the day.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API DateTimeRule : public UObject {
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Date rule type constants.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ enum DateRuleType {
+ DOM = 0, /**< The exact day of month,
+ for example, March 11. */
+ DOW, /**< The Nth occurence of the day of week,
+ for example, 2nd Sunday in March. */
+ DOW_GEQ_DOM, /**< The first occurence of the day of week on or after the day of monnth,
+ for example, first Sunday on or after March 8. */
+ DOW_LEQ_DOM /**< The last occurence of the day of week on or before the day of month,
+ for example, first Sunday on or before March 14. */
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Time rule type constants.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ enum TimeRuleType {
+ WALL_TIME = 0, /**< The local wall clock time */
+ STANDARD_TIME, /**< The local standard time */
+ UTC_TIME /**< The UTC time */
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a <code>DateTimeRule</code> by the day of month and
+ * the time rule. The date rule type for an instance created by
+ * this constructor is <code>DOM</code>.
+ *
+ * @param month The rule month, for example, <code>Calendar::JANUARY</code>
+ * @param dayOfMonth The day of month, 1-based.
+ * @param millisInDay The milliseconds in the rule date.
+ * @param timeType The time type, <code>WALL_TIME</code> or <code>STANDARD_TIME</code>
+ * or <code>UTC_TIME</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateTimeRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth,
+ int32_t millisInDay, TimeRuleType timeType);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a <code>DateTimeRule</code> by the day of week and its oridinal
+ * number and the time rule. The date rule type for an instance created
+ * by this constructor is <code>DOW</code>.
+ *
+ * @param month The rule month, for example, <code>Calendar::JANUARY</code>.
+ * @param weekInMonth The ordinal number of the day of week. Negative number
+ * may be used for specifying a rule date counted from the
+ * end of the rule month.
+ * @param dayOfWeek The day of week, for example, <code>Calendar::SUNDAY</code>.
+ * @param millisInDay The milliseconds in the rule date.
+ * @param timeType The time type, <code>WALL_TIME</code> or <code>STANDARD_TIME</code>
+ * or <code>UTC_TIME</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateTimeRule(int32_t month, int32_t weekInMonth, int32_t dayOfWeek,
+ int32_t millisInDay, TimeRuleType timeType);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a <code>DateTimeRule</code> by the first/last day of week
+ * on or after/before the day of month and the time rule. The date rule
+ * type for an instance created by this constructor is either
+ * <code>DOM_GEQ_DOM</code> or <code>DOM_LEQ_DOM</code>.
+ *
+ * @param month The rule month, for example, <code>Calendar::JANUARY</code>
+ * @param dayOfMonth The day of month, 1-based.
+ * @param dayOfWeek The day of week, for example, <code>Calendar::SUNDAY</code>.
+ * @param after true if the rule date is on or after the day of month.
+ * @param millisInDay The milliseconds in the rule date.
+ * @param timeType The time type, <code>WALL_TIME</code> or <code>STANDARD_TIME</code>
+ * or <code>UTC_TIME</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateTimeRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth, int32_t dayOfWeek, UBool after,
+ int32_t millisInDay, TimeRuleType timeType);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @param source The DateTimeRule object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateTimeRule(const DateTimeRule& source);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ ~DateTimeRule();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this DateTimeRule object polymorphically. The caller owns the result and
+ * should delete it when done.
+ * @return A copy of the object.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateTimeRule* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @param right The object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateTimeRule& operator=(const DateTimeRule& right);
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given DateTimeRule objects are semantically equal. Objects
+ * of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param that The object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given DateTimeRule objects are semantically equal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool operator==(const DateTimeRule& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given DateTimeRule objects are semantically unequal. Objects
+ * of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param that The object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given DateTimeRule objects are semantically unequal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const DateTimeRule& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the date rule type, such as <code>DOM</code>
+ * @return The date rule type.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateRuleType getDateRuleType(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the time rule type
+ * @return The time rule type, either <code>WALL_TIME</code> or <code>STANDARD_TIME</code>
+ * or <code>UTC_TIME</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ TimeRuleType getTimeRuleType(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the rule month.
+ * @return The rule month.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ int32_t getRuleMonth(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the rule day of month. When the date rule type
+ * is <code>DOW</code>, the value is always 0.
+ * @return The rule day of month
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ int32_t getRuleDayOfMonth(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the rule day of week. When the date rule type
+ * is <code>DOM</code>, the value is always 0.
+ * @return The rule day of week.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ int32_t getRuleDayOfWeek(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the ordinal number of the occurence of the day of week
+ * in the month. When the date rule type is not <code>DOW</code>,
+ * the value is always 0.
+ * @return The rule day of week ordinal number in the month.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ int32_t getRuleWeekInMonth(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the rule time in the rule day.
+ * @return The time in the rule day in milliseconds.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ int32_t getRuleMillisInDay(void) const;
+
+private:
+ int32_t fMonth;
+ int32_t fDayOfMonth;
+ int32_t fDayOfWeek;
+ int32_t fWeekInMonth;
+ int32_t fMillisInDay;
+ DateRuleType fDateRuleType;
+ TimeRuleType fTimeRuleType;
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for comparing to
+ * a return value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * . Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * . if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * . erived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ * </pre>
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual override. This
+ * method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++
+ * compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and clone()
+ * methods call this method.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a
+ * given class have the same class ID. Objects of
+ * other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // DTRULE_H
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/fieldpos.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/fieldpos.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38a9576
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/fieldpos.h
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+/*
+ ********************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (C) 1997-2006, International Business Machines
+ * Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+ ********************************************************************************
+ *
+ * File FIELDPOS.H
+ *
+ * Modification History:
+ *
+ * Date Name Description
+ * 02/25/97 aliu Converted from java.
+ * 03/17/97 clhuang Updated per Format implementation.
+ * 07/17/98 stephen Added default/copy ctors, and operators =, ==, !=
+ ********************************************************************************
+ */
+
+// *****************************************************************************
+// This file was generated from the java source file FieldPosition.java
+// *****************************************************************************
+
+#ifndef FIELDPOS_H
+#define FIELDPOS_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: FieldPosition identifies the fields in a formatted output.
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * <code>FieldPosition</code> is a simple class used by <code>Format</code>
+ * and its subclasses to identify fields in formatted output. Fields are
+ * identified by constants, whose names typically end with <code>_FIELD</code>,
+ * defined in the various subclasses of <code>Format</code>. See
+ * <code>ERA_FIELD</code> and its friends in <code>DateFormat</code> for
+ * an example.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * <code>FieldPosition</code> keeps track of the position of the
+ * field within the formatted output with two indices: the index
+ * of the first character of the field and the index of the last
+ * character of the field.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * One version of the <code>format</code> method in the various
+ * <code>Format</code> classes requires a <code>FieldPosition</code>
+ * object as an argument. You use this <code>format</code> method
+ * to perform partial formatting or to get information about the
+ * formatted output (such as the position of a field).
+ *
+ * The FieldPosition class is not suitable for subclassing.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * Below is an example of using <code>FieldPosition</code> to aid
+ * alignment of an array of formatted floating-point numbers on
+ * their decimal points:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * double doubleNum[] = {123456789.0, -12345678.9, 1234567.89, -123456.789,
+ * 12345.6789, -1234.56789, 123.456789, -12.3456789, 1.23456789};
+ * int dNumSize = (int)(sizeof(doubleNum)/sizeof(double));
+ *
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * DecimalFormat* fmt = (DecimalFormat*) NumberFormat::createInstance(status);
+ * fmt->setDecimalSeparatorAlwaysShown(true);
+ *
+ * const int tempLen = 20;
+ * char temp[tempLen];
+ *
+ * for (int i=0; i<dNumSize; i++) {
+ * FieldPosition pos(NumberFormat::INTEGER_FIELD);
+ * UnicodeString buf;
+ * char fmtText[tempLen];
+ * ToCharString(fmt->format(doubleNum[i], buf, pos), fmtText);
+ * for (int j=0; j<tempLen; j++) temp[j] = ' '; // clear with spaces
+ * temp[__min(tempLen, tempLen-pos.getEndIndex())] = '\0';
+ * cout << temp << fmtText << endl;
+ * }
+ * delete fmt;
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * <p>
+ * The code will generate the following output:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * 123,456,789.000
+ * -12,345,678.900
+ * 1,234,567.880
+ * -123,456.789
+ * 12,345.678
+ * -1,234.567
+ * 123.456
+ * -12.345
+ * 1.234
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ */
+class U_I18N_API FieldPosition : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * DONT_CARE may be specified as the field to indicate that the
+ * caller doesn't need to specify a field. Do not subclass.
+ */
+ enum { DONT_CARE = -1 };
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a FieldPosition object with a non-specified field.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ FieldPosition()
+ : UObject(), fField(DONT_CARE), fBeginIndex(0), fEndIndex(0) {}
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a FieldPosition object for the given field. Fields are
+ * identified by constants, whose names typically end with _FIELD,
+ * in the various subclasses of Format.
+ *
+ * @see NumberFormat#INTEGER_FIELD
+ * @see NumberFormat#FRACTION_FIELD
+ * @see DateFormat#YEAR_FIELD
+ * @see DateFormat#MONTH_FIELD
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ FieldPosition(int32_t field)
+ : UObject(), fField(field), fBeginIndex(0), fEndIndex(0) {}
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor
+ * @param copy the object to be copied from.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ FieldPosition(const FieldPosition& copy)
+ : UObject(copy), fField(copy.fField), fBeginIndex(copy.fBeginIndex), fEndIndex(copy.fEndIndex) {}
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~FieldPosition();
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator
+ * @param copy the object to be copied from.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ FieldPosition& operator=(const FieldPosition& copy);
+
+ /**
+ * Equality operator.
+ * @param that the object to be compared with.
+ * @return TRUE if the two field positions are equal, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator==(const FieldPosition& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Equality operator.
+ * @param that the object to be compared with.
+ * @return TRUE if the two field positions are not equal, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const FieldPosition& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this object.
+ * Clones can be used concurrently in multiple threads.
+ * If an error occurs, then NULL is returned.
+ * The caller must delete the clone.
+ *
+ * @return a clone of this object
+ *
+ * @see getDynamicClassID
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ FieldPosition *clone() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Retrieve the field identifier.
+ * @return the field identifier.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getField(void) const { return fField; }
+
+ /**
+ * Retrieve the index of the first character in the requested field.
+ * @return the index of the first character in the requested field.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getBeginIndex(void) const { return fBeginIndex; }
+
+ /**
+ * Retrieve the index of the character following the last character in the
+ * requested field.
+ * @return the index of the character following the last character in the
+ * requested field.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getEndIndex(void) const { return fEndIndex; }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the field.
+ * @param f the new value of the field.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setField(int32_t f) { fField = f; }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the begin index. For use by subclasses of Format.
+ * @param bi the new value of the begin index
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setBeginIndex(int32_t bi) { fBeginIndex = bi; }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the end index. For use by subclasses of Format.
+ * @param ei the new value of the end index
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setEndIndex(int32_t ei) { fEndIndex = ei; }
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Input: Desired field to determine start and end offsets for.
+ * The meaning depends on the subclass of Format.
+ */
+ int32_t fField;
+
+ /**
+ * Output: Start offset of field in text.
+ * If the field does not occur in the text, 0 is returned.
+ */
+ int32_t fBeginIndex;
+
+ /**
+ * Output: End offset of field in text.
+ * If the field does not occur in the text, 0 is returned.
+ */
+ int32_t fEndIndex;
+};
+
+inline FieldPosition&
+FieldPosition::operator=(const FieldPosition& copy)
+{
+ fField = copy.fField;
+ fEndIndex = copy.fEndIndex;
+ fBeginIndex = copy.fBeginIndex;
+ return *this;
+}
+
+inline UBool
+FieldPosition::operator==(const FieldPosition& copy) const
+{
+ return (fField == copy.fField &&
+ fEndIndex == copy.fEndIndex &&
+ fBeginIndex == copy.fBeginIndex);
+}
+
+inline UBool
+FieldPosition::operator!=(const FieldPosition& copy) const
+{
+ return !operator==(copy);
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // _FIELDPOS
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/fmtable.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/fmtable.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94ee328
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/fmtable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,591 @@
+/*
+********************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2006, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+********************************************************************************
+*
+* File FMTABLE.H
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 02/29/97 aliu Creation.
+********************************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef FMTABLE_H
+#define FMTABLE_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Formattable is a thin wrapper for primitive numeric types.
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * Formattable objects can be passed to the Format class or
+ * its subclasses for formatting. Formattable is a thin wrapper
+ * class which interconverts between the primitive numeric types
+ * (double, long, etc.) as well as UDate and UnicodeString.
+ *
+ * <p>Internally, a Formattable object is a union of primitive types.
+ * As such, it can only store one flavor of data at a time. To
+ * determine what flavor of data it contains, use the getType method.
+ *
+ * <p>As of ICU 3.0, Formattable may also wrap a UObject pointer,
+ * which it owns. This allows an instance of any ICU class to be
+ * encapsulated in a Formattable. For legacy reasons and for
+ * efficiency, primitive numeric types are still stored directly
+ * within a Formattable.
+ *
+ * <p>The Formattable class is not suitable for subclassing.
+ */
+class U_I18N_API Formattable : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * This enum is only used to let callers distinguish between
+ * the Formattable(UDate) constructor and the Formattable(double)
+ * constructor; the compiler cannot distinguish the signatures,
+ * since UDate is currently typedefed to be either double or long.
+ * If UDate is changed later to be a bonafide class
+ * or struct, then we no longer need this enum.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ enum ISDATE { kIsDate };
+
+ /**
+ * Default constructor
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ Formattable(); // Type kLong, value 0
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a Formattable object with a UDate instance.
+ * @param d the UDate instance.
+ * @param flag the flag to indicate this is a date. Always set it to kIsDate
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Formattable(UDate d, ISDATE flag);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a Formattable object with a double number.
+ * @param d the double number.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Formattable(double d);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a Formattable object with a long number.
+ * @param l the long number.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Formattable(int32_t l);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a Formattable object with an int64_t number
+ * @param ll the int64_t number.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ Formattable(int64_t ll);
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION
+ /**
+ * Creates a Formattable object with a char string pointer.
+ * Assumes that the char string is null terminated.
+ * @param strToCopy the char string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Formattable(const char* strToCopy);
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a Formattable object with a UnicodeString object to copy from.
+ * @param strToCopy the UnicodeString string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Formattable(const UnicodeString& strToCopy);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a Formattable object with a UnicodeString object to adopt from.
+ * @param strToAdopt the UnicodeString string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Formattable(UnicodeString* strToAdopt);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a Formattable object with an array of Formattable objects.
+ * @param arrayToCopy the Formattable object array.
+ * @param count the array count.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Formattable(const Formattable* arrayToCopy, int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a Formattable object that adopts the given UObject.
+ * @param objectToAdopt the UObject to set this object to
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ Formattable(UObject* objectToAdopt);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Formattable(const Formattable&);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @param rhs The Formattable object to copy into this object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Formattable& operator=(const Formattable &rhs);
+
+ /**
+ * Equality comparison.
+ * @param other the object to be compared with.
+ * @return TRUE if other are equal to this, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator==(const Formattable &other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Equality operator.
+ * @param other the object to be compared with.
+ * @return TRUE if other are unequal to this, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const Formattable& other) const
+ { return !operator==(other); }
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~Formattable();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this object.
+ * Clones can be used concurrently in multiple threads.
+ * If an error occurs, then NULL is returned.
+ * The caller must delete the clone.
+ *
+ * @return a clone of this object
+ *
+ * @see getDynamicClassID
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ Formattable *clone() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Selector for flavor of data type contained within a
+ * Formattable object. Formattable is a union of several
+ * different types, and at any time contains exactly one type.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ enum Type {
+ /**
+ * Selector indicating a UDate value. Use getDate to retrieve
+ * the value.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ kDate,
+
+ /**
+ * Selector indicating a double value. Use getDouble to
+ * retrieve the value.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ kDouble,
+
+ /**
+ * Selector indicating a 32-bit integer value. Use getLong to
+ * retrieve the value.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ kLong,
+
+ /**
+ * Selector indicating a UnicodeString value. Use getString
+ * to retrieve the value.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ kString,
+
+ /**
+ * Selector indicating an array of Formattables. Use getArray
+ * to retrieve the value.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ kArray,
+
+ /**
+ * Selector indicating a 64-bit integer value. Use getInt64
+ * to retrieve the value.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ kInt64,
+
+ /**
+ * Selector indicating a UObject value. Use getObject to
+ * retrieve the value.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ kObject
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the data type of this Formattable object.
+ * @return the data type of this Formattable object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Type getType(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE if the data type of this Formattable object
+ * is kDouble, kLong, or kInt64.
+ * @return TRUE if this is a pure numeric object
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UBool isNumeric() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the double value of this object. If this object is not of type
+ * kDouble then the result is undefined.
+ * @return the double value of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ double getDouble(void) const { return fValue.fDouble; }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the double value of this object. If this object is of type
+ * long or int64 then a casting conversion is peformed, with
+ * possible loss of precision. If the type is kObject and the
+ * object is a Measure, then the result of
+ * getNumber().getDouble(status) is returned. If this object is
+ * neither a numeric type nor a Measure, then 0 is returned and
+ * the status is set to U_INVALID_FORMAT_ERROR.
+ * @param status the error code
+ * @return the double value of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ double getDouble(UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the long value of this object. If this object is not of type
+ * kLong then the result is undefined.
+ * @return the long value of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getLong(void) const { return (int32_t)fValue.fInt64; }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the long value of this object. If the magnitude is too
+ * large to fit in a long, then the maximum or minimum long value,
+ * as appropriate, is returned and the status is set to
+ * U_INVALID_FORMAT_ERROR. If this object is of type kInt64 and
+ * it fits within a long, then no precision is lost. If it is of
+ * type kDouble, then a casting conversion is peformed, with
+ * truncation of any fractional part. If the type is kObject and
+ * the object is a Measure, then the result of
+ * getNumber().getLong(status) is returned. If this object is
+ * neither a numeric type nor a Measure, then 0 is returned and
+ * the status is set to U_INVALID_FORMAT_ERROR.
+ * @param status the error code
+ * @return the long value of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ int32_t getLong(UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the int64 value of this object. If this object is not of type
+ * kInt64 then the result is undefined.
+ * @return the int64 value of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ int64_t getInt64(void) const { return fValue.fInt64; }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the int64 value of this object. If this object is of type
+ * kDouble and the magnitude is too large to fit in an int64, then
+ * the maximum or minimum int64 value, as appropriate, is returned
+ * and the status is set to U_INVALID_FORMAT_ERROR. If the
+ * magnitude fits in an int64, then a casting conversion is
+ * peformed, with truncation of any fractional part. If the type
+ * is kObject and the object is a Measure, then the result of
+ * getNumber().getDouble(status) is returned. If this object is
+ * neither a numeric type nor a Measure, then 0 is returned and
+ * the status is set to U_INVALID_FORMAT_ERROR.
+ * @param status the error code
+ * @return the int64 value of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ int64_t getInt64(UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the Date value of this object. If this object is not of type
+ * kDate then the result is undefined.
+ * @return the Date value of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UDate getDate() const { return fValue.fDate; }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the Date value of this object. If the type is not a date,
+ * status is set to U_INVALID_FORMAT_ERROR and the return value is
+ * undefined.
+ * @param status the error code.
+ * @return the Date value of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDate getDate(UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string value of this object. If this object is not of type
+ * kString then the result is undefined.
+ * @param result Output param to receive the Date value of this object.
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getString(UnicodeString& result) const
+ { result=*fValue.fString; return result; }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string value of this object. If the type is not a
+ * string, status is set to U_INVALID_FORMAT_ERROR and a bogus
+ * string is returned.
+ * @param result Output param to receive the Date value of this object.
+ * @param status the error code.
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getString(UnicodeString& result, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets a const reference to the string value of this object. If
+ * this object is not of type kString then the result is
+ * undefined.
+ * @return a const reference to the string value of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline const UnicodeString& getString(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets a const reference to the string value of this object. If
+ * the type is not a string, status is set to
+ * U_INVALID_FORMAT_ERROR and the result is a bogus string.
+ * @param status the error code.
+ * @return a const reference to the string value of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ const UnicodeString& getString(UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets a reference to the string value of this object. If this
+ * object is not of type kString then the result is undefined.
+ * @return a reference to the string value of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& getString(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets a reference to the string value of this object. If the
+ * type is not a string, status is set to U_INVALID_FORMAT_ERROR
+ * and the result is a bogus string.
+ * @param status the error code.
+ * @return a reference to the string value of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getString(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the array value and count of this object. If this object
+ * is not of type kArray then the result is undefined.
+ * @param count fill-in with the count of this object.
+ * @return the array value of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const Formattable* getArray(int32_t& count) const
+ { count=fValue.fArrayAndCount.fCount; return fValue.fArrayAndCount.fArray; }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the array value and count of this object. If the type is
+ * not an array, status is set to U_INVALID_FORMAT_ERROR, count is
+ * set to 0, and the result is NULL.
+ * @param count fill-in with the count of this object.
+ * @param status the error code.
+ * @return the array value of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ const Formattable* getArray(int32_t& count, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Accesses the specified element in the array value of this
+ * Formattable object. If this object is not of type kArray then
+ * the result is undefined.
+ * @param index the specified index.
+ * @return the accessed element in the array.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Formattable& operator[](int32_t index) { return fValue.fArrayAndCount.fArray[index]; }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a pointer to the UObject contained within this
+ * formattable, or NULL if this object does not contain a UObject.
+ * @return a UObject pointer, or NULL
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ const UObject* getObject() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the double value of this object and changes the type to
+ * kDouble.
+ * @param d the new double value to be set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setDouble(double d);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the long value of this object and changes the type to
+ * kLong.
+ * @param l the new long value to be set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setLong(int32_t l);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the int64 value of this object and changes the type to
+ * kInt64.
+ * @param ll the new int64 value to be set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ void setInt64(int64_t ll);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the Date value of this object and changes the type to
+ * kDate.
+ * @param d the new Date value to be set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setDate(UDate d);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the string value of this object and changes the type to
+ * kString.
+ * @param stringToCopy the new string value to be set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setString(const UnicodeString& stringToCopy);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the array value and count of this object and changes the
+ * type to kArray.
+ * @param array the array value.
+ * @param count the number of array elements to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setArray(const Formattable* array, int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets and adopts the string value and count of this object and
+ * changes the type to kArray.
+ * @param stringToAdopt the new string value to be adopted.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void adoptString(UnicodeString* stringToAdopt);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets and adopts the array value and count of this object and
+ * changes the type to kArray.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void adoptArray(Formattable* array, int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets and adopts the UObject value of this object and changes
+ * the type to kObject. After this call, the caller must not
+ * delete the given object.
+ * @param objectToAdopt the UObject value to be adopted
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ void adoptObject(UObject* objectToAdopt);
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+ /**
+ * Deprecated variant of getLong(UErrorCode&).
+ * @param status the error code
+ * @return the long value of this object.
+ * @deprecated ICU 3.0 use getLong(UErrorCode&) instead
+ */
+ inline int32_t getLong(UErrorCode* status) const;
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Cleans up the memory for unwanted values. For example, the adopted
+ * string or array objects.
+ */
+ void dispose(void);
+
+ UnicodeString* getBogus() const;
+
+ union {
+ UObject* fObject;
+ UnicodeString* fString;
+ double fDouble;
+ int64_t fInt64;
+ UDate fDate;
+ struct {
+ Formattable* fArray;
+ int32_t fCount;
+ } fArrayAndCount;
+ } fValue;
+
+ Type fType;
+ UnicodeString fBogus; // Bogus string when it's needed.
+};
+
+inline UDate Formattable::getDate(UErrorCode& status) const {
+ if (fType != kDate) {
+ if (U_SUCCESS(status)) {
+ status = U_INVALID_FORMAT_ERROR;
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return fValue.fDate;
+}
+
+inline const UnicodeString& Formattable::getString(void) const {
+ return *fValue.fString;
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString& Formattable::getString(void) {
+ return *fValue.fString;
+}
+
+inline int32_t Formattable::getLong(UErrorCode* status) const {
+ return getLong(*status);
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif //_FMTABLE
+//eof
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/format.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/format.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f17b52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/format.h
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+/*
+********************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2006, International Business Machines Corporation and others.
+* All Rights Reserved.
+********************************************************************************
+*
+* File FORMAT.H
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 02/19/97 aliu Converted from java.
+* 03/17/97 clhuang Updated per C++ implementation.
+* 03/27/97 helena Updated to pass the simple test after code review.
+********************************************************************************
+*/
+// *****************************************************************************
+// This file was generated from the java source file Format.java
+// *****************************************************************************
+
+#ifndef FORMAT_H
+#define FORMAT_H
+
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Base class for all formats.
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+#include "unicode/fmtable.h"
+#include "unicode/fieldpos.h"
+#include "unicode/parsepos.h"
+#include "unicode/parseerr.h"
+#include "unicode/locid.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * Base class for all formats. This is an abstract base class which
+ * specifies the protocol for classes which convert other objects or
+ * values, such as numeric values and dates, and their string
+ * representations. In some cases these representations may be
+ * localized or contain localized characters or strings. For example,
+ * a numeric formatter such as DecimalFormat may convert a numeric
+ * value such as 12345 to the string "$12,345". It may also parse
+ * the string back into a numeric value. A date and time formatter
+ * like SimpleDateFormat may represent a specific date, encoded
+ * numerically, as a string such as "Wednesday, February 26, 1997 AD".
+ * <P>
+ * Many of the concrete subclasses of Format employ the notion of
+ * a pattern. A pattern is a string representation of the rules which
+ * govern the interconversion between values and strings. For example,
+ * a DecimalFormat object may be associated with the pattern
+ * "$#,##0.00;($#,##0.00)", which is a common US English format for
+ * currency values, yielding strings such as "$1,234.45" for 1234.45,
+ * and "($987.65)" for 987.6543. The specific syntax of a pattern
+ * is defined by each subclass.
+ * <P>
+ * Even though many subclasses use patterns, the notion of a pattern
+ * is not inherent to Format classes in general, and is not part of
+ * the explicit base class protocol.
+ * <P>
+ * Two complex formatting classes bear mentioning. These are
+ * MessageFormat and ChoiceFormat. ChoiceFormat is a subclass of
+ * NumberFormat which allows the user to format different number ranges
+ * as strings. For instance, 0 may be represented as "no files", 1 as
+ * "one file", and any number greater than 1 as "many files".
+ * MessageFormat is a formatter which utilizes other Format objects to
+ * format a string containing with multiple values. For instance,
+ * A MessageFormat object might produce the string "There are no files
+ * on the disk MyDisk on February 27, 1997." given the arguments 0,
+ * "MyDisk", and the date value of 2/27/97. See the ChoiceFormat
+ * and MessageFormat headers for further information.
+ * <P>
+ * If formatting is unsuccessful, a failing UErrorCode is returned when
+ * the Format cannot format the type of object, otherwise if there is
+ * something illformed about the the Unicode replacement character
+ * 0xFFFD is returned.
+ * <P>
+ * If there is no match when parsing, a parse failure UErrorCode is
+ * retured for methods which take no ParsePosition. For the method
+ * that takes a ParsePosition, the index parameter is left unchanged.
+ * <P>
+ * <em>User subclasses are not supported.</em> While clients may write
+ * subclasses, such code will not necessarily work and will not be
+ * guaranteed to work stably from release to release.
+ */
+class U_I18N_API Format : public UObject {
+public:
+
+ /** Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual ~Format();
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given Format objects are semantically equal.
+ * Objects of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param other the object to be compared with.
+ * @return Return true if the given Format objects are semantically equal.
+ * Objects of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const Format& other) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given Format objects are not semantically
+ * equal.
+ * @param other the object to be compared with.
+ * @return Return true if the given Format objects are not semantically.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const Format& other) const { return !operator==(other); }
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this object polymorphically. The caller is responsible
+ * for deleting the result when done.
+ * @return A copy of the object
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual Format* clone() const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Formats an object to produce a string.
+ *
+ * @param obj The object to format.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param status Output parameter filled in with success or failure status.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Format an object to produce a string. This is a pure virtual method which
+ * subclasses must implement. This method allows polymorphic formatting
+ * of Formattable objects. If a subclass of Format receives a Formattable
+ * object type it doesn't handle (e.g., if a numeric Formattable is passed
+ * to a DateFormat object) then it returns a failing UErrorCode.
+ *
+ * @param obj The object to format.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @param status Output param filled with success/failure status.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ UErrorCode& status) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Parse a string to produce an object. This is a pure virtual
+ * method which subclasses must implement. This method allows
+ * polymorphic parsing of strings into Formattable objects.
+ * <P>
+ * Before calling, set parse_pos.index to the offset you want to
+ * start parsing at in the source. After calling, parse_pos.index
+ * is the end of the text you parsed. If error occurs, index is
+ * unchanged.
+ * <P>
+ * When parsing, leading whitespace is discarded (with successful
+ * parse), while trailing whitespace is left as is.
+ * <P>
+ * Example:
+ * <P>
+ * Parsing "_12_xy" (where _ represents a space) for a number,
+ * with index == 0 will result in the number 12, with
+ * parse_pos.index updated to 3 (just before the second space).
+ * Parsing a second time will result in a failing UErrorCode since
+ * "xy" is not a number, and leave index at 3.
+ * <P>
+ * Subclasses will typically supply specific parse methods that
+ * return different types of values. Since methods can't overload
+ * on return types, these will typically be named "parse", while
+ * this polymorphic method will always be called parseObject. Any
+ * parse method that does not take a parse_pos should set status
+ * to an error value when no text in the required format is at the
+ * start position.
+ *
+ * @param source The string to be parsed into an object.
+ * @param result Formattable to be set to the parse result.
+ * If parse fails, return contents are undefined.
+ * @param parse_pos The position to start parsing at. Upon return
+ * this param is set to the position after the
+ * last character successfully parsed. If the
+ * source is not parsed successfully, this param
+ * will remain unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void parseObject(const UnicodeString& source,
+ Formattable& result,
+ ParsePosition& parse_pos) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Parses a string to produce an object. This is a convenience method
+ * which calls the pure virtual parseObject() method, and returns a
+ * failure UErrorCode if the ParsePosition indicates failure.
+ *
+ * @param source The string to be parsed into an object.
+ * @param result Formattable to be set to the parse result.
+ * If parse fails, return contents are undefined.
+ * @param status Output param to be filled with success/failure
+ * result code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void parseObject(const UnicodeString& source,
+ Formattable& result,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual method.
+ * This method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all
+ * C++ compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and
+ * clone() methods call this method.
+ * Concrete subclasses of Format must implement getDynamicClassID()
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a
+ * given class have the same class ID. Objects of
+ * other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const = 0;
+
+ /** Get the locale for this format object. You can choose between valid and actual locale.
+ * @param type type of the locale we're looking for (valid or actual)
+ * @param status error code for the operation
+ * @return the locale
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ Locale getLocale(ULocDataLocaleType type, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /** Get the locale for this format object. You can choose between valid and actual locale.
+ * @param type type of the locale we're looking for (valid or actual)
+ * @param status error code for the operation
+ * @return the locale
+ * @internal
+ */
+ const char* getLocaleID(ULocDataLocaleType type, UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+ protected:
+ /** @stable ICU 2.8 */
+ void setLocaleIDs(const char* valid, const char* actual);
+
+protected:
+ /**
+ * Default constructor for subclass use only. Does nothing.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Format();
+
+ /**
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Format(const Format&); // Does nothing; for subclasses only
+
+ /**
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Format& operator=(const Format&); // Does nothing; for subclasses
+
+
+ /**
+ * Simple function for initializing a UParseError from a UnicodeString.
+ *
+ * @param pattern The pattern to copy into the parseError
+ * @param pos The position in pattern where the error occured
+ * @param parseError The UParseError object to fill in
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static void syntaxError(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ int32_t pos,
+ UParseError& parseError);
+
+ private:
+ char actualLocale[ULOC_FULLNAME_CAPACITY];
+ char validLocale[ULOC_FULLNAME_CAPACITY];
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // _FORMAT
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/gregocal.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/gregocal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2d1b0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/gregocal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,823 @@
+/*
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2006, International Business Machines Corporation and others.
+* All Rights Reserved.
+********************************************************************************
+*
+* File GREGOCAL.H
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 04/22/97 aliu Overhauled header.
+* 07/28/98 stephen Sync with JDK 1.2
+* 09/04/98 stephen Re-sync with JDK 8/31 putback
+* 09/14/98 stephen Changed type of kOneDay, kOneWeek to double.
+* Fixed bug in roll()
+* 10/15/99 aliu Fixed j31, incorrect WEEK_OF_YEAR computation.
+* Added documentation of WEEK_OF_YEAR computation.
+* 10/15/99 aliu Fixed j32, cannot set date to Feb 29 2000 AD.
+* {JDK bug 4210209 4209272}
+* 11/07/2003 srl Update, clean up documentation.
+********************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef GREGOCAL_H
+#define GREGOCAL_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/calendar.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Concrete class which provides the standard calendar.
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * Concrete class which provides the standard calendar used by most of the world.
+ * <P>
+ * The standard (Gregorian) calendar has 2 eras, BC and AD.
+ * <P>
+ * This implementation handles a single discontinuity, which corresponds by default to
+ * the date the Gregorian calendar was originally instituted (October 15, 1582). Not all
+ * countries adopted the Gregorian calendar then, so this cutover date may be changed by
+ * the caller.
+ * <P>
+ * Prior to the institution of the Gregorian Calendar, New Year's Day was March 25. To
+ * avoid confusion, this Calendar always uses January 1. A manual adjustment may be made
+ * if desired for dates that are prior to the Gregorian changeover and which fall
+ * between January 1 and March 24.
+ *
+ * <p>Values calculated for the <code>WEEK_OF_YEAR</code> field range from 1 to
+ * 53. Week 1 for a year is the first week that contains at least
+ * <code>getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek()</code> days from that year. It thus
+ * depends on the values of <code>getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek()</code>,
+ * <code>getFirstDayOfWeek()</code>, and the day of the week of January 1.
+ * Weeks between week 1 of one year and week 1 of the following year are
+ * numbered sequentially from 2 to 52 or 53 (as needed).
+ *
+ * <p>For example, January 1, 1998 was a Thursday. If
+ * <code>getFirstDayOfWeek()</code> is <code>MONDAY</code> and
+ * <code>getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek()</code> is 4 (these are the values
+ * reflecting ISO 8601 and many national standards), then week 1 of 1998 starts
+ * on December 29, 1997, and ends on January 4, 1998. If, however,
+ * <code>getFirstDayOfWeek()</code> is <code>SUNDAY</code>, then week 1 of 1998
+ * starts on January 4, 1998, and ends on January 10, 1998; the first three days
+ * of 1998 then are part of week 53 of 1997.
+ *
+ * <p>Example for using GregorianCalendar:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * // get the supported ids for GMT-08:00 (Pacific Standard Time)
+ * UErrorCode success = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * const StringEnumeration *ids = TimeZone::createEnumeration(-8 * 60 * 60 * 1000);
+ * // if no ids were returned, something is wrong. get out.
+ * if (ids == 0 || ids->count(success) == 0) {
+ * return;
+ * }
+ *
+ * // begin output
+ * cout << "Current Time" << endl;
+ *
+ * // create a Pacific Standard Time time zone
+ * SimpleTimeZone* pdt = new SimpleTimeZone(-8 * 60 * 60 * 1000, ids->unext(NULL, success)));
+ *
+ * // set up rules for daylight savings time
+ * pdt->setStartRule(Calendar::APRIL, 1, Calendar::SUNDAY, 2 * 60 * 60 * 1000);
+ * pdt->setEndRule(Calendar::OCTOBER, -1, Calendar::SUNDAY, 2 * 60 * 60 * 1000);
+ *
+ * // create a GregorianCalendar with the Pacific Daylight time zone
+ * // and the current date and time
+ * Calendar* calendar = new GregorianCalendar( pdt, success );
+ *
+ * // print out a bunch of interesting things
+ * cout << "ERA: " << calendar->get( Calendar::ERA, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "YEAR: " << calendar->get( Calendar::YEAR, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "MONTH: " << calendar->get( Calendar::MONTH, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "WEEK_OF_YEAR: " << calendar->get( Calendar::WEEK_OF_YEAR, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "WEEK_OF_MONTH: " << calendar->get( Calendar::WEEK_OF_MONTH, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "DATE: " << calendar->get( Calendar::DATE, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "DAY_OF_MONTH: " << calendar->get( Calendar::DAY_OF_MONTH, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "DAY_OF_YEAR: " << calendar->get( Calendar::DAY_OF_YEAR, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "DAY_OF_WEEK: " << calendar->get( Calendar::DAY_OF_WEEK, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH: " << calendar->get( Calendar::DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "AM_PM: " << calendar->get( Calendar::AM_PM, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "HOUR: " << calendar->get( Calendar::HOUR, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "HOUR_OF_DAY: " << calendar->get( Calendar::HOUR_OF_DAY, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "MINUTE: " << calendar->get( Calendar::MINUTE, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "SECOND: " << calendar->get( Calendar::SECOND, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "MILLISECOND: " << calendar->get( Calendar::MILLISECOND, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "ZONE_OFFSET: " << (calendar->get( Calendar::ZONE_OFFSET, success )/(60*60*1000)) << endl;
+ * cout << "DST_OFFSET: " << (calendar->get( Calendar::DST_OFFSET, success )/(60*60*1000)) << endl;
+ *
+ * cout << "Current Time, with hour reset to 3" << endl;
+ * calendar->clear(Calendar::HOUR_OF_DAY); // so doesn't override
+ * calendar->set(Calendar::HOUR, 3);
+ * cout << "ERA: " << calendar->get( Calendar::ERA, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "YEAR: " << calendar->get( Calendar::YEAR, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "MONTH: " << calendar->get( Calendar::MONTH, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "WEEK_OF_YEAR: " << calendar->get( Calendar::WEEK_OF_YEAR, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "WEEK_OF_MONTH: " << calendar->get( Calendar::WEEK_OF_MONTH, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "DATE: " << calendar->get( Calendar::DATE, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "DAY_OF_MONTH: " << calendar->get( Calendar::DAY_OF_MONTH, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "DAY_OF_YEAR: " << calendar->get( Calendar::DAY_OF_YEAR, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "DAY_OF_WEEK: " << calendar->get( Calendar::DAY_OF_WEEK, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH: " << calendar->get( Calendar::DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "AM_PM: " << calendar->get( Calendar::AM_PM, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "HOUR: " << calendar->get( Calendar::HOUR, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "HOUR_OF_DAY: " << calendar->get( Calendar::HOUR_OF_DAY, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "MINUTE: " << calendar->get( Calendar::MINUTE, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "SECOND: " << calendar->get( Calendar::SECOND, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "MILLISECOND: " << calendar->get( Calendar::MILLISECOND, success ) << endl;
+ * cout << "ZONE_OFFSET: " << (calendar->get( Calendar::ZONE_OFFSET, success )/(60*60*1000)) << endl; // in hours
+ * cout << "DST_OFFSET: " << (calendar->get( Calendar::DST_OFFSET, success )/(60*60*1000)) << endl; // in hours
+ *
+ * if (U_FAILURE(success)) {
+ * cout << "An error occured. success=" << u_errorName(success) << endl;
+ * }
+ *
+ * delete ids;
+ * delete calendar; // also deletes pdt
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API GregorianCalendar: public Calendar {
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Useful constants for GregorianCalendar and TimeZone.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ enum EEras {
+ BC,
+ AD
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a default GregorianCalendar using the current time in the default time
+ * zone with the default locale.
+ *
+ * @param success Indicates the status of GregorianCalendar object construction.
+ * Returns U_ZERO_ERROR if constructed successfully.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ GregorianCalendar(UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a GregorianCalendar based on the current time in the given time zone
+ * with the default locale. Clients are no longer responsible for deleting the given
+ * time zone object after it's adopted.
+ *
+ * @param zoneToAdopt The given timezone.
+ * @param success Indicates the status of GregorianCalendar object construction.
+ * Returns U_ZERO_ERROR if constructed successfully.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ GregorianCalendar(TimeZone* zoneToAdopt, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a GregorianCalendar based on the current time in the given time zone
+ * with the default locale.
+ *
+ * @param zone The given timezone.
+ * @param success Indicates the status of GregorianCalendar object construction.
+ * Returns U_ZERO_ERROR if constructed successfully.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ GregorianCalendar(const TimeZone& zone, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a GregorianCalendar based on the current time in the default time zone
+ * with the given locale.
+ *
+ * @param aLocale The given locale.
+ * @param success Indicates the status of GregorianCalendar object construction.
+ * Returns U_ZERO_ERROR if constructed successfully.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ GregorianCalendar(const Locale& aLocale, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a GregorianCalendar based on the current time in the given time zone
+ * with the given locale. Clients are no longer responsible for deleting the given
+ * time zone object after it's adopted.
+ *
+ * @param zoneToAdopt The given timezone.
+ * @param aLocale The given locale.
+ * @param success Indicates the status of GregorianCalendar object construction.
+ * Returns U_ZERO_ERROR if constructed successfully.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ GregorianCalendar(TimeZone* zoneToAdopt, const Locale& aLocale, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a GregorianCalendar based on the current time in the given time zone
+ * with the given locale.
+ *
+ * @param zone The given timezone.
+ * @param aLocale The given locale.
+ * @param success Indicates the status of GregorianCalendar object construction.
+ * Returns U_ZERO_ERROR if constructed successfully.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ GregorianCalendar(const TimeZone& zone, const Locale& aLocale, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a GregorianCalendar with the given AD date set in the default time
+ * zone with the default locale.
+ *
+ * @param year The value used to set the YEAR time field in the calendar.
+ * @param month The value used to set the MONTH time field in the calendar. Month
+ * value is 0-based. e.g., 0 for January.
+ * @param date The value used to set the DATE time field in the calendar.
+ * @param success Indicates the status of GregorianCalendar object construction.
+ * Returns U_ZERO_ERROR if constructed successfully.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ GregorianCalendar(int32_t year, int32_t month, int32_t date, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a GregorianCalendar with the given AD date and time set for the
+ * default time zone with the default locale.
+ *
+ * @param year The value used to set the YEAR time field in the calendar.
+ * @param month The value used to set the MONTH time field in the calendar. Month
+ * value is 0-based. e.g., 0 for January.
+ * @param date The value used to set the DATE time field in the calendar.
+ * @param hour The value used to set the HOUR_OF_DAY time field in the calendar.
+ * @param minute The value used to set the MINUTE time field in the calendar.
+ * @param success Indicates the status of GregorianCalendar object construction.
+ * Returns U_ZERO_ERROR if constructed successfully.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ GregorianCalendar(int32_t year, int32_t month, int32_t date, int32_t hour, int32_t minute, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a GregorianCalendar with the given AD date and time set for the
+ * default time zone with the default locale.
+ *
+ * @param year The value used to set the YEAR time field in the calendar.
+ * @param month The value used to set the MONTH time field in the calendar. Month
+ * value is 0-based. e.g., 0 for January.
+ * @param date The value used to set the DATE time field in the calendar.
+ * @param hour The value used to set the HOUR_OF_DAY time field in the calendar.
+ * @param minute The value used to set the MINUTE time field in the calendar.
+ * @param second The value used to set the SECOND time field in the calendar.
+ * @param success Indicates the status of GregorianCalendar object construction.
+ * Returns U_ZERO_ERROR if constructed successfully.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ GregorianCalendar(int32_t year, int32_t month, int32_t date, int32_t hour, int32_t minute, int32_t second, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~GregorianCalendar();
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor
+ * @param source the object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ GregorianCalendar(const GregorianCalendar& source);
+
+ /**
+ * Default assignment operator
+ * @param right the object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ GregorianCalendar& operator=(const GregorianCalendar& right);
+
+ /**
+ * Create and return a polymorphic copy of this calendar.
+ * @return return a polymorphic copy of this calendar.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual Calendar* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the GregorianCalendar change date. This is the point when the switch from
+ * Julian dates to Gregorian dates occurred. Default is 00:00:00 local time, October
+ * 15, 1582. Previous to this time and date will be Julian dates.
+ *
+ * @param date The given Gregorian cutover date.
+ * @param success Output param set to success/failure code on exit.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setGregorianChange(UDate date, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the Gregorian Calendar change date. This is the point when the switch from
+ * Julian dates to Gregorian dates occurred. Default is 00:00:00 local time, October
+ * 15, 1582. Previous to this time and date will be Julian dates.
+ *
+ * @return The Gregorian cutover time for this calendar.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UDate getGregorianChange(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given year is a leap year. Determination of whether a year is
+ * a leap year is actually very complicated. We do something crude and mostly
+ * correct here, but for a real determination you need a lot of contextual
+ * information. For example, in Sweden, the change from Julian to Gregorian happened
+ * in a complex way resulting in missed leap years and double leap years between
+ * 1700 and 1753. Another example is that after the start of the Julian calendar in
+ * 45 B.C., the leap years did not regularize until 8 A.D. This method ignores these
+ * quirks, and pays attention only to the Julian onset date and the Gregorian
+ * cutover (which can be changed).
+ *
+ * @param year The given year.
+ * @return True if the given year is a leap year; false otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool isLeapYear(int32_t year) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE if the given Calendar object is equivalent to this
+ * one. Calendar override.
+ *
+ * @param other the Calendar to be compared with this Calendar
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UBool isEquivalentTo(const Calendar& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * (Overrides Calendar) Rolls up or down by the given amount in the specified field.
+ * For more information, see the documentation for Calendar::roll().
+ *
+ * @param field The time field.
+ * @param amount Indicates amount to roll.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid, this will be set to
+ * an error status.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use roll(UCalendarDateFields field, int32_t amount, UErrorCode& status) instead.
+ */
+ virtual void roll(EDateFields field, int32_t amount, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * (Overrides Calendar) Rolls up or down by the given amount in the specified field.
+ * For more information, see the documentation for Calendar::roll().
+ *
+ * @param field The time field.
+ * @param amount Indicates amount to roll.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit. If any value
+ * previously set in the time field is invalid, this will be set to
+ * an error status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6.
+ */
+ virtual void roll(UCalendarDateFields field, int32_t amount, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the minimum value that this field could have, given the current date.
+ * For the Gregorian calendar, this is the same as getMinimum() and getGreatestMinimum().
+ * @param field the time field.
+ * @return the minimum value that this field could have, given the current date.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use getActualMinimum(UCalendarDateFields field) instead.
+ */
+ int32_t getActualMinimum(EDateFields field) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the minimum value that this field could have, given the current date.
+ * For the Gregorian calendar, this is the same as getMinimum() and getGreatestMinimum().
+ * @param field the time field.
+ * @param status
+ * @return the minimum value that this field could have, given the current date.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use getActualMinimum(UCalendarDateFields field) instead. (Added to ICU 3.0 for signature consistency)
+ */
+ int32_t getActualMinimum(EDateFields field, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the minimum value that this field could have, given the current date.
+ * For the Gregorian calendar, this is the same as getMinimum() and getGreatestMinimum().
+ * @param field the time field.
+ * @param status error result.
+ * @return the minimum value that this field could have, given the current date.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ int32_t getActualMinimum(UCalendarDateFields field, UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the maximum value that this field could have, given the current date.
+ * For example, with the date "Feb 3, 1997" and the DAY_OF_MONTH field, the actual
+ * maximum would be 28; for "Feb 3, 1996" it s 29. Similarly for a Hebrew calendar,
+ * for some years the actual maximum for MONTH is 12, and for others 13.
+ * @param field the time field.
+ * @return the maximum value that this field could have, given the current date.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. Use getActualMaximum(UCalendarDateFields field) instead.
+ */
+ int32_t getActualMaximum(EDateFields field) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the maximum value that this field could have, given the current date.
+ * For example, with the date "Feb 3, 1997" and the DAY_OF_MONTH field, the actual
+ * maximum would be 28; for "Feb 3, 1996" it s 29. Similarly for a Hebrew calendar,
+ * for some years the actual maximum for MONTH is 12, and for others 13.
+ * @param field the time field.
+ * @param status returns any errors that may result from this function call.
+ * @return the maximum value that this field could have, given the current date.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getActualMaximum(UCalendarDateFields field, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * (Overrides Calendar) Return true if the current date for this Calendar is in
+ * Daylight Savings Time. Recognizes DST_OFFSET, if it is set.
+ *
+ * @param status Fill-in parameter which receives the status of this operation.
+ * @return True if the current date for this Calendar is in Daylight Savings Time,
+ * false, otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool inDaylightTime(UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Override Calendar Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual
+ * override. This method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++
+ * compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and clone() methods call
+ * this method.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a given class have the
+ * same class ID. Objects of other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for comparing to a return
+ * value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ *
+ * Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * Derived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the calendar type, "gregorian", for use in DateFormatSymbols.
+ *
+ * @return calendar type
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual const char * getType() const;
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * (Overrides Calendar) Converts GMT as milliseconds to time field values.
+ * @param status Fill-in parameter which receives the status of this operation.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+
+ private:
+ GregorianCalendar(); // default constructor not implemented
+
+ protected:
+ /**
+ * Return the ERA. We need a special method for this because the
+ * default ERA is AD, but a zero (unset) ERA is BC.
+ * @return the ERA.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t internalGetEra() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the Julian day number of day before the first day of the
+ * given month in the given extended year. Subclasses should override
+ * this method to implement their calendar system.
+ * @param eyear the extended year
+ * @param month the zero-based month, or 0 if useMonth is false
+ * @param useMonth if false, compute the day before the first day of
+ * the given year, otherwise, compute the day before the first day of
+ * the given month
+ * @return the Julian day number of the day before the first
+ * day of the given month and year
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handleComputeMonthStart(int32_t eyear, int32_t month,
+ UBool useMonth) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Subclasses may override this. This method calls
+ * handleGetMonthLength() to obtain the calendar-specific month
+ * length.
+ * @param bestField which field to use to calculate the date
+ * @return julian day specified by calendar fields.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handleComputeJulianDay(UCalendarDateFields bestField) ;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the number of days in the given month of the given extended
+ * year of this calendar system. Subclasses should override this
+ * method if they can provide a more correct or more efficient
+ * implementation than the default implementation in Calendar.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handleGetMonthLength(int32_t extendedYear, int32_t month) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the number of days in the given extended year of this
+ * calendar system. Subclasses should override this method if they can
+ * provide a more correct or more efficient implementation than the
+ * default implementation in Calendar.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handleGetYearLength(int32_t eyear) const;
+
+ /**
+ * return the length of the given month.
+ * @param month the given month.
+ * @return the length of the given month.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t monthLength(int32_t month) const;
+
+ /**
+ * return the length of the month according to the given year.
+ * @param month the given month.
+ * @param year the given year.
+ * @return the length of the month
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t monthLength(int32_t month, int32_t year) const;
+
+ /**
+ * return the length of the given year.
+ * @param year the given year.
+ * @return the length of the given year.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t yearLength(int32_t year) const;
+
+ /**
+ * return the length of the year field.
+ * @return the length of the year field
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t yearLength(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * After adjustments such as add(MONTH), add(YEAR), we don't want the
+ * month to jump around. E.g., we don't want Jan 31 + 1 month to go to Mar
+ * 3, we want it to go to Feb 28. Adjustments which might run into this
+ * problem call this method to retain the proper month.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ void pinDayOfMonth(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the day number with respect to the epoch. January 1, 1970 (Gregorian)
+ * is day zero.
+ * @param status Fill-in parameter which receives the status of this operation.
+ * @return the day number with respect to the epoch.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual UDate getEpochDay(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Subclass API for defining limits of different types.
+ * Subclasses must implement this method to return limits for the
+ * following fields:
+ *
+ * <pre>UCAL_ERA
+ * UCAL_YEAR
+ * UCAL_MONTH
+ * UCAL_WEEK_OF_YEAR
+ * UCAL_WEEK_OF_MONTH
+ * UCAL_DATE (DAY_OF_MONTH on Java)
+ * UCAL_DAY_OF_YEAR
+ * UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH
+ * UCAL_YEAR_WOY
+ * UCAL_EXTENDED_YEAR</pre>
+ *
+ * @param field one of the above field numbers
+ * @param limitType one of <code>MINIMUM</code>, <code>GREATEST_MINIMUM</code>,
+ * <code>LEAST_MAXIMUM</code>, or <code>MAXIMUM</code>
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handleGetLimit(UCalendarDateFields field, ELimitType limitType) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the extended year defined by the current fields. This will
+ * use the UCAL_EXTENDED_YEAR field or the UCAL_YEAR and supra-year fields (such
+ * as UCAL_ERA) specific to the calendar system, depending on which set of
+ * fields is newer.
+ * @return the extended year
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handleGetExtendedYear();
+
+ /**
+ * Subclasses may override this to convert from week fields
+ * (YEAR_WOY and WEEK_OF_YEAR) to an extended year in the case
+ * where YEAR, EXTENDED_YEAR are not set.
+ * The Gregorian implementation assumes a yearWoy in gregorian format, according to the current era.
+ * @return the extended year, UCAL_EXTENDED_YEAR
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handleGetExtendedYearFromWeekFields(int32_t yearWoy, int32_t woy);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Subclasses may override this method to compute several fields
+ * specific to each calendar system. These are:
+ *
+ * <ul><li>ERA
+ * <li>YEAR
+ * <li>MONTH
+ * <li>DAY_OF_MONTH
+ * <li>DAY_OF_YEAR
+ * <li>EXTENDED_YEAR</ul>
+ *
+ * <p>The GregorianCalendar implementation implements
+ * a calendar with the specified Julian/Gregorian cutover date.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual void handleComputeFields(int32_t julianDay, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ private:
+ /**
+ * Compute the julian day number of the given year.
+ * @param isGregorian if true, using Gregorian calendar, otherwise using Julian calendar
+ * @param year the given year.
+ * @param isLeap true if the year is a leap year.
+ * @return
+ */
+ static double computeJulianDayOfYear(UBool isGregorian, int32_t year,
+ UBool& isLeap);
+
+ /**
+ * Validates the values of the set time fields. True if they're all valid.
+ * @return True if the set time fields are all valid.
+ */
+ UBool validateFields(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Validates the value of the given time field. True if it's valid.
+ */
+ UBool boundsCheck(int32_t value, UCalendarDateFields field) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the pseudo-time-stamp for two fields, given their
+ * individual pseudo-time-stamps. If either of the fields
+ * is unset, then the aggregate is unset. Otherwise, the
+ * aggregate is the later of the two stamps.
+ * @param stamp_a One given field.
+ * @param stamp_b Another given field.
+ * @return the pseudo-time-stamp for two fields
+ */
+ int32_t aggregateStamp(int32_t stamp_a, int32_t stamp_b);
+
+ /**
+ * The point at which the Gregorian calendar rules are used, measured in
+ * milliseconds from the standard epoch. Default is October 15, 1582
+ * (Gregorian) 00:00:00 UTC, that is, October 4, 1582 (Julian) is followed
+ * by October 15, 1582 (Gregorian). This corresponds to Julian day number
+ * 2299161. This is measured from the standard epoch, not in Julian Days.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ UDate fGregorianCutover;
+
+ /**
+ * Julian day number of the Gregorian cutover
+ */
+ int32_t fCutoverJulianDay;
+
+ /**
+ * Midnight, local time (using this Calendar's TimeZone) at or before the
+ * gregorianCutover. This is a pure date value with no time of day or
+ * timezone component.
+ */
+ UDate fNormalizedGregorianCutover;// = gregorianCutover;
+
+ /**
+ * The year of the gregorianCutover, with 0 representing
+ * 1 BC, -1 representing 2 BC, etc.
+ */
+ int32_t fGregorianCutoverYear;// = 1582;
+
+ /**
+ * The year of the gregorianCutover, with 0 representing
+ * 1 BC, -1 representing 2 BC, etc.
+ */
+ int32_t fGregorianCutoverJulianDay;// = 2299161;
+
+ /**
+ * Converts time as milliseconds to Julian date. The Julian date used here is not a
+ * true Julian date, since it is measured from midnight, not noon.
+ *
+ * @param millis The given milliseconds.
+ * @return The Julian date number.
+ */
+ static double millisToJulianDay(UDate millis);
+
+ /**
+ * Converts Julian date to time as milliseconds. The Julian date used here is not a
+ * true Julian date, since it is measured from midnight, not noon.
+ *
+ * @param julian The given Julian date number.
+ * @return Time as milliseconds.
+ */
+ static UDate julianDayToMillis(double julian);
+
+ /**
+ * Used by handleComputeJulianDay() and handleComputeMonthStart().
+ * Temporary field indicating whether the calendar is currently Gregorian as opposed to Julian.
+ */
+ UBool fIsGregorian;
+
+ /**
+ * Used by handleComputeJulianDay() and handleComputeMonthStart().
+ * Temporary field indicating that the sense of the gregorian cutover should be inverted
+ * to handle certain calculations on and around the cutover date.
+ */
+ UBool fInvertGregorian;
+
+
+ public: // internal implementation
+
+ /**
+ * @internal
+ * @return TRUE if this calendar has the notion of a default century
+ */
+ virtual UBool haveDefaultCentury() const;
+
+ /**
+ * @internal
+ * @return the start of the default century
+ */
+ virtual UDate defaultCenturyStart() const;
+
+ /**
+ * @internal
+ * @return the beginning year of the default century
+ */
+ virtual int32_t defaultCenturyStartYear() const;
+
+ private:
+ /**
+ * The system maintains a static default century start date. This is initialized
+ * the first time it is used. Before then, it is set to SYSTEM_DEFAULT_CENTURY to
+ * indicate an uninitialized state. Once the system default century date and year
+ * are set, they do not change.
+ */
+ static UDate fgSystemDefaultCenturyStart;
+
+ /**
+ * See documentation for systemDefaultCenturyStart.
+ */
+ static int32_t fgSystemDefaultCenturyStartYear;
+
+ /**
+ * Default value that indicates the defaultCenturyStartYear is unitialized
+ */
+ static const int32_t fgSystemDefaultCenturyYear;
+
+ /**
+ * Default value that indicates the UDate of the beginning of the system default century
+ */
+ static const UDate fgSystemDefaultCentury;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the beginning date of the 100-year window that dates with 2-digit years
+ * are considered to fall within.
+ * @return the beginning date of the 100-year window that dates with 2-digit years
+ * are considered to fall within.
+ */
+ UDate internalGetDefaultCenturyStart(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the first year of the 100-year window that dates with 2-digit years
+ * are considered to fall within.
+ * @return the first year of the 100-year window that dates with 2-digit years
+ * are considered to fall within.
+ */
+ int32_t internalGetDefaultCenturyStartYear(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Initializes the 100-year window that dates with 2-digit years are considered
+ * to fall within so that its start date is 80 years before the current time.
+ */
+ static void initializeSystemDefaultCentury(void);
+
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // _GREGOCAL
+//eof
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/locid.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/locid.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3cc23b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/locid.h
@@ -0,0 +1,765 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 1996-2006, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* File locid.h
+*
+* Created by: Helena Shih
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 02/11/97 aliu Changed gLocPath to fgLocPath and added methods to
+* get and set it.
+* 04/02/97 aliu Made operator!= inline; fixed return value of getName().
+* 04/15/97 aliu Cleanup for AIX/Win32.
+* 04/24/97 aliu Numerous changes per code review.
+* 08/18/98 stephen Added tokenizeString(),changed getDisplayName()
+* 09/08/98 stephen Moved definition of kEmptyString for Mac Port
+* 11/09/99 weiv Added const char * getName() const;
+* 04/12/00 srl removing unicodestring api's and cached hash code
+* 08/10/01 grhoten Change the static Locales to accessor functions
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef LOCID_H
+#define LOCID_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+#include "unicode/putil.h"
+#include "unicode/uloc.h"
+#include "unicode/strenum.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Locale ID object.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * A <code>Locale</code> object represents a specific geographical, political,
+ * or cultural region. An operation that requires a <code>Locale</code> to perform
+ * its task is called <em>locale-sensitive</em> and uses the <code>Locale</code>
+ * to tailor information for the user. For example, displaying a number
+ * is a locale-sensitive operation--the number should be formatted
+ * according to the customs/conventions of the user's native country,
+ * region, or culture.
+ *
+ * The Locale class is not suitable for subclassing.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * You can create a <code>Locale</code> object using the constructor in
+ * this class:
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * Locale( const char* language,
+ * const char* country,
+ * const char* variant);
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * The first argument to the constructors is a valid <STRONG>ISO
+ * Language Code.</STRONG> These codes are the lower-case two-letter
+ * codes as defined by ISO-639.
+ * You can find a full list of these codes at:
+ * <BR><a href ="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/">
+ * http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/</a>
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * The second argument to the constructors is a valid <STRONG>ISO Country
+ * Code.</STRONG> These codes are the upper-case two-letter codes
+ * as defined by ISO-3166.
+ * You can find a full list of these codes at a number of sites, such as:
+ * <BR><a href="http://www.iso.org/iso/en/prods-services/iso3166ma/index.html">
+ * http://www.iso.org/iso/en/prods-services/iso3166ma/index.html</a>
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * The third constructor requires a third argument--the <STRONG>Variant.</STRONG>
+ * The Variant codes are vendor and browser-specific.
+ * For example, use REVISED for a langauge's revised script orthography, and POSIX for POSIX.
+ * Where there are two variants, separate them with an underscore, and
+ * put the most important one first. For
+ * example, a Traditional Spanish collation might be referenced, with
+ * "ES", "ES", "Traditional_POSIX".
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * Because a <code>Locale</code> object is just an identifier for a region,
+ * no validity check is performed when you construct a <code>Locale</code>.
+ * If you want to see whether particular resources are available for the
+ * <code>Locale</code> you construct, you must query those resources. For
+ * example, ask the <code>NumberFormat</code> for the locales it supports
+ * using its <code>getAvailableLocales</code> method.
+ * <BR><STRONG>Note:</STRONG> When you ask for a resource for a particular
+ * locale, you get back the best available match, not necessarily
+ * precisely what you asked for. For more information, look at
+ * <code>ResourceBundle</code>.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * The <code>Locale</code> class provides a number of convenient constants
+ * that you can use to create <code>Locale</code> objects for commonly used
+ * locales. For example, the following refers to a <code>Locale</code> object
+ * for the United States:
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * Locale::getUS()
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * Once you've created a <code>Locale</code> you can query it for information about
+ * itself. Use <code>getCountry</code> to get the ISO Country Code and
+ * <code>getLanguage</code> to get the ISO Language Code. You can
+ * use <code>getDisplayCountry</code> to get the
+ * name of the country suitable for displaying to the user. Similarly,
+ * you can use <code>getDisplayLanguage</code> to get the name of
+ * the language suitable for displaying to the user. Interestingly,
+ * the <code>getDisplayXXX</code> methods are themselves locale-sensitive
+ * and have two versions: one that uses the default locale and one
+ * that takes a locale as an argument and displays the name or country in
+ * a language appropriate to that locale.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * ICU provides a number of classes that perform locale-sensitive
+ * operations. For example, the <code>NumberFormat</code> class formats
+ * numbers, currency, or percentages in a locale-sensitive manner. Classes
+ * such as <code>NumberFormat</code> have a number of convenience methods
+ * for creating a default object of that type. For example, the
+ * <code>NumberFormat</code> class provides these three convenience methods
+ * for creating a default <code>NumberFormat</code> object:
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * UErrorCode success = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * Locale myLocale;
+ * NumberFormat *nf;
+ *
+ * nf = NumberFormat::createInstance( success ); delete nf;
+ * nf = NumberFormat::createCurrencyInstance( success ); delete nf;
+ * nf = NumberFormat::createPercentInstance( success ); delete nf;
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * Each of these methods has two variants; one with an explicit locale
+ * and one without; the latter using the default locale.
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * nf = NumberFormat::createInstance( myLocale, success ); delete nf;
+ * nf = NumberFormat::createCurrencyInstance( myLocale, success ); delete nf;
+ * nf = NumberFormat::createPercentInstance( myLocale, success ); delete nf;
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * A <code>Locale</code> is the mechanism for identifying the kind of object
+ * (<code>NumberFormat</code>) that you would like to get. The locale is
+ * <STRONG>just</STRONG> a mechanism for identifying objects,
+ * <STRONG>not</STRONG> a container for the objects themselves.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * Each class that performs locale-sensitive operations allows you
+ * to get all the available objects of that type. You can sift
+ * through these objects by language, country, or variant,
+ * and use the display names to present a menu to the user.
+ * For example, you can create a menu of all the collation objects
+ * suitable for a given language. Such classes implement these
+ * three class methods:
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * static Locale* getAvailableLocales(int32_t& numLocales)
+ * static UnicodeString& getDisplayName(const Locale& objectLocale,
+ * const Locale& displayLocale,
+ * UnicodeString& displayName)
+ * static UnicodeString& getDisplayName(const Locale& objectLocale,
+ * UnicodeString& displayName)
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ * @see ResourceBundle
+ */
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+class U_COMMON_API Locale : public UObject {
+public:
+ /** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getEnglish(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getFrench(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getGerman(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getItalian(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getJapanese(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getKorean(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getChinese(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getSimplifiedChinese(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getTraditionalChinese(void);
+
+ /** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getFrance(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getGermany(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getItaly(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getJapan(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getKorea(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getChina(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getPRC(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getTaiwan(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getUK(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getUS(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getCanada(void);
+ /** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ static const Locale &U_EXPORT2 getCanadaFrench(void);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a default locale object, a Locale for the default locale ID.
+ *
+ * @see getDefault
+ * @see uloc_getDefault
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Locale();
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a locale from language, country, variant.
+ * If an error occurs, then the constructed object will be "bogus"
+ * (isBogus() will return TRUE).
+ *
+ * @param language Lowercase two-letter or three-letter ISO-639 code.
+ * This parameter can instead be an ICU style C locale (e.g. "en_US"),
+ * but the other parameters must not be used.
+ * This parameter can be NULL; if so,
+ * the locale is initialized to match the current default locale.
+ * (This is the same as using the default constructor.)
+ * Please note: The Java Locale class does NOT accept the form
+ * 'new Locale("en_US")' but only 'new Locale("en","US")'
+ *
+ * @param country Uppercase two-letter ISO-3166 code. (optional)
+ * @param variant Uppercase vendor and browser specific code. See class
+ * description. (optional)
+ * @param keywordsAndValues A string consisting of keyword/values pairs, such as
+ * "collation=phonebook;currency=euro"
+ *
+ * @see getDefault
+ * @see uloc_getDefault
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Locale( const char * language,
+ const char * country = 0,
+ const char * variant = 0,
+ const char * keywordsAndValues = 0);
+
+ /**
+ * Initializes a Locale object from another Locale object.
+ *
+ * @param other The Locale object being copied in.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Locale(const Locale& other);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~Locale() ;
+
+ /**
+ * Replaces the entire contents of *this with the specified value.
+ *
+ * @param other The Locale object being copied in.
+ * @return *this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Locale& operator=(const Locale& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Checks if two locale keys are the same.
+ *
+ * @param other The locale key object to be compared with this.
+ * @return True if the two locale keys are the same, false otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator==(const Locale& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Checks if two locale keys are not the same.
+ *
+ * @param other The locale key object to be compared with this.
+ * @return True if the two locale keys are not the same, false
+ * otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const Locale& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this object.
+ * Clones can be used concurrently in multiple threads.
+ * If an error occurs, then NULL is returned.
+ * The caller must delete the clone.
+ *
+ * @return a clone of this object
+ *
+ * @see getDynamicClassID
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ Locale *clone() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Common methods of getting the current default Locale. Used for the
+ * presentation: menus, dialogs, etc. Generally set once when your applet or
+ * application is initialized, then never reset. (If you do reset the
+ * default locale, you probably want to reload your GUI, so that the change
+ * is reflected in your interface.)
+ *
+ * More advanced programs will allow users to use different locales for
+ * different fields, e.g. in a spreadsheet.
+ *
+ * Note that the initial setting will match the host system.
+ * @return a reference to the Locale object for the default locale ID
+ * @system
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static const Locale& U_EXPORT2 getDefault(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the default. Normally set once at the beginning of a process,
+ * then never reset.
+ * setDefault() only changes ICU's default locale ID, <strong>not</strong>
+ * the default locale ID of the runtime environment.
+ *
+ * @param newLocale Locale to set to. If NULL, set to the value obtained
+ * from the runtime environement.
+ * @param success The error code.
+ * @system
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 setDefault(const Locale& newLocale,
+ UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a locale which has had minimal canonicalization
+ * as per uloc_getName().
+ * @param name The name to create from. If name is null,
+ * the default Locale is used.
+ * @return new locale object
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ * @see uloc_getName
+ */
+ static Locale U_EXPORT2 createFromName(const char *name);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a locale from the given string after canonicalizing
+ * the string by calling uloc_canonicalize().
+ * @param name the locale ID to create from. Must not be NULL.
+ * @return a new locale object corresponding to the given name
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ * @see uloc_canonicalize
+ */
+ static Locale U_EXPORT2 createCanonical(const char* name);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the locale's ISO-639 language code.
+ * @return An alias to the code
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline const char * getLanguage( ) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the locale's ISO-15924 abbreviation script code.
+ * @return An alias to the code
+ * @see uscript_getShortName
+ * @see uscript_getCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ inline const char * getScript( ) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the locale's ISO-3166 country code.
+ * @return An alias to the code
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline const char * getCountry( ) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the locale's variant code.
+ * @return An alias to the code
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline const char * getVariant( ) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the programmatic name of the entire locale, with the language,
+ * country and variant separated by underbars. If a field is missing, up
+ * to two leading underbars will occur. Example: "en", "de_DE", "en_US_WIN",
+ * "de__POSIX", "fr__MAC", "__MAC", "_MT", "_FR_EURO"
+ * @return A pointer to "name".
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline const char * getName() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the programmatic name of the entire locale as getName would return,
+ * but without keywords.
+ * @return A pointer to "name".
+ * @see getName
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ const char * getBaseName() const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the list of keywords for the specified locale.
+ *
+ * @return pointer to StringEnumeration class. Client must dispose of it by calling delete.
+ * @param status Returns any error information while performing this operation.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ StringEnumeration * createKeywords(UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Get the value for a keyword.
+ *
+ * @param keywordName name of the keyword for which we want the value. Case insensitive.
+ * @param status Returns any error information while performing this operation.
+ * @param buffer The buffer to receive the keyword value.
+ * @param bufferCapacity The capacity of receiving buffer
+ * @return the length of keyword value
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ int32_t getKeywordValue(const char* keywordName, char *buffer, int32_t bufferCapacity, UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * returns the locale's three-letter language code, as specified
+ * in ISO draft standard ISO-639-2.
+ * @return An alias to the code, or NULL
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const char * getISO3Language() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Fills in "name" with the locale's three-letter ISO-3166 country code.
+ * @return An alias to the code, or NULL
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const char * getISO3Country() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the Windows LCID value corresponding to this locale.
+ * This value is stored in the resource data for the locale as a one-to-four-digit
+ * hexadecimal number. If the resource is missing, in the wrong format, or
+ * there is no Windows LCID value that corresponds to this locale, returns 0.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ uint32_t getLCID(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Fills in "dispLang" with the name of this locale's language in a format suitable for
+ * user display in the default locale. For example, if the locale's language code is
+ * "fr" and the default locale's language code is "en", this function would set
+ * dispLang to "French".
+ * @param dispLang Receives the language's display name.
+ * @return A reference to "dispLang".
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getDisplayLanguage(UnicodeString& dispLang) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Fills in "dispLang" with the name of this locale's language in a format suitable for
+ * user display in the locale specified by "displayLocale". For example, if the locale's
+ * language code is "en" and displayLocale's language code is "fr", this function would set
+ * dispLang to "Anglais".
+ * @param displayLocale Specifies the locale to be used to display the name. In other words,
+ * if the locale's language code is "en", passing Locale::getFrench() for
+ * displayLocale would result in "Anglais", while passing Locale::getGerman()
+ * for displayLocale would result in "Englisch".
+ * @param dispLang Receives the language's display name.
+ * @return A reference to "dispLang".
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getDisplayLanguage( const Locale& displayLocale,
+ UnicodeString& dispLang) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Fills in "dispScript" with the name of this locale's script in a format suitable
+ * for user display in the default locale. For example, if the locale's script code
+ * is "LATN" and the default locale's language code is "en", this function would set
+ * dispScript to "Latin".
+ * @param dispScript Receives the scripts's display name.
+ * @return A reference to "dispScript".
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getDisplayScript( UnicodeString& dispScript) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Fills in "dispScript" with the name of this locale's country in a format suitable
+ * for user display in the locale specified by "displayLocale". For example, if the locale's
+ * script code is "LATN" and displayLocale's language code is "en", this function would set
+ * dispScript to "Latin".
+ * @param displayLocale Specifies the locale to be used to display the name. In other
+ * words, if the locale's script code is "LATN", passing
+ * Locale::getFrench() for displayLocale would result in "", while
+ * passing Locale::getGerman() for displayLocale would result in
+ * "".
+ * @param dispScript Receives the scripts's display name.
+ * @return A reference to "dispScript".
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getDisplayScript( const Locale& displayLocale,
+ UnicodeString& dispScript) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Fills in "dispCountry" with the name of this locale's country in a format suitable
+ * for user display in the default locale. For example, if the locale's country code
+ * is "FR" and the default locale's language code is "en", this function would set
+ * dispCountry to "France".
+ * @param dispCountry Receives the country's display name.
+ * @return A reference to "dispCountry".
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getDisplayCountry( UnicodeString& dispCountry) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Fills in "dispCountry" with the name of this locale's country in a format suitable
+ * for user display in the locale specified by "displayLocale". For example, if the locale's
+ * country code is "US" and displayLocale's language code is "fr", this function would set
+ * dispCountry to "États-Unis".
+ * @param displayLocale Specifies the locale to be used to display the name. In other
+ * words, if the locale's country code is "US", passing
+ * Locale::getFrench() for displayLocale would result in "États-Unis", while
+ * passing Locale::getGerman() for displayLocale would result in
+ * "Vereinigte Staaten".
+ * @param dispCountry Receives the country's display name.
+ * @return A reference to "dispCountry".
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getDisplayCountry( const Locale& displayLocale,
+ UnicodeString& dispCountry) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Fills in "dispVar" with the name of this locale's variant code in a format suitable
+ * for user display in the default locale.
+ * @param dispVar Receives the variant's name.
+ * @return A reference to "dispVar".
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getDisplayVariant( UnicodeString& dispVar) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Fills in "dispVar" with the name of this locale's variant code in a format
+ * suitable for user display in the locale specified by "displayLocale".
+ * @param displayLocale Specifies the locale to be used to display the name.
+ * @param dispVar Receives the variant's display name.
+ * @return A reference to "dispVar".
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getDisplayVariant( const Locale& displayLocale,
+ UnicodeString& dispVar) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Fills in "name" with the name of this locale in a format suitable for user display
+ * in the default locale. This function uses getDisplayLanguage(), getDisplayCountry(),
+ * and getDisplayVariant() to do its work, and outputs the display name in the format
+ * "language (country[,variant])". For example, if the default locale is en_US, then
+ * fr_FR's display name would be "French (France)", and es_MX_Traditional's display name
+ * would be "Spanish (Mexico,Traditional)".
+ * @param name Receives the locale's display name.
+ * @return A reference to "name".
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getDisplayName( UnicodeString& name) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Fills in "name" with the name of this locale in a format suitable for user display
+ * in the locale specfied by "displayLocale". This function uses getDisplayLanguage(),
+ * getDisplayCountry(), and getDisplayVariant() to do its work, and outputs the display
+ * name in the format "language (country[,variant])". For example, if displayLocale is
+ * fr_FR, then en_US's display name would be "Anglais (États-Unis)", and no_NO_NY's
+ * display name would be "norvégien (Norvège,NY)".
+ * @param displayLocale Specifies the locale to be used to display the name.
+ * @param name Receives the locale's display name.
+ * @return A reference to "name".
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getDisplayName( const Locale& displayLocale,
+ UnicodeString& name) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Generates a hash code for the locale.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t hashCode(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the locale to bogus
+ * A bogus locale represents a non-existing locale associated
+ * with services that can be instantiated from non-locale data
+ * in addition to locale (for example, collation can be
+ * instantiated from a locale and from a rule set).
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ void setToBogus();
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the bogus state. Locale object can be bogus if it doesn't exist
+ * @return FALSE if it is a real locale, TRUE if it is a bogus locale
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ UBool isBogus(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a list of all installed locales.
+ * @param count Receives the number of locales in the list.
+ * @return A pointer to an array of Locale objects. This array is the list
+ * of all locales with installed resource files. The called does NOT
+ * get ownership of this list, and must NOT delete it.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static const Locale* U_EXPORT2 getAvailableLocales(int32_t& count);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets a list of all available 2-letter country codes defined in ISO 639. This is a
+ * pointer to an array of pointers to arrays of char. All of these pointers are
+ * owned by ICU-- do not delete them, and do not write through them. The array is
+ * terminated with a null pointer.
+ * @return a list of all available country codes
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static const char* const* U_EXPORT2 getISOCountries();
+
+ /**
+ * Gets a list of all available language codes defined in ISO 639. This is a pointer
+ * to an array of pointers to arrays of char. All of these pointers are owned
+ * by ICU-- do not delete them, and do not write through them. The array is
+ * terminated with a null pointer.
+ * @return a list of all available language codes
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static const char* const* U_EXPORT2 getISOLanguages();
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+protected: /* only protected for testing purposes. DO NOT USE. */
+ /**
+ * Set this from a single POSIX style locale string.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ void setFromPOSIXID(const char *posixID);
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Initialize the locale object with a new name.
+ * Was deprecated - used in implementation - moved internal
+ *
+ * @param cLocaleID The new locale name.
+ */
+ Locale& init(const char* cLocaleID, UBool canonicalize);
+
+ /*
+ * Internal constructor to allow construction of a locale object with
+ * NO side effects. (Default constructor tries to get
+ * the default locale.)
+ */
+ enum ELocaleType {
+ eBOGUS
+ };
+ Locale(ELocaleType);
+
+ /**
+ * Initialize the locale cache for commonly used locales
+ */
+ static Locale *getLocaleCache(void);
+
+ char language[ULOC_LANG_CAPACITY];
+ char script[ULOC_SCRIPT_CAPACITY];
+ char country[ULOC_COUNTRY_CAPACITY];
+ int32_t variantBegin;
+ char* fullName;
+ char fullNameBuffer[ULOC_FULLNAME_CAPACITY];
+ // name without keywords
+ char* baseName;
+ char baseNameBuffer[ULOC_FULLNAME_CAPACITY];
+
+ UBool fIsBogus;
+
+ static const Locale &getLocale(int locid);
+
+ /**
+ * A friend to allow the default locale to be set by either the C or C++ API.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ friend void locale_set_default_internal(const char *);
+};
+
+inline UBool
+Locale::operator!=(const Locale& other) const
+{
+ return !operator==(other);
+}
+
+inline const char *
+Locale::getCountry() const
+{
+ return country;
+}
+
+inline const char *
+Locale::getLanguage() const
+{
+ return language;
+}
+
+inline const char *
+Locale::getScript() const
+{
+ return script;
+}
+
+inline const char *
+Locale::getVariant() const
+{
+ return &fullName[variantBegin];
+}
+
+inline const char *
+Locale::getName() const
+{
+ return fullName;
+}
+
+inline UBool
+Locale::isBogus(void) const {
+ return fIsBogus;
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/measfmt.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/measfmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5af55e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/measfmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (c) 2004-2006, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Author: Alan Liu
+* Created: April 20, 2004
+* Since: ICU 3.0
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef MEASUREFORMAT_H
+#define MEASUREFORMAT_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/format.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Formatter for measure objects.
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ *
+ * A formatter for measure objects. This is an abstract base class.
+ *
+ * <p>To format or parse a measure object, first create a formatter
+ * object using a MeasureFormat factory method. Then use that
+ * object's format and parse methods.
+ *
+ * <p>This is an abstract class.
+ *
+ * @see Format
+ * @author Alan Liu
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API MeasureFormat : public Format {
+
+ public:
+
+ /**
+ * Return a formatter for CurrencyAmount objects in the given
+ * locale.
+ * @param locale desired locale
+ * @param ec input-output error code
+ * @return a formatter object, or NULL upon error
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ static MeasureFormat* U_EXPORT2 createCurrencyFormat(const Locale& locale,
+ UErrorCode& ec);
+
+ /**
+ * Return a formatter for CurrencyAmount objects in the default
+ * locale.
+ * @param ec input-output error code
+ * @return a formatter object, or NULL upon error
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ static MeasureFormat* U_EXPORT2 createCurrencyFormat(UErrorCode& ec);
+
+ protected:
+
+ /**
+ * Default constructor.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ MeasureFormat();
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif // #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+#endif // #ifndef MEASUREFORMAT_H
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/measunit.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/measunit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a210e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/measunit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (c) 2004-2006, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Author: Alan Liu
+* Created: April 26, 2004
+* Since: ICU 3.0
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef __MEASUREUNIT_H__
+#define __MEASUREUNIT_H__
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/fmtable.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: A unit for measuring a quantity.
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * A unit such as length, mass, volume, currency, etc. A unit is
+ * coupled with a numeric amount to produce a Measure.
+ *
+ * <p>This is an abstract class.
+ *
+ * @author Alan Liu
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API MeasureUnit: public UObject {
+ public:
+ /**
+ * Return a polymorphic clone of this object. The result will
+ * have the same class as returned by getDynamicClassID().
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual UObject* clone() const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual ~MeasureUnit();
+
+ /**
+ * Equality operator. Return true if this object is equal
+ * to the given object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const UObject& other) const = 0;
+
+ protected:
+ /**
+ * Default constructor.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ MeasureUnit();
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+// NOTE: There is no measunit.cpp. For implementation, see measure.cpp. [alan]
+
+#endif // !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+#endif // __MEASUREUNIT_H__
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/measure.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/measure.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b7a049
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/measure.h
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (c) 2004-2006, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Author: Alan Liu
+* Created: April 26, 2004
+* Since: ICU 3.0
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef __MEASURE_H__
+#define __MEASURE_H__
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: MeasureUnit object.
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/fmtable.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class MeasureUnit;
+
+/**
+ * An amount of a specified unit, consisting of a number and a Unit.
+ * For example, a length measure consists of a number and a length
+ * unit, such as feet or meters. This is an abstract class.
+ * Subclasses specify a concrete Unit type.
+ *
+ * <p>Measure objects are parsed and formatted by subclasses of
+ * MeasureFormat.
+ *
+ * <p>Measure objects are immutable.
+ *
+ * <p>This is an abstract class.
+ *
+ * @author Alan Liu
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API Measure: public UObject {
+ public:
+ /**
+ * Construct an object with the given numeric amount and the given
+ * unit. After this call, the caller must not delete the given
+ * unit object.
+ * @param number a numeric object; amount.isNumeric() must be TRUE
+ * @param adoptedUnit the unit object, which must not be NULL
+ * @param ec input-output error code. If the amount or the unit
+ * is invalid, then this will be set to a failing value.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ Measure(const Formattable& number, MeasureUnit* adoptedUnit,
+ UErrorCode& ec);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ Measure(const Measure& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ Measure& operator=(const Measure& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Return a polymorphic clone of this object. The result will
+ * have the same class as returned by getDynamicClassID().
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual UObject* clone() const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual ~Measure();
+
+ /**
+ * Equality operator. Return true if this object is equal
+ * to the given object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UBool operator==(const UObject& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return a reference to the numeric value of this object. The
+ * numeric value may be of any numeric type supported by
+ * Formattable.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ inline const Formattable& getNumber() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return a reference to the unit of this object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ inline const MeasureUnit& getUnit() const;
+
+ protected:
+ /**
+ * Default constructor.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ Measure();
+
+ private:
+ /**
+ * The numeric value of this object, e.g. 2.54 or 100.
+ */
+ Formattable number;
+
+ /**
+ * The unit of this object, e.g., "millimeter" or "JPY". This is
+ * owned by this object.
+ */
+ MeasureUnit* unit;
+};
+
+inline const Formattable& Measure::getNumber() const {
+ return number;
+}
+
+inline const MeasureUnit& Measure::getUnit() const {
+ return *unit;
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif // !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+#endif // __MEASURE_H__
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/msgfmt.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/msgfmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67e17cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/msgfmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,940 @@
+/*
+* Copyright (C) 2007-2008, International Business Machines Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+********************************************************************************
+*
+* File MSGFMT.H
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 02/19/97 aliu Converted from java.
+* 03/20/97 helena Finished first cut of implementation.
+* 07/22/98 stephen Removed operator!= (defined in Format)
+* 08/19/2002 srl Removing Javaisms
+********************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef MSGFMT_H
+#define MSGFMT_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Formats messages in a language-neutral way.
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/format.h"
+#include "unicode/locid.h"
+#include "unicode/parseerr.h"
+#include "unicode/uchar.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class NumberFormat;
+class DateFormat;
+
+/**
+ *
+ * A MessageFormat produces concatenated messages in a
+ * language-neutral way. It should be used for all string
+ * concatenations that are visible to end users.
+ * <P>
+ * A MessageFormat contains an array of <EM>subformats</EM> arranged
+ * within a <EM>template string</EM>. Together, the subformats and
+ * template string determine how the MessageFormat will operate during
+ * formatting and parsing.
+ * <P>
+ * Typically, both the subformats and the template string are
+ * specified at once in a <EM>pattern</EM>. By using different
+ * patterns for different locales, messages may be localized.
+ * <P>
+ * During formatting, the MessageFormat takes an array of arguments
+ * and produces a user-readable string. Each argument is a
+ * Formattable object; they may be passed in in an array, or as a
+ * single Formattable object which itself contains an array. Each
+ * argument is matched up with its corresponding subformat, which then
+ * formats it into a string. The resultant strings are then assembled
+ * within the string template of the MessageFormat to produce the
+ * final output string.
+ * <p>
+ * <strong>Note:</strong>
+ * In ICU 4.0 MessageFormat supports named arguments. If a named argument
+ * is used, all arguments must be named. Names start with a character in
+ * <code>UCHAR_ID_START</code> and continue with characters in
+ * <code>UCHARID_CONTINUE</code>, in particular they do not start with a digit.
+ * If named arguments are used, {@link #usesNamedArguments()} will return true.
+ * <p>
+ * The other new methods supporting named arguments are
+ * {@link #getFormatNames(UErrorCode& status)},
+ * {@link #getFormat(const UnicodeString& formatName, UErrorCode& status)}
+ * {@link #setFormat(const UnicodeString& formatName, const Format& format, UErrorCode& status)},
+ * {@link #adoptFormat(const UnicodeString& formatName, Format* formatToAdopt, UErrorCode& status)},
+ * {@link #format(const Formattable* arguments, const UnicodeString *argumentNames, int32_t cnt, UnicodeString& appendTo, FieldPosition& status, int32_t recursionProtection, UErrorCode& success)},
+ * {@link #format(const UnicodeString* argumentNames, const Formattable* arguments, int32_t count, UnicodeString& appendTo,UErrorCode& status)}.
+ * These methods are all compatible with patterns that do not used named arguments--
+ * in these cases the keys in the input or output use <code>UnicodeString</code>s
+ * that name the argument indices, e.g. "0", "1", "2"... etc.
+ * <p>
+ * When named arguments are used, certain methods on MessageFormat that take or
+ * return arrays do not perform any action, since it is not possible to
+ * identify positions in an array using a name. UErrorCode is set to
+ * U_ARGUMENT_TYPE_MISMATCH if there is a status/success field in the method.
+ * These methods are
+ * {@link #adoptFormats(Format** newFormats, int32_t count)},
+ * {@link #setFormats(const Format** newFormats,int32_t count)},
+ * {@link #adoptFormat(int32_t n, Format *newFormat)},
+ * {@link #getFormats(int32_t& cnt)},
+ * {@link #format(const Formattable* source,int32_t cnt,UnicodeString& appendTo, FieldPosition& ignore, UErrorCode& success)},
+ * {@link #format(const UnicodeString& pattern,const Formattable* arguments,int32_t cnt,UnicodeString& appendTo,UErrorCode& success)},
+ * {@link #format(const Formattable& source, UnicodeString& appendTo,FieldPosition& ignore, UErrorCode& success)},
+ * {@link #format(const Formattable* arguments, int32_t cnt, UnicodeString& appendTo, FieldPosition& status, int32_t recursionProtection,UErrorCode& success)},
+ * {@link #parse(const UnicodeString& source, ParsePosition& pos,int32_t& count)},
+ * {@link #parse(const UnicodeString& source, int32_t& cnt, UErrorCode& status)}
+ * <p>
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * During parsing, an input string is matched against the string
+ * template of the MessageFormat to produce an array of Formattable
+ * objects. Plain text of the template string is matched directly
+ * against intput text. At each position in the template string where
+ * a subformat is located, the subformat is called to parse the
+ * corresponding segment of input text to produce an output argument.
+ * In this way, an array of arguments is created which together
+ * constitute the parse result.
+ * <P>
+ * Parsing may fail or produce unexpected results in a number of
+ * circumstances.
+ * <UL>
+ * <LI>If one of the arguments does not occur in the pattern, it
+ * will be returned as a default Formattable.
+ * <LI>If the format of an argument is loses information, such as with
+ * a choice format where a large number formats to "many", then the
+ * parse may not correspond to the originally formatted argument.
+ * <LI>MessageFormat does not handle ChoiceFormat recursion during
+ * parsing; such parses will fail.
+ * <LI>Parsing will not always find a match (or the correct match) if
+ * some part of the parse is ambiguous. For example, if the pattern
+ * "{1},{2}" is used with the string arguments {"a,b", "c"}, it will
+ * format as "a,b,c". When the result is parsed, it will return {"a",
+ * "b,c"}.
+ * <LI>If a single argument is formatted more than once in the string,
+ * then the rightmost subformat in the pattern string will produce the
+ * parse result; prior subformats with the same argument index will
+ * have no effect.
+ * </UL>
+ * Here are some examples of usage:
+ * <P>
+ * Example 1:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UErrorCode success = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * GregorianCalendar cal(success);
+ * Formattable arguments[] = {
+ * 7L,
+ * Formattable( (Date) cal.getTime(success), Formattable::kIsDate),
+ * "a disturbance in the Force"
+ * };
+ *
+ * UnicodeString result;
+ * MessageFormat::format(
+ * "At {1,time} on {1,date}, there was {2} on planet {0,number}.",
+ * arguments, 3, result, success );
+ *
+ * cout << "result: " << result << endl;
+ * //<output>: At 4:34:20 PM on 23-Mar-98, there was a disturbance
+ * // in the Force on planet 7.
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * Typically, the message format will come from resources, and the
+ * arguments will be dynamically set at runtime.
+ * <P>
+ * Example 2:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * success = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * Formattable testArgs[] = {3L, "MyDisk"};
+ *
+ * MessageFormat form(
+ * "The disk \"{1}\" contains {0} file(s).", success );
+ *
+ * UnicodeString string;
+ * FieldPosition fpos = 0;
+ * cout << "format: " << form.format(testArgs, 2, string, fpos, success ) << endl;
+ *
+ * // output, with different testArgs:
+ * // output: The disk "MyDisk" contains 0 file(s).
+ * // output: The disk "MyDisk" contains 1 file(s).
+ * // output: The disk "MyDisk" contains 1,273 file(s).
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * The pattern is of the following form. Legend:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * {optional item}
+ * (group that may be repeated)*
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * Do not confuse optional items with items inside quotes braces, such
+ * as this: "{". Quoted braces are literals.
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * messageFormatPattern := string ( "{" messageFormatElement "}" string )*
+ *
+ * messageFormatElement := argumentIndex | argumentName { "," elementFormat }
+ *
+ * elementFormat := "time" { "," datetimeStyle }
+ * | "date" { "," datetimeStyle }
+ * | "number" { "," numberStyle }
+ * | "choice" "," choiceStyle
+ *
+ * datetimeStyle := "short"
+ * | "medium"
+ * | "long"
+ * | "full"
+ * | dateFormatPattern
+ *
+ * numberStyle := "currency"
+ * | "percent"
+ * | "integer"
+ * | numberFormatPattern
+ *
+ * choiceStyle := choiceFormatPattern
+ *
+ * pluralStyle := pluralFormatPattern
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * If there is no elementFormat, then the argument must be a string,
+ * which is substituted. If there is no dateTimeStyle or numberStyle,
+ * then the default format is used (e.g. NumberFormat::createInstance(),
+ * DateFormat::createTimeInstance(DateFormat::kDefault, ...) or DateFormat::createDateInstance(DateFormat::kDefault, ...). For
+ * a ChoiceFormat, the pattern must always be specified, since there
+ * is no default.
+ * <P>
+ * In strings, single quotes can be used to quote syntax characters.
+ * A literal single quote is represented by '', both within and outside
+ * of single-quoted segments. Inside a
+ * messageFormatElement, quotes are <EM>not</EM> removed. For example,
+ * {1,number,$'#',##} will produce a number format with the pound-sign
+ * quoted, with a result such as: "$#31,45".
+ * <P>
+ * If a pattern is used, then unquoted braces in the pattern, if any,
+ * must match: that is, "ab {0} de" and "ab '}' de" are ok, but "ab
+ * {0'}' de" and "ab } de" are not.
+ * <p>
+ * <dl><dt><b>Warning:</b><dd>The rules for using quotes within message
+ * format patterns unfortunately have shown to be somewhat confusing.
+ * In particular, it isn't always obvious to localizers whether single
+ * quotes need to be doubled or not. Make sure to inform localizers about
+ * the rules, and tell them (for example, by using comments in resource
+ * bundle source files) which strings will be processed by MessageFormat.
+ * Note that localizers may need to use single quotes in translated
+ * strings where the original version doesn't have them.
+ * <br>Note also that the simplest way to avoid the problem is to
+ * use the real apostrophe (single quote) character U+2019 (') for
+ * human-readable text, and to use the ASCII apostrophe (U+0027 ' )
+ * only in program syntax, like quoting in MessageFormat.
+ * See the annotations for U+0027 Apostrophe in The Unicode Standard.</p>
+ * </dl>
+ * <P>
+ * The argumentIndex is a non-negative integer, which corresponds to the
+ * index of the arguments presented in an array to be formatted. The
+ * first argument has argumentIndex 0.
+ * <P>
+ * It is acceptable to have unused arguments in the array. With missing
+ * arguments or arguments that are not of the right class for the
+ * specified format, a failing UErrorCode result is set.
+ * <P>
+ * For more sophisticated patterns, you can use a ChoiceFormat to get
+ * output:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UErrorCode success = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * MessageFormat* form("The disk \"{1}\" contains {0}.", success);
+ * double filelimits[] = {0,1,2};
+ * UnicodeString filepart[] = {"no files","one file","{0,number} files"};
+ * ChoiceFormat* fileform = new ChoiceFormat(filelimits, filepart, 3);
+ * form.setFormat(1, *fileform); // NOT zero, see below
+ *
+ * Formattable testArgs[] = {1273L, "MyDisk"};
+ *
+ * UnicodeString string;
+ * FieldPosition fpos = 0;
+ * cout << form.format(testArgs, 2, string, fpos, success) << endl;
+ *
+ * // output, with different testArgs
+ * // output: The disk "MyDisk" contains no files.
+ * // output: The disk "MyDisk" contains one file.
+ * // output: The disk "MyDisk" contains 1,273 files.
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * You can either do this programmatically, as in the above example,
+ * or by using a pattern (see ChoiceFormat for more information) as in:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * form.applyPattern(
+ * "There {0,choice,0#are no files|1#is one file|1<are {0,number,integer} files}.");
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * <P>
+ * <EM>Note:</EM> As we see above, the string produced by a ChoiceFormat in
+ * MessageFormat is treated specially; occurences of '{' are used to
+ * indicated subformats, and cause recursion. If you create both a
+ * MessageFormat and ChoiceFormat programmatically (instead of using
+ * the string patterns), then be careful not to produce a format that
+ * recurses on itself, which will cause an infinite loop.
+ * <P>
+ * <EM>Note:</EM> Subformats are numbered by their order in the pattern.
+ * This is <EM>not</EM> the same as the argumentIndex.
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * For example: with "abc{2}def{3}ghi{0}...",
+ *
+ * format0 affects the first variable {2}
+ * format1 affects the second variable {3}
+ * format2 affects the second variable {0}
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * <p><em>User subclasses are not supported.</em> While clients may write
+ * subclasses, such code will not necessarily work and will not be
+ * guaranteed to work stably from release to release.
+ */
+class U_I18N_API MessageFormat : public Format {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Enum type for kMaxFormat.
+ * @obsolete ICU 3.0. The 10-argument limit was removed as of ICU 2.6,
+ * rendering this enum type obsolete.
+ */
+ enum EFormatNumber {
+ /**
+ * The maximum number of arguments.
+ * @obsolete ICU 3.0. The 10-argument limit was removed as of ICU 2.6,
+ * rendering this constant obsolete.
+ */
+ kMaxFormat = 10
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a new MessageFormat using the given pattern and the
+ * default locale.
+ *
+ * @param pattern Pattern used to construct object.
+ * @param status Input/output error code. If the
+ * pattern cannot be parsed, set to failure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ MessageFormat(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a new MessageFormat using the given pattern and locale.
+ * @param pattern Pattern used to construct object.
+ * @param newLocale The locale to use for formatting dates and numbers.
+ * @param status Input/output error code. If the
+ * pattern cannot be parsed, set to failure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ MessageFormat(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ const Locale& newLocale,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+ /**
+ * Constructs a new MessageFormat using the given pattern and locale.
+ * @param pattern Pattern used to construct object.
+ * @param newLocale The locale to use for formatting dates and numbers.
+ * @param parseError Struct to recieve information on position
+ * of error within the pattern.
+ * @param status Input/output error code. If the
+ * pattern cannot be parsed, set to failure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ MessageFormat(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ const Locale& newLocale,
+ UParseError& parseError,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+ /**
+ * Constructs a new MessageFormat from an existing one.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ MessageFormat(const MessageFormat&);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const MessageFormat& operator=(const MessageFormat&);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~MessageFormat();
+
+ /**
+ * Clones this Format object polymorphically. The caller owns the
+ * result and should delete it when done.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual Format* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if the given Format objects are semantically equal.
+ * Objects of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param other the object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given Format objects are semantically equal.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const Format& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the locale. This locale is used for fetching default number or date
+ * format information.
+ * @param theLocale the new locale value to be set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setLocale(const Locale& theLocale);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the locale. This locale is used for fetching default number or date
+ * format information.
+ * @return the locale of the object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual const Locale& getLocale(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Applies the given pattern string to this message format.
+ *
+ * @param pattern The pattern to be applied.
+ * @param status Input/output error code. If the
+ * pattern cannot be parsed, set to failure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void applyPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+ /**
+ * Applies the given pattern string to this message format.
+ *
+ * @param pattern The pattern to be applied.
+ * @param parseError Struct to recieve information on position
+ * of error within pattern.
+ * @param status Input/output error code. If the
+ * pattern cannot be parsed, set to failure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void applyPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UParseError& parseError,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a pattern that can be used to recreate this object.
+ *
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive the pattern.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& toPattern(UnicodeString& appendTo) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets subformats.
+ * See the class description about format numbering.
+ * The caller should not delete the Format objects after this call.
+ * <EM>The array formatsToAdopt is not itself adopted.</EM> Its
+ * ownership is retained by the caller. If the call fails because
+ * memory cannot be allocated, then the formats will be deleted
+ * by this method, and this object will remain unchanged.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ * @param formatsToAdopt the format to be adopted.
+ * @param count the size of the array.
+ */
+ virtual void adoptFormats(Format** formatsToAdopt, int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets subformats.
+ * See the class description about format numbering.
+ * Each item in the array is cloned into the internal array.
+ * If the call fails because memory cannot be allocated, then this
+ * object will remain unchanged.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ * @param newFormats the new format to be set.
+ * @param cnt the size of the array.
+ */
+ virtual void setFormats(const Format** newFormats, int32_t cnt);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Sets one subformat.
+ * See the class description about format numbering.
+ * The caller should not delete the Format object after this call.
+ * If the number is over the number of formats already set,
+ * the item will be deleted and ignored.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ * @param formatNumber index of the subformat.
+ * @param formatToAdopt the format to be adopted.
+ */
+ virtual void adoptFormat(int32_t formatNumber, Format* formatToAdopt);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets one subformat.
+ * See the class description about format numbering.
+ * If the number is over the number of formats already set,
+ * the item will be ignored.
+ * @param formatNumber index of the subformat.
+ * @param format the format to be set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setFormat(int32_t formatNumber, const Format& format);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets format names. This function returns formatNames in StringEnumerations
+ * which can be used with getFormat() and setFormat() to export formattable
+ * array from current MessageFormat to another. It is caller's resposibility
+ * to delete the returned formatNames.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual StringEnumeration* getFormatNames(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets subformat pointer for given format name.
+ * This function supports both named and numbered
+ * arguments-- if numbered, the formatName is the
+ * corresponding UnicodeStrings (e.g. "0", "1", "2"...).
+ * The returned Format object should not be deleted by the caller,
+ * nor should the ponter of other object . The pointer and its
+ * contents remain valid only until the next call to any method
+ * of this class is made with this object.
+ * @param formatName the name or number specifying a format
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual Format* getFormat(const UnicodeString& formatName, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets one subformat for given format name.
+ * See the class description about format name.
+ * This function supports both named and numbered
+ * arguments-- if numbered, the formatName is the
+ * corresponding UnicodeStrings (e.g. "0", "1", "2"...).
+ * If there is no matched formatName or wrong type,
+ * the item will be ignored.
+ * @param formatName Name of the subformat.
+ * @param format the format to be set.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void setFormat(const UnicodeString& formatName, const Format& format, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets one subformat for given format name.
+ * See the class description about format name.
+ * This function supports both named and numbered
+ * arguments-- if numbered, the formatName is the
+ * corresponding UnicodeStrings (e.g. "0", "1", "2"...).
+ * If there is no matched formatName or wrong type,
+ * the item will be ignored.
+ * The caller should not delete the Format object after this call.
+ * @param formatName Name of the subformat.
+ * @param formatToAdopt Format to be adopted.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void adoptFormat(const UnicodeString& formatName, Format* formatToAdopt, UErrorCode& status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Gets an array of subformats of this object. The returned array
+ * should not be deleted by the caller, nor should the pointers
+ * within the array. The array and its contents remain valid only
+ * until the next call to any method of this class is made with
+ * this object. See the class description about format numbering.
+ * @param count output parameter to receive the size of the array
+ * @return an array of count Format* objects, or NULL if out of
+ * memory. Any or all of the array elements may be NULL.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual const Format** getFormats(int32_t& count) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Formats the given array of arguments into a user-readable string.
+ * Does not take ownership of the Formattable* array or its contents.
+ *
+ * @param source An array of objects to be formatted.
+ * @param count The number of elements of 'source'.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param ignore Not used; inherited from base class API.
+ * @param status Input/output error code. If the
+ * pattern cannot be parsed, set to failure code.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format( const Formattable* source,
+ int32_t count,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& ignore,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Formats the given array of arguments into a user-readable string
+ * using the given pattern.
+ *
+ * @param pattern The pattern.
+ * @param arguments An array of objects to be formatted.
+ * @param count The number of elements of 'source'.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param status Input/output error code. If the
+ * pattern cannot be parsed, set to failure code.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& format(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ const Formattable* arguments,
+ int32_t count,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Formats the given array of arguments into a user-readable
+ * string. The array must be stored within a single Formattable
+ * object of type kArray. If the Formattable object type is not of
+ * type kArray, then returns a failing UErrorCode.
+ *
+ * @param obj A Formattable of type kArray containing
+ * arguments to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @param status Input/output error code. If the
+ * pattern cannot be parsed, set to failure code.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Formats the given array of arguments into a user-readable
+ * string. The array must be stored within a single Formattable
+ * object of type kArray. If the Formattable object type is not of
+ * type kArray, then returns a failing UErrorCode.
+ *
+ * @param obj The object to format
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param status Input/output error code. If the
+ * pattern cannot be parsed, set to failure code.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Formats the given array of arguments into a user-defined argument name
+ * array. This function supports both named and numbered
+ * arguments-- if numbered, the formatName is the
+ * corresponding UnicodeStrings (e.g. "0", "1", "2"...).
+ *
+ * @param argumentNames argument name array
+ * @param arguments An array of objects to be formatted.
+ * @param count The number of elements of 'argumentNames' and
+ * arguments. The number of argumentNames and arguments
+ * must be the same.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param status Input/output error code. If the
+ * pattern cannot be parsed, set to failure code.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(const UnicodeString* argumentNames,
+ const Formattable* arguments,
+ int32_t count,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+ /**
+ * Parses the given string into an array of output arguments.
+ *
+ * @param source String to be parsed.
+ * @param pos On input, starting position for parse. On output,
+ * final position after parse. Unchanged if parse
+ * fails.
+ * @param count Output parameter to receive the number of arguments
+ * parsed.
+ * @return an array of parsed arguments. The caller owns both
+ * the array and its contents.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual Formattable* parse( const UnicodeString& source,
+ ParsePosition& pos,
+ int32_t& count) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Parses the given string into an array of output arguments.
+ *
+ * @param source String to be parsed.
+ * @param count Output param to receive size of returned array.
+ * @param status Input/output error code. If the
+ * pattern cannot be parsed, set to failure code.
+ * If the MessageFormat is named argument, the status is
+ * set to U_ARGUMENT_TYPE_MISMATCH.
+ * @return an array of parsed arguments. The caller owns both
+ * the array and its contents. Return NULL if status is not U_ZERO_ERROR.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual Formattable* parse( const UnicodeString& source,
+ int32_t& count,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Parses the given string into an array of output arguments
+ * stored within a single Formattable of type kArray.
+ *
+ * @param source The string to be parsed into an object.
+ * @param result Formattable to be set to the parse result.
+ * If parse fails, return contents are undefined.
+ * @param pos On input, starting position for parse. On output,
+ * final position after parse. Unchanged if parse
+ * fails.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void parseObject(const UnicodeString& source,
+ Formattable& result,
+ ParsePosition& pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Convert an 'apostrophe-friendly' pattern into a standard
+ * pattern. Standard patterns treat all apostrophes as
+ * quotes, which is problematic in some languages, e.g.
+ * French, where apostrophe is commonly used. This utility
+ * assumes that only an unpaired apostrophe immediately before
+ * a brace is a true quote. Other unpaired apostrophes are paired,
+ * and the resulting standard pattern string is returned.
+ *
+ * <p><b>Note</b> it is not guaranteed that the returned pattern
+ * is indeed a valid pattern. The only effect is to convert
+ * between patterns having different quoting semantics.
+ *
+ * @param pattern the 'apostrophe-friendly' patttern to convert
+ * @param status Input/output error code. If the pattern
+ * cannot be parsed, the failure code is set.
+ * @return the standard equivalent of the original pattern
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ static UnicodeString autoQuoteApostrophe(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this MessageFormat uses named arguments,
+ * and false otherwise. See class description.
+ *
+ * @return true if named arguments are used.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool usesNamedArguments() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual override.
+ * This method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all
+ * C++ compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and
+ * clone() methods call this method.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a
+ * given class have the same class ID. Objects of
+ * other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for
+ * comparing to a return value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * . Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * . if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * . Derived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ * </pre>
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+private:
+
+ Locale fLocale;
+ UnicodeString fPattern;
+ Format** formatAliases; // see getFormats
+ int32_t formatAliasesCapacity;
+ UProperty idStart;
+ UProperty idContinue;
+
+ MessageFormat(); // default constructor not implemented
+
+ /*
+ * A structure representing one subformat of this MessageFormat.
+ * Each subformat has a Format object, an offset into the plain
+ * pattern text fPattern, and an argument number. The argument
+ * number corresponds to the array of arguments to be formatted.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ class Subformat;
+
+ /**
+ * A MessageFormat contains an array of subformats. This array
+ * needs to grow dynamically if the MessageFormat is modified.
+ */
+ Subformat* subformats;
+ int32_t subformatCount;
+ int32_t subformatCapacity;
+
+ /**
+ * A MessageFormat formats an array of arguments. Each argument
+ * has an expected type, based on the pattern. For example, if
+ * the pattern contains the subformat "{3,number,integer}", then
+ * we expect argument 3 to have type Formattable::kLong. This
+ * array needs to grow dynamically if the MessageFormat is
+ * modified.
+ */
+ Formattable::Type* argTypes;
+ int32_t argTypeCount;
+ int32_t argTypeCapacity;
+
+ /**
+ * Is true iff all argument names are non-negative numbers.
+ *
+ */
+ UBool isArgNumeric;
+
+ // Variable-size array management
+ UBool allocateSubformats(int32_t capacity);
+ UBool allocateArgTypes(int32_t capacity);
+
+ /**
+ * Default Format objects used when no format is specified and a
+ * numeric or date argument is formatted. These are volatile
+ * cache objects maintained only for performance. They do not
+ * participate in operator=(), copy constructor(), nor
+ * operator==().
+ */
+ NumberFormat* defaultNumberFormat;
+ DateFormat* defaultDateFormat;
+
+ /**
+ * Method to retrieve default formats (or NULL on failure).
+ * These are semantically const, but may modify *this.
+ */
+ const NumberFormat* getDefaultNumberFormat(UErrorCode&) const;
+ const DateFormat* getDefaultDateFormat(UErrorCode&) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Finds the word s, in the keyword list and returns the located index.
+ * @param s the keyword to be searched for.
+ * @param list the list of keywords to be searched with.
+ * @return the index of the list which matches the keyword s.
+ */
+ static int32_t findKeyword( const UnicodeString& s,
+ const UChar * const *list);
+
+ /**
+ * Formats the array of arguments and copies the result into the
+ * result buffer, updates the field position.
+ *
+ * @param arguments The formattable objects array.
+ * @param cnt The array count.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param status Field position status.
+ * @param recursionProtection
+ * Initially zero. Bits 0..9 are used to indicate
+ * that a parameter has already been seen, to
+ * avoid recursion. Currently unused.
+ * @param success The error code status.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format( const Formattable* arguments,
+ int32_t cnt,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& status,
+ int32_t recursionProtection,
+ UErrorCode& success) const;
+
+ UnicodeString& format( const Formattable* arguments,
+ const UnicodeString *argumentNames,
+ int32_t cnt,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& status,
+ int32_t recursionProtection,
+ UErrorCode& success) const;
+
+ void makeFormat(int32_t offsetNumber,
+ UnicodeString* segments,
+ UParseError& parseError,
+ UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Convenience method that ought to be in NumberFormat
+ */
+ NumberFormat* createIntegerFormat(const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Checks the range of the source text to quote the special
+ * characters, { and ' and copy to target buffer.
+ * @param source
+ * @param start the text offset to start the process of in the source string
+ * @param end the text offset to end the process of in the source string
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ */
+ static void copyAndFixQuotes(const UnicodeString& appendTo, int32_t start, int32_t end, UnicodeString& target);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns array of argument types in the parsed pattern
+ * for use in C API. Only for the use of umsg_vformat(). Not
+ * for public consumption.
+ * @param listCount Output parameter to receive the size of array
+ * @return The array of formattable types in the pattern
+ * @internal
+ */
+ const Formattable::Type* getArgTypeList(int32_t& listCount) const {
+ listCount = argTypeCount;
+ return argTypes;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns FALSE if the argument name is not legal.
+ * @param argName argument name.
+ * @return TRUE if the argument name is legal, otherwise return FALSE.
+ */
+ UBool isLegalArgName(const UnicodeString& argName) const;
+
+ friend class MessageFormatAdapter; // getFormatTypeList() access
+};
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+MessageFormat::format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ UErrorCode& status) const {
+ return Format::format(obj, appendTo, status);
+}
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // _MSGFMT
+//eof
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/normlzr.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/normlzr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7974f1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/normlzr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,823 @@
+/*
+ ********************************************************************
+ * COPYRIGHT:
+ * Copyright (c) 1996-2006, International Business Machines Corporation and
+ * others. All Rights Reserved.
+ ********************************************************************
+ */
+
+#ifndef NORMLZR_H
+#define NORMLZR_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Unicode Normalization
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_NORMALIZATION
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+#include "unicode/chariter.h"
+#include "unicode/unorm.h"
+
+
+struct UCharIterator;
+typedef struct UCharIterator UCharIterator; /**< C typedef for struct UCharIterator. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+/**
+ * The Normalizer class supports the standard normalization forms described in
+ * <a href="http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr15/" target="unicode">
+ * Unicode Standard Annex #15: Unicode Normalization Forms</a>.
+ *
+ * The Normalizer class consists of two parts:
+ * - static functions that normalize strings or test if strings are normalized
+ * - a Normalizer object is an iterator that takes any kind of text and
+ * provides iteration over its normalized form
+ *
+ * The Normalizer class is not suitable for subclassing.
+ *
+ * The static functions are basically wrappers around the C implementation,
+ * using UnicodeString instead of UChar*.
+ * For basic information about normalization forms and details about the C API
+ * please see the documentation in unorm.h.
+ *
+ * The iterator API with the Normalizer constructors and the non-static functions
+ * uses a CharacterIterator as input. It is possible to pass a string which
+ * is then internally wrapped in a CharacterIterator.
+ * The input text is not normalized all at once, but incrementally where needed
+ * (providing efficient random access).
+ * This allows to pass in a large text but spend only a small amount of time
+ * normalizing a small part of that text.
+ * However, if the entire text is normalized, then the iterator will be
+ * slower than normalizing the entire text at once and iterating over the result.
+ * A possible use of the Normalizer iterator is also to report an index into the
+ * original text that is close to where the normalized characters come from.
+ *
+ * <em>Important:</em> The iterator API was cleaned up significantly for ICU 2.0.
+ * The earlier implementation reported the getIndex() inconsistently,
+ * and previous() could not be used after setIndex(), next(), first(), and current().
+ *
+ * Normalizer allows to start normalizing from anywhere in the input text by
+ * calling setIndexOnly(), first(), or last().
+ * Without calling any of these, the iterator will start at the beginning of the text.
+ *
+ * At any time, next() returns the next normalized code point (UChar32),
+ * with post-increment semantics (like CharacterIterator::next32PostInc()).
+ * previous() returns the previous normalized code point (UChar32),
+ * with pre-decrement semantics (like CharacterIterator::previous32()).
+ *
+ * current() returns the current code point
+ * (respectively the one at the newly set index) without moving
+ * the getIndex(). Note that if the text at the current position
+ * needs to be normalized, then these functions will do that.
+ * (This is why current() is not const.)
+ * It is more efficient to call setIndexOnly() instead, which does not
+ * normalize.
+ *
+ * getIndex() always refers to the position in the input text where the normalized
+ * code points are returned from. It does not always change with each returned
+ * code point.
+ * The code point that is returned from any of the functions
+ * corresponds to text at or after getIndex(), according to the
+ * function's iteration semantics (post-increment or pre-decrement).
+ *
+ * next() returns a code point from at or after the getIndex()
+ * from before the next() call. After the next() call, the getIndex()
+ * might have moved to where the next code point will be returned from
+ * (from a next() or current() call).
+ * This is semantically equivalent to array access with array[index++]
+ * (post-increment semantics).
+ *
+ * previous() returns a code point from at or after the getIndex()
+ * from after the previous() call.
+ * This is semantically equivalent to array access with array[--index]
+ * (pre-decrement semantics).
+ *
+ * Internally, the Normalizer iterator normalizes a small piece of text
+ * starting at the getIndex() and ending at a following "safe" index.
+ * The normalized results is stored in an internal string buffer, and
+ * the code points are iterated from there.
+ * With multiple iteration calls, this is repeated until the next piece
+ * of text needs to be normalized, and the getIndex() needs to be moved.
+ *
+ * The following "safe" index, the internal buffer, and the secondary
+ * iteration index into that buffer are not exposed on the API.
+ * This also means that it is currently not practical to return to
+ * a particular, arbitrary position in the text because one would need to
+ * know, and be able to set, in addition to the getIndex(), at least also the
+ * current index into the internal buffer.
+ * It is currently only possible to observe when getIndex() changes
+ * (with careful consideration of the iteration semantics),
+ * at which time the internal index will be 0.
+ * For example, if getIndex() is different after next() than before it,
+ * then the internal index is 0 and one can return to this getIndex()
+ * later with setIndexOnly().
+ *
+ * @author Laura Werner, Mark Davis, Markus Scherer
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API Normalizer : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * If DONE is returned from an iteration function that returns a code point,
+ * then there are no more normalization results available.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ enum {
+ DONE=0xffff
+ };
+
+ // Constructors
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a new <code>Normalizer</code> object for iterating over the
+ * normalized form of a given string.
+ * <p>
+ * @param str The string to be normalized. The normalization
+ * will start at the beginning of the string.
+ *
+ * @param mode The normalization mode.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Normalizer(const UnicodeString& str, UNormalizationMode mode);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a new <code>Normalizer</code> object for iterating over the
+ * normalized form of a given string.
+ * <p>
+ * @param str The string to be normalized. The normalization
+ * will start at the beginning of the string.
+ *
+ * @param length Length of the string, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ * @param mode The normalization mode.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Normalizer(const UChar* str, int32_t length, UNormalizationMode mode);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a new <code>Normalizer</code> object for iterating over the
+ * normalized form of the given text.
+ * <p>
+ * @param iter The input text to be normalized. The normalization
+ * will start at the beginning of the string.
+ *
+ * @param mode The normalization mode.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Normalizer(const CharacterIterator& iter, UNormalizationMode mode);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @param copy The object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Normalizer(const Normalizer& copy);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~Normalizer();
+
+
+ //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Static utility methods
+ //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Normalizes a <code>UnicodeString</code> according to the specified normalization mode.
+ * This is a wrapper for unorm_normalize(), using UnicodeString's.
+ *
+ * The <code>options</code> parameter specifies which optional
+ * <code>Normalizer</code> features are to be enabled for this operation.
+ *
+ * @param source the input string to be normalized.
+ * @param mode the normalization mode
+ * @param options the optional features to be enabled (0 for no options)
+ * @param result The normalized string (on output).
+ * @param status The error code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 normalize(const UnicodeString& source,
+ UNormalizationMode mode, int32_t options,
+ UnicodeString& result,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Compose a <code>UnicodeString</code>.
+ * This is equivalent to normalize() with mode UNORM_NFC or UNORM_NFKC.
+ * This is a wrapper for unorm_normalize(), using UnicodeString's.
+ *
+ * The <code>options</code> parameter specifies which optional
+ * <code>Normalizer</code> features are to be enabled for this operation.
+ *
+ * @param source the string to be composed.
+ * @param compat Perform compatibility decomposition before composition.
+ * If this argument is <code>FALSE</code>, only canonical
+ * decomposition will be performed.
+ * @param options the optional features to be enabled (0 for no options)
+ * @param result The composed string (on output).
+ * @param status The error code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 compose(const UnicodeString& source,
+ UBool compat, int32_t options,
+ UnicodeString& result,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Static method to decompose a <code>UnicodeString</code>.
+ * This is equivalent to normalize() with mode UNORM_NFD or UNORM_NFKD.
+ * This is a wrapper for unorm_normalize(), using UnicodeString's.
+ *
+ * The <code>options</code> parameter specifies which optional
+ * <code>Normalizer</code> features are to be enabled for this operation.
+ *
+ * @param source the string to be decomposed.
+ * @param compat Perform compatibility decomposition.
+ * If this argument is <code>FALSE</code>, only canonical
+ * decomposition will be performed.
+ * @param options the optional features to be enabled (0 for no options)
+ * @param result The decomposed string (on output).
+ * @param status The error code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 decompose(const UnicodeString& source,
+ UBool compat, int32_t options,
+ UnicodeString& result,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Performing quick check on a string, to quickly determine if the string is
+ * in a particular normalization format.
+ * This is a wrapper for unorm_quickCheck(), using a UnicodeString.
+ *
+ * Three types of result can be returned UNORM_YES, UNORM_NO or
+ * UNORM_MAYBE. Result UNORM_YES indicates that the argument
+ * string is in the desired normalized format, UNORM_NO determines that
+ * argument string is not in the desired normalized format. A
+ * UNORM_MAYBE result indicates that a more thorough check is required,
+ * the user may have to put the string in its normalized form and compare the
+ * results.
+ * @param source string for determining if it is in a normalized format
+ * @param mode normalization format
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @return UNORM_YES, UNORM_NO or UNORM_MAYBE
+ *
+ * @see isNormalized
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static inline UNormalizationCheckResult
+ quickCheck(const UnicodeString &source, UNormalizationMode mode, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Performing quick check on a string; same as the other version of quickCheck
+ * but takes an extra options parameter like most normalization functions.
+ *
+ * @param source string for determining if it is in a normalized format
+ * @param mode normalization format
+ * @param options the optional features to be enabled (0 for no options)
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @return UNORM_YES, UNORM_NO or UNORM_MAYBE
+ *
+ * @see isNormalized
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ static inline UNormalizationCheckResult
+ quickCheck(const UnicodeString &source, UNormalizationMode mode, int32_t options, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Test if a string is in a given normalization form.
+ * This is semantically equivalent to source.equals(normalize(source, mode)) .
+ *
+ * Unlike unorm_quickCheck(), this function returns a definitive result,
+ * never a "maybe".
+ * For NFD, NFKD, and FCD, both functions work exactly the same.
+ * For NFC and NFKC where quickCheck may return "maybe", this function will
+ * perform further tests to arrive at a TRUE/FALSE result.
+ *
+ * @param src String that is to be tested if it is in a normalization format.
+ * @param mode Which normalization form to test for.
+ * @param errorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return Boolean value indicating whether the source string is in the
+ * "mode" normalization form.
+ *
+ * @see quickCheck
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static inline UBool
+ isNormalized(const UnicodeString &src, UNormalizationMode mode, UErrorCode &errorCode);
+
+ /**
+ * Test if a string is in a given normalization form; same as the other version of isNormalized
+ * but takes an extra options parameter like most normalization functions.
+ *
+ * @param src String that is to be tested if it is in a normalization format.
+ * @param mode Which normalization form to test for.
+ * @param options the optional features to be enabled (0 for no options)
+ * @param errorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return Boolean value indicating whether the source string is in the
+ * "mode" normalization form.
+ *
+ * @see quickCheck
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ static inline UBool
+ isNormalized(const UnicodeString &src, UNormalizationMode mode, int32_t options, UErrorCode &errorCode);
+
+ /**
+ * Concatenate normalized strings, making sure that the result is normalized as well.
+ *
+ * If both the left and the right strings are in
+ * the normalization form according to "mode/options",
+ * then the result will be
+ *
+ * \code
+ * dest=normalize(left+right, mode, options)
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * For details see unorm_concatenate in unorm.h.
+ *
+ * @param left Left source string.
+ * @param right Right source string.
+ * @param result The output string.
+ * @param mode The normalization mode.
+ * @param options A bit set of normalization options.
+ * @param errorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return result
+ *
+ * @see unorm_concatenate
+ * @see normalize
+ * @see unorm_next
+ * @see unorm_previous
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ static UnicodeString &
+ U_EXPORT2 concatenate(UnicodeString &left, UnicodeString &right,
+ UnicodeString &result,
+ UNormalizationMode mode, int32_t options,
+ UErrorCode &errorCode);
+
+ /**
+ * Compare two strings for canonical equivalence.
+ * Further options include case-insensitive comparison and
+ * code point order (as opposed to code unit order).
+ *
+ * Canonical equivalence between two strings is defined as their normalized
+ * forms (NFD or NFC) being identical.
+ * This function compares strings incrementally instead of normalizing
+ * (and optionally case-folding) both strings entirely,
+ * improving performance significantly.
+ *
+ * Bulk normalization is only necessary if the strings do not fulfill the FCD
+ * conditions. Only in this case, and only if the strings are relatively long,
+ * is memory allocated temporarily.
+ * For FCD strings and short non-FCD strings there is no memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Semantically, this is equivalent to
+ * strcmp[CodePointOrder](NFD(foldCase(s1)), NFD(foldCase(s2)))
+ * where code point order and foldCase are all optional.
+ *
+ * UAX 21 2.5 Caseless Matching specifies that for a canonical caseless match
+ * the case folding must be performed first, then the normalization.
+ *
+ * @param s1 First source string.
+ * @param s2 Second source string.
+ *
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT or 0 is used for default options:
+ * Case-sensitive comparison in code unit order, and the input strings
+ * are quick-checked for FCD.
+ *
+ * - UNORM_INPUT_IS_FCD
+ * Set if the caller knows that both s1 and s2 fulfill the FCD conditions.
+ * If not set, the function will quickCheck for FCD
+ * and normalize if necessary.
+ *
+ * - U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER
+ * Set to choose code point order instead of code unit order
+ * (see u_strCompare for details).
+ *
+ * - U_COMPARE_IGNORE_CASE
+ * Set to compare strings case-insensitively using case folding,
+ * instead of case-sensitively.
+ * If set, then the following case folding options are used.
+ *
+ * - Options as used with case-insensitive comparisons, currently:
+ *
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ * (see u_strCaseCompare for details)
+ *
+ * - regular normalization options shifted left by UNORM_COMPARE_NORM_OPTIONS_SHIFT
+ *
+ * @param errorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return <0 or 0 or >0 as usual for string comparisons
+ *
+ * @see unorm_compare
+ * @see normalize
+ * @see UNORM_FCD
+ * @see u_strCompare
+ * @see u_strCaseCompare
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static inline int32_t
+ compare(const UnicodeString &s1, const UnicodeString &s2,
+ uint32_t options,
+ UErrorCode &errorCode);
+
+ //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Iteration API
+ //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Return the current character in the normalized text.
+ * current() may need to normalize some text at getIndex().
+ * The getIndex() is not changed.
+ *
+ * @return the current normalized code point
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UChar32 current(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the first character in the normalized text.
+ * This is equivalent to setIndexOnly(startIndex()) followed by next().
+ * (Post-increment semantics.)
+ *
+ * @return the first normalized code point
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UChar32 first(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the last character in the normalized text.
+ * This is equivalent to setIndexOnly(endIndex()) followed by previous().
+ * (Pre-decrement semantics.)
+ *
+ * @return the last normalized code point
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UChar32 last(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the next character in the normalized text.
+ * (Post-increment semantics.)
+ * If the end of the text has already been reached, DONE is returned.
+ * The DONE value could be confused with a U+FFFF non-character code point
+ * in the text. If this is possible, you can test getIndex()<endIndex()
+ * before calling next(), or (getIndex()<endIndex() || last()!=DONE)
+ * after calling next(). (Calling last() will change the iterator state!)
+ *
+ * The C API unorm_next() is more efficient and does not have this ambiguity.
+ *
+ * @return the next normalized code point
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UChar32 next(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the previous character in the normalized text and decrement.
+ * (Pre-decrement semantics.)
+ * If the beginning of the text has already been reached, DONE is returned.
+ * The DONE value could be confused with a U+FFFF non-character code point
+ * in the text. If this is possible, you can test
+ * (getIndex()>startIndex() || first()!=DONE). (Calling first() will change
+ * the iterator state!)
+ *
+ * The C API unorm_previous() is more efficient and does not have this ambiguity.
+ *
+ * @return the previous normalized code point
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UChar32 previous(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the iteration position in the input text that is being normalized,
+ * without any immediate normalization.
+ * After setIndexOnly(), getIndex() will return the same index that is
+ * specified here.
+ *
+ * @param index the desired index in the input text.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setIndexOnly(int32_t index);
+
+ /**
+ * Reset the index to the beginning of the text.
+ * This is equivalent to setIndexOnly(startIndex)).
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void reset(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Retrieve the current iteration position in the input text that is
+ * being normalized.
+ *
+ * A following call to next() will return a normalized code point from
+ * the input text at or after this index.
+ *
+ * After a call to previous(), getIndex() will point at or before the
+ * position in the input text where the normalized code point
+ * was returned from with previous().
+ *
+ * @return the current index in the input text
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getIndex(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Retrieve the index of the start of the input text. This is the begin index
+ * of the <code>CharacterIterator</code> or the start (i.e. index 0) of the string
+ * over which this <code>Normalizer</code> is iterating.
+ *
+ * @return the smallest index in the input text where the Normalizer operates
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t startIndex(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Retrieve the index of the end of the input text. This is the end index
+ * of the <code>CharacterIterator</code> or the length of the string
+ * over which this <code>Normalizer</code> is iterating.
+ * This end index is exclusive, i.e., the Normalizer operates only on characters
+ * before this index.
+ *
+ * @return the first index in the input text where the Normalizer does not operate
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t endIndex(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE when both iterators refer to the same character in the same
+ * input text.
+ *
+ * @param that a Normalizer object to compare this one to
+ * @return comparison result
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator==(const Normalizer& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns FALSE when both iterators refer to the same character in the same
+ * input text.
+ *
+ * @param that a Normalizer object to compare this one to
+ * @return comparison result
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool operator!=(const Normalizer& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a pointer to a new Normalizer that is a clone of this one.
+ * The caller is responsible for deleting the new clone.
+ * @return a pointer to a new Normalizer
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Normalizer* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Generates a hash code for this iterator.
+ *
+ * @return the hash code
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t hashCode(void) const;
+
+ //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Property access methods
+ //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Set the normalization mode for this object.
+ * <p>
+ * <b>Note:</b>If the normalization mode is changed while iterating
+ * over a string, calls to {@link #next() } and {@link #previous() } may
+ * return previously buffers characters in the old normalization mode
+ * until the iteration is able to re-sync at the next base character.
+ * It is safest to call {@link #setIndexOnly }, {@link #reset() },
+ * {@link #setText }, {@link #first() },
+ * {@link #last() }, etc. after calling <code>setMode</code>.
+ * <p>
+ * @param newMode the new mode for this <code>Normalizer</code>.
+ * @see #getUMode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setMode(UNormalizationMode newMode);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the normalization mode for this object.
+ *
+ * This is an unusual name because there used to be a getMode() that
+ * returned a different type.
+ *
+ * @return the mode for this <code>Normalizer</code>
+ * @see #setMode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UNormalizationMode getUMode(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set options that affect this <code>Normalizer</code>'s operation.
+ * Options do not change the basic composition or decomposition operation
+ * that is being performed, but they control whether
+ * certain optional portions of the operation are done.
+ * Currently the only available option is obsolete.
+ *
+ * It is possible to specify multiple options that are all turned on or off.
+ *
+ * @param option the option(s) whose value is/are to be set.
+ * @param value the new setting for the option. Use <code>TRUE</code> to
+ * turn the option(s) on and <code>FALSE</code> to turn it/them off.
+ *
+ * @see #getOption
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setOption(int32_t option,
+ UBool value);
+
+ /**
+ * Determine whether an option is turned on or off.
+ * If multiple options are specified, then the result is TRUE if any
+ * of them are set.
+ * <p>
+ * @param option the option(s) that are to be checked
+ * @return TRUE if any of the option(s) are set
+ * @see #setOption
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool getOption(int32_t option) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the input text over which this <code>Normalizer</code> will iterate.
+ * The iteration position is set to the beginning.
+ *
+ * @param newText a string that replaces the current input text
+ * @param status a UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setText(const UnicodeString& newText,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the input text over which this <code>Normalizer</code> will iterate.
+ * The iteration position is set to the beginning.
+ *
+ * @param newText a CharacterIterator object that replaces the current input text
+ * @param status a UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setText(const CharacterIterator& newText,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the input text over which this <code>Normalizer</code> will iterate.
+ * The iteration position is set to the beginning.
+ *
+ * @param newText a string that replaces the current input text
+ * @param length the length of the string, or -1 if NUL-terminated
+ * @param status a UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setText(const UChar* newText,
+ int32_t length,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+ /**
+ * Copies the input text into the UnicodeString argument.
+ *
+ * @param result Receives a copy of the text under iteration.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void getText(UnicodeString& result);
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ * @returns a UClassID for this class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ * @return a UClassID for the actual class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+private:
+ //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Private functions
+ //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ Normalizer(); // default constructor not implemented
+ Normalizer &operator=(const Normalizer &that); // assignment operator not implemented
+
+ // Private utility methods for iteration
+ // For documentation, see the source code
+ UBool nextNormalize();
+ UBool previousNormalize();
+
+ void init(CharacterIterator *iter);
+ void clearBuffer(void);
+
+ //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Private data
+ //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ UNormalizationMode fUMode;
+ int32_t fOptions;
+
+ // The input text and our position in it
+ UCharIterator *text;
+
+ // The normalization buffer is the result of normalization
+ // of the source in [currentIndex..nextIndex[ .
+ int32_t currentIndex, nextIndex;
+
+ // A buffer for holding intermediate results
+ UnicodeString buffer;
+ int32_t bufferPos;
+
+};
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Inline implementations
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline UBool
+Normalizer::operator!= (const Normalizer& other) const
+{ return ! operator==(other); }
+
+inline UNormalizationCheckResult
+Normalizer::quickCheck(const UnicodeString& source,
+ UNormalizationMode mode,
+ UErrorCode &status) {
+ if(U_FAILURE(status)) {
+ return UNORM_MAYBE;
+ }
+
+ return unorm_quickCheck(source.getBuffer(), source.length(),
+ mode, &status);
+}
+
+inline UNormalizationCheckResult
+Normalizer::quickCheck(const UnicodeString& source,
+ UNormalizationMode mode, int32_t options,
+ UErrorCode &status) {
+ if(U_FAILURE(status)) {
+ return UNORM_MAYBE;
+ }
+
+ return unorm_quickCheckWithOptions(source.getBuffer(), source.length(),
+ mode, options, &status);
+}
+
+inline UBool
+Normalizer::isNormalized(const UnicodeString& source,
+ UNormalizationMode mode,
+ UErrorCode &status) {
+ if(U_FAILURE(status)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return unorm_isNormalized(source.getBuffer(), source.length(),
+ mode, &status);
+}
+
+inline UBool
+Normalizer::isNormalized(const UnicodeString& source,
+ UNormalizationMode mode, int32_t options,
+ UErrorCode &status) {
+ if(U_FAILURE(status)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return unorm_isNormalizedWithOptions(source.getBuffer(), source.length(),
+ mode, options, &status);
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+Normalizer::compare(const UnicodeString &s1, const UnicodeString &s2,
+ uint32_t options,
+ UErrorCode &errorCode) {
+ // all argument checking is done in unorm_compare
+ return unorm_compare(s1.getBuffer(), s1.length(),
+ s2.getBuffer(), s2.length(),
+ options,
+ &errorCode);
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_NORMALIZATION */
+
+#endif // NORMLZR_H
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/numfmt.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/numfmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6deab8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/numfmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,886 @@
+/*
+********************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2009, International Business Machines Corporation and others.
+* All Rights Reserved.
+********************************************************************************
+*
+* File NUMFMT.H
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 02/19/97 aliu Converted from java.
+* 03/18/97 clhuang Updated per C++ implementation.
+* 04/17/97 aliu Changed DigitCount to int per code review.
+* 07/20/98 stephen JDK 1.2 sync up. Added scientific support.
+* Changed naming conventions to match C++ guidelines
+* Derecated Java style constants (eg, INTEGER_FIELD)
+********************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef NUMFMT_H
+#define NUMFMT_H
+
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Abstract base class for all number formats.
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+#include "unicode/format.h"
+#include "unicode/unum.h" // UNumberFormatStyle
+#include "unicode/locid.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE
+class NumberFormatFactory;
+class StringEnumeration;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ *
+ * Abstract base class for all number formats. Provides interface for
+ * formatting and parsing a number. Also provides methods for
+ * determining which locales have number formats, and what their names
+ * are.
+ * <P>
+ * NumberFormat helps you to format and parse numbers for any locale.
+ * Your code can be completely independent of the locale conventions
+ * for decimal points, thousands-separators, or even the particular
+ * decimal digits used, or whether the number format is even decimal.
+ * <P>
+ * To format a number for the current Locale, use one of the static
+ * factory methods:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * double myNumber = 7.0;
+ * UnicodeString myString;
+ * UErrorCode success = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * NumberFormat* nf = NumberFormat::createInstance(success)
+ * nf->format(myNumber, myString);
+ * cout << " Example 1: " << myString << endl;
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * If you are formatting multiple numbers, it is more efficient to get
+ * the format and use it multiple times so that the system doesn't
+ * have to fetch the information about the local language and country
+ * conventions multiple times.
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UnicodeString myString;
+ * UErrorCode success = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * nf = NumberFormat::createInstance( success );
+ * int32_t a[] = { 123, 3333, -1234567 };
+ * const int32_t a_len = sizeof(a) / sizeof(a[0]);
+ * myString.remove();
+ * for (int32_t i = 0; i < a_len; i++) {
+ * nf->format(a[i], myString);
+ * myString += " ; ";
+ * }
+ * cout << " Example 2: " << myString << endl;
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * To format a number for a different Locale, specify it in the
+ * call to createInstance().
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * nf = NumberFormat::createInstance( Locale::FRENCH, success );
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * You can use a NumberFormat to parse also.
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UErrorCode success;
+ * Formattable result(-999); // initialized with error code
+ * nf->parse(myString, result, success);
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * Use createInstance to get the normal number format for that country.
+ * There are other static factory methods available. Use getCurrency
+ * to get the currency number format for that country. Use getPercent
+ * to get a format for displaying percentages. With this format, a
+ * fraction from 0.53 is displayed as 53%.
+ * <P>
+ * You can also control the display of numbers with such methods as
+ * getMinimumFractionDigits. If you want even more control over the
+ * format or parsing, or want to give your users more control, you can
+ * try casting the NumberFormat you get from the factory methods to a
+ * DecimalNumberFormat. This will work for the vast majority of
+ * countries; just remember to put it in a try block in case you
+ * encounter an unusual one.
+ * <P>
+ * You can also use forms of the parse and format methods with
+ * ParsePosition and FieldPosition to allow you to:
+ * <ul type=round>
+ * <li>(a) progressively parse through pieces of a string.
+ * <li>(b) align the decimal point and other areas.
+ * </ul>
+ * For example, you can align numbers in two ways.
+ * <P>
+ * If you are using a monospaced font with spacing for alignment, you
+ * can pass the FieldPosition in your format call, with field =
+ * INTEGER_FIELD. On output, getEndIndex will be set to the offset
+ * between the last character of the integer and the decimal. Add
+ * (desiredSpaceCount - getEndIndex) spaces at the front of the
+ * string.
+ * <P>
+ * If you are using proportional fonts, instead of padding with
+ * spaces, measure the width of the string in pixels from the start to
+ * getEndIndex. Then move the pen by (desiredPixelWidth -
+ * widthToAlignmentPoint) before drawing the text. It also works
+ * where there is no decimal, but possibly additional characters at
+ * the end, e.g. with parentheses in negative numbers: "(12)" for -12.
+ * <p>
+ * <em>User subclasses are not supported.</em> While clients may write
+ * subclasses, such code will not necessarily work and will not be
+ * guaranteed to work stably from release to release.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API NumberFormat : public Format {
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Alignment Field constants used to construct a FieldPosition object.
+ * Signifies that the position of the integer part or fraction part of
+ * a formatted number should be returned.
+ *
+ * @see FieldPosition
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ enum EAlignmentFields {
+ kIntegerField,
+ kFractionField,
+
+
+ /**
+ * These constants are provided for backwards compatibility only.
+ * Please use the C++ style constants defined above.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ INTEGER_FIELD = kIntegerField,
+ FRACTION_FIELD = kFractionField
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~NumberFormat();
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given Format objects are semantically equal.
+ * Objects of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @return true if the given Format objects are semantically equal.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const Format& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Format an object to produce a string. This method handles
+ * Formattable objects with numeric types. If the Formattable
+ * object type is not a numeric type, then it returns a failing
+ * UErrorCode.
+ *
+ * @param obj The object to format.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @param status Output param filled with success/failure status.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Parse a string to produce an object. This methods handles
+ * parsing of numeric strings into Formattable objects with numeric
+ * types.
+ * <P>
+ * Before calling, set parse_pos.index to the offset you want to
+ * start parsing at in the source. After calling, parse_pos.index
+ * indicates the position after the successfully parsed text. If
+ * an error occurs, parse_pos.index is unchanged.
+ * <P>
+ * When parsing, leading whitespace is discarded (with successful
+ * parse), while trailing whitespace is left as is.
+ * <P>
+ * See Format::parseObject() for more.
+ *
+ * @param source The string to be parsed into an object.
+ * @param result Formattable to be set to the parse result.
+ * If parse fails, return contents are undefined.
+ * @param parse_pos The position to start parsing at. Upon return
+ * this param is set to the position after the
+ * last character successfully parsed. If the
+ * source is not parsed successfully, this param
+ * will remain unchanged.
+ * @return A newly created Formattable* object, or NULL
+ * on failure. The caller owns this and should
+ * delete it when done.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void parseObject(const UnicodeString& source,
+ Formattable& result,
+ ParsePosition& parse_pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Format a double number. These methods call the NumberFormat
+ * pure virtual format() methods with the default FieldPosition.
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format( double number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Format a long number. These methods call the NumberFormat
+ * pure virtual format() methods with the default FieldPosition.
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format( int32_t number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Format an int64 number. These methods call the NumberFormat
+ * pure virtual format() methods with the default FieldPosition.
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format( int64_t number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Format a double number. Concrete subclasses must implement
+ * these pure virtual methods.
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(double number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos) const = 0;
+ /**
+ * Format a long number. Concrete subclasses must implement
+ * these pure virtual methods.
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(int32_t number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Format an int64 number. (Not abstract to retain compatibility
+ * with earlier releases, however subclasses should override this
+ * method as it just delegates to format(int32_t number...);
+ *
+ * @param number The value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(int64_t number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos) const;
+ /**
+ * Redeclared Format method.
+ * @param obj The object to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param status Output parameter set to a failure error code
+ * when a failure occurs.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return a long if possible (e.g. within range LONG_MAX,
+ * LONG_MAX], and with no decimals), otherwise a double. If
+ * IntegerOnly is set, will stop at a decimal point (or equivalent;
+ * e.g. for rational numbers "1 2/3", will stop after the 1).
+ * <P>
+ * If no object can be parsed, index is unchanged, and NULL is
+ * returned.
+ * <P>
+ * This is a pure virtual which concrete subclasses must implement.
+ *
+ * @param text The text to be parsed.
+ * @param result Formattable to be set to the parse result.
+ * If parse fails, return contents are undefined.
+ * @param parsePosition The position to start parsing at on input.
+ * On output, moved to after the last successfully
+ * parse character. On parse failure, does not change.
+ * @return A Formattable object of numeric type. The caller
+ * owns this an must delete it. NULL on failure.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void parse(const UnicodeString& text,
+ Formattable& result,
+ ParsePosition& parsePosition) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Parse a string as a numeric value, and return a Formattable
+ * numeric object. This method parses integers only if IntegerOnly
+ * is set.
+ *
+ * @param text The text to be parsed.
+ * @param result Formattable to be set to the parse result.
+ * If parse fails, return contents are undefined.
+ * @param status Output parameter set to a failure error code
+ * when a failure occurs.
+ * @return A Formattable object of numeric type. The caller
+ * owns this an must delete it. NULL on failure.
+ * @see NumberFormat::isParseIntegerOnly
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void parse( const UnicodeString& text,
+ Formattable& result,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Parses text from the given string as a currency amount. Unlike
+ * the parse() method, this method will attempt to parse a generic
+ * currency name, searching for a match of this object's locale's
+ * currency display names, or for a 3-letter ISO currency code.
+ * This method will fail if this format is not a currency format,
+ * that is, if it does not contain the currency pattern symbol
+ * (U+00A4) in its prefix or suffix.
+ *
+ * @param text the string to parse
+ * @param result output parameter to receive result. This will have
+ * its currency set to the parsed ISO currency code.
+ * @param pos input-output position; on input, the position within
+ * text to match; must have 0 <= pos.getIndex() < text.length();
+ * on output, the position after the last matched character. If
+ * the parse fails, the position in unchanged upon output.
+ * @return a reference to result
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual Formattable& parseCurrency(const UnicodeString& text,
+ Formattable& result,
+ ParsePosition& pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if this format will parse numbers as integers
+ * only. For example in the English locale, with ParseIntegerOnly
+ * true, the string "1234." would be parsed as the integer value
+ * 1234 and parsing would stop at the "." character. Of course,
+ * the exact format accepted by the parse operation is locale
+ * dependant and determined by sub-classes of NumberFormat.
+ * @return true if this format will parse numbers as integers
+ * only.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool isParseIntegerOnly(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets whether or not numbers should be parsed as integers only.
+ * @param value set True, this format will parse numbers as integers
+ * only.
+ * @see isParseIntegerOnly
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setParseIntegerOnly(UBool value);
+
+ /**
+ * Return whether or not strict parsing is in effect.
+ *
+ * @return <code>TRUE</code> if strict parsing is in effect,
+ * <code>FALSE</code> otherwise.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ UBool isParseStrict(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set whether or not strict parsing should be used.
+ *
+ * @param value <code>TRUE</code> if strict parsing should be used,
+ * <code>FALSE</code> otherwise.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual void setParseStrict(UBool value);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the default number format for the current default
+ * locale. The default format is one of the styles provided by
+ * the other factory methods: getNumberInstance,
+ * getCurrencyInstance or getPercentInstance. Exactly which one
+ * is locale dependant.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static NumberFormat* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(UErrorCode&);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the default number format for the specified locale.
+ * The default format is one of the styles provided by the other
+ * factory methods: getNumberInstance, getCurrencyInstance or
+ * getPercentInstance. Exactly which one is locale dependant.
+ * @param inLocale the given locale.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static NumberFormat* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(const Locale& inLocale,
+ UErrorCode&);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a currency format for the current default locale.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static NumberFormat* U_EXPORT2 createCurrencyInstance(UErrorCode&);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a currency format for the specified locale.
+ * @param inLocale the given locale.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static NumberFormat* U_EXPORT2 createCurrencyInstance(const Locale& inLocale,
+ UErrorCode&);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a percentage format for the current default locale.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static NumberFormat* U_EXPORT2 createPercentInstance(UErrorCode&);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a percentage format for the specified locale.
+ * @param inLocale the given locale.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static NumberFormat* U_EXPORT2 createPercentInstance(const Locale& inLocale,
+ UErrorCode&);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a scientific format for the current default locale.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static NumberFormat* U_EXPORT2 createScientificInstance(UErrorCode&);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a scientific format for the specified locale.
+ * @param inLocale the given locale.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static NumberFormat* U_EXPORT2 createScientificInstance(const Locale& inLocale,
+ UErrorCode&);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the set of Locales for which NumberFormats are installed.
+ * @param count Output param to receive the size of the locales
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static const Locale* U_EXPORT2 getAvailableLocales(int32_t& count);
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE
+ /**
+ * Register a new NumberFormatFactory. The factory will be adopted.
+ * @param toAdopt the NumberFormatFactory instance to be adopted
+ * @param status the in/out status code, no special meanings are assigned
+ * @return a registry key that can be used to unregister this factory
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ static URegistryKey U_EXPORT2 registerFactory(NumberFormatFactory* toAdopt, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Unregister a previously-registered NumberFormatFactory using the key returned from the
+ * register call. Key becomes invalid after a successful call and should not be used again.
+ * The NumberFormatFactory corresponding to the key will be deleted.
+ * @param key the registry key returned by a previous call to registerFactory
+ * @param status the in/out status code, no special meanings are assigned
+ * @return TRUE if the factory for the key was successfully unregistered
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ static UBool U_EXPORT2 unregister(URegistryKey key, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Return a StringEnumeration over the locales available at the time of the call,
+ * including registered locales.
+ * @return a StringEnumeration over the locales available at the time of the call
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ static StringEnumeration* U_EXPORT2 getAvailableLocales(void);
+#endif /* UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE */
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if grouping is used in this format. For example,
+ * in the English locale, with grouping on, the number 1234567
+ * might be formatted as "1,234,567". The grouping separator as
+ * well as the size of each group is locale dependant and is
+ * determined by sub-classes of NumberFormat.
+ * @see setGroupingUsed
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool isGroupingUsed(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set whether or not grouping will be used in this format.
+ * @param newValue True, grouping will be used in this format.
+ * @see getGroupingUsed
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setGroupingUsed(UBool newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the maximum number of digits allowed in the integer portion of a
+ * number.
+ * @return the maximum number of digits allowed in the integer portion of a
+ * number.
+ * @see setMaximumIntegerDigits
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getMaximumIntegerDigits(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the maximum number of digits allowed in the integer portion of a
+ * number. maximumIntegerDigits must be >= minimumIntegerDigits. If the
+ * new value for maximumIntegerDigits is less than the current value
+ * of minimumIntegerDigits, then minimumIntegerDigits will also be set to
+ * the new value.
+ *
+ * @param newValue the new value for the maximum number of digits
+ * allowed in the integer portion of a number.
+ * @see getMaximumIntegerDigits
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setMaximumIntegerDigits(int32_t newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the minimum number of digits allowed in the integer portion of a
+ * number.
+ * @return the minimum number of digits allowed in the integer portion of a
+ * number.
+ * @see setMinimumIntegerDigits
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getMinimumIntegerDigits(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the minimum number of digits allowed in the integer portion of a
+ * number. minimumIntegerDigits must be <= maximumIntegerDigits. If the
+ * new value for minimumIntegerDigits exceeds the current value
+ * of maximumIntegerDigits, then maximumIntegerDigits will also be set to
+ * the new value.
+ * @param newValue the new value to be set.
+ * @see getMinimumIntegerDigits
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setMinimumIntegerDigits(int32_t newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the maximum number of digits allowed in the fraction portion of a
+ * number.
+ * @return the maximum number of digits allowed in the fraction portion of a
+ * number.
+ * @see setMaximumFractionDigits
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getMaximumFractionDigits(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the maximum number of digits allowed in the fraction portion of a
+ * number. maximumFractionDigits must be >= minimumFractionDigits. If the
+ * new value for maximumFractionDigits is less than the current value
+ * of minimumFractionDigits, then minimumFractionDigits will also be set to
+ * the new value.
+ * @param newValue the new value to be set.
+ * @see getMaximumFractionDigits
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setMaximumFractionDigits(int32_t newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the minimum number of digits allowed in the fraction portion of a
+ * number.
+ * @return the minimum number of digits allowed in the fraction portion of a
+ * number.
+ * @see setMinimumFractionDigits
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getMinimumFractionDigits(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the minimum number of digits allowed in the fraction portion of a
+ * number. minimumFractionDigits must be <= maximumFractionDigits. If the
+ * new value for minimumFractionDigits exceeds the current value
+ * of maximumFractionDigits, then maximumIntegerDigits will also be set to
+ * the new value
+ * @param newValue the new value to be set.
+ * @see getMinimumFractionDigits
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setMinimumFractionDigits(int32_t newValue);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the currency used to display currency
+ * amounts. This takes effect immediately, if this format is a
+ * currency format. If this format is not a currency format, then
+ * the currency is used if and when this object becomes a
+ * currency format.
+ * @param theCurrency a 3-letter ISO code indicating new currency
+ * to use. It need not be null-terminated. May be the empty
+ * string or NULL to indicate no currency.
+ * @param ec input-output error code
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual void setCurrency(const UChar* theCurrency, UErrorCode& ec);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the currency used to display currency
+ * amounts. This may be an empty string for some subclasses.
+ * @return a 3-letter null-terminated ISO code indicating
+ * the currency in use, or a pointer to the empty string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ const UChar* getCurrency() const;
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful for
+ * comparing to a return value from getDynamicClassID(). Note that,
+ * because NumberFormat is an abstract base class, no fully constructed object
+ * will have the class ID returned by NumberFormat::getStaticClassID().
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual override.
+ * This method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all
+ * C++ compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and
+ * clone() methods call this method.
+ * <P>
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a
+ * given class have the same class ID. Objects of
+ * other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const = 0;
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * Default constructor for subclass use only.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ NumberFormat();
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ NumberFormat(const NumberFormat&);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ NumberFormat& operator=(const NumberFormat&);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the currency in effect for this formatter. Subclasses
+ * should override this method as needed. Unlike getCurrency(),
+ * this method should never return "".
+ * @result output parameter for null-terminated result, which must
+ * have a capacity of at least 4
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual void getEffectiveCurrency(UChar* result, UErrorCode& ec) const;
+
+private:
+
+ enum EStyles {
+ kNumberStyle,
+ kCurrencyStyle,
+ kPercentStyle,
+ kScientificStyle,
+ kStyleCount // ALWAYS LAST ENUM: number of styles
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Creates the specified decimal format style of the desired locale.
+ * Hook for service registration, uses makeInstance directly if no services
+ * registered.
+ * @param desiredLocale the given locale.
+ * @param choice the given style.
+ * @param success Output param filled with success/failure status.
+ * @return A new NumberFormat instance.
+ */
+ static NumberFormat* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(const Locale& desiredLocale, EStyles choice, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates the specified decimal format style of the desired locale.
+ * @param desiredLocale the given locale.
+ * @param choice the given style.
+ * @param success Output param filled with success/failure status.
+ * @return A new NumberFormat instance.
+ */
+ static NumberFormat* makeInstance(const Locale& desiredLocale, EStyles choice, UErrorCode& success);
+
+ UBool fGroupingUsed;
+ int32_t fMaxIntegerDigits;
+ int32_t fMinIntegerDigits;
+ int32_t fMaxFractionDigits;
+ int32_t fMinFractionDigits;
+ UBool fParseIntegerOnly;
+ UBool fParseStrict;
+
+ // ISO currency code
+ UChar fCurrency[4];
+
+ friend class ICUNumberFormatFactory; // access to makeInstance, EStyles
+ friend class ICUNumberFormatService;
+};
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE
+/**
+ * A NumberFormatFactory is used to register new number formats. The factory
+ * should be able to create any of the predefined formats for each locale it
+ * supports. When registered, the locales it supports extend or override the
+ * locale already supported by ICU.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+class U_I18N_API NumberFormatFactory : public UObject {
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual ~NumberFormatFactory();
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if this factory will be visible. Default is true.
+ * If not visible, the locales supported by this factory will not
+ * be listed by getAvailableLocales.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual UBool visible(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the locale names directly supported by this factory. The number of names
+ * is returned in count;
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual const UnicodeString * getSupportedIDs(int32_t &count, UErrorCode& status) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return a number format of the appropriate type. If the locale
+ * is not supported, return null. If the locale is supported, but
+ * the type is not provided by this service, return null. Otherwise
+ * return an appropriate instance of NumberFormat.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual NumberFormat* createFormat(const Locale& loc, UNumberFormatStyle formatType) = 0;
+};
+
+/**
+ * A NumberFormatFactory that supports a single locale. It can be visible or invisible.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+class U_I18N_API SimpleNumberFormatFactory : public NumberFormatFactory {
+protected:
+ /**
+ * True if the locale supported by this factory is visible.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ const UBool _visible;
+
+ /**
+ * The locale supported by this factory, as a UnicodeString.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UnicodeString _id;
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ SimpleNumberFormatFactory(const Locale& locale, UBool visible = TRUE);
+
+ /**
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual ~SimpleNumberFormatFactory();
+
+ /**
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual UBool visible(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual const UnicodeString * getSupportedIDs(int32_t &count, UErrorCode& status) const;
+};
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE */
+
+// -------------------------------------
+
+inline UBool
+NumberFormat::isParseIntegerOnly() const
+{
+ return fParseIntegerOnly;
+}
+
+inline UBool
+NumberFormat::isParseStrict() const
+{
+ return fParseStrict;
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+NumberFormat::format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ UErrorCode& status) const {
+ return Format::format(obj, appendTo, status);
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // _NUMFMT
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/parseerr.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/parseerr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44ff008
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/parseerr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2005, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Date Name Description
+* 03/14/00 aliu Creation.
+* 06/27/00 aliu Change from C++ class to C struct
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef PARSEERR_H
+#define PARSEERR_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Parse Error Information
+ */
+/**
+ * The capacity of the context strings in UParseError.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+enum { U_PARSE_CONTEXT_LEN = 16 };
+
+/**
+ * A UParseError struct is used to returned detailed information about
+ * parsing errors. It is used by ICU parsing engines that parse long
+ * rules, patterns, or programs, where the text being parsed is long
+ * enough that more information than a UErrorCode is needed to
+ * localize the error.
+ *
+ * <p>The line, offset, and context fields are optional; parsing
+ * engines may choose not to use to use them.
+ *
+ * <p>The preContext and postContext strings include some part of the
+ * context surrounding the error. If the source text is "let for=7"
+ * and "for" is the error (e.g., because it is a reserved word), then
+ * some examples of what a parser might produce are the following:
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * preContext postContext
+ * "" "" The parser does not support context
+ * "let " "=7" Pre- and post-context only
+ * "let " "for=7" Pre- and post-context and error text
+ * "" "for" Error text only
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * <p>Examples of engines which use UParseError (or may use it in the
+ * future) are Transliterator, RuleBasedBreakIterator, and
+ * RegexPattern.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef struct UParseError {
+
+ /**
+ * The line on which the error occured. If the parser uses this
+ * field, it sets it to the line number of the source text line on
+ * which the error appears, which will be be a value >= 1. If the
+ * parse does not support line numbers, the value will be <= 0.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t line;
+
+ /**
+ * The character offset to the error. If the line field is >= 1,
+ * then this is the offset from the start of the line. Otherwise,
+ * this is the offset from the start of the text. If the parser
+ * does not support this field, it will have a value < 0.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t offset;
+
+ /**
+ * Textual context before the error. Null-terminated. The empty
+ * string if not supported by parser.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UChar preContext[U_PARSE_CONTEXT_LEN];
+
+ /**
+ * The error itself and/or textual context after the error.
+ * Null-terminated. The empty string if not supported by parser.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UChar postContext[U_PARSE_CONTEXT_LEN];
+
+} UParseError;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/parsepos.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/parsepos.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdf49e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/parsepos.h
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+/*
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2005, International Business Machines Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* File PARSEPOS.H
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 07/09/97 helena Converted from java.
+* 07/17/98 stephen Added errorIndex support.
+* 05/11/99 stephen Cleaned up.
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef PARSEPOS_H
+#define PARSEPOS_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Canonical Iterator
+ */
+/**
+ * <code>ParsePosition</code> is a simple class used by <code>Format</code>
+ * and its subclasses to keep track of the current position during parsing.
+ * The <code>parseObject</code> method in the various <code>Format</code>
+ * classes requires a <code>ParsePosition</code> object as an argument.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * By design, as you parse through a string with different formats,
+ * you can use the same <code>ParsePosition</code>, since the index parameter
+ * records the current position.
+ *
+ * The ParsePosition class is not suitable for subclassing.
+ *
+ * @version 1.3 10/30/97
+ * @author Mark Davis, Helena Shih
+ * @see java.text.Format
+ */
+
+class U_COMMON_API ParsePosition : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Default constructor, the index starts with 0 as default.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ParsePosition()
+ : UObject(),
+ index(0),
+ errorIndex(-1)
+ {}
+
+ /**
+ * Create a new ParsePosition with the given initial index.
+ * @param newIndex the new text offset.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ParsePosition(int32_t newIndex)
+ : UObject(),
+ index(newIndex),
+ errorIndex(-1)
+ {}
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor
+ * @param copy the object to be copied from.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ParsePosition(const ParsePosition& copy)
+ : UObject(copy),
+ index(copy.index),
+ errorIndex(copy.errorIndex)
+ {}
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~ParsePosition();
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ParsePosition& operator=(const ParsePosition& copy);
+
+ /**
+ * Equality operator.
+ * @return TRUE if the two parse positions are equal, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator==(const ParsePosition& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Equality operator.
+ * @return TRUE if the two parse positions are not equal, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const ParsePosition& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this object.
+ * Clones can be used concurrently in multiple threads.
+ * If an error occurs, then NULL is returned.
+ * The caller must delete the clone.
+ *
+ * @return a clone of this object
+ *
+ * @see getDynamicClassID
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ ParsePosition *clone() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Retrieve the current parse position. On input to a parse method, this
+ * is the index of the character at which parsing will begin; on output, it
+ * is the index of the character following the last character parsed.
+ * @return the current index.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getIndex(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the current parse position.
+ * @param index the new index.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setIndex(int32_t index);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the index at which a parse error occurred. Formatters
+ * should set this before returning an error code from their
+ * parseObject method. The default value is -1 if this is not
+ * set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setErrorIndex(int32_t ei);
+
+ /**
+ * Retrieve the index at which an error occurred, or -1 if the
+ * error index has not been set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getErrorIndex(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Input: the place you start parsing.
+ * <br>Output: position where the parse stopped.
+ * This is designed to be used serially,
+ * with each call setting index up for the next one.
+ */
+ int32_t index;
+
+ /**
+ * The index at which a parse error occurred.
+ */
+ int32_t errorIndex;
+
+};
+
+inline ParsePosition&
+ParsePosition::operator=(const ParsePosition& copy)
+{
+ index = copy.index;
+ errorIndex = copy.errorIndex;
+ return *this;
+}
+
+inline UBool
+ParsePosition::operator==(const ParsePosition& copy) const
+{
+ if(index != copy.index || errorIndex != copy.errorIndex)
+ return FALSE;
+ else
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+inline UBool
+ParsePosition::operator!=(const ParsePosition& copy) const
+{
+ return !operator==(copy);
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+ParsePosition::getIndex() const
+{
+ return index;
+}
+
+inline void
+ParsePosition::setIndex(int32_t offset)
+{
+ this->index = offset;
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+ParsePosition::getErrorIndex() const
+{
+ return errorIndex;
+}
+
+inline void
+ParsePosition::setErrorIndex(int32_t ei)
+{
+ this->errorIndex = ei;
+}
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/platform.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/platform.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15ccbf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/platform.h
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2007, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* FILE NAME : platform.h
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 05/13/98 nos Creation (content moved here from ptypes.h).
+* 03/02/99 stephen Added AS400 support.
+* 03/30/99 stephen Added Linux support.
+* 04/13/99 stephen Reworked for autoconf.
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief Basic types for the platform
+ */
+
+/* Define the platform we're on. */
+#ifndef U_DARWIN
+#define U_DARWIN
+#endif
+
+/* Define whether inttypes.h is available */
+#ifndef U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#define U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Define what support for C++ streams is available.
+ * If U_IOSTREAM_SOURCE is set to 199711, then <iostream> is available
+ * (1997711 is the date the ISO/IEC C++ FDIS was published), and then
+ * one should qualify streams using the std namespace in ICU header
+ * files.
+ * If U_IOSTREAM_SOURCE is set to 198506, then <iostream.h> is
+ * available instead (198506 is the date when Stroustrup published
+ * "An Extensible I/O Facility for C++" at the summer USENIX conference).
+ * If U_IOSTREAM_SOURCE is 0, then C++ streams are not available and
+ * support for them will be silently suppressed in ICU.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef U_IOSTREAM_SOURCE
+#define U_IOSTREAM_SOURCE 199711
+#endif
+
+/* Determines whether specific types are available */
+#ifndef U_HAVE_INT8_T
+#define U_HAVE_INT8_T 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_UINT8_T
+#define U_HAVE_UINT8_T 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_INT16_T
+#define U_HAVE_INT16_T 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_UINT16_T
+#define U_HAVE_UINT16_T 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_INT32_T
+#define U_HAVE_INT32_T 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_UINT32_T
+#define U_HAVE_UINT32_T 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_INT64_T
+#define U_HAVE_INT64_T 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_UINT64_T
+#define U_HAVE_UINT64_T 1
+#endif
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Generic data types */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* If your platform does not have the <inttypes.h> header, you may
+ need to edit the typedefs below. */
+#if U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* autoconf 2.13 sometimes can't properly find the data types in <inttypes.h> */
+/* os/390 needs <inttypes.h>, but it doesn't have int8_t, and it sometimes */
+/* doesn't have uint8_t depending on the OS version. */
+/* So we have this work around. */
+#ifdef OS390
+/* The features header is needed to get (u)int64_t sometimes. */
+#include <features.h>
+#if ! U_HAVE_INT8_T
+typedef signed char int8_t;
+#endif
+#if !defined(__uint8_t)
+#define __uint8_t 1
+typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
+#endif
+#endif /* OS390 */
+
+#include <inttypes.h>
+
+#else /* U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H */
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_INT8_T
+typedef signed char int8_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_UINT8_T
+typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_INT16_T
+typedef signed short int16_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_UINT16_T
+typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_INT32_T
+typedef signed int int32_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_UINT32_T
+typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_INT64_T
+ typedef signed long long int64_t;
+/* else we may not have a 64-bit type */
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_UINT64_T
+ typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
+/* else we may not have a 64-bit type */
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Compiler and environment features */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+/* Define whether namespace is supported */
+#ifndef U_HAVE_NAMESPACE
+#define U_HAVE_NAMESPACE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Determines the endianness of the platform
+ It's done this way in case multiple architectures are being built at once.
+ For example, Darwin supports fat binaries, which can be both PPC and x86 based. */
+#if defined(BYTE_ORDER) && defined(BIG_ENDIAN)
+#define U_IS_BIG_ENDIAN (BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN)
+#else
+#define U_IS_BIG_ENDIAN 0
+#endif
+
+/* 1 or 0 to enable or disable threads. If undefined, default is: enable threads. */
+#define ICU_USE_THREADS 1
+
+/* On strong memory model CPUs (e.g. x86 CPUs), we use a safe & quick double check lock. */
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__))
+#define UMTX_STRONG_MEMORY_MODEL 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_DEBUG
+#define U_DEBUG 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_RELEASE
+#define U_RELEASE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Determine whether to disable renaming or not. This overrides the
+ setting in umachine.h which is for all platforms. */
+#ifndef U_DISABLE_RENAMING
+#define U_DISABLE_RENAMING 1
+#endif
+
+/* Determine whether to override new and delete. */
+#ifndef U_OVERRIDE_CXX_ALLOCATION
+#define U_OVERRIDE_CXX_ALLOCATION 1
+#endif
+/* Determine whether to override placement new and delete for STL. */
+#ifndef U_HAVE_PLACEMENT_NEW
+#define U_HAVE_PLACEMENT_NEW 1
+#endif
+
+/* Determine whether to enable tracing. */
+#ifndef U_ENABLE_TRACING
+#define U_ENABLE_TRACING 0
+#endif
+
+/* Do we allow ICU users to use the draft APIs by default? */
+#ifndef U_DEFAULT_SHOW_DRAFT
+#define U_DEFAULT_SHOW_DRAFT 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define the library suffix in a C syntax. */
+#define U_HAVE_LIB_SUFFIX 0
+#define U_LIB_SUFFIX_C_NAME
+#define U_LIB_SUFFIX_C_NAME_STRING ""
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Character data types */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#if ((defined(OS390) && (!defined(__CHARSET_LIB) || !__CHARSET_LIB))) || defined(OS400)
+# define U_CHARSET_FAMILY 1
+#endif
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Information about wchar support */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#define U_HAVE_WCHAR_H 1
+#define U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 4
+
+#define U_HAVE_WCSCPY 1
+
+/**
+ * \def U_DECLARE_UTF16
+ * Do not use this macro. Use the UNICODE_STRING or U_STRING_DECL macros
+ * instead.
+ * @internal
+ */
+#if 1 || defined(U_CHECK_UTF16_STRING)
+#if (defined(__xlC__) && defined(__IBM_UTF_LITERAL) && U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T != 2) \
+ || (defined(__HP_aCC) && __HP_aCC >= 035000) \
+ || (defined(__HP_cc) && __HP_cc >= 111106)
+#define U_DECLARE_UTF16(string) u ## string
+#elif (defined(__SUNPRO_CC) && __SUNPRO_CC >= 0x550)
+/* || (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x580) */
+/* Sun's C compiler has issues with this notation, and it's unreliable. */
+#define U_DECLARE_UTF16(string) U ## string
+#elif U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2 \
+ && (U_CHARSET_FAMILY == 0 || ((defined(OS390) || defined(OS400)) && defined(__UCS2__)))
+#define U_DECLARE_UTF16(string) L ## string
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Information about POSIX support */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#define U_HAVE_NL_LANGINFO_CODESET 1
+#define U_NL_LANGINFO_CODESET CODESET
+
+#if 1
+#define U_TZSET tzset
+#endif
+#if 1
+#define U_TIMEZONE timezone
+#endif
+#if 1
+#define U_TZNAME tzname
+#endif
+
+#define U_HAVE_MMAP 1
+#define U_HAVE_POPEN 1
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Symbol import-export control */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#if 1
+#define U_EXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default")))
+#elif (defined(__SUNPRO_CC) && __SUNPRO_CC >= 0x550) \
+ || (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x550)
+#define U_EXPORT __global
+/*#elif defined(__HP_aCC) || defined(__HP_cc)
+#define U_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport)*/
+#else
+#define U_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+/* U_CALLCONV is releated to U_EXPORT2 */
+#define U_EXPORT2
+
+/* cygwin needs to export/import data */
+#ifdef U_CYGWIN
+#define U_IMPORT __declspec(dllimport)
+#else
+#define U_IMPORT
+#endif
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Code alignment and C function inlining */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#ifndef U_INLINE
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+# define U_INLINE inline
+# else
+# define U_INLINE inline
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#define U_ALIGN_CODE(n)
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Programs used by ICU code */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#define U_MAKE "/usr/bin/gnumake"
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/plurfmt.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/plurfmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..445db39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/plurfmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,541 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2007-2008, International Business Machines Corporation and
+* others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+
+* File PLURFMT.H
+*
+* Modification History:*
+* Date Name Description
+*
+********************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef PLURFMT
+#define PLURFMT
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: PluralFormat object
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/numfmt.h"
+#include "unicode/plurrule.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class Hashtable;
+
+/**
+ * <p>
+ * <code>PluralFormat</code> supports the creation of internationalized
+ * messages with plural inflection. It is based on <i>plural
+ * selection</i>, i.e. the caller specifies messages for each
+ * plural case that can appear in the users language and the
+ * <code>PluralFormat</code> selects the appropriate message based on
+ * the number.
+ * </p>
+ * <h4>The Problem of Plural Forms in Internationalized Messages</h4>
+ * <p>
+ * Different languages have different ways to inflect
+ * plurals. Creating internationalized messages that include plural
+ * forms is only feasible when the framework is able to handle plural
+ * forms of <i>all</i> languages correctly. <code>ChoiceFormat</code>
+ * doesn't handle this well, because it attaches a number interval to
+ * each message and selects the message whose interval contains a
+ * given number. This can only handle a finite number of
+ * intervals. But in some languages, like Polish, one plural case
+ * applies to infinitely many intervals (e.g., paucal applies to
+ * numbers ending with 2, 3, or 4 except those ending with 12, 13, or
+ * 14). Thus <code>ChoiceFormat</code> is not adequate.
+ * </p><p>
+ * <code>PluralFormat</code> deals with this by breaking the problem
+ * into two parts:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>It uses <code>PluralRules</code> that can define more complex
+ * conditions for a plural case than just a single interval. These plural
+ * rules define both what plural cases exist in a language, and to
+ * which numbers these cases apply.
+ * <li>It provides predefined plural rules for many locales. Thus, the programmer
+ * need not worry about the plural cases of a language. On the flip side,
+ * the localizer does not have to specify the plural cases; he can simply
+ * use the predefined keywords. The whole plural formatting of messages can
+ * be done using localized patterns from resource bundles.
+ * </ul>
+ * </p>
+ * <h4>Usage of <code>PluralFormat</code></h4>
+ * <p>
+ * This discussion assumes that you use <code>PluralFormat</code> with
+ * a predefined set of plural rules. You can create one using one of
+ * the constructors that takes a <code>locale</code> object. To
+ * specify the message pattern, you can either pass it to the
+ * constructor or set it explicitly using the
+ * <code>applyPattern()</code> method. The <code>format()</code>
+ * method takes a number object and selects the message of the
+ * matching plural case. This message will be returned.
+ * </p>
+ * <h5>Patterns and Their Interpretation</h5>
+ * <p>
+ * The pattern text defines the message output for each plural case of the
+ * used locale. The pattern is a sequence of
+ * <code><i>caseKeyword</i>{<i>message</i>}</code> clauses, separated by white
+ * space characters. Each clause assigns the message <code><i>message</i></code>
+ * to the plural case identified by <code><i>caseKeyword</i></code>.
+ * </p><p>
+ * You always have to define a message text for the default plural case
+ * "<code>other</code>" which is contained in every rule set. If the plural
+ * rules of the <code>PluralFormat</code> object do not contain a plural case
+ * identified by <code><i>caseKeyword</i></code>, U_DEFAULT_KEYWORD_MISSING
+ * will be set to status.
+ * If you do not specify a message text for a particular plural case, the
+ * message text of the plural case "<code>other</code>" gets assigned to this
+ * plural case. If you specify more than one message for the same plural case,
+ * U_DUPLICATE_KEYWORD will be set to status.
+ * <br/>
+ * Spaces between <code><i>caseKeyword</i></code> and
+ * <code><i>message</i></code> will be ignored; spaces within
+ * <code><i>message</i></code> will be preserved.
+ * </p><p>
+ * The message text for a particular plural case may contain other message
+ * format patterns. <code>PluralFormat</code> preserves these so that you
+ * can use the strings produced by <code>PluralFormat</code> with other
+ * formatters. If you are using <code>PluralFormat</code> inside a
+ * <code>MessageFormat</code> pattern, <code>MessageFormat</code> will
+ * automatically evaluate the resulting format pattern.<br/>
+ * Thus, curly braces (<code>{</code>, <code>}</code>) are <i>only</i> allowed
+ * in message texts to define a nested format pattern.<br/>
+ * The pound sign (<code>#</code>) will be interpreted as the number placeholder
+ * in the message text, if it is not contained in curly braces (to preserve
+ * <code>NumberFormat</code> patterns). <code>PluralFormat</code> will
+ * replace each of those pound signs by the number passed to the
+ * <code>format()</code> method. It will be formatted using a
+ * <code>NumberFormat</code> for the <code>PluralFormat</code>'s locale. If you
+ * need special number formatting, you have to explicitly specify a
+ * <code>NumberFormat</code> for the <code>PluralFormat</code> to use.
+ * </p>
+ * Example
+ * <pre>
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * MessageFormat* msgFmt = new MessageFormat(UnicodeString("{0, plural,
+ * one{{0, number, C''est #,##0.0# fichier}} other {Ce sont # fichiers}} dans la liste."),
+ * Locale("fr"), status);
+ * if (U_FAILURE(status)) {
+ * return;
+ * }
+ * Formattable args1[] = {(int32_t)0};
+ * Formattable args2[] = {(int32_t)3};
+ * FieldPosition ignore(FieldPosition::DONT_CARE);
+ * UnicodeString result;
+ * msgFmt->format(args1, 1, result, ignore, status);
+ * cout << result << endl;
+ * result.remove();
+ * msgFmt->format(args2, 1, result, ignore, status);
+ * cout << result << endl;
+ * </pre>
+ * Produces the output:<br/>
+ * <code>C'est 0,0 fichier dans la liste.</code><br/>
+ * <code>Ce sont 3 fichiers dans la liste."</code>
+ * <p>
+ * <strong>Note:</strong><br/>
+ * Currently <code>PluralFormat</code>
+ * does not make use of quotes like <code>MessageFormat</code>.
+ * If you use plural format strings with <code>MessageFormat</code> and want
+ * to use a quote sign "<code>'</code>", you have to write "<code>''</code>".
+ * <code>MessageFormat</code> unquotes this pattern and passes the unquoted
+ * pattern to <code>PluralFormat</code>. It's a bit trickier if you use
+ * nested formats that do quoting. In the example above, we wanted to insert
+ * "<code>'</code>" in the number format pattern. Since
+ * <code>NumberFormat</code> supports quotes, we had to insert
+ * "<code>''</code>". But since <code>MessageFormat</code> unquotes the
+ * pattern before it gets passed to <code>PluralFormat</code>, we have to
+ * double these quotes, i.e. write "<code>''''</code>".
+ * </p>
+ * <h4>Defining Custom Plural Rules</h4>
+ * <p>If you need to use <code>PluralFormat</code> with custom rules, you can
+ * create a <code>PluralRules</code> object and pass it to
+ * <code>PluralFormat</code>'s constructor. If you also specify a locale in this
+ * constructor, this locale will be used to format the number in the message
+ * texts.
+ * </p><p>
+ * For more information about <code>PluralRules</code>, see
+ * {@link PluralRules}.
+ * </p>
+ *
+ * ported from Java
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+
+class U_I18N_API PluralFormat : public Format {
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a new <code>PluralFormat</code> for the default locale.
+ * This locale will be used to get the set of plural rules and for standard
+ * number formatting.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ PluralFormat(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a new <code>PluralFormat</code> for a given locale.
+ * @param locale the <code>PluralFormat</code> will be configured with
+ * rules for this locale. This locale will also be used for
+ * standard number formatting.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ PluralFormat(const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a new <code>PluralFormat</code> for a given set of rules.
+ * The standard number formatting will be done using the default locale.
+ * @param rules defines the behavior of the <code>PluralFormat</code>
+ * object.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ PluralFormat(const PluralRules& rules, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a new <code>PluralFormat</code> for a given set of rules.
+ * The standard number formatting will be done using the given locale.
+ * @param locale the default number formatting will be done using this
+ * locale.
+ * @param rules defines the behavior of the <code>PluralFormat</code>
+ * object.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ PluralFormat(const Locale& locale, const PluralRules& rules, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a new <code>PluralFormat</code> for a given pattern string.
+ * The default locale will be used to get the set of plural rules and for
+ * standard number formatting.
+ * @param pattern the pattern for this <code>PluralFormat</code>.
+ * errors are returned to status if the pattern is invalid.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ PluralFormat(const UnicodeString& pattern, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a new <code>PluralFormat</code> for a given pattern string and
+ * locale.
+ * The locale will be used to get the set of plural rules and for
+ * standard number formatting.
+ * @param locale the <code>PluralFormat</code> will be configured with
+ * rules for this locale. This locale will also be used for
+ * standard number formatting.
+ * @param pattern the pattern for this <code>PluralFormat</code>.
+ * errors are returned to status if the pattern is invalid.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ PluralFormat(const Locale& locale, const UnicodeString& pattern, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a new <code>PluralFormat</code> for a given set of rules, a
+ * pattern and a locale.
+ * @param rules defines the behavior of the <code>PluralFormat</code>
+ * object.
+ * @param pattern the pattern for this <code>PluralFormat</code>.
+ * errors are returned to status if the pattern is invalid.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ PluralFormat(const PluralRules& rules,
+ const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a new <code>PluralFormat</code> for a given set of rules, a
+ * pattern and a locale.
+ * @param locale the <code>PluralFormat</code> will be configured with
+ * rules for this locale. This locale will also be used for
+ * standard number formatting.
+ * @param rules defines the behavior of the <code>PluralFormat</code>
+ * object.
+ * @param pattern the pattern for this <code>PluralFormat</code>.
+ * errors are returned to status if the pattern is invalid.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ PluralFormat(const Locale& locale,
+ const PluralRules& rules,
+ const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * copy constructor.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ PluralFormat(const PluralFormat& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual ~PluralFormat();
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the pattern used by this plural format.
+ * The method parses the pattern and creates a map of format strings
+ * for the plural rules.
+ * Patterns and their interpretation are specified in the class description.
+ *
+ * @param pattern the pattern for this plural format
+ * errors are returned to status if the pattern is invalid.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void applyPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Formats a plural message for a given number.
+ *
+ * @param number a number for which the plural message should be formatted
+ * for. If no pattern has been applied to this
+ * <code>PluralFormat</code> object yet, the formatted number
+ * will be returned.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return the string containing the formatted plural message.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString format(int32_t number, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Formats a plural message for a given number.
+ *
+ * @param number a number for which the plural message should be formatted
+ * for. If no pattern has been applied to this
+ * <code>PluralFormat</code> object yet, the formatted number
+ * will be returned.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return the string containing the formatted plural message.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString format(double number, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Formats a plural message for a given number.
+ *
+ * @param number a number for which the plural message should be formatted
+ * for. If no pattern has been applied to this
+ * <code>PluralFormat</code> object yet, the formatted number
+ * will be returned.
+ * @param appendTo output parameter to receive result.
+ * result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return the string containing the formatted plural message.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(int32_t number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Formats a plural message for a given number.
+ *
+ * @param number a number for which the plural message should be formatted
+ * for. If no pattern has been applied to this
+ * <code>PluralFormat</code> object yet, the formatted number
+ * will be returned.
+ * @param appendTo output parameter to receive result.
+ * result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return the string containing the formatted plural message.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(double number,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the locale used by this <code>PluraFormat</code> object.
+ * Note: Calling this method resets this <code>PluraFormat</code> object,
+ * i.e., a pattern that was applied previously will be removed,
+ * and the NumberFormat is set to the default number format for
+ * the locale. The resulting format behaves the same as one
+ * constructed from {@link #PluralFormat(locale)}.
+ * @param locale the <code>locale</code> to use to configure the formatter.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void setLocale(const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the number format used by this formatter. You only need to
+ * call this if you want a different number format than the default
+ * formatter for the locale.
+ * @param format the number format to use.
+ * @param status output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void setNumberFormat(const NumberFormat* format, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator
+ *
+ * @param other the PluralFormat object to copy from.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ PluralFormat& operator=(const PluralFormat& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if another object is semantically equal to this one.
+ *
+ * @param other the PluralFormat object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if other is semantically equal to this.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const Format& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if another object is semantically unequal to this one.
+ *
+ * @param other the PluralFormat object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if other is semantically unequal to this.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator!=(const Format& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Clones this Format object polymorphically. The caller owns the
+ * result and should delete it when done.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual Format* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Redeclared Format method.
+ *
+ * @param obj The object to be formatted into a string.
+ * @param appendTo output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos On input: an alignment field, if desired.
+ * On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @param status output param filled with success/failure status.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the pattern from applyPattern() or constructor().
+ *
+ * @param appendTo output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @return the UnicodeString with inserted pattern.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& toPattern(UnicodeString& appendTo);
+
+ /**
+ * This method is not yet supported by <code>PluralFormat</code>.
+ * <P>
+ * Before calling, set parse_pos.index to the offset you want to start
+ * parsing at in the source. After calling, parse_pos.index is the end of
+ * the text you parsed. If error occurs, index is unchanged.
+ * <P>
+ * When parsing, leading whitespace is discarded (with a successful parse),
+ * while trailing whitespace is left as is.
+ * <P>
+ * See Format::parseObject() for more.
+ *
+ * @param source The string to be parsed into an object.
+ * @param result Formattable to be set to the parse result.
+ * If parse fails, return contents are undefined.
+ * @param parse_pos The position to start parsing at. Upon return
+ * this param is set to the position after the
+ * last character successfully parsed. If the
+ * source is not parsed successfully, this param
+ * will remain unchanged.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void parseObject(const UnicodeString& source,
+ Formattable& result,
+ ParsePosition& parse_pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ *
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+private:
+ typedef enum fmtToken {
+ none,
+ tLetter,
+ tNumber,
+ tSpace,
+ tNumberSign,
+ tLeftBrace,
+ tRightBrace
+ }fmtToken;
+
+ Locale locale;
+ PluralRules* pluralRules;
+ UnicodeString pattern;
+ Hashtable *fParsedValuesHash;
+ NumberFormat* numberFormat;
+ NumberFormat* replacedNumberFormat;
+
+ PluralFormat(); // default constructor not implemented
+ void init(const PluralRules* rules, const Locale& curlocale, UErrorCode& status);
+ UBool inRange(UChar ch, fmtToken& type);
+ UBool checkSufficientDefinition();
+ void parsingFailure();
+ UnicodeString insertFormattedNumber(double number,
+ UnicodeString& message,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos) const;
+ void copyHashtable(Hashtable *other, UErrorCode& status);
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // _PLURFMT
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/plurrule.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/plurrule.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c3fedb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/plurrule.h
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2008, International Business Machines Corporation and
+* others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+*
+* File PLURRULE.H
+*
+* Modification History:*
+* Date Name Description
+*
+********************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef PLURRULE
+#define PLURRULE
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: PluralRules object
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/format.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class Hashtable;
+class RuleChain;
+class RuleParser;
+
+/**
+ * Defines rules for mapping positive long values onto a small set of
+ * keywords. Rules are constructed from a text description, consisting
+ * of a series of keywords and conditions. The {@link #select} method
+ * examines each condition in order and returns the keyword for the
+ * first condition that matches the number. If none match,
+ * default rule(other) is returned.
+ *
+ * Examples:<pre>
+ * "one: n is 1; few: n in 2..4"</pre>
+ * This defines two rules, for 'one' and 'few'. The condition for
+ * 'one' is "n is 1" which means that the number must be equal to
+ * 1 for this condition to pass. The condition for 'few' is
+ * "n in 2..4" which means that the number must be between 2 and
+ * 4 inclusive for this condition to pass. All other numbers
+ * are assigned the keyword "other" by the default rule.
+ * </p><pre>
+ * "zero: n is 0; one: n is 1; zero: n mod 100 in 1..19"</pre>
+ * This illustrates that the same keyword can be defined multiple times.
+ * Each rule is examined in order, and the first keyword whose condition
+ * passes is the one returned. Also notes that a modulus is applied
+ * to n in the last rule. Thus its condition holds for 119, 219, 319...
+ * </p><pre>
+ * "one: n is 1; few: n mod 10 in 2..4 and n mod 100 not in 12..14"</pre>
+ * This illustrates conjunction and negation. The condition for 'few'
+ * has two parts, both of which must be met: "n mod 10 in 2..4" and
+ * "n mod 100 not in 12..14". The first part applies a modulus to n
+ * before the test as in the previous example. The second part applies
+ * a different modulus and also uses negation, thus it matches all
+ * numbers _not_ in 12, 13, 14, 112, 113, 114, 212, 213, 214...
+ * </p>
+ * <p>
+ * Syntax:<pre>
+ * rules = rule (';' rule)*
+ * rule = keyword ':' condition
+ * keyword = <identifier>
+ * condition = and_condition ('or' and_condition)*
+ * and_condition = relation ('and' relation)*
+ * relation = is_relation | in_relation | within_relation | 'n' <EOL>
+ * is_relation = expr 'is' ('not')? value
+ * in_relation = expr ('not')? 'in' range
+ * within_relation = expr ('not')? 'within' range
+ * expr = 'n' ('mod' value)?
+ * value = digit+
+ * digit = 0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9
+ * range = value'..'value
+ * </pre></p>
+ * <p>
+ * The difference between 'in' and 'within' is that 'in' only includes
+ * integers in the specified range, while 'within' includes all values.</p>
+ * <p>
+ * Keywords
+ * could be defined by users or from ICU locale data. There are 6
+ * predefined values in ICU - 'zero', 'one', 'two', 'few', 'many' and
+ * 'other'. Callers need to check the value of keyword returned by
+ * {@link #select} method.
+ * </p>
+ *
+ * Examples:<pre>
+ * UnicodeString keyword = pl->select(number);
+ * if (keyword== UnicodeString("one") {
+ * ...
+ * }
+ * else if ( ... )
+ * </pre>
+ */
+class U_I18N_API PluralRules : public UObject {
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ *
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ PluralRules(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ PluralRules(const PluralRules& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual ~PluralRules();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ PluralRules* clone() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ PluralRules& operator=(const PluralRules&);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a PluralRules from a description if it is parsable, otherwise
+ * returns null.
+ *
+ * @param description rule description
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return new PluralRules pointer. NULL if there is an error.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static PluralRules* U_EXPORT2 createRules(const UnicodeString& description,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * The default rules that accept any number.
+ *
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return new PluralRules pointer. NULL if there is an error.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static PluralRules* U_EXPORT2 createDefaultRules(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Provides access to the predefined <code>PluralRules</code> for a given
+ * locale.
+ *
+ * @param locale The locale for which a <code>PluralRules</code> object is
+ * returned.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return The predefined <code>PluralRules</code> object pointer for
+ * this locale. If there's no predefined rules for this locale,
+ * the rules for the closest parent in the locale hierarchy
+ * that has one will be returned. The final fallback always
+ * returns the default 'other' rules.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static PluralRules* U_EXPORT2 forLocale(const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Given a number, returns the keyword of the first rule that applies to
+ * the number. This function can be used with isKeyword* functions to
+ * determine the keyword for default plural rules.
+ *
+ * @param number The number for which the rule has to be determined.
+ * @return The keyword of the selected rule.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString select(int32_t number) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Given a number, returns the keyword of the first rule that applies to
+ * the number. This function can be used with isKeyword* functions to
+ * determine the keyword for default plural rules.
+ *
+ * @param number The number for which the rule has to be determined.
+ * @return The keyword of the selected rule.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString select(double number) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a list of all rule keywords used in this <code>PluralRules</code>
+ * object. The rule 'other' is always present by default.
+ *
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on exit, which
+ * must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return StringEnumeration with the keywords.
+ * The caller must delete the object.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ StringEnumeration* getKeywords(UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE if the given keyword is defined in this
+ * <code>PluralRules</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param keyword the input keyword.
+ * @return TRUE if the input keyword is defined.
+ * Otherwise, return FALSE.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool isKeyword(const UnicodeString& keyword) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Returns keyword for default plural form.
+ *
+ * @return keyword for default plural form.
+ * @internal 4.0
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString getKeywordOther() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compares the equality of two PluralRules objects.
+ *
+ * @param other The other PluralRules object to be compared with.
+ * @return True if the given PluralRules is the same as this
+ * PluralRules; false otherwise.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const PluralRules& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compares the inequality of two PluralRules objects.
+ *
+ * @param other The PluralRules object to be compared with.
+ * @return True if the given PluralRules is not the same as this
+ * PluralRules; false otherwise.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const PluralRules& other) const {return !operator==(other);}
+
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ *
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+
+private:
+ Hashtable *fLocaleStringsHash;
+ UnicodeString mLocaleName;
+ RuleChain *mRules;
+ RuleParser *mParser;
+
+ PluralRules(); // default constructor not implemented
+ int32_t getRepeatLimit() const;
+ void parseDescription(UnicodeString& ruleData, RuleChain& rules, UErrorCode &status);
+ void getNextLocale(const UnicodeString& localeData, int32_t* curIndex, UnicodeString& localeName);
+ void addRules(RuleChain& rules);
+ int32_t getNumberValue(const UnicodeString& token) const;
+ UnicodeString getRuleFromResource(const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // _PLURRULE
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ppalmos.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ppalmos.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c15b2ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ppalmos.h
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2006, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* FILE NAME : ppalmos.h
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 05/10/04 Ken Krugler Creation (copied from pwin32.h & modified).
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef U_PPALMOS_H
+#define U_PPALMOS_H
+
+ /**
+ * \file
+ * \brief Configuration constants for the Palm OS platform
+ */
+
+/* Define the platform we're on. */
+#ifndef U_PALMOS
+#define U_PALMOS
+#endif
+
+/* _MSC_VER is used to detect the Microsoft compiler. */
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#define U_INT64_IS_LONG_LONG 0
+#else
+#define U_INT64_IS_LONG_LONG 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define whether inttypes.h is available */
+#ifndef U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#define U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Define what support for C++ streams is available.
+ * If U_IOSTREAM_SOURCE is set to 199711, then <iostream> is available
+ * (1997711 is the date the ISO/IEC C++ FDIS was published), and then
+ * one should qualify streams using the std namespace in ICU header
+ * files.
+ * If U_IOSTREAM_SOURCE is set to 198506, then <iostream.h> is
+ * available instead (198506 is the date when Stroustrup published
+ * "An Extensible I/O Facility for C++" at the summer USENIX conference).
+ * If U_IOSTREAM_SOURCE is 0, then C++ streams are not available and
+ * support for them will be silently suppressed in ICU.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef U_IOSTREAM_SOURCE
+#define U_IOSTREAM_SOURCE 199711
+#endif
+
+/* Determines whether specific types are available */
+#ifndef U_HAVE_INT8_T
+#define U_HAVE_INT8_T U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_UINT8_T
+#define U_HAVE_UINT8_T U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_INT16_T
+#define U_HAVE_INT16_T U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_UINT16_T
+#define U_HAVE_UINT16_T U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_INT32_T
+#define U_HAVE_INT32_T U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_UINT32_T
+#define U_HAVE_UINT32_T U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_INT64_T
+#define U_HAVE_INT64_T U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_UINT64_T
+#define U_HAVE_UINT64_T U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#endif
+
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Generic data types */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+/* If your platform does not have the <inttypes.h> header, you may
+ need to edit the typedefs below. */
+#if U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#else /* U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H */
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_INT8_T
+typedef signed char int8_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_UINT8_T
+typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_INT16_T
+typedef signed short int16_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_UINT16_T
+typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_INT32_T
+typedef signed int int32_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_UINT32_T
+typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_INT64_T
+#if U_INT64_IS_LONG_LONG
+ typedef signed long long int64_t;
+#else
+ typedef signed __int64 int64_t;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_UINT64_T
+#if U_INT64_IS_LONG_LONG
+ typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
+#else
+ typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Compiler and environment features */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+/* Define whether namespace is supported */
+#ifndef U_HAVE_NAMESPACE
+#define U_HAVE_NAMESPACE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Determines the endianness of the platform */
+#define U_IS_BIG_ENDIAN 0
+
+/* 1 or 0 to enable or disable threads. If undefined, default is: enable threads. */
+#define ICU_USE_THREADS 1
+
+#ifndef U_DEBUG
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+#define U_DEBUG 1
+#else
+#define U_DEBUG 0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_RELEASE
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+#define U_RELEASE 1
+#else
+#define U_RELEASE 0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Determine whether to disable renaming or not. This overrides the
+ setting in umachine.h which is for all platforms. */
+#ifndef U_DISABLE_RENAMING
+#define U_DISABLE_RENAMING 0
+#endif
+
+/* Determine whether to override new and delete. */
+#ifndef U_OVERRIDE_CXX_ALLOCATION
+#define U_OVERRIDE_CXX_ALLOCATION 1
+#endif
+/* Determine whether to override placement new and delete for STL. */
+#ifndef U_HAVE_PLACEMENT_NEW
+#define U_HAVE_PLACEMENT_NEW 0
+#endif
+/* Determine whether to override new and delete for MFC. */
+#if !defined(U_HAVE_DEBUG_LOCATION_NEW) && defined(_MSC_VER)
+#define U_HAVE_DEBUG_LOCATION_NEW 0
+#endif
+
+/* Determine whether to enable tracing. */
+#ifndef U_ENABLE_TRACING
+#define U_ENABLE_TRACING 1
+#endif
+
+/* Do we allow ICU users to use the draft APIs by default? */
+#ifndef U_DEFAULT_SHOW_DRAFT
+#define U_DEFAULT_SHOW_DRAFT 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define the library suffix in a C syntax. */
+#define U_HAVE_LIB_SUFFIX 0
+#define U_LIB_SUFFIX_C_NAME
+#define U_LIB_SUFFIX_C_NAME_STRING ""
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Information about wchar support */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#define U_HAVE_WCHAR_H 1
+#define U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 2
+
+#define U_HAVE_WCSCPY 0
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Information about POSIX support */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+
+/* TODO: Fix Palm OS's determination of a timezone */
+#if 0
+#define U_TZSET _tzset
+#endif
+#if 0
+#define U_TIMEZONE _timezone
+#endif
+#if 0
+#define U_TZNAME _tzname
+#endif
+
+#define U_HAVE_MMAP 0
+#define U_HAVE_POPEN 0
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Symbol import-export control */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#define U_EXPORT
+#define U_EXPORT2
+#define U_IMPORT
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Code alignment and C function inlining */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#ifndef U_INLINE
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+# define U_INLINE inline
+# else
+# define U_INLINE __inline
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_M_IX86)
+#define U_ALIGN_CODE(val) __asm align val
+#else
+#define U_ALIGN_CODE(val)
+#endif
+
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Programs used by ICU code */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#ifndef U_MAKE
+#define U_MAKE "nmake"
+#define U_MAKE_IS_NMAKE 1
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/putil.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/putil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3304877
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/putil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* FILE NAME : putil.h
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 05/14/98 nos Creation (content moved here from utypes.h).
+* 06/17/99 erm Added IEEE_754
+* 07/22/98 stephen Added IEEEremainder, max, min, trunc
+* 08/13/98 stephen Added isNegativeInfinity, isPositiveInfinity
+* 08/24/98 stephen Added longBitsFromDouble
+* 03/02/99 stephen Removed openFile(). Added AS400 support.
+* 04/15/99 stephen Converted to C
+* 11/15/99 helena Integrated S/390 changes for IEEE support.
+* 01/11/00 helena Added u_getVersion.
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef PUTIL_H
+#define PUTIL_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+ /**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Platform Utilities
+ */
+
+/* Define this to 1 if your platform supports IEEE 754 floating point,
+ to 0 if it does not. */
+#ifndef IEEE_754
+# define IEEE_754 1
+#endif
+
+/*==========================================================================*/
+/* Platform utilities */
+/*==========================================================================*/
+
+/**
+ * Platform utilities isolates the platform dependencies of the
+ * libarary. For each platform which this code is ported to, these
+ * functions may have to be re-implemented.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return the ICU data directory.
+ * The data directory is where common format ICU data files (.dat files)
+ * are loaded from. Note that normal use of the built-in ICU
+ * facilities does not require loading of an external data file;
+ * unless you are adding custom data to ICU, the data directory
+ * does not need to be set.
+ *
+ * The data directory is determined as follows:
+ * If u_setDataDirectory() has been called, that is it, otherwise
+ * if the ICU_DATA environment variable is set, use that, otherwise
+ * If a data directory was specifed at ICU build time
+ * <code>( #define ICU_DATA_DIR "path" )</code>, use that,
+ * otherwise no data directory is available.
+ *
+ * @return the data directory, or an empty string ("") if no data directory has
+ * been specified.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2 u_getDataDirectory(void);
+
+/**
+ * Set the ICU data directory.
+ * The data directory is where common format ICU data files (.dat files)
+ * are loaded from. Note that normal use of the built-in ICU
+ * facilities does not require loading of an external data file;
+ * unless you are adding custom data to ICU, the data directory
+ * does not need to be set.
+ *
+ * This function should be called at most once in a process, before the
+ * first ICU operation (e.g., u_init()) that will require the loading of an
+ * ICU data file.
+ * This function is not thread-safe. Use it before calling ICU APIs from
+ * multiple threads.
+ *
+ * @param directory The directory to be set.
+ *
+ * @see u_init
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 u_setDataDirectory(const char *directory);
+
+/**
+ * Please use ucnv_getDefaultName() instead.
+ * Return the default codepage for this platform and locale.
+ * This function can call setlocale() on Unix platforms. Please read the
+ * platform documentation on setlocale() before calling this function.
+ * @return the default codepage for this platform
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL const char* U_EXPORT2 uprv_getDefaultCodepage(void);
+
+/**
+ * Please use uloc_getDefault() instead.
+ * Return the default locale ID string by querying ths system, or
+ * zero if one cannot be found.
+ * This function can call setlocale() on Unix platforms. Please read the
+ * platform documentation on setlocale() before calling this function.
+ * @return the default locale ID string
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL const char* U_EXPORT2 uprv_getDefaultLocaleID(void);
+
+/**
+ * Filesystem file and path separator characters.
+ * Example: '/' and ':' on Unix, '\\' and ';' on Windows.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#ifdef XP_MAC
+# define U_FILE_SEP_CHAR ':'
+# define U_FILE_ALT_SEP_CHAR ':'
+# define U_PATH_SEP_CHAR ';'
+# define U_FILE_SEP_STRING ":"
+# define U_FILE_ALT_SEP_STRING ":"
+# define U_PATH_SEP_STRING ";"
+#elif defined(U_WINDOWS)
+# define U_FILE_SEP_CHAR '\\'
+# define U_FILE_ALT_SEP_CHAR '/'
+# define U_PATH_SEP_CHAR ';'
+# define U_FILE_SEP_STRING "\\"
+# define U_FILE_ALT_SEP_STRING "/"
+# define U_PATH_SEP_STRING ";"
+#else
+# define U_FILE_SEP_CHAR '/'
+# define U_FILE_ALT_SEP_CHAR '/'
+# define U_PATH_SEP_CHAR ':'
+# define U_FILE_SEP_STRING "/"
+# define U_FILE_ALT_SEP_STRING "/"
+# define U_PATH_SEP_STRING ":"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Convert char characters to UChar characters.
+ * This utility function is useful only for "invariant characters"
+ * that are encoded in the platform default encoding.
+ * They are a small, constant subset of the encoding and include
+ * just the latin letters, digits, and some punctuation.
+ * For details, see U_CHARSET_FAMILY.
+ *
+ * @param cs Input string, points to <code>length</code>
+ * character bytes from a subset of the platform encoding.
+ * @param us Output string, points to memory for <code>length</code>
+ * Unicode characters.
+ * @param length The number of characters to convert; this may
+ * include the terminating <code>NUL</code>.
+ *
+ * @see U_CHARSET_FAMILY
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_charsToUChars(const char *cs, UChar *us, int32_t length);
+
+/**
+ * Convert UChar characters to char characters.
+ * This utility function is useful only for "invariant characters"
+ * that can be encoded in the platform default encoding.
+ * They are a small, constant subset of the encoding and include
+ * just the latin letters, digits, and some punctuation.
+ * For details, see U_CHARSET_FAMILY.
+ *
+ * @param us Input string, points to <code>length</code>
+ * Unicode characters that can be encoded with the
+ * codepage-invariant subset of the platform encoding.
+ * @param cs Output string, points to memory for <code>length</code>
+ * character bytes.
+ * @param length The number of characters to convert; this may
+ * include the terminating <code>NUL</code>.
+ *
+ * @see U_CHARSET_FAMILY
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_UCharsToChars(const UChar *us, char *cs, int32_t length);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/pwin32.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/pwin32.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9aad353
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/pwin32.h
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+ ******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1997-2007, International Business Machines
+ * Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * FILE NAME : platform.h
+ *
+ * Date Name Description
+ * 05/13/98 nos Creation (content moved here from ptypes.h).
+ * 03/02/99 stephen Added AS400 support.
+ * 03/30/99 stephen Added Linux support.
+ * 04/13/99 stephen Reworked for autoconf.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * \file
+ * \brief Configuration constants for the Windows platform
+ */
+
+/* Define the platform we're on. */
+#ifndef U_WINDOWS
+#define U_WINDOWS
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#define U_HAVE_PLACEMENT_NEW 0
+#define U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
+#define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
+#endif
+
+/* _MSC_VER is used to detect the Microsoft compiler. */
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#define U_INT64_IS_LONG_LONG 0
+#else
+#define U_INT64_IS_LONG_LONG 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define whether inttypes.h is available */
+#ifndef U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#define U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Define what support for C++ streams is available.
+ * If U_IOSTREAM_SOURCE is set to 199711, then <iostream> is available
+ * (1997711 is the date the ISO/IEC C++ FDIS was published), and then
+ * one should qualify streams using the std namespace in ICU header
+ * files.
+ * If U_IOSTREAM_SOURCE is set to 198506, then <iostream.h> is
+ * available instead (198506 is the date when Stroustrup published
+ * "An Extensible I/O Facility for C++" at the summer USENIX conference).
+ * If U_IOSTREAM_SOURCE is 0, then C++ streams are not available and
+ * support for them will be silently suppressed in ICU.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef U_IOSTREAM_SOURCE
+#define U_IOSTREAM_SOURCE 199711
+#endif
+
+/* Determines whether specific types are available */
+#ifndef U_HAVE_INT8_T
+#define U_HAVE_INT8_T U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_UINT8_T
+#define U_HAVE_UINT8_T U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_INT16_T
+#define U_HAVE_INT16_T U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_UINT16_T
+#define U_HAVE_UINT16_T U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_INT32_T
+#define U_HAVE_INT32_T U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_UINT32_T
+#define U_HAVE_UINT32_T U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_INT64_T
+#define U_HAVE_INT64_T U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_HAVE_UINT64_T
+#define U_HAVE_UINT64_T U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#endif
+
+/* Define 64 bit limits */
+#if !U_INT64_IS_LONG_LONG
+# ifndef INT64_C
+# define INT64_C(x) ((int64_t)x)
+# endif
+# ifndef UINT64_C
+# define UINT64_C(x) ((uint64_t)x)
+# endif
+/* else use the umachine.h definition */
+#endif
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Generic data types */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+/* If your platform does not have the <inttypes.h> header, you may
+ need to edit the typedefs below. */
+#if U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#else /* U_HAVE_INTTYPES_H */
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_INT8_T
+typedef signed char int8_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_UINT8_T
+typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_INT16_T
+typedef signed short int16_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_UINT16_T
+typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_INT32_T
+typedef signed int int32_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_UINT32_T
+typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_INT64_T
+#if U_INT64_IS_LONG_LONG
+ typedef signed long long int64_t;
+#else
+ typedef signed __int64 int64_t;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if ! U_HAVE_UINT64_T
+#if U_INT64_IS_LONG_LONG
+ typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
+#else
+ typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Compiler and environment features */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+/* Define whether namespace is supported */
+#ifndef U_HAVE_NAMESPACE
+#define U_HAVE_NAMESPACE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Determines the endianness of the platform */
+#define U_IS_BIG_ENDIAN 0
+
+/* 1 or 0 to enable or disable threads. If undefined, default is: enable threads. */
+#define ICU_USE_THREADS 1
+
+/* On strong memory model CPUs (e.g. x86 CPUs), we use a safe & quick double check mutex lock. */
+/*
+Microsoft can define _M_IX86, _M_AMD64 (before Visual Studio 8) or _M_X64 (starting in Visual Studio 8).
+Intel can define _M_IX86 or _M_X64
+*/
+#if defined(_M_IX86) || defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_X64) || (defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)))
+#define UMTX_STRONG_MEMORY_MODEL 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_DEBUG
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+#define U_DEBUG 1
+#else
+#define U_DEBUG 0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef U_RELEASE
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+#define U_RELEASE 1
+#else
+#define U_RELEASE 0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Determine whether to disable renaming or not. This overrides the
+ setting in umachine.h which is for all platforms. */
+#ifndef U_DISABLE_RENAMING
+#define U_DISABLE_RENAMING 0
+#endif
+
+/* Determine whether to override new and delete. */
+#ifndef U_OVERRIDE_CXX_ALLOCATION
+#define U_OVERRIDE_CXX_ALLOCATION 1
+#endif
+/* Determine whether to override placement new and delete for STL. */
+#ifndef U_HAVE_PLACEMENT_NEW
+#define U_HAVE_PLACEMENT_NEW 1
+#endif
+/* Determine whether to override new and delete for MFC. */
+#if !defined(U_HAVE_DEBUG_LOCATION_NEW) && defined(_MSC_VER)
+#define U_HAVE_DEBUG_LOCATION_NEW 1
+#endif
+
+/* Determine whether to enable tracing. */
+#ifndef U_ENABLE_TRACING
+#define U_ENABLE_TRACING 0
+#endif
+
+/* Do we allow ICU users to use the draft APIs by default? */
+#ifndef U_DEFAULT_SHOW_DRAFT
+#define U_DEFAULT_SHOW_DRAFT 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define the library suffix in a C syntax. */
+#define U_HAVE_LIB_SUFFIX 0
+#define U_LIB_SUFFIX_C_NAME
+#define U_LIB_SUFFIX_C_NAME_STRING ""
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Information about wchar support */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#define U_HAVE_WCHAR_H 1
+#define U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 2
+
+#define U_HAVE_WCSCPY 1
+
+/**
+ * \def U_DECLARE_UTF16
+ * Do not use this macro. Use the UNICODE_STRING or U_STRING_DECL macros
+ * instead.
+ * @internal
+ */
+#if 1
+#define U_DECLARE_UTF16(string) L ## string
+#endif
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Information about POSIX support */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#if 1
+#define U_TZSET _tzset
+#endif
+#if 1
+#define U_TIMEZONE _timezone
+#endif
+#if 1
+#define U_TZNAME _tzname
+#endif
+#if 1
+#define U_DAYLIGHT _daylight
+#endif
+
+#define U_HAVE_MMAP 0
+#define U_HAVE_POPEN 0
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Symbol import-export control */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#ifdef U_STATIC_IMPLEMENTATION
+#define U_EXPORT
+#else
+#define U_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
+#endif
+#define U_EXPORT2 __cdecl
+#define U_IMPORT __declspec(dllimport)
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Code alignment and C function inlining */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#ifndef U_INLINE
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+# define U_INLINE inline
+# else
+# define U_INLINE __inline
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_M_IX86) && !defined(_MANAGED)
+#define U_ALIGN_CODE(val) __asm align val
+#else
+#define U_ALIGN_CODE(val)
+#endif
+
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Programs used by ICU code */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#ifndef U_MAKE
+#define U_MAKE "nmake"
+#define U_MAKE_IS_NMAKE 1
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/rbbi.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/rbbi.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90ec6e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/rbbi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,722 @@
+/*
+***************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2008 International Business Machines Corporation *
+* and others. All rights reserved. *
+***************************************************************************
+
+**********************************************************************
+* Date Name Description
+* 10/22/99 alan Creation.
+* 11/11/99 rgillam Complete port from Java.
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef RBBI_H
+#define RBBI_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Rule Based Break Iterator
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION
+
+#include "unicode/brkiter.h"
+#include "unicode/udata.h"
+#include "unicode/parseerr.h"
+#include "unicode/schriter.h"
+#include "unicode/uchriter.h"
+
+
+struct UTrie;
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/** @internal */
+struct RBBIDataHeader;
+class RuleBasedBreakIteratorTables;
+class BreakIterator;
+class RBBIDataWrapper;
+class UStack;
+class LanguageBreakEngine;
+class UnhandledEngine;
+struct RBBIStateTable;
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ *
+ * A subclass of BreakIterator whose behavior is specified using a list of rules.
+ * <p>Instances of this class are most commonly created by the factory methods of
+ * BreakIterator::createWordInstance(), BreakIterator::createLineInstance(), etc.,
+ * and then used via the abstract API in class BreakIterator</p>
+ *
+ * <p>See the ICU User Guide for information on Break Iterator Rules.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>This class is not intended to be subclassed. (Class DictionaryBasedBreakIterator
+ * is a subclass, but that relationship is effectively internal to the ICU
+ * implementation. The subclassing interface to RulesBasedBreakIterator is
+ * not part of the ICU API, and may not remain stable.</p>
+ *
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API RuleBasedBreakIterator : public BreakIterator {
+
+protected:
+ /**
+ * The UText through which this BreakIterator accesses the text
+ * @internal
+ */
+ UText *fText;
+
+ /**
+ * A character iterator that refers to the same text as the UText, above.
+ * Only included for compatibility with old API, which was based on CharacterIterators.
+ * Value may be adopted from outside, or one of fSCharIter or fDCharIter, below.
+ */
+ CharacterIterator *fCharIter;
+
+ /**
+ * When the input text is provided by a UnicodeString, this will point to
+ * a characterIterator that wraps that data. Needed only for the
+ * implementation of getText(), a backwards compatibility issue.
+ */
+ StringCharacterIterator *fSCharIter;
+
+ /**
+ * When the input text is provided by a UText, this
+ * dummy CharacterIterator over an empty string will
+ * be returned from getText()
+ */
+ UCharCharacterIterator *fDCharIter;
+
+ /**
+ * The rule data for this BreakIterator instance
+ * @internal
+ */
+ RBBIDataWrapper *fData;
+
+ /** Index of the Rule {tag} values for the most recent match.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t fLastRuleStatusIndex;
+
+ /**
+ * Rule tag value valid flag.
+ * Some iterator operations don't intrinsically set the correct tag value.
+ * This flag lets us lazily compute the value if we are ever asked for it.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ UBool fLastStatusIndexValid;
+
+ /**
+ * Counter for the number of characters encountered with the "dictionary"
+ * flag set.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ uint32_t fDictionaryCharCount;
+
+ /**
+ * When a range of characters is divided up using the dictionary, the break
+ * positions that are discovered are stored here, preventing us from having
+ * to use either the dictionary or the state table again until the iterator
+ * leaves this range of text. Has the most impact for line breaking.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t* fCachedBreakPositions;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of elements in fCachedBreakPositions
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t fNumCachedBreakPositions;
+
+ /**
+ * if fCachedBreakPositions is not null, this indicates which item in the
+ * cache the current iteration position refers to
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t fPositionInCache;
+
+ /**
+ *
+ * If present, UStack of LanguageBreakEngine objects that might handle
+ * dictionary characters. Searched from top to bottom to find an object to
+ * handle a given character.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ UStack *fLanguageBreakEngines;
+
+ /**
+ *
+ * If present, the special LanguageBreakEngine used for handling
+ * characters that are in the dictionary set, but not handled by any
+ * LangugageBreakEngine.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ UnhandledEngine *fUnhandledBreakEngine;
+
+ /**
+ *
+ * The type of the break iterator, or -1 if it has not been set.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t fBreakType;
+
+protected:
+ //=======================================================================
+ // constructors
+ //=======================================================================
+
+ /**
+ * Constant to be used in the constructor
+ * RuleBasedBreakIterator(RBBIDataHeader*, EDontAdopt, UErrorCode &);
+ * which does not adopt the memory indicated by the RBBIDataHeader*
+ * parameter.
+ *
+ * @internal
+ */
+ enum EDontAdopt {
+ kDontAdopt
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor from a flattened set of RBBI data in malloced memory.
+ * RulesBasedBreakIterators built from a custom set of rules
+ * are created via this constructor; the rules are compiled
+ * into memory, then the break iterator is constructed here.
+ *
+ * The break iterator adopts the memory, and will
+ * free it when done.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ RuleBasedBreakIterator(RBBIDataHeader* data, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor from a flattened set of RBBI data in memory which need not
+ * be malloced (e.g. it may be a memory-mapped file, etc.).
+ *
+ * This version does not adopt the memory, and does not
+ * free it when done.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ RuleBasedBreakIterator(const RBBIDataHeader* data, enum EDontAdopt dontAdopt, UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+ friend class RBBIRuleBuilder;
+ /** @internal */
+ friend class BreakIterator;
+
+
+
+public:
+
+ /** Default constructor. Creates an empty shell of an iterator, with no
+ * rules or text to iterate over. Object can subsequently be assigned to.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ RuleBasedBreakIterator();
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor. Will produce a break iterator with the same behavior,
+ * and which iterates over the same text, as the one passed in.
+ * @param that The RuleBasedBreakIterator passed to be copied
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ RuleBasedBreakIterator(const RuleBasedBreakIterator& that);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a RuleBasedBreakIterator from a set of rules supplied as a string.
+ * @param rules The break rules to be used.
+ * @param parseError In the event of a syntax error in the rules, provides the location
+ * within the rules of the problem.
+ * @param status Information on any errors encountered.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ RuleBasedBreakIterator( const UnicodeString &rules,
+ UParseError &parseError,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * This constructor uses the udata interface to create a BreakIterator
+ * whose internal tables live in a memory-mapped file. "image" is an
+ * ICU UDataMemory handle for the pre-compiled break iterator tables.
+ * @param image handle to the memory image for the break iterator data.
+ * Ownership of the UDataMemory handle passes to the Break Iterator,
+ * which will be responsible for closing it when it is no longer needed.
+ * @param status Information on any errors encountered.
+ * @see udata_open
+ * @see #getBinaryRules
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ RuleBasedBreakIterator(UDataMemory* image, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~RuleBasedBreakIterator();
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator. Sets this iterator to have the same behavior,
+ * and iterate over the same text, as the one passed in.
+ * @param that The RuleBasedBreakItertor passed in
+ * @return the newly created RuleBasedBreakIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ RuleBasedBreakIterator& operator=(const RuleBasedBreakIterator& that);
+
+ /**
+ * Equality operator. Returns TRUE if both BreakIterators are of the
+ * same class, have the same behavior, and iterate over the same text.
+ * @param that The BreakIterator to be compared for equality
+ * @return TRUE if both BreakIterators are of the
+ * same class, have the same behavior, and iterate over the same text.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const BreakIterator& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Not-equal operator. If operator== returns TRUE, this returns FALSE,
+ * and vice versa.
+ * @param that The BreakIterator to be compared for inequality
+ * @return TRUE if both BreakIterators are not same.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const BreakIterator& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a newly-constructed RuleBasedBreakIterator with the same
+ * behavior, and iterating over the same text, as this one.
+ * Differs from the copy constructor in that it is polymorphic, and
+ * will correctly clone (copy) a derived class.
+ * clone() is thread safe. Multiple threads may simultaeneously
+ * clone the same source break iterator.
+ * @return a newly-constructed RuleBasedBreakIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual BreakIterator* clone() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compute a hash code for this BreakIterator
+ * @return A hash code
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t hashCode(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the description used to create this iterator
+ * @return the description used to create this iterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual const UnicodeString& getRules(void) const;
+
+ //=======================================================================
+ // BreakIterator overrides
+ //=======================================================================
+
+ /**
+ * <p>
+ * Return a CharacterIterator over the text being analyzed.
+ * The returned character iterator is owned by the break iterator, and must
+ * not be deleted by the caller. Repeated calls to this function may
+ * return the same CharacterIterator.
+ * </p>
+ * <p>
+ * The returned character iterator must not be used concurrently with
+ * the break iterator. If concurrent operation is needed, clone the
+ * returned character iterator first and operate on the clone.
+ * </p>
+ * <p>
+ * When the break iterator is operating on text supplied via a UText,
+ * this function will fail. Lacking any way to signal failures, it
+ * returns an CharacterIterator containing no text.
+ * The function getUText() provides similar functionality,
+ * is reliable, and is more efficient.
+ * </p>
+ *
+ * TODO: deprecate this function?
+ *
+ * @return An iterator over the text being analyzed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual CharacterIterator& getText(void) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Get a UText for the text being analyzed.
+ * The returned UText is a shallow clone of the UText used internally
+ * by the break iterator implementation. It can safely be used to
+ * access the text without impacting any break iterator operations,
+ * but the underlying text itself must not be altered.
+ *
+ * @param fillIn A UText to be filled in. If NULL, a new UText will be
+ * allocated to hold the result.
+ * @param status receives any error codes.
+ * @return The current UText for this break iterator. If an input
+ * UText was provided, it will always be returned.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ virtual UText *getUText(UText *fillIn, UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the iterator to analyze a new piece of text. This function resets
+ * the current iteration position to the beginning of the text.
+ * @param newText An iterator over the text to analyze. The BreakIterator
+ * takes ownership of the character iterator. The caller MUST NOT delete it!
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void adoptText(CharacterIterator* newText);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the iterator to analyze a new piece of text. This function resets
+ * the current iteration position to the beginning of the text.
+ * @param newText The text to analyze.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setText(const UnicodeString& newText);
+
+ /**
+ * Reset the break iterator to operate over the text represented by
+ * the UText. The iterator position is reset to the start.
+ *
+ * This function makes a shallow clone of the supplied UText. This means
+ * that the caller is free to immediately close or otherwise reuse the
+ * Utext that was passed as a parameter, but that the underlying text itself
+ * must not be altered while being referenced by the break iterator.
+ *
+ * @param text The UText used to change the text.
+ * @param status Receives any error codes.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ virtual void setText(UText *text, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the current iteration position to the beginning of the text.
+ * @return The offset of the beginning of the text.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t first(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the current iteration position to the end of the text.
+ * @return The text's past-the-end offset.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t last(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Advances the iterator either forward or backward the specified number of steps.
+ * Negative values move backward, and positive values move forward. This is
+ * equivalent to repeatedly calling next() or previous().
+ * @param n The number of steps to move. The sign indicates the direction
+ * (negative is backwards, and positive is forwards).
+ * @return The character offset of the boundary position n boundaries away from
+ * the current one.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t next(int32_t n);
+
+ /**
+ * Advances the iterator to the next boundary position.
+ * @return The position of the first boundary after this one.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t next(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Moves the iterator backwards, to the last boundary preceding this one.
+ * @return The position of the last boundary position preceding this one.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t previous(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the first boundary position following
+ * the specified position.
+ * @param offset The position from which to begin searching for a break position.
+ * @return The position of the first break after the current position.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t following(int32_t offset);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the last boundary position before the
+ * specified position.
+ * @param offset The position to begin searching for a break from.
+ * @return The position of the last boundary before the starting position.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t preceding(int32_t offset);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if the specfied position is a boundary position. As a side
+ * effect, leaves the iterator pointing to the first boundary position at
+ * or after "offset".
+ * @param offset the offset to check.
+ * @return True if "offset" is a boundary position.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool isBoundary(int32_t offset);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the current iteration position.
+ * @return The current iteration position.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t current(void) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Return the status tag from the break rule that determined the most recently
+ * returned break position. For break rules that do not specify a
+ * status, a default value of 0 is returned. If more than one break rule
+ * would cause a boundary to be located at some position in the text,
+ * the numerically largest of the applicable status values is returned.
+ * <p>
+ * Of the standard types of ICU break iterators, only word break and
+ * line break provide status values. The values are defined in
+ * the header file ubrk.h. For Word breaks, the status allows distinguishing between words
+ * that contain alphabetic letters, "words" that appear to be numbers,
+ * punctuation and spaces, words containing ideographic characters, and
+ * more. For Line Break, the status distinguishes between hard (mandatory) breaks
+ * and soft (potential) break positions.
+ * <p>
+ * <code>getRuleStatus()</code> can be called after obtaining a boundary
+ * position from <code>next()</code>, <code>previous()</code>, or
+ * any other break iterator functions that returns a boundary position.
+ * <p>
+ * When creating custom break rules, one is free to define whatever
+ * status values may be convenient for the application.
+ * <p>
+ * Note: this function is not thread safe. It should not have been
+ * declared const, and the const remains only for compatibility
+ * reasons. (The function is logically const, but not bit-wise const).
+ * <p>
+ * @return the status from the break rule that determined the most recently
+ * returned break position.
+ *
+ * @see UWordBreak
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getRuleStatus() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Get the status (tag) values from the break rule(s) that determined the most
+ * recently returned break position.
+ * <p>
+ * The returned status value(s) are stored into an array provided by the caller.
+ * The values are stored in sorted (ascending) order.
+ * If the capacity of the output array is insufficient to hold the data,
+ * the output will be truncated to the available length, and a
+ * U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR will be signaled.
+ *
+ * @param fillInVec an array to be filled in with the status values.
+ * @param capacity the length of the supplied vector. A length of zero causes
+ * the function to return the number of status values, in the
+ * normal way, without attemtping to store any values.
+ * @param status receives error codes.
+ * @return The number of rule status values from rules that determined
+ * the most recent boundary returned by the break iterator.
+ * In the event of a U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR, the return value
+ * is the total number of status values that were available,
+ * not the reduced number that were actually returned.
+ * @see getRuleStatus
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getRuleStatusVec(int32_t *fillInVec, int32_t capacity, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual override.
+ * This method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all
+ * C++ compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and
+ * clone() methods call this method.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a
+ * given class have the same class ID. Objects of
+ * other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the class ID for this class. This is useful only for
+ * comparing to a return value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ *
+ * Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * Derived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /*
+ * Create a clone (copy) of this break iterator in memory provided
+ * by the caller. The idea is to increase performance by avoiding
+ * a storage allocation. Use of this functoin is NOT RECOMMENDED.
+ * Performance gains are minimal, and correct buffer management is
+ * tricky. Use clone() instead.
+ *
+ * @param stackBuffer The pointer to the memory into which the cloned object
+ * should be placed. If NULL, allocate heap memory
+ * for the cloned object.
+ * @param BufferSize The size of the buffer. If zero, return the required
+ * buffer size, but do not clone the object. If the
+ * size was too small (but not zero), allocate heap
+ * storage for the cloned object.
+ *
+ * @param status Error status. U_SAFECLONE_ALLOCATED_WARNING will be
+ * returned if the the provided buffer was too small, and
+ * the clone was therefore put on the heap.
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to the clone object. This may differ from the stackBuffer
+ * address if the byte alignment of the stack buffer was not suitable
+ * or if the stackBuffer was too small to hold the clone.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual BreakIterator * createBufferClone(void *stackBuffer,
+ int32_t &BufferSize,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Return the binary form of compiled break rules,
+ * which can then be used to create a new break iterator at some
+ * time in the future. Creating a break iterator from pre-compiled rules
+ * is much faster than building one from the source form of the
+ * break rules.
+ *
+ * The binary data can only be used with the same version of ICU
+ * and on the same platform type (processor endian-ness)
+ *
+ * @param length Returns the length of the binary data. (Out paramter.)
+ *
+ * @return A pointer to the binary (compiled) rule data. The storage
+ * belongs to the RulesBasedBreakIterator object, not the
+ * caller, and must not be modified or deleted.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual const uint8_t *getBinaryRules(uint32_t &length);
+
+
+protected:
+ //=======================================================================
+ // implementation
+ //=======================================================================
+ /**
+ * Dumps caches and performs other actions associated with a complete change
+ * in text or iteration position.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual void reset(void);
+
+#if 0
+ /**
+ * Return true if the category lookup for this char
+ * indicates that it is in the set of dictionary lookup chars.
+ * This function is intended for use by dictionary based break iterators.
+ * @return true if the category lookup for this char
+ * indicates that it is in the set of dictionary lookup chars.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual UBool isDictionaryChar(UChar32);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the type of the break iterator.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getBreakType() const;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Set the type of the break iterator.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual void setBreakType(int32_t type);
+
+ /**
+ * Common initialization function, used by constructors and bufferClone.
+ * (Also used by DictionaryBasedBreakIterator::createBufferClone().)
+ * @internal
+ */
+ void init();
+
+private:
+
+ /**
+ * This method backs the iterator back up to a "safe position" in the text.
+ * This is a position that we know, without any context, must be a break position.
+ * The various calling methods then iterate forward from this safe position to
+ * the appropriate position to return. (For more information, see the description
+ * of buildBackwardsStateTable() in RuleBasedBreakIterator.Builder.)
+ * @param statetable state table used of moving backwards
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t handlePrevious(const RBBIStateTable *statetable);
+
+ /**
+ * This method is the actual implementation of the next() method. All iteration
+ * vectors through here. This method initializes the state machine to state 1
+ * and advances through the text character by character until we reach the end
+ * of the text or the state machine transitions to state 0. We update our return
+ * value every time the state machine passes through a possible end state.
+ * @param statetable state table used of moving forwards
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t handleNext(const RBBIStateTable *statetable);
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * This is the function that actually implements dictionary-based
+ * breaking. Covering at least the range from startPos to endPos,
+ * it checks for dictionary characters, and if it finds them determines
+ * the appropriate object to deal with them. It may cache found breaks in
+ * fCachedBreakPositions as it goes. It may well also look at text outside
+ * the range startPos to endPos.
+ * If going forward, endPos is the normal Unicode break result, and
+ * if goind in reverse, startPos is the normal Unicode break result
+ * @param startPos The start position of a range of text
+ * @param endPos The end position of a range of text
+ * @param reverse The call is for the reverse direction
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t checkDictionary(int32_t startPos, int32_t endPos, UBool reverse);
+
+private:
+
+ /**
+ * This function returns the appropriate LanguageBreakEngine for a
+ * given character c.
+ * @param c A character in the dictionary set
+ * @internal
+ */
+ const LanguageBreakEngine *getLanguageBreakEngine(UChar32 c);
+
+ /**
+ * @internal
+ */
+ void makeRuleStatusValid();
+
+};
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Inline Functions Definitions ...
+//
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline UBool RuleBasedBreakIterator::operator!=(const BreakIterator& that) const {
+ return !operator==(that);
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/rbnf.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/rbnf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..030565e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/rbnf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1049 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2006, International Business Machines Corporation and others.
+* All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef RBNF_H
+#define RBNF_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Rule Based Number Format
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def U_HAVE_RBNF
+ * This will be 0 if RBNF support is not included in ICU
+ * and 1 if it is.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#if UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+#define U_HAVE_RBNF 0
+#else
+#define U_HAVE_RBNF 1
+
+#include "unicode/coll.h"
+#include "unicode/dcfmtsym.h"
+#include "unicode/fmtable.h"
+#include "unicode/locid.h"
+#include "unicode/numfmt.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+#include "unicode/strenum.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class NFRuleSet;
+class LocalizationInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Tags for the predefined rulesets.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+enum URBNFRuleSetTag {
+ URBNF_SPELLOUT,
+ URBNF_ORDINAL,
+ URBNF_DURATION,
+ URBNF_COUNT
+};
+
+#if UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION
+class Collator;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The RuleBasedNumberFormat class formats numbers according to a set of rules. This number formatter is
+ * typically used for spelling out numeric values in words (e.g., 25,3476 as
+ * "twenty-five thousand three hundred seventy-six" or "vingt-cinq mille trois
+ * cents soixante-seize" or
+ * "fünfundzwanzigtausenddreihundertsechsundsiebzig"), but can also be used for
+ * other complicated formatting tasks, such as formatting a number of seconds as hours,
+ * minutes and seconds (e.g., 3,730 as "1:02:10").
+ *
+ * <p>The resources contain three predefined formatters for each locale: spellout, which
+ * spells out a value in words (123 is "one hundred twenty-three"); ordinal, which
+ * appends an ordinal suffix to the end of a numeral (123 is "123rd"); and
+ * duration, which shows a duration in seconds as hours, minutes, and seconds (123 is
+ * "2:03"). The client can also define more specialized <tt>RuleBasedNumberFormat</tt>s
+ * by supplying programmer-defined rule sets.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The behavior of a <tt>RuleBasedNumberFormat</tt> is specified by a textual description
+ * that is either passed to the constructor as a <tt>String</tt> or loaded from a resource
+ * bundle. In its simplest form, the description consists of a semicolon-delimited list of <em>rules.</em>
+ * Each rule has a string of output text and a value or range of values it is applicable to.
+ * In a typical spellout rule set, the first twenty rules are the words for the numbers from
+ * 0 to 19:</p>
+ *
+ * <pre>zero; one; two; three; four; five; six; seven; eight; nine;
+ * ten; eleven; twelve; thirteen; fourteen; fifteen; sixteen; seventeen; eighteen; nineteen;</pre>
+ *
+ * <p>For larger numbers, we can use the preceding set of rules to format the ones place, and
+ * we only have to supply the words for the multiples of 10:</p>
+ *
+ * <pre> 20: twenty[->>];
+ * 30: thirty[->>];
+ * 40: forty[->>];
+ * 50: fifty[->>];
+ * 60: sixty[->>];
+ * 70: seventy[->>];
+ * 80: eighty[->>];
+ * 90: ninety[->>];</pre>
+ *
+ * <p>In these rules, the <em>base value</em> is spelled out explicitly and set off from the
+ * rule's output text with a colon. The rules are in a sorted list, and a rule is applicable
+ * to all numbers from its own base value to one less than the next rule's base value. The
+ * ">>" token is called a <em>substitution</em> and tells the fomatter to
+ * isolate the number's ones digit, format it using this same set of rules, and place the
+ * result at the position of the ">>" token. Text in brackets is omitted if
+ * the number being formatted is an even multiple of 10 (the hyphen is a literal hyphen; 24
+ * is "twenty-four," not "twenty four").</p>
+ *
+ * <p>For even larger numbers, we can actually look up several parts of the number in the
+ * list:</p>
+ *
+ * <pre>100: << hundred[ >>];</pre>
+ *
+ * <p>The "<<" represents a new kind of substitution. The << isolates
+ * the hundreds digit (and any digits to its left), formats it using this same rule set, and
+ * places the result where the "<<" was. Notice also that the meaning of
+ * >> has changed: it now refers to both the tens and the ones digits. The meaning of
+ * both substitutions depends on the rule's base value. The base value determines the rule's <em>divisor,</em>
+ * which is the highest power of 10 that is less than or equal to the base value (the user
+ * can change this). To fill in the substitutions, the formatter divides the number being
+ * formatted by the divisor. The integral quotient is used to fill in the <<
+ * substitution, and the remainder is used to fill in the >> substitution. The meaning
+ * of the brackets changes similarly: text in brackets is omitted if the value being
+ * formatted is an even multiple of the rule's divisor. The rules are applied recursively, so
+ * if a substitution is filled in with text that includes another substitution, that
+ * substitution is also filled in.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>This rule covers values up to 999, at which point we add another rule:</p>
+ *
+ * <pre>1000: << thousand[ >>];</pre>
+ *
+ * <p>Again, the meanings of the brackets and substitution tokens shift because the rule's
+ * base value is a higher power of 10, changing the rule's divisor. This rule can actually be
+ * used all the way up to 999,999. This allows us to finish out the rules as follows:</p>
+ *
+ * <pre> 1,000,000: << million[ >>];
+ * 1,000,000,000: << billion[ >>];
+ * 1,000,000,000,000: << trillion[ >>];
+ * 1,000,000,000,000,000: OUT OF RANGE!;</pre>
+ *
+ * <p>Commas, periods, and spaces can be used in the base values to improve legibility and
+ * are ignored by the rule parser. The last rule in the list is customarily treated as an
+ * "overflow rule," applying to everything from its base value on up, and often (as
+ * in this example) being used to print out an error message or default representation.
+ * Notice also that the size of the major groupings in large numbers is controlled by the
+ * spacing of the rules: because in English we group numbers by thousand, the higher rules
+ * are separated from each other by a factor of 1,000.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>To see how these rules actually work in practice, consider the following example:
+ * Formatting 25,430 with this rule set would work like this:</p>
+ *
+ * <table border="0" width="100%">
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><strong><< thousand >></strong></td>
+ * <td>[the rule whose base value is 1,000 is applicable to 25,340]</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><strong>twenty->></strong> thousand >></td>
+ * <td>[25,340 over 1,000 is 25. The rule for 20 applies.]</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>twenty-<strong>five</strong> thousand >></td>
+ * <td>[25 mod 10 is 5. The rule for 5 is "five."</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>twenty-five thousand <strong><< hundred >></strong></td>
+ * <td>[25,340 mod 1,000 is 340. The rule for 100 applies.]</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>twenty-five thousand <strong>three</strong> hundred >></td>
+ * <td>[340 over 100 is 3. The rule for 3 is "three."]</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>twenty-five thousand three hundred <strong>forty</strong></td>
+ * <td>[340 mod 100 is 40. The rule for 40 applies. Since 40 divides
+ * evenly by 10, the hyphen and substitution in the brackets are omitted.]</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <p>The above syntax suffices only to format positive integers. To format negative numbers,
+ * we add a special rule:</p>
+ *
+ * <pre>-x: minus >>;</pre>
+ *
+ * <p>This is called a <em>negative-number rule,</em> and is identified by "-x"
+ * where the base value would be. This rule is used to format all negative numbers. the
+ * >> token here means "find the number's absolute value, format it with these
+ * rules, and put the result here."</p>
+ *
+ * <p>We also add a special rule called a <em>fraction rule </em>for numbers with fractional
+ * parts:</p>
+ *
+ * <pre>x.x: << point >>;</pre>
+ *
+ * <p>This rule is used for all positive non-integers (negative non-integers pass through the
+ * negative-number rule first and then through this rule). Here, the << token refers to
+ * the number's integral part, and the >> to the number's fractional part. The
+ * fractional part is formatted as a series of single-digit numbers (e.g., 123.456 would be
+ * formatted as "one hundred twenty-three point four five six").</p>
+ *
+ * <p>To see how this rule syntax is applied to various languages, examine the resource data.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>There is actually much more flexibility built into the rule language than the
+ * description above shows. A formatter may own multiple rule sets, which can be selected by
+ * the caller, and which can use each other to fill in their substitutions. Substitutions can
+ * also be filled in with digits, using a DecimalFormat object. There is syntax that can be
+ * used to alter a rule's divisor in various ways. And there is provision for much more
+ * flexible fraction handling. A complete description of the rule syntax follows:</p>
+ *
+ * <hr>
+ *
+ * <p>The description of a <tt>RuleBasedNumberFormat</tt>'s behavior consists of one or more <em>rule
+ * sets.</em> Each rule set consists of a name, a colon, and a list of <em>rules.</em> A rule
+ * set name must begin with a % sign. Rule sets with names that begin with a single % sign
+ * are <em>public:</em> the caller can specify that they be used to format and parse numbers.
+ * Rule sets with names that begin with %% are <em>private:</em> they exist only for the use
+ * of other rule sets. If a formatter only has one rule set, the name may be omitted.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The user can also specify a special "rule set" named <tt>%%lenient-parse</tt>.
+ * The body of <tt>%%lenient-parse</tt> isn't a set of number-formatting rules, but a <tt>RuleBasedCollator</tt>
+ * description which is used to define equivalences for lenient parsing. For more information
+ * on the syntax, see <tt>RuleBasedCollator</tt>. For more information on lenient parsing,
+ * see <tt>setLenientParse()</tt>. <em>Note:</em> symbols that have syntactic meaning
+ * in collation rules, such as '&', have no particular meaning when appearing outside
+ * of the <tt>lenient-parse</tt> rule set.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The body of a rule set consists of an ordered, semicolon-delimited list of <em>rules.</em>
+ * Internally, every rule has a base value, a divisor, rule text, and zero, one, or two <em>substitutions.</em>
+ * These parameters are controlled by the description syntax, which consists of a <em>rule
+ * descriptor,</em> a colon, and a <em>rule body.</em></p>
+ *
+ * <p>A rule descriptor can take one of the following forms (text in <em>italics</em> is the
+ * name of a token):</p>
+ *
+ * <table border="0" width="100%">
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><em>bv</em>:</td>
+ * <td><em>bv</em> specifies the rule's base value. <em>bv</em> is a decimal
+ * number expressed using ASCII digits. <em>bv</em> may contain spaces, period, and commas,
+ * which are ignored. The rule's divisor is the highest power of 10 less than or equal to
+ * the base value.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><em>bv</em>/<em>rad</em>:</td>
+ * <td><em>bv</em> specifies the rule's base value. The rule's divisor is the
+ * highest power of <em>rad</em> less than or equal to the base value.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><em>bv</em>>:</td>
+ * <td><em>bv</em> specifies the rule's base value. To calculate the divisor,
+ * let the radix be 10, and the exponent be the highest exponent of the radix that yields a
+ * result less than or equal to the base value. Every > character after the base value
+ * decreases the exponent by 1. If the exponent is positive or 0, the divisor is the radix
+ * raised to the power of the exponent; otherwise, the divisor is 1.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><em>bv</em>/<em>rad</em>>:</td>
+ * <td><em>bv</em> specifies the rule's base value. To calculate the divisor,
+ * let the radix be <em>rad</em>, and the exponent be the highest exponent of the radix that
+ * yields a result less than or equal to the base value. Every > character after the radix
+ * decreases the exponent by 1. If the exponent is positive or 0, the divisor is the radix
+ * raised to the power of the exponent; otherwise, the divisor is 1.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>-x:</td>
+ * <td>The rule is a negative-number rule.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>x.x:</td>
+ * <td>The rule is an <em>improper fraction rule.</em></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0.x:</td>
+ * <td>The rule is a <em>proper fraction rule.</em></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>x.0:</td>
+ * <td>The rule is a <em>master rule.</em></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><em>nothing</em></td>
+ * <td>If the rule's rule descriptor is left out, the base value is one plus the
+ * preceding rule's base value (or zero if this is the first rule in the list) in a normal
+ * rule set. In a fraction rule set, the base value is the same as the preceding rule's
+ * base value.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <p>A rule set may be either a regular rule set or a <em>fraction rule set,</em> depending
+ * on whether it is used to format a number's integral part (or the whole number) or a
+ * number's fractional part. Using a rule set to format a rule's fractional part makes it a
+ * fraction rule set.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Which rule is used to format a number is defined according to one of the following
+ * algorithms: If the rule set is a regular rule set, do the following:
+ *
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>If the rule set includes a master rule (and the number was passed in as a <tt>double</tt>),
+ * use the master rule. (If the number being formatted was passed in as a <tt>long</tt>,
+ * the master rule is ignored.)</li>
+ * <li>If the number is negative, use the negative-number rule.</li>
+ * <li>If the number has a fractional part and is greater than 1, use the improper fraction
+ * rule.</li>
+ * <li>If the number has a fractional part and is between 0 and 1, use the proper fraction
+ * rule.</li>
+ * <li>Binary-search the rule list for the rule with the highest base value less than or equal
+ * to the number. If that rule has two substitutions, its base value is not an even multiple
+ * of its divisor, and the number <em>is</em> an even multiple of the rule's divisor, use the
+ * rule that precedes it in the rule list. Otherwise, use the rule itself.</li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <p>If the rule set is a fraction rule set, do the following:
+ *
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>Ignore negative-number and fraction rules.</li>
+ * <li>For each rule in the list, multiply the number being formatted (which will always be
+ * between 0 and 1) by the rule's base value. Keep track of the distance between the result
+ * the nearest integer.</li>
+ * <li>Use the rule that produced the result closest to zero in the above calculation. In the
+ * event of a tie or a direct hit, use the first matching rule encountered. (The idea here is
+ * to try each rule's base value as a possible denominator of a fraction. Whichever
+ * denominator produces the fraction closest in value to the number being formatted wins.) If
+ * the rule following the matching rule has the same base value, use it if the numerator of
+ * the fraction is anything other than 1; if the numerator is 1, use the original matching
+ * rule. (This is to allow singular and plural forms of the rule text without a lot of extra
+ * hassle.)</li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <p>A rule's body consists of a string of characters terminated by a semicolon. The rule
+ * may include zero, one, or two <em>substitution tokens,</em> and a range of text in
+ * brackets. The brackets denote optional text (and may also include one or both
+ * substitutions). The exact meanings of the substitution tokens, and under what conditions
+ * optional text is omitted, depend on the syntax of the substitution token and the context.
+ * The rest of the text in a rule body is literal text that is output when the rule matches
+ * the number being formatted.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>A substitution token begins and ends with a <em>token character.</em> The token
+ * character and the context together specify a mathematical operation to be performed on the
+ * number being formatted. An optional <em>substitution descriptor </em>specifies how the
+ * value resulting from that operation is used to fill in the substitution. The position of
+ * the substitution token in the rule body specifies the location of the resultant text in
+ * the original rule text.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The meanings of the substitution token characters are as follows:</p>
+ *
+ * <table border="0" width="100%">
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>>></td>
+ * <td>in normal rule</td>
+ * <td>Divide the number by the rule's divisor and format the remainder</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td></td>
+ * <td>in negative-number rule</td>
+ * <td>Find the absolute value of the number and format the result</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td></td>
+ * <td>in fraction or master rule</td>
+ * <td>Isolate the number's fractional part and format it.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td></td>
+ * <td>in rule in fraction rule set</td>
+ * <td>Not allowed.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>>>></td>
+ * <td>in normal rule</td>
+ * <td>Divide the number by the rule's divisor and format the remainder,
+ * but bypass the normal rule-selection process and just use the
+ * rule that precedes this one in this rule list.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td></td>
+ * <td>in all other rules</td>
+ * <td>Not allowed.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><<</td>
+ * <td>in normal rule</td>
+ * <td>Divide the number by the rule's divisor and format the quotient</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td></td>
+ * <td>in negative-number rule</td>
+ * <td>Not allowed.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td></td>
+ * <td>in fraction or master rule</td>
+ * <td>Isolate the number's integral part and format it.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td></td>
+ * <td>in rule in fraction rule set</td>
+ * <td>Multiply the number by the rule's base value and format the result.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>==</td>
+ * <td>in all rule sets</td>
+ * <td>Format the number unchanged</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>[]</td>
+ * <td>in normal rule</td>
+ * <td>Omit the optional text if the number is an even multiple of the rule's divisor</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td></td>
+ * <td>in negative-number rule</td>
+ * <td>Not allowed.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td></td>
+ * <td>in improper-fraction rule</td>
+ * <td>Omit the optional text if the number is between 0 and 1 (same as specifying both an
+ * x.x rule and a 0.x rule)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td></td>
+ * <td>in master rule</td>
+ * <td>Omit the optional text if the number is an integer (same as specifying both an x.x
+ * rule and an x.0 rule)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td></td>
+ * <td>in proper-fraction rule</td>
+ * <td>Not allowed.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td></td>
+ * <td>in rule in fraction rule set</td>
+ * <td>Omit the optional text if multiplying the number by the rule's base value yields 1.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <p>The substitution descriptor (i.e., the text between the token characters) may take one
+ * of three forms:</p>
+ *
+ * <table border="0" width="100%">
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>a rule set name</td>
+ * <td>Perform the mathematical operation on the number, and format the result using the
+ * named rule set.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>a DecimalFormat pattern</td>
+ * <td>Perform the mathematical operation on the number, and format the result using a
+ * DecimalFormat with the specified pattern. The pattern must begin with 0 or #.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>nothing</td>
+ * <td>Perform the mathematical operation on the number, and format the result using the rule
+ * set containing the current rule, except:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>You can't have an empty substitution descriptor with a == substitution.</li>
+ * <li>If you omit the substitution descriptor in a >> substitution in a fraction rule,
+ * format the result one digit at a time using the rule set containing the current rule.</li>
+ * <li>If you omit the substitution descriptor in a << substitution in a rule in a
+ * fraction rule set, format the result using the default rule set for this formatter.</li>
+ * </ul>
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <p>Whitespace is ignored between a rule set name and a rule set body, between a rule
+ * descriptor and a rule body, or between rules. If a rule body begins with an apostrophe,
+ * the apostrophe is ignored, but all text after it becomes significant (this is how you can
+ * have a rule's rule text begin with whitespace). There is no escape function: the semicolon
+ * is not allowed in rule set names or in rule text, and the colon is not allowed in rule set
+ * names. The characters beginning a substitution token are always treated as the beginning
+ * of a substitution token.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>See the resource data and the demo program for annotated examples of real rule sets
+ * using these features.</p>
+ *
+ * <p><em>User subclasses are not supported.</em> While clients may write
+ * subclasses, such code will not necessarily work and will not be
+ * guaranteed to work stably from release to release.
+ *
+ * <p><b>Localizations</b></p>
+ * <p>Constructors are available that allow the specification of localizations for the
+ * public rule sets (and also allow more control over what public rule sets are available).
+ * Localization data is represented as a textual description. The description represents
+ * an array of arrays of string. The first element is an array of the public rule set names,
+ * each of these must be one of the public rule set names that appear in the rules. Only
+ * names in this array will be treated as public rule set names by the API. Each subsequent
+ * element is an array of localizations of these names. The first element of one of these
+ * subarrays is the locale name, and the remaining elements are localizations of the
+ * public rule set names, in the same order as they were listed in the first arrray.</p>
+ * <p>In the syntax, angle brackets '<', '>' are used to delimit the arrays, and comma ',' is used
+ * to separate elements of an array. Whitespace is ignored, unless quoted.</p>
+ * <p>For example:<pre>
+ * < < %foo, %bar, %baz >,
+ * < en, Foo, Bar, Baz >,
+ * < fr, 'le Foo', 'le Bar', 'le Baz' >
+ * < zh, \\u7532, \\u4e59, \\u4e19 > >
+ * </pre></p>
+ * @author Richard Gillam
+ * @see NumberFormat
+ * @see DecimalFormat
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API RuleBasedNumberFormat : public NumberFormat {
+public:
+
+ //-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // constructors
+ //-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a RuleBasedNumberFormat that behaves according to the description
+ * passed in. The formatter uses the default locale.
+ * @param rules A description of the formatter's desired behavior.
+ * See the class documentation for a complete explanation of the description
+ * syntax.
+ * @param perror The parse error if an error was encountered.
+ * @param status The status indicating whether the constructor succeeded.
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ RuleBasedNumberFormat(const UnicodeString& rules, UParseError& perror, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a RuleBasedNumberFormat that behaves according to the description
+ * passed in. The formatter uses the default locale.
+ * <p>
+ * The localizations data provides information about the public
+ * rule sets and their localized display names for different
+ * locales. The first element in the list is an array of the names
+ * of the public rule sets. The first element in this array is
+ * the initial default ruleset. The remaining elements in the
+ * list are arrays of localizations of the names of the public
+ * rule sets. Each of these is one longer than the initial array,
+ * with the first String being the ULocale ID, and the remaining
+ * Strings being the localizations of the rule set names, in the
+ * same order as the initial array. Arrays are NULL-terminated.
+ * @param rules A description of the formatter's desired behavior.
+ * See the class documentation for a complete explanation of the description
+ * syntax.
+ * @param localizations the localization information.
+ * names in the description. These will be copied by the constructor.
+ * @param perror The parse error if an error was encountered.
+ * @param status The status indicating whether the constructor succeeded.
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ RuleBasedNumberFormat(const UnicodeString& rules, const UnicodeString& localizations,
+ UParseError& perror, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a RuleBasedNumberFormat that behaves according to the rules
+ * passed in. The formatter uses the specified locale to determine the
+ * characters to use when formatting numerals, and to define equivalences
+ * for lenient parsing.
+ * @param rules The formatter rules.
+ * See the class documentation for a complete explanation of the rule
+ * syntax.
+ * @param locale A locale that governs which characters are used for
+ * formatting values in numerals and which characters are equivalent in
+ * lenient parsing.
+ * @param perror The parse error if an error was encountered.
+ * @param status The status indicating whether the constructor succeeded.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ RuleBasedNumberFormat(const UnicodeString& rules, const Locale& locale,
+ UParseError& perror, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a RuleBasedNumberFormat that behaves according to the description
+ * passed in. The formatter uses the default locale.
+ * <p>
+ * The localizations data provides information about the public
+ * rule sets and their localized display names for different
+ * locales. The first element in the list is an array of the names
+ * of the public rule sets. The first element in this array is
+ * the initial default ruleset. The remaining elements in the
+ * list are arrays of localizations of the names of the public
+ * rule sets. Each of these is one longer than the initial array,
+ * with the first String being the ULocale ID, and the remaining
+ * Strings being the localizations of the rule set names, in the
+ * same order as the initial array. Arrays are NULL-terminated.
+ * @param rules A description of the formatter's desired behavior.
+ * See the class documentation for a complete explanation of the description
+ * syntax.
+ * @param localizations a list of localizations for the rule set
+ * names in the description. These will be copied by the constructor.
+ * @param locale A locale that governs which characters are used for
+ * formatting values in numerals and which characters are equivalent in
+ * lenient parsing.
+ * @param perror The parse error if an error was encountered.
+ * @param status The status indicating whether the constructor succeeded.
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ RuleBasedNumberFormat(const UnicodeString& rules, const UnicodeString& localizations,
+ const Locale& locale, UParseError& perror, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a RuleBasedNumberFormat from a predefined ruleset. The selector
+ * code choosed among three possible predefined formats: spellout, ordinal,
+ * and duration.
+ * @param tag A selector code specifying which kind of formatter to create for that
+ * locale. There are three legal values: URBNF_SPELLOUT, which creates a formatter that
+ * spells out a value in words in the desired language, URBNF_ORDINAL, which attaches
+ * an ordinal suffix from the desired language to the end of a number (e.g. "123rd"),
+ * and URBNF_DURATION, which formats a duration in seconds as hours, minutes, and seconds.
+ * @param locale The locale for the formatter.
+ * @param status The status indicating whether the constructor succeeded.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ RuleBasedNumberFormat(URBNFRuleSetTag tag, const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ //-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // boilerplate
+ //-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor
+ * @param rhs the object to be copied from.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ RuleBasedNumberFormat(const RuleBasedNumberFormat& rhs);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator
+ * @param rhs the object to be copied from.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ RuleBasedNumberFormat& operator=(const RuleBasedNumberFormat& rhs);
+
+ /**
+ * Release memory allocated for a RuleBasedNumberFormat when you are finished with it.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual ~RuleBasedNumberFormat();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this object polymorphically. The caller is responsible
+ * for deleting the result when done.
+ * @return A copy of the object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual Format* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given Format objects are semantically equal.
+ * Objects of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param other the object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given Format objects are semantically equal.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const Format& other) const;
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// public API functions
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * return the rules that were provided to the RuleBasedNumberFormat.
+ * @return the result String that was passed in
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString getRules() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the number of public rule set names.
+ * @return the number of public rule set names.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getNumberOfRuleSetNames() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the name of the index'th public ruleSet. If index is not valid,
+ * the function returns null.
+ * @param index the index of the ruleset
+ * @return the name of the index'th public ruleSet.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString getRuleSetName(int32_t index) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the number of locales for which we have localized rule set display names.
+ * @return the number of locales for which we have localized rule set display names.
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getNumberOfRuleSetDisplayNameLocales(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the index'th display name locale.
+ * @param index the index of the locale
+ * @param status set to a failure code when this function fails
+ * @return the locale
+ * @see #getNumberOfRuleSetDisplayNameLocales
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ virtual Locale getRuleSetDisplayNameLocale(int32_t index, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the rule set display names for the provided locale. These are in the same order
+ * as those returned by getRuleSetName. The locale is matched against the locales for
+ * which there is display name data, using normal fallback rules. If no locale matches,
+ * the default display names are returned. (These are the internal rule set names minus
+ * the leading '%'.)
+ * @param index the index of the rule set
+ * @param locale the locale (returned by getRuleSetDisplayNameLocales) for which the localized
+ * display name is desired
+ * @return the display name for the given index, which might be bogus if there is an error
+ * @see #getRuleSetName
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString getRuleSetDisplayName(int32_t index,
+ const Locale& locale = Locale::getDefault());
+
+ /**
+ * Return the rule set display name for the provided rule set and locale.
+ * The locale is matched against the locales for which there is display name data, using
+ * normal fallback rules. If no locale matches, the default display name is returned.
+ * @return the display name for the rule set
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ * @see #getRuleSetDisplayName
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString getRuleSetDisplayName(const UnicodeString& ruleSetName,
+ const Locale& locale = Locale::getDefault());
+
+ /**
+ * Formats the specified 32-bit number using the default ruleset.
+ * @param number The number to format.
+ * @param toAppendTo the string that will hold the (appended) result
+ * @param pos the fieldposition
+ * @return A textual representation of the number.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(int32_t number,
+ UnicodeString& toAppendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Formats the specified 64-bit number using the default ruleset.
+ * @param number The number to format.
+ * @param toAppendTo the string that will hold the (appended) result
+ * @param pos the fieldposition
+ * @return A textual representation of the number.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(int64_t number,
+ UnicodeString& toAppendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos) const;
+ /**
+ * Formats the specified number using the default ruleset.
+ * @param number The number to format.
+ * @param toAppendTo the string that will hold the (appended) result
+ * @param pos the fieldposition
+ * @return A textual representation of the number.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(double number,
+ UnicodeString& toAppendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Formats the specified number using the named ruleset.
+ * @param number The number to format.
+ * @param ruleSetName The name of the rule set to format the number with.
+ * This must be the name of a valid public rule set for this formatter.
+ * @param toAppendTo the string that will hold the (appended) result
+ * @param pos the fieldposition
+ * @param status the status
+ * @return A textual representation of the number.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(int32_t number,
+ const UnicodeString& ruleSetName,
+ UnicodeString& toAppendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+ /**
+ * Formats the specified 64-bit number using the named ruleset.
+ * @param number The number to format.
+ * @param ruleSetName The name of the rule set to format the number with.
+ * This must be the name of a valid public rule set for this formatter.
+ * @param toAppendTo the string that will hold the (appended) result
+ * @param pos the fieldposition
+ * @param status the status
+ * @return A textual representation of the number.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(int64_t number,
+ const UnicodeString& ruleSetName,
+ UnicodeString& toAppendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+ /**
+ * Formats the specified number using the named ruleset.
+ * @param number The number to format.
+ * @param ruleSetName The name of the rule set to format the number with.
+ * This must be the name of a valid public rule set for this formatter.
+ * @param toAppendTo the string that will hold the (appended) result
+ * @param pos the fieldposition
+ * @param status the status
+ * @return A textual representation of the number.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(double number,
+ const UnicodeString& ruleSetName,
+ UnicodeString& toAppendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Formats the specified number using the default ruleset.
+ * @param obj The number to format.
+ * @param toAppendTo the string that will hold the (appended) result
+ * @param pos the fieldposition
+ * @param status the status
+ * @return A textual representation of the number.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& toAppendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+ /**
+ * Redeclared Format method.
+ * @param obj the object to be formatted.
+ * @param result Output param which will receive the formatted string.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& result,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Redeclared NumberFormat method.
+ * @param number the double value to be formatted.
+ * @param output Output param which will receive the formatted string.
+ * @return A reference to 'output'.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(double number,
+ UnicodeString& output) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Redeclared NumberFormat method.
+ * @param number the long value to be formatted.
+ * @param output Output param which will receive the formatted string.
+ * @return A reference to 'output'.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(int32_t number,
+ UnicodeString& output) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Parses the specfied string, beginning at the specified position, according
+ * to this formatter's rules. This will match the string against all of the
+ * formatter's public rule sets and return the value corresponding to the longest
+ * parseable substring. This function's behavior is affected by the lenient
+ * parse mode.
+ * @param text The string to parse
+ * @param result the result of the parse, either a double or a long.
+ * @param parsePosition On entry, contains the position of the first character
+ * in "text" to examine. On exit, has been updated to contain the position
+ * of the first character in "text" that wasn't consumed by the parse.
+ * @see #setLenient
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void parse(const UnicodeString& text,
+ Formattable& result,
+ ParsePosition& parsePosition) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Redeclared Format method.
+ * @param text The string to parse
+ * @param result the result of the parse, either a double or a long.
+ * @param status Output param set to failure code when a problem occurs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual inline void parse(const UnicodeString& text,
+ Formattable& result,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION
+
+ /**
+ * Turns lenient parse mode on and off.
+ *
+ * When in lenient parse mode, the formatter uses a Collator for parsing the text.
+ * Only primary differences are treated as significant. This means that case
+ * differences, accent differences, alternate spellings of the same letter
+ * (e.g., ae and a-umlaut in German), ignorable characters, etc. are ignored in
+ * matching the text. In many cases, numerals will be accepted in place of words
+ * or phrases as well.
+ *
+ * For example, all of the following will correctly parse as 255 in English in
+ * lenient-parse mode:
+ * <br>"two hundred fifty-five"
+ * <br>"two hundred fifty five"
+ * <br>"TWO HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE"
+ * <br>"twohundredfiftyfive"
+ * <br>"2 hundred fifty-5"
+ *
+ * The Collator used is determined by the locale that was
+ * passed to this object on construction. The description passed to this object
+ * on construction may supply additional collation rules that are appended to the
+ * end of the default collator for the locale, enabling additional equivalences
+ * (such as adding more ignorable characters or permitting spelled-out version of
+ * symbols; see the demo program for examples).
+ *
+ * It's important to emphasize that even strict parsing is relatively lenient: it
+ * will accept some text that it won't produce as output. In English, for example,
+ * it will correctly parse "two hundred zero" and "fifteen hundred".
+ *
+ * @param enabled If true, turns lenient-parse mode on; if false, turns it off.
+ * @see RuleBasedCollator
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setLenient(UBool enabled);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if lenient-parse mode is turned on. Lenient parsing is off
+ * by default.
+ * @return true if lenient-parse mode is turned on.
+ * @see #setLenient
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual inline UBool isLenient(void) const;
+
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Override the default rule set to use. If ruleSetName is null, reset
+ * to the initial default rule set. If the rule set is not a public rule set name,
+ * U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR is returned in status.
+ * @param ruleSetName the name of the rule set, or null to reset the initial default.
+ * @param status set to failure code when a problem occurs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual void setDefaultRuleSet(const UnicodeString& ruleSetName, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the name of the current default rule set. If the current rule set is
+ * not public, returns a bogus (and empty) UnicodeString.
+ * @return the name of the current default rule set
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString getDefaultRuleSetName() const;
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+
+private:
+ RuleBasedNumberFormat(); // default constructor not implemented
+
+ // this will ref the localizations if they are not NULL
+ // caller must deref to get adoption
+ RuleBasedNumberFormat(const UnicodeString& description, LocalizationInfo* localizations,
+ const Locale& locale, UParseError& perror, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ void init(const UnicodeString& rules, LocalizationInfo* localizations, UParseError& perror, UErrorCode& status);
+ void dispose();
+ void stripWhitespace(UnicodeString& src);
+ void initDefaultRuleSet();
+ void format(double number, NFRuleSet& ruleSet);
+ NFRuleSet* findRuleSet(const UnicodeString& name, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /* friend access */
+ friend class NFSubstitution;
+ friend class NFRule;
+ friend class FractionalPartSubstitution;
+
+ inline NFRuleSet * getDefaultRuleSet() const;
+ Collator * getCollator() const;
+ DecimalFormatSymbols * getDecimalFormatSymbols() const;
+
+private:
+ NFRuleSet **ruleSets;
+ NFRuleSet *defaultRuleSet;
+ Locale locale;
+ Collator* collator;
+ DecimalFormatSymbols* decimalFormatSymbols;
+ UBool lenient;
+ UnicodeString* lenientParseRules;
+ LocalizationInfo* localizations;
+};
+
+// ---------------
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+RuleBasedNumberFormat::format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& result,
+ UErrorCode& status) const
+{
+ // Don't use Format:: - use immediate base class only,
+ // in case immediate base modifies behavior later.
+ // dlf - the above comment is bogus, if there were a reason to modify
+ // it, it would be virtual, and there's no reason because it is
+ // a one-line macro in NumberFormat anyway, just like this one.
+ return NumberFormat::format(obj, result, status);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+RuleBasedNumberFormat::format(double number, UnicodeString& output) const {
+ FieldPosition pos(0);
+ return format(number, output, pos);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+RuleBasedNumberFormat::format(int32_t number, UnicodeString& output) const {
+ FieldPosition pos(0);
+ return format(number, output, pos);
+}
+
+inline void
+RuleBasedNumberFormat::parse(const UnicodeString& text, Formattable& result, UErrorCode& status) const
+{
+ NumberFormat::parse(text, result, status);
+}
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION
+
+inline UBool
+RuleBasedNumberFormat::isLenient(void) const {
+ return lenient;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+inline NFRuleSet*
+RuleBasedNumberFormat::getDefaultRuleSet() const {
+ return defaultRuleSet;
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+/* U_HAVE_RBNF */
+#endif
+
+/* RBNF_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/rbtz.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/rbtz.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78215f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/rbtz.h
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2007-2008, International Business Machines Corporation and *
+* others. All Rights Reserved. *
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef RBTZ_H
+#define RBTZ_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Rule based customizable time zone
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/basictz.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+// forward declaration
+class UVector;
+struct Transition;
+
+/**
+ * a BasicTimeZone subclass implemented in terms of InitialTimeZoneRule and TimeZoneRule instances
+ * @see BasicTimeZone
+ * @see InitialTimeZoneRule
+ * @see TimeZoneRule
+ */
+class U_I18N_API RuleBasedTimeZone : public BasicTimeZone {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Constructs a <code>RuleBasedTimeZone</code> object with the ID and the
+ * <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code>. The input <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code>
+ * is adopted by this <code>RuleBasedTimeZone</code>, thus the caller must not
+ * delete it.
+ * @param id The time zone ID.
+ * @param initialRule The initial time zone rule.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ RuleBasedTimeZone(const UnicodeString& id, InitialTimeZoneRule* initialRule);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @param source The RuleBasedTimeZone object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ RuleBasedTimeZone(const RuleBasedTimeZone& source);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual ~RuleBasedTimeZone();
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @param right The object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ RuleBasedTimeZone& operator=(const RuleBasedTimeZone& right);
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given <code>TimeZone</code> objects are
+ * semantically equal. Objects of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param that The object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given <code>TimeZone</code> objects are
+ *semantically equal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const TimeZone& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given <code>TimeZone</code> objects are
+ * semantically unequal. Objects of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param that The object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given <code>TimeZone</code> objects are
+ * semantically unequal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator!=(const TimeZone& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Adds the <code>TimeZoneRule</code> which represents time transitions.
+ * The <code>TimeZoneRule</code> must have start times, that is, the result
+ * of isTransitionRule() must be true. Otherwise, U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR
+ * is set to the error code.
+ * The input <code>TimeZoneRule</code> is adopted by this
+ * <code>RuleBasedTimeZone</code> on successful completion of this method,
+ * thus, the caller must not delete it when no error is returned.
+ * After all rules are added, the caller must call complete() method to
+ * make this <code>RuleBasedTimeZone</code> ready to handle common time
+ * zone functions.
+ * @param rule The <code>TimeZoneRule</code>.
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void addTransitionRule(TimeZoneRule* rule, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Makes the <code>TimeZoneRule</code> ready to handle actual timezone
+ * calcuation APIs. This method collects time zone rules specified
+ * by the caller via the constructor and addTransitionRule() and
+ * builds internal structure for making the object ready to support
+ * time zone APIs such as getOffset(), getNextTransition() and others.
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void complete(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Clones TimeZone objects polymorphically. Clients are responsible for deleting
+ * the TimeZone object cloned.
+ *
+ * @return A new copy of this TimeZone object.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual TimeZone* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the TimeZone's adjusted GMT offset (i.e., the number of milliseconds to add
+ * to GMT to get local time in this time zone, taking daylight savings time into
+ * account) as of a particular reference date. The reference date is used to determine
+ * whether daylight savings time is in effect and needs to be figured into the offset
+ * that is returned (in other words, what is the adjusted GMT offset in this time zone
+ * at this particular date and time?). For the time zones produced by createTimeZone(),
+ * the reference data is specified according to the Gregorian calendar, and the date
+ * and time fields are local standard time.
+ *
+ * <p>Note: Don't call this method. Instead, call the getOffset(UDate...) overload,
+ * which returns both the raw and the DST offset for a given time. This method
+ * is retained only for backward compatibility.
+ *
+ * @param era The reference date's era
+ * @param year The reference date's year
+ * @param month The reference date's month (0-based; 0 is January)
+ * @param day The reference date's day-in-month (1-based)
+ * @param dayOfWeek The reference date's day-of-week (1-based; 1 is Sunday)
+ * @param millis The reference date's milliseconds in day, local standard time
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @return The offset in milliseconds to add to GMT to get local time.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getOffset(uint8_t era, int32_t year, int32_t month, int32_t day,
+ uint8_t dayOfWeek, int32_t millis, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the time zone offset, for current date, modified in case of
+ * daylight savings. This is the offset to add *to* UTC to get local time.
+ *
+ * <p>Note: Don't call this method. Instead, call the getOffset(UDate...) overload,
+ * which returns both the raw and the DST offset for a given time. This method
+ * is retained only for backward compatibility.
+ *
+ * @param era The reference date's era
+ * @param year The reference date's year
+ * @param month The reference date's month (0-based; 0 is January)
+ * @param day The reference date's day-in-month (1-based)
+ * @param dayOfWeek The reference date's day-of-week (1-based; 1 is Sunday)
+ * @param millis The reference date's milliseconds in day, local standard time
+ * @param monthLength The length of the given month in days.
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @return The offset in milliseconds to add to GMT to get local time.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getOffset(uint8_t era, int32_t year, int32_t month, int32_t day,
+ uint8_t dayOfWeek, int32_t millis,
+ int32_t monthLength, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the time zone raw and GMT offset for the given moment
+ * in time. Upon return, local-millis = GMT-millis + rawOffset +
+ * dstOffset. All computations are performed in the proleptic
+ * Gregorian calendar. The default implementation in the TimeZone
+ * class delegates to the 8-argument getOffset().
+ *
+ * @param date moment in time for which to return offsets, in
+ * units of milliseconds from January 1, 1970 0:00 GMT, either GMT
+ * time or local wall time, depending on `local'.
+ * @param local if true, `date' is local wall time; otherwise it
+ * is in GMT time.
+ * @param rawOffset output parameter to receive the raw offset, that
+ * is, the offset not including DST adjustments
+ * @param dstOffset output parameter to receive the DST offset,
+ * that is, the offset to be added to `rawOffset' to obtain the
+ * total offset between local and GMT time. If DST is not in
+ * effect, this value is zero; otherwise it is a positive value,
+ * typically one hour.
+ * @param ec input-output error code
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void getOffset(UDate date, UBool local, int32_t& rawOffset,
+ int32_t& dstOffset, UErrorCode& ec) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the TimeZone's raw GMT offset (i.e., the number of milliseconds to add
+ * to GMT to get local time, before taking daylight savings time into account).
+ *
+ * @param offsetMillis The new raw GMT offset for this time zone.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void setRawOffset(int32_t offsetMillis);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the TimeZone's raw GMT offset (i.e., the number of milliseconds to add
+ * to GMT to get local time, before taking daylight savings time into account).
+ *
+ * @return The TimeZone's raw GMT offset.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getRawOffset(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Queries if this time zone uses daylight savings time.
+ * @return true if this time zone uses daylight savings time,
+ * false, otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool useDaylightTime(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Queries if the given date is in daylight savings time in
+ * this time zone.
+ * This method is wasteful since it creates a new GregorianCalendar and
+ * deletes it each time it is called. This is a deprecated method
+ * and provided only for Java compatibility.
+ *
+ * @param date the given UDate.
+ * @param status Output param filled in with success/error code.
+ * @return true if the given date is in daylight savings time,
+ * false, otherwise.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use Calendar::inDaylightTime() instead.
+ */
+ virtual UBool inDaylightTime(UDate date, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this zone has the same rule and offset as another zone.
+ * That is, if this zone differs only in ID, if at all.
+ * @param other the <code>TimeZone</code> object to be compared with
+ * @return true if the given zone is the same as this one,
+ * with the possible exception of the ID
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool hasSameRules(const TimeZone& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the first time zone transition after the base time.
+ * @param base The base time.
+ * @param inclusive Whether the base time is inclusive or not.
+ * @param result Receives the first transition after the base time.
+ * @return TRUE if the transition is found.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getNextTransition(UDate base, UBool inclusive, TimeZoneTransition& result) /*const*/;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the most recent time zone transition before the base time.
+ * @param base The base time.
+ * @param inclusive Whether the base time is inclusive or not.
+ * @param result Receives the most recent transition before the base time.
+ * @return TRUE if the transition is found.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getPreviousTransition(UDate base, UBool inclusive, TimeZoneTransition& result) /*const*/;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the number of <code>TimeZoneRule</code>s which represents time transitions,
+ * for this time zone, that is, all <code>TimeZoneRule</code>s for this time zone except
+ * <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code>. The return value range is 0 or any positive value.
+ * @param status Receives error status code.
+ * @return The number of <code>TimeZoneRule</code>s representing time transitions.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t countTransitionRules(UErrorCode& status) /*const*/;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code> and the set of <code>TimeZoneRule</code>
+ * which represent time transitions for this time zone. On successful return,
+ * the argument initial points to non-NULL <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code> and
+ * the array trsrules is filled with 0 or multiple <code>TimeZoneRule</code>
+ * instances up to the size specified by trscount. The results are referencing the
+ * rule instance held by this time zone instance. Therefore, after this time zone
+ * is destructed, they are no longer available.
+ * @param initial Receives the initial timezone rule
+ * @param trsrules Receives the timezone transition rules
+ * @param trscount On input, specify the size of the array 'transitions' receiving
+ * the timezone transition rules. On output, actual number of
+ * rules filled in the array will be set.
+ * @param status Receives error status code.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void getTimeZoneRules(const InitialTimeZoneRule*& initial,
+ const TimeZoneRule* trsrules[], int32_t& trscount, UErrorCode& status) /*const*/;
+
+ /**
+ * Get time zone offsets from local wall time.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual void getOffsetFromLocal(UDate date, int32_t nonExistingTimeOpt, int32_t duplicatedTimeOpt,
+ int32_t& rawOffset, int32_t& dstOffset, UErrorCode& status) /*const*/;
+
+private:
+ void deleteRules(void);
+ void deleteTransitions(void);
+ UVector* copyRules(UVector* source);
+ TimeZoneRule* findRuleInFinal(UDate date, UBool local,
+ int32_t NonExistingTimeOpt, int32_t DuplicatedTimeOpt) const;
+ UBool findNext(UDate base, UBool inclusive, UDate& time, TimeZoneRule*& from, TimeZoneRule*& to) const;
+ UBool findPrev(UDate base, UBool inclusive, UDate& time, TimeZoneRule*& from, TimeZoneRule*& to) const;
+ int32_t getLocalDelta(int32_t rawBefore, int32_t dstBefore, int32_t rawAfter, int32_t dstAfter,
+ int32_t NonExistingTimeOpt, int32_t DuplicatedTimeOpt) const;
+ UDate getTransitionTime(Transition* transition, UBool local,
+ int32_t NonExistingTimeOpt, int32_t DuplicatedTimeOpt) const;
+ void getOffsetInternal(UDate date, UBool local, int32_t NonExistingTimeOpt, int32_t DuplicatedTimeOpt,
+ int32_t& rawOffset, int32_t& dstOffset, UErrorCode& ec) const;
+
+ InitialTimeZoneRule *fInitialRule;
+ UVector *fHistoricRules;
+ UVector *fFinalRules;
+ UVector *fHistoricTransitions;
+ UBool fUpToDate;
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for comparing to
+ * a return value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * . Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * . if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * . erived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ * </pre>
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual override. This
+ * method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++
+ * compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and clone()
+ * methods call this method.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a
+ * given class have the same class ID. Objects of
+ * other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // RBTZ_H
+
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/regex.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/regex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64b58bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/regex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1232 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2002-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* file name: regex.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 2002oct22
+* created by: Andy Heninger
+*
+* ICU Regular Expressions, API for C++
+*/
+
+#ifndef REGEX_H
+#define REGEX_H
+
+//#define REGEX_DEBUG
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Regular Expressions
+ *
+ * <h2>Regular Expression API</h2>
+ *
+ * <p>The ICU API for processing regular expressions consists of two classes,
+ * <code>RegexPattern</code> and <code>RegexMatcher</code>.
+ * <code>RegexPattern</code> objects represent a pre-processed, or compiled
+ * regular expression. They are created from a regular expression pattern string,
+ * and can be used to create <code>RegexMatcher</code> objects for the pattern.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Class <code>RegexMatcher</code> bundles together a regular expression
+ * pattern and a target string to which the search pattern will be applied.
+ * <code>RegexMatcher</code> includes API for doing plain find or search
+ * operations, for search and replace operations, and for obtaining detailed
+ * information about bounds of a match. </p>
+ *
+ * <p>Note that by constructing <code>RegexMatcher</code> objects directly from regular
+ * expression pattern strings application code can be simplified and the explicit
+ * need for <code>RegexPattern</code> objects can usually be eliminated.
+ * </p>
+ */
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_REGULAR_EXPRESSIONS
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+#include "unicode/parseerr.h"
+
+#include "unicode/uregex.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+
+// Forward Declarations...
+
+class RegexMatcher;
+class RegexPattern;
+class UVector;
+class UVector32;
+class UnicodeSet;
+struct REStackFrame;
+struct Regex8BitSet;
+class RuleBasedBreakIterator;
+class RegexCImpl;
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * RBBIPatternDump Debug function, displays the compiled form of a pattern.
+ * @internal
+ */
+#ifdef REGEX_DEBUG
+U_INTERNAL void U_EXPORT2
+ RegexPatternDump(const RegexPattern *pat);
+#else
+ #define RegexPatternDump(pat)
+#endif
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Class <code>RegexPattern</code> represents a compiled regular expression. It includes
+ * factory methods for creating a RegexPattern object from the source (string) form
+ * of a regular expression, methods for creating RegexMatchers that allow the pattern
+ * to be applied to input text, and a few convenience methods for simple common
+ * uses of regular expressions.
+ *
+ * <p>Class RegexPattern is not intended to be subclassed.</p>
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+class U_I18N_API RegexPattern: public UObject {
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * default constructor. Create a RegexPattern object that refers to no actual
+ * pattern. Not normally needed; RegexPattern objects are usually
+ * created using the factory method <code>compile()</code>.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ RegexPattern();
+
+ /**
+ * Copy Constructor. Create a new RegexPattern object that is equivalent
+ * to the source object.
+ * @param source the pattern object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ RegexPattern(const RegexPattern &source);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor. Note that a RegexPattern object must persist so long as any
+ * RegexMatcher objects that were created from the RegexPattern are active.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual ~RegexPattern();
+
+ /**
+ * Comparison operator. Two RegexPattern objects are considered equal if they
+ * were constructed from identical source patterns using the same match flag
+ * settings.
+ * @param that a RegexPattern object to compare with "this".
+ * @return TRUE if the objects are equivalent.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UBool operator==(const RegexPattern& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Comparison operator. Two RegexPattern objects are considered equal if they
+ * were constructed from identical source patterns using the same match flag
+ * settings.
+ * @param that a RegexPattern object to compare with "this".
+ * @return TRUE if the objects are different.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ inline UBool operator!=(const RegexPattern& that) const {return ! operator ==(that);};
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator. After assignment, this RegexPattern will behave identically
+ * to the source object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ RegexPattern &operator =(const RegexPattern &source);
+
+ /**
+ * Create an exact copy of this RegexPattern object. Since RegexPattern is not
+ * intended to be subclasses, <code>clone()</code> and the copy construction are
+ * equivalent operations.
+ * @return the copy of this RegexPattern
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual RegexPattern *clone() const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Compiles the regular expression in string form into a RegexPattern
+ * object. These compile methods, rather than the constructors, are the usual
+ * way that RegexPattern objects are created.
+ *
+ * <p>Note that RegexPattern objects must not be deleted while RegexMatcher
+ * objects created from the pattern are active. RegexMatchers keep a pointer
+ * back to their pattern, so premature deletion of the pattern is a
+ * catastrophic error.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>All pattern match mode flags are set to their default values.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Note that it is often more convenient to construct a RegexMatcher directly
+ * from a pattern string rather than separately compiling the pattern and
+ * then creating a RegexMatcher object from the pattern.</p>
+ *
+ * @param regex The regular expression to be compiled.
+ * @param pe Receives the position (line and column nubers) of any error
+ * within the regular expression.)
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return A regexPattern object for the compiled pattern.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static RegexPattern * U_EXPORT2 compile( const UnicodeString ®ex,
+ UParseError &pe,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Compiles the regular expression in string form into a RegexPattern
+ * object using the specified match mode flags. These compile methods,
+ * rather than the constructors, are the usual way that RegexPattern objects
+ * are created.
+ *
+ * <p>Note that RegexPattern objects must not be deleted while RegexMatcher
+ * objects created from the pattern are active. RegexMatchers keep a pointer
+ * back to their pattern, so premature deletion of the pattern is a
+ * catastrophic error.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Note that it is often more convenient to construct a RegexMatcher directly
+ * from a pattern string instead of than separately compiling the pattern and
+ * then creating a RegexMatcher object from the pattern.</p>
+ *
+ * @param regex The regular expression to be compiled.
+ * @param flags The match mode flags to be used.
+ * @param pe Receives the position (line and column nubers) of any error
+ * within the regular expression.)
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return A regexPattern object for the compiled pattern.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static RegexPattern * U_EXPORT2 compile( const UnicodeString ®ex,
+ uint32_t flags,
+ UParseError &pe,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Compiles the regular expression in string form into a RegexPattern
+ * object using the specified match mode flags. These compile methods,
+ * rather than the constructors, are the usual way that RegexPattern objects
+ * are created.
+ *
+ * <p>Note that RegexPattern objects must not be deleted while RegexMatcher
+ * objects created from the pattern are active. RegexMatchers keep a pointer
+ * back to their pattern, so premature deletion of the pattern is a
+ * catastrophic error.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Note that it is often more convenient to construct a RegexMatcher directly
+ * from a pattern string instead of than separately compiling the pattern and
+ * then creating a RegexMatcher object from the pattern.</p>
+ *
+ * @param regex The regular expression to be compiled.
+ * @param flags The match mode flags to be used.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return A regexPattern object for the compiled pattern.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ static RegexPattern * U_EXPORT2 compile( const UnicodeString ®ex,
+ uint32_t flags,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Get the match mode flags that were used when compiling this pattern.
+ * @return the match mode flags
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual uint32_t flags() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a RegexMatcher that will match the given input against this pattern. The
+ * RegexMatcher can then be used to perform match, find or replace operations
+ * on the input. Note that a RegexPattern object must not be deleted while
+ * RegexMatchers created from it still exist and might possibly be used again.
+ * <p>
+ * The matcher will retain a reference to the supplied input string, and all regexp
+ * pattern matching operations happen directly on this original string. It is
+ * critical that the string not be altered or deleted before use by the regular
+ * expression operations is complete.
+ *
+ * @param input The input string to which the regular expression will be applied.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return A RegexMatcher object for this pattern and input.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual RegexMatcher *matcher(const UnicodeString &input,
+ UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Cause a compilation error if an application accidently attempts to
+ * create a matcher with a (UChar *) string as input rather than
+ * a UnicodeString. Avoids a dangling reference to a temporary string.
+ * <p>
+ * To efficiently work with UChar *strings, wrap the data in a UnicodeString
+ * using one of the aliasing constructors, such as
+ * <code>UnicodeString(UBool isTerminated, const UChar *text, int32_t textLength);</code>
+ *
+ * @internal
+ */
+ RegexMatcher *matcher(const UChar *input,
+ UErrorCode &status) const;
+public:
+
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a RegexMatcher that will match against this pattern. The
+ * RegexMatcher can be used to perform match, find or replace operations.
+ * Note that a RegexPattern object must not be deleted while
+ * RegexMatchers created from it still exist and might possibly be used again.
+ *
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return A RegexMatcher object for this pattern and input.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual RegexMatcher *matcher(UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Test whether a string matches a regular expression. This convenience function
+ * both compiles the reguluar expression and applies it in a single operation.
+ * Note that if the same pattern needs to be applied repeatedly, this method will be
+ * less efficient than creating and reusing a RegexMatcher object.
+ *
+ * @param regex The regular expression
+ * @param input The string data to be matched
+ * @param pe Receives the position of any syntax errors within the regular expression
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return True if the regular expression exactly matches the full input string.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static UBool U_EXPORT2 matches(const UnicodeString ®ex,
+ const UnicodeString &input,
+ UParseError &pe,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the regular expression from which this pattern was compiled.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString pattern() const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Split a string into fields. Somewhat like split() from Perl.
+ * The pattern matches identify delimiters that separate the input
+ * into fields. The input data between the matches becomes the
+ * fields themselves.
+ * <p>
+ * For the best performance on split() operations,
+ * <code>RegexMatcher::split</code> is perferable to this function
+ *
+ * @param input The string to be split into fields. The field delimiters
+ * match the pattern (in the "this" object)
+ * @param dest An array of UnicodeStrings to receive the results of the split.
+ * This is an array of actual UnicodeString objects, not an
+ * array of pointers to strings. Local (stack based) arrays can
+ * work well here.
+ * @param destCapacity The number of elements in the destination array.
+ * If the number of fields found is less than destCapacity, the
+ * extra strings in the destination array are not altered.
+ * If the number of destination strings is less than the number
+ * of fields, the trailing part of the input string, including any
+ * field delimiters, is placed in the last destination string.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return The number of fields into which the input string was split.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual int32_t split(const UnicodeString &input,
+ UnicodeString dest[],
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+private:
+ //
+ // Implementation Data
+ //
+ UnicodeString fPattern; // The original pattern string.
+ uint32_t fFlags; // The flags used when compiling the pattern.
+ //
+ UVector32 *fCompiledPat; // The compiled pattern p-code.
+ UnicodeString fLiteralText; // Any literal string data from the pattern,
+ // after un-escaping, for use during the match.
+
+ UVector *fSets; // Any UnicodeSets referenced from the pattern.
+ Regex8BitSet *fSets8; // (and fast sets for latin-1 range.)
+
+
+ UErrorCode fDeferredStatus; // status if some prior error has left this
+ // RegexPattern in an unusable state.
+
+ int32_t fMinMatchLen; // Minimum Match Length. All matches will have length
+ // >= this value. For some patterns, this calculated
+ // value may be less than the true shortest
+ // possible match.
+
+ int32_t fFrameSize; // Size of a state stack frame in the
+ // execution engine.
+
+ int32_t fDataSize; // The size of the data needed by the pattern that
+ // does not go on the state stack, but has just
+ // a single copy per matcher.
+
+ UVector32 *fGroupMap; // Map from capture group number to position of
+ // the group's variables in the matcher stack frame.
+
+ int32_t fMaxCaptureDigits;
+
+ UnicodeSet **fStaticSets; // Ptr to static (shared) sets for predefined
+ // regex character classes, e.g. Word.
+
+ Regex8BitSet *fStaticSets8; // Ptr to the static (shared) latin-1 only
+ // sets for predefined regex classes.
+
+ int32_t fStartType; // Info on how a match must start.
+ int32_t fInitialStringIdx; //
+ int32_t fInitialStringLen;
+ UnicodeSet *fInitialChars;
+ UChar32 fInitialChar;
+ Regex8BitSet *fInitialChars8;
+
+ friend class RegexCompile;
+ friend class RegexMatcher;
+ friend class RegexCImpl;
+
+ //
+ // Implementation Methods
+ //
+ void init(); // Common initialization, for use by constructors.
+ void zap(); // Common cleanup
+#ifdef REGEX_DEBUG
+ void dumpOp(int32_t index) const;
+ friend void U_EXPORT2 RegexPatternDump(const RegexPattern *);
+#endif
+
+};
+
+
+
+/**
+ * class RegexMatcher bundles together a reular expression pattern and
+ * input text to which the expression can be applied. It includes methods
+ * for testing for matches, and for find and replace operations.
+ *
+ * <p>Class RegexMatcher is not intended to be subclassed.</p>
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+class U_I18N_API RegexMatcher: public UObject {
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a RegexMatcher for a regular expression.
+ * This is a convenience method that avoids the need to explicitly create
+ * a RegexPattern object. Note that if several RegexMatchers need to be
+ * created for the same expression, it will be more efficient to
+ * separately create and cache a RegexPattern object, and use
+ * its matcher() method to create the RegexMatcher objects.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The Regular Expression to be compiled.
+ * @param flags Regular expression options, such as case insensitive matching.
+ * @see UREGEX_CASE_INSENSITIVE
+ * @param status Any errors are reported by setting this UErrorCode variable.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ RegexMatcher(const UnicodeString ®exp, uint32_t flags, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a RegexMatcher for a regular expression.
+ * This is a convenience method that avoids the need to explicitly create
+ * a RegexPattern object. Note that if several RegexMatchers need to be
+ * created for the same expression, it will be more efficient to
+ * separately create and cache a RegexPattern object, and use
+ * its matcher() method to create the RegexMatcher objects.
+ * <p>
+ * The matcher will retain a reference to the supplied input string, and all regexp
+ * pattern matching operations happen directly on the original string. It is
+ * critical that the string not be altered or deleted before use by the regular
+ * expression operations is complete.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The Regular Expression to be compiled.
+ * @param input The string to match. The matcher retains a reference to the
+ * caller's string; mo copy is made.
+ * @param flags Regular expression options, such as case insensitive matching.
+ * @see UREGEX_CASE_INSENSITIVE
+ * @param status Any errors are reported by setting this UErrorCode variable.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ RegexMatcher(const UnicodeString ®exp, const UnicodeString &input,
+ uint32_t flags, UErrorCode &status);
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Cause a compilation error if an application accidently attempts to
+ * create a matcher with a (UChar *) string as input rather than
+ * a UnicodeString. Avoids a dangling reference to a temporary string.
+ * <p>
+ * To efficiently work with UChar *strings, wrap the data in a UnicodeString
+ * using one of the aliasing constructors, such as
+ * <code>UnicodeString(UBool isTerminated, const UChar *text, int32_t textLength);</code>
+ *
+ * @internal
+ */
+ RegexMatcher(const UnicodeString ®exp, const UChar *input,
+ uint32_t flags, UErrorCode &status);
+public:
+
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual ~RegexMatcher();
+
+
+ /**
+ * Attempts to match the entire input region against the pattern.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return TRUE if there is a match
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UBool matches(UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Resets the matcher, then attempts to match the input beginning
+ * at the specified startIndex, and extending to the end of the input.
+ * The input region is reset to include the entire input string.
+ * A successful match must extend to the end of the input.
+ * @param startIndex The input string index at which to begin matching.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return TRUE if there is a match
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ virtual UBool matches(int32_t startIndex, UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * Attempts to match the input string, starting from the beginning of the region,
+ * against the pattern. Like the matches() method, this function
+ * always starts at the beginning of the input region;
+ * unlike that function, it does not require that the entire region be matched.
+ *
+ * <p>If the match succeeds then more information can be obtained via the <code>start()</code>,
+ * <code>end()</code>, and <code>group()</code> functions.</p>
+ *
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return TRUE if there is a match at the start of the input string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UBool lookingAt(UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Attempts to match the input string, starting from the specified index, against the pattern.
+ * The match may be of any length, and is not required to extend to the end
+ * of the input string. Contrast with match().
+ *
+ * <p>If the match succeeds then more information can be obtained via the <code>start()</code>,
+ * <code>end()</code>, and <code>group()</code> functions.</p>
+ *
+ * @param startIndex The input string index at which to begin matching.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return TRUE if there is a match.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ virtual UBool lookingAt(int32_t startIndex, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Find the next pattern match in the input string.
+ * The find begins searching the input at the location following the end of
+ * the previous match, or at the start of the string if there is no previous match.
+ * If a match is found, <code>start(), end()</code> and <code>group()</code>
+ * will provide more information regarding the match.
+ * <p>Note that if the input string is changed by the application,
+ * use find(startPos, status) instead of find(), because the saved starting
+ * position may not be valid with the altered input string.</p>
+ * @return TRUE if a match is found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UBool find();
+
+
+ /**
+ * Resets this RegexMatcher and then attempts to find the next substring of the
+ * input string that matches the pattern, starting at the specified index.
+ *
+ * @param start the position in the input string to begin the search
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return TRUE if a match is found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UBool find(int32_t start, UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a string containing the text matched by the previous match.
+ * If the pattern can match an empty string, an empty string may be returned.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * Possible errors are U_REGEX_INVALID_STATE if no match
+ * has been attempted or the last match failed.
+ * @return a string containing the matched input text.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString group(UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a string containing the text captured by the given group
+ * during the previous match operation. Group(0) is the entire match.
+ *
+ * @param groupNum the capture group number
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * Possible errors are U_REGEX_INVALID_STATE if no match
+ * has been attempted or the last match failed and
+ * U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR for a bad capture group number.
+ * @return the captured text
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString group(int32_t groupNum, UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the number of capturing groups in this matcher's pattern.
+ * @return the number of capture groups
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual int32_t groupCount() const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the index in the input string of the start of the text matched
+ * during the previous match operation.
+ * @param status a reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return The position in the input string of the start of the last match.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual int32_t start(UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the index in the input string of the start of the text matched by the
+ * specified capture group during the previous match operation. Return -1 if
+ * the capture group exists in the pattern, but was not part of the last match.
+ *
+ * @param group the capture group number
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors. Possible
+ * errors are U_REGEX_INVALID_STATE if no match has been
+ * attempted or the last match failed, and
+ * U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR for a bad capture group number
+ * @return the start position of substring matched by the specified group.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual int32_t start(int32_t group, UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the index in the input string of the first character following the
+ * text matched during the previous match operation.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors. Possible
+ * errors are U_REGEX_INVALID_STATE if no match has been
+ * attempted or the last match failed.
+ * @return the index of the last character matched, plus one.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual int32_t end(UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the index in the input string of the character following the
+ * text matched by the specified capture group during the previous match operation.
+ * @param group the capture group number
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors. Possible
+ * errors are U_REGEX_INVALID_STATE if no match has been
+ * attempted or the last match failed and
+ * U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR for a bad capture group number
+ * @return the index of the first character following the text
+ * captured by the specifed group during the previous match operation.
+ * Return -1 if the capture group exists in the pattern but was not part of the match.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual int32_t end(int32_t group, UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Resets this matcher. The effect is to remove any memory of previous matches,
+ * and to cause subsequent find() operations to begin at the beginning of
+ * the input string.
+ *
+ * @return this RegexMatcher.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual RegexMatcher &reset();
+
+
+ /**
+ * Resets this matcher, and set the current input position.
+ * The effect is to remove any memory of previous matches,
+ * and to cause subsequent find() operations to begin at
+ * the specified position in the input string.
+ * <p>
+ * The matcher's region is reset to its default, which is the entire
+ * input string.
+ * <p>
+ * An alternative to this function is to set a match region
+ * beginning at the desired index.
+ *
+ * @return this RegexMatcher.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ virtual RegexMatcher &reset(int32_t index, UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Resets this matcher with a new input string. This allows instances of RegexMatcher
+ * to be reused, which is more efficient than creating a new RegexMatcher for
+ * each input string to be processed.
+ * @param input The new string on which subsequent pattern matches will operate.
+ * The matcher retains a reference to the callers string, and operates
+ * directly on that. Ownership of the string remains with the caller.
+ * Because no copy of the string is made, it is essential that the
+ * caller not delete the string until after regexp operations on it
+ * are done.
+ * @return this RegexMatcher.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual RegexMatcher &reset(const UnicodeString &input);
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Cause a compilation error if an application accidently attempts to
+ * reset a matcher with a (UChar *) string as input rather than
+ * a UnicodeString. Avoids a dangling reference to a temporary string.
+ * <p>
+ * To efficiently work with UChar *strings, wrap the data in a UnicodeString
+ * using one of the aliasing constructors, such as
+ * <code>UnicodeString(UBool isTerminated, const UChar *text, int32_t textLength);</code>
+ *
+ * @internal
+ */
+ RegexMatcher &reset(const UChar *input);
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the input string being matched. The returned string is not a copy,
+ * but the live input string. It should not be altered or deleted.
+ * @return the input string
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual const UnicodeString &input() const;
+
+
+
+ /** Sets the limits of this matcher's region.
+ * The region is the part of the input string that will be searched to find a match.
+ * Invoking this method resets the matcher, and then sets the region to start
+ * at the index specified by the start parameter and end at the index specified
+ * by the end parameter.
+ *
+ * Depending on the transparency and anchoring being used (see useTransparentBounds
+ * and useAnchoringBounds), certain constructs such as anchors may behave differently
+ * at or around the boundaries of the region
+ *
+ * The function will fail if start is greater than limit, or if either index
+ * is less than zero or greater than the length of the string being matched.
+ *
+ * @param start The index to begin searches at.
+ * @param limit The index to end searches at (exclusive).
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual RegexMatcher ®ion(int32_t start, int32_t limit, UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Reports the start index of this matcher's region. The searches this matcher
+ * conducts are limited to finding matches within regionStart (inclusive) and
+ * regionEnd (exclusive).
+ *
+ * @return The starting index of this matcher's region.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t regionStart() const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Reports the end (limit) index (exclusive) of this matcher's region. The searches
+ * this matcher conducts are limited to finding matches within regionStart
+ * (inclusive) and regionEnd (exclusive).
+ *
+ * @return The ending point of this matcher's region.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t regionEnd() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Queries the transparency of region bounds for this matcher.
+ * See useTransparentBounds for a description of transparent and opaque bounds.
+ * By default, a matcher uses opaque region boundaries.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if this matcher is using opaque bounds, false if it is not.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool hasTransparentBounds() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the transparency of region bounds for this matcher.
+ * Invoking this function with an argument of true will set this matcher to use transparent bounds.
+ * If the boolean argument is false, then opaque bounds will be used.
+ *
+ * Using transparent bounds, the boundaries of this matcher's region are transparent
+ * to lookahead, lookbehind, and boundary matching constructs. Those constructs can
+ * see text beyond the boundaries of the region while checking for a match.
+ *
+ * With opaque bounds, no text outside of the matcher's region is visible to lookahead,
+ * lookbehind, and boundary matching constructs.
+ *
+ * By default, a matcher uses opaque bounds.
+ *
+ * @param b TRUE for transparent bounds; FALSE for opaque bounds
+ * @return This Matcher;
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ **/
+ virtual RegexMatcher &useTransparentBounds(UBool b);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if this matcher is using anchoring bounds.
+ * By default, matchers use anchoring region boounds.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if this matcher is using anchoring bounds.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool hasAnchoringBounds() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set whether this matcher is using Anchoring Bounds for its region.
+ * With anchoring bounds, pattern anchors such as ^ and $ will match at the start
+ * and end of the region. Without Anchoring Bounds, anchors will only match at
+ * the positions they would in the complete text.
+ *
+ * Anchoring Bounds are the default for regions.
+ *
+ * @param b TRUE if to enable anchoring bounds; FALSE to disable them.
+ * @return This Matcher
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual RegexMatcher &useAnchoringBounds(UBool b);
+
+ /**
+ * Return TRUE if the most recent matching operation touched the
+ * end of the text being processed. In this case, additional input text could
+ * change the results of that match.
+ *
+ * hitEnd() is defined for both successful and unsuccessful matches.
+ * In either case hitEnd() will return TRUE if if the end of the text was
+ * reached at any point during the matching process.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if the most recent match hit the end of input
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool hitEnd() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return TRUE the most recent match succeeded and additional input could cause
+ * it to fail. If this method returns false and a match was found, then more input
+ * might change the match but the match won't be lost. If a match was not found,
+ * then requireEnd has no meaning.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if more input could cause the most recent match to no longer match.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool requireEnd() const;
+
+
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the pattern that is interpreted by this matcher.
+ * @return the RegexPattern for this RegexMatcher
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual const RegexPattern &pattern() const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Replaces every substring of the input that matches the pattern
+ * with the given replacement string. This is a convenience function that
+ * provides a complete find-and-replace-all operation.
+ *
+ * This method first resets this matcher. It then scans the input string
+ * looking for matches of the pattern. Input that is not part of any
+ * match is left unchanged; each match is replaced in the result by the
+ * replacement string. The replacement string may contain references to
+ * capture groups.
+ *
+ * @param replacement a string containing the replacement text.
+ * @param status a reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return a string containing the results of the find and replace.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString replaceAll(const UnicodeString &replacement, UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Replaces the first substring of the input that matches
+ * the pattern with the replacement string. This is a convenience
+ * function that provides a complete find-and-replace operation.
+ *
+ * <p>This function first resets this RegexMatcher. It then scans the input string
+ * looking for a match of the pattern. Input that is not part
+ * of the match is appended directly to the result string; the match is replaced
+ * in the result by the replacement string. The replacement string may contain
+ * references to captured groups.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The state of the matcher (the position at which a subsequent find()
+ * would begin) after completing a replaceFirst() is not specified. The
+ * RegexMatcher should be reset before doing additional find() operations.</p>
+ *
+ * @param replacement a string containing the replacement text.
+ * @param status a reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return a string containing the results of the find and replace.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString replaceFirst(const UnicodeString &replacement, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Implements a replace operation intended to be used as part of an
+ * incremental find-and-replace.
+ *
+ * <p>The input string, starting from the end of the previous replacement and ending at
+ * the start of the current match, is appended to the destination string. Then the
+ * replacement string is appended to the output string,
+ * including handling any substitutions of captured text.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>For simple, prepackaged, non-incremental find-and-replace
+ * operations, see replaceFirst() or replaceAll().</p>
+ *
+ * @param dest A UnicodeString to which the results of the find-and-replace are appended.
+ * @param replacement A UnicodeString that provides the text to be substituted for
+ * the input text that matched the regexp pattern. The replacement
+ * text may contain references to captured text from the
+ * input.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors. Possible
+ * errors are U_REGEX_INVALID_STATE if no match has been
+ * attempted or the last match failed, and U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR
+ * if the replacement text specifies a capture group that
+ * does not exist in the pattern.
+ *
+ * @return this RegexMatcher
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ *
+ */
+ virtual RegexMatcher &appendReplacement(UnicodeString &dest,
+ const UnicodeString &replacement, UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * As the final step in a find-and-replace operation, append the remainder
+ * of the input string, starting at the position following the last appendReplacement(),
+ * to the destination string. <code>appendTail()</code> is intended to be invoked after one
+ * or more invocations of the <code>RegexMatcher::appendReplacement()</code>.
+ *
+ * @param dest A UnicodeString to which the results of the find-and-replace are appended.
+ * @return the destination string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString &appendTail(UnicodeString &dest);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * Split a string into fields. Somewhat like split() from Perl.
+ * The pattern matches identify delimiters that separate the input
+ * into fields. The input data between the matches becomes the
+ * fields themselves.
+ * <p>
+ *
+ * @param input The string to be split into fields. The field delimiters
+ * match the pattern (in the "this" object). This matcher
+ * will be reset to this input string.
+ * @param dest An array of UnicodeStrings to receive the results of the split.
+ * This is an array of actual UnicodeString objects, not an
+ * array of pointers to strings. Local (stack based) arrays can
+ * work well here.
+ * @param destCapacity The number of elements in the destination array.
+ * If the number of fields found is less than destCapacity, the
+ * extra strings in the destination array are not altered.
+ * If the number of destination strings is less than the number
+ * of fields, the trailing part of the input string, including any
+ * field delimiters, is placed in the last destination string.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return The number of fields into which the input string was split.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual int32_t split(const UnicodeString &input,
+ UnicodeString dest[],
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Set a processing time limit for match operations with this Matcher.
+ *
+ * Some patterns, when matching certain strings, can run in exponential time.
+ * For practical purposes, the match operation may appear to be in an
+ * infinite loop.
+ * When a limit is set a match operation will fail with an error if the
+ * limit is exceeded.
+ * <p>
+ * The units of the limit are steps of the match engine.
+ * Correspondence with actual processor time will depend on the speed
+ * of the processor and the details of the specific pattern, but will
+ * typically be on the order of milliseconds.
+ * <p>
+ * By default, the matching time is not limited.
+ * <p>
+ *
+ * @param limit The limit value, or 0 for no limit.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void setTimeLimit(int32_t limit, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the time limit, if any, for match operations made with this Matcher.
+ *
+ * @return the maximum allowed time for a match, in units of processing steps.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getTimeLimit() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the amount of heap storage avaliable for use by the match backtracking stack.
+ * The matcher is also reset, discarding any results from previous matches.
+ * <p>
+ * ICU uses a backtracking regular expression engine, with the backtrack stack
+ * maintained on the heap. This function sets the limit to the amount of memory
+ * that can be used for this purpose. A backtracking stack overflow will
+ * result in an error from the match operation that caused it.
+ * <p>
+ * A limit is desirable because a malicious or poorly designed pattern can use
+ * excessive memory, potentially crashing the process. A limit is enabled
+ * by default.
+ * <p>
+ * @param limit The maximum size, in bytes, of the matching backtrack stack.
+ * A value of zero means no limit.
+ * The limit must be greater or equal to zero.
+ *
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ *
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void setStackLimit(int32_t limit, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the size of the heap storage available for use by the back tracking stack.
+ *
+ * @return the maximum backtracking stack size, in bytes, or zero if the
+ * stack size is unlimited.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getStackLimit() const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Set a callback function for use with this Matcher.
+ * During matching operations the function will be called periodically,
+ * giving the application the opportunity to terminate a long-running
+ * match.
+ *
+ * @param callback A pointer to the user-supplied callback function.
+ * @param context User context pointer. The value supplied at the
+ * time the callback function is set will be saved
+ * and passed to the callback each time that it is called.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void setMatchCallback(URegexMatchCallback *callback,
+ const void *context,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * Get the callback function for this URegularExpression.
+ *
+ * @param callback Out paramater, receives a pointer to the user-supplied
+ * callback function.
+ * @param context Out parameter, receives the user context pointer that
+ * was set when uregex_setMatchCallback() was called.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void getMatchCallback(URegexMatchCallback *&callback,
+ const void *&context,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+ /**
+ * setTrace Debug function, enable/disable tracing of the matching engine.
+ * For internal ICU development use only. DO NO USE!!!!
+ * @internal
+ */
+ void setTrace(UBool state);
+
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+private:
+ // Constructors and other object boilerplate are private.
+ // Instances of RegexMatcher can not be assigned, copied, cloned, etc.
+ RegexMatcher(); // default constructor not implemented
+ RegexMatcher(const RegexPattern *pat);
+ RegexMatcher(const RegexMatcher &other);
+ RegexMatcher &operator =(const RegexMatcher &rhs);
+ void init(UErrorCode &status); // Common initialization
+ void init2(const UnicodeString &s, UErrorCode &e); // Common initialization, part 2.
+
+ friend class RegexPattern;
+ friend class RegexCImpl;
+public:
+ /** @internal */
+ void resetPreserveRegion(); // Reset matcher state, but preserve any region.
+private:
+
+ //
+ // MatchAt This is the internal interface to the match engine itself.
+ // Match status comes back in matcher member variables.
+ //
+ void MatchAt(int32_t startIdx, UBool toEnd, UErrorCode &status);
+ inline void backTrack(int32_t &inputIdx, int32_t &patIdx);
+ UBool isWordBoundary(int32_t pos); // perform Perl-like \b test
+ UBool isUWordBoundary(int32_t pos); // perform RBBI based \b test
+ REStackFrame *resetStack();
+ inline REStackFrame *StateSave(REStackFrame *fp, int32_t savePatIdx, UErrorCode &status);
+ void IncrementTime(UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+ const RegexPattern *fPattern;
+ RegexPattern *fPatternOwned; // Non-NULL if this matcher owns the pattern, and
+ // should delete it when through.
+
+ const UnicodeString *fInput; // The text being matched. Is never NULL.
+ int32_t fFrameSize; // The size of a frame in the backtrack stack.
+
+ int32_t fRegionStart; // Start of the input region, default = 0.
+ int32_t fRegionLimit; // End of input region, default to input.length.
+
+ int32_t fAnchorStart; // Region bounds for anchoring operations (^ or $).
+ int32_t fAnchorLimit; // See useAnchoringBounds
+
+ int32_t fLookStart; // Region bounds for look-ahead/behind and
+ int32_t fLookLimit; // and other boundary tests. See
+ // useTransparentBounds
+
+ int32_t fActiveStart; // Currently active bounds for matching.
+ int32_t fActiveLimit; // Usually is the same as region, but
+ // is changed to fLookStart/Limit when
+ // entering look around regions.
+
+ UBool fTransparentBounds; // True if using transparent bounds.
+ UBool fAnchoringBounds; // True if using anchoring bounds.
+
+ UBool fMatch; // True if the last attempted match was successful.
+ int32_t fMatchStart; // Position of the start of the most recent match
+ int32_t fMatchEnd; // First position after the end of the most recent match
+ // Zero if no previous match, even when a region
+ // is active.
+ int32_t fLastMatchEnd; // First position after the end of the previous match,
+ // or -1 if there was no previous match.
+ int32_t fAppendPosition; // First position after the end of the previous
+ // appendReplacement(). As described by the
+ // JavaDoc for Java Matcher, where it is called
+ // "append position"
+ UBool fHitEnd; // True if the last match touched the end of input.
+ UBool fRequireEnd; // True if the last match required end-of-input
+ // (matched $ or Z)
+
+ UVector32 *fStack;
+ REStackFrame *fFrame; // After finding a match, the last active stack frame,
+ // which will contain the capture group results.
+ // NOT valid while match engine is running.
+
+ int32_t *fData; // Data area for use by the compiled pattern.
+ int32_t fSmallData[8]; // Use this for data if it's enough.
+
+ int32_t fTimeLimit; // Max time (in arbitrary steps) to let the
+ // match engine run. Zero for unlimited.
+
+ int32_t fTime; // Match time, accumulates while matching.
+ int32_t fTickCounter; // Low bits counter for time. Counts down StateSaves.
+ // Kept separately from fTime to keep as much
+ // code as possible out of the inline
+ // StateSave function.
+
+ int32_t fStackLimit; // Maximum memory size to use for the backtrack
+ // stack, in bytes. Zero for unlimited.
+
+ URegexMatchCallback *fCallbackFn; // Pointer to match progress callback funct.
+ // NULL if there is no callback.
+ const void *fCallbackContext; // User Context ptr for callback function.
+
+ UBool fTraceDebug; // Set true for debug tracing of match engine.
+
+ UErrorCode fDeferredStatus; // Save error state that cannot be immediately
+ // reported, or that permanently disables this matcher.
+
+ RuleBasedBreakIterator *fWordBreakItr;
+
+
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+#endif // UCONFIG_NO_REGULAR_EXPRESSIONS
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/rep.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/rep.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fab6fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/rep.h
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/*
+**************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2005, International Business Machines Corporation and
+* others. All Rights Reserved.
+**************************************************************************
+* Date Name Description
+* 11/17/99 aliu Creation. Ported from java. Modified to
+* match current UnicodeString API. Forced
+* to use name "handleReplaceBetween" because
+* of existing methods in UnicodeString.
+**************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef REP_H
+#define REP_H
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Replaceable String
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class UnicodeString;
+
+/**
+ * <code>Replaceable</code> is an abstract base class representing a
+ * string of characters that supports the replacement of a range of
+ * itself with a new string of characters. It is used by APIs that
+ * change a piece of text while retaining metadata. Metadata is data
+ * other than the Unicode characters returned by char32At(). One
+ * example of metadata is style attributes; another is an edit
+ * history, marking each character with an author and revision number.
+ *
+ * <p>An implicit aspect of the <code>Replaceable</code> API is that
+ * during a replace operation, new characters take on the metadata of
+ * the old characters. For example, if the string "the <b>bold</b>
+ * font" has range (4, 8) replaced with "strong", then it becomes "the
+ * <b>strong</b> font".
+ *
+ * <p><code>Replaceable</code> specifies ranges using a start
+ * offset and a limit offset. The range of characters thus specified
+ * includes the characters at offset start..limit-1. That is, the
+ * start offset is inclusive, and the limit offset is exclusive.
+ *
+ * <p><code>Replaceable</code> also includes API to access characters
+ * in the string: <code>length()</code>, <code>charAt()</code>,
+ * <code>char32At()</code>, and <code>extractBetween()</code>.
+ *
+ * <p>For a subclass to support metadata, typical behavior of
+ * <code>replace()</code> is the following:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>Set the metadata of the new text to the metadata of the first
+ * character replaced</li>
+ * <li>If no characters are replaced, use the metadata of the
+ * previous character</li>
+ * <li>If there is no previous character (i.e. start == 0), use the
+ * following character</li>
+ * <li>If there is no following character (i.e. the replaceable was
+ * empty), use default metadata.<br>
+ * <li>If the code point U+FFFF is seen, it should be interpreted as
+ * a special marker having no metadata<li>
+ * </li>
+ * </ul>
+ * If this is not the behavior, the subclass should document any differences.
+ * @author Alan Liu
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API Replaceable : public UObject {
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~Replaceable();
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the number of 16-bit code units in the text.
+ * @return number of 16-bit code units in text
+ * @stable ICU 1.8
+ */
+ inline int32_t length() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the 16-bit code unit at the given offset into the text.
+ * @param offset an integer between 0 and <code>length()</code>-1
+ * inclusive
+ * @return 16-bit code unit of text at given offset
+ * @stable ICU 1.8
+ */
+ inline UChar charAt(int32_t offset) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the 32-bit code point at the given 16-bit offset into
+ * the text. This assumes the text is stored as 16-bit code units
+ * with surrogate pairs intermixed. If the offset of a leading or
+ * trailing code unit of a surrogate pair is given, return the
+ * code point of the surrogate pair.
+ *
+ * @param offset an integer between 0 and <code>length()</code>-1
+ * inclusive
+ * @return 32-bit code point of text at given offset
+ * @stable ICU 1.8
+ */
+ inline UChar32 char32At(int32_t offset) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Copies characters in the range [<tt>start</tt>, <tt>limit</tt>)
+ * into the UnicodeString <tt>target</tt>.
+ * @param start offset of first character which will be copied
+ * @param limit offset immediately following the last character to
+ * be copied
+ * @param target UnicodeString into which to copy characters.
+ * @return A reference to <TT>target</TT>
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ virtual void extractBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ UnicodeString& target) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Replaces a substring of this object with the given text. If the
+ * characters being replaced have metadata, the new characters
+ * that replace them should be given the same metadata.
+ *
+ * <p>Subclasses must ensure that if the text between start and
+ * limit is equal to the replacement text, that replace has no
+ * effect. That is, any metadata
+ * should be unaffected. In addition, subclasses are encouraged to
+ * check for initial and trailing identical characters, and make a
+ * smaller replacement if possible. This will preserve as much
+ * metadata as possible.
+ * @param start the beginning index, inclusive; <code>0 <= start
+ * <= limit</code>.
+ * @param limit the ending index, exclusive; <code>start <= limit
+ * <= length()</code>.
+ * @param text the text to replace characters <code>start</code>
+ * to <code>limit - 1</code>
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void handleReplaceBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ const UnicodeString& text) = 0;
+ // Note: All other methods in this class take the names of
+ // existing UnicodeString methods. This method is the exception.
+ // It is named differently because all replace methods of
+ // UnicodeString return a UnicodeString&. The 'between' is
+ // required in order to conform to the UnicodeString naming
+ // convention; API taking start/length are named <operation>, and
+ // those taking start/limit are named <operationBetween>. The
+ // 'handle' is added because 'replaceBetween' and
+ // 'doReplaceBetween' are already taken.
+
+ /**
+ * Copies a substring of this object, retaining metadata.
+ * This method is used to duplicate or reorder substrings.
+ * The destination index must not overlap the source range.
+ *
+ * @param start the beginning index, inclusive; <code>0 <= start <=
+ * limit</code>.
+ * @param limit the ending index, exclusive; <code>start <= limit <=
+ * length()</code>.
+ * @param dest the destination index. The characters from
+ * <code>start..limit-1</code> will be copied to <code>dest</code>.
+ * Implementations of this method may assume that <code>dest <= start ||
+ * dest >= limit</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void copy(int32_t start, int32_t limit, int32_t dest) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this object contains metadata. If a
+ * Replaceable object has metadata, calls to the Replaceable API
+ * must be made so as to preserve metadata. If it does not, calls
+ * to the Replaceable API may be optimized to improve performance.
+ * The default implementation returns true.
+ * @return true if this object contains metadata
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UBool hasMetaData() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this object, an instance of a subclass of Replaceable.
+ * Clones can be used concurrently in multiple threads.
+ * If a subclass does not implement clone(), or if an error occurs,
+ * then NULL is returned.
+ * The clone functions in all subclasses return a pointer to a Replaceable
+ * because some compilers do not support covariant (same-as-this)
+ * return types; cast to the appropriate subclass if necessary.
+ * The caller must delete the clone.
+ *
+ * @return a clone of this object
+ *
+ * @see getDynamicClassID
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual Replaceable *clone() const;
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * Default constructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ Replaceable();
+
+ /*
+ * Assignment operator not declared. The compiler will provide one
+ * which does nothing since this class does not contain any data members.
+ * API/code coverage may show the assignment operator as present and
+ * untested - ignore.
+ * Subclasses need this assignment operator if they use compiler-provided
+ * assignment operators of their own. An alternative to not declaring one
+ * here would be to declare and empty-implement a protected or public one.
+ Replaceable &Replaceable::operator=(const Replaceable &);
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Virtual version of length().
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getLength() const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Virtual version of charAt().
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UChar getCharAt(int32_t offset) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Virtual version of char32At().
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 getChar32At(int32_t offset) const = 0;
+};
+
+inline int32_t
+Replaceable::length() const {
+ return getLength();
+}
+
+inline UChar
+Replaceable::charAt(int32_t offset) const {
+ return getCharAt(offset);
+}
+
+inline UChar32
+Replaceable::char32At(int32_t offset) const {
+ return getChar32At(offset);
+}
+
+// There is no rep.cpp, see unistr.cpp for Replaceable function implementations.
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/resbund.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/resbund.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d6b991
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/resbund.h
@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 1996-2007, International Business Machines Corporation
+* and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* File resbund.h
+*
+* CREATED BY
+* Richard Gillam
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 2/5/97 aliu Added scanForLocaleInFile. Added
+* constructor which attempts to read resource bundle
+* from a specific file, without searching other files.
+* 2/11/97 aliu Added UErrorCode return values to constructors. Fixed
+* infinite loops in scanForFile and scanForLocale.
+* Modified getRawResourceData to not delete storage
+* in localeData and resourceData which it doesn't own.
+* Added Mac compatibility #ifdefs for tellp() and
+* ios::nocreate.
+* 2/18/97 helena Updated with 100% documentation coverage.
+* 3/13/97 aliu Rewrote to load in entire resource bundle and store
+* it as a Hashtable of ResourceBundleData objects.
+* Added state table to govern parsing of files.
+* Modified to load locale index out of new file
+* distinct from default.txt.
+* 3/25/97 aliu Modified to support 2-d arrays, needed for timezone
+* data. Added support for custom file suffixes. Again,
+* needed to support timezone data.
+* 4/7/97 aliu Cleaned up.
+* 03/02/99 stephen Removed dependency on FILE*.
+* 03/29/99 helena Merged Bertrand and Stephen's changes.
+* 06/11/99 stephen Removed parsing of .txt files.
+* Reworked to use new binary format.
+* Cleaned up.
+* 06/14/99 stephen Removed methods taking a filename suffix.
+* 11/09/99 weiv Added getLocale(), fRealLocale, removed fRealLocaleID
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef RESBUND_H
+#define RESBUND_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/ures.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+#include "unicode/locid.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Resource Bundle
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * A class representing a collection of resource information pertaining to a given
+ * locale. A resource bundle provides a way of accessing locale- specfic information in
+ * a data file. You create a resource bundle that manages the resources for a given
+ * locale and then ask it for individual resources.
+ * <P>
+ * Resource bundles in ICU4C are currently defined using text files which conform to the following
+ * <a href="http://source.icu-project.org/repos/icu/icuhtml/trunk/design/bnf_rb.txt">BNF definition</a>.
+ * More on resource bundle concepts and syntax can be found in the
+ * <a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/ResourceManagement.html">Users Guide</a>.
+ * <P>
+ *
+ * The ResourceBundle class is not suitable for subclassing.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API ResourceBundle : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ *
+ * @param packageName The packageName and locale together point to an ICU udata object,
+ * as defined by <code> udata_open( packageName, "res", locale, err) </code>
+ * or equivalent. Typically, packageName will refer to a (.dat) file, or to
+ * a package registered with udata_setAppData(). Using a full file or directory
+ * pathname for packageName is deprecated.
+ * @param locale This is the locale this resource bundle is for. To get resources
+ * for the French locale, for example, you would create a
+ * ResourceBundle passing Locale::FRENCH for the "locale" parameter,
+ * and all subsequent calls to that resource bundle will return
+ * resources that pertain to the French locale. If the caller doesn't
+ * pass a locale parameter, the default locale for the system (as
+ * returned by Locale::getDefault()) will be used.
+ * @param err The Error Code.
+ * The UErrorCode& err parameter is used to return status information to the user. To
+ * check whether the construction succeeded or not, you should check the value of
+ * U_SUCCESS(err). If you wish more detailed information, you can check for
+ * informational error results which still indicate success. U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING
+ * indicates that a fall back locale was used. For example, 'de_CH' was requested,
+ * but nothing was found there, so 'de' was used. U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING indicates that
+ * the default locale data was used; neither the requested locale nor any of its
+ * fall back locales could be found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ResourceBundle(const UnicodeString& packageName,
+ const Locale& locale,
+ UErrorCode& err);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a resource bundle for the default bundle in the specified package.
+ *
+ * @param packageName The packageName and locale together point to an ICU udata object,
+ * as defined by <code> udata_open( packageName, "res", locale, err) </code>
+ * or equivalent. Typically, packageName will refer to a (.dat) file, or to
+ * a package registered with udata_setAppData(). Using a full file or directory
+ * pathname for packageName is deprecated.
+ * @param err A UErrorCode value
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ResourceBundle(const UnicodeString& packageName,
+ UErrorCode& err);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a resource bundle for the ICU default bundle.
+ *
+ * @param err A UErrorCode value
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ResourceBundle(UErrorCode &err);
+
+ /**
+ * Standard constructor, onstructs a resource bundle for the locale-specific
+ * bundle in the specified package.
+ *
+ * @param packageName The packageName and locale together point to an ICU udata object,
+ * as defined by <code> udata_open( packageName, "res", locale, err) </code>
+ * or equivalent. Typically, packageName will refer to a (.dat) file, or to
+ * a package registered with udata_setAppData(). Using a full file or directory
+ * pathname for packageName is deprecated.
+ * NULL is used to refer to ICU data.
+ * @param locale The locale for which to open a resource bundle.
+ * @param err A UErrorCode value
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ResourceBundle(const char* packageName,
+ const Locale& locale,
+ UErrorCode& err);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ *
+ * @param original The resource bundle to copy.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ResourceBundle(const ResourceBundle &original);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor from a C UResourceBundle. The resource bundle is
+ * copied and not adopted. ures_close will still need to be used on the
+ * original resource bundle.
+ *
+ * @param res A pointer to the C resource bundle.
+ * @param status A UErrorCode value.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ResourceBundle(UResourceBundle *res,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ *
+ * @param other The resource bundle to copy.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ResourceBundle&
+ operator=(const ResourceBundle& other);
+
+ /** Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~ResourceBundle();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this object.
+ * Clones can be used concurrently in multiple threads.
+ * If an error occurs, then NULL is returned.
+ * The caller must delete the clone.
+ *
+ * @return a clone of this object
+ *
+ * @see getDynamicClassID
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ ResourceBundle *clone() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the size of a resource. Size for scalar types is always 1, and for vector/table types is
+ * the number of child resources.
+ * @warning Integer array is treated as a scalar type. There are no
+ * APIs to access individual members of an integer array. It
+ * is always returned as a whole.
+ *
+ * @return number of resources in a given resource.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t
+ getSize(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * returns a string from a string resource type
+ *
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * could be <TT>U_MISSING_RESOURCE_ERROR</TT> if the key is not found
+ * could be a warning
+ * e.g.: <TT>U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING</TT>,<TT>U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING </TT>
+ * @return a pointer to a zero-terminated UChar array which lives in a memory mapped/DLL file.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString
+ getString(UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * returns a binary data from a resource. Can be used at most primitive resource types (binaries,
+ * strings, ints)
+ *
+ * @param len fills in the length of resulting byte chunk
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * could be <TT>U_MISSING_RESOURCE_ERROR</TT> if the key is not found
+ * could be a warning
+ * e.g.: <TT>U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING</TT>,<TT>U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING </TT>
+ * @return a pointer to a chunk of unsigned bytes which live in a memory mapped/DLL file.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const uint8_t*
+ getBinary(int32_t& len, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * returns an integer vector from a resource.
+ *
+ * @param len fills in the length of resulting integer vector
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * could be <TT>U_MISSING_RESOURCE_ERROR</TT> if the key is not found
+ * could be a warning
+ * e.g.: <TT>U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING</TT>,<TT>U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING </TT>
+ * @return a pointer to a vector of integers that lives in a memory mapped/DLL file.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const int32_t*
+ getIntVector(int32_t& len, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * returns an unsigned integer from a resource.
+ * This integer is originally 28 bits.
+ *
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * could be <TT>U_MISSING_RESOURCE_ERROR</TT> if the key is not found
+ * could be a warning
+ * e.g.: <TT>U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING</TT>,<TT>U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING </TT>
+ * @return an unsigned integer value
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ uint32_t
+ getUInt(UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * returns a signed integer from a resource.
+ * This integer is originally 28 bit and the sign gets propagated.
+ *
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * could be <TT>U_MISSING_RESOURCE_ERROR</TT> if the key is not found
+ * could be a warning
+ * e.g.: <TT>U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING</TT>,<TT>U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING </TT>
+ * @return a signed integer value
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t
+ getInt(UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Checks whether the resource has another element to iterate over.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if there are more elements, FALSE if there is no more elements
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool
+ hasNext(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Resets the internal context of a resource so that iteration starts from the first element.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void
+ resetIterator(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the key associated with this resource. Not all the resources have a key - only
+ * those that are members of a table.
+ *
+ * @return a key associated to this resource, or NULL if it doesn't have a key
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const char*
+ getKey(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the locale ID of the resource bundle as a string.
+ * Same as getLocale().getName() .
+ *
+ * @return the locale ID of the resource bundle as a string
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const char*
+ getName(void) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the type of a resource. Available types are defined in enum UResType
+ *
+ * @return type of the given resource.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UResType
+ getType(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the next resource in a given resource or NULL if there are no more resources
+ *
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * @return ResourceBundle object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ResourceBundle
+ getNext(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the next string in a resource or NULL if there are no more resources
+ * to iterate over.
+ *
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * @return an UnicodeString object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString
+ getNextString(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the next string in a resource or NULL if there are no more resources
+ * to iterate over.
+ *
+ * @param key fill in for key associated with this string
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * @return an UnicodeString object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString
+ getNextString(const char ** key,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the resource in a resource at the specified index.
+ *
+ * @param index an index to the wanted resource.
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * @return ResourceBundle object. If there is an error, resource is invalid.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ResourceBundle
+ get(int32_t index,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the string in a given resource at the specified index.
+ *
+ * @param index an index to the wanted string.
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * @return an UnicodeString object. If there is an error, string is bogus
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString
+ getStringEx(int32_t index,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a resource in a resource that has a given key. This procedure works only with table
+ * resources.
+ *
+ * @param key a key associated with the wanted resource
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code.
+ * @return ResourceBundle object. If there is an error, resource is invalid.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ ResourceBundle
+ get(const char* key,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a string in a resource that has a given key. This procedure works only with table
+ * resources.
+ *
+ * @param key a key associated with the wanted string
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * @return an UnicodeString object. If there is an error, string is bogus
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString
+ getStringEx(const char* key,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the version number associated with this ResourceBundle as a string. Please
+ * use getVersion, as this method is going to be deprecated.
+ *
+ * @return A version number string as specified in the resource bundle or its parent.
+ * The caller does not own this string.
+ * @see getVersion
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use getVersion instead.
+ */
+ const char*
+ getVersionNumber(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the version number associated with this ResourceBundle as a UVersionInfo array.
+ *
+ * @param versionInfo A UVersionInfo array that is filled with the version number
+ * as specified in the resource bundle or its parent.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void
+ getVersion(UVersionInfo versionInfo) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the Locale associated with this ResourceBundle.
+ *
+ * @return a Locale object
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use getLocale(ULocDataLocaleType type, UErrorCode &status) overload instead.
+ */
+ const Locale&
+ getLocale(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the Locale associated with this ResourceBundle.
+ * @param type You can choose between requested, valid and actual
+ * locale. For description see the definition of
+ * ULocDataLocaleType in uloc.h
+ * @param status just for catching illegal arguments
+ *
+ * @return a Locale object
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ const Locale
+ getLocale(ULocDataLocaleType type, UErrorCode &status) const;
+ /**
+ * This API implements multilevel fallback
+ * @internal
+ */
+ ResourceBundle
+ getWithFallback(const char* key, UErrorCode& status);
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+private:
+ ResourceBundle(); // default constructor not implemented
+
+ UResourceBundle *fResource;
+ void constructForLocale(const UnicodeString& path, const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& error);
+ Locale *fLocale;
+
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/schriter.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/schriter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0b5e22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/schriter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 1998-2005, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* File schriter.h
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 05/05/99 stephen Cleaned up.
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef SCHRITER_H
+#define SCHRITER_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/chariter.h"
+#include "unicode/uchriter.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: String Character Iterator
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+/**
+ * A concrete subclass of CharacterIterator that iterates over the
+ * characters (code units or code points) in a UnicodeString.
+ * It's possible not only to create an
+ * iterator that iterates over an entire UnicodeString, but also to
+ * create one that iterates over only a subrange of a UnicodeString
+ * (iterators over different subranges of the same UnicodeString don't
+ * compare equal).
+ * @see CharacterIterator
+ * @see ForwardCharacterIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API StringCharacterIterator : public UCharCharacterIterator {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Create an iterator over the UnicodeString referred to by "textStr".
+ * The UnicodeString object is copied.
+ * The iteration range is the whole string, and the starting position is 0.
+ * @param textStr The unicode string used to create an iterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ StringCharacterIterator(const UnicodeString& textStr);
+
+ /**
+ * Create an iterator over the UnicodeString referred to by "textStr".
+ * The iteration range is the whole string, and the starting
+ * position is specified by "textPos". If "textPos" is outside the valid
+ * iteration range, the behavior of this object is undefined.
+ * @param textStr The unicode string used to create an iterator
+ * @param textPos The starting position of the iteration
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ StringCharacterIterator(const UnicodeString& textStr,
+ int32_t textPos);
+
+ /**
+ * Create an iterator over the UnicodeString referred to by "textStr".
+ * The UnicodeString object is copied.
+ * The iteration range begins with the code unit specified by
+ * "textBegin" and ends with the code unit BEFORE the code unit specfied
+ * by "textEnd". The starting position is specified by "textPos". If
+ * "textBegin" and "textEnd" don't form a valid range on "text" (i.e.,
+ * textBegin >= textEnd or either is negative or greater than text.size()),
+ * or "textPos" is outside the range defined by "textBegin" and "textEnd",
+ * the behavior of this iterator is undefined.
+ * @param textStr The unicode string used to create the StringCharacterIterator
+ * @param textBegin The begin position of the iteration range
+ * @param textEnd The end position of the iteration range
+ * @param textPos The starting position of the iteration
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ StringCharacterIterator(const UnicodeString& textStr,
+ int32_t textBegin,
+ int32_t textEnd,
+ int32_t textPos);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor. The new iterator iterates over the same range
+ * of the same string as "that", and its initial position is the
+ * same as "that"'s current position.
+ * The UnicodeString object in "that" is copied.
+ * @param that The StringCharacterIterator to be copied
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ StringCharacterIterator(const StringCharacterIterator& that);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~StringCharacterIterator();
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator. *this is altered to iterate over the same
+ * range of the same string as "that", and refers to the same
+ * character within that string as "that" does.
+ * @param that The object to be copied.
+ * @return the newly created object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ StringCharacterIterator&
+ operator=(const StringCharacterIterator& that);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if the iterators iterate over the same range of the
+ * same string and are pointing at the same character.
+ * @param that The ForwardCharacterIterator to be compared for equality
+ * @return true if the iterators iterate over the same range of the
+ * same string and are pointing at the same character.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const ForwardCharacterIterator& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a new StringCharacterIterator referring to the same
+ * character in the same range of the same string as this one. The
+ * caller must delete the new iterator.
+ * @return the newly cloned object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual CharacterIterator* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to iterate over the provided string.
+ * @param newText The string to be iterated over
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setText(const UnicodeString& newText);
+
+ /**
+ * Copies the UnicodeString under iteration into the UnicodeString
+ * referred to by "result". Even if this iterator iterates across
+ * only a part of this string, the whole string is copied.
+ * @param result Receives a copy of the text under iteration.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void getText(UnicodeString& result);
+
+ /**
+ * Return a class ID for this object (not really public)
+ * @return a class ID for this object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return a class ID for this class (not really public)
+ * @return a class ID for this class
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+protected:
+ /**
+ * Default constructor, iteration over empty string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ StringCharacterIterator();
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to iterate over the provided string.
+ * @param newText The string to be iterated over
+ * @param newTextLength The length of the String
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setText(const UChar* newText, int32_t newTextLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy of the iterated string object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString text;
+
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/search.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/search.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b82906
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/search.h
@@ -0,0 +1,569 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2001-2008 IBM and others. All rights reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Date Name Description
+* 03/22/2000 helena Creation.
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef SEARCH_H
+#define SEARCH_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: SearchIterator object.
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION && !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+#include "unicode/chariter.h"
+#include "unicode/brkiter.h"
+#include "unicode/usearch.h"
+
+/**
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+struct USearch;
+/**
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+typedef struct USearch USearch;
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ *
+ * <tt>SearchIterator</tt> is an abstract base class that provides
+ * methods to search for a pattern within a text string. Instances of
+ * <tt>SearchIterator</tt> maintain a current position and scans over the
+ * target text, returning the indices the pattern is matched and the length
+ * of each match.
+ * <p>
+ * <tt>SearchIterator</tt> defines a protocol for text searching.
+ * Subclasses provide concrete implementations of various search algorithms.
+ * For example, <tt>StringSearch</tt> implements language-sensitive pattern
+ * matching based on the comparison rules defined in a
+ * <tt>RuleBasedCollator</tt> object.
+ * <p>
+ * Other options for searching includes using a BreakIterator to restrict
+ * the points at which matches are detected.
+ * <p>
+ * <tt>SearchIterator</tt> provides an API that is similar to that of
+ * other text iteration classes such as <tt>BreakIterator</tt>. Using
+ * this class, it is easy to scan through text looking for all occurances of
+ * a given pattern. The following example uses a <tt>StringSearch</tt>
+ * object to find all instances of "fox" in the target string. Any other
+ * subclass of <tt>SearchIterator</tt> can be used in an identical
+ * manner.
+ * <pre><code>
+ * UnicodeString target("The quick brown fox jumped over the lazy fox");
+ * UnicodeString pattern("fox");
+ *
+ * SearchIterator *iter = new StringSearch(pattern, target);
+ * UErrorCode error = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * for (int pos = iter->first(error); pos != USEARCH_DONE;
+ * pos = iter->next(error)) {
+ * printf("Found match at %d pos, length is %d\n", pos,
+ * iter.getMatchLength());
+ * }
+ * </code></pre>
+ *
+ * @see StringSearch
+ * @see RuleBasedCollator
+ */
+class U_I18N_API SearchIterator : public UObject {
+
+public:
+
+ // public constructors and destructors -------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor that creates a SearchIterator instance with the same
+ * behavior, and iterating over the same text.
+ * @param other the SearchIterator instance to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SearchIterator(const SearchIterator &other);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor. Cleans up the search iterator data struct.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~SearchIterator();
+
+ // public get and set methods ----------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the index to point to the given position, and clears any state
+ * that's affected.
+ * <p>
+ * This method takes the argument index and sets the position in the text
+ * string accordingly without checking if the index is pointing to a
+ * valid starting point to begin searching.
+ * @param position within the text to be set. If position is less
+ * than or greater than the text range for searching,
+ * an U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR will be returned
+ * @param status for errors if it occurs
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setOffset(int32_t position, UErrorCode &status) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the current index in the text being searched.
+ * If the iteration has gone past the end of the text
+ * (or past the beginning for a backwards search), USEARCH_DONE
+ * is returned.
+ * @return current index in the text being searched.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getOffset(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the text searching attributes located in the enum
+ * USearchAttribute with values from the enum USearchAttributeValue.
+ * USEARCH_DEFAULT can be used for all attributes for resetting.
+ * @param attribute text attribute (enum USearchAttribute) to be set
+ * @param value text attribute value
+ * @param status for errors if it occurs
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setAttribute(USearchAttribute attribute,
+ USearchAttributeValue value,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the text searching attributes
+ * @param attribute text attribute (enum USearchAttribute) to be retrieve
+ * @return text attribute value
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ USearchAttributeValue getAttribute(USearchAttribute attribute) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the index to the match in the text string that was searched.
+ * This call returns a valid result only after a successful call to
+ * <tt>first</tt>, <tt>next</tt>, <tt>previous</tt>, or <tt>last</tt>.
+ * Just after construction, or after a searching method returns
+ * <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt>, this method will return <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt>.
+ * <p>
+ * Use getMatchedLength to get the matched string length.
+ * @return index of a substring within the text string that is being
+ * searched.
+ * @see #first
+ * @see #next
+ * @see #previous
+ * @see #last
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getMatchedStart(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the length of text in the string which matches the search
+ * pattern. This call returns a valid result only after a successful call
+ * to <tt>first</tt>, <tt>next</tt>, <tt>previous</tt>, or <tt>last</tt>.
+ * Just after construction, or after a searching method returns
+ * <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt>, this method will return 0.
+ * @return The length of the match in the target text, or 0 if there
+ * is no match currently.
+ * @see #first
+ * @see #next
+ * @see #previous
+ * @see #last
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getMatchedLength(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the text that was matched by the most recent call to
+ * <tt>first</tt>, <tt>next</tt>, <tt>previous</tt>, or <tt>last</tt>.
+ * If the iterator is not pointing at a valid match (e.g. just after
+ * construction or after <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> has been returned,
+ * returns an empty string.
+ * @param result stores the matched string or an empty string if a match
+ * is not found.
+ * @see #first
+ * @see #next
+ * @see #previous
+ * @see #last
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void getMatchedText(UnicodeString &result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the BreakIterator that will be used to restrict the points
+ * at which matches are detected. The user is responsible for deleting
+ * the breakiterator.
+ * @param breakiter A BreakIterator that will be used to restrict the
+ * points at which matches are detected. If a match is
+ * found, but the match's start or end index is not a
+ * boundary as determined by the <tt>BreakIterator</tt>,
+ * the match will be rejected and another will be searched
+ * for. If this parameter is <tt>NULL</tt>, no break
+ * detection is attempted.
+ * @param status for errors if it occurs
+ * @see BreakIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setBreakIterator(BreakIterator *breakiter, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the BreakIterator that is used to restrict the points at
+ * which matches are detected. This will be the same object that was
+ * passed to the constructor or to <tt>setBreakIterator</tt>.
+ * Note that <tt>NULL</tt> is a legal value; it means that break
+ * detection should not be attempted.
+ * @return BreakIterator used to restrict matchings.
+ * @see #setBreakIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const BreakIterator * getBreakIterator(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the string text to be searched. Text iteration will hence begin at
+ * the start of the text string. This method is useful if you want to
+ * re-use an iterator to search for the same pattern within a different
+ * body of text. The user is responsible for deleting the text.
+ * @param text string to be searched.
+ * @param status for errors. If the text length is 0,
+ * an U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR is returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setText(const UnicodeString &text, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the string text to be searched. Text iteration will hence begin at
+ * the start of the text string. This method is useful if you want to
+ * re-use an iterator to search for the same pattern within a different
+ * body of text.
+ * <p>
+ * Note: No parsing of the text within the <tt>CharacterIterator</tt>
+ * will be done during searching for this version. The block of text
+ * in <tt>CharacterIterator</tt> will be used as it is.
+ * The user is responsible for deleting the text.
+ * @param text string iterator to be searched.
+ * @param status for errors if any. If the text length is 0 then an
+ * U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR is returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setText(CharacterIterator &text, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the string text to be searched.
+ * @return text string to be searched.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const UnicodeString & getText(void) const;
+
+ // operator overloading ----------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Equality operator.
+ * @param that SearchIterator instance to be compared.
+ * @return TRUE if both BreakIterators are of the same class, have the
+ * same behavior, terates over the same text and have the same
+ * attributes. FALSE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const SearchIterator &that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Not-equal operator.
+ * @param that SearchIterator instance to be compared.
+ * @return FALSE if operator== returns TRUE, and vice versa.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const SearchIterator &that) const;
+
+ // public methods ----------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a copy of SearchIterator with the same behavior, and
+ * iterating over the same text, as this one. Note that all data will be
+ * replicated, except for the text string to be searched.
+ * @return cloned object
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual SearchIterator* safeClone(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the first index at which the string text matches the search
+ * pattern. The iterator is adjusted so that its current index (as
+ * returned by <tt>getOffset</tt>) is the match position if one
+ * was found.
+ * If a match is not found, <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> will be returned and
+ * the iterator will be adjusted to the index USEARCH_DONE
+ * @param status for errors if it occurs
+ * @return The character index of the first match, or
+ * <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> if there are no matches.
+ * @see #getOffset
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t first(UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the first index greater than <tt>position</tt> at which the
+ * string text matches the search pattern. The iterator is adjusted so
+ * that its current index (as returned by <tt>getOffset</tt>) is the
+ * match position if one was found. If a match is not found,
+ * <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> will be returned and the iterator will be
+ * adjusted to the index USEARCH_DONE
+ * @param position where search if to start from. If position is less
+ * than or greater than the text range for searching,
+ * an U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR will be returned
+ * @param status for errors if it occurs
+ * @return The character index of the first match following
+ * <tt>position</tt>, or <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> if there are no
+ * matches.
+ * @see #getOffset
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t following(int32_t position, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the last index in the target text at which it matches the
+ * search pattern. The iterator is adjusted so that its current index
+ * (as returned by <tt>getOffset</tt>) is the match position if one was
+ * found.
+ * If a match is not found, <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> will be returned and
+ * the iterator will be adjusted to the index USEARCH_DONE.
+ * @param status for errors if it occurs
+ * @return The index of the first match, or <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> if
+ * there are no matches.
+ * @see #getOffset
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t last(UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the first index less than <tt>position</tt> at which the string
+ * text matches the search pattern. The iterator is adjusted so that its
+ * current index (as returned by <tt>getOffset</tt>) is the match
+ * position if one was found. If a match is not found,
+ * <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> will be returned and the iterator will be
+ * adjusted to the index USEARCH_DONE
+ * @param position where search is to start from. If position is less
+ * than or greater than the text range for searching,
+ * an U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR will be returned
+ * @param status for errors if it occurs
+ * @return The character index of the first match preceding
+ * <tt>position</tt>, or <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> if there are
+ * no matches.
+ * @see #getOffset
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t preceding(int32_t position, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the index of the next point at which the text matches the
+ * search pattern, starting from the current position
+ * The iterator is adjusted so that its current index (as returned by
+ * <tt>getOffset</tt>) is the match position if one was found.
+ * If a match is not found, <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> will be returned and
+ * the iterator will be adjusted to a position after the end of the text
+ * string.
+ * @param status for errors if it occurs
+ * @return The index of the next match after the current position,
+ * or <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> if there are no more matches.
+ * @see #getOffset
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t next(UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the index of the previous point at which the string text
+ * matches the search pattern, starting at the current position.
+ * The iterator is adjusted so that its current index (as returned by
+ * <tt>getOffset</tt>) is the match position if one was found.
+ * If a match is not found, <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> will be returned and
+ * the iterator will be adjusted to the index USEARCH_DONE
+ * @param status for errors if it occurs
+ * @return The index of the previous match before the current position,
+ * or <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> if there are no more matches.
+ * @see #getOffset
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t previous(UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Resets the iteration.
+ * Search will begin at the start of the text string if a forward
+ * iteration is initiated before a backwards iteration. Otherwise if a
+ * backwards iteration is initiated before a forwards iteration, the
+ * search will begin at the end of the text string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void reset();
+
+protected:
+ // protected data members ---------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * C search data struct
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ USearch *m_search_;
+
+ /**
+ * Break iterator.
+ * Currently the C++ breakiterator does not have getRules etc to reproduce
+ * another in C. Hence we keep the original around and do the verification
+ * at the end of the match. The user is responsible for deleting this
+ * break iterator.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ BreakIterator *m_breakiterator_;
+
+ /**
+ * Unicode string version of the search text
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString m_text_;
+
+ // protected constructors and destructors -----------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Default constructor.
+ * Initializes data to the default values.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SearchIterator();
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor for use by subclasses.
+ * @param text The target text to be searched.
+ * @param breakiter A {@link BreakIterator} that is used to restrict the
+ * points at which matches are detected. If
+ * <tt>handleNext</tt> or <tt>handlePrev</tt> finds a
+ * match, but the match's start or end index is not a
+ * boundary as determined by the <tt>BreakIterator</tt>,
+ * the match is rejected and <tt>handleNext</tt> or
+ * <tt>handlePrev</tt> is called again. If this parameter
+ * is <tt>NULL</tt>, no break detection is attempted.
+ * @see #handleNext
+ * @see #handlePrev
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SearchIterator(const UnicodeString &text,
+ BreakIterator *breakiter = NULL);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor for use by subclasses.
+ * <p>
+ * Note: No parsing of the text within the <tt>CharacterIterator</tt>
+ * will be done during searching for this version. The block of text
+ * in <tt>CharacterIterator</tt> will be used as it is.
+ * @param text The target text to be searched.
+ * @param breakiter A {@link BreakIterator} that is used to restrict the
+ * points at which matches are detected. If
+ * <tt>handleNext</tt> or <tt>handlePrev</tt> finds a
+ * match, but the match's start or end index is not a
+ * boundary as determined by the <tt>BreakIterator</tt>,
+ * the match is rejected and <tt>handleNext</tt> or
+ * <tt>handlePrev</tt> is called again. If this parameter
+ * is <tt>NULL</tt>, no break detection is attempted.
+ * @see #handleNext
+ * @see #handlePrev
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SearchIterator(CharacterIterator &text, BreakIterator *breakiter = NULL);
+
+ // protected methods --------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator. Sets this iterator to have the same behavior,
+ * and iterate over the same text, as the one passed in.
+ * @param that instance to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SearchIterator & operator=(const SearchIterator &that);
+
+ /**
+ * Abstract method which subclasses override to provide the mechanism
+ * for finding the next match in the target text. This allows different
+ * subclasses to provide different search algorithms.
+ * <p>
+ * If a match is found, the implementation should return the index at
+ * which the match starts and should call
+ * <tt>setMatchLength</tt> with the number of characters
+ * in the target text that make up the match. If no match is found, the
+ * method should return USEARCH_DONE.
+ * <p>
+ * @param position The index in the target text at which the search
+ * should start.
+ * @param status for error codes if it occurs.
+ * @return index at which the match starts, else if match is not found
+ * USEARCH_DONE is returned
+ * @see #setMatchLength
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handleNext(int32_t position, UErrorCode &status)
+ = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Abstract method which subclasses override to provide the mechanism for
+ * finding the previous match in the target text. This allows different
+ * subclasses to provide different search algorithms.
+ * <p>
+ * If a match is found, the implementation should return the index at
+ * which the match starts and should call
+ * <tt>setMatchLength</tt> with the number of characters
+ * in the target text that make up the match. If no match is found, the
+ * method should return USEARCH_DONE.
+ * <p>
+ * @param position The index in the target text at which the search
+ * should start.
+ * @param status for error codes if it occurs.
+ * @return index at which the match starts, else if match is not found
+ * USEARCH_DONE is returned
+ * @see #setMatchLength
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handlePrev(int32_t position, UErrorCode &status)
+ = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the length of the currently matched string in the text string to
+ * be searched.
+ * Subclasses' <tt>handleNext</tt> and <tt>handlePrev</tt>
+ * methods should call this when they find a match in the target text.
+ * @param length length of the matched text.
+ * @see #handleNext
+ * @see #handlePrev
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setMatchLength(int32_t length);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the offset of the currently matched string in the text string to
+ * be searched.
+ * Subclasses' <tt>handleNext</tt> and <tt>handlePrev</tt>
+ * methods should call this when they find a match in the target text.
+ * @param position start offset of the matched text.
+ * @see #handleNext
+ * @see #handlePrev
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setMatchStart(int32_t position);
+
+ /**
+ * sets match not found
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setMatchNotFound();
+};
+
+inline UBool SearchIterator::operator!=(const SearchIterator &that) const
+{
+ return !operator==(that);
+}
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION */
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/simpletz.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/simpletz.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b85c8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/simpletz.h
@@ -0,0 +1,927 @@
+/*
+ ********************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (C) 1997-2008, International Business Machines *
+ * Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved. *
+ ********************************************************************************
+ *
+ * File SIMPLETZ.H
+ *
+ * Modification History:
+ *
+ * Date Name Description
+ * 04/21/97 aliu Overhauled header.
+ * 08/10/98 stephen JDK 1.2 sync
+ * Added setStartRule() / setEndRule() overloads
+ * Added hasSameRules()
+ * 09/02/98 stephen Added getOffset(monthLen)
+ * Changed getOffset() to take UErrorCode
+ * 07/09/99 stephen Removed millisPerHour (unused, for HP compiler)
+ * 12/02/99 aliu Added TimeMode and constructor and setStart/EndRule
+ * methods that take TimeMode. Added to docs.
+ ********************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#ifndef SIMPLETZ_H
+#define SIMPLETZ_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: SimpleTimeZone is a concrete subclass of TimeZone.
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/basictz.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+// forward declaration
+class InitialTimeZoneRule;
+class TimeZoneTransition;
+class AnnualTimeZoneRule;
+
+/**
+ * <code>SimpleTimeZone</code> is a concrete subclass of <code>TimeZone</code>
+ * that represents a time zone for use with a Gregorian calendar. This
+ * class does not handle historical changes.
+ * <P>
+ * When specifying daylight-savings-time begin and end dates, use a negative value for
+ * <code>dayOfWeekInMonth</code> to indicate that <code>SimpleTimeZone</code> should
+ * count from the end of the month backwards. For example, in the U.S., Daylight Savings
+ * Time ends at the last (dayOfWeekInMonth = -1) Sunday in October, at 2 AM in standard
+ * time.
+ *
+ * @see Calendar
+ * @see GregorianCalendar
+ * @see TimeZone
+ * @author D. Goldsmith, Mark Davis, Chen-Lieh Huang, Alan Liu
+ */
+class U_I18N_API SimpleTimeZone: public BasicTimeZone {
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * TimeMode is used, together with a millisecond offset after
+ * midnight, to specify a rule transition time. Most rules
+ * transition at a local wall time, that is, according to the
+ * current time in effect, either standard, or DST. However, some
+ * rules transition at local standard time, and some at a specific
+ * UTC time. Although it might seem that all times could be
+ * converted to wall time, thus eliminating the need for this
+ * parameter, this is not the case.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ enum TimeMode {
+ WALL_TIME = 0,
+ STANDARD_TIME,
+ UTC_TIME
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor
+ * @param source the object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SimpleTimeZone(const SimpleTimeZone& source);
+
+ /**
+ * Default assignment operator
+ * @param right the object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SimpleTimeZone& operator=(const SimpleTimeZone& right);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~SimpleTimeZone();
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if the two TimeZone objects are equal; that is, they have
+ * the same ID, raw GMT offset, and DST rules.
+ *
+ * @param that The SimpleTimeZone object to be compared with.
+ * @return True if the given time zone is equal to this time zone; false
+ * otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const TimeZone& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a SimpleTimeZone with the given raw GMT offset and time zone ID,
+ * and which doesn't observe daylight savings time. Normally you should use
+ * TimeZone::createInstance() to create a TimeZone instead of creating a
+ * SimpleTimeZone directly with this constructor.
+ *
+ * @param rawOffsetGMT The given base time zone offset to GMT.
+ * @param ID The timezone ID which is obtained from
+ * TimeZone.getAvailableIDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SimpleTimeZone(int32_t rawOffsetGMT, const UnicodeString& ID);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a SimpleTimeZone with the given raw GMT offset, time zone ID,
+ * and times to start and end daylight savings time. To create a TimeZone that
+ * doesn't observe daylight savings time, don't use this constructor; use
+ * SimpleTimeZone(rawOffset, ID) instead. Normally, you should use
+ * TimeZone.createInstance() to create a TimeZone instead of creating a
+ * SimpleTimeZone directly with this constructor.
+ * <P>
+ * Various types of daylight-savings time rules can be specfied by using different
+ * values for startDay and startDayOfWeek and endDay and endDayOfWeek. For a
+ * complete explanation of how these parameters work, see the documentation for
+ * setStartRule().
+ *
+ * @param rawOffsetGMT The new SimpleTimeZone's raw GMT offset
+ * @param ID The new SimpleTimeZone's time zone ID.
+ * @param savingsStartMonth The daylight savings starting month. Month is
+ * 0-based. eg, 0 for January.
+ * @param savingsStartDayOfWeekInMonth The daylight savings starting
+ * day-of-week-in-month. See setStartRule() for a
+ * complete explanation.
+ * @param savingsStartDayOfWeek The daylight savings starting day-of-week.
+ * See setStartRule() for a complete explanation.
+ * @param savingsStartTime The daylight savings starting time, expressed as the
+ * number of milliseconds after midnight.
+ * @param savingsEndMonth The daylight savings ending month. Month is
+ * 0-based. eg, 0 for January.
+ * @param savingsEndDayOfWeekInMonth The daylight savings ending day-of-week-in-month.
+ * See setStartRule() for a complete explanation.
+ * @param savingsEndDayOfWeek The daylight savings ending day-of-week.
+ * See setStartRule() for a complete explanation.
+ * @param savingsEndTime The daylight savings ending time, expressed as the
+ * number of milliseconds after midnight.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode to receive the status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SimpleTimeZone(int32_t rawOffsetGMT, const UnicodeString& ID,
+ int8_t savingsStartMonth, int8_t savingsStartDayOfWeekInMonth,
+ int8_t savingsStartDayOfWeek, int32_t savingsStartTime,
+ int8_t savingsEndMonth, int8_t savingsEndDayOfWeekInMonth,
+ int8_t savingsEndDayOfWeek, int32_t savingsEndTime,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+ /**
+ * Construct a SimpleTimeZone with the given raw GMT offset, time zone ID,
+ * and times to start and end daylight savings time. To create a TimeZone that
+ * doesn't observe daylight savings time, don't use this constructor; use
+ * SimpleTimeZone(rawOffset, ID) instead. Normally, you should use
+ * TimeZone.createInstance() to create a TimeZone instead of creating a
+ * SimpleTimeZone directly with this constructor.
+ * <P>
+ * Various types of daylight-savings time rules can be specfied by using different
+ * values for startDay and startDayOfWeek and endDay and endDayOfWeek. For a
+ * complete explanation of how these parameters work, see the documentation for
+ * setStartRule().
+ *
+ * @param rawOffsetGMT The new SimpleTimeZone's raw GMT offset
+ * @param ID The new SimpleTimeZone's time zone ID.
+ * @param savingsStartMonth The daylight savings starting month. Month is
+ * 0-based. eg, 0 for January.
+ * @param savingsStartDayOfWeekInMonth The daylight savings starting
+ * day-of-week-in-month. See setStartRule() for a
+ * complete explanation.
+ * @param savingsStartDayOfWeek The daylight savings starting day-of-week.
+ * See setStartRule() for a complete explanation.
+ * @param savingsStartTime The daylight savings starting time, expressed as the
+ * number of milliseconds after midnight.
+ * @param savingsEndMonth The daylight savings ending month. Month is
+ * 0-based. eg, 0 for January.
+ * @param savingsEndDayOfWeekInMonth The daylight savings ending day-of-week-in-month.
+ * See setStartRule() for a complete explanation.
+ * @param savingsEndDayOfWeek The daylight savings ending day-of-week.
+ * See setStartRule() for a complete explanation.
+ * @param savingsEndTime The daylight savings ending time, expressed as the
+ * number of milliseconds after midnight.
+ * @param savingsDST The number of milliseconds added to standard time
+ * to get DST time. Default is one hour.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode to receive the status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SimpleTimeZone(int32_t rawOffsetGMT, const UnicodeString& ID,
+ int8_t savingsStartMonth, int8_t savingsStartDayOfWeekInMonth,
+ int8_t savingsStartDayOfWeek, int32_t savingsStartTime,
+ int8_t savingsEndMonth, int8_t savingsEndDayOfWeekInMonth,
+ int8_t savingsEndDayOfWeek, int32_t savingsEndTime,
+ int32_t savingsDST, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a SimpleTimeZone with the given raw GMT offset, time zone ID,
+ * and times to start and end daylight savings time. To create a TimeZone that
+ * doesn't observe daylight savings time, don't use this constructor; use
+ * SimpleTimeZone(rawOffset, ID) instead. Normally, you should use
+ * TimeZone.createInstance() to create a TimeZone instead of creating a
+ * SimpleTimeZone directly with this constructor.
+ * <P>
+ * Various types of daylight-savings time rules can be specfied by using different
+ * values for startDay and startDayOfWeek and endDay and endDayOfWeek. For a
+ * complete explanation of how these parameters work, see the documentation for
+ * setStartRule().
+ *
+ * @param rawOffsetGMT The new SimpleTimeZone's raw GMT offset
+ * @param ID The new SimpleTimeZone's time zone ID.
+ * @param savingsStartMonth The daylight savings starting month. Month is
+ * 0-based. eg, 0 for January.
+ * @param savingsStartDayOfWeekInMonth The daylight savings starting
+ * day-of-week-in-month. See setStartRule() for a
+ * complete explanation.
+ * @param savingsStartDayOfWeek The daylight savings starting day-of-week.
+ * See setStartRule() for a complete explanation.
+ * @param savingsStartTime The daylight savings starting time, expressed as the
+ * number of milliseconds after midnight.
+ * @param savingsStartTimeMode Whether the start time is local wall time, local
+ * standard time, or UTC time. Default is local wall time.
+ * @param savingsEndMonth The daylight savings ending month. Month is
+ * 0-based. eg, 0 for January.
+ * @param savingsEndDayOfWeekInMonth The daylight savings ending day-of-week-in-month.
+ * See setStartRule() for a complete explanation.
+ * @param savingsEndDayOfWeek The daylight savings ending day-of-week.
+ * See setStartRule() for a complete explanation.
+ * @param savingsEndTime The daylight savings ending time, expressed as the
+ * number of milliseconds after midnight.
+ * @param savingsEndTimeMode Whether the end time is local wall time, local
+ * standard time, or UTC time. Default is local wall time.
+ * @param savingsDST The number of milliseconds added to standard time
+ * to get DST time. Default is one hour.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode to receive the status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SimpleTimeZone(int32_t rawOffsetGMT, const UnicodeString& ID,
+ int8_t savingsStartMonth, int8_t savingsStartDayOfWeekInMonth,
+ int8_t savingsStartDayOfWeek, int32_t savingsStartTime,
+ TimeMode savingsStartTimeMode,
+ int8_t savingsEndMonth, int8_t savingsEndDayOfWeekInMonth,
+ int8_t savingsEndDayOfWeek, int32_t savingsEndTime, TimeMode savingsEndTimeMode,
+ int32_t savingsDST, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the daylight savings starting year, that is, the year this time zone began
+ * observing its specified daylight savings time rules. The time zone is considered
+ * not to observe daylight savings time prior to that year; SimpleTimeZone doesn't
+ * support historical daylight-savings-time rules.
+ * @param year the daylight savings starting year.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setStartYear(int32_t year);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the daylight savings starting rule. For example, in the U.S., Daylight Savings
+ * Time starts at the first Sunday in April, at 2 AM in standard time.
+ * Therefore, you can set the start rule by calling:
+ * setStartRule(TimeFields.APRIL, 1, TimeFields.SUNDAY, 2*60*60*1000);
+ * The dayOfWeekInMonth and dayOfWeek parameters together specify how to calculate
+ * the exact starting date. Their exact meaning depend on their respective signs,
+ * allowing various types of rules to be constructed, as follows:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>If both dayOfWeekInMonth and dayOfWeek are positive, they specify the
+ * day of week in the month (e.g., (2, WEDNESDAY) is the second Wednesday
+ * of the month).</li>
+ * <li>If dayOfWeek is positive and dayOfWeekInMonth is negative, they specify
+ * the day of week in the month counting backward from the end of the month.
+ * (e.g., (-1, MONDAY) is the last Monday in the month)</li>
+ * <li>If dayOfWeek is zero and dayOfWeekInMonth is positive, dayOfWeekInMonth
+ * specifies the day of the month, regardless of what day of the week it is.
+ * (e.g., (10, 0) is the tenth day of the month)</li>
+ * <li>If dayOfWeek is zero and dayOfWeekInMonth is negative, dayOfWeekInMonth
+ * specifies the day of the month counting backward from the end of the
+ * month, regardless of what day of the week it is (e.g., (-2, 0) is the
+ * next-to-last day of the month).</li>
+ * <li>If dayOfWeek is negative and dayOfWeekInMonth is positive, they specify the
+ * first specified day of the week on or after the specfied day of the month.
+ * (e.g., (15, -SUNDAY) is the first Sunday after the 15th of the month
+ * [or the 15th itself if the 15th is a Sunday].)</li>
+ * <li>If dayOfWeek and DayOfWeekInMonth are both negative, they specify the
+ * last specified day of the week on or before the specified day of the month.
+ * (e.g., (-20, -TUESDAY) is the last Tuesday before the 20th of the month
+ * [or the 20th itself if the 20th is a Tuesday].)</li>
+ * </ul>
+ * @param month the daylight savings starting month. Month is 0-based.
+ * eg, 0 for January.
+ * @param dayOfWeekInMonth the daylight savings starting
+ * day-of-week-in-month. Please see the member description for an example.
+ * @param dayOfWeek the daylight savings starting day-of-week. Please see
+ * the member description for an example.
+ * @param time the daylight savings starting time. Please see the member
+ * description for an example.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setStartRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfWeekInMonth, int32_t dayOfWeek,
+ int32_t time, UErrorCode& status);
+ /**
+ * Sets the daylight savings starting rule. For example, in the U.S., Daylight Savings
+ * Time starts at the first Sunday in April, at 2 AM in standard time.
+ * Therefore, you can set the start rule by calling:
+ * setStartRule(TimeFields.APRIL, 1, TimeFields.SUNDAY, 2*60*60*1000);
+ * The dayOfWeekInMonth and dayOfWeek parameters together specify how to calculate
+ * the exact starting date. Their exact meaning depend on their respective signs,
+ * allowing various types of rules to be constructed, as follows:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>If both dayOfWeekInMonth and dayOfWeek are positive, they specify the
+ * day of week in the month (e.g., (2, WEDNESDAY) is the second Wednesday
+ * of the month).</li>
+ * <li>If dayOfWeek is positive and dayOfWeekInMonth is negative, they specify
+ * the day of week in the month counting backward from the end of the month.
+ * (e.g., (-1, MONDAY) is the last Monday in the month)</li>
+ * <li>If dayOfWeek is zero and dayOfWeekInMonth is positive, dayOfWeekInMonth
+ * specifies the day of the month, regardless of what day of the week it is.
+ * (e.g., (10, 0) is the tenth day of the month)</li>
+ * <li>If dayOfWeek is zero and dayOfWeekInMonth is negative, dayOfWeekInMonth
+ * specifies the day of the month counting backward from the end of the
+ * month, regardless of what day of the week it is (e.g., (-2, 0) is the
+ * next-to-last day of the month).</li>
+ * <li>If dayOfWeek is negative and dayOfWeekInMonth is positive, they specify the
+ * first specified day of the week on or after the specfied day of the month.
+ * (e.g., (15, -SUNDAY) is the first Sunday after the 15th of the month
+ * [or the 15th itself if the 15th is a Sunday].)</li>
+ * <li>If dayOfWeek and DayOfWeekInMonth are both negative, they specify the
+ * last specified day of the week on or before the specified day of the month.
+ * (e.g., (-20, -TUESDAY) is the last Tuesday before the 20th of the month
+ * [or the 20th itself if the 20th is a Tuesday].)</li>
+ * </ul>
+ * @param month the daylight savings starting month. Month is 0-based.
+ * eg, 0 for January.
+ * @param dayOfWeekInMonth the daylight savings starting
+ * day-of-week-in-month. Please see the member description for an example.
+ * @param dayOfWeek the daylight savings starting day-of-week. Please see
+ * the member description for an example.
+ * @param time the daylight savings starting time. Please see the member
+ * description for an example.
+ * @param mode whether the time is local wall time, local standard time,
+ * or UTC time. Default is local wall time.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setStartRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfWeekInMonth, int32_t dayOfWeek,
+ int32_t time, TimeMode mode, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the DST start rule to a fixed date within a month.
+ *
+ * @param month The month in which this rule occurs (0-based).
+ * @param dayOfMonth The date in that month (1-based).
+ * @param time The time of that day (number of millis after midnight)
+ * when DST takes effect in local wall time, which is
+ * standard time in this case.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setStartRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth, int32_t time,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+ /**
+ * Sets the DST start rule to a fixed date within a month.
+ *
+ * @param month The month in which this rule occurs (0-based).
+ * @param dayOfMonth The date in that month (1-based).
+ * @param time The time of that day (number of millis after midnight)
+ * when DST takes effect in local wall time, which is
+ * standard time in this case.
+ * @param mode whether the time is local wall time, local standard time,
+ * or UTC time. Default is local wall time.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setStartRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth, int32_t time,
+ TimeMode mode, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the DST start rule to a weekday before or after a give date within
+ * a month, e.g., the first Monday on or after the 8th.
+ *
+ * @param month The month in which this rule occurs (0-based).
+ * @param dayOfMonth A date within that month (1-based).
+ * @param dayOfWeek The day of the week on which this rule occurs.
+ * @param time The time of that day (number of millis after midnight)
+ * when DST takes effect in local wall time, which is
+ * standard time in this case.
+ * @param after If true, this rule selects the first dayOfWeek on
+ * or after dayOfMonth. If false, this rule selects
+ * the last dayOfWeek on or before dayOfMonth.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setStartRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth, int32_t dayOfWeek,
+ int32_t time, UBool after, UErrorCode& status);
+ /**
+ * Sets the DST start rule to a weekday before or after a give date within
+ * a month, e.g., the first Monday on or after the 8th.
+ *
+ * @param month The month in which this rule occurs (0-based).
+ * @param dayOfMonth A date within that month (1-based).
+ * @param dayOfWeek The day of the week on which this rule occurs.
+ * @param time The time of that day (number of millis after midnight)
+ * when DST takes effect in local wall time, which is
+ * standard time in this case.
+ * @param mode whether the time is local wall time, local standard time,
+ * or UTC time. Default is local wall time.
+ * @param after If true, this rule selects the first dayOfWeek on
+ * or after dayOfMonth. If false, this rule selects
+ * the last dayOfWeek on or before dayOfMonth.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setStartRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth, int32_t dayOfWeek,
+ int32_t time, TimeMode mode, UBool after, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the daylight savings ending rule. For example, in the U.S., Daylight
+ * Savings Time ends at the last (-1) Sunday in October, at 2 AM in standard time.
+ * Therefore, you can set the end rule by calling:
+ * <pre>
+ * . setEndRule(TimeFields.OCTOBER, -1, TimeFields.SUNDAY, 2*60*60*1000);
+ * </pre>
+ * Various other types of rules can be specified by manipulating the dayOfWeek
+ * and dayOfWeekInMonth parameters. For complete details, see the documentation
+ * for setStartRule().
+ *
+ * @param month the daylight savings ending month. Month is 0-based.
+ * eg, 0 for January.
+ * @param dayOfWeekInMonth the daylight savings ending
+ * day-of-week-in-month. See setStartRule() for a complete explanation.
+ * @param dayOfWeek the daylight savings ending day-of-week. See setStartRule()
+ * for a complete explanation.
+ * @param time the daylight savings ending time. Please see the member
+ * description for an example.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setEndRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfWeekInMonth, int32_t dayOfWeek,
+ int32_t time, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the daylight savings ending rule. For example, in the U.S., Daylight
+ * Savings Time ends at the last (-1) Sunday in October, at 2 AM in standard time.
+ * Therefore, you can set the end rule by calling:
+ * <pre>
+ * . setEndRule(TimeFields.OCTOBER, -1, TimeFields.SUNDAY, 2*60*60*1000);
+ * </pre>
+ * Various other types of rules can be specified by manipulating the dayOfWeek
+ * and dayOfWeekInMonth parameters. For complete details, see the documentation
+ * for setStartRule().
+ *
+ * @param month the daylight savings ending month. Month is 0-based.
+ * eg, 0 for January.
+ * @param dayOfWeekInMonth the daylight savings ending
+ * day-of-week-in-month. See setStartRule() for a complete explanation.
+ * @param dayOfWeek the daylight savings ending day-of-week. See setStartRule()
+ * for a complete explanation.
+ * @param time the daylight savings ending time. Please see the member
+ * description for an example.
+ * @param mode whether the time is local wall time, local standard time,
+ * or UTC time. Default is local wall time.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setEndRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfWeekInMonth, int32_t dayOfWeek,
+ int32_t time, TimeMode mode, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the DST end rule to a fixed date within a month.
+ *
+ * @param month The month in which this rule occurs (0-based).
+ * @param dayOfMonth The date in that month (1-based).
+ * @param time The time of that day (number of millis after midnight)
+ * when DST ends in local wall time, which is daylight
+ * time in this case.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setEndRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth, int32_t time, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the DST end rule to a fixed date within a month.
+ *
+ * @param month The month in which this rule occurs (0-based).
+ * @param dayOfMonth The date in that month (1-based).
+ * @param time The time of that day (number of millis after midnight)
+ * when DST ends in local wall time, which is daylight
+ * time in this case.
+ * @param mode whether the time is local wall time, local standard time,
+ * or UTC time. Default is local wall time.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setEndRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth, int32_t time,
+ TimeMode mode, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the DST end rule to a weekday before or after a give date within
+ * a month, e.g., the first Monday on or after the 8th.
+ *
+ * @param month The month in which this rule occurs (0-based).
+ * @param dayOfMonth A date within that month (1-based).
+ * @param dayOfWeek The day of the week on which this rule occurs.
+ * @param time The time of that day (number of millis after midnight)
+ * when DST ends in local wall time, which is daylight
+ * time in this case.
+ * @param after If true, this rule selects the first dayOfWeek on
+ * or after dayOfMonth. If false, this rule selects
+ * the last dayOfWeek on or before dayOfMonth.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setEndRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth, int32_t dayOfWeek,
+ int32_t time, UBool after, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the DST end rule to a weekday before or after a give date within
+ * a month, e.g., the first Monday on or after the 8th.
+ *
+ * @param month The month in which this rule occurs (0-based).
+ * @param dayOfMonth A date within that month (1-based).
+ * @param dayOfWeek The day of the week on which this rule occurs.
+ * @param time The time of that day (number of millis after midnight)
+ * when DST ends in local wall time, which is daylight
+ * time in this case.
+ * @param mode whether the time is local wall time, local standard time,
+ * or UTC time. Default is local wall time.
+ * @param after If true, this rule selects the first dayOfWeek on
+ * or after dayOfMonth. If false, this rule selects
+ * the last dayOfWeek on or before dayOfMonth.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setEndRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth, int32_t dayOfWeek,
+ int32_t time, TimeMode mode, UBool after, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the TimeZone's adjusted GMT offset (i.e., the number of milliseconds to add
+ * to GMT to get local time in this time zone, taking daylight savings time into
+ * account) as of a particular reference date. The reference date is used to determine
+ * whether daylight savings time is in effect and needs to be figured into the offset
+ * that is returned (in other words, what is the adjusted GMT offset in this time zone
+ * at this particular date and time?). For the time zones produced by createTimeZone(),
+ * the reference data is specified according to the Gregorian calendar, and the date
+ * and time fields are in GMT, NOT local time.
+ *
+ * @param era The reference date's era
+ * @param year The reference date's year
+ * @param month The reference date's month (0-based; 0 is January)
+ * @param day The reference date's day-in-month (1-based)
+ * @param dayOfWeek The reference date's day-of-week (1-based; 1 is Sunday)
+ * @param millis The reference date's milliseconds in day, UTT (NOT local time).
+ * @param status An UErrorCode to receive the status.
+ * @return The offset in milliseconds to add to GMT to get local time.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getOffset(uint8_t era, int32_t year, int32_t month, int32_t day,
+ uint8_t dayOfWeek, int32_t millis, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the time zone offset, for current date, modified in case of
+ * daylight savings. This is the offset to add *to* UTC to get local time.
+ * @param era the era of the given date.
+ * @param year the year in the given date.
+ * @param month the month in the given date.
+ * Month is 0-based. e.g., 0 for January.
+ * @param day the day-in-month of the given date.
+ * @param dayOfWeek the day-of-week of the given date.
+ * @param milliseconds the millis in day in <em>standard</em> local time.
+ * @param monthLength the length of the given month in days.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode to receive the status.
+ * @return the offset to add *to* GMT to get local time.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getOffset(uint8_t era, int32_t year, int32_t month, int32_t day,
+ uint8_t dayOfWeek, int32_t milliseconds,
+ int32_t monthLength, UErrorCode& status) const;
+ /**
+ * Gets the time zone offset, for current date, modified in case of
+ * daylight savings. This is the offset to add *to* UTC to get local time.
+ * @param era the era of the given date.
+ * @param year the year in the given date.
+ * @param month the month in the given date.
+ * Month is 0-based. e.g., 0 for January.
+ * @param day the day-in-month of the given date.
+ * @param dayOfWeek the day-of-week of the given date.
+ * @param milliseconds the millis in day in <em>standard</em> local time.
+ * @param monthLength the length of the given month in days.
+ * @param prevMonthLength length of the previous month in days.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode to receive the status.
+ * @return the offset to add *to* GMT to get local time.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getOffset(uint8_t era, int32_t year, int32_t month, int32_t day,
+ uint8_t dayOfWeek, int32_t milliseconds,
+ int32_t monthLength, int32_t prevMonthLength,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Redeclared TimeZone method. This implementation simply calls
+ * the base class method, which otherwise would be hidden.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ virtual void getOffset(UDate date, UBool local, int32_t& rawOffset,
+ int32_t& dstOffset, UErrorCode& ec) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Get time zone offsets from local wall time.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual void getOffsetFromLocal(UDate date, int32_t nonExistingTimeOpt, int32_t duplicatedTimeOpt,
+ int32_t& rawOffset, int32_t& dstOffset, UErrorCode& status) /*const*/;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the TimeZone's raw GMT offset (i.e., the number of milliseconds to add
+ * to GMT to get local time, before taking daylight savings time into account).
+ *
+ * @return The TimeZone's raw GMT offset.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getRawOffset(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the TimeZone's raw GMT offset (i.e., the number of milliseconds to add
+ * to GMT to get local time, before taking daylight savings time into account).
+ *
+ * @param offsetMillis The new raw GMT offset for this time zone.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setRawOffset(int32_t offsetMillis);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the amount of time in ms that the clock is advanced during DST.
+ * @param millisSavedDuringDST the number of milliseconds the time is
+ * advanced with respect to standard time when the daylight savings rules
+ * are in effect. A positive number, typically one hour (3600000).
+ * @param status An UErrorCode to receive the status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setDSTSavings(int32_t millisSavedDuringDST, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the amount of time in ms that the clock is advanced during DST.
+ * @return the number of milliseconds the time is
+ * advanced with respect to standard time when the daylight savings rules
+ * are in effect. A positive number, typically one hour (3600000).
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getDSTSavings(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Queries if this TimeZone uses Daylight Savings Time.
+ *
+ * @return True if this TimeZone uses Daylight Savings Time; false otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool useDaylightTime(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if the given date is within the period when daylight savings time
+ * is in effect; false otherwise. If the TimeZone doesn't observe daylight savings
+ * time, this functions always returns false.
+ * This method is wasteful since it creates a new GregorianCalendar and
+ * deletes it each time it is called. This is a deprecated method
+ * and provided only for Java compatibility.
+ *
+ * @param date The date to test.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode to receive the status.
+ * @return true if the given date is in Daylight Savings Time;
+ * false otherwise.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use Calendar::inDaylightTime() instead.
+ */
+ virtual UBool inDaylightTime(UDate date, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if this zone has the same rules and offset as another zone.
+ * @param other the TimeZone object to be compared with
+ * @return true if the given zone has the same rules and offset as this one
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool hasSameRules(const TimeZone& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Clones TimeZone objects polymorphically. Clients are responsible for deleting
+ * the TimeZone object cloned.
+ *
+ * @return A new copy of this TimeZone object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual TimeZone* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the first time zone transition after the base time.
+ * @param base The base time.
+ * @param inclusive Whether the base time is inclusive or not.
+ * @param result Receives the first transition after the base time.
+ * @return TRUE if the transition is found.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getNextTransition(UDate base, UBool inclusive, TimeZoneTransition& result) /*const*/;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the most recent time zone transition before the base time.
+ * @param base The base time.
+ * @param inclusive Whether the base time is inclusive or not.
+ * @param result Receives the most recent transition before the base time.
+ * @return TRUE if the transition is found.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getPreviousTransition(UDate base, UBool inclusive, TimeZoneTransition& result) /*const*/;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the number of <code>TimeZoneRule</code>s which represents time transitions,
+ * for this time zone, that is, all <code>TimeZoneRule</code>s for this time zone except
+ * <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code>. The return value range is 0 or any positive value.
+ * @param status Receives error status code.
+ * @return The number of <code>TimeZoneRule</code>s representing time transitions.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t countTransitionRules(UErrorCode& status) /*const*/;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code> and the set of <code>TimeZoneRule</code>
+ * which represent time transitions for this time zone. On successful return,
+ * the argument initial points to non-NULL <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code> and
+ * the array trsrules is filled with 0 or multiple <code>TimeZoneRule</code>
+ * instances up to the size specified by trscount. The results are referencing the
+ * rule instance held by this time zone instance. Therefore, after this time zone
+ * is destructed, they are no longer available.
+ * @param initial Receives the initial timezone rule
+ * @param trsrules Receives the timezone transition rules
+ * @param trscount On input, specify the size of the array 'transitions' receiving
+ * the timezone transition rules. On output, actual number of
+ * rules filled in the array will be set.
+ * @param status Receives error status code.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void getTimeZoneRules(const InitialTimeZoneRule*& initial,
+ const TimeZoneRule* trsrules[], int32_t& trscount, UErrorCode& status) /*const*/;
+
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Override TimeZone Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual
+ * override. This method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++
+ * compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and clone() methods call
+ * this method.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a given class have the
+ * same class ID. Objects of other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for comparing to a return
+ * value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * . Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * . if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * . Derived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ * </pre>
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Constants specifying values of startMode and endMode.
+ */
+ enum EMode
+ {
+ DOM_MODE = 1,
+ DOW_IN_MONTH_MODE,
+ DOW_GE_DOM_MODE,
+ DOW_LE_DOM_MODE
+ };
+
+ SimpleTimeZone(); // default constructor not implemented
+
+ /**
+ * Internal construction method.
+ * @param rawOffsetGMT The new SimpleTimeZone's raw GMT offset
+ * @param startMonth the month DST starts
+ * @param startDay the day DST starts
+ * @param startDayOfWeek the DOW DST starts
+ * @param startTime the time DST starts
+ * @param startTimeMode Whether the start time is local wall time, local
+ * standard time, or UTC time. Default is local wall time.
+ * @param endMonth the month DST ends
+ * @param endDay the day DST ends
+ * @param endDayOfWeek the DOW DST ends
+ * @param endTime the time DST ends
+ * @param endTimeMode Whether the end time is local wall time, local
+ * standard time, or UTC time. Default is local wall time.
+ * @param savingsDST The number of milliseconds added to standard time
+ * to get DST time. Default is one hour.
+ * @param status An UErrorCode to receive the status.
+ */
+ void construct(int32_t rawOffsetGMT,
+ int8_t startMonth, int8_t startDay, int8_t startDayOfWeek,
+ int32_t startTime, TimeMode startTimeMode,
+ int8_t endMonth, int8_t endDay, int8_t endDayOfWeek,
+ int32_t endTime, TimeMode endTimeMode,
+ int32_t dstSavings, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Compare a given date in the year to a rule. Return 1, 0, or -1, depending
+ * on whether the date is after, equal to, or before the rule date. The
+ * millis are compared directly against the ruleMillis, so any
+ * standard-daylight adjustments must be handled by the caller.
+ *
+ * @return 1 if the date is after the rule date, -1 if the date is before
+ * the rule date, or 0 if the date is equal to the rule date.
+ */
+ static int32_t compareToRule(int8_t month, int8_t monthLen, int8_t prevMonthLen,
+ int8_t dayOfMonth,
+ int8_t dayOfWeek, int32_t millis, int32_t millisDelta,
+ EMode ruleMode, int8_t ruleMonth, int8_t ruleDayOfWeek,
+ int8_t ruleDay, int32_t ruleMillis);
+
+ /**
+ * Given a set of encoded rules in startDay and startDayOfMonth, decode
+ * them and set the startMode appropriately. Do the same for endDay and
+ * endDayOfMonth.
+ * <P>
+ * Upon entry, the day of week variables may be zero or
+ * negative, in order to indicate special modes. The day of month
+ * variables may also be negative.
+ * <P>
+ * Upon exit, the mode variables will be
+ * set, and the day of week and day of month variables will be positive.
+ * <P>
+ * This method also recognizes a startDay or endDay of zero as indicating
+ * no DST.
+ */
+ void decodeRules(UErrorCode& status);
+ void decodeStartRule(UErrorCode& status);
+ void decodeEndRule(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ int8_t startMonth, startDay, startDayOfWeek; // the month, day, DOW, and time DST starts
+ int32_t startTime;
+ TimeMode startTimeMode, endTimeMode; // Mode for startTime, endTime; see TimeMode
+ int8_t endMonth, endDay, endDayOfWeek; // the month, day, DOW, and time DST ends
+ int32_t endTime;
+ int32_t startYear; // the year these DST rules took effect
+ int32_t rawOffset; // the TimeZone's raw GMT offset
+ UBool useDaylight; // flag indicating whether this TimeZone uses DST
+ static const int8_t STATICMONTHLENGTH[12]; // lengths of the months
+ EMode startMode, endMode; // flags indicating what kind of rules the DST rules are
+
+ /**
+ * A positive value indicating the amount of time saved during DST in ms.
+ * Typically one hour; sometimes 30 minutes.
+ */
+ int32_t dstSavings;
+
+ /* Private for BasicTimeZone implementation */
+ void initTransitionRules(UErrorCode& status);
+ void clearTransitionRules(void);
+ void deleteTransitionRules(void);
+ UBool transitionRulesInitialized;
+ InitialTimeZoneRule* initialRule;
+ TimeZoneTransition* firstTransition;
+ AnnualTimeZoneRule* stdRule;
+ AnnualTimeZoneRule* dstRule;
+};
+
+inline void SimpleTimeZone::setStartRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfWeekInMonth,
+ int32_t dayOfWeek,
+ int32_t time, UErrorCode& status) {
+ setStartRule(month, dayOfWeekInMonth, dayOfWeek, time, WALL_TIME, status);
+}
+
+inline void SimpleTimeZone::setStartRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth,
+ int32_t time,
+ UErrorCode& status) {
+ setStartRule(month, dayOfMonth, time, WALL_TIME, status);
+}
+
+inline void SimpleTimeZone::setStartRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth,
+ int32_t dayOfWeek,
+ int32_t time, UBool after, UErrorCode& status) {
+ setStartRule(month, dayOfMonth, dayOfWeek, time, WALL_TIME, after, status);
+}
+
+inline void SimpleTimeZone::setEndRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfWeekInMonth,
+ int32_t dayOfWeek,
+ int32_t time, UErrorCode& status) {
+ setEndRule(month, dayOfWeekInMonth, dayOfWeek, time, WALL_TIME, status);
+}
+
+inline void SimpleTimeZone::setEndRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth,
+ int32_t time, UErrorCode& status) {
+ setEndRule(month, dayOfMonth, time, WALL_TIME, status);
+}
+
+inline void SimpleTimeZone::setEndRule(int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth, int32_t dayOfWeek,
+ int32_t time, UBool after, UErrorCode& status) {
+ setEndRule(month, dayOfMonth, dayOfWeek, time, WALL_TIME, after, status);
+}
+
+inline void
+SimpleTimeZone::getOffset(UDate date, UBool local, int32_t& rawOffsetRef,
+ int32_t& dstOffsetRef, UErrorCode& ec) const {
+ TimeZone::getOffset(date, local, rawOffsetRef, dstOffsetRef, ec);
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // _SIMPLETZ
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/smpdtfmt.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/smpdtfmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7ce15b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/smpdtfmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,975 @@
+/*
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2009, International Business Machines Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* File SMPDTFMT.H
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 02/19/97 aliu Converted from java.
+* 07/09/97 helena Make ParsePosition into a class.
+* 07/21/98 stephen Added GMT_PLUS, GMT_MINUS
+* Changed setTwoDigitStartDate to set2DigitYearStart
+* Changed getTwoDigitStartDate to get2DigitYearStart
+* Removed subParseLong
+* Removed getZoneIndex (added in DateFormatSymbols)
+* 06/14/99 stephen Removed fgTimeZoneDataSuffix
+* 10/14/99 aliu Updated class doc to describe 2-digit year parsing
+* {j28 4182066}.
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef SMPDTFMT_H
+#define SMPDTFMT_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Format and parse dates in a language-independent manner.
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/datefmt.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class DateFormatSymbols;
+class DateFormat;
+class MessageFormat;
+
+/**
+ *
+ * SimpleDateFormat is a concrete class for formatting and parsing dates in a
+ * language-independent manner. It allows for formatting (millis -> text),
+ * parsing (text -> millis), and normalization. Formats/Parses a date or time,
+ * which is the standard milliseconds since 24:00 GMT, Jan 1, 1970.
+ * <P>
+ * Clients are encouraged to create a date-time formatter using DateFormat::getInstance(),
+ * getDateInstance(), getDateInstance(), or getDateTimeInstance() rather than
+ * explicitly constructing an instance of SimpleDateFormat. This way, the client
+ * is guaranteed to get an appropriate formatting pattern for whatever locale the
+ * program is running in. However, if the client needs something more unusual than
+ * the default patterns in the locales, he can construct a SimpleDateFormat directly
+ * and give it an appropriate pattern (or use one of the factory methods on DateFormat
+ * and modify the pattern after the fact with toPattern() and applyPattern().
+ * <P>
+ * Date/Time format syntax:
+ * <P>
+ * The date/time format is specified by means of a string time pattern. In this
+ * pattern, all ASCII letters are reserved as pattern letters, which are defined
+ * as the following:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * Symbol Meaning Presentation Example
+ * ------ ------- ------------ -------
+ * G era designator (Text) AD
+ * y year (Number) 1996
+ * Y year (week of year) (Number) 1997
+ * u extended year (Number) 4601
+ * Q Quarter (Text & Number) Q2 & 02
+ * M month in year (Text & Number) July & 07
+ * d day in month (Number) 10
+ * h hour in am/pm (1~12) (Number) 12
+ * H hour in day (0~23) (Number) 0
+ * m minute in hour (Number) 30
+ * s second in minute (Number) 55
+ * S fractional second (Number) 978
+ * E day of week (Text) Tuesday
+ * e day of week (local 1~7) (Text & Number) Tues & 2
+ * D day in year (Number) 189
+ * F day of week in month (Number) 2 (2nd Wed in July)
+ * w week in year (Number) 27
+ * W week in month (Number) 2
+ * a am/pm marker (Text) PM
+ * k hour in day (1~24) (Number) 24
+ * K hour in am/pm (0~11) (Number) 0
+ * z time zone (Time) Pacific Standard Time
+ * Z time zone (RFC 822) (Number) -0800
+ * v time zone (generic) (Text) Pacific Time
+ * V time zone (abreviation) (Text) PT
+ * VVVV time zone (location) (Text) United States (Los Angeles)
+ * g Julian day (Number) 2451334
+ * A milliseconds in day (Number) 69540000
+ * q stand alone quarter (Text & Number) Q2 & 02
+ * L stand alone month (Text & Number) July & 07
+ * c stand alone day of week (Text & Number) Tuesday & 2
+ * ' escape for text (Delimiter) 'Date='
+ * '' single quote (Literal) 'o''clock'
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * The count of pattern letters determine the format.
+ * <P>
+ * (Text): 4 or more, use full form, <4, use short or abbreviated form if it
+ * exists. (e.g., "EEEE" produces "Monday", "EEE" produces "Mon")
+ * <P>
+ * (Number): the minimum number of digits. Shorter numbers are zero-padded to
+ * this amount (e.g. if "m" produces "6", "mm" produces "06"). Year is handled
+ * specially; that is, if the count of 'y' is 2, the Year will be truncated to 2 digits.
+ * (e.g., if "yyyy" produces "1997", "yy" produces "97".)
+ * Unlike other fields, fractional seconds are padded on the right with zero.
+ * <P>
+ * (Text & Number): 3 or over, use text, otherwise use number. (e.g., "M" produces "1",
+ * "MM" produces "01", "MMM" produces "Jan", and "MMMM" produces "January".)
+ * <P>
+ * Any characters in the pattern that are not in the ranges of ['a'..'z'] and
+ * ['A'..'Z'] will be treated as quoted text. For instance, characters
+ * like ':', '.', ' ', '#' and '@' will appear in the resulting time text
+ * even they are not embraced within single quotes.
+ * <P>
+ * A pattern containing any invalid pattern letter will result in a failing
+ * UErrorCode result during formatting or parsing.
+ * <P>
+ * Examples using the US locale:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * Format Pattern Result
+ * -------------- -------
+ * "yyyy.MM.dd G 'at' HH:mm:ss vvvv" ->> 1996.07.10 AD at 15:08:56 Pacific Time
+ * "EEE, MMM d, ''yy" ->> Wed, July 10, '96
+ * "h:mm a" ->> 12:08 PM
+ * "hh 'o''clock' a, zzzz" ->> 12 o'clock PM, Pacific Daylight Time
+ * "K:mm a, vvv" ->> 0:00 PM, PT
+ * "yyyyy.MMMMM.dd GGG hh:mm aaa" ->> 1996.July.10 AD 12:08 PM
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * Code Sample:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UErrorCode success = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * SimpleTimeZone* pdt = new SimpleTimeZone(-8 * 60 * 60 * 1000, "PST");
+ * pdt->setStartRule( Calendar::APRIL, 1, Calendar::SUNDAY, 2*60*60*1000);
+ * pdt->setEndRule( Calendar::OCTOBER, -1, Calendar::SUNDAY, 2*60*60*1000);
+ *
+ * // Format the current time.
+ * SimpleDateFormat* formatter
+ * = new SimpleDateFormat ("yyyy.MM.dd G 'at' hh:mm:ss a zzz", success );
+ * GregorianCalendar cal(success);
+ * UDate currentTime_1 = cal.getTime(success);
+ * FieldPosition fp(0);
+ * UnicodeString dateString;
+ * formatter->format( currentTime_1, dateString, fp );
+ * cout << "result: " << dateString << endl;
+ *
+ * // Parse the previous string back into a Date.
+ * ParsePosition pp(0);
+ * UDate currentTime_2 = formatter->parse(dateString, pp );
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * In the above example, the time value "currentTime_2" obtained from parsing
+ * will be equal to currentTime_1. However, they may not be equal if the am/pm
+ * marker 'a' is left out from the format pattern while the "hour in am/pm"
+ * pattern symbol is used. This information loss can happen when formatting the
+ * time in PM.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * When parsing a date string using the abbreviated year pattern ("y" or "yy"),
+ * SimpleDateFormat must interpret the abbreviated year
+ * relative to some century. It does this by adjusting dates to be
+ * within 80 years before and 20 years after the time the SimpleDateFormat
+ * instance is created. For example, using a pattern of "MM/dd/yy" and a
+ * SimpleDateFormat instance created on Jan 1, 1997, the string
+ * "01/11/12" would be interpreted as Jan 11, 2012 while the string "05/04/64"
+ * would be interpreted as May 4, 1964.
+ * During parsing, only strings consisting of exactly two digits, as defined by
+ * <code>Unicode::isDigit()</code>, will be parsed into the default century.
+ * Any other numeric string, such as a one digit string, a three or more digit
+ * string, or a two digit string that isn't all digits (for example, "-1"), is
+ * interpreted literally. So "01/02/3" or "01/02/003" are parsed, using the
+ * same pattern, as Jan 2, 3 AD. Likewise, "01/02/-3" is parsed as Jan 2, 4 BC.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * If the year pattern has more than two 'y' characters, the year is
+ * interpreted literally, regardless of the number of digits. So using the
+ * pattern "MM/dd/yyyy", "01/11/12" parses to Jan 11, 12 A.D.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * When numeric fields abut one another directly, with no intervening delimiter
+ * characters, they constitute a run of abutting numeric fields. Such runs are
+ * parsed specially. For example, the format "HHmmss" parses the input text
+ * "123456" to 12:34:56, parses the input text "12345" to 1:23:45, and fails to
+ * parse "1234". In other words, the leftmost field of the run is flexible,
+ * while the others keep a fixed width. If the parse fails anywhere in the run,
+ * then the leftmost field is shortened by one character, and the entire run is
+ * parsed again. This is repeated until either the parse succeeds or the
+ * leftmost field is one character in length. If the parse still fails at that
+ * point, the parse of the run fails.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * For time zones that have no names, SimpleDateFormat uses strings GMT+hours:minutes or
+ * GMT-hours:minutes.
+ * <P>
+ * The calendar defines what is the first day of the week, the first week of the
+ * year, whether hours are zero based or not (0 vs 12 or 24), and the timezone.
+ * There is one common number format to handle all the numbers; the digit count
+ * is handled programmatically according to the pattern.
+ *
+ * <p><em>User subclasses are not supported.</em> While clients may write
+ * subclasses, such code will not necessarily work and will not be
+ * guaranteed to work stably from release to release.
+ */
+class U_I18N_API SimpleDateFormat: public DateFormat {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Construct a SimpleDateFormat using the default pattern for the default
+ * locale.
+ * <P>
+ * [Note:] Not all locales support SimpleDateFormat; for full generality,
+ * use the factory methods in the DateFormat class.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SimpleDateFormat(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a SimpleDateFormat using the given pattern and the default locale.
+ * The locale is used to obtain the symbols used in formatting (e.g., the
+ * names of the months), but not to provide the pattern.
+ * <P>
+ * [Note:] Not all locales support SimpleDateFormat; for full generality,
+ * use the factory methods in the DateFormat class.
+ * @param pattern the pattern for the format.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SimpleDateFormat(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a SimpleDateFormat using the given pattern and locale.
+ * The locale is used to obtain the symbols used in formatting (e.g., the
+ * names of the months), but not to provide the pattern.
+ * <P>
+ * [Note:] Not all locales support SimpleDateFormat; for full generality,
+ * use the factory methods in the DateFormat class.
+ * @param pattern the pattern for the format.
+ * @param locale the given locale.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SimpleDateFormat(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ const Locale& locale,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a SimpleDateFormat using the given pattern and locale-specific
+ * symbol data. The formatter takes ownership of the DateFormatSymbols object;
+ * the caller is no longer responsible for deleting it.
+ * @param pattern the given pattern for the format.
+ * @param formatDataToAdopt the symbols to be adopted.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/faulure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SimpleDateFormat(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ DateFormatSymbols* formatDataToAdopt,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a SimpleDateFormat using the given pattern and locale-specific
+ * symbol data. The DateFormatSymbols object is NOT adopted; the caller
+ * remains responsible for deleting it.
+ * @param pattern the given pattern for the format.
+ * @param formatData the formatting symbols to be use.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/faulure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SimpleDateFormat(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ const DateFormatSymbols& formatData,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SimpleDateFormat(const SimpleDateFormat&);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ SimpleDateFormat& operator=(const SimpleDateFormat&);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~SimpleDateFormat();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this Format object polymorphically. The caller owns the result and
+ * should delete it when done.
+ * @return A copy of the object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual Format* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given Format objects are semantically equal. Objects
+ * of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param other the object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given Format objects are semantically equal.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const Format& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Format a date or time, which is the standard millis since 24:00 GMT, Jan
+ * 1, 1970. Overrides DateFormat pure virtual method.
+ * <P>
+ * Example: using the US locale: "yyyy.MM.dd e 'at' HH:mm:ss zzz" ->>
+ * 1996.07.10 AD at 15:08:56 PDT
+ *
+ * @param cal Calendar set to the date and time to be formatted
+ * into a date/time string.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos The formatting position. On input: an alignment field,
+ * if desired. On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format( Calendar& cal,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Format a date or time, which is the standard millis since 24:00 GMT, Jan
+ * 1, 1970. Overrides DateFormat pure virtual method.
+ * <P>
+ * Example: using the US locale: "yyyy.MM.dd e 'at' HH:mm:ss zzz" ->>
+ * 1996.07.10 AD at 15:08:56 PDT
+ *
+ * @param obj A Formattable containing the date-time value to be formatted
+ * into a date-time string. If the type of the Formattable
+ * is a numeric type, it is treated as if it were an
+ * instance of Date.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param pos The formatting position. On input: an alignment field,
+ * if desired. On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/faulure code.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& format( const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Redeclared DateFormat method.
+ * @param date the Date value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param fieldPosition The formatting position. On input: an alignment field,
+ * if desired. On output: the offsets of the alignment field.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(UDate date,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& fieldPosition) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Redeclared DateFormat method.
+ * @param obj Object to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param status Input/output success/failure code.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Redeclared DateFormat method.
+ * @param date Date value to be formatted.
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @return Reference to 'appendTo' parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& format(UDate date, UnicodeString& appendTo) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Parse a date/time string beginning at the given parse position. For
+ * example, a time text "07/10/96 4:5 PM, PDT" will be parsed into a Date
+ * that is equivalent to Date(837039928046).
+ * <P>
+ * By default, parsing is lenient: If the input is not in the form used by
+ * this object's format method but can still be parsed as a date, then the
+ * parse succeeds. Clients may insist on strict adherence to the format by
+ * calling setLenient(false).
+ *
+ * @param text The date/time string to be parsed
+ * @param cal a Calendar set to the date and time to be formatted
+ * into a date/time string.
+ * @param pos On input, the position at which to start parsing; on
+ * output, the position at which parsing terminated, or the
+ * start position if the parse failed.
+ * @return A valid UDate if the input could be parsed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ virtual void parse( const UnicodeString& text,
+ Calendar& cal,
+ ParsePosition& pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Parse a date/time string starting at the given parse position. For
+ * example, a time text "07/10/96 4:5 PM, PDT" will be parsed into a Date
+ * that is equivalent to Date(837039928046).
+ * <P>
+ * By default, parsing is lenient: If the input is not in the form used by
+ * this object's format method but can still be parsed as a date, then the
+ * parse succeeds. Clients may insist on strict adherence to the format by
+ * calling setLenient(false).
+ *
+ * @see DateFormat::setLenient(boolean)
+ *
+ * @param text The date/time string to be parsed
+ * @param pos On input, the position at which to start parsing; on
+ * output, the position at which parsing terminated, or the
+ * start position if the parse failed.
+ * @return A valid UDate if the input could be parsed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UDate parse( const UnicodeString& text,
+ ParsePosition& pos) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Parse a date/time string. For example, a time text "07/10/96 4:5 PM, PDT"
+ * will be parsed into a UDate that is equivalent to Date(837039928046).
+ * Parsing begins at the beginning of the string and proceeds as far as
+ * possible. Assuming no parse errors were encountered, this function
+ * doesn't return any information about how much of the string was consumed
+ * by the parsing. If you need that information, use the version of
+ * parse() that takes a ParsePosition.
+ *
+ * @param text The date/time string to be parsed
+ * @param status Filled in with U_ZERO_ERROR if the parse was successful, and with
+ * an error value if there was a parse error.
+ * @return A valid UDate if the input could be parsed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UDate parse( const UnicodeString& text,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the start UDate used to interpret two-digit year strings.
+ * When dates are parsed having 2-digit year strings, they are placed within
+ * a assumed range of 100 years starting on the two digit start date. For
+ * example, the string "24-Jan-17" may be in the year 1817, 1917, 2017, or
+ * some other year. SimpleDateFormat chooses a year so that the resultant
+ * date is on or after the two digit start date and within 100 years of the
+ * two digit start date.
+ * <P>
+ * By default, the two digit start date is set to 80 years before the current
+ * time at which a SimpleDateFormat object is created.
+ * @param d start UDate used to interpret two-digit year strings.
+ * @param status Filled in with U_ZERO_ERROR if the parse was successful, and with
+ * an error value if there was a parse error.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void set2DigitYearStart(UDate d, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the start UDate used to interpret two-digit year strings.
+ * When dates are parsed having 2-digit year strings, they are placed within
+ * a assumed range of 100 years starting on the two digit start date. For
+ * example, the string "24-Jan-17" may be in the year 1817, 1917, 2017, or
+ * some other year. SimpleDateFormat chooses a year so that the resultant
+ * date is on or after the two digit start date and within 100 years of the
+ * two digit start date.
+ * <P>
+ * By default, the two digit start date is set to 80 years before the current
+ * time at which a SimpleDateFormat object is created.
+ * @param status Filled in with U_ZERO_ERROR if the parse was successful, and with
+ * an error value if there was a parse error.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UDate get2DigitYearStart(UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return a pattern string describing this date format.
+ * @param result Output param to receive the pattern.
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& toPattern(UnicodeString& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return a localized pattern string describing this date format.
+ * In most cases, this will return the same thing as toPattern(),
+ * but a locale can specify characters to use in pattern descriptions
+ * in place of the ones described in this class's class documentation.
+ * (Presumably, letters that would be more mnemonic in that locale's
+ * language.) This function would produce a pattern using those
+ * letters.
+ *
+ * @param result Receives the localized pattern.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on
+ * exit. If the pattern is invalid, this will be
+ * set to a failure result.
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& toLocalizedPattern(UnicodeString& result,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Apply the given unlocalized pattern string to this date format.
+ * (i.e., after this call, this formatter will format dates according to
+ * the new pattern)
+ *
+ * @param pattern The pattern to be applied.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void applyPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern);
+
+ /**
+ * Apply the given localized pattern string to this date format.
+ * (see toLocalizedPattern() for more information on localized patterns.)
+ *
+ * @param pattern The localized pattern to be applied.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on
+ * exit. If the pattern is invalid, this will be
+ * set to a failure result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void applyLocalizedPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the date/time formatting symbols (this is an object carrying
+ * the various strings and other symbols used in formatting: e.g., month
+ * names and abbreviations, time zone names, AM/PM strings, etc.)
+ * @return a copy of the date-time formatting data associated
+ * with this date-time formatter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual const DateFormatSymbols* getDateFormatSymbols(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the date/time formatting symbols. The caller no longer owns the
+ * DateFormatSymbols object and should not delete it after making this call.
+ * @param newFormatSymbols the given date-time formatting symbols to copy.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void adoptDateFormatSymbols(DateFormatSymbols* newFormatSymbols);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the date/time formatting data.
+ * @param newFormatSymbols the given date-time formatting symbols to copy.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setDateFormatSymbols(const DateFormatSymbols& newFormatSymbols);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for comparing to
+ * a return value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * . Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * . if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * . erived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ * </pre>
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual override. This
+ * method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++
+ * compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and clone()
+ * methods call this method.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a
+ * given class have the same class ID. Objects of
+ * other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the calendar to be used by this date format. Initially, the default
+ * calendar for the specified or default locale is used. The caller should
+ * not delete the Calendar object after it is adopted by this call.
+ * Adopting a new calendar will change to the default symbols.
+ *
+ * @param calendarToAdopt Calendar object to be adopted.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void adoptCalendar(Calendar* calendarToAdopt);
+
+ /**
+ * This is for ICU internal use only. Please do not use.
+ * Check whether the 'field' is smaller than all the fields covered in
+ * pattern, return TRUE if it is. The sequence of calendar field,
+ * from large to small is: ERA, YEAR, MONTH, DATE, AM_PM, HOUR, MINUTE,...
+ * @param field the calendar field need to check against
+ * @return TRUE if the 'field' is smaller than all the fields
+ * covered in pattern. FALSE otherwise.
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool isFieldUnitIgnored(UCalendarDateFields field) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * This is for ICU internal use only. Please do not use.
+ * Check whether the 'field' is smaller than all the fields covered in
+ * pattern, return TRUE if it is. The sequence of calendar field,
+ * from large to small is: ERA, YEAR, MONTH, DATE, AM_PM, HOUR, MINUTE,...
+ * @param pattern the pattern to check against
+ * @param field the calendar field need to check against
+ * @return TRUE if the 'field' is smaller than all the fields
+ * covered in pattern. FALSE otherwise.
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static UBool isFieldUnitIgnored(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UCalendarDateFields field);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * This is for ICU internal use only. Please do not use.
+ * Get the locale of this simple date formatter.
+ * It is used in DateIntervalFormat.
+ *
+ * @return locale in this simple date formatter
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ */
+ const Locale& getSmpFmtLocale(void) const;
+
+
+private:
+ friend class DateFormat;
+
+ void initializeDefaultCentury(void);
+
+ SimpleDateFormat(); // default constructor not implemented
+
+ /**
+ * Used by the DateFormat factory methods to construct a SimpleDateFormat.
+ * @param timeStyle the time style.
+ * @param dateStyle the date style.
+ * @param locale the given locale.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on
+ * exit.
+ */
+ SimpleDateFormat(EStyle timeStyle, EStyle dateStyle, const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a SimpleDateFormat for the given locale. If no resource data
+ * is available, create an object of last resort, using hard-coded strings.
+ * This is an internal method, called by DateFormat. It should never fail.
+ * @param locale the given locale.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on
+ * exit.
+ */
+ SimpleDateFormat(const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status); // Use default pattern
+
+ /**
+ * Called by format() to format a single field.
+ *
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Result is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param ch The format character we encountered in the pattern.
+ * @param count Number of characters in the current pattern symbol (e.g.,
+ * "yyyy" in the pattern would result in a call to this function
+ * with ch equal to 'y' and count equal to 4)
+ * @param pos The FieldPosition being filled in by the format() call. If
+ * this function is formatting the field specfied by pos, it
+ * will fill in pos with the beginning and ending offsets of the
+ * field.
+ * @param status Receives a status code, which will be U_ZERO_ERROR if the operation
+ * succeeds.
+ */
+ void subFormat( UnicodeString &appendTo,
+ UChar ch,
+ int32_t count,
+ FieldPosition& pos,
+ Calendar& cal,
+ UErrorCode& status) const; // in case of illegal argument
+
+ /**
+ * Used by subFormat() to format a numeric value.
+ * Appends to toAppendTo a string representation of "value"
+ * having a number of digits between "minDigits" and
+ * "maxDigits". Uses the DateFormat's NumberFormat.
+ *
+ * @param appendTo Output parameter to receive result.
+ * Formatted number is appended to existing contents.
+ * @param value Value to format.
+ * @param minDigits Minimum number of digits the result should have
+ * @param maxDigits Maximum number of digits the result should have
+ */
+ void zeroPaddingNumber( UnicodeString &appendTo,
+ int32_t value,
+ int32_t minDigits,
+ int32_t maxDigits) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given format character, occuring count
+ * times, represents a numeric field.
+ */
+ static UBool isNumeric(UChar formatChar, int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * initializes fCalendar from parameters. Returns fCalendar as a convenience.
+ * @param adoptZone Zone to be adopted, or NULL for TimeZone::createDefault().
+ * @param locale Locale of the calendar
+ * @param status Error code
+ * @return the newly constructed fCalendar
+ */
+ Calendar *initializeCalendar(TimeZone* adoptZone, const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * initializes fSymbols from parameters.
+ * @param locale Locale of the symbols
+ * @param calendar Alias to Calendar that will be used.
+ * @param status Error code
+ */
+ void initializeSymbols(const Locale& locale, Calendar* calendar, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Called by several of the constructors to load pattern data and formatting symbols
+ * out of a resource bundle and initialize the locale based on it.
+ * @param timeStyle The time style, as passed to DateFormat::createDateInstance().
+ * @param dateStyle The date style, as passed to DateFormat::createTimeInstance().
+ * @param locale The locale to load the patterns from.
+ * @param status Filled in with an error code if loading the data from the
+ * resources fails.
+ */
+ void construct(EStyle timeStyle, EStyle dateStyle, const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Called by construct() and the various constructors to set up the SimpleDateFormat's
+ * Calendar and NumberFormat objects.
+ * @param locale The locale for which we want a Calendar and a NumberFormat.
+ * @param statuc Filled in with an error code if creating either subobject fails.
+ */
+ void initialize(const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Private code-size reduction function used by subParse.
+ * @param text the time text being parsed.
+ * @param start where to start parsing.
+ * @param field the date field being parsed.
+ * @param stringArray the string array to parsed.
+ * @param stringArrayCount the size of the array.
+ * @param cal a Calendar set to the date and time to be formatted
+ * into a date/time string.
+ * @return the new start position if matching succeeded; a negative number
+ * indicating matching failure, otherwise.
+ */
+ int32_t matchString(const UnicodeString& text, int32_t start, UCalendarDateFields field,
+ const UnicodeString* stringArray, int32_t stringArrayCount, Calendar& cal) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Private code-size reduction function used by subParse.
+ * @param text the time text being parsed.
+ * @param start where to start parsing.
+ * @param field the date field being parsed.
+ * @param stringArray the string array to parsed.
+ * @param stringArrayCount the size of the array.
+ * @param cal a Calendar set to the date and time to be formatted
+ * into a date/time string.
+ * @return the new start position if matching succeeded; a negative number
+ * indicating matching failure, otherwise.
+ */
+ int32_t matchQuarterString(const UnicodeString& text, int32_t start, UCalendarDateFields field,
+ const UnicodeString* stringArray, int32_t stringArrayCount, Calendar& cal) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Private function used by subParse to match literal pattern text.
+ *
+ * @param pattern the pattern string
+ * @param patternOffset the starting offset into the pattern text. On
+ * outupt will be set the offset of the first non-literal character in the pattern
+ * @param text the text being parsed
+ * @param textOffset the starting offset into the text. On output
+ * will be set to the offset of the character after the match
+ * @param lenient <code>TRUE</code> if the parse is lenient, <code>FALSE</code> otherwise.
+ *
+ * @return <code>TRUE</code> if the literal text could be matched, <code>FALSE</code> otherwise.
+ */
+ static UBool matchLiterals(const UnicodeString &pattern, int32_t &patternOffset,
+ const UnicodeString &text, int32_t &textOffset, UBool lenient);
+
+ /**
+ * Private member function that converts the parsed date strings into
+ * timeFields. Returns -start (for ParsePosition) if failed.
+ * @param text the time text to be parsed.
+ * @param start where to start parsing.
+ * @param ch the pattern character for the date field text to be parsed.
+ * @param count the count of a pattern character.
+ * @param obeyCount if true then the count is strictly obeyed.
+ * @param ambiguousYear If true then the two-digit year == the default start year.
+ * @param cal a Calendar set to the date and time to be formatted
+ * into a date/time string.
+ * @return the new start position if matching succeeded; a negative number
+ * indicating matching failure, otherwise.
+ */
+ int32_t subParse(const UnicodeString& text, int32_t& start, UChar ch, int32_t count,
+ UBool obeyCount, UBool allowNegative, UBool ambiguousYear[], Calendar& cal) const;
+
+ void parseInt(const UnicodeString& text,
+ Formattable& number,
+ ParsePosition& pos,
+ UBool allowNegative) const;
+
+ void parseInt(const UnicodeString& text,
+ Formattable& number,
+ int32_t maxDigits,
+ ParsePosition& pos,
+ UBool allowNegative) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Translate a pattern, mapping each character in the from string to the
+ * corresponding character in the to string. Return an error if the original
+ * pattern contains an unmapped character, or if a quote is unmatched.
+ * Quoted (single quotes only) material is not translated.
+ * @param originalPattern the original pattern.
+ * @param translatedPattern Output param to receive the translited pattern.
+ * @param from the characters to be translited from.
+ * @param to the characters to be translited to.
+ * @param status Receives a status code, which will be U_ZERO_ERROR
+ * if the operation succeeds.
+ */
+ static void translatePattern(const UnicodeString& originalPattern,
+ UnicodeString& translatedPattern,
+ const UnicodeString& from,
+ const UnicodeString& to,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the starting date of the 100-year window that dates with 2-digit years
+ * are considered to fall within.
+ * @param startDate the start date
+ * @param status Receives a status code, which will be U_ZERO_ERROR
+ * if the operation succeeds.
+ */
+ void parseAmbiguousDatesAsAfter(UDate startDate, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Private methods for formatting/parsing GMT string
+ */
+ void appendGMT(UnicodeString &appendTo, Calendar& cal, UErrorCode& status) const;
+ void formatGMTDefault(UnicodeString &appendTo, int32_t offset) const;
+ int32_t parseGMT(const UnicodeString &text, ParsePosition &pos) const;
+ int32_t parseGMTDefault(const UnicodeString &text, ParsePosition &pos) const;
+ UBool isDefaultGMTFormat() const;
+
+ void formatRFC822TZ(UnicodeString &appendTo, int32_t offset) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Initialize MessageFormat instances used for GMT formatting/parsing
+ */
+ void initGMTFormatters(UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Used to map pattern characters to Calendar field identifiers.
+ */
+ static const UCalendarDateFields fgPatternIndexToCalendarField[];
+
+ /**
+ * Map index into pattern character string to DateFormat field number
+ */
+ static const UDateFormatField fgPatternIndexToDateFormatField[];
+
+ /**
+ * Used to map Calendar field to field level.
+ * The larger the level, the smaller the field unit.
+ * For example, UCAL_ERA level is 0, UCAL_YEAR level is 10,
+ * UCAL_MONTH level is 20.
+ */
+ static const int32_t fgCalendarFieldToLevel[];
+ static const int32_t fgPatternCharToLevel[];
+
+ /**
+ * The formatting pattern for this formatter.
+ */
+ UnicodeString fPattern;
+
+ /**
+ * The original locale used (for reloading symbols)
+ */
+ Locale fLocale;
+
+ /**
+ * A pointer to an object containing the strings to use in formatting (e.g.,
+ * month and day names, AM and PM strings, time zone names, etc.)
+ */
+ DateFormatSymbols* fSymbols; // Owned
+
+ /**
+ * If dates have ambiguous years, we map them into the century starting
+ * at defaultCenturyStart, which may be any date. If defaultCenturyStart is
+ * set to SYSTEM_DEFAULT_CENTURY, which it is by default, then the system
+ * values are used. The instance values defaultCenturyStart and
+ * defaultCenturyStartYear are only used if explicitly set by the user
+ * through the API method parseAmbiguousDatesAsAfter().
+ */
+ UDate fDefaultCenturyStart;
+
+ /**
+ * See documentation for defaultCenturyStart.
+ */
+ /*transient*/ int32_t fDefaultCenturyStartYear;
+
+ enum ParsedTZType {
+ TZTYPE_UNK,
+ TZTYPE_STD,
+ TZTYPE_DST
+ };
+
+ ParsedTZType tztype; // here to avoid api change
+
+ /*
+ * MessageFormat instances used for localized GMT format
+ */
+ MessageFormat **fGMTFormatters;
+
+ UBool fHaveDefaultCentury;
+};
+
+inline UDate
+SimpleDateFormat::get2DigitYearStart(UErrorCode& /*status*/) const
+{
+ return fDefaultCenturyStart;
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+SimpleDateFormat::format(const Formattable& obj,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ UErrorCode& status) const {
+ // Don't use Format:: - use immediate base class only,
+ // in case immediate base modifies behavior later.
+ return DateFormat::format(obj, appendTo, status);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+SimpleDateFormat::format(UDate date,
+ UnicodeString& appendTo,
+ FieldPosition& fieldPosition) const {
+ // Don't use Format:: - use immediate base class only,
+ // in case immediate base modifies behavior later.
+ return DateFormat::format(date, appendTo, fieldPosition);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+SimpleDateFormat::format(UDate date, UnicodeString& appendTo) const {
+ return DateFormat::format(date, appendTo);
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // _SMPDTFMT
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/sortkey.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/sortkey.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef202dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/sortkey.h
@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+/*
+ *****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2006, International Business Machines Corporation and others.
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * File sortkey.h
+ *
+ * Created by: Helena Shih
+ *
+ * Modification History:
+ *
+ * Date Name Description
+ *
+ * 6/20/97 helena Java class name change.
+ * 8/18/97 helena Added internal API documentation.
+ * 6/26/98 erm Changed to use byte arrays and memcmp.
+ *****************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#ifndef SORTKEY_H
+#define SORTKEY_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Keys for comparing strings multiple times.
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+#include "unicode/coll.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/* forward declaration */
+class RuleBasedCollator;
+
+/**
+ *
+ * Collation keys are generated by the Collator class. Use the CollationKey objects
+ * instead of Collator to compare strings multiple times. A CollationKey
+ * preprocesses the comparison information from the Collator object to
+ * make the comparison faster. If you are not going to comparing strings
+ * multiple times, then using the Collator object is generally faster,
+ * since it only processes as much of the string as needed to make a
+ * comparison.
+ * <p> For example (with strength == tertiary)
+ * <p>When comparing "Abernathy" to "Baggins-Smythworthy", Collator
+ * only needs to process a couple of characters, while a comparison
+ * with CollationKeys will process all of the characters. On the other hand,
+ * if you are doing a sort of a number of fields, it is much faster to use
+ * CollationKeys, since you will be comparing strings multiple times.
+ * <p>Typical use of CollationKeys are in databases, where you store a CollationKey
+ * in a hidden field, and use it for sorting or indexing.
+ *
+ * <p>Example of use:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UErrorCode success = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * Collator* myCollator = Collator::createInstance(success);
+ * CollationKey* keys = new CollationKey [3];
+ * myCollator->getCollationKey("Tom", keys[0], success );
+ * myCollator->getCollationKey("Dick", keys[1], success );
+ * myCollator->getCollationKey("Harry", keys[2], success );
+ *
+ * // Inside body of sort routine, compare keys this way:
+ * CollationKey tmp;
+ * if(keys[0].compareTo( keys[1] ) > 0 ) {
+ * tmp = keys[0]; keys[0] = keys[1]; keys[1] = tmp;
+ * }
+ * //...
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * <p>Because Collator::compare()'s algorithm is complex, it is faster to sort
+ * long lists of words by retrieving collation keys with Collator::getCollationKey().
+ * You can then cache the collation keys and compare them using CollationKey::compareTo().
+ * <p>
+ * <strong>Note:</strong> <code>Collator</code>s with different Locale,
+ * CollationStrength and DecompositionMode settings will return different
+ * CollationKeys for the same set of strings. Locales have specific
+ * collation rules, and the way in which secondary and tertiary differences
+ * are taken into account, for example, will result in different CollationKeys
+ * for same strings.
+ * <p>
+
+ * @see Collator
+ * @see RuleBasedCollator
+ * @version 1.3 12/18/96
+ * @author Helena Shih
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use Collator::getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+class U_I18N_API CollationKey : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * This creates an empty collation key based on the null string. An empty
+ * collation key contains no sorting information. When comparing two empty
+ * collation keys, the result is Collator::EQUAL. Comparing empty collation key
+ * with non-empty collation key is always Collator::LESS.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use Collator::getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ CollationKey();
+
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a collation key based on the collation key values.
+ * @param values the collation key values
+ * @param count number of collation key values, including trailing nulls.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use Collator::getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ CollationKey(const uint8_t* values,
+ int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @param other the object to be copied.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use Collator::getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ CollationKey(const CollationKey& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Sort key destructor.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use Collator::getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ virtual ~CollationKey();
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator
+ * @param other the object to be copied.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use Collator::getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ const CollationKey& operator=(const CollationKey& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Compare if two collation keys are the same.
+ * @param source the collation key to compare to.
+ * @return Returns true if two collation keys are equal, false otherwise.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use Collator::getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ UBool operator==(const CollationKey& source) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare if two collation keys are not the same.
+ * @param source the collation key to compare to.
+ * @return Returns TRUE if two collation keys are different, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use Collator::getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const CollationKey& source) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Test to see if the key is in an invalid state. The key will be in an
+ * invalid state if it couldn't allocate memory for some operation.
+ * @return Returns TRUE if the key is in an invalid, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use Collator::getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ UBool isBogus(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a pointer to the collation key values. The storage is owned
+ * by the collation key and the pointer will become invalid if the key
+ * is deleted.
+ * @param count the output parameter of number of collation key values,
+ * including any trailing nulls.
+ * @return a pointer to the collation key values.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use Collator::getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ const uint8_t* getByteArray(int32_t& count) const;
+
+#ifdef U_USE_COLLATION_KEY_DEPRECATES
+ /**
+ * Extracts the collation key values into a new array. The caller owns
+ * this storage and should free it.
+ * @param count the output parameter of number of collation key values,
+ * including any trailing nulls.
+ * @obsolete ICU 2.6. Use getByteArray instead since this API will be removed in that release.
+ */
+ uint8_t* toByteArray(int32_t& count) const;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Convenience method which does a string(bit-wise) comparison of the
+ * two collation keys.
+ * @param target target collation key to be compared with
+ * @return Returns Collator::LESS if sourceKey < targetKey,
+ * Collator::GREATER if sourceKey > targetKey and Collator::EQUAL
+ * otherwise.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6 use the overload with error code
+ */
+ Collator::EComparisonResult compareTo(const CollationKey& target) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Convenience method which does a string(bit-wise) comparison of the
+ * two collation keys.
+ * @param target target collation key to be compared with
+ * @param status error code
+ * @return Returns UCOL_LESS if sourceKey < targetKey,
+ * UCOL_GREATER if sourceKey > targetKey and UCOL_EQUAL
+ * otherwise.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use Collator::getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ UCollationResult compareTo(const CollationKey& target, UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Creates an integer that is unique to the collation key. NOTE: this
+ * is not the same as String.hashCode.
+ * <p>Example of use:
+ * <pre>
+ * . UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * . Collator *myCollation = Collator::createInstance(Locale::US, status);
+ * . if (U_FAILURE(status)) return;
+ * . CollationKey key1, key2;
+ * . UErrorCode status1 = U_ZERO_ERROR, status2 = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * . myCollation->getCollationKey("abc", key1, status1);
+ * . if (U_FAILURE(status1)) { delete myCollation; return; }
+ * . myCollation->getCollationKey("ABC", key2, status2);
+ * . if (U_FAILURE(status2)) { delete myCollation; return; }
+ * . // key1.hashCode() != key2.hashCode()
+ * </pre>
+ * @return the hash value based on the string's collation order.
+ * @see UnicodeString#hashCode
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use Collator::getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ int32_t hashCode(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use Collator::getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use Collator::getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Returns an array of the collation key values as 16-bit integers.
+ * The caller owns the storage and must delete it.
+ * @param values Output param of the collation key values.
+ * @param count output parameter of the number of collation key values
+ * @return a pointer to an array of 16-bit collation key values.
+ */
+ void adopt(uint8_t *values, int32_t count);
+
+ /*
+ * Creates a collation key with a string.
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * If this CollationKey has capacity less than newSize,
+ * its internal capacity will be increased to newSize.
+ * @param newSize minimum size this CollationKey has to have
+ * @return this CollationKey
+ */
+ CollationKey& ensureCapacity(int32_t newSize);
+ /**
+ * Set the CollationKey to a "bogus" or invalid state
+ * @return this CollationKey
+ */
+ CollationKey& setToBogus(void);
+ /**
+ * Resets this CollationKey to an empty state
+ * @return this CollationKey
+ */
+ CollationKey& reset(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Allow private access to RuleBasedCollator
+ */
+ friend class RuleBasedCollator;
+ /**
+ * Bogus status
+ */
+ UBool fBogus;
+ /**
+ * Size of fBytes used to store the sortkey. i.e. up till the
+ * null-termination.
+ */
+ int32_t fCount;
+ /**
+ * Full size of the fBytes
+ */
+ int32_t fCapacity;
+ /**
+ * Unique hash value of this CollationKey
+ */
+ int32_t fHashCode;
+ /**
+ * Array to store the sortkey
+ */
+ uint8_t* fBytes;
+
+};
+
+inline UBool
+CollationKey::operator!=(const CollationKey& other) const
+{
+ return !(*this == other);
+}
+
+inline UBool
+CollationKey::isBogus() const
+{
+ return fBogus;
+}
+
+inline const uint8_t*
+CollationKey::getByteArray(int32_t &count) const
+{
+ count = fCount;
+ return fBytes;
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/strenum.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/strenum.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce42195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/strenum.h
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 2002-2007, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef STRENUM_H
+#define STRENUM_H
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: String Enumeration
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * Base class for 'pure' C++ implementations of uenum api. Adds a
+ * method that returns the next UnicodeString since in C++ this can
+ * be a common storage format for strings.
+ *
+ * <p>The model is that the enumeration is over strings maintained by
+ * a 'service.' At any point, the service might change, invalidating
+ * the enumerator (though this is expected to be rare). The iterator
+ * returns an error if this has occurred. Lack of the error is no
+ * guarantee that the service didn't change immediately after the
+ * call, so the returned string still might not be 'valid' on
+ * subsequent use.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Strings may take the form of const char*, const UChar*, or const
+ * UnicodeString*. The type you get is determine by the variant of
+ * 'next' that you call. In general the StringEnumeration is
+ * optimized for one of these types, but all StringEnumerations can
+ * return all types. Returned strings are each terminated with a NUL.
+ * Depending on the service data, they might also include embedded NUL
+ * characters, so API is provided to optionally return the true
+ * length, counting the embedded NULs but not counting the terminating
+ * NUL.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The pointers returned by next, unext, and snext become invalid
+ * upon any subsequent call to the enumeration's destructor, next,
+ * unext, snext, or reset.</p>
+ *
+ * ICU 2.8 adds some default implementations and helper functions
+ * for subclasses.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API StringEnumeration : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual ~StringEnumeration();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this object, an instance of a subclass of StringEnumeration.
+ * Clones can be used concurrently in multiple threads.
+ * If a subclass does not implement clone(), or if an error occurs,
+ * then NULL is returned.
+ * The clone functions in all subclasses return a base class pointer
+ * because some compilers do not support covariant (same-as-this)
+ * return types; cast to the appropriate subclass if necessary.
+ * The caller must delete the clone.
+ *
+ * @return a clone of this object
+ *
+ * @see getDynamicClassID
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ virtual StringEnumeration *clone() const;
+
+ /**
+ * <p>Return the number of elements that the iterator traverses. If
+ * the iterator is out of sync with its service, status is set to
+ * U_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC_ERROR, and the return value is zero.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The return value will not change except possibly as a result of
+ * a subsequent call to reset, or if the iterator becomes out of sync.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>This is a convenience function. It can end up being very
+ * expensive as all the items might have to be pre-fetched
+ * (depending on the storage format of the data being
+ * traversed).</p>
+ *
+ * @param status the error code.
+ * @return number of elements in the iterator.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ virtual int32_t count(UErrorCode& status) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * <p>Returns the next element as a NUL-terminated char*. If there
+ * are no more elements, returns NULL. If the resultLength pointer
+ * is not NULL, the length of the string (not counting the
+ * terminating NUL) is returned at that address. If an error
+ * status is returned, the value at resultLength is undefined.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The returned pointer is owned by this iterator and must not be
+ * deleted by the caller. The pointer is valid until the next call
+ * to next, unext, snext, reset, or the enumerator's destructor.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>If the iterator is out of sync with its service, status is set
+ * to U_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC_ERROR and NULL is returned.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>If the native service string is a UChar* string, it is
+ * converted to char* with the invariant converter. If the
+ * conversion fails (because a character cannot be converted) then
+ * status is set to U_INVARIANT_CONVERSION_ERROR and the return
+ * value is undefined (though not NULL).</p>
+ *
+ * Starting with ICU 2.8, the default implementation calls snext()
+ * and handles the conversion.
+ *
+ * @param status the error code.
+ * @param resultLength a pointer to receive the length, can be NULL.
+ * @return a pointer to the string, or NULL.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual const char* next(int32_t *resultLength, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * <p>Returns the next element as a NUL-terminated UChar*. If there
+ * are no more elements, returns NULL. If the resultLength pointer
+ * is not NULL, the length of the string (not counting the
+ * terminating NUL) is returned at that address. If an error
+ * status is returned, the value at resultLength is undefined.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The returned pointer is owned by this iterator and must not be
+ * deleted by the caller. The pointer is valid until the next call
+ * to next, unext, snext, reset, or the enumerator's destructor.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>If the iterator is out of sync with its service, status is set
+ * to U_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC_ERROR and NULL is returned.</p>
+ *
+ * Starting with ICU 2.8, the default implementation calls snext()
+ * and handles the conversion.
+ *
+ * @param status the error code.
+ * @param resultLength a ponter to receive the length, can be NULL.
+ * @return a pointer to the string, or NULL.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual const UChar* unext(int32_t *resultLength, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * <p>Returns the next element a UnicodeString*. If there are no
+ * more elements, returns NULL.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The returned pointer is owned by this iterator and must not be
+ * deleted by the caller. The pointer is valid until the next call
+ * to next, unext, snext, reset, or the enumerator's destructor.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>If the iterator is out of sync with its service, status is set
+ * to U_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC_ERROR and NULL is returned.</p>
+ *
+ * @param status the error code.
+ * @return a pointer to the string, or NULL.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual const UnicodeString* snext(UErrorCode& status) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * <p>Resets the iterator. This re-establishes sync with the
+ * service and rewinds the iterator to start at the first
+ * element.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Previous pointers returned by next, unext, or snext become
+ * invalid, and the value returned by count might change.</p>
+ *
+ * @param status the error code.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual void reset(UErrorCode& status) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Compares this enumeration to other to check if both are equal
+ *
+ * @param that The other string enumeration to compare this object to
+ * @return TRUE if the enumerations are equal. FALSE if not.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const StringEnumeration& that)const;
+ /**
+ * Compares this enumeration to other to check if both are not equal
+ *
+ * @param that The other string enumeration to compare this object to
+ * @return TRUE if the enumerations are equal. FALSE if not.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator!=(const StringEnumeration& that)const;
+
+protected:
+ /**
+ * UnicodeString field for use with default implementations and subclasses.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ UnicodeString unistr;
+ /**
+ * char * default buffer for use with default implementations and subclasses.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ char charsBuffer[32];
+ /**
+ * char * buffer for use with default implementations and subclasses.
+ * Allocated in constructor and in ensureCharsCapacity().
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ char *chars;
+ /**
+ * Capacity of chars, for use with default implementations and subclasses.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ int32_t charsCapacity;
+
+ /**
+ * Default constructor for use with default implementations and subclasses.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ StringEnumeration();
+
+ /**
+ * Ensures that chars is at least as large as the requested capacity.
+ * For use with default implementations and subclasses.
+ *
+ * @param capacity Requested capacity.
+ * @param status ICU in/out error code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ void ensureCharsCapacity(int32_t capacity, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Converts s to Unicode and sets unistr to the result.
+ * For use with default implementations and subclasses,
+ * especially for implementations of snext() in terms of next().
+ * This is provided with a helper function instead of a default implementation
+ * of snext() to avoid potential infinite loops between next() and snext().
+ *
+ * For example:
+ * \code
+ * const UnicodeString* snext(UErrorCode& status) {
+ * int32_t resultLength=0;
+ * const char *s=next(&resultLength, status);
+ * return setChars(s, resultLength, status);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @param s String to be converted to Unicode.
+ * @param length Length of the string.
+ * @param status ICU in/out error code.
+ * @return A pointer to unistr.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ UnicodeString *setChars(const char *s, int32_t length, UErrorCode &status);
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+/* STRENUM_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/stsearch.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/stsearch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8499752
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/stsearch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,518 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2001-2008 IBM and others. All rights reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Date Name Description
+* 03/22/2000 helena Creation.
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef STSEARCH_H
+#define STSEARCH_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Service for searching text based on RuleBasedCollator.
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION && !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION
+
+#include "unicode/tblcoll.h"
+#include "unicode/coleitr.h"
+#include "unicode/search.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ *
+ * <tt>StringSearch</tt> is a <tt>SearchIterator</tt> that provides
+ * language-sensitive text searching based on the comparison rules defined
+ * in a {@link RuleBasedCollator} object.
+ * StringSearch ensures that language eccentricity can be
+ * handled, e.g. for the German collator, characters ß and SS will be matched
+ * if case is chosen to be ignored.
+ * See the <a href="http://source.icu-project.org/repos/icu/icuhtml/trunk/design/collation/ICU_collation_design.htm">
+ * "ICU Collation Design Document"</a> for more information.
+ * <p>
+ * The algorithm implemented is a modified form of the Boyer Moore's search.
+ * For more information see
+ * <a href="http://icu-project.org/docs/papers/efficient_text_searching_in_java.html">
+ * "Efficient Text Searching in Java"</a>, published in <i>Java Report</i>
+ * in February, 1999, for further information on the algorithm.
+ * <p>
+ * There are 2 match options for selection:<br>
+ * Let S' be the sub-string of a text string S between the offsets start and
+ * end <start, end>.
+ * <br>
+ * A pattern string P matches a text string S at the offsets <start, end>
+ * if
+ * <pre>
+ * option 1. Some canonical equivalent of P matches some canonical equivalent
+ * of S'
+ * option 2. P matches S' and if P starts or ends with a combining mark,
+ * there exists no non-ignorable combining mark before or after S?
+ * in S respectively.
+ * </pre>
+ * Option 2. will be the default.
+ * <p>
+ * This search has APIs similar to that of other text iteration mechanisms
+ * such as the break iterators in <tt>BreakIterator</tt>. Using these
+ * APIs, it is easy to scan through text looking for all occurances of
+ * a given pattern. This search iterator allows changing of direction by
+ * calling a <tt>reset</tt> followed by a <tt>next</tt> or <tt>previous</tt>.
+ * Though a direction change can occur without calling <tt>reset</tt> first,
+ * this operation comes with some speed penalty.
+ * Match results in the forward direction will match the result matches in
+ * the backwards direction in the reverse order
+ * <p>
+ * <tt>SearchIterator</tt> provides APIs to specify the starting position
+ * within the text string to be searched, e.g. <tt>setOffset</tt>,
+ * <tt>preceding</tt> and <tt>following</tt>. Since the
+ * starting position will be set as it is specified, please take note that
+ * there are some danger points which the search may render incorrect
+ * results:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li> The midst of a substring that requires normalization.
+ * <li> If the following match is to be found, the position should not be the
+ * second character which requires to be swapped with the preceding
+ * character. Vice versa, if the preceding match is to be found,
+ * position to search from should not be the first character which
+ * requires to be swapped with the next character. E.g certain Thai and
+ * Lao characters require swapping.
+ * <li> If a following pattern match is to be found, any position within a
+ * contracting sequence except the first will fail. Vice versa if a
+ * preceding pattern match is to be found, a invalid starting point
+ * would be any character within a contracting sequence except the last.
+ * </ul>
+ * <p>
+ * A breakiterator can be used if only matches at logical breaks are desired.
+ * Using a breakiterator will only give you results that exactly matches the
+ * boundaries given by the breakiterator. For instance the pattern "e" will
+ * not be found in the string "\u00e9" if a character break iterator is used.
+ * <p>
+ * Options are provided to handle overlapping matches.
+ * E.g. In English, overlapping matches produces the result 0 and 2
+ * for the pattern "abab" in the text "ababab", where else mutually
+ * exclusive matches only produce the result of 0.
+ * <p>
+ * Though collator attributes will be taken into consideration while
+ * performing matches, there are no APIs here for setting and getting the
+ * attributes. These attributes can be set by getting the collator
+ * from <tt>getCollator</tt> and using the APIs in <tt>coll.h</tt>.
+ * Lastly to update StringSearch to the new collator attributes,
+ * reset() has to be called.
+ * <p>
+ * Restriction: <br>
+ * Currently there are no composite characters that consists of a
+ * character with combining class > 0 before a character with combining
+ * class == 0. However, if such a character exists in the future,
+ * StringSearch does not guarantee the results for option 1.
+ * <p>
+ * Consult the <tt>SearchIterator</tt> documentation for information on
+ * and examples of how to use instances of this class to implement text
+ * searching.
+ * <pre><code>
+ * UnicodeString target("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.");
+ * UnicodeString pattern("fox");
+ *
+ * UErrorCode error = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * StringSearch iter(pattern, target, Locale::getUS(), NULL, status);
+ * for (int pos = iter.first(error);
+ * pos != USEARCH_DONE;
+ * pos = iter.next(error))
+ * {
+ * printf("Found match at %d pos, length is %d\n", pos,
+ * iter.getMatchLength());
+ * }
+ * </code></pre>
+ * <p>
+ * Note, StringSearch is not to be subclassed.
+ * </p>
+ * @see SearchIterator
+ * @see RuleBasedCollator
+ * @since ICU 2.0
+ */
+
+class U_I18N_API StringSearch : public SearchIterator
+{
+public:
+
+ // public constructors and destructors --------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Creating a <tt>StringSearch</tt> instance using the argument locale
+ * language rule set. A collator will be created in the process, which
+ * will be owned by this instance and will be deleted during
+ * destruction
+ * @param pattern The text for which this object will search.
+ * @param text The text in which to search for the pattern.
+ * @param locale A locale which defines the language-sensitive
+ * comparison rules used to determine whether text in the
+ * pattern and target matches.
+ * @param breakiter A <tt>BreakIterator</tt> object used to constrain
+ * the matches that are found. Matches whose start and end
+ * indices in the target text are not boundaries as
+ * determined by the <tt>BreakIterator</tt> are
+ * ignored. If this behavior is not desired,
+ * <tt>NULL</tt> can be passed in instead.
+ * @param status for errors if any. If pattern or text is NULL, or if
+ * either the length of pattern or text is 0 then an
+ * U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR is returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ StringSearch(const UnicodeString &pattern, const UnicodeString &text,
+ const Locale &locale,
+ BreakIterator *breakiter,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creating a <tt>StringSearch</tt> instance using the argument collator
+ * language rule set. Note, user retains the ownership of this collator,
+ * it does not get destroyed during this instance's destruction.
+ * @param pattern The text for which this object will search.
+ * @param text The text in which to search for the pattern.
+ * @param coll A <tt>RuleBasedCollator</tt> object which defines
+ * the language-sensitive comparison rules used to
+ * determine whether text in the pattern and target
+ * matches. User is responsible for the clearing of this
+ * object.
+ * @param breakiter A <tt>BreakIterator</tt> object used to constrain
+ * the matches that are found. Matches whose start and end
+ * indices in the target text are not boundaries as
+ * determined by the <tt>BreakIterator</tt> are
+ * ignored. If this behavior is not desired,
+ * <tt>NULL</tt> can be passed in instead.
+ * @param status for errors if any. If either the length of pattern or
+ * text is 0 then an U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR is returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ StringSearch(const UnicodeString &pattern,
+ const UnicodeString &text,
+ RuleBasedCollator *coll,
+ BreakIterator *breakiter,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creating a <tt>StringSearch</tt> instance using the argument locale
+ * language rule set. A collator will be created in the process, which
+ * will be owned by this instance and will be deleted during
+ * destruction
+ * <p>
+ * Note: No parsing of the text within the <tt>CharacterIterator</tt>
+ * will be done during searching for this version. The block of text
+ * in <tt>CharacterIterator</tt> will be used as it is.
+ * @param pattern The text for which this object will search.
+ * @param text The text iterator in which to search for the pattern.
+ * @param locale A locale which defines the language-sensitive
+ * comparison rules used to determine whether text in the
+ * pattern and target matches. User is responsible for
+ * the clearing of this object.
+ * @param breakiter A <tt>BreakIterator</tt> object used to constrain
+ * the matches that are found. Matches whose start and end
+ * indices in the target text are not boundaries as
+ * determined by the <tt>BreakIterator</tt> are
+ * ignored. If this behavior is not desired,
+ * <tt>NULL</tt> can be passed in instead.
+ * @param status for errors if any. If either the length of pattern or
+ * text is 0 then an U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR is returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ StringSearch(const UnicodeString &pattern, CharacterIterator &text,
+ const Locale &locale,
+ BreakIterator *breakiter,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creating a <tt>StringSearch</tt> instance using the argument collator
+ * language rule set. Note, user retains the ownership of this collator,
+ * it does not get destroyed during this instance's destruction.
+ * <p>
+ * Note: No parsing of the text within the <tt>CharacterIterator</tt>
+ * will be done during searching for this version. The block of text
+ * in <tt>CharacterIterator</tt> will be used as it is.
+ * @param pattern The text for which this object will search.
+ * @param text The text in which to search for the pattern.
+ * @param coll A <tt>RuleBasedCollator</tt> object which defines
+ * the language-sensitive comparison rules used to
+ * determine whether text in the pattern and target
+ * matches. User is responsible for the clearing of this
+ * object.
+ * @param breakiter A <tt>BreakIterator</tt> object used to constrain
+ * the matches that are found. Matches whose start and end
+ * indices in the target text are not boundaries as
+ * determined by the <tt>BreakIterator</tt> are
+ * ignored. If this behavior is not desired,
+ * <tt>NULL</tt> can be passed in instead.
+ * @param status for errors if any. If either the length of pattern or
+ * text is 0 then an U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR is returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ StringSearch(const UnicodeString &pattern, CharacterIterator &text,
+ RuleBasedCollator *coll,
+ BreakIterator *breakiter,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor that creates a StringSearch instance with the same
+ * behavior, and iterating over the same text.
+ * @param that StringSearch instance to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ StringSearch(const StringSearch &that);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor. Cleans up the search iterator data struct.
+ * If a collator is created in the constructor, it will be destroyed here.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~StringSearch(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this object.
+ * Clones can be used concurrently in multiple threads.
+ * If an error occurs, then NULL is returned.
+ * The caller must delete the clone.
+ *
+ * @return a clone of this object
+ *
+ * @see getDynamicClassID
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ StringSearch *clone() const;
+
+ // operator overloading ---------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator. Sets this iterator to have the same behavior,
+ * and iterate over the same text, as the one passed in.
+ * @param that instance to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ StringSearch & operator=(const StringSearch &that);
+
+ /**
+ * Equality operator.
+ * @param that instance to be compared.
+ * @return TRUE if both instances have the same attributes,
+ * breakiterators, collators and iterate over the same text
+ * while looking for the same pattern.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const SearchIterator &that) const;
+
+ // public get and set methods ----------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the index to point to the given position, and clears any state
+ * that's affected.
+ * <p>
+ * This method takes the argument index and sets the position in the text
+ * string accordingly without checking if the index is pointing to a
+ * valid starting point to begin searching.
+ * @param position within the text to be set. If position is less
+ * than or greater than the text range for searching,
+ * an U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR will be returned
+ * @param status for errors if it occurs
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setOffset(int32_t position, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the current index in the text being searched.
+ * If the iteration has gone past the end of the text
+ * (or past the beginning for a backwards search), USEARCH_DONE
+ * is returned.
+ * @return current index in the text being searched.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getOffset(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the target text to be searched.
+ * Text iteration will hence begin at the start of the text string.
+ * This method is
+ * useful if you want to re-use an iterator to search for the same
+ * pattern within a different body of text.
+ * @param text text string to be searched
+ * @param status for errors if any. If the text length is 0 then an
+ * U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR is returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setText(const UnicodeString &text, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the target text to be searched.
+ * Text iteration will hence begin at the start of the text string.
+ * This method is
+ * useful if you want to re-use an iterator to search for the same
+ * pattern within a different body of text.
+ * Note: No parsing of the text within the <tt>CharacterIterator</tt>
+ * will be done during searching for this version. The block of text
+ * in <tt>CharacterIterator</tt> will be used as it is.
+ * @param text text string to be searched
+ * @param status for errors if any. If the text length is 0 then an
+ * U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR is returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setText(CharacterIterator &text, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the collator used for the language rules.
+ * <p>
+ * Caller may modify but <b>must not</b> delete the <tt>RuleBasedCollator</tt>!
+ * Modifications to this collator will affect the original collator passed in to
+ * the <tt>StringSearch></tt> constructor or to setCollator, if any.
+ * @return collator used for string search
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ RuleBasedCollator * getCollator() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the collator used for the language rules. User retains the
+ * ownership of this collator, thus the responsibility of deletion lies
+ * with the user. This method causes internal data such as Boyer-Moore
+ * shift tables to be recalculated, but the iterator's position is
+ * unchanged.
+ * @param coll collator
+ * @param status for errors if any
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setCollator(RuleBasedCollator *coll, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the pattern used for matching.
+ * Internal data like the Boyer Moore table will be recalculated, but
+ * the iterator's position is unchanged.
+ * @param pattern search pattern to be found
+ * @param status for errors if any. If the pattern length is 0 then an
+ * U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR is returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setPattern(const UnicodeString &pattern, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the search pattern.
+ * @return pattern used for matching
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const UnicodeString & getPattern() const;
+
+ // public methods ----------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Reset the iteration.
+ * Search will begin at the start of the text string if a forward
+ * iteration is initiated before a backwards iteration. Otherwise if
+ * a backwards iteration is initiated before a forwards iteration, the
+ * search will begin at the end of the text string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void reset();
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a copy of StringSearch with the same behavior, and
+ * iterating over the same text, as this one. Note that all data will be
+ * replicated, except for the user-specified collator and the
+ * breakiterator.
+ * @return cloned object
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual SearchIterator * safeClone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+protected:
+
+ // protected method -------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Search forward for matching text, starting at a given location.
+ * Clients should not call this method directly; instead they should
+ * call {@link SearchIterator#next }.
+ * <p>
+ * If a match is found, this method returns the index at which the match
+ * starts and calls {@link SearchIterator#setMatchLength } with the number
+ * of characters in the target text that make up the match. If no match
+ * is found, the method returns <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt>.
+ * <p>
+ * The <tt>StringSearch</tt> is adjusted so that its current index
+ * (as returned by {@link #getOffset }) is the match position if one was
+ * found.
+ * If a match is not found, <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> will be returned and
+ * the <tt>StringSearch</tt> will be adjusted to the index USEARCH_DONE.
+ * @param position The index in the target text at which the search
+ * starts
+ * @param status for errors if any occurs
+ * @return The index at which the matched text in the target starts, or
+ * USEARCH_DONE if no match was found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handleNext(int32_t position, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Search backward for matching text, starting at a given location.
+ * Clients should not call this method directly; instead they should call
+ * <tt>SearchIterator.previous()</tt>, which this method overrides.
+ * <p>
+ * If a match is found, this method returns the index at which the match
+ * starts and calls {@link SearchIterator#setMatchLength } with the number
+ * of characters in the target text that make up the match. If no match
+ * is found, the method returns <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt>.
+ * <p>
+ * The <tt>StringSearch</tt> is adjusted so that its current index
+ * (as returned by {@link #getOffset }) is the match position if one was
+ * found.
+ * If a match is not found, <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> will be returned and
+ * the <tt>StringSearch</tt> will be adjusted to the index USEARCH_DONE.
+ * @param position The index in the target text at which the search
+ * starts.
+ * @param status for errors if any occurs
+ * @return The index at which the matched text in the target starts, or
+ * USEARCH_DONE if no match was found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t handlePrev(int32_t position, UErrorCode &status);
+
+private :
+ StringSearch(); // default constructor not implemented
+
+ // private data members ----------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * RuleBasedCollator, contains exactly the same UCollator * in m_strsrch_
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ RuleBasedCollator m_collator_;
+ /**
+ * Pattern text
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString m_pattern_;
+ /**
+ * String search struct data
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UStringSearch *m_strsrch_;
+
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION */
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/symtable.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/symtable.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..428f8bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/symtable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (c) 2000-2005, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Date Name Description
+* 02/04/00 aliu Creation.
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef SYMTABLE_H
+#define SYMTABLE_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: An interface that defines both lookup protocol and parsing of
+ * symbolic names.
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class ParsePosition;
+class UnicodeFunctor;
+class UnicodeSet;
+class UnicodeString;
+
+/**
+ * An interface that defines both lookup protocol and parsing of
+ * symbolic names.
+ *
+ * <p>A symbol table maintains two kinds of mappings. The first is
+ * between symbolic names and their values. For example, if the
+ * variable with the name "start" is set to the value "alpha"
+ * (perhaps, though not necessarily, through an expression such as
+ * "$start=alpha"), then the call lookup("start") will return the
+ * char[] array ['a', 'l', 'p', 'h', 'a'].
+ *
+ * <p>The second kind of mapping is between character values and
+ * UnicodeMatcher objects. This is used by RuleBasedTransliterator,
+ * which uses characters in the private use area to represent objects
+ * such as UnicodeSets. If U+E015 is mapped to the UnicodeSet [a-z],
+ * then lookupMatcher(0xE015) will return the UnicodeSet [a-z].
+ *
+ * <p>Finally, a symbol table defines parsing behavior for symbolic
+ * names. All symbolic names start with the SYMBOL_REF character.
+ * When a parser encounters this character, it calls parseReference()
+ * with the position immediately following the SYMBOL_REF. The symbol
+ * table parses the name, if there is one, and returns it.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API SymbolTable /* not : public UObject because this is an interface/mixin class */ {
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * The character preceding a symbol reference name.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ enum { SYMBOL_REF = 0x0024 /*$*/ };
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ virtual ~SymbolTable();
+
+ /**
+ * Lookup the characters associated with this string and return it.
+ * Return <tt>NULL</tt> if no such name exists. The resultant
+ * string may have length zero.
+ * @param s the symbolic name to lookup
+ * @return a string containing the name's value, or <tt>NULL</tt> if
+ * there is no mapping for s.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ virtual const UnicodeString* lookup(const UnicodeString& s) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Lookup the UnicodeMatcher associated with the given character, and
+ * return it. Return <tt>NULL</tt> if not found.
+ * @param ch a 32-bit code point from 0 to 0x10FFFF inclusive.
+ * @return the UnicodeMatcher object represented by the given
+ * character, or NULL if there is no mapping for ch.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ virtual const UnicodeFunctor* lookupMatcher(UChar32 ch) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Parse a symbol reference name from the given string, starting
+ * at the given position. If no valid symbol reference name is
+ * found, return the empty string and leave pos unchanged. That is, if the
+ * character at pos cannot start a name, or if pos is at or after
+ * text.length(), then return an empty string. This indicates an
+ * isolated SYMBOL_REF character.
+ * @param text the text to parse for the name
+ * @param pos on entry, the index of the first character to parse.
+ * This is the character following the SYMBOL_REF character. On
+ * exit, the index after the last parsed character. If the parse
+ * failed, pos is unchanged on exit.
+ * @param limit the index after the last character to be parsed.
+ * @return the parsed name, or an empty string if there is no
+ * valid symbolic name at the given position.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString parseReference(const UnicodeString& text,
+ ParsePosition& pos, int32_t limit) const = 0;
+};
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/tblcoll.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/tblcoll.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fdd63b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/tblcoll.h
@@ -0,0 +1,926 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1996-2008, International Business Machines Corporation and
+* others. All Rights Reserved.
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: RuleBasedCollator class provides the simple implementation of Collator.
+ */
+
+/**
+* File tblcoll.h
+*
+* Created by: Helena Shih
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 2/5/97 aliu Added streamIn and streamOut methods. Added
+* constructor which reads RuleBasedCollator object from
+* a binary file. Added writeToFile method which streams
+* RuleBasedCollator out to a binary file. The streamIn
+* and streamOut methods use istream and ostream objects
+* in binary mode.
+* 2/12/97 aliu Modified to use TableCollationData sub-object to
+* hold invariant data.
+* 2/13/97 aliu Moved several methods into this class from Collation.
+* Added a private RuleBasedCollator(Locale&) constructor,
+* to be used by Collator::createDefault(). General
+* clean up.
+* 2/20/97 helena Added clone, operator==, operator!=, operator=, and copy
+* constructor and getDynamicClassID.
+* 3/5/97 aliu Modified constructFromFile() to add parameter
+* specifying whether or not binary loading is to be
+* attempted. This is required for dynamic rule loading.
+* 05/07/97 helena Added memory allocation error detection.
+* 6/17/97 helena Added IDENTICAL strength for compare, changed getRules to
+* use MergeCollation::getPattern.
+* 6/20/97 helena Java class name change.
+* 8/18/97 helena Added internal API documentation.
+* 09/03/97 helena Added createCollationKeyValues().
+* 02/10/98 damiba Added compare with "length" parameter
+* 08/05/98 erm Synched with 1.2 version of RuleBasedCollator.java
+* 04/23/99 stephen Removed EDecompositionMode, merged with
+* Normalizer::EMode
+* 06/14/99 stephen Removed kResourceBundleSuffix
+* 11/02/99 helena Collator performance enhancements. Eliminates the
+* UnicodeString construction and special case for NO_OP.
+* 11/23/99 srl More performance enhancements. Updates to NormalizerIterator
+* internal state management.
+* 12/15/99 aliu Update to support Thai collation. Move NormalizerIterator
+* to implementation file.
+* 01/29/01 synwee Modified into a C++ wrapper which calls C API
+* (ucol.h)
+*/
+
+#ifndef TBLCOLL_H
+#define TBLCOLL_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION
+
+#include "unicode/coll.h"
+#include "unicode/ucol.h"
+#include "unicode/sortkey.h"
+#include "unicode/normlzr.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+class StringSearch;
+/**
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+class CollationElementIterator;
+
+/**
+ * The RuleBasedCollator class provides the simple implementation of
+ * Collator, using data-driven tables. The user can create a customized
+ * table-based collation.
+ * <P>
+ * <em>Important: </em>The ICU collation service has been reimplemented
+ * in order to achieve better performance and UCA compliance.
+ * For details, see the
+ * <a href="http://source.icu-project.org/repos/icu/icuhtml/trunk/design/collation/ICU_collation_design.htm">
+ * collation design document</a>.
+ * <p>
+ * RuleBasedCollator is a thin C++ wrapper over the C implementation.
+ * <p>
+ * For more information about the collation service see
+ * <a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/Collate_Intro.html">the users guide</a>.
+ * <p>
+ * Collation service provides correct sorting orders for most locales supported in ICU.
+ * If specific data for a locale is not available, the orders eventually falls back
+ * to the <a href="http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr10/">UCA sort order</a>.
+ * <p>
+ * Sort ordering may be customized by providing your own set of rules. For more on
+ * this subject see the <a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/Collate_Customization.html">
+ * Collation customization</a> section of the users guide.
+ * <p>
+ * Note, RuleBasedCollator is not to be subclassed.
+ * @see Collator
+ * @version 2.0 11/15/2001
+ */
+class U_I18N_API RuleBasedCollator : public Collator
+{
+public:
+
+ // constructor -------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * RuleBasedCollator constructor. This takes the table rules and builds a
+ * collation table out of them. Please see RuleBasedCollator class
+ * description for more details on the collation rule syntax.
+ * @param rules the collation rules to build the collation table from.
+ * @param status reporting a success or an error.
+ * @see Locale
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ RuleBasedCollator(const UnicodeString& rules, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * RuleBasedCollator constructor. This takes the table rules and builds a
+ * collation table out of them. Please see RuleBasedCollator class
+ * description for more details on the collation rule syntax.
+ * @param rules the collation rules to build the collation table from.
+ * @param collationStrength default strength for comparison
+ * @param status reporting a success or an error.
+ * @see Locale
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ RuleBasedCollator(const UnicodeString& rules,
+ ECollationStrength collationStrength,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * RuleBasedCollator constructor. This takes the table rules and builds a
+ * collation table out of them. Please see RuleBasedCollator class
+ * description for more details on the collation rule syntax.
+ * @param rules the collation rules to build the collation table from.
+ * @param decompositionMode the normalisation mode
+ * @param status reporting a success or an error.
+ * @see Locale
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ RuleBasedCollator(const UnicodeString& rules,
+ UColAttributeValue decompositionMode,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * RuleBasedCollator constructor. This takes the table rules and builds a
+ * collation table out of them. Please see RuleBasedCollator class
+ * description for more details on the collation rule syntax.
+ * @param rules the collation rules to build the collation table from.
+ * @param collationStrength default strength for comparison
+ * @param decompositionMode the normalisation mode
+ * @param status reporting a success or an error.
+ * @see Locale
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ RuleBasedCollator(const UnicodeString& rules,
+ ECollationStrength collationStrength,
+ UColAttributeValue decompositionMode,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @param other the RuleBasedCollator object to be copied
+ * @see Locale
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ RuleBasedCollator(const RuleBasedCollator& other);
+
+
+ /** Opens a collator from a collator binary image created using
+ * cloneBinary. Binary image used in instantiation of the
+ * collator remains owned by the user and should stay around for
+ * the lifetime of the collator. The API also takes a base collator
+ * which usualy should be UCA.
+ * @param bin binary image owned by the user and required through the
+ * lifetime of the collator
+ * @param length size of the image. If negative, the API will try to
+ * figure out the length of the image
+ * @param base fallback collator, usually UCA. Base is required to be
+ * present through the lifetime of the collator. Currently
+ * it cannot be NULL.
+ * @param status for catching errors
+ * @return newly created collator
+ * @see cloneBinary
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ RuleBasedCollator(const uint8_t *bin, int32_t length,
+ const RuleBasedCollator *base,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+ // destructor --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~RuleBasedCollator();
+
+ // public methods ----------------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @param other other RuleBasedCollator object to compare with.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ RuleBasedCollator& operator=(const RuleBasedCollator& other);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if argument is the same as this object.
+ * @param other Collator object to be compared.
+ * @return true if arguments is the same as this object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const Collator& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if argument is not the same as this object.
+ * @param other Collator object to be compared
+ * @return returns true if argument is not the same as this object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator!=(const Collator& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Makes a deep copy of the object.
+ * The caller owns the returned object.
+ * @return the cloned object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual Collator* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a collation element iterator for the source string. The caller of
+ * this method is responsible for the memory management of the return
+ * pointer.
+ * @param source the string over which the CollationElementIterator will
+ * iterate.
+ * @return the collation element iterator of the source string using this as
+ * the based Collator.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual CollationElementIterator* createCollationElementIterator(
+ const UnicodeString& source) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a collation element iterator for the source. The caller of this
+ * method is responsible for the memory management of the returned pointer.
+ * @param source the CharacterIterator which produces the characters over
+ * which the CollationElementItgerator will iterate.
+ * @return the collation element iterator of the source using this as the
+ * based Collator.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual CollationElementIterator* createCollationElementIterator(
+ const CharacterIterator& source) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compares a range of character data stored in two different strings based
+ * on the collation rules. Returns information about whether a string is
+ * less than, greater than or equal to another string in a language.
+ * This can be overriden in a subclass.
+ * @param source the source string.
+ * @param target the target string to be compared with the source string.
+ * @return the comparison result. GREATER if the source string is greater
+ * than the target string, LESS if the source is less than the
+ * target. Otherwise, returns EQUAL.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6 Use overload with UErrorCode&
+ */
+ virtual EComparisonResult compare(const UnicodeString& source,
+ const UnicodeString& target) const;
+
+
+ /**
+ * The comparison function compares the character data stored in two
+ * different strings. Returns information about whether a string is less
+ * than, greater than or equal to another string.
+ * @param source the source string to be compared with.
+ * @param target the string that is to be compared with the source string.
+ * @param status possible error code
+ * @return Returns an enum value. UCOL_GREATER if source is greater
+ * than target; UCOL_EQUAL if source is equal to target; UCOL_LESS if source is less
+ * than target
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ **/
+ virtual UCollationResult compare(const UnicodeString& source,
+ const UnicodeString& target,
+ UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compares a range of character data stored in two different strings based
+ * on the collation rules up to the specified length. Returns information
+ * about whether a string is less than, greater than or equal to another
+ * string in a language. This can be overriden in a subclass.
+ * @param source the source string.
+ * @param target the target string to be compared with the source string.
+ * @param length compares up to the specified length
+ * @return the comparison result. GREATER if the source string is greater
+ * than the target string, LESS if the source is less than the
+ * target. Otherwise, returns EQUAL.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6 Use overload with UErrorCode&
+ */
+ virtual EComparisonResult compare(const UnicodeString& source,
+ const UnicodeString& target,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Does the same thing as compare but limits the comparison to a specified
+ * length
+ * @param source the source string to be compared with.
+ * @param target the string that is to be compared with the source string.
+ * @param length the length the comparison is limited to
+ * @param status possible error code
+ * @return Returns an enum value. UCOL_GREATER if source (up to the specified
+ * length) is greater than target; UCOL_EQUAL if source (up to specified
+ * length) is equal to target; UCOL_LESS if source (up to the specified
+ * length) is less than target.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual UCollationResult compare(const UnicodeString& source,
+ const UnicodeString& target,
+ int32_t length,
+ UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * The comparison function compares the character data stored in two
+ * different string arrays. Returns information about whether a string array
+ * is less than, greater than or equal to another string array.
+ * <p>Example of use:
+ * <pre>
+ * . UChar ABC[] = {0x41, 0x42, 0x43, 0}; // = "ABC"
+ * . UChar abc[] = {0x61, 0x62, 0x63, 0}; // = "abc"
+ * . UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * . Collator *myCollation =
+ * . Collator::createInstance(Locale::US, status);
+ * . if (U_FAILURE(status)) return;
+ * . myCollation->setStrength(Collator::PRIMARY);
+ * . // result would be Collator::EQUAL ("abc" == "ABC")
+ * . // (no primary difference between "abc" and "ABC")
+ * . Collator::EComparisonResult result =
+ * . myCollation->compare(abc, 3, ABC, 3);
+ * . myCollation->setStrength(Collator::TERTIARY);
+ * . // result would be Collator::LESS ("abc" <<< "ABC")
+ * . // (with tertiary difference between "abc" and "ABC")
+ * . result = myCollation->compare(abc, 3, ABC, 3);
+ * </pre>
+ * @param source the source string array to be compared with.
+ * @param sourceLength the length of the source string array. If this value
+ * is equal to -1, the string array is null-terminated.
+ * @param target the string that is to be compared with the source string.
+ * @param targetLength the length of the target string array. If this value
+ * is equal to -1, the string array is null-terminated.
+ * @return Returns a byte value. GREATER if source is greater than target;
+ * EQUAL if source is equal to target; LESS if source is less than
+ * target
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6 Use overload with UErrorCode&
+ */
+ virtual EComparisonResult compare(const UChar* source, int32_t sourceLength,
+ const UChar* target, int32_t targetLength)
+ const;
+
+ /**
+ * The comparison function compares the character data stored in two
+ * different string arrays. Returns information about whether a string array
+ * is less than, greater than or equal to another string array.
+ * @param source the source string array to be compared with.
+ * @param sourceLength the length of the source string array. If this value
+ * is equal to -1, the string array is null-terminated.
+ * @param target the string that is to be compared with the source string.
+ * @param targetLength the length of the target string array. If this value
+ * is equal to -1, the string array is null-terminated.
+ * @param status possible error code
+ * @return Returns an enum value. UCOL_GREATER if source is greater
+ * than target; UCOL_EQUAL if source is equal to target; UCOL_LESS if source is less
+ * than target
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual UCollationResult compare(const UChar* source, int32_t sourceLength,
+ const UChar* target, int32_t targetLength,
+ UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Transforms a specified region of the string into a series of characters
+ * that can be compared with CollationKey.compare. Use a CollationKey when
+ * you need to do repeated comparisions on the same string. For a single
+ * comparison the compare method will be faster.
+ * @param source the source string.
+ * @param key the transformed key of the source string.
+ * @param status the error code status.
+ * @return the transformed key.
+ * @see CollationKey
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ virtual CollationKey& getCollationKey(const UnicodeString& source,
+ CollationKey& key,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Transforms a specified region of the string into a series of characters
+ * that can be compared with CollationKey.compare. Use a CollationKey when
+ * you need to do repeated comparisions on the same string. For a single
+ * comparison the compare method will be faster.
+ * @param source the source string.
+ * @param sourceLength the length of the source string.
+ * @param key the transformed key of the source string.
+ * @param status the error code status.
+ * @return the transformed key.
+ * @see CollationKey
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use getSortKey(...) instead
+ */
+ virtual CollationKey& getCollationKey(const UChar *source,
+ int32_t sourceLength,
+ CollationKey& key,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Generates the hash code for the rule-based collation object.
+ * @return the hash code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t hashCode(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the locale of the Collator
+ * @param type can be either requested, valid or actual locale. For more
+ * information see the definition of ULocDataLocaleType in
+ * uloc.h
+ * @param status the error code status.
+ * @return locale where the collation data lives. If the collator
+ * was instantiated from rules, locale is empty.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 likely to change in ICU 3.0, based on feedback
+ */
+ virtual const Locale getLocale(ULocDataLocaleType type, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the table-based rules for the collation object.
+ * @return returns the collation rules that the table collation object was
+ * created from.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const UnicodeString& getRules(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the version information for a Collator.
+ * @param info the version # information, the result will be filled in
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void getVersion(UVersionInfo info) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the maximum length of any expansion sequences that end with the
+ * specified comparison order.
+ * @param order a collation order returned by previous or next.
+ * @return maximum size of the expansion sequences ending with the collation
+ * element or 1 if collation element does not occur at the end of
+ * any expansion sequence
+ * @see CollationElementIterator#getMaxExpansion
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getMaxExpansion(int32_t order) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual override. This
+ * method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++
+ * compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and clone()
+ * methods call this method.
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a given class have
+ * the same class ID. Objects of other classes have different class
+ * IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the class ID for this class. This is useful only for comparing to
+ * a return value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * Derived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ * </pre>
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the binary format of the class's rules. The format is that of
+ * .col files.
+ * @param length Returns the length of the data, in bytes
+ * @param status the error code status.
+ * @return memory, owned by the caller, of size 'length' bytes.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ uint8_t *cloneRuleData(int32_t &length, UErrorCode &status);
+
+
+ /** Creates a binary image of a collator. This binary image can be stored and
+ * later used to instantiate a collator using ucol_openBinary.
+ * This API supports preflighting.
+ * @param buffer a fill-in buffer to receive the binary image
+ * @param capacity capacity of the destination buffer
+ * @param status for catching errors
+ * @return size of the image
+ * @see ucol_openBinary
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ int32_t cloneBinary(uint8_t *buffer, int32_t capacity, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns current rules. Delta defines whether full rules are returned or
+ * just the tailoring.
+ * @param delta one of UCOL_TAILORING_ONLY, UCOL_FULL_RULES.
+ * @param buffer UnicodeString to store the result rules
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ void getRules(UColRuleOption delta, UnicodeString &buffer);
+
+ /**
+ * Universal attribute setter
+ * @param attr attribute type
+ * @param value attribute value
+ * @param status to indicate whether the operation went on smoothly or there were errors
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual void setAttribute(UColAttribute attr, UColAttributeValue value,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Universal attribute getter.
+ * @param attr attribute type
+ * @param status to indicate whether the operation went on smoothly or there were errors
+ * @return attribute value
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UColAttributeValue getAttribute(UColAttribute attr,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the variable top to a collation element value of a string supplied.
+ * @param varTop one or more (if contraction) UChars to which the variable top should be set
+ * @param len length of variable top string. If -1 it is considered to be zero terminated.
+ * @param status error code. If error code is set, the return value is undefined. Errors set by this function are: <br>
+ * U_CE_NOT_FOUND_ERROR if more than one character was passed and there is no such a contraction<br>
+ * U_PRIMARY_TOO_LONG_ERROR if the primary for the variable top has more than two bytes
+ * @return a 32 bit value containing the value of the variable top in upper 16 bits. Lower 16 bits are undefined
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual uint32_t setVariableTop(const UChar *varTop, int32_t len, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the variable top to a collation element value of a string supplied.
+ * @param varTop an UnicodeString size 1 or more (if contraction) of UChars to which the variable top should be set
+ * @param status error code. If error code is set, the return value is undefined. Errors set by this function are: <br>
+ * U_CE_NOT_FOUND_ERROR if more than one character was passed and there is no such a contraction<br>
+ * U_PRIMARY_TOO_LONG_ERROR if the primary for the variable top has more than two bytes
+ * @return a 32 bit value containing the value of the variable top in upper 16 bits. Lower 16 bits are undefined
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual uint32_t setVariableTop(const UnicodeString varTop, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the variable top to a collation element value supplied. Variable top is set to the upper 16 bits.
+ * Lower 16 bits are ignored.
+ * @param varTop CE value, as returned by setVariableTop or ucol)getVariableTop
+ * @param status error code (not changed by function)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setVariableTop(const uint32_t varTop, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the variable top value of a Collator.
+ * Lower 16 bits are undefined and should be ignored.
+ * @param status error code (not changed by function). If error code is set, the return value is undefined.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual uint32_t getVariableTop(UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Get an UnicodeSet that contains all the characters and sequences tailored in
+ * this collator.
+ * @param status error code of the operation
+ * @return a pointer to a UnicodeSet object containing all the
+ * code points and sequences that may sort differently than
+ * in the UCA. The object must be disposed of by using delete
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeSet *getTailoredSet(UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Thread safe cloning operation.
+ * @return pointer to the new clone, user should remove it.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual Collator* safeClone(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the sort key as an array of bytes from an UnicodeString.
+ * @param source string to be processed.
+ * @param result buffer to store result in. If NULL, number of bytes needed
+ * will be returned.
+ * @param resultLength length of the result buffer. If if not enough the
+ * buffer will be filled to capacity.
+ * @return Number of bytes needed for storing the sort key
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getSortKey(const UnicodeString& source, uint8_t *result,
+ int32_t resultLength) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Get the sort key as an array of bytes from an UChar buffer.
+ * @param source string to be processed.
+ * @param sourceLength length of string to be processed. If -1, the string
+ * is 0 terminated and length will be decided by the function.
+ * @param result buffer to store result in. If NULL, number of bytes needed
+ * will be returned.
+ * @param resultLength length of the result buffer. If if not enough the
+ * buffer will be filled to capacity.
+ * @return Number of bytes needed for storing the sort key
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getSortKey(const UChar *source, int32_t sourceLength,
+ uint8_t *result, int32_t resultLength) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Determines the minimum strength that will be use in comparison or
+ * transformation.
+ * <p>E.g. with strength == SECONDARY, the tertiary difference is ignored
+ * <p>E.g. with strength == PRIMARY, the secondary and tertiary difference
+ * are ignored.
+ * @return the current comparison level.
+ * @see RuleBasedCollator#setStrength
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6 Use getAttribute(UCOL_STRENGTH...) instead
+ */
+ virtual ECollationStrength getStrength(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the minimum strength to be used in comparison or transformation.
+ * @see RuleBasedCollator#getStrength
+ * @param newStrength the new comparison level.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6 Use setAttribute(UCOL_STRENGTH...) instead
+ */
+ virtual void setStrength(ECollationStrength newStrength);
+
+private:
+
+ // private static constants -----------------------------------------------
+
+ enum {
+ /* need look up in .commit() */
+ CHARINDEX = 0x70000000,
+ /* Expand index follows */
+ EXPANDCHARINDEX = 0x7E000000,
+ /* contract indexes follows */
+ CONTRACTCHARINDEX = 0x7F000000,
+ /* unmapped character values */
+ UNMAPPED = 0xFFFFFFFF,
+ /* primary strength increment */
+ PRIMARYORDERINCREMENT = 0x00010000,
+ /* secondary strength increment */
+ SECONDARYORDERINCREMENT = 0x00000100,
+ /* tertiary strength increment */
+ TERTIARYORDERINCREMENT = 0x00000001,
+ /* mask off anything but primary order */
+ PRIMARYORDERMASK = 0xffff0000,
+ /* mask off anything but secondary order */
+ SECONDARYORDERMASK = 0x0000ff00,
+ /* mask off anything but tertiary order */
+ TERTIARYORDERMASK = 0x000000ff,
+ /* mask off ignorable char order */
+ IGNORABLEMASK = 0x0000ffff,
+ /* use only the primary difference */
+ PRIMARYDIFFERENCEONLY = 0xffff0000,
+ /* use only the primary and secondary difference */
+ SECONDARYDIFFERENCEONLY = 0xffffff00,
+ /* primary order shift */
+ PRIMARYORDERSHIFT = 16,
+ /* secondary order shift */
+ SECONDARYORDERSHIFT = 8,
+ /* starting value for collation elements */
+ COLELEMENTSTART = 0x02020202,
+ /* testing mask for primary low element */
+ PRIMARYLOWZEROMASK = 0x00FF0000,
+ /* reseting value for secondaries and tertiaries */
+ RESETSECONDARYTERTIARY = 0x00000202,
+ /* reseting value for tertiaries */
+ RESETTERTIARY = 0x00000002,
+
+ PRIMIGNORABLE = 0x0202
+ };
+
+ // private data members ---------------------------------------------------
+
+ UBool dataIsOwned;
+
+ UBool isWriteThroughAlias;
+
+ /**
+ * c struct for collation. All initialisation for it has to be done through
+ * setUCollator().
+ */
+ UCollator *ucollator;
+
+ /**
+ * Rule UnicodeString
+ */
+ UnicodeString urulestring;
+
+ // friend classes --------------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Used to iterate over collation elements in a character source.
+ */
+ friend class CollationElementIterator;
+
+ /**
+ * Collator ONLY needs access to RuleBasedCollator(const Locale&,
+ * UErrorCode&)
+ */
+ friend class Collator;
+
+ /**
+ * Searching over collation elements in a character source
+ */
+ friend class StringSearch;
+
+ // private constructors --------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Default constructor
+ */
+ RuleBasedCollator();
+
+ /**
+ * RuleBasedCollator constructor. This constructor takes a locale. The
+ * only caller of this class should be Collator::createInstance(). If
+ * createInstance() happens to know that the requested locale's collation is
+ * implemented as a RuleBasedCollator, it can then call this constructor.
+ * OTHERWISE IT SHOULDN'T, since this constructor ALWAYS RETURNS A VALID
+ * COLLATION TABLE. It does this by falling back to defaults.
+ * @param desiredLocale locale used
+ * @param status error code status
+ */
+ RuleBasedCollator(const Locale& desiredLocale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * common constructor implementation
+ *
+ * @param rules the collation rules to build the collation table from.
+ * @param collationStrength default strength for comparison
+ * @param decompositionMode the normalisation mode
+ * @param status reporting a success or an error.
+ */
+ void
+ construct(const UnicodeString& rules,
+ UColAttributeValue collationStrength,
+ UColAttributeValue decompositionMode,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ // private methods -------------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Creates the c struct for ucollator
+ * @param locale desired locale
+ * @param status error status
+ */
+ void setUCollator(const Locale& locale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates the c struct for ucollator
+ * @param locale desired locale name
+ * @param status error status
+ */
+ void setUCollator(const char* locale, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates the c struct for ucollator. This used internally by StringSearch.
+ * Hence the responsibility of cleaning up the ucollator is not done by
+ * this RuleBasedCollator. The isDataOwned flag is set to FALSE.
+ * @param collator new ucollator data
+ * @param rules corresponding collation rules
+ */
+ void setUCollator(UCollator *collator);
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Get UCollator data struct. Used only by StringSearch & intltest.
+ * @return UCollator data struct
+ * @internal
+ */
+ const UCollator * getUCollator();
+
+protected:
+ /**
+ * Used internally by registraton to define the requested and valid locales.
+ * @param requestedLocale the requsted locale
+ * @param validLocale the valid locale
+ * @param actualLocale the actual locale
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual void setLocales(const Locale& requestedLocale, const Locale& validLocale, const Locale& actualLocale);
+
+private:
+
+ // if not owned and not a write through alias, copy the ucollator
+ void checkOwned(void);
+
+ // utility to init rule string used by checkOwned and construct
+ void setRuleStringFromCollator();
+
+ /**
+ * Converts C's UCollationResult to EComparisonResult
+ * @param result member of the enum UComparisonResult
+ * @return EComparisonResult equivalent of UCollationResult
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.6. We will not need it.
+ */
+ Collator::EComparisonResult getEComparisonResult(
+ const UCollationResult &result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Converts C's UCollationStrength to ECollationStrength
+ * @param strength member of the enum UCollationStrength
+ * @return ECollationStrength equivalent of UCollationStrength
+ */
+ Collator::ECollationStrength getECollationStrength(
+ const UCollationStrength &strength) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Converts C++'s ECollationStrength to UCollationStrength
+ * @param strength member of the enum ECollationStrength
+ * @return UCollationStrength equivalent of ECollationStrength
+ */
+ UCollationStrength getUCollationStrength(
+ const Collator::ECollationStrength &strength) const;
+};
+
+// inline method implementation ---------------------------------------------
+
+inline void RuleBasedCollator::setUCollator(const Locale &locale,
+ UErrorCode &status)
+{
+ setUCollator(locale.getName(), status);
+}
+
+
+inline void RuleBasedCollator::setUCollator(UCollator *collator)
+{
+
+ if (ucollator && dataIsOwned) {
+ ucol_close(ucollator);
+ }
+ ucollator = collator;
+ dataIsOwned = FALSE;
+ isWriteThroughAlias = TRUE;
+ setRuleStringFromCollator();
+}
+
+inline const UCollator * RuleBasedCollator::getUCollator()
+{
+ return ucollator;
+}
+
+inline Collator::EComparisonResult RuleBasedCollator::getEComparisonResult(
+ const UCollationResult &result) const
+{
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case UCOL_LESS :
+ return Collator::LESS;
+ case UCOL_EQUAL :
+ return Collator::EQUAL;
+ default :
+ return Collator::GREATER;
+ }
+}
+
+inline Collator::ECollationStrength RuleBasedCollator::getECollationStrength(
+ const UCollationStrength &strength) const
+{
+ switch (strength)
+ {
+ case UCOL_PRIMARY :
+ return Collator::PRIMARY;
+ case UCOL_SECONDARY :
+ return Collator::SECONDARY;
+ case UCOL_TERTIARY :
+ return Collator::TERTIARY;
+ case UCOL_QUATERNARY :
+ return Collator::QUATERNARY;
+ default :
+ return Collator::IDENTICAL;
+ }
+}
+
+inline UCollationStrength RuleBasedCollator::getUCollationStrength(
+ const Collator::ECollationStrength &strength) const
+{
+ switch (strength)
+ {
+ case Collator::PRIMARY :
+ return UCOL_PRIMARY;
+ case Collator::SECONDARY :
+ return UCOL_SECONDARY;
+ case Collator::TERTIARY :
+ return UCOL_TERTIARY;
+ case Collator::QUATERNARY :
+ return UCOL_QUATERNARY;
+ default :
+ return UCOL_IDENTICAL;
+ }
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/timezone.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/timezone.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b9118b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/timezone.h
@@ -0,0 +1,803 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+* Copyright (c) 1997-2008, International Business Machines Corporation
+* and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**************************************************************************
+*
+* File TIMEZONE.H
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 04/21/97 aliu Overhauled header.
+* 07/09/97 helena Changed createInstance to createDefault.
+* 08/06/97 aliu Removed dependency on internal header for Hashtable.
+* 08/10/98 stephen Changed getDisplayName() API conventions to match
+* 08/19/98 stephen Changed createTimeZone() to never return 0
+* 09/02/98 stephen Sync to JDK 1.2 8/31
+* - Added getOffset(... monthlen ...)
+* - Added hasSameRules()
+* 09/15/98 stephen Added getStaticClassID
+* 12/03/99 aliu Moved data out of static table into icudata.dll.
+* Hashtable replaced by new static data structures.
+* 12/14/99 aliu Made GMT public.
+* 08/15/01 grhoten Made GMT private and added the getGMT() function
+**************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef TIMEZONE_H
+#define TIMEZONE_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: TimeZone object
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+#include "unicode/ures.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class StringEnumeration;
+
+/**
+ *
+ * <code>TimeZone</code> represents a time zone offset, and also figures out daylight
+ * savings.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * Typically, you get a <code>TimeZone</code> using <code>createDefault</code>
+ * which creates a <code>TimeZone</code> based on the time zone where the program
+ * is running. For example, for a program running in Japan, <code>createDefault</code>
+ * creates a <code>TimeZone</code> object based on Japanese Standard Time.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * You can also get a <code>TimeZone</code> using <code>createTimeZone</code> along
+ * with a time zone ID. For instance, the time zone ID for the Pacific
+ * Standard Time zone is "PST". So, you can get a PST <code>TimeZone</code> object
+ * with:
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * TimeZone *tz = TimeZone::createTimeZone("PST");
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * You can use <code>getAvailableIDs</code> method to iterate through
+ * all the supported time zone IDs. You can then choose a
+ * supported ID to get a <code>TimeZone</code>.
+ * If the time zone you want is not represented by one of the
+ * supported IDs, then you can create a custom time zone ID with
+ * the following syntax:
+ *
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * GMT[+|-]hh[[:]mm]
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * For example, you might specify GMT+14:00 as a custom
+ * time zone ID. The <code>TimeZone</code> that is returned
+ * when you specify a custom time zone ID does not include
+ * daylight savings time.
+ *
+ * TimeZone is an abstract class representing a time zone. A TimeZone is needed for
+ * Calendar to produce local time for a particular time zone. A TimeZone comprises
+ * three basic pieces of information:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>A time zone offset; that, is the number of milliseconds to add or subtract
+ * from a time expressed in terms of GMT to convert it to the same time in that
+ * time zone (without taking daylight savings time into account).</li>
+ * <li>Logic necessary to take daylight savings time into account if daylight savings
+ * time is observed in that time zone (e.g., the days and hours on which daylight
+ * savings time begins and ends).</li>
+ * <li>An ID. This is a text string that uniquely identifies the time zone.</li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * (Only the ID is actually implemented in TimeZone; subclasses of TimeZone may handle
+ * daylight savings time and GMT offset in different ways. Currently we only have one
+ * TimeZone subclass: SimpleTimeZone.)
+ * <P>
+ * The TimeZone class contains a static list containing a TimeZone object for every
+ * combination of GMT offset and daylight-savings time rules currently in use in the
+ * world, each with a unique ID. Each ID consists of a region (usually a continent or
+ * ocean) and a city in that region, separated by a slash, (for example, Pacific
+ * Standard Time is "America/Los_Angeles.") Because older versions of this class used
+ * three- or four-letter abbreviations instead, there is also a table that maps the older
+ * abbreviations to the newer ones (for example, "PST" maps to "America/LosAngeles").
+ * Anywhere the API requires an ID, you can use either form.
+ * <P>
+ * To create a new TimeZone, you call the factory function TimeZone::createTimeZone()
+ * and pass it a time zone ID. You can use the createEnumeration() function to
+ * obtain a list of all the time zone IDs recognized by createTimeZone().
+ * <P>
+ * You can also use TimeZone::createDefault() to create a TimeZone. This function uses
+ * platform-specific APIs to produce a TimeZone for the time zone corresponding to
+ * the client's computer's physical location. For example, if you're in Japan (assuming
+ * your machine is set up correctly), TimeZone::createDefault() will return a TimeZone
+ * for Japanese Standard Time ("Asia/Tokyo").
+ */
+class U_I18N_API TimeZone : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~TimeZone();
+
+ /**
+ * The GMT time zone has a raw offset of zero and does not use daylight
+ * savings time. This is a commonly used time zone.
+ * @return the GMT time zone.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static const TimeZone* U_EXPORT2 getGMT(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a <code>TimeZone</code> for the given ID.
+ * @param ID the ID for a <code>TimeZone</code>, either an abbreviation such as
+ * "PST", a full name such as "America/Los_Angeles", or a custom ID
+ * such as "GMT-8:00".
+ * @return the specified <code>TimeZone</code>, or the GMT zone if the given ID
+ * cannot be understood. Return result guaranteed to be non-null. If you
+ * require that the specific zone asked for be returned, check the ID of the
+ * return result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static TimeZone* U_EXPORT2 createTimeZone(const UnicodeString& ID);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns an enumeration over all recognized time zone IDs. (i.e.,
+ * all strings that createTimeZone() accepts)
+ *
+ * @return an enumeration object, owned by the caller.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static StringEnumeration* U_EXPORT2 createEnumeration();
+
+ /**
+ * Returns an enumeration over time zone IDs with a given raw
+ * offset from GMT. There may be several times zones with the
+ * same GMT offset that differ in the way they handle daylight
+ * savings time. For example, the state of Arizona doesn't
+ * observe daylight savings time. If you ask for the time zone
+ * IDs corresponding to GMT-7:00, you'll get back an enumeration
+ * over two time zone IDs: "America/Denver," which corresponds to
+ * Mountain Standard Time in the winter and Mountain Daylight Time
+ * in the summer, and "America/Phoenix", which corresponds to
+ * Mountain Standard Time year-round, even in the summer.
+ *
+ * @param rawOffset an offset from GMT in milliseconds, ignoring
+ * the effect of daylight savings time, if any
+ * @return an enumeration object, owned by the caller
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static StringEnumeration* U_EXPORT2 createEnumeration(int32_t rawOffset);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns an enumeration over time zone IDs associated with the
+ * given country. Some zones are affiliated with no country
+ * (e.g., "UTC"); these may also be retrieved, as a group.
+ *
+ * @param country The ISO 3166 two-letter country code, or NULL to
+ * retrieve zones not affiliated with any country.
+ * @return an enumeration object, owned by the caller
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static StringEnumeration* U_EXPORT2 createEnumeration(const char* country);
+
+#ifdef U_USE_TIMEZONE_OBSOLETE_2_8
+ /**
+ * Returns a list of time zone IDs, one for each time zone with a given GMT offset.
+ * The return value is a list because there may be several times zones with the same
+ * GMT offset that differ in the way they handle daylight savings time. For example,
+ * the state of Arizona doesn't observe Daylight Savings time. So if you ask for
+ * the time zone IDs corresponding to GMT-7:00, you'll get back two time zone IDs:
+ * "America/Denver," which corresponds to Mountain Standard Time in the winter and
+ * Mountain Daylight Time in the summer, and "America/Phoenix", which corresponds to
+ * Mountain Standard Time year-round, even in the summer.
+ * <P>
+ * The caller owns the list that is returned, but does not own the strings contained
+ * in that list. Delete the array with uprv_free(), but DON'T delete the elements in the array.
+ *
+ * <p>NOTE: uprv_free() is declared in the private header source/common/cmemory.h.
+ *
+ * @param rawOffset An offset from GMT in milliseconds.
+ * @param numIDs Receives the number of items in the array that is returned.
+ * @return An array of UnicodeString pointers, where each UnicodeString is
+ * a time zone ID for a time zone with the given GMT offset. If
+ * there is no timezone that matches the GMT offset
+ * specified, NULL is returned.
+ * @obsolete ICU 2.8. Use createEnumeration(int32_t) instead since this API will be removed in that release.
+ */
+ static const UnicodeString** createAvailableIDs(int32_t rawOffset, int32_t& numIDs);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a list of time zone IDs associated with the given
+ * country. Some zones are affiliated with no country (e.g.,
+ * "UTC"); these may also be retrieved, as a group.
+ *
+ * <P>The caller owns the list that is returned, but does not own
+ * the strings contained in that list. Delete the array with uprv_free(), but
+ * <b>DON'T</b> delete the elements in the array.
+ *
+ * <p>NOTE: uprv_free() is declared in the private header source/common/cmemory.h.
+ *
+ * @param country The ISO 3166 two-letter country code, or NULL to
+ * retrieve zones not affiliated with any country.
+ * @param numIDs Receives the number of items in the array that is
+ * returned.
+ * @return An array of UnicodeString pointers, where each
+ * UnicodeString is a time zone ID for a time zone with the given
+ * country. If there is no timezone that matches the country
+ * specified, NULL is returned.
+ * @obsolete ICU 2.8. Use createEnumeration(const char*) instead since this API will be removed in that release.
+ */
+ static const UnicodeString** createAvailableIDs(const char* country,
+ int32_t& numIDs);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a list of all time zone IDs supported by the TimeZone class (i.e., all
+ * IDs that it's legal to pass to createTimeZone()). The caller owns the list that
+ * is returned, but does not own the strings contained in that list. Delete the array with uprv_free(),
+ * but DON'T delete the elements in the array.
+ *
+ * <p>NOTE: uprv_free() is declared in the private header source/common/cmemory.h.
+ *
+ * @param numIDs Receives the number of zone IDs returned.
+ * @return An array of UnicodeString pointers, where each is a time zone ID
+ * supported by the TimeZone class.
+ * @obsolete ICU 2.8. Use createEnumeration(void) instead since this API will be removed in that release.
+ */
+ static const UnicodeString** createAvailableIDs(int32_t& numIDs);
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the number of IDs in the equivalency group that
+ * includes the given ID. An equivalency group contains zones
+ * that have the same GMT offset and rules.
+ *
+ * <p>The returned count includes the given ID; it is always >= 1.
+ * The given ID must be a system time zone. If it is not, returns
+ * zero.
+ * @param id a system time zone ID
+ * @return the number of zones in the equivalency group containing
+ * 'id', or zero if 'id' is not a valid system ID
+ * @see #getEquivalentID
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static int32_t U_EXPORT2 countEquivalentIDs(const UnicodeString& id);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns an ID in the equivalency group that
+ * includes the given ID. An equivalency group contains zones
+ * that have the same GMT offset and rules.
+ *
+ * <p>The given index must be in the range 0..n-1, where n is the
+ * value returned by <code>countEquivalentIDs(id)</code>. For
+ * some value of 'index', the returned value will be equal to the
+ * given id. If the given id is not a valid system time zone, or
+ * if 'index' is out of range, then returns an empty string.
+ * @param id a system time zone ID
+ * @param index a value from 0 to n-1, where n is the value
+ * returned by <code>countEquivalentIDs(id)</code>
+ * @return the ID of the index-th zone in the equivalency group
+ * containing 'id', or an empty string if 'id' is not a valid
+ * system ID or 'index' is out of range
+ * @see #countEquivalentIDs
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static const UnicodeString U_EXPORT2 getEquivalentID(const UnicodeString& id,
+ int32_t index);
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a new copy of the default TimeZone for this host. Unless the default time
+ * zone has already been set using adoptDefault() or setDefault(), the default is
+ * determined by querying the system using methods in TPlatformUtilities. If the
+ * system routines fail, or if they specify a TimeZone or TimeZone offset which is not
+ * recognized, the TimeZone indicated by the ID kLastResortID is instantiated
+ * and made the default.
+ *
+ * @return A default TimeZone. Clients are responsible for deleting the time zone
+ * object returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static TimeZone* U_EXPORT2 createDefault(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the default time zone (i.e., what's returned by createDefault()) to be the
+ * specified time zone. If NULL is specified for the time zone, the default time
+ * zone is set to the default host time zone. This call adopts the TimeZone object
+ * passed in; the clent is no longer responsible for deleting it.
+ *
+ * @param zone A pointer to the new TimeZone object to use as the default.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 adoptDefault(TimeZone* zone);
+
+ /**
+ * Same as adoptDefault(), except that the TimeZone object passed in is NOT adopted;
+ * the caller remains responsible for deleting it.
+ *
+ * @param zone The given timezone.
+ * @system
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 setDefault(const TimeZone& zone);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the timezone data version currently used by ICU.
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @return the version string, such as "2007f"
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static const char* U_EXPORT2 getTZDataVersion(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the canonical system timezone ID or the normalized
+ * custom time zone ID for the given time zone ID.
+ * @param id The input timezone ID to be canonicalized.
+ * @param canonicalID Receives the canonical system timezone ID
+ * or the custom timezone ID in normalized format.
+ * @param status Recevies the status. When the given timezone ID
+ * is neither a known system time zone ID nor a
+ * valid custom timezone ID, U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR
+ * is set.
+ * @return A reference to the result.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& U_EXPORT2 getCanonicalID(const UnicodeString& id,
+ UnicodeString& canonicalID, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the canonical system timezone ID or the normalized
+ * custom time zone ID for the given time zone ID.
+ * @param id The input timezone ID to be canonicalized.
+ * @param canonicalID Receives the canonical system timezone ID
+ * or the custom timezone ID in normalized format.
+ * @param isSystemID Receives if the given ID is a known system
+ * timezone ID.
+ * @param status Recevies the status. When the given timezone ID
+ * is neither a known system time zone ID nor a
+ * valid custom timezone ID, U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR
+ * is set.
+ * @return A reference to the result.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& U_EXPORT2 getCanonicalID(const UnicodeString& id,
+ UnicodeString& canonicalID, UBool& isSystemID, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if the two TimeZones are equal. (The TimeZone version only compares
+ * IDs, but subclasses are expected to also compare the fields they add.)
+ *
+ * @param that The TimeZone object to be compared with.
+ * @return True if the given TimeZone is equal to this TimeZone; false
+ * otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const TimeZone& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if the two TimeZones are NOT equal; that is, if operator==() returns
+ * false.
+ *
+ * @param that The TimeZone object to be compared with.
+ * @return True if the given TimeZone is not equal to this TimeZone; false
+ * otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const TimeZone& that) const {return !operator==(that);}
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the TimeZone's adjusted GMT offset (i.e., the number of milliseconds to add
+ * to GMT to get local time in this time zone, taking daylight savings time into
+ * account) as of a particular reference date. The reference date is used to determine
+ * whether daylight savings time is in effect and needs to be figured into the offset
+ * that is returned (in other words, what is the adjusted GMT offset in this time zone
+ * at this particular date and time?). For the time zones produced by createTimeZone(),
+ * the reference data is specified according to the Gregorian calendar, and the date
+ * and time fields are local standard time.
+ *
+ * <p>Note: Don't call this method. Instead, call the getOffset(UDate...) overload,
+ * which returns both the raw and the DST offset for a given time. This method
+ * is retained only for backward compatibility.
+ *
+ * @param era The reference date's era
+ * @param year The reference date's year
+ * @param month The reference date's month (0-based; 0 is January)
+ * @param day The reference date's day-in-month (1-based)
+ * @param dayOfWeek The reference date's day-of-week (1-based; 1 is Sunday)
+ * @param millis The reference date's milliseconds in day, local standard time
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @return The offset in milliseconds to add to GMT to get local time.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getOffset(uint8_t era, int32_t year, int32_t month, int32_t day,
+ uint8_t dayOfWeek, int32_t millis, UErrorCode& status) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the time zone offset, for current date, modified in case of
+ * daylight savings. This is the offset to add *to* UTC to get local time.
+ *
+ * <p>Note: Don't call this method. Instead, call the getOffset(UDate...) overload,
+ * which returns both the raw and the DST offset for a given time. This method
+ * is retained only for backward compatibility.
+ *
+ * @param era the era of the given date.
+ * @param year the year in the given date.
+ * @param month the month in the given date.
+ * Month is 0-based. e.g., 0 for January.
+ * @param day the day-in-month of the given date.
+ * @param dayOfWeek the day-of-week of the given date.
+ * @param milliseconds the millis in day in <em>standard</em> local time.
+ * @param monthLength the length of the given month in days.
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @return the offset to add *to* GMT to get local time.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getOffset(uint8_t era, int32_t year, int32_t month, int32_t day,
+ uint8_t dayOfWeek, int32_t milliseconds,
+ int32_t monthLength, UErrorCode& status) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the time zone raw and GMT offset for the given moment
+ * in time. Upon return, local-millis = GMT-millis + rawOffset +
+ * dstOffset. All computations are performed in the proleptic
+ * Gregorian calendar. The default implementation in the TimeZone
+ * class delegates to the 8-argument getOffset().
+ *
+ * @param date moment in time for which to return offsets, in
+ * units of milliseconds from January 1, 1970 0:00 GMT, either GMT
+ * time or local wall time, depending on `local'.
+ * @param local if true, `date' is local wall time; otherwise it
+ * is in GMT time.
+ * @param rawOffset output parameter to receive the raw offset, that
+ * is, the offset not including DST adjustments
+ * @param dstOffset output parameter to receive the DST offset,
+ * that is, the offset to be added to `rawOffset' to obtain the
+ * total offset between local and GMT time. If DST is not in
+ * effect, this value is zero; otherwise it is a positive value,
+ * typically one hour.
+ * @param ec input-output error code
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ virtual void getOffset(UDate date, UBool local, int32_t& rawOffset,
+ int32_t& dstOffset, UErrorCode& ec) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the TimeZone's raw GMT offset (i.e., the number of milliseconds to add
+ * to GMT to get local time, before taking daylight savings time into account).
+ *
+ * @param offsetMillis The new raw GMT offset for this time zone.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void setRawOffset(int32_t offsetMillis) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the TimeZone's raw GMT offset (i.e., the number of milliseconds to add
+ * to GMT to get local time, before taking daylight savings time into account).
+ *
+ * @return The TimeZone's raw GMT offset.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getRawOffset(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Fills in "ID" with the TimeZone's ID.
+ *
+ * @param ID Receives this TimeZone's ID.
+ * @return A reference to 'ID'
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getID(UnicodeString& ID) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the TimeZone's ID to the specified value. This doesn't affect any other
+ * fields (for example, if you say<
+ * blockquote><pre>
+ * . TimeZone* foo = TimeZone::createTimeZone("America/New_York");
+ * . foo.setID("America/Los_Angeles");
+ * </pre>\htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * the time zone's GMT offset and daylight-savings rules don't change to those for
+ * Los Angeles. They're still those for New York. Only the ID has changed.)
+ *
+ * @param ID The new timezone ID.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setID(const UnicodeString& ID);
+
+ /**
+ * Enum for use with getDisplayName
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ enum EDisplayType {
+ /**
+ * Selector for short display name
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ SHORT = 1,
+ /**
+ * Selector for long display name
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ LONG
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a name of this time zone suitable for presentation to the user
+ * in the default locale.
+ * This method returns the long name, not including daylight savings.
+ * If the display name is not available for the locale,
+ * then this method returns a string in the format
+ * <code>GMT[+-]hh:mm</code>.
+ * @param result the human-readable name of this time zone in the default locale.
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getDisplayName(UnicodeString& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a name of this time zone suitable for presentation to the user
+ * in the specified locale.
+ * This method returns the long name, not including daylight savings.
+ * If the display name is not available for the locale,
+ * then this method returns a string in the format
+ * <code>GMT[+-]hh:mm</code>.
+ * @param locale the locale in which to supply the display name.
+ * @param result the human-readable name of this time zone in the given locale
+ * or in the default locale if the given locale is not recognized.
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getDisplayName(const Locale& locale, UnicodeString& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a name of this time zone suitable for presentation to the user
+ * in the default locale.
+ * If the display name is not available for the locale,
+ * then this method returns a string in the format
+ * <code>GMT[+-]hh:mm</code>.
+ * @param daylight if true, return the daylight savings name.
+ * @param style either <code>LONG</code> or <code>SHORT</code>
+ * @param result the human-readable name of this time zone in the default locale.
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getDisplayName(UBool daylight, EDisplayType style, UnicodeString& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a name of this time zone suitable for presentation to the user
+ * in the specified locale.
+ * If the display name is not available for the locale,
+ * then this method returns a string in the format
+ * <code>GMT[+-]hh:mm</code>.
+ * @param daylight if true, return the daylight savings name.
+ * @param style either <code>LONG</code> or <code>SHORT</code>
+ * @param locale the locale in which to supply the display name.
+ * @param result the human-readable name of this time zone in the given locale
+ * or in the default locale if the given locale is not recognized.
+ * @return A refence to 'result'.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getDisplayName(UBool daylight, EDisplayType style, const Locale& locale, UnicodeString& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Queries if this time zone uses daylight savings time.
+ * @return true if this time zone uses daylight savings time,
+ * false, otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool useDaylightTime(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Queries if the given date is in daylight savings time in
+ * this time zone.
+ * This method is wasteful since it creates a new GregorianCalendar and
+ * deletes it each time it is called. This is a deprecated method
+ * and provided only for Java compatibility.
+ *
+ * @param date the given UDate.
+ * @param status Output param filled in with success/error code.
+ * @return true if the given date is in daylight savings time,
+ * false, otherwise.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use Calendar::inDaylightTime() instead.
+ */
+ virtual UBool inDaylightTime(UDate date, UErrorCode& status) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this zone has the same rule and offset as another zone.
+ * That is, if this zone differs only in ID, if at all.
+ * @param other the <code>TimeZone</code> object to be compared with
+ * @return true if the given zone is the same as this one,
+ * with the possible exception of the ID
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool hasSameRules(const TimeZone& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Clones TimeZone objects polymorphically. Clients are responsible for deleting
+ * the TimeZone object cloned.
+ *
+ * @return A new copy of this TimeZone object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual TimeZone* clone(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for
+ * comparing to a return value from getDynamicClassID().
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. This method is to
+ * implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++ compilers support genuine
+ * RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and clone() methods call this method.
+ * <P>
+ * Concrete subclasses of TimeZone must use the UOBJECT_DEFINE_RTTI_IMPLEMENTATION
+ * macro from uobject.h in their implementation to provide correct RTTI information.
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a given class have the
+ * same class ID. Objects of other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the amount of time to be added to local standard time
+ * to get local wall clock time.
+ * <p>
+ * The default implementation always returns 3600000 milliseconds
+ * (i.e., one hour) if this time zone observes Daylight Saving
+ * Time. Otherwise, 0 (zero) is returned.
+ * <p>
+ * If an underlying TimeZone implementation subclass supports
+ * historical Daylight Saving Time changes, this method returns
+ * the known latest daylight saving value.
+ *
+ * @return the amount of saving time in milliseconds
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getDSTSavings() const;
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * Default constructor. ID is initialized to the empty string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ TimeZone();
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a timezone with a given ID.
+ * @param id a system time zone ID
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ TimeZone(const UnicodeString &id);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @param source the object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ TimeZone(const TimeZone& source);
+
+ /**
+ * Default assignment operator.
+ * @param right the object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ TimeZone& operator=(const TimeZone& right);
+
+ /**
+ * Utility function. For internally loading rule data.
+ * @param top Top resource bundle for tz data
+ * @param ruleid ID of rule to load
+ * @param oldbundle Old bundle to reuse or NULL
+ * @param status Status parameter
+ * @return either a new bundle or *oldbundle
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static UResourceBundle* loadRule(const UResourceBundle* top, const UnicodeString& ruleid, UResourceBundle* oldbundle, UErrorCode&status);
+
+private:
+ friend class ZoneMeta;
+
+
+ static TimeZone* createCustomTimeZone(const UnicodeString&); // Creates a time zone based on the string.
+
+ /**
+ * Resolve a link in Olson tzdata. When the given id is known and it's not a link,
+ * the id itself is returned. When the given id is known and it is a link, then
+ * dereferenced zone id is returned. When the given id is unknown, then it returns
+ * empty string.
+ * @param linkTo Input zone id string
+ * @param linkFrom Receives the dereferenced zone id string
+ * @return The reference to the result (linkFrom)
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& dereferOlsonLink(const UnicodeString& linkTo, UnicodeString& linkFrom);
+
+ /**
+ * Parses the given custom time zone identifier
+ * @param id id A string of the form GMT[+-]hh:mm, GMT[+-]hhmm, or
+ * GMT[+-]hh.
+ * @param sign Receves parsed sign, 1 for positive, -1 for negative.
+ * @param hour Receives parsed hour field
+ * @param minute Receives parsed minute field
+ * @param second Receives parsed second field
+ * @return Returns TRUE when the given custom id is valid.
+ */
+ static UBool parseCustomID(const UnicodeString& id, int32_t& sign, int32_t& hour,
+ int32_t& min, int32_t& sec);
+
+ /**
+ * Parse a custom time zone identifier and return the normalized
+ * custom time zone identifier for the given custom id string.
+ * @param id a string of the form GMT[+-]hh:mm, GMT[+-]hhmm, or
+ * GMT[+-]hh.
+ * @param normalized Receives the normalized custom ID
+ * @param status Receives the status. When the input ID string is invalid,
+ * U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR is set.
+ * @return The normalized custom id string.
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& getCustomID(const UnicodeString& id, UnicodeString& normalized,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the normalized custome timezone ID for the given offset fields.
+ * @param hour offset hours
+ * @param min offset minutes
+ * @param sec offset seconds
+ * @param netative sign of the offset, TRUE for negative offset.
+ * @param id Receves the format result (normalized custom ID)
+ * @return The reference to id
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& formatCustomID(int32_t hour, int32_t min, int32_t sec,
+ UBool negative, UnicodeString& id);
+
+ /**
+ * Responsible for setting up DEFAULT_ZONE. Uses routines in TPlatformUtilities
+ * (i.e., platform-specific calls) to get the current system time zone. Failing
+ * that, uses the platform-specific default time zone. Failing that, uses GMT.
+ */
+ static void initDefault(void);
+
+ // See source file for documentation
+ /**
+ * Lookup the given name in our system zone table. If found,
+ * instantiate a new zone of that name and return it. If not
+ * found, return 0.
+ * @param name tthe given name of a system time zone.
+ * @return the timezone indicated by the 'name'.
+ */
+ static TimeZone* createSystemTimeZone(const UnicodeString& name);
+
+ UnicodeString fID; // this time zone's ID
+};
+
+
+// -------------------------------------
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+TimeZone::getID(UnicodeString& ID) const
+{
+ ID = fID;
+ return ID;
+}
+
+// -------------------------------------
+
+inline void
+TimeZone::setID(const UnicodeString& ID)
+{
+ fID = ID;
+}
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif //_TIMEZONE
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/translit.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/translit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfff344
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/translit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1323 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Date Name Description
+* 11/17/99 aliu Creation.
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef TRANSLIT_H
+#define TRANSLIT_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Tranforms text from one format to another.
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_TRANSLITERATION
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+#include "unicode/parseerr.h"
+#include "unicode/utrans.h" // UTransPosition, UTransDirection
+#include "unicode/strenum.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class UnicodeFilter;
+class UnicodeSet;
+class CompoundTransliterator;
+class TransliteratorParser;
+class NormalizationTransliterator;
+class TransliteratorIDParser;
+
+/**
+ *
+ * <code>Transliterator</code> is an abstract class that
+ * transliterates text from one format to another. The most common
+ * kind of transliterator is a script, or alphabet, transliterator.
+ * For example, a Russian to Latin transliterator changes Russian text
+ * written in Cyrillic characters to phonetically equivalent Latin
+ * characters. It does not <em>translate</em> Russian to English!
+ * Transliteration, unlike translation, operates on characters, without
+ * reference to the meanings of words and sentences.
+ *
+ * <p>Although script conversion is its most common use, a
+ * transliterator can actually perform a more general class of tasks.
+ * In fact, <code>Transliterator</code> defines a very general API
+ * which specifies only that a segment of the input text is replaced
+ * by new text. The particulars of this conversion are determined
+ * entirely by subclasses of <code>Transliterator</code>.
+ *
+ * <p><b>Transliterators are stateless</b>
+ *
+ * <p><code>Transliterator</code> objects are <em>stateless</em>; they
+ * retain no information between calls to
+ * <code>transliterate()</code>. (However, this does <em>not</em>
+ * mean that threads may share transliterators without synchronizing
+ * them. Transliterators are not immutable, so they must be
+ * synchronized when shared between threads.) This might seem to
+ * limit the complexity of the transliteration operation. In
+ * practice, subclasses perform complex transliterations by delaying
+ * the replacement of text until it is known that no other
+ * replacements are possible. In other words, although the
+ * <code>Transliterator</code> objects are stateless, the source text
+ * itself embodies all the needed information, and delayed operation
+ * allows arbitrary complexity.
+ *
+ * <p><b>Batch transliteration</b>
+ *
+ * <p>The simplest way to perform transliteration is all at once, on a
+ * string of existing text. This is referred to as <em>batch</em>
+ * transliteration. For example, given a string <code>input</code>
+ * and a transliterator <code>t</code>, the call
+ *
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly<code>String result = t.transliterate(input);
+ * </code>\htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * will transliterate it and return the result. Other methods allow
+ * the client to specify a substring to be transliterated and to use
+ * {@link Replaceable } objects instead of strings, in order to
+ * preserve out-of-band information (such as text styles).
+ *
+ * <p><b>Keyboard transliteration</b>
+ *
+ * <p>Somewhat more involved is <em>keyboard</em>, or incremental
+ * transliteration. This is the transliteration of text that is
+ * arriving from some source (typically the user's keyboard) one
+ * character at a time, or in some other piecemeal fashion.
+ *
+ * <p>In keyboard transliteration, a <code>Replaceable</code> buffer
+ * stores the text. As text is inserted, as much as possible is
+ * transliterated on the fly. This means a GUI that displays the
+ * contents of the buffer may show text being modified as each new
+ * character arrives.
+ *
+ * <p>Consider the simple <code>RuleBasedTransliterator</code>:
+ *
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly<code>
+ * th>{theta}<br>
+ * t>{tau}
+ * </code>\htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * When the user types 't', nothing will happen, since the
+ * transliterator is waiting to see if the next character is 'h'. To
+ * remedy this, we introduce the notion of a cursor, marked by a '|'
+ * in the output string:
+ *
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly<code>
+ * t>|{tau}<br>
+ * {tau}h>{theta}
+ * </code>\htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * Now when the user types 't', tau appears, and if the next character
+ * is 'h', the tau changes to a theta. This is accomplished by
+ * maintaining a cursor position (independent of the insertion point,
+ * and invisible in the GUI) across calls to
+ * <code>transliterate()</code>. Typically, the cursor will
+ * be coincident with the insertion point, but in a case like the one
+ * above, it will precede the insertion point.
+ *
+ * <p>Keyboard transliteration methods maintain a set of three indices
+ * that are updated with each call to
+ * <code>transliterate()</code>, including the cursor, start,
+ * and limit. Since these indices are changed by the method, they are
+ * passed in an <code>int[]</code> array. The <code>START</code> index
+ * marks the beginning of the substring that the transliterator will
+ * look at. It is advanced as text becomes committed (but it is not
+ * the committed index; that's the <code>CURSOR</code>). The
+ * <code>CURSOR</code> index, described above, marks the point at
+ * which the transliterator last stopped, either because it reached
+ * the end, or because it required more characters to disambiguate
+ * between possible inputs. The <code>CURSOR</code> can also be
+ * explicitly set by rules in a <code>RuleBasedTransliterator</code>.
+ * Any characters before the <code>CURSOR</code> index are frozen;
+ * future keyboard transliteration calls within this input sequence
+ * will not change them. New text is inserted at the
+ * <code>LIMIT</code> index, which marks the end of the substring that
+ * the transliterator looks at.
+ *
+ * <p>Because keyboard transliteration assumes that more characters
+ * are to arrive, it is conservative in its operation. It only
+ * transliterates when it can do so unambiguously. Otherwise it waits
+ * for more characters to arrive. When the client code knows that no
+ * more characters are forthcoming, perhaps because the user has
+ * performed some input termination operation, then it should call
+ * <code>finishTransliteration()</code> to complete any
+ * pending transliterations.
+ *
+ * <p><b>Inverses</b>
+ *
+ * <p>Pairs of transliterators may be inverses of one another. For
+ * example, if transliterator <b>A</b> transliterates characters by
+ * incrementing their Unicode value (so "abc" -> "def"), and
+ * transliterator <b>B</b> decrements character values, then <b>A</b>
+ * is an inverse of <b>B</b> and vice versa. If we compose <b>A</b>
+ * with <b>B</b> in a compound transliterator, the result is the
+ * indentity transliterator, that is, a transliterator that does not
+ * change its input text.
+ *
+ * The <code>Transliterator</code> method <code>getInverse()</code>
+ * returns a transliterator's inverse, if one exists, or
+ * <code>null</code> otherwise. However, the result of
+ * <code>getInverse()</code> usually will <em>not</em> be a true
+ * mathematical inverse. This is because true inverse transliterators
+ * are difficult to formulate. For example, consider two
+ * transliterators: <b>AB</b>, which transliterates the character 'A'
+ * to 'B', and <b>BA</b>, which transliterates 'B' to 'A'. It might
+ * seem that these are exact inverses, since
+ *
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly"A" x <b>AB</b> -> "B"<br>
+ * "B" x <b>BA</b> -> "A"\htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * where 'x' represents transliteration. However,
+ *
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly"ABCD" x <b>AB</b> -> "BBCD"<br>
+ * "BBCD" x <b>BA</b> -> "AACD"\htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * so <b>AB</b> composed with <b>BA</b> is not the
+ * identity. Nonetheless, <b>BA</b> may be usefully considered to be
+ * <b>AB</b>'s inverse, and it is on this basis that
+ * <b>AB</b><code>.getInverse()</code> could legitimately return
+ * <b>BA</b>.
+ *
+ * <p><b>IDs and display names</b>
+ *
+ * <p>A transliterator is designated by a short identifier string or
+ * <em>ID</em>. IDs follow the format <em>source-destination</em>,
+ * where <em>source</em> describes the entity being replaced, and
+ * <em>destination</em> describes the entity replacing
+ * <em>source</em>. The entities may be the names of scripts,
+ * particular sequences of characters, or whatever else it is that the
+ * transliterator converts to or from. For example, a transliterator
+ * from Russian to Latin might be named "Russian-Latin". A
+ * transliterator from keyboard escape sequences to Latin-1 characters
+ * might be named "KeyboardEscape-Latin1". By convention, system
+ * entity names are in English, with the initial letters of words
+ * capitalized; user entity names may follow any format so long as
+ * they do not contain dashes.
+ *
+ * <p>In addition to programmatic IDs, transliterator objects have
+ * display names for presentation in user interfaces, returned by
+ * {@link #getDisplayName }.
+ *
+ * <p><b>Factory methods and registration</b>
+ *
+ * <p>In general, client code should use the factory method
+ * {@link #createInstance } to obtain an instance of a
+ * transliterator given its ID. Valid IDs may be enumerated using
+ * <code>getAvailableIDs()</code>. Since transliterators are mutable,
+ * multiple calls to {@link #createInstance } with the same ID will
+ * return distinct objects.
+ *
+ * <p>In addition to the system transliterators registered at startup,
+ * user transliterators may be registered by calling
+ * <code>registerInstance()</code> at run time. A registered instance
+ * acts a template; future calls to {@link #createInstance } with the ID
+ * of the registered object return clones of that object. Thus any
+ * object passed to <tt>registerInstance()</tt> must implement
+ * <tt>clone()</tt> propertly. To register a transliterator subclass
+ * without instantiating it (until it is needed), users may call
+ * {@link #registerFactory }. In this case, the objects are
+ * instantiated by invoking the zero-argument public constructor of
+ * the class.
+ *
+ * <p><b>Subclassing</b>
+ *
+ * Subclasses must implement the abstract method
+ * <code>handleTransliterate()</code>. <p>Subclasses should override
+ * the <code>transliterate()</code> method taking a
+ * <code>Replaceable</code> and the <code>transliterate()</code>
+ * method taking a <code>String</code> and <code>StringBuffer</code>
+ * if the performance of these methods can be improved over the
+ * performance obtained by the default implementations in this class.
+ *
+ * @author Alan Liu
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API Transliterator : public UObject {
+
+private:
+
+ /**
+ * Programmatic name, e.g., "Latin-Arabic".
+ */
+ UnicodeString ID;
+
+ /**
+ * This transliterator's filter. Any character for which
+ * <tt>filter.contains()</tt> returns <tt>false</tt> will not be
+ * altered by this transliterator. If <tt>filter</tt> is
+ * <tt>null</tt> then no filtering is applied.
+ */
+ UnicodeFilter* filter;
+
+ int32_t maximumContextLength;
+
+ public:
+
+ /**
+ * A context integer or pointer for a factory function, passed by
+ * value.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ union Token {
+ /**
+ * This token, interpreted as a 32-bit integer.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ int32_t integer;
+ /**
+ * This token, interpreted as a native pointer.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ void* pointer;
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Return a token containing an integer.
+ * @return a token containing an integer.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ inline static Token integerToken(int32_t);
+
+ /**
+ * Return a token containing a pointer.
+ * @return a token containing a pointer.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ inline static Token pointerToken(void*);
+
+ /**
+ * A function that creates and returns a Transliterator. When
+ * invoked, it will be passed the ID string that is being
+ * instantiated, together with the context pointer that was passed
+ * in when the factory function was first registered. Many
+ * factory functions will ignore both parameters, however,
+ * functions that are registered to more than one ID may use the
+ * ID or the context parameter to parameterize the transliterator
+ * they create.
+ * @param ID the string identifier for this transliterator
+ * @param context a context pointer that will be stored and
+ * later passed to the factory function when an ID matching
+ * the registration ID is being instantiated with this factory.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ typedef Transliterator* (U_EXPORT2 *Factory)(const UnicodeString& ID, Token context);
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * Default constructor.
+ * @param ID the string identifier for this transliterator
+ * @param adoptedFilter the filter. Any character for which
+ * <tt>filter.contains()</tt> returns <tt>false</tt> will not be
+ * altered by this transliterator. If <tt>filter</tt> is
+ * <tt>null</tt> then no filtering is applied.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ Transliterator(const UnicodeString& ID, UnicodeFilter* adoptedFilter);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ Transliterator(const Transliterator&);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ Transliterator& operator=(const Transliterator&);
+
+ /**
+ * Create a transliterator from a basic ID. This is an ID
+ * containing only the forward direction source, target, and
+ * variant.
+ * @param id a basic ID of the form S-T or S-T/V.
+ * @param canon canonical ID to assign to the object, or
+ * NULL to leave the ID unchanged
+ * @return a newly created Transliterator or null if the ID is
+ * invalid.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static Transliterator* createBasicInstance(const UnicodeString& id,
+ const UnicodeString* canon);
+
+ friend class TransliteratorParser; // for parseID()
+ friend class TransliteratorIDParser; // for createBasicInstance()
+ friend class TransliteratorAlias; // for setID()
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~Transliterator();
+
+ /**
+ * Implements Cloneable.
+ * All subclasses are encouraged to implement this method if it is
+ * possible and reasonable to do so. Subclasses that are to be
+ * registered with the system using <tt>registerInstance()</tt>
+ * are required to implement this method. If a subclass does not
+ * implement clone() properly and is registered with the system
+ * using registerInstance(), then the default clone() implementation
+ * will return null, and calls to createInstance() will fail.
+ *
+ * @return a copy of the object.
+ * @see #registerInstance
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual Transliterator* clone() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Transliterates a segment of a string, with optional filtering.
+ *
+ * @param text the string to be transliterated
+ * @param start the beginning index, inclusive; <code>0 <= start
+ * <= limit</code>.
+ * @param limit the ending index, exclusive; <code>start <= limit
+ * <= text.length()</code>.
+ * @return The new limit index. The text previously occupying <code>[start,
+ * limit)</code> has been transliterated, possibly to a string of a different
+ * length, at <code>[start, </code><em>new-limit</em><code>)</code>, where
+ * <em>new-limit</em> is the return value. If the input offsets are out of bounds,
+ * the returned value is -1 and the input string remains unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t transliterate(Replaceable& text,
+ int32_t start, int32_t limit) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Transliterates an entire string in place. Convenience method.
+ * @param text the string to be transliterated
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void transliterate(Replaceable& text) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Transliterates the portion of the text buffer that can be
+ * transliterated unambiguosly after new text has been inserted,
+ * typically as a result of a keyboard event. The new text in
+ * <code>insertion</code> will be inserted into <code>text</code>
+ * at <code>index.limit</code>, advancing
+ * <code>index.limit</code> by <code>insertion.length()</code>.
+ * Then the transliterator will try to transliterate characters of
+ * <code>text</code> between <code>index.cursor</code> and
+ * <code>index.limit</code>. Characters before
+ * <code>index.cursor</code> will not be changed.
+ *
+ * <p>Upon return, values in <code>index</code> will be updated.
+ * <code>index.start</code> will be advanced to the first
+ * character that future calls to this method will read.
+ * <code>index.cursor</code> and <code>index.limit</code> will
+ * be adjusted to delimit the range of text that future calls to
+ * this method may change.
+ *
+ * <p>Typical usage of this method begins with an initial call
+ * with <code>index.start</code> and <code>index.limit</code>
+ * set to indicate the portion of <code>text</code> to be
+ * transliterated, and <code>index.cursor == index.start</code>.
+ * Thereafter, <code>index</code> can be used without
+ * modification in future calls, provided that all changes to
+ * <code>text</code> are made via this method.
+ *
+ * <p>This method assumes that future calls may be made that will
+ * insert new text into the buffer. As a result, it only performs
+ * unambiguous transliterations. After the last call to this
+ * method, there may be untransliterated text that is waiting for
+ * more input to resolve an ambiguity. In order to perform these
+ * pending transliterations, clients should call {@link
+ * #finishTransliteration } after the last call to this
+ * method has been made.
+ *
+ * @param text the buffer holding transliterated and untransliterated text
+ * @param index an array of three integers.
+ *
+ * <ul><li><code>index.start</code>: the beginning index,
+ * inclusive; <code>0 <= index.start <= index.limit</code>.
+ *
+ * <li><code>index.limit</code>: the ending index, exclusive;
+ * <code>index.start <= index.limit <= text.length()</code>.
+ * <code>insertion</code> is inserted at
+ * <code>index.limit</code>.
+ *
+ * <li><code>index.cursor</code>: the next character to be
+ * considered for transliteration; <code>index.start <=
+ * index.cursor <= index.limit</code>. Characters before
+ * <code>index.cursor</code> will not be changed by future calls
+ * to this method.</ul>
+ *
+ * @param insertion text to be inserted and possibly
+ * transliterated into the translation buffer at
+ * <code>index.limit</code>. If <code>null</code> then no text
+ * is inserted.
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @see #handleTransliterate
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if <code>index</code>
+ * is invalid
+ * @see UTransPosition
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void transliterate(Replaceable& text, UTransPosition& index,
+ const UnicodeString& insertion,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Transliterates the portion of the text buffer that can be
+ * transliterated unambiguosly after a new character has been
+ * inserted, typically as a result of a keyboard event. This is a
+ * convenience method; see {@link
+ * #transliterate(Replaceable&, UTransPosition&, const UnicodeString&, UErrorCode&) const}
+ * for details.
+ * @param text the buffer holding transliterated and
+ * untransliterated text
+ * @param index an array of three integers. See {@link
+ * #transliterate(Replaceable&, UTransPosition&, const UnicodeString&, UErrorCode&) const }.
+ * @param insertion text to be inserted and possibly
+ * transliterated into the translation buffer at
+ * <code>index.limit</code>.
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @see #transliterate(Replaceable&, UTransPosition&, const UnicodeString&, UErrorCode&) const
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void transliterate(Replaceable& text, UTransPosition& index,
+ UChar32 insertion,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Transliterates the portion of the text buffer that can be
+ * transliterated unambiguosly. This is a convenience method; see
+ * {@link
+ * #transliterate(Replaceable&, UTransPosition&, const UnicodeString&, UErrorCode&) const }
+ * for details.
+ * @param text the buffer holding transliterated and
+ * untransliterated text
+ * @param index an array of three integers. See {@link
+ * #transliterate(Replaceable&, UTransPosition&, const UnicodeString&, UErrorCode&) const }.
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @see #transliterate(Replaceable, int[], String)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void transliterate(Replaceable& text, UTransPosition& index,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Finishes any pending transliterations that were waiting for
+ * more characters. Clients should call this method as the last
+ * call after a sequence of one or more calls to
+ * <code>transliterate()</code>.
+ * @param text the buffer holding transliterated and
+ * untransliterated text.
+ * @param index the array of indices previously passed to {@link
+ * #transliterate }
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void finishTransliteration(Replaceable& text,
+ UTransPosition& index) const;
+
+private:
+
+ /**
+ * This internal method does incremental transliteration. If the
+ * 'insertion' is non-null then we append it to 'text' before
+ * proceeding. This method calls through to the pure virtual
+ * framework method handleTransliterate() to do the actual
+ * work.
+ * @param text the buffer holding transliterated and
+ * untransliterated text
+ * @param index an array of three integers. See {@link
+ * #transliterate(Replaceable, int[], String)}.
+ * @param insertion text to be inserted and possibly
+ * transliterated into the translation buffer at
+ * <code>index.limit</code>.
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ */
+ void _transliterate(Replaceable& text,
+ UTransPosition& index,
+ const UnicodeString* insertion,
+ UErrorCode &status) const;
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * Abstract method that concrete subclasses define to implement
+ * their transliteration algorithm. This method handles both
+ * incremental and non-incremental transliteration. Let
+ * <code>originalStart</code> refer to the value of
+ * <code>pos.start</code> upon entry.
+ *
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>If <code>incremental</code> is false, then this method
+ * should transliterate all characters between
+ * <code>pos.start</code> and <code>pos.limit</code>. Upon return
+ * <code>pos.start</code> must == <code> pos.limit</code>.</li>
+ *
+ * <li>If <code>incremental</code> is true, then this method
+ * should transliterate all characters between
+ * <code>pos.start</code> and <code>pos.limit</code> that can be
+ * unambiguously transliterated, regardless of future insertions
+ * of text at <code>pos.limit</code>. Upon return,
+ * <code>pos.start</code> should be in the range
+ * [<code>originalStart</code>, <code>pos.limit</code>).
+ * <code>pos.start</code> should be positioned such that
+ * characters [<code>originalStart</code>, <code>
+ * pos.start</code>) will not be changed in the future by this
+ * transliterator and characters [<code>pos.start</code>,
+ * <code>pos.limit</code>) are unchanged.</li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <p>Implementations of this method should also obey the
+ * following invariants:</p>
+ *
+ * <ul>
+ * <li> <code>pos.limit</code> and <code>pos.contextLimit</code>
+ * should be updated to reflect changes in length of the text
+ * between <code>pos.start</code> and <code>pos.limit</code>. The
+ * difference <code> pos.contextLimit - pos.limit</code> should
+ * not change.</li>
+ *
+ * <li><code>pos.contextStart</code> should not change.</li>
+ *
+ * <li>Upon return, neither <code>pos.start</code> nor
+ * <code>pos.limit</code> should be less than
+ * <code>originalStart</code>.</li>
+ *
+ * <li>Text before <code>originalStart</code> and text after
+ * <code>pos.limit</code> should not change.</li>
+ *
+ * <li>Text before <code>pos.contextStart</code> and text after
+ * <code> pos.contextLimit</code> should be ignored.</li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <p>Subclasses may safely assume that all characters in
+ * [<code>pos.start</code>, <code>pos.limit</code>) are filtered.
+ * In other words, the filter has already been applied by the time
+ * this method is called. See
+ * <code>filteredTransliterate()</code>.
+ *
+ * <p>This method is <b>not</b> for public consumption. Calling
+ * this method directly will transliterate
+ * [<code>pos.start</code>, <code>pos.limit</code>) without
+ * applying the filter. End user code should call <code>
+ * transliterate()</code> instead of this method. Subclass code
+ * and wrapping transliterators should call
+ * <code>filteredTransliterate()</code> instead of this method.<p>
+ *
+ * @param text the buffer holding transliterated and
+ * untransliterated text
+ *
+ * @param pos the indices indicating the start, limit, context
+ * start, and context limit of the text.
+ *
+ * @param incremental if true, assume more text may be inserted at
+ * <code>pos.limit</code> and act accordingly. Otherwise,
+ * transliterate all text between <code>pos.start</code> and
+ * <code>pos.limit</code> and move <code>pos.start</code> up to
+ * <code>pos.limit</code>.
+ *
+ * @see #transliterate
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual void handleTransliterate(Replaceable& text,
+ UTransPosition& pos,
+ UBool incremental) const = 0;
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Transliterate a substring of text, as specified by index, taking filters
+ * into account. This method is for subclasses that need to delegate to
+ * another transliterator, such as CompoundTransliterator.
+ * @param text the text to be transliterated
+ * @param index the position indices
+ * @param incremental if TRUE, then assume more characters may be inserted
+ * at index.limit, and postpone processing to accomodate future incoming
+ * characters
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual void filteredTransliterate(Replaceable& text,
+ UTransPosition& index,
+ UBool incremental) const;
+
+private:
+
+ /**
+ * Top-level transliteration method, handling filtering, incremental and
+ * non-incremental transliteration, and rollback. All transliteration
+ * public API methods eventually call this method with a rollback argument
+ * of TRUE. Other entities may call this method but rollback should be
+ * FALSE.
+ *
+ * <p>If this transliterator has a filter, break up the input text into runs
+ * of unfiltered characters. Pass each run to
+ * <subclass>.handleTransliterate().
+ *
+ * <p>In incremental mode, if rollback is TRUE, perform a special
+ * incremental procedure in which several passes are made over the input
+ * text, adding one character at a time, and committing successful
+ * transliterations as they occur. Unsuccessful transliterations are rolled
+ * back and retried with additional characters to give correct results.
+ *
+ * @param text the text to be transliterated
+ * @param index the position indices
+ * @param incremental if TRUE, then assume more characters may be inserted
+ * at index.limit, and postpone processing to accomodate future incoming
+ * characters
+ * @param rollback if TRUE and if incremental is TRUE, then perform special
+ * incremental processing, as described above, and undo partial
+ * transliterations where necessary. If incremental is FALSE then this
+ * parameter is ignored.
+ */
+ virtual void filteredTransliterate(Replaceable& text,
+ UTransPosition& index,
+ UBool incremental,
+ UBool rollback) const;
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the length of the longest context required by this transliterator.
+ * This is <em>preceding</em> context. The default implementation supplied
+ * by <code>Transliterator</code> returns zero; subclasses
+ * that use preceding context should override this method to return the
+ * correct value. For example, if a transliterator translates "ddd" (where
+ * d is any digit) to "555" when preceded by "(ddd)", then the preceding
+ * context length is 5, the length of "(ddd)".
+ *
+ * @return The maximum number of preceding context characters this
+ * transliterator needs to examine
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t getMaximumContextLength(void) const;
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * Method for subclasses to use to set the maximum context length.
+ * @param maxContextLength the new value to be set.
+ * @see #getMaximumContextLength
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ void setMaximumContextLength(int32_t maxContextLength);
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a programmatic identifier for this transliterator.
+ * If this identifier is passed to <code>createInstance()</code>, it
+ * will return this object, if it has been registered.
+ * @return a programmatic identifier for this transliterator.
+ * @see #registerInstance
+ * @see #registerFactory
+ * @see #getAvailableIDs
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual const UnicodeString& getID(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a name for this transliterator that is appropriate for
+ * display to the user in the default locale. See {@link
+ * #getDisplayName } for details.
+ * @param ID the string identifier for this transliterator
+ * @param result Output param to receive the display name
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& U_EXPORT2 getDisplayName(const UnicodeString& ID,
+ UnicodeString& result);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a name for this transliterator that is appropriate for
+ * display to the user in the given locale. This name is taken
+ * from the locale resource data in the standard manner of the
+ * <code>java.text</code> package.
+ *
+ * <p>If no localized names exist in the system resource bundles,
+ * a name is synthesized using a localized
+ * <code>MessageFormat</code> pattern from the resource data. The
+ * arguments to this pattern are an integer followed by one or two
+ * strings. The integer is the number of strings, either 1 or 2.
+ * The strings are formed by splitting the ID for this
+ * transliterator at the first '-'. If there is no '-', then the
+ * entire ID forms the only string.
+ * @param ID the string identifier for this transliterator
+ * @param inLocale the Locale in which the display name should be
+ * localized.
+ * @param result Output param to receive the display name
+ * @return A reference to 'result'.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& U_EXPORT2 getDisplayName(const UnicodeString& ID,
+ const Locale& inLocale,
+ UnicodeString& result);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the filter used by this transliterator, or <tt>NULL</tt>
+ * if this transliterator uses no filter.
+ * @return the filter used by this transliterator, or <tt>NULL</tt>
+ * if this transliterator uses no filter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const UnicodeFilter* getFilter(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the filter used by this transliterator, or <tt>NULL</tt> if this
+ * transliterator uses no filter. The caller must eventually delete the
+ * result. After this call, this transliterator's filter is set to
+ * <tt>NULL</tt>.
+ * @return the filter used by this transliterator, or <tt>NULL</tt> if this
+ * transliterator uses no filter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeFilter* orphanFilter(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Changes the filter used by this transliterator. If the filter
+ * is set to <tt>null</tt> then no filtering will occur.
+ *
+ * <p>Callers must take care if a transliterator is in use by
+ * multiple threads. The filter should not be changed by one
+ * thread while another thread may be transliterating.
+ * @param adoptedFilter the new filter to be adopted.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void adoptFilter(UnicodeFilter* adoptedFilter);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns this transliterator's inverse. See the class
+ * documentation for details. This implementation simply inverts
+ * the two entities in the ID and attempts to retrieve the
+ * resulting transliterator. That is, if <code>getID()</code>
+ * returns "A-B", then this method will return the result of
+ * <code>createInstance("B-A")</code>, or <code>null</code> if that
+ * call fails.
+ *
+ * <p>Subclasses with knowledge of their inverse may wish to
+ * override this method.
+ *
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @return a transliterator that is an inverse, not necessarily
+ * exact, of this transliterator, or <code>null</code> if no such
+ * transliterator is registered.
+ * @see #registerInstance
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ Transliterator* createInverse(UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a <code>Transliterator</code> object given its ID.
+ * The ID must be either a system transliterator ID or a ID registered
+ * using <code>registerInstance()</code>.
+ *
+ * @param ID a valid ID, as enumerated by <code>getAvailableIDs()</code>
+ * @param dir either FORWARD or REVERSE.
+ * @param parseError Struct to recieve information on position
+ * of error if an error is encountered
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @return A <code>Transliterator</code> object with the given ID
+ * @see #registerInstance
+ * @see #getAvailableIDs
+ * @see #getID
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static Transliterator* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(const UnicodeString& ID,
+ UTransDirection dir,
+ UParseError& parseError,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a <code>Transliterator</code> object given its ID.
+ * The ID must be either a system transliterator ID or a ID registered
+ * using <code>registerInstance()</code>.
+ * @param ID a valid ID, as enumerated by <code>getAvailableIDs()</code>
+ * @param dir either FORWARD or REVERSE.
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @return A <code>Transliterator</code> object with the given ID
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static Transliterator* U_EXPORT2 createInstance(const UnicodeString& ID,
+ UTransDirection dir,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a <code>Transliterator</code> object constructed from
+ * the given rule string. This will be a RuleBasedTransliterator,
+ * if the rule string contains only rules, or a
+ * CompoundTransliterator, if it contains ID blocks, or a
+ * NullTransliterator, if it contains ID blocks which parse as
+ * empty for the given direction.
+ * @param ID the id for the transliterator.
+ * @param rules rules, separated by ';'
+ * @param dir either FORWARD or REVERSE.
+ * @param parseError Struct to recieve information on position
+ * of error if an error is encountered
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static Transliterator* U_EXPORT2 createFromRules(const UnicodeString& ID,
+ const UnicodeString& rules,
+ UTransDirection dir,
+ UParseError& parseError,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Create a rule string that can be passed to createFromRules()
+ * to recreate this transliterator.
+ * @param result the string to receive the rules. Previous
+ * contents will be deleted.
+ * @param escapeUnprintable if TRUE then convert unprintable
+ * character to their hex escape representations, \\uxxxx or
+ * \\Uxxxxxxxx. Unprintable characters are those other than
+ * U+000A, U+0020..U+007E.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& toRules(UnicodeString& result,
+ UBool escapeUnprintable) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the number of elements that make up this transliterator.
+ * For example, if the transliterator "NFD;Jamo-Latin;Latin-Greek"
+ * were created, the return value of this method would be 3.
+ *
+ * <p>If this transliterator is not composed of other
+ * transliterators, then this method returns 1.
+ * @return the number of transliterators that compose this
+ * transliterator, or 1 if this transliterator is not composed of
+ * multiple transliterators
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ int32_t countElements() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return an element that makes up this transliterator. For
+ * example, if the transliterator "NFD;Jamo-Latin;Latin-Greek"
+ * were created, the return value of this method would be one
+ * of the three transliterator objects that make up that
+ * transliterator: [NFD, Jamo-Latin, Latin-Greek].
+ *
+ * <p>If this transliterator is not composed of other
+ * transliterators, then this method will return a reference to
+ * this transliterator when given the index 0.
+ * @param index a value from 0..countElements()-1 indicating the
+ * transliterator to return
+ * @param ec input-output error code
+ * @return one of the transliterators that makes up this
+ * transliterator, if this transliterator is made up of multiple
+ * transliterators, otherwise a reference to this object if given
+ * an index of 0
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ const Transliterator& getElement(int32_t index, UErrorCode& ec) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the set of all characters that may be modified in the
+ * input text by this Transliterator. This incorporates this
+ * object's current filter; if the filter is changed, the return
+ * value of this function will change. The default implementation
+ * returns an empty set. Some subclasses may override {@link
+ * #handleGetSourceSet } to return a more precise result. The
+ * return result is approximate in any case and is intended for
+ * use by tests, tools, or utilities.
+ * @param result receives result set; previous contents lost
+ * @return a reference to result
+ * @see #getTargetSet
+ * @see #handleGetSourceSet
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& getSourceSet(UnicodeSet& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Framework method that returns the set of all characters that
+ * may be modified in the input text by this Transliterator,
+ * ignoring the effect of this object's filter. The base class
+ * implementation returns the empty set. Subclasses that wish to
+ * implement this should override this method.
+ * @return the set of characters that this transliterator may
+ * modify. The set may be modified, so subclasses should return a
+ * newly-created object.
+ * @param result receives result set; previous contents lost
+ * @see #getSourceSet
+ * @see #getTargetSet
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual void handleGetSourceSet(UnicodeSet& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the set of all characters that may be generated as
+ * replacement text by this transliterator. The default
+ * implementation returns the empty set. Some subclasses may
+ * override this method to return a more precise result. The
+ * return result is approximate in any case and is intended for
+ * use by tests, tools, or utilities requiring such
+ * meta-information.
+ * @param result receives result set; previous contents lost
+ * @return a reference to result
+ * @see #getTargetSet
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeSet& getTargetSet(UnicodeSet& result) const;
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Registers a factory function that creates transliterators of
+ * a given ID.
+ * @param id the ID being registered
+ * @param factory a function pointer that will be copied and
+ * called later when the given ID is passed to createInstance()
+ * @param context a context pointer that will be stored and
+ * later passed to the factory function when an ID matching
+ * the registration ID is being instantiated with this factory.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 registerFactory(const UnicodeString& id,
+ Factory factory,
+ Token context);
+
+ /**
+ * Registers an instance <tt>obj</tt> of a subclass of
+ * <code>Transliterator</code> with the system. When
+ * <tt>createInstance()</tt> is called with an ID string that is
+ * equal to <tt>obj->getID()</tt>, then <tt>obj->clone()</tt> is
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * After this call the Transliterator class owns the adoptedObj
+ * and will delete it.
+ *
+ * @param adoptedObj an instance of subclass of
+ * <code>Transliterator</code> that defines <tt>clone()</tt>
+ * @see #createInstance
+ * @see #registerFactory
+ * @see #unregister
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 registerInstance(Transliterator* adoptedObj);
+
+ /**
+ * Registers an ID string as an alias of another ID string.
+ * That is, after calling this function, <tt>createInstance(aliasID)</tt>
+ * will return the same thing as <tt>createInstance(realID)</tt>.
+ * This is generally used to create shorter, more mnemonic aliases
+ * for long compound IDs.
+ *
+ * @param aliasID The new ID being registered.
+ * @param realID The ID that the new ID is to be an alias for.
+ * This can be a compound ID and can include filters and should
+ * refer to transliterators that have already been registered with
+ * the framework, although this isn't checked.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 registerAlias(const UnicodeString& aliasID,
+ const UnicodeString& realID);
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * @internal
+ * @param id the ID being registered
+ * @param factory a function pointer that will be copied and
+ * called later when the given ID is passed to createInstance()
+ * @param context a context pointer that will be stored and
+ * later passed to the factory function when an ID matching
+ * the registration ID is being instantiated with this factory.
+ */
+ static void _registerFactory(const UnicodeString& id,
+ Factory factory,
+ Token context);
+
+ /**
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static void _registerInstance(Transliterator* adoptedObj);
+
+ /**
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static void _registerAlias(const UnicodeString& aliasID, const UnicodeString& realID);
+
+ /**
+ * Register two targets as being inverses of one another. For
+ * example, calling registerSpecialInverse("NFC", "NFD", true) causes
+ * Transliterator to form the following inverse relationships:
+ *
+ * <pre>NFC => NFD
+ * Any-NFC => Any-NFD
+ * NFD => NFC
+ * Any-NFD => Any-NFC</pre>
+ *
+ * (Without the special inverse registration, the inverse of NFC
+ * would be NFC-Any.) Note that NFD is shorthand for Any-NFD, but
+ * that the presence or absence of "Any-" is preserved.
+ *
+ * <p>The relationship is symmetrical; registering (a, b) is
+ * equivalent to registering (b, a).
+ *
+ * <p>The relevant IDs must still be registered separately as
+ * factories or classes.
+ *
+ * <p>Only the targets are specified. Special inverses always
+ * have the form Any-Target1 <=> Any-Target2. The target should
+ * have canonical casing (the casing desired to be produced when
+ * an inverse is formed) and should contain no whitespace or other
+ * extraneous characters.
+ *
+ * @param target the target against which to register the inverse
+ * @param inverseTarget the inverse of target, that is
+ * Any-target.getInverse() => Any-inverseTarget
+ * @param bidirectional if true, register the reverse relation
+ * as well, that is, Any-inverseTarget.getInverse() => Any-target
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static void _registerSpecialInverse(const UnicodeString& target,
+ const UnicodeString& inverseTarget,
+ UBool bidirectional);
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Unregisters a transliterator or class. This may be either
+ * a system transliterator or a user transliterator or class.
+ * Any attempt to construct an unregistered transliterator based
+ * on its ID will fail.
+ *
+ * @param ID the ID of the transliterator or class
+ * @return the <code>Object</code> that was registered with
+ * <code>ID</code>, or <code>null</code> if none was
+ * @see #registerInstance
+ * @see #registerFactory
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 unregister(const UnicodeString& ID);
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Return a StringEnumeration over the IDs available at the time of the
+ * call, including user-registered IDs.
+ * @param ec input-output error code
+ * @return a newly-created StringEnumeration over the transliterators
+ * available at the time of the call. The caller should delete this object
+ * when done using it.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ static StringEnumeration* U_EXPORT2 getAvailableIDs(UErrorCode& ec);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the number of registered source specifiers.
+ * @return the number of registered source specifiers.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static int32_t U_EXPORT2 countAvailableSources(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Return a registered source specifier.
+ * @param index which specifier to return, from 0 to n-1, where
+ * n = countAvailableSources()
+ * @param result fill-in paramter to receive the source specifier.
+ * If index is out of range, result will be empty.
+ * @return reference to result
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& U_EXPORT2 getAvailableSource(int32_t index,
+ UnicodeString& result);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the number of registered target specifiers for a given
+ * source specifier.
+ * @param source the given source specifier.
+ * @return the number of registered target specifiers for a given
+ * source specifier.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static int32_t U_EXPORT2 countAvailableTargets(const UnicodeString& source);
+
+ /**
+ * Return a registered target specifier for a given source.
+ * @param index which specifier to return, from 0 to n-1, where
+ * n = countAvailableTargets(source)
+ * @param source the source specifier
+ * @param result fill-in paramter to receive the target specifier.
+ * If source is invalid or if index is out of range, result will
+ * be empty.
+ * @return reference to result
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& U_EXPORT2 getAvailableTarget(int32_t index,
+ const UnicodeString& source,
+ UnicodeString& result);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the number of registered variant specifiers for a given
+ * source-target pair.
+ * @param source the source specifiers.
+ * @param target the target specifiers.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static int32_t U_EXPORT2 countAvailableVariants(const UnicodeString& source,
+ const UnicodeString& target);
+
+ /**
+ * Return a registered variant specifier for a given source-target
+ * pair.
+ * @param index which specifier to return, from 0 to n-1, where
+ * n = countAvailableVariants(source, target)
+ * @param source the source specifier
+ * @param target the target specifier
+ * @param result fill-in paramter to receive the variant
+ * specifier. If source is invalid or if target is invalid or if
+ * index is out of range, result will be empty.
+ * @return reference to result
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& U_EXPORT2 getAvailableVariant(int32_t index,
+ const UnicodeString& source,
+ const UnicodeString& target,
+ UnicodeString& result);
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * Non-mutexed internal method
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static int32_t _countAvailableSources(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Non-mutexed internal method
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& _getAvailableSource(int32_t index,
+ UnicodeString& result);
+
+ /**
+ * Non-mutexed internal method
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static int32_t _countAvailableTargets(const UnicodeString& source);
+
+ /**
+ * Non-mutexed internal method
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& _getAvailableTarget(int32_t index,
+ const UnicodeString& source,
+ UnicodeString& result);
+
+ /**
+ * Non-mutexed internal method
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static int32_t _countAvailableVariants(const UnicodeString& source,
+ const UnicodeString& target);
+
+ /**
+ * Non-mutexed internal method
+ * @internal
+ */
+ static UnicodeString& _getAvailableVariant(int32_t index,
+ const UnicodeString& source,
+ const UnicodeString& target,
+ UnicodeString& result);
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * Set the ID of this transliterators. Subclasses shouldn't do
+ * this, unless the underlying script behavior has changed.
+ * @param id the new id t to be set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ void setID(const UnicodeString& id);
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for
+ * comparing to a return value from getDynamicClassID().
+ * Note that Transliterator is an abstract base class, and therefor
+ * no fully constructed object will have a dynamic
+ * UCLassID that equals the UClassID returned from
+ * TRansliterator::getStaticClassID().
+ * @return The class ID for class Transliterator.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID <b>polymorphically</b>. This method
+ * is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++
+ * compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and
+ * clone() methods call this method.
+ *
+ * <p>Concrete subclasses of Transliterator must use the
+ * UOBJECT_DEFINE_RTTI_IMPLEMENTATION macro from
+ * uobject.h to provide the RTTI functions.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a given
+ * class have the same class ID. Objects of other classes have
+ * different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const = 0;
+
+private:
+ static UBool initializeRegistry(UErrorCode &status);
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Return the number of IDs currently registered with the system.
+ * To retrieve the actual IDs, call getAvailableID(i) with
+ * i from 0 to countAvailableIDs() - 1.
+ * @return the number of IDs currently registered with the system.
+ * @obsolete ICU 3.4 use getAvailableIDs() instead
+ */
+ static int32_t U_EXPORT2 countAvailableIDs(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the index-th available ID. index must be between 0
+ * and countAvailableIDs() - 1, inclusive. If index is out of
+ * range, the result of getAvailableID(0) is returned.
+ * @param index the given ID index.
+ * @return the index-th available ID. index must be between 0
+ * and countAvailableIDs() - 1, inclusive. If index is out of
+ * range, the result of getAvailableID(0) is returned.
+ * @obsolete ICU 3.4 use getAvailableIDs() instead; this function
+ * is not thread safe, since it returns a reference to storage that
+ * may become invalid if another thread calls unregister
+ */
+ static const UnicodeString& U_EXPORT2 getAvailableID(int32_t index);
+};
+
+inline int32_t Transliterator::getMaximumContextLength(void) const {
+ return maximumContextLength;
+}
+
+inline void Transliterator::setID(const UnicodeString& id) {
+ ID = id;
+ // NUL-terminate the ID string, which is a non-aliased copy.
+ ID.append((UChar)0);
+ ID.truncate(ID.length()-1);
+}
+
+inline Transliterator::Token Transliterator::integerToken(int32_t i) {
+ Token t;
+ t.integer = i;
+ return t;
+}
+
+inline Transliterator::Token Transliterator::pointerToken(void* p) {
+ Token t;
+ t.pointer = p;
+ return t;
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_TRANSLITERATION */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/tzrule.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/tzrule.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95ad1d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/tzrule.h
@@ -0,0 +1,828 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2007-2008, International Business Machines Corporation and *
+* others. All Rights Reserved. *
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef TZRULE_H
+#define TZRULE_H
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Time zone rule classes
+ */
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+#include "unicode/dtrule.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * <code>TimeZoneRule</code> is a class representing a rule for time zone.
+ * <code>TimeZoneRule</code> has a set of time zone attributes, such as zone name,
+ * raw offset (UTC offset for standard time) and daylight saving time offset.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API TimeZoneRule : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual ~TimeZoneRule();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this TimeZoneRule object polymorphically. The caller owns the result and
+ * should delete it when done.
+ * @return A copy of the object.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual TimeZoneRule* clone(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects are semantically equal. Objects
+ * of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param that The object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects are semantically equal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const TimeZoneRule& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects are semantically unequal. Objects
+ * of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param that The object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects are semantically unequal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator!=(const TimeZoneRule& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Fills in "name" with the name of this time zone.
+ * @param name Receives the name of this time zone.
+ * @return A reference to "name"
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& getName(UnicodeString& name) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the standard time offset.
+ * @return The standard time offset from UTC in milliseconds.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ int32_t getRawOffset(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the amount of daylight saving delta time from the standard time.
+ * @return The amount of daylight saving offset used by this rule
+ * in milliseconds.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ int32_t getDSTSavings(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns if this rule represents the same rule and offsets as another.
+ * When two <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects differ only its names, this method
+ * returns true.
+ * @param other The <code>TimeZoneRule</code> object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the other <code>TimeZoneRule</code> is the same as this one.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool isEquivalentTo(const TimeZoneRule& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the very first time when this rule takes effect.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param result Receives the very first time when this rule takes effect.
+ * @return true if the start time is available. When false is returned, output parameter
+ * "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getFirstStart(int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings, UDate& result) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the final time when this rule takes effect.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param result Receives the final time when this rule takes effect.
+ * @return true if the start time is available. When false is returned, output parameter
+ * "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getFinalStart(int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings, UDate& result) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the first time when this rule takes effect after the specified time.
+ * @param base The first start time after this base time will be returned.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param inclusive Whether the base time is inclusive or not.
+ * @param result Receives The first time when this rule takes effect after
+ * the specified base time.
+ * @return true if the start time is available. When false is returned, output parameter
+ * "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getNextStart(UDate base, int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings,
+ UBool inclusive, UDate& result) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the most recent time when this rule takes effect before the specified time.
+ * @param base The most recent time before this base time will be returned.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param inclusive Whether the base time is inclusive or not.
+ * @param result Receives The most recent time when this rule takes effect before
+ * the specified base time.
+ * @return true if the start time is available. When false is returned, output parameter
+ * "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getPreviousStart(UDate base, int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings,
+ UBool inclusive, UDate& result) const = 0;
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a <code>TimeZoneRule</code> with the name, the GMT offset of its
+ * standard time and the amount of daylight saving offset adjustment.
+ * @param name The time zone name.
+ * @param rawOffset The UTC offset of its standard time in milliseconds.
+ * @param dstSavings The amount of daylight saving offset adjustment in milliseconds.
+ * If this ia a rule for standard time, the value of this argument is 0.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ TimeZoneRule(const UnicodeString& name, int32_t rawOffset, int32_t dstSavings);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @param source The TimeZoneRule object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ TimeZoneRule(const TimeZoneRule& source);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @param right The object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ TimeZoneRule& operator=(const TimeZoneRule& right);
+
+private:
+ UnicodeString fName; // time name
+ int32_t fRawOffset; // UTC offset of the standard time in milliseconds
+ int32_t fDSTSavings; // DST saving amount in milliseconds
+};
+
+/**
+ * <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code> represents a time zone rule
+ * representing a time zone effective from the beginning and
+ * has no actual start times.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API InitialTimeZoneRule : public TimeZoneRule {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Constructs an <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code> with the name, the GMT offset of its
+ * standard time and the amount of daylight saving offset adjustment.
+ * @param name The time zone name.
+ * @param rawOffset The UTC offset of its standard time in milliseconds.
+ * @param dstSavings The amount of daylight saving offset adjustment in milliseconds.
+ * If this ia a rule for standard time, the value of this argument is 0.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ InitialTimeZoneRule(const UnicodeString& name, int32_t rawOffset, int32_t dstSavings);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @param source The InitialTimeZoneRule object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ InitialTimeZoneRule(const InitialTimeZoneRule& source);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual ~InitialTimeZoneRule();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this InitialTimeZoneRule object polymorphically. The caller owns the result and
+ * should delete it when done.
+ * @return A copy of the object.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual InitialTimeZoneRule* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @param right The object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ InitialTimeZoneRule& operator=(const InitialTimeZoneRule& right);
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects are semantically equal. Objects
+ * of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param that The object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects are semantically equal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const TimeZoneRule& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects are semantically unequal. Objects
+ * of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param that The object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects are semantically unequal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator!=(const TimeZoneRule& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the time when this rule takes effect in the given year.
+ * @param year The Gregorian year, with 0 == 1 BCE, -1 == 2 BCE, etc.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param result Receives the start time in the year.
+ * @return true if this rule takes effect in the year and the result is set to
+ * "result".
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool getStartInYear(int32_t year, int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings, UDate& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns if this rule represents the same rule and offsets as another.
+ * When two <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects differ only its names, this method
+ * returns true.
+ * @param that The <code>TimeZoneRule</code> object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the other <code>TimeZoneRule</code> is equivalent to this one.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool isEquivalentTo(const TimeZoneRule& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the very first time when this rule takes effect.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param result Receives the very first time when this rule takes effect.
+ * @return true if the start time is available. When false is returned, output parameter
+ * "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getFirstStart(int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings, UDate& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the final time when this rule takes effect.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param result Receives the final time when this rule takes effect.
+ * @return true if the start time is available. When false is returned, output parameter
+ * "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getFinalStart(int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings, UDate& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the first time when this rule takes effect after the specified time.
+ * @param base The first start time after this base time will be returned.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param inclusive Whether the base time is inclusive or not.
+ * @param result Receives The first time when this rule takes effect after
+ * the specified base time.
+ * @return true if the start time is available. When false is returned, output parameter
+ * "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getNextStart(UDate base, int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings,
+ UBool inclusive, UDate& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the most recent time when this rule takes effect before the specified time.
+ * @param base The most recent time before this base time will be returned.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param inclusive Whether the base time is inclusive or not.
+ * @param result Receives The most recent time when this rule takes effect before
+ * the specified base time.
+ * @return true if the start time is available. When false is returned, output parameter
+ * "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getPreviousStart(UDate base, int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings,
+ UBool inclusive, UDate& result) const;
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for comparing to
+ * a return value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * . Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * . if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * . erived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ * </pre>
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual override. This
+ * method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++
+ * compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and clone()
+ * methods call this method.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a
+ * given class have the same class ID. Objects of
+ * other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+};
+
+/**
+ * <code>AnnualTimeZoneRule</code> is a class used for representing a time zone
+ * rule which takes effect annually. The calenday system used for the rule is
+ * is based on Gregorian calendar
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API AnnualTimeZoneRule : public TimeZoneRule {
+public:
+ /**
+ * The constant representing the maximum year used for designating
+ * a rule is permanent.
+ */
+ static const int32_t MAX_YEAR;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a <code>AnnualTimeZoneRule</code> with the name, the GMT offset of its
+ * standard time, the amount of daylight saving offset adjustment, the annual start
+ * time rule and the start/until years. The input DateTimeRule is copied by this
+ * constructor, so the caller remains responsible for deleting the object.
+ * @param name The time zone name.
+ * @param rawOffset The GMT offset of its standard time in milliseconds.
+ * @param dstSavings The amount of daylight saving offset adjustment in
+ * milliseconds. If this ia a rule for standard time,
+ * the value of this argument is 0.
+ * @param dateTimeRule The start date/time rule repeated annually.
+ * @param startYear The first year when this rule takes effect.
+ * @param endYear The last year when this rule takes effect. If this
+ * rule is effective forever in future, specify MAX_YEAR.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ AnnualTimeZoneRule(const UnicodeString& name, int32_t rawOffset, int32_t dstSavings,
+ const DateTimeRule& dateTimeRule, int32_t startYear, int32_t endYear);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a <code>AnnualTimeZoneRule</code> with the name, the GMT offset of its
+ * standard time, the amount of daylight saving offset adjustment, the annual start
+ * time rule and the start/until years. The input DateTimeRule object is adopted
+ * by this object, therefore, the caller must not delete the object.
+ * @param name The time zone name.
+ * @param rawOffset The GMT offset of its standard time in milliseconds.
+ * @param dstSavings The amount of daylight saving offset adjustment in
+ * milliseconds. If this ia a rule for standard time,
+ * the value of this argument is 0.
+ * @param dateTimeRule The start date/time rule repeated annually.
+ * @param startYear The first year when this rule takes effect.
+ * @param endYear The last year when this rule takes effect. If this
+ * rule is effective forever in future, specify MAX_YEAR.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ AnnualTimeZoneRule(const UnicodeString& name, int32_t rawOffset, int32_t dstSavings,
+ DateTimeRule* dateTimeRule, int32_t startYear, int32_t endYear);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @param source The AnnualTimeZoneRule object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ AnnualTimeZoneRule(const AnnualTimeZoneRule& source);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual ~AnnualTimeZoneRule();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this AnnualTimeZoneRule object polymorphically. The caller owns the result and
+ * should delete it when done.
+ * @return A copy of the object.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual AnnualTimeZoneRule* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @param right The object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ AnnualTimeZoneRule& operator=(const AnnualTimeZoneRule& right);
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects are semantically equal. Objects
+ * of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param that The object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects are semantically equal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const TimeZoneRule& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects are semantically unequal. Objects
+ * of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param that The object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects are semantically unequal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator!=(const TimeZoneRule& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the start date/time rule used by this rule.
+ * @return The <code>AnnualDateTimeRule</code> which represents the start date/time
+ * rule used by this time zone rule.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ const DateTimeRule* getRule(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the first year when this rule takes effect.
+ * @return The start year of this rule. The year is in Gregorian calendar
+ * with 0 == 1 BCE, -1 == 2 BCE, etc.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ int32_t getStartYear(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the end year when this rule takes effect.
+ * @return The end year of this rule (inclusive). The year is in Gregorian calendar
+ * with 0 == 1 BCE, -1 == 2 BCE, etc.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ int32_t getEndYear(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the time when this rule takes effect in the given year.
+ * @param year The Gregorian year, with 0 == 1 BCE, -1 == 2 BCE, etc.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param result Receives the start time in the year.
+ * @return true if this rule takes effect in the year and the result is set to
+ * "result".
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool getStartInYear(int32_t year, int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings, UDate& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns if this rule represents the same rule and offsets as another.
+ * When two <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects differ only its names, this method
+ * returns true.
+ * @param that The <code>TimeZoneRule</code> object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the other <code>TimeZoneRule</code> is equivalent to this one.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool isEquivalentTo(const TimeZoneRule& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the very first time when this rule takes effect.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param result Receives the very first time when this rule takes effect.
+ * @return true if the start time is available. When false is returned, output parameter
+ * "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getFirstStart(int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings, UDate& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the final time when this rule takes effect.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param result Receives the final time when this rule takes effect.
+ * @return true if the start time is available. When false is returned, output parameter
+ * "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getFinalStart(int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings, UDate& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the first time when this rule takes effect after the specified time.
+ * @param base The first start time after this base time will be returned.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param inclusive Whether the base time is inclusive or not.
+ * @param result Receives The first time when this rule takes effect after
+ * the specified base time.
+ * @return true if the start time is available. When false is returned, output parameter
+ * "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getNextStart(UDate base, int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings,
+ UBool inclusive, UDate& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the most recent time when this rule takes effect before the specified time.
+ * @param base The most recent time before this base time will be returned.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param inclusive Whether the base time is inclusive or not.
+ * @param result Receives The most recent time when this rule takes effect before
+ * the specified base time.
+ * @return true if the start time is available. When false is returned, output parameter
+ * "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getPreviousStart(UDate base, int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings,
+ UBool inclusive, UDate& result) const;
+
+
+private:
+ DateTimeRule* fDateTimeRule;
+ int32_t fStartYear;
+ int32_t fEndYear;
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for comparing to
+ * a return value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * . Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * . if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * . erived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ * </pre>
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual override. This
+ * method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++
+ * compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and clone()
+ * methods call this method.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a
+ * given class have the same class ID. Objects of
+ * other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+};
+
+/**
+ * <code>TimeArrayTimeZoneRule</code> represents a time zone rule whose start times are
+ * defined by an array of milliseconds since the standard base time.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API TimeArrayTimeZoneRule : public TimeZoneRule {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Constructs a <code>TimeArrayTimeZoneRule</code> with the name, the GMT offset of its
+ * standard time, the amount of daylight saving offset adjustment and
+ * the array of times when this rule takes effect.
+ * @param name The time zone name.
+ * @param rawOffset The UTC offset of its standard time in milliseconds.
+ * @param dstSavings The amount of daylight saving offset adjustment in
+ * milliseconds. If this ia a rule for standard time,
+ * the value of this argument is 0.
+ * @param startTimes The array start times in milliseconds since the base time
+ * (January 1, 1970, 00:00:00).
+ * @param numStartTimes The number of elements in the parameter "startTimes"
+ * @param timeRuleType The time type of the start times, which is one of
+ * <code>DataTimeRule::WALL_TIME</code>, <code>STANDARD_TIME</code>
+ * and <code>UTC_TIME</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ TimeArrayTimeZoneRule(const UnicodeString& name, int32_t rawOffset, int32_t dstSavings,
+ const UDate* startTimes, int32_t numStartTimes, DateTimeRule::TimeRuleType timeRuleType);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @param source The TimeArrayTimeZoneRule object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ TimeArrayTimeZoneRule(const TimeArrayTimeZoneRule& source);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual ~TimeArrayTimeZoneRule();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this TimeArrayTimeZoneRule object polymorphically. The caller owns the result and
+ * should delete it when done.
+ * @return A copy of the object.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual TimeArrayTimeZoneRule* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @param right The object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ TimeArrayTimeZoneRule& operator=(const TimeArrayTimeZoneRule& right);
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects are semantically equal. Objects
+ * of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param that The object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects are semantically equal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const TimeZoneRule& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects are semantically unequal. Objects
+ * of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param that The object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects are semantically unequal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator!=(const TimeZoneRule& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the time type of the start times used by this rule. The return value
+ * is either <code>DateTimeRule::WALL_TIME</code> or <code>STANDARD_TIME</code>
+ * or <code>UTC_TIME</code>.
+ *
+ * @return The time type used of the start times used by this rule.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ DateTimeRule::TimeRuleType getTimeType(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets a start time at the index stored in this rule.
+ * @param index The index of start times
+ * @param result Receives the start time at the index
+ * @return true if the index is within the valid range and
+ * and the result is set. When false, the output
+ * parameger "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool getStartTimeAt(int32_t index, UDate& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the number of start times stored in this rule
+ * @return The number of start times.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ int32_t countStartTimes(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns if this rule represents the same rule and offsets as another.
+ * When two <code>TimeZoneRule</code> objects differ only its names, this method
+ * returns true.
+ * @param that The <code>TimeZoneRule</code> object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the other <code>TimeZoneRule</code> is equivalent to this one.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool isEquivalentTo(const TimeZoneRule& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the very first time when this rule takes effect.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param result Receives the very first time when this rule takes effect.
+ * @return true if the start time is available. When false is returned, output parameter
+ * "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getFirstStart(int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings, UDate& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the final time when this rule takes effect.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param result Receives the final time when this rule takes effect.
+ * @return true if the start time is available. When false is returned, output parameter
+ * "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getFinalStart(int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings, UDate& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the first time when this rule takes effect after the specified time.
+ * @param base The first start time after this base time will be returned.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param inclusive Whether the base time is inclusive or not.
+ * @param result Receives The first time when this rule takes effect after
+ * the specified base time.
+ * @return true if the start time is available. When false is returned, output parameter
+ * "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getNextStart(UDate base, int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings,
+ UBool inclusive, UDate& result) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the most recent time when this rule takes effect before the specified time.
+ * @param base The most recent time before this base time will be returned.
+ * @param prevRawOffset The standard time offset from UTC before this rule
+ * takes effect in milliseconds.
+ * @param prevDSTSavings The amount of daylight saving offset from the
+ * standard time.
+ * @param inclusive Whether the base time is inclusive or not.
+ * @param result Receives The most recent time when this rule takes effect before
+ * the specified base time.
+ * @return true if the start time is available. When false is returned, output parameter
+ * "result" is unchanged.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getPreviousStart(UDate base, int32_t prevRawOffset, int32_t prevDSTSavings,
+ UBool inclusive, UDate& result) const;
+
+
+private:
+ enum { TIMEARRAY_STACK_BUFFER_SIZE = 32 };
+ UBool initStartTimes(const UDate source[], int32_t size, UErrorCode& ec);
+ UDate getUTC(UDate time, int32_t raw, int32_t dst) const;
+
+ DateTimeRule::TimeRuleType fTimeRuleType;
+ int32_t fNumStartTimes;
+ UDate* fStartTimes;
+ UDate fLocalStartTimes[TIMEARRAY_STACK_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for comparing to
+ * a return value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * . Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * . if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * . erived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ * </pre>
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual override. This
+ * method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++
+ * compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and clone()
+ * methods call this method.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a
+ * given class have the same class ID. Objects of
+ * other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+};
+
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // TZRULE_H
+
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/tztrans.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/tztrans.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12f85d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/tztrans.h
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2007-2008, International Business Machines Corporation and *
+* others. All Rights Reserved. *
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef TZTRANS_H
+#define TZTRANS_H
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Time zone transition
+ */
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+// Forward declaration
+class TimeZoneRule;
+
+/**
+ * <code>TimeZoneTransition</code> is a class representing a time zone transition.
+ * An instance has a time of transition and rules for both before and after the transition.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API TimeZoneTransition : public UObject {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Constructs a <code>TimeZoneTransition</code> with the time and the rules before/after
+ * the transition.
+ *
+ * @param time The time of transition in milliseconds since the base time.
+ * @param from The time zone rule used before the transition.
+ * @param to The time zone rule used after the transition.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ TimeZoneTransition(UDate time, const TimeZoneRule& from, const TimeZoneRule& to);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs an empty <code>TimeZoneTransition</code>
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ TimeZoneTransition();
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @param source The TimeZoneTransition object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ TimeZoneTransition(const TimeZoneTransition& source);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ ~TimeZoneTransition();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this TimeZoneTransition object polymorphically. The caller owns the result and
+ * should delete it when done.
+ * @return A copy of the object.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ TimeZoneTransition* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @param right The object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ TimeZoneTransition& operator=(const TimeZoneTransition& right);
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given TimeZoneTransition objects are semantically equal. Objects
+ * of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param that The object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given TimeZoneTransition objects are semantically equal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool operator==(const TimeZoneTransition& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given TimeZoneTransition objects are semantically unequal. Objects
+ * of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param that The object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given TimeZoneTransition objects are semantically unequal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const TimeZoneTransition& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the time of transition in milliseconds.
+ * @return The time of the transition in milliseconds since the 1970 Jan 1 epoch time.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UDate getTime(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the time of transition in milliseconds.
+ * @param time The time of the transition in milliseconds since the 1970 Jan 1 epoch time.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void setTime(UDate time);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the rule used before the transition.
+ * @return The time zone rule used after the transition.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ const TimeZoneRule* getFrom(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the rule used before the transition. The caller remains
+ * responsible for deleting the <code>TimeZoneRule</code> object.
+ * @param from The time zone rule used before the transition.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void setFrom(const TimeZoneRule& from);
+
+ /**
+ * Adopts the rule used before the transition. The caller must
+ * not delete the <code>TimeZoneRule</code> object passed in.
+ * @param from The time zone rule used before the transition.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void adoptFrom(TimeZoneRule* from);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the rule used after the transition. The caller remains
+ * responsible for deleting the <code>TimeZoneRule</code> object.
+ * @param to The time zone rule used after the transition.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void setTo(const TimeZoneRule& to);
+
+ /**
+ * Adopts the rule used after the transition. The caller must
+ * not delete the <code>TimeZoneRule</code> object passed in.
+ * @param to The time zone rule used after the transition.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void adoptTo(TimeZoneRule* to);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the rule used after the transition.
+ * @return The time zone rule used after the transition.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ const TimeZoneRule* getTo(void) const;
+
+private:
+ UDate fTime;
+ TimeZoneRule* fFrom;
+ TimeZoneRule* fTo;
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for comparing to
+ * a return value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * . Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * . if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * . erived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ * </pre>
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual override. This
+ * method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++
+ * compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and clone()
+ * methods call this method.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a
+ * given class have the same class ID. Objects of
+ * other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // TZTRANS_H
+
+//eof
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ubidi.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ubidi.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25f22b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ubidi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2013 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* file name: ubidi.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 1999jul27
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer, updated by Matitiahu Allouche
+*/
+
+#ifndef UBIDI_H
+#define UBIDI_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/uchar.h"
+
+/**
+ *\file
+ * \brief C API: Bidi algorithm
+ *
+ * <h2>Bidi algorithm for ICU</h2>
+ *
+ * This is an implementation of the Unicode Bidirectional algorithm.
+ * The algorithm is defined in the
+ * <a href="http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr9/">Unicode Standard Annex #9</a>,
+ * version 13, also described in The Unicode Standard, Version 4.0 .<p>
+ *
+ * Note: Libraries that perform a bidirectional algorithm and
+ * reorder strings accordingly are sometimes called "Storage Layout Engines".
+ * ICU's Bidi and shaping (u_shapeArabic()) APIs can be used at the core of such
+ * "Storage Layout Engines".
+ *
+ * <h3>General remarks about the API:</h3>
+ *
+ * In functions with an error code parameter,
+ * the <code>pErrorCode</code> pointer must be valid
+ * and the value that it points to must not indicate a failure before
+ * the function call. Otherwise, the function returns immediately.
+ * After the function call, the value indicates success or failure.<p>
+ *
+ * The "limit" of a sequence of characters is the position just after their
+ * last character, i.e., one more than that position.<p>
+ *
+ * Some of the API functions provide access to "runs".
+ * Such a "run" is defined as a sequence of characters
+ * that are at the same embedding level
+ * after performing the Bidi algorithm.<p>
+ *
+ * @author Markus W. Scherer
+ * @version 1.0
+ *
+ *
+ * <h4> Sample code for the ICU Bidi API </h4>
+ *
+ * <h5>Rendering a paragraph with the ICU Bidi API</h5>
+ *
+ * This is (hypothetical) sample code that illustrates
+ * how the ICU Bidi API could be used to render a paragraph of text.
+ * Rendering code depends highly on the graphics system,
+ * therefore this sample code must make a lot of assumptions,
+ * which may or may not match any existing graphics system's properties.
+ *
+ * <p>The basic assumptions are:</p>
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>Rendering is done from left to right on a horizontal line.</li>
+ * <li>A run of single-style, unidirectional text can be rendered at once.</li>
+ * <li>Such a run of text is passed to the graphics system with
+ * characters (code units) in logical order.</li>
+ * <li>The line-breaking algorithm is very complicated
+ * and Locale-dependent -
+ * and therefore its implementation omitted from this sample code.</li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ *#include "unicode/ubidi.h"
+ *
+ *typedef enum {
+ * styleNormal=0, styleSelected=1,
+ * styleBold=2, styleItalics=4,
+ * styleSuper=8, styleSub=16
+ *} Style;
+ *
+ *typedef struct { int32_t limit; Style style; } StyleRun;
+ *
+ *int getTextWidth(const UChar *text, int32_t start, int32_t limit,
+ * const StyleRun *styleRuns, int styleRunCount);
+ *
+ * // set *pLimit and *pStyleRunLimit for a line
+ * // from text[start] and from styleRuns[styleRunStart]
+ * // using ubidi_getLogicalRun(para, ...)
+ *void getLineBreak(const UChar *text, int32_t start, int32_t *pLimit,
+ * UBiDi *para,
+ * const StyleRun *styleRuns, int styleRunStart, int *pStyleRunLimit,
+ * int *pLineWidth);
+ *
+ * // render runs on a line sequentially, always from left to right
+ *
+ * // prepare rendering a new line
+ * void startLine(UBiDiDirection textDirection, int lineWidth);
+ *
+ * // render a run of text and advance to the right by the run width
+ * // the text[start..limit-1] is always in logical order
+ * void renderRun(const UChar *text, int32_t start, int32_t limit,
+ * UBiDiDirection textDirection, Style style);
+ *
+ * // We could compute a cross-product
+ * // from the style runs with the directional runs
+ * // and then reorder it.
+ * // Instead, here we iterate over each run type
+ * // and render the intersections -
+ * // with shortcuts in simple (and common) cases.
+ * // renderParagraph() is the main function.
+ *
+ * // render a directional run with
+ * // (possibly) multiple style runs intersecting with it
+ * void renderDirectionalRun(const UChar *text,
+ * int32_t start, int32_t limit,
+ * UBiDiDirection direction,
+ * const StyleRun *styleRuns, int styleRunCount) {
+ * int i;
+ *
+ * // iterate over style runs
+ * if(direction==UBIDI_LTR) {
+ * int styleLimit;
+ *
+ * for(i=0; i<styleRunCount; ++i) {
+ * styleLimit=styleRun[i].limit;
+ * if(start<styleLimit) {
+ * if(styleLimit>limit) { styleLimit=limit; }
+ * renderRun(text, start, styleLimit,
+ * direction, styleRun[i].style);
+ * if(styleLimit==limit) { break; }
+ * start=styleLimit;
+ * }
+ * }
+ * } else {
+ * int styleStart;
+ *
+ * for(i=styleRunCount-1; i>=0; --i) {
+ * if(i>0) {
+ * styleStart=styleRun[i-1].limit;
+ * } else {
+ * styleStart=0;
+ * }
+ * if(limit>=styleStart) {
+ * if(styleStart<start) { styleStart=start; }
+ * renderRun(text, styleStart, limit,
+ * direction, styleRun[i].style);
+ * if(styleStart==start) { break; }
+ * limit=styleStart;
+ * }
+ * }
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * // the line object represents text[start..limit-1]
+ * void renderLine(UBiDi *line, const UChar *text,
+ * int32_t start, int32_t limit,
+ * const StyleRun *styleRuns, int styleRunCount) {
+ * UBiDiDirection direction=ubidi_getDirection(line);
+ * if(direction!=UBIDI_MIXED) {
+ * // unidirectional
+ * if(styleRunCount<=1) {
+ * renderRun(text, start, limit, direction, styleRuns[0].style);
+ * } else {
+ * renderDirectionalRun(text, start, limit,
+ * direction, styleRuns, styleRunCount);
+ * }
+ * } else {
+ * // mixed-directional
+ * int32_t count, i, length;
+ * UBiDiLevel level;
+ *
+ * count=ubidi_countRuns(para, pErrorCode);
+ * if(U_SUCCESS(*pErrorCode)) {
+ * if(styleRunCount<=1) {
+ * Style style=styleRuns[0].style;
+ *
+ * // iterate over directional runs
+ * for(i=0; i<count; ++i) {
+ * direction=ubidi_getVisualRun(para, i, &start, &length);
+ * renderRun(text, start, start+length, direction, style);
+ * }
+ * } else {
+ * int32_t j;
+ *
+ * // iterate over both directional and style runs
+ * for(i=0; i<count; ++i) {
+ * direction=ubidi_getVisualRun(line, i, &start, &length);
+ * renderDirectionalRun(text, start, start+length,
+ * direction, styleRuns, styleRunCount);
+ * }
+ * }
+ * }
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ *void renderParagraph(const UChar *text, int32_t length,
+ * UBiDiDirection textDirection,
+ * const StyleRun *styleRuns, int styleRunCount,
+ * int lineWidth,
+ * UErrorCode *pErrorCode) {
+ * UBiDi *para;
+ *
+ * if(pErrorCode==NULL || U_FAILURE(*pErrorCode) || length<=0) {
+ * return;
+ * }
+ *
+ * para=ubidi_openSized(length, 0, pErrorCode);
+ * if(para==NULL) { return; }
+ *
+ * ubidi_setPara(para, text, length,
+ * textDirection ? UBIDI_DEFAULT_RTL : UBIDI_DEFAULT_LTR,
+ * NULL, pErrorCode);
+ * if(U_SUCCESS(*pErrorCode)) {
+ * UBiDiLevel paraLevel=1&ubidi_getParaLevel(para);
+ * StyleRun styleRun={ length, styleNormal };
+ * int width;
+ *
+ * if(styleRuns==NULL || styleRunCount<=0) {
+ * styleRunCount=1;
+ * styleRuns=&styleRun;
+ * }
+ *
+ * // assume styleRuns[styleRunCount-1].limit>=length
+ *
+ * width=getTextWidth(text, 0, length, styleRuns, styleRunCount);
+ * if(width<=lineWidth) {
+ * // everything fits onto one line
+ *
+ * // prepare rendering a new line from either left or right
+ * startLine(paraLevel, width);
+ *
+ * renderLine(para, text, 0, length,
+ * styleRuns, styleRunCount);
+ * } else {
+ * UBiDi *line;
+ *
+ * // we need to render several lines
+ * line=ubidi_openSized(length, 0, pErrorCode);
+ * if(line!=NULL) {
+ * int32_t start=0, limit;
+ * int styleRunStart=0, styleRunLimit;
+ *
+ * for(;;) {
+ * limit=length;
+ * styleRunLimit=styleRunCount;
+ * getLineBreak(text, start, &limit, para,
+ * styleRuns, styleRunStart, &styleRunLimit,
+ * &width);
+ * ubidi_setLine(para, start, limit, line, pErrorCode);
+ * if(U_SUCCESS(*pErrorCode)) {
+ * // prepare rendering a new line
+ * // from either left or right
+ * startLine(paraLevel, width);
+ *
+ * renderLine(line, text, start, limit,
+ * styleRuns+styleRunStart,
+ * styleRunLimit-styleRunStart);
+ * }
+ * if(limit==length) { break; }
+ * start=limit;
+ * styleRunStart=styleRunLimit-1;
+ * if(start>=styleRuns[styleRunStart].limit) {
+ * ++styleRunStart;
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * ubidi_close(line);
+ * }
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * ubidi_close(para);
+ *}
+ *\endcode
+ * </pre>
+ */
+
+/*DOCXX_TAG*/
+/*@{*/
+
+/**
+ * UBiDiLevel is the type of the level values in this
+ * Bidi implementation.
+ * It holds an embedding level and indicates the visual direction
+ * by its bit 0 (even/odd value).<p>
+ *
+ * It can also hold non-level values for the
+ * <code>paraLevel</code> and <code>embeddingLevels</code>
+ * arguments of <code>ubidi_setPara()</code>; there:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>bit 7 of an <code>embeddingLevels[]</code>
+ * value indicates whether the using application is
+ * specifying the level of a character to <i>override</i> whatever the
+ * Bidi implementation would resolve it to.</li>
+ * <li><code>paraLevel</code> can be set to the
+ * pseudo-level values <code>UBIDI_DEFAULT_LTR</code>
+ * and <code>UBIDI_DEFAULT_RTL</code>.</li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_setPara
+ *
+ * <p>The related constants are not real, valid level values.
+ * <code>UBIDI_DEFAULT_XXX</code> can be used to specify
+ * a default for the paragraph level for
+ * when the <code>ubidi_setPara()</code> function
+ * shall determine it but there is no
+ * strongly typed character in the input.<p>
+ *
+ * Note that the value for <code>UBIDI_DEFAULT_LTR</code> is even
+ * and the one for <code>UBIDI_DEFAULT_RTL</code> is odd,
+ * just like with normal LTR and RTL level values -
+ * these special values are designed that way. Also, the implementation
+ * assumes that UBIDI_MAX_EXPLICIT_LEVEL is odd.
+ *
+ * @see UBIDI_DEFAULT_LTR
+ * @see UBIDI_DEFAULT_RTL
+ * @see UBIDI_LEVEL_OVERRIDE
+ * @see UBIDI_MAX_EXPLICIT_LEVEL
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef uint8_t UBiDiLevel;
+
+/** Paragraph level setting.<p>
+ *
+ * Constant indicating that the base direction depends on the first strong
+ * directional character in the text according to the Unicode Bidirectional
+ * Algorithm. If no strong directional character is present,
+ * then set the paragraph level to 0 (left-to-right).<p>
+ *
+ * If this value is used in conjunction with reordering modes
+ * <code>UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_LIKE_DIRECT</code> or
+ * <code>UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_FOR_NUMBERS_SPECIAL</code>, the text to reorder
+ * is assumed to be visual LTR, and the text after reordering is required
+ * to be the corresponding logical string with appropriate contextual
+ * direction. The direction of the result string will be RTL if either
+ * the righmost or leftmost strong character of the source text is RTL
+ * or Arabic Letter, the direction will be LTR otherwise.<p>
+ *
+ * If reordering option <code>UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS</code> is set, an RLM may
+ * be added at the beginning of the result string to ensure round trip
+ * (that the result string, when reordered back to visual, will produce
+ * the original source text).
+ * @see UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_LIKE_DIRECT
+ * @see UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_FOR_NUMBERS_SPECIAL
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UBIDI_DEFAULT_LTR 0xfe
+
+/** Paragraph level setting.<p>
+ *
+ * Constant indicating that the base direction depends on the first strong
+ * directional character in the text according to the Unicode Bidirectional
+ * Algorithm. If no strong directional character is present,
+ * then set the paragraph level to 1 (right-to-left).<p>
+ *
+ * If this value is used in conjunction with reordering modes
+ * <code>UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_LIKE_DIRECT</code> or
+ * <code>UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_FOR_NUMBERS_SPECIAL</code>, the text to reorder
+ * is assumed to be visual LTR, and the text after reordering is required
+ * to be the corresponding logical string with appropriate contextual
+ * direction. The direction of the result string will be RTL if either
+ * the righmost or leftmost strong character of the source text is RTL
+ * or Arabic Letter, or if the text contains no strong character;
+ * the direction will be LTR otherwise.<p>
+ *
+ * If reordering option <code>UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS</code> is set, an RLM may
+ * be added at the beginning of the result string to ensure round trip
+ * (that the result string, when reordered back to visual, will produce
+ * the original source text).
+ * @see UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_LIKE_DIRECT
+ * @see UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_FOR_NUMBERS_SPECIAL
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UBIDI_DEFAULT_RTL 0xff
+
+/**
+ * Maximum explicit embedding level.
+ * (The maximum resolved level can be up to <code>UBIDI_MAX_EXPLICIT_LEVEL+1</code>).
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UBIDI_MAX_EXPLICIT_LEVEL 61
+
+/** Bit flag for level input.
+ * Overrides directional properties.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UBIDI_LEVEL_OVERRIDE 0x80
+
+/**
+ * Special value which can be returned by the mapping functions when a logical
+ * index has no corresponding visual index or vice-versa. This may happen
+ * for the logical-to-visual mapping of a Bidi control when option
+ * <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_REMOVE_CONTROLS</code> is specified. This can also happen
+ * for the visual-to-logical mapping of a Bidi mark (LRM or RLM) inserted
+ * by option <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS</code>.
+ * @see ubidi_getVisualIndex
+ * @see ubidi_getVisualMap
+ * @see ubidi_getLogicalIndex
+ * @see ubidi_getLogicalMap
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+#define UBIDI_MAP_NOWHERE (-1)
+
+/**
+ * <code>UBiDiDirection</code> values indicate the text direction.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+enum UBiDiDirection {
+ /** All left-to-right text. This is a 0 value. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBIDI_LTR,
+ /** All right-to-left text. This is a 1 value. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBIDI_RTL,
+ /** Mixed-directional text. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBIDI_MIXED
+};
+
+/** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+typedef enum UBiDiDirection UBiDiDirection;
+
+/**
+ * Forward declaration of the <code>UBiDi</code> structure for the declaration of
+ * the API functions. Its fields are implementation-specific.<p>
+ * This structure holds information about a paragraph (or multiple paragraphs)
+ * of text with Bidi-algorithm-related details, or about one line of
+ * such a paragraph.<p>
+ * Reordering can be done on a line, or on one or more paragraphs which are
+ * then interpreted each as one single line.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+struct UBiDi;
+
+/** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+typedef struct UBiDi UBiDi;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a <code>UBiDi</code> structure.
+ * Such an object is initially empty. It is assigned
+ * the Bidi properties of a piece of text containing one or more paragraphs
+ * by <code>ubidi_setPara()</code>
+ * or the Bidi properties of a line within a paragraph by
+ * <code>ubidi_setLine()</code>.<p>
+ * This object can be reused for as long as it is not deallocated
+ * by calling <code>ubidi_close()</code>.<p>
+ * <code>ubidi_setPara()</code> and <code>ubidi_setLine()</code> will allocate
+ * additional memory for internal structures as necessary.
+ *
+ * @return An empty <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBiDi * U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_open(void);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a <code>UBiDi</code> structure with preallocated memory
+ * for internal structures.
+ * This function provides a <code>UBiDi</code> object like <code>ubidi_open()</code>
+ * with no arguments, but it also preallocates memory for internal structures
+ * according to the sizings supplied by the caller.<p>
+ * Subsequent functions will not allocate any more memory, and are thus
+ * guaranteed not to fail because of lack of memory.<p>
+ * The preallocation can be limited to some of the internal memory
+ * by setting some values to 0 here. That means that if, e.g.,
+ * <code>maxRunCount</code> cannot be reasonably predetermined and should not
+ * be set to <code>maxLength</code> (the only failproof value) to avoid
+ * wasting memory, then <code>maxRunCount</code> could be set to 0 here
+ * and the internal structures that are associated with it will be allocated
+ * on demand, just like with <code>ubidi_open()</code>.
+ *
+ * @param maxLength is the maximum text or line length that internal memory
+ * will be preallocated for. An attempt to associate this object with a
+ * longer text will fail, unless this value is 0, which leaves the allocation
+ * up to the implementation.
+ *
+ * @param maxRunCount is the maximum anticipated number of same-level runs
+ * that internal memory will be preallocated for. An attempt to access
+ * visual runs on an object that was not preallocated for as many runs
+ * as the text was actually resolved to will fail,
+ * unless this value is 0, which leaves the allocation up to the implementation.<br><br>
+ * The number of runs depends on the actual text and maybe anywhere between
+ * 1 and <code>maxLength</code>. It is typically small.
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode must be a valid pointer to an error code value.
+ *
+ * @return An empty <code>UBiDi</code> object with preallocated memory.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBiDi * U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_openSized(int32_t maxLength, int32_t maxRunCount, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * <code>ubidi_close()</code> must be called to free the memory
+ * associated with a UBiDi object.<p>
+ *
+ * <strong>Important: </strong>
+ * A parent <code>UBiDi</code> object must not be destroyed or reused if
+ * it still has children.
+ * If a <code>UBiDi</code> object has become the <i>child</i>
+ * of another one (its <i>parent</i>) by calling
+ * <code>ubidi_setLine()</code>, then the child object must
+ * be destroyed (closed) or reused (by calling
+ * <code>ubidi_setPara()</code> or <code>ubidi_setLine()</code>)
+ * before the parent object.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is a <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_setPara
+ * @see ubidi_setLine
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_close(UBiDi *pBiDi);
+
+/**
+ * Modify the operation of the Bidi algorithm such that it
+ * approximates an "inverse Bidi" algorithm. This function
+ * must be called before <code>ubidi_setPara()</code>.
+ *
+ * <p>The normal operation of the Bidi algorithm as described
+ * in the Unicode Technical Report is to take text stored in logical
+ * (keyboard, typing) order and to determine the reordering of it for visual
+ * rendering.
+ * Some legacy systems store text in visual order, and for operations
+ * with standard, Unicode-based algorithms, the text needs to be transformed
+ * to logical order. This is effectively the inverse algorithm of the
+ * described Bidi algorithm. Note that there is no standard algorithm for
+ * this "inverse Bidi" and that the current implementation provides only an
+ * approximation of "inverse Bidi".</p>
+ *
+ * <p>With <code>isInverse</code> set to <code>TRUE</code>,
+ * this function changes the behavior of some of the subsequent functions
+ * in a way that they can be used for the inverse Bidi algorithm.
+ * Specifically, runs of text with numeric characters will be treated in a
+ * special way and may need to be surrounded with LRM characters when they are
+ * written in reordered sequence.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Output runs should be retrieved using <code>ubidi_getVisualRun()</code>.
+ * Since the actual input for "inverse Bidi" is visually ordered text and
+ * <code>ubidi_getVisualRun()</code> gets the reordered runs, these are actually
+ * the runs of the logically ordered output.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Calling this function with argument <code>isInverse</code> set to
+ * <code>TRUE</code> is equivalent to calling
+ * <code>ubidi_setReorderingMode</code> with argument
+ * <code>reorderingMode</code>
+ * set to <code>#UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_NUMBERS_AS_L</code>.<br>
+ * Calling this function with argument <code>isInverse</code> set to
+ * <code>FALSE</code> is equivalent to calling
+ * <code>ubidi_setReorderingMode</code> with argument
+ * <code>reorderingMode</code>
+ * set to <code>#UBIDI_REORDER_DEFAULT</code>.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is a <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param isInverse specifies "forward" or "inverse" Bidi operation.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_setPara
+ * @see ubidi_writeReordered
+ * @see ubidi_setReorderingMode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_setInverse(UBiDi *pBiDi, UBool isInverse);
+
+/**
+ * Is this Bidi object set to perform the inverse Bidi algorithm?
+ * <p>Note: calling this function after setting the reordering mode with
+ * <code>ubidi_setReorderingMode</code> will return <code>TRUE</code> if the
+ * reordering mode was set to <code>#UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_NUMBERS_AS_L</code>,
+ * <code>FALSE</code> for all other values.</p>
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is a <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ * @return TRUE if the Bidi object is set to perform the inverse Bidi algorithm
+ * by handling numbers as L.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_setInverse
+ * @see ubidi_setReorderingMode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_isInverse(UBiDi *pBiDi);
+
+/**
+ * Specify whether block separators must be allocated level zero,
+ * so that successive paragraphs will progress from left to right.
+ * This function must be called before <code>ubidi_setPara()</code>.
+ * Paragraph separators (B) may appear in the text. Setting them to level zero
+ * means that all paragraph separators (including one possibly appearing
+ * in the last text position) are kept in the reordered text after the text
+ * that they follow in the source text.
+ * When this feature is not enabled, a paragraph separator at the last
+ * position of the text before reordering will go to the first position
+ * of the reordered text when the paragraph level is odd.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is a <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param orderParagraphsLTR specifies whether paragraph separators (B) must
+ * receive level 0, so that successive paragraphs progress from left to right.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_setPara
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_orderParagraphsLTR(UBiDi *pBiDi, UBool orderParagraphsLTR);
+
+/**
+ * Is this Bidi object set to allocate level 0 to block separators so that
+ * successive paragraphs progress from left to right?
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is a <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ * @return TRUE if the Bidi object is set to allocate level 0 to block
+ * separators.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_orderParagraphsLTR
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_isOrderParagraphsLTR(UBiDi *pBiDi);
+
+/**
+ * <code>UBiDiReorderingMode</code> values indicate which variant of the Bidi
+ * algorithm to use.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_setReorderingMode
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+typedef enum UBiDiReorderingMode {
+ /** Regular Logical to Visual Bidi algorithm according to Unicode.
+ * This is a 0 value.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBIDI_REORDER_DEFAULT = 0,
+ /** Logical to Visual algorithm which handles numbers in a way which
+ * mimicks the behavior of Windows XP.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBIDI_REORDER_NUMBERS_SPECIAL,
+ /** Logical to Visual algorithm grouping numbers with adjacent R characters
+ * (reversible algorithm).
+ * @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBIDI_REORDER_GROUP_NUMBERS_WITH_R,
+ /** Reorder runs only to transform a Logical LTR string to the Logical RTL
+ * string with the same display, or vice-versa.<br>
+ * If this mode is set together with option
+ * <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS</code>, some Bidi controls in the source
+ * text may be removed and other controls may be added to produce the
+ * minimum combination which has the required display.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBIDI_REORDER_RUNS_ONLY,
+ /** Visual to Logical algorithm which handles numbers like L
+ * (same algorithm as selected by <code>ubidi_setInverse(TRUE)</code>.
+ * @see ubidi_setInverse
+ * @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_NUMBERS_AS_L,
+ /** Visual to Logical algorithm equivalent to the regular Logical to Visual
+ * algorithm.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_LIKE_DIRECT,
+ /** Inverse Bidi (Visual to Logical) algorithm for the
+ * <code>UBIDI_REORDER_NUMBERS_SPECIAL</code> Bidi algorithm.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_FOR_NUMBERS_SPECIAL,
+ /** Number of values for reordering mode.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBIDI_REORDER_COUNT
+} UBiDiReorderingMode;
+
+/**
+ * Modify the operation of the Bidi algorithm such that it implements some
+ * variant to the basic Bidi algorithm or approximates an "inverse Bidi"
+ * algorithm, depending on different values of the "reordering mode".
+ * This function must be called before <code>ubidi_setPara()</code>, and stays
+ * in effect until called again with a different argument.
+ *
+ * <p>The normal operation of the Bidi algorithm as described
+ * in the Unicode Standard Annex #9 is to take text stored in logical
+ * (keyboard, typing) order and to determine how to reorder it for visual
+ * rendering.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>With the reordering mode set to a value other than
+ * <code>#UBIDI_REORDER_DEFAULT</code>, this function changes the behavior of
+ * some of the subsequent functions in a way such that they implement an
+ * inverse Bidi algorithm or some other algorithm variants.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Some legacy systems store text in visual order, and for operations
+ * with standard, Unicode-based algorithms, the text needs to be transformed
+ * into logical order. This is effectively the inverse algorithm of the
+ * described Bidi algorithm. Note that there is no standard algorithm for
+ * this "inverse Bidi", so a number of variants are implemented here.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>In other cases, it may be desirable to emulate some variant of the
+ * Logical to Visual algorithm (e.g. one used in MS Windows), or perform a
+ * Logical to Logical transformation.</p>
+ *
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>When the reordering mode is set to <code>#UBIDI_REORDER_DEFAULT</code>,
+ * the standard Bidi Logical to Visual algorithm is applied.</li>
+ *
+ * <li>When the reordering mode is set to
+ * <code>#UBIDI_REORDER_NUMBERS_SPECIAL</code>,
+ * the algorithm used to perform Bidi transformations when calling
+ * <code>ubidi_setPara</code> should approximate the algorithm used in
+ * Microsoft Windows XP rather than strictly conform to the Unicode Bidi
+ * algorithm.
+ * <br>
+ * The differences between the basic algorithm and the algorithm addressed
+ * by this option are as follows:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>Within text at an even embedding level, the sequence "123AB"
+ * (where AB represent R or AL letters) is transformed to "123BA" by the
+ * Unicode algorithm and to "BA123" by the Windows algorithm.</li>
+ * <li>Arabic-Indic numbers (AN) are handled by the Windows algorithm just
+ * like regular numbers (EN).</li>
+ * </ul></li>
+ *
+ * <li>When the reordering mode is set to
+ * <code>#UBIDI_REORDER_GROUP_NUMBERS_WITH_R</code>,
+ * numbers located between LTR text and RTL text are associated with the RTL
+ * text. For instance, an LTR paragraph with content "abc 123 DEF" (where
+ * upper case letters represent RTL characters) will be transformed to
+ * "abc FED 123" (and not "abc 123 FED"), "DEF 123 abc" will be transformed
+ * to "123 FED abc" and "123 FED abc" will be transformed to "DEF 123 abc".
+ * This makes the algorithm reversible and makes it useful when round trip
+ * (from visual to logical and back to visual) must be achieved without
+ * adding LRM characters. However, this is a variation from the standard
+ * Unicode Bidi algorithm.<br>
+ * The source text should not contain Bidi control characters other than LRM
+ * or RLM.</li>
+ *
+ * <li>When the reordering mode is set to
+ * <code>#UBIDI_REORDER_RUNS_ONLY</code>,
+ * a "Logical to Logical" transformation must be performed:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>If the default text level of the source text (argument <code>paraLevel</code>
+ * in <code>ubidi_setPara</code>) is even, the source text will be handled as
+ * LTR logical text and will be transformed to the RTL logical text which has
+ * the same LTR visual display.</li>
+ * <li>If the default level of the source text is odd, the source text
+ * will be handled as RTL logical text and will be transformed to the
+ * LTR logical text which has the same LTR visual display.</li>
+ * </ul>
+ * This mode may be needed when logical text which is basically Arabic or
+ * Hebrew, with possible included numbers or phrases in English, has to be
+ * displayed as if it had an even embedding level (this can happen if the
+ * displaying application treats all text as if it was basically LTR).
+ * <br>
+ * This mode may also be needed in the reverse case, when logical text which is
+ * basically English, with possible included phrases in Arabic or Hebrew, has to
+ * be displayed as if it had an odd embedding level.
+ * <br>
+ * Both cases could be handled by adding LRE or RLE at the head of the text,
+ * if the display subsystem supports these formatting controls. If it does not,
+ * the problem may be handled by transforming the source text in this mode
+ * before displaying it, so that it will be displayed properly.<br>
+ * The source text should not contain Bidi control characters other than LRM
+ * or RLM.</li>
+ *
+ * <li>When the reordering mode is set to
+ * <code>#UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_NUMBERS_AS_L</code>, an "inverse Bidi" algorithm
+ * is applied.
+ * Runs of text with numeric characters will be treated like LTR letters and
+ * may need to be surrounded with LRM characters when they are written in
+ * reordered sequence (the option <code>#UBIDI_INSERT_LRM_FOR_NUMERIC</code> can
+ * be used with function <code>ubidi_writeReordered</code> to this end. This
+ * mode is equivalent to calling <code>ubidi_setInverse()</code> with
+ * argument <code>isInverse</code> set to <code>TRUE</code>.</li>
+ *
+ * <li>When the reordering mode is set to
+ * <code>#UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_LIKE_DIRECT</code>, the "direct" Logical to Visual
+ * Bidi algorithm is used as an approximation of an "inverse Bidi" algorithm.
+ * This mode is similar to mode <code>#UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_NUMBERS_AS_L</code>
+ * but is closer to the regular Bidi algorithm.
+ * <br>
+ * For example, an LTR paragraph with the content "FED 123 456 CBA" (where
+ * upper case represents RTL characters) will be transformed to
+ * "ABC 456 123 DEF", as opposed to "DEF 123 456 ABC"
+ * with mode <code>UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_NUMBERS_AS_L</code>.<br>
+ * When used in conjunction with option
+ * <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS</code>, this mode generally
+ * adds Bidi marks to the output significantly more sparingly than mode
+ * <code>#UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_NUMBERS_AS_L</code> with option
+ * <code>#UBIDI_INSERT_LRM_FOR_NUMERIC</code> in calls to
+ * <code>ubidi_writeReordered</code>.</li>
+ *
+ * <li>When the reordering mode is set to
+ * <code>#UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_FOR_NUMBERS_SPECIAL</code>, the Logical to Visual
+ * Bidi algorithm used in Windows XP is used as an approximation of an
+ * "inverse Bidi" algorithm.
+ * <br>
+ * For example, an LTR paragraph with the content "abc FED123" (where
+ * upper case represents RTL characters) will be transformed to
+ * "abc 123DEF.</li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <p>In all the reordering modes specifying an "inverse Bidi" algorithm
+ * (i.e. those with a name starting with <code>UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE</code>),
+ * output runs should be retrieved using
+ * <code>ubidi_getVisualRun()</code>, and the output text with
+ * <code>ubidi_writeReordered()</code>. The caller should keep in mind that in
+ * "inverse Bidi" modes the input is actually visually ordered text and
+ * reordered output returned by <code>ubidi_getVisualRun()</code> or
+ * <code>ubidi_writeReordered()</code> are actually runs or character string
+ * of logically ordered output.<br>
+ * For all the "inverse Bidi" modes, the source text should not contain
+ * Bidi control characters other than LRM or RLM.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Note that option <code>#UBIDI_OUTPUT_REVERSE</code> of
+ * <code>ubidi_writeReordered</code> has no useful meaning and should not be
+ * used in conjunction with any value of the reordering mode specifying
+ * "inverse Bidi" or with value <code>UBIDI_REORDER_RUNS_ONLY</code>.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is a <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ * @param reorderingMode specifies the required variant of the Bidi algorithm.
+ *
+ * @see UBiDiReorderingMode
+ * @see ubidi_setInverse
+ * @see ubidi_setPara
+ * @see ubidi_writeReordered
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_setReorderingMode(UBiDi *pBiDi, UBiDiReorderingMode reorderingMode);
+
+/**
+ * What is the requested reordering mode for a given Bidi object?
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is a <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ * @return the current reordering mode of the Bidi object
+ * @see ubidi_setReorderingMode
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UBiDiReorderingMode U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getReorderingMode(UBiDi *pBiDi);
+
+/**
+ * <code>UBiDiReorderingOption</code> values indicate which options are
+ * specified to affect the Bidi algorithm.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_setReorderingOptions
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+typedef enum UBiDiReorderingOption {
+ /**
+ * option value for <code>ubidi_setReorderingOptions</code>:
+ * disable all the options which can be set with this function
+ * @see ubidi_setReorderingOptions
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UBIDI_OPTION_DEFAULT = 0,
+
+ /**
+ * option bit for <code>ubidi_setReorderingOptions</code>:
+ * insert Bidi marks (LRM or RLM) when needed to ensure correct result of
+ * a reordering to a Logical order
+ *
+ * <p>This option must be set or reset before calling
+ * <code>ubidi_setPara</code>.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>This option is significant only with reordering modes which generate
+ * a result with Logical order, specifically:</p>
+ * <ul>
+ * <li><code>#UBIDI_REORDER_RUNS_ONLY</code></li>
+ * <li><code>#UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_NUMBERS_AS_L</code></li>
+ * <li><code>#UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_LIKE_DIRECT</code></li>
+ * <li><code>#UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_FOR_NUMBERS_SPECIAL</code></li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * <p>If this option is set in conjunction with reordering mode
+ * <code>#UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_NUMBERS_AS_L</code> or with calling
+ * <code>ubidi_setInverse(TRUE)</code>, it implies
+ * option <code>#UBIDI_INSERT_LRM_FOR_NUMERIC</code>
+ * in calls to function <code>ubidi_writeReordered()</code>.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>For other reordering modes, a minimum number of LRM or RLM characters
+ * will be added to the source text after reordering it so as to ensure
+ * round trip, i.e. when applying the inverse reordering mode on the
+ * resulting logical text with removal of Bidi marks
+ * (option <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_REMOVE_CONTROLS</code> set before calling
+ * <code>ubidi_setPara()</code> or option <code>#UBIDI_REMOVE_BIDI_CONTROLS</code>
+ * in <code>ubidi_writeReordered</code>), the result will be identical to the
+ * source text in the first transformation.
+ *
+ * <p>This option will be ignored if specified together with option
+ * <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_REMOVE_CONTROLS</code>. It inhibits option
+ * <code>UBIDI_REMOVE_BIDI_CONTROLS</code> in calls to function
+ * <code>ubidi_writeReordered()</code> and it implies option
+ * <code>#UBIDI_INSERT_LRM_FOR_NUMERIC</code> in calls to function
+ * <code>ubidi_writeReordered()</code> if the reordering mode is
+ * <code>#UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_NUMBERS_AS_L</code>.</p>
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_setReorderingMode
+ * @see ubidi_setReorderingOptions
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS = 1,
+
+ /**
+ * option bit for <code>ubidi_setReorderingOptions</code>:
+ * remove Bidi control characters
+ *
+ * <p>This option must be set or reset before calling
+ * <code>ubidi_setPara</code>.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>This option nullifies option <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS</code>.
+ * It inhibits option <code>#UBIDI_INSERT_LRM_FOR_NUMERIC</code> in calls
+ * to function <code>ubidi_writeReordered()</code> and it implies option
+ * <code>#UBIDI_REMOVE_BIDI_CONTROLS</code> in calls to that function.</p>
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_setReorderingMode
+ * @see ubidi_setReorderingOptions
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UBIDI_OPTION_REMOVE_CONTROLS = 2,
+
+ /**
+ * option bit for <code>ubidi_setReorderingOptions</code>:
+ * process the output as part of a stream to be continued
+ *
+ * <p>This option must be set or reset before calling
+ * <code>ubidi_setPara</code>.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>This option specifies that the caller is interested in processing large
+ * text object in parts.
+ * The results of the successive calls are expected to be concatenated by the
+ * caller. Only the call for the last part will have this option bit off.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>When this option bit is on, <code>ubidi_setPara()</code> may process
+ * less than the full source text in order to truncate the text at a meaningful
+ * boundary. The caller should call <code>ubidi_getProcessedLength()</code>
+ * immediately after calling <code>ubidi_setPara()</code> in order to
+ * determine how much of the source text has been processed.
+ * Source text beyond that length should be resubmitted in following calls to
+ * <code>ubidi_setPara</code>. The processed length may be less than
+ * the length of the source text if a character preceding the last character of
+ * the source text constitutes a reasonable boundary (like a block separator)
+ * for text to be continued.<br>
+ * If the last character of the source text constitutes a reasonable
+ * boundary, the whole text will be processed at once.<br>
+ * If nowhere in the source text there exists
+ * such a reasonable boundary, the processed length will be zero.<br>
+ * The caller should check for such an occurrence and do one of the following:
+ * <ul><li>submit a larger amount of text with a better chance to include
+ * a reasonable boundary.</li>
+ * <li>resubmit the same text after turning off option
+ * <code>UBIDI_OPTION_STREAMING</code>.</li></ul>
+ * In all cases, this option should be turned off before processing the last
+ * part of the text.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>When the <code>UBIDI_OPTION_STREAMING</code> option is used,
+ * it is recommended to call <code>ubidi_orderParagraphsLTR()</code> with
+ * argument <code>orderParagraphsLTR</code> set to <code>TRUE</code> before
+ * calling <code>ubidi_setPara</code> so that later paragraphs may be
+ * concatenated to previous paragraphs on the right.</p>
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_setReorderingMode
+ * @see ubidi_setReorderingOptions
+ * @see ubidi_getProcessedLength
+ * @see ubidi_orderParagraphsLTR
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UBIDI_OPTION_STREAMING = 4
+} UBiDiReorderingOption;
+
+/**
+ * Specify which of the reordering options
+ * should be applied during Bidi transformations.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is a <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ * @param reorderingOptions is a combination of zero or more of the following
+ * options:
+ * <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_DEFAULT</code>, <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS</code>,
+ * <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_REMOVE_CONTROLS</code>, <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_STREAMING</code>.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_getReorderingOptions
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_setReorderingOptions(UBiDi *pBiDi, uint32_t reorderingOptions);
+
+/**
+ * What are the reordering options applied to a given Bidi object?
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is a <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ * @return the current reordering options of the Bidi object
+ * @see ubidi_setReorderingOptions
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE uint32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getReorderingOptions(UBiDi *pBiDi);
+
+/**
+ * Perform the Unicode Bidi algorithm. It is defined in the
+ * <a href="http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr9/">Unicode Standard Anned #9</a>,
+ * version 13,
+ * also described in The Unicode Standard, Version 4.0 .<p>
+ *
+ * This function takes a piece of plain text containing one or more paragraphs,
+ * with or without externally specified embedding levels from <i>styled</i>
+ * text and computes the left-right-directionality of each character.<p>
+ *
+ * If the entire text is all of the same directionality, then
+ * the function may not perform all the steps described by the algorithm,
+ * i.e., some levels may not be the same as if all steps were performed.
+ * This is not relevant for unidirectional text.<br>
+ * For example, in pure LTR text with numbers the numbers would get
+ * a resolved level of 2 higher than the surrounding text according to
+ * the algorithm. This implementation may set all resolved levels to
+ * the same value in such a case.<p>
+ *
+ * The text can be composed of multiple paragraphs. Occurrence of a block
+ * separator in the text terminates a paragraph, and whatever comes next starts
+ * a new paragraph. The exception to this rule is when a Carriage Return (CR)
+ * is followed by a Line Feed (LF). Both CR and LF are block separators, but
+ * in that case, the pair of characters is considered as terminating the
+ * preceding paragraph, and a new paragraph will be started by a character
+ * coming after the LF.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi A <code>UBiDi</code> object allocated with <code>ubidi_open()</code>
+ * which will be set to contain the reordering information,
+ * especially the resolved levels for all the characters in <code>text</code>.
+ *
+ * @param text is a pointer to the text that the Bidi algorithm will be performed on.
+ * This pointer is stored in the UBiDi object and can be retrieved
+ * with <code>ubidi_getText()</code>.<br>
+ * <strong>Note:</strong> the text must be (at least) <code>length</code> long.
+ *
+ * @param length is the length of the text; if <code>length==-1</code> then
+ * the text must be zero-terminated.
+ *
+ * @param paraLevel specifies the default level for the text;
+ * it is typically 0 (LTR) or 1 (RTL).
+ * If the function shall determine the paragraph level from the text,
+ * then <code>paraLevel</code> can be set to
+ * either <code>#UBIDI_DEFAULT_LTR</code>
+ * or <code>#UBIDI_DEFAULT_RTL</code>; if the text contains multiple
+ * paragraphs, the paragraph level shall be determined separately for
+ * each paragraph; if a paragraph does not include any strongly typed
+ * character, then the desired default is used (0 for LTR or 1 for RTL).
+ * Any other value between 0 and <code>#UBIDI_MAX_EXPLICIT_LEVEL</code>
+ * is also valid, with odd levels indicating RTL.
+ *
+ * @param embeddingLevels (in) may be used to preset the embedding and override levels,
+ * ignoring characters like LRE and PDF in the text.
+ * A level overrides the directional property of its corresponding
+ * (same index) character if the level has the
+ * <code>#UBIDI_LEVEL_OVERRIDE</code> bit set.<br><br>
+ * Except for that bit, it must be
+ * <code>paraLevel<=embeddingLevels[]<=UBIDI_MAX_EXPLICIT_LEVEL</code>,
+ * with one exception: a level of zero may be specified for a paragraph
+ * separator even if <code>paraLevel>0</code> when multiple paragraphs
+ * are submitted in the same call to <code>ubidi_setPara()</code>.<br><br>
+ * <strong>Caution: </strong>A copy of this pointer, not of the levels,
+ * will be stored in the <code>UBiDi</code> object;
+ * the <code>embeddingLevels</code> array must not be
+ * deallocated before the <code>UBiDi</code> structure is destroyed or reused,
+ * and the <code>embeddingLevels</code>
+ * should not be modified to avoid unexpected results on subsequent Bidi operations.
+ * However, the <code>ubidi_setPara()</code> and
+ * <code>ubidi_setLine()</code> functions may modify some or all of the levels.<br><br>
+ * After the <code>UBiDi</code> object is reused or destroyed, the caller
+ * must take care of the deallocation of the <code>embeddingLevels</code> array.<br><br>
+ * <strong>Note:</strong> the <code>embeddingLevels</code> array must be
+ * at least <code>length</code> long.
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode must be a valid pointer to an error code value.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_setPara(UBiDi *pBiDi, const UChar *text, int32_t length,
+ UBiDiLevel paraLevel, UBiDiLevel *embeddingLevels,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * <code>ubidi_setLine()</code> sets a <code>UBiDi</code> to
+ * contain the reordering information, especially the resolved levels,
+ * for all the characters in a line of text. This line of text is
+ * specified by referring to a <code>UBiDi</code> object representing
+ * this information for a piece of text containing one or more paragraphs,
+ * and by specifying a range of indexes in this text.<p>
+ * In the new line object, the indexes will range from 0 to <code>limit-start-1</code>.<p>
+ *
+ * This is used after calling <code>ubidi_setPara()</code>
+ * for a piece of text, and after line-breaking on that text.
+ * It is not necessary if each paragraph is treated as a single line.<p>
+ *
+ * After line-breaking, rules (L1) and (L2) for the treatment of
+ * trailing WS and for reordering are performed on
+ * a <code>UBiDi</code> object that represents a line.<p>
+ *
+ * <strong>Important: </strong><code>pLineBiDi</code> shares data with
+ * <code>pParaBiDi</code>.
+ * You must destroy or reuse <code>pLineBiDi</code> before <code>pParaBiDi</code>.
+ * In other words, you must destroy or reuse the <code>UBiDi</code> object for a line
+ * before the object for its parent paragraph.<p>
+ *
+ * The text pointer that was stored in <code>pParaBiDi</code> is also copied,
+ * and <code>start</code> is added to it so that it points to the beginning of the
+ * line for this object.
+ *
+ * @param pParaBiDi is the parent paragraph object. It must have been set
+ * by a successful call to ubidi_setPara.
+ *
+ * @param start is the line's first index into the text.
+ *
+ * @param limit is just behind the line's last index into the text
+ * (its last index +1).<br>
+ * It must be <code>0<=start<limit<=</code>containing paragraph limit.
+ * If the specified line crosses a paragraph boundary, the function
+ * will terminate with error code U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR.
+ *
+ * @param pLineBiDi is the object that will now represent a line of the text.
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode must be a valid pointer to an error code value.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_setPara
+ * @see ubidi_getProcessedLength
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_setLine(const UBiDi *pParaBiDi,
+ int32_t start, int32_t limit,
+ UBiDi *pLineBiDi,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Get the directionality of the text.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph or line <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @return a value of <code>UBIDI_LTR</code>, <code>UBIDI_RTL</code>
+ * or <code>UBIDI_MIXED</code>
+ * that indicates if the entire text
+ * represented by this object is unidirectional,
+ * and which direction, or if it is mixed-directional.
+ *
+ * @see UBiDiDirection
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBiDiDirection U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getDirection(const UBiDi *pBiDi);
+
+/**
+ * Get the pointer to the text.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph or line <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @return The pointer to the text that the UBiDi object was created for.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_setPara
+ * @see ubidi_setLine
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const UChar * U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getText(const UBiDi *pBiDi);
+
+/**
+ * Get the length of the text.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph or line <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @return The length of the text that the UBiDi object was created for.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getLength(const UBiDi *pBiDi);
+
+/**
+ * Get the paragraph level of the text.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph or line <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @return The paragraph level. If there are multiple paragraphs, their
+ * level may vary if the required paraLevel is UBIDI_DEFAULT_LTR or
+ * UBIDI_DEFAULT_RTL. In that case, the level of the first paragraph
+ * is returned.
+ *
+ * @see UBiDiLevel
+ * @see ubidi_getParagraph
+ * @see ubidi_getParagraphByIndex
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBiDiLevel U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getParaLevel(const UBiDi *pBiDi);
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of paragraphs.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph or line <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @return The number of paragraphs.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_countParagraphs(UBiDi *pBiDi);
+
+/**
+ * Get a paragraph, given a position within the text.
+ * This function returns information about a paragraph.<br>
+ * Note: if the paragraph index is known, it is more efficient to
+ * retrieve the paragraph information using ubidi_getParagraphByIndex().<p>
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph or line <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param charIndex is the index of a character within the text, in the
+ * range <code>[0..ubidi_getProcessedLength(pBiDi)-1]</code>.
+ *
+ * @param pParaStart will receive the index of the first character of the
+ * paragraph in the text.
+ * This pointer can be <code>NULL</code> if this
+ * value is not necessary.
+ *
+ * @param pParaLimit will receive the limit of the paragraph.
+ * The l-value that you point to here may be the
+ * same expression (variable) as the one for
+ * <code>charIndex</code>.
+ * This pointer can be <code>NULL</code> if this
+ * value is not necessary.
+ *
+ * @param pParaLevel will receive the level of the paragraph.
+ * This pointer can be <code>NULL</code> if this
+ * value is not necessary.
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode must be a valid pointer to an error code value.
+ *
+ * @return The index of the paragraph containing the specified position.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_getProcessedLength
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getParagraph(const UBiDi *pBiDi, int32_t charIndex, int32_t *pParaStart,
+ int32_t *pParaLimit, UBiDiLevel *pParaLevel,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Get a paragraph, given the index of this paragraph.
+ *
+ * This function returns information about a paragraph.<p>
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param paraIndex is the number of the paragraph, in the
+ * range <code>[0..ubidi_countParagraphs(pBiDi)-1]</code>.
+ *
+ * @param pParaStart will receive the index of the first character of the
+ * paragraph in the text.
+ * This pointer can be <code>NULL</code> if this
+ * value is not necessary.
+ *
+ * @param pParaLimit will receive the limit of the paragraph.
+ * This pointer can be <code>NULL</code> if this
+ * value is not necessary.
+ *
+ * @param pParaLevel will receive the level of the paragraph.
+ * This pointer can be <code>NULL</code> if this
+ * value is not necessary.
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode must be a valid pointer to an error code value.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getParagraphByIndex(const UBiDi *pBiDi, int32_t paraIndex,
+ int32_t *pParaStart, int32_t *pParaLimit,
+ UBiDiLevel *pParaLevel, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Get the level for one character.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph or line <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param charIndex the index of a character. It must be in the range
+ * [0..ubidi_getProcessedLength(pBiDi)].
+ *
+ * @return The level for the character at charIndex (0 if charIndex is not
+ * in the valid range).
+ *
+ * @see UBiDiLevel
+ * @see ubidi_getProcessedLength
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBiDiLevel U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getLevelAt(const UBiDi *pBiDi, int32_t charIndex);
+
+/**
+ * Get an array of levels for each character.<p>
+ *
+ * Note that this function may allocate memory under some
+ * circumstances, unlike <code>ubidi_getLevelAt()</code>.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph or line <code>UBiDi</code> object, whose
+ * text length must be strictly positive.
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode must be a valid pointer to an error code value.
+ *
+ * @return The levels array for the text,
+ * or <code>NULL</code> if an error occurs.
+ *
+ * @see UBiDiLevel
+ * @see ubidi_getProcessedLength
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const UBiDiLevel * U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getLevels(UBiDi *pBiDi, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Get a logical run.
+ * This function returns information about a run and is used
+ * to retrieve runs in logical order.<p>
+ * This is especially useful for line-breaking on a paragraph.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph or line <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param logicalPosition is a logical position within the source text.
+ *
+ * @param pLogicalLimit will receive the limit of the corresponding run.
+ * The l-value that you point to here may be the
+ * same expression (variable) as the one for
+ * <code>logicalPosition</code>.
+ * This pointer can be <code>NULL</code> if this
+ * value is not necessary.
+ *
+ * @param pLevel will receive the level of the corresponding run.
+ * This pointer can be <code>NULL</code> if this
+ * value is not necessary.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_getProcessedLength
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getLogicalRun(const UBiDi *pBiDi, int32_t logicalPosition,
+ int32_t *pLogicalLimit, UBiDiLevel *pLevel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of runs.
+ * This function may invoke the actual reordering on the
+ * <code>UBiDi</code> object, after <code>ubidi_setPara()</code>
+ * may have resolved only the levels of the text. Therefore,
+ * <code>ubidi_countRuns()</code> may have to allocate memory,
+ * and may fail doing so.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph or line <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode must be a valid pointer to an error code value.
+ *
+ * @return The number of runs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_countRuns(UBiDi *pBiDi, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Get one run's logical start, length, and directionality,
+ * which can be 0 for LTR or 1 for RTL.
+ * In an RTL run, the character at the logical start is
+ * visually on the right of the displayed run.
+ * The length is the number of characters in the run.<p>
+ * <code>ubidi_countRuns()</code> should be called
+ * before the runs are retrieved.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph or line <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param runIndex is the number of the run in visual order, in the
+ * range <code>[0..ubidi_countRuns(pBiDi)-1]</code>.
+ *
+ * @param pLogicalStart is the first logical character index in the text.
+ * The pointer may be <code>NULL</code> if this index is not needed.
+ *
+ * @param pLength is the number of characters (at least one) in the run.
+ * The pointer may be <code>NULL</code> if this is not needed.
+ *
+ * @return the directionality of the run,
+ * <code>UBIDI_LTR==0</code> or <code>UBIDI_RTL==1</code>,
+ * never <code>UBIDI_MIXED</code>.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_countRuns
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * int32_t i, count=ubidi_countRuns(pBiDi),
+ * logicalStart, visualIndex=0, length;
+ * for(i=0; i<count; ++i) {
+ * if(UBIDI_LTR==ubidi_getVisualRun(pBiDi, i, &logicalStart, &length)) {
+ * do { // LTR
+ * show_char(text[logicalStart++], visualIndex++);
+ * } while(--length>0);
+ * } else {
+ * logicalStart+=length; // logicalLimit
+ * do { // RTL
+ * show_char(text[--logicalStart], visualIndex++);
+ * } while(--length>0);
+ * }
+ * }
+ *\endcode
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Note that in right-to-left runs, code like this places
+ * second surrogates before first ones (which is generally a bad idea)
+ * and combining characters before base characters.
+ * <p>
+ * Use of <code>ubidi_writeReordered()</code>, optionally with the
+ * <code>#UBIDI_KEEP_BASE_COMBINING</code> option, can be considered in order
+ * to avoid these issues.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBiDiDirection U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getVisualRun(UBiDi *pBiDi, int32_t runIndex,
+ int32_t *pLogicalStart, int32_t *pLength);
+
+/**
+ * Get the visual position from a logical text position.
+ * If such a mapping is used many times on the same
+ * <code>UBiDi</code> object, then calling
+ * <code>ubidi_getLogicalMap()</code> is more efficient.<p>
+ *
+ * The value returned may be <code>#UBIDI_MAP_NOWHERE</code> if there is no
+ * visual position because the corresponding text character is a Bidi control
+ * removed from output by the option <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_REMOVE_CONTROLS</code>.
+ * <p>
+ * When the visual output is altered by using options of
+ * <code>ubidi_writeReordered()</code> such as <code>UBIDI_INSERT_LRM_FOR_NUMERIC</code>,
+ * <code>UBIDI_KEEP_BASE_COMBINING</code>, <code>UBIDI_OUTPUT_REVERSE</code>,
+ * <code>UBIDI_REMOVE_BIDI_CONTROLS</code>, the visual position returned may not
+ * be correct. It is advised to use, when possible, reordering options
+ * such as <code>UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS</code> and <code>UBIDI_OPTION_REMOVE_CONTROLS</code>.
+ * <p>
+ * Note that in right-to-left runs, this mapping places
+ * second surrogates before first ones (which is generally a bad idea)
+ * and combining characters before base characters.
+ * Use of <code>ubidi_writeReordered()</code>, optionally with the
+ * <code>#UBIDI_KEEP_BASE_COMBINING</code> option can be considered instead
+ * of using the mapping, in order to avoid these issues.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph or line <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param logicalIndex is the index of a character in the text.
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode must be a valid pointer to an error code value.
+ *
+ * @return The visual position of this character.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_getLogicalMap
+ * @see ubidi_getLogicalIndex
+ * @see ubidi_getProcessedLength
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getVisualIndex(UBiDi *pBiDi, int32_t logicalIndex, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Get the logical text position from a visual position.
+ * If such a mapping is used many times on the same
+ * <code>UBiDi</code> object, then calling
+ * <code>ubidi_getVisualMap()</code> is more efficient.<p>
+ *
+ * The value returned may be <code>#UBIDI_MAP_NOWHERE</code> if there is no
+ * logical position because the corresponding text character is a Bidi mark
+ * inserted in the output by option <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS</code>.
+ * <p>
+ * This is the inverse function to <code>ubidi_getVisualIndex()</code>.
+ * <p>
+ * When the visual output is altered by using options of
+ * <code>ubidi_writeReordered()</code> such as <code>UBIDI_INSERT_LRM_FOR_NUMERIC</code>,
+ * <code>UBIDI_KEEP_BASE_COMBINING</code>, <code>UBIDI_OUTPUT_REVERSE</code>,
+ * <code>UBIDI_REMOVE_BIDI_CONTROLS</code>, the logical position returned may not
+ * be correct. It is advised to use, when possible, reordering options
+ * such as <code>UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS</code> and <code>UBIDI_OPTION_REMOVE_CONTROLS</code>.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph or line <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param visualIndex is the visual position of a character.
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode must be a valid pointer to an error code value.
+ *
+ * @return The index of this character in the text.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_getVisualMap
+ * @see ubidi_getVisualIndex
+ * @see ubidi_getResultLength
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getLogicalIndex(UBiDi *pBiDi, int32_t visualIndex, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Get a logical-to-visual index map (array) for the characters in the UBiDi
+ * (paragraph or line) object.
+ * <p>
+ * Some values in the map may be <code>#UBIDI_MAP_NOWHERE</code> if the
+ * corresponding text characters are Bidi controls removed from the visual
+ * output by the option <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_REMOVE_CONTROLS</code>.
+ * <p>
+ * When the visual output is altered by using options of
+ * <code>ubidi_writeReordered()</code> such as <code>UBIDI_INSERT_LRM_FOR_NUMERIC</code>,
+ * <code>UBIDI_KEEP_BASE_COMBINING</code>, <code>UBIDI_OUTPUT_REVERSE</code>,
+ * <code>UBIDI_REMOVE_BIDI_CONTROLS</code>, the visual positions returned may not
+ * be correct. It is advised to use, when possible, reordering options
+ * such as <code>UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS</code> and <code>UBIDI_OPTION_REMOVE_CONTROLS</code>.
+ * <p>
+ * Note that in right-to-left runs, this mapping places
+ * second surrogates before first ones (which is generally a bad idea)
+ * and combining characters before base characters.
+ * Use of <code>ubidi_writeReordered()</code>, optionally with the
+ * <code>#UBIDI_KEEP_BASE_COMBINING</code> option can be considered instead
+ * of using the mapping, in order to avoid these issues.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph or line <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param indexMap is a pointer to an array of <code>ubidi_getProcessedLength()</code>
+ * indexes which will reflect the reordering of the characters.
+ * If option <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS</code> is set, the number
+ * of elements allocated in <code>indexMap</code> must be no less than
+ * <code>ubidi_getResultLength()</code>.
+ * The array does not need to be initialized.<br><br>
+ * The index map will result in <code>indexMap[logicalIndex]==visualIndex</code>.
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode must be a valid pointer to an error code value.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_getVisualMap
+ * @see ubidi_getVisualIndex
+ * @see ubidi_getProcessedLength
+ * @see ubidi_getResultLength
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getLogicalMap(UBiDi *pBiDi, int32_t *indexMap, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Get a visual-to-logical index map (array) for the characters in the UBiDi
+ * (paragraph or line) object.
+ * <p>
+ * Some values in the map may be <code>#UBIDI_MAP_NOWHERE</code> if the
+ * corresponding text characters are Bidi marks inserted in the visual output
+ * by the option <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS</code>.
+ * <p>
+ * When the visual output is altered by using options of
+ * <code>ubidi_writeReordered()</code> such as <code>UBIDI_INSERT_LRM_FOR_NUMERIC</code>,
+ * <code>UBIDI_KEEP_BASE_COMBINING</code>, <code>UBIDI_OUTPUT_REVERSE</code>,
+ * <code>UBIDI_REMOVE_BIDI_CONTROLS</code>, the logical positions returned may not
+ * be correct. It is advised to use, when possible, reordering options
+ * such as <code>UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS</code> and <code>UBIDI_OPTION_REMOVE_CONTROLS</code>.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph or line <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param indexMap is a pointer to an array of <code>ubidi_getResultLength()</code>
+ * indexes which will reflect the reordering of the characters.
+ * If option <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_REMOVE_CONTROLS</code> is set, the number
+ * of elements allocated in <code>indexMap</code> must be no less than
+ * <code>ubidi_getProcessedLength()</code>.
+ * The array does not need to be initialized.<br><br>
+ * The index map will result in <code>indexMap[visualIndex]==logicalIndex</code>.
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode must be a valid pointer to an error code value.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_getLogicalMap
+ * @see ubidi_getLogicalIndex
+ * @see ubidi_getProcessedLength
+ * @see ubidi_getResultLength
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getVisualMap(UBiDi *pBiDi, int32_t *indexMap, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * This is a convenience function that does not use a UBiDi object.
+ * It is intended to be used for when an application has determined the levels
+ * of objects (character sequences) and just needs to have them reordered (L2).
+ * This is equivalent to using <code>ubidi_getLogicalMap()</code> on a
+ * <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param levels is an array with <code>length</code> levels that have been determined by
+ * the application.
+ *
+ * @param length is the number of levels in the array, or, semantically,
+ * the number of objects to be reordered.
+ * It must be <code>length>0</code>.
+ *
+ * @param indexMap is a pointer to an array of <code>length</code>
+ * indexes which will reflect the reordering of the characters.
+ * The array does not need to be initialized.<p>
+ * The index map will result in <code>indexMap[logicalIndex]==visualIndex</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_reorderLogical(const UBiDiLevel *levels, int32_t length, int32_t *indexMap);
+
+/**
+ * This is a convenience function that does not use a UBiDi object.
+ * It is intended to be used for when an application has determined the levels
+ * of objects (character sequences) and just needs to have them reordered (L2).
+ * This is equivalent to using <code>ubidi_getVisualMap()</code> on a
+ * <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param levels is an array with <code>length</code> levels that have been determined by
+ * the application.
+ *
+ * @param length is the number of levels in the array, or, semantically,
+ * the number of objects to be reordered.
+ * It must be <code>length>0</code>.
+ *
+ * @param indexMap is a pointer to an array of <code>length</code>
+ * indexes which will reflect the reordering of the characters.
+ * The array does not need to be initialized.<p>
+ * The index map will result in <code>indexMap[visualIndex]==logicalIndex</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_reorderVisual(const UBiDiLevel *levels, int32_t length, int32_t *indexMap);
+
+/**
+ * Invert an index map.
+ * The index mapping of the first map is inverted and written to
+ * the second one.
+ *
+ * @param srcMap is an array with <code>length</code> elements
+ * which defines the original mapping from a source array containing
+ * <code>length</code> elements to a destination array.
+ * Some elements of the source array may have no mapping in the
+ * destination array. In that case, their value will be
+ * the special value <code>UBIDI_MAP_NOWHERE</code>.
+ * All elements must be >=0 or equal to <code>UBIDI_MAP_NOWHERE</code>.
+ * Some elements may have a value >= <code>length</code>, if the
+ * destination array has more elements than the source array.
+ * There must be no duplicate indexes (two or more elements with the
+ * same value except <code>UBIDI_MAP_NOWHERE</code>).
+ *
+ * @param destMap is an array with a number of elements equal to 1 + the highest
+ * value in <code>srcMap</code>.
+ * <code>destMap</code> will be filled with the inverse mapping.
+ * If element with index i in <code>srcMap</code> has a value k different
+ * from <code>UBIDI_MAP_NOWHERE</code>, this means that element i of
+ * the source array maps to element k in the destination array.
+ * The inverse map will have value i in its k-th element.
+ * For all elements of the destination array which do not map to
+ * an element in the source array, the corresponding element in the
+ * inverse map will have a value equal to <code>UBIDI_MAP_NOWHERE</code>.
+ *
+ * @param length is the length of each array.
+ * @see UBIDI_MAP_NOWHERE
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_invertMap(const int32_t *srcMap, int32_t *destMap, int32_t length);
+
+/** option flags for ubidi_writeReordered() */
+
+/**
+ * option bit for ubidi_writeReordered():
+ * keep combining characters after their base characters in RTL runs
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_writeReordered
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UBIDI_KEEP_BASE_COMBINING 1
+
+/**
+ * option bit for ubidi_writeReordered():
+ * replace characters with the "mirrored" property in RTL runs
+ * by their mirror-image mappings
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_writeReordered
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UBIDI_DO_MIRRORING 2
+
+/**
+ * option bit for ubidi_writeReordered():
+ * surround the run with LRMs if necessary;
+ * this is part of the approximate "inverse Bidi" algorithm
+ *
+ * <p>This option does not imply corresponding adjustment of the index
+ * mappings.</p>
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_setInverse
+ * @see ubidi_writeReordered
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UBIDI_INSERT_LRM_FOR_NUMERIC 4
+
+/**
+ * option bit for ubidi_writeReordered():
+ * remove Bidi control characters
+ * (this does not affect #UBIDI_INSERT_LRM_FOR_NUMERIC)
+ *
+ * <p>This option does not imply corresponding adjustment of the index
+ * mappings.</p>
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_writeReordered
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UBIDI_REMOVE_BIDI_CONTROLS 8
+
+/**
+ * option bit for ubidi_writeReordered():
+ * write the output in reverse order
+ *
+ * <p>This has the same effect as calling <code>ubidi_writeReordered()</code>
+ * first without this option, and then calling
+ * <code>ubidi_writeReverse()</code> without mirroring.
+ * Doing this in the same step is faster and avoids a temporary buffer.
+ * An example for using this option is output to a character terminal that
+ * is designed for RTL scripts and stores text in reverse order.</p>
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_writeReordered
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UBIDI_OUTPUT_REVERSE 16
+
+/**
+ * Get the length of the source text processed by the last call to
+ * <code>ubidi_setPara()</code>. This length may be different from the length
+ * of the source text if option <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_STREAMING</code>
+ * has been set.
+ * <br>
+ * Note that whenever the length of the text affects the execution or the
+ * result of a function, it is the processed length which must be considered,
+ * except for <code>ubidi_setPara</code> (which receives unprocessed source
+ * text) and <code>ubidi_getLength</code> (which returns the original length
+ * of the source text).<br>
+ * In particular, the processed length is the one to consider in the following
+ * cases:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>maximum value of the <code>limit</code> argument of
+ * <code>ubidi_setLine</code></li>
+ * <li>maximum value of the <code>charIndex</code> argument of
+ * <code>ubidi_getParagraph</code></li>
+ * <li>maximum value of the <code>charIndex</code> argument of
+ * <code>ubidi_getLevelAt</code></li>
+ * <li>number of elements in the array returned by <code>ubidi_getLevels</code></li>
+ * <li>maximum value of the <code>logicalStart</code> argument of
+ * <code>ubidi_getLogicalRun</code></li>
+ * <li>maximum value of the <code>logicalIndex</code> argument of
+ * <code>ubidi_getVisualIndex</code></li>
+ * <li>number of elements filled in the <code>*indexMap</code> argument of
+ * <code>ubidi_getLogicalMap</code></li>
+ * <li>length of text processed by <code>ubidi_writeReordered</code></li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @return The length of the part of the source text processed by
+ * the last call to <code>ubidi_setPara</code>.
+ * @see ubidi_setPara
+ * @see UBIDI_OPTION_STREAMING
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getProcessedLength(const UBiDi *pBiDi);
+
+/**
+ * Get the length of the reordered text resulting from the last call to
+ * <code>ubidi_setPara()</code>. This length may be different from the length
+ * of the source text if option <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS</code>
+ * or option <code>#UBIDI_OPTION_REMOVE_CONTROLS</code> has been set.
+ * <br>
+ * This resulting length is the one to consider in the following cases:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>maximum value of the <code>visualIndex</code> argument of
+ * <code>ubidi_getLogicalIndex</code></li>
+ * <li>number of elements of the <code>*indexMap</code> argument of
+ * <code>ubidi_getVisualMap</code></li>
+ * </ul>
+ * Note that this length stays identical to the source text length if
+ * Bidi marks are inserted or removed using option bits of
+ * <code>ubidi_writeReordered</code>, or if option
+ * <code>#UBIDI_REORDER_INVERSE_NUMBERS_AS_L</code> has been set.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @return The length of the reordered text resulting from
+ * the last call to <code>ubidi_setPara</code>.
+ * @see ubidi_setPara
+ * @see UBIDI_OPTION_INSERT_MARKS
+ * @see UBIDI_OPTION_REMOVE_CONTROLS
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getResultLength(const UBiDi *pBiDi);
+
+U_CDECL_BEGIN
+/**
+ * value returned by <code>UBiDiClassCallback</code> callbacks when
+ * there is no need to override the standard Bidi class for a given code point.
+ * @see UBiDiClassCallback
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+#define U_BIDI_CLASS_DEFAULT U_CHAR_DIRECTION_COUNT
+
+/**
+ * Callback type declaration for overriding default Bidi class values with
+ * custom ones.
+ * <p>Usually, the function pointer will be propagated to a <code>UBiDi</code>
+ * object by calling the <code>ubidi_setClassCallback()</code> function;
+ * then the callback will be invoked by the UBA implementation any time the
+ * class of a character is to be determined.</p>
+ *
+ * @param context is a pointer to the callback private data.
+ *
+ * @param c is the code point to get a Bidi class for.
+ *
+ * @return The directional property / Bidi class for the given code point
+ * <code>c</code> if the default class has been overridden, or
+ * <code>#U_BIDI_CLASS_DEFAULT</code> if the standard Bidi class value
+ * for <code>c</code> is to be used.
+ * @see ubidi_setClassCallback
+ * @see ubidi_getClassCallback
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+typedef UCharDirection U_CALLCONV
+UBiDiClassCallback(const void *context, UChar32 c);
+
+U_CDECL_END
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve the Bidi class for a given code point.
+ * <p>If a <code>#UBiDiClassCallback</code> callback is defined and returns a
+ * value other than <code>#U_BIDI_CLASS_DEFAULT</code>, that value is used;
+ * otherwise the default class determination mechanism is invoked.</p>
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param c is the code point whose Bidi class must be retrieved.
+ *
+ * @return The Bidi class for character <code>c</code> based
+ * on the given <code>pBiDi</code> instance.
+ * @see UBiDiClassCallback
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UCharDirection U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getCustomizedClass(UBiDi *pBiDi, UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Set the callback function and callback data used by the UBA
+ * implementation for Bidi class determination.
+ * <p>This may be useful for assigning Bidi classes to PUA characters, or
+ * for special application needs. For instance, an application may want to
+ * handle all spaces like L or R characters (according to the base direction)
+ * when creating the visual ordering of logical lines which are part of a report
+ * organized in columns: there should not be interaction between adjacent
+ * cells.<p>
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param newFn is the new callback function pointer.
+ *
+ * @param newContext is the new callback context pointer. This can be NULL.
+ *
+ * @param oldFn fillin: Returns the old callback function pointer. This can be
+ * NULL.
+ *
+ * @param oldContext fillin: Returns the old callback's context. This can be
+ * NULL.
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode must be a valid pointer to an error code value.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_getClassCallback
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_setClassCallback(UBiDi *pBiDi, UBiDiClassCallback *newFn,
+ const void *newContext, UBiDiClassCallback **oldFn,
+ const void **oldContext, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current callback function used for Bidi class determination.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi is the paragraph <code>UBiDi</code> object.
+ *
+ * @param fn fillin: Returns the callback function pointer.
+ *
+ * @param context fillin: Returns the callback's private context.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_setClassCallback
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_getClassCallback(UBiDi *pBiDi, UBiDiClassCallback **fn, const void **context);
+
+/**
+ * Take a <code>UBiDi</code> object containing the reordering
+ * information for a piece of text (one or more paragraphs) set by
+ * <code>ubidi_setPara()</code> or for a line of text set by
+ * <code>ubidi_setLine()</code> and write a reordered string to the
+ * destination buffer.
+ *
+ * This function preserves the integrity of characters with multiple
+ * code units and (optionally) combining characters.
+ * Characters in RTL runs can be replaced by mirror-image characters
+ * in the destination buffer. Note that "real" mirroring has
+ * to be done in a rendering engine by glyph selection
+ * and that for many "mirrored" characters there are no
+ * Unicode characters as mirror-image equivalents.
+ * There are also options to insert or remove Bidi control
+ * characters; see the description of the <code>destSize</code>
+ * and <code>options</code> parameters and of the option bit flags.
+ *
+ * @param pBiDi A pointer to a <code>UBiDi</code> object that
+ * is set by <code>ubidi_setPara()</code> or
+ * <code>ubidi_setLine()</code> and contains the reordering
+ * information for the text that it was defined for,
+ * as well as a pointer to that text.<br><br>
+ * The text was aliased (only the pointer was stored
+ * without copying the contents) and must not have been modified
+ * since the <code>ubidi_setPara()</code> call.
+ *
+ * @param dest A pointer to where the reordered text is to be copied.
+ * The source text and <code>dest[destSize]</code>
+ * must not overlap.
+ *
+ * @param destSize The size of the <code>dest</code> buffer,
+ * in number of UChars.
+ * If the <code>UBIDI_INSERT_LRM_FOR_NUMERIC</code>
+ * option is set, then the destination length could be
+ * as large as
+ * <code>ubidi_getLength(pBiDi)+2*ubidi_countRuns(pBiDi)</code>.
+ * If the <code>UBIDI_REMOVE_BIDI_CONTROLS</code> option
+ * is set, then the destination length may be less than
+ * <code>ubidi_getLength(pBiDi)</code>.
+ * If none of these options is set, then the destination length
+ * will be exactly <code>ubidi_getProcessedLength(pBiDi)</code>.
+ *
+ * @param options A bit set of options for the reordering that control
+ * how the reordered text is written.
+ * The options include mirroring the characters on a code
+ * point basis and inserting LRM characters, which is used
+ * especially for transforming visually stored text
+ * to logically stored text (although this is still an
+ * imperfect implementation of an "inverse Bidi" algorithm
+ * because it uses the "forward Bidi" algorithm at its core).
+ * The available options are:
+ * <code>#UBIDI_DO_MIRRORING</code>,
+ * <code>#UBIDI_INSERT_LRM_FOR_NUMERIC</code>,
+ * <code>#UBIDI_KEEP_BASE_COMBINING</code>,
+ * <code>#UBIDI_OUTPUT_REVERSE</code>,
+ * <code>#UBIDI_REMOVE_BIDI_CONTROLS</code>
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode must be a valid pointer to an error code value.
+ *
+ * @return The length of the output string.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_getProcessedLength
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_writeReordered(UBiDi *pBiDi,
+ UChar *dest, int32_t destSize,
+ uint16_t options,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Reverse a Right-To-Left run of Unicode text.
+ *
+ * This function preserves the integrity of characters with multiple
+ * code units and (optionally) combining characters.
+ * Characters can be replaced by mirror-image characters
+ * in the destination buffer. Note that "real" mirroring has
+ * to be done in a rendering engine by glyph selection
+ * and that for many "mirrored" characters there are no
+ * Unicode characters as mirror-image equivalents.
+ * There are also options to insert or remove Bidi control
+ * characters.
+ *
+ * This function is the implementation for reversing RTL runs as part
+ * of <code>ubidi_writeReordered()</code>. For detailed descriptions
+ * of the parameters, see there.
+ * Since no Bidi controls are inserted here, the output string length
+ * will never exceed <code>srcLength</code>.
+ *
+ * @see ubidi_writeReordered
+ *
+ * @param src A pointer to the RTL run text.
+ *
+ * @param srcLength The length of the RTL run.
+ *
+ * @param dest A pointer to where the reordered text is to be copied.
+ * <code>src[srcLength]</code> and <code>dest[destSize]</code>
+ * must not overlap.
+ *
+ * @param destSize The size of the <code>dest</code> buffer,
+ * in number of UChars.
+ * If the <code>UBIDI_REMOVE_BIDI_CONTROLS</code> option
+ * is set, then the destination length may be less than
+ * <code>srcLength</code>.
+ * If this option is not set, then the destination length
+ * will be exactly <code>srcLength</code>.
+ *
+ * @param options A bit set of options for the reordering that control
+ * how the reordered text is written.
+ * See the <code>options</code> parameter in <code>ubidi_writeReordered()</code>.
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode must be a valid pointer to an error code value.
+ *
+ * @return The length of the output string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubidi_writeReverse(const UChar *src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UChar *dest, int32_t destSize,
+ uint16_t options,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/*#define BIDI_SAMPLE_CODE*/
+/*@}*/
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ubrk.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ubrk.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d57ba37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ubrk.h
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1996-2007, International Business Machines Corporation and others.
+* All Rights Reserved.
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef UBRK_H
+#define UBRK_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/uloc.h"
+#include "unicode/utext.h"
+
+/**
+ * A text-break iterator.
+ * For usage in C programs.
+ */
+#ifndef UBRK_TYPEDEF_UBREAK_ITERATOR
+# define UBRK_TYPEDEF_UBREAK_ITERATOR
+ /**
+ * Opaque type representing an ICU Break iterator object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ typedef void UBreakIterator;
+#endif
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION
+
+#include "unicode/parseerr.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: BreakIterator
+ *
+ * <h2> BreakIterator C API </h2>
+ *
+ * The BreakIterator C API defines methods for finding the location
+ * of boundaries in text. Pointer to a UBreakIterator maintain a
+ * current position and scan over text returning the index of characters
+ * where boundaries occur.
+ * <p>
+ * Line boundary analysis determines where a text string can be broken
+ * when line-wrapping. The mechanism correctly handles punctuation and
+ * hyphenated words.
+ * <p>
+ * Sentence boundary analysis allows selection with correct
+ * interpretation of periods within numbers and abbreviations, and
+ * trailing punctuation marks such as quotation marks and parentheses.
+ * <p>
+ * Word boundary analysis is used by search and replace functions, as
+ * well as within text editing applications that allow the user to
+ * select words with a double click. Word selection provides correct
+ * interpretation of punctuation marks within and following
+ * words. Characters that are not part of a word, such as symbols or
+ * punctuation marks, have word-breaks on both sides.
+ * <p>
+ * Character boundary analysis allows users to interact with
+ * characters as they expect to, for example, when moving the cursor
+ * through a text string. Character boundary analysis provides correct
+ * navigation of through character strings, regardless of how the
+ * character is stored. For example, an accented character might be
+ * stored as a base character and a diacritical mark. What users
+ * consider to be a character can differ between languages.
+ * <p>
+ * Title boundary analysis locates all positions,
+ * typically starts of words, that should be set to Title Case
+ * when title casing the text.
+ * <p>
+ * The text boundary positions are found according to the rules
+ * described in Unicode Standard Annex #29, Text Boundaries, and
+ * Unicode Standard Annex #14, Line Breaking Properties. These
+ * are available at http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr14/ and
+ * http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr29/.
+ * <p>
+ * In addition to the plain C API defined in this header file, an
+ * object oriented C++ API with equivalent functionality is defined in the
+ * file brkiter.h.
+ * <p>
+ * Code snippits illustrating the use of the Break Iterator APIs
+ * are available in the ICU User Guide,
+ * http://icu-project.org/userguide/boundaryAnalysis.html
+ * and in the sample program icu/source/samples/break/break.cpp"
+ */
+
+/** The possible types of text boundaries. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+typedef enum UBreakIteratorType {
+ /** Character breaks @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBRK_CHARACTER = 0,
+ /** Word breaks @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBRK_WORD = 1,
+ /** Line breaks @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBRK_LINE = 2,
+ /** Sentence breaks @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBRK_SENTENCE = 3,
+
+#ifndef U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API
+ /**
+ * Title Case breaks
+ * The iterator created using this type locates title boundaries as described for
+ * Unicode 3.2 only. For Unicode 4.0 and above title boundary iteration,
+ * please use Word Boundary iterator.
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use the word break iterator for titlecasing for Unicode 4 and later.
+ */
+ UBRK_TITLE = 4,
+#endif /* U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API */
+ UBRK_COUNT = 5
+} UBreakIteratorType;
+
+/** Value indicating all text boundaries have been returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UBRK_DONE ((int32_t) -1)
+
+
+/**
+ * Enum constants for the word break tags returned by
+ * getRuleStatus(). A range of values is defined for each category of
+ * word, to allow for further subdivisions of a category in future releases.
+ * Applications should check for tag values falling within the range, rather
+ * than for single individual values.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+*/
+typedef enum UWordBreak {
+ /** Tag value for "words" that do not fit into any of other categories.
+ * Includes spaces and most punctuation. */
+ UBRK_WORD_NONE = 0,
+ /** Upper bound for tags for uncategorized words. */
+ UBRK_WORD_NONE_LIMIT = 100,
+ /** Tag value for words that appear to be numbers, lower limit. */
+ UBRK_WORD_NUMBER = 100,
+ /** Tag value for words that appear to be numbers, upper limit. */
+ UBRK_WORD_NUMBER_LIMIT = 200,
+ /** Tag value for words that contain letters, excluding
+ * hiragana, katakana or ideographic characters, lower limit. */
+ UBRK_WORD_LETTER = 200,
+ /** Tag value for words containing letters, upper limit */
+ UBRK_WORD_LETTER_LIMIT = 300,
+ /** Tag value for words containing kana characters, lower limit */
+ UBRK_WORD_KANA = 300,
+ /** Tag value for words containing kana characters, upper limit */
+ UBRK_WORD_KANA_LIMIT = 400,
+ /** Tag value for words containing ideographic characters, lower limit */
+ UBRK_WORD_IDEO = 400,
+ /** Tag value for words containing ideographic characters, upper limit */
+ UBRK_WORD_IDEO_LIMIT = 500
+} UWordBreak;
+
+/**
+ * Enum constants for the line break tags returned by getRuleStatus().
+ * A range of values is defined for each category of
+ * word, to allow for further subdivisions of a category in future releases.
+ * Applications should check for tag values falling within the range, rather
+ * than for single individual values.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+*/
+typedef enum ULineBreakTag {
+ /** Tag value for soft line breaks, positions at which a line break
+ * is acceptable but not required */
+ UBRK_LINE_SOFT = 0,
+ /** Upper bound for soft line breaks. */
+ UBRK_LINE_SOFT_LIMIT = 100,
+ /** Tag value for a hard, or mandatory line break */
+ UBRK_LINE_HARD = 100,
+ /** Upper bound for hard line breaks. */
+ UBRK_LINE_HARD_LIMIT = 200
+} ULineBreakTag;
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Enum constants for the sentence break tags returned by getRuleStatus().
+ * A range of values is defined for each category of
+ * sentence, to allow for further subdivisions of a category in future releases.
+ * Applications should check for tag values falling within the range, rather
+ * than for single individual values.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+*/
+typedef enum USentenceBreakTag {
+ /** Tag value for for sentences ending with a sentence terminator
+ * ('.', '?', '!', etc.) character, possibly followed by a
+ * hard separator (CR, LF, PS, etc.)
+ */
+ UBRK_SENTENCE_TERM = 0,
+ /** Upper bound for tags for sentences ended by sentence terminators. */
+ UBRK_SENTENCE_TERM_LIMIT = 100,
+ /** Tag value for for sentences that do not contain an ending
+ * sentence terminator ('.', '?', '!', etc.) character, but
+ * are ended only by a hard separator (CR, LF, PS, etc.) or end of input.
+ */
+ UBRK_SENTENCE_SEP = 100,
+ /** Upper bound for tags for sentences ended by a separator. */
+ UBRK_SENTENCE_SEP_LIMIT = 200
+ /** Tag value for a hard, or mandatory line break */
+} USentenceBreakTag;
+
+
+/**
+ * Open a new UBreakIterator for locating text boundaries for a specified locale.
+ * A UBreakIterator may be used for detecting character, line, word,
+ * and sentence breaks in text.
+ * @param type The type of UBreakIterator to open: one of UBRK_CHARACTER, UBRK_WORD,
+ * UBRK_LINE, UBRK_SENTENCE
+ * @param locale The locale specifying the text-breaking conventions.
+ * @param text The text to be iterated over.
+ * @param textLength The number of characters in text, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param status A UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return A UBreakIterator for the specified locale.
+ * @see ubrk_openRules
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBreakIterator* U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_open(UBreakIteratorType type,
+ const char *locale,
+ const UChar *text,
+ int32_t textLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Open a new UBreakIterator for locating text boundaries using specified breaking rules.
+ * The rule syntax is ... (TBD)
+ * @param rules A set of rules specifying the text breaking conventions.
+ * @param rulesLength The number of characters in rules, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param text The text to be iterated over. May be null, in which case ubrk_setText() is
+ * used to specify the text to be iterated.
+ * @param textLength The number of characters in text, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param parseErr Receives position and context information for any syntax errors
+ * detected while parsing the rules.
+ * @param status A UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return A UBreakIterator for the specified rules.
+ * @see ubrk_open
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE UBreakIterator* U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_openRules(const UChar *rules,
+ int32_t rulesLength,
+ const UChar *text,
+ int32_t textLength,
+ UParseError *parseErr,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Thread safe cloning operation
+ * @param bi iterator to be cloned
+ * @param stackBuffer user allocated space for the new clone. If NULL new memory will be allocated.
+ * If buffer is not large enough, new memory will be allocated.
+ * Clients can use the U_BRK_SAFECLONE_BUFFERSIZE. This will probably be enough to avoid memory allocations.
+ * @param pBufferSize pointer to size of allocated space.
+ * If *pBufferSize == 0, a sufficient size for use in cloning will
+ * be returned ('pre-flighting')
+ * If *pBufferSize is not enough for a stack-based safe clone,
+ * new memory will be allocated.
+ * @param status to indicate whether the operation went on smoothly or there were errors
+ * An informational status value, U_SAFECLONE_ALLOCATED_ERROR, is used if any allocations were necessary.
+ * @return pointer to the new clone
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBreakIterator * U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_safeClone(
+ const UBreakIterator *bi,
+ void *stackBuffer,
+ int32_t *pBufferSize,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * A recommended size (in bytes) for the memory buffer to be passed to ubrk_saveClone().
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_BRK_SAFECLONE_BUFFERSIZE 512
+
+/**
+* Close a UBreakIterator.
+* Once closed, a UBreakIterator may no longer be used.
+* @param bi The break iterator to close.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_close(UBreakIterator *bi);
+
+/**
+ * Sets an existing iterator to point to a new piece of text
+ * @param bi The iterator to use
+ * @param text The text to be set
+ * @param textLength The length of the text
+ * @param status The error code
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_setText(UBreakIterator* bi,
+ const UChar* text,
+ int32_t textLength,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Sets an existing iterator to point to a new piece of text
+ * @param bi The iterator to use
+ * @param text The text to be set.
+ * This function makes a shallow clone of the supplied UText. This means
+ * that the caller is free to immediately close or otherwise reuse the
+ * UText that was passed as a parameter, but that the underlying text itself
+ * must not be altered while being referenced by the break iterator.
+ * @param status The error code
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_setUText(UBreakIterator* bi,
+ UText* text,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Determine the most recently-returned text boundary.
+ *
+ * @param bi The break iterator to use.
+ * @return The character index most recently returned by \ref ubrk_next, \ref ubrk_previous,
+ * \ref ubrk_first, or \ref ubrk_last.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_current(const UBreakIterator *bi);
+
+/**
+ * Determine the text boundary following the current text boundary.
+ *
+ * @param bi The break iterator to use.
+ * @return The character index of the next text boundary, or UBRK_DONE
+ * if all text boundaries have been returned.
+ * @see ubrk_previous
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_next(UBreakIterator *bi);
+
+/**
+ * Determine the text boundary preceding the current text boundary.
+ *
+ * @param bi The break iterator to use.
+ * @return The character index of the preceding text boundary, or UBRK_DONE
+ * if all text boundaries have been returned.
+ * @see ubrk_next
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_previous(UBreakIterator *bi);
+
+/**
+ * Determine the index of the first character in the text being scanned.
+ * This is not always the same as index 0 of the text.
+ * @param bi The break iterator to use.
+ * @return The character index of the first character in the text being scanned.
+ * @see ubrk_last
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_first(UBreakIterator *bi);
+
+/**
+ * Determine the index immediately <EM>beyond</EM> the last character in the text being
+ * scanned.
+ * This is not the same as the last character.
+ * @param bi The break iterator to use.
+ * @return The character offset immediately <EM>beyond</EM> the last character in the
+ * text being scanned.
+ * @see ubrk_first
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_last(UBreakIterator *bi);
+
+/**
+ * Determine the text boundary preceding the specified offset.
+ * The value returned is always smaller than offset, or UBRK_DONE.
+ * @param bi The break iterator to use.
+ * @param offset The offset to begin scanning.
+ * @return The text boundary preceding offset, or UBRK_DONE.
+ * @see ubrk_following
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_preceding(UBreakIterator *bi,
+ int32_t offset);
+
+/**
+ * Determine the text boundary following the specified offset.
+ * The value returned is always greater than offset, or UBRK_DONE.
+ * @param bi The break iterator to use.
+ * @param offset The offset to begin scanning.
+ * @return The text boundary following offset, or UBRK_DONE.
+ * @see ubrk_preceding
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_following(UBreakIterator *bi,
+ int32_t offset);
+
+/**
+* Get a locale for which text breaking information is available.
+* A UBreakIterator in a locale returned by this function will perform the correct
+* text breaking for the locale.
+* @param index The index of the desired locale.
+* @return A locale for which number text breaking information is available, or 0 if none.
+* @see ubrk_countAvailable
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_getAvailable(int32_t index);
+
+/**
+* Determine how many locales have text breaking information available.
+* This function is most useful as determining the loop ending condition for
+* calls to \ref ubrk_getAvailable.
+* @return The number of locales for which text breaking information is available.
+* @see ubrk_getAvailable
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_countAvailable(void);
+
+
+/**
+* Returns true if the specfied position is a boundary position. As a side
+* effect, leaves the iterator pointing to the first boundary position at
+* or after "offset".
+* @param bi The break iterator to use.
+* @param offset the offset to check.
+* @return True if "offset" is a boundary position.
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_isBoundary(UBreakIterator *bi, int32_t offset);
+
+/**
+ * Return the status from the break rule that determined the most recently
+ * returned break position. The values appear in the rule source
+ * within brackets, {123}, for example. For rules that do not specify a
+ * status, a default value of 0 is returned.
+ * <p>
+ * For word break iterators, the possible values are defined in enum UWordBreak.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_getRuleStatus(UBreakIterator *bi);
+
+/**
+ * Get the statuses from the break rules that determined the most recently
+ * returned break position. The values appear in the rule source
+ * within brackets, {123}, for example. The default status value for rules
+ * that do not explicitly provide one is zero.
+ * <p>
+ * For word break iterators, the possible values are defined in enum UWordBreak.
+ * @param bi The break iterator to use
+ * @param fillInVec an array to be filled in with the status values.
+ * @param capacity the length of the supplied vector. A length of zero causes
+ * the function to return the number of status values, in the
+ * normal way, without attemtping to store any values.
+ * @param status receives error codes.
+ * @return The number of rule status values from rules that determined
+ * the most recent boundary returned by the break iterator.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_getRuleStatusVec(UBreakIterator *bi, int32_t *fillInVec, int32_t capacity, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Return the locale of the break iterator. You can choose between the valid and
+ * the actual locale.
+ * @param bi break iterator
+ * @param type locale type (valid or actual)
+ * @param status error code
+ * @return locale string
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+ubrk_getLocaleByType(const UBreakIterator *bi, ULocDataLocaleType type, UErrorCode* status);
+
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucal.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ba2668
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1161 @@
+/*
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2008, International Business Machines Corporation and
+ * others. All Rights Reserved.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#ifndef UCAL_H
+#define UCAL_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/uenum.h"
+#include "unicode/uloc.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Calendar
+ *
+ * <h2>Calendar C API</h2>
+ *
+ * UCalendar C API is used for converting between a <code>UDate</code> object
+ * and a set of integer fields such as <code>UCAL_YEAR</code>, <code>UCAL_MONTH</code>,
+ * <code>UCAL_DAY</code>, <code>UCAL_HOUR</code>, and so on.
+ * (A <code>UDate</code> object represents a specific instant in
+ * time with millisecond precision. See UDate
+ * for information about the <code>UDate</code> .)
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * Types of <code>UCalendar</code> interpret a <code>UDate</code>
+ * according to the rules of a specific calendar system. The U_STABLE
+ * provides the enum UCalendarType with UCAL_TRADITIONAL and
+ * UCAL_GREGORIAN.
+ * <p>
+ * Like other locale-sensitive C API, calendar API provides a
+ * function, <code>ucal_open()</code>, which returns a pointer to
+ * <code>UCalendar</code> whose time fields have been initialized
+ * with the current date and time. We need to specify the type of
+ * calendar to be opened and the timezoneId.
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UCalendar *caldef;
+ * UChar *tzId;
+ * UErrorCode status;
+ * tzId=(UChar*)malloc(sizeof(UChar) * (strlen("PST") +1) );
+ * u_uastrcpy(tzId, "PST");
+ * caldef=ucal_open(tzID, u_strlen(tzID), NULL, UCAL_TRADITIONAL, &status);
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * A <code>UCalendar</code> object can produce all the time field values
+ * needed to implement the date-time formatting for a particular language
+ * and calendar style (for example, Japanese-Gregorian, Japanese-Traditional).
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * When computing a <code>UDate</code> from time fields, two special circumstances
+ * may arise: there may be insufficient information to compute the
+ * <code>UDate</code> (such as only year and month but no day in the month),
+ * or there may be inconsistent information (such as "Tuesday, July 15, 1996"
+ * -- July 15, 1996 is actually a Monday).
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * <strong>Insufficient information.</strong> The calendar will use default
+ * information to specify the missing fields. This may vary by calendar; for
+ * the Gregorian calendar, the default for a field is the same as that of the
+ * start of the epoch: i.e., UCAL_YEAR = 1970, UCAL_MONTH = JANUARY, UCAL_DATE = 1, etc.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * <strong>Inconsistent information.</strong> If fields conflict, the calendar
+ * will give preference to fields set more recently. For example, when
+ * determining the day, the calendar will look for one of the following
+ * combinations of fields. The most recent combination, as determined by the
+ * most recently set single field, will be used.
+ *
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UCAL_MONTH + UCAL_DAY_OF_MONTH
+ * UCAL_MONTH + UCAL_WEEK_OF_MONTH + UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK
+ * UCAL_MONTH + UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH + UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK
+ * UCAL_DAY_OF_YEAR
+ * UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK + UCAL_WEEK_OF_YEAR
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * For the time of day:
+ *
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UCAL_HOUR_OF_DAY
+ * UCAL_AM_PM + UCAL_HOUR
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * <strong>Note:</strong> for some non-Gregorian calendars, different
+ * fields may be necessary for complete disambiguation. For example, a full
+ * specification of the historial Arabic astronomical calendar requires year,
+ * month, day-of-month <em>and</em> day-of-week in some cases.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * <strong>Note:</strong> There are certain possible ambiguities in
+ * interpretation of certain singular times, which are resolved in the
+ * following ways:
+ * <ol>
+ * <li> 24:00:00 "belongs" to the following day. That is,
+ * 23:59 on Dec 31, 1969 < 24:00 on Jan 1, 1970 < 24:01:00 on Jan 1, 1970
+ *
+ * <li> Although historically not precise, midnight also belongs to "am",
+ * and noon belongs to "pm", so on the same day,
+ * 12:00 am (midnight) < 12:01 am, and 12:00 pm (noon) < 12:01 pm
+ * </ol>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * The date or time format strings are not part of the definition of a
+ * calendar, as those must be modifiable or overridable by the user at
+ * runtime. Use {@link DateFormat}
+ * to format dates.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * <code>Calendar</code> provides an API for field "rolling", where fields
+ * can be incremented or decremented, but wrap around. For example, rolling the
+ * month up in the date <code>December 12, <b>1996</b></code> results in
+ * <code>January 12, <b>1996</b></code>.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * <code>Calendar</code> also provides a date arithmetic function for
+ * adding the specified (signed) amount of time to a particular time field.
+ * For example, subtracting 5 days from the date <code>September 12, 1996</code>
+ * results in <code>September 7, 1996</code>.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+
+/** A calendar.
+ * For usage in C programs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef void* UCalendar;
+
+/** Possible types of UCalendars
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+enum UCalendarType {
+ /**
+ * Despite the name, UCAL_TRADITIONAL designates the locale's default calendar,
+ * which may be the Gregorian calendar or some other calendar.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UCAL_TRADITIONAL,
+ /**
+ * Unambiguously designates the Gregorian calendar for the locale.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UCAL_GREGORIAN,
+ /**
+ * A better name for UCAL_TRADITIONAL.
+ * @draft ICU 4.2
+ */
+ UCAL_DEFAULT = UCAL_TRADITIONAL
+};
+
+/** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+typedef enum UCalendarType UCalendarType;
+
+/** Possible fields in a UCalendar
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+enum UCalendarDateFields {
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the era, e.g., AD or BC in the Gregorian (Julian) calendar.
+ * This is a calendar-specific value.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_ERA,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the year. This is a calendar-specific value.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_YEAR,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the month. This is a calendar-specific value.
+ * The first month of the year is
+ * <code>JANUARY</code>; the last depends on the number of months in a year.
+ * @see #UCAL_JANUARY
+ * @see #UCAL_FEBRUARY
+ * @see #UCAL_MARCH
+ * @see #UCAL_APRIL
+ * @see #UCAL_MAY
+ * @see #UCAL_JUNE
+ * @see #UCAL_JULY
+ * @see #UCAL_AUGUST
+ * @see #UCAL_SEPTEMBER
+ * @see #UCAL_OCTOBER
+ * @see #UCAL_NOVEMBER
+ * @see #UCAL_DECEMBER
+ * @see #UCAL_UNDECIMBER
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_MONTH,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the
+ * week number within the current year. The first week of the year, as
+ * defined by <code>UCAL_FIRST_DAY_OF_WEEK</code> and <code>UCAL_MINIMAL_DAYS_IN_FIRST_WEEK</code>
+ * attributes, has value 1. Subclasses define
+ * the value of <code>UCAL_WEEK_OF_YEAR</code> for days before the first week of
+ * the year.
+ * @see ucal_getAttribute
+ * @see ucal_setAttribute
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_WEEK_OF_YEAR,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the
+ * week number within the current month. The first week of the month, as
+ * defined by <code>UCAL_FIRST_DAY_OF_WEEK</code> and <code>UCAL_MINIMAL_DAYS_IN_FIRST_WEEK</code>
+ * attributes, has value 1. Subclasses define
+ * the value of <code>WEEK_OF_MONTH</code> for days before the first week of
+ * the month.
+ * @see ucal_getAttribute
+ * @see ucal_setAttribute
+ * @see #UCAL_FIRST_DAY_OF_WEEK
+ * @see #UCAL_MINIMAL_DAYS_IN_FIRST_WEEK
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_WEEK_OF_MONTH,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the
+ * day of the month. This is a synonym for <code>DAY_OF_MONTH</code>.
+ * The first day of the month has value 1.
+ * @see #UCAL_DAY_OF_MONTH
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_DATE,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the day
+ * number within the current year. The first day of the year has value 1.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_DAY_OF_YEAR,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the day
+ * of the week. This field takes values <code>SUNDAY</code>,
+ * <code>MONDAY</code>, <code>TUESDAY</code>, <code>WEDNESDAY</code>,
+ * <code>THURSDAY</code>, <code>FRIDAY</code>, and <code>SATURDAY</code>.
+ * @see #UCAL_SUNDAY
+ * @see #UCAL_MONDAY
+ * @see #UCAL_TUESDAY
+ * @see #UCAL_WEDNESDAY
+ * @see #UCAL_THURSDAY
+ * @see #UCAL_FRIDAY
+ * @see #UCAL_SATURDAY
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the
+ * ordinal number of the day of the week within the current month. Together
+ * with the <code>DAY_OF_WEEK</code> field, this uniquely specifies a day
+ * within a month. Unlike <code>WEEK_OF_MONTH</code> and
+ * <code>WEEK_OF_YEAR</code>, this field's value does <em>not</em> depend on
+ * <code>getFirstDayOfWeek()</code> or
+ * <code>getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek()</code>. <code>DAY_OF_MONTH 1</code>
+ * through <code>7</code> always correspond to <code>DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH
+ * 1</code>; <code>8</code> through <code>15</code> correspond to
+ * <code>DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH 2</code>, and so on.
+ * <code>DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH 0</code> indicates the week before
+ * <code>DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH 1</code>. Negative values count back from the
+ * end of the month, so the last Sunday of a month is specified as
+ * <code>DAY_OF_WEEK = SUNDAY, DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH = -1</code>. Because
+ * negative values count backward they will usually be aligned differently
+ * within the month than positive values. For example, if a month has 31
+ * days, <code>DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH -1</code> will overlap
+ * <code>DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH 5</code> and the end of <code>4</code>.
+ * @see #UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK
+ * @see #UCAL_WEEK_OF_MONTH
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating
+ * whether the <code>HOUR</code> is before or after noon.
+ * E.g., at 10:04:15.250 PM the <code>AM_PM</code> is <code>PM</code>.
+ * @see #UCAL_AM
+ * @see #UCAL_PM
+ * @see #UCAL_HOUR
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_AM_PM,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the
+ * hour of the morning or afternoon. <code>HOUR</code> is used for the 12-hour
+ * clock.
+ * E.g., at 10:04:15.250 PM the <code>HOUR</code> is 10.
+ * @see #UCAL_AM_PM
+ * @see #UCAL_HOUR_OF_DAY
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_HOUR,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the
+ * hour of the day. <code>HOUR_OF_DAY</code> is used for the 24-hour clock.
+ * E.g., at 10:04:15.250 PM the <code>HOUR_OF_DAY</code> is 22.
+ * @see #UCAL_HOUR
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_HOUR_OF_DAY,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the
+ * minute within the hour.
+ * E.g., at 10:04:15.250 PM the <code>UCAL_MINUTE</code> is 4.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_MINUTE,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the
+ * second within the minute.
+ * E.g., at 10:04:15.250 PM the <code>UCAL_SECOND</code> is 15.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_SECOND,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the
+ * millisecond within the second.
+ * E.g., at 10:04:15.250 PM the <code>UCAL_MILLISECOND</code> is 250.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_MILLISECOND,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the
+ * raw offset from GMT in milliseconds.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_ZONE_OFFSET,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the
+ * daylight savings offset in milliseconds.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_DST_OFFSET,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number
+ * indicating the extended year corresponding to the
+ * <code>UCAL_WEEK_OF_YEAR</code> field. This may be one greater or less
+ * than the value of <code>UCAL_EXTENDED_YEAR</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_YEAR_WOY,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number
+ * indicating the localized day of week. This will be a value from 1
+ * to 7 inclusive, with 1 being the localized first day of the week.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_DOW_LOCAL,
+
+ /**
+ * Year of this calendar system, encompassing all supra-year fields. For example,
+ * in Gregorian/Julian calendars, positive Extended Year values indicate years AD,
+ * 1 BC = 0 extended, 2 BC = -1 extended, and so on.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ UCAL_EXTENDED_YEAR,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number
+ * indicating the modified Julian day number. This is different from
+ * the conventional Julian day number in two regards. First, it
+ * demarcates days at local zone midnight, rather than noon GMT.
+ * Second, it is a local number; that is, it depends on the local time
+ * zone. It can be thought of as a single number that encompasses all
+ * the date-related fields.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ UCAL_JULIAN_DAY,
+
+ /**
+ * Ranges from 0 to 23:59:59.999 (regardless of DST). This field behaves <em>exactly</em>
+ * like a composite of all time-related fields, not including the zone fields. As such,
+ * it also reflects discontinuities of those fields on DST transition days. On a day
+ * of DST onset, it will jump forward. On a day of DST cessation, it will jump
+ * backward. This reflects the fact that it must be combined with the DST_OFFSET field
+ * to obtain a unique local time value.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ UCAL_MILLISECONDS_IN_DAY,
+
+ /**
+ * Whether or not the current month is a leap month (0 or 1). See the Chinese calendar for
+ * an example of this.
+ */
+ UCAL_IS_LEAP_MONTH,
+
+ /**
+ * Field count
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCAL_FIELD_COUNT,
+
+ /**
+ * Field number indicating the
+ * day of the month. This is a synonym for <code>UCAL_DATE</code>.
+ * The first day of the month has value 1.
+ * @see #UCAL_DATE
+ * Synonym for UCAL_DATE
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ **/
+ UCAL_DAY_OF_MONTH=UCAL_DATE
+};
+
+/** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+typedef enum UCalendarDateFields UCalendarDateFields;
+ /**
+ * Useful constant for days of week. Note: Calendar day-of-week is 1-based. Clients
+ * who create locale resources for the field of first-day-of-week should be aware of
+ * this. For instance, in US locale, first-day-of-week is set to 1, i.e., UCAL_SUNDAY.
+ */
+/** Possible days of the week in a UCalendar
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+enum UCalendarDaysOfWeek {
+ /** Sunday */
+ UCAL_SUNDAY = 1,
+ /** Monday */
+ UCAL_MONDAY,
+ /** Tuesday */
+ UCAL_TUESDAY,
+ /** Wednesday */
+ UCAL_WEDNESDAY,
+ /** Thursday */
+ UCAL_THURSDAY,
+ /** Friday */
+ UCAL_FRIDAY,
+ /** Saturday */
+ UCAL_SATURDAY
+};
+
+/** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+typedef enum UCalendarDaysOfWeek UCalendarDaysOfWeek;
+
+/** Possible months in a UCalendar. Note: Calendar month is 0-based.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+enum UCalendarMonths {
+ /** January */
+ UCAL_JANUARY,
+ /** February */
+ UCAL_FEBRUARY,
+ /** March */
+ UCAL_MARCH,
+ /** April */
+ UCAL_APRIL,
+ /** May */
+ UCAL_MAY,
+ /** June */
+ UCAL_JUNE,
+ /** July */
+ UCAL_JULY,
+ /** August */
+ UCAL_AUGUST,
+ /** September */
+ UCAL_SEPTEMBER,
+ /** October */
+ UCAL_OCTOBER,
+ /** November */
+ UCAL_NOVEMBER,
+ /** December */
+ UCAL_DECEMBER,
+ /** Value of the <code>UCAL_MONTH</code> field indicating the
+ * thirteenth month of the year. Although the Gregorian calendar
+ * does not use this value, lunar calendars do.
+ */
+ UCAL_UNDECIMBER
+};
+
+/** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+typedef enum UCalendarMonths UCalendarMonths;
+
+/** Possible AM/PM values in a UCalendar
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+enum UCalendarAMPMs {
+ /** AM */
+ UCAL_AM,
+ /** PM */
+ UCAL_PM
+};
+
+/** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+typedef enum UCalendarAMPMs UCalendarAMPMs;
+
+/**
+ * Create an enumeration over all time zones.
+ *
+ * @param ec input/output error code
+ *
+ * @return an enumeration object that the caller must dispose of using
+ * uenum_close(), or NULL upon failure. In case of failure *ec will
+ * indicate the error.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UEnumeration* U_EXPORT2
+ucal_openTimeZones(UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Create an enumeration over all time zones associated with the given
+ * country. Some zones are affiliated with no country (e.g., "UTC");
+ * these may also be retrieved, as a group.
+ *
+ * @param country the ISO 3166 two-letter country code, or NULL to
+ * retrieve zones not affiliated with any country
+ *
+ * @param ec input/output error code
+ *
+ * @return an enumeration object that the caller must dispose of using
+ * uenum_close(), or NULL upon failure. In case of failure *ec will
+ * indicate the error.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UEnumeration* U_EXPORT2
+ucal_openCountryTimeZones(const char* country, UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Return the default time zone. The default is determined initially
+ * by querying the host operating system. It may be changed with
+ * ucal_setDefaultTimeZone() or with the C++ TimeZone API.
+ *
+ * @param result A buffer to receive the result, or NULL
+ *
+ * @param resultCapacity The capacity of the result buffer
+ *
+ * @param ec input/output error code
+ *
+ * @return The result string length, not including the terminating
+ * null
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucal_getDefaultTimeZone(UChar* result, int32_t resultCapacity, UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Set the default time zone.
+ *
+ * @param zoneID null-terminated time zone ID
+ *
+ * @param ec input/output error code
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucal_setDefaultTimeZone(const UChar* zoneID, UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Return the amount of time in milliseconds that the clock is
+ * advanced during daylight savings time for the given time zone, or
+ * zero if the time zone does not observe daylight savings time.
+ *
+ * @param zoneID null-terminated time zone ID
+ *
+ * @param ec input/output error code
+ *
+ * @return the number of milliseconds the time is advanced with
+ * respect to standard time when the daylight savings rules are in
+ * effect. This is always a non-negative number, most commonly either
+ * 3,600,000 (one hour) or zero.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucal_getDSTSavings(const UChar* zoneID, UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current date and time.
+ * The value returned is represented as milliseconds from the epoch.
+ * @return The current date and time.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UDate U_EXPORT2
+ucal_getNow(void);
+
+/**
+ * Open a UCalendar.
+ * A UCalendar may be used to convert a millisecond value to a year,
+ * month, and day.
+ * @param zoneID The desired TimeZone ID. If 0, use the default time zone.
+ * @param len The length of zoneID, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param locale The desired locale
+ * @param type The type of UCalendar to open. This can be UCAL_GREGORIAN to open the Gregorian
+ * calendar for the locale, or UCAL_DEFAULT to open the default calendar for the locale (the
+ * default calendar may also be Gregorian). To open a specific non-Gregorian calendar for the
+ * locale, use uloc_setKeywordValue to set the value of the calendar keyword for the locale
+ * and then pass the locale to ucal_open with UCAL_DEFAULT as the type.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @return A pointer to a UCalendar, or 0 if an error occurred.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UCalendar* U_EXPORT2
+ucal_open(const UChar* zoneID,
+ int32_t len,
+ const char* locale,
+ UCalendarType type,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Close a UCalendar.
+ * Once closed, a UCalendar may no longer be used.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to close.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucal_close(UCalendar *cal);
+
+/**
+ * Open a copy of a UCalendar.
+ * This function performs a deep copy.
+ * @param cal The calendar to copy
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return A pointer to a UCalendar identical to cal.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT UCalendar* U_EXPORT2
+ucal_clone(const UCalendar* cal,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Set the TimeZone used by a UCalendar.
+ * A UCalendar uses a timezone for converting from Greenwich time to local time.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to set.
+ * @param zoneID The desired TimeZone ID. If 0, use the default time zone.
+ * @param len The length of zoneID, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucal_setTimeZone(UCalendar* cal,
+ const UChar* zoneID,
+ int32_t len,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Possible formats for a UCalendar's display name
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+enum UCalendarDisplayNameType {
+ /** Standard display name */
+ UCAL_STANDARD,
+ /** Short standard display name */
+ UCAL_SHORT_STANDARD,
+ /** Daylight savings display name */
+ UCAL_DST,
+ /** Short daylight savings display name */
+ UCAL_SHORT_DST
+};
+
+/** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+typedef enum UCalendarDisplayNameType UCalendarDisplayNameType;
+
+/**
+ * Get the display name for a UCalendar's TimeZone.
+ * A display name is suitable for presentation to a user.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to query.
+ * @param type The desired display name format; one of UCAL_STANDARD, UCAL_SHORT_STANDARD,
+ * UCAL_DST, UCAL_SHORT_DST
+ * @param locale The desired locale for the display name.
+ * @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the formatted number.
+ * @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength, the output was truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucal_getTimeZoneDisplayName(const UCalendar* cal,
+ UCalendarDisplayNameType type,
+ const char* locale,
+ UChar* result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Determine if a UCalendar is currently in daylight savings time.
+ * Daylight savings time is not used in all parts of the world.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to query.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @return TRUE if cal is currently in daylight savings time, FALSE otherwise
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+ucal_inDaylightTime(const UCalendar* cal,
+ UErrorCode* status );
+
+/**
+ * Sets the GregorianCalendar change date. This is the point when the switch from
+ * Julian dates to Gregorian dates occurred. Default is 00:00:00 local time, October
+ * 15, 1582. Previous to this time and date will be Julian dates.
+ *
+ * This function works only for Gregorian calendars. If the UCalendar is not
+ * an instance of a Gregorian calendar, then a U_UNSUPPORTED_ERROR
+ * error code is set.
+ *
+ * @param cal The calendar object.
+ * @param date The given Gregorian cutover date.
+ * @param pErrorCode Pointer to a standard ICU error code. Its input value must
+ * pass the U_SUCCESS() test, or else the function returns
+ * immediately. Check for U_FAILURE() on output or use with
+ * function chaining. (See User Guide for details.)
+ *
+ * @see GregorianCalendar::setGregorianChange
+ * @see ucal_getGregorianChange
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucal_setGregorianChange(UCalendar *cal, UDate date, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the Gregorian Calendar change date. This is the point when the switch from
+ * Julian dates to Gregorian dates occurred. Default is 00:00:00 local time, October
+ * 15, 1582. Previous to this time and date will be Julian dates.
+ *
+ * This function works only for Gregorian calendars. If the UCalendar is not
+ * an instance of a Gregorian calendar, then a U_UNSUPPORTED_ERROR
+ * error code is set.
+ *
+ * @param cal The calendar object.
+ * @param pErrorCode Pointer to a standard ICU error code. Its input value must
+ * pass the U_SUCCESS() test, or else the function returns
+ * immediately. Check for U_FAILURE() on output or use with
+ * function chaining. (See User Guide for details.)
+ * @return The Gregorian cutover time for this calendar.
+ *
+ * @see GregorianCalendar::getGregorianChange
+ * @see ucal_setGregorianChange
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UDate U_EXPORT2
+ucal_getGregorianChange(const UCalendar *cal, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Types of UCalendar attributes
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+enum UCalendarAttribute {
+ /** Lenient parsing */
+ UCAL_LENIENT,
+ /** First day of week */
+ UCAL_FIRST_DAY_OF_WEEK,
+ /** Minimum number of days in first week */
+ UCAL_MINIMAL_DAYS_IN_FIRST_WEEK
+};
+
+/** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+typedef enum UCalendarAttribute UCalendarAttribute;
+
+/**
+ * Get a numeric attribute associated with a UCalendar.
+ * Numeric attributes include the first day of the week, or the minimal numbers
+ * of days in the first week of the month.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to query.
+ * @param attr The desired attribute; one of UCAL_LENIENT, UCAL_FIRST_DAY_OF_WEEK,
+ * or UCAL_MINIMAL_DAYS_IN_FIRST_WEEK
+ * @return The value of attr.
+ * @see ucal_setAttribute
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucal_getAttribute(const UCalendar* cal,
+ UCalendarAttribute attr);
+
+/**
+ * Set a numeric attribute associated with a UCalendar.
+ * Numeric attributes include the first day of the week, or the minimal numbers
+ * of days in the first week of the month.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to set.
+ * @param attr The desired attribute; one of UCAL_LENIENT, UCAL_FIRST_DAY_OF_WEEK,
+ * or UCAL_MINIMAL_DAYS_IN_FIRST_WEEK
+ * @param newValue The new value of attr.
+ * @see ucal_getAttribute
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucal_setAttribute(UCalendar* cal,
+ UCalendarAttribute attr,
+ int32_t newValue);
+
+/**
+ * Get a locale for which calendars are available.
+ * A UCalendar in a locale returned by this function will contain the correct
+ * day and month names for the locale.
+ * @param index The index of the desired locale.
+ * @return A locale for which calendars are available, or 0 if none.
+ * @see ucal_countAvailable
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+ucal_getAvailable(int32_t index);
+
+/**
+ * Determine how many locales have calendars available.
+ * This function is most useful as determining the loop ending condition for
+ * calls to \ref ucal_getAvailable.
+ * @return The number of locales for which calendars are available.
+ * @see ucal_getAvailable
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucal_countAvailable(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get a UCalendar's current time in millis.
+ * The time is represented as milliseconds from the epoch.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to query.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @return The calendar's current time in millis.
+ * @see ucal_setMillis
+ * @see ucal_setDate
+ * @see ucal_setDateTime
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UDate U_EXPORT2
+ucal_getMillis(const UCalendar* cal,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Set a UCalendar's current time in millis.
+ * The time is represented as milliseconds from the epoch.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to set.
+ * @param dateTime The desired date and time.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @see ucal_getMillis
+ * @see ucal_setDate
+ * @see ucal_setDateTime
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucal_setMillis(UCalendar* cal,
+ UDate dateTime,
+ UErrorCode* status );
+
+/**
+ * Set a UCalendar's current date.
+ * The date is represented as a series of 32-bit integers.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to set.
+ * @param year The desired year.
+ * @param month The desired month; one of UCAL_JANUARY, UCAL_FEBRUARY, UCAL_MARCH, UCAL_APRIL, UCAL_MAY,
+ * UCAL_JUNE, UCAL_JULY, UCAL_AUGUST, UCAL_SEPTEMBER, UCAL_OCTOBER, UCAL_NOVEMBER, UCAL_DECEMBER, UCAL_UNDECIMBER
+ * @param date The desired day of the month.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @see ucal_getMillis
+ * @see ucal_setMillis
+ * @see ucal_setDateTime
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucal_setDate(UCalendar* cal,
+ int32_t year,
+ int32_t month,
+ int32_t date,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Set a UCalendar's current date.
+ * The date is represented as a series of 32-bit integers.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to set.
+ * @param year The desired year.
+ * @param month The desired month; one of UCAL_JANUARY, UCAL_FEBRUARY, UCAL_MARCH, UCAL_APRIL, UCAL_MAY,
+ * UCAL_JUNE, UCAL_JULY, UCAL_AUGUST, UCAL_SEPTEMBER, UCAL_OCTOBER, UCAL_NOVEMBER, UCAL_DECEMBER, UCAL_UNDECIMBER
+ * @param date The desired day of the month.
+ * @param hour The desired hour of day.
+ * @param minute The desired minute.
+ * @param second The desirec second.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @see ucal_getMillis
+ * @see ucal_setMillis
+ * @see ucal_setDate
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucal_setDateTime(UCalendar* cal,
+ int32_t year,
+ int32_t month,
+ int32_t date,
+ int32_t hour,
+ int32_t minute,
+ int32_t second,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns TRUE if two UCalendars are equivalent. Equivalent
+ * UCalendars will behave identically, but they may be set to
+ * different times.
+ * @param cal1 The first of the UCalendars to compare.
+ * @param cal2 The second of the UCalendars to compare.
+ * @return TRUE if cal1 and cal2 are equivalent, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+ucal_equivalentTo(const UCalendar* cal1,
+ const UCalendar* cal2);
+
+/**
+ * Add a specified signed amount to a particular field in a UCalendar.
+ * This can modify more significant fields in the calendar.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to which to add.
+ * @param field The field to which to add the signed value; one of UCAL_ERA, UCAL_YEAR, UCAL_MONTH,
+ * UCAL_WEEK_OF_YEAR, UCAL_WEEK_OF_MONTH, UCAL_DATE, UCAL_DAY_OF_YEAR, UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK,
+ * UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH, UCAL_AM_PM, UCAL_HOUR, UCAL_HOUR_OF_DAY, UCAL_MINUTE, UCAL_SECOND,
+ * UCAL_MILLISECOND, UCAL_ZONE_OFFSET, UCAL_DST_OFFSET.
+ * @param amount The signed amount to add to field. If the amount causes the value
+ * to exceed to maximum or minimum values for that field, other fields are modified
+ * to preserve the magnitude of the change.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @see ucal_roll
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucal_add(UCalendar* cal,
+ UCalendarDateFields field,
+ int32_t amount,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Add a specified signed amount to a particular field in a UCalendar.
+ * This will not modify more significant fields in the calendar.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to which to add.
+ * @param field The field to which to add the signed value; one of UCAL_ERA, UCAL_YEAR, UCAL_MONTH,
+ * UCAL_WEEK_OF_YEAR, UCAL_WEEK_OF_MONTH, UCAL_DATE, UCAL_DAY_OF_YEAR, UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK,
+ * UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH, UCAL_AM_PM, UCAL_HOUR, UCAL_HOUR_OF_DAY, UCAL_MINUTE, UCAL_SECOND,
+ * UCAL_MILLISECOND, UCAL_ZONE_OFFSET, UCAL_DST_OFFSET.
+ * @param amount The signed amount to add to field. If the amount causes the value
+ * to exceed to maximum or minimum values for that field, the field is pinned to a permissible
+ * value.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @see ucal_add
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucal_roll(UCalendar* cal,
+ UCalendarDateFields field,
+ int32_t amount,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current value of a field from a UCalendar.
+ * All fields are represented as 32-bit integers.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to query.
+ * @param field The desired field; one of UCAL_ERA, UCAL_YEAR, UCAL_MONTH,
+ * UCAL_WEEK_OF_YEAR, UCAL_WEEK_OF_MONTH, UCAL_DATE, UCAL_DAY_OF_YEAR, UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK,
+ * UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH, UCAL_AM_PM, UCAL_HOUR, UCAL_HOUR_OF_DAY, UCAL_MINUTE, UCAL_SECOND,
+ * UCAL_MILLISECOND, UCAL_ZONE_OFFSET, UCAL_DST_OFFSET.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @return The value of the desired field.
+ * @see ucal_set
+ * @see ucal_isSet
+ * @see ucal_clearField
+ * @see ucal_clear
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucal_get(const UCalendar* cal,
+ UCalendarDateFields field,
+ UErrorCode* status );
+
+/**
+ * Set the value of a field in a UCalendar.
+ * All fields are represented as 32-bit integers.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to set.
+ * @param field The field to set; one of UCAL_ERA, UCAL_YEAR, UCAL_MONTH,
+ * UCAL_WEEK_OF_YEAR, UCAL_WEEK_OF_MONTH, UCAL_DATE, UCAL_DAY_OF_YEAR, UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK,
+ * UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH, UCAL_AM_PM, UCAL_HOUR, UCAL_HOUR_OF_DAY, UCAL_MINUTE, UCAL_SECOND,
+ * UCAL_MILLISECOND, UCAL_ZONE_OFFSET, UCAL_DST_OFFSET.
+ * @param value The desired value of field.
+ * @see ucal_get
+ * @see ucal_isSet
+ * @see ucal_clearField
+ * @see ucal_clear
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucal_set(UCalendar* cal,
+ UCalendarDateFields field,
+ int32_t value);
+
+/**
+ * Determine if a field in a UCalendar is set.
+ * All fields are represented as 32-bit integers.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to query.
+ * @param field The desired field; one of UCAL_ERA, UCAL_YEAR, UCAL_MONTH,
+ * UCAL_WEEK_OF_YEAR, UCAL_WEEK_OF_MONTH, UCAL_DATE, UCAL_DAY_OF_YEAR, UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK,
+ * UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH, UCAL_AM_PM, UCAL_HOUR, UCAL_HOUR_OF_DAY, UCAL_MINUTE, UCAL_SECOND,
+ * UCAL_MILLISECOND, UCAL_ZONE_OFFSET, UCAL_DST_OFFSET.
+ * @return TRUE if field is set, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @see ucal_get
+ * @see ucal_set
+ * @see ucal_clearField
+ * @see ucal_clear
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+ucal_isSet(const UCalendar* cal,
+ UCalendarDateFields field);
+
+/**
+ * Clear a field in a UCalendar.
+ * All fields are represented as 32-bit integers.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar containing the field to clear.
+ * @param field The field to clear; one of UCAL_ERA, UCAL_YEAR, UCAL_MONTH,
+ * UCAL_WEEK_OF_YEAR, UCAL_WEEK_OF_MONTH, UCAL_DATE, UCAL_DAY_OF_YEAR, UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK,
+ * UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH, UCAL_AM_PM, UCAL_HOUR, UCAL_HOUR_OF_DAY, UCAL_MINUTE, UCAL_SECOND,
+ * UCAL_MILLISECOND, UCAL_ZONE_OFFSET, UCAL_DST_OFFSET.
+ * @see ucal_get
+ * @see ucal_set
+ * @see ucal_isSet
+ * @see ucal_clear
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucal_clearField(UCalendar* cal,
+ UCalendarDateFields field);
+
+/**
+ * Clear all fields in a UCalendar.
+ * All fields are represented as 32-bit integers.
+ * @param calendar The UCalendar to clear.
+ * @see ucal_get
+ * @see ucal_set
+ * @see ucal_isSet
+ * @see ucal_clearField
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucal_clear(UCalendar* calendar);
+
+/**
+ * Possible limit values for a UCalendar
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+enum UCalendarLimitType {
+ /** Minimum value */
+ UCAL_MINIMUM,
+ /** Maximum value */
+ UCAL_MAXIMUM,
+ /** Greatest minimum value */
+ UCAL_GREATEST_MINIMUM,
+ /** Leaest maximum value */
+ UCAL_LEAST_MAXIMUM,
+ /** Actual minimum value */
+ UCAL_ACTUAL_MINIMUM,
+ /** Actual maximum value */
+ UCAL_ACTUAL_MAXIMUM
+};
+
+/** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+typedef enum UCalendarLimitType UCalendarLimitType;
+
+/**
+ * Determine a limit for a field in a UCalendar.
+ * A limit is a maximum or minimum value for a field.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to query.
+ * @param field The desired field; one of UCAL_ERA, UCAL_YEAR, UCAL_MONTH,
+ * UCAL_WEEK_OF_YEAR, UCAL_WEEK_OF_MONTH, UCAL_DATE, UCAL_DAY_OF_YEAR, UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK,
+ * UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH, UCAL_AM_PM, UCAL_HOUR, UCAL_HOUR_OF_DAY, UCAL_MINUTE, UCAL_SECOND,
+ * UCAL_MILLISECOND, UCAL_ZONE_OFFSET, UCAL_DST_OFFSET.
+ * @param type The desired critical point; one of UCAL_MINIMUM, UCAL_MAXIMUM, UCAL_GREATEST_MINIMUM,
+ * UCAL_LEAST_MAXIMUM, UCAL_ACTUAL_MINIMUM, UCAL_ACTUAL_MAXIMUM
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return The requested value.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucal_getLimit(const UCalendar* cal,
+ UCalendarDateFields field,
+ UCalendarLimitType type,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/** Get the locale for this calendar object. You can choose between valid and actual locale.
+ * @param cal The calendar object
+ * @param type type of the locale we're looking for (valid or actual)
+ * @param status error code for the operation
+ * @return the locale name
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+ucal_getLocaleByType(const UCalendar *cal, ULocDataLocaleType type, UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the timezone data version currently used by ICU.
+ * @param status error code for the operation
+ * @return the version string, such as "2007f"
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+U_DRAFT const char * U_EXPORT2
+ucal_getTZDataVersion(UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the canonical system timezone ID or the normalized
+ * custom time zone ID for the given time zone ID.
+ * @param id The input timezone ID to be canonicalized.
+ * @param len The length of id, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param result The buffer receives the canonical system timezone ID
+ * or the custom timezone ID in normalized format.
+ * @param resultCapacity The capacity of the result buffer.
+ * @param isSystemID Receives if the given ID is a known system
+ * timezone ID.
+ * @param status Recevies the status. When the given timezone ID
+ * is neither a known system time zone ID nor a
+ * valid custom timezone ID, U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR
+ * is set.
+ * @return The result string length, not including the terminating
+ * null.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucal_getCanonicalTimeZoneID(const UChar* id, int32_t len,
+ UChar* result, int32_t resultCapacity, UBool *isSystemID, UErrorCode* status);
+/**
+ * Get the resource keyword value string designating the calendar type for the UCalendar.
+ * @param cal The UCalendar to query.
+ * @param status The error code for the operation.
+ * @return The resource keyword value string.
+ * @draft ICU 4.2
+ */
+U_DRAFT const char * U_EXPORT2
+ucal_getType(const UCalendar *cal, UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * The following is a temporary Apple-specific API to help InternationalPrefs
+ * transition to the updated version of the above ICU API. It will be removed soon.
+ */
+U_DRAFT const char * U_EXPORT2
+ucal_getTypeWithError(const UCalendar *cal, UErrorCode* status);
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucasemap.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucasemap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ba622b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucasemap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 2005-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+*******************************************************************************
+* file name: ucasemap.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 2005may06
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*
+* Case mapping service object and functions using it.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __UCASEMAP_H__
+#define __UCASEMAP_H__
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/ustring.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Unicode case mapping functions using a UCaseMap service object.
+ *
+ * The service object takes care of memory allocations, data loading, and setup
+ * for the attributes, as usual.
+ *
+ * Currently, the functionality provided here does not overlap with uchar.h
+ * and ustring.h, except for ucasemap_toTitle().
+ *
+ * ucasemap_utf8XYZ() functions operate directly on UTF-8 strings.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * UCaseMap is an opaque service object for newer ICU case mapping functions.
+ * Older functions did not use a service object.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+struct UCaseMap;
+typedef struct UCaseMap UCaseMap; /**< C typedef for struct UCaseMap. @stable ICU 3.4 */
+
+/**
+ * Open a UCaseMap service object for a locale and a set of options.
+ * The locale ID and options are preprocessed so that functions using the
+ * service object need not process them in each call.
+ *
+ * @param locale ICU locale ID, used for language-dependent
+ * upper-/lower-/title-casing according to the Unicode standard.
+ * Usual semantics: ""=root, NULL=default locale, etc.
+ * @param options Options bit set, used for case folding and string comparisons.
+ * Same flags as for u_foldCase(), u_strFoldCase(),
+ * u_strCaseCompare(), etc.
+ * Use 0 or U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT for default behavior.
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return Pointer to a UCaseMap service object, if successful.
+ *
+ * @see U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT
+ * @see U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ * @see U_TITLECASE_NO_LOWERCASE
+ * @see U_TITLECASE_NO_BREAK_ADJUSTMENT
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UCaseMap * U_EXPORT2
+ucasemap_open(const char *locale, uint32_t options, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Close a UCaseMap service object.
+ * @param csm Object to be closed.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucasemap_close(UCaseMap *csm);
+
+/**
+ * Get the locale ID that is used for language-dependent case mappings.
+ * @param csm UCaseMap service object.
+ * @return locale ID
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+ucasemap_getLocale(const UCaseMap *csm);
+
+/**
+ * Get the options bit set that is used for case folding and string comparisons.
+ * @param csm UCaseMap service object.
+ * @return options bit set
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE uint32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucasemap_getOptions(const UCaseMap *csm);
+
+/**
+ * Set the locale ID that is used for language-dependent case mappings.
+ *
+ * @param csm UCaseMap service object.
+ * @param locale Locale ID, see ucasemap_open().
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ *
+ * @see ucasemap_open
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucasemap_setLocale(UCaseMap *csm, const char *locale, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Set the options bit set that is used for case folding and string comparisons.
+ *
+ * @param csm UCaseMap service object.
+ * @param options Options bit set, see ucasemap_open().
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ *
+ * @see ucasemap_open
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucasemap_setOptions(UCaseMap *csm, uint32_t options, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Do not lowercase non-initial parts of words when titlecasing.
+ * Option bit for titlecasing APIs that take an options bit set.
+ *
+ * By default, titlecasing will titlecase the first cased character
+ * of a word and lowercase all other characters.
+ * With this option, the other characters will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @see ucasemap_setOptions
+ * @see ucasemap_toTitle
+ * @see ucasemap_utf8ToTitle
+ * @see UnicodeString::toTitle
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+#define U_TITLECASE_NO_LOWERCASE 0x100
+
+/**
+ * Do not adjust the titlecasing indexes from BreakIterator::next() indexes;
+ * titlecase exactly the characters at breaks from the iterator.
+ * Option bit for titlecasing APIs that take an options bit set.
+ *
+ * By default, titlecasing will take each break iterator index,
+ * adjust it by looking for the next cased character, and titlecase that one.
+ * Other characters are lowercased.
+ *
+ * This follows Unicode 4 & 5 section 3.13 Default Case Operations:
+ *
+ * R3 toTitlecase(X): Find the word boundaries based on Unicode Standard Annex
+ * #29, "Text Boundaries." Between each pair of word boundaries, find the first
+ * cased character F. If F exists, map F to default_title(F); then map each
+ * subsequent character C to default_lower(C).
+ *
+ * @see ucasemap_setOptions
+ * @see ucasemap_toTitle
+ * @see ucasemap_utf8ToTitle
+ * @see UnicodeString::toTitle
+ * @see U_TITLECASE_NO_LOWERCASE
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+#define U_TITLECASE_NO_BREAK_ADJUSTMENT 0x200
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION
+
+/**
+ * Get the break iterator that is used for titlecasing.
+ * Do not modify the returned break iterator.
+ * @param csm UCaseMap service object.
+ * @return titlecasing break iterator
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT const UBreakIterator * U_EXPORT2
+ucasemap_getBreakIterator(const UCaseMap *csm);
+
+/**
+ * Set the break iterator that is used for titlecasing.
+ * The UCaseMap service object releases a previously set break iterator
+ * and "adopts" this new one, taking ownership of it.
+ * It will be released in a subsequent call to ucasemap_setBreakIterator()
+ * or ucasemap_close().
+ *
+ * Break iterator operations are not thread-safe. Therefore, titlecasing
+ * functions use non-const UCaseMap objects. It is not possible to titlecase
+ * strings concurrently using the same UCaseMap.
+ *
+ * @param csm UCaseMap service object.
+ * @param iterToAdopt Break iterator to be adopted for titlecasing.
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ *
+ * @see ucasemap_toTitle
+ * @see ucasemap_utf8ToTitle
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT void U_EXPORT2
+ucasemap_setBreakIterator(UCaseMap *csm, UBreakIterator *iterToAdopt, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Titlecase a UTF-16 string. This function is almost a duplicate of u_strToTitle(),
+ * except that it takes ucasemap_setOptions() into account and has performance
+ * advantages from being able to use a UCaseMap object for multiple case mapping
+ * operations, saving setup time.
+ *
+ * Casing is locale-dependent and context-sensitive.
+ * Titlecasing uses a break iterator to find the first characters of words
+ * that are to be titlecased. It titlecases those characters and lowercases
+ * all others. (This can be modified with ucasemap_setOptions().)
+ *
+ * The titlecase break iterator can be provided to customize for arbitrary
+ * styles, using rules and dictionaries beyond the standard iterators.
+ * It may be more efficient to always provide an iterator to avoid
+ * opening and closing one for each string.
+ * The standard titlecase iterator for the root locale implements the
+ * algorithm of Unicode TR 21.
+ *
+ * This function uses only the setText(), first() and next() methods of the
+ * provided break iterator.
+ *
+ * The result may be longer or shorter than the original.
+ * The source string and the destination buffer must not overlap.
+ *
+ * @param csm UCaseMap service object.
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be NUL-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * The contents is undefined in case of failure.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of bytes). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the result
+ * without writing any of the result string.
+ * @param src The original string.
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be NUL-terminated.
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return The length of the result string, if successful - or in case of a buffer overflow,
+ * in which case it will be greater than destCapacity.
+ *
+ * @see u_strToTitle
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucasemap_toTitle(UCaseMap *csm,
+ UChar *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ const UChar *src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Lowercase the characters in a UTF-8 string.
+ * Casing is locale-dependent and context-sensitive.
+ * The result may be longer or shorter than the original.
+ * The source string and the destination buffer must not overlap.
+ *
+ * @param csm UCaseMap service object.
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be NUL-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * The contents is undefined in case of failure.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of bytes). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the result
+ * without writing any of the result string.
+ * @param src The original string.
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be NUL-terminated.
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return The length of the result string, if successful - or in case of a buffer overflow,
+ * in which case it will be greater than destCapacity.
+ *
+ * @see u_strToLower
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucasemap_utf8ToLower(const UCaseMap *csm,
+ char *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ const char *src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Uppercase the characters in a UTF-8 string.
+ * Casing is locale-dependent and context-sensitive.
+ * The result may be longer or shorter than the original.
+ * The source string and the destination buffer must not overlap.
+ *
+ * @param csm UCaseMap service object.
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be NUL-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * The contents is undefined in case of failure.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of bytes). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the result
+ * without writing any of the result string.
+ * @param src The original string.
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be NUL-terminated.
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return The length of the result string, if successful - or in case of a buffer overflow,
+ * in which case it will be greater than destCapacity.
+ *
+ * @see u_strToUpper
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucasemap_utf8ToUpper(const UCaseMap *csm,
+ char *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ const char *src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION
+
+/**
+ * Titlecase a UTF-8 string.
+ * Casing is locale-dependent and context-sensitive.
+ * Titlecasing uses a break iterator to find the first characters of words
+ * that are to be titlecased. It titlecases those characters and lowercases
+ * all others. (This can be modified with ucasemap_setOptions().)
+ *
+ * The titlecase break iterator can be provided to customize for arbitrary
+ * styles, using rules and dictionaries beyond the standard iterators.
+ * It may be more efficient to always provide an iterator to avoid
+ * opening and closing one for each string.
+ * The standard titlecase iterator for the root locale implements the
+ * algorithm of Unicode TR 21.
+ *
+ * This function uses only the setText(), first() and next() methods of the
+ * provided break iterator.
+ *
+ * The result may be longer or shorter than the original.
+ * The source string and the destination buffer must not overlap.
+ *
+ * @param csm UCaseMap service object.
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be NUL-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * The contents is undefined in case of failure.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of bytes). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the result
+ * without writing any of the result string.
+ * @param src The original string.
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be NUL-terminated.
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return The length of the result string, if successful - or in case of a buffer overflow,
+ * in which case it will be greater than destCapacity.
+ *
+ * @see u_strToTitle
+ * @see U_TITLECASE_NO_LOWERCASE
+ * @see U_TITLECASE_NO_BREAK_ADJUSTMENT
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucasemap_utf8ToTitle(UCaseMap *csm,
+ char *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ const char *src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Case-fold the characters in a UTF-8 string.
+ * Case-folding is locale-independent and not context-sensitive,
+ * but there is an option for whether to include or exclude mappings for dotted I
+ * and dotless i that are marked with 'I' in CaseFolding.txt.
+ * The result may be longer or shorter than the original.
+ * The source string and the destination buffer must not overlap.
+ *
+ * @param csm UCaseMap service object.
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be NUL-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * The contents is undefined in case of failure.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of bytes). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the result
+ * without writing any of the result string.
+ * @param src The original string.
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be NUL-terminated.
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return The length of the result string, if successful - or in case of a buffer overflow,
+ * in which case it will be greater than destCapacity.
+ *
+ * @see u_strFoldCase
+ * @see ucasemap_setOptions
+ * @see U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT
+ * @see U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucasemap_utf8FoldCase(const UCaseMap *csm,
+ char *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ const char *src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucat.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad9f037
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (c) 2003-2004, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Author: Alan Liu
+* Created: March 19 2003
+* Since: ICU 2.6
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef UCAT_H
+#define UCAT_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/ures.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Message Catalog Wrappers
+ *
+ * This C API provides look-alike functions that deliberately resemble
+ * the POSIX catopen, catclose, and catgets functions. The underlying
+ * implementation is in terms of ICU resource bundles, rather than
+ * POSIX message catalogs.
+ *
+ * The ICU resource bundles obey standard ICU inheritance policies.
+ * To facilitate this, sets and messages are flattened into one tier.
+ * This is done by creating resource bundle keys of the form
+ * <set_num>%<msg_num> where set_num is the set number and msg_num is
+ * the message number, formatted as decimal strings.
+ *
+ * Example: Consider a message catalog containing two sets:
+ *
+ * Set 1: Message 4 = "Good morning."
+ * Message 5 = "Good afternoon."
+ * Message 7 = "Good evening."
+ * Message 8 = "Good night."
+ * Set 4: Message 14 = "Please "
+ * Message 19 = "Thank you."
+ * Message 20 = "Sincerely,"
+ *
+ * The ICU resource bundle source file would, assuming it is named
+ * "greet.txt", would look like this:
+ *
+ * greet
+ * {
+ * 1%4 { "Good morning." }
+ * 1%5 { "Good afternoon." }
+ * 1%7 { "Good evening." }
+ * 1%8 { "Good night." }
+ *
+ * 4%14 { "Please " }
+ * 4%19 { "Thank you." }
+ * 4%20 { "Sincerely," }
+ * }
+ *
+ * The catgets function is commonly used in combination with functions
+ * like printf and strftime. ICU components like message format can
+ * be used instead, although they use a different format syntax.
+ * There is an ICU package, icuio, that provides some of
+ * the POSIX-style formatting API.
+ */
+
+U_CDECL_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * An ICU message catalog descriptor, analogous to nl_catd.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+typedef UResourceBundle* u_nl_catd;
+
+/**
+ * Open and return an ICU message catalog descriptor. The descriptor
+ * may be passed to u_catgets() to retrieve localized strings.
+ *
+ * @param name string containing the full path pointing to the
+ * directory where the resources reside followed by the package name
+ * e.g. "/usr/resource/my_app/resources/guimessages" on a Unix system.
+ * If NULL, ICU default data files will be used.
+ *
+ * Unlike POSIX, environment variables are not interpolated within the
+ * name.
+ *
+ * @param locale the locale for which we want to open the resource. If
+ * NULL, the default ICU locale will be used (see uloc_getDefault). If
+ * strlen(locale) == 0, the root locale will be used.
+ *
+ * @param ec input/output error code. Upon output,
+ * U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING indicates that a fallback locale was
+ * used. For example, 'de_CH' was requested, but nothing was found
+ * there, so 'de' was used. U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING indicates that the
+ * default locale data or root locale data was used; neither the
+ * requested locale nor any of its fallback locales were found.
+ *
+ * @return a message catalog descriptor that may be passed to
+ * u_catgets(). If the ec parameter indicates success, then the caller
+ * is responsible for calling u_catclose() to close the message
+ * catalog. If the ec parameter indicates failure, then NULL will be
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE u_nl_catd U_EXPORT2
+u_catopen(const char* name, const char* locale, UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Close an ICU message catalog, given its descriptor.
+ *
+ * @param catd a message catalog descriptor to be closed. May be NULL,
+ * in which case no action is taken.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_catclose(u_nl_catd catd);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve a localized string from an ICU message catalog.
+ *
+ * @param catd a message catalog descriptor returned by u_catopen.
+ *
+ * @param set_num the message catalog set number. Sets need not be
+ * numbered consecutively.
+ *
+ * @param msg_num the message catalog message number within the
+ * set. Messages need not be numbered consecutively.
+ *
+ * @param s the default string. This is returned if the string
+ * specified by the set_num and msg_num is not found. It must be
+ * zero-terminated.
+ *
+ * @param len fill-in parameter to receive the length of the result.
+ * May be NULL, in which case it is ignored.
+ *
+ * @param ec input/output error code. May be U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING
+ * or U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING. U_MISSING_RESOURCE_ERROR indicates that
+ * the set_num/msg_num tuple does not specify a valid message string
+ * in this catalog.
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to a zero-terminated UChar array which lives in
+ * an internal buffer area, typically a memory mapped/DLL file. The
+ * caller must NOT delete this pointer. If the call is unsuccessful
+ * for any reason, then s is returned. This includes the situation in
+ * which ec indicates a failing error code upon entry to this
+ * function.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE const UChar* U_EXPORT2
+u_catgets(u_nl_catd catd, int32_t set_num, int32_t msg_num,
+ const UChar* s,
+ int32_t* len, UErrorCode* ec);
+
+U_CDECL_END
+
+#endif /*UCAT_H*/
+/*eof*/
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uchar.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uchar.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f629c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uchar.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3062 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+*
+* File UCHAR.H
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 04/02/97 aliu Creation.
+* 03/29/99 helena Updated for C APIs.
+* 4/15/99 Madhu Updated for C Implementation and Javadoc
+* 5/20/99 Madhu Added the function u_getVersion()
+* 8/19/1999 srl Upgraded scripts to Unicode 3.0
+* 8/27/1999 schererm UCharDirection constants: U_...
+* 11/11/1999 weiv added u_isalnum(), cleaned comments
+* 01/11/2000 helena Renamed u_getVersion to u_getUnicodeVersion().
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef UCHAR_H
+#define UCHAR_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+U_CDECL_BEGIN
+
+/*==========================================================================*/
+/* Unicode version number */
+/*==========================================================================*/
+/**
+ * Unicode version number, default for the current ICU version.
+ * The actual Unicode Character Database (UCD) data is stored in uprops.dat
+ * and may be generated from UCD files from a different Unicode version.
+ * Call u_getUnicodeVersion to get the actual Unicode version of the data.
+ *
+ * @see u_getUnicodeVersion
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_UNICODE_VERSION "5.1"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Unicode Properties
+ *
+ * This C API provides low-level access to the Unicode Character Database.
+ * In addition to raw property values, some convenience functions calculate
+ * derived properties, for example for Java-style programming.
+ *
+ * Unicode assigns each code point (not just assigned character) values for
+ * many properties.
+ * Most of them are simple boolean flags, or constants from a small enumerated list.
+ * For some properties, values are strings or other relatively more complex types.
+ *
+ * For more information see
+ * "About the Unicode Character Database" (http://www.unicode.org/ucd/)
+ * and the ICU User Guide chapter on Properties (http://icu-project.org/userguide/properties.html).
+ *
+ * Many functions are designed to match java.lang.Character functions.
+ * See the individual function documentation,
+ * and see the JDK 1.4 java.lang.Character documentation
+ * at http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.4/docs/api/java/lang/Character.html
+ *
+ * There are also functions that provide easy migration from C/POSIX functions
+ * like isblank(). Their use is generally discouraged because the C/POSIX
+ * standards do not define their semantics beyond the ASCII range, which means
+ * that different implementations exhibit very different behavior.
+ * Instead, Unicode properties should be used directly.
+ *
+ * There are also only a few, broad C/POSIX character classes, and they tend
+ * to be used for conflicting purposes. For example, the "isalpha()" class
+ * is sometimes used to determine word boundaries, while a more sophisticated
+ * approach would at least distinguish initial letters from continuation
+ * characters (the latter including combining marks).
+ * (In ICU, BreakIterator is the most sophisticated API for word boundaries.)
+ * Another example: There is no "istitle()" class for titlecase characters.
+ *
+ * ICU 3.4 and later provides API access for all twelve C/POSIX character classes.
+ * ICU implements them according to the Standard Recommendations in
+ * Annex C: Compatibility Properties of UTS #18 Unicode Regular Expressions
+ * (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr18/#Compatibility_Properties).
+ *
+ * API access for C/POSIX character classes is as follows:
+ * - alpha: u_isUAlphabetic(c) or u_hasBinaryProperty(c, UCHAR_ALPHABETIC)
+ * - lower: u_isULowercase(c) or u_hasBinaryProperty(c, UCHAR_LOWERCASE)
+ * - upper: u_isUUppercase(c) or u_hasBinaryProperty(c, UCHAR_UPPERCASE)
+ * - punct: u_ispunct(c)
+ * - digit: u_isdigit(c) or u_charType(c)==U_DECIMAL_DIGIT_NUMBER
+ * - xdigit: u_isxdigit(c) or u_hasBinaryProperty(c, UCHAR_POSIX_XDIGIT)
+ * - alnum: u_hasBinaryProperty(c, UCHAR_POSIX_ALNUM)
+ * - space: u_isUWhiteSpace(c) or u_hasBinaryProperty(c, UCHAR_WHITE_SPACE)
+ * - blank: u_isblank(c) or u_hasBinaryProperty(c, UCHAR_POSIX_BLANK)
+ * - cntrl: u_charType(c)==U_CONTROL_CHAR
+ * - graph: u_hasBinaryProperty(c, UCHAR_POSIX_GRAPH)
+ * - print: u_hasBinaryProperty(c, UCHAR_POSIX_PRINT)
+ *
+ * Note: Some of the u_isxyz() functions in uchar.h predate, and do not match,
+ * the Standard Recommendations in UTS #18. Instead, they match Java
+ * functions according to their API documentation.
+ *
+ * \htmlonly
+ * The C/POSIX character classes are also available in UnicodeSet patterns,
+ * using patterns like [:graph:] or \p{graph}.
+ * \endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * Note: There are several ICU whitespace functions.
+ * Comparison:
+ * - u_isUWhiteSpace=UCHAR_WHITE_SPACE: Unicode White_Space property;
+ * most of general categories "Z" (separators) + most whitespace ISO controls
+ * (including no-break spaces, but excluding IS1..IS4 and ZWSP)
+ * - u_isWhitespace: Java isWhitespace; Z + whitespace ISO controls but excluding no-break spaces
+ * - u_isJavaSpaceChar: Java isSpaceChar; just Z (including no-break spaces)
+ * - u_isspace: Z + whitespace ISO controls (including no-break spaces)
+ * - u_isblank: "horizontal spaces" = TAB + Zs - ZWSP
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Constants.
+ */
+
+/** The lowest Unicode code point value. Code points are non-negative. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define UCHAR_MIN_VALUE 0
+
+/**
+ * The highest Unicode code point value (scalar value) according to
+ * The Unicode Standard. This is a 21-bit value (20.1 bits, rounded up).
+ * For a single character, UChar32 is a simple type that can hold any code point value.
+ *
+ * @see UChar32
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UCHAR_MAX_VALUE 0x10ffff
+
+/**
+ * Get a single-bit bit set (a flag) from a bit number 0..31.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+#define U_MASK(x) ((uint32_t)1<<(x))
+
+/*
+ * !! Note: Several comments in this file are machine-read by the
+ * genpname tool. These comments describe the correspondence between
+ * icu enum constants and UCD entities. Do not delete them. Update
+ * these comments as needed.
+ *
+ * Any comment of the form "/ *[name]* /" (spaces added) is such
+ * a comment.
+ *
+ * The U_JG_* and U_GC_*_MASK constants are matched by their symbolic
+ * name, which must match PropertyValueAliases.txt.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Selection constants for Unicode properties.
+ * These constants are used in functions like u_hasBinaryProperty to select
+ * one of the Unicode properties.
+ *
+ * The properties APIs are intended to reflect Unicode properties as defined
+ * in the Unicode Character Database (UCD) and Unicode Technical Reports (UTR).
+ * For details about the properties see http://www.unicode.org/ucd/ .
+ * For names of Unicode properties see the UCD file PropertyAliases.txt.
+ *
+ * Important: If ICU is built with UCD files from Unicode versions below, e.g., 3.2,
+ * then properties marked with "new in Unicode 3.2" are not or not fully available.
+ * Check u_getUnicodeVersion to be sure.
+ *
+ * @see u_hasBinaryProperty
+ * @see u_getIntPropertyValue
+ * @see u_getUnicodeVersion
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+typedef enum UProperty {
+ /* See note !!. Comments of the form "Binary property Dash",
+ "Enumerated property Script", "Double property Numeric_Value",
+ and "String property Age" are read by genpname. */
+
+ /* Note: Place UCHAR_ALPHABETIC before UCHAR_BINARY_START so that
+ debuggers display UCHAR_ALPHABETIC as the symbolic name for 0,
+ rather than UCHAR_BINARY_START. Likewise for other *_START
+ identifiers. */
+
+ /** Binary property Alphabetic. Same as u_isUAlphabetic, different from u_isalpha.
+ Lu+Ll+Lt+Lm+Lo+Nl+Other_Alphabetic @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_ALPHABETIC=0,
+ /** First constant for binary Unicode properties. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_BINARY_START=UCHAR_ALPHABETIC,
+ /** Binary property ASCII_Hex_Digit. 0-9 A-F a-f @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_ASCII_HEX_DIGIT=1,
+ /** Binary property Bidi_Control.
+ Format controls which have specific functions
+ in the Bidi Algorithm. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_BIDI_CONTROL=2,
+ /** Binary property Bidi_Mirrored.
+ Characters that may change display in RTL text.
+ Same as u_isMirrored.
+ See Bidi Algorithm, UTR 9. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_BIDI_MIRRORED=3,
+ /** Binary property Dash. Variations of dashes. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_DASH=4,
+ /** Binary property Default_Ignorable_Code_Point (new in Unicode 3.2).
+ Ignorable in most processing.
+ <2060..206F, FFF0..FFFB, E0000..E0FFF>+Other_Default_Ignorable_Code_Point+(Cf+Cc+Cs-White_Space) @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_DEFAULT_IGNORABLE_CODE_POINT=5,
+ /** Binary property Deprecated (new in Unicode 3.2).
+ The usage of deprecated characters is strongly discouraged. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_DEPRECATED=6,
+ /** Binary property Diacritic. Characters that linguistically modify
+ the meaning of another character to which they apply. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_DIACRITIC=7,
+ /** Binary property Extender.
+ Extend the value or shape of a preceding alphabetic character,
+ e.g., length and iteration marks. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_EXTENDER=8,
+ /** Binary property Full_Composition_Exclusion.
+ CompositionExclusions.txt+Singleton Decompositions+
+ Non-Starter Decompositions. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_FULL_COMPOSITION_EXCLUSION=9,
+ /** Binary property Grapheme_Base (new in Unicode 3.2).
+ For programmatic determination of grapheme cluster boundaries.
+ [0..10FFFF]-Cc-Cf-Cs-Co-Cn-Zl-Zp-Grapheme_Link-Grapheme_Extend-CGJ @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_GRAPHEME_BASE=10,
+ /** Binary property Grapheme_Extend (new in Unicode 3.2).
+ For programmatic determination of grapheme cluster boundaries.
+ Me+Mn+Mc+Other_Grapheme_Extend-Grapheme_Link-CGJ @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_GRAPHEME_EXTEND=11,
+ /** Binary property Grapheme_Link (new in Unicode 3.2).
+ For programmatic determination of grapheme cluster boundaries. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_GRAPHEME_LINK=12,
+ /** Binary property Hex_Digit.
+ Characters commonly used for hexadecimal numbers. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_HEX_DIGIT=13,
+ /** Binary property Hyphen. Dashes used to mark connections
+ between pieces of words, plus the Katakana middle dot. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_HYPHEN=14,
+ /** Binary property ID_Continue.
+ Characters that can continue an identifier.
+ DerivedCoreProperties.txt also says "NOTE: Cf characters should be filtered out."
+ ID_Start+Mn+Mc+Nd+Pc @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_ID_CONTINUE=15,
+ /** Binary property ID_Start.
+ Characters that can start an identifier.
+ Lu+Ll+Lt+Lm+Lo+Nl @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_ID_START=16,
+ /** Binary property Ideographic.
+ CJKV ideographs. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_IDEOGRAPHIC=17,
+ /** Binary property IDS_Binary_Operator (new in Unicode 3.2).
+ For programmatic determination of
+ Ideographic Description Sequences. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_IDS_BINARY_OPERATOR=18,
+ /** Binary property IDS_Trinary_Operator (new in Unicode 3.2).
+ For programmatic determination of
+ Ideographic Description Sequences. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_IDS_TRINARY_OPERATOR=19,
+ /** Binary property Join_Control.
+ Format controls for cursive joining and ligation. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_JOIN_CONTROL=20,
+ /** Binary property Logical_Order_Exception (new in Unicode 3.2).
+ Characters that do not use logical order and
+ require special handling in most processing. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_LOGICAL_ORDER_EXCEPTION=21,
+ /** Binary property Lowercase. Same as u_isULowercase, different from u_islower.
+ Ll+Other_Lowercase @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_LOWERCASE=22,
+ /** Binary property Math. Sm+Other_Math @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_MATH=23,
+ /** Binary property Noncharacter_Code_Point.
+ Code points that are explicitly defined as illegal
+ for the encoding of characters. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_NONCHARACTER_CODE_POINT=24,
+ /** Binary property Quotation_Mark. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_QUOTATION_MARK=25,
+ /** Binary property Radical (new in Unicode 3.2).
+ For programmatic determination of
+ Ideographic Description Sequences. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_RADICAL=26,
+ /** Binary property Soft_Dotted (new in Unicode 3.2).
+ Characters with a "soft dot", like i or j.
+ An accent placed on these characters causes
+ the dot to disappear. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_SOFT_DOTTED=27,
+ /** Binary property Terminal_Punctuation.
+ Punctuation characters that generally mark
+ the end of textual units. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_TERMINAL_PUNCTUATION=28,
+ /** Binary property Unified_Ideograph (new in Unicode 3.2).
+ For programmatic determination of
+ Ideographic Description Sequences. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPH=29,
+ /** Binary property Uppercase. Same as u_isUUppercase, different from u_isupper.
+ Lu+Other_Uppercase @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_UPPERCASE=30,
+ /** Binary property White_Space.
+ Same as u_isUWhiteSpace, different from u_isspace and u_isWhitespace.
+ Space characters+TAB+CR+LF-ZWSP-ZWNBSP @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_WHITE_SPACE=31,
+ /** Binary property XID_Continue.
+ ID_Continue modified to allow closure under
+ normalization forms NFKC and NFKD. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_XID_CONTINUE=32,
+ /** Binary property XID_Start. ID_Start modified to allow
+ closure under normalization forms NFKC and NFKD. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_XID_START=33,
+ /** Binary property Case_Sensitive. Either the source of a case
+ mapping or _in_ the target of a case mapping. Not the same as
+ the general category Cased_Letter. @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UCHAR_CASE_SENSITIVE=34,
+ /** Binary property STerm (new in Unicode 4.0.1).
+ Sentence Terminal. Used in UAX #29: Text Boundaries
+ (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr29/)
+ @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UCHAR_S_TERM=35,
+ /** Binary property Variation_Selector (new in Unicode 4.0.1).
+ Indicates all those characters that qualify as Variation Selectors.
+ For details on the behavior of these characters,
+ see StandardizedVariants.html and 15.6 Variation Selectors.
+ @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UCHAR_VARIATION_SELECTOR=36,
+ /** Binary property NFD_Inert.
+ ICU-specific property for characters that are inert under NFD,
+ i.e., they do not interact with adjacent characters.
+ Used for example in normalizing transforms in incremental mode
+ to find the boundary of safely normalizable text despite possible
+ text additions.
+
+ There is one such property per normalization form.
+ These properties are computed as follows - an inert character is:
+ a) unassigned, or ALL of the following:
+ b) of combining class 0.
+ c) not decomposed by this normalization form.
+ AND if NFC or NFKC,
+ d) can never compose with a previous character.
+ e) can never compose with a following character.
+ f) can never change if another character is added.
+ Example: a-breve might satisfy all but f, but if you
+ add an ogonek it changes to a-ogonek + breve
+
+ See also com.ibm.text.UCD.NFSkippable in the ICU4J repository,
+ and icu/source/common/unormimp.h .
+ @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UCHAR_NFD_INERT=37,
+ /** Binary property NFKD_Inert.
+ ICU-specific property for characters that are inert under NFKD,
+ i.e., they do not interact with adjacent characters.
+ Used for example in normalizing transforms in incremental mode
+ to find the boundary of safely normalizable text despite possible
+ text additions.
+ @see UCHAR_NFD_INERT
+ @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UCHAR_NFKD_INERT=38,
+ /** Binary property NFC_Inert.
+ ICU-specific property for characters that are inert under NFC,
+ i.e., they do not interact with adjacent characters.
+ Used for example in normalizing transforms in incremental mode
+ to find the boundary of safely normalizable text despite possible
+ text additions.
+ @see UCHAR_NFD_INERT
+ @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UCHAR_NFC_INERT=39,
+ /** Binary property NFKC_Inert.
+ ICU-specific property for characters that are inert under NFKC,
+ i.e., they do not interact with adjacent characters.
+ Used for example in normalizing transforms in incremental mode
+ to find the boundary of safely normalizable text despite possible
+ text additions.
+ @see UCHAR_NFD_INERT
+ @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UCHAR_NFKC_INERT=40,
+ /** Binary Property Segment_Starter.
+ ICU-specific property for characters that are starters in terms of
+ Unicode normalization and combining character sequences.
+ They have ccc=0 and do not occur in non-initial position of the
+ canonical decomposition of any character
+ (like " in NFD(a-umlaut) and a Jamo T in an NFD(Hangul LVT)).
+ ICU uses this property for segmenting a string for generating a set of
+ canonically equivalent strings, e.g. for canonical closure while
+ processing collation tailoring rules.
+ @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UCHAR_SEGMENT_STARTER=41,
+ /** Binary property Pattern_Syntax (new in Unicode 4.1).
+ See UAX #31 Identifier and Pattern Syntax
+ (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr31/)
+ @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UCHAR_PATTERN_SYNTAX=42,
+ /** Binary property Pattern_White_Space (new in Unicode 4.1).
+ See UAX #31 Identifier and Pattern Syntax
+ (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr31/)
+ @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UCHAR_PATTERN_WHITE_SPACE=43,
+ /** Binary property alnum (a C/POSIX character class).
+ Implemented according to the UTS #18 Annex C Standard Recommendation.
+ See the uchar.h file documentation.
+ @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UCHAR_POSIX_ALNUM=44,
+ /** Binary property blank (a C/POSIX character class).
+ Implemented according to the UTS #18 Annex C Standard Recommendation.
+ See the uchar.h file documentation.
+ @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UCHAR_POSIX_BLANK=45,
+ /** Binary property graph (a C/POSIX character class).
+ Implemented according to the UTS #18 Annex C Standard Recommendation.
+ See the uchar.h file documentation.
+ @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UCHAR_POSIX_GRAPH=46,
+ /** Binary property print (a C/POSIX character class).
+ Implemented according to the UTS #18 Annex C Standard Recommendation.
+ See the uchar.h file documentation.
+ @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UCHAR_POSIX_PRINT=47,
+ /** Binary property xdigit (a C/POSIX character class).
+ Implemented according to the UTS #18 Annex C Standard Recommendation.
+ See the uchar.h file documentation.
+ @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UCHAR_POSIX_XDIGIT=48,
+ /** One more than the last constant for binary Unicode properties. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+ UCHAR_BINARY_LIMIT=49,
+
+ /** Enumerated property Bidi_Class.
+ Same as u_charDirection, returns UCharDirection values. @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UCHAR_BIDI_CLASS=0x1000,
+ /** First constant for enumerated/integer Unicode properties. @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UCHAR_INT_START=UCHAR_BIDI_CLASS,
+ /** Enumerated property Block.
+ Same as ublock_getCode, returns UBlockCode values. @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UCHAR_BLOCK=0x1001,
+ /** Enumerated property Canonical_Combining_Class.
+ Same as u_getCombiningClass, returns 8-bit numeric values. @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UCHAR_CANONICAL_COMBINING_CLASS=0x1002,
+ /** Enumerated property Decomposition_Type.
+ Returns UDecompositionType values. @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UCHAR_DECOMPOSITION_TYPE=0x1003,
+ /** Enumerated property East_Asian_Width.
+ See http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11/
+ Returns UEastAsianWidth values. @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UCHAR_EAST_ASIAN_WIDTH=0x1004,
+ /** Enumerated property General_Category.
+ Same as u_charType, returns UCharCategory values. @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UCHAR_GENERAL_CATEGORY=0x1005,
+ /** Enumerated property Joining_Group.
+ Returns UJoiningGroup values. @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UCHAR_JOINING_GROUP=0x1006,
+ /** Enumerated property Joining_Type.
+ Returns UJoiningType values. @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UCHAR_JOINING_TYPE=0x1007,
+ /** Enumerated property Line_Break.
+ Returns ULineBreak values. @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UCHAR_LINE_BREAK=0x1008,
+ /** Enumerated property Numeric_Type.
+ Returns UNumericType values. @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UCHAR_NUMERIC_TYPE=0x1009,
+ /** Enumerated property Script.
+ Same as uscript_getScript, returns UScriptCode values. @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UCHAR_SCRIPT=0x100A,
+ /** Enumerated property Hangul_Syllable_Type, new in Unicode 4.
+ Returns UHangulSyllableType values. @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UCHAR_HANGUL_SYLLABLE_TYPE=0x100B,
+ /** Enumerated property NFD_Quick_Check.
+ Returns UNormalizationCheckResult values. @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UCHAR_NFD_QUICK_CHECK=0x100C,
+ /** Enumerated property NFKD_Quick_Check.
+ Returns UNormalizationCheckResult values. @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UCHAR_NFKD_QUICK_CHECK=0x100D,
+ /** Enumerated property NFC_Quick_Check.
+ Returns UNormalizationCheckResult values. @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UCHAR_NFC_QUICK_CHECK=0x100E,
+ /** Enumerated property NFKC_Quick_Check.
+ Returns UNormalizationCheckResult values. @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UCHAR_NFKC_QUICK_CHECK=0x100F,
+ /** Enumerated property Lead_Canonical_Combining_Class.
+ ICU-specific property for the ccc of the first code point
+ of the decomposition, or lccc(c)=ccc(NFD(c)[0]).
+ Useful for checking for canonically ordered text;
+ see UNORM_FCD and http://www.unicode.org/notes/tn5/#FCD .
+ Returns 8-bit numeric values like UCHAR_CANONICAL_COMBINING_CLASS. @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UCHAR_LEAD_CANONICAL_COMBINING_CLASS=0x1010,
+ /** Enumerated property Trail_Canonical_Combining_Class.
+ ICU-specific property for the ccc of the last code point
+ of the decomposition, or tccc(c)=ccc(NFD(c)[last]).
+ Useful for checking for canonically ordered text;
+ see UNORM_FCD and http://www.unicode.org/notes/tn5/#FCD .
+ Returns 8-bit numeric values like UCHAR_CANONICAL_COMBINING_CLASS. @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UCHAR_TRAIL_CANONICAL_COMBINING_CLASS=0x1011,
+ /** Enumerated property Grapheme_Cluster_Break (new in Unicode 4.1).
+ Used in UAX #29: Text Boundaries
+ (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr29/)
+ Returns UGraphemeClusterBreak values. @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UCHAR_GRAPHEME_CLUSTER_BREAK=0x1012,
+ /** Enumerated property Sentence_Break (new in Unicode 4.1).
+ Used in UAX #29: Text Boundaries
+ (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr29/)
+ Returns USentenceBreak values. @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UCHAR_SENTENCE_BREAK=0x1013,
+ /** Enumerated property Word_Break (new in Unicode 4.1).
+ Used in UAX #29: Text Boundaries
+ (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr29/)
+ Returns UWordBreakValues values. @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UCHAR_WORD_BREAK=0x1014,
+ /** One more than the last constant for enumerated/integer Unicode properties. @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UCHAR_INT_LIMIT=0x1015,
+
+ /** Bitmask property General_Category_Mask.
+ This is the General_Category property returned as a bit mask.
+ When used in u_getIntPropertyValue(c), same as U_MASK(u_charType(c)),
+ returns bit masks for UCharCategory values where exactly one bit is set.
+ When used with u_getPropertyValueName() and u_getPropertyValueEnum(),
+ a multi-bit mask is used for sets of categories like "Letters".
+ Mask values should be cast to uint32_t.
+ @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_GENERAL_CATEGORY_MASK=0x2000,
+ /** First constant for bit-mask Unicode properties. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_MASK_START=UCHAR_GENERAL_CATEGORY_MASK,
+ /** One more than the last constant for bit-mask Unicode properties. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_MASK_LIMIT=0x2001,
+
+ /** Double property Numeric_Value.
+ Corresponds to u_getNumericValue. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_NUMERIC_VALUE=0x3000,
+ /** First constant for double Unicode properties. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_DOUBLE_START=UCHAR_NUMERIC_VALUE,
+ /** One more than the last constant for double Unicode properties. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_DOUBLE_LIMIT=0x3001,
+
+ /** String property Age.
+ Corresponds to u_charAge. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_AGE=0x4000,
+ /** First constant for string Unicode properties. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_STRING_START=UCHAR_AGE,
+ /** String property Bidi_Mirroring_Glyph.
+ Corresponds to u_charMirror. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_BIDI_MIRRORING_GLYPH=0x4001,
+ /** String property Case_Folding.
+ Corresponds to u_strFoldCase in ustring.h. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_CASE_FOLDING=0x4002,
+ /** String property ISO_Comment.
+ Corresponds to u_getISOComment. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_ISO_COMMENT=0x4003,
+ /** String property Lowercase_Mapping.
+ Corresponds to u_strToLower in ustring.h. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_LOWERCASE_MAPPING=0x4004,
+ /** String property Name.
+ Corresponds to u_charName. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_NAME=0x4005,
+ /** String property Simple_Case_Folding.
+ Corresponds to u_foldCase. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_SIMPLE_CASE_FOLDING=0x4006,
+ /** String property Simple_Lowercase_Mapping.
+ Corresponds to u_tolower. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_SIMPLE_LOWERCASE_MAPPING=0x4007,
+ /** String property Simple_Titlecase_Mapping.
+ Corresponds to u_totitle. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_SIMPLE_TITLECASE_MAPPING=0x4008,
+ /** String property Simple_Uppercase_Mapping.
+ Corresponds to u_toupper. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_SIMPLE_UPPERCASE_MAPPING=0x4009,
+ /** String property Titlecase_Mapping.
+ Corresponds to u_strToTitle in ustring.h. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_TITLECASE_MAPPING=0x400A,
+ /** String property Unicode_1_Name.
+ Corresponds to u_charName. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_UNICODE_1_NAME=0x400B,
+ /** String property Uppercase_Mapping.
+ Corresponds to u_strToUpper in ustring.h. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_UPPERCASE_MAPPING=0x400C,
+ /** One more than the last constant for string Unicode properties. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_STRING_LIMIT=0x400D,
+
+ /** Represents a nonexistent or invalid property or property value. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UCHAR_INVALID_CODE = -1
+} UProperty;
+
+/**
+ * Data for enumerated Unicode general category types.
+ * See http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.html .
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum UCharCategory
+{
+ /** See note !!. Comments of the form "Cn" are read by genpname. */
+
+ /** Non-category for unassigned and non-character code points. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_UNASSIGNED = 0,
+ /** Cn "Other, Not Assigned (no characters in [UnicodeData.txt] have this property)" (same as U_UNASSIGNED!) @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_GENERAL_OTHER_TYPES = 0,
+ /** Lu @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_UPPERCASE_LETTER = 1,
+ /** Ll @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_LOWERCASE_LETTER = 2,
+ /** Lt @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_TITLECASE_LETTER = 3,
+ /** Lm @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_MODIFIER_LETTER = 4,
+ /** Lo @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_OTHER_LETTER = 5,
+ /** Mn @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_NON_SPACING_MARK = 6,
+ /** Me @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_ENCLOSING_MARK = 7,
+ /** Mc @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_COMBINING_SPACING_MARK = 8,
+ /** Nd @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_DECIMAL_DIGIT_NUMBER = 9,
+ /** Nl @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_LETTER_NUMBER = 10,
+ /** No @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_OTHER_NUMBER = 11,
+ /** Zs @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_SPACE_SEPARATOR = 12,
+ /** Zl @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_LINE_SEPARATOR = 13,
+ /** Zp @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_PARAGRAPH_SEPARATOR = 14,
+ /** Cc @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_CONTROL_CHAR = 15,
+ /** Cf @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_FORMAT_CHAR = 16,
+ /** Co @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_PRIVATE_USE_CHAR = 17,
+ /** Cs @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_SURROGATE = 18,
+ /** Pd @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_DASH_PUNCTUATION = 19,
+ /** Ps @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_START_PUNCTUATION = 20,
+ /** Pe @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_END_PUNCTUATION = 21,
+ /** Pc @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_CONNECTOR_PUNCTUATION = 22,
+ /** Po @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_OTHER_PUNCTUATION = 23,
+ /** Sm @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_MATH_SYMBOL = 24,
+ /** Sc @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_CURRENCY_SYMBOL = 25,
+ /** Sk @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_MODIFIER_SYMBOL = 26,
+ /** So @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_OTHER_SYMBOL = 27,
+ /** Pi @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_INITIAL_PUNCTUATION = 28,
+ /** Pf @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_FINAL_PUNCTUATION = 29,
+ /** One higher than the last enum UCharCategory constant. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_CHAR_CATEGORY_COUNT
+} UCharCategory;
+
+/**
+ * U_GC_XX_MASK constants are bit flags corresponding to Unicode
+ * general category values.
+ * For each category, the nth bit is set if the numeric value of the
+ * corresponding UCharCategory constant is n.
+ *
+ * There are also some U_GC_Y_MASK constants for groups of general categories
+ * like L for all letter categories.
+ *
+ * @see u_charType
+ * @see U_GET_GC_MASK
+ * @see UCharCategory
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+#define U_GC_CN_MASK U_MASK(U_GENERAL_OTHER_TYPES)
+
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_LU_MASK U_MASK(U_UPPERCASE_LETTER)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_LL_MASK U_MASK(U_LOWERCASE_LETTER)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_LT_MASK U_MASK(U_TITLECASE_LETTER)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_LM_MASK U_MASK(U_MODIFIER_LETTER)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_LO_MASK U_MASK(U_OTHER_LETTER)
+
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_MN_MASK U_MASK(U_NON_SPACING_MARK)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_ME_MASK U_MASK(U_ENCLOSING_MARK)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_MC_MASK U_MASK(U_COMBINING_SPACING_MARK)
+
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_ND_MASK U_MASK(U_DECIMAL_DIGIT_NUMBER)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_NL_MASK U_MASK(U_LETTER_NUMBER)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_NO_MASK U_MASK(U_OTHER_NUMBER)
+
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_ZS_MASK U_MASK(U_SPACE_SEPARATOR)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_ZL_MASK U_MASK(U_LINE_SEPARATOR)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_ZP_MASK U_MASK(U_PARAGRAPH_SEPARATOR)
+
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_CC_MASK U_MASK(U_CONTROL_CHAR)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_CF_MASK U_MASK(U_FORMAT_CHAR)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_CO_MASK U_MASK(U_PRIVATE_USE_CHAR)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_CS_MASK U_MASK(U_SURROGATE)
+
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_PD_MASK U_MASK(U_DASH_PUNCTUATION)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_PS_MASK U_MASK(U_START_PUNCTUATION)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_PE_MASK U_MASK(U_END_PUNCTUATION)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_PC_MASK U_MASK(U_CONNECTOR_PUNCTUATION)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_PO_MASK U_MASK(U_OTHER_PUNCTUATION)
+
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_SM_MASK U_MASK(U_MATH_SYMBOL)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_SC_MASK U_MASK(U_CURRENCY_SYMBOL)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_SK_MASK U_MASK(U_MODIFIER_SYMBOL)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_SO_MASK U_MASK(U_OTHER_SYMBOL)
+
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_PI_MASK U_MASK(U_INITIAL_PUNCTUATION)
+/** Mask constant for a UCharCategory. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_PF_MASK U_MASK(U_FINAL_PUNCTUATION)
+
+
+/** Mask constant for multiple UCharCategory bits (L Letters). @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_L_MASK \
+ (U_GC_LU_MASK|U_GC_LL_MASK|U_GC_LT_MASK|U_GC_LM_MASK|U_GC_LO_MASK)
+
+/** Mask constant for multiple UCharCategory bits (LC Cased Letters). @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_LC_MASK \
+ (U_GC_LU_MASK|U_GC_LL_MASK|U_GC_LT_MASK)
+
+/** Mask constant for multiple UCharCategory bits (M Marks). @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_M_MASK (U_GC_MN_MASK|U_GC_ME_MASK|U_GC_MC_MASK)
+
+/** Mask constant for multiple UCharCategory bits (N Numbers). @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_N_MASK (U_GC_ND_MASK|U_GC_NL_MASK|U_GC_NO_MASK)
+
+/** Mask constant for multiple UCharCategory bits (Z Separators). @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_Z_MASK (U_GC_ZS_MASK|U_GC_ZL_MASK|U_GC_ZP_MASK)
+
+/** Mask constant for multiple UCharCategory bits (C Others). @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_C_MASK \
+ (U_GC_CN_MASK|U_GC_CC_MASK|U_GC_CF_MASK|U_GC_CO_MASK|U_GC_CS_MASK)
+
+/** Mask constant for multiple UCharCategory bits (P Punctuation). @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_P_MASK \
+ (U_GC_PD_MASK|U_GC_PS_MASK|U_GC_PE_MASK|U_GC_PC_MASK|U_GC_PO_MASK| \
+ U_GC_PI_MASK|U_GC_PF_MASK)
+
+/** Mask constant for multiple UCharCategory bits (S Symbols). @stable ICU 2.1 */
+#define U_GC_S_MASK (U_GC_SM_MASK|U_GC_SC_MASK|U_GC_SK_MASK|U_GC_SO_MASK)
+
+/**
+ * This specifies the language directional property of a character set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum UCharDirection {
+ /** See note !!. Comments of the form "EN" are read by genpname. */
+
+ /** L @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_LEFT_TO_RIGHT = 0,
+ /** R @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_RIGHT_TO_LEFT = 1,
+ /** EN @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_EUROPEAN_NUMBER = 2,
+ /** ES @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_EUROPEAN_NUMBER_SEPARATOR = 3,
+ /** ET @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_EUROPEAN_NUMBER_TERMINATOR = 4,
+ /** AN @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_ARABIC_NUMBER = 5,
+ /** CS @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_COMMON_NUMBER_SEPARATOR = 6,
+ /** B @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_BLOCK_SEPARATOR = 7,
+ /** S @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_SEGMENT_SEPARATOR = 8,
+ /** WS @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_WHITE_SPACE_NEUTRAL = 9,
+ /** ON @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_OTHER_NEUTRAL = 10,
+ /** LRE @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_LEFT_TO_RIGHT_EMBEDDING = 11,
+ /** LRO @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_LEFT_TO_RIGHT_OVERRIDE = 12,
+ /** AL @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_RIGHT_TO_LEFT_ARABIC = 13,
+ /** RLE @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_RIGHT_TO_LEFT_EMBEDDING = 14,
+ /** RLO @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_RIGHT_TO_LEFT_OVERRIDE = 15,
+ /** PDF @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_POP_DIRECTIONAL_FORMAT = 16,
+ /** NSM @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_DIR_NON_SPACING_MARK = 17,
+ /** BN @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_BOUNDARY_NEUTRAL = 18,
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ U_CHAR_DIRECTION_COUNT
+} UCharDirection;
+
+/**
+ * Constants for Unicode blocks, see the Unicode Data file Blocks.txt
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+enum UBlockCode {
+
+ /** New No_Block value in Unicode 4. @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UBLOCK_NO_BLOCK = 0, /*[none]*/ /* Special range indicating No_Block */
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_BASIC_LATIN = 1, /*[0000]*/ /*See note !!*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_LATIN_1_SUPPLEMENT=2, /*[0080]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_LATIN_EXTENDED_A =3, /*[0100]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_LATIN_EXTENDED_B =4, /*[0180]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_IPA_EXTENSIONS =5, /*[0250]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_SPACING_MODIFIER_LETTERS =6, /*[02B0]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS =7, /*[0300]*/
+
+ /**
+ * Unicode 3.2 renames this block to "Greek and Coptic".
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBLOCK_GREEK =8, /*[0370]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CYRILLIC =9, /*[0400]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_ARMENIAN =10, /*[0530]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_HEBREW =11, /*[0590]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_ARABIC =12, /*[0600]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_SYRIAC =13, /*[0700]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_THAANA =14, /*[0780]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_DEVANAGARI =15, /*[0900]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_BENGALI =16, /*[0980]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_GURMUKHI =17, /*[0A00]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_GUJARATI =18, /*[0A80]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_ORIYA =19, /*[0B00]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_TAMIL =20, /*[0B80]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_TELUGU =21, /*[0C00]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_KANNADA =22, /*[0C80]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_MALAYALAM =23, /*[0D00]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_SINHALA =24, /*[0D80]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_THAI =25, /*[0E00]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_LAO =26, /*[0E80]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_TIBETAN =27, /*[0F00]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_MYANMAR =28, /*[1000]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_GEORGIAN =29, /*[10A0]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_HANGUL_JAMO =30, /*[1100]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_ETHIOPIC =31, /*[1200]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CHEROKEE =32, /*[13A0]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_UNIFIED_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL_SYLLABICS =33, /*[1400]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_OGHAM =34, /*[1680]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_RUNIC =35, /*[16A0]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_KHMER =36, /*[1780]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_MONGOLIAN =37, /*[1800]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_LATIN_EXTENDED_ADDITIONAL =38, /*[1E00]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_GREEK_EXTENDED =39, /*[1F00]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_GENERAL_PUNCTUATION =40, /*[2000]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_SUPERSCRIPTS_AND_SUBSCRIPTS =41, /*[2070]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CURRENCY_SYMBOLS =42, /*[20A0]*/
+
+ /**
+ * Unicode 3.2 renames this block to "Combining Diacritical Marks for Symbols".
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBLOCK_COMBINING_MARKS_FOR_SYMBOLS =43, /*[20D0]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_LETTERLIKE_SYMBOLS =44, /*[2100]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_NUMBER_FORMS =45, /*[2150]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_ARROWS =46, /*[2190]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_MATHEMATICAL_OPERATORS =47, /*[2200]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_MISCELLANEOUS_TECHNICAL =48, /*[2300]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CONTROL_PICTURES =49, /*[2400]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_OPTICAL_CHARACTER_RECOGNITION =50, /*[2440]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_ENCLOSED_ALPHANUMERICS =51, /*[2460]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_BOX_DRAWING =52, /*[2500]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_BLOCK_ELEMENTS =53, /*[2580]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_GEOMETRIC_SHAPES =54, /*[25A0]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_MISCELLANEOUS_SYMBOLS =55, /*[2600]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_DINGBATS =56, /*[2700]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_BRAILLE_PATTERNS =57, /*[2800]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CJK_RADICALS_SUPPLEMENT =58, /*[2E80]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_KANGXI_RADICALS =59, /*[2F00]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_IDEOGRAPHIC_DESCRIPTION_CHARACTERS =60, /*[2FF0]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CJK_SYMBOLS_AND_PUNCTUATION =61, /*[3000]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_HIRAGANA =62, /*[3040]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_KATAKANA =63, /*[30A0]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_BOPOMOFO =64, /*[3100]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_HANGUL_COMPATIBILITY_JAMO =65, /*[3130]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_KANBUN =66, /*[3190]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_BOPOMOFO_EXTENDED =67, /*[31A0]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_ENCLOSED_CJK_LETTERS_AND_MONTHS =68, /*[3200]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CJK_COMPATIBILITY =69, /*[3300]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CJK_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPHS_EXTENSION_A =70, /*[3400]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CJK_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPHS =71, /*[4E00]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_YI_SYLLABLES =72, /*[A000]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_YI_RADICALS =73, /*[A490]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_HANGUL_SYLLABLES =74, /*[AC00]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_HIGH_SURROGATES =75, /*[D800]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_HIGH_PRIVATE_USE_SURROGATES =76, /*[DB80]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_LOW_SURROGATES =77, /*[DC00]*/
+
+ /**
+ * Same as UBLOCK_PRIVATE_USE_AREA.
+ * Until Unicode 3.1.1, the corresponding block name was "Private Use",
+ * and multiple code point ranges had this block.
+ * Unicode 3.2 renames the block for the BMP PUA to "Private Use Area" and
+ * adds separate blocks for the supplementary PUAs.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBLOCK_PRIVATE_USE = 78,
+ /**
+ * Same as UBLOCK_PRIVATE_USE.
+ * Until Unicode 3.1.1, the corresponding block name was "Private Use",
+ * and multiple code point ranges had this block.
+ * Unicode 3.2 renames the block for the BMP PUA to "Private Use Area" and
+ * adds separate blocks for the supplementary PUAs.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBLOCK_PRIVATE_USE_AREA =UBLOCK_PRIVATE_USE, /*[E000]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_IDEOGRAPHS =79, /*[F900]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_ALPHABETIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS =80, /*[FB00]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_A =81, /*[FB50]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_COMBINING_HALF_MARKS =82, /*[FE20]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_FORMS =83, /*[FE30]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_SMALL_FORM_VARIANTS =84, /*[FE50]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_B =85, /*[FE70]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_SPECIALS =86, /*[FFF0]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_HALFWIDTH_AND_FULLWIDTH_FORMS =87, /*[FF00]*/
+
+ /* New blocks in Unicode 3.1 */
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_OLD_ITALIC = 88 , /*[10300]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_GOTHIC = 89 , /*[10330]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_DESERET = 90 , /*[10400]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_BYZANTINE_MUSICAL_SYMBOLS = 91 , /*[1D000]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_MUSICAL_SYMBOLS = 92 , /*[1D100]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_MATHEMATICAL_ALPHANUMERIC_SYMBOLS = 93 , /*[1D400]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CJK_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPHS_EXTENSION_B = 94 , /*[20000]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_IDEOGRAPHS_SUPPLEMENT = 95 , /*[2F800]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_TAGS = 96, /*[E0000]*/
+
+ /* New blocks in Unicode 3.2 */
+
+ /**
+ * Unicode 4.0.1 renames the "Cyrillic Supplementary" block to "Cyrillic Supplement".
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ UBLOCK_CYRILLIC_SUPPLEMENTARY = 97,
+ /** @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CYRILLIC_SUPPLEMENT = UBLOCK_CYRILLIC_SUPPLEMENTARY, /*[0500]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UBLOCK_TAGALOG = 98, /*[1700]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UBLOCK_HANUNOO = 99, /*[1720]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UBLOCK_BUHID = 100, /*[1740]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UBLOCK_TAGBANWA = 101, /*[1760]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UBLOCK_MISCELLANEOUS_MATHEMATICAL_SYMBOLS_A = 102, /*[27C0]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UBLOCK_SUPPLEMENTAL_ARROWS_A = 103, /*[27F0]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UBLOCK_SUPPLEMENTAL_ARROWS_B = 104, /*[2900]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UBLOCK_MISCELLANEOUS_MATHEMATICAL_SYMBOLS_B = 105, /*[2980]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UBLOCK_SUPPLEMENTAL_MATHEMATICAL_OPERATORS = 106, /*[2A00]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UBLOCK_KATAKANA_PHONETIC_EXTENSIONS = 107, /*[31F0]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UBLOCK_VARIATION_SELECTORS = 108, /*[FE00]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UBLOCK_SUPPLEMENTARY_PRIVATE_USE_AREA_A = 109, /*[F0000]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ UBLOCK_SUPPLEMENTARY_PRIVATE_USE_AREA_B = 110, /*[100000]*/
+
+ /* New blocks in Unicode 4 */
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UBLOCK_LIMBU = 111, /*[1900]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UBLOCK_TAI_LE = 112, /*[1950]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UBLOCK_KHMER_SYMBOLS = 113, /*[19E0]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UBLOCK_PHONETIC_EXTENSIONS = 114, /*[1D00]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UBLOCK_MISCELLANEOUS_SYMBOLS_AND_ARROWS = 115, /*[2B00]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UBLOCK_YIJING_HEXAGRAM_SYMBOLS = 116, /*[4DC0]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UBLOCK_LINEAR_B_SYLLABARY = 117, /*[10000]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UBLOCK_LINEAR_B_IDEOGRAMS = 118, /*[10080]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UBLOCK_AEGEAN_NUMBERS = 119, /*[10100]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UBLOCK_UGARITIC = 120, /*[10380]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UBLOCK_SHAVIAN = 121, /*[10450]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UBLOCK_OSMANYA = 122, /*[10480]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UBLOCK_CYPRIOT_SYLLABARY = 123, /*[10800]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UBLOCK_TAI_XUAN_JING_SYMBOLS = 124, /*[1D300]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UBLOCK_VARIATION_SELECTORS_SUPPLEMENT = 125, /*[E0100]*/
+
+ /* New blocks in Unicode 4.1 */
+
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_ANCIENT_GREEK_MUSICAL_NOTATION = 126, /*[1D200]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_ANCIENT_GREEK_NUMBERS = 127, /*[10140]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_ARABIC_SUPPLEMENT = 128, /*[0750]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_BUGINESE = 129, /*[1A00]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_CJK_STROKES = 130, /*[31C0]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS_SUPPLEMENT = 131, /*[1DC0]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_COPTIC = 132, /*[2C80]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_ETHIOPIC_EXTENDED = 133, /*[2D80]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_ETHIOPIC_SUPPLEMENT = 134, /*[1380]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_GEORGIAN_SUPPLEMENT = 135, /*[2D00]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_GLAGOLITIC = 136, /*[2C00]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_KHAROSHTHI = 137, /*[10A00]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_MODIFIER_TONE_LETTERS = 138, /*[A700]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_NEW_TAI_LUE = 139, /*[1980]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_OLD_PERSIAN = 140, /*[103A0]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_PHONETIC_EXTENSIONS_SUPPLEMENT = 141, /*[1D80]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_SUPPLEMENTAL_PUNCTUATION = 142, /*[2E00]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_SYLOTI_NAGRI = 143, /*[A800]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_TIFINAGH = 144, /*[2D30]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ UBLOCK_VERTICAL_FORMS = 145, /*[FE10]*/
+
+ /* New blocks in Unicode 5.0 */
+
+ /** @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBLOCK_NKO = 146, /*[07C0]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBLOCK_BALINESE = 147, /*[1B00]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBLOCK_LATIN_EXTENDED_C = 148, /*[2C60]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBLOCK_LATIN_EXTENDED_D = 149, /*[A720]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBLOCK_PHAGS_PA = 150, /*[A840]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBLOCK_PHOENICIAN = 151, /*[10900]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBLOCK_CUNEIFORM = 152, /*[12000]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBLOCK_CUNEIFORM_NUMBERS_AND_PUNCTUATION = 153, /*[12400]*/
+ /** @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ UBLOCK_COUNTING_ROD_NUMERALS = 154, /*[1D360]*/
+
+ /* New blocks in Unicode 5.1 */
+
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_SUNDANESE = 155, /*[1B80]*/
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_LEPCHA = 156, /*[1C00]*/
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_OL_CHIKI = 157, /*[1C50]*/
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CYRILLIC_EXTENDED_A = 158, /*[2DE0]*/
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_VAI = 159, /*[A500]*/
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CYRILLIC_EXTENDED_B = 160, /*[A640]*/
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_SAURASHTRA = 161, /*[A880]*/
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_KAYAH_LI = 162, /*[A900]*/
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_REJANG = 163, /*[A930]*/
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CHAM = 164, /*[AA00]*/
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_ANCIENT_SYMBOLS = 165, /*[10190]*/
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_PHAISTOS_DISC = 166, /*[101D0]*/
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_LYCIAN = 167, /*[10280]*/
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_CARIAN = 168, /*[102A0]*/
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_LYDIAN = 169, /*[10920]*/
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_MAHJONG_TILES = 170, /*[1F000]*/
+ /** @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UBLOCK_DOMINO_TILES = 171, /*[1F030]*/
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_COUNT = 172,
+
+ /** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBLOCK_INVALID_CODE=-1
+};
+
+/** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+typedef enum UBlockCode UBlockCode;
+
+/**
+ * East Asian Width constants.
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_EAST_ASIAN_WIDTH
+ * @see u_getIntPropertyValue
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+typedef enum UEastAsianWidth {
+ U_EA_NEUTRAL, /*[N]*/ /*See note !!*/
+ U_EA_AMBIGUOUS, /*[A]*/
+ U_EA_HALFWIDTH, /*[H]*/
+ U_EA_FULLWIDTH, /*[F]*/
+ U_EA_NARROW, /*[Na]*/
+ U_EA_WIDE, /*[W]*/
+ U_EA_COUNT
+} UEastAsianWidth;
+/*
+ * Implementation note:
+ * Keep UEastAsianWidth constant values in sync with names list in genprops/props2.c.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Selector constants for u_charName().
+ * u_charName() returns the "modern" name of a
+ * Unicode character; or the name that was defined in
+ * Unicode version 1.0, before the Unicode standard merged
+ * with ISO-10646; or an "extended" name that gives each
+ * Unicode code point a unique name.
+ *
+ * @see u_charName
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum UCharNameChoice {
+ U_UNICODE_CHAR_NAME,
+ U_UNICODE_10_CHAR_NAME,
+ U_EXTENDED_CHAR_NAME,
+ U_CHAR_NAME_CHOICE_COUNT
+} UCharNameChoice;
+
+/**
+ * Selector constants for u_getPropertyName() and
+ * u_getPropertyValueName(). These selectors are used to choose which
+ * name is returned for a given property or value. All properties and
+ * values have a long name. Most have a short name, but some do not.
+ * Unicode allows for additional names, beyond the long and short
+ * name, which would be indicated by U_LONG_PROPERTY_NAME + i, where
+ * i=1, 2,...
+ *
+ * @see u_getPropertyName()
+ * @see u_getPropertyValueName()
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+typedef enum UPropertyNameChoice {
+ U_SHORT_PROPERTY_NAME,
+ U_LONG_PROPERTY_NAME,
+ U_PROPERTY_NAME_CHOICE_COUNT
+} UPropertyNameChoice;
+
+/**
+ * Decomposition Type constants.
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_DECOMPOSITION_TYPE
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+typedef enum UDecompositionType {
+ U_DT_NONE, /*[none]*/ /*See note !!*/
+ U_DT_CANONICAL, /*[can]*/
+ U_DT_COMPAT, /*[com]*/
+ U_DT_CIRCLE, /*[enc]*/
+ U_DT_FINAL, /*[fin]*/
+ U_DT_FONT, /*[font]*/
+ U_DT_FRACTION, /*[fra]*/
+ U_DT_INITIAL, /*[init]*/
+ U_DT_ISOLATED, /*[iso]*/
+ U_DT_MEDIAL, /*[med]*/
+ U_DT_NARROW, /*[nar]*/
+ U_DT_NOBREAK, /*[nb]*/
+ U_DT_SMALL, /*[sml]*/
+ U_DT_SQUARE, /*[sqr]*/
+ U_DT_SUB, /*[sub]*/
+ U_DT_SUPER, /*[sup]*/
+ U_DT_VERTICAL, /*[vert]*/
+ U_DT_WIDE, /*[wide]*/
+ U_DT_COUNT /* 18 */
+} UDecompositionType;
+
+/**
+ * Joining Type constants.
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_JOINING_TYPE
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+typedef enum UJoiningType {
+ U_JT_NON_JOINING, /*[U]*/ /*See note !!*/
+ U_JT_JOIN_CAUSING, /*[C]*/
+ U_JT_DUAL_JOINING, /*[D]*/
+ U_JT_LEFT_JOINING, /*[L]*/
+ U_JT_RIGHT_JOINING, /*[R]*/
+ U_JT_TRANSPARENT, /*[T]*/
+ U_JT_COUNT /* 6 */
+} UJoiningType;
+
+/**
+ * Joining Group constants.
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_JOINING_GROUP
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+typedef enum UJoiningGroup {
+ U_JG_NO_JOINING_GROUP,
+ U_JG_AIN,
+ U_JG_ALAPH,
+ U_JG_ALEF,
+ U_JG_BEH,
+ U_JG_BETH,
+ U_JG_DAL,
+ U_JG_DALATH_RISH,
+ U_JG_E,
+ U_JG_FEH,
+ U_JG_FINAL_SEMKATH,
+ U_JG_GAF,
+ U_JG_GAMAL,
+ U_JG_HAH,
+ U_JG_HAMZA_ON_HEH_GOAL,
+ U_JG_HE,
+ U_JG_HEH,
+ U_JG_HEH_GOAL,
+ U_JG_HETH,
+ U_JG_KAF,
+ U_JG_KAPH,
+ U_JG_KNOTTED_HEH,
+ U_JG_LAM,
+ U_JG_LAMADH,
+ U_JG_MEEM,
+ U_JG_MIM,
+ U_JG_NOON,
+ U_JG_NUN,
+ U_JG_PE,
+ U_JG_QAF,
+ U_JG_QAPH,
+ U_JG_REH,
+ U_JG_REVERSED_PE,
+ U_JG_SAD,
+ U_JG_SADHE,
+ U_JG_SEEN,
+ U_JG_SEMKATH,
+ U_JG_SHIN,
+ U_JG_SWASH_KAF,
+ U_JG_SYRIAC_WAW,
+ U_JG_TAH,
+ U_JG_TAW,
+ U_JG_TEH_MARBUTA,
+ U_JG_TETH,
+ U_JG_WAW,
+ U_JG_YEH,
+ U_JG_YEH_BARREE,
+ U_JG_YEH_WITH_TAIL,
+ U_JG_YUDH,
+ U_JG_YUDH_HE,
+ U_JG_ZAIN,
+ U_JG_FE, /**< @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ U_JG_KHAPH, /**< @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ U_JG_ZHAIN, /**< @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ U_JG_BURUSHASKI_YEH_BARREE, /**< @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ U_JG_COUNT
+} UJoiningGroup;
+
+/**
+ * Grapheme Cluster Break constants.
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_GRAPHEME_CLUSTER_BREAK
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+typedef enum UGraphemeClusterBreak {
+ U_GCB_OTHER = 0, /*[XX]*/ /*See note !!*/
+ U_GCB_CONTROL = 1, /*[CN]*/
+ U_GCB_CR = 2, /*[CR]*/
+ U_GCB_EXTEND = 3, /*[EX]*/
+ U_GCB_L = 4, /*[L]*/
+ U_GCB_LF = 5, /*[LF]*/
+ U_GCB_LV = 6, /*[LV]*/
+ U_GCB_LVT = 7, /*[LVT]*/
+ U_GCB_T = 8, /*[T]*/
+ U_GCB_V = 9, /*[V]*/
+ U_GCB_SPACING_MARK = 10, /*[SM]*/ /* from here on: new in Unicode 5.1/ICU 4.0 */
+ U_GCB_PREPEND = 11, /*[PP]*/
+ U_GCB_COUNT = 12
+} UGraphemeClusterBreak;
+
+/**
+ * Word Break constants.
+ * (UWordBreak is a pre-existing enum type in ubrk.h for word break status tags.)
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_WORD_BREAK
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+typedef enum UWordBreakValues {
+ U_WB_OTHER = 0, /*[XX]*/ /*See note !!*/
+ U_WB_ALETTER = 1, /*[LE]*/
+ U_WB_FORMAT = 2, /*[FO]*/
+ U_WB_KATAKANA = 3, /*[KA]*/
+ U_WB_MIDLETTER = 4, /*[ML]*/
+ U_WB_MIDNUM = 5, /*[MN]*/
+ U_WB_NUMERIC = 6, /*[NU]*/
+ U_WB_EXTENDNUMLET = 7, /*[EX]*/
+ U_WB_CR = 8, /*[CR]*/ /* from here on: new in Unicode 5.1/ICU 4.0 */
+ U_WB_EXTEND = 9, /*[Extend]*/
+ U_WB_LF = 10, /*[LF]*/
+ U_WB_MIDNUMLET =11, /*[MB]*/
+ U_WB_NEWLINE =12, /*[NL]*/
+ U_WB_COUNT = 13
+} UWordBreakValues;
+
+/**
+ * Sentence Break constants.
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_SENTENCE_BREAK
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+typedef enum USentenceBreak {
+ U_SB_OTHER = 0, /*[XX]*/ /*See note !!*/
+ U_SB_ATERM = 1, /*[AT]*/
+ U_SB_CLOSE = 2, /*[CL]*/
+ U_SB_FORMAT = 3, /*[FO]*/
+ U_SB_LOWER = 4, /*[LO]*/
+ U_SB_NUMERIC = 5, /*[NU]*/
+ U_SB_OLETTER = 6, /*[LE]*/
+ U_SB_SEP = 7, /*[SE]*/
+ U_SB_SP = 8, /*[SP]*/
+ U_SB_STERM = 9, /*[ST]*/
+ U_SB_UPPER = 10, /*[UP]*/
+ U_SB_CR = 11, /*[CR]*/ /* from here on: new in Unicode 5.1/ICU 4.0 */
+ U_SB_EXTEND = 12, /*[EX]*/
+ U_SB_LF = 13, /*[LF]*/
+ U_SB_SCONTINUE = 14, /*[SC]*/
+ U_SB_COUNT = 15
+} USentenceBreak;
+
+/**
+ * Line Break constants.
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_LINE_BREAK
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+typedef enum ULineBreak {
+ U_LB_UNKNOWN = 0, /*[XX]*/ /*See note !!*/
+ U_LB_AMBIGUOUS = 1, /*[AI]*/
+ U_LB_ALPHABETIC = 2, /*[AL]*/
+ U_LB_BREAK_BOTH = 3, /*[B2]*/
+ U_LB_BREAK_AFTER = 4, /*[BA]*/
+ U_LB_BREAK_BEFORE = 5, /*[BB]*/
+ U_LB_MANDATORY_BREAK = 6, /*[BK]*/
+ U_LB_CONTINGENT_BREAK = 7, /*[CB]*/
+ U_LB_CLOSE_PUNCTUATION = 8, /*[CL]*/
+ U_LB_COMBINING_MARK = 9, /*[CM]*/
+ U_LB_CARRIAGE_RETURN = 10, /*[CR]*/
+ U_LB_EXCLAMATION = 11, /*[EX]*/
+ U_LB_GLUE = 12, /*[GL]*/
+ U_LB_HYPHEN = 13, /*[HY]*/
+ U_LB_IDEOGRAPHIC = 14, /*[ID]*/
+ U_LB_INSEPERABLE = 15,
+ /** Renamed from the misspelled "inseperable" in Unicode 4.0.1/ICU 3.0 @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ U_LB_INSEPARABLE=U_LB_INSEPERABLE,/*[IN]*/
+ U_LB_INFIX_NUMERIC = 16, /*[IS]*/
+ U_LB_LINE_FEED = 17, /*[LF]*/
+ U_LB_NONSTARTER = 18, /*[NS]*/
+ U_LB_NUMERIC = 19, /*[NU]*/
+ U_LB_OPEN_PUNCTUATION = 20, /*[OP]*/
+ U_LB_POSTFIX_NUMERIC = 21, /*[PO]*/
+ U_LB_PREFIX_NUMERIC = 22, /*[PR]*/
+ U_LB_QUOTATION = 23, /*[QU]*/
+ U_LB_COMPLEX_CONTEXT = 24, /*[SA]*/
+ U_LB_SURROGATE = 25, /*[SG]*/
+ U_LB_SPACE = 26, /*[SP]*/
+ U_LB_BREAK_SYMBOLS = 27, /*[SY]*/
+ U_LB_ZWSPACE = 28, /*[ZW]*/
+ U_LB_NEXT_LINE = 29, /*[NL]*/ /* from here on: new in Unicode 4/ICU 2.6 */
+ U_LB_WORD_JOINER = 30, /*[WJ]*/
+ U_LB_H2 = 31, /*[H2]*/ /* from here on: new in Unicode 4.1/ICU 3.4 */
+ U_LB_H3 = 32, /*[H3]*/
+ U_LB_JL = 33, /*[JL]*/
+ U_LB_JT = 34, /*[JT]*/
+ U_LB_JV = 35, /*[JV]*/
+ U_LB_COUNT = 36
+} ULineBreak;
+
+/**
+ * Numeric Type constants.
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_NUMERIC_TYPE
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+typedef enum UNumericType {
+ U_NT_NONE, /*[None]*/ /*See note !!*/
+ U_NT_DECIMAL, /*[de]*/
+ U_NT_DIGIT, /*[di]*/
+ U_NT_NUMERIC, /*[nu]*/
+ U_NT_COUNT
+} UNumericType;
+
+/**
+ * Hangul Syllable Type constants.
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_HANGUL_SYLLABLE_TYPE
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+typedef enum UHangulSyllableType {
+ U_HST_NOT_APPLICABLE, /*[NA]*/ /*See note !!*/
+ U_HST_LEADING_JAMO, /*[L]*/
+ U_HST_VOWEL_JAMO, /*[V]*/
+ U_HST_TRAILING_JAMO, /*[T]*/
+ U_HST_LV_SYLLABLE, /*[LV]*/
+ U_HST_LVT_SYLLABLE, /*[LVT]*/
+ U_HST_COUNT
+} UHangulSyllableType;
+
+/**
+ * Check a binary Unicode property for a code point.
+ *
+ * Unicode, especially in version 3.2, defines many more properties than the
+ * original set in UnicodeData.txt.
+ *
+ * The properties APIs are intended to reflect Unicode properties as defined
+ * in the Unicode Character Database (UCD) and Unicode Technical Reports (UTR).
+ * For details about the properties see http://www.unicode.org/ucd/ .
+ * For names of Unicode properties see the UCD file PropertyAliases.txt.
+ *
+ * Important: If ICU is built with UCD files from Unicode versions below 3.2,
+ * then properties marked with "new in Unicode 3.2" are not or not fully available.
+ *
+ * @param c Code point to test.
+ * @param which UProperty selector constant, identifies which binary property to check.
+ * Must be UCHAR_BINARY_START<=which<UCHAR_BINARY_LIMIT.
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE according to the binary Unicode property value for c.
+ * Also FALSE if 'which' is out of bounds or if the Unicode version
+ * does not have data for the property at all, or not for this code point.
+ *
+ * @see UProperty
+ * @see u_getIntPropertyValue
+ * @see u_getUnicodeVersion
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_hasBinaryProperty(UChar32 c, UProperty which);
+
+/**
+ * Check if a code point has the Alphabetic Unicode property.
+ * Same as u_hasBinaryProperty(c, UCHAR_ALPHABETIC).
+ * This is different from u_isalpha!
+ * @param c Code point to test
+ * @return true if the code point has the Alphabetic Unicode property, false otherwise
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_ALPHABETIC
+ * @see u_isalpha
+ * @see u_hasBinaryProperty
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isUAlphabetic(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Check if a code point has the Lowercase Unicode property.
+ * Same as u_hasBinaryProperty(c, UCHAR_LOWERCASE).
+ * This is different from u_islower!
+ * @param c Code point to test
+ * @return true if the code point has the Lowercase Unicode property, false otherwise
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_LOWERCASE
+ * @see u_islower
+ * @see u_hasBinaryProperty
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isULowercase(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Check if a code point has the Uppercase Unicode property.
+ * Same as u_hasBinaryProperty(c, UCHAR_UPPERCASE).
+ * This is different from u_isupper!
+ * @param c Code point to test
+ * @return true if the code point has the Uppercase Unicode property, false otherwise
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_UPPERCASE
+ * @see u_isupper
+ * @see u_hasBinaryProperty
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isUUppercase(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Check if a code point has the White_Space Unicode property.
+ * Same as u_hasBinaryProperty(c, UCHAR_WHITE_SPACE).
+ * This is different from both u_isspace and u_isWhitespace!
+ *
+ * Note: There are several ICU whitespace functions; please see the uchar.h
+ * file documentation for a detailed comparison.
+ *
+ * @param c Code point to test
+ * @return true if the code point has the White_Space Unicode property, false otherwise.
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_WHITE_SPACE
+ * @see u_isWhitespace
+ * @see u_isspace
+ * @see u_isJavaSpaceChar
+ * @see u_hasBinaryProperty
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isUWhiteSpace(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Get the property value for an enumerated or integer Unicode property for a code point.
+ * Also returns binary and mask property values.
+ *
+ * Unicode, especially in version 3.2, defines many more properties than the
+ * original set in UnicodeData.txt.
+ *
+ * The properties APIs are intended to reflect Unicode properties as defined
+ * in the Unicode Character Database (UCD) and Unicode Technical Reports (UTR).
+ * For details about the properties see http://www.unicode.org/ .
+ * For names of Unicode properties see the UCD file PropertyAliases.txt.
+ *
+ * Sample usage:
+ * UEastAsianWidth ea=(UEastAsianWidth)u_getIntPropertyValue(c, UCHAR_EAST_ASIAN_WIDTH);
+ * UBool b=(UBool)u_getIntPropertyValue(c, UCHAR_IDEOGRAPHIC);
+ *
+ * @param c Code point to test.
+ * @param which UProperty selector constant, identifies which property to check.
+ * Must be UCHAR_BINARY_START<=which<UCHAR_BINARY_LIMIT
+ * or UCHAR_INT_START<=which<UCHAR_INT_LIMIT
+ * or UCHAR_MASK_START<=which<UCHAR_MASK_LIMIT.
+ * @return Numeric value that is directly the property value or,
+ * for enumerated properties, corresponds to the numeric value of the enumerated
+ * constant of the respective property value enumeration type
+ * (cast to enum type if necessary).
+ * Returns 0 or 1 (for FALSE/TRUE) for binary Unicode properties.
+ * Returns a bit-mask for mask properties.
+ * Returns 0 if 'which' is out of bounds or if the Unicode version
+ * does not have data for the property at all, or not for this code point.
+ *
+ * @see UProperty
+ * @see u_hasBinaryProperty
+ * @see u_getIntPropertyMinValue
+ * @see u_getIntPropertyMaxValue
+ * @see u_getUnicodeVersion
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_getIntPropertyValue(UChar32 c, UProperty which);
+
+/**
+ * Get the minimum value for an enumerated/integer/binary Unicode property.
+ * Can be used together with u_getIntPropertyMaxValue
+ * to allocate arrays of UnicodeSet or similar.
+ *
+ * @param which UProperty selector constant, identifies which binary property to check.
+ * Must be UCHAR_BINARY_START<=which<UCHAR_BINARY_LIMIT
+ * or UCHAR_INT_START<=which<UCHAR_INT_LIMIT.
+ * @return Minimum value returned by u_getIntPropertyValue for a Unicode property.
+ * 0 if the property selector is out of range.
+ *
+ * @see UProperty
+ * @see u_hasBinaryProperty
+ * @see u_getUnicodeVersion
+ * @see u_getIntPropertyMaxValue
+ * @see u_getIntPropertyValue
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_getIntPropertyMinValue(UProperty which);
+
+/**
+ * Get the maximum value for an enumerated/integer/binary Unicode property.
+ * Can be used together with u_getIntPropertyMinValue
+ * to allocate arrays of UnicodeSet or similar.
+ *
+ * Examples for min/max values (for Unicode 3.2):
+ *
+ * - UCHAR_BIDI_CLASS: 0/18 (U_LEFT_TO_RIGHT/U_BOUNDARY_NEUTRAL)
+ * - UCHAR_SCRIPT: 0/45 (USCRIPT_COMMON/USCRIPT_TAGBANWA)
+ * - UCHAR_IDEOGRAPHIC: 0/1 (FALSE/TRUE)
+ *
+ * For undefined UProperty constant values, min/max values will be 0/-1.
+ *
+ * @param which UProperty selector constant, identifies which binary property to check.
+ * Must be UCHAR_BINARY_START<=which<UCHAR_BINARY_LIMIT
+ * or UCHAR_INT_START<=which<UCHAR_INT_LIMIT.
+ * @return Maximum value returned by u_getIntPropertyValue for a Unicode property.
+ * <=0 if the property selector is out of range.
+ *
+ * @see UProperty
+ * @see u_hasBinaryProperty
+ * @see u_getUnicodeVersion
+ * @see u_getIntPropertyMaxValue
+ * @see u_getIntPropertyValue
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_getIntPropertyMaxValue(UProperty which);
+
+/**
+ * Get the numeric value for a Unicode code point as defined in the
+ * Unicode Character Database.
+ *
+ * A "double" return type is necessary because
+ * some numeric values are fractions, negative, or too large for int32_t.
+ *
+ * For characters without any numeric values in the Unicode Character Database,
+ * this function will return U_NO_NUMERIC_VALUE.
+ *
+ * Similar to java.lang.Character.getNumericValue(), but u_getNumericValue()
+ * also supports negative values, large values, and fractions,
+ * while Java's getNumericValue() returns values 10..35 for ASCII letters.
+ *
+ * @param c Code point to get the numeric value for.
+ * @return Numeric value of c, or U_NO_NUMERIC_VALUE if none is defined.
+ *
+ * @see U_NO_NUMERIC_VALUE
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE double U_EXPORT2
+u_getNumericValue(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Special value that is returned by u_getNumericValue when
+ * no numeric value is defined for a code point.
+ *
+ * @see u_getNumericValue
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+#define U_NO_NUMERIC_VALUE ((double)-123456789.)
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the specified code point has the general category "Ll"
+ * (lowercase letter).
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.isLowerCase().
+ *
+ * This misses some characters that are also lowercase but
+ * have a different general category value.
+ * In order to include those, use UCHAR_LOWERCASE.
+ *
+ * In addition to being equivalent to a Java function, this also serves
+ * as a C/POSIX migration function.
+ * See the comments about C/POSIX character classification functions in the
+ * documentation at the top of this header file.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is an Ll lowercase letter
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_LOWERCASE
+ * @see u_isupper
+ * @see u_istitle
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_islower(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the specified code point has the general category "Lu"
+ * (uppercase letter).
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.isUpperCase().
+ *
+ * This misses some characters that are also uppercase but
+ * have a different general category value.
+ * In order to include those, use UCHAR_UPPERCASE.
+ *
+ * In addition to being equivalent to a Java function, this also serves
+ * as a C/POSIX migration function.
+ * See the comments about C/POSIX character classification functions in the
+ * documentation at the top of this header file.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is an Lu uppercase letter
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_UPPERCASE
+ * @see u_islower
+ * @see u_istitle
+ * @see u_tolower
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isupper(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the specified code point is a titlecase letter.
+ * True for general category "Lt" (titlecase letter).
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.isTitleCase().
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is an Lt titlecase letter
+ *
+ * @see u_isupper
+ * @see u_islower
+ * @see u_totitle
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_istitle(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the specified code point is a digit character according to Java.
+ * True for characters with general category "Nd" (decimal digit numbers).
+ * Beginning with Unicode 4, this is the same as
+ * testing for the Numeric_Type of Decimal.
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.isDigit().
+ *
+ * In addition to being equivalent to a Java function, this also serves
+ * as a C/POSIX migration function.
+ * See the comments about C/POSIX character classification functions in the
+ * documentation at the top of this header file.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is a digit character according to Character.isDigit()
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isdigit(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the specified code point is a letter character.
+ * True for general categories "L" (letters).
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.isLetter().
+ *
+ * In addition to being equivalent to a Java function, this also serves
+ * as a C/POSIX migration function.
+ * See the comments about C/POSIX character classification functions in the
+ * documentation at the top of this header file.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is a letter character
+ *
+ * @see u_isdigit
+ * @see u_isalnum
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isalpha(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the specified code point is an alphanumeric character
+ * (letter or digit) according to Java.
+ * True for characters with general categories
+ * "L" (letters) and "Nd" (decimal digit numbers).
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.isLetterOrDigit().
+ *
+ * In addition to being equivalent to a Java function, this also serves
+ * as a C/POSIX migration function.
+ * See the comments about C/POSIX character classification functions in the
+ * documentation at the top of this header file.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is an alphanumeric character according to Character.isLetterOrDigit()
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isalnum(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the specified code point is a hexadecimal digit.
+ * This is equivalent to u_digit(c, 16)>=0.
+ * True for characters with general category "Nd" (decimal digit numbers)
+ * as well as Latin letters a-f and A-F in both ASCII and Fullwidth ASCII.
+ * (That is, for letters with code points
+ * 0041..0046, 0061..0066, FF21..FF26, FF41..FF46.)
+ *
+ * In order to narrow the definition of hexadecimal digits to only ASCII
+ * characters, use (c<=0x7f && u_isxdigit(c)).
+ *
+ * This is a C/POSIX migration function.
+ * See the comments about C/POSIX character classification functions in the
+ * documentation at the top of this header file.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is a hexadecimal digit
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isxdigit(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the specified code point is a punctuation character.
+ * True for characters with general categories "P" (punctuation).
+ *
+ * This is a C/POSIX migration function.
+ * See the comments about C/POSIX character classification functions in the
+ * documentation at the top of this header file.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is a punctuation character
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_ispunct(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the specified code point is a "graphic" character
+ * (printable, excluding spaces).
+ * TRUE for all characters except those with general categories
+ * "Cc" (control codes), "Cf" (format controls), "Cs" (surrogates),
+ * "Cn" (unassigned), and "Z" (separators).
+ *
+ * This is a C/POSIX migration function.
+ * See the comments about C/POSIX character classification functions in the
+ * documentation at the top of this header file.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is a "graphic" character
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isgraph(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the specified code point is a "blank" or "horizontal space",
+ * a character that visibly separates words on a line.
+ * The following are equivalent definitions:
+ *
+ * TRUE for Unicode White_Space characters except for "vertical space controls"
+ * where "vertical space controls" are the following characters:
+ * U+000A (LF) U+000B (VT) U+000C (FF) U+000D (CR) U+0085 (NEL) U+2028 (LS) U+2029 (PS)
+ *
+ * same as
+ *
+ * TRUE for U+0009 (TAB) and characters with general category "Zs" (space separators)
+ * except Zero Width Space (ZWSP, U+200B).
+ *
+ * Note: There are several ICU whitespace functions; please see the uchar.h
+ * file documentation for a detailed comparison.
+ *
+ * This is a C/POSIX migration function.
+ * See the comments about C/POSIX character classification functions in the
+ * documentation at the top of this header file.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is a "blank"
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isblank(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the specified code point is "defined",
+ * which usually means that it is assigned a character.
+ * True for general categories other than "Cn" (other, not assigned),
+ * i.e., true for all code points mentioned in UnicodeData.txt.
+ *
+ * Note that non-character code points (e.g., U+FDD0) are not "defined"
+ * (they are Cn), but surrogate code points are "defined" (Cs).
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.isDefined().
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is assigned a character
+ *
+ * @see u_isdigit
+ * @see u_isalpha
+ * @see u_isalnum
+ * @see u_isupper
+ * @see u_islower
+ * @see u_istitle
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isdefined(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines if the specified character is a space character or not.
+ *
+ * Note: There are several ICU whitespace functions; please see the uchar.h
+ * file documentation for a detailed comparison.
+ *
+ * This is a C/POSIX migration function.
+ * See the comments about C/POSIX character classification functions in the
+ * documentation at the top of this header file.
+ *
+ * @param c the character to be tested
+ * @return true if the character is a space character; false otherwise.
+ *
+ * @see u_isJavaSpaceChar
+ * @see u_isWhitespace
+ * @see u_isUWhiteSpace
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isspace(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determine if the specified code point is a space character according to Java.
+ * True for characters with general categories "Z" (separators),
+ * which does not include control codes (e.g., TAB or Line Feed).
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.isSpaceChar().
+ *
+ * Note: There are several ICU whitespace functions; please see the uchar.h
+ * file documentation for a detailed comparison.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is a space character according to Character.isSpaceChar()
+ *
+ * @see u_isspace
+ * @see u_isWhitespace
+ * @see u_isUWhiteSpace
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isJavaSpaceChar(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines if the specified code point is a whitespace character according to Java/ICU.
+ * A character is considered to be a Java whitespace character if and only
+ * if it satisfies one of the following criteria:
+ *
+ * - It is a Unicode separator (categories "Z"), but is not
+ * a no-break space (U+00A0 NBSP or U+2007 Figure Space or U+202F Narrow NBSP).
+ * - It is U+0009 HORIZONTAL TABULATION.
+ * - It is U+000A LINE FEED.
+ * - It is U+000B VERTICAL TABULATION.
+ * - It is U+000C FORM FEED.
+ * - It is U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN.
+ * - It is U+001C FILE SEPARATOR.
+ * - It is U+001D GROUP SEPARATOR.
+ * - It is U+001E RECORD SEPARATOR.
+ * - It is U+001F UNIT SEPARATOR.
+ * - It is U+0085 NEXT LINE.
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.isWhitespace() except that Java omits U+0085.
+ *
+ * Note: There are several ICU whitespace functions; please see the uchar.h
+ * file documentation for a detailed comparison.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is a whitespace character according to Java/ICU
+ *
+ * @see u_isspace
+ * @see u_isJavaSpaceChar
+ * @see u_isUWhiteSpace
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isWhitespace(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the specified code point is a control character
+ * (as defined by this function).
+ * A control character is one of the following:
+ * - ISO 8-bit control character (U+0000..U+001f and U+007f..U+009f)
+ * - U_CONTROL_CHAR (Cc)
+ * - U_FORMAT_CHAR (Cf)
+ * - U_LINE_SEPARATOR (Zl)
+ * - U_PARAGRAPH_SEPARATOR (Zp)
+ *
+ * This is a C/POSIX migration function.
+ * See the comments about C/POSIX character classification functions in the
+ * documentation at the top of this header file.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is a control character
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_DEFAULT_IGNORABLE_CODE_POINT
+ * @see u_isprint
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_iscntrl(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the specified code point is an ISO control code.
+ * True for U+0000..U+001f and U+007f..U+009f (general category "Cc").
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.isISOControl().
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is an ISO control code
+ *
+ * @see u_iscntrl
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isISOControl(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the specified code point is a printable character.
+ * True for general categories <em>other</em> than "C" (controls).
+ *
+ * This is a C/POSIX migration function.
+ * See the comments about C/POSIX character classification functions in the
+ * documentation at the top of this header file.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is a printable character
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_DEFAULT_IGNORABLE_CODE_POINT
+ * @see u_iscntrl
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isprint(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the specified code point is a base character.
+ * True for general categories "L" (letters), "N" (numbers),
+ * "Mc" (spacing combining marks), and "Me" (enclosing marks).
+ *
+ * Note that this is different from the Unicode definition in
+ * chapter 3.5, conformance clause D13,
+ * which defines base characters to be all characters (not Cn)
+ * that do not graphically combine with preceding characters (M)
+ * and that are neither control (Cc) or format (Cf) characters.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is a base character according to this function
+ *
+ * @see u_isalpha
+ * @see u_isdigit
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isbase(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the bidirectional category value for the code point,
+ * which is used in the Unicode bidirectional algorithm
+ * (UAX #9 http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/).
+ * Note that some <em>unassigned</em> code points have bidi values
+ * of R or AL because they are in blocks that are reserved
+ * for Right-To-Left scripts.
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.getDirectionality()
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return the bidirectional category (UCharDirection) value
+ *
+ * @see UCharDirection
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UCharDirection U_EXPORT2
+u_charDirection(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the code point has the Bidi_Mirrored property.
+ * This property is set for characters that are commonly used in
+ * Right-To-Left contexts and need to be displayed with a "mirrored"
+ * glyph.
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.isMirrored().
+ * Same as UCHAR_BIDI_MIRRORED
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the character has the Bidi_Mirrored property
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_BIDI_MIRRORED
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isMirrored(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Maps the specified character to a "mirror-image" character.
+ * For characters with the Bidi_Mirrored property, implementations
+ * sometimes need a "poor man's" mapping to another Unicode
+ * character (code point) such that the default glyph may serve
+ * as the mirror-image of the default glyph of the specified
+ * character. This is useful for text conversion to and from
+ * codepages with visual order, and for displays without glyph
+ * selecetion capabilities.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be mapped
+ * @return another Unicode code point that may serve as a mirror-image
+ * substitute, or c itself if there is no such mapping or c
+ * does not have the Bidi_Mirrored property
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_BIDI_MIRRORED
+ * @see u_isMirrored
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+u_charMirror(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the general category value for the code point.
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.getType().
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return the general category (UCharCategory) value
+ *
+ * @see UCharCategory
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int8_t U_EXPORT2
+u_charType(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Get a single-bit bit set for the general category of a character.
+ * This bit set can be compared bitwise with U_GC_SM_MASK, U_GC_L_MASK, etc.
+ * Same as U_MASK(u_charType(c)).
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return a single-bit mask corresponding to the general category (UCharCategory) value
+ *
+ * @see u_charType
+ * @see UCharCategory
+ * @see U_GC_CN_MASK
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+#define U_GET_GC_MASK(c) U_MASK(u_charType(c))
+
+/**
+ * Callback from u_enumCharTypes(), is called for each contiguous range
+ * of code points c (where start<=c<limit)
+ * with the same Unicode general category ("character type").
+ *
+ * The callback function can stop the enumeration by returning FALSE.
+ *
+ * @param context an opaque pointer, as passed into utrie_enum()
+ * @param start the first code point in a contiguous range with value
+ * @param limit one past the last code point in a contiguous range with value
+ * @param type the general category for all code points in [start..limit[
+ * @return FALSE to stop the enumeration
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ * @see UCharCategory
+ * @see u_enumCharTypes
+ */
+typedef UBool U_CALLCONV
+UCharEnumTypeRange(const void *context, UChar32 start, UChar32 limit, UCharCategory type);
+
+/**
+ * Enumerate efficiently all code points with their Unicode general categories.
+ *
+ * This is useful for building data structures (e.g., UnicodeSet's),
+ * for enumerating all assigned code points (type!=U_UNASSIGNED), etc.
+ *
+ * For each contiguous range of code points with a given general category ("character type"),
+ * the UCharEnumTypeRange function is called.
+ * Adjacent ranges have different types.
+ * The Unicode Standard guarantees that the numeric value of the type is 0..31.
+ *
+ * @param enumRange a pointer to a function that is called for each contiguous range
+ * of code points with the same general category
+ * @param context an opaque pointer that is passed on to the callback function
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ * @see UCharCategory
+ * @see UCharEnumTypeRange
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_enumCharTypes(UCharEnumTypeRange *enumRange, const void *context);
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_NORMALIZATION
+
+/**
+ * Returns the combining class of the code point as specified in UnicodeData.txt.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point of the character
+ * @return the combining class of the character
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE uint8_t U_EXPORT2
+u_getCombiningClass(UChar32 c);
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Returns the decimal digit value of a decimal digit character.
+ * Such characters have the general category "Nd" (decimal digit numbers)
+ * and a Numeric_Type of Decimal.
+ *
+ * Unlike ICU releases before 2.6, no digit values are returned for any
+ * Han characters because Han number characters are often used with a special
+ * Chinese-style number format (with characters for powers of 10 in between)
+ * instead of in decimal-positional notation.
+ * Unicode 4 explicitly assigns Han number characters the Numeric_Type
+ * Numeric instead of Decimal.
+ * See Jitterbug 1483 for more details.
+ *
+ * Use u_getIntPropertyValue(c, UCHAR_NUMERIC_TYPE) and u_getNumericValue()
+ * for complete numeric Unicode properties.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point for which to get the decimal digit value
+ * @return the decimal digit value of c,
+ * or -1 if c is not a decimal digit character
+ *
+ * @see u_getNumericValue
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_charDigitValue(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the Unicode allocation block that contains the character.
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return the block value (UBlockCode) for c
+ *
+ * @see UBlockCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBlockCode U_EXPORT2
+ublock_getCode(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve the name of a Unicode character.
+ * Depending on <code>nameChoice</code>, the character name written
+ * into the buffer is the "modern" name or the name that was defined
+ * in Unicode version 1.0.
+ * The name contains only "invariant" characters
+ * like A-Z, 0-9, space, and '-'.
+ * Unicode 1.0 names are only retrieved if they are different from the modern
+ * names and if the data file contains the data for them. gennames may or may
+ * not be called with a command line option to include 1.0 names in unames.dat.
+ *
+ * @param code The character (code point) for which to get the name.
+ * It must be <code>0<=code<=0x10ffff</code>.
+ * @param nameChoice Selector for which name to get.
+ * @param buffer Destination address for copying the name.
+ * The name will always be zero-terminated.
+ * If there is no name, then the buffer will be set to the empty string.
+ * @param bufferLength <code>==sizeof(buffer)</code>
+ * @param pErrorCode Pointer to a UErrorCode variable;
+ * check for <code>U_SUCCESS()</code> after <code>u_charName()</code>
+ * returns.
+ * @return The length of the name, or 0 if there is no name for this character.
+ * If the bufferLength is less than or equal to the length, then the buffer
+ * contains the truncated name and the returned length indicates the full
+ * length of the name.
+ * The length does not include the zero-termination.
+ *
+ * @see UCharNameChoice
+ * @see u_charFromName
+ * @see u_enumCharNames
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_charName(UChar32 code, UCharNameChoice nameChoice,
+ char *buffer, int32_t bufferLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Get the ISO 10646 comment for a character.
+ * The ISO 10646 comment is an informative field in the Unicode Character
+ * Database (UnicodeData.txt field 11) and is from the ISO 10646 names list.
+ *
+ * @param c The character (code point) for which to get the ISO comment.
+ * It must be <code>0<=c<=0x10ffff</code>.
+ * @param dest Destination address for copying the comment.
+ * The comment will be zero-terminated if possible.
+ * If there is no comment, then the buffer will be set to the empty string.
+ * @param destCapacity <code>==sizeof(dest)</code>
+ * @param pErrorCode Pointer to a UErrorCode variable;
+ * check for <code>U_SUCCESS()</code> after <code>u_getISOComment()</code>
+ * returns.
+ * @return The length of the comment, or 0 if there is no comment for this character.
+ * If the destCapacity is less than or equal to the length, then the buffer
+ * contains the truncated name and the returned length indicates the full
+ * length of the name.
+ * The length does not include the zero-termination.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_getISOComment(UChar32 c,
+ char *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Find a Unicode character by its name and return its code point value.
+ * The name is matched exactly and completely.
+ * If the name does not correspond to a code point, <i>pErrorCode</i>
+ * is set to <code>U_INVALID_CHAR_FOUND</code>.
+ * A Unicode 1.0 name is matched only if it differs from the modern name.
+ * Unicode names are all uppercase. Extended names are lowercase followed
+ * by an uppercase hexadecimal number, and within angle brackets.
+ *
+ * @param nameChoice Selector for which name to match.
+ * @param name The name to match.
+ * @param pErrorCode Pointer to a UErrorCode variable
+ * @return The Unicode value of the code point with the given name,
+ * or an undefined value if there is no such code point.
+ *
+ * @see UCharNameChoice
+ * @see u_charName
+ * @see u_enumCharNames
+ * @stable ICU 1.7
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+u_charFromName(UCharNameChoice nameChoice,
+ const char *name,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Type of a callback function for u_enumCharNames() that gets called
+ * for each Unicode character with the code point value and
+ * the character name.
+ * If such a function returns FALSE, then the enumeration is stopped.
+ *
+ * @param context The context pointer that was passed to u_enumCharNames().
+ * @param code The Unicode code point for the character with this name.
+ * @param nameChoice Selector for which kind of names is enumerated.
+ * @param name The character's name, zero-terminated.
+ * @param length The length of the name.
+ * @return TRUE if the enumeration should continue, FALSE to stop it.
+ *
+ * @see UCharNameChoice
+ * @see u_enumCharNames
+ * @stable ICU 1.7
+ */
+typedef UBool U_CALLCONV UEnumCharNamesFn(void *context,
+ UChar32 code,
+ UCharNameChoice nameChoice,
+ const char *name,
+ int32_t length);
+
+/**
+ * Enumerate all assigned Unicode characters between the start and limit
+ * code points (start inclusive, limit exclusive) and call a function
+ * for each, passing the code point value and the character name.
+ * For Unicode 1.0 names, only those are enumerated that differ from the
+ * modern names.
+ *
+ * @param start The first code point in the enumeration range.
+ * @param limit One more than the last code point in the enumeration range
+ * (the first one after the range).
+ * @param fn The function that is to be called for each character name.
+ * @param context An arbitrary pointer that is passed to the function.
+ * @param nameChoice Selector for which kind of names to enumerate.
+ * @param pErrorCode Pointer to a UErrorCode variable
+ *
+ * @see UCharNameChoice
+ * @see UEnumCharNamesFn
+ * @see u_charName
+ * @see u_charFromName
+ * @stable ICU 1.7
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_enumCharNames(UChar32 start, UChar32 limit,
+ UEnumCharNamesFn *fn,
+ void *context,
+ UCharNameChoice nameChoice,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Return the Unicode name for a given property, as given in the
+ * Unicode database file PropertyAliases.txt.
+ *
+ * In addition, this function maps the property
+ * UCHAR_GENERAL_CATEGORY_MASK to the synthetic names "gcm" /
+ * "General_Category_Mask". These names are not in
+ * PropertyAliases.txt.
+ *
+ * @param property UProperty selector other than UCHAR_INVALID_CODE.
+ * If out of range, NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * @param nameChoice selector for which name to get. If out of range,
+ * NULL is returned. All properties have a long name. Most
+ * have a short name, but some do not. Unicode allows for
+ * additional names; if present these will be returned by
+ * U_LONG_PROPERTY_NAME + i, where i=1, 2,...
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to the name, or NULL if either the
+ * property or the nameChoice is out of range. If a given
+ * nameChoice returns NULL, then all larger values of
+ * nameChoice will return NULL, with one exception: if NULL is
+ * returned for U_SHORT_PROPERTY_NAME, then
+ * U_LONG_PROPERTY_NAME (and higher) may still return a
+ * non-NULL value. The returned pointer is valid until
+ * u_cleanup() is called.
+ *
+ * @see UProperty
+ * @see UPropertyNameChoice
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+u_getPropertyName(UProperty property,
+ UPropertyNameChoice nameChoice);
+
+/**
+ * Return the UProperty enum for a given property name, as specified
+ * in the Unicode database file PropertyAliases.txt. Short, long, and
+ * any other variants are recognized.
+ *
+ * In addition, this function maps the synthetic names "gcm" /
+ * "General_Category_Mask" to the property
+ * UCHAR_GENERAL_CATEGORY_MASK. These names are not in
+ * PropertyAliases.txt.
+ *
+ * @param alias the property name to be matched. The name is compared
+ * using "loose matching" as described in PropertyAliases.txt.
+ *
+ * @return a UProperty enum, or UCHAR_INVALID_CODE if the given name
+ * does not match any property.
+ *
+ * @see UProperty
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UProperty U_EXPORT2
+u_getPropertyEnum(const char* alias);
+
+/**
+ * Return the Unicode name for a given property value, as given in the
+ * Unicode database file PropertyValueAliases.txt.
+ *
+ * Note: Some of the names in PropertyValueAliases.txt can only be
+ * retrieved using UCHAR_GENERAL_CATEGORY_MASK, not
+ * UCHAR_GENERAL_CATEGORY. These include: "C" / "Other", "L" /
+ * "Letter", "LC" / "Cased_Letter", "M" / "Mark", "N" / "Number", "P"
+ * / "Punctuation", "S" / "Symbol", and "Z" / "Separator".
+ *
+ * @param property UProperty selector constant.
+ * Must be UCHAR_BINARY_START<=which<UCHAR_BINARY_LIMIT
+ * or UCHAR_INT_START<=which<UCHAR_INT_LIMIT
+ * or UCHAR_MASK_START<=which<UCHAR_MASK_LIMIT.
+ * If out of range, NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * @param value selector for a value for the given property. If out
+ * of range, NULL is returned. In general, valid values range
+ * from 0 up to some maximum. There are a few exceptions:
+ * (1.) UCHAR_BLOCK values begin at the non-zero value
+ * UBLOCK_BASIC_LATIN. (2.) UCHAR_CANONICAL_COMBINING_CLASS
+ * values are not contiguous and range from 0..240. (3.)
+ * UCHAR_GENERAL_CATEGORY_MASK values are not values of
+ * UCharCategory, but rather mask values produced by
+ * U_GET_GC_MASK(). This allows grouped categories such as
+ * [:L:] to be represented. Mask values range
+ * non-contiguously from 1..U_GC_P_MASK.
+ *
+ * @param nameChoice selector for which name to get. If out of range,
+ * NULL is returned. All values have a long name. Most have
+ * a short name, but some do not. Unicode allows for
+ * additional names; if present these will be returned by
+ * U_LONG_PROPERTY_NAME + i, where i=1, 2,...
+
+ * @return a pointer to the name, or NULL if either the
+ * property or the nameChoice is out of range. If a given
+ * nameChoice returns NULL, then all larger values of
+ * nameChoice will return NULL, with one exception: if NULL is
+ * returned for U_SHORT_PROPERTY_NAME, then
+ * U_LONG_PROPERTY_NAME (and higher) may still return a
+ * non-NULL value. The returned pointer is valid until
+ * u_cleanup() is called.
+ *
+ * @see UProperty
+ * @see UPropertyNameChoice
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+u_getPropertyValueName(UProperty property,
+ int32_t value,
+ UPropertyNameChoice nameChoice);
+
+/**
+ * Return the property value integer for a given value name, as
+ * specified in the Unicode database file PropertyValueAliases.txt.
+ * Short, long, and any other variants are recognized.
+ *
+ * Note: Some of the names in PropertyValueAliases.txt will only be
+ * recognized with UCHAR_GENERAL_CATEGORY_MASK, not
+ * UCHAR_GENERAL_CATEGORY. These include: "C" / "Other", "L" /
+ * "Letter", "LC" / "Cased_Letter", "M" / "Mark", "N" / "Number", "P"
+ * / "Punctuation", "S" / "Symbol", and "Z" / "Separator".
+ *
+ * @param property UProperty selector constant.
+ * Must be UCHAR_BINARY_START<=which<UCHAR_BINARY_LIMIT
+ * or UCHAR_INT_START<=which<UCHAR_INT_LIMIT
+ * or UCHAR_MASK_START<=which<UCHAR_MASK_LIMIT.
+ * If out of range, UCHAR_INVALID_CODE is returned.
+ *
+ * @param alias the value name to be matched. The name is compared
+ * using "loose matching" as described in
+ * PropertyValueAliases.txt.
+ *
+ * @return a value integer or UCHAR_INVALID_CODE if the given name
+ * does not match any value of the given property, or if the
+ * property is invalid. Note: U CHAR_GENERAL_CATEGORY values
+ * are not values of UCharCategory, but rather mask values
+ * produced by U_GET_GC_MASK(). This allows grouped
+ * categories such as [:L:] to be represented.
+ *
+ * @see UProperty
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_getPropertyValueEnum(UProperty property,
+ const char* alias);
+
+/**
+ * Determines if the specified character is permissible as the
+ * first character in an identifier according to Unicode
+ * (The Unicode Standard, Version 3.0, chapter 5.16 Identifiers).
+ * True for characters with general categories "L" (letters) and "Nl" (letter numbers).
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.isUnicodeIdentifierStart().
+ * Same as UCHAR_ID_START
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point may start an identifier
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_ID_START
+ * @see u_isalpha
+ * @see u_isIDPart
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isIDStart(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines if the specified character is permissible
+ * in an identifier according to Java.
+ * True for characters with general categories "L" (letters),
+ * "Nl" (letter numbers), "Nd" (decimal digits),
+ * "Mc" and "Mn" (combining marks), "Pc" (connecting punctuation), and
+ * u_isIDIgnorable(c).
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.isUnicodeIdentifierPart().
+ * Almost the same as Unicode's ID_Continue (UCHAR_ID_CONTINUE)
+ * except that Unicode recommends to ignore Cf which is less than
+ * u_isIDIgnorable(c).
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point may occur in an identifier according to Java
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_ID_CONTINUE
+ * @see u_isIDStart
+ * @see u_isIDIgnorable
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isIDPart(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines if the specified character should be regarded
+ * as an ignorable character in an identifier,
+ * according to Java.
+ * True for characters with general category "Cf" (format controls) as well as
+ * non-whitespace ISO controls
+ * (U+0000..U+0008, U+000E..U+001B, U+007F..U+0084, U+0086..U+009F).
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.isIdentifierIgnorable()
+ * except that Java also returns TRUE for U+0085 Next Line
+ * (it omits U+0085 from whitespace ISO controls).
+ *
+ * Note that Unicode just recommends to ignore Cf (format controls).
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point is ignorable in identifiers according to Java
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_DEFAULT_IGNORABLE_CODE_POINT
+ * @see u_isIDStart
+ * @see u_isIDPart
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isIDIgnorable(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines if the specified character is permissible as the
+ * first character in a Java identifier.
+ * In addition to u_isIDStart(c), true for characters with
+ * general categories "Sc" (currency symbols) and "Pc" (connecting punctuation).
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.isJavaIdentifierStart().
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point may start a Java identifier
+ *
+ * @see u_isJavaIDPart
+ * @see u_isalpha
+ * @see u_isIDStart
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isJavaIDStart(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Determines if the specified character is permissible
+ * in a Java identifier.
+ * In addition to u_isIDPart(c), true for characters with
+ * general category "Sc" (currency symbols).
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.isJavaIdentifierPart().
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the code point may occur in a Java identifier
+ *
+ * @see u_isIDIgnorable
+ * @see u_isJavaIDStart
+ * @see u_isalpha
+ * @see u_isdigit
+ * @see u_isIDPart
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_isJavaIDPart(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * The given character is mapped to its lowercase equivalent according to
+ * UnicodeData.txt; if the character has no lowercase equivalent, the character
+ * itself is returned.
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.toLowerCase().
+ *
+ * This function only returns the simple, single-code point case mapping.
+ * Full case mappings should be used whenever possible because they produce
+ * better results by working on whole strings.
+ * They take into account the string context and the language and can map
+ * to a result string with a different length as appropriate.
+ * Full case mappings are applied by the string case mapping functions,
+ * see ustring.h and the UnicodeString class.
+ * See also the User Guide chapter on C/POSIX migration:
+ * http://icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be mapped
+ * @return the Simple_Lowercase_Mapping of the code point, if any;
+ * otherwise the code point itself.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+u_tolower(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * The given character is mapped to its uppercase equivalent according to UnicodeData.txt;
+ * if the character has no uppercase equivalent, the character itself is
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.toUpperCase().
+ *
+ * This function only returns the simple, single-code point case mapping.
+ * Full case mappings should be used whenever possible because they produce
+ * better results by working on whole strings.
+ * They take into account the string context and the language and can map
+ * to a result string with a different length as appropriate.
+ * Full case mappings are applied by the string case mapping functions,
+ * see ustring.h and the UnicodeString class.
+ * See also the User Guide chapter on C/POSIX migration:
+ * http://icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be mapped
+ * @return the Simple_Uppercase_Mapping of the code point, if any;
+ * otherwise the code point itself.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+u_toupper(UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * The given character is mapped to its titlecase equivalent
+ * according to UnicodeData.txt;
+ * if none is defined, the character itself is returned.
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.toTitleCase().
+ *
+ * This function only returns the simple, single-code point case mapping.
+ * Full case mappings should be used whenever possible because they produce
+ * better results by working on whole strings.
+ * They take into account the string context and the language and can map
+ * to a result string with a different length as appropriate.
+ * Full case mappings are applied by the string case mapping functions,
+ * see ustring.h and the UnicodeString class.
+ * See also the User Guide chapter on C/POSIX migration:
+ * http://icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be mapped
+ * @return the Simple_Titlecase_Mapping of the code point, if any;
+ * otherwise the code point itself.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+u_totitle(UChar32 c);
+
+/** Option value for case folding: use default mappings defined in CaseFolding.txt. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT 0
+
+/**
+ * Option value for case folding:
+ *
+ * Use the modified set of mappings provided in CaseFolding.txt to handle dotted I
+ * and dotless i appropriately for Turkic languages (tr, az).
+ *
+ * Before Unicode 3.2, CaseFolding.txt contains mappings marked with 'I' that
+ * are to be included for default mappings and
+ * excluded for the Turkic-specific mappings.
+ *
+ * Unicode 3.2 CaseFolding.txt instead contains mappings marked with 'T' that
+ * are to be excluded for default mappings and
+ * included for the Turkic-specific mappings.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I 1
+
+/**
+ * The given character is mapped to its case folding equivalent according to
+ * UnicodeData.txt and CaseFolding.txt;
+ * if the character has no case folding equivalent, the character
+ * itself is returned.
+ *
+ * This function only returns the simple, single-code point case mapping.
+ * Full case mappings should be used whenever possible because they produce
+ * better results by working on whole strings.
+ * They take into account the string context and the language and can map
+ * to a result string with a different length as appropriate.
+ * Full case mappings are applied by the string case mapping functions,
+ * see ustring.h and the UnicodeString class.
+ * See also the User Guide chapter on C/POSIX migration:
+ * http://icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings
+ *
+ * @param c the code point to be mapped
+ * @param options Either U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT or U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ * @return the Simple_Case_Folding of the code point, if any;
+ * otherwise the code point itself.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+u_foldCase(UChar32 c, uint32_t options);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the decimal digit value of the code point in the
+ * specified radix.
+ *
+ * If the radix is not in the range <code>2<=radix<=36</code> or if the
+ * value of <code>c</code> is not a valid digit in the specified
+ * radix, <code>-1</code> is returned. A character is a valid digit
+ * if at least one of the following is true:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>The character has a decimal digit value.
+ * Such characters have the general category "Nd" (decimal digit numbers)
+ * and a Numeric_Type of Decimal.
+ * In this case the value is the character's decimal digit value.</li>
+ * <li>The character is one of the uppercase Latin letters
+ * <code>'A'</code> through <code>'Z'</code>.
+ * In this case the value is <code>c-'A'+10</code>.</li>
+ * <li>The character is one of the lowercase Latin letters
+ * <code>'a'</code> through <code>'z'</code>.
+ * In this case the value is <code>ch-'a'+10</code>.</li>
+ * <li>Latin letters from both the ASCII range (0061..007A, 0041..005A)
+ * as well as from the Fullwidth ASCII range (FF41..FF5A, FF21..FF3A)
+ * are recognized.</li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.digit().
+ *
+ * @param ch the code point to be tested.
+ * @param radix the radix.
+ * @return the numeric value represented by the character in the
+ * specified radix,
+ * or -1 if there is no value or if the value exceeds the radix.
+ *
+ * @see UCHAR_NUMERIC_TYPE
+ * @see u_forDigit
+ * @see u_charDigitValue
+ * @see u_isdigit
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_digit(UChar32 ch, int8_t radix);
+
+/**
+ * Determines the character representation for a specific digit in
+ * the specified radix. If the value of <code>radix</code> is not a
+ * valid radix, or the value of <code>digit</code> is not a valid
+ * digit in the specified radix, the null character
+ * (<code>U+0000</code>) is returned.
+ * <p>
+ * The <code>radix</code> argument is valid if it is greater than or
+ * equal to 2 and less than or equal to 36.
+ * The <code>digit</code> argument is valid if
+ * <code>0 <= digit < radix</code>.
+ * <p>
+ * If the digit is less than 10, then
+ * <code>'0' + digit</code> is returned. Otherwise, the value
+ * <code>'a' + digit - 10</code> is returned.
+ *
+ * Same as java.lang.Character.forDigit().
+ *
+ * @param digit the number to convert to a character.
+ * @param radix the radix.
+ * @return the <code>char</code> representation of the specified digit
+ * in the specified radix.
+ *
+ * @see u_digit
+ * @see u_charDigitValue
+ * @see u_isdigit
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+u_forDigit(int32_t digit, int8_t radix);
+
+/**
+ * Get the "age" of the code point.
+ * The "age" is the Unicode version when the code point was first
+ * designated (as a non-character or for Private Use)
+ * or assigned a character.
+ * This can be useful to avoid emitting code points to receiving
+ * processes that do not accept newer characters.
+ * The data is from the UCD file DerivedAge.txt.
+ *
+ * @param c The code point.
+ * @param versionArray The Unicode version number array, to be filled in.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_charAge(UChar32 c, UVersionInfo versionArray);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the Unicode version information.
+ * The version array is filled in with the version information
+ * for the Unicode standard that is currently used by ICU.
+ * For example, Unicode version 3.1.1 is represented as an array with
+ * the values { 3, 1, 1, 0 }.
+ *
+ * @param versionArray an output array that will be filled in with
+ * the Unicode version number
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_getUnicodeVersion(UVersionInfo versionArray);
+
+/**
+ * Get the FC_NFKC_Closure property string for a character.
+ * See Unicode Standard Annex #15 for details, search for "FC_NFKC_Closure"
+ * or for "FNC": http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr15/
+ *
+ * @param c The character (code point) for which to get the FC_NFKC_Closure string.
+ * It must be <code>0<=c<=0x10ffff</code>.
+ * @param dest Destination address for copying the string.
+ * The string will be zero-terminated if possible.
+ * If there is no FC_NFKC_Closure string,
+ * then the buffer will be set to the empty string.
+ * @param destCapacity <code>==sizeof(dest)</code>
+ * @param pErrorCode Pointer to a UErrorCode variable.
+ * @return The length of the string, or 0 if there is no FC_NFKC_Closure string for this character.
+ * If the destCapacity is less than or equal to the length, then the buffer
+ * contains the truncated name and the returned length indicates the full
+ * length of the name.
+ * The length does not include the zero-termination.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_getFC_NFKC_Closure(UChar32 c, UChar *dest, int32_t destCapacity, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+U_CDECL_END
+
+#endif /*_UCHAR*/
+/*eof*/
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uchriter.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uchriter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d5a990
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uchriter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1998-2005, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef UCHRITER_H
+#define UCHRITER_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/chariter.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: UChar Character Iterator
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * A concrete subclass of CharacterIterator that iterates over the
+ * characters (code units or code points) in a UChar array.
+ * It's possible not only to create an
+ * iterator that iterates over an entire UChar array, but also to
+ * create one that iterates over only a subrange of a UChar array
+ * (iterators over different subranges of the same UChar array don't
+ * compare equal).
+ * @see CharacterIterator
+ * @see ForwardCharacterIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API UCharCharacterIterator : public CharacterIterator {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Create an iterator over the UChar array referred to by "textPtr".
+ * The iteration range is 0 to <code>length-1</code>.
+ * text is only aliased, not adopted (the
+ * destructor will not delete it).
+ * @param textPtr The UChar array to be iterated over
+ * @param length The length of the UChar array
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UCharCharacterIterator(const UChar* textPtr, int32_t length);
+
+ /**
+ * Create an iterator over the UChar array referred to by "textPtr".
+ * The iteration range is 0 to <code>length-1</code>.
+ * text is only aliased, not adopted (the
+ * destructor will not delete it).
+ * The starting
+ * position is specified by "position". If "position" is outside the valid
+ * iteration range, the behavior of this object is undefined.
+ * @param textPtr The UChar array to be iteratd over
+ * @param length The length of the UChar array
+ * @param position The starting position of the iteration
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UCharCharacterIterator(const UChar* textPtr, int32_t length,
+ int32_t position);
+
+ /**
+ * Create an iterator over the UChar array referred to by "textPtr".
+ * The iteration range is 0 to <code>end-1</code>.
+ * text is only aliased, not adopted (the
+ * destructor will not delete it).
+ * The starting
+ * position is specified by "position". If begin and end do not
+ * form a valid iteration range or "position" is outside the valid
+ * iteration range, the behavior of this object is undefined.
+ * @param textPtr The UChar array to be iterated over
+ * @param length The length of the UChar array
+ * @param textBegin The begin position of the iteration range
+ * @param textEnd The end position of the iteration range
+ * @param position The starting position of the iteration
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UCharCharacterIterator(const UChar* textPtr, int32_t length,
+ int32_t textBegin,
+ int32_t textEnd,
+ int32_t position);
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor. The new iterator iterates over the same range
+ * of the same string as "that", and its initial position is the
+ * same as "that"'s current position.
+ * @param that The UCharCharacterIterator to be copied
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UCharCharacterIterator(const UCharCharacterIterator& that);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~UCharCharacterIterator();
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator. *this is altered to iterate over the sane
+ * range of the same string as "that", and refers to the same
+ * character within that string as "that" does.
+ * @param that The object to be copied
+ * @return the newly created object
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UCharCharacterIterator&
+ operator=(const UCharCharacterIterator& that);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if the iterators iterate over the same range of the
+ * same string and are pointing at the same character.
+ * @param that The ForwardCharacterIterator used to be compared for equality
+ * @return true if the iterators iterate over the same range of the
+ * same string and are pointing at the same character.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const ForwardCharacterIterator& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Generates a hash code for this iterator.
+ * @return the hash code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t hashCode(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a new UCharCharacterIterator referring to the same
+ * character in the same range of the same string as this one. The
+ * caller must delete the new iterator.
+ * @return the CharacterIterator newly created
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual CharacterIterator* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the first code unit in its
+ * iteration range, and returns that code unit.
+ * This can be used to begin an iteration with next().
+ * @return the first code unit in its iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar first(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the first code unit in its
+ * iteration range, returns that code unit, and moves the position
+ * to the second code unit. This is an alternative to setToStart()
+ * for forward iteration with nextPostInc().
+ * @return the first code unit in its iteration range
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar firstPostInc(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the first code point in its
+ * iteration range, and returns that code unit,
+ * This can be used to begin an iteration with next32().
+ * Note that an iteration with next32PostInc(), beginning with,
+ * e.g., setToStart() or firstPostInc(), is more efficient.
+ * @return the first code point in its iteration range
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 first32(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the first code point in its
+ * iteration range, returns that code point, and moves the position
+ * to the second code point. This is an alternative to setToStart()
+ * for forward iteration with next32PostInc().
+ * @return the first code point in its iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 first32PostInc(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the last code unit in its
+ * iteration range, and returns that code unit.
+ * This can be used to begin an iteration with previous().
+ * @return the last code unit in its iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar last(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the last code point in its
+ * iteration range, and returns that code unit.
+ * This can be used to begin an iteration with previous32().
+ * @return the last code point in its iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 last32(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the "position"-th code unit
+ * in the text-storage object the iterator refers to, and
+ * returns that code unit.
+ * @param position the position within the text-storage object
+ * @return the code unit
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar setIndex(int32_t position);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to refer to the beginning of the code point
+ * that contains the "position"-th code unit
+ * in the text-storage object the iterator refers to, and
+ * returns that code point.
+ * The current position is adjusted to the beginning of the code point
+ * (its first code unit).
+ * @param position the position within the text-storage object
+ * @return the code unit
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 setIndex32(int32_t position);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the code unit the iterator currently refers to.
+ * @return the code unit the iterator currently refers to.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar current(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the code point the iterator currently refers to.
+ * @return the code point the iterator currently refers to.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 current32(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Advances to the next code unit in the iteration range (toward
+ * endIndex()), and returns that code unit. If there are no more
+ * code units to return, returns DONE.
+ * @return the next code unit in the iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar next(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the current code unit for returning and advances to the next code unit
+ * in the iteration range
+ * (toward endIndex()). If there are
+ * no more code units to return, returns DONE.
+ * @return the current code unit.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar nextPostInc(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Advances to the next code point in the iteration range (toward
+ * endIndex()), and returns that code point. If there are no more
+ * code points to return, returns DONE.
+ * Note that iteration with "pre-increment" semantics is less
+ * efficient than iteration with "post-increment" semantics
+ * that is provided by next32PostInc().
+ * @return the next code point in the iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 next32(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the current code point for returning and advances to the next code point
+ * in the iteration range
+ * (toward endIndex()). If there are
+ * no more code points to return, returns DONE.
+ * @return the current point.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 next32PostInc(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns FALSE if there are no more code units or code points
+ * at or after the current position in the iteration range.
+ * This is used with nextPostInc() or next32PostInc() in forward
+ * iteration.
+ * @return FALSE if there are no more code units or code points
+ * at or after the current position in the iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool hasNext();
+
+ /**
+ * Advances to the previous code unit in the iteration range (toward
+ * startIndex()), and returns that code unit. If there are no more
+ * code units to return, returns DONE.
+ * @return the previous code unit in the iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar previous(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Advances to the previous code point in the iteration range (toward
+ * startIndex()), and returns that code point. If there are no more
+ * code points to return, returns DONE.
+ * @return the previous code point in the iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 previous32(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns FALSE if there are no more code units or code points
+ * before the current position in the iteration range.
+ * This is used with previous() or previous32() in backward
+ * iteration.
+ * @return FALSE if there are no more code units or code points
+ * before the current position in the iteration range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool hasPrevious();
+
+ /**
+ * Moves the current position relative to the start or end of the
+ * iteration range, or relative to the current position itself.
+ * The movement is expressed in numbers of code units forward
+ * or backward by specifying a positive or negative delta.
+ * @param delta the position relative to origin. A positive delta means forward;
+ * a negative delta means backward.
+ * @param origin Origin enumeration {kStart, kCurrent, kEnd}
+ * @return the new position
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t move(int32_t delta, EOrigin origin);
+
+ /**
+ * Moves the current position relative to the start or end of the
+ * iteration range, or relative to the current position itself.
+ * The movement is expressed in numbers of code points forward
+ * or backward by specifying a positive or negative delta.
+ * @param delta the position relative to origin. A positive delta means forward;
+ * a negative delta means backward.
+ * @param origin Origin enumeration {kStart, kCurrent, kEnd}
+ * @return the new position
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t move32(int32_t delta, EOrigin origin);
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the iterator to iterate over a new range of text
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setText(const UChar* newText, int32_t newTextLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Copies the UChar array under iteration into the UnicodeString
+ * referred to by "result". Even if this iterator iterates across
+ * only a part of this string, the whole string is copied.
+ * @param result Receives a copy of the text under iteration.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void getText(UnicodeString& result);
+
+ /**
+ * Return a class ID for this class (not really public)
+ * @return a class ID for this class
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Return a class ID for this object (not really public)
+ * @return a class ID for this object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+
+protected:
+ /**
+ * Protected constructor
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UCharCharacterIterator();
+ /**
+ * Protected member text
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ const UChar* text;
+
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uclean.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uclean.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a13924a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uclean.h
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+* *
+* Copyright (C) 2001-2005, International Business Machines *
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved. *
+* *
+******************************************************************************
+* file name: uclean.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 2001July05
+* created by: George Rhoten
+*/
+
+#ifndef __UCLEAN_H__
+#define __UCLEAN_H__
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Initialize and clean up ICU
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Initialize ICU. The description further below applies to ICU 2.6 to ICU 3.4.
+ * Starting with ICU 3.4, u_init() needs not be called any more for
+ * ensuring thread safety, but it can give an indication for whether ICU
+ * can load its data. In ICU 3.4, it will try to load the converter alias table
+ * (cnvalias.icu) and give an error code if that fails.
+ * This may change in the future.
+ * <p>
+ * For ensuring the availability of necessary data, an application should
+ * open the service objects (converters, collators, etc.) that it will use
+ * and check for error codes there.
+ * <p>
+ * Documentation for ICU 2.6 to ICU 3.4:
+ * <p>
+ * This function loads and initializes data items
+ * that are required internally by various ICU functions. Use of this explicit
+ * initialization is required in multi-threaded applications; in
+ * single threaded apps, use is optional, but incurs little additional
+ * cost, and is thus recommended.
+ * <p>
+ * In multi-threaded applications, u_init() should be called in the
+ * main thread before starting additional threads, or, alternatively
+ * it can be called in each individual thread once, before other ICU
+ * functions are called in that thread. In this second scenario, the
+ * application must guarantee that the first call to u_init() happen
+ * without contention, in a single thread only.
+ * <p>
+ * If <code>u_setMemoryFunctions()</code> or
+ * <code>u_setMutexFunctions</code> are needed (uncommon), they must be
+ * called _before_ <code>u_init()</code>.
+ * <p>
+ * Extra, repeated, or otherwise unneeded calls to u_init() do no harm,
+ * other than taking a small amount of time.
+ *
+ * @param status An ICU UErrorCode parameter. It must not be <code>NULL</code>.
+ * An Error will be returned if some required part of ICU data can not
+ * be loaded or initialized.
+ * The function returns immediately if the input error code indicates a
+ * failure, as usual.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_init(UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Clean up the system resources, such as allocated memory or open files,
+ * used in all ICU libraries. This will free/delete all memory owned by the
+ * ICU libraries, and return them to their original load state. All open ICU
+ * items (collators, resource bundles, converters, etc.) must be closed before
+ * calling this function, otherwise ICU may not free its allocated memory
+ * (e.g. close your converters and resource bundles before calling this
+ * function). Generally, this function should be called once just before
+ * an application exits. For applications that dynamically load and unload
+ * the ICU libraries (relatively uncommon), u_cleanup() should be called
+ * just before the library unload.
+ * <p>
+ * u_cleanup() also clears any ICU heap functions, mutex functions or
+ * trace functions that may have been set for the process.
+ * This has the effect of restoring ICU to its initial condition, before
+ * any of these override functions were installed. Refer to
+ * u_setMemoryFunctions(), u_setMutexFunctions and
+ * utrace_setFunctions(). If ICU is to be reinitialized after after
+ * calling u_cleanup(), these runtime override functions will need to
+ * be set up again if they are still required.
+ * <p>
+ * u_cleanup() is not thread safe. All other threads should stop using ICU
+ * before calling this function.
+ * <p>
+ * Any open ICU items will be left in an undefined state by u_cleanup(),
+ * and any subsequent attempt to use such an item will give unpredictable
+ * results.
+ * <p>
+ * After calling u_cleanup(), an application may continue to use ICU by
+ * calling u_init(). An application must invoke u_init() first from one single
+ * thread before allowing other threads call u_init(). All threads existing
+ * at the time of the first thread's call to u_init() must also call
+ * u_init() themselves before continuing with other ICU operations.
+ * <p>
+ * The use of u_cleanup() just before an application terminates is optional,
+ * but it should be called only once for performance reasons. The primary
+ * benefit is to eliminate reports of memory or resource leaks originating
+ * in ICU code from the results generated by heap analysis tools.
+ * <p>
+ * <strong>Use this function with great care!</strong>
+ * </p>
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ * @system
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_cleanup(void);
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * An opaque pointer type that represents an ICU mutex.
+ * For user-implemented mutexes, the value will typically point to a
+ * struct or object that implements the mutex.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ * @system
+ */
+typedef void *UMTX;
+
+/**
+ * Function Pointer type for a user supplied mutex initialization function.
+ * The user-supplied function will be called by ICU whenever ICU needs to create a
+ * new mutex. The function implementation should create a mutex, and store a pointer
+ * to something that uniquely identifies the mutex into the UMTX that is supplied
+ * as a paramter.
+ * @param context user supplied value, obtained from from u_setMutexFunctions().
+ * @param mutex Receives a pointer that identifies the new mutex.
+ * The mutex init function must set the UMTX to a non-null value.
+ * Subsequent calls by ICU to lock, unlock, or destroy a mutex will
+ * identify the mutex by the UMTX value.
+ * @param status Error status. Report errors back to ICU by setting this variable
+ * with an error code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ * @system
+ */
+typedef void U_CALLCONV UMtxInitFn (const void *context, UMTX *mutex, UErrorCode* status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Function Pointer type for a user supplied mutex functions.
+ * One of the user-supplied functions with this signature will be called by ICU
+ * whenever ICU needs to lock, unlock, or destroy a mutex.
+ * @param context user supplied value, obtained from from u_setMutexFunctions().
+ * @param mutex specify the mutex on which to operate.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ * @system
+ */
+typedef void U_CALLCONV UMtxFn (const void *context, UMTX *mutex);
+
+
+/**
+ * Set the functions that ICU will use for mutex operations
+ * Use of this function is optional; by default (without this function), ICU will
+ * directly access system functions for mutex operations
+ * This function can only be used when ICU is in an initial, unused state, before
+ * u_init() has been called.
+ * This function may be used even when ICU has been built without multi-threaded
+ * support (see ICU_USE_THREADS pre-processor variable, umutex.h)
+ * @param context This pointer value will be saved, and then (later) passed as
+ * a parameter to the user-supplied mutex functions each time they
+ * are called.
+ * @param init Pointer to a mutex initialization function. Must be non-null.
+ * @param destroy Pointer to the mutex destroy function. Must be non-null.
+ * @param lock pointer to the mutex lock function. Must be non-null.
+ * @param unlock Pointer to the mutex unlock function. Must be non-null.
+ * @param status Receives error values.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ * @system
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_setMutexFunctions(const void *context, UMtxInitFn *init, UMtxFn *destroy, UMtxFn *lock, UMtxFn *unlock,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Pointer type for a user supplied atomic increment or decrement function.
+ * @param context user supplied value, obtained from from u_setAtomicIncDecFunctions().
+ * @param p Pointer to a 32 bit int to be incremented or decremented
+ * @return The value of the variable after the inc or dec operation.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ * @system
+ */
+typedef int32_t U_CALLCONV UMtxAtomicFn(const void *context, int32_t *p);
+
+/**
+ * Set the functions that ICU will use for atomic increment and decrement of int32_t values.
+ * Use of this function is optional; by default (without this function), ICU will
+ * use its own internal implementation of atomic increment/decrement.
+ * This function can only be used when ICU is in an initial, unused state, before
+ * u_init() has been called.
+ * @param context This pointer value will be saved, and then (later) passed as
+ * a parameter to the increment and decrement functions each time they
+ * are called. This function can only be called
+ * @param inc Pointer to a function to do an atomic increment operation. Must be non-null.
+ * @param dec Pointer to a function to do an atomic decrement operation. Must be non-null.
+ * @param status Receives error values.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ * @system
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_setAtomicIncDecFunctions(const void *context, UMtxAtomicFn *inc, UMtxAtomicFn *dec,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Pointer type for a user supplied memory allocation function.
+ * @param context user supplied value, obtained from from u_setMemoryFunctions().
+ * @param size The number of bytes to be allocated
+ * @return Pointer to the newly allocated memory, or NULL if the allocation failed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ * @system
+ */
+typedef void *U_CALLCONV UMemAllocFn(const void *context, size_t size);
+/**
+ * Pointer type for a user supplied memory re-allocation function.
+ * @param context user supplied value, obtained from from u_setMemoryFunctions().
+ * @param size The number of bytes to be allocated
+ * @return Pointer to the newly allocated memory, or NULL if the allocation failed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ * @system
+ */
+typedef void *U_CALLCONV UMemReallocFn(const void *context, void *mem, size_t size);
+/**
+ * Pointer type for a user supplied memory free function. Behavior should be
+ * similar the standard C library free().
+ * @param context user supplied value, obtained from from u_setMemoryFunctions().
+ * @param mem Pointer to the memory block to be resized
+ * @param size The new size for the block
+ * @return Pointer to the resized memory block, or NULL if the resizing failed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ * @system
+ */
+typedef void U_CALLCONV UMemFreeFn (const void *context, void *mem);
+
+/**
+ * Set the functions that ICU will use for memory allocation.
+ * Use of this function is optional; by default (without this function), ICU will
+ * use the standard C library malloc() and free() functions.
+ * This function can only be used when ICU is in an initial, unused state, before
+ * u_init() has been called.
+ * @param context This pointer value will be saved, and then (later) passed as
+ * a parameter to the memory functions each time they
+ * are called.
+ * @param a Pointer to a user-supplied malloc function.
+ * @param r Pointer to a user-supplied realloc function.
+ * @param f Pointer to a user-supplied free function.
+ * @param status Receives error values.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ * @system
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_setMemoryFunctions(const void *context, UMemAllocFn *a, UMemReallocFn *r, UMemFreeFn *f,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucnv.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucnv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfd7198
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucnv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1967 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+ * ucnv.h:
+ * External APIs for the ICU's codeset conversion library
+ * Bertrand A. Damiba
+ *
+ * Modification History:
+ *
+ * Date Name Description
+ * 04/04/99 helena Fixed internal header inclusion.
+ * 05/11/00 helena Added setFallback and usesFallback APIs.
+ * 06/29/2000 helena Major rewrite of the callback APIs.
+ * 12/07/2000 srl Update of documentation
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Character conversion
+ *
+ * <h2>Character Conversion C API</h2>
+ *
+ * <p>This API is used to convert codepage or character encoded data to and
+ * from UTF-16. You can open a converter with {@link ucnv_open() }. With that
+ * converter, you can get its properties, set options, convert your data and
+ * close the converter.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Since many software programs recogize different converter names for
+ * different types of converters, there are other functions in this API to
+ * iterate over the converter aliases. The functions {@link ucnv_getAvailableName() },
+ * {@link ucnv_getAlias() } and {@link ucnv_getStandardName() } are some of the
+ * more frequently used alias functions to get this information.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>When a converter encounters an illegal, irregular, invalid or unmappable character
+ * its default behavior is to use a substitution character to replace the
+ * bad byte sequence. This behavior can be changed by using {@link ucnv_setFromUCallBack() }
+ * or {@link ucnv_setToUCallBack() } on the converter. The header ucnv_err.h defines
+ * many other callback actions that can be used instead of a character substitution.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>More information about this API can be found in our
+ * <a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/conversion.html">User's
+ * Guide</a>.</p>
+ */
+
+#ifndef UCNV_H
+#define UCNV_H
+
+#include "unicode/ucnv_err.h"
+#include "unicode/uenum.h"
+
+#ifndef __USET_H__
+
+/**
+ * USet is the C API type for Unicode sets.
+ * It is forward-declared here to avoid including the header file if related
+ * conversion APIs are not used.
+ * See unicode/uset.h
+ *
+ * @see ucnv_getUnicodeSet
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+struct USet;
+/** @stable ICU 2.6 */
+typedef struct USet USet;
+
+#endif
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION
+
+U_CDECL_BEGIN
+
+/** Maximum length of a converter name including the terminating NULL @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define UCNV_MAX_CONVERTER_NAME_LENGTH 60
+/** Maximum length of a converter name including path and terminating NULL @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define UCNV_MAX_FULL_FILE_NAME_LENGTH (600+UCNV_MAX_CONVERTER_NAME_LENGTH)
+
+/** Shift in for EBDCDIC_STATEFUL and iso2022 states @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define UCNV_SI 0x0F
+/** Shift out for EBDCDIC_STATEFUL and iso2022 states @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define UCNV_SO 0x0E
+
+/**
+ * Enum for specifying basic types of converters
+ * @see ucnv_getType
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ UCNV_UNSUPPORTED_CONVERTER = -1,
+ UCNV_SBCS = 0,
+ UCNV_DBCS = 1,
+ UCNV_MBCS = 2,
+ UCNV_LATIN_1 = 3,
+ UCNV_UTF8 = 4,
+ UCNV_UTF16_BigEndian = 5,
+ UCNV_UTF16_LittleEndian = 6,
+ UCNV_UTF32_BigEndian = 7,
+ UCNV_UTF32_LittleEndian = 8,
+ UCNV_EBCDIC_STATEFUL = 9,
+ UCNV_ISO_2022 = 10,
+
+ UCNV_LMBCS_1 = 11,
+ UCNV_LMBCS_2,
+ UCNV_LMBCS_3,
+ UCNV_LMBCS_4,
+ UCNV_LMBCS_5,
+ UCNV_LMBCS_6,
+ UCNV_LMBCS_8,
+ UCNV_LMBCS_11,
+ UCNV_LMBCS_16,
+ UCNV_LMBCS_17,
+ UCNV_LMBCS_18,
+ UCNV_LMBCS_19,
+ UCNV_LMBCS_LAST = UCNV_LMBCS_19,
+ UCNV_HZ,
+ UCNV_SCSU,
+ UCNV_ISCII,
+ UCNV_US_ASCII,
+ UCNV_UTF7,
+ UCNV_BOCU1,
+ UCNV_UTF16,
+ UCNV_UTF32,
+ UCNV_CESU8,
+ UCNV_IMAP_MAILBOX,
+
+ /* Number of converter types for which we have conversion routines. */
+ UCNV_NUMBER_OF_SUPPORTED_CONVERTER_TYPES
+
+} UConverterType;
+
+/**
+ * Enum for specifying which platform a converter ID refers to.
+ * The use of platform/CCSID is not recommended. See ucnv_openCCSID().
+ *
+ * @see ucnv_getPlatform
+ * @see ucnv_openCCSID
+ * @see ucnv_getCCSID
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ UCNV_UNKNOWN = -1,
+ UCNV_IBM = 0
+} UConverterPlatform;
+
+/**
+ * Function pointer for error callback in the codepage to unicode direction.
+ * Called when an error has occured in conversion to unicode, or on open/close of the callback (see reason).
+ * @param context Pointer to the callback's private data
+ * @param args Information about the conversion in progress
+ * @param codeUnits Points to 'length' bytes of the concerned codepage sequence
+ * @param length Size (in bytes) of the concerned codepage sequence
+ * @param reason Defines the reason the callback was invoked
+ * @param pErrorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * For converter callback functions, set to a conversion error
+ * before the call, and the callback may reset it to U_ZERO_ERROR.
+ * @see ucnv_setToUCallBack
+ * @see UConverterToUnicodeArgs
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef void (U_EXPORT2 *UConverterToUCallback) (
+ const void* context,
+ UConverterToUnicodeArgs *args,
+ const char *codeUnits,
+ int32_t length,
+ UConverterCallbackReason reason,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Function pointer for error callback in the unicode to codepage direction.
+ * Called when an error has occured in conversion from unicode, or on open/close of the callback (see reason).
+ * @param context Pointer to the callback's private data
+ * @param args Information about the conversion in progress
+ * @param codeUnits Points to 'length' UChars of the concerned Unicode sequence
+ * @param length Size (in bytes) of the concerned codepage sequence
+ * @param codePoint Single UChar32 (UTF-32) containing the concerend Unicode codepoint.
+ * @param reason Defines the reason the callback was invoked
+ * @param pErrorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * For converter callback functions, set to a conversion error
+ * before the call, and the callback may reset it to U_ZERO_ERROR.
+ * @see ucnv_setFromUCallBack
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef void (U_EXPORT2 *UConverterFromUCallback) (
+ const void* context,
+ UConverterFromUnicodeArgs *args,
+ const UChar* codeUnits,
+ int32_t length,
+ UChar32 codePoint,
+ UConverterCallbackReason reason,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+U_CDECL_END
+
+/**
+ * Character that separates converter names from options and options from each other.
+ * @see ucnv_open
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UCNV_OPTION_SEP_CHAR ','
+
+/**
+ * String version of UCNV_OPTION_SEP_CHAR.
+ * @see ucnv_open
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UCNV_OPTION_SEP_STRING ","
+
+/**
+ * Character that separates a converter option from its value.
+ * @see ucnv_open
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UCNV_VALUE_SEP_CHAR '='
+
+/**
+ * String version of UCNV_VALUE_SEP_CHAR.
+ * @see ucnv_open
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UCNV_VALUE_SEP_STRING "="
+
+/**
+ * Converter option for specifying a locale.
+ * For example, ucnv_open("SCSU,locale=ja", &errorCode);
+ * See convrtrs.txt.
+ *
+ * @see ucnv_open
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UCNV_LOCALE_OPTION_STRING ",locale="
+
+/**
+ * Converter option for specifying a version selector (0..9) for some converters.
+ * For example, ucnv_open("UTF-7,version=1", &errorCode);
+ * See convrtrs.txt.
+ *
+ * @see ucnv_open
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define UCNV_VERSION_OPTION_STRING ",version="
+
+/**
+ * Converter option for EBCDIC SBCS or mixed-SBCS/DBCS (stateful) codepages.
+ * Swaps Unicode mappings for EBCDIC LF and NL codes, as used on
+ * S/390 (z/OS) Unix System Services (Open Edition).
+ * For example, ucnv_open("ibm-1047,swaplfnl", &errorCode);
+ * See convrtrs.txt.
+ *
+ * @see ucnv_open
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define UCNV_SWAP_LFNL_OPTION_STRING ",swaplfnl"
+
+/**
+ * Do a fuzzy compare of two converter/alias names.
+ * The comparison is case-insensitive, ignores leading zeroes if they are not
+ * followed by further digits, and ignores all but letters and digits.
+ * Thus the strings "UTF-8", "utf_8", "u*T@f08" and "Utf 8" are exactly equivalent.
+ * See section 1.4, Charset Alias Matching in Unicode Technical Standard #22
+ * at http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr22/
+ *
+ * @param name1 a converter name or alias, zero-terminated
+ * @param name2 a converter name or alias, zero-terminated
+ * @return 0 if the names match, or a negative value if the name1
+ * lexically precedes name2, or a positive value if the name1
+ * lexically follows name2.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_compareNames(const char *name1, const char *name2);
+
+
+/**
+ * Creates a UConverter object with the name of a coded character set specified as a C string.
+ * The actual name will be resolved with the alias file
+ * using a case-insensitive string comparison that ignores
+ * leading zeroes and all non-alphanumeric characters.
+ * E.g., the names "UTF8", "utf-8", "u*T@f08" and "Utf 8" are all equivalent.
+ * (See also ucnv_compareNames().)
+ * If <code>NULL</code> is passed for the converter name, it will create one with the
+ * getDefaultName return value.
+ *
+ * <p>A converter name for ICU 1.5 and above may contain options
+ * like a locale specification to control the specific behavior of
+ * the newly instantiated converter.
+ * The meaning of the options depends on the particular converter.
+ * If an option is not defined for or recognized by a given converter, then it is ignored.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Options are appended to the converter name string, with a
+ * <code>UCNV_OPTION_SEP_CHAR</code> between the name and the first option and
+ * also between adjacent options.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>If the alias is ambiguous, then the preferred converter is used
+ * and the status is set to U_AMBIGUOUS_ALIAS_WARNING.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The conversion behavior and names can vary between platforms. ICU may
+ * convert some characters differently from other platforms. Details on this topic
+ * are in the <a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/conversion.html">User's
+ * Guide</a>. Aliases starting with a "cp" prefix have no specific meaning
+ * other than its an alias starting with the letters "cp". Please do not
+ * associate any meaning to these aliases.</p>
+ *
+ * @param converterName Name of the coded character set table.
+ * This may have options appended to the string.
+ * IANA alias character set names, IBM CCSIDs starting with "ibm-",
+ * Windows codepage numbers starting with "windows-" are frequently
+ * used for this parameter. See ucnv_getAvailableName and
+ * ucnv_getAlias for a complete list that is available.
+ * If this parameter is NULL, the default converter will be used.
+ * @param err outgoing error status <TT>U_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_ERROR, U_FILE_ACCESS_ERROR</TT>
+ * @return the created Unicode converter object, or <TT>NULL</TT> if an error occured
+ * @see ucnv_openU
+ * @see ucnv_openCCSID
+ * @see ucnv_getAvailableName
+ * @see ucnv_getAlias
+ * @see ucnv_getDefaultName
+ * @see ucnv_close
+ * @see ucnv_compareNames
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UConverter* U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_open(const char *converterName, UErrorCode *err);
+
+
+/**
+ * Creates a Unicode converter with the names specified as unicode string.
+ * The name should be limited to the ASCII-7 alphanumerics range.
+ * The actual name will be resolved with the alias file
+ * using a case-insensitive string comparison that ignores
+ * leading zeroes and all non-alphanumeric characters.
+ * E.g., the names "UTF8", "utf-8", "u*T@f08" and "Utf 8" are all equivalent.
+ * (See also ucnv_compareNames().)
+ * If <TT>NULL</TT> is passed for the converter name, it will create
+ * one with the ucnv_getDefaultName() return value.
+ * If the alias is ambiguous, then the preferred converter is used
+ * and the status is set to U_AMBIGUOUS_ALIAS_WARNING.
+ *
+ * <p>See ucnv_open for the complete details</p>
+ * @param name Name of the UConverter table in a zero terminated
+ * Unicode string
+ * @param err outgoing error status <TT>U_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_ERROR,
+ * U_FILE_ACCESS_ERROR</TT>
+ * @return the created Unicode converter object, or <TT>NULL</TT> if an
+ * error occured
+ * @see ucnv_open
+ * @see ucnv_openCCSID
+ * @see ucnv_close
+ * @see ucnv_compareNames
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UConverter* U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_openU(const UChar *name,
+ UErrorCode *err);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a UConverter object from a CCSID number and platform pair.
+ * Note that the usefulness of this function is limited to platforms with numeric
+ * encoding IDs. Only IBM and Microsoft platforms use numeric (16-bit) identifiers for
+ * encodings.
+ *
+ * In addition, IBM CCSIDs and Unicode conversion tables are not 1:1 related.
+ * For many IBM CCSIDs there are multiple (up to six) Unicode conversion tables, and
+ * for some Unicode conversion tables there are multiple CCSIDs.
+ * Some "alternate" Unicode conversion tables are provided by the
+ * IBM CDRA conversion table registry.
+ * The most prominent example of a systematic modification of conversion tables that is
+ * not provided in the form of conversion table files in the repository is
+ * that S/390 Unix System Services swaps the codes for Line Feed and New Line in all
+ * EBCDIC codepages, which requires such a swap in the Unicode conversion tables as well.
+ *
+ * Only IBM default conversion tables are accessible with ucnv_openCCSID().
+ * ucnv_getCCSID() will return the same CCSID for all conversion tables that are associated
+ * with that CCSID.
+ *
+ * Currently, the only "platform" supported in the ICU converter API is UCNV_IBM.
+ *
+ * In summary, the use of CCSIDs and the associated API functions is not recommended.
+ *
+ * In order to open a converter with the default IBM CDRA Unicode conversion table,
+ * you can use this function or use the prefix "ibm-":
+ * \code
+ * char name[20];
+ * sprintf(name, "ibm-%hu", ccsid);
+ * cnv=ucnv_open(name, &errorCode);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * In order to open a converter with the IBM S/390 Unix System Services variant
+ * of a Unicode/EBCDIC conversion table,
+ * you can use the prefix "ibm-" together with the option string UCNV_SWAP_LFNL_OPTION_STRING:
+ * \code
+ * char name[20];
+ * sprintf(name, "ibm-%hu" UCNV_SWAP_LFNL_OPTION_STRING, ccsid);
+ * cnv=ucnv_open(name, &errorCode);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * In order to open a converter from a Microsoft codepage number, use the prefix "cp":
+ * \code
+ * char name[20];
+ * sprintf(name, "cp%hu", codepageID);
+ * cnv=ucnv_open(name, &errorCode);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * If the alias is ambiguous, then the preferred converter is used
+ * and the status is set to U_AMBIGUOUS_ALIAS_WARNING.
+ *
+ * @param codepage codepage number to create
+ * @param platform the platform in which the codepage number exists
+ * @param err error status <TT>U_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_ERROR, U_FILE_ACCESS_ERROR</TT>
+ * @return the created Unicode converter object, or <TT>NULL</TT> if an error
+ * occured.
+ * @see ucnv_open
+ * @see ucnv_openU
+ * @see ucnv_close
+ * @see ucnv_getCCSID
+ * @see ucnv_getPlatform
+ * @see UConverterPlatform
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UConverter* U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_openCCSID(int32_t codepage,
+ UConverterPlatform platform,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+/**
+ * <p>Creates a UConverter object specified from a packageName and a converterName.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The packageName and converterName must point to an ICU udata object, as defined by
+ * <code> udata_open( packageName, "cnv", converterName, err) </code> or equivalent.
+ * Typically, packageName will refer to a (.dat) file, or to a package registered with
+ * udata_setAppData(). Using a full file or directory pathname for packageName is deprecated.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The name will NOT be looked up in the alias mechanism, nor will the converter be
+ * stored in the converter cache or the alias table. The only way to open further converters
+ * is call this function multiple times, or use the ucnv_safeClone() function to clone a
+ * 'master' converter.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>A future version of ICU may add alias table lookups and/or caching
+ * to this function.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Example Use:
+ * <code>cnv = ucnv_openPackage("myapp", "myconverter", &err);</code>
+ * </p>
+ *
+ * @param packageName name of the package (equivalent to 'path' in udata_open() call)
+ * @param converterName name of the data item to be used, without suffix.
+ * @param err outgoing error status <TT>U_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_ERROR, U_FILE_ACCESS_ERROR</TT>
+ * @return the created Unicode converter object, or <TT>NULL</TT> if an error occured
+ * @see udata_open
+ * @see ucnv_open
+ * @see ucnv_safeClone
+ * @see ucnv_close
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE UConverter* U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_openPackage(const char *packageName, const char *converterName, UErrorCode *err);
+
+/**
+ * Thread safe converter cloning operation.
+ * For most efficient operation, pass in a stackBuffer (and a *pBufferSize)
+ * with at least U_CNV_SAFECLONE_BUFFERSIZE bytes of space.
+ * If the buffer size is sufficient, then the clone will use the stack buffer;
+ * otherwise, it will be allocated, and *pBufferSize will indicate
+ * the actual size. (This should not occur with U_CNV_SAFECLONE_BUFFERSIZE.)
+ *
+ * You must ucnv_close() the clone in any case.
+ *
+ * If *pBufferSize==0, (regardless of whether stackBuffer==NULL or not)
+ * then *pBufferSize will be changed to a sufficient size
+ * for cloning this converter,
+ * without actually cloning the converter ("pure pre-flighting").
+ *
+ * If *pBufferSize is greater than zero but not large enough for a stack-based
+ * clone, then the converter is cloned using newly allocated memory
+ * and *pBufferSize is changed to the necessary size.
+ *
+ * If the converter clone fits into the stack buffer but the stack buffer is not
+ * sufficiently aligned for the clone, then the clone will use an
+ * adjusted pointer and use an accordingly smaller buffer size.
+ *
+ * @param cnv converter to be cloned
+ * @param stackBuffer user allocated space for the new clone. If NULL new memory will be allocated.
+ * If buffer is not large enough, new memory will be allocated.
+ * Clients can use the U_CNV_SAFECLONE_BUFFERSIZE. This will probably be enough to avoid memory allocations.
+ * @param pBufferSize pointer to size of allocated space. pBufferSize must not be NULL.
+ * @param status to indicate whether the operation went on smoothly or there were errors
+ * An informational status value, U_SAFECLONE_ALLOCATED_WARNING,
+ * is used if any allocations were necessary.
+ * However, it is better to check if *pBufferSize grew for checking for
+ * allocations because warning codes can be overridden by subsequent
+ * function calls.
+ * @return pointer to the new clone
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UConverter * U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_safeClone(const UConverter *cnv,
+ void *stackBuffer,
+ int32_t *pBufferSize,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * \def U_CNV_SAFECLONE_BUFFERSIZE
+ * Definition of a buffer size that is designed to be large enough for
+ * converters to be cloned with ucnv_safeClone().
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_CNV_SAFECLONE_BUFFERSIZE 1024
+
+/**
+ * Deletes the unicode converter and releases resources associated
+ * with just this instance.
+ * Does not free up shared converter tables.
+ *
+ * @param converter the converter object to be deleted
+ * @see ucnv_open
+ * @see ucnv_openU
+ * @see ucnv_openCCSID
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_close(UConverter * converter);
+
+/**
+ * Fills in the output parameter, subChars, with the substitution characters
+ * as multiple bytes.
+ * If ucnv_setSubstString() set a Unicode string because the converter is
+ * stateful, then subChars will be an empty string.
+ *
+ * @param converter the Unicode converter
+ * @param subChars the subsitution characters
+ * @param len on input the capacity of subChars, on output the number
+ * of bytes copied to it
+ * @param err the outgoing error status code.
+ * If the substitution character array is too small, an
+ * <TT>U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR</TT> will be returned.
+ * @see ucnv_setSubstString
+ * @see ucnv_setSubstChars
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getSubstChars(const UConverter *converter,
+ char *subChars,
+ int8_t *len,
+ UErrorCode *err);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the substitution chars when converting from unicode to a codepage. The
+ * substitution is specified as a string of 1-4 bytes, and may contain
+ * <TT>NULL</TT> bytes.
+ * The subChars must represent a single character. The caller needs to know the
+ * byte sequence of a valid character in the converter's charset.
+ * For some converters, for example some ISO 2022 variants, only single-byte
+ * substitution characters may be supported.
+ * The newer ucnv_setSubstString() function relaxes these limitations.
+ *
+ * @param converter the Unicode converter
+ * @param subChars the substitution character byte sequence we want set
+ * @param len the number of bytes in subChars
+ * @param err the error status code. <TT>U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR </TT> if
+ * len is bigger than the maximum number of bytes allowed in subchars
+ * @see ucnv_setSubstString
+ * @see ucnv_getSubstChars
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_setSubstChars(UConverter *converter,
+ const char *subChars,
+ int8_t len,
+ UErrorCode *err);
+
+/**
+ * Set a substitution string for converting from Unicode to a charset.
+ * The caller need not know the charset byte sequence for each charset.
+ *
+ * Unlike ucnv_setSubstChars() which is designed to set a charset byte sequence
+ * for a single character, this function takes a Unicode string with
+ * zero, one or more characters, and immediately verifies that the string can be
+ * converted to the charset.
+ * If not, or if the result is too long (more than 32 bytes as of ICU 3.6),
+ * then the function returns with an error accordingly.
+ *
+ * Also unlike ucnv_setSubstChars(), this function works for stateful charsets
+ * by converting on the fly at the point of substitution rather than setting
+ * a fixed byte sequence.
+ *
+ * @param cnv The UConverter object.
+ * @param s The Unicode string.
+ * @param length The number of UChars in s, or -1 for a NUL-terminated string.
+ * @param err Pointer to a standard ICU error code. Its input value must
+ * pass the U_SUCCESS() test, or else the function returns
+ * immediately. Check for U_FAILURE() on output or use with
+ * function chaining. (See User Guide for details.)
+ *
+ * @see ucnv_setSubstChars
+ * @see ucnv_getSubstChars
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_setSubstString(UConverter *cnv,
+ const UChar *s,
+ int32_t length,
+ UErrorCode *err);
+
+/**
+ * Fills in the output parameter, errBytes, with the error characters from the
+ * last failing conversion.
+ *
+ * @param converter the Unicode converter
+ * @param errBytes the codepage bytes which were in error
+ * @param len on input the capacity of errBytes, on output the number of
+ * bytes which were copied to it
+ * @param err the error status code.
+ * If the substitution character array is too small, an
+ * <TT>U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR</TT> will be returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getInvalidChars(const UConverter *converter,
+ char *errBytes,
+ int8_t *len,
+ UErrorCode *err);
+
+/**
+ * Fills in the output parameter, errChars, with the error characters from the
+ * last failing conversion.
+ *
+ * @param converter the Unicode converter
+ * @param errUChars the UChars which were in error
+ * @param len on input the capacity of errUChars, on output the number of
+ * UChars which were copied to it
+ * @param err the error status code.
+ * If the substitution character array is too small, an
+ * <TT>U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR</TT> will be returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getInvalidUChars(const UConverter *converter,
+ UChar *errUChars,
+ int8_t *len,
+ UErrorCode *err);
+
+/**
+ * Resets the state of a converter to the default state. This is used
+ * in the case of an error, to restart a conversion from a known default state.
+ * It will also empty the internal output buffers.
+ * @param converter the Unicode converter
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_reset(UConverter *converter);
+
+/**
+ * Resets the to-Unicode part of a converter state to the default state.
+ * This is used in the case of an error to restart a conversion to
+ * Unicode to a known default state. It will also empty the internal
+ * output buffers used for the conversion to Unicode codepoints.
+ * @param converter the Unicode converter
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_resetToUnicode(UConverter *converter);
+
+/**
+ * Resets the from-Unicode part of a converter state to the default state.
+ * This is used in the case of an error to restart a conversion from
+ * Unicode to a known default state. It will also empty the internal output
+ * buffers used for the conversion from Unicode codepoints.
+ * @param converter the Unicode converter
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_resetFromUnicode(UConverter *converter);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the maximum number of bytes that are output per UChar in conversion
+ * from Unicode using this converter.
+ * The returned number can be used with UCNV_GET_MAX_BYTES_FOR_STRING
+ * to calculate the size of a target buffer for conversion from Unicode.
+ *
+ * Note: Before ICU 2.8, this function did not return reliable numbers for
+ * some stateful converters (EBCDIC_STATEFUL, ISO-2022) and LMBCS.
+ *
+ * This number may not be the same as the maximum number of bytes per
+ * "conversion unit". In other words, it may not be the intuitively expected
+ * number of bytes per character that would be published for a charset,
+ * and may not fulfill any other purpose than the allocation of an output
+ * buffer of guaranteed sufficient size for a given input length and converter.
+ *
+ * Examples for special cases that are taken into account:
+ * - Supplementary code points may convert to more bytes than BMP code points.
+ * This function returns bytes per UChar (UTF-16 code unit), not per
+ * Unicode code point, for efficient buffer allocation.
+ * - State-shifting output (SI/SO, escapes, etc.) from stateful converters.
+ * - When m input UChars are converted to n output bytes, then the maximum m/n
+ * is taken into account.
+ *
+ * The number returned here does not take into account
+ * (see UCNV_GET_MAX_BYTES_FOR_STRING):
+ * - callbacks which output more than one charset character sequence per call,
+ * like escape callbacks
+ * - initial and final non-character bytes that are output by some converters
+ * (automatic BOMs, initial escape sequence, final SI, etc.)
+ *
+ * Examples for returned values:
+ * - SBCS charsets: 1
+ * - Shift-JIS: 2
+ * - UTF-16: 2 (2 per BMP, 4 per surrogate _pair_, BOM not counted)
+ * - UTF-8: 3 (3 per BMP, 4 per surrogate _pair_)
+ * - EBCDIC_STATEFUL (EBCDIC mixed SBCS/DBCS): 3 (SO + DBCS)
+ * - ISO-2022: 3 (always outputs UTF-8)
+ * - ISO-2022-JP: 6 (4-byte escape sequences + DBCS)
+ * - ISO-2022-CN: 8 (4-byte designator sequences + 2-byte SS2/SS3 + DBCS)
+ *
+ * @param converter The Unicode converter.
+ * @return The maximum number of bytes per UChar that are output by ucnv_fromUnicode(),
+ * to be used together with UCNV_GET_MAX_BYTES_FOR_STRING for buffer allocation.
+ *
+ * @see UCNV_GET_MAX_BYTES_FOR_STRING
+ * @see ucnv_getMinCharSize
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int8_t U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getMaxCharSize(const UConverter *converter);
+
+/**
+ * Calculates the size of a buffer for conversion from Unicode to a charset.
+ * The calculated size is guaranteed to be sufficient for this conversion.
+ *
+ * It takes into account initial and final non-character bytes that are output
+ * by some converters.
+ * It does not take into account callbacks which output more than one charset
+ * character sequence per call, like escape callbacks.
+ * The default (substitution) callback only outputs one charset character sequence.
+ *
+ * @param length Number of UChars to be converted.
+ * @param maxCharSize Return value from ucnv_getMaxCharSize() for the converter
+ * that will be used.
+ * @return Size of a buffer that will be large enough to hold the output bytes of
+ * converting length UChars with the converter that returned the maxCharSize.
+ *
+ * @see ucnv_getMaxCharSize
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+#define UCNV_GET_MAX_BYTES_FOR_STRING(length, maxCharSize) \
+ (((int32_t)(length)+10)*(int32_t)(maxCharSize))
+
+/**
+ * Returns the minimum byte length for characters in this codepage.
+ * This is usually either 1 or 2.
+ * @param converter the Unicode converter
+ * @return the minimum number of bytes allowed by this particular converter
+ * @see ucnv_getMaxCharSize
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int8_t U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getMinCharSize(const UConverter *converter);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the display name of the converter passed in based on the Locale
+ * passed in. If the locale contains no display name, the internal ASCII
+ * name will be filled in.
+ *
+ * @param converter the Unicode converter.
+ * @param displayLocale is the specific Locale we want to localised for
+ * @param displayName user provided buffer to be filled in
+ * @param displayNameCapacity size of displayName Buffer
+ * @param err error status code
+ * @return displayNameLength number of UChar needed in displayName
+ * @see ucnv_getName
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getDisplayName(const UConverter *converter,
+ const char *displayLocale,
+ UChar *displayName,
+ int32_t displayNameCapacity,
+ UErrorCode *err);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the internal, canonical name of the converter (zero-terminated).
+ * The lifetime of the returned string will be that of the converter
+ * passed to this function.
+ * @param converter the Unicode converter
+ * @param err UErrorCode status
+ * @return the internal name of the converter
+ * @see ucnv_getDisplayName
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getName(const UConverter *converter, UErrorCode *err);
+
+/**
+ * Gets a codepage number associated with the converter. This is not guaranteed
+ * to be the one used to create the converter. Some converters do not represent
+ * platform registered codepages and return zero for the codepage number.
+ * The error code fill-in parameter indicates if the codepage number
+ * is available.
+ * Does not check if the converter is <TT>NULL</TT> or if converter's data
+ * table is <TT>NULL</TT>.
+ *
+ * Important: The use of CCSIDs is not recommended because it is limited
+ * to only two platforms in principle and only one (UCNV_IBM) in the current
+ * ICU converter API.
+ * Also, CCSIDs are insufficient to identify IBM Unicode conversion tables precisely.
+ * For more details see ucnv_openCCSID().
+ *
+ * @param converter the Unicode converter
+ * @param err the error status code.
+ * @return If any error occurrs, -1 will be returned otherwise, the codepage number
+ * will be returned
+ * @see ucnv_openCCSID
+ * @see ucnv_getPlatform
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getCCSID(const UConverter *converter,
+ UErrorCode *err);
+
+/**
+ * Gets a codepage platform associated with the converter. Currently,
+ * only <TT>UCNV_IBM</TT> will be returned.
+ * Does not test if the converter is <TT>NULL</TT> or if converter's data
+ * table is <TT>NULL</TT>.
+ * @param converter the Unicode converter
+ * @param err the error status code.
+ * @return The codepage platform
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UConverterPlatform U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getPlatform(const UConverter *converter,
+ UErrorCode *err);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the type of the converter
+ * e.g. SBCS, MBCS, DBCS, UTF8, UTF16_BE, UTF16_LE, ISO_2022,
+ * EBCDIC_STATEFUL, LATIN_1
+ * @param converter a valid, opened converter
+ * @return the type of the converter
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UConverterType U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getType(const UConverter * converter);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the "starter" (lead) bytes for converters of type MBCS.
+ * Will fill in an <TT>U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR</TT> if converter passed in
+ * is not MBCS. Fills in an array of type UBool, with the value of the byte
+ * as offset to the array. For example, if (starters[0x20] == TRUE) at return,
+ * it means that the byte 0x20 is a starter byte in this converter.
+ * Context pointers are always owned by the caller.
+ *
+ * @param converter a valid, opened converter of type MBCS
+ * @param starters an array of size 256 to be filled in
+ * @param err error status, <TT>U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR</TT> if the
+ * converter is not a type which can return starters.
+ * @see ucnv_getType
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getStarters(const UConverter* converter,
+ UBool starters[256],
+ UErrorCode* err);
+
+
+/**
+ * Selectors for Unicode sets that can be returned by ucnv_getUnicodeSet().
+ * @see ucnv_getUnicodeSet
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+typedef enum UConverterUnicodeSet {
+ /** Select the set of roundtrippable Unicode code points. @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UCNV_ROUNDTRIP_SET,
+ /** Select the set of Unicode code points with roundtrip or fallback mappings. @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ UCNV_ROUNDTRIP_AND_FALLBACK_SET,
+ /** Number of UConverterUnicodeSet selectors. @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ UCNV_SET_COUNT
+} UConverterUnicodeSet;
+
+
+/**
+ * Returns the set of Unicode code points that can be converted by an ICU converter.
+ *
+ * Returns one of several kinds of set:
+ *
+ * 1. UCNV_ROUNDTRIP_SET
+ *
+ * The set of all Unicode code points that can be roundtrip-converted
+ * (converted without any data loss) with the converter (ucnv_fromUnicode()).
+ * This set will not include code points that have fallback mappings
+ * or are only the result of reverse fallback mappings.
+ * This set will also not include PUA code points with fallbacks, although
+ * ucnv_fromUnicode() will always uses those mappings despite ucnv_setFallback().
+ * See UTR #22 "Character Mapping Markup Language"
+ * at http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr22/
+ *
+ * This is useful for example for
+ * - checking that a string or document can be roundtrip-converted with a converter,
+ * without/before actually performing the conversion
+ * - testing if a converter can be used for text for typical text for a certain locale,
+ * by comparing its roundtrip set with the set of ExemplarCharacters from
+ * ICU's locale data or other sources
+ *
+ * 2. UCNV_ROUNDTRIP_AND_FALLBACK_SET
+ *
+ * The set of all Unicode code points that can be converted with the converter (ucnv_fromUnicode())
+ * when fallbacks are turned on (see ucnv_setFallback()).
+ * This set includes all code points with roundtrips and fallbacks (but not reverse fallbacks).
+ *
+ * In the future, there may be more UConverterUnicodeSet choices to select
+ * sets with different properties.
+ *
+ * @param cnv The converter for which a set is requested.
+ * @param setFillIn A valid USet *. It will be cleared by this function before
+ * the converter's specific set is filled into the USet.
+ * @param whichSet A UConverterUnicodeSet selector;
+ * currently UCNV_ROUNDTRIP_SET is the only supported value.
+ * @param pErrorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ *
+ * @see UConverterUnicodeSet
+ * @see uset_open
+ * @see uset_close
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getUnicodeSet(const UConverter *cnv,
+ USet *setFillIn,
+ UConverterUnicodeSet whichSet,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the current calback function used by the converter when an illegal
+ * or invalid codepage sequence is found.
+ * Context pointers are always owned by the caller.
+ *
+ * @param converter the unicode converter
+ * @param action fillin: returns the callback function pointer
+ * @param context fillin: returns the callback's private void* context
+ * @see ucnv_setToUCallBack
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getToUCallBack (const UConverter * converter,
+ UConverterToUCallback *action,
+ const void **context);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the current callback function used by the converter when illegal
+ * or invalid Unicode sequence is found.
+ * Context pointers are always owned by the caller.
+ *
+ * @param converter the unicode converter
+ * @param action fillin: returns the callback function pointer
+ * @param context fillin: returns the callback's private void* context
+ * @see ucnv_setFromUCallBack
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getFromUCallBack (const UConverter * converter,
+ UConverterFromUCallback *action,
+ const void **context);
+
+/**
+ * Changes the callback function used by the converter when
+ * an illegal or invalid sequence is found.
+ * Context pointers are always owned by the caller.
+ * Predefined actions and contexts can be found in the ucnv_err.h header.
+ *
+ * @param converter the unicode converter
+ * @param newAction the new callback function
+ * @param newContext the new toUnicode callback context pointer. This can be NULL.
+ * @param oldAction fillin: returns the old callback function pointer. This can be NULL.
+ * @param oldContext fillin: returns the old callback's private void* context. This can be NULL.
+ * @param err The error code status
+ * @see ucnv_getToUCallBack
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_setToUCallBack (UConverter * converter,
+ UConverterToUCallback newAction,
+ const void* newContext,
+ UConverterToUCallback *oldAction,
+ const void** oldContext,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+/**
+ * Changes the current callback function used by the converter when
+ * an illegal or invalid sequence is found.
+ * Context pointers are always owned by the caller.
+ * Predefined actions and contexts can be found in the ucnv_err.h header.
+ *
+ * @param converter the unicode converter
+ * @param newAction the new callback function
+ * @param newContext the new fromUnicode callback context pointer. This can be NULL.
+ * @param oldAction fillin: returns the old callback function pointer. This can be NULL.
+ * @param oldContext fillin: returns the old callback's private void* context. This can be NULL.
+ * @param err The error code status
+ * @see ucnv_getFromUCallBack
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_setFromUCallBack (UConverter * converter,
+ UConverterFromUCallback newAction,
+ const void *newContext,
+ UConverterFromUCallback *oldAction,
+ const void **oldContext,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+/**
+ * Converts an array of unicode characters to an array of codepage
+ * characters. This function is optimized for converting a continuous
+ * stream of data in buffer-sized chunks, where the entire source and
+ * target does not fit in available buffers.
+ *
+ * The source pointer is an in/out parameter. It starts out pointing where the
+ * conversion is to begin, and ends up pointing after the last UChar consumed.
+ *
+ * Target similarly starts out pointer at the first available byte in the output
+ * buffer, and ends up pointing after the last byte written to the output.
+ *
+ * The converter always attempts to consume the entire source buffer, unless
+ * (1.) the target buffer is full, or (2.) a failing error is returned from the
+ * current callback function. When a successful error status has been
+ * returned, it means that all of the source buffer has been
+ * consumed. At that point, the caller should reset the source and
+ * sourceLimit pointers to point to the next chunk.
+ *
+ * At the end of the stream (flush==TRUE), the input is completely consumed
+ * when *source==sourceLimit and no error code is set.
+ * The converter object is then automatically reset by this function.
+ * (This means that a converter need not be reset explicitly between data
+ * streams if it finishes the previous stream without errors.)
+ *
+ * This is a <I>stateful</I> conversion. Additionally, even when all source data has
+ * been consumed, some data may be in the converters' internal state.
+ * Call this function repeatedly, updating the target pointers with
+ * the next empty chunk of target in case of a
+ * <TT>U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR</TT>, and updating the source pointers
+ * with the next chunk of source when a successful error status is
+ * returned, until there are no more chunks of source data.
+ * @param converter the Unicode converter
+ * @param target I/O parameter. Input : Points to the beginning of the buffer to copy
+ * codepage characters to. Output : points to after the last codepage character copied
+ * to <TT>target</TT>.
+ * @param targetLimit the pointer just after last of the <TT>target</TT> buffer
+ * @param source I/O parameter, pointer to pointer to the source Unicode character buffer.
+ * @param sourceLimit the pointer just after the last of the source buffer
+ * @param offsets if NULL is passed, nothing will happen to it, otherwise it needs to have the same number
+ * of allocated cells as <TT>target</TT>. Will fill in offsets from target to source pointer
+ * e.g: <TT>offsets[3]</TT> is equal to 6, it means that the <TT>target[3]</TT> was a result of transcoding <TT>source[6]</TT>
+ * For output data carried across calls, and other data without a specific source character
+ * (such as from escape sequences or callbacks) -1 will be placed for offsets.
+ * @param flush set to <TT>TRUE</TT> if the current source buffer is the last available
+ * chunk of the source, <TT>FALSE</TT> otherwise. Note that if a failing status is returned,
+ * this function may have to be called multiple times with flush set to <TT>TRUE</TT> until
+ * the source buffer is consumed.
+ * @param err the error status. <TT>U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR</TT> will be set if the
+ * converter is <TT>NULL</TT>.
+ * <code>U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR</code> will be set if the target is full and there is
+ * still data to be written to the target.
+ * @see ucnv_fromUChars
+ * @see ucnv_convert
+ * @see ucnv_getMinCharSize
+ * @see ucnv_setToUCallBack
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_fromUnicode (UConverter * converter,
+ char **target,
+ const char *targetLimit,
+ const UChar ** source,
+ const UChar * sourceLimit,
+ int32_t* offsets,
+ UBool flush,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+/**
+ * Converts a buffer of codepage bytes into an array of unicode UChars
+ * characters. This function is optimized for converting a continuous
+ * stream of data in buffer-sized chunks, where the entire source and
+ * target does not fit in available buffers.
+ *
+ * The source pointer is an in/out parameter. It starts out pointing where the
+ * conversion is to begin, and ends up pointing after the last byte of source consumed.
+ *
+ * Target similarly starts out pointer at the first available UChar in the output
+ * buffer, and ends up pointing after the last UChar written to the output.
+ * It does NOT necessarily keep UChar sequences together.
+ *
+ * The converter always attempts to consume the entire source buffer, unless
+ * (1.) the target buffer is full, or (2.) a failing error is returned from the
+ * current callback function. When a successful error status has been
+ * returned, it means that all of the source buffer has been
+ * consumed. At that point, the caller should reset the source and
+ * sourceLimit pointers to point to the next chunk.
+ *
+ * At the end of the stream (flush==TRUE), the input is completely consumed
+ * when *source==sourceLimit and no error code is set
+ * The converter object is then automatically reset by this function.
+ * (This means that a converter need not be reset explicitly between data
+ * streams if it finishes the previous stream without errors.)
+ *
+ * This is a <I>stateful</I> conversion. Additionally, even when all source data has
+ * been consumed, some data may be in the converters' internal state.
+ * Call this function repeatedly, updating the target pointers with
+ * the next empty chunk of target in case of a
+ * <TT>U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR</TT>, and updating the source pointers
+ * with the next chunk of source when a successful error status is
+ * returned, until there are no more chunks of source data.
+ * @param converter the Unicode converter
+ * @param target I/O parameter. Input : Points to the beginning of the buffer to copy
+ * UChars into. Output : points to after the last UChar copied.
+ * @param targetLimit the pointer just after the end of the <TT>target</TT> buffer
+ * @param source I/O parameter, pointer to pointer to the source codepage buffer.
+ * @param sourceLimit the pointer to the byte after the end of the source buffer
+ * @param offsets if NULL is passed, nothing will happen to it, otherwise it needs to have the same number
+ * of allocated cells as <TT>target</TT>. Will fill in offsets from target to source pointer
+ * e.g: <TT>offsets[3]</TT> is equal to 6, it means that the <TT>target[3]</TT> was a result of transcoding <TT>source[6]</TT>
+ * For output data carried across calls, and other data without a specific source character
+ * (such as from escape sequences or callbacks) -1 will be placed for offsets.
+ * @param flush set to <TT>TRUE</TT> if the current source buffer is the last available
+ * chunk of the source, <TT>FALSE</TT> otherwise. Note that if a failing status is returned,
+ * this function may have to be called multiple times with flush set to <TT>TRUE</TT> until
+ * the source buffer is consumed.
+ * @param err the error status. <TT>U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR</TT> will be set if the
+ * converter is <TT>NULL</TT>.
+ * <code>U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR</code> will be set if the target is full and there is
+ * still data to be written to the target.
+ * @see ucnv_fromUChars
+ * @see ucnv_convert
+ * @see ucnv_getMinCharSize
+ * @see ucnv_setFromUCallBack
+ * @see ucnv_getNextUChar
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_toUnicode(UConverter *converter,
+ UChar **target,
+ const UChar *targetLimit,
+ const char **source,
+ const char *sourceLimit,
+ int32_t *offsets,
+ UBool flush,
+ UErrorCode *err);
+
+/**
+ * Convert the Unicode string into a codepage string using an existing UConverter.
+ * The output string is NUL-terminated if possible.
+ *
+ * This function is a more convenient but less powerful version of ucnv_fromUnicode().
+ * It is only useful for whole strings, not for streaming conversion.
+ *
+ * The maximum output buffer capacity required (barring output from callbacks) will be
+ * UCNV_GET_MAX_BYTES_FOR_STRING(srcLength, ucnv_getMaxCharSize(cnv)).
+ *
+ * @param cnv the converter object to be used (ucnv_resetFromUnicode() will be called)
+ * @param src the input Unicode string
+ * @param srcLength the input string length, or -1 if NUL-terminated
+ * @param dest destination string buffer, can be NULL if destCapacity==0
+ * @param destCapacity the number of chars available at dest
+ * @param pErrorCode normal ICU error code;
+ * common error codes that may be set by this function include
+ * U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR, U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING,
+ * U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR, and conversion errors
+ * @return the length of the output string, not counting the terminating NUL;
+ * if the length is greater than destCapacity, then the string will not fit
+ * and a buffer of the indicated length would need to be passed in
+ * @see ucnv_fromUnicode
+ * @see ucnv_convert
+ * @see UCNV_GET_MAX_BYTES_FOR_STRING
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_fromUChars(UConverter *cnv,
+ char *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ const UChar *src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Convert the codepage string into a Unicode string using an existing UConverter.
+ * The output string is NUL-terminated if possible.
+ *
+ * This function is a more convenient but less powerful version of ucnv_toUnicode().
+ * It is only useful for whole strings, not for streaming conversion.
+ *
+ * The maximum output buffer capacity required (barring output from callbacks) will be
+ * 2*srcLength (each char may be converted into a surrogate pair).
+ *
+ * @param cnv the converter object to be used (ucnv_resetToUnicode() will be called)
+ * @param src the input codepage string
+ * @param srcLength the input string length, or -1 if NUL-terminated
+ * @param dest destination string buffer, can be NULL if destCapacity==0
+ * @param destCapacity the number of UChars available at dest
+ * @param pErrorCode normal ICU error code;
+ * common error codes that may be set by this function include
+ * U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR, U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING,
+ * U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR, and conversion errors
+ * @return the length of the output string, not counting the terminating NUL;
+ * if the length is greater than destCapacity, then the string will not fit
+ * and a buffer of the indicated length would need to be passed in
+ * @see ucnv_toUnicode
+ * @see ucnv_convert
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_toUChars(UConverter *cnv,
+ UChar *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ const char *src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Convert a codepage buffer into Unicode one character at a time.
+ * The input is completely consumed when the U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR is set.
+ *
+ * Advantage compared to ucnv_toUnicode() or ucnv_toUChars():
+ * - Faster for small amounts of data, for most converters, e.g.,
+ * US-ASCII, ISO-8859-1, UTF-8/16/32, and most "normal" charsets.
+ * (For complex converters, e.g., SCSU, UTF-7 and ISO 2022 variants,
+ * it uses ucnv_toUnicode() internally.)
+ * - Convenient.
+ *
+ * Limitations compared to ucnv_toUnicode():
+ * - Always assumes flush=TRUE.
+ * This makes ucnv_getNextUChar() unsuitable for "streaming" conversion,
+ * that is, for where the input is supplied in multiple buffers,
+ * because ucnv_getNextUChar() will assume the end of the input at the end
+ * of the first buffer.
+ * - Does not provide offset output.
+ *
+ * It is possible to "mix" ucnv_getNextUChar() and ucnv_toUnicode() because
+ * ucnv_getNextUChar() uses the current state of the converter
+ * (unlike ucnv_toUChars() which always resets first).
+ * However, if ucnv_getNextUChar() is called after ucnv_toUnicode()
+ * stopped in the middle of a character sequence (with flush=FALSE),
+ * then ucnv_getNextUChar() will always use the slower ucnv_toUnicode()
+ * internally until the next character boundary.
+ * (This is new in ICU 2.6. In earlier releases, ucnv_getNextUChar() had to
+ * start at a character boundary.)
+ *
+ * Instead of using ucnv_getNextUChar(), it is recommended
+ * to convert using ucnv_toUnicode() or ucnv_toUChars()
+ * and then iterate over the text using U16_NEXT() or a UCharIterator (uiter.h)
+ * or a C++ CharacterIterator or similar.
+ * This allows streaming conversion and offset output, for example.
+ *
+ * <p>Handling of surrogate pairs and supplementary-plane code points:<br>
+ * There are two different kinds of codepages that provide mappings for surrogate characters:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>Codepages like UTF-8, UTF-32, and GB 18030 provide direct representations for Unicode
+ * code points U+10000-U+10ffff as well as for single surrogates U+d800-U+dfff.
+ * Each valid sequence will result in exactly one returned code point.
+ * If a sequence results in a single surrogate, then that will be returned
+ * by itself, even if a neighboring sequence encodes the matching surrogate.</li>
+ * <li>Codepages like SCSU and LMBCS (and UTF-16) provide direct representations only for BMP code points
+ * including surrogates. Code points in supplementary planes are represented with
+ * two sequences, each encoding a surrogate.
+ * For these codepages, matching pairs of surrogates will be combined into single
+ * code points for returning from this function.
+ * (Note that SCSU is actually a mix of these codepage types.)</li>
+ * </ul></p>
+ *
+ * @param converter an open UConverter
+ * @param source the address of a pointer to the codepage buffer, will be
+ * updated to point after the bytes consumed in the conversion call.
+ * @param sourceLimit points to the end of the input buffer
+ * @param err fills in error status (see ucnv_toUnicode)
+ * <code>U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR</code> will be set if the input
+ * is empty or does not convert to any output (e.g.: pure state-change
+ * codes SI/SO, escape sequences for ISO 2022,
+ * or if the callback did not output anything, ...).
+ * This function will not set a <code>U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR</code> because
+ * the "buffer" is the return code. However, there might be subsequent output
+ * stored in the converter object
+ * that will be returned in following calls to this function.
+ * @return a UChar32 resulting from the partial conversion of source
+ * @see ucnv_toUnicode
+ * @see ucnv_toUChars
+ * @see ucnv_convert
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getNextUChar(UConverter * converter,
+ const char **source,
+ const char * sourceLimit,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+/**
+ * Convert from one external charset to another using two existing UConverters.
+ * Internally, two conversions - ucnv_toUnicode() and ucnv_fromUnicode() -
+ * are used, "pivoting" through 16-bit Unicode.
+ *
+ * Important: For streaming conversion (multiple function calls for successive
+ * parts of a text stream), the caller must provide a pivot buffer explicitly,
+ * and must preserve the pivot buffer and associated pointers from one
+ * call to another. (The buffer may be moved if its contents and the relative
+ * pointer positions are preserved.)
+ *
+ * There is a similar function, ucnv_convert(),
+ * which has the following limitations:
+ * - it takes charset names, not converter objects, so that
+ * - two converters are opened for each call
+ * - only single-string conversion is possible, not streaming operation
+ * - it does not provide enough information to find out,
+ * in case of failure, whether the toUnicode or
+ * the fromUnicode conversion failed
+ *
+ * By contrast, ucnv_convertEx()
+ * - takes UConverter parameters instead of charset names
+ * - fully exposes the pivot buffer for streaming conversion and complete error handling
+ *
+ * ucnv_convertEx() also provides further convenience:
+ * - an option to reset the converters at the beginning
+ * (if reset==TRUE, see parameters;
+ * also sets *pivotTarget=*pivotSource=pivotStart)
+ * - allow NUL-terminated input
+ * (only a single NUL byte, will not work for charsets with multi-byte NULs)
+ * (if sourceLimit==NULL, see parameters)
+ * - terminate with a NUL on output
+ * (only a single NUL byte, not useful for charsets with multi-byte NULs),
+ * or set U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING if the output exactly fills
+ * the target buffer
+ * - the pivot buffer can be provided internally;
+ * possible only for whole-string conversion, not streaming conversion;
+ * in this case, the caller will not be able to get details about where an
+ * error occurred
+ * (if pivotStart==NULL, see below)
+ *
+ * The function returns when one of the following is true:
+ * - the entire source text has been converted successfully to the target buffer
+ * - a target buffer overflow occurred (U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR)
+ * - a conversion error occurred
+ * (other U_FAILURE(), see description of pErrorCode)
+ *
+ * Limitation compared to the direct use of
+ * ucnv_fromUnicode() and ucnv_toUnicode():
+ * ucnv_convertEx() does not provide offset information.
+ *
+ * Limitation compared to ucnv_fromUChars() and ucnv_toUChars():
+ * ucnv_convertEx() does not support preflighting directly.
+ *
+ * Sample code for converting a single string from
+ * one external charset to UTF-8, ignoring the location of errors:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * int32_t
+ * myToUTF8(UConverter *cnv,
+ * const char *s, int32_t length,
+ * char *u8, int32_t capacity,
+ * UErrorCode *pErrorCode) {
+ * UConverter *utf8Cnv;
+ * char *target;
+ *
+ * if(U_FAILURE(*pErrorCode)) {
+ * return 0;
+ * }
+ *
+ * utf8Cnv=myGetCachedUTF8Converter(pErrorCode);
+ * if(U_FAILURE(*pErrorCode)) {
+ * return 0;
+ * }
+ *
+ * if(length<0) {
+ * length=strlen(s);
+ * }
+ * target=u8;
+ * ucnv_convertEx(cnv, utf8Cnv,
+ * &target, u8+capacity,
+ * &s, s+length,
+ * NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ * TRUE, TRUE,
+ * pErrorCode);
+ *
+ * myReleaseCachedUTF8Converter(utf8Cnv);
+ *
+ * // return the output string length, but without preflighting
+ * return (int32_t)(target-u8);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @param targetCnv Output converter, used to convert from the UTF-16 pivot
+ * to the target using ucnv_fromUnicode().
+ * @param sourceCnv Input converter, used to convert from the source to
+ * the UTF-16 pivot using ucnv_toUnicode().
+ * @param target I/O parameter, same as for ucnv_fromUChars().
+ * Input: *target points to the beginning of the target buffer.
+ * Output: *target points to the first unit after the last char written.
+ * @param targetLimit Pointer to the first unit after the target buffer.
+ * @param source I/O parameter, same as for ucnv_toUChars().
+ * Input: *source points to the beginning of the source buffer.
+ * Output: *source points to the first unit after the last char read.
+ * @param sourceLimit Pointer to the first unit after the source buffer.
+ * @param pivotStart Pointer to the UTF-16 pivot buffer. If pivotStart==NULL,
+ * then an internal buffer is used and the other pivot
+ * arguments are ignored and can be NULL as well.
+ * @param pivotSource I/O parameter, same as source in ucnv_fromUChars() for
+ * conversion from the pivot buffer to the target buffer.
+ * @param pivotTarget I/O parameter, same as target in ucnv_toUChars() for
+ * conversion from the source buffer to the pivot buffer.
+ * It must be pivotStart<=*pivotSource<=*pivotTarget<=pivotLimit
+ * and pivotStart<pivotLimit (unless pivotStart==NULL).
+ * @param pivotLimit Pointer to the first unit after the pivot buffer.
+ * @param reset If TRUE, then ucnv_resetToUnicode(sourceCnv) and
+ * ucnv_resetFromUnicode(targetCnv) are called, and the
+ * pivot pointers are reset (*pivotTarget=*pivotSource=pivotStart).
+ * @param flush If true, indicates the end of the input.
+ * Passed directly to ucnv_toUnicode(), and carried over to
+ * ucnv_fromUnicode() when the source is empty as well.
+ * @param pErrorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR always refers to the target buffer
+ * because overflows into the pivot buffer are handled internally.
+ * Other conversion errors are from the source-to-pivot
+ * conversion if *pivotSource==pivotStart, otherwise from
+ * the pivot-to-target conversion.
+ *
+ * @see ucnv_convert
+ * @see ucnv_fromAlgorithmic
+ * @see ucnv_toAlgorithmic
+ * @see ucnv_fromUnicode
+ * @see ucnv_toUnicode
+ * @see ucnv_fromUChars
+ * @see ucnv_toUChars
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_convertEx(UConverter *targetCnv, UConverter *sourceCnv,
+ char **target, const char *targetLimit,
+ const char **source, const char *sourceLimit,
+ UChar *pivotStart, UChar **pivotSource,
+ UChar **pivotTarget, const UChar *pivotLimit,
+ UBool reset, UBool flush,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Convert from one external charset to another.
+ * Internally, two converters are opened according to the name arguments,
+ * then the text is converted to and from the 16-bit Unicode "pivot"
+ * using ucnv_convertEx(), then the converters are closed again.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience function, not an efficient way to convert a lot of text:
+ * ucnv_convert()
+ * - takes charset names, not converter objects, so that
+ * - two converters are opened for each call
+ * - only single-string conversion is possible, not streaming operation
+ * - does not provide enough information to find out,
+ * in case of failure, whether the toUnicode or
+ * the fromUnicode conversion failed
+ * - allows NUL-terminated input
+ * (only a single NUL byte, will not work for charsets with multi-byte NULs)
+ * (if sourceLength==-1, see parameters)
+ * - terminate with a NUL on output
+ * (only a single NUL byte, not useful for charsets with multi-byte NULs),
+ * or set U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING if the output exactly fills
+ * the target buffer
+ * - a pivot buffer is provided internally
+ *
+ * The function returns when one of the following is true:
+ * - the entire source text has been converted successfully to the target buffer
+ * and either the target buffer is terminated with a single NUL byte
+ * or the error code is set to U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING
+ * - a target buffer overflow occurred (U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR)
+ * and the full output string length is returned ("preflighting")
+ * - a conversion error occurred
+ * (other U_FAILURE(), see description of pErrorCode)
+ *
+ * @param toConverterName The name of the converter that is used to convert
+ * from the UTF-16 pivot buffer to the target.
+ * @param fromConverterName The name of the converter that is used to convert
+ * from the source to the UTF-16 pivot buffer.
+ * @param target Pointer to the output buffer.
+ * @param targetCapacity Capacity of the target, in bytes.
+ * @param source Pointer to the input buffer.
+ * @param sourceLength Length of the input text, in bytes, or -1 for NUL-terminated input.
+ * @param pErrorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return Length of the complete output text in bytes, even if it exceeds the targetCapacity
+ * and a U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR is set.
+ *
+ * @see ucnv_convertEx
+ * @see ucnv_fromAlgorithmic
+ * @see ucnv_toAlgorithmic
+ * @see ucnv_fromUnicode
+ * @see ucnv_toUnicode
+ * @see ucnv_fromUChars
+ * @see ucnv_toUChars
+ * @see ucnv_getNextUChar
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_convert(const char *toConverterName,
+ const char *fromConverterName,
+ char *target,
+ int32_t targetCapacity,
+ const char *source,
+ int32_t sourceLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Convert from one external charset to another.
+ * Internally, the text is converted to and from the 16-bit Unicode "pivot"
+ * using ucnv_convertEx(). ucnv_toAlgorithmic() works exactly like ucnv_convert()
+ * except that the two converters need not be looked up and opened completely.
+ *
+ * The source-to-pivot conversion uses the cnv converter parameter.
+ * The pivot-to-target conversion uses a purely algorithmic converter
+ * according to the specified type, e.g., UCNV_UTF8 for a UTF-8 converter.
+ *
+ * Internally, the algorithmic converter is opened and closed for each
+ * function call, which is more efficient than using the public ucnv_open()
+ * but somewhat less efficient than only resetting an existing converter
+ * and using ucnv_convertEx().
+ *
+ * This function is more convenient than ucnv_convertEx() for single-string
+ * conversions, especially when "preflighting" is desired (returning the length
+ * of the complete output even if it does not fit into the target buffer;
+ * see the User Guide Strings chapter). See ucnv_convert() for details.
+ *
+ * @param algorithmicType UConverterType constant identifying the desired target
+ * charset as a purely algorithmic converter.
+ * Those are converters for Unicode charsets like
+ * UTF-8, BOCU-1, SCSU, UTF-7, IMAP-mailbox-name, etc.,
+ * as well as US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1.
+ * @param cnv The converter that is used to convert
+ * from the source to the UTF-16 pivot buffer.
+ * @param target Pointer to the output buffer.
+ * @param targetCapacity Capacity of the target, in bytes.
+ * @param source Pointer to the input buffer.
+ * @param sourceLength Length of the input text, in bytes
+ * @param pErrorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return Length of the complete output text in bytes, even if it exceeds the targetCapacity
+ * and a U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR is set.
+ *
+ * @see ucnv_fromAlgorithmic
+ * @see ucnv_convert
+ * @see ucnv_convertEx
+ * @see ucnv_fromUnicode
+ * @see ucnv_toUnicode
+ * @see ucnv_fromUChars
+ * @see ucnv_toUChars
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_toAlgorithmic(UConverterType algorithmicType,
+ UConverter *cnv,
+ char *target, int32_t targetCapacity,
+ const char *source, int32_t sourceLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Convert from one external charset to another.
+ * Internally, the text is converted to and from the 16-bit Unicode "pivot"
+ * using ucnv_convertEx(). ucnv_fromAlgorithmic() works exactly like ucnv_convert()
+ * except that the two converters need not be looked up and opened completely.
+ *
+ * The source-to-pivot conversion uses a purely algorithmic converter
+ * according to the specified type, e.g., UCNV_UTF8 for a UTF-8 converter.
+ * The pivot-to-target conversion uses the cnv converter parameter.
+ *
+ * Internally, the algorithmic converter is opened and closed for each
+ * function call, which is more efficient than using the public ucnv_open()
+ * but somewhat less efficient than only resetting an existing converter
+ * and using ucnv_convertEx().
+ *
+ * This function is more convenient than ucnv_convertEx() for single-string
+ * conversions, especially when "preflighting" is desired (returning the length
+ * of the complete output even if it does not fit into the target buffer;
+ * see the User Guide Strings chapter). See ucnv_convert() for details.
+ *
+ * @param cnv The converter that is used to convert
+ * from the UTF-16 pivot buffer to the target.
+ * @param algorithmicType UConverterType constant identifying the desired source
+ * charset as a purely algorithmic converter.
+ * Those are converters for Unicode charsets like
+ * UTF-8, BOCU-1, SCSU, UTF-7, IMAP-mailbox-name, etc.,
+ * as well as US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1.
+ * @param target Pointer to the output buffer.
+ * @param targetCapacity Capacity of the target, in bytes.
+ * @param source Pointer to the input buffer.
+ * @param sourceLength Length of the input text, in bytes
+ * @param pErrorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return Length of the complete output text in bytes, even if it exceeds the targetCapacity
+ * and a U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR is set.
+ *
+ * @see ucnv_fromAlgorithmic
+ * @see ucnv_convert
+ * @see ucnv_convertEx
+ * @see ucnv_fromUnicode
+ * @see ucnv_toUnicode
+ * @see ucnv_fromUChars
+ * @see ucnv_toUChars
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_fromAlgorithmic(UConverter *cnv,
+ UConverterType algorithmicType,
+ char *target, int32_t targetCapacity,
+ const char *source, int32_t sourceLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Frees up memory occupied by unused, cached converter shared data.
+ *
+ * @return the number of cached converters successfully deleted
+ * @see ucnv_close
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_flushCache(void);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the number of available converters, as per the alias file.
+ *
+ * @return the number of available converters
+ * @see ucnv_getAvailableName
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_countAvailable(void);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the canonical converter name of the specified converter from a list of
+ * all available converters contaied in the alias file. All converters
+ * in this list can be opened.
+ *
+ * @param n the index to a converter available on the system (in the range <TT>[0..ucnv_countAvaiable()]</TT>)
+ * @return a pointer a string (library owned), or <TT>NULL</TT> if the index is out of bounds.
+ * @see ucnv_countAvailable
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getAvailableName(int32_t n);
+
+/**
+ * Returns a UEnumeration to enumerate all of the canonical converter
+ * names, as per the alias file, regardless of the ability to open each
+ * converter.
+ *
+ * @return A UEnumeration object for getting all the recognized canonical
+ * converter names.
+ * @see ucnv_getAvailableName
+ * @see uenum_close
+ * @see uenum_next
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UEnumeration * U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_openAllNames(UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Gives the number of aliases for a given converter or alias name.
+ * If the alias is ambiguous, then the preferred converter is used
+ * and the status is set to U_AMBIGUOUS_ALIAS_WARNING.
+ * This method only enumerates the listed entries in the alias file.
+ * @param alias alias name
+ * @param pErrorCode error status
+ * @return number of names on alias list for given alias
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE uint16_t U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_countAliases(const char *alias, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Gives the name of the alias at given index of alias list.
+ * This method only enumerates the listed entries in the alias file.
+ * If the alias is ambiguous, then the preferred converter is used
+ * and the status is set to U_AMBIGUOUS_ALIAS_WARNING.
+ * @param alias alias name
+ * @param n index in alias list
+ * @param pErrorCode result of operation
+ * @return returns the name of the alias at given index
+ * @see ucnv_countAliases
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getAlias(const char *alias, uint16_t n, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Fill-up the list of alias names for the given alias.
+ * This method only enumerates the listed entries in the alias file.
+ * If the alias is ambiguous, then the preferred converter is used
+ * and the status is set to U_AMBIGUOUS_ALIAS_WARNING.
+ * @param alias alias name
+ * @param aliases fill-in list, aliases is a pointer to an array of
+ * <code>ucnv_countAliases()</code> string-pointers
+ * (<code>const char *</code>) that will be filled in.
+ * The strings themselves are owned by the library.
+ * @param pErrorCode result of operation
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getAliases(const char *alias, const char **aliases, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Return a new UEnumeration object for enumerating all the
+ * alias names for a given converter that are recognized by a standard.
+ * This method only enumerates the listed entries in the alias file.
+ * The convrtrs.txt file can be modified to change the results of
+ * this function.
+ * The first result in this list is the same result given by
+ * <code>ucnv_getStandardName</code>, which is the default alias for
+ * the specified standard name. The returned object must be closed with
+ * <code>uenum_close</code> when you are done with the object.
+ *
+ * @param convName original converter name
+ * @param standard name of the standard governing the names; MIME and IANA
+ * are such standards
+ * @param pErrorCode The error code
+ * @return A UEnumeration object for getting all aliases that are recognized
+ * by a standard. If any of the parameters are invalid, NULL
+ * is returned.
+ * @see ucnv_getStandardName
+ * @see uenum_close
+ * @see uenum_next
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE UEnumeration * U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_openStandardNames(const char *convName,
+ const char *standard,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Gives the number of standards associated to converter names.
+ * @return number of standards
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE uint16_t U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_countStandards(void);
+
+/**
+ * Gives the name of the standard at given index of standard list.
+ * @param n index in standard list
+ * @param pErrorCode result of operation
+ * @return returns the name of the standard at given index. Owned by the library.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getStandard(uint16_t n, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Returns a standard name for a given converter name.
+ * <p>
+ * Example alias table:<br>
+ * conv alias1 { STANDARD1 } alias2 { STANDARD1* }
+ * <p>
+ * Result of ucnv_getStandardName("conv", "STANDARD1") from example
+ * alias table:<br>
+ * <b>"alias2"</b>
+ *
+ * @param name original converter name
+ * @param standard name of the standard governing the names; MIME and IANA
+ * are such standards
+ * @param pErrorCode result of operation
+ * @return returns the standard converter name;
+ * if a standard converter name cannot be determined,
+ * then <code>NULL</code> is returned. Owned by the library.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getStandardName(const char *name, const char *standard, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * This function will return the internal canonical converter name of the
+ * tagged alias. This is the opposite of ucnv_openStandardNames, which
+ * returns the tagged alias given the canonical name.
+ * <p>
+ * Example alias table:<br>
+ * conv alias1 { STANDARD1 } alias2 { STANDARD1* }
+ * <p>
+ * Result of ucnv_getStandardName("alias1", "STANDARD1") from example
+ * alias table:<br>
+ * <b>"conv"</b>
+ *
+ * @return returns the canonical converter name;
+ * if a standard or alias name cannot be determined,
+ * then <code>NULL</code> is returned. The returned string is
+ * owned by the library.
+ * @see ucnv_getStandardName
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getCanonicalName(const char *alias, const char *standard, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the current default converter name. If you want to open
+ * a default converter, you do not need to use this function.
+ * It is faster if you pass a NULL argument to ucnv_open the
+ * default converter.
+ *
+ * @return returns the current default converter name.
+ * Storage owned by the library
+ * @see ucnv_setDefaultName
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_getDefaultName(void);
+
+/**
+ * This function is not thread safe. DO NOT call this function when ANY ICU
+ * function is being used from more than one thread! This function sets the
+ * current default converter name. If this function needs to be called, it
+ * should be called during application initialization. Most of the time, the
+ * results from ucnv_getDefaultName() or ucnv_open with a NULL string argument
+ * is sufficient for your application.
+ * @param name the converter name to be the default (must be known by ICU).
+ * @see ucnv_getDefaultName
+ * @system
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_setDefaultName(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Fixes the backslash character mismapping. For example, in SJIS, the backslash
+ * character in the ASCII portion is also used to represent the yen currency sign.
+ * When mapping from Unicode character 0x005C, it's unclear whether to map the
+ * character back to yen or backslash in SJIS. This function will take the input
+ * buffer and replace all the yen sign characters with backslash. This is necessary
+ * when the user tries to open a file with the input buffer on Windows.
+ * This function will test the converter to see whether such mapping is
+ * required. You can sometimes avoid using this function by using the correct version
+ * of Shift-JIS.
+ *
+ * @param cnv The converter representing the target codepage.
+ * @param source the input buffer to be fixed
+ * @param sourceLen the length of the input buffer
+ * @see ucnv_isAmbiguous
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_fixFileSeparator(const UConverter *cnv, UChar *source, int32_t sourceLen);
+
+/**
+ * Determines if the converter contains ambiguous mappings of the same
+ * character or not.
+ * @param cnv the converter to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the converter contains ambiguous mapping of the same
+ * character, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_isAmbiguous(const UConverter *cnv);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the converter to use fallback mappings or not.
+ * Regardless of this flag, the converter will always use
+ * fallbacks from Unicode Private Use code points, as well as
+ * reverse fallbacks (to Unicode).
+ * For details see ".ucm File Format"
+ * in the Conversion Data chapter of the ICU User Guide:
+ * http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/conversion-data.html#ucmformat
+ *
+ * @param cnv The converter to set the fallback mapping usage on.
+ * @param usesFallback TRUE if the user wants the converter to take advantage of the fallback
+ * mapping, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ * @see ucnv_usesFallback
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_setFallback(UConverter *cnv, UBool usesFallback);
+
+/**
+ * Determines if the converter uses fallback mappings or not.
+ * This flag has restrictions, see ucnv_setFallback().
+ *
+ * @param cnv The converter to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the converter uses fallback, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ * @see ucnv_setFallback
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_usesFallback(const UConverter *cnv);
+
+/**
+ * Detects Unicode signature byte sequences at the start of the byte stream
+ * and returns the charset name of the indicated Unicode charset.
+ * NULL is returned when no Unicode signature is recognized.
+ * The number of bytes in the signature is output as well.
+ *
+ * The caller can ucnv_open() a converter using the charset name.
+ * The first code unit (UChar) from the start of the stream will be U+FEFF
+ * (the Unicode BOM/signature character) and can usually be ignored.
+ *
+ * For most Unicode charsets it is also possible to ignore the indicated
+ * number of initial stream bytes and start converting after them.
+ * However, there are stateful Unicode charsets (UTF-7 and BOCU-1) for which
+ * this will not work. Therefore, it is best to ignore the first output UChar
+ * instead of the input signature bytes.
+ * <p>
+ * Usage:
+ * @code
+ * UErrorCode err = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * char input[] = { '\xEF','\xBB', '\xBF','\x41','\x42','\x43' };
+ * int32_t signatureLength = 0;
+ * char *encoding = ucnv_detectUnicodeSignature(input,sizeof(input),&signatureLength,&err);
+ * UConverter *conv = NULL;
+ * UChar output[100];
+ * UChar *target = output, *out;
+ * char *source = input;
+ * if(encoding!=NULL && U_SUCCESS(err)){
+ * // should signature be discarded ?
+ * conv = ucnv_open(encoding, &err);
+ * // do the conversion
+ * ucnv_toUnicode(conv,
+ * target, output + sizeof(output)/U_SIZEOF_UCHAR,
+ * source, input + sizeof(input),
+ * NULL, TRUE, &err);
+ * out = output;
+ * if (discardSignature){
+ * ++out; // ignore initial U+FEFF
+ * }
+ * while(out != target) {
+ * printf("%04x ", *out++);
+ * }
+ * puts("");
+ * }
+ *
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param source The source string in which the signature should be detected.
+ * @param sourceLength Length of the input string, or -1 if terminated with a NUL byte.
+ * @param signatureLength A pointer to int32_t to receive the number of bytes that make up the signature
+ * of the detected UTF. 0 if not detected.
+ * Can be a NULL pointer.
+ * @param pErrorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return The name of the encoding detected. NULL if encoding is not detected.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_detectUnicodeSignature(const char* source,
+ int32_t sourceLength,
+ int32_t *signatureLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the number of UChars held in the converter's internal state
+ * because more input is needed for completing the conversion. This function is
+ * useful for mapping semantics of ICU's converter interface to those of iconv,
+ * and this information is not needed for normal conversion.
+ * @param cnv The converter in which the input is held
+ * @param status ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return The number of UChars in the state. -1 if an error is encountered.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_fromUCountPending(const UConverter* cnv, UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the number of chars held in the converter's internal state
+ * because more input is needed for completing the conversion. This function is
+ * useful for mapping semantics of ICU's converter interface to those of iconv,
+ * and this information is not needed for normal conversion.
+ * @param cnv The converter in which the input is held as internal state
+ * @param status ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return The number of chars in the state. -1 if an error is encountered.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_toUCountPending(const UConverter* cnv, UErrorCode* status);
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+/*_UCNV*/
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucnv_cb.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucnv_cb.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0e67ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucnv_cb.h
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2000-2004, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+ * ucnv_cb.h:
+ * External APIs for the ICU's codeset conversion library
+ * Helena Shih
+ *
+ * Modification History:
+ *
+ * Date Name Description
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C UConverter functions to aid the writers of callbacks
+ *
+ * <h2> Callback API for UConverter </h2>
+ *
+ * These functions are provided here for the convenience of the callback
+ * writer. If you are just looking for callback functions to use, please
+ * see ucnv_err.h. DO NOT call these functions directly when you are
+ * working with converters, unless your code has been called as a callback
+ * via ucnv_setFromUCallback or ucnv_setToUCallback !!
+ *
+ * A note about error codes and overflow. Unlike other ICU functions,
+ * these functions do not expect the error status to be U_ZERO_ERROR.
+ * Callbacks must be much more careful about their error codes.
+ * The error codes used here are in/out parameters, which should be passed
+ * back in the callback's error parameter.
+ *
+ * For example, if you call ucnv_cbfromUWriteBytes to write data out
+ * to the output codepage, it may return U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR if
+ * the data did not fit in the target. But this isn't a failing error,
+ * in fact, ucnv_cbfromUWriteBytes may be called AGAIN with the error
+ * status still U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR to attempt to write further bytes,
+ * which will also go into the internal overflow buffers.
+ *
+ * Concerning offsets, the 'offset' parameters here are relative to the start
+ * of SOURCE. For example, Suppose the string "ABCD" was being converted
+ * from Unicode into a codepage which doesn't have a mapping for 'B'.
+ * 'A' will be written out correctly, but
+ * The FromU Callback will be called on an unassigned character for 'B'.
+ * At this point, this is the state of the world:
+ * Target: A [..] [points after A]
+ * Source: A B [C] D [points to C - B has been consumed]
+ * 0 1 2 3
+ * codePoint = "B" [the unassigned codepoint]
+ *
+ * Now, suppose a callback wants to write the substitution character '?' to
+ * the target. It calls ucnv_cbFromUWriteBytes() to write the ?.
+ * It should pass ZERO as the offset, because the offset as far as the
+ * callback is concerned is relative to the SOURCE pointer [which points
+ * before 'C'.] If the callback goes into the args and consumes 'C' also,
+ * it would call FromUWriteBytes with an offset of 1 (and advance the source
+ * pointer).
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef UCNV_CB_H
+#define UCNV_CB_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION
+
+#include "unicode/ucnv.h"
+#include "unicode/ucnv_err.h"
+
+/**
+ * ONLY used by FromU callback functions.
+ * Writes out the specified byte output bytes to the target byte buffer or to converter internal buffers.
+ *
+ * @param args callback fromUnicode arguments
+ * @param source source bytes to write
+ * @param length length of bytes to write
+ * @param offsetIndex the relative offset index from callback.
+ * @param err error status. If <TT>U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW</TT> is returned, then U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW <STRONG>must</STRONG>
+ * be returned to the user, because it means that not all data could be written into the target buffer, and some is
+ * in the converter error buffer.
+ * @see ucnv_cbFromUWriteSub
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_cbFromUWriteBytes (UConverterFromUnicodeArgs *args,
+ const char* source,
+ int32_t length,
+ int32_t offsetIndex,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+/**
+ * ONLY used by FromU callback functions.
+ * This function will write out the correct substitution character sequence
+ * to the target.
+ *
+ * @param args callback fromUnicode arguments
+ * @param offsetIndex the relative offset index from the current source pointer to be used
+ * @param err error status. If <TT>U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW</TT> is returned, then U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW <STRONG>must</STRONG>
+ * be returned to the user, because it means that not all data could be written into the target buffer, and some is
+ * in the converter error buffer.
+ * @see ucnv_cbFromUWriteBytes
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucnv_cbFromUWriteSub (UConverterFromUnicodeArgs *args,
+ int32_t offsetIndex,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+/**
+ * ONLY used by fromU callback functions.
+ * This function will write out the error character(s) to the target UChar buffer.
+ *
+ * @param args callback fromUnicode arguments
+ * @param source pointer to pointer to first UChar to write [on exit: 1 after last UChar processed]
+ * @param sourceLimit pointer after last UChar to write
+ * @param offsetIndex the relative offset index from callback which will be set
+ * @param err error status <TT>U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW</TT>
+ * @see ucnv_cbToUWriteSub
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 ucnv_cbFromUWriteUChars(UConverterFromUnicodeArgs *args,
+ const UChar** source,
+ const UChar* sourceLimit,
+ int32_t offsetIndex,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+/**
+ * ONLY used by ToU callback functions.
+ * This function will write out the specified characters to the target
+ * UChar buffer.
+ *
+ * @param args callback toUnicode arguments
+ * @param source source string to write
+ * @param length the length of source string
+ * @param offsetIndex the relative offset index which will be written.
+ * @param err error status <TT>U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW</TT>
+ * @see ucnv_cbToUWriteSub
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 ucnv_cbToUWriteUChars (UConverterToUnicodeArgs *args,
+ const UChar* source,
+ int32_t length,
+ int32_t offsetIndex,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+/**
+ * ONLY used by ToU callback functions.
+ * This function will write out the Unicode substitution character (U+FFFD).
+ *
+ * @param args callback fromUnicode arguments
+ * @param offsetIndex the relative offset index from callback.
+ * @param err error status <TT>U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW</TT>
+ * @see ucnv_cbToUWriteUChars
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 ucnv_cbToUWriteSub (UConverterToUnicodeArgs *args,
+ int32_t offsetIndex,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucnv_err.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucnv_err.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6fde696
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucnv_err.h
@@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2007, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+ *
+ *
+ * ucnv_err.h:
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C UConverter predefined error callbacks
+ *
+ * <h2>Error Behaviour Functions</h2>
+ * Defines some error behaviour functions called by ucnv_{from,to}Unicode
+ * These are provided as part of ICU and many are stable, but they
+ * can also be considered only as an example of what can be done with
+ * callbacks. You may of course write your own.
+ *
+ * If you want to write your own, you may also find the functions from
+ * ucnv_cb.h useful when writing your own callbacks.
+ *
+ * These functions, although public, should NEVER be called directly.
+ * They should be used as parameters to the ucnv_setFromUCallback
+ * and ucnv_setToUCallback functions, to set the behaviour of a converter
+ * when it encounters ILLEGAL/UNMAPPED/INVALID sequences.
+ *
+ * usage example: 'STOP' doesn't need any context, but newContext
+ * could be set to something other than 'NULL' if needed. The available
+ * contexts in this header can modify the default behavior of the callback.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * UErrorCode err = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * UConverter *myConverter = ucnv_open("ibm-949", &err);
+ * const void *oldContext;
+ * UConverterFromUCallback oldAction;
+ *
+ *
+ * if (U_SUCCESS(err))
+ * {
+ * ucnv_setFromUCallBack(myConverter,
+ * UCNV_FROM_U_CALLBACK_STOP,
+ * NULL,
+ * &oldAction,
+ * &oldContext,
+ * &status);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * The code above tells "myConverter" to stop when it encounters an
+ * ILLEGAL/TRUNCATED/INVALID sequences when it is used to convert from
+ * Unicode -> Codepage. The behavior from Codepage to Unicode is not changed,
+ * and ucnv_setToUCallBack would need to be called in order to change
+ * that behavior too.
+ *
+ * Here is an example with a context:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * UErrorCode err = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * UConverter *myConverter = ucnv_open("ibm-949", &err);
+ * const void *oldContext;
+ * UConverterFromUCallback oldAction;
+ *
+ *
+ * if (U_SUCCESS(err))
+ * {
+ * ucnv_setToUCallBack(myConverter,
+ * UCNV_TO_U_CALLBACK_SUBSTITUTE,
+ * UCNV_SUB_STOP_ON_ILLEGAL,
+ * &oldAction,
+ * &oldContext,
+ * &status);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * The code above tells "myConverter" to stop when it encounters an
+ * ILLEGAL/TRUNCATED/INVALID sequences when it is used to convert from
+ * Codepage -> Unicode. Any unmapped and legal characters will be
+ * substituted to be the default substitution character.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UCNV_ERR_H
+#define UCNV_ERR_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION
+
+/** Forward declaring the UConverter structure. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+struct UConverter;
+
+/** @stable ICU 2.0 */
+typedef struct UConverter UConverter;
+
+/**
+ * FROM_U, TO_U context options for sub callback
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UCNV_SUB_STOP_ON_ILLEGAL "i"
+
+/**
+ * FROM_U, TO_U context options for skip callback
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UCNV_SKIP_STOP_ON_ILLEGAL "i"
+
+/**
+ * FROM_U_CALLBACK_ESCAPE context option to escape the code unit according to ICU (%UXXXX)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UCNV_ESCAPE_ICU NULL
+/**
+ * FROM_U_CALLBACK_ESCAPE context option to escape the code unit according to JAVA (\\uXXXX)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UCNV_ESCAPE_JAVA "J"
+/**
+ * FROM_U_CALLBACK_ESCAPE context option to escape the code unit according to C (\\uXXXX \\UXXXXXXXX)
+ * TO_U_CALLBACK_ESCAPE option to escape the character value accoding to C (\\xXXXX)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UCNV_ESCAPE_C "C"
+/**
+ * FROM_U_CALLBACK_ESCAPE context option to escape the code unit according to XML Decimal escape \htmlonly(&#DDDD;)\endhtmlonly
+ * TO_U_CALLBACK_ESCAPE context option to escape the character value accoding to XML Decimal escape \htmlonly(&#DDDD;)\endhtmlonly
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UCNV_ESCAPE_XML_DEC "D"
+/**
+ * FROM_U_CALLBACK_ESCAPE context option to escape the code unit according to XML Hex escape \htmlonly(&#xXXXX;)\endhtmlonly
+ * TO_U_CALLBACK_ESCAPE context option to escape the character value accoding to XML Hex escape \htmlonly(&#xXXXX;)\endhtmlonly
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UCNV_ESCAPE_XML_HEX "X"
+/**
+ * FROM_U_CALLBACK_ESCAPE context option to escape the code unit according to Unicode (U+XXXXX)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UCNV_ESCAPE_UNICODE "U"
+
+/**
+ * FROM_U_CALLBACK_ESCAPE context option to escape the code unit according to CSS2 conventions (\\HH..H<space>, that is,
+ * a backslash, 1..6 hex digits, and a space)
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+#define UCNV_ESCAPE_CSS2 "S"
+
+/**
+ * The process condition code to be used with the callbacks.
+ * Codes which are greater than UCNV_IRREGULAR should be
+ * passed on to any chained callbacks.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ UCNV_UNASSIGNED = 0, /**< The code point is unassigned.
+ The error code U_INVALID_CHAR_FOUND will be set. */
+ UCNV_ILLEGAL = 1, /**< The code point is illegal. For example,
+ \\x81\\x2E is illegal in SJIS because \\x2E
+ is not a valid trail byte for the \\x81
+ lead byte.
+ Also, starting with Unicode 3.0.1, non-shortest byte sequences
+ in UTF-8 (like \\xC1\\xA1 instead of \\x61 for U+0061)
+ are also illegal, not just irregular.
+ The error code U_ILLEGAL_CHAR_FOUND will be set. */
+ UCNV_IRREGULAR = 2, /**< The codepoint is not a regular sequence in
+ the encoding. For example, \\xED\\xA0\\x80..\\xED\\xBF\\xBF
+ are irregular UTF-8 byte sequences for single surrogate
+ code points.
+ The error code U_INVALID_CHAR_FOUND will be set. */
+ UCNV_RESET = 3, /**< The callback is called with this reason when a
+ 'reset' has occured. Callback should reset all
+ state. */
+ UCNV_CLOSE = 4, /**< Called when the converter is closed. The
+ callback should release any allocated memory.*/
+ UCNV_CLONE = 5 /**< Called when ucnv_safeClone() is called on the
+ converter. the pointer available as the
+ 'context' is an alias to the original converters'
+ context pointer. If the context must be owned
+ by the new converter, the callback must clone
+ the data and call ucnv_setFromUCallback
+ (or setToUCallback) with the correct pointer.
+ @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+} UConverterCallbackReason;
+
+
+/**
+ * The structure for the fromUnicode callback function parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t size; /**< The size of this struct. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBool flush; /**< The internal state of converter will be reset and data flushed if set to TRUE. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UConverter *converter; /**< Pointer to the converter that is opened and to which this struct is passed as an argument. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ const UChar *source; /**< Pointer to the source source buffer. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ const UChar *sourceLimit; /**< Pointer to the limit (end + 1) of source buffer. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ char *target; /**< Pointer to the target buffer. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ const char *targetLimit; /**< Pointer to the limit (end + 1) of target buffer. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ int32_t *offsets; /**< Pointer to the buffer that recieves the offsets. *offset = blah ; offset++;. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+} UConverterFromUnicodeArgs;
+
+
+/**
+ * The structure for the toUnicode callback function parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t size; /**< The size of this struct @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UBool flush; /**< The internal state of converter will be reset and data flushed if set to TRUE. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UConverter *converter; /**< Pointer to the converter that is opened and to which this struct is passed as an argument. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ const char *source; /**< Pointer to the source source buffer. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ const char *sourceLimit; /**< Pointer to the limit (end + 1) of source buffer. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UChar *target; /**< Pointer to the target buffer. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ const UChar *targetLimit; /**< Pointer to the limit (end + 1) of target buffer. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ int32_t *offsets; /**< Pointer to the buffer that recieves the offsets. *offset = blah ; offset++;. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+} UConverterToUnicodeArgs;
+
+
+/**
+ * DO NOT CALL THIS FUNCTION DIRECTLY!
+ * This From Unicode callback STOPS at the ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE,
+ * returning the error code back to the caller immediately.
+ *
+ * @param context Pointer to the callback's private data
+ * @param fromUArgs Information about the conversion in progress
+ * @param codeUnits Points to 'length' UChars of the concerned Unicode sequence
+ * @param length Size (in bytes) of the concerned codepage sequence
+ * @param codePoint Single UChar32 (UTF-32) containing the concerend Unicode codepoint.
+ * @param reason Defines the reason the callback was invoked
+ * @param err This should always be set to a failure status prior to calling.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 UCNV_FROM_U_CALLBACK_STOP (
+ const void *context,
+ UConverterFromUnicodeArgs *fromUArgs,
+ const UChar* codeUnits,
+ int32_t length,
+ UChar32 codePoint,
+ UConverterCallbackReason reason,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+
+
+/**
+ * DO NOT CALL THIS FUNCTION DIRECTLY!
+ * This To Unicode callback STOPS at the ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE,
+ * returning the error code back to the caller immediately.
+ *
+ * @param context Pointer to the callback's private data
+ * @param toUArgs Information about the conversion in progress
+ * @param codeUnits Points to 'length' bytes of the concerned codepage sequence
+ * @param length Size (in bytes) of the concerned codepage sequence
+ * @param reason Defines the reason the callback was invoked
+ * @param err This should always be set to a failure status prior to calling.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 UCNV_TO_U_CALLBACK_STOP (
+ const void *context,
+ UConverterToUnicodeArgs *toUArgs,
+ const char* codeUnits,
+ int32_t length,
+ UConverterCallbackReason reason,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+/**
+ * DO NOT CALL THIS FUNCTION DIRECTLY!
+ * This From Unicode callback skips any ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE, or
+ * skips only UNASSINGED_SEQUENCE depending on the context parameter
+ * simply ignoring those characters.
+ *
+ * @param context The function currently recognizes the callback options:
+ * UCNV_SKIP_STOP_ON_ILLEGAL: STOPS at the ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE,
+ * returning the error code back to the caller immediately.
+ * NULL: Skips any ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE
+ * @param fromUArgs Information about the conversion in progress
+ * @param codeUnits Points to 'length' UChars of the concerned Unicode sequence
+ * @param length Size (in bytes) of the concerned codepage sequence
+ * @param codePoint Single UChar32 (UTF-32) containing the concerend Unicode codepoint.
+ * @param reason Defines the reason the callback was invoked
+ * @param err Return value will be set to success if the callback was handled,
+ * otherwise this value will be set to a failure status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 UCNV_FROM_U_CALLBACK_SKIP (
+ const void *context,
+ UConverterFromUnicodeArgs *fromUArgs,
+ const UChar* codeUnits,
+ int32_t length,
+ UChar32 codePoint,
+ UConverterCallbackReason reason,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+/**
+ * DO NOT CALL THIS FUNCTION DIRECTLY!
+ * This From Unicode callback will Substitute the ILLEGAL SEQUENCE, or
+ * UNASSIGNED_SEQUENCE depending on context parameter, with the
+ * current substitution string for the converter. This is the default
+ * callback.
+ *
+ * @param context The function currently recognizes the callback options:
+ * UCNV_SUB_STOP_ON_ILLEGAL: STOPS at the ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE,
+ * returning the error code back to the caller immediately.
+ * NULL: Substitutes any ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE
+ * @param fromUArgs Information about the conversion in progress
+ * @param codeUnits Points to 'length' UChars of the concerned Unicode sequence
+ * @param length Size (in bytes) of the concerned codepage sequence
+ * @param codePoint Single UChar32 (UTF-32) containing the concerend Unicode codepoint.
+ * @param reason Defines the reason the callback was invoked
+ * @param err Return value will be set to success if the callback was handled,
+ * otherwise this value will be set to a failure status.
+ * @see ucnv_setSubstChars
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 UCNV_FROM_U_CALLBACK_SUBSTITUTE (
+ const void *context,
+ UConverterFromUnicodeArgs *fromUArgs,
+ const UChar* codeUnits,
+ int32_t length,
+ UChar32 codePoint,
+ UConverterCallbackReason reason,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+/**
+ * DO NOT CALL THIS FUNCTION DIRECTLY!
+ * This From Unicode callback will Substitute the ILLEGAL SEQUENCE with the
+ * hexadecimal representation of the illegal codepoints
+ *
+ * @param context The function currently recognizes the callback options:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>UCNV_ESCAPE_ICU: Substitues the ILLEGAL SEQUENCE with the hexadecimal
+ * representation in the format %UXXXX, e.g. "%uFFFE%u00AC%uC8FE").
+ * In the Event the converter doesn't support the characters {%,U}[A-F][0-9],
+ * it will substitute the illegal sequence with the substitution characters.
+ * Note that codeUnit(32bit int eg: unit of a surrogate pair) is represented as
+ * %UD84D%UDC56</li>
+ * <li>UCNV_ESCAPE_JAVA: Substitues the ILLEGAL SEQUENCE with the hexadecimal
+ * representation in the format \\uXXXX, e.g. "\\uFFFE\\u00AC\\uC8FE").
+ * In the Event the converter doesn't support the characters {\,u}[A-F][0-9],
+ * it will substitute the illegal sequence with the substitution characters.
+ * Note that codeUnit(32bit int eg: unit of a surrogate pair) is represented as
+ * \\uD84D\\uDC56</li>
+ * <li>UCNV_ESCAPE_C: Substitues the ILLEGAL SEQUENCE with the hexadecimal
+ * representation in the format \\uXXXX, e.g. "\\uFFFE\\u00AC\\uC8FE").
+ * In the Event the converter doesn't support the characters {\,u,U}[A-F][0-9],
+ * it will substitute the illegal sequence with the substitution characters.
+ * Note that codeUnit(32bit int eg: unit of a surrogate pair) is represented as
+ * \\U00023456</li>
+ * <li>UCNV_ESCAPE_XML_DEC: Substitues the ILLEGAL SEQUENCE with the decimal
+ * representation in the format \htmlonly&#DDDDDDDD;, e.g. "&#65534;&#172;&#51454;")\endhtmlonly.
+ * In the Event the converter doesn't support the characters {&,#}[0-9],
+ * it will substitute the illegal sequence with the substitution characters.
+ * Note that codeUnit(32bit int eg: unit of a surrogate pair) is represented as
+ * &#144470; and Zero padding is ignored.</li>
+ * <li>UCNV_ESCAPE_XML_HEX:Substitues the ILLEGAL SEQUENCE with the decimal
+ * representation in the format \htmlonly&#xXXXX; e.g. "&#xFFFE;&#x00AC;&#xC8FE;")\endhtmlonly.
+ * In the Event the converter doesn't support the characters {&,#,x}[0-9],
+ * it will substitute the illegal sequence with the substitution characters.
+ * Note that codeUnit(32bit int eg: unit of a surrogate pair) is represented as
+ * \htmlonly&#x23456;\endhtmlonly</li>
+ * </ul>
+ * @param fromUArgs Information about the conversion in progress
+ * @param codeUnits Points to 'length' UChars of the concerned Unicode sequence
+ * @param length Size (in bytes) of the concerned codepage sequence
+ * @param codePoint Single UChar32 (UTF-32) containing the concerend Unicode codepoint.
+ * @param reason Defines the reason the callback was invoked
+ * @param err Return value will be set to success if the callback was handled,
+ * otherwise this value will be set to a failure status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 UCNV_FROM_U_CALLBACK_ESCAPE (
+ const void *context,
+ UConverterFromUnicodeArgs *fromUArgs,
+ const UChar* codeUnits,
+ int32_t length,
+ UChar32 codePoint,
+ UConverterCallbackReason reason,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+
+/**
+ * DO NOT CALL THIS FUNCTION DIRECTLY!
+ * This To Unicode callback skips any ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE, or
+ * skips only UNASSINGED_SEQUENCE depending on the context parameter
+ * simply ignoring those characters.
+ *
+ * @param context The function currently recognizes the callback options:
+ * UCNV_SKIP_STOP_ON_ILLEGAL: STOPS at the ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE,
+ * returning the error code back to the caller immediately.
+ * NULL: Skips any ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE
+ * @param toUArgs Information about the conversion in progress
+ * @param codeUnits Points to 'length' bytes of the concerned codepage sequence
+ * @param length Size (in bytes) of the concerned codepage sequence
+ * @param reason Defines the reason the callback was invoked
+ * @param err Return value will be set to success if the callback was handled,
+ * otherwise this value will be set to a failure status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 UCNV_TO_U_CALLBACK_SKIP (
+ const void *context,
+ UConverterToUnicodeArgs *toUArgs,
+ const char* codeUnits,
+ int32_t length,
+ UConverterCallbackReason reason,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+/**
+ * DO NOT CALL THIS FUNCTION DIRECTLY!
+ * This To Unicode callback will Substitute the ILLEGAL SEQUENCE,or
+ * UNASSIGNED_SEQUENCE depending on context parameter, with the
+ * Unicode substitution character, U+FFFD.
+ *
+ * @param context The function currently recognizes the callback options:
+ * UCNV_SUB_STOP_ON_ILLEGAL: STOPS at the ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE,
+ * returning the error code back to the caller immediately.
+ * NULL: Substitutes any ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE
+ * @param toUArgs Information about the conversion in progress
+ * @param codeUnits Points to 'length' bytes of the concerned codepage sequence
+ * @param length Size (in bytes) of the concerned codepage sequence
+ * @param reason Defines the reason the callback was invoked
+ * @param err Return value will be set to success if the callback was handled,
+ * otherwise this value will be set to a failure status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 UCNV_TO_U_CALLBACK_SUBSTITUTE (
+ const void *context,
+ UConverterToUnicodeArgs *toUArgs,
+ const char* codeUnits,
+ int32_t length,
+ UConverterCallbackReason reason,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+/**
+ * DO NOT CALL THIS FUNCTION DIRECTLY!
+ * This To Unicode callback will Substitute the ILLEGAL SEQUENCE with the
+ * hexadecimal representation of the illegal bytes
+ * (in the format %XNN, e.g. "%XFF%X0A%XC8%X03").
+ *
+ * @param context This function currently recognizes the callback options:
+ * UCNV_ESCAPE_ICU, UCNV_ESCAPE_JAVA, UCNV_ESCAPE_C, UCNV_ESCAPE_XML_DEC,
+ * UCNV_ESCAPE_XML_HEX and UCNV_ESCAPE_UNICODE.
+ * @param toUArgs Information about the conversion in progress
+ * @param codeUnits Points to 'length' bytes of the concerned codepage sequence
+ * @param length Size (in bytes) of the concerned codepage sequence
+ * @param reason Defines the reason the callback was invoked
+ * @param err Return value will be set to success if the callback was handled,
+ * otherwise this value will be set to a failure status.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 UCNV_TO_U_CALLBACK_ESCAPE (
+ const void *context,
+ UConverterToUnicodeArgs *toUArgs,
+ const char* codeUnits,
+ int32_t length,
+ UConverterCallbackReason reason,
+ UErrorCode * err);
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/*UCNV_ERR_H*/
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucol.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucol.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fd952e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1132 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (c) 1996-2008, International Business Machines Corporation and others.
+* All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef UCOL_H
+#define UCOL_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION
+
+#include "unicode/unorm.h"
+#include "unicode/parseerr.h"
+#include "unicode/uloc.h"
+#include "unicode/uset.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Collator
+ *
+ * <h2> Collator C API </h2>
+ *
+ * The C API for Collator performs locale-sensitive
+ * string comparison. You use this service to build
+ * searching and sorting routines for natural language text.
+ * <em>Important: </em>The ICU collation service has been reimplemented
+ * in order to achieve better performance and UCA compliance.
+ * For details, see the
+ * <a href="http://source.icu-project.org/repos/icu/icuhtml/trunk/design/collation/ICU_collation_design.htm">
+ * collation design document</a>.
+ * <p>
+ * For more information about the collation service see
+ * <a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/Collate_Intro.html">the users guide</a>.
+ * <p>
+ * Collation service provides correct sorting orders for most locales supported in ICU.
+ * If specific data for a locale is not available, the orders eventually falls back
+ * to the <a href="http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr10/">UCA sort order</a>.
+ * <p>
+ * Sort ordering may be customized by providing your own set of rules. For more on
+ * this subject see the
+ * <a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/Collate_Customization.html">
+ * Collation customization</a> section of the users guide.
+ * <p>
+ * @see UCollationResult
+ * @see UNormalizationMode
+ * @see UCollationStrength
+ * @see UCollationElements
+ */
+
+/** A collator.
+* For usage in C programs.
+*/
+struct UCollator;
+/** structure representing a collator object instance
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef struct UCollator UCollator;
+
+
+/**
+ * UCOL_LESS is returned if source string is compared to be less than target
+ * string in the u_strcoll() method.
+ * UCOL_EQUAL is returned if source string is compared to be equal to target
+ * string in the u_strcoll() method.
+ * UCOL_GREATER is returned if source string is compared to be greater than
+ * target string in the u_strcoll() method.
+ * @see u_strcoll()
+ * <p>
+ * Possible values for a comparison result
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ /** string a == string b */
+ UCOL_EQUAL = 0,
+ /** string a > string b */
+ UCOL_GREATER = 1,
+ /** string a < string b */
+ UCOL_LESS = -1
+} UCollationResult ;
+
+
+/** Enum containing attribute values for controling collation behavior.
+ * Here are all the allowable values. Not every attribute can take every value. The only
+ * universal value is UCOL_DEFAULT, which resets the attribute value to the predefined
+ * value for that locale
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ /** accepted by most attributes */
+ UCOL_DEFAULT = -1,
+
+ /** Primary collation strength */
+ UCOL_PRIMARY = 0,
+ /** Secondary collation strength */
+ UCOL_SECONDARY = 1,
+ /** Tertiary collation strength */
+ UCOL_TERTIARY = 2,
+ /** Default collation strength */
+ UCOL_DEFAULT_STRENGTH = UCOL_TERTIARY,
+ UCOL_CE_STRENGTH_LIMIT,
+ /** Quaternary collation strength */
+ UCOL_QUATERNARY=3,
+ /** Identical collation strength */
+ UCOL_IDENTICAL=15,
+ UCOL_STRENGTH_LIMIT,
+
+ /** Turn the feature off - works for UCOL_FRENCH_COLLATION,
+ UCOL_CASE_LEVEL, UCOL_HIRAGANA_QUATERNARY_MODE
+ & UCOL_DECOMPOSITION_MODE*/
+ UCOL_OFF = 16,
+ /** Turn the feature on - works for UCOL_FRENCH_COLLATION,
+ UCOL_CASE_LEVEL, UCOL_HIRAGANA_QUATERNARY_MODE
+ & UCOL_DECOMPOSITION_MODE*/
+ UCOL_ON = 17,
+
+ /** Valid for UCOL_ALTERNATE_HANDLING. Alternate handling will be shifted */
+ UCOL_SHIFTED = 20,
+ /** Valid for UCOL_ALTERNATE_HANDLING. Alternate handling will be non ignorable */
+ UCOL_NON_IGNORABLE = 21,
+
+ /** Valid for UCOL_CASE_FIRST -
+ lower case sorts before upper case */
+ UCOL_LOWER_FIRST = 24,
+ /** upper case sorts before lower case */
+ UCOL_UPPER_FIRST = 25,
+
+ UCOL_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_COUNT
+
+} UColAttributeValue;
+
+/**
+ * Base letter represents a primary difference. Set comparison
+ * level to UCOL_PRIMARY to ignore secondary and tertiary differences.
+ * Use this to set the strength of a Collator object.
+ * Example of primary difference, "abc" < "abd"
+ *
+ * Diacritical differences on the same base letter represent a secondary
+ * difference. Set comparison level to UCOL_SECONDARY to ignore tertiary
+ * differences. Use this to set the strength of a Collator object.
+ * Example of secondary difference, "ä" >> "a".
+ *
+ * Uppercase and lowercase versions of the same character represents a
+ * tertiary difference. Set comparison level to UCOL_TERTIARY to include
+ * all comparison differences. Use this to set the strength of a Collator
+ * object.
+ * Example of tertiary difference, "abc" <<< "ABC".
+ *
+ * Two characters are considered "identical" when they have the same
+ * unicode spellings. UCOL_IDENTICAL.
+ * For example, "ä" == "ä".
+ *
+ * UCollationStrength is also used to determine the strength of sort keys
+ * generated from UCollator objects
+ * These values can be now found in the UColAttributeValue enum.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ **/
+typedef UColAttributeValue UCollationStrength;
+
+/** Attributes that collation service understands. All the attributes can take UCOL_DEFAULT
+ * value, as well as the values specific to each one.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ /** Attribute for direction of secondary weights - used in French.
+ * Acceptable values are UCOL_ON, which results in secondary weights
+ * being considered backwards and UCOL_OFF which treats secondary
+ * weights in the order they appear.*/
+ UCOL_FRENCH_COLLATION,
+ /** Attribute for handling variable elements.
+ * Acceptable values are UCOL_NON_IGNORABLE (default)
+ * which treats all the codepoints with non-ignorable
+ * primary weights in the same way,
+ * and UCOL_SHIFTED which causes codepoints with primary
+ * weights that are equal or below the variable top value
+ * to be ignored on primary level and moved to the quaternary
+ * level.*/
+ UCOL_ALTERNATE_HANDLING,
+ /** Controls the ordering of upper and lower case letters.
+ * Acceptable values are UCOL_OFF (default), which orders
+ * upper and lower case letters in accordance to their tertiary
+ * weights, UCOL_UPPER_FIRST which forces upper case letters to
+ * sort before lower case letters, and UCOL_LOWER_FIRST which does
+ * the opposite. */
+ UCOL_CASE_FIRST,
+ /** Controls whether an extra case level (positioned before the third
+ * level) is generated or not. Acceptable values are UCOL_OFF (default),
+ * when case level is not generated, and UCOL_ON which causes the case
+ * level to be generated. Contents of the case level are affected by
+ * the value of UCOL_CASE_FIRST attribute. A simple way to ignore
+ * accent differences in a string is to set the strength to UCOL_PRIMARY
+ * and enable case level. */
+ UCOL_CASE_LEVEL,
+ /** Controls whether the normalization check and necessary normalizations
+ * are performed. When set to UCOL_OFF (default) no normalization check
+ * is performed. The correctness of the result is guaranteed only if the
+ * input data is in so-called FCD form (see users manual for more info).
+ * When set to UCOL_ON, an incremental check is performed to see whether
+ * the input data is in the FCD form. If the data is not in the FCD form,
+ * incremental NFD normalization is performed. */
+ UCOL_NORMALIZATION_MODE,
+ /** An alias for UCOL_NORMALIZATION_MODE attribute */
+ UCOL_DECOMPOSITION_MODE = UCOL_NORMALIZATION_MODE,
+ /** The strength attribute. Can be either UCOL_PRIMARY, UCOL_SECONDARY,
+ * UCOL_TERTIARY, UCOL_QUATERNARY or UCOL_IDENTICAL. The usual strength
+ * for most locales (except Japanese) is tertiary. Quaternary strength
+ * is useful when combined with shifted setting for alternate handling
+ * attribute and for JIS x 4061 collation, when it is used to distinguish
+ * between Katakana and Hiragana (this is achieved by setting the
+ * UCOL_HIRAGANA_QUATERNARY mode to on. Otherwise, quaternary level
+ * is affected only by the number of non ignorable code points in
+ * the string. Identical strength is rarely useful, as it amounts
+ * to codepoints of the NFD form of the string. */
+ UCOL_STRENGTH,
+ /** When turned on, this attribute positions Hiragana before all
+ * non-ignorables on quaternary level This is a sneaky way to produce JIS
+ * sort order */
+ UCOL_HIRAGANA_QUATERNARY_MODE,
+ /** When turned on, this attribute generates a collation key
+ * for the numeric value of substrings of digits.
+ * This is a way to get '100' to sort AFTER '2'. */
+ UCOL_NUMERIC_COLLATION,
+ UCOL_ATTRIBUTE_COUNT
+} UColAttribute;
+
+/** Options for retrieving the rule string
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ /** Retrieve tailoring only */
+ UCOL_TAILORING_ONLY,
+ /** Retrieve UCA rules and tailoring */
+ UCOL_FULL_RULES
+} UColRuleOption ;
+
+/**
+ * Open a UCollator for comparing strings.
+ * The UCollator pointer is used in all the calls to the Collation
+ * service. After finished, collator must be disposed of by calling
+ * {@link #ucol_close }.
+ * @param loc The locale containing the required collation rules.
+ * Special values for locales can be passed in -
+ * if NULL is passed for the locale, the default locale
+ * collation rules will be used. If empty string ("") or
+ * "root" are passed, UCA rules will be used.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @return A pointer to a UCollator, or 0 if an error occurred.
+ * @see ucol_openRules
+ * @see ucol_safeClone
+ * @see ucol_close
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UCollator* U_EXPORT2
+ucol_open(const char *loc, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Produce an UCollator instance according to the rules supplied.
+ * The rules are used to change the default ordering, defined in the
+ * UCA in a process called tailoring. The resulting UCollator pointer
+ * can be used in the same way as the one obtained by {@link #ucol_strcoll }.
+ * @param rules A string describing the collation rules. For the syntax
+ * of the rules please see users guide.
+ * @param rulesLength The length of rules, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param normalizationMode The normalization mode: One of
+ * UCOL_OFF (expect the text to not need normalization),
+ * UCOL_ON (normalize), or
+ * UCOL_DEFAULT (set the mode according to the rules)
+ * @param strength The default collation strength; one of UCOL_PRIMARY, UCOL_SECONDARY,
+ * UCOL_TERTIARY, UCOL_IDENTICAL,UCOL_DEFAULT_STRENGTH - can be also set in the rules.
+ * @param parseError A pointer to UParseError to recieve information about errors
+ * occurred during parsing. This argument can currently be set
+ * to NULL, but at users own risk. Please provide a real structure.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @return A pointer to a UCollator. It is not guaranteed that NULL be returned in case
+ * of error - please use status argument to check for errors.
+ * @see ucol_open
+ * @see ucol_safeClone
+ * @see ucol_close
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UCollator* U_EXPORT2
+ucol_openRules( const UChar *rules,
+ int32_t rulesLength,
+ UColAttributeValue normalizationMode,
+ UCollationStrength strength,
+ UParseError *parseError,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Open a collator defined by a short form string.
+ * The structure and the syntax of the string is defined in the "Naming collators"
+ * section of the users guide:
+ * http://icu-project.org/userguide/Collate_Concepts.html#Naming_Collators
+ * Attributes are overriden by the subsequent attributes. So, for "S2_S3", final
+ * strength will be 3. 3066bis locale overrides individual locale parts.
+ * The call to this function is equivalent to a call to ucol_open, followed by a
+ * series of calls to ucol_setAttribute and ucol_setVariableTop.
+ * @param definition A short string containing a locale and a set of attributes.
+ * Attributes not explicitly mentioned are left at the default
+ * state for a locale.
+ * @param parseError if not NULL, structure that will get filled with error's pre
+ * and post context in case of error.
+ * @param forceDefaults if FALSE, the settings that are the same as the collator
+ * default settings will not be applied (for example, setting
+ * French secondary on a French collator would not be executed).
+ * If TRUE, all the settings will be applied regardless of the
+ * collator default value. If the definition
+ * strings are to be cached, should be set to FALSE.
+ * @param status Error code. Apart from regular error conditions connected to
+ * instantiating collators (like out of memory or similar), this
+ * API will return an error if an invalid attribute or attribute/value
+ * combination is specified.
+ * @return A pointer to a UCollator or 0 if an error occured (including an
+ * invalid attribute).
+ * @see ucol_open
+ * @see ucol_setAttribute
+ * @see ucol_setVariableTop
+ * @see ucol_getShortDefinitionString
+ * @see ucol_normalizeShortDefinitionString
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ *
+ */
+U_STABLE UCollator* U_EXPORT2
+ucol_openFromShortString( const char *definition,
+ UBool forceDefaults,
+ UParseError *parseError,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get a set containing the contractions defined by the collator. The set includes
+ * both the UCA contractions and the contractions defined by the collator. This set
+ * will contain only strings. If a tailoring explicitly suppresses contractions from
+ * the UCA (like Russian), removed contractions will not be in the resulting set.
+ * @param coll collator
+ * @param conts the set to hold the result. It gets emptied before
+ * contractions are added.
+ * @param status to hold the error code
+ * @return the size of the contraction set
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 3.4, use ucol_getContractionsAndExpansions instead
+ */
+U_DEPRECATED int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getContractions( const UCollator *coll,
+ USet *conts,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get a set containing the expansions defined by the collator. The set includes
+ * both the UCA expansions and the expansions defined by the tailoring
+ * @param coll collator
+ * @param contractions if not NULL, the set to hold the contractions
+ * @param expansions if not NULL, the set to hold the expansions
+ * @param addPrefixes add the prefix contextual elements to contractions
+ * @param status to hold the error code
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getContractionsAndExpansions( const UCollator *coll,
+ USet *contractions, USet *expansions,
+ UBool addPrefixes, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Close a UCollator.
+ * Once closed, a UCollator should not be used. Every open collator should
+ * be closed. Otherwise, a memory leak will result.
+ * @param coll The UCollator to close.
+ * @see ucol_open
+ * @see ucol_openRules
+ * @see ucol_safeClone
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucol_close(UCollator *coll);
+
+/**
+ * Compare two strings.
+ * The strings will be compared using the options already specified.
+ * @param coll The UCollator containing the comparison rules.
+ * @param source The source string.
+ * @param sourceLength The length of source, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param target The target string.
+ * @param targetLength The length of target, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @return The result of comparing the strings; one of UCOL_EQUAL,
+ * UCOL_GREATER, UCOL_LESS
+ * @see ucol_greater
+ * @see ucol_greaterOrEqual
+ * @see ucol_equal
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UCollationResult U_EXPORT2
+ucol_strcoll( const UCollator *coll,
+ const UChar *source,
+ int32_t sourceLength,
+ const UChar *target,
+ int32_t targetLength);
+
+/**
+ * Determine if one string is greater than another.
+ * This function is equivalent to {@link #ucol_strcoll } == UCOL_GREATER
+ * @param coll The UCollator containing the comparison rules.
+ * @param source The source string.
+ * @param sourceLength The length of source, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param target The target string.
+ * @param targetLength The length of target, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @return TRUE if source is greater than target, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @see ucol_strcoll
+ * @see ucol_greaterOrEqual
+ * @see ucol_equal
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+ucol_greater(const UCollator *coll,
+ const UChar *source, int32_t sourceLength,
+ const UChar *target, int32_t targetLength);
+
+/**
+ * Determine if one string is greater than or equal to another.
+ * This function is equivalent to {@link #ucol_strcoll } != UCOL_LESS
+ * @param coll The UCollator containing the comparison rules.
+ * @param source The source string.
+ * @param sourceLength The length of source, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param target The target string.
+ * @param targetLength The length of target, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @return TRUE if source is greater than or equal to target, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @see ucol_strcoll
+ * @see ucol_greater
+ * @see ucol_equal
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+ucol_greaterOrEqual(const UCollator *coll,
+ const UChar *source, int32_t sourceLength,
+ const UChar *target, int32_t targetLength);
+
+/**
+ * Compare two strings for equality.
+ * This function is equivalent to {@link #ucol_strcoll } == UCOL_EQUAL
+ * @param coll The UCollator containing the comparison rules.
+ * @param source The source string.
+ * @param sourceLength The length of source, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param target The target string.
+ * @param targetLength The length of target, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @return TRUE if source is equal to target, FALSE otherwise
+ * @see ucol_strcoll
+ * @see ucol_greater
+ * @see ucol_greaterOrEqual
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+ucol_equal(const UCollator *coll,
+ const UChar *source, int32_t sourceLength,
+ const UChar *target, int32_t targetLength);
+
+/**
+ * Compare two UTF-8 encoded trings.
+ * The strings will be compared using the options already specified.
+ * @param coll The UCollator containing the comparison rules.
+ * @param sIter The source string iterator.
+ * @param tIter The target string iterator.
+ * @return The result of comparing the strings; one of UCOL_EQUAL,
+ * UCOL_GREATER, UCOL_LESS
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @see ucol_strcoll
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UCollationResult U_EXPORT2
+ucol_strcollIter( const UCollator *coll,
+ UCharIterator *sIter,
+ UCharIterator *tIter,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the collation strength used in a UCollator.
+ * The strength influences how strings are compared.
+ * @param coll The UCollator to query.
+ * @return The collation strength; one of UCOL_PRIMARY, UCOL_SECONDARY,
+ * UCOL_TERTIARY, UCOL_QUATERNARY, UCOL_IDENTICAL
+ * @see ucol_setStrength
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UCollationStrength U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getStrength(const UCollator *coll);
+
+/**
+ * Set the collation strength used in a UCollator.
+ * The strength influences how strings are compared.
+ * @param coll The UCollator to set.
+ * @param strength The desired collation strength; one of UCOL_PRIMARY,
+ * UCOL_SECONDARY, UCOL_TERTIARY, UCOL_QUATERNARY, UCOL_IDENTICAL, UCOL_DEFAULT
+ * @see ucol_getStrength
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucol_setStrength(UCollator *coll,
+ UCollationStrength strength);
+
+/**
+ * Get the display name for a UCollator.
+ * The display name is suitable for presentation to a user.
+ * @param objLoc The locale of the collator in question.
+ * @param dispLoc The locale for display.
+ * @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the attribute.
+ * @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength,
+ * the output was truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getDisplayName( const char *objLoc,
+ const char *dispLoc,
+ UChar *result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get a locale for which collation rules are available.
+ * A UCollator in a locale returned by this function will perform the correct
+ * collation for the locale.
+ * @param index The index of the desired locale.
+ * @return A locale for which collation rules are available, or 0 if none.
+ * @see ucol_countAvailable
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getAvailable(int32_t index);
+
+/**
+ * Determine how many locales have collation rules available.
+ * This function is most useful as determining the loop ending condition for
+ * calls to {@link #ucol_getAvailable }.
+ * @return The number of locales for which collation rules are available.
+ * @see ucol_getAvailable
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_countAvailable(void);
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE
+/**
+ * Create a string enumerator of all locales for which a valid
+ * collator may be opened.
+ * @param status input-output error code
+ * @return a string enumeration over locale strings. The caller is
+ * responsible for closing the result.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UEnumeration* U_EXPORT2
+ucol_openAvailableLocales(UErrorCode *status);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Create a string enumerator of all possible keywords that are relevant to
+ * collation. At this point, the only recognized keyword for this
+ * service is "collation".
+ * @param status input-output error code
+ * @return a string enumeration over locale strings. The caller is
+ * responsible for closing the result.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UEnumeration* U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getKeywords(UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Given a keyword, create a string enumeration of all values
+ * for that keyword that are currently in use.
+ * @param keyword a particular keyword as enumerated by
+ * ucol_getKeywords. If any other keyword is passed in, *status is set
+ * to U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR.
+ * @param status input-output error code
+ * @return a string enumeration over collation keyword values, or NULL
+ * upon error. The caller is responsible for closing the result.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UEnumeration* U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getKeywordValues(const char *keyword, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Return the functionally equivalent locale for the given
+ * requested locale, with respect to given keyword, for the
+ * collation service. If two locales return the same result, then
+ * collators instantiated for these locales will behave
+ * equivalently. The converse is not always true; two collators
+ * may in fact be equivalent, but return different results, due to
+ * internal details. The return result has no other meaning than
+ * that stated above, and implies nothing as to the relationship
+ * between the two locales. This is intended for use by
+ * applications who wish to cache collators, or otherwise reuse
+ * collators when possible. The functional equivalent may change
+ * over time. For more information, please see the <a
+ * href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/locale.html#services">
+ * Locales and Services</a> section of the ICU User Guide.
+ * @param result fillin for the functionally equivalent locale
+ * @param resultCapacity capacity of the fillin buffer
+ * @param keyword a particular keyword as enumerated by
+ * ucol_getKeywords.
+ * @param locale the requested locale
+ * @param isAvailable if non-NULL, pointer to a fillin parameter that
+ * indicates whether the requested locale was 'available' to the
+ * collation service. A locale is defined as 'available' if it
+ * physically exists within the collation locale data.
+ * @param status pointer to input-output error code
+ * @return the actual buffer size needed for the locale. If greater
+ * than resultCapacity, the returned full name will be truncated and
+ * an error code will be returned.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getFunctionalEquivalent(char* result, int32_t resultCapacity,
+ const char* keyword, const char* locale,
+ UBool* isAvailable, UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the collation rules from a UCollator.
+ * The rules will follow the rule syntax.
+ * @param coll The UCollator to query.
+ * @param length
+ * @return The collation rules.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const UChar* U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getRules( const UCollator *coll,
+ int32_t *length);
+
+/** Get the short definition string for a collator. This API harvests the collator's
+ * locale and the attribute set and produces a string that can be used for opening
+ * a collator with the same properties using the ucol_openFromShortString API.
+ * This string will be normalized.
+ * The structure and the syntax of the string is defined in the "Naming collators"
+ * section of the users guide:
+ * http://icu-project.org/userguide/Collate_Concepts.html#Naming_Collators
+ * This API supports preflighting.
+ * @param coll a collator
+ * @param locale a locale that will appear as a collators locale in the resulting
+ * short string definition. If NULL, the locale will be harvested
+ * from the collator.
+ * @param buffer space to hold the resulting string
+ * @param capacity capacity of the buffer
+ * @param status for returning errors. All the preflighting errors are featured
+ * @return length of the resulting string
+ * @see ucol_openFromShortString
+ * @see ucol_normalizeShortDefinitionString
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getShortDefinitionString(const UCollator *coll,
+ const char *locale,
+ char *buffer,
+ int32_t capacity,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/** Verifies and normalizes short definition string.
+ * Normalized short definition string has all the option sorted by the argument name,
+ * so that equivalent definition strings are the same.
+ * This API supports preflighting.
+ * @param source definition string
+ * @param destination space to hold the resulting string
+ * @param capacity capacity of the buffer
+ * @param parseError if not NULL, structure that will get filled with error's pre
+ * and post context in case of error.
+ * @param status Error code. This API will return an error if an invalid attribute
+ * or attribute/value combination is specified. All the preflighting
+ * errors are also featured
+ * @return length of the resulting normalized string.
+ *
+ * @see ucol_openFromShortString
+ * @see ucol_getShortDefinitionString
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_normalizeShortDefinitionString(const char *source,
+ char *destination,
+ int32_t capacity,
+ UParseError *parseError,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Get a sort key for a string from a UCollator.
+ * Sort keys may be compared using <TT>strcmp</TT>.
+ * @param coll The UCollator containing the collation rules.
+ * @param source The string to transform.
+ * @param sourceLength The length of source, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the attribute.
+ * @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+ * @return The size needed to fully store the sort key.
+ * If there was an internal error generating the sort key,
+ * a zero value is returned.
+ * @see ucol_keyHashCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getSortKey(const UCollator *coll,
+ const UChar *source,
+ int32_t sourceLength,
+ uint8_t *result,
+ int32_t resultLength);
+
+
+/** Gets the next count bytes of a sort key. Caller needs
+ * to preserve state array between calls and to provide
+ * the same type of UCharIterator set with the same string.
+ * The destination buffer provided must be big enough to store
+ * the number of requested bytes. Generated sortkey is not
+ * compatible with sortkeys generated using ucol_getSortKey
+ * API, since we don't do any compression. If uncompressed
+ * sortkeys are required, this API can be used.
+ * @param coll The UCollator containing the collation rules.
+ * @param iter UCharIterator containing the string we need
+ * the sort key to be calculated for.
+ * @param state Opaque state of sortkey iteration.
+ * @param dest Buffer to hold the resulting sortkey part
+ * @param count number of sort key bytes required.
+ * @param status error code indicator.
+ * @return the actual number of bytes of a sortkey. It can be
+ * smaller than count if we have reached the end of
+ * the sort key.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_nextSortKeyPart(const UCollator *coll,
+ UCharIterator *iter,
+ uint32_t state[2],
+ uint8_t *dest, int32_t count,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/** enum that is taken by ucol_getBound API
+ * See below for explanation
+ * do not change the values assigned to the
+ * members of this enum. Underlying code
+ * depends on them having these numbers
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ /** lower bound */
+ UCOL_BOUND_LOWER = 0,
+ /** upper bound that will match strings of exact size */
+ UCOL_BOUND_UPPER = 1,
+ /** upper bound that will match all the strings that have the same initial substring as the given string */
+ UCOL_BOUND_UPPER_LONG = 2,
+ UCOL_BOUND_VALUE_COUNT
+} UColBoundMode;
+
+/**
+ * Produce a bound for a given sortkey and a number of levels.
+ * Return value is always the number of bytes needed, regardless of
+ * whether the result buffer was big enough or even valid.<br>
+ * Resulting bounds can be used to produce a range of strings that are
+ * between upper and lower bounds. For example, if bounds are produced
+ * for a sortkey of string "smith", strings between upper and lower
+ * bounds with one level would include "Smith", "SMITH", "sMiTh".<br>
+ * There are two upper bounds that can be produced. If UCOL_BOUND_UPPER
+ * is produced, strings matched would be as above. However, if bound
+ * produced using UCOL_BOUND_UPPER_LONG is used, the above example will
+ * also match "Smithsonian" and similar.<br>
+ * For more on usage, see example in cintltst/capitst.c in procedure
+ * TestBounds.
+ * Sort keys may be compared using <TT>strcmp</TT>.
+ * @param source The source sortkey.
+ * @param sourceLength The length of source, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * (If an unmodified sortkey is passed, it is always null
+ * terminated).
+ * @param boundType Type of bound required. It can be UCOL_BOUND_LOWER, which
+ * produces a lower inclusive bound, UCOL_BOUND_UPPER, that
+ * produces upper bound that matches strings of the same length
+ * or UCOL_BOUND_UPPER_LONG that matches strings that have the
+ * same starting substring as the source string.
+ * @param noOfLevels Number of levels required in the resulting bound (for most
+ * uses, the recommended value is 1). See users guide for
+ * explanation on number of levels a sortkey can have.
+ * @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the resulting sortkey.
+ * @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+ * @param status Used for returning error code if something went wrong. If the
+ * number of levels requested is higher than the number of levels
+ * in the source key, a warning (U_SORT_KEY_TOO_SHORT_WARNING) is
+ * issued.
+ * @return The size needed to fully store the bound.
+ * @see ucol_keyHashCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getBound(const uint8_t *source,
+ int32_t sourceLength,
+ UColBoundMode boundType,
+ uint32_t noOfLevels,
+ uint8_t *result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the version information for a Collator. Version is currently
+ * an opaque 32-bit number which depends, among other things, on major
+ * versions of the collator tailoring and UCA.
+ * @param coll The UCollator to query.
+ * @param info the version # information, the result will be filled in
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getVersion(const UCollator* coll, UVersionInfo info);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the UCA version information for a Collator. Version is the
+ * UCA version number (3.1.1, 4.0).
+ * @param coll The UCollator to query.
+ * @param info the version # information, the result will be filled in
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getUCAVersion(const UCollator* coll, UVersionInfo info);
+
+/**
+ * Merge two sort keys. The levels are merged with their corresponding counterparts
+ * (primaries with primaries, secondaries with secondaries etc.). Between the values
+ * from the same level a separator is inserted.
+ * example (uncompressed):
+ * 191B1D 01 050505 01 910505 00 and 1F2123 01 050505 01 910505 00
+ * will be merged as
+ * 191B1D 02 1F212301 050505 02 050505 01 910505 02 910505 00
+ * This allows for concatenating of first and last names for sorting, among other things.
+ * If the destination buffer is not big enough, the results are undefined.
+ * If any of source lengths are zero or any of source pointers are NULL/undefined,
+ * result is of size zero.
+ * @param src1 pointer to the first sortkey
+ * @param src1Length length of the first sortkey
+ * @param src2 pointer to the second sortkey
+ * @param src2Length length of the second sortkey
+ * @param dest buffer to hold the result
+ * @param destCapacity size of the buffer for the result
+ * @return size of the result. If the buffer is big enough size is always
+ * src1Length+src2Length-1
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_mergeSortkeys(const uint8_t *src1, int32_t src1Length,
+ const uint8_t *src2, int32_t src2Length,
+ uint8_t *dest, int32_t destCapacity);
+
+/**
+ * Universal attribute setter
+ * @param coll collator which attributes are to be changed
+ * @param attr attribute type
+ * @param value attribute value
+ * @param status to indicate whether the operation went on smoothly or there were errors
+ * @see UColAttribute
+ * @see UColAttributeValue
+ * @see ucol_getAttribute
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucol_setAttribute(UCollator *coll, UColAttribute attr, UColAttributeValue value, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Universal attribute getter
+ * @param coll collator which attributes are to be changed
+ * @param attr attribute type
+ * @return attribute value
+ * @param status to indicate whether the operation went on smoothly or there were errors
+ * @see UColAttribute
+ * @see UColAttributeValue
+ * @see ucol_setAttribute
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UColAttributeValue U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getAttribute(const UCollator *coll, UColAttribute attr, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/** Variable top
+ * is a two byte primary value which causes all the codepoints with primary values that
+ * are less or equal than the variable top to be shifted when alternate handling is set
+ * to UCOL_SHIFTED.
+ * Sets the variable top to a collation element value of a string supplied.
+ * @param coll collator which variable top needs to be changed
+ * @param varTop one or more (if contraction) UChars to which the variable top should be set
+ * @param len length of variable top string. If -1 it is considered to be zero terminated.
+ * @param status error code. If error code is set, the return value is undefined.
+ * Errors set by this function are: <br>
+ * U_CE_NOT_FOUND_ERROR if more than one character was passed and there is no such
+ * a contraction<br>
+ * U_PRIMARY_TOO_LONG_ERROR if the primary for the variable top has more than two bytes
+ * @return a 32 bit value containing the value of the variable top in upper 16 bits.
+ * Lower 16 bits are undefined
+ * @see ucol_getVariableTop
+ * @see ucol_restoreVariableTop
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE uint32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_setVariableTop(UCollator *coll,
+ const UChar *varTop, int32_t len,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the variable top value of a Collator.
+ * Lower 16 bits are undefined and should be ignored.
+ * @param coll collator which variable top needs to be retrieved
+ * @param status error code (not changed by function). If error code is set,
+ * the return value is undefined.
+ * @return the variable top value of a Collator.
+ * @see ucol_setVariableTop
+ * @see ucol_restoreVariableTop
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE uint32_t U_EXPORT2 ucol_getVariableTop(const UCollator *coll, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the variable top to a collation element value supplied. Variable top is
+ * set to the upper 16 bits.
+ * Lower 16 bits are ignored.
+ * @param coll collator which variable top needs to be changed
+ * @param varTop CE value, as returned by ucol_setVariableTop or ucol)getVariableTop
+ * @param status error code (not changed by function)
+ * @see ucol_getVariableTop
+ * @see ucol_setVariableTop
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucol_restoreVariableTop(UCollator *coll, const uint32_t varTop, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Thread safe cloning operation. The result is a clone of a given collator.
+ * @param coll collator to be cloned
+ * @param stackBuffer user allocated space for the new clone.
+ * If NULL new memory will be allocated.
+ * If buffer is not large enough, new memory will be allocated.
+ * Clients can use the U_COL_SAFECLONE_BUFFERSIZE.
+ * This will probably be enough to avoid memory allocations.
+ * @param pBufferSize pointer to size of allocated space.
+ * If *pBufferSize == 0, a sufficient size for use in cloning will
+ * be returned ('pre-flighting')
+ * If *pBufferSize is not enough for a stack-based safe clone,
+ * new memory will be allocated.
+ * @param status to indicate whether the operation went on smoothly or there were errors
+ * An informational status value, U_SAFECLONE_ALLOCATED_ERROR, is used if any
+ * allocations were necessary.
+ * @return pointer to the new clone
+ * @see ucol_open
+ * @see ucol_openRules
+ * @see ucol_close
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UCollator* U_EXPORT2
+ucol_safeClone(const UCollator *coll,
+ void *stackBuffer,
+ int32_t *pBufferSize,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/** default memory size for the new clone. It needs to be this large for os/400 large pointers
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_COL_SAFECLONE_BUFFERSIZE 512
+
+/**
+ * Returns current rules. Delta defines whether full rules are returned or just the tailoring.
+ * Returns number of UChars needed to store rules. If buffer is NULL or bufferLen is not enough
+ * to store rules, will store up to available space.
+ * @param coll collator to get the rules from
+ * @param delta one of UCOL_TAILORING_ONLY, UCOL_FULL_RULES.
+ * @param buffer buffer to store the result in. If NULL, you'll get no rules.
+ * @param bufferLen lenght of buffer to store rules in. If less then needed you'll get only the part that fits in.
+ * @return current rules
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getRulesEx(const UCollator *coll, UColRuleOption delta, UChar *buffer, int32_t bufferLen);
+
+/**
+ * gets the locale name of the collator. If the collator
+ * is instantiated from the rules, then this function returns
+ * NULL.
+ * @param coll The UCollator for which the locale is needed
+ * @param type You can choose between requested, valid and actual
+ * locale. For description see the definition of
+ * ULocDataLocaleType in uloc.h
+ * @param status error code of the operation
+ * @return real locale name from which the collation data comes.
+ * If the collator was instantiated from rules, returns
+ * NULL.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use ucol_getLocaleByType instead
+ */
+U_DEPRECATED const char * U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getLocale(const UCollator *coll, ULocDataLocaleType type, UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * gets the locale name of the collator. If the collator
+ * is instantiated from the rules, then this function returns
+ * NULL.
+ * @param coll The UCollator for which the locale is needed
+ * @param type You can choose between requested, valid and actual
+ * locale. For description see the definition of
+ * ULocDataLocaleType in uloc.h
+ * @param status error code of the operation
+ * @return real locale name from which the collation data comes.
+ * If the collator was instantiated from rules, returns
+ * NULL.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getLocaleByType(const UCollator *coll, ULocDataLocaleType type, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get an Unicode set that contains all the characters and sequences tailored in
+ * this collator. The result must be disposed of by using uset_close.
+ * @param coll The UCollator for which we want to get tailored chars
+ * @param status error code of the operation
+ * @return a pointer to newly created USet. Must be be disposed by using uset_close
+ * @see ucol_openRules
+ * @see uset_close
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE USet * U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getTailoredSet(const UCollator *coll, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Universal attribute getter that returns UCOL_DEFAULT if the value is default
+ * @param coll collator which attributes are to be changed
+ * @param attr attribute type
+ * @return attribute value or UCOL_DEFAULT if the value is default
+ * @param status to indicate whether the operation went on smoothly or there were errors
+ * @see UColAttribute
+ * @see UColAttributeValue
+ * @see ucol_setAttribute
+ * @internal ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_INTERNAL UColAttributeValue U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getAttributeOrDefault(const UCollator *coll, UColAttribute attr, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/** Check whether two collators are equal. Collators are considered equal if they
+ * will sort strings the same. This means that both the current attributes and the
+ * rules must be equivalent. Currently used for RuleBasedCollator::operator==.
+ * @param source first collator
+ * @param target second collator
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @internal ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_INTERNAL UBool U_EXPORT2
+ucol_equals(const UCollator *source, const UCollator *target);
+
+/** Calculates the set of unsafe code points, given a collator.
+ * A character is unsafe if you could append any character and cause the ordering to alter significantly.
+ * Collation sorts in normalized order, so anything that rearranges in normalization can cause this.
+ * Thus if you have a character like a_umlaut, and you add a lower_dot to it,
+ * then it normalizes to a_lower_dot + umlaut, and sorts differently.
+ * @param coll Collator
+ * @param unsafe a fill-in set to receive the unsafe points
+ * @param status for catching errors
+ * @return number of elements in the set
+ * @internal ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_INTERNAL int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getUnsafeSet( const UCollator *coll,
+ USet *unsafe,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/** Reset UCA's static pointers. You don't want to use this, unless your static memory can go away.
+ * @internal ICU 3.2.1
+ */
+U_INTERNAL void U_EXPORT2
+ucol_forgetUCA(void);
+
+/** Touches all resources needed for instantiating a collator from a short string definition,
+ * thus filling up the cache.
+ * @param definition A short string containing a locale and a set of attributes.
+ * Attributes not explicitly mentioned are left at the default
+ * state for a locale.
+ * @param parseError if not NULL, structure that will get filled with error's pre
+ * and post context in case of error.
+ * @param forceDefaults if FALSE, the settings that are the same as the collator
+ * default settings will not be applied (for example, setting
+ * French secondary on a French collator would not be executed).
+ * If TRUE, all the settings will be applied regardless of the
+ * collator default value. If the definition
+ * strings are to be cached, should be set to FALSE.
+ * @param status Error code. Apart from regular error conditions connected to
+ * instantiating collators (like out of memory or similar), this
+ * API will return an error if an invalid attribute or attribute/value
+ * combination is specified.
+ * @see ucol_openFromShortString
+ * @internal ICU 3.2.1
+ */
+U_INTERNAL void U_EXPORT2
+ucol_prepareShortStringOpen( const char *definition,
+ UBool forceDefaults,
+ UParseError *parseError,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/** Creates a binary image of a collator. This binary image can be stored and
+ * later used to instantiate a collator using ucol_openBinary.
+ * This API supports preflighting.
+ * @param coll Collator
+ * @param buffer a fill-in buffer to receive the binary image
+ * @param capacity capacity of the destination buffer
+ * @param status for catching errors
+ * @return size of the image
+ * @see ucol_openBinary
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_cloneBinary(const UCollator *coll,
+ uint8_t *buffer, int32_t capacity,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/** Opens a collator from a collator binary image created using
+ * ucol_cloneBinary. Binary image used in instantiation of the
+ * collator remains owned by the user and should stay around for
+ * the lifetime of the collator. The API also takes a base collator
+ * which usualy should be UCA.
+ * @param bin binary image owned by the user and required through the
+ * lifetime of the collator
+ * @param length size of the image. If negative, the API will try to
+ * figure out the length of the image
+ * @param base fallback collator, usually UCA. Base is required to be
+ * present through the lifetime of the collator. Currently
+ * it cannot be NULL.
+ * @param status for catching errors
+ * @return newly created collator
+ * @see ucol_cloneBinary
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE UCollator* U_EXPORT2
+ucol_openBinary(const uint8_t *bin, int32_t length,
+ const UCollator *base,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION */
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucoleitr.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucoleitr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c951a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucoleitr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2001-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* File ucoleitr.cpp
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 02/15/2001 synwee Modified all methods to process its own function
+* instead of calling the equivalent c++ api (coleitr.h)
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef UCOLEITR_H
+#define UCOLEITR_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION
+
+/**
+ * This indicates an error has occured during processing or if no more CEs is
+ * to be returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UCOL_NULLORDER ((int32_t)0xFFFFFFFF)
+
+/**
+ * This indicates an error has occured during processing or there are no more CEs
+ * to be returned.
+ *
+ * @internal
+ */
+#define UCOL_PROCESSED_NULLORDER ((int64_t)U_INT64_MAX)
+
+#include "unicode/ucol.h"
+
+/**
+ * The UCollationElements struct.
+ * For usage in C programs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef struct UCollationElements UCollationElements;
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: UCollationElements
+ *
+ * The UCollationElements API is used as an iterator to walk through each
+ * character of an international string. Use the iterator to return the
+ * ordering priority of the positioned character. The ordering priority of a
+ * character, which we refer to as a key, defines how a character is collated
+ * in the given collation object.
+ * For example, consider the following in Spanish:
+ * <pre>
+ * . "ca" -> the first key is key('c') and second key is key('a').
+ * . "cha" -> the first key is key('ch') and second key is key('a').
+ * </pre>
+ * And in German,
+ * <pre>
+ * . "<ae ligature>b"-> the first key is key('a'), the second key is key('e'), and
+ * . the third key is key('b').
+ * </pre>
+ * <p>Example of the iterator usage: (without error checking)
+ * <pre>
+ * . void CollationElementIterator_Example()
+ * . {
+ * . UChar *s;
+ * . t_int32 order, primaryOrder;
+ * . UCollationElements *c;
+ * . UCollatorOld *coll;
+ * . UErrorCode success = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * . s=(UChar*)malloc(sizeof(UChar) * (strlen("This is a test")+1) );
+ * . u_uastrcpy(s, "This is a test");
+ * . coll = ucol_open(NULL, &success);
+ * . c = ucol_openElements(coll, str, u_strlen(str), &status);
+ * . order = ucol_next(c, &success);
+ * . ucol_reset(c);
+ * . order = ucol_prev(c, &success);
+ * . free(s);
+ * . ucol_close(coll);
+ * . ucol_closeElements(c);
+ * . }
+ * </pre>
+ * <p>
+ * ucol_next() returns the collation order of the next.
+ * ucol_prev() returns the collation order of the previous character.
+ * The Collation Element Iterator moves only in one direction between calls to
+ * ucol_reset. That is, ucol_next() and ucol_prev can not be inter-used.
+ * Whenever ucol_prev is to be called after ucol_next() or vice versa,
+ * ucol_reset has to be called first to reset the status, shifting pointers to
+ * either the end or the start of the string. Hence at the next call of
+ * ucol_prev or ucol_next, the first or last collation order will be returned.
+ * If a change of direction is done without a ucol_reset, the result is
+ * undefined.
+ * The result of a forward iterate (ucol_next) and reversed result of the
+ * backward iterate (ucol_prev) on the same string are equivalent, if
+ * collation orders with the value UCOL_IGNORABLE are ignored.
+ * Character based on the comparison level of the collator. A collation order
+ * consists of primary order, secondary order and tertiary order. The data
+ * type of the collation order is <strong>t_int32</strong>.
+ *
+ * @see UCollator
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Open the collation elements for a string.
+ *
+ * @param coll The collator containing the desired collation rules.
+ * @param text The text to iterate over.
+ * @param textLength The number of characters in text, or -1 if null-terminated
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return a struct containing collation element information
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UCollationElements* U_EXPORT2
+ucol_openElements(const UCollator *coll,
+ const UChar *text,
+ int32_t textLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * get a hash code for a key... Not very useful!
+ * @param key the given key.
+ * @param length the size of the key array.
+ * @return the hash code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_keyHashCode(const uint8_t* key, int32_t length);
+
+/**
+ * Close a UCollationElements.
+ * Once closed, a UCollationElements may no longer be used.
+ * @param elems The UCollationElements to close.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucol_closeElements(UCollationElements *elems);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the collation elements to their initial state.
+ * This will move the 'cursor' to the beginning of the text.
+ * Property settings for collation will be reset to the current status.
+ * @param elems The UCollationElements to reset.
+ * @see ucol_next
+ * @see ucol_previous
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucol_reset(UCollationElements *elems);
+
+/**
+ * Get the ordering priority of the next collation element in the text.
+ * A single character may contain more than one collation element.
+ * @param elems The UCollationElements containing the text.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return The next collation elements ordering, otherwise returns NULLORDER
+ * if an error has occured or if the end of string has been reached
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_next(UCollationElements *elems, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the ordering priority of the previous collation element in the text.
+ * A single character may contain more than one collation element.
+ * Note that internally a stack is used to store buffered collation elements.
+ * It is very rare that the stack will overflow, however if such a case is
+ * encountered, the problem can be solved by increasing the size
+ * UCOL_EXPAND_CE_BUFFER_SIZE in ucol_imp.h.
+ * @param elems The UCollationElements containing the text.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors. Noteably
+ * a U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR is returned if the internal stack
+ * buffer has been exhausted.
+ * @return The previous collation elements ordering, otherwise returns
+ * NULLORDER if an error has occured or if the start of string has
+ * been reached.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_previous(UCollationElements *elems, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the processed ordering priority of the next collation element in the text.
+ * A single character may contain more than one collation element.
+ *
+ * @param elems The UCollationElements containing the text.
+ * @param ixLow a pointer to an int32_t to receive the iterator index before fetching the CE.
+ * @param ixHigh a pointer to an int32_t to receive the iterator index after fetching the CE.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return The next collation elements ordering, otherwise returns UCOL_PROCESSED_NULLORDER
+ * if an error has occured or if the end of string has been reached
+ *
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL int64_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_nextProcessed(UCollationElements *elems, int32_t *ixLow, int32_t *ixHigh, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the processed ordering priority of the previous collation element in the text.
+ * A single character may contain more than one collation element.
+ * Note that internally a stack is used to store buffered collation elements.
+ * It is very rare that the stack will overflow, however if such a case is
+ * encountered, the problem can be solved by increasing the size
+ * UCOL_EXPAND_CE_BUFFER_SIZE in ucol_imp.h.
+ *
+ * @param elems The UCollationElements containing the text.
+ * @param ixLow A pointer to an int32_t to receive the iterator index after fetching the CE
+ * @param ixHigh A pointer to an int32_t to receiver the iterator index before fetching the CE
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors. Noteably
+ * a U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR is returned if the internal stack
+ * buffer has been exhausted.
+ * @return The previous collation elements ordering, otherwise returns
+ * UCOL_PROCESSED_NULLORDER if an error has occured or if the start of
+ * string has been reached.
+ *
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL int64_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_previousProcessed(UCollationElements *elems, int32_t *ixLow, int32_t *ixHigh, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the maximum length of any expansion sequences that end with the
+ * specified comparison order.
+ * This is useful for .... ?
+ * @param elems The UCollationElements containing the text.
+ * @param order A collation order returned by previous or next.
+ * @return maximum size of the expansion sequences ending with the collation
+ * element or 1 if collation element does not occur at the end of any
+ * expansion sequence
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getMaxExpansion(const UCollationElements *elems, int32_t order);
+
+/**
+ * Set the text containing the collation elements.
+ * Property settings for collation will remain the same.
+ * In order to reset the iterator to the current collation property settings,
+ * the API reset() has to be called.
+ * @param elems The UCollationElements to set.
+ * @param text The source text containing the collation elements.
+ * @param textLength The length of text, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @see ucol_getText
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucol_setText( UCollationElements *elems,
+ const UChar *text,
+ int32_t textLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the offset of the current source character.
+ * This is an offset into the text of the character containing the current
+ * collation elements.
+ * @param elems The UCollationElements to query.
+ * @return The offset of the current source character.
+ * @see ucol_setOffset
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_getOffset(const UCollationElements *elems);
+
+/**
+ * Set the offset of the current source character.
+ * This is an offset into the text of the character to be processed.
+ * Property settings for collation will remain the same.
+ * In order to reset the iterator to the current collation property settings,
+ * the API reset() has to be called.
+ * @param elems The UCollationElements to set.
+ * @param offset The desired character offset.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @see ucol_getOffset
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucol_setOffset(UCollationElements *elems,
+ int32_t offset,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Get the primary order of a collation order.
+* @param order the collation order
+* @return the primary order of a collation order.
+* @stable ICU 2.6
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_primaryOrder (int32_t order);
+
+/**
+* Get the secondary order of a collation order.
+* @param order the collation order
+* @return the secondary order of a collation order.
+* @stable ICU 2.6
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_secondaryOrder (int32_t order);
+
+/**
+* Get the tertiary order of a collation order.
+* @param order the collation order
+* @return the tertiary order of a collation order.
+* @stable ICU 2.6
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucol_tertiaryOrder (int32_t order);
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uconfig.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..232bb04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2002-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* file name: uconfig.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 2002sep19
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*/
+
+#ifndef __UCONFIG_H__
+#define __UCONFIG_H__
+
+
+/*!
+ * \file
+ * \brief Switches for excluding parts of ICU library code modules.
+ *
+ * Allows to build partial, smaller libraries for special purposes.
+ * By default, all modules are built.
+ * The switches are fairly coarse, controlling large modules.
+ * Basic services cannot be turned off.
+ *
+ * Building with any of these options does not guarantee that the
+ * ICU build process will completely work. It is recommended that
+ * the ICU libraries and data be built using the normal build.
+ * At that time you should remove the data used by those services.
+ * After building the ICU data library, you should rebuild the ICU
+ * libraries with these switches customized to your needs.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def UCONFIG_USE_LOCAL
+ * If this switch is defined, ICU will attempt to load a header file named "uconfig_local.h"
+ * prior to determining default settings for uconfig variables.
+ *
+ * @internal ICU 4.0
+ *
+ */
+#if defined(UCONFIG_USE_LOCAL)
+#include "uconfig_local.h"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \def UCONFIG_ONLY_COLLATION
+ * This switch turns off modules that are not needed for collation.
+ *
+ * It does not turn off legacy conversion because that is necessary
+ * for ICU to work on EBCDIC platforms (for the default converter).
+ * If you want "only collation" and do not build for EBCDIC,
+ * then you can define UCONFIG_NO_LEGACY_CONVERSION 1 as well.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#ifndef UCONFIG_ONLY_COLLATION
+# define UCONFIG_ONLY_COLLATION 0
+#endif
+
+#if UCONFIG_ONLY_COLLATION
+ /* common library */
+# define UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION 1
+# define UCONFIG_NO_IDNA 1
+
+ /* i18n library */
+# if UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION
+# error Contradictory collation switches in uconfig.h.
+# endif
+# define UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING 1
+# define UCONFIG_NO_TRANSLITERATION 1
+# define UCONFIG_NO_REGULAR_EXPRESSIONS 1
+#endif
+
+/* common library switches -------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * \def UCONFIG_NO_FILE_IO
+ * This switch turns off all file access in the common library
+ * where file access is only used for data loading.
+ * ICU data must then be provided in the form of a data DLL (or with an
+ * equivalent way to link to the data residing in an executable,
+ * as in building a combined library with both the common library's code and
+ * the data), or via udata_setCommonData().
+ * Application data must be provided via udata_setAppData() or by using
+ * "open" functions that take pointers to data, for example ucol_openBinary().
+ *
+ * File access is not used at all in the i18n library.
+ *
+ * File access cannot be turned off for the icuio library or for the ICU
+ * test suites and ICU tools.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+#ifndef UCONFIG_NO_FILE_IO
+# define UCONFIG_NO_FILE_IO 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \def UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION
+ * ICU will not completely build with this switch turned on.
+ * This switch turns off all converters.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+#ifndef UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION
+# define UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION 0
+#endif
+
+#if UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION
+# define UCONFIG_NO_LEGACY_CONVERSION 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \def UCONFIG_NO_LEGACY_CONVERSION
+ * This switch turns off all converters except for
+ * - Unicode charsets (UTF-7/8/16/32, CESU-8, SCSU, BOCU-1)
+ * - US-ASCII
+ * - ISO-8859-1
+ *
+ * Turning off legacy conversion is not possible on EBCDIC platforms
+ * because they need ibm-37 or ibm-1047 default converters.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#ifndef UCONFIG_NO_LEGACY_CONVERSION
+# define UCONFIG_NO_LEGACY_CONVERSION 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \def UCONFIG_NO_NORMALIZATION
+ * This switch turns off normalization.
+ * It implies turning off several other services as well, for example
+ * collation and IDNA.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+#ifndef UCONFIG_NO_NORMALIZATION
+# define UCONFIG_NO_NORMALIZATION 0
+#elif UCONFIG_NO_NORMALIZATION
+ /* common library */
+# define UCONFIG_NO_IDNA 1
+
+ /* i18n library */
+# if UCONFIG_ONLY_COLLATION
+# error Contradictory collation switches in uconfig.h.
+# endif
+# define UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION 1
+# define UCONFIG_NO_TRANSLITERATION 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \def UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION
+ * This switch turns off break iteration.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#ifndef UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION
+# define UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \def UCONFIG_NO_IDNA
+ * This switch turns off IDNA.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+#ifndef UCONFIG_NO_IDNA
+# define UCONFIG_NO_IDNA 0
+#endif
+
+/* i18n library switches ---------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * \def UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION
+ * This switch turns off collation and collation-based string search.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#ifndef UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION
+# define UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \def UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+ * This switch turns off formatting and calendar/timezone services.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#ifndef UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+# define UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \def UCONFIG_NO_TRANSLITERATION
+ * This switch turns off transliteration.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#ifndef UCONFIG_NO_TRANSLITERATION
+# define UCONFIG_NO_TRANSLITERATION 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \def UCONFIG_NO_REGULAR_EXPRESSIONS
+ * This switch turns off regular expressions.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#ifndef UCONFIG_NO_REGULAR_EXPRESSIONS
+# define UCONFIG_NO_REGULAR_EXPRESSIONS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \def UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE
+ * This switch turns off service registration.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+#ifndef UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE
+# define UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE 1
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucsdet.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucsdet.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31f622c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucsdet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/*
+ **********************************************************************
+ * Copyright (C) 2005-2007, International Business Machines
+ * Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+ **********************************************************************
+ * file name: ucsdet.h
+ * encoding: US-ASCII
+ * indentation:4
+ *
+ * created on: 2005Aug04
+ * created by: Andy Heninger
+ *
+ * ICU Character Set Detection, API for C
+ *
+ * Draft version 18 Oct 2005
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UCSDET_H
+#define __UCSDET_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION
+#include "unicode/uenum.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Charset Detection API
+ *
+ * This API provides a facility for detecting the
+ * charset or encoding of character data in an unknown text format.
+ * The input data can be from an array of bytes.
+ * <p>
+ * Character set detection is at best an imprecise operation. The detection
+ * process will attempt to identify the charset that best matches the characteristics
+ * of the byte data, but the process is partly statistical in nature, and
+ * the results can not be guaranteed to always be correct.
+ * <p>
+ * For best accuracy in charset detection, the input data should be primarily
+ * in a single language, and a minimum of a few hundred bytes worth of plain text
+ * in the language are needed. The detection process will attempt to
+ * ignore html or xml style markup that could otherwise obscure the content.
+ */
+
+
+struct UCharsetDetector;
+/**
+ * Structure representing a charset detector
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+typedef struct UCharsetDetector UCharsetDetector;
+
+struct UCharsetMatch;
+/**
+ * Opaque structure representing a match that was identified
+ * from a charset detection operation.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+typedef struct UCharsetMatch UCharsetMatch;
+
+/**
+ * Open a charset detector.
+ *
+ * @param status Any error conditions occurring during the open
+ * operation are reported back in this variable.
+ * @return the newly opened charset detector.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UCharsetDetector * U_EXPORT2
+ucsdet_open(UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Close a charset detector. All storage and any other resources
+ * owned by this charset detector will be released. Failure to
+ * close a charset detector when finished with it can result in
+ * memory leaks in the application.
+ *
+ * @param ucsd The charset detector to be closed.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucsdet_close(UCharsetDetector *ucsd);
+
+/**
+ * Set the input byte data whose charset is to detected.
+ *
+ * Ownership of the input text byte array remains with the caller.
+ * The input string must not be altered or deleted until the charset
+ * detector is either closed or reset to refer to different input text.
+ *
+ * @param ucsd the charset detector to be used.
+ * @param textIn the input text of unknown encoding. .
+ * @param len the length of the input text, or -1 if the text
+ * is NUL terminated.
+ * @param status any error conditions are reported back in this variable.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucsdet_setText(UCharsetDetector *ucsd, const char *textIn, int32_t len, UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/** Set the declared encoding for charset detection.
+ * The declared encoding of an input text is an encoding obtained
+ * by the user from an http header or xml declaration or similar source that
+ * can be provided as an additional hint to the charset detector.
+ *
+ * How and whether the declared encoding will be used during the
+ * detection process is TBD.
+ *
+ * @param ucsd the charset detector to be used.
+ * @param encoding an encoding for the current data obtained from
+ * a header or declaration or other source outside
+ * of the byte data itself.
+ * @param length the length of the encoding name, or -1 if the name string
+ * is NUL terminated.
+ * @param status any error conditions are reported back in this variable.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ucsdet_setDeclaredEncoding(UCharsetDetector *ucsd, const char *encoding, int32_t length, UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Return the charset that best matches the supplied input data.
+ *
+ * Note though, that because the detection
+ * only looks at the start of the input data,
+ * there is a possibility that the returned charset will fail to handle
+ * the full set of input data.
+ * <p>
+ * The returned UCharsetMatch object is owned by the UCharsetDetector.
+ * It will remain valid until the detector input is reset, or until
+ * the detector is closed.
+ * <p>
+ * The function will fail if
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>no charset appears to match the data.</li>
+ * <li>no input text has been provided</li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * @param ucsd the charset detector to be used.
+ * @param status any error conditions are reported back in this variable.
+ * @return a UCharsetMatch representing the best matching charset,
+ * or NULL if no charset matches the byte data.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE const UCharsetMatch * U_EXPORT2
+ucsdet_detect(UCharsetDetector *ucsd, UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Find all charset matches that appear to be consistent with the input,
+ * returning an array of results. The results are ordered with the
+ * best quality match first.
+ *
+ * Because the detection only looks at a limited amount of the
+ * input byte data, some of the returned charsets may fail to handle
+ * the all of input data.
+ * <p>
+ * The returned UCharsetMatch objects are owned by the UCharsetDetector.
+ * They will remain valid until the detector is closed or modified
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * Return an error if
+ * <ul>
+ * <li>no charsets appear to match the input data.</li>
+ * <li>no input text has been provided</li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * @param ucsd the charset detector to be used.
+ * @param matchesFound pointer to a variable that will be set to the
+ * number of charsets identified that are consistent with
+ * the input data. Output only.
+ * @param status any error conditions are reported back in this variable.
+ * @return A pointer to an array of pointers to UCharSetMatch objects.
+ * This array, and the UCharSetMatch instances to which it refers,
+ * are owned by the UCharsetDetector, and will remain valid until
+ * the detector is closed or modified.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE const UCharsetMatch ** U_EXPORT2
+ucsdet_detectAll(UCharsetDetector *ucsd, int32_t *matchesFound, UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of the charset represented by a UCharsetMatch.
+ *
+ * The storage for the returned name string is owned by the
+ * UCharsetMatch, and will remain valid while the UCharsetMatch
+ * is valid.
+ *
+ * The name returned is suitable for use with the ICU conversion APIs.
+ *
+ * @param ucsm The charset match object.
+ * @param status Any error conditions are reported back in this variable.
+ * @return The name of the matching charset.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+ucsdet_getName(const UCharsetMatch *ucsm, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get a confidence number for the quality of the match of the byte
+ * data with the charset. Confidence numbers range from zero to 100,
+ * with 100 representing complete confidence and zero representing
+ * no confidence.
+ *
+ * The confidence values are somewhat arbitrary. They define an
+ * an ordering within the results for any single detection operation
+ * but are not generally comparable between the results for different input.
+ *
+ * A confidence value of ten does have a general meaning - it is used
+ * for charsets that can represent the input data, but for which there
+ * is no other indication that suggests that the charset is the correct one.
+ * Pure 7 bit ASCII data, for example, is compatible with a
+ * great many charsets, most of which will appear as possible matches
+ * with a confidence of 10.
+ *
+ * @param ucsm The charset match object.
+ * @param status Any error conditions are reported back in this variable.
+ * @return A confidence number for the charset match.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucsdet_getConfidence(const UCharsetMatch *ucsm, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the RFC 3066 code for the language of the input data.
+ *
+ * The Charset Detection service is intended primarily for detecting
+ * charsets, not language. For some, but not all, charsets, a language is
+ * identified as a byproduct of the detection process, and that is what
+ * is returned by this function.
+ *
+ * CAUTION:
+ * 1. Language information is not available for input data encoded in
+ * all charsets. In particular, no language is identified
+ * for UTF-8 input data.
+ *
+ * 2. Closely related languages may sometimes be confused.
+ *
+ * If more accurate language detection is required, a linguistic
+ * analysis package should be used.
+ *
+ * The storage for the returned name string is owned by the
+ * UCharsetMatch, and will remain valid while the UCharsetMatch
+ * is valid.
+ *
+ * @param ucsm The charset match object.
+ * @param status Any error conditions are reported back in this variable.
+ * @return The RFC 3066 code for the language of the input data, or
+ * an empty string if the language could not be determined.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+ucsdet_getLanguage(const UCharsetMatch *ucsm, UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the entire input text as a UChar string, placing it into
+ * a caller-supplied buffer. A terminating
+ * NUL character will be appended to the buffer if space is available.
+ *
+ * The number of UChars in the output string, not including the terminating
+ * NUL, is returned.
+ *
+ * If the supplied buffer is smaller than required to hold the output,
+ * the contents of the buffer are undefined. The full output string length
+ * (in UChars) is returned as always, and can be used to allocate a buffer
+ * of the correct size.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param ucsm The charset match object.
+ * @param buf A UChar buffer to be filled with the converted text data.
+ * @param cap The capacity of the buffer in UChars.
+ * @param status Any error conditions are reported back in this variable.
+ * @return The number of UChars in the output string.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucsdet_getUChars(const UCharsetMatch *ucsm,
+ UChar *buf, int32_t cap, UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Get an iterator over the set of all detectable charsets -
+ * over the charsets that are known to the charset detection
+ * service.
+ *
+ * The returned UEnumeration provides access to the names of
+ * the charsets.
+ *
+ * The state of the Charset detector that is passed in does not
+ * affect the result of this function, but requiring a valid, open
+ * charset detector as a parameter insures that the charset detection
+ * service has been safely initialized and that the required detection
+ * data is available.
+ *
+ * @param ucsd a Charset detector.
+ * @param status Any error conditions are reported back in this variable.
+ * @return an iterator providing access to the detectable charset names.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UEnumeration * U_EXPORT2
+ucsdet_getAllDetectableCharsets(const UCharsetDetector *ucsd, UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Test whether input filtering is enabled for this charset detector.
+ * Input filtering removes text that appears to be HTML or xml
+ * markup from the input before applying the code page detection
+ * heuristics.
+ *
+ * @param ucsd The charset detector to check.
+ * @return TRUE if filtering is enabled.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+ucsdet_isInputFilterEnabled(const UCharsetDetector *ucsd);
+
+
+/**
+ * Enable filtering of input text. If filtering is enabled,
+ * text within angle brackets ("<" and ">") will be removed
+ * before detection, which will remove most HTML or xml markup.
+ *
+ * @param ucsd the charset detector to be modified.
+ * @param filter <code>true</code> to enable input text filtering.
+ * @return The previous setting.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+ucsdet_enableInputFilter(UCharsetDetector *ucsd, UBool filter);
+
+#endif
+#endif /* __UCSDET_H */
+
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucurr.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucurr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6b3713
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ucurr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (c) 2002-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef _UCURR_H_
+#define _UCURR_H_
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/uenum.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Encapsulates information about a currency.
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+/**
+ * The ucurr API encapsulates information about a currency, as defined by
+ * ISO 4217. A currency is represented by a 3-character string
+ * containing its ISO 4217 code. This API can return various data
+ * necessary the proper display of a currency:
+ *
+ * <ul><li>A display symbol, for a specific locale
+ * <li>The number of fraction digits to display
+ * <li>A rounding increment
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * The <tt>DecimalFormat</tt> class uses these data to display
+ * currencies.
+ * @author Alan Liu
+ * @since ICU 2.2
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Finds a currency code for the given locale.
+ * @param locale the locale for which to retrieve a currency code.
+ * Currency can be specified by the "currency" keyword
+ * in which case it overrides the default currency code
+ * @param buff fill in buffer. Can be NULL for preflighting.
+ * @param buffCapacity capacity of the fill in buffer. Can be 0 for
+ * preflighting. If it is non-zero, the buff parameter
+ * must not be NULL.
+ * @param ec error code
+ * @return length of the currency string. It should always be 3. If 0,
+ * currency couldn't be found or the input values are
+ * invalid.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucurr_forLocale(const char* locale,
+ UChar* buff,
+ int32_t buffCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Selector constants for ucurr_getName().
+ *
+ * @see ucurr_getName
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+typedef enum UCurrNameStyle {
+ /**
+ * Selector for ucurr_getName indicating a symbolic name for a
+ * currency, such as "$" for USD.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCURR_SYMBOL_NAME,
+
+ /**
+ * Selector for ucurr_getName indicating the long name for a
+ * currency, such as "US Dollar" for USD.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCURR_LONG_NAME
+} UCurrNameStyle;
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE
+/**
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+typedef const void* UCurrRegistryKey;
+
+/**
+ * Register an (existing) ISO 4217 currency code for the given locale.
+ * Only the country code and the two variants EURO and PRE_EURO are
+ * recognized.
+ * @param isoCode the three-letter ISO 4217 currency code
+ * @param locale the locale for which to register this currency code
+ * @param status the in/out status code
+ * @return a registry key that can be used to unregister this currency code, or NULL
+ * if there was an error.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UCurrRegistryKey U_EXPORT2
+ucurr_register(const UChar* isoCode,
+ const char* locale,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+/**
+ * Unregister the previously-registered currency definitions using the
+ * URegistryKey returned from ucurr_register. Key becomes invalid after
+ * a successful call and should not be used again. Any currency
+ * that might have been hidden by the original ucurr_register call is
+ * restored.
+ * @param key the registry key returned by a previous call to ucurr_register
+ * @param status the in/out status code, no special meanings are assigned
+ * @return TRUE if the currency for this key was successfully unregistered
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+ucurr_unregister(UCurrRegistryKey key, UErrorCode* status);
+#endif /* UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE */
+
+/**
+ * Returns the display name for the given currency in the
+ * given locale. For example, the display name for the USD
+ * currency object in the en_US locale is "$".
+ * @param currency null-terminated 3-letter ISO 4217 code
+ * @param locale locale in which to display currency
+ * @param nameStyle selector for which kind of name to return
+ * @param isChoiceFormat fill-in set to TRUE if the returned value
+ * is a ChoiceFormat pattern; otherwise it is a static string
+ * @param len fill-in parameter to receive length of result
+ * @param ec error code
+ * @return pointer to display string of 'len' UChars. If the resource
+ * data contains no entry for 'currency', then 'currency' itself is
+ * returned. If *isChoiceFormat is TRUE, then the result is a
+ * ChoiceFormat pattern. Otherwise it is a static string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE const UChar* U_EXPORT2
+ucurr_getName(const UChar* currency,
+ const char* locale,
+ UCurrNameStyle nameStyle,
+ UBool* isChoiceFormat,
+ int32_t* len,
+ UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the number of the number of fraction digits that should
+ * be displayed for the given currency.
+ * @param currency null-terminated 3-letter ISO 4217 code
+ * @param ec input-output error code
+ * @return a non-negative number of fraction digits to be
+ * displayed, or 0 if there is an error
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucurr_getDefaultFractionDigits(const UChar* currency,
+ UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the rounding increment for the given currency, or 0.0 if no
+ * rounding is done by the currency.
+ * @param currency null-terminated 3-letter ISO 4217 code
+ * @param ec input-output error code
+ * @return the non-negative rounding increment, or 0.0 if none,
+ * or 0.0 if there is an error
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE double U_EXPORT2
+ucurr_getRoundingIncrement(const UChar* currency,
+ UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Selector constants for ucurr_openCurrencies().
+ *
+ * @see ucurr_openCurrencies
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+typedef enum UCurrCurrencyType {
+ /**
+ * Select all ISO-4217 currency codes.
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UCURR_ALL = INT32_MAX,
+ /**
+ * Select only ISO-4217 commonly used currency codes.
+ * These currencies can be found in common use, and they usually have
+ * bank notes or coins associated with the currency code.
+ * This does not include fund codes, precious metals and other
+ * various ISO-4217 codes limited to special financial products.
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UCURR_COMMON = 1,
+ /**
+ * Select ISO-4217 uncommon currency codes.
+ * These codes respresent fund codes, precious metals and other
+ * various ISO-4217 codes limited to special financial products.
+ * A fund code is a monetary resource associated with a currency.
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UCURR_UNCOMMON = 2,
+ /**
+ * Select only deprecated ISO-4217 codes.
+ * These codes are no longer in general public use.
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UCURR_DEPRECATED = 4,
+ /**
+ * Select only non-deprecated ISO-4217 codes.
+ * These codes are in general public use.
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UCURR_NON_DEPRECATED = 8
+} UCurrCurrencyType;
+
+/**
+ * Provides a UEnumeration object for listing ISO-4217 codes.
+ * @param currType You can use one of several UCurrCurrencyType values for this
+ * variable. You can also | (or) them together to get a specific list of
+ * currencies. Most people will want to use the (UCURR_CURRENCY|UCURR_NON_DEPRECATED) value to
+ * get a list of current currencies.
+ * @param pErrorCode Error code
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE UEnumeration * U_EXPORT2
+ucurr_openISOCurrencies(uint32_t currType, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Finds the number of valid currency codes for the
+ * given locale and date.
+ * @param locale the locale for which to retrieve the
+ * currency count.
+ * @param date the date for which to retrieve the
+ * currency count for the given locale.
+ * @param ec error code
+ * @return the number of currency codes for the
+ * given locale and date. If 0, currency
+ * codes couldn't be found for the input
+ * values are invalid.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucurr_countCurrencies(const char* locale,
+ UDate date,
+ UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Finds a currency code for the given locale and date
+ * @param locale the locale for which to retrieve a currency code.
+ * Currency can be specified by the "currency" keyword
+ * in which case it overrides the default currency code
+ * @param date the date for which to retrieve a currency code for
+ * the given locale.
+ * @param index the index within the available list of currency codes
+ * for the given locale on the given date.
+ * @param buff fill in buffer. Can be NULL for preflighting.
+ * @param buffCapacity capacity of the fill in buffer. Can be 0 for
+ * preflighting. If it is non-zero, the buff parameter
+ * must not be NULL.
+ * @param ec error code
+ * @return length of the currency string. It should always be 3.
+ * If 0, currency couldn't be found or the input values are
+ * invalid.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ucurr_forLocaleAndDate(const char* locale,
+ UDate date,
+ int32_t index,
+ UChar* buff,
+ int32_t buffCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* ec);
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/udat.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/udat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4b43a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/udat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,962 @@
+/*
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2009, International Business Machines
+ * Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+ *******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef UDAT_H
+#define UDAT_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/ucal.h"
+#include "unicode/unum.h"
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: DateFormat
+ *
+ * <h2> Date Format C API</h2>
+ *
+ * Date Format C API consists of functions that convert dates and
+ * times from their internal representations to textual form and back again in a
+ * language-independent manner. Converting from the internal representation (milliseconds
+ * since midnight, January 1, 1970) to text is known as "formatting," and converting
+ * from text to millis is known as "parsing." We currently define only one concrete
+ * structure UDateFormat, which can handle pretty much all normal
+ * date formatting and parsing actions.
+ * <P>
+ * Date Format helps you to format and parse dates for any locale. Your code can
+ * be completely independent of the locale conventions for months, days of the
+ * week, or even the calendar format: lunar vs. solar.
+ * <P>
+ * To format a date for the current Locale with default time and date style,
+ * use one of the static factory methods:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * UChar *myString;
+ * int32_t myStrlen = 0;
+ * UDateFormat* dfmt = udat_open(UDAT_DEFAULT, UDAT_DEFAULT, NULL, NULL, -1, NULL, -1, &status);
+ * myStrlen = udat_format(dfmt, myDate, NULL, myStrlen, NULL, &status);
+ * if (status==U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR){
+ * status=U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * myString=(UChar*)malloc(sizeof(UChar) * (myStrlen+1) );
+ * udat_format(dfmt, myDate, myString, myStrlen+1, NULL, &status);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * If you are formatting multiple numbers, it is more efficient to get the
+ * format and use it multiple times so that the system doesn't have to fetch the
+ * information about the local language and country conventions multiple times.
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * int32_t i, myStrlen = 0;
+ * UChar* myString;
+ * char buffer[1024];
+ * UDate myDateArr[] = { 0.0, 100000000.0, 2000000000.0 }; // test values
+ * UDateFormat* df = udat_open(UDAT_DEFAULT, UDAT_DEFAULT, NULL, NULL, -1, NULL, 0, &status);
+ * for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+ * myStrlen = udat_format(df, myDateArr[i], NULL, myStrlen, NULL, &status);
+ * if(status == U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR){
+ * status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * myString = (UChar*)malloc(sizeof(UChar) * (myStrlen+1) );
+ * udat_format(df, myDateArr[i], myString, myStrlen+1, NULL, &status);
+ * printf("%s\n", u_austrcpy(buffer, myString) );
+ * free(myString);
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * To get specific fields of a date, you can use UFieldPosition to
+ * get specific fields.
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * UFieldPosition pos;
+ * UChar *myString;
+ * int32_t myStrlen = 0;
+ * char buffer[1024];
+ *
+ * pos.field = 1; // Same as the DateFormat::EField enum
+ * UDateFormat* dfmt = udat_open(UDAT_DEFAULT, UDAT_DEFAULT, NULL, -1, NULL, 0, &status);
+ * myStrlen = udat_format(dfmt, myDate, NULL, myStrlen, &pos, &status);
+ * if (status==U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR){
+ * status=U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * myString=(UChar*)malloc(sizeof(UChar) * (myStrlen+1) );
+ * udat_format(dfmt, myDate, myString, myStrlen+1, &pos, &status);
+ * }
+ * printf("date format: %s\n", u_austrcpy(buffer, myString));
+ * buffer[pos.endIndex] = 0; // NULL terminate the string.
+ * printf("UFieldPosition position equals %s\n", &buffer[pos.beginIndex]);
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * To format a date for a different Locale, specify it in the call to
+ * udat_open()
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UDateFormat* df = udat_open(UDAT_SHORT, UDAT_SHORT, "fr_FR", NULL, -1, NULL, 0, &status);
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * You can use a DateFormat API udat_parse() to parse.
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * int32_t parsepos=0;
+ * UDate myDate = udat_parse(df, myString, u_strlen(myString), &parsepos, &status);
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * You can pass in different options for the arguments for date and time style
+ * to control the length of the result; from SHORT to MEDIUM to LONG to FULL.
+ * The exact result depends on the locale, but generally:
+ * see UDateFormatStyle for more details
+ * <ul type=round>
+ * <li> UDAT_SHORT is completely numeric, such as 12/13/52 or 3:30pm
+ * <li> UDAT_MEDIUM is longer, such as Jan 12, 1952
+ * <li> UDAT_LONG is longer, such as January 12, 1952 or 3:30:32pm
+ * <li> UDAT_FULL is pretty completely specified, such as
+ * Tuesday, April 12, 1952 AD or 3:30:42pm PST.
+ * </ul>
+ * You can also set the time zone on the format if you wish.
+ * <P>
+ * You can also use forms of the parse and format methods with Parse Position and
+ * UFieldPosition to allow you to
+ * <ul type=round>
+ * <li> Progressively parse through pieces of a string.
+ * <li> Align any particular field, or find out where it is for selection
+ * on the screen.
+ * </ul>
+ */
+
+/** A date formatter.
+ * For usage in C programs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+typedef void* UDateFormat;
+
+/** The possible date/time format styles
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+typedef enum UDateFormatStyle {
+ /** Full style */
+ UDAT_FULL,
+ /** Long style */
+ UDAT_LONG,
+ /** Medium style */
+ UDAT_MEDIUM,
+ /** Short style */
+ UDAT_SHORT,
+ /** Default style */
+ UDAT_DEFAULT = UDAT_MEDIUM,
+
+ /** Bitfield for relative date */
+ UDAT_RELATIVE = (1 << 7),
+
+ UDAT_FULL_RELATIVE = UDAT_FULL | UDAT_RELATIVE,
+
+ UDAT_LONG_RELATIVE = UDAT_LONG | UDAT_RELATIVE,
+
+ UDAT_MEDIUM_RELATIVE = UDAT_MEDIUM | UDAT_RELATIVE,
+
+ UDAT_SHORT_RELATIVE = UDAT_SHORT | UDAT_RELATIVE,
+
+
+ /** No style */
+ UDAT_NONE = -1,
+ /** for internal API use only */
+ UDAT_IGNORE = -2
+
+} UDateFormatStyle;
+
+
+/**
+ * @{
+ * Below are a set of pre-defined skeletons.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * A skeleton
+ * <ol>
+ * <li>
+ * only keeps the field pattern letter and ignores all other parts
+ * in a pattern, such as space, punctuations, and string literals.
+ * </li>
+ * <li>
+ * hides the order of fields.
+ * </li>
+ * <li>
+ * might hide a field's pattern letter length.
+ *
+ * For those non-digit calendar fields, the pattern letter length is
+ * important, such as MMM, MMMM, and MMMMM; EEE and EEEE,
+ * and the field's pattern letter length is honored.
+ *
+ * For the digit calendar fields, such as M or MM, d or dd, yy or yyyy,
+ * the field pattern length is ignored and the best match, which is defined
+ * in date time patterns, will be returned without honor the field pattern
+ * letter length in skeleton.
+ * </li>
+ * </ol>
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+
+#define UDAT_MINUTE_SECOND "ms"
+#define UDAT_HOUR24_MINUTE "Hm"
+#define UDAT_HOUR24_MINUTE_SECOND "Hms"
+#define UDAT_HOUR_MINUTE_SECOND "hms"
+#define UDAT_STANDALONE_MONTH "LLLL"
+#define UDAT_ABBR_STANDALONE_MONTH "LLL"
+#define UDAT_YEAR_QUARTER "yQQQ"
+#define UDAT_YEAR_ABBR_QUARTER "yQ"
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * @{
+ * Below are a set of pre-defined skeletons that
+ * have pre-defined interval patterns in resource files.
+ * Users are encouraged to use them in date interval format factory methods.
+ *
+ */
+#define UDAT_HOUR_MINUTE "hm"
+#define UDAT_YEAR "y"
+#define UDAT_DAY "d"
+#define UDAT_NUM_MONTH_WEEKDAY_DAY "MEd"
+#define UDAT_YEAR_NUM_MONTH "yM"
+#define UDAT_NUM_MONTH_DAY "Md"
+#define UDAT_YEAR_NUM_MONTH_WEEKDAY_DAY "yMEd"
+#define UDAT_ABBR_MONTH_WEEKDAY_DAY "MMMEd"
+#define UDAT_YEAR_MONTH "yMMMM"
+#define UDAT_YEAR_ABBR_MONTH "yMMM"
+#define UDAT_MONTH_DAY "MMMMd"
+#define UDAT_ABBR_MONTH_DAY "MMMd"
+#define UDAT_MONTH_WEEKDAY_DAY "MMMMEEEEd"
+#define UDAT_YEAR_ABBR_MONTH_WEEKDAY_DAY "yMMMEd"
+#define UDAT_YEAR_MONTH_WEEKDAY_DAY "yMMMMEEEEd"
+#define UDAT_YEAR_MONTH_DAY "yMMMMd"
+#define UDAT_YEAR_ABBR_MONTH_DAY "yMMMd"
+#define UDAT_YEAR_NUM_MONTH_DAY "yMd"
+#define UDAT_NUM_MONTH "M"
+#define UDAT_ABBR_MONTH "MMM"
+#define UDAT_MONTH "MMMM"
+#define UDAT_HOUR_MINUTE_GENERIC_TZ "hmv"
+#define UDAT_HOUR_MINUTE_TZ "hmz"
+#define UDAT_HOUR "h"
+#define UDAT_HOUR_GENERIC_TZ "hv"
+#define UDAT_HOUR_TZ "hz"
+
+/** @} */
+
+
+/**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selectors for format fields
+ * defined by DateFormat and UDateFormat.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+typedef enum UDateFormatField {
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'G' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_ERA field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_ERA_FIELD = 0,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'y' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_YEAR field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_YEAR_FIELD = 1,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'M' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_MONTH field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_MONTH_FIELD = 2,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'd' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_DATE field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_DATE_FIELD = 3,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'k' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_HOUR_OF_DAY field.
+ * UDAT_HOUR_OF_DAY1_FIELD is used for the one-based 24-hour clock.
+ * For example, 23:59 + 01:00 results in 24:59.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_HOUR_OF_DAY1_FIELD = 4,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'H' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_HOUR_OF_DAY field.
+ * UDAT_HOUR_OF_DAY0_FIELD is used for the zero-based 24-hour clock.
+ * For example, 23:59 + 01:00 results in 00:59.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_HOUR_OF_DAY0_FIELD = 5,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'm' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_MINUTE field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_MINUTE_FIELD = 6,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 's' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_SECOND field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_SECOND_FIELD = 7,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'S' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_MILLISECOND field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_FRACTIONAL_SECOND_FIELD = 8,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'E' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_DAY_OF_WEEK_FIELD = 9,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'D' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_DAY_OF_YEAR field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_DAY_OF_YEAR_FIELD = 10,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'F' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH_FIELD = 11,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'w' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_WEEK_OF_YEAR field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_WEEK_OF_YEAR_FIELD = 12,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'W' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_WEEK_OF_MONTH field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_WEEK_OF_MONTH_FIELD = 13,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'a' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_AM_PM field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_AM_PM_FIELD = 14,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'h' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_HOUR field.
+ * UDAT_HOUR1_FIELD is used for the one-based 12-hour clock.
+ * For example, 11:30 PM + 1 hour results in 12:30 AM.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_HOUR1_FIELD = 15,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'K' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_HOUR field.
+ * UDAT_HOUR0_FIELD is used for the zero-based 12-hour clock.
+ * For example, 11:30 PM + 1 hour results in 00:30 AM.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_HOUR0_FIELD = 16,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'z' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_ZONE_OFFSET and
+ * UCAL_DST_OFFSET fields.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_TIMEZONE_FIELD = 17,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'Y' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_YEAR_WOY field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_YEAR_WOY_FIELD = 18,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'e' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_DOW_LOCAL field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_DOW_LOCAL_FIELD = 19,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'u' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_EXTENDED_YEAR field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_EXTENDED_YEAR_FIELD = 20,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'g' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_JULIAN_DAY field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_JULIAN_DAY_FIELD = 21,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'A' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_MILLISECONDS_IN_DAY field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_MILLISECONDS_IN_DAY_FIELD = 22,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'Z' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_ZONE_OFFSET and
+ * UCAL_DST_OFFSET fields.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_TIMEZONE_RFC_FIELD = 23,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'v' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_ZONE_OFFSET field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ UDAT_TIMEZONE_GENERIC_FIELD = 24,
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition selector for 'c' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the {@link #UCAL_DATE} field.
+ * This displays the stand alone day name, if available.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ UDAT_STANDALONE_DAY_FIELD = 25,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition selector for 'L' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the {@link #UCAL_MONTH} field.
+ * This displays the stand alone month name, if available.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ UDAT_STANDALONE_MONTH_FIELD = 26,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition selector for "Q" field alignment,
+ * corresponding to quarters. This is implemented
+ * using the {@link #UCAL_MONTH} field. This
+ * displays the quarter.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UDAT_QUARTER_FIELD = 27,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition selector for the "q" field alignment,
+ * corresponding to stand-alone quarters. This is
+ * implemented using the {@link #UCAL_MONTH} field.
+ * This displays the stand-alone quarter.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UDAT_STANDALONE_QUARTER_FIELD = 28,
+
+ /**
+ * FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selector for 'V' field alignment,
+ * corresponding to the UCAL_ZONE_OFFSET field.
+ * @stable ICU 3.8
+ */
+ UDAT_TIMEZONE_SPECIAL_FIELD = 29,
+
+ /**
+ * Number of FieldPosition and UFieldPosition selectors for
+ * DateFormat and UDateFormat.
+ * Valid selectors range from 0 to UDAT_FIELD_COUNT-1.
+ * This value is subject to change if new fields are defined
+ * in the future.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UDAT_FIELD_COUNT = 30
+
+} UDateFormatField;
+
+/**
+ * Open a new UDateFormat for formatting and parsing dates and times.
+ * A UDateFormat may be used to format dates in calls to {@link #udat_format },
+ * and to parse dates in calls to {@link #udat_parse }.
+ * @param timeStyle The style used to format times; one of UDAT_FULL, UDAT_LONG,
+ * UDAT_MEDIUM, UDAT_SHORT, UDAT_DEFAULT, or UDAT_NONE (relative time styles
+ * are not currently supported)
+ * @param dateStyle The style used to format dates; one of UDAT_FULL, UDAT_LONG,
+ * UDAT_MEDIUM, UDAT_SHORT, UDAT_DEFAULT, UDAT_FULL_RELATIVE, UDAT_LONG_RELATIVE,
+ * UDAT_MEDIUM_RELATIVE, UDAT_SHORT_RELATIVE, or UDAT_NONE
+ * @param locale The locale specifying the formatting conventions
+ * @param tzID A timezone ID specifying the timezone to use. If 0, use
+ * the default timezone.
+ * @param tzIDLength The length of tzID, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param pattern A pattern specifying the format to use.
+ * @param patternLength The number of characters in the pattern, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @return A pointer to a UDateFormat to use for formatting dates and times, or 0 if
+ * an error occurred.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UDateFormat* U_EXPORT2
+udat_open(UDateFormatStyle timeStyle,
+ UDateFormatStyle dateStyle,
+ const char *locale,
+ const UChar *tzID,
+ int32_t tzIDLength,
+ const UChar *pattern,
+ int32_t patternLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+* Close a UDateFormat.
+* Once closed, a UDateFormat may no longer be used.
+* @param format The formatter to close.
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+udat_close(UDateFormat* format);
+
+/**
+ * Open a copy of a UDateFormat.
+ * This function performs a deep copy.
+ * @param fmt The format to copy
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return A pointer to a UDateFormat identical to fmt.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UDateFormat* U_EXPORT2
+udat_clone(const UDateFormat *fmt,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Format a date using an UDateFormat.
+* The date will be formatted using the conventions specified in {@link #udat_open }
+* @param format The formatter to use
+* @param dateToFormat The date to format
+* @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the formatted number.
+* @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+* @param position A pointer to a UFieldPosition. On input, position->field
+* is read. On output, position->beginIndex and position->endIndex indicate
+* the beginning and ending indices of field number position->field, if such
+* a field exists. This parameter may be NULL, in which case no field
+* position data is returned.
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength, the output was truncated.
+* @see udat_parse
+* @see UFieldPosition
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+udat_format( const UDateFormat* format,
+ UDate dateToFormat,
+ UChar* result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UFieldPosition* position,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+* Parse a string into an date/time using a UDateFormat.
+* The date will be parsed using the conventions specified in {@link #udat_open }
+* @param format The formatter to use.
+* @param text The text to parse.
+* @param textLength The length of text, or -1 if null-terminated.
+* @param parsePos If not 0, on input a pointer to an integer specifying the offset at which
+* to begin parsing. If not 0, on output the offset at which parsing ended.
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @return The value of the parsed date/time
+* @see udat_format
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE UDate U_EXPORT2
+udat_parse( const UDateFormat* format,
+ const UChar* text,
+ int32_t textLength,
+ int32_t *parsePos,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Parse a string into an date/time using a UDateFormat.
+* The date will be parsed using the conventions specified in {@link #udat_open }
+* @param format The formatter to use.
+* @param calendar The calendar in which to store the parsed data.
+* @param text The text to parse.
+* @param textLength The length of text, or -1 if null-terminated.
+* @param parsePos If not 0, on input a pointer to an integer specifying the offset at which
+* to begin parsing. If not 0, on output the offset at which parsing ended.
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @see udat_format
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+udat_parseCalendar(const UDateFormat* format,
+ UCalendar* calendar,
+ const UChar* text,
+ int32_t textLength,
+ int32_t *parsePos,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Determine if an UDateFormat will perform lenient parsing.
+* With lenient parsing, the parser may use heuristics to interpret inputs that do not
+* precisely match the pattern. With strict parsing, inputs must match the pattern.
+* @param fmt The formatter to query
+* @return TRUE if fmt is set to perform lenient parsing, FALSE otherwise.
+* @see udat_setLenient
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+udat_isLenient(const UDateFormat* fmt);
+
+/**
+* Specify whether an UDateFormat will perform lenient parsing.
+* With lenient parsing, the parser may use heuristics to interpret inputs that do not
+* precisely match the pattern. With strict parsing, inputs must match the pattern.
+* @param fmt The formatter to set
+* @param isLenient TRUE if fmt should perform lenient parsing, FALSE otherwise.
+* @see dat_isLenient
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+udat_setLenient( UDateFormat* fmt,
+ UBool isLenient);
+
+/**
+* Get the UCalendar associated with an UDateFormat.
+* A UDateFormat uses a UCalendar to convert a raw value to, for example,
+* the day of the week.
+* @param fmt The formatter to query.
+* @return A pointer to the UCalendar used by fmt.
+* @see udat_setCalendar
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE const UCalendar* U_EXPORT2
+udat_getCalendar(const UDateFormat* fmt);
+
+/**
+* Set the UCalendar associated with an UDateFormat.
+* A UDateFormat uses a UCalendar to convert a raw value to, for example,
+* the day of the week.
+* @param fmt The formatter to set.
+* @param calendarToSet A pointer to an UCalendar to be used by fmt.
+* @see udat_setCalendar
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+udat_setCalendar( UDateFormat* fmt,
+ const UCalendar* calendarToSet);
+
+/**
+* Get the UNumberFormat associated with an UDateFormat.
+* A UDateFormat uses a UNumberFormat to format numbers within a date,
+* for example the day number.
+* @param fmt The formatter to query.
+* @return A pointer to the UNumberFormat used by fmt to format numbers.
+* @see udat_setNumberFormat
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE const UNumberFormat* U_EXPORT2
+udat_getNumberFormat(const UDateFormat* fmt);
+
+/**
+* Set the UNumberFormat associated with an UDateFormat.
+* A UDateFormat uses a UNumberFormat to format numbers within a date,
+* for example the day number.
+* @param fmt The formatter to set.
+* @param numberFormatToSet A pointer to the UNumberFormat to be used by fmt to format numbers.
+* @see udat_getNumberFormat
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+udat_setNumberFormat( UDateFormat* fmt,
+ const UNumberFormat* numberFormatToSet);
+
+/**
+* Get a locale for which date/time formatting patterns are available.
+* A UDateFormat in a locale returned by this function will perform the correct
+* formatting and parsing for the locale.
+* @param localeIndex The index of the desired locale.
+* @return A locale for which date/time formatting patterns are available, or 0 if none.
+* @see udat_countAvailable
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+udat_getAvailable(int32_t localeIndex);
+
+/**
+* Determine how many locales have date/time formatting patterns available.
+* This function is most useful as determining the loop ending condition for
+* calls to {@link #udat_getAvailable }.
+* @return The number of locales for which date/time formatting patterns are available.
+* @see udat_getAvailable
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+udat_countAvailable(void);
+
+/**
+* Get the year relative to which all 2-digit years are interpreted.
+* For example, if the 2-digit start year is 2100, the year 99 will be
+* interpreted as 2199.
+* @param fmt The formatter to query.
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @return The year relative to which all 2-digit years are interpreted.
+* @see udat_Set2DigitYearStart
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE UDate U_EXPORT2
+udat_get2DigitYearStart( const UDateFormat *fmt,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Set the year relative to which all 2-digit years will be interpreted.
+* For example, if the 2-digit start year is 2100, the year 99 will be
+* interpreted as 2199.
+* @param fmt The formatter to set.
+* @param d The year relative to which all 2-digit years will be interpreted.
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @see udat_Set2DigitYearStart
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+udat_set2DigitYearStart( UDateFormat *fmt,
+ UDate d,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Extract the pattern from a UDateFormat.
+* The pattern will follow the pattern syntax rules.
+* @param fmt The formatter to query.
+* @param localized TRUE if the pattern should be localized, FALSE otherwise.
+* @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the pattern.
+* @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength, the output was truncated.
+* @see udat_applyPattern
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+udat_toPattern( const UDateFormat *fmt,
+ UBool localized,
+ UChar *result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Set the pattern used by an UDateFormat.
+* The pattern should follow the pattern syntax rules.
+* @param format The formatter to set.
+* @param localized TRUE if the pattern is localized, FALSE otherwise.
+* @param pattern The new pattern
+* @param patternLength The length of pattern, or -1 if null-terminated.
+* @see udat_toPattern
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+udat_applyPattern( UDateFormat *format,
+ UBool localized,
+ const UChar *pattern,
+ int32_t patternLength);
+
+/**
+ * The possible types of date format symbols
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+typedef enum UDateFormatSymbolType {
+ /** The era names, for example AD */
+ UDAT_ERAS,
+ /** The month names, for example February */
+ UDAT_MONTHS,
+ /** The short month names, for example Feb. */
+ UDAT_SHORT_MONTHS,
+ /** The weekday names, for example Monday */
+ UDAT_WEEKDAYS,
+ /** The short weekday names, for example Mon. */
+ UDAT_SHORT_WEEKDAYS,
+ /** The AM/PM names, for example AM */
+ UDAT_AM_PMS,
+ /** The localized characters */
+ UDAT_LOCALIZED_CHARS,
+ /** The long era names, for example Anno Domini */
+ UDAT_ERA_NAMES,
+ /** The narrow month names, for example F */
+ UDAT_NARROW_MONTHS,
+ /** The narrow weekday names, for example N */
+ UDAT_NARROW_WEEKDAYS,
+ /** Standalone context versions of months */
+ UDAT_STANDALONE_MONTHS,
+ UDAT_STANDALONE_SHORT_MONTHS,
+ UDAT_STANDALONE_NARROW_MONTHS,
+ /** Standalone context versions of weekdays */
+ UDAT_STANDALONE_WEEKDAYS,
+ UDAT_STANDALONE_SHORT_WEEKDAYS,
+ UDAT_STANDALONE_NARROW_WEEKDAYS,
+ /** The quarters, for example 1st Quarter */
+ UDAT_QUARTERS,
+ /** The short quarter names, for example Q1 */
+ UDAT_SHORT_QUARTERS,
+ /** Standalone context versions of quarters */
+ UDAT_STANDALONE_QUARTERS,
+ UDAT_STANDALONE_SHORT_QUARTERS
+
+} UDateFormatSymbolType;
+
+struct UDateFormatSymbols;
+/** Date format symbols.
+ * For usage in C programs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+typedef struct UDateFormatSymbols UDateFormatSymbols;
+
+/**
+* Get the symbols associated with an UDateFormat.
+* The symbols are what a UDateFormat uses to represent locale-specific data,
+* for example month or day names.
+* @param fmt The formatter to query.
+* @param type The type of symbols to get. One of UDAT_ERAS, UDAT_MONTHS, UDAT_SHORT_MONTHS,
+* UDAT_WEEKDAYS, UDAT_SHORT_WEEKDAYS, UDAT_AM_PMS, or UDAT_LOCALIZED_CHARS
+* @param symbolIndex The desired symbol of type type.
+* @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the pattern.
+* @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength, the output was truncated.
+* @see udat_countSymbols
+* @see udat_setSymbols
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+udat_getSymbols(const UDateFormat *fmt,
+ UDateFormatSymbolType type,
+ int32_t symbolIndex,
+ UChar *result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Count the number of particular symbols for an UDateFormat.
+* This function is most useful as for detemining the loop termination condition
+* for calls to {@link #udat_getSymbols }.
+* @param fmt The formatter to query.
+* @param type The type of symbols to count. One of UDAT_ERAS, UDAT_MONTHS, UDAT_SHORT_MONTHS,
+* UDAT_WEEKDAYS, UDAT_SHORT_WEEKDAYS, UDAT_AM_PMS, or UDAT_LOCALIZED_CHARS
+* @return The number of symbols of type type.
+* @see udat_getSymbols
+* @see udat_setSymbols
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+udat_countSymbols( const UDateFormat *fmt,
+ UDateFormatSymbolType type);
+
+/**
+* Set the symbols associated with an UDateFormat.
+* The symbols are what a UDateFormat uses to represent locale-specific data,
+* for example month or day names.
+* @param format The formatter to set
+* @param type The type of symbols to set. One of UDAT_ERAS, UDAT_MONTHS, UDAT_SHORT_MONTHS,
+* UDAT_WEEKDAYS, UDAT_SHORT_WEEKDAYS, UDAT_AM_PMS, or UDAT_LOCALIZED_CHARS
+* @param symbolIndex The index of the symbol to set of type type.
+* @param value The new value
+* @param valueLength The length of value, or -1 if null-terminated
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @see udat_getSymbols
+* @see udat_countSymbols
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+udat_setSymbols( UDateFormat *format,
+ UDateFormatSymbolType type,
+ int32_t symbolIndex,
+ UChar *value,
+ int32_t valueLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the locale for this date format object.
+ * You can choose between valid and actual locale.
+ * @param fmt The formatter to get the locale from
+ * @param type type of the locale we're looking for (valid or actual)
+ * @param status error code for the operation
+ * @return the locale name
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+udat_getLocaleByType(const UDateFormat *fmt,
+ ULocDataLocaleType type,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+* Extract the date pattern from a UDateFormat set for relative date formatting.
+* The pattern will follow the pattern syntax rules.
+* @param fmt The formatter to query.
+* @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the pattern.
+* @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+* @param status A pointer to a UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength, the output was truncated.
+* @see udat_applyPatternRelative
+* @internal ICU 4.2 technology preview
+*/
+U_INTERNAL int32_t U_EXPORT2
+udat_toPatternRelativeDate(const UDateFormat *fmt,
+ UChar *result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Extract the time pattern from a UDateFormat set for relative date formatting.
+* The pattern will follow the pattern syntax rules.
+* @param fmt The formatter to query.
+* @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the pattern.
+* @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+* @param status A pointer to a UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength, the output was truncated.
+* @see udat_applyPatternRelative
+* @internal ICU 4.2 technology preview
+*/
+U_INTERNAL int32_t U_EXPORT2
+udat_toPatternRelativeTime(const UDateFormat *fmt,
+ UChar *result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Set the date & time patterns used by a UDateFormat set for relative date formatting.
+* The patterns should follow the pattern syntax rules.
+* @param format The formatter to set.
+* @param datePattern The new date pattern
+* @param datePatternLength The length of datePattern, or -1 if null-terminated.
+* @param timePattern The new time pattern
+* @param timePatternLength The length of timePattern, or -1 if null-terminated.
+* @param status A pointer to a UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @see udat_toPatternRelativeDate, udat_toPatternRelativeTime
+* @internal ICU 4.2 technology preview
+*/
+U_INTERNAL void U_EXPORT2
+udat_applyPatternRelative(UDateFormat *format,
+ const UChar *datePattern,
+ int32_t datePatternLength,
+ const UChar *timePattern,
+ int32_t timePatternLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/udata.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/udata.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84046d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/udata.h
@@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* file name: udata.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 1999oct25
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*/
+
+#ifndef __UDATA_H__
+#define __UDATA_H__
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+U_CDECL_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Data loading interface
+ *
+ * <h2>Information about data loading interface</h2>
+ *
+ * This API is used to find and efficiently load data for ICU and applications
+ * using ICU. It provides an abstract interface that specifies a data type and
+ * name to find and load the data. Normally this API is used by other ICU APIs
+ * to load required data out of the ICU data library, but it can be used to
+ * load data out of other places.
+ *
+ * See the User Guide Data Management chapter.
+ */
+
+#ifndef U_HIDE_INTERNAL_API
+/**
+ * Character used to separate package names from tree names
+ * @internal ICU 3.0
+ */
+#define U_TREE_SEPARATOR '-'
+
+/**
+ * String used to separate package names from tree names
+ * @internal ICU 3.0
+ */
+#define U_TREE_SEPARATOR_STRING "-"
+
+/**
+ * Character used to separate parts of entry names
+ * @internal ICU 3.0
+ */
+#define U_TREE_ENTRY_SEP_CHAR '/'
+
+/**
+ * String used to separate parts of entry names
+ * @internal ICU 3.0
+ */
+#define U_TREE_ENTRY_SEP_STRING "/"
+
+/**
+ * Alias for standard ICU data
+ * @internal ICU 3.0
+ */
+#define U_ICUDATA_ALIAS "ICUDATA"
+
+#endif /* U_HIDE_INTERNAL_API */
+
+/**
+ * UDataInfo contains the properties about the requested data.
+ * This is meta data.
+ *
+ * <p>This structure may grow in the future, indicated by the
+ * <code>size</code> field.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The platform data property fields help determine if a data
+ * file can be efficiently used on a given machine.
+ * The particular fields are of importance only if the data
+ * is affected by the properties - if there is integer data
+ * with word sizes > 1 byte, char* text, or UChar* text.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The implementation for the <code>udata_open[Choice]()</code>
+ * functions may reject data based on the value in <code>isBigEndian</code>.
+ * No other field is used by the <code>udata</code> API implementation.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The <code>dataFormat</code> may be used to identify
+ * the kind of data, e.g. a converter table.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The <code>formatVersion</code> field should be used to
+ * make sure that the format can be interpreted.
+ * I may be a good idea to check only for the one or two highest
+ * of the version elements to allow the data memory to
+ * get more or somewhat rearranged contents, for as long
+ * as the using code can still interpret the older contents.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The <code>dataVersion</code> field is intended to be a
+ * common place to store the source version of the data;
+ * for data from the Unicode character database, this could
+ * reflect the Unicode version.</p>
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ /** sizeof(UDataInfo)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ uint16_t size;
+
+ /** unused, set to 0
+ * @stable ICU 2.0*/
+ uint16_t reservedWord;
+
+ /* platform data properties */
+ /** 0 for little-endian machine, 1 for big-endian
+ * @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ uint8_t isBigEndian;
+
+ /** see U_CHARSET_FAMILY values in utypes.h
+ * @stable ICU 2.0*/
+ uint8_t charsetFamily;
+
+ /** sizeof(UChar), one of { 1, 2, 4 }
+ * @stable ICU 2.0*/
+ uint8_t sizeofUChar;
+
+ /** unused, set to 0
+ * @stable ICU 2.0*/
+ uint8_t reservedByte;
+
+ /** data format identifier
+ * @stable ICU 2.0*/
+ uint8_t dataFormat[4];
+
+ /** versions: [0] major [1] minor [2] milli [3] micro
+ * @stable ICU 2.0*/
+ uint8_t formatVersion[4];
+
+ /** versions: [0] major [1] minor [2] milli [3] micro
+ * @stable ICU 2.0*/
+ uint8_t dataVersion[4];
+} UDataInfo;
+
+/* API for reading data -----------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Forward declaration of the data memory type.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef struct UDataMemory UDataMemory;
+
+/**
+ * Callback function for udata_openChoice().
+ * @param context parameter passed into <code>udata_openChoice()</code>.
+ * @param type The type of the data as passed into <code>udata_openChoice()</code>.
+ * It may be <code>NULL</code>.
+ * @param name The name of the data as passed into <code>udata_openChoice()</code>.
+ * @param pInfo A pointer to the <code>UDataInfo</code> structure
+ * of data that has been loaded and will be returned
+ * by <code>udata_openChoice()</code> if this function
+ * returns <code>TRUE</code>.
+ * @return TRUE if the current data memory is acceptable
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef UBool U_CALLCONV
+UDataMemoryIsAcceptable(void *context,
+ const char *type, const char *name,
+ const UDataInfo *pInfo);
+
+
+/**
+ * Convenience function.
+ * This function works the same as <code>udata_openChoice</code>
+ * except that any data that matches the type and name
+ * is assumed to be acceptable.
+ * @param path Specifies an absolute path and/or a basename for the
+ * finding of the data in the file system.
+ * <code>NULL</code> for ICU data.
+ * @param type A string that specifies the type of data to be loaded.
+ * For example, resource bundles are loaded with type "res",
+ * conversion tables with type "cnv".
+ * This may be <code>NULL</code> or empty.
+ * @param name A string that specifies the name of the data.
+ * @param pErrorCode An ICU UErrorCode parameter. It must not be <code>NULL</code>.
+ * @return A pointer (handle) to a data memory object, or <code>NULL</code>
+ * if an error occurs. Call <code>udata_getMemory()</code>
+ * to get a pointer to the actual data.
+ *
+ * @see udata_openChoice
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UDataMemory * U_EXPORT2
+udata_open(const char *path, const char *type, const char *name,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Data loading function.
+ * This function is used to find and load efficiently data for
+ * ICU and applications using ICU.
+ * It provides an abstract interface that allows to specify a data
+ * type and name to find and load the data.
+ *
+ * <p>The implementation depends on platform properties and user preferences
+ * and may involve loading shared libraries (DLLs), mapping
+ * files into memory, or fopen()/fread() files.
+ * It may also involve using static memory or database queries etc.
+ * Several or all data items may be combined into one entity
+ * (DLL, memory-mappable file).</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The data is always preceded by a header that includes
+ * a <code>UDataInfo</code> structure.
+ * The caller's <code>isAcceptable()</code> function is called to make
+ * sure that the data is useful. It may be called several times if it
+ * rejects the data and there is more than one location with data
+ * matching the type and name.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>If <code>path==NULL</code>, then ICU data is loaded.
+ * Otherwise, it is separated into a basename and a basename-less directory string.
+ * The basename is used as the data package name, and the directory is
+ * logically prepended to the ICU data directory string.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>For details about ICU data loading see the User Guide
+ * Data Management chapter. (http://icu-project.org/userguide/icudata.html)</p>
+ *
+ * @param path Specifies an absolute path and/or a basename for the
+ * finding of the data in the file system.
+ * <code>NULL</code> for ICU data.
+ * @param type A string that specifies the type of data to be loaded.
+ * For example, resource bundles are loaded with type "res",
+ * conversion tables with type "cnv".
+ * This may be <code>NULL</code> or empty.
+ * @param name A string that specifies the name of the data.
+ * @param isAcceptable This function is called to verify that loaded data
+ * is useful for the client code. If it returns FALSE
+ * for all data items, then <code>udata_openChoice()</code>
+ * will return with an error.
+ * @param context Arbitrary parameter to be passed into isAcceptable.
+ * @param pErrorCode An ICU UErrorCode parameter. It must not be <code>NULL</code>.
+ * @return A pointer (handle) to a data memory object, or <code>NULL</code>
+ * if an error occurs. Call <code>udata_getMemory()</code>
+ * to get a pointer to the actual data.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UDataMemory * U_EXPORT2
+udata_openChoice(const char *path, const char *type, const char *name,
+ UDataMemoryIsAcceptable *isAcceptable, void *context,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Close the data memory.
+ * This function must be called to allow the system to
+ * release resources associated with this data memory.
+ * @param pData The pointer to data memory object
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+udata_close(UDataMemory *pData);
+
+/**
+ * Get the pointer to the actual data inside the data memory.
+ * The data is read-only.
+ * @param pData The pointer to data memory object
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const void * U_EXPORT2
+udata_getMemory(UDataMemory *pData);
+
+/**
+ * Get the information from the data memory header.
+ * This allows to get access to the header containing
+ * platform data properties etc. which is not part of
+ * the data itself and can therefore not be accessed
+ * via the pointer that <code>udata_getMemory()</code> returns.
+ *
+ * @param pData pointer to the data memory object
+ * @param pInfo pointer to a UDataInfo object;
+ * its <code>size</code> field must be set correctly,
+ * typically to <code>sizeof(UDataInfo)</code>.
+ *
+ * <code>*pInfo</code> will be filled with the UDataInfo structure
+ * in the data memory object. If this structure is smaller than
+ * <code>pInfo->size</code>, then the <code>size</code> will be
+ * adjusted and only part of the structure will be filled.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+udata_getInfo(UDataMemory *pData, UDataInfo *pInfo);
+
+/**
+ * This function bypasses the normal ICU data loading process and
+ * allows you to force ICU's system data to come out of a user-specified
+ * area in memory.
+ *
+ * The format of this data is that of the icu common data file, as is
+ * generated by the pkgdata tool with mode=common or mode=dll.
+ * You can read in a whole common mode file and pass the address to the start of the
+ * data, or (with the appropriate link options) pass in the pointer to
+ * the data that has been loaded from a dll by the operating system,
+ * as shown in this code:
+ *
+ * extern const char U_IMPORT U_ICUDATA_ENTRY_POINT [];
+ * // U_ICUDATA_ENTRY_POINT is same as entry point specified to pkgdata tool
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ *
+ * udata_setCommonData(&U_ICUDATA_ENTRY_POINT, &status);
+ *
+ * Warning: ICU must NOT have even attempted to access its data yet
+ * when this call is made, or U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING code will
+ * be returned. Be careful of UnicodeStrings in static initialization which
+ * may attempt to load a converter (use the UNICODE_STRING(x) macro instead).
+ *
+ * Also note that it is important that the declaration be as above. The entry point
+ * must not be declared as an extern void*.
+ *
+ * This function has no effect on application (non ICU) data. See udata_setAppData()
+ * for similar functionality for application data.
+ *
+ * @param data pointer to ICU common data
+ * @param err outgoing error status <code>U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING, U_UNSUPPORTED_ERROR</code>
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+udata_setCommonData(const void *data, UErrorCode *err);
+
+
+/**
+ * This function bypasses the normal ICU data loading process for application-specific
+ * data and allows you to force the it to come out of a user-specified
+ * pointer.
+ *
+ * The format of this data is that of the icu common data file, like 'icudt26l.dat'
+ * or the corresponding shared library (DLL) file.
+ * The application must read in or otherwise construct an image of the data and then
+ * pass the address of it to this function.
+ *
+ *
+ * Warning: setAppData will set a U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING code if
+ * data with the specifed path that has already been opened, or
+ * if setAppData with the same path has already been called.
+ * Any such calls to setAppData will have no effect.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param packageName the package name by which the application will refer
+ * to (open) this data
+ * @param data pointer to the data
+ * @param err outgoing error status <code>U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING, U_UNSUPPORTED_ERROR</code>
+ * @see udata_setCommonData
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+udata_setAppData(const char *packageName, const void *data, UErrorCode *err);
+
+/**
+ * Possible settings for udata_setFileAccess()
+ * @see udata_setFileAccess
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+typedef enum UDataFileAccess {
+ /** ICU looks for data in single files first, then in packages. (default) */
+ UDATA_FILES_FIRST,
+ /** ICU only loads data from packages, not from single files. */
+ UDATA_ONLY_PACKAGES,
+ /** ICU loads data from packages first, and only from single files
+ if the data cannot be found in a package. */
+ UDATA_PACKAGES_FIRST,
+ /** ICU does not access the file system for data loading. */
+ UDATA_NO_FILES,
+ /** An alias for the default access mode. */
+ UDATA_DEFAULT_ACCESS = UDATA_FILES_FIRST,
+ UDATA_FILE_ACCESS_COUNT
+} UDataFileAccess;
+
+/**
+ * This function may be called to control how ICU loads data. It must be called
+ * before any ICU data is loaded, including application data loaded with ures/ResourceBundle or
+ * udata APIs. It should be called before u_init. This function is not multithread safe.
+ * The results of calling it while other threads are loading data are undefined.
+ * @param access The type of file access to be used
+ * @param status Error code.
+ * @see UDataFileAccess
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+udata_setFileAccess(UDataFileAccess access, UErrorCode *status);
+
+U_CDECL_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/udatpg.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/udatpg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..206637f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/udatpg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 2007-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+*******************************************************************************
+* file name: udatpg.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 2007jul30
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*/
+
+#ifndef __UDATPG_H__
+#define __UDATPG_H__
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/uenum.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Wrapper for DateTimePatternGenerator (unicode/dtptngen.h).
+ *
+ * UDateTimePatternGenerator provides flexible generation of date format patterns,
+ * like "yy-MM-dd". The user can build up the generator by adding successive
+ * patterns. Once that is done, a query can be made using a "skeleton", which is
+ * a pattern which just includes the desired fields and lengths. The generator
+ * will return the "best fit" pattern corresponding to that skeleton.
+ * <p>The main method people will use is udatpg_getBestPattern, since normally
+ * UDateTimePatternGenerator is pre-built with data from a particular locale.
+ * However, generators can be built directly from other data as well.
+ * <p><i>Issue: may be useful to also have a function that returns the list of
+ * fields in a pattern, in order, since we have that internally.
+ * That would be useful for getting the UI order of field elements.</i>
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Opaque type for a date/time pattern generator object.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+typedef void *UDateTimePatternGenerator;
+
+/**
+ * Field number constants for udatpg_getAppendItemFormats() and similar functions.
+ * These constants are separate from UDateFormatField despite semantic overlap
+ * because some fields are merged for the date/time pattern generator.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+typedef enum UDateTimePatternField {
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_ERA_FIELD,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_YEAR_FIELD,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_QUARTER_FIELD,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_MONTH_FIELD,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_WEEK_OF_YEAR_FIELD,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_WEEK_OF_MONTH_FIELD,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_WEEKDAY_FIELD,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_DAY_OF_YEAR_FIELD,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_DAY_OF_WEEK_IN_MONTH_FIELD,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_DAY_FIELD,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_DAYPERIOD_FIELD,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_HOUR_FIELD,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_MINUTE_FIELD,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_SECOND_FIELD,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_FRACTIONAL_SECOND_FIELD,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_ZONE_FIELD,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_FIELD_COUNT
+} UDateTimePatternField;
+
+/**
+ * Status return values from udatpg_addPattern().
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+typedef enum UDateTimePatternConflict {
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_NO_CONFLICT,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_BASE_CONFLICT,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_CONFLICT,
+ /** @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ UDATPG_CONFLICT_COUNT
+} UDateTimePatternConflict;
+
+/**
+ * Open a generator according to a given locale.
+ * @param locale
+ * @param pErrorCode a pointer to the UErrorCode which must not indicate a
+ * failure before the function call.
+ * @return a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT UDateTimePatternGenerator * U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_open(const char *locale, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Open an empty generator, to be constructed with udatpg_addPattern(...) etc.
+ * @param pErrorCode a pointer to the UErrorCode which must not indicate a
+ * failure before the function call.
+ * @return a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT UDateTimePatternGenerator * U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_openEmpty(UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Close a generator.
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT void U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_close(UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg);
+
+/**
+ * Create a copy pf a generator.
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator to be copied.
+ * @param pErrorCode a pointer to the UErrorCode which must not indicate a
+ * failure before the function call.
+ * @return a pointer to a new UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT UDateTimePatternGenerator * U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_clone(const UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Get the best pattern matching the input skeleton. It is guaranteed to
+ * have all of the fields in the skeleton.
+ *
+ * Note that this function uses a non-const UDateTimePatternGenerator:
+ * It uses a stateful pattern parser which is set up for each generator object,
+ * rather than creating one for each function call.
+ * Consecutive calls to this function do not affect each other,
+ * but this function cannot be used concurrently on a single generator object.
+ *
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @param skeleton
+ * The skeleton is a pattern containing only the variable fields.
+ * For example, "MMMdd" and "mmhh" are skeletons.
+ * @param length the length of skeleton
+ * @param bestPattern
+ * The best pattern found from the given skeleton.
+ * @param capacity the capacity of bestPattern.
+ * @param pErrorCode a pointer to the UErrorCode which must not indicate a
+ * failure before the function call.
+ * @return the length of bestPattern.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_getBestPattern(UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg,
+ const UChar *skeleton, int32_t length,
+ UChar *bestPattern, int32_t capacity,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Get a unique skeleton from a given pattern. For example,
+ * both "MMM-dd" and "dd/MMM" produce the skeleton "MMMdd".
+ *
+ * Note that this function uses a non-const UDateTimePatternGenerator:
+ * It uses a stateful pattern parser which is set up for each generator object,
+ * rather than creating one for each function call.
+ * Consecutive calls to this function do not affect each other,
+ * but this function cannot be used concurrently on a single generator object.
+ *
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @param pattern input pattern, such as "dd/MMM".
+ * @param length the length of pattern.
+ * @param skeleton such as "MMMdd"
+ * @param capacity the capacity of skeleton.
+ * @param pErrorCode a pointer to the UErrorCode which must not indicate a
+ * failure before the function call.
+ * @return the length of skeleton.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_getSkeleton(UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg,
+ const UChar *pattern, int32_t length,
+ UChar *skeleton, int32_t capacity,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Get a unique base skeleton from a given pattern. This is the same
+ * as the skeleton, except that differences in length are minimized so
+ * as to only preserve the difference between string and numeric form. So
+ * for example, both "MMM-dd" and "d/MMM" produce the skeleton "MMMd"
+ * (notice the single d).
+ *
+ * Note that this function uses a non-const UDateTimePatternGenerator:
+ * It uses a stateful pattern parser which is set up for each generator object,
+ * rather than creating one for each function call.
+ * Consecutive calls to this function do not affect each other,
+ * but this function cannot be used concurrently on a single generator object.
+ *
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @param pattern input pattern, such as "dd/MMM".
+ * @param length the length of pattern.
+ * @param baseSkeleton such as "Md"
+ * @param capacity the capacity of base skeleton.
+ * @param pErrorCode a pointer to the UErrorCode which must not indicate a
+ * failure before the function call.
+ * @return the length of baseSkeleton.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_getBaseSkeleton(UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg,
+ const UChar *pattern, int32_t length,
+ UChar *baseSkeleton, int32_t capacity,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Adds a pattern to the generator. If the pattern has the same skeleton as
+ * an existing pattern, and the override parameter is set, then the previous
+ * value is overriden. Otherwise, the previous value is retained. In either
+ * case, the conflicting status is set and previous vale is stored in
+ * conflicting pattern.
+ * <p>
+ * Note that single-field patterns (like "MMM") are automatically added, and
+ * don't need to be added explicitly!
+ *
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @param pattern input pattern, such as "dd/MMM"
+ * @param patternLength the length of pattern.
+ * @param override When existing values are to be overridden use true,
+ * otherwise use false.
+ * @param conflictingPattern Previous pattern with the same skeleton.
+ * @param capacity the capacity of conflictingPattern.
+ * @param pLength a pointer to the length of conflictingPattern.
+ * @param pErrorCode a pointer to the UErrorCode which must not indicate a
+ * failure before the function call.
+ * @return conflicting status. The value could be UDATPG_NO_CONFLICT,
+ * UDATPG_BASE_CONFLICT or UDATPG_CONFLICT.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT UDateTimePatternConflict U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_addPattern(UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg,
+ const UChar *pattern, int32_t patternLength,
+ UBool override,
+ UChar *conflictingPattern, int32_t capacity, int32_t *pLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * An AppendItem format is a pattern used to append a field if there is no
+ * good match. For example, suppose that the input skeleton is "GyyyyMMMd",
+ * and there is no matching pattern internally, but there is a pattern
+ * matching "yyyyMMMd", say "d-MM-yyyy". Then that pattern is used, plus the
+ * G. The way these two are conjoined is by using the AppendItemFormat for G
+ * (era). So if that value is, say "{0}, {1}" then the final resulting
+ * pattern is "d-MM-yyyy, G".
+ * <p>
+ * There are actually three available variables: {0} is the pattern so far,
+ * {1} is the element we are adding, and {2} is the name of the element.
+ * <p>
+ * This reflects the way that the CLDR data is organized.
+ *
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @param field UDateTimePatternField, such as UDATPG_ERA_FIELD
+ * @param value pattern, such as "{0}, {1}"
+ * @param length the length of value.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT void U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_setAppendItemFormat(UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg,
+ UDateTimePatternField field,
+ const UChar *value, int32_t length);
+
+/**
+ * Getter corresponding to setAppendItemFormat. Values below 0 or at or
+ * above UDATPG_FIELD_COUNT are illegal arguments.
+ *
+ * @param dtpg A pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @param field UDateTimePatternField, such as UDATPG_ERA_FIELD
+ * @param pLength A pointer that will receive the length of appendItemFormat.
+ * @return appendItemFormat for field.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT const UChar * U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_getAppendItemFormat(const UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg,
+ UDateTimePatternField field,
+ int32_t *pLength);
+
+/**
+ * Set the name of field, eg "era" in English for ERA. These are only
+ * used if the corresponding AppendItemFormat is used, and if it contains a
+ * {2} variable.
+ * <p>
+ * This reflects the way that the CLDR data is organized.
+ *
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @param field UDateTimePatternField
+ * @param value name for the field.
+ * @param length the length of value.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT void U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_setAppendItemName(UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg,
+ UDateTimePatternField field,
+ const UChar *value, int32_t length);
+
+/**
+ * Getter corresponding to setAppendItemNames. Values below 0 or at or above
+ * UDATPG_FIELD_COUNT are illegal arguments.
+ *
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @param field UDateTimePatternField, such as UDATPG_ERA_FIELD
+ * @param pLength A pointer that will receive the length of the name for field.
+ * @return name for field
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT const UChar * U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_getAppendItemName(const UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg,
+ UDateTimePatternField field,
+ int32_t *pLength);
+
+/**
+ * The date time format is a message format pattern used to compose date and
+ * time patterns. The default value is "{0} {1}", where {0} will be replaced
+ * by the date pattern and {1} will be replaced by the time pattern.
+ * <p>
+ * This is used when the input skeleton contains both date and time fields,
+ * but there is not a close match among the added patterns. For example,
+ * suppose that this object was created by adding "dd-MMM" and "hh:mm", and
+ * its datetimeFormat is the default "{0} {1}". Then if the input skeleton
+ * is "MMMdhmm", there is not an exact match, so the input skeleton is
+ * broken up into two components "MMMd" and "hmm". There are close matches
+ * for those two skeletons, so the result is put together with this pattern,
+ * resulting in "d-MMM h:mm".
+ *
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @param dtFormat
+ * message format pattern, here {0} will be replaced by the date
+ * pattern and {1} will be replaced by the time pattern.
+ * @param length the length of dtFormat.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT void U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_setDateTimeFormat(const UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg,
+ const UChar *dtFormat, int32_t length);
+
+/**
+ * Getter corresponding to setDateTimeFormat.
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @param pLength A pointer that will receive the length of the format
+ * @return dateTimeFormat.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT const UChar * U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_getDateTimeFormat(const UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg,
+ int32_t *pLength);
+
+/**
+ * The decimal value is used in formatting fractions of seconds. If the
+ * skeleton contains fractional seconds, then this is used with the
+ * fractional seconds. For example, suppose that the input pattern is
+ * "hhmmssSSSS", and the best matching pattern internally is "H:mm:ss", and
+ * the decimal string is ",". Then the resulting pattern is modified to be
+ * "H:mm:ss,SSSS"
+ *
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @param decimal
+ * @param length the length of decimal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT void U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_setDecimal(UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg,
+ const UChar *decimal, int32_t length);
+
+/**
+ * Getter corresponding to setDecimal.
+ *
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @param pLength A pointer that will receive the length of the decimal string.
+ * @return corresponding to the decimal point.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT const UChar * U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_getDecimal(const UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg,
+ int32_t *pLength);
+
+/**
+ * Adjusts the field types (width and subtype) of a pattern to match what is
+ * in a skeleton. That is, if you supply a pattern like "d-M H:m", and a
+ * skeleton of "MMMMddhhmm", then the input pattern is adjusted to be
+ * "dd-MMMM hh:mm". This is used internally to get the best match for the
+ * input skeleton, but can also be used externally.
+ *
+ * Note that this function uses a non-const UDateTimePatternGenerator:
+ * It uses a stateful pattern parser which is set up for each generator object,
+ * rather than creating one for each function call.
+ * Consecutive calls to this function do not affect each other,
+ * but this function cannot be used concurrently on a single generator object.
+ *
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @param pattern Input pattern
+ * @param patternLength the length of input pattern.
+ * @param skeleton
+ * @param skeletonLength the length of input skeleton.
+ * @param dest pattern adjusted to match the skeleton fields widths and subtypes.
+ * @param destCapacity the capacity of dest.
+ * @param pErrorCode a pointer to the UErrorCode which must not indicate a
+ * failure before the function call.
+ * @return the length of dest.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_replaceFieldTypes(UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg,
+ const UChar *pattern, int32_t patternLength,
+ const UChar *skeleton, int32_t skeletonLength,
+ UChar *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Return a UEnumeration list of all the skeletons in canonical form.
+ * Call udatpg_getPatternForSkeleton() to get the corresponding pattern.
+ *
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @param pErrorCode a pointer to the UErrorCode which must not indicate a
+ * failure before the function call
+ * @return a UEnumeration list of all the skeletons
+ * The caller must close the object.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT UEnumeration * U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_openSkeletons(const UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Return a UEnumeration list of all the base skeletons in canonical form.
+ *
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @param pErrorCode a pointer to the UErrorCode which must not indicate a
+ * failure before the function call.
+ * @return a UEnumeration list of all the base skeletons
+ * The caller must close the object.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT UEnumeration * U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_openBaseSkeletons(const UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Get the pattern corresponding to a given skeleton.
+ *
+ * @param dtpg a pointer to UDateTimePatternGenerator.
+ * @param skeleton
+ * @param skeletonLength pointer to the length of skeleton.
+ * @param pLength pointer to the length of return pattern.
+ * @return pattern corresponding to a given skeleton.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT const UChar * U_EXPORT2
+udatpg_getPatternForSkeleton(const UDateTimePatternGenerator *dtpg,
+ const UChar *skeleton, int32_t skeletonLength,
+ int32_t *pLength);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/udeprctd.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/udeprctd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bf45f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/udeprctd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2004-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* file name:
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* Created by: genheaders.pl, a perl script written by Ram Viswanadha
+*
+* Contains data for commenting out APIs.
+* Gets included by umachine.h
+*
+* THIS FILE IS MACHINE-GENERATED, DON'T PLAY WITH IT IF YOU DON'T KNOW WHAT
+* YOU ARE DOING, OTHERWISE VERY BAD THINGS WILL HAPPEN!
+*/
+
+#ifndef UDEPRCTD_H
+#define UDEPRCTD_H
+
+#ifdef U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API
+
+# if U_DISABLE_RENAMING
+# define ucol_getContractions ucol_getContractions_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucol_getLocale ucol_getLocale_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ures_countArrayItems ures_countArrayItems_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ures_getLocale ures_getLocale_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ures_getVersionNumber ures_getVersionNumber_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utrans_getAvailableID utrans_getAvailableID_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utrans_getID utrans_getID_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utrans_open utrans_open_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utrans_unregister utrans_unregister_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# else
+# define ucol_getContractions_4_0 ucol_getContractions_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucol_getLocale_4_0 ucol_getLocale_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ures_countArrayItems_4_0 ures_countArrayItems_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ures_getLocale_4_0 ures_getLocale_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ures_getVersionNumber_4_0 ures_getVersionNumber_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utrans_getAvailableID_4_0 utrans_getAvailableID_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utrans_getID_4_0 utrans_getID_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utrans_open_4_0 utrans_open_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utrans_unregister_4_0 utrans_unregister_DEPRECATED_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# endif /* U_DISABLE_RENAMING */
+
+#endif /* U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API */
+#endif /* UDEPRCTD_H */
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/udraft.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/udraft.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5426adf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/udraft.h
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2004-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* file name:
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* Created by: genheaders.pl, a perl script written by Ram Viswanadha
+*
+* Contains data for commenting out APIs.
+* Gets included by umachine.h
+*
+* THIS FILE IS MACHINE-GENERATED, DON'T PLAY WITH IT IF YOU DON'T KNOW WHAT
+* YOU ARE DOING, OTHERWISE VERY BAD THINGS WILL HAPPEN!
+*/
+
+#ifndef UDRAFT_H
+#define UDRAFT_H
+
+#ifdef U_HIDE_DRAFT_API
+
+# if U_DISABLE_RENAMING
+# define afkLanguageCode afkLanguageCode_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define armiScriptCode armiScriptCode_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fclose u_fclose_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_feof u_feof_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fflush u_fflush_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fgetConverter u_fgetConverter_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fgetc u_fgetc_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fgetcodepage u_fgetcodepage_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fgetcx u_fgetcx_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fgetfile u_fgetfile_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fgetlocale u_fgetlocale_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fgets u_fgets_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_file_read u_file_read_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_file_write u_file_write_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_finit u_finit_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fopen u_fopen_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fprintf u_fprintf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fprintf_u u_fprintf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fputc u_fputc_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fputs u_fputs_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_frewind u_frewind_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fscanf u_fscanf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fscanf_u u_fscanf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fsetcodepage u_fsetcodepage_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fsetlocale u_fsetlocale_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fsettransliterator u_fsettransliterator_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fstropen u_fstropen_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fungetc u_fungetc_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_snprintf u_snprintf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_snprintf_u u_snprintf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_sprintf u_sprintf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_sprintf_u u_sprintf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_sscanf u_sscanf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_sscanf_u u_sscanf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vfprintf u_vfprintf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vfprintf_u u_vfprintf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vfscanf u_vfscanf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vfscanf_u u_vfscanf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vsnprintf u_vsnprintf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vsnprintf_u u_vsnprintf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vsprintf u_vsprintf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vsprintf_u u_vsprintf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vsscanf u_vsscanf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vsscanf_u u_vsscanf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucal_clone ucal_clone_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucal_getCanonicalTimeZoneID ucal_getCanonicalTimeZoneID_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucurr_countCurrencies ucurr_countCurrencies_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucurr_forLocaleAndDate ucurr_forLocaleAndDate_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uloc_addLikelySubtags uloc_addLikelySubtags_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uloc_getCharacterOrientation uloc_getCharacterOrientation_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uloc_getLineOrientation uloc_getLineOrientation_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uloc_minimizeSubtags uloc_minimizeSubtags_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_getMatchCallback uregex_getMatchCallback_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_getStackLimit uregex_getStackLimit_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_getTimeLimit uregex_getTimeLimit_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_hasAnchoringBounds uregex_hasAnchoringBounds_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_hasTransparentBounds uregex_hasTransparentBounds_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_hitEnd uregex_hitEnd_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_regionEnd uregex_regionEnd_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_regionStart uregex_regionStart_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_requireEnd uregex_requireEnd_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_setMatchCallback uregex_setMatchCallback_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_setRegion uregex_setRegion_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_setStackLimit uregex_setStackLimit_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_setTimeLimit uregex_setTimeLimit_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_useAnchoringBounds uregex_useAnchoringBounds_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_useTransparentBounds uregex_useTransparentBounds_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# else
+# define afkLanguageCode_4_0 afkLanguageCode_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define armiScriptCode_4_0 armiScriptCode_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fclose_4_0 u_fclose_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_feof_4_0 u_feof_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fflush_4_0 u_fflush_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fgetConverter_4_0 u_fgetConverter_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fgetc_4_0 u_fgetc_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fgetcodepage_4_0 u_fgetcodepage_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fgetcx_4_0 u_fgetcx_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fgetfile_4_0 u_fgetfile_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fgetlocale_4_0 u_fgetlocale_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fgets_4_0 u_fgets_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_file_read_4_0 u_file_read_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_file_write_4_0 u_file_write_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_finit_4_0 u_finit_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fopen_4_0 u_fopen_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fprintf_4_0 u_fprintf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fprintf_u_4_0 u_fprintf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fputc_4_0 u_fputc_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fputs_4_0 u_fputs_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_frewind_4_0 u_frewind_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fscanf_4_0 u_fscanf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fscanf_u_4_0 u_fscanf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fsetcodepage_4_0 u_fsetcodepage_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fsetlocale_4_0 u_fsetlocale_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fsettransliterator_4_0 u_fsettransliterator_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fstropen_4_0 u_fstropen_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_fungetc_4_0 u_fungetc_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_snprintf_4_0 u_snprintf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_snprintf_u_4_0 u_snprintf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_sprintf_4_0 u_sprintf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_sprintf_u_4_0 u_sprintf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_sscanf_4_0 u_sscanf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_sscanf_u_4_0 u_sscanf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vfprintf_4_0 u_vfprintf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vfprintf_u_4_0 u_vfprintf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vfscanf_4_0 u_vfscanf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vfscanf_u_4_0 u_vfscanf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vsnprintf_4_0 u_vsnprintf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vsnprintf_u_4_0 u_vsnprintf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vsprintf_4_0 u_vsprintf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vsprintf_u_4_0 u_vsprintf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vsscanf_4_0 u_vsscanf_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_vsscanf_u_4_0 u_vsscanf_u_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucal_clone_4_0 ucal_clone_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucal_getCanonicalTimeZoneID_4_0 ucal_getCanonicalTimeZoneID_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucurr_countCurrencies_4_0 ucurr_countCurrencies_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucurr_forLocaleAndDate_4_0 ucurr_forLocaleAndDate_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uloc_addLikelySubtags_4_0 uloc_addLikelySubtags_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uloc_getCharacterOrientation_4_0 uloc_getCharacterOrientation_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uloc_getLineOrientation_4_0 uloc_getLineOrientation_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uloc_minimizeSubtags_4_0 uloc_minimizeSubtags_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_getMatchCallback_4_0 uregex_getMatchCallback_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_getStackLimit_4_0 uregex_getStackLimit_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_getTimeLimit_4_0 uregex_getTimeLimit_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_hasAnchoringBounds_4_0 uregex_hasAnchoringBounds_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_hasTransparentBounds_4_0 uregex_hasTransparentBounds_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_hitEnd_4_0 uregex_hitEnd_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_regionEnd_4_0 uregex_regionEnd_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_regionStart_4_0 uregex_regionStart_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_requireEnd_4_0 uregex_requireEnd_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_setMatchCallback_4_0 uregex_setMatchCallback_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_setRegion_4_0 uregex_setRegion_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_setStackLimit_4_0 uregex_setStackLimit_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_setTimeLimit_4_0 uregex_setTimeLimit_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_useAnchoringBounds_4_0 uregex_useAnchoringBounds_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uregex_useTransparentBounds_4_0 uregex_useTransparentBounds_DRAFT_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# endif /* U_DISABLE_RENAMING */
+
+#endif /* U_HIDE_DRAFT_API */
+#endif /* UDRAFT_H */
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uenum.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uenum.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff9b299
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uenum.h
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 2002-2005, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+*******************************************************************************
+* file name: uenum.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:2
+*
+* created on: 2002jul08
+* created by: Vladimir Weinstein
+*/
+
+#ifndef __UENUM_H
+#define __UENUM_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: String Enumeration
+ */
+
+/**
+ * An enumeration object.
+ * For usage in C programs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+struct UEnumeration;
+/** structure representing an enumeration object instance @stable ICU 2.2 */
+typedef struct UEnumeration UEnumeration;
+
+/**
+ * Disposes of resources in use by the iterator. If en is NULL,
+ * does nothing. After this call, any char* or UChar* pointer
+ * returned by uenum_unext() or uenum_next() is invalid.
+ * @param en UEnumeration structure pointer
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uenum_close(UEnumeration* en);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the number of elements that the iterator traverses. If
+ * the iterator is out-of-sync with its service, status is set to
+ * U_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC_ERROR.
+ * This is a convenience function. It can end up being very
+ * expensive as all the items might have to be pre-fetched (depending
+ * on the type of data being traversed). Use with caution and only
+ * when necessary.
+ * @param en UEnumeration structure pointer
+ * @param status error code, can be U_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC_ERROR if the
+ * iterator is out of sync.
+ * @return number of elements in the iterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uenum_count(UEnumeration* en, UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the next element in the iterator's list. If there are
+ * no more elements, returns NULL. If the iterator is out-of-sync
+ * with its service, status is set to U_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC_ERROR and
+ * NULL is returned. If the native service string is a char* string,
+ * it is converted to UChar* with the invariant converter.
+ * The result is terminated by (UChar)0.
+ * @param en the iterator object
+ * @param resultLength pointer to receive the length of the result
+ * (not including the terminating \\0).
+ * If the pointer is NULL it is ignored.
+ * @param status the error code, set to U_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC_ERROR if
+ * the iterator is out of sync with its service.
+ * @return a pointer to the string. The string will be
+ * zero-terminated. The return pointer is owned by this iterator
+ * and must not be deleted by the caller. The pointer is valid
+ * until the next call to any uenum_... method, including
+ * uenum_next() or uenum_unext(). When all strings have been
+ * traversed, returns NULL.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE const UChar* U_EXPORT2
+uenum_unext(UEnumeration* en,
+ int32_t* resultLength,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the next element in the iterator's list. If there are
+ * no more elements, returns NULL. If the iterator is out-of-sync
+ * with its service, status is set to U_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC_ERROR and
+ * NULL is returned. If the native service string is a UChar*
+ * string, it is converted to char* with the invariant converter.
+ * The result is terminated by (char)0. If the conversion fails
+ * (because a character cannot be converted) then status is set to
+ * U_INVARIANT_CONVERSION_ERROR and the return value is undefined
+ * (but non-NULL).
+ * @param en the iterator object
+ * @param resultLength pointer to receive the length of the result
+ * (not including the terminating \\0).
+ * If the pointer is NULL it is ignored.
+ * @param status the error code, set to U_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC_ERROR if
+ * the iterator is out of sync with its service. Set to
+ * U_INVARIANT_CONVERSION_ERROR if the underlying native string is
+ * UChar* and conversion to char* with the invariant converter
+ * fails. This error pertains only to current string, so iteration
+ * might be able to continue successfully.
+ * @return a pointer to the string. The string will be
+ * zero-terminated. The return pointer is owned by this iterator
+ * and must not be deleted by the caller. The pointer is valid
+ * until the next call to any uenum_... method, including
+ * uenum_next() or uenum_unext(). When all strings have been
+ * traversed, returns NULL.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+uenum_next(UEnumeration* en,
+ int32_t* resultLength,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Resets the iterator to the current list of service IDs. This
+ * re-establishes sync with the service and rewinds the iterator
+ * to start at the first element.
+ * @param en the iterator object
+ * @param status the error code, set to U_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC_ERROR if
+ * the iterator is out of sync with its service.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uenum_reset(UEnumeration* en, UErrorCode* status);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uidna.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uidna.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52aa6e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uidna.h
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/*
+ *******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2007, International Business Machines
+ * Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * file name: uidna.h
+ * encoding: US-ASCII
+ * tab size: 8 (not used)
+ * indentation:4
+ *
+ * created on: 2003feb1
+ * created by: Ram Viswanadha
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UIDNA_H__
+#define __UIDNA_H__
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_IDNA
+
+#include "unicode/parseerr.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Internationalized Domain Names in Applications Tranformation
+ *
+ * UIDNA API implements the IDNA protocol as defined in the IDNA RFC
+ * (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3490.txt).
+ * The RFC defines 2 operations: ToASCII and ToUnicode. Domain labels
+ * containing non-ASCII code points are required to be processed by
+ * ToASCII operation before passing it to resolver libraries. Domain names
+ * that are obtained from resolver libraries are required to be processed by
+ * ToUnicode operation before displaying the domain name to the user.
+ * IDNA requires that implementations process input strings with Nameprep
+ * (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3491.txt),
+ * which is a profile of Stringprep (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3454.txt),
+ * and then with Punycode (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3492.txt).
+ * Implementations of IDNA MUST fully implement Nameprep and Punycode;
+ * neither Nameprep nor Punycode are optional.
+ * The input and output of ToASCII and ToUnicode operations are Unicode
+ * and are designed to be chainable, i.e., applying ToASCII or ToUnicode operations
+ * multiple times to an input string will yield the same result as applying the operation
+ * once.
+ * ToUnicode(ToUnicode(ToUnicode...(ToUnicode(string)))) == ToUnicode(string)
+ * ToASCII(ToASCII(ToASCII...(ToASCII(string))) == ToASCII(string).
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Option to prohibit processing of unassigned codepoints in the input and
+ * do not check if the input conforms to STD-3 ASCII rules.
+ *
+ * @see uidna_toASCII uidna_toUnicode
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+#define UIDNA_DEFAULT 0x0000
+/**
+ * Option to allow processing of unassigned codepoints in the input
+ *
+ * @see uidna_toASCII uidna_toUnicode
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+#define UIDNA_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED 0x0001
+/**
+ * Option to check if input conforms to STD-3 ASCII rules
+ *
+ * @see uidna_toASCII uidna_toUnicode
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+#define UIDNA_USE_STD3_RULES 0x0002
+
+/**
+ * This function implements the ToASCII operation as defined in the IDNA RFC.
+ * This operation is done on <b>single labels</b> before sending it to something that expects
+ * ASCII names. A label is an individual part of a domain name. Labels are usually
+ * separated by dots; e.g." "www.example.com" is composed of 3 labels
+ * "www","example", and "com".
+ *
+ *
+ * @param src Input UChar array containing label in Unicode.
+ * @param srcLength Number of UChars in src, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ * @param dest Output UChar array with ASCII (ACE encoded) label.
+ * @param destCapacity Size of dest.
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ *
+ * - UIDNA_DEFAULT Use default options, i.e., do not process unassigned code points
+ * and do not use STD3 ASCII rules
+ * If unassigned code points are found the operation fails with
+ * U_UNASSIGNED_ERROR error code.
+ *
+ * - UIDNA_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED Unassigned values can be converted to ASCII for query operations
+ * If this option is set, the unassigned code points are in the input
+ * are treated as normal Unicode code points.
+ *
+ * - UIDNA_USE_STD3_RULES Use STD3 ASCII rules for host name syntax restrictions
+ * If this option is set and the input does not satisfy STD3 rules,
+ * the operation will fail with U_IDNA_STD3_ASCII_RULES_ERROR
+ *
+ * @param parseError Pointer to UParseError struct to receive information on position
+ * of error if an error is encountered. Can be NULL.
+ * @param status ICU in/out error code parameter.
+ * U_INVALID_CHAR_FOUND if src contains
+ * unmatched single surrogates.
+ * U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR if src contains
+ * too many code points.
+ * U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR if destCapacity is not enough
+ * @return The length of the result string, if successful - or in case of a buffer overflow,
+ * in which case it will be greater than destCapacity.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uidna_toASCII(const UChar* src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UChar* dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ int32_t options,
+ UParseError* parseError,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+
+/**
+ * This function implements the ToUnicode operation as defined in the IDNA RFC.
+ * This operation is done on <b>single labels</b> before sending it to something that expects
+ * Unicode names. A label is an individual part of a domain name. Labels are usually
+ * separated by dots; for e.g." "www.example.com" is composed of 3 labels
+ * "www","example", and "com".
+ *
+ * @param src Input UChar array containing ASCII (ACE encoded) label.
+ * @param srcLength Number of UChars in src, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ * @param dest Output Converted UChar array containing Unicode equivalent of label.
+ * @param destCapacity Size of dest.
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ *
+ * - UIDNA_DEFAULT Use default options, i.e., do not process unassigned code points
+ * and do not use STD3 ASCII rules
+ * If unassigned code points are found the operation fails with
+ * U_UNASSIGNED_ERROR error code.
+ *
+ * - UIDNA_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED Unassigned values can be converted to ASCII for query operations
+ * If this option is set, the unassigned code points are in the input
+ * are treated as normal Unicode code points. <b> Note: </b> This option is
+ * required on toUnicode operation because the RFC mandates
+ * verification of decoded ACE input by applying toASCII and comparing
+ * its output with source
+ *
+ *
+ *
+ * - UIDNA_USE_STD3_RULES Use STD3 ASCII rules for host name syntax restrictions
+ * If this option is set and the input does not satisfy STD3 rules,
+ * the operation will fail with U_IDNA_STD3_ASCII_RULES_ERROR
+ *
+ * @param parseError Pointer to UParseError struct to receive information on position
+ * of error if an error is encountered. Can be NULL.
+ * @param status ICU in/out error code parameter.
+ * U_INVALID_CHAR_FOUND if src contains
+ * unmatched single surrogates.
+ * U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR if src contains
+ * too many code points.
+ * U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR if destCapacity is not enough
+ * @return The length of the result string, if successful - or in case of a buffer overflow,
+ * in which case it will be greater than destCapacity.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uidna_toUnicode(const UChar* src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UChar* dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ int32_t options,
+ UParseError* parseError,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Convenience function that implements the IDNToASCII operation as defined in the IDNA RFC.
+ * This operation is done on complete domain names, e.g: "www.example.com".
+ * It is important to note that this operation can fail. If it fails, then the input
+ * domain name cannot be used as an Internationalized Domain Name and the application
+ * should have methods defined to deal with the failure.
+ *
+ * <b>Note:</b> IDNA RFC specifies that a conformant application should divide a domain name
+ * into separate labels, decide whether to apply allowUnassigned and useSTD3ASCIIRules on each,
+ * and then convert. This function does not offer that level of granularity. The options once
+ * set will apply to all labels in the domain name
+ *
+ * @param src Input UChar array containing IDN in Unicode.
+ * @param srcLength Number of UChars in src, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ * @param dest Output UChar array with ASCII (ACE encoded) IDN.
+ * @param destCapacity Size of dest.
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ *
+ * - UIDNA_DEFAULT Use default options, i.e., do not process unassigned code points
+ * and do not use STD3 ASCII rules
+ * If unassigned code points are found the operation fails with
+ * U_UNASSIGNED_CODE_POINT_FOUND error code.
+ *
+ * - UIDNA_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED Unassigned values can be converted to ASCII for query operations
+ * If this option is set, the unassigned code points are in the input
+ * are treated as normal Unicode code points.
+ *
+ * - UIDNA_USE_STD3_RULES Use STD3 ASCII rules for host name syntax restrictions
+ * If this option is set and the input does not satisfy STD3 rules,
+ * the operation will fail with U_IDNA_STD3_ASCII_RULES_ERROR
+ *
+ * @param parseError Pointer to UParseError struct to receive information on position
+ * of error if an error is encountered. Can be NULL.
+ * @param status ICU in/out error code parameter.
+ * U_INVALID_CHAR_FOUND if src contains
+ * unmatched single surrogates.
+ * U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR if src contains
+ * too many code points.
+ * U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR if destCapacity is not enough
+ * @return The length of the result string, if successful - or in case of a buffer overflow,
+ * in which case it will be greater than destCapacity.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uidna_IDNToASCII( const UChar* src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UChar* dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ int32_t options,
+ UParseError* parseError,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Convenience function that implements the IDNToUnicode operation as defined in the IDNA RFC.
+ * This operation is done on complete domain names, e.g: "www.example.com".
+ *
+ * <b>Note:</b> IDNA RFC specifies that a conformant application should divide a domain name
+ * into separate labels, decide whether to apply allowUnassigned and useSTD3ASCIIRules on each,
+ * and then convert. This function does not offer that level of granularity. The options once
+ * set will apply to all labels in the domain name
+ *
+ * @param src Input UChar array containing IDN in ASCII (ACE encoded) form.
+ * @param srcLength Number of UChars in src, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ * @param dest Output UChar array containing Unicode equivalent of source IDN.
+ * @param destCapacity Size of dest.
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ *
+ * - UIDNA_DEFAULT Use default options, i.e., do not process unassigned code points
+ * and do not use STD3 ASCII rules
+ * If unassigned code points are found the operation fails with
+ * U_UNASSIGNED_CODE_POINT_FOUND error code.
+ *
+ * - UIDNA_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED Unassigned values can be converted to ASCII for query operations
+ * If this option is set, the unassigned code points are in the input
+ * are treated as normal Unicode code points.
+ *
+ * - UIDNA_USE_STD3_RULES Use STD3 ASCII rules for host name syntax restrictions
+ * If this option is set and the input does not satisfy STD3 rules,
+ * the operation will fail with U_IDNA_STD3_ASCII_RULES_ERROR
+ *
+ * @param parseError Pointer to UParseError struct to receive information on position
+ * of error if an error is encountered. Can be NULL.
+ * @param status ICU in/out error code parameter.
+ * U_INVALID_CHAR_FOUND if src contains
+ * unmatched single surrogates.
+ * U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR if src contains
+ * too many code points.
+ * U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR if destCapacity is not enough
+ * @return The length of the result string, if successful - or in case of a buffer overflow,
+ * in which case it will be greater than destCapacity.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uidna_IDNToUnicode( const UChar* src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UChar* dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ int32_t options,
+ UParseError* parseError,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Compare two IDN strings for equivalence.
+ * This function splits the domain names into labels and compares them.
+ * According to IDN RFC, whenever two labels are compared, they are
+ * considered equal if and only if their ASCII forms (obtained by
+ * applying toASCII) match using an case-insensitive ASCII comparison.
+ * Two domain names are considered a match if and only if all labels
+ * match regardless of whether label separators match.
+ *
+ * @param s1 First source string.
+ * @param length1 Length of first source string, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ *
+ * @param s2 Second source string.
+ * @param length2 Length of second source string, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ *
+ * - UIDNA_DEFAULT Use default options, i.e., do not process unassigned code points
+ * and do not use STD3 ASCII rules
+ * If unassigned code points are found the operation fails with
+ * U_UNASSIGNED_CODE_POINT_FOUND error code.
+ *
+ * - UIDNA_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED Unassigned values can be converted to ASCII for query operations
+ * If this option is set, the unassigned code points are in the input
+ * are treated as normal Unicode code points.
+ *
+ * - UIDNA_USE_STD3_RULES Use STD3 ASCII rules for host name syntax restrictions
+ * If this option is set and the input does not satisfy STD3 rules,
+ * the operation will fail with U_IDNA_STD3_ASCII_RULES_ERROR
+ *
+ * @param status ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return <0 or 0 or >0 as usual for string comparisons
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uidna_compare( const UChar *s1, int32_t length1,
+ const UChar *s2, int32_t length2,
+ int32_t options,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_IDNA */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uintrnal.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uintrnal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a01f6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uintrnal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2004-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* file name:
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* Created by: genheaders.pl, a perl script written by Ram Viswanadha
+*
+* Contains data for commenting out APIs.
+* Gets included by umachine.h
+*
+* THIS FILE IS MACHINE-GENERATED, DON'T PLAY WITH IT IF YOU DON'T KNOW WHAT
+* YOU ARE DOING, OTHERWISE VERY BAD THINGS WILL HAPPEN!
+*/
+
+#ifndef UINTRNAL_H
+#define UINTRNAL_H
+
+#ifdef U_HIDE_INTERNAL_API
+
+# if U_DISABLE_RENAMING
+# define RegexPatternDump RegexPatternDump_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_addFontRun pl_addFontRun_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_addLocaleRun pl_addLocaleRun_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_addValueRun pl_addValueRun_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_close pl_close_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_closeFontRuns pl_closeFontRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_closeLine pl_closeLine_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_closeLocaleRuns pl_closeLocaleRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_closeValueRuns pl_closeValueRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_countLineRuns pl_countLineRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_create pl_create_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getAscent pl_getAscent_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getDescent pl_getDescent_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getFontRunCount pl_getFontRunCount_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getFontRunFont pl_getFontRunFont_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getFontRunLastLimit pl_getFontRunLastLimit_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getFontRunLimit pl_getFontRunLimit_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLeading pl_getLeading_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLineAscent pl_getLineAscent_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLineDescent pl_getLineDescent_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLineLeading pl_getLineLeading_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLineVisualRun pl_getLineVisualRun_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLineWidth pl_getLineWidth_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLocaleRunCount pl_getLocaleRunCount_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLocaleRunLastLimit pl_getLocaleRunLastLimit_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLocaleRunLimit pl_getLocaleRunLimit_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLocaleRunLocale pl_getLocaleRunLocale_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getParagraphLevel pl_getParagraphLevel_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getTextDirection pl_getTextDirection_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getValueRunCount pl_getValueRunCount_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getValueRunLastLimit pl_getValueRunLastLimit_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getValueRunLimit pl_getValueRunLimit_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getValueRunValue pl_getValueRunValue_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunAscent pl_getVisualRunAscent_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunDescent pl_getVisualRunDescent_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunDirection pl_getVisualRunDirection_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunFont pl_getVisualRunFont_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunGlyphCount pl_getVisualRunGlyphCount_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunGlyphToCharMap pl_getVisualRunGlyphToCharMap_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunGlyphs pl_getVisualRunGlyphs_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunLeading pl_getVisualRunLeading_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunPositions pl_getVisualRunPositions_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_isComplex pl_isComplex_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_line pl_line_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_nextLine pl_nextLine_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_openEmptyFontRuns pl_openEmptyFontRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_openEmptyLocaleRuns pl_openEmptyLocaleRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_openEmptyValueRuns pl_openEmptyValueRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_openFontRuns pl_openFontRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_openLocaleRuns pl_openLocaleRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_openValueRuns pl_openValueRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_paragraph pl_paragraph_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_reflow pl_reflow_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_resetFontRuns pl_resetFontRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_resetLocaleRuns pl_resetLocaleRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_resetValueRuns pl_resetValueRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_visualRun pl_visualRun_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucol_equals ucol_equals_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucol_forgetUCA ucol_forgetUCA_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucol_getAttributeOrDefault ucol_getAttributeOrDefault_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucol_getUnsafeSet ucol_getUnsafeSet_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucol_nextProcessed ucol_nextProcessed_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucol_prepareShortStringOpen ucol_prepareShortStringOpen_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucol_previousProcessed ucol_previousProcessed_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uprv_getDefaultCodepage uprv_getDefaultCodepage_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uprv_getDefaultLocaleID uprv_getDefaultLocaleID_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ures_openFillIn ures_openFillIn_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define usearch_search usearch_search_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define usearch_searchBackwards usearch_searchBackwards_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utf8_appendCharSafeBody utf8_appendCharSafeBody_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utf8_back1SafeBody utf8_back1SafeBody_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utf8_countTrailBytes utf8_countTrailBytes_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utf8_nextCharSafeBody utf8_nextCharSafeBody_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utf8_prevCharSafeBody utf8_prevCharSafeBody_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# else
+# define RegexPatternDump_4_0 RegexPatternDump_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_addFontRun_4_0 pl_addFontRun_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_addLocaleRun_4_0 pl_addLocaleRun_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_addValueRun_4_0 pl_addValueRun_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_closeFontRuns_4_0 pl_closeFontRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_closeLine_4_0 pl_closeLine_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_closeLocaleRuns_4_0 pl_closeLocaleRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_closeValueRuns_4_0 pl_closeValueRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_close_4_0 pl_close_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_countLineRuns_4_0 pl_countLineRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_create_4_0 pl_create_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getAscent_4_0 pl_getAscent_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getDescent_4_0 pl_getDescent_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getFontRunCount_4_0 pl_getFontRunCount_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getFontRunFont_4_0 pl_getFontRunFont_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getFontRunLastLimit_4_0 pl_getFontRunLastLimit_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getFontRunLimit_4_0 pl_getFontRunLimit_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLeading_4_0 pl_getLeading_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLineAscent_4_0 pl_getLineAscent_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLineDescent_4_0 pl_getLineDescent_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLineLeading_4_0 pl_getLineLeading_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLineVisualRun_4_0 pl_getLineVisualRun_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLineWidth_4_0 pl_getLineWidth_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLocaleRunCount_4_0 pl_getLocaleRunCount_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLocaleRunLastLimit_4_0 pl_getLocaleRunLastLimit_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLocaleRunLimit_4_0 pl_getLocaleRunLimit_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getLocaleRunLocale_4_0 pl_getLocaleRunLocale_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getParagraphLevel_4_0 pl_getParagraphLevel_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getTextDirection_4_0 pl_getTextDirection_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getValueRunCount_4_0 pl_getValueRunCount_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getValueRunLastLimit_4_0 pl_getValueRunLastLimit_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getValueRunLimit_4_0 pl_getValueRunLimit_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getValueRunValue_4_0 pl_getValueRunValue_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunAscent_4_0 pl_getVisualRunAscent_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunDescent_4_0 pl_getVisualRunDescent_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunDirection_4_0 pl_getVisualRunDirection_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunFont_4_0 pl_getVisualRunFont_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunGlyphCount_4_0 pl_getVisualRunGlyphCount_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunGlyphToCharMap_4_0 pl_getVisualRunGlyphToCharMap_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunGlyphs_4_0 pl_getVisualRunGlyphs_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunLeading_4_0 pl_getVisualRunLeading_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_getVisualRunPositions_4_0 pl_getVisualRunPositions_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_isComplex_4_0 pl_isComplex_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_line_4_0 pl_line_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_nextLine_4_0 pl_nextLine_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_openEmptyFontRuns_4_0 pl_openEmptyFontRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_openEmptyLocaleRuns_4_0 pl_openEmptyLocaleRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_openEmptyValueRuns_4_0 pl_openEmptyValueRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_openFontRuns_4_0 pl_openFontRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_openLocaleRuns_4_0 pl_openLocaleRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_openValueRuns_4_0 pl_openValueRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_paragraph_4_0 pl_paragraph_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_reflow_4_0 pl_reflow_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_resetFontRuns_4_0 pl_resetFontRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_resetLocaleRuns_4_0 pl_resetLocaleRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_resetValueRuns_4_0 pl_resetValueRuns_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define pl_visualRun_4_0 pl_visualRun_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucol_equals_4_0 ucol_equals_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucol_forgetUCA_4_0 ucol_forgetUCA_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucol_getAttributeOrDefault_4_0 ucol_getAttributeOrDefault_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucol_getUnsafeSet_4_0 ucol_getUnsafeSet_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucol_nextProcessed_4_0 ucol_nextProcessed_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucol_prepareShortStringOpen_4_0 ucol_prepareShortStringOpen_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucol_previousProcessed_4_0 ucol_previousProcessed_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uprv_getDefaultCodepage_4_0 uprv_getDefaultCodepage_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uprv_getDefaultLocaleID_4_0 uprv_getDefaultLocaleID_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ures_openFillIn_4_0 ures_openFillIn_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define usearch_searchBackwards_4_0 usearch_searchBackwards_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define usearch_search_4_0 usearch_search_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utf8_appendCharSafeBody_4_0 utf8_appendCharSafeBody_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utf8_back1SafeBody_4_0 utf8_back1SafeBody_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utf8_countTrailBytes_4_0 utf8_countTrailBytes_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utf8_nextCharSafeBody_4_0 utf8_nextCharSafeBody_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define utf8_prevCharSafeBody_4_0 utf8_prevCharSafeBody_INTERNAL_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# endif /* U_DISABLE_RENAMING */
+
+#endif /* U_HIDE_INTERNAL_API */
+#endif /* UINTRNAL_H */
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uiter.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uiter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9409f01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uiter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,707 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 2002-2006, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+*******************************************************************************
+* file name: uiter.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 2002jan18
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*/
+
+#ifndef __UITER_H__
+#define __UITER_H__
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Unicode Character Iteration
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ */
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+ U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+ class CharacterIterator;
+ class Replaceable;
+
+ U_NAMESPACE_END
+#endif
+
+U_CDECL_BEGIN
+
+struct UCharIterator;
+typedef struct UCharIterator UCharIterator; /**< C typedef for struct UCharIterator. @stable ICU 2.1 */
+
+/**
+ * Origin constants for UCharIterator.getIndex() and UCharIterator.move().
+ * @see UCharIteratorMove
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+typedef enum UCharIteratorOrigin {
+ UITER_START, UITER_CURRENT, UITER_LIMIT, UITER_ZERO, UITER_LENGTH
+} UCharIteratorOrigin;
+
+/** Constants for UCharIterator. @stable ICU 2.6 */
+enum {
+ /**
+ * Constant value that may be returned by UCharIteratorMove
+ * indicating that the final UTF-16 index is not known, but that the move succeeded.
+ * This can occur when moving relative to limit or length, or
+ * when moving relative to the current index after a setState()
+ * when the current UTF-16 index is not known.
+ *
+ * It would be very inefficient to have to count from the beginning of the text
+ * just to get the current/limit/length index after moving relative to it.
+ * The actual index can be determined with getIndex(UITER_CURRENT)
+ * which will count the UChars if necessary.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UITER_UNKNOWN_INDEX=-2
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Constant for UCharIterator getState() indicating an error or
+ * an unknown state.
+ * Returned by uiter_getState()/UCharIteratorGetState
+ * when an error occurs.
+ * Also, some UCharIterator implementations may not be able to return
+ * a valid state for each position. This will be clearly documented
+ * for each such iterator (none of the public ones here).
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+#define UITER_NO_STATE ((uint32_t)0xffffffff)
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UCharIterator.getIndex().
+ *
+ * Gets the current position, or the start or limit of the
+ * iteration range.
+ *
+ * This function may perform slowly for UITER_CURRENT after setState() was called,
+ * or for UITER_LENGTH, because an iterator implementation may have to count
+ * UChars if the underlying storage is not UTF-16.
+ *
+ * @param iter the UCharIterator structure ("this pointer")
+ * @param origin get the 0, start, limit, length, or current index
+ * @return the requested index, or U_SENTINEL in an error condition
+ *
+ * @see UCharIteratorOrigin
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+typedef int32_t U_CALLCONV
+UCharIteratorGetIndex(UCharIterator *iter, UCharIteratorOrigin origin);
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UCharIterator.move().
+ *
+ * Use iter->move(iter, index, UITER_ZERO) like CharacterIterator::setIndex(index).
+ *
+ * Moves the current position relative to the start or limit of the
+ * iteration range, or relative to the current position itself.
+ * The movement is expressed in numbers of code units forward
+ * or backward by specifying a positive or negative delta.
+ * Out of bounds movement will be pinned to the start or limit.
+ *
+ * This function may perform slowly for moving relative to UITER_LENGTH
+ * because an iterator implementation may have to count the rest of the
+ * UChars if the native storage is not UTF-16.
+ *
+ * When moving relative to the limit or length, or
+ * relative to the current position after setState() was called,
+ * move() may return UITER_UNKNOWN_INDEX (-2) to avoid an inefficient
+ * determination of the actual UTF-16 index.
+ * The actual index can be determined with getIndex(UITER_CURRENT)
+ * which will count the UChars if necessary.
+ * See UITER_UNKNOWN_INDEX for details.
+ *
+ * @param iter the UCharIterator structure ("this pointer")
+ * @param delta can be positive, zero, or negative
+ * @param origin move relative to the 0, start, limit, length, or current index
+ * @return the new index, or U_SENTINEL on an error condition,
+ * or UITER_UNKNOWN_INDEX when the index is not known.
+ *
+ * @see UCharIteratorOrigin
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @see UITER_UNKNOWN_INDEX
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+typedef int32_t U_CALLCONV
+UCharIteratorMove(UCharIterator *iter, int32_t delta, UCharIteratorOrigin origin);
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UCharIterator.hasNext().
+ *
+ * Check if current() and next() can still
+ * return another code unit.
+ *
+ * @param iter the UCharIterator structure ("this pointer")
+ * @return boolean value for whether current() and next() can still return another code unit
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+typedef UBool U_CALLCONV
+UCharIteratorHasNext(UCharIterator *iter);
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UCharIterator.hasPrevious().
+ *
+ * Check if previous() can still return another code unit.
+ *
+ * @param iter the UCharIterator structure ("this pointer")
+ * @return boolean value for whether previous() can still return another code unit
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+typedef UBool U_CALLCONV
+UCharIteratorHasPrevious(UCharIterator *iter);
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UCharIterator.current().
+ *
+ * Return the code unit at the current position,
+ * or U_SENTINEL if there is none (index is at the limit).
+ *
+ * @param iter the UCharIterator structure ("this pointer")
+ * @return the current code unit
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+typedef UChar32 U_CALLCONV
+UCharIteratorCurrent(UCharIterator *iter);
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UCharIterator.next().
+ *
+ * Return the code unit at the current index and increment
+ * the index (post-increment, like s[i++]),
+ * or return U_SENTINEL if there is none (index is at the limit).
+ *
+ * @param iter the UCharIterator structure ("this pointer")
+ * @return the current code unit (and post-increment the current index)
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+typedef UChar32 U_CALLCONV
+UCharIteratorNext(UCharIterator *iter);
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UCharIterator.previous().
+ *
+ * Decrement the index and return the code unit from there
+ * (pre-decrement, like s[--i]),
+ * or return U_SENTINEL if there is none (index is at the start).
+ *
+ * @param iter the UCharIterator structure ("this pointer")
+ * @return the previous code unit (after pre-decrementing the current index)
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+typedef UChar32 U_CALLCONV
+UCharIteratorPrevious(UCharIterator *iter);
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UCharIterator.reservedFn().
+ * Reserved for future use.
+ *
+ * @param iter the UCharIterator structure ("this pointer")
+ * @param something some integer argument
+ * @return some integer
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+typedef int32_t U_CALLCONV
+UCharIteratorReserved(UCharIterator *iter, int32_t something);
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UCharIterator.getState().
+ *
+ * Get the "state" of the iterator in the form of a single 32-bit word.
+ * It is recommended that the state value be calculated to be as small as
+ * is feasible. For strings with limited lengths, fewer than 32 bits may
+ * be sufficient.
+ *
+ * This is used together with setState()/UCharIteratorSetState
+ * to save and restore the iterator position more efficiently than with
+ * getIndex()/move().
+ *
+ * The iterator state is defined as a uint32_t value because it is designed
+ * for use in ucol_nextSortKeyPart() which provides 32 bits to store the state
+ * of the character iterator.
+ *
+ * With some UCharIterator implementations (e.g., UTF-8),
+ * getting and setting the UTF-16 index with existing functions
+ * (getIndex(UITER_CURRENT) followed by move(pos, UITER_ZERO)) is possible but
+ * relatively slow because the iterator has to "walk" from a known index
+ * to the requested one.
+ * This takes more time the farther it needs to go.
+ *
+ * An opaque state value allows an iterator implementation to provide
+ * an internal index (UTF-8: the source byte array index) for
+ * fast, constant-time restoration.
+ *
+ * After calling setState(), a getIndex(UITER_CURRENT) may be slow because
+ * the UTF-16 index may not be restored as well, but the iterator can deliver
+ * the correct text contents and move relative to the current position
+ * without performance degradation.
+ *
+ * Some UCharIterator implementations may not be able to return
+ * a valid state for each position, in which case they return UITER_NO_STATE instead.
+ * This will be clearly documented for each such iterator (none of the public ones here).
+ *
+ * @param iter the UCharIterator structure ("this pointer")
+ * @return the state word
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @see UCharIteratorSetState
+ * @see UITER_NO_STATE
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+typedef uint32_t U_CALLCONV
+UCharIteratorGetState(const UCharIterator *iter);
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UCharIterator.setState().
+ *
+ * Restore the "state" of the iterator using a state word from a getState() call.
+ * The iterator object need not be the same one as for which getState() was called,
+ * but it must be of the same type (set up using the same uiter_setXYZ function)
+ * and it must iterate over the same string
+ * (binary identical regardless of memory address).
+ * For more about the state word see UCharIteratorGetState.
+ *
+ * After calling setState(), a getIndex(UITER_CURRENT) may be slow because
+ * the UTF-16 index may not be restored as well, but the iterator can deliver
+ * the correct text contents and move relative to the current position
+ * without performance degradation.
+ *
+ * @param iter the UCharIterator structure ("this pointer")
+ * @param state the state word from a getState() call
+ * on a same-type, same-string iterator
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @see UCharIteratorGetState
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+typedef void U_CALLCONV
+UCharIteratorSetState(UCharIterator *iter, uint32_t state, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+
+/**
+ * C API for code unit iteration.
+ * This can be used as a C wrapper around
+ * CharacterIterator, Replaceable, or implemented using simple strings, etc.
+ *
+ * There are two roles for using UCharIterator:
+ *
+ * A "provider" sets the necessary function pointers and controls the "protected"
+ * fields of the UCharIterator structure. A "provider" passes a UCharIterator
+ * into C APIs that need a UCharIterator as an abstract, flexible string interface.
+ *
+ * Implementations of such C APIs are "callers" of UCharIterator functions;
+ * they only use the "public" function pointers and never access the "protected"
+ * fields directly.
+ *
+ * The current() and next() functions only check the current index against the
+ * limit, and previous() only checks the current index against the start,
+ * to see if the iterator already reached the end of the iteration range.
+ *
+ * The assumption - in all iterators - is that the index is moved via the API,
+ * which means it won't go out of bounds, or the index is modified by
+ * user code that knows enough about the iterator implementation to set valid
+ * index values.
+ *
+ * UCharIterator functions return code unit values 0..0xffff,
+ * or U_SENTINEL if the iteration bounds are reached.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+struct UCharIterator {
+ /**
+ * (protected) Pointer to string or wrapped object or similar.
+ * Not used by caller.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ const void *context;
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) Length of string or similar.
+ * Not used by caller.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ int32_t length;
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) Start index or similar.
+ * Not used by caller.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ int32_t start;
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) Current index or similar.
+ * Not used by caller.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ int32_t index;
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) Limit index or similar.
+ * Not used by caller.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ int32_t limit;
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) Used by UTF-8 iterators and possibly others.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ int32_t reservedField;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Returns the current position or the
+ * start or limit index of the iteration range.
+ *
+ * @see UCharIteratorGetIndex
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ UCharIteratorGetIndex *getIndex;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Moves the current position relative to the start or limit of the
+ * iteration range, or relative to the current position itself.
+ * The movement is expressed in numbers of code units forward
+ * or backward by specifying a positive or negative delta.
+ *
+ * @see UCharIteratorMove
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ UCharIteratorMove *move;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Check if current() and next() can still
+ * return another code unit.
+ *
+ * @see UCharIteratorHasNext
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ UCharIteratorHasNext *hasNext;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Check if previous() can still return another code unit.
+ *
+ * @see UCharIteratorHasPrevious
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ UCharIteratorHasPrevious *hasPrevious;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Return the code unit at the current position,
+ * or U_SENTINEL if there is none (index is at the limit).
+ *
+ * @see UCharIteratorCurrent
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ UCharIteratorCurrent *current;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Return the code unit at the current index and increment
+ * the index (post-increment, like s[i++]),
+ * or return U_SENTINEL if there is none (index is at the limit).
+ *
+ * @see UCharIteratorNext
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ UCharIteratorNext *next;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Decrement the index and return the code unit from there
+ * (pre-decrement, like s[--i]),
+ * or return U_SENTINEL if there is none (index is at the start).
+ *
+ * @see UCharIteratorPrevious
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ UCharIteratorPrevious *previous;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Reserved for future use. Currently NULL.
+ *
+ * @see UCharIteratorReserved
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ UCharIteratorReserved *reservedFn;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Return the state of the iterator, to be restored later with setState().
+ * This function pointer is NULL if the iterator does not implement it.
+ *
+ * @see UCharIteratorGet
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCharIteratorGetState *getState;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Restore the iterator state from the state word from a call
+ * to getState().
+ * This function pointer is NULL if the iterator does not implement it.
+ *
+ * @see UCharIteratorSet
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UCharIteratorSetState *setState;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Helper function for UCharIterator to get the code point
+ * at the current index.
+ *
+ * Return the code point that includes the code unit at the current position,
+ * or U_SENTINEL if there is none (index is at the limit).
+ * If the current code unit is a lead or trail surrogate,
+ * then the following or preceding surrogate is used to form
+ * the code point value.
+ *
+ * @param iter the UCharIterator structure ("this pointer")
+ * @return the current code point
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @see U16_GET
+ * @see UnicodeString::char32At()
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+uiter_current32(UCharIterator *iter);
+
+/**
+ * Helper function for UCharIterator to get the next code point.
+ *
+ * Return the code point at the current index and increment
+ * the index (post-increment, like s[i++]),
+ * or return U_SENTINEL if there is none (index is at the limit).
+ *
+ * @param iter the UCharIterator structure ("this pointer")
+ * @return the current code point (and post-increment the current index)
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @see U16_NEXT
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+uiter_next32(UCharIterator *iter);
+
+/**
+ * Helper function for UCharIterator to get the previous code point.
+ *
+ * Decrement the index and return the code point from there
+ * (pre-decrement, like s[--i]),
+ * or return U_SENTINEL if there is none (index is at the start).
+ *
+ * @param iter the UCharIterator structure ("this pointer")
+ * @return the previous code point (after pre-decrementing the current index)
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @see U16_PREV
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+uiter_previous32(UCharIterator *iter);
+
+/**
+ * Get the "state" of the iterator in the form of a single 32-bit word.
+ * This is a convenience function that calls iter->getState(iter)
+ * if iter->getState is not NULL;
+ * if it is NULL or any other error occurs, then UITER_NO_STATE is returned.
+ *
+ * Some UCharIterator implementations may not be able to return
+ * a valid state for each position, in which case they return UITER_NO_STATE instead.
+ * This will be clearly documented for each such iterator (none of the public ones here).
+ *
+ * @param iter the UCharIterator structure ("this pointer")
+ * @return the state word
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @see UCharIteratorGetState
+ * @see UITER_NO_STATE
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE uint32_t U_EXPORT2
+uiter_getState(const UCharIterator *iter);
+
+/**
+ * Restore the "state" of the iterator using a state word from a getState() call.
+ * This is a convenience function that calls iter->setState(iter, state, pErrorCode)
+ * if iter->setState is not NULL; if it is NULL, then U_UNSUPPORTED_ERROR is set.
+ *
+ * @param iter the UCharIterator structure ("this pointer")
+ * @param state the state word from a getState() call
+ * on a same-type, same-string iterator
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @see UCharIteratorSetState
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uiter_setState(UCharIterator *iter, uint32_t state, UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Set up a UCharIterator to iterate over a string.
+ *
+ * Sets the UCharIterator function pointers for iteration over the string s
+ * with iteration boundaries start=index=0 and length=limit=string length.
+ * The "provider" may set the start, index, and limit values at any time
+ * within the range 0..length.
+ * The length field will be ignored.
+ *
+ * The string pointer s is set into UCharIterator.context without copying
+ * or reallocating the string contents.
+ *
+ * getState() simply returns the current index.
+ * move() will always return the final index.
+ *
+ * @param iter UCharIterator structure to be set for iteration
+ * @param s String to iterate over
+ * @param length Length of s, or -1 if NUL-terminated
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uiter_setString(UCharIterator *iter, const UChar *s, int32_t length);
+
+/**
+ * Set up a UCharIterator to iterate over a UTF-16BE string
+ * (byte vector with a big-endian pair of bytes per UChar).
+ *
+ * Everything works just like with a normal UChar iterator (uiter_setString),
+ * except that UChars are assembled from byte pairs,
+ * and that the length argument here indicates an even number of bytes.
+ *
+ * getState() simply returns the current index.
+ * move() will always return the final index.
+ *
+ * @param iter UCharIterator structure to be set for iteration
+ * @param s UTF-16BE string to iterate over
+ * @param length Length of s as an even number of bytes, or -1 if NUL-terminated
+ * (NUL means pair of 0 bytes at even index from s)
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @see uiter_setString
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uiter_setUTF16BE(UCharIterator *iter, const char *s, int32_t length);
+
+/**
+ * Set up a UCharIterator to iterate over a UTF-8 string.
+ *
+ * Sets the UCharIterator function pointers for iteration over the UTF-8 string s
+ * with UTF-8 iteration boundaries 0 and length.
+ * The implementation counts the UTF-16 index on the fly and
+ * lazily evaluates the UTF-16 length of the text.
+ *
+ * The start field is used as the UTF-8 offset, the limit field as the UTF-8 length.
+ * When the reservedField is not 0, then it contains a supplementary code point
+ * and the UTF-16 index is between the two corresponding surrogates.
+ * At that point, the UTF-8 index is behind that code point.
+ *
+ * The UTF-8 string pointer s is set into UCharIterator.context without copying
+ * or reallocating the string contents.
+ *
+ * getState() returns a state value consisting of
+ * - the current UTF-8 source byte index (bits 31..1)
+ * - a flag (bit 0) that indicates whether the UChar position is in the middle
+ * of a surrogate pair
+ * (from a 4-byte UTF-8 sequence for the corresponding supplementary code point)
+ *
+ * getState() cannot also encode the UTF-16 index in the state value.
+ * move(relative to limit or length), or
+ * move(relative to current) after setState(), may return UITER_UNKNOWN_INDEX.
+ *
+ * @param iter UCharIterator structure to be set for iteration
+ * @param s UTF-8 string to iterate over
+ * @param length Length of s in bytes, or -1 if NUL-terminated
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uiter_setUTF8(UCharIterator *iter, const char *s, int32_t length);
+
+#ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+
+/**
+ * Set up a UCharIterator to wrap around a C++ CharacterIterator.
+ *
+ * Sets the UCharIterator function pointers for iteration using the
+ * CharacterIterator charIter.
+ *
+ * The CharacterIterator pointer charIter is set into UCharIterator.context
+ * without copying or cloning the CharacterIterator object.
+ * The other "protected" UCharIterator fields are set to 0 and will be ignored.
+ * The iteration index and boundaries are controlled by the CharacterIterator.
+ *
+ * getState() simply returns the current index.
+ * move() will always return the final index.
+ *
+ * @param iter UCharIterator structure to be set for iteration
+ * @param charIter CharacterIterator to wrap
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uiter_setCharacterIterator(UCharIterator *iter, U_NAMESPACE_QUALIFIER CharacterIterator *charIter);
+
+/**
+ * Set up a UCharIterator to iterate over a C++ Replaceable.
+ *
+ * Sets the UCharIterator function pointers for iteration over the
+ * Replaceable rep with iteration boundaries start=index=0 and
+ * length=limit=rep->length().
+ * The "provider" may set the start, index, and limit values at any time
+ * within the range 0..length=rep->length().
+ * The length field will be ignored.
+ *
+ * The Replaceable pointer rep is set into UCharIterator.context without copying
+ * or cloning/reallocating the Replaceable object.
+ *
+ * getState() simply returns the current index.
+ * move() will always return the final index.
+ *
+ * @param iter UCharIterator structure to be set for iteration
+ * @param rep Replaceable to iterate over
+ *
+ * @see UCharIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uiter_setReplaceable(UCharIterator *iter, const U_NAMESPACE_QUALIFIER Replaceable *rep);
+
+#endif
+
+U_CDECL_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uloc.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c479a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1046 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+*
+* File ULOC.H
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 04/01/97 aliu Creation.
+* 08/22/98 stephen JDK 1.2 sync.
+* 12/08/98 rtg New C API for Locale
+* 03/30/99 damiba overhaul
+* 03/31/99 helena Javadoc for uloc functions.
+* 04/15/99 Madhu Updated Javadoc
+********************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef ULOC_H
+#define ULOC_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/uenum.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Locale
+ *
+ * <h2> ULoc C API for Locale </h2>
+ * A <code>Locale</code> represents a specific geographical, political,
+ * or cultural region. An operation that requires a <code>Locale</code> to perform
+ * its task is called <em>locale-sensitive</em> and uses the <code>Locale</code>
+ * to tailor information for the user. For example, displaying a number
+ * is a locale-sensitive operation--the number should be formatted
+ * according to the customs/conventions of the user's native country,
+ * region, or culture. In the C APIs, a locales is simply a const char string.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * You create a <code>Locale</code> with one of the three options listed below.
+ * Each of the component is separated by '_' in the locale string.
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * newLanguage
+ *
+ * newLanguage + newCountry
+ *
+ * newLanguage + newCountry + newVariant
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * The first option is a valid <STRONG>ISO
+ * Language Code.</STRONG> These codes are the lower-case two-letter
+ * codes as defined by ISO-639.
+ * You can find a full list of these codes at a number of sites, such as:
+ * <BR><a href ="http://www.ics.uci.edu/pub/ietf/http/related/iso639.txt">
+ * http://www.ics.uci.edu/pub/ietf/http/related/iso639.txt</a>
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * The second option includes an additonal <STRONG>ISO Country
+ * Code.</STRONG> These codes are the upper-case two-letter codes
+ * as defined by ISO-3166.
+ * You can find a full list of these codes at a number of sites, such as:
+ * <BR><a href="http://www.chemie.fu-berlin.de/diverse/doc/ISO_3166.html">
+ * http://www.chemie.fu-berlin.de/diverse/doc/ISO_3166.html</a>
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * The third option requires another additonal information--the
+ * <STRONG>Variant.</STRONG>
+ * The Variant codes are vendor and browser-specific.
+ * For example, use WIN for Windows, MAC for Macintosh, and POSIX for POSIX.
+ * Where there are two variants, separate them with an underscore, and
+ * put the most important one first. For
+ * example, a Traditional Spanish collation might be referenced, with
+ * "ES", "ES", "Traditional_WIN".
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * Because a <code>Locale</code> is just an identifier for a region,
+ * no validity check is performed when you specify a <code>Locale</code>.
+ * If you want to see whether particular resources are available for the
+ * <code>Locale</code> you asked for, you must query those resources. For
+ * example, ask the <code>UNumberFormat</code> for the locales it supports
+ * using its <code>getAvailable</code> method.
+ * <BR><STRONG>Note:</STRONG> When you ask for a resource for a particular
+ * locale, you get back the best available match, not necessarily
+ * precisely what you asked for. For more information, look at
+ * <code>UResourceBundle</code>.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * The <code>Locale</code> provides a number of convenient constants
+ * that you can use to specify the commonly used
+ * locales. For example, the following refers to a locale
+ * for the United States:
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * ULOC_US
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * Once you've specified a locale you can query it for information about
+ * itself. Use <code>uloc_getCountry</code> to get the ISO Country Code and
+ * <code>uloc_getLanguage</code> to get the ISO Language Code. You can
+ * use <code>uloc_getDisplayCountry</code> to get the
+ * name of the country suitable for displaying to the user. Similarly,
+ * you can use <code>uloc_getDisplayLanguage</code> to get the name of
+ * the language suitable for displaying to the user. Interestingly,
+ * the <code>uloc_getDisplayXXX</code> methods are themselves locale-sensitive
+ * and have two versions: one that uses the default locale and one
+ * that takes a locale as an argument and displays the name or country in
+ * a language appropriate to that locale.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * The ICU provides a number of services that perform locale-sensitive
+ * operations. For example, the <code>unum_xxx</code> functions format
+ * numbers, currency, or percentages in a locale-sensitive manner.
+ * </P>
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UErrorCode success = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * UNumberFormat *nf;
+ * const char* myLocale = "fr_FR";
+ *
+ * nf = unum_open( UNUM_DEFAULT, NULL, success );
+ * unum_close(nf);
+ * nf = unum_open( UNUM_CURRENCY, NULL, success );
+ * unum_close(nf);
+ * nf = unum_open( UNUM_PERCENT, NULL, success );
+ * unum_close(nf);
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * Each of these methods has two variants; one with an explicit locale
+ * and one without; the latter using the default locale.
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ *
+ * nf = unum_open( UNUM_DEFAULT, myLocale, success );
+ * unum_close(nf);
+ * nf = unum_open( UNUM_CURRENCY, myLocale, success );
+ * unum_close(nf);
+ * nf = unum_open( UNUM_PERCENT, myLocale, success );
+ * unum_close(nf);
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * A <code>Locale</code> is the mechanism for identifying the kind of services
+ * (<code>UNumberFormat</code>) that you would like to get. The locale is
+ * <STRONG>just</STRONG> a mechanism for identifying these services.
+ *
+ * <P>
+ * Each international serivce that performs locale-sensitive operations
+ * allows you
+ * to get all the available objects of that type. You can sift
+ * through these objects by language, country, or variant,
+ * and use the display names to present a menu to the user.
+ * For example, you can create a menu of all the collation objects
+ * suitable for a given language. Such classes implement these
+ * three class methods:
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * const char* uloc_getAvailable(int32_t index);
+ * int32_t uloc_countAvailable();
+ * int32_t
+ * uloc_getDisplayName(const char* localeID,
+ * const char* inLocaleID,
+ * UChar* result,
+ * int32_t maxResultSize,
+ * UErrorCode* err);
+ *
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <P>
+ * Concerning POSIX/RFC1766 Locale IDs,
+ * the getLanguage/getCountry/getVariant/getName functions do understand
+ * the POSIX type form of language_COUNTRY.ENCODING\@VARIANT
+ * and if there is not an ICU-stype variant, uloc_getVariant() for example
+ * will return the one listed after the \@at sign. As well, the hyphen
+ * "-" is recognized as a country/variant separator similarly to RFC1766.
+ * So for example, "en-us" will be interpreted as en_US.
+ * As a result, uloc_getName() is far from a no-op, and will have the
+ * effect of converting POSIX/RFC1766 IDs into ICU form, although it does
+ * NOT map any of the actual codes (i.e. russian->ru) in any way.
+ * Applications should call uloc_getName() at the point where a locale ID
+ * is coming from an external source (user entry, OS, web browser)
+ * and pass the resulting string to other ICU functions. For example,
+ * don't use de-de\@EURO as an argument to resourcebundle.
+ *
+ * @see UResourceBundle
+ */
+
+/** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_CHINESE "zh"
+/** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_ENGLISH "en"
+/** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_FRENCH "fr"
+/** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_GERMAN "de"
+/** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_ITALIAN "it"
+/** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_JAPANESE "ja"
+/** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_KOREAN "ko"
+/** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE "zh_CN"
+/** Useful constant for this language. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE "zh_TW"
+
+/** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_CANADA "en_CA"
+/** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_CANADA_FRENCH "fr_CA"
+/** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_CHINA "zh_CN"
+/** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_PRC "zh_CN"
+/** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_FRANCE "fr_FR"
+/** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_GERMANY "de_DE"
+/** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_ITALY "it_IT"
+/** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_JAPAN "ja_JP"
+/** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_KOREA "ko_KR"
+/** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_TAIWAN "zh_TW"
+/** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_UK "en_GB"
+/** Useful constant for this country/region. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define ULOC_US "en_US"
+
+/**
+ * Useful constant for the maximum size of the language part of a locale ID.
+ * (including the terminating NULL).
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define ULOC_LANG_CAPACITY 12
+
+/**
+ * Useful constant for the maximum size of the country part of a locale ID
+ * (including the terminating NULL).
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define ULOC_COUNTRY_CAPACITY 4
+/**
+ * Useful constant for the maximum size of the whole locale ID
+ * (including the terminating NULL).
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define ULOC_FULLNAME_CAPACITY 56
+
+/**
+ * Useful constant for the maximum size of the script part of a locale ID
+ * (including the terminating NULL).
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+#define ULOC_SCRIPT_CAPACITY 6
+
+/**
+ * Useful constant for the maximum size of keywords in a locale
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+#define ULOC_KEYWORDS_CAPACITY 50
+
+/**
+ * Useful constant for the maximum SIZE of keywords in a locale
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+#define ULOC_KEYWORD_AND_VALUES_CAPACITY 100
+
+/**
+ * Character separating keywords from the locale string
+ * different for EBCDIC - TODO
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+#define ULOC_KEYWORD_SEPARATOR '@'
+/**
+ * Character for assigning value to a keyword
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+#define ULOC_KEYWORD_ASSIGN '='
+/**
+ * Character separating keywords
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+#define ULOC_KEYWORD_ITEM_SEPARATOR ';'
+
+/**
+ * Constants for *_getLocale()
+ * Allow user to select whether she wants information on
+ * requested, valid or actual locale.
+ * For example, a collator for "en_US_CALIFORNIA" was
+ * requested. In the current state of ICU (2.0),
+ * the requested locale is "en_US_CALIFORNIA",
+ * the valid locale is "en_US" (most specific locale supported by ICU)
+ * and the actual locale is "root" (the collation data comes unmodified
+ * from the UCA)
+ * The locale is considered supported by ICU if there is a core ICU bundle
+ * for that locale (although it may be empty).
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ /** This is locale the data actually comes from
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ ULOC_ACTUAL_LOCALE = 0,
+ /** This is the most specific locale supported by ICU
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ ULOC_VALID_LOCALE = 1,
+
+#ifndef U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API
+ /** This is the requested locale
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8
+ */
+ ULOC_REQUESTED_LOCALE = 2,
+#endif /* U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API */
+
+ ULOC_DATA_LOCALE_TYPE_LIMIT = 3
+} ULocDataLocaleType ;
+
+
+/**
+ * Gets ICU's default locale.
+ * The returned string is a snapshot in time, and will remain valid
+ * and unchanged even when uloc_setDefault() is called.
+ * The returned storage is owned by ICU, and must not be altered or deleted
+ * by the caller.
+ *
+ * @return the ICU default locale
+ * @system
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getDefault(void);
+
+/**
+ * Sets ICU's default locale.
+ * By default (without calling this function), ICU's default locale will be based
+ * on information obtained from the underlying system environment.
+ * <p>
+ * Changes to ICU's default locale do not propagate back to the
+ * system environment.
+ * <p>
+ * Changes to ICU's default locale to not affect any ICU services that
+ * may already be open based on the previous default locale value.
+ *
+ * @param localeID the new ICU default locale. A value of NULL will try to get
+ * the system's default locale.
+ * @param status the error information if the setting of default locale fails
+ * @system
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uloc_setDefault(const char* localeID,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the language code for the specified locale.
+ *
+ * @param localeID the locale to get the ISO language code with
+ * @param language the language code for localeID
+ * @param languageCapacity the size of the language buffer to store the
+ * language code with
+ * @param err error information if retrieving the language code failed
+ * @return the actual buffer size needed for the language code. If it's greater
+ * than languageCapacity, the returned language code will be truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getLanguage(const char* localeID,
+ char* language,
+ int32_t languageCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* err);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the script code for the specified locale.
+ *
+ * @param localeID the locale to get the ISO language code with
+ * @param script the language code for localeID
+ * @param scriptCapacity the size of the language buffer to store the
+ * language code with
+ * @param err error information if retrieving the language code failed
+ * @return the actual buffer size needed for the language code. If it's greater
+ * than scriptCapacity, the returned language code will be truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getScript(const char* localeID,
+ char* script,
+ int32_t scriptCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* err);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the country code for the specified locale.
+ *
+ * @param localeID the locale to get the country code with
+ * @param country the country code for localeID
+ * @param countryCapacity the size of the country buffer to store the
+ * country code with
+ * @param err error information if retrieving the country code failed
+ * @return the actual buffer size needed for the country code. If it's greater
+ * than countryCapacity, the returned country code will be truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getCountry(const char* localeID,
+ char* country,
+ int32_t countryCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* err);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the variant code for the specified locale.
+ *
+ * @param localeID the locale to get the variant code with
+ * @param variant the variant code for localeID
+ * @param variantCapacity the size of the variant buffer to store the
+ * variant code with
+ * @param err error information if retrieving the variant code failed
+ * @return the actual buffer size needed for the variant code. If it's greater
+ * than variantCapacity, the returned variant code will be truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getVariant(const char* localeID,
+ char* variant,
+ int32_t variantCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* err);
+
+
+/**
+ * Gets the full name for the specified locale.
+ * Note: This has the effect of 'canonicalizing' the ICU locale ID to
+ * a certain extent. Upper and lower case are set as needed.
+ * It does NOT map aliased names in any way.
+ * See the top of this header file.
+ * This API supports preflighting.
+ *
+ * @param localeID the locale to get the full name with
+ * @param name fill in buffer for the name without keywords.
+ * @param nameCapacity capacity of the fill in buffer.
+ * @param err error information if retrieving the full name failed
+ * @return the actual buffer size needed for the full name. If it's greater
+ * than nameCapacity, the returned full name will be truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getName(const char* localeID,
+ char* name,
+ int32_t nameCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* err);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the full name for the specified locale.
+ * Note: This has the effect of 'canonicalizing' the string to
+ * a certain extent. Upper and lower case are set as needed,
+ * and if the components were in 'POSIX' format they are changed to
+ * ICU format. It does NOT map aliased names in any way.
+ * See the top of this header file.
+ *
+ * @param localeID the locale to get the full name with
+ * @param name the full name for localeID
+ * @param nameCapacity the size of the name buffer to store the
+ * full name with
+ * @param err error information if retrieving the full name failed
+ * @return the actual buffer size needed for the full name. If it's greater
+ * than nameCapacity, the returned full name will be truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_canonicalize(const char* localeID,
+ char* name,
+ int32_t nameCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* err);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the ISO language code for the specified locale.
+ *
+ * @param localeID the locale to get the ISO language code with
+ * @return language the ISO language code for localeID
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getISO3Language(const char* localeID);
+
+
+/**
+ * Gets the ISO country code for the specified locale.
+ *
+ * @param localeID the locale to get the ISO country code with
+ * @return country the ISO country code for localeID
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getISO3Country(const char* localeID);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the Win32 LCID value for the specified locale.
+ * If the ICU locale is not recognized by Windows, 0 will be returned.
+ *
+ * @param localeID the locale to get the Win32 LCID value with
+ * @return country the Win32 LCID for localeID
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE uint32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getLCID(const char* localeID);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the language name suitable for display for the specified locale.
+ *
+ * @param locale the locale to get the ISO language code with
+ * @param displayLocale Specifies the locale to be used to display the name. In other words,
+ * if the locale's language code is "en", passing Locale::getFrench() for
+ * inLocale would result in "Anglais", while passing Locale::getGerman()
+ * for inLocale would result in "Englisch".
+ * @param language the displayable language code for localeID
+ * @param languageCapacity the size of the language buffer to store the
+ * displayable language code with
+ * @param status error information if retrieving the displayable language code failed
+ * @return the actual buffer size needed for the displayable language code. If it's greater
+ * than languageCapacity, the returned language code will be truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getDisplayLanguage(const char* locale,
+ const char* displayLocale,
+ UChar* language,
+ int32_t languageCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the script name suitable for display for the specified locale.
+ *
+ * @param locale the locale to get the displayable script code with. NULL may be used to specify the default.
+ * @param displayLocale Specifies the locale to be used to display the name. In other words,
+ * if the locale's language code is "en", passing Locale::getFrench() for
+ * inLocale would result in "", while passing Locale::getGerman()
+ * for inLocale would result in "". NULL may be used to specify the default.
+ * @param script the displayable country code for localeID
+ * @param scriptCapacity the size of the script buffer to store the
+ * displayable script code with
+ * @param status error information if retrieving the displayable script code failed
+ * @return the actual buffer size needed for the displayable script code. If it's greater
+ * than scriptCapacity, the returned displayable script code will be truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getDisplayScript(const char* locale,
+ const char* displayLocale,
+ UChar* script,
+ int32_t scriptCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the country name suitable for display for the specified locale.
+ *
+ * @param locale the locale to get the displayable country code with. NULL may be used to specify the default.
+ * @param displayLocale Specifies the locale to be used to display the name. In other words,
+ * if the locale's language code is "en", passing Locale::getFrench() for
+ * inLocale would result in "Anglais", while passing Locale::getGerman()
+ * for inLocale would result in "Englisch". NULL may be used to specify the default.
+ * @param country the displayable country code for localeID
+ * @param countryCapacity the size of the country buffer to store the
+ * displayable country code with
+ * @param status error information if retrieving the displayable country code failed
+ * @return the actual buffer size needed for the displayable country code. If it's greater
+ * than countryCapacity, the returned displayable country code will be truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getDisplayCountry(const char* locale,
+ const char* displayLocale,
+ UChar* country,
+ int32_t countryCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Gets the variant name suitable for display for the specified locale.
+ *
+ * @param locale the locale to get the displayable variant code with. NULL may be used to specify the default.
+ * @param displayLocale Specifies the locale to be used to display the name. In other words,
+ * if the locale's language code is "en", passing Locale::getFrench() for
+ * inLocale would result in "Anglais", while passing Locale::getGerman()
+ * for inLocale would result in "Englisch". NULL may be used to specify the default.
+ * @param variant the displayable variant code for localeID
+ * @param variantCapacity the size of the variant buffer to store the
+ * displayable variant code with
+ * @param status error information if retrieving the displayable variant code failed
+ * @return the actual buffer size needed for the displayable variant code. If it's greater
+ * than variantCapacity, the returned displayable variant code will be truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getDisplayVariant(const char* locale,
+ const char* displayLocale,
+ UChar* variant,
+ int32_t variantCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the keyword name suitable for display for the specified locale.
+ * E.g: for the locale string de_DE\@collation=PHONEBOOK, this API gets the display
+ * string for the keyword collation.
+ * Usage:
+ * <code>
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * const char* keyword =NULL;
+ * int32_t keywordLen = 0;
+ * int32_t keywordCount = 0;
+ * UChar displayKeyword[256];
+ * int32_t displayKeywordLen = 0;
+ * UEnumeration* keywordEnum = uloc_openKeywords("de_DE@collation=PHONEBOOK;calendar=TRADITIONAL", &status);
+ * for(keywordCount = uenum_count(keywordEnum, &status); keywordCount > 0 ; keywordCount--){
+ * if(U_FAILURE(status)){
+ * ...something went wrong so handle the error...
+ * break;
+ * }
+ * // the uenum_next returns NUL terminated string
+ * keyword = uenum_next(keywordEnum, &keywordLen, &status);
+ * displayKeywordLen = uloc_getDisplayKeyword(keyword, "en_US", displayKeyword, 256);
+ * ... do something interesting .....
+ * }
+ * uenum_close(keywordEnum);
+ * </code>
+ * @param keyword The keyword whose display string needs to be returned.
+ * @param displayLocale Specifies the locale to be used to display the name. In other words,
+ * if the locale's language code is "en", passing Locale::getFrench() for
+ * inLocale would result in "Anglais", while passing Locale::getGerman()
+ * for inLocale would result in "Englisch". NULL may be used to specify the default.
+ * @param dest the buffer to which the displayable keyword should be written.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of UChars). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the
+ * result without writing any of the result string (pre-flighting).
+ * @param status error information if retrieving the displayable string failed.
+ * Should not be NULL and should not indicate failure on entry.
+ * @return the actual buffer size needed for the displayable variant code.
+ * @see #uloc_openKeywords
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getDisplayKeyword(const char* keyword,
+ const char* displayLocale,
+ UChar* dest,
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+/**
+ * Gets the value of the keyword suitable for display for the specified locale.
+ * E.g: for the locale string de_DE\@collation=PHONEBOOK, this API gets the display
+ * string for PHONEBOOK, in the display locale, when "collation" is specified as the keyword.
+ *
+ * @param locale The locale to get the displayable variant code with. NULL may be used to specify the default.
+ * @param keyword The keyword for whose value should be used.
+ * @param displayLocale Specifies the locale to be used to display the name. In other words,
+ * if the locale's language code is "en", passing Locale::getFrench() for
+ * inLocale would result in "Anglais", while passing Locale::getGerman()
+ * for inLocale would result in "Englisch". NULL may be used to specify the default.
+ * @param dest the buffer to which the displayable keyword should be written.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of UChars). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the
+ * result without writing any of the result string (pre-flighting).
+ * @param status error information if retrieving the displayable string failed.
+ * Should not be NULL and must not indicate failure on entry.
+ * @return the actual buffer size needed for the displayable variant code.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getDisplayKeywordValue( const char* locale,
+ const char* keyword,
+ const char* displayLocale,
+ UChar* dest,
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+/**
+ * Gets the full name suitable for display for the specified locale.
+ *
+ * @param localeID the locale to get the displayable name with. NULL may be used to specify the default.
+ * @param inLocaleID Specifies the locale to be used to display the name. In other words,
+ * if the locale's language code is "en", passing Locale::getFrench() for
+ * inLocale would result in "Anglais", while passing Locale::getGerman()
+ * for inLocale would result in "Englisch". NULL may be used to specify the default.
+ * @param result the displayable name for localeID
+ * @param maxResultSize the size of the name buffer to store the
+ * displayable full name with
+ * @param err error information if retrieving the displayable name failed
+ * @return the actual buffer size needed for the displayable name. If it's greater
+ * than maxResultSize, the returned displayable name will be truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getDisplayName(const char* localeID,
+ const char* inLocaleID,
+ UChar* result,
+ int32_t maxResultSize,
+ UErrorCode* err);
+
+
+/**
+ * Gets the specified locale from a list of all available locales.
+ * The return value is a pointer to an item of
+ * a locale name array. Both this array and the pointers
+ * it contains are owned by ICU and should not be deleted or written through
+ * by the caller. The locale name is terminated by a null pointer.
+ * @param n the specific locale name index of the available locale list
+ * @return a specified locale name of all available locales
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getAvailable(int32_t n);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the size of the all available locale list.
+ *
+ * @return the size of the locale list
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2 uloc_countAvailable(void);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * Gets a list of all available language codes defined in ISO 639. This is a pointer
+ * to an array of pointers to arrays of char. All of these pointers are owned
+ * by ICU-- do not delete them, and do not write through them. The array is
+ * terminated with a null pointer.
+ * @return a list of all available language codes
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* const* U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getISOLanguages(void);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * Gets a list of all available 2-letter country codes defined in ISO 639. This is a
+ * pointer to an array of pointers to arrays of char. All of these pointers are
+ * owned by ICU-- do not delete them, and do not write through them. The array is
+ * terminated with a null pointer.
+ * @return a list of all available country codes
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* const* U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getISOCountries(void);
+
+/**
+ * Truncate the locale ID string to get the parent locale ID.
+ * Copies the part of the string before the last underscore.
+ * The parent locale ID will be an empty string if there is no
+ * underscore, or if there is only one underscore at localeID[0].
+ *
+ * @param localeID Input locale ID string.
+ * @param parent Output string buffer for the parent locale ID.
+ * @param parentCapacity Size of the output buffer.
+ * @param err A UErrorCode value.
+ * @return The length of the parent locale ID.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getParent(const char* localeID,
+ char* parent,
+ int32_t parentCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* err);
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Gets the full name for the specified locale.
+ * Note: This has the effect of 'canonicalizing' the string to
+ * a certain extent. Upper and lower case are set as needed,
+ * and if the components were in 'POSIX' format they are changed to
+ * ICU format. It does NOT map aliased names in any way.
+ * See the top of this header file.
+ * This API strips off the keyword part, so "de_DE\@collation=phonebook"
+ * will become "de_DE".
+ * This API supports preflighting.
+ *
+ * @param localeID the locale to get the full name with
+ * @param name fill in buffer for the name without keywords.
+ * @param nameCapacity capacity of the fill in buffer.
+ * @param err error information if retrieving the full name failed
+ * @return the actual buffer size needed for the full name. If it's greater
+ * than nameCapacity, the returned full name will be truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getBaseName(const char* localeID,
+ char* name,
+ int32_t nameCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* err);
+
+/**
+ * Gets an enumeration of keywords for the specified locale. Enumeration
+ * must get disposed of by the client using uenum_close function.
+ *
+ * @param localeID the locale to get the variant code with
+ * @param status error information if retrieving the keywords failed
+ * @return enumeration of keywords or NULL if there are no keywords.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE UEnumeration* U_EXPORT2
+uloc_openKeywords(const char* localeID,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the value for a keyword. Locale name does not need to be normalized.
+ *
+ * @param localeID locale name containing the keyword ("de_DE@currency=EURO;collation=PHONEBOOK")
+ * @param keywordName name of the keyword for which we want the value. Case insensitive.
+ * @param buffer receiving buffer
+ * @param bufferCapacity capacity of receiving buffer
+ * @param status containing error code - buffer not big enough.
+ * @return the length of keyword value
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getKeywordValue(const char* localeID,
+ const char* keywordName,
+ char* buffer, int32_t bufferCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Set the value of the specified keyword.
+ * NOTE: Unlike almost every other ICU function which takes a
+ * buffer, this function will NOT truncate the output text. If a
+ * BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR is received, it means that the original
+ * buffer is untouched. This is done to prevent incorrect or possibly
+ * even malformed locales from being generated and used.
+ *
+ * @param keywordName name of the keyword to be set. Case insensitive.
+ * @param keywordValue value of the keyword to be set. If 0-length or
+ * NULL, will result in the keyword being removed. No error is given if
+ * that keyword does not exist.
+ * @param buffer input buffer containing locale to be modified.
+ * @param bufferCapacity capacity of receiving buffer
+ * @param status containing error code - buffer not big enough.
+ * @return the length needed for the buffer
+ * @see uloc_getKeywordValue
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_setKeywordValue(const char* keywordName,
+ const char* keywordValue,
+ char* buffer, int32_t bufferCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * enums for the return value for the character and line orientation
+ * functions.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ ULOC_LAYOUT_LTR = 0, /* left-to-right. */
+ ULOC_LAYOUT_RTL = 1, /* right-to-left. */
+ ULOC_LAYOUT_TTB = 2, /* top-to-bottom. */
+ ULOC_LAYOUT_BTT = 3, /* bottom-to-top. */
+ ULOC_LAYOUT_UNKNOWN
+} ULayoutType;
+
+/**
+ * Get the layout character orientation for the specified locale.
+ *
+ * @param localeId locale name
+ * @param status Error status
+ * @return an enum indicating the layout orientation for characters.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT ULayoutType U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getCharacterOrientation(const char* localeId,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the layout line orientation for the specified locale.
+ *
+ * @param localeId locale name
+ * @param status Error status
+ * @return an enum indicating the layout orientation for lines.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT ULayoutType U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getLineOrientation(const char* localeId,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * enums for the 'outResult' parameter return value
+ * @see uloc_acceptLanguageFromHTTP
+ * @see uloc_acceptLanguage
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ ULOC_ACCEPT_FAILED = 0, /* No exact match was found. */
+ ULOC_ACCEPT_VALID = 1, /* An exact match was found. */
+ ULOC_ACCEPT_FALLBACK = 2 /* A fallback was found, for example,
+ Accept list contained 'ja_JP'
+ which matched available locale 'ja'. */
+} UAcceptResult;
+
+
+/**
+ * Based on a HTTP header from a web browser and a list of available locales,
+ * determine an acceptable locale for the user.
+ * @param result - buffer to accept the result locale
+ * @param resultAvailable the size of the result buffer.
+ * @param outResult - An out parameter that contains the fallback status
+ * @param httpAcceptLanguage - "Accept-Language:" header as per HTTP.
+ * @param availableLocales - list of available locales to match
+ * @param status Error status, may be BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR
+ * @return length needed for the locale.
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_acceptLanguageFromHTTP(char *result, int32_t resultAvailable,
+ UAcceptResult *outResult,
+ const char *httpAcceptLanguage,
+ UEnumeration* availableLocales,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Based on a list of available locales,
+ * determine an acceptable locale for the user.
+ * @param result - buffer to accept the result locale
+ * @param resultAvailable the size of the result buffer.
+ * @param outResult - An out parameter that contains the fallback status
+ * @param acceptList - list of acceptable languages
+ * @param acceptListCount - count of acceptList items
+ * @param availableLocales - list of available locales to match
+ * @param status Error status, may be BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR
+ * @return length needed for the locale.
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_acceptLanguage(char *result, int32_t resultAvailable,
+ UAcceptResult *outResult, const char **acceptList,
+ int32_t acceptListCount,
+ UEnumeration* availableLocales,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Gets the ICU locale ID for the specified Win32 LCID value.
+ *
+ * @param hostID the Win32 LCID to translate
+ * @param locale the output buffer for the ICU locale ID, which will be NUL-terminated
+ * if there is room.
+ * @param localeCapacity the size of the output buffer
+ * @param status an error is returned if the LCID is unrecognized or the output buffer
+ * is too small
+ * @return actual the actual size of the locale ID, not including NUL-termination
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_getLocaleForLCID(uint32_t hostID, char *locale, int32_t localeCapacity,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Add the likely subtags for a provided locale ID, per the algorithm described
+ * in the following CLDR technical report:
+ *
+ * http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Likely_Subtags
+ *
+ * If localeID is already in the maximal form, or there is no data available
+ * for maximization, it will be copied to the output buffer. For example,
+ * "und-Zzzz" cannot be maximized, since there is no reasonable maximization.
+ *
+ * Examples:
+ *
+ * "en" maximizes to "en_Latn_US"
+ *
+ * "de" maximizes to "de_Latn_US"
+ *
+ * "sr" maximizes to "sr_Cyrl_RS"
+ *
+ * "sh" maximizes to "sr_Latn_RS" (Note this will not reverse.)
+ *
+ * "zh_Hani" maximizes to "zh_Hans_CN" (Note this will not reverse.)
+ *
+ * @param localeID The locale to maximize
+ * @param maximizedLocaleID The maximized locale
+ * @param maximizedLocaleIDCapacity The capacity of the maximizedLocaleID buffer
+ * @param err Error information if maximizing the locale failed. If the length
+ * of the localeID and the null-terminator is greater than the maximum allowed size,
+ * or the localeId is not well-formed, the error code is U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR.
+ * @return The actual buffer size needed for the maximized locale. If it's
+ * greater than maximizedLocaleIDCapacity, the returned ID will be truncated.
+ * On error, the return value is -1.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_addLikelySubtags(const char* localeID,
+ char* maximizedLocaleID,
+ int32_t maximizedLocaleIDCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* err);
+
+
+/**
+ * Minimize the subtags for a provided locale ID, per the algorithm described
+ * in the following CLDR technical report:
+ *
+ * http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Likely_Subtags
+ *
+ * If localeID is already in the minimal form, or there is no data available
+ * for minimization, it will be copied to the output buffer. Since the
+ * minimization algorithm relies on proper maximization, see the comments
+ * for uloc_addLikelySubtags for reasons why there might not be any data.
+ *
+ * Examples:
+ *
+ * "en_Latn_US" minimizes to "en"
+ *
+ * "de_Latn_US" minimizes to "de"
+ *
+ * "sr_Cyrl_RS" minimizes to "sr"
+ *
+ * "zh_Hant_TW" minimizes to "zh_TW" (The region is preferred to the
+ * script, and minimizing to "zh" would imply "zh_Hans_CN".)
+ *
+ * @param localeID The locale to minimize
+ * @param minimizedLocaleID The minimized locale
+ * @param minimizedLocaleIDCapacity The capacity of the minimizedLocaleID buffer
+ * @param err Error information if minimizing the locale failed. If the length
+ * of the localeID and the null-terminator is greater than the maximum allowed size,
+ * or the localeId is not well-formed, the error code is U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR.
+ * @return The actual buffer size needed for the minimized locale. If it's
+ * greater than minimizedLocaleIDCapacity, the returned ID will be truncated.
+ * On error, the return value is -1.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uloc_minimizeSubtags(const char* localeID,
+ char* minimizedLocaleID,
+ int32_t minimizedLocaleIDCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* err);
+
+#endif /*_ULOC*/
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ulocdata.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ulocdata.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a69994
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ulocdata.h
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+* *
+* Copyright (C) 2003-2007, International Business Machines *
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved. *
+* *
+******************************************************************************
+* file name: ulocdata.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 2003Oct21
+* created by: Ram Viswanadha
+*/
+
+#ifndef __ULOCDATA_H__
+#define __ULOCDATA_H__
+
+#include "unicode/ures.h"
+#include "unicode/uloc.h"
+#include "unicode/uset.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Provides access to locale data.
+ */
+
+/** Forward declaration of the ULocaleData structure. @stable ICU 3.6 */
+struct ULocaleData;
+
+/** A locale data object. @stable ICU 3.6 */
+typedef struct ULocaleData ULocaleData;
+
+
+
+/** The possible types of exemplar character sets.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+typedef enum ULocaleDataExemplarSetType {
+ ULOCDATA_ES_STANDARD=0, /* Basic set */
+ ULOCDATA_ES_AUXILIARY=1, /* Auxiliary set */
+ ULOCDATA_ES_COUNT=2
+} ULocaleDataExemplarSetType;
+
+/** The possible types of delimiters.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+typedef enum ULocaleDataDelimiterType {
+ ULOCDATA_QUOTATION_START = 0, /* Quotation start */
+ ULOCDATA_QUOTATION_END = 1, /* Quotation end */
+ ULOCDATA_ALT_QUOTATION_START = 2, /* Alternate quotation start */
+ ULOCDATA_ALT_QUOTATION_END = 3, /* Alternate quotation end */
+ ULOCDATA_DELIMITER_COUNT = 4
+} ULocaleDataDelimiterType;
+
+/**
+ * Opens a locale data object for the given locale
+ *
+ * @param localeID Specifies the locale associated with this locale
+ * data object.
+ * @param status Pointer to error status code.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE ULocaleData* U_EXPORT2
+ulocdata_open(const char *localeID, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Closes a locale data object.
+ *
+ * @param uld The locale data object to close
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ulocdata_close(ULocaleData *uld);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the "no Substitute" attribute of the locale data
+ * object. If true, then any methods associated with the
+ * locale data object will return null when there is no
+ * data available for that method, given the locale ID
+ * supplied to ulocdata_open().
+ *
+ * @param uld The locale data object to set.
+ * @param setting Value of the "no substitute" attribute.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ulocdata_setNoSubstitute(ULocaleData *uld, UBool setting);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieves the current "no Substitute" value of the locale data
+ * object. If true, then any methods associated with the
+ * locale data object will return null when there is no
+ * data available for that method, given the locale ID
+ * supplied to ulocdata_open().
+ *
+ * @param uld Pointer to the The locale data object to set.
+ * @return UBool Value of the "no substitute" attribute.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+ulocdata_getNoSubstitute(ULocaleData *uld);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the set of exemplar characters for a locale.
+ *
+ * @param uld Pointer to the locale data object from which the
+ * exemplar character set is to be retrieved.
+ * @param fillIn Pointer to a USet object to receive the
+ * exemplar character set for the given locale. Previous
+ * contents of fillIn are lost. <em>If fillIn is NULL,
+ * then a new USet is created and returned. The caller
+ * owns the result and must dispose of it by calling
+ * uset_close.</em>
+ * @param options Bitmask for options to apply to the exemplar pattern.
+ * Specify zero to retrieve the exemplar set as it is
+ * defined in the locale data. Specify
+ * USET_CASE_INSENSITIVE to retrieve a case-folded
+ * exemplar set. See uset_applyPattern for a complete
+ * list of valid options. The USET_IGNORE_SPACE bit is
+ * always set, regardless of the value of 'options'.
+ * @param extype Specifies the type of exemplar set to be retrieved.
+ * @param status Pointer to an input-output error code value;
+ * must not be NULL.
+ * @return USet* Either fillIn, or if fillIn is NULL, a pointer to
+ * a newly-allocated USet that the user must close.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE USet* U_EXPORT2
+ulocdata_getExemplarSet(ULocaleData *uld, USet *fillIn,
+ uint32_t options, ULocaleDataExemplarSetType extype, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns one of the delimiter strings associated with a locale.
+ *
+ * @param uld Pointer to the locale data object from which the
+ * delimiter string is to be retrieved.
+ * @param type the type of delimiter to be retrieved.
+ * @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the result.
+ * @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+ * @param status Pointer to an error code value
+ * @return int32_t The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength,
+ * the output was truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ulocdata_getDelimiter(ULocaleData *uld, ULocaleDataDelimiterType type, UChar *result, int32_t resultLength, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Enumeration for representing the measurement systems.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+typedef enum UMeasurementSystem {
+ UMS_SI, /** Measurement system specified by SI otherwise known as Metric system. */
+ UMS_US, /** Measurement system followed in the United States of America. */
+ UMS_LIMIT
+} UMeasurementSystem;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the measurement system used in the locale specified by the localeID.
+ * Please note that this API will change in ICU 3.6 and will use an ulocdata object.
+ *
+ * @param localeID The id of the locale for which the measurement system to be retrieved.
+ * @param status Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return UMeasurementSystem the measurement system used in the locale.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE UMeasurementSystem U_EXPORT2
+ulocdata_getMeasurementSystem(const char *localeID, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the element gives the normal business letter size, and customary units.
+ * The units for the numbers are always in <em>milli-meters</em>.
+ * For US since 8.5 and 11 do not yeild an integral value when converted to milli-meters,
+ * the values are rounded off.
+ * So for A4 size paper the height and width are 297 mm and 210 mm repectively,
+ * and for US letter size the height and width are 279 mm and 216 mm respectively.
+ * Please note that this API will change in ICU 3.6 and will use an ulocdata object.
+ *
+ * @param localeID The id of the locale for which the paper size information to be retrieved.
+ * @param height A pointer to int to recieve the height information.
+ * @param width A pointer to int to recieve the width information.
+ * @param status Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ulocdata_getPaperSize(const char *localeID, int32_t *height, int32_t *width, UErrorCode *status);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/umachine.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/umachine.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..083f9cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/umachine.h
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2006, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* file name: umachine.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 1999sep13
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*
+* This file defines basic types and constants for utf.h to be
+* platform-independent. umachine.h and utf.h are included into
+* utypes.h to provide all the general definitions for ICU.
+* All of these definitions used to be in utypes.h before
+* the UTF-handling macros made this unmaintainable.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __UMACHINE_H__
+#define __UMACHINE_H__
+
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief Basic types and constants for UTF
+ *
+ * <h2> Basic types and constants for UTF </h2>
+ * This file defines basic types and constants for utf.h to be
+ * platform-independent. umachine.h and utf.h are included into
+ * utypes.h to provide all the general definitions for ICU.
+ * All of these definitions used to be in utypes.h before
+ * the UTF-handling macros made this unmaintainable.
+ *
+ */
+/*==========================================================================*/
+/* Include platform-dependent definitions */
+/* which are contained in the platform-specific file platform.h */
+/*==========================================================================*/
+
+#if defined(U_PALMOS)
+# include "unicode/ppalmos.h"
+#elif defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN64) || defined(_WIN64)
+# include "unicode/pwin32.h"
+#else
+# include "unicode/platform.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * ANSI C headers:
+ * stddef.h defines wchar_t
+ */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/*==========================================================================*/
+/* XP_CPLUSPLUS is a cross-platform symbol which should be defined when */
+/* using C++. It should not be defined when compiling under C. */
+/*==========================================================================*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+# ifndef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+# define XP_CPLUSPLUS
+# endif
+#else
+# undef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+#endif
+
+/*==========================================================================*/
+/* For C wrappers, we use the symbol U_STABLE. */
+/* This works properly if the includer is C or C++. */
+/* Functions are declared U_STABLE return-type U_EXPORT2 function-name()... */
+/*==========================================================================*/
+
+/**
+ * \def U_CFUNC
+ * This is used in a declaration of a library private ICU C function.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def U_CDECL_BEGIN
+ * This is used to begin a declaration of a library private ICU C API.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def U_CDECL_END
+ * This is used to end a declaration of a library private ICU C API
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+
+#ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+# define U_CFUNC extern "C"
+# define U_CDECL_BEGIN extern "C" {
+# define U_CDECL_END }
+#else
+# define U_CFUNC extern
+# define U_CDECL_BEGIN
+# define U_CDECL_END
+#endif
+
+/** This is used to declare a function as a public ICU C API @stable ICU 2.0*/
+#define U_CAPI U_CFUNC U_EXPORT
+#define U_STABLE U_CAPI
+#define U_DRAFT U_CAPI
+#define U_DEPRECATED U_CAPI
+#define U_OBSOLETE U_CAPI
+#define U_INTERNAL U_CAPI
+
+/*==========================================================================*/
+/* limits for int32_t etc., like in POSIX inttypes.h */
+/*==========================================================================*/
+
+#ifndef INT8_MIN
+/** The smallest value an 8 bit signed integer can hold @stable ICU 2.0 */
+# define INT8_MIN ((int8_t)(-128))
+#endif
+#ifndef INT16_MIN
+/** The smallest value a 16 bit signed integer can hold @stable ICU 2.0 */
+# define INT16_MIN ((int16_t)(-32767-1))
+#endif
+#ifndef INT32_MIN
+/** The smallest value a 32 bit signed integer can hold @stable ICU 2.0 */
+# define INT32_MIN ((int32_t)(-2147483647-1))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INT8_MAX
+/** The largest value an 8 bit signed integer can hold @stable ICU 2.0 */
+# define INT8_MAX ((int8_t)(127))
+#endif
+#ifndef INT16_MAX
+/** The largest value a 16 bit signed integer can hold @stable ICU 2.0 */
+# define INT16_MAX ((int16_t)(32767))
+#endif
+#ifndef INT32_MAX
+/** The largest value a 32 bit signed integer can hold @stable ICU 2.0 */
+# define INT32_MAX ((int32_t)(2147483647))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UINT8_MAX
+/** The largest value an 8 bit unsigned integer can hold @stable ICU 2.0 */
+# define UINT8_MAX ((uint8_t)(255U))
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT16_MAX
+/** The largest value a 16 bit unsigned integer can hold @stable ICU 2.0 */
+# define UINT16_MAX ((uint16_t)(65535U))
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT32_MAX
+/** The largest value a 32 bit unsigned integer can hold @stable ICU 2.0 */
+# define UINT32_MAX ((uint32_t)(4294967295U))
+#endif
+
+#if defined(U_INT64_T_UNAVAILABLE)
+# error int64_t is required for decimal format and rule-based number format.
+#else
+# ifndef INT64_C
+/**
+ * Provides a platform independent way to specify a signed 64-bit integer constant.
+ * note: may be wrong for some 64 bit platforms - ensure your compiler provides INT64_C
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+# define INT64_C(c) c ## LL
+# endif
+# ifndef UINT64_C
+/**
+ * Provides a platform independent way to specify an unsigned 64-bit integer constant.
+ * note: may be wrong for some 64 bit platforms - ensure your compiler provides UINT64_C
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+# define UINT64_C(c) c ## ULL
+# endif
+# ifndef U_INT64_MIN
+/** The smallest value a 64 bit signed integer can hold @stable ICU 2.8 */
+# define U_INT64_MIN ((int64_t)(INT64_C(-9223372036854775807)-1))
+# endif
+# ifndef U_INT64_MAX
+/** The largest value a 64 bit signed integer can hold @stable ICU 2.8 */
+# define U_INT64_MAX ((int64_t)(INT64_C(9223372036854775807)))
+# endif
+# ifndef U_UINT64_MAX
+/** The largest value a 64 bit unsigned integer can hold @stable ICU 2.8 */
+# define U_UINT64_MAX ((uint64_t)(UINT64_C(18446744073709551615)))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*==========================================================================*/
+/* Boolean data type */
+/*==========================================================================*/
+
+/** The ICU boolean type @stable ICU 2.0 */
+typedef int8_t UBool;
+
+#ifndef TRUE
+/** The TRUE value of a UBool @stable ICU 2.0 */
+# define TRUE 1
+#endif
+#ifndef FALSE
+/** The FALSE value of a UBool @stable ICU 2.0 */
+# define FALSE 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*==========================================================================*/
+/* Unicode data types */
+/*==========================================================================*/
+
+/* wchar_t-related definitions -------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * \def U_HAVE_WCHAR_H
+ * Indicates whether <wchar.h> is available (1) or not (0). Set to 1 by default.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#ifndef U_HAVE_WCHAR_H
+# define U_HAVE_WCHAR_H 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \def U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T
+ * U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T==sizeof(wchar_t) (0 means it is not defined or autoconf could not set it)
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#if U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T==0
+# undef U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T
+# define U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 4
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * \def U_WCHAR_IS_UTF16
+ * Defined if wchar_t uses UTF-16.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+/*
+ * \def U_WCHAR_IS_UTF32
+ * Defined if wchar_t uses UTF-32.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#if !defined(U_WCHAR_IS_UTF16) && !defined(U_WCHAR_IS_UTF32)
+# ifdef __STDC_ISO_10646__
+# if (U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T==2)
+# define U_WCHAR_IS_UTF16
+# elif (U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T==4)
+# define U_WCHAR_IS_UTF32
+# endif
+# elif defined __UCS2__
+# if (__OS390__ || __OS400__) && (U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T==2)
+# define U_WCHAR_IS_UTF16
+# endif
+# elif defined __UCS4__
+# if (U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T==4)
+# define U_WCHAR_IS_UTF32
+# endif
+# elif defined(U_WINDOWS)
+# define U_WCHAR_IS_UTF16
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* UChar and UChar32 definitions -------------------------------------------- */
+
+/** Number of bytes in a UChar. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_SIZEOF_UCHAR 2
+
+/**
+ * \var UChar
+ * Define UChar to be wchar_t if that is 16 bits wide; always assumed to be unsigned.
+ * If wchar_t is not 16 bits wide, then define UChar to be uint16_t.
+ * This makes the definition of UChar platform-dependent
+ * but allows direct string type compatibility with platforms with
+ * 16-bit wchar_t types.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+
+/* Define UChar to be compatible with wchar_t if possible. */
+#if U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T==2
+ typedef wchar_t UChar;
+#else
+ typedef uint16_t UChar;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Define UChar32 as a type for single Unicode code points.
+ * UChar32 is a signed 32-bit integer (same as int32_t).
+ *
+ * The Unicode code point range is 0..0x10ffff.
+ * All other values (negative or >=0x110000) are illegal as Unicode code points.
+ * They may be used as sentinel values to indicate "done", "error"
+ * or similar non-code point conditions.
+ *
+ * Before ICU 2.4 (Jitterbug 2146), UChar32 was defined
+ * to be wchar_t if that is 32 bits wide (wchar_t may be signed or unsigned)
+ * or else to be uint32_t.
+ * That is, the definition of UChar32 was platform-dependent.
+ *
+ * @see U_SENTINEL
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+typedef int32_t UChar32;
+
+/*==========================================================================*/
+/* U_INLINE and U_ALIGN_CODE Set default values if these are not already */
+/* defined. Definitions normally are in */
+/* platform.h or the corresponding file for */
+/* the OS in use. */
+/*==========================================================================*/
+
+#ifndef U_HIDE_INTERNAL_API
+
+/**
+ * \def U_ALIGN_CODE
+ * This is used to align code fragments to a specific byte boundary.
+ * This is useful for getting consistent performance test results.
+ * @internal
+ */
+#ifndef U_ALIGN_CODE
+# define U_ALIGN_CODE(n)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* U_HIDE_INTERNAL_API */
+
+#ifndef U_INLINE
+# ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+# define U_INLINE inline
+# else
+# define U_INLINE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "unicode/urename.h"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/umisc.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/umisc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d85451f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/umisc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2006, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* file name: umisc.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 1999oct15
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*/
+
+#ifndef UMISC_H
+#define UMISC_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API:misc definitions
+ *
+ * This file contains miscellaneous definitions for the C APIs.
+ */
+
+U_CDECL_BEGIN
+
+/** A struct representing a range of text containing a specific field
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef struct UFieldPosition {
+ /**
+ * The field
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t field;
+ /**
+ * The start of the text range containing field
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t beginIndex;
+ /**
+ * The limit of the text range containing field
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t endIndex;
+} UFieldPosition;
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_SERVICE
+/**
+ * Opaque type returned by registerInstance, registerFactory and unregister for service registration.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+typedef const void* URegistryKey;
+#endif
+
+U_CDECL_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/umsg.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/umsg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32ed063
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/umsg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,647 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1996-2006, International Business Machines Corporation
+* and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* file name: umsg.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* Change history:
+*
+* 08/5/2001 Ram Added C wrappers for C++ API.
+*
+*
+*/
+
+#ifndef UMSG_H
+#define UMSG_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/uloc.h"
+#include "unicode/parseerr.h"
+#include <stdarg.h>
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: MessageFormat
+ *
+ * <h2>Message Format C API </h2>
+ *
+ * Provides means to produce concatenated messages in language-neutral way.
+ * Use this for all concatenations that show up to end users.
+ * <P>
+ * Takes a set of objects, formats them, then inserts the formatted
+ * strings into the pattern at the appropriate places.
+ * <P>
+ * Here are some examples of usage:
+ * Example 1:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UChar *result, *tzID, *str;
+ * UChar pattern[100];
+ * int32_t resultLengthOut, resultlength;
+ * UCalendar *cal;
+ * UDate d1;
+ * UDateFormat *def1;
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ *
+ * str=(UChar*)malloc(sizeof(UChar) * (strlen("disturbance in force") +1));
+ * u_uastrcpy(str, "disturbance in force");
+ * tzID=(UChar*)malloc(sizeof(UChar) * 4);
+ * u_uastrcpy(tzID, "PST");
+ * cal=ucal_open(tzID, u_strlen(tzID), "en_US", UCAL_TRADITIONAL, &status);
+ * ucal_setDateTime(cal, 1999, UCAL_MARCH, 18, 0, 0, 0, &status);
+ * d1=ucal_getMillis(cal, &status);
+ * u_uastrcpy(pattern, "On {0, date, long}, there was a {1} on planet {2,number,integer}");
+ * resultlength=0;
+ * resultLengthOut=u_formatMessage( "en_US", pattern, u_strlen(pattern), NULL, resultlength, &status, d1, str, 7);
+ * if(status==U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR){
+ * status=U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * resultlength=resultLengthOut+1;
+ * result=(UChar*)realloc(result, sizeof(UChar) * resultlength);
+ * u_formatMessage( "en_US", pattern, u_strlen(pattern), result, resultlength, &status, d1, str, 7);
+ * }
+ * printf("%s\n", austrdup(result) );//austrdup( a function used to convert UChar* to char*)
+ * //output>: "On March 18, 1999, there was a disturbance in force on planet 7
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * Typically, the message format will come from resources, and the
+ * arguments will be dynamically set at runtime.
+ * <P>
+ * Example 2:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UChar* str;
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * UChar *result;
+ * UChar pattern[100];
+ * int32_t resultlength, resultLengthOut, i;
+ * double testArgs= { 100.0, 1.0, 0.0};
+ *
+ * str=(UChar*)malloc(sizeof(UChar) * 10);
+ * u_uastrcpy(str, "MyDisk");
+ * u_uastrcpy(pattern, "The disk {1} contains {0,choice,0#no files|1#one file|1<{0,number,integer} files}");
+ * for(i=0; i<3; i++){
+ * resultlength=0;
+ * resultLengthOut=u_formatMessage( "en_US", pattern, u_strlen(pattern), NULL, resultlength, &status, testArgs[i], str);
+ * if(status==U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR){
+ * status=U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * resultlength=resultLengthOut+1;
+ * result=(UChar*)malloc(sizeof(UChar) * resultlength);
+ * u_formatMessage( "en_US", pattern, u_strlen(pattern), result, resultlength, &status, testArgs[i], str);
+ * }
+ * printf("%s\n", austrdup(result) ); //austrdup( a function used to convert UChar* to char*)
+ * free(result);
+ * }
+ * // output, with different testArgs:
+ * // output: The disk "MyDisk" contains 100 files.
+ * // output: The disk "MyDisk" contains one file.
+ * // output: The disk "MyDisk" contains no files.
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * The pattern is of the following form. Legend:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * {optional item}
+ * (group that may be repeated)*
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * Do not confuse optional items with items inside quotes braces, such
+ * as this: "{". Quoted braces are literals.
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * messageFormatPattern := string ( "{" messageFormatElement "}" string )*
+ *
+ * messageFormatElement := argument { "," elementFormat }
+ *
+ * elementFormat := "time" { "," datetimeStyle }
+ * | "date" { "," datetimeStyle }
+ * | "number" { "," numberStyle }
+ * | "choice" "," choiceStyle
+ *
+ * datetimeStyle := "short"
+ * | "medium"
+ * | "long"
+ * | "full"
+ * | dateFormatPattern
+ *
+ * numberStyle := "currency"
+ * | "percent"
+ * | "integer"
+ * | numberFormatPattern
+ *
+ * choiceStyle := choiceFormatPattern
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * If there is no elementFormat, then the argument must be a string,
+ * which is substituted. If there is no dateTimeStyle or numberStyle,
+ * then the default format is used (e.g. NumberFormat.getInstance(),
+ * DateFormat.getDefaultTime() or DateFormat.getDefaultDate(). For
+ * a ChoiceFormat, the pattern must always be specified, since there
+ * is no default.
+ * <P>
+ * In strings, single quotes can be used to quote the "{" sign if
+ * necessary. A real single quote is represented by ''. Inside a
+ * messageFormatElement, quotes are [not] removed. For example,
+ * {1,number,$'#',##} will produce a number format with the pound-sign
+ * quoted, with a result such as: "$#31,45".
+ * <P>
+ * If a pattern is used, then unquoted braces in the pattern, if any,
+ * must match: that is, "ab {0} de" and "ab '}' de" are ok, but "ab
+ * {0'}' de" and "ab } de" are not.
+ * <p>
+ * <dl><dt><b>Warning:</b><dd>The rules for using quotes within message
+ * format patterns unfortunately have shown to be somewhat confusing.
+ * In particular, it isn't always obvious to localizers whether single
+ * quotes need to be doubled or not. Make sure to inform localizers about
+ * the rules, and tell them (for example, by using comments in resource
+ * bundle source files) which strings will be processed by MessageFormat.
+ * Note that localizers may need to use single quotes in translated
+ * strings where the original version doesn't have them.
+ * <br>Note also that the simplest way to avoid the problem is to
+ * use the real apostrophe (single quote) character U+2019 (') for
+ * human-readable text, and to use the ASCII apostrophe (U+0027 ' )
+ * only in program syntax, like quoting in MessageFormat.
+ * See the annotations for U+0027 Apostrophe in The Unicode Standard.</p>
+ * </dl>
+ * <P>
+ * The argument is a number from 0 to 9, which corresponds to the
+ * arguments presented in an array to be formatted.
+ * <P>
+ * It is ok to have unused arguments in the array. With missing
+ * arguments or arguments that are not of the right class for the
+ * specified format, a failing UErrorCode result is set.
+ * <P>
+
+ * <P>
+ * [Note:] As we see above, the string produced by a choice Format in
+ * MessageFormat is treated specially; occurances of '{' are used to
+ * indicated subformats.
+ * <P>
+ * [Note:] Formats are numbered by order of variable in the string.
+ * This is [not] the same as the argument numbering!
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * For example: with "abc{2}def{3}ghi{0}...",
+ *
+ * format0 affects the first variable {2}
+ * format1 affects the second variable {3}
+ * format2 affects the second variable {0}
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * and so on.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Format a message for a locale.
+ * This function may perform re-ordering of the arguments depending on the
+ * locale. For all numeric arguments, double is assumed unless the type is
+ * explicitly integer. All choice format arguments must be of type double.
+ * @param locale The locale for which the message will be formatted
+ * @param pattern The pattern specifying the message's format
+ * @param patternLength The length of pattern
+ * @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the formatted message.
+ * @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @param ... A variable-length argument list containing the arguments specified
+ * in pattern.
+ * @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength, the
+ * output was truncated.
+ * @see u_parseMessage
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_formatMessage(const char *locale,
+ const UChar *pattern,
+ int32_t patternLength,
+ UChar *result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UErrorCode *status,
+ ...);
+
+/**
+ * Format a message for a locale.
+ * This function may perform re-ordering of the arguments depending on the
+ * locale. For all numeric arguments, double is assumed unless the type is
+ * explicitly integer. All choice format arguments must be of type double.
+ * @param locale The locale for which the message will be formatted
+ * @param pattern The pattern specifying the message's format
+ * @param patternLength The length of pattern
+ * @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the formatted message.
+ * @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+ * @param ap A variable-length argument list containing the arguments specified
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * in pattern.
+ * @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength, the
+ * output was truncated.
+ * @see u_parseMessage
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_vformatMessage( const char *locale,
+ const UChar *pattern,
+ int32_t patternLength,
+ UChar *result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ va_list ap,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Parse a message.
+ * For numeric arguments, this function will always use doubles. Integer types
+ * should not be passed.
+ * This function is not able to parse all output from {@link #u_formatMessage }.
+ * @param locale The locale for which the message is formatted
+ * @param pattern The pattern specifying the message's format
+ * @param patternLength The length of pattern
+ * @param source The text to parse.
+ * @param sourceLength The length of source, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @param ... A variable-length argument list containing the arguments
+ * specified in pattern.
+ * @see u_formatMessage
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_parseMessage( const char *locale,
+ const UChar *pattern,
+ int32_t patternLength,
+ const UChar *source,
+ int32_t sourceLength,
+ UErrorCode *status,
+ ...);
+
+/**
+ * Parse a message.
+ * For numeric arguments, this function will always use doubles. Integer types
+ * should not be passed.
+ * This function is not able to parse all output from {@link #u_formatMessage }.
+ * @param locale The locale for which the message is formatted
+ * @param pattern The pattern specifying the message's format
+ * @param patternLength The length of pattern
+ * @param source The text to parse.
+ * @param sourceLength The length of source, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param ap A variable-length argument list containing the arguments
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * specified in pattern.
+ * @see u_formatMessage
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_vparseMessage(const char *locale,
+ const UChar *pattern,
+ int32_t patternLength,
+ const UChar *source,
+ int32_t sourceLength,
+ va_list ap,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Format a message for a locale.
+ * This function may perform re-ordering of the arguments depending on the
+ * locale. For all numeric arguments, double is assumed unless the type is
+ * explicitly integer. All choice format arguments must be of type double.
+ * @param locale The locale for which the message will be formatted
+ * @param pattern The pattern specifying the message's format
+ * @param patternLength The length of pattern
+ * @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the formatted message.
+ * @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @param ... A variable-length argument list containing the arguments specified
+ * in pattern.
+ * @param parseError A pointer to UParseError to receive information about errors
+ * occurred during parsing.
+ * @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength, the
+ * output was truncated.
+ * @see u_parseMessage
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_formatMessageWithError( const char *locale,
+ const UChar *pattern,
+ int32_t patternLength,
+ UChar *result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UParseError *parseError,
+ UErrorCode *status,
+ ...);
+
+/**
+ * Format a message for a locale.
+ * This function may perform re-ordering of the arguments depending on the
+ * locale. For all numeric arguments, double is assumed unless the type is
+ * explicitly integer. All choice format arguments must be of type double.
+ * @param locale The locale for which the message will be formatted
+ * @param pattern The pattern specifying the message's format
+ * @param patternLength The length of pattern
+ * @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the formatted message.
+ * @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+ * @param parseError A pointer to UParseError to receive information about errors
+ * occurred during parsing.
+ * @param ap A variable-length argument list containing the arguments specified
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * in pattern.
+ * @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength, the
+ * output was truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_vformatMessageWithError( const char *locale,
+ const UChar *pattern,
+ int32_t patternLength,
+ UChar *result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UParseError* parseError,
+ va_list ap,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Parse a message.
+ * For numeric arguments, this function will always use doubles. Integer types
+ * should not be passed.
+ * This function is not able to parse all output from {@link #u_formatMessage }.
+ * @param locale The locale for which the message is formatted
+ * @param pattern The pattern specifying the message's format
+ * @param patternLength The length of pattern
+ * @param source The text to parse.
+ * @param sourceLength The length of source, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param parseError A pointer to UParseError to receive information about errors
+ * occurred during parsing.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @param ... A variable-length argument list containing the arguments
+ * specified in pattern.
+ * @see u_formatMessage
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_parseMessageWithError(const char *locale,
+ const UChar *pattern,
+ int32_t patternLength,
+ const UChar *source,
+ int32_t sourceLength,
+ UParseError *parseError,
+ UErrorCode *status,
+ ...);
+
+/**
+ * Parse a message.
+ * For numeric arguments, this function will always use doubles. Integer types
+ * should not be passed.
+ * This function is not able to parse all output from {@link #u_formatMessage }.
+ * @param locale The locale for which the message is formatted
+ * @param pattern The pattern specifying the message's format
+ * @param patternLength The length of pattern
+ * @param source The text to parse.
+ * @param sourceLength The length of source, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param ap A variable-length argument list containing the arguments
+ * @param parseError A pointer to UParseError to receive information about errors
+ * occurred during parsing.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * specified in pattern.
+ * @see u_formatMessage
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_vparseMessageWithError(const char *locale,
+ const UChar *pattern,
+ int32_t patternLength,
+ const UChar *source,
+ int32_t sourceLength,
+ va_list ap,
+ UParseError *parseError,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/*----------------------- New experimental API --------------------------- */
+/**
+ * The message format object
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef void* UMessageFormat;
+
+
+/**
+ * Open a message formatter with given pattern and for the given locale.
+ * @param pattern A pattern specifying the format to use.
+ * @param patternLength Length of the pattern to use
+ * @param locale The locale for which the messages are formatted.
+ * @param parseError A pointer to UParseError struct to receive any errors
+ * occured during parsing. Can be NULL.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return A pointer to a UMessageFormat to use for formatting
+ * messages, or 0 if an error occurred.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UMessageFormat* U_EXPORT2
+umsg_open( const UChar *pattern,
+ int32_t patternLength,
+ const char *locale,
+ UParseError *parseError,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Close a UMessageFormat.
+ * Once closed, a UMessageFormat may no longer be used.
+ * @param format The formatter to close.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+umsg_close(UMessageFormat* format);
+
+/**
+ * Open a copy of a UMessageFormat.
+ * This function performs a deep copy.
+ * @param fmt The formatter to copy
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return A pointer to a UDateFormat identical to fmt.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UMessageFormat U_EXPORT2
+umsg_clone(const UMessageFormat *fmt,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the locale. This locale is used for fetching default number or date
+ * format information.
+ * @param fmt The formatter to set
+ * @param locale The locale the formatter should use.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+umsg_setLocale(UMessageFormat *fmt,
+ const char* locale);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the locale. This locale is used for fetching default number or date
+ * format information.
+ * @param fmt The formatter to querry
+ * @return the locale.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+umsg_getLocale(const UMessageFormat *fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the pattern.
+ * @param fmt The formatter to use
+ * @param pattern The pattern to be applied.
+ * @param patternLength Length of the pattern to use
+ * @param parseError Struct to receive information on position
+ * of error if an error is encountered.Can be NULL.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on
+ * exit. If the pattern is invalid, this will be
+ * set to a failure result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+umsg_applyPattern( UMessageFormat *fmt,
+ const UChar* pattern,
+ int32_t patternLength,
+ UParseError* parseError,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the pattern.
+ * @param fmt The formatter to use
+ * @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the pattern.
+ * @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+ * @param status Output param set to success/failure code on
+ * exit. If the pattern is invalid, this will be
+ * set to a failure result.
+ * @return the pattern of the format
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+umsg_toPattern(const UMessageFormat *fmt,
+ UChar* result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Format a message for a locale.
+ * This function may perform re-ordering of the arguments depending on the
+ * locale. For all numeric arguments, double is assumed unless the type is
+ * explicitly integer. All choice format arguments must be of type double.
+ * @param fmt The formatter to use
+ * @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the formatted message.
+ * @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @param ... A variable-length argument list containing the arguments
+ * specified in pattern.
+ * @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength,
+ * the output was truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+umsg_format( const UMessageFormat *fmt,
+ UChar *result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UErrorCode *status,
+ ...);
+
+/**
+ * Format a message for a locale.
+ * This function may perform re-ordering of the arguments depending on the
+ * locale. For all numeric arguments, double is assumed unless the type is
+ * explicitly integer. All choice format arguments must be of type double.
+ * @param fmt The formatter to use
+ * @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the formatted message.
+ * @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+ * @param ap A variable-length argument list containing the arguments
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * specified in pattern.
+ * @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength,
+ * the output was truncated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+umsg_vformat( const UMessageFormat *fmt,
+ UChar *result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ va_list ap,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Parse a message.
+ * For numeric arguments, this function will always use doubles. Integer types
+ * should not be passed.
+ * This function is not able to parse all output from {@link #umsg_format }.
+ * @param fmt The formatter to use
+ * @param source The text to parse.
+ * @param sourceLength The length of source, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param count Output param to receive number of elements returned.
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @param ... A variable-length argument list containing the arguments
+ * specified in pattern.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+umsg_parse( const UMessageFormat *fmt,
+ const UChar *source,
+ int32_t sourceLength,
+ int32_t *count,
+ UErrorCode *status,
+ ...);
+
+/**
+ * Parse a message.
+ * For numeric arguments, this function will always use doubles. Integer types
+ * should not be passed.
+ * This function is not able to parse all output from {@link #umsg_format }.
+ * @param fmt The formatter to use
+ * @param source The text to parse.
+ * @param sourceLength The length of source, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param count Output param to receive number of elements returned.
+ * @param ap A variable-length argument list containing the arguments
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * specified in pattern.
+ * @see u_formatMessage
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+umsg_vparse(const UMessageFormat *fmt,
+ const UChar *source,
+ int32_t sourceLength,
+ int32_t *count,
+ va_list ap,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Convert an 'apostrophe-friendly' pattern into a standard
+ * pattern. Standard patterns treat all apostrophes as
+ * quotes, which is problematic in some languages, e.g.
+ * French, where apostrophe is commonly used. This utility
+ * assumes that only an unpaired apostrophe immediately before
+ * a brace is a true quote. Other unpaired apostrophes are paired,
+ * and the resulting standard pattern string is returned.
+ *
+ * <p><b>Note</b> it is not guaranteed that the returned pattern
+ * is indeed a valid pattern. The only effect is to convert
+ * between patterns having different quoting semantics.
+ *
+ * @param pattern the 'apostrophe-friendly' patttern to convert
+ * @param patternLength the length of pattern, or -1 if unknown and pattern is null-terminated
+ * @param dest the buffer for the result, or NULL if preflight only
+ * @param destCapacity the length of the buffer, or 0 if preflighting
+ * @param ec the error code
+ * @return the length of the resulting text, not including trailing null
+ * if buffer has room for the trailing null, it is provided, otherwise
+ * not
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+umsg_autoQuoteApostrophe(const UChar* pattern,
+ int32_t patternLength,
+ UChar* dest,
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* ec);
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unifilt.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unifilt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bf1ba4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unifilt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2006, International Business Machines Corporation and others.
+* All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Date Name Description
+* 11/17/99 aliu Creation.
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef UNIFILT_H
+#define UNIFILT_H
+
+#include "unicode/unifunct.h"
+#include "unicode/unimatch.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Unicode Filter
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * U_ETHER is used to represent character values for positions outside
+ * a range. For example, transliterator uses this to represent
+ * characters outside the range contextStart..contextLimit-1. This
+ * allows explicit matching by rules and UnicodeSets of text outside a
+ * defined range.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+#define U_ETHER ((UChar)0xFFFF)
+
+/**
+ *
+ * <code>UnicodeFilter</code> defines a protocol for selecting a
+ * subset of the full range (U+0000 to U+10FFFF) of Unicode characters.
+ * Currently, filters are used in conjunction with classes like {@link
+ * Transliterator} to only process selected characters through a
+ * transformation.
+ *
+ * <p>Note: UnicodeFilter currently stubs out two pure virtual methods
+ * of its base class, UnicodeMatcher. These methods are toPattern()
+ * and matchesIndexValue(). This is done so that filter classes that
+ * are not actually used as matchers -- specifically, those in the
+ * UnicodeFilterLogic component, and those in tests -- can continue to
+ * work without defining these methods. As long as a filter is not
+ * used in an RBT during real transliteration, these methods will not
+ * be called. However, this breaks the UnicodeMatcher base class
+ * protocol, and it is not a correct solution.
+ *
+ * <p>In the future we may revisit the UnicodeMatcher / UnicodeFilter
+ * hierarchy and either redesign it, or simply remove the stubs in
+ * UnicodeFilter and force subclasses to implement the full
+ * UnicodeMatcher protocol.
+ *
+ * @see UnicodeFilterLogic
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API UnicodeFilter : public UnicodeFunctor, public UnicodeMatcher {
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~UnicodeFilter();
+
+ /**
+ * Returns <tt>true</tt> for characters that are in the selected
+ * subset. In other words, if a character is <b>to be
+ * filtered</b>, then <tt>contains()</tt> returns
+ * <b><tt>false</tt></b>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool contains(UChar32 c) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * UnicodeFunctor API. Cast 'this' to a UnicodeMatcher* pointer
+ * and return the pointer.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeMatcher* toMatcher() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Implement UnicodeMatcher API.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UMatchDegree matches(const Replaceable& text,
+ int32_t& offset,
+ int32_t limit,
+ UBool incremental);
+
+ /**
+ * UnicodeFunctor API. Nothing to do.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual void setData(const TransliterationRuleData*);
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+protected:
+
+ /*
+ * Since this class has pure virtual functions,
+ * a constructor can't be used.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+/* UnicodeFilter();*/
+};
+
+/*inline UnicodeFilter::UnicodeFilter() {}*/
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unifunct.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unifunct.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3aa7b03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unifunct.h
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (c) 2002-2005, International Business Machines Corporation
+* and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Date Name Description
+* 01/14/2002 aliu Creation.
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef UNIFUNCT_H
+#define UNIFUNCT_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Unicode Functor
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class UnicodeMatcher;
+class UnicodeReplacer;
+class TransliterationRuleData;
+
+/**
+ * <code>UnicodeFunctor</code> is an abstract base class for objects
+ * that perform match and/or replace operations on Unicode strings.
+ * @author Alan Liu
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API UnicodeFunctor : public UObject {
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual ~UnicodeFunctor();
+
+ /**
+ * Return a copy of this object. All UnicodeFunctor objects
+ * have to support cloning in order to allow classes using
+ * UnicodeFunctor to implement cloning.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeFunctor* clone() const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Cast 'this' to a UnicodeMatcher* pointer and return the
+ * pointer, or null if this is not a UnicodeMatcher*. Subclasses
+ * that mix in UnicodeMatcher as a base class must override this.
+ * This protocol is required because a pointer to a UnicodeFunctor
+ * cannot be cast to a pointer to a UnicodeMatcher, since
+ * UnicodeMatcher is a mixin that does not derive from
+ * UnicodeFunctor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeMatcher* toMatcher() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Cast 'this' to a UnicodeReplacer* pointer and return the
+ * pointer, or null if this is not a UnicodeReplacer*. Subclasses
+ * that mix in UnicodeReplacer as a base class must override this.
+ * This protocol is required because a pointer to a UnicodeFunctor
+ * cannot be cast to a pointer to a UnicodeReplacer, since
+ * UnicodeReplacer is a mixin that does not derive from
+ * UnicodeFunctor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeReplacer* toReplacer() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for
+ * comparing to a return value from getDynamicClassID().
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID <b>polymorphically</b>. This method
+ * is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++
+ * compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and
+ * clone() methods call this method.
+ *
+ * <p>Concrete subclasses of UnicodeFunctor should use the macro
+ * UOBJECT_DEFINE_RTTI_IMPLEMENTATION from uobject.h to
+ * provide definitios getStaticClassID and getDynamicClassID.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a given
+ * class have the same class ID. Objects of other classes have
+ * different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the data object associated with this functor. The data
+ * object provides context for functor-to-standin mapping. This
+ * method is required when assigning a functor to a different data
+ * object. This function MAY GO AWAY later if the architecture is
+ * changed to pass data object pointers through the API.
+ * @internal ICU 2.1
+ */
+ virtual void setData(const TransliterationRuleData*) = 0;
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ * Since this class has pure virtual functions,
+ * a constructor can't be used.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ /*UnicodeFunctor();*/
+
+};
+
+/*inline UnicodeFunctor::UnicodeFunctor() {}*/
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unimatch.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unimatch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0dbb14e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unimatch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/*
+* Copyright (C) 2001-2005, International Business Machines Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Date Name Description
+* 07/18/01 aliu Creation.
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef UNIMATCH_H
+#define UNIMATCH_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Unicode Matcher
+ */
+
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class Replaceable;
+class UnicodeString;
+class UnicodeSet;
+
+/**
+ * Constants returned by <code>UnicodeMatcher::matches()</code>
+ * indicating the degree of match.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+enum UMatchDegree {
+ /**
+ * Constant returned by <code>matches()</code> indicating a
+ * mismatch between the text and this matcher. The text contains
+ * a character which does not match, or the text does not contain
+ * all desired characters for a non-incremental match.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ U_MISMATCH,
+
+ /**
+ * Constant returned by <code>matches()</code> indicating a
+ * partial match between the text and this matcher. This value is
+ * only returned for incremental match operations. All characters
+ * of the text match, but more characters are required for a
+ * complete match. Alternatively, for variable-length matchers,
+ * all characters of the text match, and if more characters were
+ * supplied at limit, they might also match.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ U_PARTIAL_MATCH,
+
+ /**
+ * Constant returned by <code>matches()</code> indicating a
+ * complete match between the text and this matcher. For an
+ * incremental variable-length match, this value is returned if
+ * the given text matches, and it is known that additional
+ * characters would not alter the extent of the match.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ U_MATCH
+};
+
+/**
+ * <code>UnicodeMatcher</code> defines a protocol for objects that can
+ * match a range of characters in a Replaceable string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API UnicodeMatcher /* not : public UObject because this is an interface/mixin class */ {
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual ~UnicodeMatcher();
+
+ /**
+ * Return a UMatchDegree value indicating the degree of match for
+ * the given text at the given offset. Zero, one, or more
+ * characters may be matched.
+ *
+ * Matching in the forward direction is indicated by limit >
+ * offset. Characters from offset forwards to limit-1 will be
+ * considered for matching.
+ *
+ * Matching in the reverse direction is indicated by limit <
+ * offset. Characters from offset backwards to limit+1 will be
+ * considered for matching.
+ *
+ * If limit == offset then the only match possible is a zero
+ * character match (which subclasses may implement if desired).
+ *
+ * As a side effect, advance the offset parameter to the limit of
+ * the matched substring. In the forward direction, this will be
+ * the index of the last matched character plus one. In the
+ * reverse direction, this will be the index of the last matched
+ * character minus one.
+ *
+ * <p>Note: This method is not const because some classes may
+ * modify their state as the result of a match.
+ *
+ * @param text the text to be matched
+ * @param offset on input, the index into text at which to begin
+ * matching. On output, the limit of the matched text. The
+ * number of matched characters is the output value of offset
+ * minus the input value. Offset should always point to the
+ * HIGH SURROGATE (leading code unit) of a pair of surrogates,
+ * both on entry and upon return.
+ * @param limit the limit index of text to be matched. Greater
+ * than offset for a forward direction match, less than offset for
+ * a backward direction match. The last character to be
+ * considered for matching will be text.charAt(limit-1) in the
+ * forward direction or text.charAt(limit+1) in the backward
+ * direction.
+ * @param incremental if TRUE, then assume further characters may
+ * be inserted at limit and check for partial matching. Otherwise
+ * assume the text as given is complete.
+ * @return a match degree value indicating a full match, a partial
+ * match, or a mismatch. If incremental is FALSE then
+ * U_PARTIAL_MATCH should never be returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UMatchDegree matches(const Replaceable& text,
+ int32_t& offset,
+ int32_t limit,
+ UBool incremental) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a string representation of this matcher. If the result of
+ * calling this function is passed to the appropriate parser, it
+ * will produce another matcher that is equal to this one.
+ * @param result the string to receive the pattern. Previous
+ * contents will be deleted.
+ * @param escapeUnprintable if TRUE then convert unprintable
+ * character to their hex escape representations, \\uxxxx or
+ * \\Uxxxxxxxx. Unprintable characters are those other than
+ * U+000A, U+0020..U+007E.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& toPattern(UnicodeString& result,
+ UBool escapeUnprintable = FALSE) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE if this matcher will match a character c, where c
+ * & 0xFF == v, at offset, in the forward direction (with limit >
+ * offset). This is used by <tt>RuleBasedTransliterator</tt> for
+ * indexing.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UBool matchesIndexValue(uint8_t v) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Union the set of all characters that may be matched by this object
+ * into the given set.
+ * @param toUnionTo the set into which to union the source characters
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual void addMatchSetTo(UnicodeSet& toUnionTo) const = 0;
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unirepl.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unirepl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b7746b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unirepl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (c) 2002-2005, International Business Machines Corporation
+* and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Date Name Description
+* 01/14/2002 aliu Creation.
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef UNIREPL_H
+#define UNIREPL_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: UnicodeReplacer
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class Replaceable;
+class UnicodeString;
+class UnicodeSet;
+
+/**
+ * <code>UnicodeReplacer</code> defines a protocol for objects that
+ * replace a range of characters in a Replaceable string with output
+ * text. The replacement is done via the Replaceable API so as to
+ * preserve out-of-band data.
+ *
+ * <p>This is a mixin class.
+ * @author Alan Liu
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+class U_I18N_API UnicodeReplacer /* not : public UObject because this is an interface/mixin class */ {
+
+ public:
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual ~UnicodeReplacer();
+
+ /**
+ * Replace characters in 'text' from 'start' to 'limit' with the
+ * output text of this object. Update the 'cursor' parameter to
+ * give the cursor position and return the length of the
+ * replacement text.
+ *
+ * @param text the text to be matched
+ * @param start inclusive start index of text to be replaced
+ * @param limit exclusive end index of text to be replaced;
+ * must be greater than or equal to start
+ * @param cursor output parameter for the cursor position.
+ * Not all replacer objects will update this, but in a complete
+ * tree of replacer objects, representing the entire output side
+ * of a transliteration rule, at least one must update it.
+ * @return the number of 16-bit code units in the text replacing
+ * the characters at offsets start..(limit-1) in text
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual int32_t replace(Replaceable& text,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ int32_t& cursor) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a string representation of this replacer. If the
+ * result of calling this function is passed to the appropriate
+ * parser, typically TransliteratorParser, it will produce another
+ * replacer that is equal to this one.
+ * @param result the string to receive the pattern. Previous
+ * contents will be deleted.
+ * @param escapeUnprintable if TRUE then convert unprintable
+ * character to their hex escape representations, \\uxxxx or
+ * \\Uxxxxxxxx. Unprintable characters are defined by
+ * Utility.isUnprintable().
+ * @return a reference to 'result'.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& toReplacerPattern(UnicodeString& result,
+ UBool escapeUnprintable) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Union the set of all characters that may output by this object
+ * into the given set.
+ * @param toUnionTo the set into which to union the output characters
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual void addReplacementSetTo(UnicodeSet& toUnionTo) const = 0;
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uniset.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uniset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7839661
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uniset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1566 @@
+/*
+***************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2008, International Business Machines Corporation
+* and others. All Rights Reserved.
+***************************************************************************
+* Date Name Description
+* 10/20/99 alan Creation.
+***************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef UNICODESET_H
+#define UNICODESET_H
+
+#include "unicode/unifilt.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+#include "unicode/uset.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Unicode Set
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class BMPSet;
+class ParsePosition;
+class SymbolTable;
+class UnicodeSetStringSpan;
+class UVector;
+class RuleCharacterIterator;
+
+/**
+ * A mutable set of Unicode characters and multicharacter strings. Objects of this class
+ * represent <em>character classes</em> used in regular expressions.
+ * A character specifies a subset of Unicode code points. Legal
+ * code points are U+0000 to U+10FFFF, inclusive.
+ *
+ * <p>The UnicodeSet class is not designed to be subclassed.
+ *
+ * <p><code>UnicodeSet</code> supports two APIs. The first is the
+ * <em>operand</em> API that allows the caller to modify the value of
+ * a <code>UnicodeSet</code> object. It conforms to Java 2's
+ * <code>java.util.Set</code> interface, although
+ * <code>UnicodeSet</code> does not actually implement that
+ * interface. All methods of <code>Set</code> are supported, with the
+ * modification that they take a character range or single character
+ * instead of an <code>Object</code>, and they take a
+ * <code>UnicodeSet</code> instead of a <code>Collection</code>. The
+ * operand API may be thought of in terms of boolean logic: a boolean
+ * OR is implemented by <code>add</code>, a boolean AND is implemented
+ * by <code>retain</code>, a boolean XOR is implemented by
+ * <code>complement</code> taking an argument, and a boolean NOT is
+ * implemented by <code>complement</code> with no argument. In terms
+ * of traditional set theory function names, <code>add</code> is a
+ * union, <code>retain</code> is an intersection, <code>remove</code>
+ * is an asymmetric difference, and <code>complement</code> with no
+ * argument is a set complement with respect to the superset range
+ * <code>MIN_VALUE-MAX_VALUE</code>
+ *
+ * <p>The second API is the
+ * <code>applyPattern()</code>/<code>toPattern()</code> API from the
+ * <code>java.text.Format</code>-derived classes. Unlike the
+ * methods that add characters, add categories, and control the logic
+ * of the set, the method <code>applyPattern()</code> sets all
+ * attributes of a <code>UnicodeSet</code> at once, based on a
+ * string pattern.
+ *
+ * <p><b>Pattern syntax</b></p>
+ *
+ * Patterns are accepted by the constructors and the
+ * <code>applyPattern()</code> methods and returned by the
+ * <code>toPattern()</code> method. These patterns follow a syntax
+ * similar to that employed by version 8 regular expression character
+ * classes. Here are some simple examples:
+ *
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <table>
+ * <tr align="top">
+ * <td nowrap valign="top" align="left"><code>[]</code></td>
+ * <td valign="top">No characters</td>
+ * </tr><tr align="top">
+ * <td nowrap valign="top" align="left"><code>[a]</code></td>
+ * <td valign="top">The character 'a'</td>
+ * </tr><tr align="top">
+ * <td nowrap valign="top" align="left"><code>[ae]</code></td>
+ * <td valign="top">The characters 'a' and 'e'</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td nowrap valign="top" align="left"><code>[a-e]</code></td>
+ * <td valign="top">The characters 'a' through 'e' inclusive, in Unicode code
+ * point order</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td nowrap valign="top" align="left"><code>[\\u4E01]</code></td>
+ * <td valign="top">The character U+4E01</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td nowrap valign="top" align="left"><code>[a{ab}{ac}]</code></td>
+ * <td valign="top">The character 'a' and the multicharacter strings "ab" and
+ * "ac"</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td nowrap valign="top" align="left"><code>[\\p{Lu}]</code></td>
+ * <td valign="top">All characters in the general category Uppercase Letter</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * Any character may be preceded by a backslash in order to remove any special
+ * meaning. White space characters, as defined by UCharacter.isWhitespace(), are
+ * ignored, unless they are escaped.
+ *
+ * <p>Property patterns specify a set of characters having a certain
+ * property as defined by the Unicode standard. Both the POSIX-like
+ * "[:Lu:]" and the Perl-like syntax "\\p{Lu}" are recognized. For a
+ * complete list of supported property patterns, see the User's Guide
+ * for UnicodeSet at
+ * <a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/unicodeSet.html">
+ * http://icu-project.org/userguide/unicodeSet.html</a>.
+ * Actual determination of property data is defined by the underlying
+ * Unicode database as implemented by UCharacter.
+ *
+ * <p>Patterns specify individual characters, ranges of characters, and
+ * Unicode property sets. When elements are concatenated, they
+ * specify their union. To complement a set, place a '^' immediately
+ * after the opening '['. Property patterns are inverted by modifying
+ * their delimiters; "[:^foo]" and "\\P{foo}". In any other location,
+ * '^' has no special meaning.
+ *
+ * <p>Ranges are indicated by placing two a '-' between two
+ * characters, as in "a-z". This specifies the range of all
+ * characters from the left to the right, in Unicode order. If the
+ * left character is greater than or equal to the
+ * right character it is a syntax error. If a '-' occurs as the first
+ * character after the opening '[' or '[^', or if it occurs as the
+ * last character before the closing ']', then it is taken as a
+ * literal. Thus "[a\-b]", "[-ab]", and "[ab-]" all indicate the same
+ * set of three characters, 'a', 'b', and '-'.
+ *
+ * <p>Sets may be intersected using the '&' operator or the asymmetric
+ * set difference may be taken using the '-' operator, for example,
+ * "[[:L:]&[\\u0000-\\u0FFF]]" indicates the set of all Unicode letters
+ * with values less than 4096. Operators ('&' and '|') have equal
+ * precedence and bind left-to-right. Thus
+ * "[[:L:]-[a-z]-[\\u0100-\\u01FF]]" is equivalent to
+ * "[[[:L:]-[a-z]]-[\\u0100-\\u01FF]]". This only really matters for
+ * difference; intersection is commutative.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr valign=top><td nowrap><code>[a]</code><td>The set containing 'a'
+ * <tr valign=top><td nowrap><code>[a-z]</code><td>The set containing 'a'
+ * through 'z' and all letters in between, in Unicode order
+ * <tr valign=top><td nowrap><code>[^a-z]</code><td>The set containing
+ * all characters but 'a' through 'z',
+ * that is, U+0000 through 'a'-1 and 'z'+1 through U+10FFFF
+ * <tr valign=top><td nowrap><code>[[<em>pat1</em>][<em>pat2</em>]]</code>
+ * <td>The union of sets specified by <em>pat1</em> and <em>pat2</em>
+ * <tr valign=top><td nowrap><code>[[<em>pat1</em>]&[<em>pat2</em>]]</code>
+ * <td>The intersection of sets specified by <em>pat1</em> and <em>pat2</em>
+ * <tr valign=top><td nowrap><code>[[<em>pat1</em>]-[<em>pat2</em>]]</code>
+ * <td>The asymmetric difference of sets specified by <em>pat1</em> and
+ * <em>pat2</em>
+ * <tr valign=top><td nowrap><code>[:Lu:] or \\p{Lu}</code>
+ * <td>The set of characters having the specified
+ * Unicode property; in
+ * this case, Unicode uppercase letters
+ * <tr valign=top><td nowrap><code>[:^Lu:] or \\P{Lu}</code>
+ * <td>The set of characters <em>not</em> having the given
+ * Unicode property
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <p><b>Warning</b>: you cannot add an empty string ("") to a UnicodeSet.</p>
+ *
+ * <p><b>Formal syntax</b></p>
+ *
+ * \htmlonly<blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ * <table>
+ * <tr align="top">
+ * <td nowrap valign="top" align="right"><code>pattern := </code></td>
+ * <td valign="top"><code>('[' '^'? item* ']') |
+ * property</code></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr align="top">
+ * <td nowrap valign="top" align="right"><code>item := </code></td>
+ * <td valign="top"><code>char | (char '-' char) | pattern-expr<br>
+ * </code></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr align="top">
+ * <td nowrap valign="top" align="right"><code>pattern-expr := </code></td>
+ * <td valign="top"><code>pattern | pattern-expr pattern |
+ * pattern-expr op pattern<br>
+ * </code></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr align="top">
+ * <td nowrap valign="top" align="right"><code>op := </code></td>
+ * <td valign="top"><code>'&' | '-'<br>
+ * </code></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr align="top">
+ * <td nowrap valign="top" align="right"><code>special := </code></td>
+ * <td valign="top"><code>'[' | ']' | '-'<br>
+ * </code></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr align="top">
+ * <td nowrap valign="top" align="right"><code>char := </code></td>
+ * <td valign="top"><em>any character that is not</em><code> special<br>
+ * | ('\' </code><em>any character</em><code>)<br>
+ * | ('\\u' hex hex hex hex)<br>
+ * </code></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr align="top">
+ * <td nowrap valign="top" align="right"><code>hex := </code></td>
+ * <td valign="top"><em>any character for which
+ * </em><code>Character.digit(c, 16)</code><em>
+ * returns a non-negative result</em></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td nowrap valign="top" align="right"><code>property := </code></td>
+ * <td valign="top"><em>a Unicode property set pattern</em></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ * <br>
+ * <table border="1">
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Legend: <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td nowrap valign="top"><code>a := b</code></td>
+ * <td width="20" valign="top"> </td>
+ * <td valign="top"><code>a</code> may be replaced by <code>b</code> </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td nowrap valign="top"><code>a?</code></td>
+ * <td valign="top"></td>
+ * <td valign="top">zero or one instance of <code>a</code><br>
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td nowrap valign="top"><code>a*</code></td>
+ * <td valign="top"></td>
+ * <td valign="top">one or more instances of <code>a</code><br>
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td nowrap valign="top"><code>a | b</code></td>
+ * <td valign="top"></td>
+ * <td valign="top">either <code>a</code> or <code>b</code><br>
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td nowrap valign="top"><code>'a'</code></td>
+ * <td valign="top"></td>
+ * <td valign="top">the literal string between the quotes </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ * \htmlonly</blockquote>\endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * <p>Note:
+ * - Most UnicodeSet methods do not take a UErrorCode parameter because
+ * there are usually very few opportunities for failure other than a shortage
+ * of memory, error codes in low-level C++ string methods would be inconvenient,
+ * and the error code as the last parameter (ICU convention) would prevent
+ * the use of default parameter values.
+ * Instead, such methods set the UnicodeSet into a "bogus" state
+ * (see isBogus()) if an error occurs.
+ *
+ * @author Alan Liu
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API UnicodeSet : public UnicodeFilter {
+
+ int32_t len; // length of list used; 0 <= len <= capacity
+ int32_t capacity; // capacity of list
+ UChar32* list; // MUST be terminated with HIGH
+ BMPSet *bmpSet; // The set is frozen iff either bmpSet or stringSpan is not NULL.
+ UChar32* buffer; // internal buffer, may be NULL
+ int32_t bufferCapacity; // capacity of buffer
+ int32_t patLen;
+
+ /**
+ * The pattern representation of this set. This may not be the
+ * most economical pattern. It is the pattern supplied to
+ * applyPattern(), with variables substituted and whitespace
+ * removed. For sets constructed without applyPattern(), or
+ * modified using the non-pattern API, this string will be empty,
+ * indicating that toPattern() must generate a pattern
+ * representation from the inversion list.
+ */
+ UChar *pat;
+ UVector* strings; // maintained in sorted order
+ UnicodeSetStringSpan *stringSpan;
+
+private:
+ enum { // constants
+ kIsBogus = 1 // This set is bogus (i.e. not valid)
+ };
+ uint8_t fFlags; // Bit flag (see constants above)
+public:
+ /**
+ * Determine if this object contains a valid set.
+ * A bogus set has no value. It is different from an empty set.
+ * It can be used to indicate that no set value is available.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if the set is valid, FALSE otherwise
+ * @see setToBogus()
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ inline UBool isBogus(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Make this UnicodeSet object invalid.
+ * The string will test TRUE with isBogus().
+ *
+ * A bogus set has no value. It is different from an empty set.
+ * It can be used to indicate that no set value is available.
+ *
+ * This utility function is used throughout the UnicodeSet
+ * implementation to indicate that a UnicodeSet operation failed,
+ * and may be used in other functions,
+ * especially but not exclusively when such functions do not
+ * take a UErrorCode for simplicity.
+ *
+ * @see isBogus()
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void setToBogus();
+
+public:
+
+ enum {
+ /**
+ * Minimum value that can be stored in a UnicodeSet.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ MIN_VALUE = 0,
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum value that can be stored in a UnicodeSet.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ MAX_VALUE = 0x10ffff
+ };
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Constructors &c
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs an empty set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeSet();
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a set containing the given range. If <code>end >
+ * start</code> then an empty set is created.
+ *
+ * @param start first character, inclusive, of range
+ * @param end last character, inclusive, of range
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeSet(UChar32 start, UChar32 end);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a set from the given pattern. See the class
+ * description for the syntax of the pattern language.
+ * @param pattern a string specifying what characters are in the set
+ * @param status returns <code>U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR</code> if the pattern
+ * contains a syntax error.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeSet(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a set from the given pattern. See the class
+ * description for the syntax of the pattern language.
+ * @param pattern a string specifying what characters are in the set
+ * @param options bitmask for options to apply to the pattern.
+ * Valid options are USET_IGNORE_SPACE and USET_CASE_INSENSITIVE.
+ * @param symbols a symbol table mapping variable names to values
+ * and stand-in characters to UnicodeSets; may be NULL
+ * @param status returns <code>U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR</code> if the pattern
+ * contains a syntax error.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ UnicodeSet(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ uint32_t options,
+ const SymbolTable* symbols,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a set from the given pattern. See the class description
+ * for the syntax of the pattern language.
+ * @param pattern a string specifying what characters are in the set
+ * @param pos on input, the position in pattern at which to start parsing.
+ * On output, the position after the last character parsed.
+ * @param options bitmask for options to apply to the pattern.
+ * Valid options are USET_IGNORE_SPACE and USET_CASE_INSENSITIVE.
+ * @param symbols a symbol table mapping variable names to values
+ * and stand-in characters to UnicodeSets; may be NULL
+ * @param status input-output error code
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ UnicodeSet(const UnicodeString& pattern, ParsePosition& pos,
+ uint32_t options,
+ const SymbolTable* symbols,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a set that is identical to the given UnicodeSet.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeSet(const UnicodeSet& o);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructs the set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~UnicodeSet();
+
+ /**
+ * Assigns this object to be a copy of another.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& operator=(const UnicodeSet& o);
+
+ /**
+ * Compares the specified object with this set for equality. Returns
+ * <tt>true</tt> if the two sets
+ * have the same size, and every member of the specified set is
+ * contained in this set (or equivalently, every member of this set is
+ * contained in the specified set).
+ *
+ * @param o set to be compared for equality with this set.
+ * @return <tt>true</tt> if the specified set is equal to this set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const UnicodeSet& o) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compares the specified object with this set for equality. Returns
+ * <tt>true</tt> if the specified set is not equal to this set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool operator!=(const UnicodeSet& o) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a copy of this object. All UnicodeFunctor objects have
+ * to support cloning in order to allow classes using
+ * UnicodeFunctors, such as Transliterator, to implement cloning.
+ * If this set is frozen, then the clone will be frozen as well.
+ * Use cloneAsThawed() for a mutable clone of a frozen set.
+ * @see cloneAsThawed
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeFunctor* clone() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the hash code value for this set.
+ *
+ * @return the hash code value for this set.
+ * @see Object#hashCode()
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t hashCode(void) const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Freezable API
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Determines whether the set has been frozen (made immutable) or not.
+ * See the ICU4J Freezable interface for details.
+ * @return TRUE/FALSE for whether the set has been frozen
+ * @see freeze
+ * @see cloneAsThawed
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ inline UBool isFrozen() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Freeze the set (make it immutable).
+ * Once frozen, it cannot be unfrozen and is therefore thread-safe
+ * until it is deleted.
+ * See the ICU4J Freezable interface for details.
+ * Freezing the set may also make some operations faster, for example
+ * contains() and span().
+ * A frozen set will not be modified. (It remains frozen.)
+ * @return this set.
+ * @see isFrozen
+ * @see cloneAsThawed
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeFunctor *freeze();
+
+ /**
+ * Clone the set and make the clone mutable.
+ * See the ICU4J Freezable interface for details.
+ * @return the mutable clone
+ * @see freeze
+ * @see isFrozen
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeFunctor *cloneAsThawed() const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Public API
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ /**
+ * Make this object represent the range <code>start - end</code>.
+ * If <code>end > start</code> then this object is set to an
+ * an empty range.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param start first character in the set, inclusive
+ * @param end last character in the set, inclusive
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& set(UChar32 start, UChar32 end);
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given position, in the given pattern, appears
+ * to be the start of a UnicodeSet pattern.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static UBool resemblesPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ int32_t pos);
+
+ /**
+ * Modifies this set to represent the set specified by the given
+ * pattern, optionally ignoring white space. See the class
+ * description for the syntax of the pattern language.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param pattern a string specifying what characters are in the set
+ * @param status returns <code>U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR</code> if the pattern
+ * contains a syntax error.
+ * <em> Empties the set passed before applying the pattern.</em>
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& applyPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Modifies this set to represent the set specified by the given
+ * pattern, optionally ignoring white space. See the class
+ * description for the syntax of the pattern language.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param pattern a string specifying what characters are in the set
+ * @param options bitmask for options to apply to the pattern.
+ * Valid options are USET_IGNORE_SPACE and USET_CASE_INSENSITIVE.
+ * @param symbols a symbol table mapping variable names to
+ * values and stand-ins to UnicodeSets; may be NULL
+ * @param status returns <code>U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR</code> if the pattern
+ * contains a syntax error.
+ *<em> Empties the set passed before applying the pattern.</em>
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @internal
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& applyPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ uint32_t options,
+ const SymbolTable* symbols,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Parses the given pattern, starting at the given position. The
+ * character at pattern.charAt(pos.getIndex()) must be '[', or the
+ * parse fails. Parsing continues until the corresponding closing
+ * ']'. If a syntax error is encountered between the opening and
+ * closing brace, the parse fails. Upon return from a successful
+ * parse, the ParsePosition is updated to point to the character
+ * following the closing ']', and a StringBuffer containing a
+ * pairs list for the parsed pattern is returned. This method calls
+ * itself recursively to parse embedded subpatterns.
+ *<em> Empties the set passed before applying the pattern.</em>
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param pattern the string containing the pattern to be parsed.
+ * The portion of the string from pos.getIndex(), which must be a
+ * '[', to the corresponding closing ']', is parsed.
+ * @param pos upon entry, the position at which to being parsing.
+ * The character at pattern.charAt(pos.getIndex()) must be a '['.
+ * Upon return from a successful parse, pos.getIndex() is either
+ * the character after the closing ']' of the parsed pattern, or
+ * pattern.length() if the closing ']' is the last character of
+ * the pattern string.
+ * @param options bitmask for options to apply to the pattern.
+ * Valid options are USET_IGNORE_SPACE and USET_CASE_INSENSITIVE.
+ * @param symbols a symbol table mapping variable names to
+ * values and stand-ins to UnicodeSets; may be NULL
+ * @param status returns <code>U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR</code> if the pattern
+ * contains a syntax error.
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& applyPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ ParsePosition& pos,
+ uint32_t options,
+ const SymbolTable* symbols,
+ UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a string representation of this set. If the result of
+ * calling this function is passed to a UnicodeSet constructor, it
+ * will produce another set that is equal to this one.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param result the string to receive the rules. Previous
+ * contents will be deleted.
+ * @param escapeUnprintable if TRUE then convert unprintable
+ * character to their hex escape representations, \\uxxxx or
+ * \\Uxxxxxxxx. Unprintable characters are those other than
+ * U+000A, U+0020..U+007E.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeString& toPattern(UnicodeString& result,
+ UBool escapeUnprintable = FALSE) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Modifies this set to contain those code points which have the given value
+ * for the given binary or enumerated property, as returned by
+ * u_getIntPropertyValue. Prior contents of this set are lost.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param prop a property in the range UCHAR_BIN_START..UCHAR_BIN_LIMIT-1
+ * or UCHAR_INT_START..UCHAR_INT_LIMIT-1
+ * or UCHAR_MASK_START..UCHAR_MASK_LIMIT-1.
+ *
+ * @param value a value in the range u_getIntPropertyMinValue(prop)..
+ * u_getIntPropertyMaxValue(prop), with one exception. If prop is
+ * UCHAR_GENERAL_CATEGORY_MASK, then value should not be a UCharCategory, but
+ * rather a mask value produced by U_GET_GC_MASK(). This allows grouped
+ * categories such as [:L:] to be represented.
+ *
+ * @param ec error code input/output parameter
+ *
+ * @return a reference to this set
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& applyIntPropertyValue(UProperty prop,
+ int32_t value,
+ UErrorCode& ec);
+
+ /**
+ * Modifies this set to contain those code points which have the
+ * given value for the given property. Prior contents of this
+ * set are lost.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param prop a property alias, either short or long. The name is matched
+ * loosely. See PropertyAliases.txt for names and a description of loose
+ * matching. If the value string is empty, then this string is interpreted
+ * as either a General_Category value alias, a Script value alias, a binary
+ * property alias, or a special ID. Special IDs are matched loosely and
+ * correspond to the following sets:
+ *
+ * "ANY" = [\\u0000-\\U0010FFFF],
+ * "ASCII" = [\\u0000-\\u007F],
+ * "Assigned" = [:^Cn:].
+ *
+ * @param value a value alias, either short or long. The name is matched
+ * loosely. See PropertyValueAliases.txt for names and a description of
+ * loose matching. In addition to aliases listed, numeric values and
+ * canonical combining classes may be expressed numerically, e.g., ("nv",
+ * "0.5") or ("ccc", "220"). The value string may also be empty.
+ *
+ * @param ec error code input/output parameter
+ *
+ * @return a reference to this set
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& applyPropertyAlias(const UnicodeString& prop,
+ const UnicodeString& value,
+ UErrorCode& ec);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the number of elements in this set (its cardinality).
+ * Note than the elements of a set may include both individual
+ * codepoints and strings.
+ *
+ * @return the number of elements in this set (its cardinality).
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t size(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns <tt>true</tt> if this set contains no elements.
+ *
+ * @return <tt>true</tt> if this set contains no elements.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool isEmpty(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this set contains the given character.
+ * This function works faster with a frozen set.
+ * @param c character to be checked for containment
+ * @return true if the test condition is met
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool contains(UChar32 c) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this set contains every character
+ * of the given range.
+ * @param start first character, inclusive, of the range
+ * @param end last character, inclusive, of the range
+ * @return true if the test condition is met
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool contains(UChar32 start, UChar32 end) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns <tt>true</tt> if this set contains the given
+ * multicharacter string.
+ * @param s string to be checked for containment
+ * @return <tt>true</tt> if this set contains the specified string
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UBool contains(const UnicodeString& s) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this set contains all the characters and strings
+ * of the given set.
+ * @param c set to be checked for containment
+ * @return true if the test condition is met
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UBool containsAll(const UnicodeSet& c) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this set contains all the characters
+ * of the given string.
+ * @param s string containing characters to be checked for containment
+ * @return true if the test condition is met
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UBool containsAll(const UnicodeString& s) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this set contains none of the characters
+ * of the given range.
+ * @param start first character, inclusive, of the range
+ * @param end last character, inclusive, of the range
+ * @return true if the test condition is met
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UBool containsNone(UChar32 start, UChar32 end) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this set contains none of the characters and strings
+ * of the given set.
+ * @param c set to be checked for containment
+ * @return true if the test condition is met
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UBool containsNone(const UnicodeSet& c) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this set contains none of the characters
+ * of the given string.
+ * @param s string containing characters to be checked for containment
+ * @return true if the test condition is met
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UBool containsNone(const UnicodeString& s) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this set contains one or more of the characters
+ * in the given range.
+ * @param start first character, inclusive, of the range
+ * @param end last character, inclusive, of the range
+ * @return true if the condition is met
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ inline UBool containsSome(UChar32 start, UChar32 end) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this set contains one or more of the characters
+ * and strings of the given set.
+ * @param s The set to be checked for containment
+ * @return true if the condition is met
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ inline UBool containsSome(const UnicodeSet& s) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this set contains one or more of the characters
+ * of the given string.
+ * @param s string containing characters to be checked for containment
+ * @return true if the condition is met
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ inline UBool containsSome(const UnicodeString& s) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the length of the initial substring of the input string which
+ * consists only of characters and strings that are contained in this set
+ * (USET_SPAN_CONTAINED, USET_SPAN_SIMPLE),
+ * or only of characters and strings that are not contained
+ * in this set (USET_SPAN_NOT_CONTAINED).
+ * See USetSpanCondition for details.
+ * Similar to the strspn() C library function.
+ * Unpaired surrogates are treated according to contains() of their surrogate code points.
+ * This function works faster with a frozen set and with a non-negative string length argument.
+ * @param s start of the string
+ * @param length of the string; can be -1 for NUL-terminated
+ * @param spanCondition specifies the containment condition
+ * @return the length of the initial substring according to the spanCondition;
+ * 0 if the start of the string does not fit the spanCondition
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ * @see USetSpanCondition
+ */
+ int32_t span(const UChar *s, int32_t length, USetSpanCondition spanCondition) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the start of the trailing substring of the input string which
+ * consists only of characters and strings that are contained in this set
+ * (USET_SPAN_CONTAINED, USET_SPAN_SIMPLE),
+ * or only of characters and strings that are not contained
+ * in this set (USET_SPAN_NOT_CONTAINED).
+ * See USetSpanCondition for details.
+ * Unpaired surrogates are treated according to contains() of their surrogate code points.
+ * This function works faster with a frozen set and with a non-negative string length argument.
+ * @param s start of the string
+ * @param length of the string; can be -1 for NUL-terminated
+ * @param spanCondition specifies the containment condition
+ * @return the start of the trailing substring according to the spanCondition;
+ * the string length if the end of the string does not fit the spanCondition
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ * @see USetSpanCondition
+ */
+ int32_t spanBack(const UChar *s, int32_t length, USetSpanCondition spanCondition) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the length of the initial substring of the input string which
+ * consists only of characters and strings that are contained in this set
+ * (USET_SPAN_CONTAINED, USET_SPAN_SIMPLE),
+ * or only of characters and strings that are not contained
+ * in this set (USET_SPAN_NOT_CONTAINED).
+ * See USetSpanCondition for details.
+ * Similar to the strspn() C library function.
+ * Malformed byte sequences are treated according to contains(0xfffd).
+ * This function works faster with a frozen set and with a non-negative string length argument.
+ * @param s start of the string (UTF-8)
+ * @param length of the string; can be -1 for NUL-terminated
+ * @param spanCondition specifies the containment condition
+ * @return the length of the initial substring according to the spanCondition;
+ * 0 if the start of the string does not fit the spanCondition
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ * @see USetSpanCondition
+ */
+ int32_t spanUTF8(const char *s, int32_t length, USetSpanCondition spanCondition) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the start of the trailing substring of the input string which
+ * consists only of characters and strings that are contained in this set
+ * (USET_SPAN_CONTAINED, USET_SPAN_SIMPLE),
+ * or only of characters and strings that are not contained
+ * in this set (USET_SPAN_NOT_CONTAINED).
+ * See USetSpanCondition for details.
+ * Malformed byte sequences are treated according to contains(0xfffd).
+ * This function works faster with a frozen set and with a non-negative string length argument.
+ * @param s start of the string (UTF-8)
+ * @param length of the string; can be -1 for NUL-terminated
+ * @param spanCondition specifies the containment condition
+ * @return the start of the trailing substring according to the spanCondition;
+ * the string length if the end of the string does not fit the spanCondition
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ * @see USetSpanCondition
+ */
+ int32_t spanBackUTF8(const char *s, int32_t length, USetSpanCondition spanCondition) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Implement UnicodeMatcher::matches()
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UMatchDegree matches(const Replaceable& text,
+ int32_t& offset,
+ int32_t limit,
+ UBool incremental);
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Returns the longest match for s in text at the given position.
+ * If limit > start then match forward from start+1 to limit
+ * matching all characters except s.charAt(0). If limit < start,
+ * go backward starting from start-1 matching all characters
+ * except s.charAt(s.length()-1). This method assumes that the
+ * first character, text.charAt(start), matches s, so it does not
+ * check it.
+ * @param text the text to match
+ * @param start the first character to match. In the forward
+ * direction, text.charAt(start) is matched against s.charAt(0).
+ * In the reverse direction, it is matched against
+ * s.charAt(s.length()-1).
+ * @param limit the limit offset for matching, either last+1 in
+ * the forward direction, or last-1 in the reverse direction,
+ * where last is the index of the last character to match.
+ * @return If part of s matches up to the limit, return |limit -
+ * start|. If all of s matches before reaching the limit, return
+ * s.length(). If there is a mismatch between s and text, return
+ * 0
+ */
+ static int32_t matchRest(const Replaceable& text,
+ int32_t start, int32_t limit,
+ const UnicodeString& s);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the smallest value i such that c < list[i]. Caller
+ * must ensure that c is a legal value or this method will enter
+ * an infinite loop. This method performs a binary search.
+ * @param c a character in the range MIN_VALUE..MAX_VALUE
+ * inclusive
+ * @return the smallest integer i in the range 0..len-1,
+ * inclusive, such that c < list[i]
+ */
+ int32_t findCodePoint(UChar32 c) const;
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Implementation of UnicodeMatcher API. Union the set of all
+ * characters that may be matched by this object into the given
+ * set.
+ * @param toUnionTo the set into which to union the source characters
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual void addMatchSetTo(UnicodeSet& toUnionTo) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the index of the given character within this set, where
+ * the set is ordered by ascending code point. If the character
+ * is not in this set, return -1. The inverse of this method is
+ * <code>charAt()</code>.
+ * @return an index from 0..size()-1, or -1
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ int32_t indexOf(UChar32 c) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the character at the given index within this set, where
+ * the set is ordered by ascending code point. If the index is
+ * out of range, return (UChar32)-1. The inverse of this method is
+ * <code>indexOf()</code>.
+ * @param index an index from 0..size()-1
+ * @return the character at the given index, or (UChar32)-1.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UChar32 charAt(int32_t index) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Adds the specified range to this set if it is not already
+ * present. If this set already contains the specified range,
+ * the call leaves this set unchanged. If <code>end > start</code>
+ * then an empty range is added, leaving the set unchanged.
+ * This is equivalent to a boolean logic OR, or a set UNION.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param start first character, inclusive, of range to be added
+ * to this set.
+ * @param end last character, inclusive, of range to be added
+ * to this set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeSet& add(UChar32 start, UChar32 end);
+
+ /**
+ * Adds the specified character to this set if it is not already
+ * present. If this set already contains the specified character,
+ * the call leaves this set unchanged.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& add(UChar32 c);
+
+ /**
+ * Adds the specified multicharacter to this set if it is not already
+ * present. If this set already contains the multicharacter,
+ * the call leaves this set unchanged.
+ * Thus "ch" => {"ch"}
+ * <br><b>Warning: you cannot add an empty string ("") to a UnicodeSet.</b>
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param s the source string
+ * @return this object, for chaining
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& add(const UnicodeString& s);
+
+ private:
+ /**
+ * @return a code point IF the string consists of a single one.
+ * otherwise returns -1.
+ * @param string to test
+ */
+ static int32_t getSingleCP(const UnicodeString& s);
+
+ void _add(const UnicodeString& s);
+
+ public:
+ /**
+ * Adds each of the characters in this string to the set. Thus "ch" => {"c", "h"}
+ * If this set already any particular character, it has no effect on that character.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param s the source string
+ * @return this object, for chaining
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& addAll(const UnicodeString& s);
+
+ /**
+ * Retains EACH of the characters in this string. Note: "ch" == {"c", "h"}
+ * If this set already any particular character, it has no effect on that character.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param s the source string
+ * @return this object, for chaining
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& retainAll(const UnicodeString& s);
+
+ /**
+ * Complement EACH of the characters in this string. Note: "ch" == {"c", "h"}
+ * If this set already any particular character, it has no effect on that character.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param s the source string
+ * @return this object, for chaining
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& complementAll(const UnicodeString& s);
+
+ /**
+ * Remove EACH of the characters in this string. Note: "ch" == {"c", "h"}
+ * If this set already any particular character, it has no effect on that character.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param s the source string
+ * @return this object, for chaining
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& removeAll(const UnicodeString& s);
+
+ /**
+ * Makes a set from a multicharacter string. Thus "ch" => {"ch"}
+ * <br><b>Warning: you cannot add an empty string ("") to a UnicodeSet.</b>
+ * @param s the source string
+ * @return a newly created set containing the given string.
+ * The caller owns the return object and is responsible for deleting it.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static UnicodeSet* U_EXPORT2 createFrom(const UnicodeString& s);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Makes a set from each of the characters in the string. Thus "ch" => {"c", "h"}
+ * @param s the source string
+ * @return a newly created set containing the given characters
+ * The caller owns the return object and is responsible for deleting it.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static UnicodeSet* U_EXPORT2 createFromAll(const UnicodeString& s);
+
+ /**
+ * Retain only the elements in this set that are contained in the
+ * specified range. If <code>end > start</code> then an empty range is
+ * retained, leaving the set empty. This is equivalent to
+ * a boolean logic AND, or a set INTERSECTION.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param start first character, inclusive, of range to be retained
+ * to this set.
+ * @param end last character, inclusive, of range to be retained
+ * to this set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeSet& retain(UChar32 start, UChar32 end);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Retain the specified character from this set if it is present.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& retain(UChar32 c);
+
+ /**
+ * Removes the specified range from this set if it is present.
+ * The set will not contain the specified range once the call
+ * returns. If <code>end > start</code> then an empty range is
+ * removed, leaving the set unchanged.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param start first character, inclusive, of range to be removed
+ * from this set.
+ * @param end last character, inclusive, of range to be removed
+ * from this set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeSet& remove(UChar32 start, UChar32 end);
+
+ /**
+ * Removes the specified character from this set if it is present.
+ * The set will not contain the specified range once the call
+ * returns.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& remove(UChar32 c);
+
+ /**
+ * Removes the specified string from this set if it is present.
+ * The set will not contain the specified character once the call
+ * returns.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param s the source string
+ * @return this object, for chaining
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& remove(const UnicodeString& s);
+
+ /**
+ * Inverts this set. This operation modifies this set so that
+ * its value is its complement. This is equivalent to
+ * <code>complement(MIN_VALUE, MAX_VALUE)</code>.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeSet& complement(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Complements the specified range in this set. Any character in
+ * the range will be removed if it is in this set, or will be
+ * added if it is not in this set. If <code>end > start</code>
+ * then an empty range is complemented, leaving the set unchanged.
+ * This is equivalent to a boolean logic XOR.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param start first character, inclusive, of range to be removed
+ * from this set.
+ * @param end last character, inclusive, of range to be removed
+ * from this set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeSet& complement(UChar32 start, UChar32 end);
+
+ /**
+ * Complements the specified character in this set. The character
+ * will be removed if it is in this set, or will be added if it is
+ * not in this set.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& complement(UChar32 c);
+
+ /**
+ * Complement the specified string in this set.
+ * The set will not contain the specified string once the call
+ * returns.
+ * <br><b>Warning: you cannot add an empty string ("") to a UnicodeSet.</b>
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param s the string to complement
+ * @return this object, for chaining
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& complement(const UnicodeString& s);
+
+ /**
+ * Adds all of the elements in the specified set to this set if
+ * they're not already present. This operation effectively
+ * modifies this set so that its value is the <i>union</i> of the two
+ * sets. The behavior of this operation is unspecified if the specified
+ * collection is modified while the operation is in progress.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param c set whose elements are to be added to this set.
+ * @see #add(UChar32, UChar32)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeSet& addAll(const UnicodeSet& c);
+
+ /**
+ * Retains only the elements in this set that are contained in the
+ * specified set. In other words, removes from this set all of
+ * its elements that are not contained in the specified set. This
+ * operation effectively modifies this set so that its value is
+ * the <i>intersection</i> of the two sets.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param c set that defines which elements this set will retain.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeSet& retainAll(const UnicodeSet& c);
+
+ /**
+ * Removes from this set all of its elements that are contained in the
+ * specified set. This operation effectively modifies this
+ * set so that its value is the <i>asymmetric set difference</i> of
+ * the two sets.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param c set that defines which elements will be removed from
+ * this set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeSet& removeAll(const UnicodeSet& c);
+
+ /**
+ * Complements in this set all elements contained in the specified
+ * set. Any character in the other set will be removed if it is
+ * in this set, or will be added if it is not in this set.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param c set that defines which elements will be xor'ed from
+ * this set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeSet& complementAll(const UnicodeSet& c);
+
+ /**
+ * Removes all of the elements from this set. This set will be
+ * empty after this call returns.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeSet& clear(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Close this set over the given attribute. For the attribute
+ * USET_CASE, the result is to modify this set so that:
+ *
+ * 1. For each character or string 'a' in this set, all strings or
+ * characters 'b' such that foldCase(a) == foldCase(b) are added
+ * to this set.
+ *
+ * 2. For each string 'e' in the resulting set, if e !=
+ * foldCase(e), 'e' will be removed.
+ *
+ * Example: [aq\\u00DF{Bc}{bC}{Fi}] => [aAqQ\\u00DF\\uFB01{ss}{bc}{fi}]
+ *
+ * (Here foldCase(x) refers to the operation u_strFoldCase, and a
+ * == b denotes that the contents are the same, not pointer
+ * comparison.)
+ *
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param attribute bitmask for attributes to close over.
+ * Currently only the USET_CASE bit is supported. Any undefined bits
+ * are ignored.
+ * @return a reference to this set.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& closeOver(int32_t attribute);
+
+ /**
+ * Remove all strings from this set.
+ *
+ * @return a reference to this set.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeSet &removeAllStrings();
+
+ /**
+ * Iteration method that returns the number of ranges contained in
+ * this set.
+ * @see #getRangeStart
+ * @see #getRangeEnd
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getRangeCount(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Iteration method that returns the first character in the
+ * specified range of this set.
+ * @see #getRangeCount
+ * @see #getRangeEnd
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 getRangeStart(int32_t index) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Iteration method that returns the last character in the
+ * specified range of this set.
+ * @see #getRangeStart
+ * @see #getRangeEnd
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 getRangeEnd(int32_t index) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Serializes this set into an array of 16-bit integers. Serialization
+ * (currently) only records the characters in the set; multicharacter
+ * strings are ignored.
+ *
+ * The array has following format (each line is one 16-bit
+ * integer):
+ *
+ * length = (n+2*m) | (m!=0?0x8000:0)
+ * bmpLength = n; present if m!=0
+ * bmp[0]
+ * bmp[1]
+ * ...
+ * bmp[n-1]
+ * supp-high[0]
+ * supp-low[0]
+ * supp-high[1]
+ * supp-low[1]
+ * ...
+ * supp-high[m-1]
+ * supp-low[m-1]
+ *
+ * The array starts with a header. After the header are n bmp
+ * code points, then m supplementary code points. Either n or m
+ * or both may be zero. n+2*m is always <= 0x7FFF.
+ *
+ * If there are no supplementary characters (if m==0) then the
+ * header is one 16-bit integer, 'length', with value n.
+ *
+ * If there are supplementary characters (if m!=0) then the header
+ * is two 16-bit integers. The first, 'length', has value
+ * (n+2*m)|0x8000. The second, 'bmpLength', has value n.
+ *
+ * After the header the code points are stored in ascending order.
+ * Supplementary code points are stored as most significant 16
+ * bits followed by least significant 16 bits.
+ *
+ * @param dest pointer to buffer of destCapacity 16-bit integers.
+ * May be NULL only if destCapacity is zero.
+ * @param destCapacity size of dest, or zero. Must not be negative.
+ * @param ec error code. Will be set to U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR
+ * if n+2*m > 0x7FFF. Will be set to U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR if
+ * n+2*m+(m!=0?2:1) > destCapacity.
+ * @return the total length of the serialized format, including
+ * the header, that is, n+2*m+(m!=0?2:1), or 0 on error other
+ * than U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ int32_t serialize(uint16_t *dest, int32_t destCapacity, UErrorCode& ec) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Reallocate this objects internal structures to take up the least
+ * possible space, without changing this object's value.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UnicodeSet& compact();
+
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for
+ * comparing to a return value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * . Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * . if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * . Derived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ * </pre>
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Implement UnicodeFunctor API.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a given
+ * class have the same class ID. Objects of other classes have
+ * different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+
+private:
+
+ // Private API for the USet API
+
+ friend class USetAccess;
+
+ int32_t getStringCount() const;
+
+ const UnicodeString* getString(int32_t index) const;
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------
+ // RuleBasedTransliterator support
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+private:
+
+ /**
+ * Returns <tt>true</tt> if this set contains any character whose low byte
+ * is the given value. This is used by <tt>RuleBasedTransliterator</tt> for
+ * indexing.
+ */
+ virtual UBool matchesIndexValue(uint8_t v) const;
+
+private:
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Implementation: Clone as thawed (see ICU4J Freezable)
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ UnicodeSet(const UnicodeSet& o, UBool /* asThawed */);
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Implementation: Pattern parsing
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ void applyPattern(RuleCharacterIterator& chars,
+ const SymbolTable* symbols,
+ UnicodeString& rebuiltPat,
+ uint32_t options,
+ UErrorCode& ec);
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Implementation: Utility methods
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ void ensureCapacity(int32_t newLen, UErrorCode& ec);
+
+ void ensureBufferCapacity(int32_t newLen, UErrorCode& ec);
+
+ void swapBuffers(void);
+
+ UBool allocateStrings(UErrorCode &status);
+
+ UnicodeString& _toPattern(UnicodeString& result,
+ UBool escapeUnprintable) const;
+
+ UnicodeString& _generatePattern(UnicodeString& result,
+ UBool escapeUnprintable) const;
+
+ static void _appendToPat(UnicodeString& buf, const UnicodeString& s, UBool escapeUnprintable);
+
+ static void _appendToPat(UnicodeString& buf, UChar32 c, UBool escapeUnprintable);
+
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Implementation: Fundamental operators
+ //----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ void exclusiveOr(const UChar32* other, int32_t otherLen, int8_t polarity);
+
+ void add(const UChar32* other, int32_t otherLen, int8_t polarity);
+
+ void retain(const UChar32* other, int32_t otherLen, int8_t polarity);
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given position, in the given pattern, appears
+ * to be the start of a property set pattern [:foo:], \\p{foo}, or
+ * \\P{foo}, or \\N{name}.
+ */
+ static UBool resemblesPropertyPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ int32_t pos);
+
+ static UBool resemblesPropertyPattern(RuleCharacterIterator& chars,
+ int32_t iterOpts);
+
+ /**
+ * Parse the given property pattern at the given parse position
+ * and set this UnicodeSet to the result.
+ *
+ * The original design document is out of date, but still useful.
+ * Ignore the property and value names:
+ * http://source.icu-project.org/repos/icu/icuhtml/trunk/design/unicodeset_properties.html
+ *
+ * Recognized syntax:
+ *
+ * [:foo:] [:^foo:] - white space not allowed within "[:" or ":]"
+ * \\p{foo} \\P{foo} - white space not allowed within "\\p" or "\\P"
+ * \\N{name} - white space not allowed within "\\N"
+ *
+ * Other than the above restrictions, white space is ignored. Case
+ * is ignored except in "\\p" and "\\P" and "\\N". In 'name' leading
+ * and trailing space is deleted, and internal runs of whitespace
+ * are collapsed to a single space.
+ *
+ * We support binary properties, enumerated properties, and the
+ * following non-enumerated properties:
+ *
+ * Numeric_Value
+ * Name
+ * Unicode_1_Name
+ *
+ * @param pattern the pattern string
+ * @param ppos on entry, the position at which to begin parsing.
+ * This should be one of the locations marked '^':
+ *
+ * [:blah:] \\p{blah} \\P{blah} \\N{name}
+ * ^ % ^ % ^ % ^ %
+ *
+ * On return, the position after the last character parsed, that is,
+ * the locations marked '%'. If the parse fails, ppos is returned
+ * unchanged.
+ * @return a reference to this.
+ */
+ UnicodeSet& applyPropertyPattern(const UnicodeString& pattern,
+ ParsePosition& ppos,
+ UErrorCode &ec);
+
+ void applyPropertyPattern(RuleCharacterIterator& chars,
+ UnicodeString& rebuiltPat,
+ UErrorCode& ec);
+
+ static const UnicodeSet* getInclusions(int32_t src, UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * A filter that returns TRUE if the given code point should be
+ * included in the UnicodeSet being constructed.
+ */
+ typedef UBool (*Filter)(UChar32 codePoint, void* context);
+
+ /**
+ * Given a filter, set this UnicodeSet to the code points
+ * contained by that filter. The filter MUST be
+ * property-conformant. That is, if it returns value v for one
+ * code point, then it must return v for all affiliated code
+ * points, as defined by the inclusions list. See
+ * getInclusions().
+ * src is a UPropertySource value.
+ */
+ void applyFilter(Filter filter,
+ void* context,
+ int32_t src,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the new pattern to cache.
+ */
+ void setPattern(const UnicodeString& newPat);
+ /**
+ * Release existing cached pattern.
+ */
+ void releasePattern();
+
+ friend class UnicodeSetIterator;
+};
+
+inline UBool UnicodeSet::operator!=(const UnicodeSet& o) const {
+ return !operator==(o);
+}
+
+inline UBool UnicodeSet::isFrozen() const {
+ return (UBool)(bmpSet!=NULL || stringSpan!=NULL);
+}
+
+inline UBool UnicodeSet::containsSome(UChar32 start, UChar32 end) const {
+ return !containsNone(start, end);
+}
+
+inline UBool UnicodeSet::containsSome(const UnicodeSet& s) const {
+ return !containsNone(s);
+}
+
+inline UBool UnicodeSet::containsSome(const UnicodeString& s) const {
+ return !containsNone(s);
+}
+
+inline UBool UnicodeSet::isBogus() const {
+ return (UBool)(fFlags & kIsBogus);
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unistr.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unistr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a96bdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unistr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,4230 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1998-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+*
+* File unistr.h
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 09/25/98 stephen Creation.
+* 11/11/98 stephen Changed per 11/9 code review.
+* 04/20/99 stephen Overhauled per 4/16 code review.
+* 11/18/99 aliu Made to inherit from Replaceable. Added method
+* handleReplaceBetween(); other methods unchanged.
+* 06/25/01 grhoten Remove dependency on iostream.
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef UNISTR_H
+#define UNISTR_H
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Unicode String
+ */
+
+#include "unicode/rep.h"
+
+struct UConverter; // unicode/ucnv.h
+class StringThreadTest;
+
+#ifndef U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER
+/* see also ustring.h and unorm.h */
+/**
+ * Option bit for u_strCaseCompare, u_strcasecmp, unorm_compare, etc:
+ * Compare strings in code point order instead of code unit order.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+#define U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER 0x8000
+#endif
+
+#ifndef USTRING_H
+/**
+ * \ingroup ustring_ustrlen
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strlen(const UChar *s);
+#endif
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class Locale; // unicode/locid.h
+class StringCharacterIterator;
+class BreakIterator; // unicode/brkiter.h
+
+/* The <iostream> include has been moved to unicode/ustream.h */
+
+/**
+ * Constant to be used in the UnicodeString(char *, int32_t, EInvariant) constructor
+ * which constructs a Unicode string from an invariant-character char * string.
+ * About invariant characters see utypes.h.
+ * This constructor has no runtime dependency on conversion code and is
+ * therefore recommended over ones taking a charset name string
+ * (where the empty string "" indicates invariant-character conversion).
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+#define US_INV U_NAMESPACE_QUALIFIER UnicodeString::kInvariant
+
+/**
+ * Unicode String literals in C++.
+ * Dependent on the platform properties, different UnicodeString
+ * constructors should be used to create a UnicodeString object from
+ * a string literal.
+ * The macros are defined for maximum performance.
+ * They work only for strings that contain "invariant characters", i.e.,
+ * only latin letters, digits, and some punctuation.
+ * See utypes.h for details.
+ *
+ * The string parameter must be a C string literal.
+ * The length of the string, not including the terminating
+ * <code>NUL</code>, must be specified as a constant.
+ * The U_STRING_DECL macro should be invoked exactly once for one
+ * such string variable before it is used.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#if defined(U_DECLARE_UTF16)
+# define UNICODE_STRING(cs, _length) U_NAMESPACE_QUALIFIER UnicodeString(TRUE, (const UChar *)U_DECLARE_UTF16(cs), _length)
+#elif U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T==U_SIZEOF_UCHAR && (U_CHARSET_FAMILY==U_ASCII_FAMILY || (U_SIZEOF_UCHAR == 2 && defined(U_WCHAR_IS_UTF16)))
+# define UNICODE_STRING(cs, _length) U_NAMESPACE_QUALIFIER UnicodeString(TRUE, (const UChar *)L ## cs, _length)
+#elif U_SIZEOF_UCHAR==1 && U_CHARSET_FAMILY==U_ASCII_FAMILY
+# define UNICODE_STRING(cs, _length) U_NAMESPACE_QUALIFIER UnicodeString(TRUE, (const UChar *)cs, _length)
+#else
+# define UNICODE_STRING(cs, _length) U_NAMESPACE_QUALIFIER UnicodeString(cs, _length, US_INV)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Unicode String literals in C++.
+ * Dependent on the platform properties, different UnicodeString
+ * constructors should be used to create a UnicodeString object from
+ * a string literal.
+ * The macros are defined for improved performance.
+ * They work only for strings that contain "invariant characters", i.e.,
+ * only latin letters, digits, and some punctuation.
+ * See utypes.h for details.
+ *
+ * The string parameter must be a C string literal.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define UNICODE_STRING_SIMPLE(cs) UNICODE_STRING(cs, -1)
+
+/**
+ * UnicodeString is a string class that stores Unicode characters directly and provides
+ * similar functionality as the Java String and StringBuffer classes.
+ * It is a concrete implementation of the abstract class Replaceable (for transliteration).
+ *
+ * The UnicodeString class is not suitable for subclassing.
+ *
+ * <p>For an overview of Unicode strings in C and C++ see the
+ * <a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/strings.html">User Guide Strings chapter</a>.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>In ICU, a Unicode string consists of 16-bit Unicode <em>code units</em>.
+ * A Unicode character may be stored with either one code unit
+ * (the most common case) or with a matched pair of special code units
+ * ("surrogates"). The data type for code units is UChar.
+ * For single-character handling, a Unicode character code <em>point</em> is a value
+ * in the range 0..0x10ffff. ICU uses the UChar32 type for code points.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Indexes and offsets into and lengths of strings always count code units, not code points.
+ * This is the same as with multi-byte char* strings in traditional string handling.
+ * Operations on partial strings typically do not test for code point boundaries.
+ * If necessary, the user needs to take care of such boundaries by testing for the code unit
+ * values or by using functions like
+ * UnicodeString::getChar32Start() and UnicodeString::getChar32Limit()
+ * (or, in C, the equivalent macros U16_SET_CP_START() and U16_SET_CP_LIMIT(), see utf.h).</p>
+ *
+ * UnicodeString methods are more lenient with regard to input parameter values
+ * than other ICU APIs. In particular:
+ * - If indexes are out of bounds for a UnicodeString object
+ * (<0 or >length()) then they are "pinned" to the nearest boundary.
+ * - If primitive string pointer values (e.g., const UChar * or char *)
+ * for input strings are NULL, then those input string parameters are treated
+ * as if they pointed to an empty string.
+ * However, this is <em>not</em> the case for char * parameters for charset names
+ * or other IDs.
+ * - Most UnicodeString methods do not take a UErrorCode parameter because
+ * there are usually very few opportunities for failure other than a shortage
+ * of memory, error codes in low-level C++ string methods would be inconvenient,
+ * and the error code as the last parameter (ICU convention) would prevent
+ * the use of default parameter values.
+ * Instead, such methods set the UnicodeString into a "bogus" state
+ * (see isBogus()) if an error occurs.
+ *
+ * In string comparisons, two UnicodeString objects that are both "bogus"
+ * compare equal (to be transitive and prevent endless loops in sorting),
+ * and a "bogus" string compares less than any non-"bogus" one.
+ *
+ * Const UnicodeString methods are thread-safe. Multiple threads can use
+ * const methods on the same UnicodeString object simultaneously,
+ * but non-const methods must not be called concurrently (in multiple threads)
+ * with any other (const or non-const) methods.
+ *
+ * Similarly, const UnicodeString & parameters are thread-safe.
+ * One object may be passed in as such a parameter concurrently in multiple threads.
+ * This includes the const UnicodeString & parameters for
+ * copy construction, assignment, and cloning.
+ *
+ * <p>UnicodeString uses several storage methods.
+ * String contents can be stored inside the UnicodeString object itself,
+ * in an allocated and shared buffer, or in an outside buffer that is "aliased".
+ * Most of this is done transparently, but careful aliasing in particular provides
+ * significant performance improvements.
+ * Also, the internal buffer is accessible via special functions.
+ * For details see the
+ * <a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/strings.html">User Guide Strings chapter</a>.</p>
+ *
+ * @see utf.h
+ * @see CharacterIterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API UnicodeString : public Replaceable
+{
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Constant to be used in the UnicodeString(char *, int32_t, EInvariant) constructor
+ * which constructs a Unicode string from an invariant-character char * string.
+ * Use the macro US_INV instead of the full qualification for this value.
+ *
+ * @see US_INV
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ enum EInvariant {
+ /**
+ * @see EInvariant
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ kInvariant
+ };
+
+ //========================================
+ // Read-only operations
+ //========================================
+
+ /* Comparison - bitwise only - for international comparison use collation */
+
+ /**
+ * Equality operator. Performs only bitwise comparison.
+ * @param text The UnicodeString to compare to this one.
+ * @return TRUE if <TT>text</TT> contains the same characters as this one,
+ * FALSE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool operator== (const UnicodeString& text) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Inequality operator. Performs only bitwise comparison.
+ * @param text The UnicodeString to compare to this one.
+ * @return FALSE if <TT>text</TT> contains the same characters as this one,
+ * TRUE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool operator!= (const UnicodeString& text) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Greater than operator. Performs only bitwise comparison.
+ * @param text The UnicodeString to compare to this one.
+ * @return TRUE if the characters in this are bitwise
+ * greater than the characters in <code>text</code>, FALSE otherwise
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool operator> (const UnicodeString& text) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Less than operator. Performs only bitwise comparison.
+ * @param text The UnicodeString to compare to this one.
+ * @return TRUE if the characters in this are bitwise
+ * less than the characters in <code>text</code>, FALSE otherwise
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool operator< (const UnicodeString& text) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Greater than or equal operator. Performs only bitwise comparison.
+ * @param text The UnicodeString to compare to this one.
+ * @return TRUE if the characters in this are bitwise
+ * greater than or equal to the characters in <code>text</code>, FALSE otherwise
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool operator>= (const UnicodeString& text) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Less than or equal operator. Performs only bitwise comparison.
+ * @param text The UnicodeString to compare to this one.
+ * @return TRUE if the characters in this are bitwise
+ * less than or equal to the characters in <code>text</code>, FALSE otherwise
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool operator<= (const UnicodeString& text) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare the characters bitwise in this UnicodeString to
+ * the characters in <code>text</code>.
+ * @param text The UnicodeString to compare to this one.
+ * @return The result of bitwise character comparison: 0 if this
+ * contains the same characters as <code>text</code>, -1 if the characters in
+ * this are bitwise less than the characters in <code>text</code>, +1 if the
+ * characters in this are bitwise greater than the characters
+ * in <code>text</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t compare(const UnicodeString& text) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare the characters bitwise in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) with the characters
+ * in <TT>text</TT>
+ * @param start the offset at which the compare operation begins
+ * @param length the number of characters of text to compare.
+ * @param text the other text to be compared against this string.
+ * @return The result of bitwise character comparison: 0 if this
+ * contains the same characters as <code>text</code>, -1 if the characters in
+ * this are bitwise less than the characters in <code>text</code>, +1 if the
+ * characters in this are bitwise greater than the characters
+ * in <code>text</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t compare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UnicodeString& text) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare the characters bitwise in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) with the characters
+ * in <TT>srcText</TT> in the range
+ * [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>).
+ * @param start the offset at which the compare operation begins
+ * @param length the number of characters in this to compare.
+ * @param srcText the text to be compared
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcText</TT> to start comparison
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>src</TT> to compare
+ * @return The result of bitwise character comparison: 0 if this
+ * contains the same characters as <code>srcText</code>, -1 if the characters in
+ * this are bitwise less than the characters in <code>srcText</code>, +1 if the
+ * characters in this are bitwise greater than the characters
+ * in <code>srcText</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t compare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare the characters bitwise in this UnicodeString with the first
+ * <TT>srcLength</TT> characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>.
+ * @param srcChars The characters to compare to this UnicodeString.
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcChars</TT> to compare
+ * @return The result of bitwise character comparison: 0 if this
+ * contains the same characters as <code>srcChars</code>, -1 if the characters in
+ * this are bitwise less than the characters in <code>srcChars</code>, +1 if the
+ * characters in this are bitwise greater than the characters
+ * in <code>srcChars</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t compare(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare the characters bitwise in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) with the first
+ * <TT>length</TT> characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>
+ * @param start the offset at which the compare operation begins
+ * @param length the number of characters to compare.
+ * @param srcChars the characters to be compared
+ * @return The result of bitwise character comparison: 0 if this
+ * contains the same characters as <code>srcChars</code>, -1 if the characters in
+ * this are bitwise less than the characters in <code>srcChars</code>, +1 if the
+ * characters in this are bitwise greater than the characters
+ * in <code>srcChars</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t compare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UChar *srcChars) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare the characters bitwise in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) with the characters
+ * in <TT>srcChars</TT> in the range
+ * [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>).
+ * @param start the offset at which the compare operation begins
+ * @param length the number of characters in this to compare
+ * @param srcChars the characters to be compared
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcChars</TT> to start comparison
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcChars</TT> to compare
+ * @return The result of bitwise character comparison: 0 if this
+ * contains the same characters as <code>srcChars</code>, -1 if the characters in
+ * this are bitwise less than the characters in <code>srcChars</code>, +1 if the
+ * characters in this are bitwise greater than the characters
+ * in <code>srcChars</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t compare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare the characters bitwise in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>limit</TT>) with the characters
+ * in <TT>srcText</TT> in the range
+ * [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcLimit</TT>).
+ * @param start the offset at which the compare operation begins
+ * @param limit the offset immediately following the compare operation
+ * @param srcText the text to be compared
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcText</TT> to start comparison
+ * @param srcLimit the offset into <TT>srcText</TT> to limit comparison
+ * @return The result of bitwise character comparison: 0 if this
+ * contains the same characters as <code>srcText</code>, -1 if the characters in
+ * this are bitwise less than the characters in <code>srcText</code>, +1 if the
+ * characters in this are bitwise greater than the characters
+ * in <code>srcText</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t compareBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLimit) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare two Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * The result may be different from the results of compare(), operator<, etc.
+ * if supplementary characters are present:
+ *
+ * In UTF-16, supplementary characters (with code points U+10000 and above) are
+ * stored with pairs of surrogate code units. These have values from 0xd800 to 0xdfff,
+ * which means that they compare as less than some other BMP characters like U+feff.
+ * This function compares Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * If either of the UTF-16 strings is malformed (i.e., it contains unpaired surrogates), then the result is not defined.
+ *
+ * @param text Another string to compare this one to.
+ * @return a negative/zero/positive integer corresponding to whether
+ * this string is less than/equal to/greater than the second one
+ * in code point order
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t compareCodePointOrder(const UnicodeString& text) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare two Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * The result may be different from the results of compare(), operator<, etc.
+ * if supplementary characters are present:
+ *
+ * In UTF-16, supplementary characters (with code points U+10000 and above) are
+ * stored with pairs of surrogate code units. These have values from 0xd800 to 0xdfff,
+ * which means that they compare as less than some other BMP characters like U+feff.
+ * This function compares Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * If either of the UTF-16 strings is malformed (i.e., it contains unpaired surrogates), then the result is not defined.
+ *
+ * @param start The start offset in this string at which the compare operation begins.
+ * @param length The number of code units from this string to compare.
+ * @param srcText Another string to compare this one to.
+ * @return a negative/zero/positive integer corresponding to whether
+ * this string is less than/equal to/greater than the second one
+ * in code point order
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t compareCodePointOrder(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare two Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * The result may be different from the results of compare(), operator<, etc.
+ * if supplementary characters are present:
+ *
+ * In UTF-16, supplementary characters (with code points U+10000 and above) are
+ * stored with pairs of surrogate code units. These have values from 0xd800 to 0xdfff,
+ * which means that they compare as less than some other BMP characters like U+feff.
+ * This function compares Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * If either of the UTF-16 strings is malformed (i.e., it contains unpaired surrogates), then the result is not defined.
+ *
+ * @param start The start offset in this string at which the compare operation begins.
+ * @param length The number of code units from this string to compare.
+ * @param srcText Another string to compare this one to.
+ * @param srcStart The start offset in that string at which the compare operation begins.
+ * @param srcLength The number of code units from that string to compare.
+ * @return a negative/zero/positive integer corresponding to whether
+ * this string is less than/equal to/greater than the second one
+ * in code point order
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t compareCodePointOrder(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare two Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * The result may be different from the results of compare(), operator<, etc.
+ * if supplementary characters are present:
+ *
+ * In UTF-16, supplementary characters (with code points U+10000 and above) are
+ * stored with pairs of surrogate code units. These have values from 0xd800 to 0xdfff,
+ * which means that they compare as less than some other BMP characters like U+feff.
+ * This function compares Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * If either of the UTF-16 strings is malformed (i.e., it contains unpaired surrogates), then the result is not defined.
+ *
+ * @param srcChars A pointer to another string to compare this one to.
+ * @param srcLength The number of code units from that string to compare.
+ * @return a negative/zero/positive integer corresponding to whether
+ * this string is less than/equal to/greater than the second one
+ * in code point order
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t compareCodePointOrder(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare two Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * The result may be different from the results of compare(), operator<, etc.
+ * if supplementary characters are present:
+ *
+ * In UTF-16, supplementary characters (with code points U+10000 and above) are
+ * stored with pairs of surrogate code units. These have values from 0xd800 to 0xdfff,
+ * which means that they compare as less than some other BMP characters like U+feff.
+ * This function compares Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * If either of the UTF-16 strings is malformed (i.e., it contains unpaired surrogates), then the result is not defined.
+ *
+ * @param start The start offset in this string at which the compare operation begins.
+ * @param length The number of code units from this string to compare.
+ * @param srcChars A pointer to another string to compare this one to.
+ * @return a negative/zero/positive integer corresponding to whether
+ * this string is less than/equal to/greater than the second one
+ * in code point order
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t compareCodePointOrder(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UChar *srcChars) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare two Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * The result may be different from the results of compare(), operator<, etc.
+ * if supplementary characters are present:
+ *
+ * In UTF-16, supplementary characters (with code points U+10000 and above) are
+ * stored with pairs of surrogate code units. These have values from 0xd800 to 0xdfff,
+ * which means that they compare as less than some other BMP characters like U+feff.
+ * This function compares Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * If either of the UTF-16 strings is malformed (i.e., it contains unpaired surrogates), then the result is not defined.
+ *
+ * @param start The start offset in this string at which the compare operation begins.
+ * @param length The number of code units from this string to compare.
+ * @param srcChars A pointer to another string to compare this one to.
+ * @param srcStart The start offset in that string at which the compare operation begins.
+ * @param srcLength The number of code units from that string to compare.
+ * @return a negative/zero/positive integer corresponding to whether
+ * this string is less than/equal to/greater than the second one
+ * in code point order
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t compareCodePointOrder(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare two Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * The result may be different from the results of compare(), operator<, etc.
+ * if supplementary characters are present:
+ *
+ * In UTF-16, supplementary characters (with code points U+10000 and above) are
+ * stored with pairs of surrogate code units. These have values from 0xd800 to 0xdfff,
+ * which means that they compare as less than some other BMP characters like U+feff.
+ * This function compares Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * If either of the UTF-16 strings is malformed (i.e., it contains unpaired surrogates), then the result is not defined.
+ *
+ * @param start The start offset in this string at which the compare operation begins.
+ * @param limit The offset after the last code unit from this string to compare.
+ * @param srcText Another string to compare this one to.
+ * @param srcStart The start offset in that string at which the compare operation begins.
+ * @param srcLimit The offset after the last code unit from that string to compare.
+ * @return a negative/zero/positive integer corresponding to whether
+ * this string is less than/equal to/greater than the second one
+ * in code point order
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t compareCodePointOrderBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLimit) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare two strings case-insensitively using full case folding.
+ * This is equivalent to this->foldCase(options).compare(text.foldCase(options)).
+ *
+ * @param text Another string to compare this one to.
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT or 0 is used for default options:
+ * Comparison in code unit order with default case folding.
+ *
+ * - U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER
+ * Set to choose code point order instead of code unit order
+ * (see u_strCompare for details).
+ *
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ *
+ * @return A negative, zero, or positive integer indicating the comparison result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t caseCompare(const UnicodeString& text, uint32_t options) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare two strings case-insensitively using full case folding.
+ * This is equivalent to this->foldCase(options).compare(srcText.foldCase(options)).
+ *
+ * @param start The start offset in this string at which the compare operation begins.
+ * @param length The number of code units from this string to compare.
+ * @param srcText Another string to compare this one to.
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT or 0 is used for default options:
+ * Comparison in code unit order with default case folding.
+ *
+ * - U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER
+ * Set to choose code point order instead of code unit order
+ * (see u_strCompare for details).
+ *
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ *
+ * @return A negative, zero, or positive integer indicating the comparison result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t caseCompare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ uint32_t options) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare two strings case-insensitively using full case folding.
+ * This is equivalent to this->foldCase(options).compare(srcText.foldCase(options)).
+ *
+ * @param start The start offset in this string at which the compare operation begins.
+ * @param length The number of code units from this string to compare.
+ * @param srcText Another string to compare this one to.
+ * @param srcStart The start offset in that string at which the compare operation begins.
+ * @param srcLength The number of code units from that string to compare.
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT or 0 is used for default options:
+ * Comparison in code unit order with default case folding.
+ *
+ * - U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER
+ * Set to choose code point order instead of code unit order
+ * (see u_strCompare for details).
+ *
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ *
+ * @return A negative, zero, or positive integer indicating the comparison result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t caseCompare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ uint32_t options) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare two strings case-insensitively using full case folding.
+ * This is equivalent to this->foldCase(options).compare(srcChars.foldCase(options)).
+ *
+ * @param srcChars A pointer to another string to compare this one to.
+ * @param srcLength The number of code units from that string to compare.
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT or 0 is used for default options:
+ * Comparison in code unit order with default case folding.
+ *
+ * - U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER
+ * Set to choose code point order instead of code unit order
+ * (see u_strCompare for details).
+ *
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ *
+ * @return A negative, zero, or positive integer indicating the comparison result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t caseCompare(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ uint32_t options) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare two strings case-insensitively using full case folding.
+ * This is equivalent to this->foldCase(options).compare(srcChars.foldCase(options)).
+ *
+ * @param start The start offset in this string at which the compare operation begins.
+ * @param length The number of code units from this string to compare.
+ * @param srcChars A pointer to another string to compare this one to.
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT or 0 is used for default options:
+ * Comparison in code unit order with default case folding.
+ *
+ * - U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER
+ * Set to choose code point order instead of code unit order
+ * (see u_strCompare for details).
+ *
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ *
+ * @return A negative, zero, or positive integer indicating the comparison result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t caseCompare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ uint32_t options) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare two strings case-insensitively using full case folding.
+ * This is equivalent to this->foldCase(options).compare(srcChars.foldCase(options)).
+ *
+ * @param start The start offset in this string at which the compare operation begins.
+ * @param length The number of code units from this string to compare.
+ * @param srcChars A pointer to another string to compare this one to.
+ * @param srcStart The start offset in that string at which the compare operation begins.
+ * @param srcLength The number of code units from that string to compare.
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT or 0 is used for default options:
+ * Comparison in code unit order with default case folding.
+ *
+ * - U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER
+ * Set to choose code point order instead of code unit order
+ * (see u_strCompare for details).
+ *
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ *
+ * @return A negative, zero, or positive integer indicating the comparison result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t caseCompare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ uint32_t options) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Compare two strings case-insensitively using full case folding.
+ * This is equivalent to this->foldCase(options).compareBetween(text.foldCase(options)).
+ *
+ * @param start The start offset in this string at which the compare operation begins.
+ * @param limit The offset after the last code unit from this string to compare.
+ * @param srcText Another string to compare this one to.
+ * @param srcStart The start offset in that string at which the compare operation begins.
+ * @param srcLimit The offset after the last code unit from that string to compare.
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT or 0 is used for default options:
+ * Comparison in code unit order with default case folding.
+ *
+ * - U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER
+ * Set to choose code point order instead of code unit order
+ * (see u_strCompare for details).
+ *
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ *
+ * @return A negative, zero, or positive integer indicating the comparison result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int8_t caseCompareBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLimit,
+ uint32_t options) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Determine if this starts with the characters in <TT>text</TT>
+ * @param text The text to match.
+ * @return TRUE if this starts with the characters in <TT>text</TT>,
+ * FALSE otherwise
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool startsWith(const UnicodeString& text) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Determine if this starts with the characters in <TT>srcText</TT>
+ * in the range [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>).
+ * @param srcText The text to match.
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcText</TT> to start matching
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcText</TT> to match
+ * @return TRUE if this starts with the characters in <TT>text</TT>,
+ * FALSE otherwise
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool startsWith(const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Determine if this starts with the characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>
+ * @param srcChars The characters to match.
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>
+ * @return TRUE if this starts with the characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>,
+ * FALSE otherwise
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool startsWith(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Determine if this ends with the characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>
+ * in the range [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>).
+ * @param srcChars The characters to match.
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcText</TT> to start matching
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcChars</TT> to match
+ * @return TRUE if this ends with the characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>, FALSE otherwise
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool startsWith(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Determine if this ends with the characters in <TT>text</TT>
+ * @param text The text to match.
+ * @return TRUE if this ends with the characters in <TT>text</TT>,
+ * FALSE otherwise
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool endsWith(const UnicodeString& text) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Determine if this ends with the characters in <TT>srcText</TT>
+ * in the range [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>).
+ * @param srcText The text to match.
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcText</TT> to start matching
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcText</TT> to match
+ * @return TRUE if this ends with the characters in <TT>text</TT>,
+ * FALSE otherwise
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool endsWith(const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Determine if this ends with the characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>
+ * @param srcChars The characters to match.
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>
+ * @return TRUE if this ends with the characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>,
+ * FALSE otherwise
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool endsWith(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Determine if this ends with the characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>
+ * in the range [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>).
+ * @param srcChars The characters to match.
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcText</TT> to start matching
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcChars</TT> to match
+ * @return TRUE if this ends with the characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>,
+ * FALSE otherwise
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool endsWith(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const;
+
+
+ /* Searching - bitwise only */
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the first occurrence of the characters in <TT>text</TT>,
+ * using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param text The text to search for.
+ * @return The offset into this of the start of <TT>text</TT>,
+ * or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t indexOf(const UnicodeString& text) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the first occurrence of the characters in <TT>text</TT>
+ * starting at offset <TT>start</TT>, using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param text The text to search for.
+ * @param start The offset at which searching will start.
+ * @return The offset into this of the start of <TT>text</TT>,
+ * or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t indexOf(const UnicodeString& text,
+ int32_t start) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the first occurrence in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) of the characters
+ * in <TT>text</TT>, using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param text The text to search for.
+ * @param start The offset at which searching will start.
+ * @param length The number of characters to search
+ * @return The offset into this of the start of <TT>text</TT>,
+ * or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t indexOf(const UnicodeString& text,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the first occurrence in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) of the characters
+ * in <TT>srcText</TT> in the range
+ * [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>),
+ * using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param srcText The text to search for.
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcText</TT> at which
+ * to start matching
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcText</TT> to match
+ * @param start the offset into this at which to start matching
+ * @param length the number of characters in this to search
+ * @return The offset into this of the start of <TT>text</TT>,
+ * or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t indexOf(const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the first occurrence of the characters in
+ * <TT>srcChars</TT>
+ * starting at offset <TT>start</TT>, using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param srcChars The text to search for.
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcChars</TT> to match
+ * @param start the offset into this at which to start matching
+ * @return The offset into this of the start of <TT>text</TT>,
+ * or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t indexOf(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ int32_t start) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the first occurrence in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) of the characters
+ * in <TT>srcChars</TT>, using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param srcChars The text to search for.
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>
+ * @param start The offset at which searching will start.
+ * @param length The number of characters to search
+ * @return The offset into this of the start of <TT>srcChars</TT>,
+ * or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t indexOf(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the first occurrence in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) of the characters
+ * in <TT>srcChars</TT> in the range
+ * [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>),
+ * using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param srcChars The text to search for.
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcChars</TT> at which
+ * to start matching
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcChars</TT> to match
+ * @param start the offset into this at which to start matching
+ * @param length the number of characters in this to search
+ * @return The offset into this of the start of <TT>text</TT>,
+ * or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t indexOf(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the first occurrence of the BMP code point <code>c</code>,
+ * using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param c The code unit to search for.
+ * @return The offset into this of <TT>c</TT>, or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t indexOf(UChar c) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the first occurrence of the code point <TT>c</TT>,
+ * using bitwise comparison.
+ *
+ * @param c The code point to search for.
+ * @return The offset into this of <TT>c</TT>, or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t indexOf(UChar32 c) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the first occurrence of the BMP code point <code>c</code>,
+ * starting at offset <TT>start</TT>, using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param c The code unit to search for.
+ * @param start The offset at which searching will start.
+ * @return The offset into this of <TT>c</TT>, or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t indexOf(UChar c,
+ int32_t start) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the first occurrence of the code point <TT>c</TT>
+ * starting at offset <TT>start</TT>, using bitwise comparison.
+ *
+ * @param c The code point to search for.
+ * @param start The offset at which searching will start.
+ * @return The offset into this of <TT>c</TT>, or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t indexOf(UChar32 c,
+ int32_t start) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the first occurrence of the BMP code point <code>c</code>
+ * in the range [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>),
+ * using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param c The code unit to search for.
+ * @param start the offset into this at which to start matching
+ * @param length the number of characters in this to search
+ * @return The offset into this of <TT>c</TT>, or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t indexOf(UChar c,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the first occurrence of the code point <TT>c</TT>
+ * in the range [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>),
+ * using bitwise comparison.
+ *
+ * @param c The code point to search for.
+ * @param start the offset into this at which to start matching
+ * @param length the number of characters in this to search
+ * @return The offset into this of <TT>c</TT>, or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t indexOf(UChar32 c,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the last occurrence of the characters in <TT>text</TT>,
+ * using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param text The text to search for.
+ * @return The offset into this of the start of <TT>text</TT>,
+ * or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t lastIndexOf(const UnicodeString& text) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the last occurrence of the characters in <TT>text</TT>
+ * starting at offset <TT>start</TT>, using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param text The text to search for.
+ * @param start The offset at which searching will start.
+ * @return The offset into this of the start of <TT>text</TT>,
+ * or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t lastIndexOf(const UnicodeString& text,
+ int32_t start) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the last occurrence in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) of the characters
+ * in <TT>text</TT>, using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param text The text to search for.
+ * @param start The offset at which searching will start.
+ * @param length The number of characters to search
+ * @return The offset into this of the start of <TT>text</TT>,
+ * or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t lastIndexOf(const UnicodeString& text,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the last occurrence in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) of the characters
+ * in <TT>srcText</TT> in the range
+ * [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>),
+ * using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param srcText The text to search for.
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcText</TT> at which
+ * to start matching
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcText</TT> to match
+ * @param start the offset into this at which to start matching
+ * @param length the number of characters in this to search
+ * @return The offset into this of the start of <TT>text</TT>,
+ * or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t lastIndexOf(const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the last occurrence of the characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>
+ * starting at offset <TT>start</TT>, using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param srcChars The text to search for.
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcChars</TT> to match
+ * @param start the offset into this at which to start matching
+ * @return The offset into this of the start of <TT>text</TT>,
+ * or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t lastIndexOf(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ int32_t start) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the last occurrence in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) of the characters
+ * in <TT>srcChars</TT>, using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param srcChars The text to search for.
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>
+ * @param start The offset at which searching will start.
+ * @param length The number of characters to search
+ * @return The offset into this of the start of <TT>srcChars</TT>,
+ * or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t lastIndexOf(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the last occurrence in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) of the characters
+ * in <TT>srcChars</TT> in the range
+ * [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>),
+ * using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param srcChars The text to search for.
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcChars</TT> at which
+ * to start matching
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcChars</TT> to match
+ * @param start the offset into this at which to start matching
+ * @param length the number of characters in this to search
+ * @return The offset into this of the start of <TT>text</TT>,
+ * or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t lastIndexOf(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the last occurrence of the BMP code point <code>c</code>,
+ * using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param c The code unit to search for.
+ * @return The offset into this of <TT>c</TT>, or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t lastIndexOf(UChar c) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the last occurrence of the code point <TT>c</TT>,
+ * using bitwise comparison.
+ *
+ * @param c The code point to search for.
+ * @return The offset into this of <TT>c</TT>, or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t lastIndexOf(UChar32 c) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the last occurrence of the BMP code point <code>c</code>
+ * starting at offset <TT>start</TT>, using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param c The code unit to search for.
+ * @param start The offset at which searching will start.
+ * @return The offset into this of <TT>c</TT>, or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t lastIndexOf(UChar c,
+ int32_t start) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the last occurrence of the code point <TT>c</TT>
+ * starting at offset <TT>start</TT>, using bitwise comparison.
+ *
+ * @param c The code point to search for.
+ * @param start The offset at which searching will start.
+ * @return The offset into this of <TT>c</TT>, or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t lastIndexOf(UChar32 c,
+ int32_t start) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the last occurrence of the BMP code point <code>c</code>
+ * in the range [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>),
+ * using bitwise comparison.
+ * @param c The code unit to search for.
+ * @param start the offset into this at which to start matching
+ * @param length the number of characters in this to search
+ * @return The offset into this of <TT>c</TT>, or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t lastIndexOf(UChar c,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Locate in this the last occurrence of the code point <TT>c</TT>
+ * in the range [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>),
+ * using bitwise comparison.
+ *
+ * @param c The code point to search for.
+ * @param start the offset into this at which to start matching
+ * @param length the number of characters in this to search
+ * @return The offset into this of <TT>c</TT>, or -1 if not found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t lastIndexOf(UChar32 c,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+
+ /* Character access */
+
+ /**
+ * Return the code unit at offset <tt>offset</tt>.
+ * If the offset is not valid (0..length()-1) then U+ffff is returned.
+ * @param offset a valid offset into the text
+ * @return the code unit at offset <tt>offset</tt>
+ * or 0xffff if the offset is not valid for this string
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UChar charAt(int32_t offset) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the code unit at offset <tt>offset</tt>.
+ * If the offset is not valid (0..length()-1) then U+ffff is returned.
+ * @param offset a valid offset into the text
+ * @return the code unit at offset <tt>offset</tt>
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UChar operator[] (int32_t offset) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the code point that contains the code unit
+ * at offset <tt>offset</tt>.
+ * If the offset is not valid (0..length()-1) then U+ffff is returned.
+ * @param offset a valid offset into the text
+ * that indicates the text offset of any of the code units
+ * that will be assembled into a code point (21-bit value) and returned
+ * @return the code point of text at <tt>offset</tt>
+ * or 0xffff if the offset is not valid for this string
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UChar32 char32At(int32_t offset) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Adjust a random-access offset so that
+ * it points to the beginning of a Unicode character.
+ * The offset that is passed in points to
+ * any code unit of a code point,
+ * while the returned offset will point to the first code unit
+ * of the same code point.
+ * In UTF-16, if the input offset points to a second surrogate
+ * of a surrogate pair, then the returned offset will point
+ * to the first surrogate.
+ * @param offset a valid offset into one code point of the text
+ * @return offset of the first code unit of the same code point
+ * @see U16_SET_CP_START
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t getChar32Start(int32_t offset) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Adjust a random-access offset so that
+ * it points behind a Unicode character.
+ * The offset that is passed in points behind
+ * any code unit of a code point,
+ * while the returned offset will point behind the last code unit
+ * of the same code point.
+ * In UTF-16, if the input offset points behind the first surrogate
+ * (i.e., to the second surrogate)
+ * of a surrogate pair, then the returned offset will point
+ * behind the second surrogate (i.e., to the first surrogate).
+ * @param offset a valid offset after any code unit of a code point of the text
+ * @return offset of the first code unit after the same code point
+ * @see U16_SET_CP_LIMIT
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t getChar32Limit(int32_t offset) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Move the code unit index along the string by delta code points.
+ * Interpret the input index as a code unit-based offset into the string,
+ * move the index forward or backward by delta code points, and
+ * return the resulting index.
+ * The input index should point to the first code unit of a code point,
+ * if there is more than one.
+ *
+ * Both input and output indexes are code unit-based as for all
+ * string indexes/offsets in ICU (and other libraries, like MBCS char*).
+ * If delta<0 then the index is moved backward (toward the start of the string).
+ * If delta>0 then the index is moved forward (toward the end of the string).
+ *
+ * This behaves like CharacterIterator::move32(delta, kCurrent).
+ *
+ * Behavior for out-of-bounds indexes:
+ * <code>moveIndex32</code> pins the input index to 0..length(), i.e.,
+ * if the input index<0 then it is pinned to 0;
+ * if it is index>length() then it is pinned to length().
+ * Afterwards, the index is moved by <code>delta</code> code points
+ * forward or backward,
+ * but no further backward than to 0 and no further forward than to length().
+ * The resulting index return value will be in between 0 and length(), inclusively.
+ *
+ * Examples:
+ * <pre>
+ * // s has code points 'a' U+10000 'b' U+10ffff U+2029
+ * UnicodeString s=UNICODE_STRING("a\\U00010000b\\U0010ffff\\u2029", 31).unescape();
+ *
+ * // initial index: position of U+10000
+ * int32_t index=1;
+ *
+ * // the following examples will all result in index==4, position of U+10ffff
+ *
+ * // skip 2 code points from some position in the string
+ * index=s.moveIndex32(index, 2); // skips U+10000 and 'b'
+ *
+ * // go to the 3rd code point from the start of s (0-based)
+ * index=s.moveIndex32(0, 3); // skips 'a', U+10000, and 'b'
+ *
+ * // go to the next-to-last code point of s
+ * index=s.moveIndex32(s.length(), -2); // backward-skips U+2029 and U+10ffff
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * @param index input code unit index
+ * @param delta (signed) code point count to move the index forward or backward
+ * in the string
+ * @return the resulting code unit index
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t moveIndex32(int32_t index, int32_t delta) const;
+
+ /* Substring extraction */
+
+ /**
+ * Copy the characters in the range
+ * [<tt>start</tt>, <tt>start + length</tt>) into the array <tt>dst</tt>,
+ * beginning at <tt>dstStart</tt>.
+ * If the string aliases to <code>dst</code> itself as an external buffer,
+ * then extract() will not copy the contents.
+ *
+ * @param start offset of first character which will be copied into the array
+ * @param length the number of characters to extract
+ * @param dst array in which to copy characters. The length of <tt>dst</tt>
+ * must be at least (<tt>dstStart + length</tt>).
+ * @param dstStart the offset in <TT>dst</TT> where the first character
+ * will be extracted
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline void extract(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ UChar *dst,
+ int32_t dstStart = 0) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Copy the contents of the string into dest.
+ * This is a convenience function that
+ * checks if there is enough space in dest,
+ * extracts the entire string if possible,
+ * and NUL-terminates dest if possible.
+ *
+ * If the string fits into dest but cannot be NUL-terminated
+ * (length()==destCapacity) then the error code is set to U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING.
+ * If the string itself does not fit into dest
+ * (length()>destCapacity) then the error code is set to U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR.
+ *
+ * If the string aliases to <code>dest</code> itself as an external buffer,
+ * then extract() will not copy the contents.
+ *
+ * @param dest Destination string buffer.
+ * @param destCapacity Number of UChars available at dest.
+ * @param errorCode ICU error code.
+ * @return length()
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t
+ extract(UChar *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ UErrorCode &errorCode) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Copy the characters in the range
+ * [<tt>start</tt>, <tt>start + length</tt>) into the UnicodeString
+ * <tt>target</tt>.
+ * @param start offset of first character which will be copied
+ * @param length the number of characters to extract
+ * @param target UnicodeString into which to copy characters.
+ * @return A reference to <TT>target</TT>
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline void extract(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ UnicodeString& target) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Copy the characters in the range [<tt>start</tt>, <tt>limit</tt>)
+ * into the array <tt>dst</tt>, beginning at <tt>dstStart</tt>.
+ * @param start offset of first character which will be copied into the array
+ * @param limit offset immediately following the last character to be copied
+ * @param dst array in which to copy characters. The length of <tt>dst</tt>
+ * must be at least (<tt>dstStart + (limit - start)</tt>).
+ * @param dstStart the offset in <TT>dst</TT> where the first character
+ * will be extracted
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline void extractBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ UChar *dst,
+ int32_t dstStart = 0) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Copy the characters in the range [<tt>start</tt>, <tt>limit</tt>)
+ * into the UnicodeString <tt>target</tt>. Replaceable API.
+ * @param start offset of first character which will be copied
+ * @param limit offset immediately following the last character to be copied
+ * @param target UnicodeString into which to copy characters.
+ * @return A reference to <TT>target</TT>
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void extractBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ UnicodeString& target) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Copy the characters in the range
+ * [<tt>start</TT>, <tt>start + length</TT>) into an array of characters.
+ * All characters must be invariant (see utypes.h).
+ * Use US_INV as the last, signature-distinguishing parameter.
+ *
+ * This function does not write any more than <code>targetLength</code>
+ * characters but returns the length of the entire output string
+ * so that one can allocate a larger buffer and call the function again
+ * if necessary.
+ * The output string is NUL-terminated if possible.
+ *
+ * @param start offset of first character which will be copied
+ * @param startLength the number of characters to extract
+ * @param target the target buffer for extraction, can be NULL
+ * if targetLength is 0
+ * @param targetCapacity the length of the target buffer
+ * @param inv Signature-distinguishing paramater, use US_INV.
+ * @return the output string length, not including the terminating NUL
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ int32_t extract(int32_t start,
+ int32_t startLength,
+ char *target,
+ int32_t targetCapacity,
+ enum EInvariant inv) const;
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION
+
+ /**
+ * Copy the characters in the range
+ * [<tt>start</TT>, <tt>start + length</TT>) into an array of characters
+ * in a specified codepage.
+ * The output string is NUL-terminated.
+ *
+ * Recommendation: For invariant-character strings use
+ * extract(int32_t start, int32_t length, char *target, int32_t targetCapacity, enum EInvariant inv) const
+ * because it avoids object code dependencies of UnicodeString on
+ * the conversion code.
+ *
+ * @param start offset of first character which will be copied
+ * @param startLength the number of characters to extract
+ * @param target the target buffer for extraction
+ * @param codepage the desired codepage for the characters. 0 has
+ * the special meaning of the default codepage
+ * If <code>codepage</code> is an empty string (<code>""</code>),
+ * then a simple conversion is performed on the codepage-invariant
+ * subset ("invariant characters") of the platform encoding. See utypes.h.
+ * If <TT>target</TT> is NULL, then the number of bytes required for
+ * <TT>target</TT> is returned. It is assumed that the target is big enough
+ * to fit all of the characters.
+ * @return the output string length, not including the terminating NUL
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t extract(int32_t start,
+ int32_t startLength,
+ char *target,
+ const char *codepage = 0) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Copy the characters in the range
+ * [<tt>start</TT>, <tt>start + length</TT>) into an array of characters
+ * in a specified codepage.
+ * This function does not write any more than <code>targetLength</code>
+ * characters but returns the length of the entire output string
+ * so that one can allocate a larger buffer and call the function again
+ * if necessary.
+ * The output string is NUL-terminated if possible.
+ *
+ * Recommendation: For invariant-character strings use
+ * extract(int32_t start, int32_t length, char *target, int32_t targetCapacity, enum EInvariant inv) const
+ * because it avoids object code dependencies of UnicodeString on
+ * the conversion code.
+ *
+ * @param start offset of first character which will be copied
+ * @param startLength the number of characters to extract
+ * @param target the target buffer for extraction
+ * @param targetLength the length of the target buffer
+ * @param codepage the desired codepage for the characters. 0 has
+ * the special meaning of the default codepage
+ * If <code>codepage</code> is an empty string (<code>""</code>),
+ * then a simple conversion is performed on the codepage-invariant
+ * subset ("invariant characters") of the platform encoding. See utypes.h.
+ * If <TT>target</TT> is NULL, then the number of bytes required for
+ * <TT>target</TT> is returned.
+ * @return the output string length, not including the terminating NUL
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t extract(int32_t start,
+ int32_t startLength,
+ char *target,
+ uint32_t targetLength,
+ const char *codepage = 0) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Convert the UnicodeString into a codepage string using an existing UConverter.
+ * The output string is NUL-terminated if possible.
+ *
+ * This function avoids the overhead of opening and closing a converter if
+ * multiple strings are extracted.
+ *
+ * @param dest destination string buffer, can be NULL if destCapacity==0
+ * @param destCapacity the number of chars available at dest
+ * @param cnv the converter object to be used (ucnv_resetFromUnicode() will be called),
+ * or NULL for the default converter
+ * @param errorCode normal ICU error code
+ * @return the length of the output string, not counting the terminating NUL;
+ * if the length is greater than destCapacity, then the string will not fit
+ * and a buffer of the indicated length would need to be passed in
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t extract(char *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ UConverter *cnv,
+ UErrorCode &errorCode) const;
+
+#endif
+
+ /* Length operations */
+
+ /**
+ * Return the length of the UnicodeString object.
+ * The length is the number of UChar code units are in the UnicodeString.
+ * If you want the number of code points, please use countChar32().
+ * @return the length of the UnicodeString object
+ * @see countChar32
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t length(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Count Unicode code points in the length UChar code units of the string.
+ * A code point may occupy either one or two UChar code units.
+ * Counting code points involves reading all code units.
+ *
+ * This functions is basically the inverse of moveIndex32().
+ *
+ * @param start the index of the first code unit to check
+ * @param length the number of UChar code units to check
+ * @return the number of code points in the specified code units
+ * @see length
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t
+ countChar32(int32_t start=0, int32_t length=INT32_MAX) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Check if the length UChar code units of the string
+ * contain more Unicode code points than a certain number.
+ * This is more efficient than counting all code points in this part of the string
+ * and comparing that number with a threshold.
+ * This function may not need to scan the string at all if the length
+ * falls within a certain range, and
+ * never needs to count more than 'number+1' code points.
+ * Logically equivalent to (countChar32(start, length)>number).
+ * A Unicode code point may occupy either one or two UChar code units.
+ *
+ * @param start the index of the first code unit to check (0 for the entire string)
+ * @param length the number of UChar code units to check
+ * (use INT32_MAX for the entire string; remember that start/length
+ * values are pinned)
+ * @param number The number of code points in the (sub)string is compared against
+ * the 'number' parameter.
+ * @return Boolean value for whether the string contains more Unicode code points
+ * than 'number'. Same as (u_countChar32(s, length)>number).
+ * @see countChar32
+ * @see u_strHasMoreChar32Than
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UBool
+ hasMoreChar32Than(int32_t start, int32_t length, int32_t number) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Determine if this string is empty.
+ * @return TRUE if this string contains 0 characters, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool isEmpty(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the capacity of the internal buffer of the UnicodeString object.
+ * This is useful together with the getBuffer functions.
+ * See there for details.
+ *
+ * @return the number of UChars available in the internal buffer
+ * @see getBuffer
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t getCapacity(void) const;
+
+ /* Other operations */
+
+ /**
+ * Generate a hash code for this object.
+ * @return The hash code of this UnicodeString.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline int32_t hashCode(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Determine if this object contains a valid string.
+ * A bogus string has no value. It is different from an empty string.
+ * It can be used to indicate that no string value is available.
+ * getBuffer() and getTerminatedBuffer() return NULL, and
+ * length() returns 0.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if the string is valid, FALSE otherwise
+ * @see setToBogus()
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool isBogus(void) const;
+
+
+ //========================================
+ // Write operations
+ //========================================
+
+ /* Assignment operations */
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator. Replace the characters in this UnicodeString
+ * with the characters from <TT>srcText</TT>.
+ * @param srcText The text containing the characters to replace
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString &operator=(const UnicodeString &srcText);
+
+ /**
+ * Almost the same as the assignment operator.
+ * Replace the characters in this UnicodeString
+ * with the characters from <code>srcText</code>.
+ *
+ * This function works the same for all strings except for ones that
+ * are readonly aliases.
+ * Starting with ICU 2.4, the assignment operator and the copy constructor
+ * allocate a new buffer and copy the buffer contents even for readonly aliases.
+ * This function implements the old, more efficient but less safe behavior
+ * of making this string also a readonly alias to the same buffer.
+ * The fastCopyFrom function must be used only if it is known that the lifetime of
+ * this UnicodeString is at least as long as the lifetime of the aliased buffer
+ * including its contents, for example for strings from resource bundles
+ * or aliases to string contents.
+ *
+ * @param src The text containing the characters to replace.
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeString &fastCopyFrom(const UnicodeString &src);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator. Replace the characters in this UnicodeString
+ * with the code unit <TT>ch</TT>.
+ * @param ch the code unit to replace
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& operator= (UChar ch);
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator. Replace the characters in this UnicodeString
+ * with the code point <TT>ch</TT>.
+ * @param ch the code point to replace
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& operator= (UChar32 ch);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the text in the UnicodeString object to the characters
+ * in <TT>srcText</TT> in the range
+ * [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcText.length()</TT>).
+ * <TT>srcText</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param srcText the source for the new characters
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcText</TT> where new characters
+ * will be obtained
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& setTo(const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the text in the UnicodeString object to the characters
+ * in <TT>srcText</TT> in the range
+ * [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>).
+ * <TT>srcText</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param srcText the source for the new characters
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcText</TT> where new characters
+ * will be obtained
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcText</TT> in the
+ * replace string.
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& setTo(const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the text in the UnicodeString object to the characters in
+ * <TT>srcText</TT>.
+ * <TT>srcText</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param srcText the source for the new characters
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& setTo(const UnicodeString& srcText);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the characters in the UnicodeString object to the characters
+ * in <TT>srcChars</TT>. <TT>srcChars</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param srcChars the source for the new characters
+ * @param srcLength the number of Unicode characters in srcChars.
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& setTo(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the characters in the UnicodeString object to the code unit
+ * <TT>srcChar</TT>.
+ * @param srcChar the code unit which becomes the UnicodeString's character
+ * content
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& setTo(UChar srcChar);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the characters in the UnicodeString object to the code point
+ * <TT>srcChar</TT>.
+ * @param srcChar the code point which becomes the UnicodeString's character
+ * content
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& setTo(UChar32 srcChar);
+
+ /**
+ * Aliasing setTo() function, analogous to the readonly-aliasing UChar* constructor.
+ * The text will be used for the UnicodeString object, but
+ * it will not be released when the UnicodeString is destroyed.
+ * This has copy-on-write semantics:
+ * When the string is modified, then the buffer is first copied into
+ * newly allocated memory.
+ * The aliased buffer is never modified.
+ * In an assignment to another UnicodeString, the text will be aliased again,
+ * so that both strings then alias the same readonly-text.
+ *
+ * @param isTerminated specifies if <code>text</code> is <code>NUL</code>-terminated.
+ * This must be true if <code>textLength==-1</code>.
+ * @param text The characters to alias for the UnicodeString.
+ * @param textLength The number of Unicode characters in <code>text</code> to alias.
+ * If -1, then this constructor will determine the length
+ * by calling <code>u_strlen()</code>.
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString &setTo(UBool isTerminated,
+ const UChar *text,
+ int32_t textLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Aliasing setTo() function, analogous to the writable-aliasing UChar* constructor.
+ * The text will be used for the UnicodeString object, but
+ * it will not be released when the UnicodeString is destroyed.
+ * This has write-through semantics:
+ * For as long as the capacity of the buffer is sufficient, write operations
+ * will directly affect the buffer. When more capacity is necessary, then
+ * a new buffer will be allocated and the contents copied as with regularly
+ * constructed strings.
+ * In an assignment to another UnicodeString, the buffer will be copied.
+ * The extract(UChar *dst) function detects whether the dst pointer is the same
+ * as the string buffer itself and will in this case not copy the contents.
+ *
+ * @param buffer The characters to alias for the UnicodeString.
+ * @param buffLength The number of Unicode characters in <code>buffer</code> to alias.
+ * @param buffCapacity The size of <code>buffer</code> in UChars.
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString &setTo(UChar *buffer,
+ int32_t buffLength,
+ int32_t buffCapacity);
+
+ /**
+ * Make this UnicodeString object invalid.
+ * The string will test TRUE with isBogus().
+ *
+ * A bogus string has no value. It is different from an empty string.
+ * It can be used to indicate that no string value is available.
+ * getBuffer() and getTerminatedBuffer() return NULL, and
+ * length() returns 0.
+ *
+ * This utility function is used throughout the UnicodeString
+ * implementation to indicate that a UnicodeString operation failed,
+ * and may be used in other functions,
+ * especially but not exclusively when such functions do not
+ * take a UErrorCode for simplicity.
+ *
+ * The following methods, and no others, will clear a string object's bogus flag:
+ * - remove()
+ * - remove(0, INT32_MAX)
+ * - truncate(0)
+ * - operator=() (assignment operator)
+ * - setTo(...)
+ *
+ * The simplest ways to turn a bogus string into an empty one
+ * is to use the remove() function.
+ * Examples for other functions that are equivalent to "set to empty string":
+ * \code
+ * if(s.isBogus()) {
+ * s.remove(); // set to an empty string (remove all), or
+ * s.remove(0, INT32_MAX); // set to an empty string (remove all), or
+ * s.truncate(0); // set to an empty string (complete truncation), or
+ * s=UnicodeString(); // assign an empty string, or
+ * s.setTo((UChar32)-1); // set to a pseudo code point that is out of range, or
+ * static const UChar nul=0;
+ * s.setTo(&nul, 0); // set to an empty C Unicode string
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @see isBogus()
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void setToBogus();
+
+ /**
+ * Set the character at the specified offset to the specified character.
+ * @param offset A valid offset into the text of the character to set
+ * @param ch The new character
+ * @return A reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& setCharAt(int32_t offset,
+ UChar ch);
+
+
+ /* Append operations */
+
+ /**
+ * Append operator. Append the code unit <TT>ch</TT> to the UnicodeString
+ * object.
+ * @param ch the code unit to be appended
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& operator+= (UChar ch);
+
+ /**
+ * Append operator. Append the code point <TT>ch</TT> to the UnicodeString
+ * object.
+ * @param ch the code point to be appended
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& operator+= (UChar32 ch);
+
+ /**
+ * Append operator. Append the characters in <TT>srcText</TT> to the
+ * UnicodeString object at offset <TT>start</TT>. <TT>srcText</TT> is
+ * not modified.
+ * @param srcText the source for the new characters
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& operator+= (const UnicodeString& srcText);
+
+ /**
+ * Append the characters
+ * in <TT>srcText</TT> in the range
+ * [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>) to the
+ * UnicodeString object at offset <TT>start</TT>. <TT>srcText</TT>
+ * is not modified.
+ * @param srcText the source for the new characters
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcText</TT> where new characters
+ * will be obtained
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcText</TT> in
+ * the append string
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& append(const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Append the characters in <TT>srcText</TT> to the UnicodeString object at
+ * offset <TT>start</TT>. <TT>srcText</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param srcText the source for the new characters
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& append(const UnicodeString& srcText);
+
+ /**
+ * Append the characters in <TT>srcChars</TT> in the range
+ * [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>) to the UnicodeString
+ * object at offset
+ * <TT>start</TT>. <TT>srcChars</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param srcChars the source for the new characters
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcChars</TT> where new characters
+ * will be obtained
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcChars</TT> in
+ * the append string
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& append(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Append the characters in <TT>srcChars</TT> to the UnicodeString object
+ * at offset <TT>start</TT>. <TT>srcChars</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param srcChars the source for the new characters
+ * @param srcLength the number of Unicode characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& append(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Append the code unit <TT>srcChar</TT> to the UnicodeString object.
+ * @param srcChar the code unit to append
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& append(UChar srcChar);
+
+ /**
+ * Append the code point <TT>srcChar</TT> to the UnicodeString object.
+ * @param srcChar the code point to append
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& append(UChar32 srcChar);
+
+
+ /* Insert operations */
+
+ /**
+ * Insert the characters in <TT>srcText</TT> in the range
+ * [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>) into the UnicodeString
+ * object at offset <TT>start</TT>. <TT>srcText</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param start the offset where the insertion begins
+ * @param srcText the source for the new characters
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcText</TT> where new characters
+ * will be obtained
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcText</TT> in
+ * the insert string
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& insert(int32_t start,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Insert the characters in <TT>srcText</TT> into the UnicodeString object
+ * at offset <TT>start</TT>. <TT>srcText</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param start the offset where the insertion begins
+ * @param srcText the source for the new characters
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& insert(int32_t start,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText);
+
+ /**
+ * Insert the characters in <TT>srcChars</TT> in the range
+ * [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>) into the UnicodeString
+ * object at offset <TT>start</TT>. <TT>srcChars</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param start the offset at which the insertion begins
+ * @param srcChars the source for the new characters
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcChars</TT> where new characters
+ * will be obtained
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>
+ * in the insert string
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& insert(int32_t start,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Insert the characters in <TT>srcChars</TT> into the UnicodeString object
+ * at offset <TT>start</TT>. <TT>srcChars</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param start the offset where the insertion begins
+ * @param srcChars the source for the new characters
+ * @param srcLength the number of Unicode characters in srcChars.
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& insert(int32_t start,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Insert the code unit <TT>srcChar</TT> into the UnicodeString object at
+ * offset <TT>start</TT>.
+ * @param start the offset at which the insertion occurs
+ * @param srcChar the code unit to insert
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& insert(int32_t start,
+ UChar srcChar);
+
+ /**
+ * Insert the code point <TT>srcChar</TT> into the UnicodeString object at
+ * offset <TT>start</TT>.
+ * @param start the offset at which the insertion occurs
+ * @param srcChar the code point to insert
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& insert(int32_t start,
+ UChar32 srcChar);
+
+
+ /* Replace operations */
+
+ /**
+ * Replace the characters in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) with the characters in
+ * <TT>srcText</TT> in the range
+ * [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>).
+ * <TT>srcText</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param start the offset at which the replace operation begins
+ * @param length the number of characters to replace. The character at
+ * <TT>start + length</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param srcText the source for the new characters
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcText</TT> where new characters
+ * will be obtained
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcText</TT> in
+ * the replace string
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& replace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Replace the characters in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>)
+ * with the characters in <TT>srcText</TT>. <TT>srcText</TT> is
+ * not modified.
+ * @param start the offset at which the replace operation begins
+ * @param length the number of characters to replace. The character at
+ * <TT>start + length</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param srcText the source for the new characters
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& replace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText);
+
+ /**
+ * Replace the characters in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) with the characters in
+ * <TT>srcChars</TT> in the range
+ * [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcStart + srcLength</TT>). <TT>srcChars</TT>
+ * is not modified.
+ * @param start the offset at which the replace operation begins
+ * @param length the number of characters to replace. The character at
+ * <TT>start + length</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param srcChars the source for the new characters
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcChars</TT> where new characters
+ * will be obtained
+ * @param srcLength the number of characters in <TT>srcChars</TT>
+ * in the replace string
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& replace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Replace the characters in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) with the characters in
+ * <TT>srcChars</TT>. <TT>srcChars</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param start the offset at which the replace operation begins
+ * @param length number of characters to replace. The character at
+ * <TT>start + length</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param srcChars the source for the new characters
+ * @param srcLength the number of Unicode characters in srcChars
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& replace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Replace the characters in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) with the code unit
+ * <TT>srcChar</TT>.
+ * @param start the offset at which the replace operation begins
+ * @param length the number of characters to replace. The character at
+ * <TT>start + length</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param srcChar the new code unit
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& replace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ UChar srcChar);
+
+ /**
+ * Replace the characters in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) with the code point
+ * <TT>srcChar</TT>.
+ * @param start the offset at which the replace operation begins
+ * @param length the number of characters to replace. The character at
+ * <TT>start + length</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param srcChar the new code point
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& replace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ UChar32 srcChar);
+
+ /**
+ * Replace the characters in the range [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>limit</TT>)
+ * with the characters in <TT>srcText</TT>. <TT>srcText</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param start the offset at which the replace operation begins
+ * @param limit the offset immediately following the replace range
+ * @param srcText the source for the new characters
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& replaceBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText);
+
+ /**
+ * Replace the characters in the range [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>limit</TT>)
+ * with the characters in <TT>srcText</TT> in the range
+ * [<TT>srcStart</TT>, <TT>srcLimit</TT>). <TT>srcText</TT> is not modified.
+ * @param start the offset at which the replace operation begins
+ * @param limit the offset immediately following the replace range
+ * @param srcText the source for the new characters
+ * @param srcStart the offset into <TT>srcChars</TT> where new characters
+ * will be obtained
+ * @param srcLimit the offset immediately following the range to copy
+ * in <TT>srcText</TT>
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& replaceBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLimit);
+
+ /**
+ * Replace a substring of this object with the given text.
+ * @param start the beginning index, inclusive; <code>0 <= start
+ * <= limit</code>.
+ * @param limit the ending index, exclusive; <code>start <= limit
+ * <= length()</code>.
+ * @param text the text to replace characters <code>start</code>
+ * to <code>limit - 1</code>
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void handleReplaceBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ const UnicodeString& text);
+
+ /**
+ * Replaceable API
+ * @return TRUE if it has MetaData
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UBool hasMetaData() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Copy a substring of this object, retaining attribute (out-of-band)
+ * information. This method is used to duplicate or reorder substrings.
+ * The destination index must not overlap the source range.
+ *
+ * @param start the beginning index, inclusive; <code>0 <= start <=
+ * limit</code>.
+ * @param limit the ending index, exclusive; <code>start <= limit <=
+ * length()</code>.
+ * @param dest the destination index. The characters from
+ * <code>start..limit-1</code> will be copied to <code>dest</code>.
+ * Implementations of this method may assume that <code>dest <= start ||
+ * dest >= limit</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual void copy(int32_t start, int32_t limit, int32_t dest);
+
+ /* Search and replace operations */
+
+ /**
+ * Replace all occurrences of characters in oldText with the characters
+ * in newText
+ * @param oldText the text containing the search text
+ * @param newText the text containing the replacement text
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& findAndReplace(const UnicodeString& oldText,
+ const UnicodeString& newText);
+
+ /**
+ * Replace all occurrences of characters in oldText with characters
+ * in newText
+ * in the range [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>).
+ * @param start the start of the range in which replace will performed
+ * @param length the length of the range in which replace will be performed
+ * @param oldText the text containing the search text
+ * @param newText the text containing the replacement text
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& findAndReplace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UnicodeString& oldText,
+ const UnicodeString& newText);
+
+ /**
+ * Replace all occurrences of characters in oldText in the range
+ * [<TT>oldStart</TT>, <TT>oldStart + oldLength</TT>) with the characters
+ * in newText in the range
+ * [<TT>newStart</TT>, <TT>newStart + newLength</TT>)
+ * in the range [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>).
+ * @param start the start of the range in which replace will performed
+ * @param length the length of the range in which replace will be performed
+ * @param oldText the text containing the search text
+ * @param oldStart the start of the search range in <TT>oldText</TT>
+ * @param oldLength the length of the search range in <TT>oldText</TT>
+ * @param newText the text containing the replacement text
+ * @param newStart the start of the replacement range in <TT>newText</TT>
+ * @param newLength the length of the replacement range in <TT>newText</TT>
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& findAndReplace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UnicodeString& oldText,
+ int32_t oldStart,
+ int32_t oldLength,
+ const UnicodeString& newText,
+ int32_t newStart,
+ int32_t newLength);
+
+
+ /* Remove operations */
+
+ /**
+ * Remove all characters from the UnicodeString object.
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& remove(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Remove the characters in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) from the UnicodeString object.
+ * @param start the offset of the first character to remove
+ * @param length the number of characters to remove
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& remove(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length = (int32_t)INT32_MAX);
+
+ /**
+ * Remove the characters in the range
+ * [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>limit</TT>) from the UnicodeString object.
+ * @param start the offset of the first character to remove
+ * @param limit the offset immediately following the range to remove
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& removeBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit = (int32_t)INT32_MAX);
+
+
+ /* Length operations */
+
+ /**
+ * Pad the start of this UnicodeString with the character <TT>padChar</TT>.
+ * If the length of this UnicodeString is less than targetLength,
+ * length() - targetLength copies of padChar will be added to the
+ * beginning of this UnicodeString.
+ * @param targetLength the desired length of the string
+ * @param padChar the character to use for padding. Defaults to
+ * space (U+0020)
+ * @return TRUE if the text was padded, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool padLeading(int32_t targetLength,
+ UChar padChar = 0x0020);
+
+ /**
+ * Pad the end of this UnicodeString with the character <TT>padChar</TT>.
+ * If the length of this UnicodeString is less than targetLength,
+ * length() - targetLength copies of padChar will be added to the
+ * end of this UnicodeString.
+ * @param targetLength the desired length of the string
+ * @param padChar the character to use for padding. Defaults to
+ * space (U+0020)
+ * @return TRUE if the text was padded, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UBool padTrailing(int32_t targetLength,
+ UChar padChar = 0x0020);
+
+ /**
+ * Truncate this UnicodeString to the <TT>targetLength</TT>.
+ * @param targetLength the desired length of this UnicodeString.
+ * @return TRUE if the text was truncated, FALSE otherwise
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UBool truncate(int32_t targetLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Trims leading and trailing whitespace from this UnicodeString.
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& trim(void);
+
+
+ /* Miscellaneous operations */
+
+ /**
+ * Reverse this UnicodeString in place.
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& reverse(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Reverse the range [<TT>start</TT>, <TT>start + length</TT>) in
+ * this UnicodeString.
+ * @param start the start of the range to reverse
+ * @param length the number of characters to to reverse
+ * @return a reference to this
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline UnicodeString& reverse(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length);
+
+ /**
+ * Convert the characters in this to UPPER CASE following the conventions of
+ * the default locale.
+ * @return A reference to this.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& toUpper(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Convert the characters in this to UPPER CASE following the conventions of
+ * a specific locale.
+ * @param locale The locale containing the conventions to use.
+ * @return A reference to this.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& toUpper(const Locale& locale);
+
+ /**
+ * Convert the characters in this to lower case following the conventions of
+ * the default locale.
+ * @return A reference to this.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& toLower(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Convert the characters in this to lower case following the conventions of
+ * a specific locale.
+ * @param locale The locale containing the conventions to use.
+ * @return A reference to this.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString& toLower(const Locale& locale);
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION
+
+ /**
+ * Titlecase this string, convenience function using the default locale.
+ *
+ * Casing is locale-dependent and context-sensitive.
+ * Titlecasing uses a break iterator to find the first characters of words
+ * that are to be titlecased. It titlecases those characters and lowercases
+ * all others.
+ *
+ * The titlecase break iterator can be provided to customize for arbitrary
+ * styles, using rules and dictionaries beyond the standard iterators.
+ * It may be more efficient to always provide an iterator to avoid
+ * opening and closing one for each string.
+ * The standard titlecase iterator for the root locale implements the
+ * algorithm of Unicode TR 21.
+ *
+ * This function uses only the setText(), first() and next() methods of the
+ * provided break iterator.
+ *
+ * @param titleIter A break iterator to find the first characters of words
+ * that are to be titlecased.
+ * If none is provided (0), then a standard titlecase
+ * break iterator is opened.
+ * Otherwise the provided iterator is set to the string's text.
+ * @return A reference to this.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ UnicodeString &toTitle(BreakIterator *titleIter);
+
+ /**
+ * Titlecase this string.
+ *
+ * Casing is locale-dependent and context-sensitive.
+ * Titlecasing uses a break iterator to find the first characters of words
+ * that are to be titlecased. It titlecases those characters and lowercases
+ * all others.
+ *
+ * The titlecase break iterator can be provided to customize for arbitrary
+ * styles, using rules and dictionaries beyond the standard iterators.
+ * It may be more efficient to always provide an iterator to avoid
+ * opening and closing one for each string.
+ * The standard titlecase iterator for the root locale implements the
+ * algorithm of Unicode TR 21.
+ *
+ * This function uses only the setText(), first() and next() methods of the
+ * provided break iterator.
+ *
+ * @param titleIter A break iterator to find the first characters of words
+ * that are to be titlecased.
+ * If none is provided (0), then a standard titlecase
+ * break iterator is opened.
+ * Otherwise the provided iterator is set to the string's text.
+ * @param locale The locale to consider.
+ * @return A reference to this.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ UnicodeString &toTitle(BreakIterator *titleIter, const Locale &locale);
+
+ /**
+ * Titlecase this string, with options.
+ *
+ * Casing is locale-dependent and context-sensitive.
+ * Titlecasing uses a break iterator to find the first characters of words
+ * that are to be titlecased. It titlecases those characters and lowercases
+ * all others. (This can be modified with options.)
+ *
+ * The titlecase break iterator can be provided to customize for arbitrary
+ * styles, using rules and dictionaries beyond the standard iterators.
+ * It may be more efficient to always provide an iterator to avoid
+ * opening and closing one for each string.
+ * The standard titlecase iterator for the root locale implements the
+ * algorithm of Unicode TR 21.
+ *
+ * This function uses only the setText(), first() and next() methods of the
+ * provided break iterator.
+ *
+ * @param titleIter A break iterator to find the first characters of words
+ * that are to be titlecased.
+ * If none is provided (0), then a standard titlecase
+ * break iterator is opened.
+ * Otherwise the provided iterator is set to the string's text.
+ * @param locale The locale to consider.
+ * @param options Options bit set, see ucasemap_open().
+ * @return A reference to this.
+ * @see U_TITLECASE_NO_LOWERCASE
+ * @see U_TITLECASE_NO_BREAK_ADJUSTMENT
+ * @see ucasemap_open
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString &toTitle(BreakIterator *titleIter, const Locale &locale, uint32_t options);
+
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Case-fold the characters in this string.
+ * Case-folding is locale-independent and not context-sensitive,
+ * but there is an option for whether to include or exclude mappings for dotted I
+ * and dotless i that are marked with 'I' in CaseFolding.txt.
+ * The result may be longer or shorter than the original.
+ *
+ * @param options Either U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT or U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ * @return A reference to this.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString &foldCase(uint32_t options=0 /*U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT*/);
+
+ //========================================
+ // Access to the internal buffer
+ //========================================
+
+ /**
+ * Get a read/write pointer to the internal buffer.
+ * The buffer is guaranteed to be large enough for at least minCapacity UChars,
+ * writable, and is still owned by the UnicodeString object.
+ * Calls to getBuffer(minCapacity) must not be nested, and
+ * must be matched with calls to releaseBuffer(newLength).
+ * If the string buffer was read-only or shared,
+ * then it will be reallocated and copied.
+ *
+ * An attempted nested call will return 0, and will not further modify the
+ * state of the UnicodeString object.
+ * It also returns 0 if the string is bogus.
+ *
+ * The actual capacity of the string buffer may be larger than minCapacity.
+ * getCapacity() returns the actual capacity.
+ * For many operations, the full capacity should be used to avoid reallocations.
+ *
+ * While the buffer is "open" between getBuffer(minCapacity)
+ * and releaseBuffer(newLength), the following applies:
+ * - The string length is set to 0.
+ * - Any read API call on the UnicodeString object will behave like on a 0-length string.
+ * - Any write API call on the UnicodeString object is disallowed and will have no effect.
+ * - You can read from and write to the returned buffer.
+ * - The previous string contents will still be in the buffer;
+ * if you want to use it, then you need to call length() before getBuffer(minCapacity).
+ * If the length() was greater than minCapacity, then any contents after minCapacity
+ * may be lost.
+ * The buffer contents is not NUL-terminated by getBuffer().
+ * If length()<getCapacity() then you can terminate it by writing a NUL
+ * at index length().
+ * - You must call releaseBuffer(newLength) before and in order to
+ * return to normal UnicodeString operation.
+ *
+ * @param minCapacity the minimum number of UChars that are to be available
+ * in the buffer, starting at the returned pointer;
+ * default to the current string capacity if minCapacity==-1
+ * @return a writable pointer to the internal string buffer,
+ * or 0 if an error occurs (nested calls, out of memory)
+ *
+ * @see releaseBuffer
+ * @see getTerminatedBuffer()
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UChar *getBuffer(int32_t minCapacity);
+
+ /**
+ * Release a read/write buffer on a UnicodeString object with an
+ * "open" getBuffer(minCapacity).
+ * This function must be called in a matched pair with getBuffer(minCapacity).
+ * releaseBuffer(newLength) must be called if and only if a getBuffer(minCapacity) is "open".
+ *
+ * It will set the string length to newLength, at most to the current capacity.
+ * If newLength==-1 then it will set the length according to the
+ * first NUL in the buffer, or to the capacity if there is no NUL.
+ *
+ * After calling releaseBuffer(newLength) the UnicodeString is back to normal operation.
+ *
+ * @param newLength the new length of the UnicodeString object;
+ * defaults to the current capacity if newLength is greater than that;
+ * if newLength==-1, it defaults to u_strlen(buffer) but not more than
+ * the current capacity of the string
+ *
+ * @see getBuffer(int32_t minCapacity)
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void releaseBuffer(int32_t newLength=-1);
+
+ /**
+ * Get a read-only pointer to the internal buffer.
+ * This can be called at any time on a valid UnicodeString.
+ *
+ * It returns 0 if the string is bogus, or
+ * during an "open" getBuffer(minCapacity).
+ *
+ * It can be called as many times as desired.
+ * The pointer that it returns will remain valid until the UnicodeString object is modified,
+ * at which time the pointer is semantically invalidated and must not be used any more.
+ *
+ * The capacity of the buffer can be determined with getCapacity().
+ * The part after length() may or may not be initialized and valid,
+ * depending on the history of the UnicodeString object.
+ *
+ * The buffer contents is (probably) not NUL-terminated.
+ * You can check if it is with
+ * <code>(s.length()<s.getCapacity() && buffer[s.length()]==0)</code>.
+ * (See getTerminatedBuffer().)
+ *
+ * The buffer may reside in read-only memory. Its contents must not
+ * be modified.
+ *
+ * @return a read-only pointer to the internal string buffer,
+ * or 0 if the string is empty or bogus
+ *
+ * @see getBuffer(int32_t minCapacity)
+ * @see getTerminatedBuffer()
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ inline const UChar *getBuffer() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Get a read-only pointer to the internal buffer,
+ * making sure that it is NUL-terminated.
+ * This can be called at any time on a valid UnicodeString.
+ *
+ * It returns 0 if the string is bogus, or
+ * during an "open" getBuffer(minCapacity), or if the buffer cannot
+ * be NUL-terminated (because memory allocation failed).
+ *
+ * It can be called as many times as desired.
+ * The pointer that it returns will remain valid until the UnicodeString object is modified,
+ * at which time the pointer is semantically invalidated and must not be used any more.
+ *
+ * The capacity of the buffer can be determined with getCapacity().
+ * The part after length()+1 may or may not be initialized and valid,
+ * depending on the history of the UnicodeString object.
+ *
+ * The buffer contents is guaranteed to be NUL-terminated.
+ * getTerminatedBuffer() may reallocate the buffer if a terminating NUL
+ * is written.
+ * For this reason, this function is not const, unlike getBuffer().
+ * Note that a UnicodeString may also contain NUL characters as part of its contents.
+ *
+ * The buffer may reside in read-only memory. Its contents must not
+ * be modified.
+ *
+ * @return a read-only pointer to the internal string buffer,
+ * or 0 if the string is empty or bogus
+ *
+ * @see getBuffer(int32_t minCapacity)
+ * @see getBuffer()
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ inline const UChar *getTerminatedBuffer();
+
+ //========================================
+ // Constructors
+ //========================================
+
+ /** Construct an empty UnicodeString.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString();
+
+ /**
+ * Construct a UnicodeString with capacity to hold <TT>capacity</TT> UChars
+ * @param capacity the number of UChars this UnicodeString should hold
+ * before a resize is necessary; if count is greater than 0 and count
+ * code points c take up more space than capacity, then capacity is adjusted
+ * accordingly.
+ * @param c is used to initially fill the string
+ * @param count specifies how many code points c are to be written in the
+ * string
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString(int32_t capacity, UChar32 c, int32_t count);
+
+ /**
+ * Single UChar (code unit) constructor.
+ * @param ch the character to place in the UnicodeString
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString(UChar ch);
+
+ /**
+ * Single UChar32 (code point) constructor.
+ * @param ch the character to place in the UnicodeString
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString(UChar32 ch);
+
+ /**
+ * UChar* constructor.
+ * @param text The characters to place in the UnicodeString. <TT>text</TT>
+ * must be NULL (U+0000) terminated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString(const UChar *text);
+
+ /**
+ * UChar* constructor.
+ * @param text The characters to place in the UnicodeString.
+ * @param textLength The number of Unicode characters in <TT>text</TT>
+ * to copy.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString(const UChar *text,
+ int32_t textLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Readonly-aliasing UChar* constructor.
+ * The text will be used for the UnicodeString object, but
+ * it will not be released when the UnicodeString is destroyed.
+ * This has copy-on-write semantics:
+ * When the string is modified, then the buffer is first copied into
+ * newly allocated memory.
+ * The aliased buffer is never modified.
+ * In an assignment to another UnicodeString, the text will be aliased again,
+ * so that both strings then alias the same readonly-text.
+ *
+ * @param isTerminated specifies if <code>text</code> is <code>NUL</code>-terminated.
+ * This must be true if <code>textLength==-1</code>.
+ * @param text The characters to alias for the UnicodeString.
+ * @param textLength The number of Unicode characters in <code>text</code> to alias.
+ * If -1, then this constructor will determine the length
+ * by calling <code>u_strlen()</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString(UBool isTerminated,
+ const UChar *text,
+ int32_t textLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Writable-aliasing UChar* constructor.
+ * The text will be used for the UnicodeString object, but
+ * it will not be released when the UnicodeString is destroyed.
+ * This has write-through semantics:
+ * For as long as the capacity of the buffer is sufficient, write operations
+ * will directly affect the buffer. When more capacity is necessary, then
+ * a new buffer will be allocated and the contents copied as with regularly
+ * constructed strings.
+ * In an assignment to another UnicodeString, the buffer will be copied.
+ * The extract(UChar *dst) function detects whether the dst pointer is the same
+ * as the string buffer itself and will in this case not copy the contents.
+ *
+ * @param buffer The characters to alias for the UnicodeString.
+ * @param buffLength The number of Unicode characters in <code>buffer</code> to alias.
+ * @param buffCapacity The size of <code>buffer</code> in UChars.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString(UChar *buffer, int32_t buffLength, int32_t buffCapacity);
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION
+
+ /**
+ * char* constructor.
+ * @param codepageData an array of bytes, null-terminated
+ * @param codepage the encoding of <TT>codepageData</TT>. The special
+ * value 0 for <TT>codepage</TT> indicates that the text is in the
+ * platform's default codepage.
+ *
+ * If <code>codepage</code> is an empty string (<code>""</code>),
+ * then a simple conversion is performed on the codepage-invariant
+ * subset ("invariant characters") of the platform encoding. See utypes.h.
+ * Recommendation: For invariant-character strings use the constructor
+ * UnicodeString(const char *src, int32_t length, enum EInvariant inv)
+ * because it avoids object code dependencies of UnicodeString on
+ * the conversion code.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString(const char *codepageData,
+ const char *codepage = 0);
+
+ /**
+ * char* constructor.
+ * @param codepageData an array of bytes.
+ * @param dataLength The number of bytes in <TT>codepageData</TT>.
+ * @param codepage the encoding of <TT>codepageData</TT>. The special
+ * value 0 for <TT>codepage</TT> indicates that the text is in the
+ * platform's default codepage.
+ * If <code>codepage</code> is an empty string (<code>""</code>),
+ * then a simple conversion is performed on the codepage-invariant
+ * subset ("invariant characters") of the platform encoding. See utypes.h.
+ * Recommendation: For invariant-character strings use the constructor
+ * UnicodeString(const char *src, int32_t length, enum EInvariant inv)
+ * because it avoids object code dependencies of UnicodeString on
+ * the conversion code.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString(const char *codepageData,
+ int32_t dataLength,
+ const char *codepage = 0);
+
+ /**
+ * char * / UConverter constructor.
+ * This constructor uses an existing UConverter object to
+ * convert the codepage string to Unicode and construct a UnicodeString
+ * from that.
+ *
+ * The converter is reset at first.
+ * If the error code indicates a failure before this constructor is called,
+ * or if an error occurs during conversion or construction,
+ * then the string will be bogus.
+ *
+ * This function avoids the overhead of opening and closing a converter if
+ * multiple strings are constructed.
+ *
+ * @param src input codepage string
+ * @param srcLength length of the input string, can be -1 for NUL-terminated strings
+ * @param cnv converter object (ucnv_resetToUnicode() will be called),
+ * can be NULL for the default converter
+ * @param errorCode normal ICU error code
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString(
+ const char *src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UConverter *cnv,
+ UErrorCode &errorCode);
+
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Constructs a Unicode string from an invariant-character char * string.
+ * About invariant characters see utypes.h.
+ * This constructor has no runtime dependency on conversion code and is
+ * therefore recommended over ones taking a charset name string
+ * (where the empty string "" indicates invariant-character conversion).
+ *
+ * Use the macro US_INV as the third, signature-distinguishing parameter.
+ *
+ * For example:
+ * \code
+ * void fn(const char *s) {
+ * UnicodeString ustr(s, -1, US_INV);
+ * // use ustr ...
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @param src String using only invariant characters.
+ * @param length Length of src, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ * @param inv Signature-distinguishing paramater, use US_INV.
+ *
+ * @see US_INV
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UnicodeString(const char *src, int32_t length, enum EInvariant inv);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @param that The UnicodeString object to copy.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString(const UnicodeString& that);
+
+ /**
+ * 'Substring' constructor from tail of source string.
+ * @param src The UnicodeString object to copy.
+ * @param srcStart The offset into <tt>src</tt> at which to start copying.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ UnicodeString(const UnicodeString& src, int32_t srcStart);
+
+ /**
+ * 'Substring' constructor from subrange of source string.
+ * @param src The UnicodeString object to copy.
+ * @param srcStart The offset into <tt>src</tt> at which to start copying.
+ * @param srcLength The number of characters from <tt>src</tt> to copy.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ UnicodeString(const UnicodeString& src, int32_t srcStart, int32_t srcLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Clone this object, an instance of a subclass of Replaceable.
+ * Clones can be used concurrently in multiple threads.
+ * If a subclass does not implement clone(), or if an error occurs,
+ * then NULL is returned.
+ * The clone functions in all subclasses return a pointer to a Replaceable
+ * because some compilers do not support covariant (same-as-this)
+ * return types; cast to the appropriate subclass if necessary.
+ * The caller must delete the clone.
+ *
+ * @return a clone of this object
+ *
+ * @see Replaceable::clone
+ * @see getDynamicClassID
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ virtual Replaceable *clone() const;
+
+ /** Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ virtual ~UnicodeString();
+
+
+ /* Miscellaneous operations */
+
+ /**
+ * Unescape a string of characters and return a string containing
+ * the result. The following escape sequences are recognized:
+ *
+ * \\uhhhh 4 hex digits; h in [0-9A-Fa-f]
+ * \\Uhhhhhhhh 8 hex digits
+ * \\xhh 1-2 hex digits
+ * \\ooo 1-3 octal digits; o in [0-7]
+ * \\cX control-X; X is masked with 0x1F
+ *
+ * as well as the standard ANSI C escapes:
+ *
+ * \\a => U+0007, \\b => U+0008, \\t => U+0009, \\n => U+000A,
+ * \\v => U+000B, \\f => U+000C, \\r => U+000D, \\e => U+001B,
+ * \\" => U+0022, \\' => U+0027, \\? => U+003F, \\\\ => U+005C
+ *
+ * Anything else following a backslash is generically escaped. For
+ * example, "[a\\-z]" returns "[a-z]".
+ *
+ * If an escape sequence is ill-formed, this method returns an empty
+ * string. An example of an ill-formed sequence is "\\u" followed by
+ * fewer than 4 hex digits.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to u_unescape() but not identical to it.
+ * The latter takes a source char*, so it does escape recognition
+ * and also invariant conversion.
+ *
+ * @return a string with backslash escapes interpreted, or an
+ * empty string on error.
+ * @see UnicodeString#unescapeAt()
+ * @see u_unescape()
+ * @see u_unescapeAt()
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UnicodeString unescape() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Unescape a single escape sequence and return the represented
+ * character. See unescape() for a listing of the recognized escape
+ * sequences. The character at offset-1 is assumed (without
+ * checking) to be a backslash. If the escape sequence is
+ * ill-formed, or the offset is out of range, (UChar32)0xFFFFFFFF is
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * @param offset an input output parameter. On input, it is the
+ * offset into this string where the escape sequence is located,
+ * after the initial backslash. On output, it is advanced after the
+ * last character parsed. On error, it is not advanced at all.
+ * @return the character represented by the escape sequence at
+ * offset, or (UChar32)0xFFFFFFFF on error.
+ * @see UnicodeString#unescape()
+ * @see u_unescape()
+ * @see u_unescapeAt()
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UChar32 unescapeAt(int32_t &offset) const;
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+ //========================================
+ // Implementation methods
+ //========================================
+
+protected:
+ /**
+ * Implement Replaceable::getLength() (see jitterbug 1027).
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getLength() const;
+
+ /**
+ * The change in Replaceable to use virtual getCharAt() allows
+ * UnicodeString::charAt() to be inline again (see jitterbug 709).
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UChar getCharAt(int32_t offset) const;
+
+ /**
+ * The change in Replaceable to use virtual getChar32At() allows
+ * UnicodeString::char32At() to be inline again (see jitterbug 709).
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UChar32 getChar32At(int32_t offset) const;
+
+private:
+
+ inline int8_t
+ doCompare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const;
+
+ int8_t doCompare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const;
+
+ inline int8_t
+ doCompareCodePointOrder(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const;
+
+ int8_t doCompareCodePointOrder(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const;
+
+ inline int8_t
+ doCaseCompare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UnicodeString &srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ uint32_t options) const;
+
+ int8_t
+ doCaseCompare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ uint32_t options) const;
+
+ int32_t doIndexOf(UChar c,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ int32_t doIndexOf(UChar32 c,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ int32_t doLastIndexOf(UChar c,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ int32_t doLastIndexOf(UChar32 c,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t length) const;
+
+ void doExtract(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ UChar *dst,
+ int32_t dstStart) const;
+
+ inline void doExtract(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ UnicodeString& target) const;
+
+ inline UChar doCharAt(int32_t offset) const;
+
+ UnicodeString& doReplace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength);
+
+ UnicodeString& doReplace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength);
+
+ UnicodeString& doReverse(int32_t start,
+ int32_t length);
+
+ // calculate hash code
+ int32_t doHashCode(void) const;
+
+ // get pointer to start of array
+ // these do not check for kOpenGetBuffer, unlike the public getBuffer() function
+ inline UChar* getArrayStart(void);
+ inline const UChar* getArrayStart(void) const;
+
+ // A UnicodeString object (not necessarily its current buffer)
+ // is writable unless it isBogus() or it has an "open" getBuffer(minCapacity).
+ inline UBool isWritable() const;
+
+ // Is the current buffer writable?
+ inline UBool isBufferWritable() const;
+
+ // None of the following does releaseArray().
+ inline void setLength(int32_t len); // sets only fShortLength and fLength
+ inline void setToEmpty(); // sets fFlags=kShortString
+ inline void setToStackBuffer(int32_t len); // sets fFlags=kShortString
+ inline void setArray(UChar *array, int32_t len, int32_t capacity); // does not set fFlags
+
+ // allocate the array; result may be fStackBuffer
+ // sets refCount to 1 if appropriate
+ // sets fArray, fCapacity, and fFlags
+ // returns boolean for success or failure
+ UBool allocate(int32_t capacity);
+
+ // release the array if owned
+ void releaseArray(void);
+
+ // turn a bogus string into an empty one
+ void unBogus();
+
+ // implements assigment operator, copy constructor, and fastCopyFrom()
+ UnicodeString ©From(const UnicodeString &src, UBool fastCopy=FALSE);
+
+ // Pin start and limit to acceptable values.
+ inline void pinIndex(int32_t& start) const;
+ inline void pinIndices(int32_t& start,
+ int32_t& length) const;
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION
+
+ /* Internal extract() using UConverter. */
+ int32_t doExtract(int32_t start, int32_t length,
+ char *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ UConverter *cnv,
+ UErrorCode &errorCode) const;
+
+ /*
+ * Real constructor for converting from codepage data.
+ * It assumes that it is called with !fRefCounted.
+ *
+ * If <code>codepage==0</code>, then the default converter
+ * is used for the platform encoding.
+ * If <code>codepage</code> is an empty string (<code>""</code>),
+ * then a simple conversion is performed on the codepage-invariant
+ * subset ("invariant characters") of the platform encoding. See utypes.h.
+ */
+ void doCodepageCreate(const char *codepageData,
+ int32_t dataLength,
+ const char *codepage);
+
+ /*
+ * Worker function for creating a UnicodeString from
+ * a codepage string using a UConverter.
+ */
+ void
+ doCodepageCreate(const char *codepageData,
+ int32_t dataLength,
+ UConverter *converter,
+ UErrorCode &status);
+
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * This function is called when write access to the array
+ * is necessary.
+ *
+ * We need to make a copy of the array if
+ * the buffer is read-only, or
+ * the buffer is refCounted (shared), and refCount>1, or
+ * the buffer is too small.
+ *
+ * Return FALSE if memory could not be allocated.
+ */
+ UBool cloneArrayIfNeeded(int32_t newCapacity = -1,
+ int32_t growCapacity = -1,
+ UBool doCopyArray = TRUE,
+ int32_t **pBufferToDelete = 0,
+ UBool forceClone = FALSE);
+
+ // common function for case mappings
+ UnicodeString &
+ caseMap(BreakIterator *titleIter,
+ const char *locale,
+ uint32_t options,
+ int32_t toWhichCase);
+
+ // ref counting
+ void addRef(void);
+ int32_t removeRef(void);
+ int32_t refCount(void) const;
+
+ // constants
+ enum {
+ // Set the stack buffer size so that sizeof(UnicodeString) is a multiple of sizeof(pointer):
+ // 32-bit pointers: 4+1+1+13*2 = 32 bytes
+ // 64-bit pointers: 8+1+1+15*2 = 40 bytes
+ US_STACKBUF_SIZE= sizeof(void *)==4 ? 13 : 15, // Size of stack buffer for small strings
+ kInvalidUChar=0xffff, // invalid UChar index
+ kGrowSize=128, // grow size for this buffer
+ kInvalidHashCode=0, // invalid hash code
+ kEmptyHashCode=1, // hash code for empty string
+
+ // bit flag values for fFlags
+ kIsBogus=1, // this string is bogus, i.e., not valid or NULL
+ kUsingStackBuffer=2,// fArray==fStackBuffer
+ kRefCounted=4, // there is a refCount field before the characters in fArray
+ kBufferIsReadonly=8,// do not write to this buffer
+ kOpenGetBuffer=16, // getBuffer(minCapacity) was called (is "open"),
+ // and releaseBuffer(newLength) must be called
+
+ // combined values for convenience
+ kShortString=kUsingStackBuffer,
+ kLongString=kRefCounted,
+ kReadonlyAlias=kBufferIsReadonly,
+ kWritableAlias=0
+ };
+
+ friend class StringThreadTest;
+
+ union StackBufferOrFields; // forward declaration necessary before friend declaration
+ friend union StackBufferOrFields; // make US_STACKBUF_SIZE visible inside fUnion
+
+ /*
+ * The following are all the class fields that are stored
+ * in each UnicodeString object.
+ * Note that UnicodeString has virtual functions,
+ * therefore there is an implicit vtable pointer
+ * as the first real field.
+ * The fields should be aligned such that no padding is
+ * necessary, mostly by having larger types first.
+ * On 32-bit machines, the size should be 32 bytes,
+ * on 64-bit machines (8-byte pointers), it should be 40 bytes.
+ */
+ // (implicit) *vtable;
+ int8_t fShortLength; // 0..127: length <0: real length is in fUnion.fFields.fLength
+ uint8_t fFlags; // bit flags: see constants above
+ union StackBufferOrFields {
+ // fStackBuffer is used iff (fFlags&kUsingStackBuffer)
+ // else fFields is used
+ UChar fStackBuffer [US_STACKBUF_SIZE]; // buffer for small strings
+ struct {
+ uint16_t fPadding; // align the following field at 8B (32b pointers) or 12B (64b)
+ int32_t fLength; // number of characters in fArray if >127; else undefined
+ UChar *fArray; // the Unicode data (aligned at 12B (32b pointers) or 16B (64b))
+ int32_t fCapacity; // sizeof fArray
+ } fFields;
+ } fUnion;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Create a new UnicodeString with the concatenation of two others.
+ *
+ * @param s1 The first string to be copied to the new one.
+ * @param s2 The second string to be copied to the new one, after s1.
+ * @return UnicodeString(s1).append(s2)
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_COMMON_API UnicodeString U_EXPORT2
+operator+ (const UnicodeString &s1, const UnicodeString &s2);
+
+//========================================
+// Inline members
+//========================================
+
+//========================================
+// Privates
+//========================================
+
+inline void
+UnicodeString::pinIndex(int32_t& start) const
+{
+ // pin index
+ if(start < 0) {
+ start = 0;
+ } else if(start > length()) {
+ start = length();
+ }
+}
+
+inline void
+UnicodeString::pinIndices(int32_t& start,
+ int32_t& _length) const
+{
+ // pin indices
+ int32_t len = length();
+ if(start < 0) {
+ start = 0;
+ } else if(start > len) {
+ start = len;
+ }
+ if(_length < 0) {
+ _length = 0;
+ } else if(_length > (len - start)) {
+ _length = (len - start);
+ }
+}
+
+inline UChar*
+UnicodeString::getArrayStart()
+{ return (fFlags&kUsingStackBuffer) ? fUnion.fStackBuffer : fUnion.fFields.fArray; }
+
+inline const UChar*
+UnicodeString::getArrayStart() const
+{ return (fFlags&kUsingStackBuffer) ? fUnion.fStackBuffer : fUnion.fFields.fArray; }
+
+//========================================
+// Read-only implementation methods
+//========================================
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::length() const
+{ return fShortLength>=0 ? fShortLength : fUnion.fFields.fLength; }
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::getCapacity() const
+{ return (fFlags&kUsingStackBuffer) ? US_STACKBUF_SIZE : fUnion.fFields.fCapacity; }
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::hashCode() const
+{ return doHashCode(); }
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::isBogus() const
+{ return (UBool)(fFlags & kIsBogus); }
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::isWritable() const
+{ return (UBool)!(fFlags&(kOpenGetBuffer|kIsBogus)); }
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::isBufferWritable() const
+{
+ return (UBool)(
+ !(fFlags&(kOpenGetBuffer|kIsBogus|kBufferIsReadonly)) &&
+ (!(fFlags&kRefCounted) || refCount()==1));
+}
+
+inline const UChar *
+UnicodeString::getBuffer() const {
+ if(fFlags&(kIsBogus|kOpenGetBuffer)) {
+ return 0;
+ } else if(fFlags&kUsingStackBuffer) {
+ return fUnion.fStackBuffer;
+ } else {
+ return fUnion.fFields.fArray;
+ }
+}
+
+//========================================
+// Read-only alias methods
+//========================================
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::doCompare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t thisLength,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const
+{
+ if(srcText.isBogus()) {
+ return (int8_t)!isBogus(); // 0 if both are bogus, 1 otherwise
+ } else {
+ srcText.pinIndices(srcStart, srcLength);
+ return doCompare(start, thisLength, srcText.getArrayStart(), srcStart, srcLength);
+ }
+}
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::operator== (const UnicodeString& text) const
+{
+ if(isBogus()) {
+ return text.isBogus();
+ } else {
+ int32_t len = length(), textLength = text.length();
+ return
+ !text.isBogus() &&
+ len == textLength &&
+ doCompare(0, len, text, 0, textLength) == 0;
+ }
+}
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::operator!= (const UnicodeString& text) const
+{ return (! operator==(text)); }
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::operator> (const UnicodeString& text) const
+{ return doCompare(0, length(), text, 0, text.length()) == 1; }
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::operator< (const UnicodeString& text) const
+{ return doCompare(0, length(), text, 0, text.length()) == -1; }
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::operator>= (const UnicodeString& text) const
+{ return doCompare(0, length(), text, 0, text.length()) != -1; }
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::operator<= (const UnicodeString& text) const
+{ return doCompare(0, length(), text, 0, text.length()) != 1; }
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::compare(const UnicodeString& text) const
+{ return doCompare(0, length(), text, 0, text.length()); }
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::compare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText) const
+{ return doCompare(start, _length, srcText, 0, srcText.length()); }
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::compare(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength) const
+{ return doCompare(0, length(), srcChars, 0, srcLength); }
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::compare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const
+{ return doCompare(start, _length, srcText, srcStart, srcLength); }
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::compare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UChar *srcChars) const
+{ return doCompare(start, _length, srcChars, 0, _length); }
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::compare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const
+{ return doCompare(start, _length, srcChars, srcStart, srcLength); }
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::compareBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLimit) const
+{ return doCompare(start, limit - start,
+ srcText, srcStart, srcLimit - srcStart); }
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::doCompareCodePointOrder(int32_t start,
+ int32_t thisLength,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const
+{
+ if(srcText.isBogus()) {
+ return (int8_t)!isBogus(); // 0 if both are bogus, 1 otherwise
+ } else {
+ srcText.pinIndices(srcStart, srcLength);
+ return doCompareCodePointOrder(start, thisLength, srcText.getArrayStart(), srcStart, srcLength);
+ }
+}
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::compareCodePointOrder(const UnicodeString& text) const
+{ return doCompareCodePointOrder(0, length(), text, 0, text.length()); }
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::compareCodePointOrder(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText) const
+{ return doCompareCodePointOrder(start, _length, srcText, 0, srcText.length()); }
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::compareCodePointOrder(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength) const
+{ return doCompareCodePointOrder(0, length(), srcChars, 0, srcLength); }
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::compareCodePointOrder(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const
+{ return doCompareCodePointOrder(start, _length, srcText, srcStart, srcLength); }
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::compareCodePointOrder(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UChar *srcChars) const
+{ return doCompareCodePointOrder(start, _length, srcChars, 0, _length); }
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::compareCodePointOrder(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const
+{ return doCompareCodePointOrder(start, _length, srcChars, srcStart, srcLength); }
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::compareCodePointOrderBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLimit) const
+{ return doCompareCodePointOrder(start, limit - start,
+ srcText, srcStart, srcLimit - srcStart); }
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::doCaseCompare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t thisLength,
+ const UnicodeString &srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ uint32_t options) const
+{
+ if(srcText.isBogus()) {
+ return (int8_t)!isBogus(); // 0 if both are bogus, 1 otherwise
+ } else {
+ srcText.pinIndices(srcStart, srcLength);
+ return doCaseCompare(start, thisLength, srcText.getArrayStart(), srcStart, srcLength, options);
+ }
+}
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::caseCompare(const UnicodeString &text, uint32_t options) const {
+ return doCaseCompare(0, length(), text, 0, text.length(), options);
+}
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::caseCompare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UnicodeString &srcText,
+ uint32_t options) const {
+ return doCaseCompare(start, _length, srcText, 0, srcText.length(), options);
+}
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::caseCompare(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ uint32_t options) const {
+ return doCaseCompare(0, length(), srcChars, 0, srcLength, options);
+}
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::caseCompare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UnicodeString &srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ uint32_t options) const {
+ return doCaseCompare(start, _length, srcText, srcStart, srcLength, options);
+}
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::caseCompare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ uint32_t options) const {
+ return doCaseCompare(start, _length, srcChars, 0, _length, options);
+}
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::caseCompare(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ uint32_t options) const {
+ return doCaseCompare(start, _length, srcChars, srcStart, srcLength, options);
+}
+
+inline int8_t
+UnicodeString::caseCompareBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ const UnicodeString &srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLimit,
+ uint32_t options) const {
+ return doCaseCompare(start, limit - start, srcText, srcStart, srcLimit - srcStart, options);
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::indexOf(const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length) const
+{
+ if(!srcText.isBogus()) {
+ srcText.pinIndices(srcStart, srcLength);
+ if(srcLength > 0) {
+ return indexOf(srcText.getArrayStart(), srcStart, srcLength, start, _length);
+ }
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::indexOf(const UnicodeString& text) const
+{ return indexOf(text, 0, text.length(), 0, length()); }
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::indexOf(const UnicodeString& text,
+ int32_t start) const {
+ pinIndex(start);
+ return indexOf(text, 0, text.length(), start, length() - start);
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::indexOf(const UnicodeString& text,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length) const
+{ return indexOf(text, 0, text.length(), start, _length); }
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::indexOf(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ int32_t start) const {
+ pinIndex(start);
+ return indexOf(srcChars, 0, srcLength, start, length() - start);
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::indexOf(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length) const
+{ return indexOf(srcChars, 0, srcLength, start, _length); }
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::indexOf(UChar c,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length) const
+{ return doIndexOf(c, start, _length); }
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::indexOf(UChar32 c,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length) const
+{ return doIndexOf(c, start, _length); }
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::indexOf(UChar c) const
+{ return doIndexOf(c, 0, length()); }
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::indexOf(UChar32 c) const
+{ return indexOf(c, 0, length()); }
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::indexOf(UChar c,
+ int32_t start) const {
+ pinIndex(start);
+ return doIndexOf(c, start, length() - start);
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::indexOf(UChar32 c,
+ int32_t start) const {
+ pinIndex(start);
+ return indexOf(c, start, length() - start);
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::lastIndexOf(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length) const
+{ return lastIndexOf(srcChars, 0, srcLength, start, _length); }
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::lastIndexOf(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ int32_t start) const {
+ pinIndex(start);
+ return lastIndexOf(srcChars, 0, srcLength, start, length() - start);
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::lastIndexOf(const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length) const
+{
+ if(!srcText.isBogus()) {
+ srcText.pinIndices(srcStart, srcLength);
+ if(srcLength > 0) {
+ return lastIndexOf(srcText.getArrayStart(), srcStart, srcLength, start, _length);
+ }
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::lastIndexOf(const UnicodeString& text,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length) const
+{ return lastIndexOf(text, 0, text.length(), start, _length); }
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::lastIndexOf(const UnicodeString& text,
+ int32_t start) const {
+ pinIndex(start);
+ return lastIndexOf(text, 0, text.length(), start, length() - start);
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::lastIndexOf(const UnicodeString& text) const
+{ return lastIndexOf(text, 0, text.length(), 0, length()); }
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::lastIndexOf(UChar c,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length) const
+{ return doLastIndexOf(c, start, _length); }
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::lastIndexOf(UChar32 c,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length) const {
+ return doLastIndexOf(c, start, _length);
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::lastIndexOf(UChar c) const
+{ return doLastIndexOf(c, 0, length()); }
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::lastIndexOf(UChar32 c) const {
+ return lastIndexOf(c, 0, length());
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::lastIndexOf(UChar c,
+ int32_t start) const {
+ pinIndex(start);
+ return doLastIndexOf(c, start, length() - start);
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::lastIndexOf(UChar32 c,
+ int32_t start) const {
+ pinIndex(start);
+ return lastIndexOf(c, start, length() - start);
+}
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::startsWith(const UnicodeString& text) const
+{ return compare(0, text.length(), text, 0, text.length()) == 0; }
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::startsWith(const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const
+{ return doCompare(0, srcLength, srcText, srcStart, srcLength) == 0; }
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::startsWith(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength) const
+{ return doCompare(0, srcLength, srcChars, 0, srcLength) == 0; }
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::startsWith(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const
+{ return doCompare(0, srcLength, srcChars, srcStart, srcLength) == 0;}
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::endsWith(const UnicodeString& text) const
+{ return doCompare(length() - text.length(), text.length(),
+ text, 0, text.length()) == 0; }
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::endsWith(const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const {
+ srcText.pinIndices(srcStart, srcLength);
+ return doCompare(length() - srcLength, srcLength,
+ srcText, srcStart, srcLength) == 0;
+}
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::endsWith(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength) const {
+ if(srcLength < 0) {
+ srcLength = u_strlen(srcChars);
+ }
+ return doCompare(length() - srcLength, srcLength,
+ srcChars, 0, srcLength) == 0;
+}
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::endsWith(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength) const {
+ if(srcLength < 0) {
+ srcLength = u_strlen(srcChars + srcStart);
+ }
+ return doCompare(length() - srcLength, srcLength,
+ srcChars, srcStart, srcLength) == 0;
+}
+
+//========================================
+// replace
+//========================================
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::replace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText)
+{ return doReplace(start, _length, srcText, 0, srcText.length()); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::replace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength)
+{ return doReplace(start, _length, srcText, srcStart, srcLength); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::replace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength)
+{ return doReplace(start, _length, srcChars, 0, srcLength); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::replace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength)
+{ return doReplace(start, _length, srcChars, srcStart, srcLength); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::replace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ UChar srcChar)
+{ return doReplace(start, _length, &srcChar, 0, 1); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::replace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ UChar32 srcChar) {
+ UChar buffer[U16_MAX_LENGTH];
+ int32_t count = 0;
+ UBool isError = FALSE;
+ U16_APPEND(buffer, count, U16_MAX_LENGTH, srcChar, isError);
+ return doReplace(start, _length, buffer, 0, count);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::replaceBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText)
+{ return doReplace(start, limit - start, srcText, 0, srcText.length()); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::replaceBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLimit)
+{ return doReplace(start, limit - start, srcText, srcStart, srcLimit - srcStart); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::findAndReplace(const UnicodeString& oldText,
+ const UnicodeString& newText)
+{ return findAndReplace(0, length(), oldText, 0, oldText.length(),
+ newText, 0, newText.length()); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::findAndReplace(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ const UnicodeString& oldText,
+ const UnicodeString& newText)
+{ return findAndReplace(start, _length, oldText, 0, oldText.length(),
+ newText, 0, newText.length()); }
+
+// ============================
+// extract
+// ============================
+inline void
+UnicodeString::doExtract(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ UnicodeString& target) const
+{ target.replace(0, target.length(), *this, start, _length); }
+
+inline void
+UnicodeString::extract(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ UChar *target,
+ int32_t targetStart) const
+{ doExtract(start, _length, target, targetStart); }
+
+inline void
+UnicodeString::extract(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ UnicodeString& target) const
+{ doExtract(start, _length, target); }
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::extract(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length,
+ char *dst,
+ const char *codepage) const
+
+{
+ // This dstSize value will be checked explicitly
+ return extract(start, _length, dst, dst!=0 ? 0xffffffff : 0, codepage);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+inline void
+UnicodeString::extractBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ UChar *dst,
+ int32_t dstStart) const {
+ pinIndex(start);
+ pinIndex(limit);
+ doExtract(start, limit - start, dst, dstStart);
+}
+
+inline UChar
+UnicodeString::doCharAt(int32_t offset) const
+{
+ if((uint32_t)offset < (uint32_t)length()) {
+ return getArrayStart()[offset];
+ } else {
+ return kInvalidUChar;
+ }
+}
+
+inline UChar
+UnicodeString::charAt(int32_t offset) const
+{ return doCharAt(offset); }
+
+inline UChar
+UnicodeString::operator[] (int32_t offset) const
+{ return doCharAt(offset); }
+
+inline UChar32
+UnicodeString::char32At(int32_t offset) const
+{
+ int32_t len = length();
+ if((uint32_t)offset < (uint32_t)len) {
+ const UChar *array = getArrayStart();
+ UChar32 c;
+ U16_GET(array, 0, offset, len, c);
+ return c;
+ } else {
+ return kInvalidUChar;
+ }
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::getChar32Start(int32_t offset) const {
+ if((uint32_t)offset < (uint32_t)length()) {
+ const UChar *array = getArrayStart();
+ U16_SET_CP_START(array, 0, offset);
+ return offset;
+ } else {
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+inline int32_t
+UnicodeString::getChar32Limit(int32_t offset) const {
+ int32_t len = length();
+ if((uint32_t)offset < (uint32_t)len) {
+ const UChar *array = getArrayStart();
+ U16_SET_CP_LIMIT(array, 0, offset, len);
+ return offset;
+ } else {
+ return len;
+ }
+}
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::isEmpty() const {
+ return fShortLength == 0;
+}
+
+//========================================
+// Write implementation methods
+//========================================
+inline void
+UnicodeString::setLength(int32_t len) {
+ if(len <= 127) {
+ fShortLength = (int8_t)len;
+ } else {
+ fShortLength = (int8_t)-1;
+ fUnion.fFields.fLength = len;
+ }
+}
+
+inline void
+UnicodeString::setToEmpty() {
+ fShortLength = 0;
+ fFlags = kShortString;
+}
+
+inline void
+UnicodeString::setToStackBuffer(int32_t len) {
+ fShortLength = (int8_t)len;
+ fFlags = kShortString;
+}
+
+inline void
+UnicodeString::setArray(UChar *array, int32_t len, int32_t capacity) {
+ setLength(len);
+ fUnion.fFields.fArray = array;
+ fUnion.fFields.fCapacity = capacity;
+}
+
+inline const UChar *
+UnicodeString::getTerminatedBuffer() {
+ if(!isWritable()) {
+ return 0;
+ } else {
+ UChar *array = getArrayStart();
+ int32_t len = length();
+ if(len < getCapacity() && array[len] == 0) {
+ return array;
+ } else if(cloneArrayIfNeeded(len+1)) {
+ array = getArrayStart();
+ array[len] = 0;
+ return array;
+ } else {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::operator= (UChar ch)
+{ return doReplace(0, length(), &ch, 0, 1); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::operator= (UChar32 ch)
+{ return replace(0, length(), ch); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::setTo(const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength)
+{
+ unBogus();
+ return doReplace(0, length(), srcText, srcStart, srcLength);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::setTo(const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart)
+{
+ unBogus();
+ srcText.pinIndex(srcStart);
+ return doReplace(0, length(), srcText, srcStart, srcText.length() - srcStart);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::setTo(const UnicodeString& srcText)
+{
+ unBogus();
+ return doReplace(0, length(), srcText, 0, srcText.length());
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::setTo(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength)
+{
+ unBogus();
+ return doReplace(0, length(), srcChars, 0, srcLength);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::setTo(UChar srcChar)
+{
+ unBogus();
+ return doReplace(0, length(), &srcChar, 0, 1);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::setTo(UChar32 srcChar)
+{
+ unBogus();
+ return replace(0, length(), srcChar);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::append(const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength)
+{ return doReplace(length(), 0, srcText, srcStart, srcLength); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::append(const UnicodeString& srcText)
+{ return doReplace(length(), 0, srcText, 0, srcText.length()); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::append(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength)
+{ return doReplace(length(), 0, srcChars, srcStart, srcLength); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::append(const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength)
+{ return doReplace(length(), 0, srcChars, 0, srcLength); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::append(UChar srcChar)
+{ return doReplace(length(), 0, &srcChar, 0, 1); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::append(UChar32 srcChar) {
+ UChar buffer[U16_MAX_LENGTH];
+ int32_t _length = 0;
+ UBool isError = FALSE;
+ U16_APPEND(buffer, _length, U16_MAX_LENGTH, srcChar, isError);
+ return doReplace(length(), 0, buffer, 0, _length);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::operator+= (UChar ch)
+{ return doReplace(length(), 0, &ch, 0, 1); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::operator+= (UChar32 ch) {
+ return append(ch);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::operator+= (const UnicodeString& srcText)
+{ return doReplace(length(), 0, srcText, 0, srcText.length()); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::insert(int32_t start,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength)
+{ return doReplace(start, 0, srcText, srcStart, srcLength); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::insert(int32_t start,
+ const UnicodeString& srcText)
+{ return doReplace(start, 0, srcText, 0, srcText.length()); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::insert(int32_t start,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcStart,
+ int32_t srcLength)
+{ return doReplace(start, 0, srcChars, srcStart, srcLength); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::insert(int32_t start,
+ const UChar *srcChars,
+ int32_t srcLength)
+{ return doReplace(start, 0, srcChars, 0, srcLength); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::insert(int32_t start,
+ UChar srcChar)
+{ return doReplace(start, 0, &srcChar, 0, 1); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::insert(int32_t start,
+ UChar32 srcChar)
+{ return replace(start, 0, srcChar); }
+
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::remove()
+{
+ // remove() of a bogus string makes the string empty and non-bogus
+ if(isBogus()) {
+ unBogus();
+ } else {
+ setLength(0);
+ }
+ return *this;
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::remove(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length)
+{
+ if(start <= 0 && _length == INT32_MAX) {
+ // remove(guaranteed everything) of a bogus string makes the string empty and non-bogus
+ return remove();
+ }
+ return doReplace(start, _length, NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::removeBetween(int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit)
+{ return doReplace(start, limit - start, NULL, 0, 0); }
+
+inline UBool
+UnicodeString::truncate(int32_t targetLength)
+{
+ if(isBogus() && targetLength == 0) {
+ // truncate(0) of a bogus string makes the string empty and non-bogus
+ unBogus();
+ return FALSE;
+ } else if((uint32_t)targetLength < (uint32_t)length()) {
+ setLength(targetLength);
+ return TRUE;
+ } else {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::reverse()
+{ return doReverse(0, length()); }
+
+inline UnicodeString&
+UnicodeString::reverse(int32_t start,
+ int32_t _length)
+{ return doReverse(start, _length); }
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unorm.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unorm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c22b808
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unorm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,576 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (c) 1996-2007, International Business Machines Corporation
+* and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+* File unorm.h
+*
+* Created by: Vladimir Weinstein 12052000
+*
+* Modification history :
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 02/01/01 synwee Added normalization quickcheck enum and method.
+*/
+#ifndef UNORM_H
+#define UNORM_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_NORMALIZATION
+
+#include "unicode/uiter.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Unicode Normalization
+ *
+ * <h2>Unicode normalization API</h2>
+ *
+ * <code>unorm_normalize</code> transforms Unicode text into an equivalent composed or
+ * decomposed form, allowing for easier sorting and searching of text.
+ * <code>unorm_normalize</code> supports the standard normalization forms described in
+ * <a href="http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr15/" target="unicode">
+ * Unicode Standard Annex #15: Unicode Normalization Forms</a>.
+ *
+ * Characters with accents or other adornments can be encoded in
+ * several different ways in Unicode. For example, take the character A-acute.
+ * In Unicode, this can be encoded as a single character (the
+ * "composed" form):
+ *
+ * \code
+ * 00C1 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH ACUTE
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * or as two separate characters (the "decomposed" form):
+ *
+ * \code
+ * 0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A
+ * 0301 COMBINING ACUTE ACCENT
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * To a user of your program, however, both of these sequences should be
+ * treated as the same "user-level" character "A with acute accent". When you are searching or
+ * comparing text, you must ensure that these two sequences are treated
+ * equivalently. In addition, you must handle characters with more than one
+ * accent. Sometimes the order of a character's combining accents is
+ * significant, while in other cases accent sequences in different orders are
+ * really equivalent.
+ *
+ * Similarly, the string "ffi" can be encoded as three separate letters:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * 0066 LATIN SMALL LETTER F
+ * 0066 LATIN SMALL LETTER F
+ * 0069 LATIN SMALL LETTER I
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * or as the single character
+ *
+ * \code
+ * FB03 LATIN SMALL LIGATURE FFI
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * The ffi ligature is not a distinct semantic character, and strictly speaking
+ * it shouldn't be in Unicode at all, but it was included for compatibility
+ * with existing character sets that already provided it. The Unicode standard
+ * identifies such characters by giving them "compatibility" decompositions
+ * into the corresponding semantic characters. When sorting and searching, you
+ * will often want to use these mappings.
+ *
+ * <code>unorm_normalize</code> helps solve these problems by transforming text into the
+ * canonical composed and decomposed forms as shown in the first example above.
+ * In addition, you can have it perform compatibility decompositions so that
+ * you can treat compatibility characters the same as their equivalents.
+ * Finally, <code>unorm_normalize</code> rearranges accents into the proper canonical
+ * order, so that you do not have to worry about accent rearrangement on your
+ * own.
+ *
+ * Form FCD, "Fast C or D", is also designed for collation.
+ * It allows to work on strings that are not necessarily normalized
+ * with an algorithm (like in collation) that works under "canonical closure", i.e., it treats precomposed
+ * characters and their decomposed equivalents the same.
+ *
+ * It is not a normalization form because it does not provide for uniqueness of representation. Multiple strings
+ * may be canonically equivalent (their NFDs are identical) and may all conform to FCD without being identical
+ * themselves.
+ *
+ * The form is defined such that the "raw decomposition", the recursive canonical decomposition of each character,
+ * results in a string that is canonically ordered. This means that precomposed characters are allowed for as long
+ * as their decompositions do not need canonical reordering.
+ *
+ * Its advantage for a process like collation is that all NFD and most NFC texts - and many unnormalized texts -
+ * already conform to FCD and do not need to be normalized (NFD) for such a process. The FCD quick check will
+ * return UNORM_YES for most strings in practice.
+ *
+ * unorm_normalize(UNORM_FCD) may be implemented with UNORM_NFD.
+ *
+ * For more details on FCD see the collation design document:
+ * http://source.icu-project.org/repos/icu/icuhtml/trunk/design/collation/ICU_collation_design.htm
+ *
+ * ICU collation performs either NFD or FCD normalization automatically if normalization
+ * is turned on for the collator object.
+ * Beyond collation and string search, normalized strings may be useful for string equivalence comparisons,
+ * transliteration/transcription, unique representations, etc.
+ *
+ * The W3C generally recommends to exchange texts in NFC.
+ * Note also that most legacy character encodings use only precomposed forms and often do not
+ * encode any combining marks by themselves. For conversion to such character encodings the
+ * Unicode text needs to be normalized to NFC.
+ * For more usage examples, see the Unicode Standard Annex.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Constants for normalization modes.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ /** No decomposition/composition. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UNORM_NONE = 1,
+ /** Canonical decomposition. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UNORM_NFD = 2,
+ /** Compatibility decomposition. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UNORM_NFKD = 3,
+ /** Canonical decomposition followed by canonical composition. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UNORM_NFC = 4,
+ /** Default normalization. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UNORM_DEFAULT = UNORM_NFC,
+ /** Compatibility decomposition followed by canonical composition. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UNORM_NFKC =5,
+ /** "Fast C or D" form. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UNORM_FCD = 6,
+
+ /** One more than the highest normalization mode constant. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+ UNORM_MODE_COUNT
+} UNormalizationMode;
+
+/**
+ * Constants for options flags for normalization.
+ * Use 0 for default options,
+ * including normalization according to the Unicode version
+ * that is currently supported by ICU (see u_getUnicodeVersion).
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+enum {
+ /**
+ * Options bit set value to select Unicode 3.2 normalization
+ * (except NormalizationCorrections).
+ * At most one Unicode version can be selected at a time.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ UNORM_UNICODE_3_2=0x20
+};
+
+/**
+ * Lowest-order bit number of unorm_compare() options bits corresponding to
+ * normalization options bits.
+ *
+ * The options parameter for unorm_compare() uses most bits for
+ * itself and for various comparison and folding flags.
+ * The most significant bits, however, are shifted down and passed on
+ * to the normalization implementation.
+ * (That is, from unorm_compare(..., options, ...),
+ * options>>UNORM_COMPARE_NORM_OPTIONS_SHIFT will be passed on to the
+ * internal normalization functions.)
+ *
+ * @see unorm_compare
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+#define UNORM_COMPARE_NORM_OPTIONS_SHIFT 20
+
+/**
+ * Normalize a string.
+ * The string will be normalized according the specified normalization mode
+ * and options.
+ * The source and result buffers must not be the same, nor overlap.
+ *
+ * @param source The string to normalize.
+ * @param sourceLength The length of source, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ * @param mode The normalization mode; one of UNORM_NONE,
+ * UNORM_NFD, UNORM_NFC, UNORM_NFKC, UNORM_NFKD, UNORM_DEFAULT.
+ * @param options The normalization options, ORed together (0 for no options).
+ * @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the result string.
+ * The result string is NUL-terminated if possible.
+ * @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+ * @param status A pointer to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength,
+ * the output was truncated, and the error code is set to U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+unorm_normalize(const UChar *source, int32_t sourceLength,
+ UNormalizationMode mode, int32_t options,
+ UChar *result, int32_t resultLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+#endif
+/**
+ * Result values for unorm_quickCheck().
+ * For details see Unicode Technical Report 15.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum UNormalizationCheckResult {
+ /**
+ * Indicates that string is not in the normalized format
+ */
+ UNORM_NO,
+ /**
+ * Indicates that string is in the normalized format
+ */
+ UNORM_YES,
+ /**
+ * Indicates that string cannot be determined if it is in the normalized
+ * format without further thorough checks.
+ */
+ UNORM_MAYBE
+} UNormalizationCheckResult;
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_NORMALIZATION
+/**
+ * Performing quick check on a string, to quickly determine if the string is
+ * in a particular normalization format.
+ * Three types of result can be returned UNORM_YES, UNORM_NO or
+ * UNORM_MAYBE. Result UNORM_YES indicates that the argument
+ * string is in the desired normalized format, UNORM_NO determines that
+ * argument string is not in the desired normalized format. A
+ * UNORM_MAYBE result indicates that a more thorough check is required,
+ * the user may have to put the string in its normalized form and compare the
+ * results.
+ *
+ * @param source string for determining if it is in a normalized format
+ * @param sourcelength length of source to test, or -1 if NUL-terminated
+ * @param mode which normalization form to test for
+ * @param status a pointer to a UErrorCode to receive any errors
+ * @return UNORM_YES, UNORM_NO or UNORM_MAYBE
+ *
+ * @see unorm_isNormalized
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UNormalizationCheckResult U_EXPORT2
+unorm_quickCheck(const UChar *source, int32_t sourcelength,
+ UNormalizationMode mode,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Performing quick check on a string; same as unorm_quickCheck but
+ * takes an extra options parameter like most normalization functions.
+ *
+ * @param src String that is to be tested if it is in a normalization format.
+ * @param srcLength Length of source to test, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ * @param mode Which normalization form to test for.
+ * @param options The normalization options, ORed together (0 for no options).
+ * @param pErrorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return UNORM_YES, UNORM_NO or UNORM_MAYBE
+ *
+ * @see unorm_quickCheck
+ * @see unorm_isNormalized
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UNormalizationCheckResult U_EXPORT2
+unorm_quickCheckWithOptions(const UChar *src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UNormalizationMode mode, int32_t options,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Test if a string is in a given normalization form.
+ * This is semantically equivalent to source.equals(normalize(source, mode)) .
+ *
+ * Unlike unorm_quickCheck(), this function returns a definitive result,
+ * never a "maybe".
+ * For NFD, NFKD, and FCD, both functions work exactly the same.
+ * For NFC and NFKC where quickCheck may return "maybe", this function will
+ * perform further tests to arrive at a TRUE/FALSE result.
+ *
+ * @param src String that is to be tested if it is in a normalization format.
+ * @param srcLength Length of source to test, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ * @param mode Which normalization form to test for.
+ * @param pErrorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return Boolean value indicating whether the source string is in the
+ * "mode" normalization form.
+ *
+ * @see unorm_quickCheck
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+unorm_isNormalized(const UChar *src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UNormalizationMode mode,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Test if a string is in a given normalization form; same as unorm_isNormalized but
+ * takes an extra options parameter like most normalization functions.
+ *
+ * @param src String that is to be tested if it is in a normalization format.
+ * @param srcLength Length of source to test, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ * @param mode Which normalization form to test for.
+ * @param options The normalization options, ORed together (0 for no options).
+ * @param pErrorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return Boolean value indicating whether the source string is in the
+ * "mode/options" normalization form.
+ *
+ * @see unorm_quickCheck
+ * @see unorm_isNormalized
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+unorm_isNormalizedWithOptions(const UChar *src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UNormalizationMode mode, int32_t options,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Iterative normalization forward.
+ * This function (together with unorm_previous) is somewhat
+ * similar to the C++ Normalizer class (see its non-static functions).
+ *
+ * Iterative normalization is useful when only a small portion of a longer
+ * string/text needs to be processed.
+ *
+ * For example, the likelihood may be high that processing the first 10% of some
+ * text will be sufficient to find certain data.
+ * Another example: When one wants to concatenate two normalized strings and get a
+ * normalized result, it is much more efficient to normalize just a small part of
+ * the result around the concatenation place instead of re-normalizing everything.
+ *
+ * The input text is an instance of the C character iteration API UCharIterator.
+ * It may wrap around a simple string, a CharacterIterator, a Replaceable, or any
+ * other kind of text object.
+ *
+ * If a buffer overflow occurs, then the caller needs to reset the iterator to the
+ * old index and call the function again with a larger buffer - if the caller cares
+ * for the actual output.
+ * Regardless of the output buffer, the iterator will always be moved to the next
+ * normalization boundary.
+ *
+ * This function (like unorm_previous) serves two purposes:
+ *
+ * 1) To find the next boundary so that the normalization of the part of the text
+ * from the current position to that boundary does not affect and is not affected
+ * by the part of the text beyond that boundary.
+ *
+ * 2) To normalize the text up to the boundary.
+ *
+ * The second step is optional, per the doNormalize parameter.
+ * It is omitted for operations like string concatenation, where the two adjacent
+ * string ends need to be normalized together.
+ * In such a case, the output buffer will just contain a copy of the text up to the
+ * boundary.
+ *
+ * pNeededToNormalize is an output-only parameter. Its output value is only defined
+ * if normalization was requested (doNormalize) and successful (especially, no
+ * buffer overflow).
+ * It is useful for operations like a normalizing transliterator, where one would
+ * not want to replace a piece of text if it is not modified.
+ *
+ * If doNormalize==TRUE and pNeededToNormalize!=NULL then *pNeeded... is set TRUE
+ * if the normalization was necessary.
+ *
+ * If doNormalize==FALSE then *pNeededToNormalize will be set to FALSE.
+ *
+ * If the buffer overflows, then *pNeededToNormalize will be undefined;
+ * essentially, whenever U_FAILURE is true (like in buffer overflows), this result
+ * will be undefined.
+ *
+ * @param src The input text in the form of a C character iterator.
+ * @param dest The output buffer; can be NULL if destCapacity==0 for pure preflighting.
+ * @param destCapacity The number of UChars that fit into dest.
+ * @param mode The normalization mode.
+ * @param options The normalization options, ORed together (0 for no options).
+ * @param doNormalize Indicates if the source text up to the next boundary
+ * is to be normalized (TRUE) or just copied (FALSE).
+ * @param pNeededToNormalize Output flag indicating if the normalization resulted in
+ * different text from the input.
+ * Not defined if an error occurs including buffer overflow.
+ * Always FALSE if !doNormalize.
+ * @param pErrorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return Length of output (number of UChars) when successful or buffer overflow.
+ *
+ * @see unorm_previous
+ * @see unorm_normalize
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+unorm_next(UCharIterator *src,
+ UChar *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ UNormalizationMode mode, int32_t options,
+ UBool doNormalize, UBool *pNeededToNormalize,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Iterative normalization backward.
+ * This function (together with unorm_next) is somewhat
+ * similar to the C++ Normalizer class (see its non-static functions).
+ * For all details see unorm_next.
+ *
+ * @param src The input text in the form of a C character iterator.
+ * @param dest The output buffer; can be NULL if destCapacity==0 for pure preflighting.
+ * @param destCapacity The number of UChars that fit into dest.
+ * @param mode The normalization mode.
+ * @param options The normalization options, ORed together (0 for no options).
+ * @param doNormalize Indicates if the source text up to the next boundary
+ * is to be normalized (TRUE) or just copied (FALSE).
+ * @param pNeededToNormalize Output flag indicating if the normalization resulted in
+ * different text from the input.
+ * Not defined if an error occurs including buffer overflow.
+ * Always FALSE if !doNormalize.
+ * @param pErrorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return Length of output (number of UChars) when successful or buffer overflow.
+ *
+ * @see unorm_next
+ * @see unorm_normalize
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+unorm_previous(UCharIterator *src,
+ UChar *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ UNormalizationMode mode, int32_t options,
+ UBool doNormalize, UBool *pNeededToNormalize,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Concatenate normalized strings, making sure that the result is normalized as well.
+ *
+ * If both the left and the right strings are in
+ * the normalization form according to "mode/options",
+ * then the result will be
+ *
+ * \code
+ * dest=normalize(left+right, mode, options)
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * With the input strings already being normalized,
+ * this function will use unorm_next() and unorm_previous()
+ * to find the adjacent end pieces of the input strings.
+ * Only the concatenation of these end pieces will be normalized and
+ * then concatenated with the remaining parts of the input strings.
+ *
+ * It is allowed to have dest==left to avoid copying the entire left string.
+ *
+ * @param left Left source string, may be same as dest.
+ * @param leftLength Length of left source string, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ * @param right Right source string. Must not be the same as dest, nor overlap.
+ * @param rightLength Length of right source string, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ * @param dest The output buffer; can be NULL if destCapacity==0 for pure preflighting.
+ * @param destCapacity The number of UChars that fit into dest.
+ * @param mode The normalization mode.
+ * @param options The normalization options, ORed together (0 for no options).
+ * @param pErrorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return Length of output (number of UChars) when successful or buffer overflow.
+ *
+ * @see unorm_normalize
+ * @see unorm_next
+ * @see unorm_previous
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+unorm_concatenate(const UChar *left, int32_t leftLength,
+ const UChar *right, int32_t rightLength,
+ UChar *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ UNormalizationMode mode, int32_t options,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Option bit for unorm_compare:
+ * Both input strings are assumed to fulfill FCD conditions.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+#define UNORM_INPUT_IS_FCD 0x20000
+
+/**
+ * Option bit for unorm_compare:
+ * Perform case-insensitive comparison.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+#define U_COMPARE_IGNORE_CASE 0x10000
+
+#ifndef U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER
+/* see also unistr.h and ustring.h */
+/**
+ * Option bit for u_strCaseCompare, u_strcasecmp, unorm_compare, etc:
+ * Compare strings in code point order instead of code unit order.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+#define U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER 0x8000
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Compare two strings for canonical equivalence.
+ * Further options include case-insensitive comparison and
+ * code point order (as opposed to code unit order).
+ *
+ * Canonical equivalence between two strings is defined as their normalized
+ * forms (NFD or NFC) being identical.
+ * This function compares strings incrementally instead of normalizing
+ * (and optionally case-folding) both strings entirely,
+ * improving performance significantly.
+ *
+ * Bulk normalization is only necessary if the strings do not fulfill the FCD
+ * conditions. Only in this case, and only if the strings are relatively long,
+ * is memory allocated temporarily.
+ * For FCD strings and short non-FCD strings there is no memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Semantically, this is equivalent to
+ * strcmp[CodePointOrder](NFD(foldCase(NFD(s1))), NFD(foldCase(NFD(s2))))
+ * where code point order and foldCase are all optional.
+ *
+ * UAX 21 2.5 Caseless Matching specifies that for a canonical caseless match
+ * the case folding must be performed first, then the normalization.
+ *
+ * @param s1 First source string.
+ * @param length1 Length of first source string, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ *
+ * @param s2 Second source string.
+ * @param length2 Length of second source string, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ *
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT or 0 is used for default options:
+ * Case-sensitive comparison in code unit order, and the input strings
+ * are quick-checked for FCD.
+ *
+ * - UNORM_INPUT_IS_FCD
+ * Set if the caller knows that both s1 and s2 fulfill the FCD conditions.
+ * If not set, the function will quickCheck for FCD
+ * and normalize if necessary.
+ *
+ * - U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER
+ * Set to choose code point order instead of code unit order
+ * (see u_strCompare for details).
+ *
+ * - U_COMPARE_IGNORE_CASE
+ * Set to compare strings case-insensitively using case folding,
+ * instead of case-sensitively.
+ * If set, then the following case folding options are used.
+ *
+ * - Options as used with case-insensitive comparisons, currently:
+ *
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ * (see u_strCaseCompare for details)
+ *
+ * - regular normalization options shifted left by UNORM_COMPARE_NORM_OPTIONS_SHIFT
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode ICU error code in/out parameter.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return <0 or 0 or >0 as usual for string comparisons
+ *
+ * @see unorm_normalize
+ * @see UNORM_FCD
+ * @see u_strCompare
+ * @see u_strCaseCompare
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+unorm_compare(const UChar *s1, int32_t length1,
+ const UChar *s2, int32_t length2,
+ uint32_t options,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_NORMALIZATION */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unum.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unum.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5df2bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/unum.h
@@ -0,0 +1,869 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2008, International Business Machines Corporation and others.
+* All Rights Reserved.
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 06/24/99 helena Integrated Alan's NF enhancements and Java2 bug fixes
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef _UNUM
+#define _UNUM
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/uloc.h"
+#include "unicode/umisc.h"
+#include "unicode/parseerr.h"
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: NumberFormat
+ *
+ * <h2> Number Format C API </h2>
+ *
+ * Number Format C API Provides functions for
+ * formatting and parsing a number. Also provides methods for
+ * determining which locales have number formats, and what their names
+ * are.
+ * <P>
+ * UNumberFormat helps you to format and parse numbers for any locale.
+ * Your code can be completely independent of the locale conventions
+ * for decimal points, thousands-separators, or even the particular
+ * decimal digits used, or whether the number format is even decimal.
+ * There are different number format styles like decimal, currency,
+ * percent and spellout.
+ * <P>
+ * To format a number for the current Locale, use one of the static
+ * factory methods:
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UChar myString[20];
+ * double myNumber = 7.0;
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * UNumberFormat* nf = unum_open(UNUM_DEFAULT, NULL, -1, NULL, NULL, &status);
+ * unum_formatDouble(nf, myNumber, myString, 20, NULL, &status);
+ * printf(" Example 1: %s\n", austrdup(myString) ); //austrdup( a function used to convert UChar* to char*)
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * If you are formatting multiple numbers, it is more efficient to get
+ * the format and use it multiple times so that the system doesn't
+ * have to fetch the information about the local language and country
+ * conventions multiple times.
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * uint32_t i, resultlength, reslenneeded;
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * UFieldPosition pos;
+ * uint32_t a[] = { 123, 3333, -1234567 };
+ * const uint32_t a_len = sizeof(a) / sizeof(a[0]);
+ * UNumberFormat* nf;
+ * UChar* result = NULL;
+ *
+ * nf = unum_open(UNUM_DEFAULT, NULL, -1, NULL, NULL, &status);
+ * for (i = 0; i < a_len; i++) {
+ * resultlength=0;
+ * reslenneeded=unum_format(nf, a[i], NULL, resultlength, &pos, &status);
+ * result = NULL;
+ * if(status==U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR){
+ * status=U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * resultlength=reslenneeded+1;
+ * result=(UChar*)malloc(sizeof(UChar) * resultlength);
+ * unum_format(nf, a[i], result, resultlength, &pos, &status);
+ * }
+ * printf( " Example 2: %s\n", austrdup(result));
+ * free(result);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * To format a number for a different Locale, specify it in the
+ * call to unum_open().
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UNumberFormat* nf = unum_open(UNUM_DEFAULT, NULL, -1, "fr_FR", NULL, &success)
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * You can use a NumberFormat API unum_parse() to parse.
+ * <pre>
+ * \code
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * int32_t pos=0;
+ * int32_t num;
+ * num = unum_parse(nf, str, u_strlen(str), &pos, &status);
+ * \endcode
+ * </pre>
+ * Use UNUM_DECIMAL to get the normal number format for that country.
+ * There are other static options available. Use UNUM_CURRENCY
+ * to get the currency number format for that country. Use UNUM_PERCENT
+ * to get a format for displaying percentages. With this format, a
+ * fraction from 0.53 is displayed as 53%.
+ * <P>
+ * Use a pattern to create either a DecimalFormat or a RuleBasedNumberFormat
+ * formatter. The pattern must conform to the syntax defined for those
+ * formatters.
+ * <P>
+ * You can also control the display of numbers with such function as
+ * unum_getAttribues() and unum_setAtributes(), which let you set the
+ * miminum fraction digits, grouping, etc.
+ * @see UNumberFormatAttributes for more details
+ * <P>
+ * You can also use forms of the parse and format methods with
+ * ParsePosition and UFieldPosition to allow you to:
+ * <ul type=round>
+ * <li>(a) progressively parse through pieces of a string.
+ * <li>(b) align the decimal point and other areas.
+ * </ul>
+ * <p>
+ * It is also possible to change or set the symbols used for a particular
+ * locale like the currency symbol, the grouping seperator , monetary seperator
+ * etc by making use of functions unum_setSymbols() and unum_getSymbols().
+ */
+
+/** A number formatter.
+ * For usage in C programs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef void* UNumberFormat;
+
+/** The possible number format styles.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum UNumberFormatStyle {
+ /**
+ * Decimal format defined by pattern
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UNUM_PATTERN_DECIMAL=0,
+ /** Decimal format */
+ UNUM_DECIMAL=1,
+ /** Currency format */
+ UNUM_CURRENCY,
+ /** Percent format */
+ UNUM_PERCENT,
+ /** Scientific format */
+ UNUM_SCIENTIFIC,
+ /** Spellout rule-based format */
+ UNUM_SPELLOUT,
+ /**
+ * Ordinal rule-based format
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UNUM_ORDINAL,
+ /**
+ * Duration rule-based format
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UNUM_DURATION,
+ /**
+ * Rule-based format defined by pattern
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UNUM_PATTERN_RULEBASED,
+ /** Default format */
+ UNUM_DEFAULT = UNUM_DECIMAL,
+ /** (Alias for UNUM_PATTERN_DECIMAL) */
+ UNUM_IGNORE = UNUM_PATTERN_DECIMAL
+} UNumberFormatStyle;
+
+/** The possible number format rounding modes.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum UNumberFormatRoundingMode {
+ UNUM_ROUND_CEILING,
+ UNUM_ROUND_FLOOR,
+ UNUM_ROUND_DOWN,
+ UNUM_ROUND_UP,
+ /**
+ * Half-even rounding, misspelled name
+ * @deprecated, ICU 3.8
+ */
+ UNUM_FOUND_HALFEVEN,
+ UNUM_ROUND_HALFDOWN,
+ UNUM_ROUND_HALFUP,
+ /**
+ * Half-even rounding
+ * @stable, ICU 3.8
+ */
+ UNUM_ROUND_HALFEVEN = UNUM_FOUND_HALFEVEN
+} UNumberFormatRoundingMode;
+
+/** The possible number format pad positions.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum UNumberFormatPadPosition {
+ UNUM_PAD_BEFORE_PREFIX,
+ UNUM_PAD_AFTER_PREFIX,
+ UNUM_PAD_BEFORE_SUFFIX,
+ UNUM_PAD_AFTER_SUFFIX
+} UNumberFormatPadPosition;
+
+/**
+ * Create and return a new UNumberFormat for formatting and parsing
+ * numbers. A UNumberFormat may be used to format numbers by calling
+ * {@link #unum_format }, and to parse numbers by calling {@link #unum_parse }.
+ * The caller must call {@link #unum_close } when done to release resources
+ * used by this object.
+ * @param style The type of number format to open: one of
+ * UNUM_DECIMAL, UNUM_CURRENCY, UNUM_PERCENT, UNUM_SCIENTIFIC, UNUM_SPELLOUT,
+ * UNUM_PATTERN_DECIMAL, UNUM_PATTERN_RULEBASED, or UNUM_DEFAULT.
+ * If UNUM_PATTERN_DECIMAL or UNUM_PATTERN_RULEBASED is passed then the
+ * number format is opened using the given pattern, which must conform
+ * to the syntax described in DecimalFormat or RuleBasedNumberFormat,
+ * respectively.
+ * @param pattern A pattern specifying the format to use.
+ * This parameter is ignored unless the style is
+ * UNUM_PATTERN_DECIMAL or UNUM_PATTERN_RULEBASED.
+ * @param patternLength The number of characters in the pattern, or -1
+ * if null-terminated. This parameter is ignored unless the style is
+ * UNUM_PATTERN.
+ * @param locale A locale identifier to use to determine formatting
+ * and parsing conventions, or NULL to use the default locale.
+ * @param parseErr A pointer to a UParseError struct to receive the
+ * details of any parsing errors, or NULL if no parsing error details
+ * are desired.
+ * @param status A pointer to an input-output UErrorCode.
+ * @return A pointer to a newly created UNumberFormat, or NULL if an
+ * error occurred.
+ * @see unum_close
+ * @see DecimalFormat
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UNumberFormat* U_EXPORT2
+unum_open( UNumberFormatStyle style,
+ const UChar* pattern,
+ int32_t patternLength,
+ const char* locale,
+ UParseError* parseErr,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+
+/**
+* Close a UNumberFormat.
+* Once closed, a UNumberFormat may no longer be used.
+* @param fmt The formatter to close.
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+unum_close(UNumberFormat* fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Open a copy of a UNumberFormat.
+ * This function performs a deep copy.
+ * @param fmt The format to copy
+ * @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return A pointer to a UNumberFormat identical to fmt.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UNumberFormat* U_EXPORT2
+unum_clone(const UNumberFormat *fmt,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Format an integer using a UNumberFormat.
+* The integer will be formatted according to the UNumberFormat's locale.
+* @param fmt The formatter to use.
+* @param number The number to format.
+* @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the formatted number.
+* @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+* @param pos A pointer to a UFieldPosition. On input, position->field
+* is read. On output, position->beginIndex and position->endIndex indicate
+* the beginning and ending indices of field number position->field, if such
+* a field exists. This parameter may be NULL, in which case no field
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength, the output was truncated.
+* @see unum_formatInt64
+* @see unum_formatDouble
+* @see unum_parse
+* @see unum_parseInt64
+* @see unum_parseDouble
+* @see UFieldPosition
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+unum_format( const UNumberFormat* fmt,
+ int32_t number,
+ UChar* result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UFieldPosition *pos,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+* Format an int64 using a UNumberFormat.
+* The int64 will be formatted according to the UNumberFormat's locale.
+* @param fmt The formatter to use.
+* @param number The number to format.
+* @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the formatted number.
+* @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+* @param pos A pointer to a UFieldPosition. On input, position->field
+* is read. On output, position->beginIndex and position->endIndex indicate
+* the beginning and ending indices of field number position->field, if such
+* a field exists. This parameter may be NULL, in which case no field
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength, the output was truncated.
+* @see unum_format
+* @see unum_formatDouble
+* @see unum_parse
+* @see unum_parseInt64
+* @see unum_parseDouble
+* @see UFieldPosition
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+unum_formatInt64(const UNumberFormat *fmt,
+ int64_t number,
+ UChar* result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UFieldPosition *pos,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+* Format a double using a UNumberFormat.
+* The double will be formatted according to the UNumberFormat's locale.
+* @param fmt The formatter to use.
+* @param number The number to format.
+* @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the formatted number.
+* @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+* @param pos A pointer to a UFieldPosition. On input, position->field
+* is read. On output, position->beginIndex and position->endIndex indicate
+* the beginning and ending indices of field number position->field, if such
+* a field exists. This parameter may be NULL, in which case no field
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength, the output was truncated.
+* @see unum_format
+* @see unum_formatInt64
+* @see unum_parse
+* @see unum_parseInt64
+* @see unum_parseDouble
+* @see UFieldPosition
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+unum_formatDouble( const UNumberFormat* fmt,
+ double number,
+ UChar* result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UFieldPosition *pos, /* 0 if ignore */
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Format a double currency amount using a UNumberFormat.
+ * The double will be formatted according to the UNumberFormat's locale.
+ * @param fmt the formatter to use
+ * @param number the number to format
+ * @param currency the 3-letter null-terminated ISO 4217 currency code
+ * @param result a pointer to the buffer to receive the formatted number
+ * @param resultLength the maximum number of UChars to write to result
+ * @param pos a pointer to a UFieldPosition. On input,
+ * position->field is read. On output, position->beginIndex and
+ * position->endIndex indicate the beginning and ending indices of
+ * field number position->field, if such a field exists. This
+ * parameter may be NULL, in which case it is ignored.
+ * @param status a pointer to an input-output UErrorCode
+ * @return the total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength,
+ * the output was truncated.
+ * @see unum_formatDouble
+ * @see unum_parseDoubleCurrency
+ * @see UFieldPosition
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+unum_formatDoubleCurrency(const UNumberFormat* fmt,
+ double number,
+ UChar* currency,
+ UChar* result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UFieldPosition* pos, /* ignored if 0 */
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+* Parse a string into an integer using a UNumberFormat.
+* The string will be parsed according to the UNumberFormat's locale.
+* @param fmt The formatter to use.
+* @param text The text to parse.
+* @param textLength The length of text, or -1 if null-terminated.
+* @param parsePos If not 0, on input a pointer to an integer specifying the offset at which
+* to begin parsing. If not 0, on output the offset at which parsing ended.
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @return The value of the parsed integer
+* @see unum_parseInt64
+* @see unum_parseDouble
+* @see unum_format
+* @see unum_formatInt64
+* @see unum_formatDouble
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+unum_parse( const UNumberFormat* fmt,
+ const UChar* text,
+ int32_t textLength,
+ int32_t *parsePos /* 0 = start */,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Parse a string into an int64 using a UNumberFormat.
+* The string will be parsed according to the UNumberFormat's locale.
+* @param fmt The formatter to use.
+* @param text The text to parse.
+* @param textLength The length of text, or -1 if null-terminated.
+* @param parsePos If not 0, on input a pointer to an integer specifying the offset at which
+* to begin parsing. If not 0, on output the offset at which parsing ended.
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @return The value of the parsed integer
+* @see unum_parse
+* @see unum_parseDouble
+* @see unum_format
+* @see unum_formatInt64
+* @see unum_formatDouble
+* @stable ICU 2.8
+*/
+U_STABLE int64_t U_EXPORT2
+unum_parseInt64(const UNumberFormat* fmt,
+ const UChar* text,
+ int32_t textLength,
+ int32_t *parsePos /* 0 = start */,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Parse a string into a double using a UNumberFormat.
+* The string will be parsed according to the UNumberFormat's locale.
+* @param fmt The formatter to use.
+* @param text The text to parse.
+* @param textLength The length of text, or -1 if null-terminated.
+* @param parsePos If not 0, on input a pointer to an integer specifying the offset at which
+* to begin parsing. If not 0, on output the offset at which parsing ended.
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @return The value of the parsed double
+* @see unum_parse
+* @see unum_parseInt64
+* @see unum_format
+* @see unum_formatInt64
+* @see unum_formatDouble
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE double U_EXPORT2
+unum_parseDouble( const UNumberFormat* fmt,
+ const UChar* text,
+ int32_t textLength,
+ int32_t *parsePos /* 0 = start */,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Parse a string into a double and a currency using a UNumberFormat.
+ * The string will be parsed according to the UNumberFormat's locale.
+ * @param fmt the formatter to use
+ * @param text the text to parse
+ * @param textLength the length of text, or -1 if null-terminated
+ * @param parsePos a pointer to an offset index into text at which to
+ * begin parsing. On output, *parsePos will point after the last
+ * parsed character. This parameter may be 0, in which case parsing
+ * begins at offset 0.
+ * @param currency a pointer to the buffer to receive the parsed null-
+ * terminated currency. This buffer must have a capacity of at least
+ * 4 UChars.
+ * @param status a pointer to an input-output UErrorCode
+ * @return the parsed double
+ * @see unum_parseDouble
+ * @see unum_formatDoubleCurrency
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE double U_EXPORT2
+unum_parseDoubleCurrency(const UNumberFormat* fmt,
+ const UChar* text,
+ int32_t textLength,
+ int32_t* parsePos, /* 0 = start */
+ UChar* currency,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Set the pattern used by a UNumberFormat. This can only be used
+ * on a DecimalFormat, other formats return U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR
+ * in the status.
+ * @param format The formatter to set.
+ * @param localized TRUE if the pattern is localized, FALSE otherwise.
+ * @param pattern The new pattern
+ * @param patternLength The length of pattern, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param parseError A pointer to UParseError to recieve information
+ * about errors occurred during parsing, or NULL if no parse error
+ * information is desired.
+ * @param status A pointer to an input-output UErrorCode.
+ * @see unum_toPattern
+ * @see DecimalFormat
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+unum_applyPattern( UNumberFormat *format,
+ UBool localized,
+ const UChar *pattern,
+ int32_t patternLength,
+ UParseError *parseError,
+ UErrorCode *status
+ );
+
+/**
+* Get a locale for which decimal formatting patterns are available.
+* A UNumberFormat in a locale returned by this function will perform the correct
+* formatting and parsing for the locale. The results of this call are not
+* valid for rule-based number formats.
+* @param index The index of the desired locale.
+* @return A locale for which number formatting patterns are available, or 0 if none.
+* @see unum_countAvailable
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+unum_getAvailable(int32_t index);
+
+/**
+* Determine how many locales have decimal formatting patterns available. The
+* results of this call are not valid for rule-based number formats.
+* This function is useful for determining the loop ending condition for
+* calls to {@link #unum_getAvailable }.
+* @return The number of locales for which decimal formatting patterns are available.
+* @see unum_getAvailable
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+unum_countAvailable(void);
+
+/** The possible UNumberFormat numeric attributes @stable ICU 2.0 */
+typedef enum UNumberFormatAttribute {
+ /** Parse integers only */
+ UNUM_PARSE_INT_ONLY,
+ /** Use grouping separator */
+ UNUM_GROUPING_USED,
+ /** Always show decimal point */
+ UNUM_DECIMAL_ALWAYS_SHOWN,
+ /** Maximum integer digits */
+ UNUM_MAX_INTEGER_DIGITS,
+ /** Minimum integer digits */
+ UNUM_MIN_INTEGER_DIGITS,
+ /** Integer digits */
+ UNUM_INTEGER_DIGITS,
+ /** Maximum fraction digits */
+ UNUM_MAX_FRACTION_DIGITS,
+ /** Minimum fraction digits */
+ UNUM_MIN_FRACTION_DIGITS,
+ /** Fraction digits */
+ UNUM_FRACTION_DIGITS,
+ /** Multiplier */
+ UNUM_MULTIPLIER,
+ /** Grouping size */
+ UNUM_GROUPING_SIZE,
+ /** Rounding Mode */
+ UNUM_ROUNDING_MODE,
+ /** Rounding increment */
+ UNUM_ROUNDING_INCREMENT,
+ /** The width to which the output of <code>format()</code> is padded. */
+ UNUM_FORMAT_WIDTH,
+ /** The position at which padding will take place. */
+ UNUM_PADDING_POSITION,
+ /** Secondary grouping size */
+ UNUM_SECONDARY_GROUPING_SIZE,
+ /** Use significant digits
+ * @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UNUM_SIGNIFICANT_DIGITS_USED,
+ /** Minimum significant digits
+ * @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UNUM_MIN_SIGNIFICANT_DIGITS,
+ /** Maximum significant digits
+ * @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UNUM_MAX_SIGNIFICANT_DIGITS,
+ /** Lenient parse mode used by rule-based formats.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UNUM_LENIENT_PARSE
+} UNumberFormatAttribute;
+
+/**
+* Get a numeric attribute associated with a UNumberFormat.
+* An example of a numeric attribute is the number of integer digits a formatter will produce.
+* @param fmt The formatter to query.
+* @param attr The attribute to query; one of UNUM_PARSE_INT_ONLY, UNUM_GROUPING_USED,
+* UNUM_DECIMAL_ALWAYS_SHOWN, UNUM_MAX_INTEGER_DIGITS, UNUM_MIN_INTEGER_DIGITS, UNUM_INTEGER_DIGITS,
+* UNUM_MAX_FRACTION_DIGITS, UNUM_MIN_FRACTION_DIGITS, UNUM_FRACTION_DIGITS, UNUM_MULTIPLIER,
+* UNUM_GROUPING_SIZE, UNUM_ROUNDING_MODE, UNUM_FORMAT_WIDTH, UNUM_PADDING_POSITION, UNUM_SECONDARY_GROUPING_SIZE.
+* @return The value of attr.
+* @see unum_setAttribute
+* @see unum_getDoubleAttribute
+* @see unum_setDoubleAttribute
+* @see unum_getTextAttribute
+* @see unum_setTextAttribute
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+unum_getAttribute(const UNumberFormat* fmt,
+ UNumberFormatAttribute attr);
+
+/**
+* Set a numeric attribute associated with a UNumberFormat.
+* An example of a numeric attribute is the number of integer digits a formatter will produce. If the
+* formatter does not understand the attribute, the call is ignored. Rule-based formatters only understand
+* the lenient-parse attribute.
+* @param fmt The formatter to set.
+* @param attr The attribute to set; one of UNUM_PARSE_INT_ONLY, UNUM_GROUPING_USED,
+* UNUM_DECIMAL_ALWAYS_SHOWN, UNUM_MAX_INTEGER_DIGITS, UNUM_MIN_INTEGER_DIGITS, UNUM_INTEGER_DIGITS,
+* UNUM_MAX_FRACTION_DIGITS, UNUM_MIN_FRACTION_DIGITS, UNUM_FRACTION_DIGITS, UNUM_MULTIPLIER,
+* UNUM_GROUPING_SIZE, UNUM_ROUNDING_MODE, UNUM_FORMAT_WIDTH, UNUM_PADDING_POSITION, UNUM_SECONDARY_GROUPING_SIZE,
+* or UNUM_LENIENT_PARSE.
+* @param newValue The new value of attr.
+* @see unum_getAttribute
+* @see unum_getDoubleAttribute
+* @see unum_setDoubleAttribute
+* @see unum_getTextAttribute
+* @see unum_setTextAttribute
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+unum_setAttribute( UNumberFormat* fmt,
+ UNumberFormatAttribute attr,
+ int32_t newValue);
+
+
+/**
+* Get a numeric attribute associated with a UNumberFormat.
+* An example of a numeric attribute is the number of integer digits a formatter will produce.
+* If the formatter does not understand the attribute, -1 is returned.
+* @param fmt The formatter to query.
+* @param attr The attribute to query; e.g. UNUM_ROUNDING_INCREMENT.
+* @return The value of attr.
+* @see unum_getAttribute
+* @see unum_setAttribute
+* @see unum_setDoubleAttribute
+* @see unum_getTextAttribute
+* @see unum_setTextAttribute
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE double U_EXPORT2
+unum_getDoubleAttribute(const UNumberFormat* fmt,
+ UNumberFormatAttribute attr);
+
+/**
+* Set a numeric attribute associated with a UNumberFormat.
+* An example of a numeric attribute is the number of integer digits a formatter will produce.
+* If the formatter does not understand the attribute, this call is ignored.
+* @param fmt The formatter to set.
+* @param attr The attribute to set; e.g. UNUM_ROUNDING_INCREMENT.
+* @param newValue The new value of attr.
+* @see unum_getAttribute
+* @see unum_setAttribute
+* @see unum_getDoubleAttribute
+* @see unum_getTextAttribute
+* @see unum_setTextAttribute
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+unum_setDoubleAttribute( UNumberFormat* fmt,
+ UNumberFormatAttribute attr,
+ double newValue);
+
+/** The possible UNumberFormat text attributes @stable ICU 2.0*/
+typedef enum UNumberFormatTextAttribute {
+ /** Positive prefix */
+ UNUM_POSITIVE_PREFIX,
+ /** Positive suffix */
+ UNUM_POSITIVE_SUFFIX,
+ /** Negative prefix */
+ UNUM_NEGATIVE_PREFIX,
+ /** Negative suffix */
+ UNUM_NEGATIVE_SUFFIX,
+ /** The character used to pad to the format width. */
+ UNUM_PADDING_CHARACTER,
+ /** The ISO currency code */
+ UNUM_CURRENCY_CODE,
+ /**
+ * The default rule set. This is only available with rule-based formatters.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UNUM_DEFAULT_RULESET,
+ /**
+ * The public rule sets. This is only available with rule-based formatters.
+ * This is a read-only attribute. The public rulesets are returned as a
+ * single string, with each ruleset name delimited by ';' (semicolon).
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+ UNUM_PUBLIC_RULESETS
+} UNumberFormatTextAttribute;
+
+/**
+* Get a text attribute associated with a UNumberFormat.
+* An example of a text attribute is the suffix for positive numbers. If the formatter
+* does not understand the attributre, U_UNSUPPORTED_ERROR is returned as the status.
+* Rule-based formatters only understand UNUM_DEFAULT_RULESET and UNUM_PUBLIC_RULESETS.
+* @param fmt The formatter to query.
+* @param tag The attribute to query; one of UNUM_POSITIVE_PREFIX, UNUM_POSITIVE_SUFFIX,
+* UNUM_NEGATIVE_PREFIX, UNUM_NEGATIVE_SUFFIX, UNUM_PADDING_CHARACTER, UNUM_CURRENCY_CODE,
+* UNUM_DEFAULT_RULESET, or UNUM_PUBLIC_RULESETS.
+* @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the attribute.
+* @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength, the output was truncated.
+* @see unum_setTextAttribute
+* @see unum_getAttribute
+* @see unum_setAttribute
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+unum_getTextAttribute( const UNumberFormat* fmt,
+ UNumberFormatTextAttribute tag,
+ UChar* result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+* Set a text attribute associated with a UNumberFormat.
+* An example of a text attribute is the suffix for positive numbers. Rule-based formatters
+* only understand UNUM_DEFAULT_RULESET.
+* @param fmt The formatter to set.
+* @param tag The attribute to set; one of UNUM_POSITIVE_PREFIX, UNUM_POSITIVE_SUFFIX,
+* UNUM_NEGATIVE_PREFIX, UNUM_NEGATIVE_SUFFIX, UNUM_PADDING_CHARACTER, UNUM_CURRENCY_CODE,
+* or UNUM_DEFAULT_RULESET.
+* @param newValue The new value of attr.
+* @param newValueLength The length of newValue, or -1 if null-terminated.
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @see unum_getTextAttribute
+* @see unum_getAttribute
+* @see unum_setAttribute
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+unum_setTextAttribute( UNumberFormat* fmt,
+ UNumberFormatTextAttribute tag,
+ const UChar* newValue,
+ int32_t newValueLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Extract the pattern from a UNumberFormat. The pattern will follow
+ * the DecimalFormat pattern syntax.
+ * @param fmt The formatter to query.
+ * @param isPatternLocalized TRUE if the pattern should be localized,
+ * FALSE otherwise. This is ignored if the formatter is a rule-based
+ * formatter.
+ * @param result A pointer to a buffer to receive the pattern.
+ * @param resultLength The maximum size of result.
+ * @param status A pointer to an input-output UErrorCode.
+ * @return The total buffer size needed; if greater than resultLength,
+ * the output was truncated.
+ * @see unum_applyPattern
+ * @see DecimalFormat
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+unum_toPattern( const UNumberFormat* fmt,
+ UBool isPatternLocalized,
+ UChar* result,
+ int32_t resultLength,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Constants for specifying a number format symbol.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum UNumberFormatSymbol {
+ /** The decimal separator */
+ UNUM_DECIMAL_SEPARATOR_SYMBOL = 0,
+ /** The grouping separator */
+ UNUM_GROUPING_SEPARATOR_SYMBOL = 1,
+ /** The pattern separator */
+ UNUM_PATTERN_SEPARATOR_SYMBOL = 2,
+ /** The percent sign */
+ UNUM_PERCENT_SYMBOL = 3,
+ /** Zero*/
+ UNUM_ZERO_DIGIT_SYMBOL = 4,
+ /** Character representing a digit in the pattern */
+ UNUM_DIGIT_SYMBOL = 5,
+ /** The minus sign */
+ UNUM_MINUS_SIGN_SYMBOL = 6,
+ /** The plus sign */
+ UNUM_PLUS_SIGN_SYMBOL = 7,
+ /** The currency symbol */
+ UNUM_CURRENCY_SYMBOL = 8,
+ /** The international currency symbol */
+ UNUM_INTL_CURRENCY_SYMBOL = 9,
+ /** The monetary separator */
+ UNUM_MONETARY_SEPARATOR_SYMBOL = 10,
+ /** The exponential symbol */
+ UNUM_EXPONENTIAL_SYMBOL = 11,
+ /** Per mill symbol */
+ UNUM_PERMILL_SYMBOL = 12,
+ /** Escape padding character */
+ UNUM_PAD_ESCAPE_SYMBOL = 13,
+ /** Infinity symbol */
+ UNUM_INFINITY_SYMBOL = 14,
+ /** Nan symbol */
+ UNUM_NAN_SYMBOL = 15,
+ /** Significant digit symbol
+ * @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ UNUM_SIGNIFICANT_DIGIT_SYMBOL = 16,
+ /** The monetary grouping separator
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UNUM_MONETARY_GROUPING_SEPARATOR_SYMBOL = 17,
+ /** count symbol constants */
+ UNUM_FORMAT_SYMBOL_COUNT = 18
+} UNumberFormatSymbol;
+
+/**
+* Get a symbol associated with a UNumberFormat.
+* A UNumberFormat uses symbols to represent the special locale-dependent
+* characters in a number, for example the percent sign. This API is not
+* supported for rule-based formatters.
+* @param fmt The formatter to query.
+* @param symbol The UNumberFormatSymbol constant for the symbol to get
+* @param buffer The string buffer that will receive the symbol string;
+* if it is NULL, then only the length of the symbol is returned
+* @param size The size of the string buffer
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors
+* @return The length of the symbol; the buffer is not modified if
+* <code>length>=size</code>
+* @see unum_setSymbol
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+unum_getSymbol(const UNumberFormat *fmt,
+ UNumberFormatSymbol symbol,
+ UChar *buffer,
+ int32_t size,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Set a symbol associated with a UNumberFormat.
+* A UNumberFormat uses symbols to represent the special locale-dependent
+* characters in a number, for example the percent sign. This API is not
+* supported for rule-based formatters.
+* @param fmt The formatter to set.
+* @param symbol The UNumberFormatSymbol constant for the symbol to set
+* @param value The string to set the symbol to
+* @param length The length of the string, or -1 for a zero-terminated string
+* @param status A pointer to an UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+* @see unum_getSymbol
+* @stable ICU 2.0
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+unum_setSymbol(UNumberFormat *fmt,
+ UNumberFormatSymbol symbol,
+ const UChar *value,
+ int32_t length,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the locale for this number format object.
+ * You can choose between valid and actual locale.
+ * @param fmt The formatter to get the locale from
+ * @param type type of the locale we're looking for (valid or actual)
+ * @param status error code for the operation
+ * @return the locale name
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+unum_getLocaleByType(const UNumberFormat *fmt,
+ ULocDataLocaleType type,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uobject.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uobject.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d8b96e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uobject.h
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 2002-2007, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* file name: uobject.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 2002jun26
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*/
+
+#ifndef __UOBJECT_H__
+#define __UOBJECT_H__
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: Common ICU base class UObject.
+ */
+
+/** U_OVERRIDE_CXX_ALLOCATION - Define this to override operator new and
+ * delete in UMemory. Enabled by default for ICU.
+ *
+ * Enabling forces all allocation of ICU object types to use ICU's
+ * memory allocation. On Windows, this allows the ICU DLL to be used by
+ * applications that statically link the C Runtime library, meaning that
+ * the app and ICU will be using different heaps.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+#ifndef U_OVERRIDE_CXX_ALLOCATION
+#define U_OVERRIDE_CXX_ALLOCATION 1
+#endif
+
+/** U_HAVE_PLACEMENT_NEW - Define this to define the placement new and
+ * delete in UMemory for STL.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+#ifndef U_HAVE_PLACEMENT_NEW
+#define U_HAVE_PLACEMENT_NEW 1
+#endif
+
+
+/** U_HAVE_DEBUG_LOCATION_NEW - Define this to define the MFC debug
+ * version of the operator new.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+#ifndef U_HAVE_DEBUG_LOCATION_NEW
+#define U_HAVE_DEBUG_LOCATION_NEW 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * UMemory is the common ICU base class.
+ * All other ICU C++ classes are derived from UMemory (starting with ICU 2.4).
+ *
+ * This is primarily to make it possible and simple to override the
+ * C++ memory management by adding new/delete operators to this base class.
+ *
+ * To override ALL ICU memory management, including that from plain C code,
+ * replace the allocation functions declared in cmemory.h
+ *
+ * UMemory does not contain any virtual functions.
+ * Common "boilerplate" functions are defined in UObject.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API UMemory {
+public:
+
+#if U_OVERRIDE_CXX_ALLOCATION
+ /**
+ * Override for ICU4C C++ memory management.
+ * simple, non-class types are allocated using the macros in common/cmemory.h
+ * (uprv_malloc(), uprv_free(), uprv_realloc());
+ * they or something else could be used here to implement C++ new/delete
+ * for ICU4C C++ classes
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static void * U_EXPORT2 operator new(size_t size);
+
+ /**
+ * Override for ICU4C C++ memory management.
+ * See new().
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static void * U_EXPORT2 operator new[](size_t size);
+
+ /**
+ * Override for ICU4C C++ memory management.
+ * simple, non-class types are allocated using the macros in common/cmemory.h
+ * (uprv_malloc(), uprv_free(), uprv_realloc());
+ * they or something else could be used here to implement C++ new/delete
+ * for ICU4C C++ classes
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 operator delete(void *p);
+
+ /**
+ * Override for ICU4C C++ memory management.
+ * See delete().
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 operator delete[](void *p);
+
+#if U_HAVE_PLACEMENT_NEW
+ /**
+ * Override for ICU4C C++ memory management for STL.
+ * See new().
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ static inline void * U_EXPORT2 operator new(size_t, void *ptr) { return ptr; }
+
+ /**
+ * Override for ICU4C C++ memory management for STL.
+ * See delete().
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ static inline void U_EXPORT2 operator delete(void *, void *) {}
+#endif /* U_HAVE_PLACEMENT_NEW */
+#if U_HAVE_DEBUG_LOCATION_NEW
+ /**
+ * This method overrides the MFC debug version of the operator new
+ *
+ * @param size The requested memory size
+ * @param file The file where the allocation was requested
+ * @param line The line where the allocation was requested
+ */
+ static void * U_EXPORT2 operator new(size_t size, const char* file, int line);
+ /**
+ * This method provides a matching delete for the MFC debug new
+ *
+ * @param p The pointer to the allocated memory
+ * @param file The file where the allocation was requested
+ * @param line The line where the allocation was requested
+ */
+ static void U_EXPORT2 operator delete(void* p, const char* file, int line);
+#endif /* U_HAVE_DEBUG_LOCATION_NEW */
+#endif /* U_OVERRIDE_CXX_ALLOCATION */
+
+ /*
+ * Assignment operator not declared. The compiler will provide one
+ * which does nothing since this class does not contain any data members.
+ * API/code coverage may show the assignment operator as present and
+ * untested - ignore.
+ * Subclasses need this assignment operator if they use compiler-provided
+ * assignment operators of their own. An alternative to not declaring one
+ * here would be to declare and empty-implement a protected or public one.
+ UMemory &UMemory::operator=(const UMemory &);
+ */
+};
+
+/**
+ * UObject is the common ICU "boilerplate" class.
+ * UObject inherits UMemory (starting with ICU 2.4),
+ * and all other public ICU C++ classes
+ * are derived from UObject (starting with ICU 2.2).
+ *
+ * UObject contains common virtual functions like for ICU's "poor man's RTTI".
+ * It does not contain default implementations of virtual methods
+ * like getDynamicClassID to allow derived classes such as Format
+ * to declare these as pure virtual.
+ *
+ * The clone() function is not available in UObject because it is not
+ * implemented by all ICU classes.
+ * Many ICU services provide a clone() function for their class trees,
+ * defined on the service's C++ base class, and all subclasses within that
+ * service class tree return a pointer to the service base class
+ * (which itself is a subclass of UObject).
+ * This is because some compilers do not support covariant (same-as-this)
+ * return types; cast to the appropriate subclass if necessary.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API UObject : public UMemory {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual ~UObject();
+
+ /**
+ * ICU4C "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual ICU class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const = 0;
+
+protected:
+ // the following functions are protected to prevent instantiation and
+ // direct use of UObject itself
+
+ // default constructor
+ // commented out because UObject is abstract (see getDynamicClassID)
+ // inline UObject() {}
+
+ // copy constructor
+ // commented out because UObject is abstract (see getDynamicClassID)
+ // inline UObject(const UObject &other) {}
+
+#if 0
+ // TODO Sometime in the future. Implement operator==().
+ // (This comment inserted in 2.2)
+ // some or all of the following "boilerplate" functions may be made public
+ // in a future ICU4C release when all subclasses implement them
+
+ // assignment operator
+ // (not virtual, see "Taligent's Guide to Designing Programs" pp.73..74)
+ // commented out because the implementation is the same as a compiler's default
+ // UObject &operator=(const UObject &other) { return *this; }
+
+ // comparison operators
+ virtual inline UBool operator==(const UObject &other) const { return this==&other; }
+ inline UBool operator!=(const UObject &other) const { return !operator==(other); }
+
+ // clone() commented out from the base class:
+ // some compilers do not support co-variant return types
+ // (i.e., subclasses would have to return UObject * as well, instead of SubClass *)
+ // see also UObject class documentation.
+ // virtual UObject *clone() const;
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * Assignment operator not declared. The compiler will provide one
+ * which does nothing since this class does not contain any data members.
+ * API/code coverage may show the assignment operator as present and
+ * untested - ignore.
+ * Subclasses need this assignment operator if they use compiler-provided
+ * assignment operators of their own. An alternative to not declaring one
+ * here would be to declare and empty-implement a protected or public one.
+ UObject &UObject::operator=(const UObject &);
+ */
+
+// Future implementation for RTTI that support subtyping. [alan]
+//
+// public:
+// /**
+// * @internal
+// */
+// static UClassID getStaticClassID();
+//
+// /**
+// * @internal
+// */
+// UBool instanceOf(UClassID type) const;
+};
+
+/**
+ * This is a simple macro to add ICU RTTI to an ICU object implementation.
+ * This does not go into the header. This should only be used in *.cpp files.
+ *
+ * @param myClass The name of the class that needs RTTI defined.
+ * @internal
+ */
+#define UOBJECT_DEFINE_RTTI_IMPLEMENTATION(myClass) \
+ UClassID U_EXPORT2 myClass::getStaticClassID() { \
+ static char classID = 0; \
+ return (UClassID)&classID; \
+ } \
+ UClassID myClass::getDynamicClassID() const \
+ { return myClass::getStaticClassID(); }
+
+
+/**
+ * This macro adds ICU RTTI to an ICU abstract class implementation.
+ * This macro should be invoked in *.cpp files. The corresponding
+ * header should declare getStaticClassID.
+ *
+ * @param myClass The name of the class that needs RTTI defined.
+ * @internal
+ */
+#define UOBJECT_DEFINE_ABSTRACT_RTTI_IMPLEMENTATION(myClass) \
+ UClassID U_EXPORT2 myClass::getStaticClassID() { \
+ static char classID = 0; \
+ return (UClassID)&classID; \
+ }
+
+// /**
+// * This macro adds ICU RTTI to an ICU concrete class implementation.
+// * This macro should be invoked in *.cpp files. The corresponding
+// * header should declare getDynamicClassID and getStaticClassID.
+// *
+// * @param myClass The name of the class that needs RTTI defined.
+// * @param myParent The name of the myClass's parent.
+// * @internal
+// */
+/*#define UOBJECT_DEFINE_RTTI_IMPLEMENTATION(myClass, myParent) \
+ UOBJECT_DEFINE_ABSTRACT_RTTI_IMPLEMENTATION(myClass, myParent) \
+ UClassID myClass::getDynamicClassID() const { \
+ return myClass::getStaticClassID(); \
+ }
+*/
+
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uobslete.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uobslete.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91be243
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uobslete.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2004-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* file name:
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* Created by: genheaders.pl, a perl script written by Ram Viswanadha
+*
+* Contains data for commenting out APIs.
+* Gets included by umachine.h
+*
+* THIS FILE IS MACHINE-GENERATED, DON'T PLAY WITH IT IF YOU DON'T KNOW WHAT
+* YOU ARE DOING, OTHERWISE VERY BAD THINGS WILL HAPPEN!
+*/
+
+#ifndef UOBSLETE_H
+#define UOBSLETE_H
+
+#ifdef U_HIDE_OBSOLETE_API
+
+# if U_DISABLE_RENAMING
+# else
+# endif /* U_DISABLE_RENAMING */
+
+#endif /* U_HIDE_OBSOLETE_API */
+#endif /* UOBSLETE_H */
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/urbtok.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/urbtok.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..936ddde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/urbtok.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2006-2008 Apple Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef URBTOK_H
+#define URBTOK_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION
+
+#include "unicode/utext.h"
+#include "unicode/ubrk.h"
+#include "unicode/parseerr.h"
+
+
+typedef struct RuleBasedTokenRange {
+ signed long location;
+ signed long length;
+} RuleBasedTokenRange;
+
+/**
+ * Open a new UBreakIterator for tokenizing text using specified breaking rules.
+ * The rule syntax is ... (TBD)
+ * @param rules A set of rules specifying the text breaking conventions.
+ * @param rulesLength The number of characters in rules, or -1 if null-terminated.
+ * @param parseErr Receives position and context information for any syntax errors
+ * detected while parsing the rules.
+ * @param status A UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return A UBreakIterator for the specified rules.
+ * @see ubrk_open
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL UBreakIterator* U_EXPORT2
+urbtok_openRules(const UChar *rules,
+ int32_t rulesLength,
+ UParseError *parseErr,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Open a new UBreakIterator for tokenizing text using specified breaking rules.
+ * @param rules A set of rules specifying the text breaking conventions. The binary rules
+ * must be at least 32-bit aligned. Note: This version makes a copy of the
+ * rules, so after calling this function the caller can close or release
+ * the rules that were passed to this function. The copy created by this
+ * call will be freed when ubrk_close() is called on the UBreakIterator*.
+ * @param status A UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return A UBreakIterator for the specified rules.
+ * @see ubrk_open
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL UBreakIterator* U_EXPORT2
+urbtok_openBinaryRules(const uint8_t *rules,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Open a new UBreakIterator for tokenizing text using specified breaking rules.
+ * @param rules A set of rules specifying the text breaking conventions. The binary rules
+ * must be at least 32-bit aligned. Note: This version does NOT make a copy
+ * of the rules, so after calling this function the caller must not close or
+ * release the rules passed to this function until after they are finished
+ * with this UBreakIterator* (and any others created using the same rules)
+ * and have called ubrk_close() to close the UBreakIterator* (and any others
+ * using the same rules).
+ * @param status A UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return A UBreakIterator for the specified rules.
+ * @see ubrk_open
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL UBreakIterator* U_EXPORT2
+urbtok_openBinaryRulesNoCopy(const uint8_t *rules,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the (native-endian) binary break rules for this tokenizer.
+ * @param bi The tokenizer to use.
+ * @param buffer The output buffer for the rules. You can pass 0 to get the required size.
+ * @param buffSize The size of the output buffer.
+ * @param status A UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return The actual size of the binary rules, whether they fit the buffer or not.
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL uint32_t U_EXPORT2
+urbtok_getBinaryRules(UBreakIterator *bi,
+ uint8_t *buffer,
+ uint32_t buffSize,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Tokenize text using a rule-based tokenizer.
+ * @param bi The tokenizer to use.
+ * @param maxTokens The maximum number of tokens to return.
+ * @param outTokens An array of RuleBasedTokenRange to fill in with the tokens.
+ * @param outTokenFlags An (optional) array of uint32_t to fill in with token flags.
+ * @return The number of tokens returned, 0 if done.
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL int32_t U_EXPORT2
+urbtok_tokenize(UBreakIterator *bi,
+ int32_t maxTokens,
+ RuleBasedTokenRange *outTokens,
+ unsigned long *outTokenFlags);
+
+/**
+ * Swap the endianness of a set of binary break rules.
+ * @param rules A set of rules which need swapping.
+ * @param buffer The output buffer for the swapped rules, which must be the same
+ * size as the input rules buffer.
+ * @param inIsBigEndian UBool indicating whether the input is big-endian
+ * @param outIsBigEndian UBool indicating whether the output should be big-endian
+ * @param status A UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL void U_EXPORT2
+urbtok_swapBinaryRules(const uint8_t *rules,
+ uint8_t *buffer,
+ UBool inIsBigEndian,
+ UBool outIsBigEndian,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uregex.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uregex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d646047
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uregex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,989 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2004-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* file name: regex.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 2004mar09
+* created by: Andy Heninger
+*
+* ICU Regular Expressions, API for C
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Regular Expressions
+ *
+ * <p>This is a C wrapper around the C++ RegexPattern and RegexMatcher classes.</p>
+ */
+
+#ifndef UREGEX_H
+#define UREGEX_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_REGULAR_EXPRESSIONS
+
+#include "unicode/parseerr.h"
+
+struct URegularExpression;
+/**
+ * Structure represeting a compiled regular rexpression, plus the results
+ * of a match operation.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+typedef struct URegularExpression URegularExpression;
+
+
+/**
+ * Constants for Regular Expression Match Modes.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+typedef enum URegexpFlag{
+
+#ifndef U_HIDE_DRAFT_API
+ /** Forces normalization of pattern and strings.
+ Not implemented yet, just a placeholder, hence draft.
+ @draft ICU 2.4 */
+ UREGEX_CANON_EQ = 128,
+#endif
+ /** Enable case insensitive matching. @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UREGEX_CASE_INSENSITIVE = 2,
+
+ /** Allow white space and comments within patterns @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UREGEX_COMMENTS = 4,
+
+ /** If set, '.' matches line terminators, otherwise '.' matching stops at line end.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UREGEX_DOTALL = 32,
+
+ /** If set, treat the entire pattern as a literal string.
+ * Metacharacters or escape sequences in the input sequence will be given
+ * no special meaning.
+ *
+ * The flags CASE_INSENSITIVE and UNICODE_CASE retain their impact
+ * on matching when used in conjunction with this flag.
+ * The other flags become superfluous.
+ * TODO: say which escapes are still handled; anything Java does
+ * early (\u) we should still do.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UREGEX_LITERAL = 16,
+
+ /** Control behavior of "$" and "^"
+ * If set, recognize line terminators within string,
+ * otherwise, match only at start and end of input string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4 */
+ UREGEX_MULTILINE = 8,
+
+ /** Unix-only line endings.
+ * When this mode is enabled, only \u000a is recognized as a line ending
+ * in the behavior of ., ^, and $.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UREGEX_UNIX_LINES = 1,
+
+ /** Unicode word boundaries.
+ * If set, \b uses the Unicode TR 29 definition of word boundaries.
+ * Warning: Unicode word boundaries are quite different from
+ * traditional regular expression word boundaries. See
+ * http://unicode.org/reports/tr29/#Word_Boundaries
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+ UREGEX_UWORD = 256,
+
+ /** Error on Unrecognized backslash escapes.
+ * If set, fail with an error on patterns that contain
+ * backslash-escaped ASCII letters without a known specail
+ * meaning. If this flag is not set, these
+ * escaped letters represent themselves.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UREGEX_ERROR_ON_UNKNOWN_ESCAPES = 512
+
+} URegexpFlag;
+
+/**
+ * Open (compile) an ICU regular expression. Compiles the regular expression in
+ * string form into an internal representation using the specified match mode flags.
+ * The resulting regular expression handle can then be used to perform various
+ * matching operations.
+ *
+ * @param pattern The Regular Expression pattern to be compiled.
+ * @param patternLength The length of the pattern, or -1 if the pattern is
+ * NUL termintated.
+ * @param flags Flags that alter the default matching behavior for
+ * the regular expression, UREGEX_CASE_INSENSITIVE, for
+ * example. For default behavior, set this parameter to zero.
+ * See <code>enum URegexpFlag</code>. All desired flags
+ * are bitwise-ORed together.
+ * @param pe Receives the position (line and column nubers) of any syntax
+ * error within the source regular expression string. If this
+ * information is not wanted, pass NULL for this parameter.
+ * @param status Receives error detected by this function.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ *
+ */
+U_STABLE URegularExpression * U_EXPORT2
+uregex_open( const UChar *pattern,
+ int32_t patternLength,
+ uint32_t flags,
+ UParseError *pe,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Open (compile) an ICU regular expression. The resulting regular expression
+ * handle can then be used to perform various matching operations.
+ * <p>
+ * This function is the same as uregex_open, except that the pattern
+ * is supplied as an 8 bit char * string in the default code page.
+ *
+ * @param pattern The Regular Expression pattern to be compiled,
+ * NUL termintated.
+ * @param flags Flags that alter the default matching behavior for
+ * the regular expression, UREGEX_CASE_INSENSITIVE, for
+ * example. For default behavior, set this parameter to zero.
+ * See <code>enum URegexpFlag</code>. All desired flags
+ * are bitwise-ORed together.
+ * @param pe Receives the position (line and column nubers) of any syntax
+ * error within the source regular expression string. If this
+ * information is not wanted, pass NULL for this parameter.
+ * @param status Receives errors detected by this function.
+ * @return The URegularExpression object representing the compiled
+ * pattern.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION
+U_STABLE URegularExpression * U_EXPORT2
+uregex_openC( const char *pattern,
+ uint32_t flags,
+ UParseError *pe,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+#endif
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Close the regular expression, recovering all resources (memory) it
+ * was holding.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The regular expression to be closed.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uregex_close(URegularExpression *regexp);
+
+/**
+ * Make a copy of a compiled regular expression. Cloning a regular
+ * expression is faster than opening a second instance from the source
+ * form of the expression, and requires less memory.
+ * <p>
+ * Note that the current input string and the position of any matched text
+ * within it are not cloned; only the pattern itself and and the
+ * match mode flags are copied.
+ * <p>
+ * Cloning can be particularly useful to threaded applications that perform
+ * multiple match operations in parallel. Each concurrent RE
+ * operation requires its own instance of a URegularExpression.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression to be cloned.
+ * @param status Receives indication of any errors encountered
+ * @return the cloned copy of the compiled regular expression.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE URegularExpression * U_EXPORT2
+uregex_clone(const URegularExpression *regexp, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Return a pointer to the source form of the pattern for this regular expression.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param patLength This output parameter will be set to the length of the
+ * pattern string. A NULL pointer may be used here if the
+ * pattern length is not needed, as would be the case if
+ * the pattern is known in advance to be a NUL terminated
+ * string.
+ * @param status Receives errors detected by this function.
+ * @return a pointer to the pattern string. The storage for the string is
+ * owned by the regular expression object, and must not be
+ * altered or deleted by the application. The returned string
+ * will remain valid until the regular expression is closed.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const UChar * U_EXPORT2
+uregex_pattern(const URegularExpression *regexp,
+ int32_t *patLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the match mode flags that were specified when compiling this regular expression.
+ * @param status Receives errors detected by this function.
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @return The match mode flags
+ * @see URegexpFlag
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uregex_flags(const URegularExpression *regexp,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Set the subject text string upon which the regular expression will look for matches.
+ * This function may be called any number of times, allowing the regular
+ * expression pattern to be applied to different strings.
+ * <p>
+ * Regular expression matching operations work directly on the application's
+ * string data. No copy is made. The subject string data must not be
+ * altered after calling this function until after all regular expression
+ * operations involving this string data are completed.
+ * <p>
+ * Zero length strings are permitted. In this case, no subsequent match
+ * operation will dereference the text string pointer.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param text The subject text string.
+ * @param textLength The length of the subject text, or -1 if the string
+ * is NUL terminated.
+ * @param status Receives errors detected by this function.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uregex_setText(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ const UChar *text,
+ int32_t textLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the subject text that is currently associated with this
+ * regular expression object. This simply returns whatever string
+ * pointer was previously supplied via uregex_setText().
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param textLength The length of the string is returned in this output parameter.
+ * A NULL pointer may be used here if the
+ * text length is not needed, as would be the case if
+ * the text is known in advance to be a NUL terminated
+ * string.
+ * @param status Receives errors detected by this function.
+ * @return Poiner to the subject text string currently associated with
+ * this regular expression.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const UChar * U_EXPORT2
+uregex_getText(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ int32_t *textLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Attempts to match the input string against the pattern.
+ * To succeed, the match must extend to the end of the string,
+ * or cover the complete match region.
+ *
+ * If startIndex >= zero the match operation starts at the specified
+ * index and must extend to the end of the input string. Any region
+ * that has been specified is reset.
+ *
+ * If startIndex == -1 the match must cover the input region, or the entire
+ * input string if no region has been set. This directly corresponds to
+ * Matcher.matches() in Java
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param startIndex The input string index at which to begin matching, or -1
+ * to match the input Region.
+ * @param status Receives errors detected by this function.
+ * @return TRUE if there is a match
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uregex_matches(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ int32_t startIndex,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Attempts to match the input string, starting from the specified index, against the pattern.
+ * The match may be of any length, and is not required to extend to the end
+ * of the input string. Contrast with uregex_matches().
+ *
+ * <p>If startIndex is >= 0 any input region that was set for this
+ * URegularExpression is reset before the operation begins.
+ *
+ * <p>If the specified starting index == -1 the match begins at the start of the input
+ * region, or at the start of the full string if no region has been specified.
+ * This corresponds directly with Matcher.lookingAt() in Java.
+ *
+ * <p>If the match succeeds then more information can be obtained via the
+ * <code>uregexp_start()</code>, <code>uregexp_end()</code>,
+ * and <code>uregexp_group()</code> functions.</p>
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param startIndex The input string index at which to begin matching, or
+ * -1 to match the Input Region
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return TRUE if there is a match.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uregex_lookingAt(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ int32_t startIndex,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Find the first matching substring of the input string that matches the pattern.
+ * If startIndex is >= zero the search for a match begins at the specified index,
+ * and any match region is reset. This corresponds directly with
+ * Matcher.find(startIndex) in Java.
+ *
+ * If startIndex == -1 the search begins at the start of the input region,
+ * or at the start of the full string if no region has been specified.
+ *
+ * If a match is found, <code>uregex_start(), uregex_end()</code>, and
+ * <code>uregex_group()</code> will provide more information regarding the match.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param startIndex The position in the input string to begin the search, or
+ * -1 to search within the Input Region.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return TRUE if a match is found.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uregex_find(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ int32_t startIndex,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Find the next pattern match in the input string. Begin searching
+ * the input at the location following the end of he previous match,
+ * or at the start of the string (or region) if there is no
+ * previous match. If a match is found, <code>uregex_start(), uregex_end()</code>, and
+ * <code>uregex_group()</code> will provide more information regarding the match.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return TRUE if a match is found.
+ * @see uregex_reset
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uregex_findNext(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of capturing groups in this regular expression's pattern.
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return the number of capture groups
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uregex_groupCount(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/** Extract the string for the specified matching expression or subexpression.
+ * Group #0 is the complete string of matched text.
+ * Group #1 is the text matched by the first set of capturing parentheses.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param groupNum The capture group to extract. Group 0 is the complete
+ * match. The value of this parameter must be
+ * less than or equal to the number of capture groups in
+ * the pattern.
+ * @param dest Buffer to receive the matching string data
+ * @param destCapacity Capacity of the dest buffer.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return Length of matching data,
+ * or -1 if no applicable match.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uregex_group(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ int32_t groupNum,
+ UChar *dest,
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Returns the index in the input string of the start of the text matched by the
+ * specified capture group during the previous match operation. Return -1 if
+ * the capture group was not part of the last match.
+ * Group #0 refers to the complete range of matched text.
+ * Group #1 refers to the text matched by the first set of capturing parentheses.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param groupNum The capture group number
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return the starting position in the input of the text matched
+ * by the specified group.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uregex_start(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ int32_t groupNum,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the index in the input string of the position following the end
+ * of the text matched by the specified capture group.
+ * Return -1 if the capture group was not part of the last match.
+ * Group #0 refers to the complete range of matched text.
+ * Group #1 refers to the text matched by the first set of capturing parentheses.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param groupNum The capture group number
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return the index of the position following the last matched character.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uregex_end(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ int32_t groupNum,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Reset any saved state from the previous match. Has the effect of
+ * causing uregex_findNext to begin at the specified index, and causing
+ * uregex_start(), uregex_end() and uregex_group() to return an error
+ * indicating that there is no match information available. Clears any
+ * match region that may have been set.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param index The position in the text at which a
+ * uregex_findNext() should begin searching.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uregex_reset(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ int32_t index,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/** Sets the limits of the matching region for this URegularExpression.
+ * The region is the part of the input string that will be considered when matching.
+ * Invoking this method resets any saved state from the previous match,
+ * then sets the region to start at the index specified by the start parameter
+ * and end at the index specified by the end parameter.
+ *
+ * Depending on the transparency and anchoring being used (see useTransparentBounds
+ * and useAnchoringBounds), certain constructs such as anchors may behave differently
+ * at or around the boundaries of the region
+ *
+ * The function will fail if start is greater than limit, or if either index
+ * is less than zero or greater than the length of the string being matched.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param regionStart The index to begin searches at.
+ * @param regionLimit The index to end searches at (exclusive).
+ * @param status A pointer to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT void U_EXPORT2
+uregex_setRegion(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ int32_t regionStart,
+ int32_t regionLimit,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Reports the start index of the matching region. Any matches found are limited to
+ * to the region bounded by regionStart (inclusive) and regionEnd (exclusive).
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param status A pointer to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return The starting index of this matcher's region.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uregex_regionStart(const URegularExpression *regexp,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Reports the end index (exclusive) of the matching region for this URegularExpression.
+ * Any matches found are limited to to the region bounded by regionStart (inclusive)
+ * and regionEnd (exclusive).
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param status A pointer to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return The ending point of this matcher's region.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uregex_regionEnd(const URegularExpression *regexp,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Queries the transparency of region bounds for this URegularExpression.
+ * See useTransparentBounds for a description of transparent and opaque bounds.
+ * By default, matching boundaries are opaque.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param status A pointer to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return TRUE if this matcher is using opaque bounds, false if it is not.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT UBool U_EXPORT2
+uregex_hasTransparentBounds(const URegularExpression *regexp,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Sets the transparency of region bounds for this URegularExpression.
+ * Invoking this function with an argument of TRUE will set matches to use transparent bounds.
+ * If the boolean argument is FALSE, then opaque bounds will be used.
+ *
+ * Using transparent bounds, the boundaries of the matching region are transparent
+ * to lookahead, lookbehind, and boundary matching constructs. Those constructs can
+ * see text beyond the boundaries of the region while checking for a match.
+ *
+ * With opaque bounds, no text outside of the matching region is visible to lookahead,
+ * lookbehind, and boundary matching constructs.
+ *
+ * By default, opaque bounds are used.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param b TRUE for transparent bounds; FALSE for opaque bounds
+ * @param status A pointer to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ **/
+U_DRAFT void U_EXPORT2
+uregex_useTransparentBounds(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ UBool b,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Return true if this URegularExpression is using anchoring bounds.
+ * By default, anchoring region bounds are used.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param status A pointer to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return TRUE if this matcher is using anchoring bounds.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT UBool U_EXPORT2
+uregex_hasAnchoringBounds(const URegularExpression *regexp,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Set whether this URegularExpression is using Anchoring Bounds for its region.
+ * With anchoring bounds, pattern anchors such as ^ and $ will match at the start
+ * and end of the region. Without Anchoring Bounds, anchors will only match at
+ * the positions they would in the complete text.
+ *
+ * Anchoring Bounds are the default for regions.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param b TRUE if to enable anchoring bounds; FALSE to disable them.
+ * @param status A pointer to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT void U_EXPORT2
+uregex_useAnchoringBounds(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ UBool b,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Return TRUE if the most recent matching operation touched the
+ * end of the text being processed. In this case, additional input text could
+ * change the results of that match.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param status A pointer to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return TRUE if the most recent match hit the end of input
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT UBool U_EXPORT2
+uregex_hitEnd(const URegularExpression *regexp,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Return TRUE the most recent match succeeded and additional input could cause
+ * it to fail. If this function returns false and a match was found, then more input
+ * might change the match but the match won't be lost. If a match was not found,
+ * then requireEnd has no meaning.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param status A pointer to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return TRUE if more input could cause the most recent match to no longer match.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT UBool U_EXPORT2
+uregex_requireEnd(const URegularExpression *regexp,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Replaces every substring of the input that matches the pattern
+ * with the given replacement string. This is a convenience function that
+ * provides a complete find-and-replace-all operation.
+ *
+ * This method scans the input string looking for matches of the pattern.
+ * Input that is not part of any match is copied unchanged to the
+ * destination buffer. Matched regions are replaced in the output
+ * buffer by the replacement string. The replacement string may contain
+ * references to capture groups; these take the form of $1, $2, etc.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param replacementText A string containing the replacement text.
+ * @param replacementLength The length of the replacement string, or
+ * -1 if it is NUL terminated.
+ * @param destBuf A (UChar *) buffer that will receive the result.
+ * @param destCapacity The capacity of the desitnation buffer.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return The length of the string resulting from the find
+ * and replace operation. In the event that the
+ * destination capacity is inadequate, the return value
+ * is still the full length of the untruncated string.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uregex_replaceAll(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ const UChar *replacementText,
+ int32_t replacementLength,
+ UChar *destBuf,
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Replaces the first substring of the input that matches the pattern
+ * with the given replacement string. This is a convenience function that
+ * provides a complete find-and-replace operation.
+ *
+ * This method scans the input string looking for a match of the pattern.
+ * All input that is not part of the match is copied unchanged to the
+ * destination buffer. The matched region is replaced in the output
+ * buffer by the replacement string. The replacement string may contain
+ * references to capture groups; these take the form of $1, $2, etc.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param replacementText A string containing the replacement text.
+ * @param replacementLength The length of the replacement string, or
+ * -1 if it is NUL terminated.
+ * @param destBuf A (UChar *) buffer that will receive the result.
+ * @param destCapacity The capacity of the desitnation buffer.
+ * @param status a reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return The length of the string resulting from the find
+ * and replace operation. In the event that the
+ * destination capacity is inadequate, the return value
+ * is still the full length of the untruncated string.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uregex_replaceFirst(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ const UChar *replacementText,
+ int32_t replacementLength,
+ UChar *destBuf,
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Implements a replace operation intended to be used as part of an
+ * incremental find-and-replace.
+ *
+ * <p>The input string, starting from the end of the previous match and ending at
+ * the start of the current match, is appended to the destination string. Then the
+ * replacement string is appended to the output string,
+ * including handling any substitutions of captured text.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>A note on preflight computation of buffersize and error handling:
+ * Calls to uregex_appendReplacement() and uregex_appendTail() are
+ * designed to be chained, one after another, with the destination
+ * buffer pointer and buffer capacity updated after each in preparation
+ * to for the next. If the destination buffer is exhausted partway through such a
+ * sequence, a U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR status will be returned. Normal
+ * ICU conventions are for a function to perform no action if it is
+ * called with an error status, but for this one case, uregex_appendRepacement()
+ * will operate normally so that buffer size computations will complete
+ * correctly.
+ *
+ * <p>For simple, prepackaged, non-incremental find-and-replace
+ * operations, see replaceFirst() or replaceAll().</p>
+ *
+ * @param regexp The regular expression object.
+ * @param replacementText The string that will replace the matched portion of the
+ * input string as it is copied to the destination buffer.
+ * The replacement text may contain references ($1, for
+ * example) to capture groups from the match.
+ * @param replacementLength The length of the replacement text string,
+ * or -1 if the string is NUL terminated.
+ * @param destBuf The buffer into which the results of the
+ * find-and-replace are placed. On return, this pointer
+ * will be updated to refer to the beginning of the
+ * unused portion of buffer, leaving it in position for
+ * a subsequent call to this function.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the output buffer, On return, this
+ * parameter will be updated to reflect the space remaining
+ * unused in the output buffer.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return The length of the result string. In the event that
+ * destCapacity is inadequate, the full length of the
+ * untruncated output string is returned.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ *
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uregex_appendReplacement(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ const UChar *replacementText,
+ int32_t replacementLength,
+ UChar **destBuf,
+ int32_t *destCapacity,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * As the final step in a find-and-replace operation, append the remainder
+ * of the input string, starting at the position following the last match,
+ * to the destination string. <code>uregex_appendTail()</code> is intended
+ * to be invoked after one or more invocations of the
+ * <code>uregex_appendReplacement()</code> function.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The regular expression object. This is needed to
+ * obtain the input string and with the position
+ * of the last match within it.
+ * @param destBuf The buffer in which the results of the
+ * find-and-replace are placed. On return, the pointer
+ * will be updated to refer to the beginning of the
+ * unused portion of buffer.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the output buffer, On return, this
+ * value will be updated to reflect the space remaining
+ * unused in the output buffer.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return The length of the result string. In the event that
+ * destCapacity is inadequate, the full length of the
+ * untruncated output string is returned.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uregex_appendTail(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ UChar **destBuf,
+ int32_t *destCapacity,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * Split a string into fields. Somewhat like split() from Perl.
+ * The pattern matches identify delimiters that separate the input
+ * into fields. The input data between the matches becomes the
+ * fields themselves.
+ * <p>
+ * Each of the fields is copied from the input string to the destination
+ * buffer, and the NUL terminated. The position of each field within
+ * the destination buffer is returned in the destFields array.
+ *
+ * Note: another choice for the design of this function would be to not
+ * copy the resulting fields at all, but to return indexes and
+ * lengths within the source text.
+ * Advantages would be
+ * o Faster. No Copying.
+ * o Nothing extra needed when field data may contain embedded NUL chars.
+ * o Less memory needed if working on large data.
+ * Disadvantages
+ * o Less consistent with C++ split, which copies into an
+ * array of UnicodeStrings.
+ * o No NUL termination, extracted fields would be less convenient
+ * to use in most cases.
+ * o Possible problems in the future, when support Unicode Normalization
+ * could cause the fields to not correspond exactly to
+ * a range of the source text.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param destBuf A (UChar *) buffer to receive the fields that
+ * are extracted from the input string. These
+ * field pointers will refer to positions within the
+ * destination buffer supplied by the caller. Any
+ * extra positions within the destFields array will be
+ * set to NULL.
+ * @param destCapacity The capacity of the destBuf.
+ * @param requiredCapacity The actual capacity required of the destBuf.
+ * If destCapacity is too small, requiredCapacity will return
+ * the total capacity required to hold all of the output, and
+ * a U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR will be returned.
+ * @param destFields An array to be filled with the position of each
+ * of the extracted fields within destBuf.
+ * @param destFieldsCapacity The number of elements in the destFields array.
+ * If the number of fields found is less than destFieldsCapacity,
+ * the extra destFields elements are set to zero.
+ * If destFieldsCapacity is too small, the trailing part of the
+ * input, including any field delimiters, is treated as if it
+ * were the last field - it is copied to the destBuf, and
+ * its position is in the destBuf is stored in the last element
+ * of destFields. This behavior mimics that of Perl. It is not
+ * an error condition, and no error status is returned when all destField
+ * positions are used.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return The number of fields into which the input string was split.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uregex_split( URegularExpression *regexp,
+ UChar *destBuf,
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ int32_t *requiredCapacity,
+ UChar *destFields[],
+ int32_t destFieldsCapacity,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Set a processing time limit for match operations with this URegularExpression.
+ *
+ * Some patterns, when matching certain strings, can run in exponential time.
+ * For practical purposes, the match operation may appear to be in an
+ * infinite loop.
+ * When a limit is set a match operation will fail with an error if the
+ * limit is exceeded.
+ * <p>
+ * The units of the limit are steps of the match engine.
+ * Correspondence with actual processor time will depend on the speed
+ * of the processor and the details of the specific pattern, but will
+ * typically be on the order of milliseconds.
+ * <p>
+ * By default, the matching time is not limited.
+ * <p>
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param limit The limit value, or 0 for no limit.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT void U_EXPORT2
+uregex_setTimeLimit(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ int32_t limit,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the time limit for for matches with this URegularExpression.
+ * A return value of zero indicates that there is no limit.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @return the maximum allowed time for a match, in units of processing steps.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uregex_getTimeLimit(const URegularExpression *regexp,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Set the amount of heap storage avaliable for use by the match backtracking stack.
+ * <p>
+ * ICU uses a backtracking regular expression engine, with the backtrack stack
+ * maintained on the heap. This function sets the limit to the amount of memory
+ * that can be used for this purpose. A backtracking stack overflow will
+ * result in an error from the match operation that caused it.
+ * <p>
+ * A limit is desirable because a malicious or poorly designed pattern can use
+ * excessive memory, potentially crashing the process. A limit is enabled
+ * by default.
+ * <p>
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param limit The maximum size, in bytes, of the matching backtrack stack.
+ * A value of -1 means no limit.
+ * The limit must be greater than zero, or -1.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ *
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT void U_EXPORT2
+uregex_setStackLimit(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ int32_t limit,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Get the size of the heap storage available for use by the back tracking stack.
+ *
+ * @return the maximum backtracking stack size, in bytes, or zero if the
+ * stack size is unlimited.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uregex_getStackLimit(const URegularExpression *regexp,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Function pointer for a regular expression matching callback function.
+ * When set, a callback function will be called periodically during matching
+ * operations. If the call back function returns FALSE, the matching
+ * operation will be terminated early.
+ *
+ * Note: the callback function must not call other functions on this
+ * URegularExpression.
+ *
+ * @param context context pointer. The callback function will be invoked
+ * with the context specified at the time that
+ * uregex_setMatchCallback() is called.
+ * @param steps the accumulated processing time, in match steps,
+ * for this matching operation.
+ * @return TRUE to continue the matching operation.
+ * FALSE to terminate the matching operation.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_CDECL_BEGIN
+typedef UBool U_CALLCONV URegexMatchCallback (
+ const void *context,
+ int32_t steps);
+U_CDECL_END
+
+/**
+ * Set a callback function for this URegularExpression.
+ * During matching operations the function will be called periodically,
+ * giving the application the opportunity to terminate a long-running
+ * match.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param callback A pointer to the user-supplied callback function.
+ * @param context User context pointer. The value supplied at the
+ * time the callback function is set will be saved
+ * and passed to the callback each time that it is called.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT void U_EXPORT2
+uregex_setMatchCallback(URegularExpression *regexp,
+ URegexMatchCallback *callback,
+ const void *context,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the callback function for this URegularExpression.
+ *
+ * @param regexp The compiled regular expression.
+ * @param callback Out paramater, receives a pointer to the user-supplied
+ * callback function.
+ * @param context Out parameter, receives the user context pointer that
+ * was set when uregex_setMatchCallback() was called.
+ * @param status A reference to a UErrorCode to receive any errors.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT void U_EXPORT2
+uregex_getMatchCallback(const URegularExpression *regexp,
+ URegexMatchCallback **callback,
+ const void **context,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+
+#endif /* !UCONFIG_NO_REGULAR_EXPRESSIONS */
+#endif /* UREGEX_H */
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/urename.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/urename.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5282958
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/urename.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1775 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2002-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* file name: urename.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* Created by: Perl script written by Vladimir Weinstein
+*
+* Contains data for renaming ICU exports.
+* Gets included by umachine.h
+*
+* THIS FILE IS MACHINE-GENERATED, DON'T PLAY WITH IT IF YOU DON'T KNOW WHAT
+* YOU ARE DOING, OTHERWISE VERY BAD THINGS WILL HAPPEN!
+*/
+
+#ifndef URENAME_H
+#define URENAME_H
+
+/* Uncomment the following line to disable renaming on platforms
+ that do not use Autoconf. */
+/* #define U_DISABLE_RENAMING 1 */
+
+#if !U_DISABLE_RENAMING
+
+/* C exports renaming data */
+
+#define T_CString_int64ToString T_CString_int64ToString_4_0
+#define T_CString_integerToString T_CString_integerToString_4_0
+#define T_CString_stricmp T_CString_stricmp_4_0
+#define T_CString_stringToInteger T_CString_stringToInteger_4_0
+#define T_CString_strnicmp T_CString_strnicmp_4_0
+#define T_CString_toLowerCase T_CString_toLowerCase_4_0
+#define T_CString_toUpperCase T_CString_toUpperCase_4_0
+#define UCNV_FROM_U_CALLBACK_ESCAPE UCNV_FROM_U_CALLBACK_ESCAPE_4_0
+#define UCNV_FROM_U_CALLBACK_SKIP UCNV_FROM_U_CALLBACK_SKIP_4_0
+#define UCNV_FROM_U_CALLBACK_STOP UCNV_FROM_U_CALLBACK_STOP_4_0
+#define UCNV_FROM_U_CALLBACK_SUBSTITUTE UCNV_FROM_U_CALLBACK_SUBSTITUTE_4_0
+#define UCNV_TO_U_CALLBACK_ESCAPE UCNV_TO_U_CALLBACK_ESCAPE_4_0
+#define UCNV_TO_U_CALLBACK_SKIP UCNV_TO_U_CALLBACK_SKIP_4_0
+#define UCNV_TO_U_CALLBACK_STOP UCNV_TO_U_CALLBACK_STOP_4_0
+#define UCNV_TO_U_CALLBACK_SUBSTITUTE UCNV_TO_U_CALLBACK_SUBSTITUTE_4_0
+#define UDataMemory_createNewInstance UDataMemory_createNewInstance_4_0
+#define UDataMemory_init UDataMemory_init_4_0
+#define UDataMemory_isLoaded UDataMemory_isLoaded_4_0
+#define UDataMemory_normalizeDataPointer UDataMemory_normalizeDataPointer_4_0
+#define UDataMemory_setData UDataMemory_setData_4_0
+#define UDatamemory_assign UDatamemory_assign_4_0
+#define _ASCIIData _ASCIIData_4_0
+#define _Bocu1Data _Bocu1Data_4_0
+#define _CESU8Data _CESU8Data_4_0
+#define _HZData _HZData_4_0
+#define _IMAPData _IMAPData_4_0
+#define _ISCIIData _ISCIIData_4_0
+#define _ISO2022Data _ISO2022Data_4_0
+#define _LMBCSData1 _LMBCSData1_4_0
+#define _LMBCSData11 _LMBCSData11_4_0
+#define _LMBCSData16 _LMBCSData16_4_0
+#define _LMBCSData17 _LMBCSData17_4_0
+#define _LMBCSData18 _LMBCSData18_4_0
+#define _LMBCSData19 _LMBCSData19_4_0
+#define _LMBCSData2 _LMBCSData2_4_0
+#define _LMBCSData3 _LMBCSData3_4_0
+#define _LMBCSData4 _LMBCSData4_4_0
+#define _LMBCSData5 _LMBCSData5_4_0
+#define _LMBCSData6 _LMBCSData6_4_0
+#define _LMBCSData8 _LMBCSData8_4_0
+#define _Latin1Data _Latin1Data_4_0
+#define _MBCSData _MBCSData_4_0
+#define _SCSUData _SCSUData_4_0
+#define _UTF16BEData _UTF16BEData_4_0
+#define _UTF16Data _UTF16Data_4_0
+#define _UTF16LEData _UTF16LEData_4_0
+#define _UTF32BEData _UTF32BEData_4_0
+#define _UTF32Data _UTF32Data_4_0
+#define _UTF32LEData _UTF32LEData_4_0
+#define _UTF7Data _UTF7Data_4_0
+#define _UTF8Data _UTF8Data_4_0
+#define cmemory_cleanup cmemory_cleanup_4_0
+#define cmemory_inUse cmemory_inUse_4_0
+#define le_close le_close_4_0
+#define le_create le_create_4_0
+#define le_getCharIndices le_getCharIndices_4_0
+#define le_getCharIndicesWithBase le_getCharIndicesWithBase_4_0
+#define le_getGlyphCount le_getGlyphCount_4_0
+#define le_getGlyphPosition le_getGlyphPosition_4_0
+#define le_getGlyphPositions le_getGlyphPositions_4_0
+#define le_getGlyphs le_getGlyphs_4_0
+#define le_layoutChars le_layoutChars_4_0
+#define le_reset le_reset_4_0
+#define locale_getKeywords locale_getKeywords_4_0
+#define locale_get_default locale_get_default_4_0
+#define locale_set_default locale_set_default_4_0
+#define pl_addFontRun pl_addFontRun_4_0
+#define pl_addLocaleRun pl_addLocaleRun_4_0
+#define pl_addValueRun pl_addValueRun_4_0
+#define pl_close pl_close_4_0
+#define pl_closeFontRuns pl_closeFontRuns_4_0
+#define pl_closeLine pl_closeLine_4_0
+#define pl_closeLocaleRuns pl_closeLocaleRuns_4_0
+#define pl_closeValueRuns pl_closeValueRuns_4_0
+#define pl_countLineRuns pl_countLineRuns_4_0
+#define pl_create pl_create_4_0
+#define pl_getAscent pl_getAscent_4_0
+#define pl_getDescent pl_getDescent_4_0
+#define pl_getFontRunCount pl_getFontRunCount_4_0
+#define pl_getFontRunFont pl_getFontRunFont_4_0
+#define pl_getFontRunLastLimit pl_getFontRunLastLimit_4_0
+#define pl_getFontRunLimit pl_getFontRunLimit_4_0
+#define pl_getLeading pl_getLeading_4_0
+#define pl_getLineAscent pl_getLineAscent_4_0
+#define pl_getLineDescent pl_getLineDescent_4_0
+#define pl_getLineLeading pl_getLineLeading_4_0
+#define pl_getLineVisualRun pl_getLineVisualRun_4_0
+#define pl_getLineWidth pl_getLineWidth_4_0
+#define pl_getLocaleRunCount pl_getLocaleRunCount_4_0
+#define pl_getLocaleRunLastLimit pl_getLocaleRunLastLimit_4_0
+#define pl_getLocaleRunLimit pl_getLocaleRunLimit_4_0
+#define pl_getLocaleRunLocale pl_getLocaleRunLocale_4_0
+#define pl_getParagraphLevel pl_getParagraphLevel_4_0
+#define pl_getTextDirection pl_getTextDirection_4_0
+#define pl_getValueRunCount pl_getValueRunCount_4_0
+#define pl_getValueRunLastLimit pl_getValueRunLastLimit_4_0
+#define pl_getValueRunLimit pl_getValueRunLimit_4_0
+#define pl_getValueRunValue pl_getValueRunValue_4_0
+#define pl_getVisualRunAscent pl_getVisualRunAscent_4_0
+#define pl_getVisualRunDescent pl_getVisualRunDescent_4_0
+#define pl_getVisualRunDirection pl_getVisualRunDirection_4_0
+#define pl_getVisualRunFont pl_getVisualRunFont_4_0
+#define pl_getVisualRunGlyphCount pl_getVisualRunGlyphCount_4_0
+#define pl_getVisualRunGlyphToCharMap pl_getVisualRunGlyphToCharMap_4_0
+#define pl_getVisualRunGlyphs pl_getVisualRunGlyphs_4_0
+#define pl_getVisualRunLeading pl_getVisualRunLeading_4_0
+#define pl_getVisualRunPositions pl_getVisualRunPositions_4_0
+#define pl_isComplex pl_isComplex_4_0
+#define pl_nextLine pl_nextLine_4_0
+#define pl_openEmptyFontRuns pl_openEmptyFontRuns_4_0
+#define pl_openEmptyLocaleRuns pl_openEmptyLocaleRuns_4_0
+#define pl_openEmptyValueRuns pl_openEmptyValueRuns_4_0
+#define pl_openFontRuns pl_openFontRuns_4_0
+#define pl_openLocaleRuns pl_openLocaleRuns_4_0
+#define pl_openValueRuns pl_openValueRuns_4_0
+#define pl_reflow pl_reflow_4_0
+#define pl_resetFontRuns pl_resetFontRuns_4_0
+#define pl_resetLocaleRuns pl_resetLocaleRuns_4_0
+#define pl_resetValueRuns pl_resetValueRuns_4_0
+#define res_countArrayItems res_countArrayItems_4_0
+#define res_findResource res_findResource_4_0
+#define res_getAlias res_getAlias_4_0
+#define res_getArrayItem res_getArrayItem_4_0
+#define res_getBinary res_getBinary_4_0
+#define res_getIntVector res_getIntVector_4_0
+#define res_getResource res_getResource_4_0
+#define res_getString res_getString_4_0
+#define res_getTableItemByIndex res_getTableItemByIndex_4_0
+#define res_getTableItemByKey res_getTableItemByKey_4_0
+#define res_load res_load_4_0
+#define res_unload res_unload_4_0
+#define transliterator_cleanup transliterator_cleanup_4_0
+#define triedict_swap triedict_swap_4_0
+#define u_UCharsToChars u_UCharsToChars_4_0
+#define u_austrcpy u_austrcpy_4_0
+#define u_austrncpy u_austrncpy_4_0
+#define u_catclose u_catclose_4_0
+#define u_catgets u_catgets_4_0
+#define u_catopen u_catopen_4_0
+#define u_charAge u_charAge_4_0
+#define u_charDigitValue u_charDigitValue_4_0
+#define u_charDirection u_charDirection_4_0
+#define u_charFromName u_charFromName_4_0
+#define u_charMirror u_charMirror_4_0
+#define u_charName u_charName_4_0
+#define u_charType u_charType_4_0
+#define u_charsToUChars u_charsToUChars_4_0
+#define u_cleanup u_cleanup_4_0
+#define u_countChar32 u_countChar32_4_0
+#define u_digit u_digit_4_0
+#define u_enumCharNames u_enumCharNames_4_0
+#define u_enumCharTypes u_enumCharTypes_4_0
+#define u_errorName u_errorName_4_0
+#define u_fclose u_fclose_4_0
+#define u_feof u_feof_4_0
+#define u_fflush u_fflush_4_0
+#define u_fgetConverter u_fgetConverter_4_0
+#define u_fgetc u_fgetc_4_0
+#define u_fgetcodepage u_fgetcodepage_4_0
+#define u_fgetcx u_fgetcx_4_0
+#define u_fgetfile u_fgetfile_4_0
+#define u_fgetlocale u_fgetlocale_4_0
+#define u_fgets u_fgets_4_0
+#define u_file_read u_file_read_4_0
+#define u_file_write u_file_write_4_0
+#define u_file_write_flush u_file_write_flush_4_0
+#define u_finit u_finit_4_0
+#define u_foldCase u_foldCase_4_0
+#define u_fopen u_fopen_4_0
+#define u_forDigit u_forDigit_4_0
+#define u_formatMessage u_formatMessage_4_0
+#define u_formatMessageWithError u_formatMessageWithError_4_0
+#define u_fprintf u_fprintf_4_0
+#define u_fprintf_u u_fprintf_u_4_0
+#define u_fputc u_fputc_4_0
+#define u_fputs u_fputs_4_0
+#define u_frewind u_frewind_4_0
+#define u_fscanf u_fscanf_4_0
+#define u_fscanf_u u_fscanf_u_4_0
+#define u_fsetcodepage u_fsetcodepage_4_0
+#define u_fsetlocale u_fsetlocale_4_0
+#define u_fsettransliterator u_fsettransliterator_4_0
+#define u_fstropen u_fstropen_4_0
+#define u_fungetc u_fungetc_4_0
+#define u_getCombiningClass u_getCombiningClass_4_0
+#define u_getDataDirectory u_getDataDirectory_4_0
+#define u_getDefaultConverter u_getDefaultConverter_4_0
+#define u_getFC_NFKC_Closure u_getFC_NFKC_Closure_4_0
+#define u_getISOComment u_getISOComment_4_0
+#define u_getIntPropertyMaxValue u_getIntPropertyMaxValue_4_0
+#define u_getIntPropertyMinValue u_getIntPropertyMinValue_4_0
+#define u_getIntPropertyValue u_getIntPropertyValue_4_0
+#define u_getNumericValue u_getNumericValue_4_0
+#define u_getPropertyEnum u_getPropertyEnum_4_0
+#define u_getPropertyName u_getPropertyName_4_0
+#define u_getPropertyValueEnum u_getPropertyValueEnum_4_0
+#define u_getPropertyValueName u_getPropertyValueName_4_0
+#define u_getUnicodeProperties u_getUnicodeProperties_4_0
+#define u_getUnicodeVersion u_getUnicodeVersion_4_0
+#define u_getVersion u_getVersion_4_0
+#define u_growBufferFromStatic u_growBufferFromStatic_4_0
+#define u_hasBinaryProperty u_hasBinaryProperty_4_0
+#define u_init u_init_4_0
+#define u_isIDIgnorable u_isIDIgnorable_4_0
+#define u_isIDPart u_isIDPart_4_0
+#define u_isIDStart u_isIDStart_4_0
+#define u_isISOControl u_isISOControl_4_0
+#define u_isJavaIDPart u_isJavaIDPart_4_0
+#define u_isJavaIDStart u_isJavaIDStart_4_0
+#define u_isJavaSpaceChar u_isJavaSpaceChar_4_0
+#define u_isMirrored u_isMirrored_4_0
+#define u_isUAlphabetic u_isUAlphabetic_4_0
+#define u_isULowercase u_isULowercase_4_0
+#define u_isUUppercase u_isUUppercase_4_0
+#define u_isUWhiteSpace u_isUWhiteSpace_4_0
+#define u_isWhitespace u_isWhitespace_4_0
+#define u_isalnum u_isalnum_4_0
+#define u_isalnumPOSIX u_isalnumPOSIX_4_0
+#define u_isalpha u_isalpha_4_0
+#define u_isbase u_isbase_4_0
+#define u_isblank u_isblank_4_0
+#define u_iscntrl u_iscntrl_4_0
+#define u_isdefined u_isdefined_4_0
+#define u_isdigit u_isdigit_4_0
+#define u_isgraph u_isgraph_4_0
+#define u_isgraphPOSIX u_isgraphPOSIX_4_0
+#define u_islower u_islower_4_0
+#define u_isprint u_isprint_4_0
+#define u_isprintPOSIX u_isprintPOSIX_4_0
+#define u_ispunct u_ispunct_4_0
+#define u_isspace u_isspace_4_0
+#define u_istitle u_istitle_4_0
+#define u_isupper u_isupper_4_0
+#define u_isxdigit u_isxdigit_4_0
+#define u_lengthOfIdenticalLevelRun u_lengthOfIdenticalLevelRun_4_0
+#define u_locbund_close u_locbund_close_4_0
+#define u_locbund_getNumberFormat u_locbund_getNumberFormat_4_0
+#define u_locbund_init u_locbund_init_4_0
+#define u_memcasecmp u_memcasecmp_4_0
+#define u_memchr u_memchr_4_0
+#define u_memchr32 u_memchr32_4_0
+#define u_memcmp u_memcmp_4_0
+#define u_memcmpCodePointOrder u_memcmpCodePointOrder_4_0
+#define u_memcpy u_memcpy_4_0
+#define u_memmove u_memmove_4_0
+#define u_memrchr u_memrchr_4_0
+#define u_memrchr32 u_memrchr32_4_0
+#define u_memset u_memset_4_0
+#define u_parseMessage u_parseMessage_4_0
+#define u_parseMessageWithError u_parseMessageWithError_4_0
+#define u_printf_parse u_printf_parse_4_0
+#define u_releaseDefaultConverter u_releaseDefaultConverter_4_0
+#define u_scanf_parse u_scanf_parse_4_0
+#define u_setAtomicIncDecFunctions u_setAtomicIncDecFunctions_4_0
+#define u_setDataDirectory u_setDataDirectory_4_0
+#define u_setMemoryFunctions u_setMemoryFunctions_4_0
+#define u_setMutexFunctions u_setMutexFunctions_4_0
+#define u_shapeArabic u_shapeArabic_4_0
+#define u_snprintf u_snprintf_4_0
+#define u_snprintf_u u_snprintf_u_4_0
+#define u_sprintf u_sprintf_4_0
+#define u_sprintf_u u_sprintf_u_4_0
+#define u_sscanf u_sscanf_4_0
+#define u_sscanf_u u_sscanf_u_4_0
+#define u_strCaseCompare u_strCaseCompare_4_0
+#define u_strCompare u_strCompare_4_0
+#define u_strCompareIter u_strCompareIter_4_0
+#define u_strFindFirst u_strFindFirst_4_0
+#define u_strFindLast u_strFindLast_4_0
+#define u_strFoldCase u_strFoldCase_4_0
+#define u_strFromPunycode u_strFromPunycode_4_0
+#define u_strFromUTF32 u_strFromUTF32_4_0
+#define u_strFromUTF8 u_strFromUTF8_4_0
+#define u_strFromUTF8Lenient u_strFromUTF8Lenient_4_0
+#define u_strFromUTF8WithSub u_strFromUTF8WithSub_4_0
+#define u_strFromWCS u_strFromWCS_4_0
+#define u_strHasMoreChar32Than u_strHasMoreChar32Than_4_0
+#define u_strToLower u_strToLower_4_0
+#define u_strToPunycode u_strToPunycode_4_0
+#define u_strToTitle u_strToTitle_4_0
+#define u_strToUTF32 u_strToUTF32_4_0
+#define u_strToUTF8 u_strToUTF8_4_0
+#define u_strToUTF8WithSub u_strToUTF8WithSub_4_0
+#define u_strToUpper u_strToUpper_4_0
+#define u_strToWCS u_strToWCS_4_0
+#define u_strcasecmp u_strcasecmp_4_0
+#define u_strcat u_strcat_4_0
+#define u_strchr u_strchr_4_0
+#define u_strchr32 u_strchr32_4_0
+#define u_strcmp u_strcmp_4_0
+#define u_strcmpCodePointOrder u_strcmpCodePointOrder_4_0
+#define u_strcmpFold u_strcmpFold_4_0
+#define u_strcpy u_strcpy_4_0
+#define u_strcspn u_strcspn_4_0
+#define u_strlen u_strlen_4_0
+#define u_strncasecmp u_strncasecmp_4_0
+#define u_strncat u_strncat_4_0
+#define u_strncmp u_strncmp_4_0
+#define u_strncmpCodePointOrder u_strncmpCodePointOrder_4_0
+#define u_strncpy u_strncpy_4_0
+#define u_strpbrk u_strpbrk_4_0
+#define u_strrchr u_strrchr_4_0
+#define u_strrchr32 u_strrchr32_4_0
+#define u_strrstr u_strrstr_4_0
+#define u_strspn u_strspn_4_0
+#define u_strstr u_strstr_4_0
+#define u_strtok_r u_strtok_r_4_0
+#define u_terminateChars u_terminateChars_4_0
+#define u_terminateUChar32s u_terminateUChar32s_4_0
+#define u_terminateUChars u_terminateUChars_4_0
+#define u_terminateWChars u_terminateWChars_4_0
+#define u_tolower u_tolower_4_0
+#define u_totitle u_totitle_4_0
+#define u_toupper u_toupper_4_0
+#define u_uastrcpy u_uastrcpy_4_0
+#define u_uastrncpy u_uastrncpy_4_0
+#define u_unescape u_unescape_4_0
+#define u_unescapeAt u_unescapeAt_4_0
+#define u_versionFromString u_versionFromString_4_0
+#define u_versionToString u_versionToString_4_0
+#define u_vformatMessage u_vformatMessage_4_0
+#define u_vformatMessageWithError u_vformatMessageWithError_4_0
+#define u_vfprintf u_vfprintf_4_0
+#define u_vfprintf_u u_vfprintf_u_4_0
+#define u_vfscanf u_vfscanf_4_0
+#define u_vfscanf_u u_vfscanf_u_4_0
+#define u_vparseMessage u_vparseMessage_4_0
+#define u_vparseMessageWithError u_vparseMessageWithError_4_0
+#define u_vsnprintf u_vsnprintf_4_0
+#define u_vsnprintf_u u_vsnprintf_u_4_0
+#define u_vsprintf u_vsprintf_4_0
+#define u_vsprintf_u u_vsprintf_u_4_0
+#define u_vsscanf u_vsscanf_4_0
+#define u_vsscanf_u u_vsscanf_u_4_0
+#define u_writeDiff u_writeDiff_4_0
+#define u_writeIdenticalLevelRun u_writeIdenticalLevelRun_4_0
+#define u_writeIdenticalLevelRunTwoChars u_writeIdenticalLevelRunTwoChars_4_0
+#define ubidi_addPropertyStarts ubidi_addPropertyStarts_4_0
+#define ubidi_close ubidi_close_4_0
+#define ubidi_closeProps ubidi_closeProps_4_0
+#define ubidi_countParagraphs ubidi_countParagraphs_4_0
+#define ubidi_countRuns ubidi_countRuns_4_0
+#define ubidi_getClass ubidi_getClass_4_0
+#define ubidi_getClassCallback ubidi_getClassCallback_4_0
+#define ubidi_getCustomizedClass ubidi_getCustomizedClass_4_0
+#define ubidi_getDirection ubidi_getDirection_4_0
+#define ubidi_getJoiningGroup ubidi_getJoiningGroup_4_0
+#define ubidi_getJoiningType ubidi_getJoiningType_4_0
+#define ubidi_getLength ubidi_getLength_4_0
+#define ubidi_getLevelAt ubidi_getLevelAt_4_0
+#define ubidi_getLevels ubidi_getLevels_4_0
+#define ubidi_getLogicalIndex ubidi_getLogicalIndex_4_0
+#define ubidi_getLogicalMap ubidi_getLogicalMap_4_0
+#define ubidi_getLogicalRun ubidi_getLogicalRun_4_0
+#define ubidi_getMaxValue ubidi_getMaxValue_4_0
+#define ubidi_getMemory ubidi_getMemory_4_0
+#define ubidi_getMirror ubidi_getMirror_4_0
+#define ubidi_getParaLevel ubidi_getParaLevel_4_0
+#define ubidi_getParagraph ubidi_getParagraph_4_0
+#define ubidi_getParagraphByIndex ubidi_getParagraphByIndex_4_0
+#define ubidi_getProcessedLength ubidi_getProcessedLength_4_0
+#define ubidi_getReorderingMode ubidi_getReorderingMode_4_0
+#define ubidi_getReorderingOptions ubidi_getReorderingOptions_4_0
+#define ubidi_getResultLength ubidi_getResultLength_4_0
+#define ubidi_getRuns ubidi_getRuns_4_0
+#define ubidi_getSingleton ubidi_getSingleton_4_0
+#define ubidi_getText ubidi_getText_4_0
+#define ubidi_getVisualIndex ubidi_getVisualIndex_4_0
+#define ubidi_getVisualMap ubidi_getVisualMap_4_0
+#define ubidi_getVisualRun ubidi_getVisualRun_4_0
+#define ubidi_invertMap ubidi_invertMap_4_0
+#define ubidi_isBidiControl ubidi_isBidiControl_4_0
+#define ubidi_isInverse ubidi_isInverse_4_0
+#define ubidi_isJoinControl ubidi_isJoinControl_4_0
+#define ubidi_isMirrored ubidi_isMirrored_4_0
+#define ubidi_isOrderParagraphsLTR ubidi_isOrderParagraphsLTR_4_0
+#define ubidi_open ubidi_open_4_0
+#define ubidi_openSized ubidi_openSized_4_0
+#define ubidi_orderParagraphsLTR ubidi_orderParagraphsLTR_4_0
+#define ubidi_reorderLogical ubidi_reorderLogical_4_0
+#define ubidi_reorderVisual ubidi_reorderVisual_4_0
+#define ubidi_setClassCallback ubidi_setClassCallback_4_0
+#define ubidi_setInverse ubidi_setInverse_4_0
+#define ubidi_setLine ubidi_setLine_4_0
+#define ubidi_setPara ubidi_setPara_4_0
+#define ubidi_setReorderingMode ubidi_setReorderingMode_4_0
+#define ubidi_setReorderingOptions ubidi_setReorderingOptions_4_0
+#define ubidi_writeReordered ubidi_writeReordered_4_0
+#define ubidi_writeReverse ubidi_writeReverse_4_0
+#define ublock_getCode ublock_getCode_4_0
+#define ubrk_close ubrk_close_4_0
+#define ubrk_countAvailable ubrk_countAvailable_4_0
+#define ubrk_current ubrk_current_4_0
+#define ubrk_first ubrk_first_4_0
+#define ubrk_following ubrk_following_4_0
+#define ubrk_getAvailable ubrk_getAvailable_4_0
+#define ubrk_getLocaleByType ubrk_getLocaleByType_4_0
+#define ubrk_getRuleStatus ubrk_getRuleStatus_4_0
+#define ubrk_getRuleStatusVec ubrk_getRuleStatusVec_4_0
+#define ubrk_isBoundary ubrk_isBoundary_4_0
+#define ubrk_last ubrk_last_4_0
+#define ubrk_next ubrk_next_4_0
+#define ubrk_open ubrk_open_4_0
+#define ubrk_openRules ubrk_openRules_4_0
+#define ubrk_preceding ubrk_preceding_4_0
+#define ubrk_previous ubrk_previous_4_0
+#define ubrk_safeClone ubrk_safeClone_4_0
+#define ubrk_setText ubrk_setText_4_0
+#define ubrk_setUText ubrk_setUText_4_0
+#define ubrk_swap ubrk_swap_4_0
+#define ucal_add ucal_add_4_0
+#define ucal_clear ucal_clear_4_0
+#define ucal_clearField ucal_clearField_4_0
+#define ucal_clone ucal_clone_4_0
+#define ucal_close ucal_close_4_0
+#define ucal_countAvailable ucal_countAvailable_4_0
+#define ucal_equivalentTo ucal_equivalentTo_4_0
+#define ucal_get ucal_get_4_0
+#define ucal_getAttribute ucal_getAttribute_4_0
+#define ucal_getAvailable ucal_getAvailable_4_0
+#define ucal_getCanonicalTimeZoneID ucal_getCanonicalTimeZoneID_4_0
+#define ucal_getDSTSavings ucal_getDSTSavings_4_0
+#define ucal_getDefaultTimeZone ucal_getDefaultTimeZone_4_0
+#define ucal_getGregorianChange ucal_getGregorianChange_4_0
+#define ucal_getLimit ucal_getLimit_4_0
+#define ucal_getLocaleByType ucal_getLocaleByType_4_0
+#define ucal_getMillis ucal_getMillis_4_0
+#define ucal_getNow ucal_getNow_4_0
+#define ucal_getTZDataVersion ucal_getTZDataVersion_4_0
+#define ucal_getTimeZoneDisplayName ucal_getTimeZoneDisplayName_4_0
+#define ucal_inDaylightTime ucal_inDaylightTime_4_0
+#define ucal_isSet ucal_isSet_4_0
+#define ucal_open ucal_open_4_0
+#define ucal_openCountryTimeZones ucal_openCountryTimeZones_4_0
+#define ucal_openTimeZones ucal_openTimeZones_4_0
+#define ucal_roll ucal_roll_4_0
+#define ucal_set ucal_set_4_0
+#define ucal_setAttribute ucal_setAttribute_4_0
+#define ucal_setDate ucal_setDate_4_0
+#define ucal_setDateTime ucal_setDateTime_4_0
+#define ucal_setDefaultTimeZone ucal_setDefaultTimeZone_4_0
+#define ucal_setGregorianChange ucal_setGregorianChange_4_0
+#define ucal_setMillis ucal_setMillis_4_0
+#define ucal_setTimeZone ucal_setTimeZone_4_0
+#define ucase_addCaseClosure ucase_addCaseClosure_4_0
+#define ucase_addPropertyStarts ucase_addPropertyStarts_4_0
+#define ucase_addStringCaseClosure ucase_addStringCaseClosure_4_0
+#define ucase_close ucase_close_4_0
+#define ucase_fold ucase_fold_4_0
+#define ucase_getCaseLocale ucase_getCaseLocale_4_0
+#define ucase_getSingleton ucase_getSingleton_4_0
+#define ucase_getType ucase_getType_4_0
+#define ucase_getTypeOrIgnorable ucase_getTypeOrIgnorable_4_0
+#define ucase_hasBinaryProperty ucase_hasBinaryProperty_4_0
+#define ucase_isCaseSensitive ucase_isCaseSensitive_4_0
+#define ucase_isSoftDotted ucase_isSoftDotted_4_0
+#define ucase_toFullFolding ucase_toFullFolding_4_0
+#define ucase_toFullLower ucase_toFullLower_4_0
+#define ucase_toFullTitle ucase_toFullTitle_4_0
+#define ucase_toFullUpper ucase_toFullUpper_4_0
+#define ucase_tolower ucase_tolower_4_0
+#define ucase_totitle ucase_totitle_4_0
+#define ucase_toupper ucase_toupper_4_0
+#define ucasemap_close ucasemap_close_4_0
+#define ucasemap_getBreakIterator ucasemap_getBreakIterator_4_0
+#define ucasemap_getLocale ucasemap_getLocale_4_0
+#define ucasemap_getOptions ucasemap_getOptions_4_0
+#define ucasemap_open ucasemap_open_4_0
+#define ucasemap_setBreakIterator ucasemap_setBreakIterator_4_0
+#define ucasemap_setLocale ucasemap_setLocale_4_0
+#define ucasemap_setOptions ucasemap_setOptions_4_0
+#define ucasemap_toTitle ucasemap_toTitle_4_0
+#define ucasemap_utf8FoldCase ucasemap_utf8FoldCase_4_0
+#define ucasemap_utf8ToLower ucasemap_utf8ToLower_4_0
+#define ucasemap_utf8ToTitle ucasemap_utf8ToTitle_4_0
+#define ucasemap_utf8ToUpper ucasemap_utf8ToUpper_4_0
+#define uchar_addPropertyStarts uchar_addPropertyStarts_4_0
+#define uchar_getHST uchar_getHST_4_0
+#define uchar_swapNames uchar_swapNames_4_0
+#define ucln_common_registerCleanup ucln_common_registerCleanup_4_0
+#define ucln_i18n_registerCleanup ucln_i18n_registerCleanup_4_0
+#define ucln_io_registerCleanup ucln_io_registerCleanup_4_0
+#define ucln_lib_cleanup ucln_lib_cleanup_4_0
+#define ucln_registerCleanup ucln_registerCleanup_4_0
+#define ucnv_MBCSFromUChar32 ucnv_MBCSFromUChar32_4_0
+#define ucnv_MBCSFromUnicodeWithOffsets ucnv_MBCSFromUnicodeWithOffsets_4_0
+#define ucnv_MBCSGetFilteredUnicodeSetForUnicode ucnv_MBCSGetFilteredUnicodeSetForUnicode_4_0
+#define ucnv_MBCSGetType ucnv_MBCSGetType_4_0
+#define ucnv_MBCSGetUnicodeSetForUnicode ucnv_MBCSGetUnicodeSetForUnicode_4_0
+#define ucnv_MBCSIsLeadByte ucnv_MBCSIsLeadByte_4_0
+#define ucnv_MBCSSimpleGetNextUChar ucnv_MBCSSimpleGetNextUChar_4_0
+#define ucnv_MBCSToUnicodeWithOffsets ucnv_MBCSToUnicodeWithOffsets_4_0
+#define ucnv_bld_countAvailableConverters ucnv_bld_countAvailableConverters_4_0
+#define ucnv_bld_getAvailableConverter ucnv_bld_getAvailableConverter_4_0
+#define ucnv_cbFromUWriteBytes ucnv_cbFromUWriteBytes_4_0
+#define ucnv_cbFromUWriteSub ucnv_cbFromUWriteSub_4_0
+#define ucnv_cbFromUWriteUChars ucnv_cbFromUWriteUChars_4_0
+#define ucnv_cbToUWriteSub ucnv_cbToUWriteSub_4_0
+#define ucnv_cbToUWriteUChars ucnv_cbToUWriteUChars_4_0
+#define ucnv_close ucnv_close_4_0
+#define ucnv_compareNames ucnv_compareNames_4_0
+#define ucnv_convert ucnv_convert_4_0
+#define ucnv_convertEx ucnv_convertEx_4_0
+#define ucnv_countAliases ucnv_countAliases_4_0
+#define ucnv_countAvailable ucnv_countAvailable_4_0
+#define ucnv_countStandards ucnv_countStandards_4_0
+#define ucnv_createAlgorithmicConverter ucnv_createAlgorithmicConverter_4_0
+#define ucnv_createConverter ucnv_createConverter_4_0
+#define ucnv_createConverterFromPackage ucnv_createConverterFromPackage_4_0
+#define ucnv_createConverterFromSharedData ucnv_createConverterFromSharedData_4_0
+#define ucnv_detectUnicodeSignature ucnv_detectUnicodeSignature_4_0
+#define ucnv_extContinueMatchFromU ucnv_extContinueMatchFromU_4_0
+#define ucnv_extContinueMatchToU ucnv_extContinueMatchToU_4_0
+#define ucnv_extGetUnicodeSet ucnv_extGetUnicodeSet_4_0
+#define ucnv_extInitialMatchFromU ucnv_extInitialMatchFromU_4_0
+#define ucnv_extInitialMatchToU ucnv_extInitialMatchToU_4_0
+#define ucnv_extSimpleMatchFromU ucnv_extSimpleMatchFromU_4_0
+#define ucnv_extSimpleMatchToU ucnv_extSimpleMatchToU_4_0
+#define ucnv_fixFileSeparator ucnv_fixFileSeparator_4_0
+#define ucnv_flushCache ucnv_flushCache_4_0
+#define ucnv_fromAlgorithmic ucnv_fromAlgorithmic_4_0
+#define ucnv_fromUChars ucnv_fromUChars_4_0
+#define ucnv_fromUCountPending ucnv_fromUCountPending_4_0
+#define ucnv_fromUWriteBytes ucnv_fromUWriteBytes_4_0
+#define ucnv_fromUnicode ucnv_fromUnicode_4_0
+#define ucnv_fromUnicode_UTF8 ucnv_fromUnicode_UTF8_4_0
+#define ucnv_fromUnicode_UTF8_OFFSETS_LOGIC ucnv_fromUnicode_UTF8_OFFSETS_LOGIC_4_0
+#define ucnv_getAlias ucnv_getAlias_4_0
+#define ucnv_getAliases ucnv_getAliases_4_0
+#define ucnv_getAvailableName ucnv_getAvailableName_4_0
+#define ucnv_getCCSID ucnv_getCCSID_4_0
+#define ucnv_getCanonicalName ucnv_getCanonicalName_4_0
+#define ucnv_getCompleteUnicodeSet ucnv_getCompleteUnicodeSet_4_0
+#define ucnv_getDefaultName ucnv_getDefaultName_4_0
+#define ucnv_getDisplayName ucnv_getDisplayName_4_0
+#define ucnv_getFromUCallBack ucnv_getFromUCallBack_4_0
+#define ucnv_getInvalidChars ucnv_getInvalidChars_4_0
+#define ucnv_getInvalidUChars ucnv_getInvalidUChars_4_0
+#define ucnv_getMaxCharSize ucnv_getMaxCharSize_4_0
+#define ucnv_getMinCharSize ucnv_getMinCharSize_4_0
+#define ucnv_getName ucnv_getName_4_0
+#define ucnv_getNextUChar ucnv_getNextUChar_4_0
+#define ucnv_getNonSurrogateUnicodeSet ucnv_getNonSurrogateUnicodeSet_4_0
+#define ucnv_getPlatform ucnv_getPlatform_4_0
+#define ucnv_getStandard ucnv_getStandard_4_0
+#define ucnv_getStandardName ucnv_getStandardName_4_0
+#define ucnv_getStarters ucnv_getStarters_4_0
+#define ucnv_getSubstChars ucnv_getSubstChars_4_0
+#define ucnv_getToUCallBack ucnv_getToUCallBack_4_0
+#define ucnv_getType ucnv_getType_4_0
+#define ucnv_getUnicodeSet ucnv_getUnicodeSet_4_0
+#define ucnv_incrementRefCount ucnv_incrementRefCount_4_0
+#define ucnv_io_countKnownConverters ucnv_io_countKnownConverters_4_0
+#define ucnv_io_getConverterName ucnv_io_getConverterName_4_0
+#define ucnv_io_stripASCIIForCompare ucnv_io_stripASCIIForCompare_4_0
+#define ucnv_io_stripEBCDICForCompare ucnv_io_stripEBCDICForCompare_4_0
+#define ucnv_isAmbiguous ucnv_isAmbiguous_4_0
+#define ucnv_load ucnv_load_4_0
+#define ucnv_loadSharedData ucnv_loadSharedData_4_0
+#define ucnv_open ucnv_open_4_0
+#define ucnv_openAllNames ucnv_openAllNames_4_0
+#define ucnv_openCCSID ucnv_openCCSID_4_0
+#define ucnv_openPackage ucnv_openPackage_4_0
+#define ucnv_openStandardNames ucnv_openStandardNames_4_0
+#define ucnv_openU ucnv_openU_4_0
+#define ucnv_reset ucnv_reset_4_0
+#define ucnv_resetFromUnicode ucnv_resetFromUnicode_4_0
+#define ucnv_resetToUnicode ucnv_resetToUnicode_4_0
+#define ucnv_safeClone ucnv_safeClone_4_0
+#define ucnv_setDefaultName ucnv_setDefaultName_4_0
+#define ucnv_setFallback ucnv_setFallback_4_0
+#define ucnv_setFromUCallBack ucnv_setFromUCallBack_4_0
+#define ucnv_setSubstChars ucnv_setSubstChars_4_0
+#define ucnv_setSubstString ucnv_setSubstString_4_0
+#define ucnv_setToUCallBack ucnv_setToUCallBack_4_0
+#define ucnv_swap ucnv_swap_4_0
+#define ucnv_swapAliases ucnv_swapAliases_4_0
+#define ucnv_toAlgorithmic ucnv_toAlgorithmic_4_0
+#define ucnv_toUChars ucnv_toUChars_4_0
+#define ucnv_toUCountPending ucnv_toUCountPending_4_0
+#define ucnv_toUWriteCodePoint ucnv_toUWriteCodePoint_4_0
+#define ucnv_toUWriteUChars ucnv_toUWriteUChars_4_0
+#define ucnv_toUnicode ucnv_toUnicode_4_0
+#define ucnv_unload ucnv_unload_4_0
+#define ucnv_unloadSharedDataIfReady ucnv_unloadSharedDataIfReady_4_0
+#define ucnv_usesFallback ucnv_usesFallback_4_0
+#define ucol_allocWeights ucol_allocWeights_4_0
+#define ucol_assembleTailoringTable ucol_assembleTailoringTable_4_0
+#define ucol_calcSortKey ucol_calcSortKey_4_0
+#define ucol_calcSortKeySimpleTertiary ucol_calcSortKeySimpleTertiary_4_0
+#define ucol_cloneBinary ucol_cloneBinary_4_0
+#define ucol_cloneRuleData ucol_cloneRuleData_4_0
+#define ucol_close ucol_close_4_0
+#define ucol_closeElements ucol_closeElements_4_0
+#define ucol_countAvailable ucol_countAvailable_4_0
+#define ucol_createElements ucol_createElements_4_0
+#define ucol_doCE ucol_doCE_4_0
+#define ucol_equal ucol_equal_4_0
+#define ucol_equals ucol_equals_4_0
+#define ucol_forgetUCA ucol_forgetUCA_4_0
+#define ucol_getAttribute ucol_getAttribute_4_0
+#define ucol_getAttributeOrDefault ucol_getAttributeOrDefault_4_0
+#define ucol_getAvailable ucol_getAvailable_4_0
+#define ucol_getBound ucol_getBound_4_0
+#define ucol_getCEStrengthDifference ucol_getCEStrengthDifference_4_0
+#define ucol_getContractions ucol_getContractions_4_0
+#define ucol_getContractionsAndExpansions ucol_getContractionsAndExpansions_4_0
+#define ucol_getDisplayName ucol_getDisplayName_4_0
+#define ucol_getFirstCE ucol_getFirstCE_4_0
+#define ucol_getFunctionalEquivalent ucol_getFunctionalEquivalent_4_0
+#define ucol_getKeywordValues ucol_getKeywordValues_4_0
+#define ucol_getKeywords ucol_getKeywords_4_0
+#define ucol_getLocale ucol_getLocale_4_0
+#define ucol_getLocaleByType ucol_getLocaleByType_4_0
+#define ucol_getMaxExpansion ucol_getMaxExpansion_4_0
+#define ucol_getNextCE ucol_getNextCE_4_0
+#define ucol_getOffset ucol_getOffset_4_0
+#define ucol_getPrevCE ucol_getPrevCE_4_0
+#define ucol_getRules ucol_getRules_4_0
+#define ucol_getRulesEx ucol_getRulesEx_4_0
+#define ucol_getShortDefinitionString ucol_getShortDefinitionString_4_0
+#define ucol_getSortKey ucol_getSortKey_4_0
+#define ucol_getSortKeySize ucol_getSortKeySize_4_0
+#define ucol_getSortKeyWithAllocation ucol_getSortKeyWithAllocation_4_0
+#define ucol_getStrength ucol_getStrength_4_0
+#define ucol_getTailoredSet ucol_getTailoredSet_4_0
+#define ucol_getUCAVersion ucol_getUCAVersion_4_0
+#define ucol_getUnsafeSet ucol_getUnsafeSet_4_0
+#define ucol_getVariableTop ucol_getVariableTop_4_0
+#define ucol_getVersion ucol_getVersion_4_0
+#define ucol_greater ucol_greater_4_0
+#define ucol_greaterOrEqual ucol_greaterOrEqual_4_0
+#define ucol_initBuffers ucol_initBuffers_4_0
+#define ucol_initCollator ucol_initCollator_4_0
+#define ucol_initInverseUCA ucol_initInverseUCA_4_0
+#define ucol_initUCA ucol_initUCA_4_0
+#define ucol_inv_getNextCE ucol_inv_getNextCE_4_0
+#define ucol_inv_getPrevCE ucol_inv_getPrevCE_4_0
+#define ucol_isTailored ucol_isTailored_4_0
+#define ucol_keyHashCode ucol_keyHashCode_4_0
+#define ucol_mergeSortkeys ucol_mergeSortkeys_4_0
+#define ucol_next ucol_next_4_0
+#define ucol_nextProcessed ucol_nextProcessed_4_0
+#define ucol_nextSortKeyPart ucol_nextSortKeyPart_4_0
+#define ucol_nextWeight ucol_nextWeight_4_0
+#define ucol_normalizeShortDefinitionString ucol_normalizeShortDefinitionString_4_0
+#define ucol_open ucol_open_4_0
+#define ucol_openAvailableLocales ucol_openAvailableLocales_4_0
+#define ucol_openBinary ucol_openBinary_4_0
+#define ucol_openElements ucol_openElements_4_0
+#define ucol_openFromShortString ucol_openFromShortString_4_0
+#define ucol_openRules ucol_openRules_4_0
+#define ucol_open_internal ucol_open_internal_4_0
+#define ucol_prepareShortStringOpen ucol_prepareShortStringOpen_4_0
+#define ucol_previous ucol_previous_4_0
+#define ucol_previousProcessed ucol_previousProcessed_4_0
+#define ucol_primaryOrder ucol_primaryOrder_4_0
+#define ucol_prv_getSpecialCE ucol_prv_getSpecialCE_4_0
+#define ucol_prv_getSpecialPrevCE ucol_prv_getSpecialPrevCE_4_0
+#define ucol_reset ucol_reset_4_0
+#define ucol_restoreVariableTop ucol_restoreVariableTop_4_0
+#define ucol_safeClone ucol_safeClone_4_0
+#define ucol_secondaryOrder ucol_secondaryOrder_4_0
+#define ucol_setAttribute ucol_setAttribute_4_0
+#define ucol_setOffset ucol_setOffset_4_0
+#define ucol_setOptionsFromHeader ucol_setOptionsFromHeader_4_0
+#define ucol_setReqValidLocales ucol_setReqValidLocales_4_0
+#define ucol_setStrength ucol_setStrength_4_0
+#define ucol_setText ucol_setText_4_0
+#define ucol_setVariableTop ucol_setVariableTop_4_0
+#define ucol_strcoll ucol_strcoll_4_0
+#define ucol_strcollIter ucol_strcollIter_4_0
+#define ucol_swap ucol_swap_4_0
+#define ucol_swapBinary ucol_swapBinary_4_0
+#define ucol_swapInverseUCA ucol_swapInverseUCA_4_0
+#define ucol_tertiaryOrder ucol_tertiaryOrder_4_0
+#define ucol_tok_assembleTokenList ucol_tok_assembleTokenList_4_0
+#define ucol_tok_closeTokenList ucol_tok_closeTokenList_4_0
+#define ucol_tok_getNextArgument ucol_tok_getNextArgument_4_0
+#define ucol_tok_initTokenList ucol_tok_initTokenList_4_0
+#define ucol_tok_parseNextToken ucol_tok_parseNextToken_4_0
+#define ucol_updateInternalState ucol_updateInternalState_4_0
+#define ucsdet_close ucsdet_close_4_0
+#define ucsdet_detect ucsdet_detect_4_0
+#define ucsdet_detectAll ucsdet_detectAll_4_0
+#define ucsdet_enableInputFilter ucsdet_enableInputFilter_4_0
+#define ucsdet_getAllDetectableCharsets ucsdet_getAllDetectableCharsets_4_0
+#define ucsdet_getConfidence ucsdet_getConfidence_4_0
+#define ucsdet_getLanguage ucsdet_getLanguage_4_0
+#define ucsdet_getName ucsdet_getName_4_0
+#define ucsdet_getUChars ucsdet_getUChars_4_0
+#define ucsdet_isInputFilterEnabled ucsdet_isInputFilterEnabled_4_0
+#define ucsdet_open ucsdet_open_4_0
+#define ucsdet_setDeclaredEncoding ucsdet_setDeclaredEncoding_4_0
+#define ucsdet_setText ucsdet_setText_4_0
+#define ucurr_countCurrencies ucurr_countCurrencies_4_0
+#define ucurr_forLocale ucurr_forLocale_4_0
+#define ucurr_forLocaleAndDate ucurr_forLocaleAndDate_4_0
+#define ucurr_getDefaultFractionDigits ucurr_getDefaultFractionDigits_4_0
+#define ucurr_getName ucurr_getName_4_0
+#define ucurr_getRoundingIncrement ucurr_getRoundingIncrement_4_0
+#define ucurr_openISOCurrencies ucurr_openISOCurrencies_4_0
+#define ucurr_register ucurr_register_4_0
+#define ucurr_unregister ucurr_unregister_4_0
+#define udat_applyPattern udat_applyPattern_4_0
+#define udat_clone udat_clone_4_0
+#define udat_close udat_close_4_0
+#define udat_countAvailable udat_countAvailable_4_0
+#define udat_countSymbols udat_countSymbols_4_0
+#define udat_format udat_format_4_0
+#define udat_get2DigitYearStart udat_get2DigitYearStart_4_0
+#define udat_getAvailable udat_getAvailable_4_0
+#define udat_getCalendar udat_getCalendar_4_0
+#define udat_getLocaleByType udat_getLocaleByType_4_0
+#define udat_getNumberFormat udat_getNumberFormat_4_0
+#define udat_getSymbols udat_getSymbols_4_0
+#define udat_isLenient udat_isLenient_4_0
+#define udat_open udat_open_4_0
+#define udat_parse udat_parse_4_0
+#define udat_parseCalendar udat_parseCalendar_4_0
+#define udat_set2DigitYearStart udat_set2DigitYearStart_4_0
+#define udat_setCalendar udat_setCalendar_4_0
+#define udat_setLenient udat_setLenient_4_0
+#define udat_setNumberFormat udat_setNumberFormat_4_0
+#define udat_setSymbols udat_setSymbols_4_0
+#define udat_toPattern udat_toPattern_4_0
+#define udata_checkCommonData udata_checkCommonData_4_0
+#define udata_close udata_close_4_0
+#define udata_closeSwapper udata_closeSwapper_4_0
+#define udata_getHeaderSize udata_getHeaderSize_4_0
+#define udata_getInfo udata_getInfo_4_0
+#define udata_getInfoSize udata_getInfoSize_4_0
+#define udata_getLength udata_getLength_4_0
+#define udata_getMemory udata_getMemory_4_0
+#define udata_getRawMemory udata_getRawMemory_4_0
+#define udata_open udata_open_4_0
+#define udata_openChoice udata_openChoice_4_0
+#define udata_openSwapper udata_openSwapper_4_0
+#define udata_openSwapperForInputData udata_openSwapperForInputData_4_0
+#define udata_printError udata_printError_4_0
+#define udata_readInt16 udata_readInt16_4_0
+#define udata_readInt32 udata_readInt32_4_0
+#define udata_setAppData udata_setAppData_4_0
+#define udata_setCommonData udata_setCommonData_4_0
+#define udata_setFileAccess udata_setFileAccess_4_0
+#define udata_swapDataHeader udata_swapDataHeader_4_0
+#define udata_swapInvStringBlock udata_swapInvStringBlock_4_0
+#define udatpg_addPattern udatpg_addPattern_4_0
+#define udatpg_clone udatpg_clone_4_0
+#define udatpg_close udatpg_close_4_0
+#define udatpg_getAppendItemFormat udatpg_getAppendItemFormat_4_0
+#define udatpg_getAppendItemName udatpg_getAppendItemName_4_0
+#define udatpg_getBaseSkeleton udatpg_getBaseSkeleton_4_0
+#define udatpg_getBestPattern udatpg_getBestPattern_4_0
+#define udatpg_getDateTimeFormat udatpg_getDateTimeFormat_4_0
+#define udatpg_getDecimal udatpg_getDecimal_4_0
+#define udatpg_getPatternForSkeleton udatpg_getPatternForSkeleton_4_0
+#define udatpg_getSkeleton udatpg_getSkeleton_4_0
+#define udatpg_open udatpg_open_4_0
+#define udatpg_openBaseSkeletons udatpg_openBaseSkeletons_4_0
+#define udatpg_openEmpty udatpg_openEmpty_4_0
+#define udatpg_openSkeletons udatpg_openSkeletons_4_0
+#define udatpg_replaceFieldTypes udatpg_replaceFieldTypes_4_0
+#define udatpg_setAppendItemFormat udatpg_setAppendItemFormat_4_0
+#define udatpg_setAppendItemName udatpg_setAppendItemName_4_0
+#define udatpg_setDateTimeFormat udatpg_setDateTimeFormat_4_0
+#define udatpg_setDecimal udatpg_setDecimal_4_0
+#define uenum_close uenum_close_4_0
+#define uenum_count uenum_count_4_0
+#define uenum_next uenum_next_4_0
+#define uenum_nextDefault uenum_nextDefault_4_0
+#define uenum_openCharStringsEnumeration uenum_openCharStringsEnumeration_4_0
+#define uenum_openStringEnumeration uenum_openStringEnumeration_4_0
+#define uenum_reset uenum_reset_4_0
+#define uenum_unext uenum_unext_4_0
+#define uenum_unextDefault uenum_unextDefault_4_0
+#define ufile_close_translit ufile_close_translit_4_0
+#define ufile_fill_uchar_buffer ufile_fill_uchar_buffer_4_0
+#define ufile_flush_translit ufile_flush_translit_4_0
+#define ufile_getch ufile_getch_4_0
+#define ufile_getch32 ufile_getch32_4_0
+#define ufmt_64tou ufmt_64tou_4_0
+#define ufmt_defaultCPToUnicode ufmt_defaultCPToUnicode_4_0
+#define ufmt_digitvalue ufmt_digitvalue_4_0
+#define ufmt_isdigit ufmt_isdigit_4_0
+#define ufmt_ptou ufmt_ptou_4_0
+#define ufmt_uto64 ufmt_uto64_4_0
+#define ufmt_utop ufmt_utop_4_0
+#define uhash_close uhash_close_4_0
+#define uhash_compareCaselessUnicodeString uhash_compareCaselessUnicodeString_4_0
+#define uhash_compareChars uhash_compareChars_4_0
+#define uhash_compareIChars uhash_compareIChars_4_0
+#define uhash_compareLong uhash_compareLong_4_0
+#define uhash_compareUChars uhash_compareUChars_4_0
+#define uhash_compareUnicodeString uhash_compareUnicodeString_4_0
+#define uhash_count uhash_count_4_0
+#define uhash_deleteHashtable uhash_deleteHashtable_4_0
+#define uhash_deleteUVector uhash_deleteUVector_4_0
+#define uhash_deleteUnicodeString uhash_deleteUnicodeString_4_0
+#define uhash_equals uhash_equals_4_0
+#define uhash_find uhash_find_4_0
+#define uhash_freeBlock uhash_freeBlock_4_0
+#define uhash_get uhash_get_4_0
+#define uhash_geti uhash_geti_4_0
+#define uhash_hashCaselessUnicodeString uhash_hashCaselessUnicodeString_4_0
+#define uhash_hashChars uhash_hashChars_4_0
+#define uhash_hashIChars uhash_hashIChars_4_0
+#define uhash_hashLong uhash_hashLong_4_0
+#define uhash_hashUChars uhash_hashUChars_4_0
+#define uhash_hashUCharsN uhash_hashUCharsN_4_0
+#define uhash_hashUnicodeString uhash_hashUnicodeString_4_0
+#define uhash_iget uhash_iget_4_0
+#define uhash_igeti uhash_igeti_4_0
+#define uhash_init uhash_init_4_0
+#define uhash_iput uhash_iput_4_0
+#define uhash_iputi uhash_iputi_4_0
+#define uhash_iremove uhash_iremove_4_0
+#define uhash_iremovei uhash_iremovei_4_0
+#define uhash_nextElement uhash_nextElement_4_0
+#define uhash_open uhash_open_4_0
+#define uhash_openSize uhash_openSize_4_0
+#define uhash_put uhash_put_4_0
+#define uhash_puti uhash_puti_4_0
+#define uhash_remove uhash_remove_4_0
+#define uhash_removeAll uhash_removeAll_4_0
+#define uhash_removeElement uhash_removeElement_4_0
+#define uhash_removei uhash_removei_4_0
+#define uhash_setKeyComparator uhash_setKeyComparator_4_0
+#define uhash_setKeyDeleter uhash_setKeyDeleter_4_0
+#define uhash_setKeyHasher uhash_setKeyHasher_4_0
+#define uhash_setResizePolicy uhash_setResizePolicy_4_0
+#define uhash_setValueComparator uhash_setValueComparator_4_0
+#define uhash_setValueDeleter uhash_setValueDeleter_4_0
+#define uhst_addPropertyStarts uhst_addPropertyStarts_4_0
+#define uidna_IDNToASCII uidna_IDNToASCII_4_0
+#define uidna_IDNToUnicode uidna_IDNToUnicode_4_0
+#define uidna_compare uidna_compare_4_0
+#define uidna_toASCII uidna_toASCII_4_0
+#define uidna_toUnicode uidna_toUnicode_4_0
+#define uiter_current32 uiter_current32_4_0
+#define uiter_getState uiter_getState_4_0
+#define uiter_next32 uiter_next32_4_0
+#define uiter_previous32 uiter_previous32_4_0
+#define uiter_setCharacterIterator uiter_setCharacterIterator_4_0
+#define uiter_setReplaceable uiter_setReplaceable_4_0
+#define uiter_setState uiter_setState_4_0
+#define uiter_setString uiter_setString_4_0
+#define uiter_setUTF16BE uiter_setUTF16BE_4_0
+#define uiter_setUTF8 uiter_setUTF8_4_0
+#define uloc_acceptLanguage uloc_acceptLanguage_4_0
+#define uloc_acceptLanguageFromHTTP uloc_acceptLanguageFromHTTP_4_0
+#define uloc_addLikelySubtags uloc_addLikelySubtags_4_0
+#define uloc_canonicalize uloc_canonicalize_4_0
+#define uloc_countAvailable uloc_countAvailable_4_0
+#define uloc_getAvailable uloc_getAvailable_4_0
+#define uloc_getBaseName uloc_getBaseName_4_0
+#define uloc_getCharacterOrientation uloc_getCharacterOrientation_4_0
+#define uloc_getCountry uloc_getCountry_4_0
+#define uloc_getDefault uloc_getDefault_4_0
+#define uloc_getDisplayCountry uloc_getDisplayCountry_4_0
+#define uloc_getDisplayKeyword uloc_getDisplayKeyword_4_0
+#define uloc_getDisplayKeywordValue uloc_getDisplayKeywordValue_4_0
+#define uloc_getDisplayLanguage uloc_getDisplayLanguage_4_0
+#define uloc_getDisplayName uloc_getDisplayName_4_0
+#define uloc_getDisplayScript uloc_getDisplayScript_4_0
+#define uloc_getDisplayVariant uloc_getDisplayVariant_4_0
+#define uloc_getISO3Country uloc_getISO3Country_4_0
+#define uloc_getISO3Language uloc_getISO3Language_4_0
+#define uloc_getISOCountries uloc_getISOCountries_4_0
+#define uloc_getISOLanguages uloc_getISOLanguages_4_0
+#define uloc_getKeywordValue uloc_getKeywordValue_4_0
+#define uloc_getLCID uloc_getLCID_4_0
+#define uloc_getLanguage uloc_getLanguage_4_0
+#define uloc_getLineOrientation uloc_getLineOrientation_4_0
+#define uloc_getLocaleForLCID uloc_getLocaleForLCID_4_0
+#define uloc_getName uloc_getName_4_0
+#define uloc_getParent uloc_getParent_4_0
+#define uloc_getScript uloc_getScript_4_0
+#define uloc_getVariant uloc_getVariant_4_0
+#define uloc_minimizeSubtags uloc_minimizeSubtags_4_0
+#define uloc_openKeywordList uloc_openKeywordList_4_0
+#define uloc_openKeywords uloc_openKeywords_4_0
+#define uloc_setDefault uloc_setDefault_4_0
+#define uloc_setKeywordValue uloc_setKeywordValue_4_0
+#define ulocdata_close ulocdata_close_4_0
+#define ulocdata_getDelimiter ulocdata_getDelimiter_4_0
+#define ulocdata_getExemplarSet ulocdata_getExemplarSet_4_0
+#define ulocdata_getMeasurementSystem ulocdata_getMeasurementSystem_4_0
+#define ulocdata_getNoSubstitute ulocdata_getNoSubstitute_4_0
+#define ulocdata_getPaperSize ulocdata_getPaperSize_4_0
+#define ulocdata_open ulocdata_open_4_0
+#define ulocdata_setNoSubstitute ulocdata_setNoSubstitute_4_0
+#define umsg_applyPattern umsg_applyPattern_4_0
+#define umsg_autoQuoteApostrophe umsg_autoQuoteApostrophe_4_0
+#define umsg_clone umsg_clone_4_0
+#define umsg_close umsg_close_4_0
+#define umsg_format umsg_format_4_0
+#define umsg_getLocale umsg_getLocale_4_0
+#define umsg_open umsg_open_4_0
+#define umsg_parse umsg_parse_4_0
+#define umsg_setLocale umsg_setLocale_4_0
+#define umsg_toPattern umsg_toPattern_4_0
+#define umsg_vformat umsg_vformat_4_0
+#define umsg_vparse umsg_vparse_4_0
+#define umtx_atomic_dec umtx_atomic_dec_4_0
+#define umtx_atomic_inc umtx_atomic_inc_4_0
+#define umtx_cleanup umtx_cleanup_4_0
+#define umtx_destroy umtx_destroy_4_0
+#define umtx_init umtx_init_4_0
+#define umtx_lock umtx_lock_4_0
+#define umtx_unlock umtx_unlock_4_0
+#define unorm_addPropertyStarts unorm_addPropertyStarts_4_0
+#define unorm_closeIter unorm_closeIter_4_0
+#define unorm_compare unorm_compare_4_0
+#define unorm_compose unorm_compose_4_0
+#define unorm_concatenate unorm_concatenate_4_0
+#define unorm_decompose unorm_decompose_4_0
+#define unorm_getCanonStartSet unorm_getCanonStartSet_4_0
+#define unorm_getCanonicalDecomposition unorm_getCanonicalDecomposition_4_0
+#define unorm_getDecomposition unorm_getDecomposition_4_0
+#define unorm_getFCD16FromCodePoint unorm_getFCD16FromCodePoint_4_0
+#define unorm_getFCDTrie unorm_getFCDTrie_4_0
+#define unorm_getNX unorm_getNX_4_0
+#define unorm_getQuickCheck unorm_getQuickCheck_4_0
+#define unorm_getUnicodeVersion unorm_getUnicodeVersion_4_0
+#define unorm_haveData unorm_haveData_4_0
+#define unorm_internalIsFullCompositionExclusion unorm_internalIsFullCompositionExclusion_4_0
+#define unorm_internalNormalize unorm_internalNormalize_4_0
+#define unorm_internalNormalizeWithNX unorm_internalNormalizeWithNX_4_0
+#define unorm_internalQuickCheck unorm_internalQuickCheck_4_0
+#define unorm_isCanonSafeStart unorm_isCanonSafeStart_4_0
+#define unorm_isNFSkippable unorm_isNFSkippable_4_0
+#define unorm_isNormalized unorm_isNormalized_4_0
+#define unorm_isNormalizedWithOptions unorm_isNormalizedWithOptions_4_0
+#define unorm_next unorm_next_4_0
+#define unorm_normalize unorm_normalize_4_0
+#define unorm_openIter unorm_openIter_4_0
+#define unorm_previous unorm_previous_4_0
+#define unorm_quickCheck unorm_quickCheck_4_0
+#define unorm_quickCheckWithOptions unorm_quickCheckWithOptions_4_0
+#define unorm_setIter unorm_setIter_4_0
+#define unum_applyPattern unum_applyPattern_4_0
+#define unum_clone unum_clone_4_0
+#define unum_close unum_close_4_0
+#define unum_countAvailable unum_countAvailable_4_0
+#define unum_format unum_format_4_0
+#define unum_formatDouble unum_formatDouble_4_0
+#define unum_formatDoubleCurrency unum_formatDoubleCurrency_4_0
+#define unum_formatInt64 unum_formatInt64_4_0
+#define unum_getAttribute unum_getAttribute_4_0
+#define unum_getAvailable unum_getAvailable_4_0
+#define unum_getDoubleAttribute unum_getDoubleAttribute_4_0
+#define unum_getLocaleByType unum_getLocaleByType_4_0
+#define unum_getSymbol unum_getSymbol_4_0
+#define unum_getTextAttribute unum_getTextAttribute_4_0
+#define unum_open unum_open_4_0
+#define unum_parse unum_parse_4_0
+#define unum_parseDouble unum_parseDouble_4_0
+#define unum_parseDoubleCurrency unum_parseDoubleCurrency_4_0
+#define unum_parseInt64 unum_parseInt64_4_0
+#define unum_setAttribute unum_setAttribute_4_0
+#define unum_setDoubleAttribute unum_setDoubleAttribute_4_0
+#define unum_setSymbol unum_setSymbol_4_0
+#define unum_setTextAttribute unum_setTextAttribute_4_0
+#define unum_toPattern unum_toPattern_4_0
+#define upname_swap upname_swap_4_0
+#define uprops_getSource uprops_getSource_4_0
+#define upropsvec_addPropertyStarts upropsvec_addPropertyStarts_4_0
+#define uprv_asciiFromEbcdic uprv_asciiFromEbcdic_4_0
+#define uprv_asciitolower uprv_asciitolower_4_0
+#define uprv_ceil uprv_ceil_4_0
+#define uprv_cnttab_addContraction uprv_cnttab_addContraction_4_0
+#define uprv_cnttab_changeContraction uprv_cnttab_changeContraction_4_0
+#define uprv_cnttab_changeLastCE uprv_cnttab_changeLastCE_4_0
+#define uprv_cnttab_clone uprv_cnttab_clone_4_0
+#define uprv_cnttab_close uprv_cnttab_close_4_0
+#define uprv_cnttab_constructTable uprv_cnttab_constructTable_4_0
+#define uprv_cnttab_findCE uprv_cnttab_findCE_4_0
+#define uprv_cnttab_findCP uprv_cnttab_findCP_4_0
+#define uprv_cnttab_getCE uprv_cnttab_getCE_4_0
+#define uprv_cnttab_insertContraction uprv_cnttab_insertContraction_4_0
+#define uprv_cnttab_isTailored uprv_cnttab_isTailored_4_0
+#define uprv_cnttab_open uprv_cnttab_open_4_0
+#define uprv_cnttab_setContraction uprv_cnttab_setContraction_4_0
+#define uprv_compareASCIIPropertyNames uprv_compareASCIIPropertyNames_4_0
+#define uprv_compareEBCDICPropertyNames uprv_compareEBCDICPropertyNames_4_0
+#define uprv_compareInvAscii uprv_compareInvAscii_4_0
+#define uprv_compareInvEbcdic uprv_compareInvEbcdic_4_0
+#define uprv_convertToLCID uprv_convertToLCID_4_0
+#define uprv_convertToPosix uprv_convertToPosix_4_0
+#define uprv_copyAscii uprv_copyAscii_4_0
+#define uprv_copyEbcdic uprv_copyEbcdic_4_0
+#define uprv_ebcdicFromAscii uprv_ebcdicFromAscii_4_0
+#define uprv_ebcdictolower uprv_ebcdictolower_4_0
+#define uprv_fabs uprv_fabs_4_0
+#define uprv_floor uprv_floor_4_0
+#define uprv_fmax uprv_fmax_4_0
+#define uprv_fmin uprv_fmin_4_0
+#define uprv_fmod uprv_fmod_4_0
+#define uprv_free uprv_free_4_0
+#define uprv_getCharNameCharacters uprv_getCharNameCharacters_4_0
+#define uprv_getDefaultCodepage uprv_getDefaultCodepage_4_0
+#define uprv_getDefaultLocaleID uprv_getDefaultLocaleID_4_0
+#define uprv_getInfinity uprv_getInfinity_4_0
+#define uprv_getMaxCharNameLength uprv_getMaxCharNameLength_4_0
+#define uprv_getMaxValues uprv_getMaxValues_4_0
+#define uprv_getNaN uprv_getNaN_4_0
+#define uprv_getStaticCurrencyName uprv_getStaticCurrencyName_4_0
+#define uprv_getUTCtime uprv_getUTCtime_4_0
+#define uprv_haveProperties uprv_haveProperties_4_0
+#define uprv_init_collIterate uprv_init_collIterate_4_0
+#define uprv_init_pce uprv_init_pce_4_0
+#define uprv_int32Comparator uprv_int32Comparator_4_0
+#define uprv_isInfinite uprv_isInfinite_4_0
+#define uprv_isInvariantString uprv_isInvariantString_4_0
+#define uprv_isInvariantUString uprv_isInvariantUString_4_0
+#define uprv_isNaN uprv_isNaN_4_0
+#define uprv_isNegativeInfinity uprv_isNegativeInfinity_4_0
+#define uprv_isPositiveInfinity uprv_isPositiveInfinity_4_0
+#define uprv_isRuleWhiteSpace uprv_isRuleWhiteSpace_4_0
+#define uprv_itou uprv_itou_4_0
+#define uprv_log uprv_log_4_0
+#define uprv_malloc uprv_malloc_4_0
+#define uprv_mapFile uprv_mapFile_4_0
+#define uprv_max uprv_max_4_0
+#define uprv_maxMantissa uprv_maxMantissa_4_0
+#define uprv_maximumPtr uprv_maximumPtr_4_0
+#define uprv_min uprv_min_4_0
+#define uprv_modf uprv_modf_4_0
+#define uprv_openRuleWhiteSpaceSet uprv_openRuleWhiteSpaceSet_4_0
+#define uprv_parseCurrency uprv_parseCurrency_4_0
+#define uprv_pathIsAbsolute uprv_pathIsAbsolute_4_0
+#define uprv_pow uprv_pow_4_0
+#define uprv_pow10 uprv_pow10_4_0
+#define uprv_realloc uprv_realloc_4_0
+#define uprv_round uprv_round_4_0
+#define uprv_sortArray uprv_sortArray_4_0
+#define uprv_strCompare uprv_strCompare_4_0
+#define uprv_strdup uprv_strdup_4_0
+#define uprv_strndup uprv_strndup_4_0
+#define uprv_syntaxError uprv_syntaxError_4_0
+#define uprv_timezone uprv_timezone_4_0
+#define uprv_toupper uprv_toupper_4_0
+#define uprv_trunc uprv_trunc_4_0
+#define uprv_tzname uprv_tzname_4_0
+#define uprv_tzset uprv_tzset_4_0
+#define uprv_uca_addAnElement uprv_uca_addAnElement_4_0
+#define uprv_uca_assembleTable uprv_uca_assembleTable_4_0
+#define uprv_uca_canonicalClosure uprv_uca_canonicalClosure_4_0
+#define uprv_uca_closeTempTable uprv_uca_closeTempTable_4_0
+#define uprv_uca_getCodePointFromRaw uprv_uca_getCodePointFromRaw_4_0
+#define uprv_uca_getImplicitFromRaw uprv_uca_getImplicitFromRaw_4_0
+#define uprv_uca_getRawFromCodePoint uprv_uca_getRawFromCodePoint_4_0
+#define uprv_uca_getRawFromImplicit uprv_uca_getRawFromImplicit_4_0
+#define uprv_uca_initImplicitConstants uprv_uca_initImplicitConstants_4_0
+#define uprv_uca_initTempTable uprv_uca_initTempTable_4_0
+#define uprv_uint16Comparator uprv_uint16Comparator_4_0
+#define uprv_uint32Comparator uprv_uint32Comparator_4_0
+#define uprv_unmapFile uprv_unmapFile_4_0
+#define uregex_appendReplacement uregex_appendReplacement_4_0
+#define uregex_appendTail uregex_appendTail_4_0
+#define uregex_clone uregex_clone_4_0
+#define uregex_close uregex_close_4_0
+#define uregex_end uregex_end_4_0
+#define uregex_find uregex_find_4_0
+#define uregex_findNext uregex_findNext_4_0
+#define uregex_flags uregex_flags_4_0
+#define uregex_getMatchCallback uregex_getMatchCallback_4_0
+#define uregex_getStackLimit uregex_getStackLimit_4_0
+#define uregex_getText uregex_getText_4_0
+#define uregex_getTimeLimit uregex_getTimeLimit_4_0
+#define uregex_group uregex_group_4_0
+#define uregex_groupCount uregex_groupCount_4_0
+#define uregex_hasAnchoringBounds uregex_hasAnchoringBounds_4_0
+#define uregex_hasTransparentBounds uregex_hasTransparentBounds_4_0
+#define uregex_hitEnd uregex_hitEnd_4_0
+#define uregex_lookingAt uregex_lookingAt_4_0
+#define uregex_matches uregex_matches_4_0
+#define uregex_open uregex_open_4_0
+#define uregex_openC uregex_openC_4_0
+#define uregex_pattern uregex_pattern_4_0
+#define uregex_regionEnd uregex_regionEnd_4_0
+#define uregex_regionStart uregex_regionStart_4_0
+#define uregex_replaceAll uregex_replaceAll_4_0
+#define uregex_replaceFirst uregex_replaceFirst_4_0
+#define uregex_requireEnd uregex_requireEnd_4_0
+#define uregex_reset uregex_reset_4_0
+#define uregex_setMatchCallback uregex_setMatchCallback_4_0
+#define uregex_setRegion uregex_setRegion_4_0
+#define uregex_setStackLimit uregex_setStackLimit_4_0
+#define uregex_setText uregex_setText_4_0
+#define uregex_setTimeLimit uregex_setTimeLimit_4_0
+#define uregex_split uregex_split_4_0
+#define uregex_start uregex_start_4_0
+#define uregex_useAnchoringBounds uregex_useAnchoringBounds_4_0
+#define uregex_useTransparentBounds uregex_useTransparentBounds_4_0
+#define ures_close ures_close_4_0
+#define ures_copyResb ures_copyResb_4_0
+#define ures_countArrayItems ures_countArrayItems_4_0
+#define ures_findResource ures_findResource_4_0
+#define ures_findSubResource ures_findSubResource_4_0
+#define ures_getBinary ures_getBinary_4_0
+#define ures_getByIndex ures_getByIndex_4_0
+#define ures_getByKey ures_getByKey_4_0
+#define ures_getByKeyWithFallback ures_getByKeyWithFallback_4_0
+#define ures_getFunctionalEquivalent ures_getFunctionalEquivalent_4_0
+#define ures_getInt ures_getInt_4_0
+#define ures_getIntVector ures_getIntVector_4_0
+#define ures_getKey ures_getKey_4_0
+#define ures_getKeywordValues ures_getKeywordValues_4_0
+#define ures_getLocale ures_getLocale_4_0
+#define ures_getLocaleByType ures_getLocaleByType_4_0
+#define ures_getName ures_getName_4_0
+#define ures_getNextResource ures_getNextResource_4_0
+#define ures_getNextString ures_getNextString_4_0
+#define ures_getSize ures_getSize_4_0
+#define ures_getString ures_getString_4_0
+#define ures_getStringByIndex ures_getStringByIndex_4_0
+#define ures_getStringByKey ures_getStringByKey_4_0
+#define ures_getStringByKeyWithFallback ures_getStringByKeyWithFallback_4_0
+#define ures_getType ures_getType_4_0
+#define ures_getUInt ures_getUInt_4_0
+#define ures_getUTF8String ures_getUTF8String_4_0
+#define ures_getUTF8StringByIndex ures_getUTF8StringByIndex_4_0
+#define ures_getUTF8StringByKey ures_getUTF8StringByKey_4_0
+#define ures_getVersion ures_getVersion_4_0
+#define ures_getVersionNumber ures_getVersionNumber_4_0
+#define ures_hasNext ures_hasNext_4_0
+#define ures_initStackObject ures_initStackObject_4_0
+#define ures_open ures_open_4_0
+#define ures_openAvailableLocales ures_openAvailableLocales_4_0
+#define ures_openDirect ures_openDirect_4_0
+#define ures_openFillIn ures_openFillIn_4_0
+#define ures_openU ures_openU_4_0
+#define ures_resetIterator ures_resetIterator_4_0
+#define ures_swap ures_swap_4_0
+#define uscript_closeRun uscript_closeRun_4_0
+#define uscript_getCode uscript_getCode_4_0
+#define uscript_getName uscript_getName_4_0
+#define uscript_getScript uscript_getScript_4_0
+#define uscript_getShortName uscript_getShortName_4_0
+#define uscript_nextRun uscript_nextRun_4_0
+#define uscript_openRun uscript_openRun_4_0
+#define uscript_resetRun uscript_resetRun_4_0
+#define uscript_setRunText uscript_setRunText_4_0
+#define usearch_close usearch_close_4_0
+#define usearch_first usearch_first_4_0
+#define usearch_following usearch_following_4_0
+#define usearch_getAttribute usearch_getAttribute_4_0
+#define usearch_getBreakIterator usearch_getBreakIterator_4_0
+#define usearch_getCollator usearch_getCollator_4_0
+#define usearch_getMatchedLength usearch_getMatchedLength_4_0
+#define usearch_getMatchedStart usearch_getMatchedStart_4_0
+#define usearch_getMatchedText usearch_getMatchedText_4_0
+#define usearch_getOffset usearch_getOffset_4_0
+#define usearch_getPattern usearch_getPattern_4_0
+#define usearch_getText usearch_getText_4_0
+#define usearch_handleNextCanonical usearch_handleNextCanonical_4_0
+#define usearch_handleNextExact usearch_handleNextExact_4_0
+#define usearch_handlePreviousCanonical usearch_handlePreviousCanonical_4_0
+#define usearch_handlePreviousExact usearch_handlePreviousExact_4_0
+#define usearch_last usearch_last_4_0
+#define usearch_next usearch_next_4_0
+#define usearch_open usearch_open_4_0
+#define usearch_openFromCollator usearch_openFromCollator_4_0
+#define usearch_preceding usearch_preceding_4_0
+#define usearch_previous usearch_previous_4_0
+#define usearch_reset usearch_reset_4_0
+#define usearch_search usearch_search_4_0
+#define usearch_searchBackwards usearch_searchBackwards_4_0
+#define usearch_setAttribute usearch_setAttribute_4_0
+#define usearch_setBreakIterator usearch_setBreakIterator_4_0
+#define usearch_setCollator usearch_setCollator_4_0
+#define usearch_setOffset usearch_setOffset_4_0
+#define usearch_setPattern usearch_setPattern_4_0
+#define usearch_setText usearch_setText_4_0
+#define uset_add uset_add_4_0
+#define uset_addAll uset_addAll_4_0
+#define uset_addAllCodePoints uset_addAllCodePoints_4_0
+#define uset_addRange uset_addRange_4_0
+#define uset_addString uset_addString_4_0
+#define uset_applyIntPropertyValue uset_applyIntPropertyValue_4_0
+#define uset_applyPattern uset_applyPattern_4_0
+#define uset_applyPropertyAlias uset_applyPropertyAlias_4_0
+#define uset_charAt uset_charAt_4_0
+#define uset_clear uset_clear_4_0
+#define uset_clone uset_clone_4_0
+#define uset_cloneAsThawed uset_cloneAsThawed_4_0
+#define uset_close uset_close_4_0
+#define uset_compact uset_compact_4_0
+#define uset_complement uset_complement_4_0
+#define uset_complementAll uset_complementAll_4_0
+#define uset_contains uset_contains_4_0
+#define uset_containsAll uset_containsAll_4_0
+#define uset_containsAllCodePoints uset_containsAllCodePoints_4_0
+#define uset_containsNone uset_containsNone_4_0
+#define uset_containsRange uset_containsRange_4_0
+#define uset_containsSome uset_containsSome_4_0
+#define uset_containsString uset_containsString_4_0
+#define uset_equals uset_equals_4_0
+#define uset_freeze uset_freeze_4_0
+#define uset_getItem uset_getItem_4_0
+#define uset_getItemCount uset_getItemCount_4_0
+#define uset_getSerializedRange uset_getSerializedRange_4_0
+#define uset_getSerializedRangeCount uset_getSerializedRangeCount_4_0
+#define uset_getSerializedSet uset_getSerializedSet_4_0
+#define uset_indexOf uset_indexOf_4_0
+#define uset_isEmpty uset_isEmpty_4_0
+#define uset_isFrozen uset_isFrozen_4_0
+#define uset_open uset_open_4_0
+#define uset_openPattern uset_openPattern_4_0
+#define uset_openPatternOptions uset_openPatternOptions_4_0
+#define uset_remove uset_remove_4_0
+#define uset_removeAll uset_removeAll_4_0
+#define uset_removeRange uset_removeRange_4_0
+#define uset_removeString uset_removeString_4_0
+#define uset_resemblesPattern uset_resemblesPattern_4_0
+#define uset_retain uset_retain_4_0
+#define uset_retainAll uset_retainAll_4_0
+#define uset_serialize uset_serialize_4_0
+#define uset_serializedContains uset_serializedContains_4_0
+#define uset_set uset_set_4_0
+#define uset_setSerializedToOne uset_setSerializedToOne_4_0
+#define uset_size uset_size_4_0
+#define uset_span uset_span_4_0
+#define uset_spanBack uset_spanBack_4_0
+#define uset_spanBackUTF8 uset_spanBackUTF8_4_0
+#define uset_spanUTF8 uset_spanUTF8_4_0
+#define uset_toPattern uset_toPattern_4_0
+#define usprep_close usprep_close_4_0
+#define usprep_open usprep_open_4_0
+#define usprep_prepare usprep_prepare_4_0
+#define usprep_swap usprep_swap_4_0
+#define ustr_foldCase ustr_foldCase_4_0
+#define ustr_toLower ustr_toLower_4_0
+#define ustr_toTitle ustr_toTitle_4_0
+#define ustr_toUpper ustr_toUpper_4_0
+#define utext_char32At utext_char32At_4_0
+#define utext_clone utext_clone_4_0
+#define utext_close utext_close_4_0
+#define utext_copy utext_copy_4_0
+#define utext_current32 utext_current32_4_0
+#define utext_equals utext_equals_4_0
+#define utext_extract utext_extract_4_0
+#define utext_freeze utext_freeze_4_0
+#define utext_getNativeIndex utext_getNativeIndex_4_0
+#define utext_getPreviousNativeIndex utext_getPreviousNativeIndex_4_0
+#define utext_hasMetaData utext_hasMetaData_4_0
+#define utext_isLengthExpensive utext_isLengthExpensive_4_0
+#define utext_isWritable utext_isWritable_4_0
+#define utext_moveIndex32 utext_moveIndex32_4_0
+#define utext_nativeLength utext_nativeLength_4_0
+#define utext_next32 utext_next32_4_0
+#define utext_next32From utext_next32From_4_0
+#define utext_openCharacterIterator utext_openCharacterIterator_4_0
+#define utext_openConstUnicodeString utext_openConstUnicodeString_4_0
+#define utext_openReplaceable utext_openReplaceable_4_0
+#define utext_openUChars utext_openUChars_4_0
+#define utext_openUTF8 utext_openUTF8_4_0
+#define utext_openUnicodeString utext_openUnicodeString_4_0
+#define utext_previous32 utext_previous32_4_0
+#define utext_previous32From utext_previous32From_4_0
+#define utext_replace utext_replace_4_0
+#define utext_setNativeIndex utext_setNativeIndex_4_0
+#define utext_setup utext_setup_4_0
+#define utf8_appendCharSafeBody utf8_appendCharSafeBody_4_0
+#define utf8_back1SafeBody utf8_back1SafeBody_4_0
+#define utf8_countTrailBytes utf8_countTrailBytes_4_0
+#define utf8_nextCharSafeBody utf8_nextCharSafeBody_4_0
+#define utf8_prevCharSafeBody utf8_prevCharSafeBody_4_0
+#define utmscale_fromInt64 utmscale_fromInt64_4_0
+#define utmscale_getTimeScaleValue utmscale_getTimeScaleValue_4_0
+#define utmscale_toInt64 utmscale_toInt64_4_0
+#define utrace_cleanup utrace_cleanup_4_0
+#define utrace_data utrace_data_4_0
+#define utrace_entry utrace_entry_4_0
+#define utrace_exit utrace_exit_4_0
+#define utrace_format utrace_format_4_0
+#define utrace_functionName utrace_functionName_4_0
+#define utrace_getFunctions utrace_getFunctions_4_0
+#define utrace_getLevel utrace_getLevel_4_0
+#define utrace_level utrace_level_4_0
+#define utrace_setFunctions utrace_setFunctions_4_0
+#define utrace_setLevel utrace_setLevel_4_0
+#define utrace_vformat utrace_vformat_4_0
+#define utrans_clone utrans_clone_4_0
+#define utrans_close utrans_close_4_0
+#define utrans_countAvailableIDs utrans_countAvailableIDs_4_0
+#define utrans_getAvailableID utrans_getAvailableID_4_0
+#define utrans_getID utrans_getID_4_0
+#define utrans_getUnicodeID utrans_getUnicodeID_4_0
+#define utrans_open utrans_open_4_0
+#define utrans_openIDs utrans_openIDs_4_0
+#define utrans_openInverse utrans_openInverse_4_0
+#define utrans_openU utrans_openU_4_0
+#define utrans_register utrans_register_4_0
+#define utrans_rep_caseContextIterator utrans_rep_caseContextIterator_4_0
+#define utrans_setFilter utrans_setFilter_4_0
+#define utrans_stripRules utrans_stripRules_4_0
+#define utrans_trans utrans_trans_4_0
+#define utrans_transIncremental utrans_transIncremental_4_0
+#define utrans_transIncrementalUChars utrans_transIncrementalUChars_4_0
+#define utrans_transUChars utrans_transUChars_4_0
+#define utrans_unregister utrans_unregister_4_0
+#define utrans_unregisterID utrans_unregisterID_4_0
+#define utrie_clone utrie_clone_4_0
+#define utrie_close utrie_close_4_0
+#define utrie_defaultGetFoldingOffset utrie_defaultGetFoldingOffset_4_0
+#define utrie_enum utrie_enum_4_0
+#define utrie_get32 utrie_get32_4_0
+#define utrie_getData utrie_getData_4_0
+#define utrie_open utrie_open_4_0
+#define utrie_serialize utrie_serialize_4_0
+#define utrie_set32 utrie_set32_4_0
+#define utrie_setRange32 utrie_setRange32_4_0
+#define utrie_swap utrie_swap_4_0
+#define utrie_unserialize utrie_unserialize_4_0
+#define utrie_unserializeDummy utrie_unserializeDummy_4_0
+/* C++ class names renaming defines */
+
+#ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+#if !U_HAVE_NAMESPACE
+
+#define AbsoluteValueSubstitution AbsoluteValueSubstitution_4_0
+#define AlternateSubstitutionSubtable AlternateSubstitutionSubtable_4_0
+#define AnchorTable AnchorTable_4_0
+#define AndConstraint AndConstraint_4_0
+#define AnnualTimeZoneRule AnnualTimeZoneRule_4_0
+#define AnyTransliterator AnyTransliterator_4_0
+#define ArabicOpenTypeLayoutEngine ArabicOpenTypeLayoutEngine_4_0
+#define ArabicShaping ArabicShaping_4_0
+#define BMPSet BMPSet_4_0
+#define BasicCalendarFactory BasicCalendarFactory_4_0
+#define BasicTimeZone BasicTimeZone_4_0
+#define BinarySearchLookupTable BinarySearchLookupTable_4_0
+#define BreakIterator BreakIterator_4_0
+#define BreakTransliterator BreakTransliterator_4_0
+#define BuddhistCalendar BuddhistCalendar_4_0
+#define BuildCompactTrieHorizontalNode BuildCompactTrieHorizontalNode_4_0
+#define BuildCompactTrieNode BuildCompactTrieNode_4_0
+#define BuildCompactTrieVerticalNode BuildCompactTrieVerticalNode_4_0
+#define CEBuffer CEBuffer_4_0
+#define CECalendar CECalendar_4_0
+#define CFactory CFactory_4_0
+#define Calendar Calendar_4_0
+#define CalendarAstronomer CalendarAstronomer_4_0
+#define CalendarCache CalendarCache_4_0
+#define CalendarData CalendarData_4_0
+#define CalendarService CalendarService_4_0
+#define CanonMarkFilter CanonMarkFilter_4_0
+#define CanonShaping CanonShaping_4_0
+#define CanonicalIterator CanonicalIterator_4_0
+#define CaseMapTransliterator CaseMapTransliterator_4_0
+#define ChainingContextualSubstitutionFormat1Subtable ChainingContextualSubstitutionFormat1Subtable_4_0
+#define ChainingContextualSubstitutionFormat2Subtable ChainingContextualSubstitutionFormat2Subtable_4_0
+#define ChainingContextualSubstitutionFormat3Subtable ChainingContextualSubstitutionFormat3Subtable_4_0
+#define ChainingContextualSubstitutionSubtable ChainingContextualSubstitutionSubtable_4_0
+#define CharSubstitutionFilter CharSubstitutionFilter_4_0
+#define CharacterIterator CharacterIterator_4_0
+#define CharacterNode CharacterNode_4_0
+#define CharsetDetector CharsetDetector_4_0
+#define CharsetMatch CharsetMatch_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_2022 CharsetRecog_2022_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_2022CN CharsetRecog_2022CN_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_2022JP CharsetRecog_2022JP_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_2022KR CharsetRecog_2022KR_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_1 CharsetRecog_8859_1_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_1_da CharsetRecog_8859_1_da_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_1_de CharsetRecog_8859_1_de_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_1_en CharsetRecog_8859_1_en_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_1_es CharsetRecog_8859_1_es_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_1_fr CharsetRecog_8859_1_fr_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_1_it CharsetRecog_8859_1_it_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_1_nl CharsetRecog_8859_1_nl_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_1_no CharsetRecog_8859_1_no_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_1_pt CharsetRecog_8859_1_pt_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_1_sv CharsetRecog_8859_1_sv_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_2 CharsetRecog_8859_2_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_2_cs CharsetRecog_8859_2_cs_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_2_hu CharsetRecog_8859_2_hu_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_2_pl CharsetRecog_8859_2_pl_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_2_ro CharsetRecog_8859_2_ro_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_5 CharsetRecog_8859_5_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_5_ru CharsetRecog_8859_5_ru_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_6 CharsetRecog_8859_6_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_6_ar CharsetRecog_8859_6_ar_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_7 CharsetRecog_8859_7_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_7_el CharsetRecog_8859_7_el_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_8 CharsetRecog_8859_8_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_8_I_he CharsetRecog_8859_8_I_he_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_8_he CharsetRecog_8859_8_he_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_9 CharsetRecog_8859_9_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_8859_9_tr CharsetRecog_8859_9_tr_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_KOI8_R CharsetRecog_KOI8_R_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_UTF8 CharsetRecog_UTF8_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_UTF_16_BE CharsetRecog_UTF_16_BE_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_UTF_16_LE CharsetRecog_UTF_16_LE_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_UTF_32 CharsetRecog_UTF_32_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_UTF_32_BE CharsetRecog_UTF_32_BE_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_UTF_32_LE CharsetRecog_UTF_32_LE_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_Unicode CharsetRecog_Unicode_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_big5 CharsetRecog_big5_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_euc CharsetRecog_euc_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_euc_jp CharsetRecog_euc_jp_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_euc_kr CharsetRecog_euc_kr_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_gb_18030 CharsetRecog_gb_18030_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_mbcs CharsetRecog_mbcs_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_sbcs CharsetRecog_sbcs_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_sjis CharsetRecog_sjis_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_windows_1251 CharsetRecog_windows_1251_4_0
+#define CharsetRecog_windows_1256 CharsetRecog_windows_1256_4_0
+#define CharsetRecognizer CharsetRecognizer_4_0
+#define ChineseCalendar ChineseCalendar_4_0
+#define ChoiceFormat ChoiceFormat_4_0
+#define ClassDefFormat1Table ClassDefFormat1Table_4_0
+#define ClassDefFormat2Table ClassDefFormat2Table_4_0
+#define ClassDefinitionTable ClassDefinitionTable_4_0
+#define CollationElementIterator CollationElementIterator_4_0
+#define CollationKey CollationKey_4_0
+#define CollationLocaleListEnumeration CollationLocaleListEnumeration_4_0
+#define Collator Collator_4_0
+#define CollatorFactory CollatorFactory_4_0
+#define CompactTrieDictionary CompactTrieDictionary_4_0
+#define CompactTrieEnumeration CompactTrieEnumeration_4_0
+#define CompoundTransliterator CompoundTransliterator_4_0
+#define ContextualGlyphSubstitutionProcessor ContextualGlyphSubstitutionProcessor_4_0
+#define ContextualSubstitutionBase ContextualSubstitutionBase_4_0
+#define ContextualSubstitutionFormat1Subtable ContextualSubstitutionFormat1Subtable_4_0
+#define ContextualSubstitutionFormat2Subtable ContextualSubstitutionFormat2Subtable_4_0
+#define ContextualSubstitutionFormat3Subtable ContextualSubstitutionFormat3Subtable_4_0
+#define ContextualSubstitutionSubtable ContextualSubstitutionSubtable_4_0
+#define CopticCalendar CopticCalendar_4_0
+#define CoverageFormat1Table CoverageFormat1Table_4_0
+#define CoverageFormat2Table CoverageFormat2Table_4_0
+#define CoverageTable CoverageTable_4_0
+#define CurrencyAmount CurrencyAmount_4_0
+#define CurrencyFormat CurrencyFormat_4_0
+#define CurrencyUnit CurrencyUnit_4_0
+#define CursiveAttachmentSubtable CursiveAttachmentSubtable_4_0
+#define DTRedundantEnumeration DTRedundantEnumeration_4_0
+#define DTSkeletonEnumeration DTSkeletonEnumeration_4_0
+#define DateFormat DateFormat_4_0
+#define DateFormatSymbols DateFormatSymbols_4_0
+#define DateInterval DateInterval_4_0
+#define DateIntervalFormat DateIntervalFormat_4_0
+#define DateIntervalInfo DateIntervalInfo_4_0
+#define DateTimeMatcher DateTimeMatcher_4_0
+#define DateTimePatternGenerator DateTimePatternGenerator_4_0
+#define DateTimeRule DateTimeRule_4_0
+#define DecimalFormat DecimalFormat_4_0
+#define DecimalFormatSymbols DecimalFormatSymbols_4_0
+#define DefaultCalendarFactory DefaultCalendarFactory_4_0
+#define DefaultCharMapper DefaultCharMapper_4_0
+#define DeviceTable DeviceTable_4_0
+#define DictionaryBreakEngine DictionaryBreakEngine_4_0
+#define DigitList DigitList_4_0
+#define DistanceInfo DistanceInfo_4_0
+#define Entry Entry_4_0
+#define EnumToOffset EnumToOffset_4_0
+#define EscapeTransliterator EscapeTransliterator_4_0
+#define EthiopicCalendar EthiopicCalendar_4_0
+#define EventListener EventListener_4_0
+#define ExtensionSubtable ExtensionSubtable_4_0
+#define FeatureListTable FeatureListTable_4_0
+#define FieldPosition FieldPosition_4_0
+#define FontRuns FontRuns_4_0
+#define Format Format_4_0
+#define Format1AnchorTable Format1AnchorTable_4_0
+#define Format2AnchorTable Format2AnchorTable_4_0
+#define Format3AnchorTable Format3AnchorTable_4_0
+#define FormatNameEnumeration FormatNameEnumeration_4_0
+#define FormatParser FormatParser_4_0
+#define Formattable Formattable_4_0
+#define ForwardCharacterIterator ForwardCharacterIterator_4_0
+#define FractionalPartSubstitution FractionalPartSubstitution_4_0
+#define FunctionReplacer FunctionReplacer_4_0
+#define GDEFMarkFilter GDEFMarkFilter_4_0
+#define GXLayoutEngine GXLayoutEngine_4_0
+#define GlyphDefinitionTableHeader GlyphDefinitionTableHeader_4_0
+#define GlyphIterator GlyphIterator_4_0
+#define GlyphLookupTableHeader GlyphLookupTableHeader_4_0
+#define GlyphPositionAdjustments GlyphPositionAdjustments_4_0
+#define GlyphPositioningLookupProcessor GlyphPositioningLookupProcessor_4_0
+#define GlyphPositioningTableHeader GlyphPositioningTableHeader_4_0
+#define GlyphSubstitutionLookupProcessor GlyphSubstitutionLookupProcessor_4_0
+#define GlyphSubstitutionTableHeader GlyphSubstitutionTableHeader_4_0
+#define Grego Grego_4_0
+#define GregorianCalendar GregorianCalendar_4_0
+#define HanOpenTypeLayoutEngine HanOpenTypeLayoutEngine_4_0
+#define HangulOpenTypeLayoutEngine HangulOpenTypeLayoutEngine_4_0
+#define HebrewCalendar HebrewCalendar_4_0
+#define ICUBreakIteratorFactory ICUBreakIteratorFactory_4_0
+#define ICUBreakIteratorService ICUBreakIteratorService_4_0
+#define ICUCollatorFactory ICUCollatorFactory_4_0
+#define ICUCollatorService ICUCollatorService_4_0
+#define ICULanguageBreakFactory ICULanguageBreakFactory_4_0
+#define ICULocaleService ICULocaleService_4_0
+#define ICUNotifier ICUNotifier_4_0
+#define ICUNumberFormatFactory ICUNumberFormatFactory_4_0
+#define ICUNumberFormatService ICUNumberFormatService_4_0
+#define ICUResourceBundleFactory ICUResourceBundleFactory_4_0
+#define ICUService ICUService_4_0
+#define ICUServiceFactory ICUServiceFactory_4_0
+#define ICUServiceKey ICUServiceKey_4_0
+#define ICU_Utility ICU_Utility_4_0
+#define IndianCalendar IndianCalendar_4_0
+#define IndicClassTable IndicClassTable_4_0
+#define IndicOpenTypeLayoutEngine IndicOpenTypeLayoutEngine_4_0
+#define IndicRearrangementProcessor IndicRearrangementProcessor_4_0
+#define IndicReordering IndicReordering_4_0
+#define InitialTimeZoneRule InitialTimeZoneRule_4_0
+#define InputText InputText_4_0
+#define IntegralPartSubstitution IntegralPartSubstitution_4_0
+#define IslamicCalendar IslamicCalendar_4_0
+#define IteratedChar IteratedChar_4_0
+#define JapaneseCalendar JapaneseCalendar_4_0
+#define KernTable KernTable_4_0
+#define KeywordEnumeration KeywordEnumeration_4_0
+#define KhmerClassTable KhmerClassTable_4_0
+#define KhmerOpenTypeLayoutEngine KhmerOpenTypeLayoutEngine_4_0
+#define KhmerReordering KhmerReordering_4_0
+#define LECharMapper LECharMapper_4_0
+#define LEFontInstance LEFontInstance_4_0
+#define LEGlyphFilter LEGlyphFilter_4_0
+#define LEGlyphStorage LEGlyphStorage_4_0
+#define LEInsertionCallback LEInsertionCallback_4_0
+#define LEInsertionList LEInsertionList_4_0
+#define LXUtilities LXUtilities_4_0
+#define LanguageBreakEngine LanguageBreakEngine_4_0
+#define LanguageBreakFactory LanguageBreakFactory_4_0
+#define LayoutEngine LayoutEngine_4_0
+#define LigatureSubstitutionProcessor LigatureSubstitutionProcessor_4_0
+#define LigatureSubstitutionSubtable LigatureSubstitutionSubtable_4_0
+#define LocDataParser LocDataParser_4_0
+#define Locale Locale_4_0
+#define LocaleBased LocaleBased_4_0
+#define LocaleKey LocaleKey_4_0
+#define LocaleKeyFactory LocaleKeyFactory_4_0
+#define LocaleRuns LocaleRuns_4_0
+#define LocaleUtility LocaleUtility_4_0
+#define LocalizationInfo LocalizationInfo_4_0
+#define LookupListTable LookupListTable_4_0
+#define LookupProcessor LookupProcessor_4_0
+#define LookupSubtable LookupSubtable_4_0
+#define LookupTable LookupTable_4_0
+#define LowercaseTransliterator LowercaseTransliterator_4_0
+#define MPreFixups MPreFixups_4_0
+#define MarkArray MarkArray_4_0
+#define MarkToBasePositioningSubtable MarkToBasePositioningSubtable_4_0
+#define MarkToLigaturePositioningSubtable MarkToLigaturePositioningSubtable_4_0
+#define MarkToMarkPositioningSubtable MarkToMarkPositioningSubtable_4_0
+#define Math Math_4_0
+#define Measure Measure_4_0
+#define MeasureFormat MeasureFormat_4_0
+#define MeasureUnit MeasureUnit_4_0
+#define MessageFormat MessageFormat_4_0
+#define MessageFormatAdapter MessageFormatAdapter_4_0
+#define ModulusSubstitution ModulusSubstitution_4_0
+#define MoonRiseSetCoordFunc MoonRiseSetCoordFunc_4_0
+#define MoonTimeAngleFunc MoonTimeAngleFunc_4_0
+#define MorphSubtableHeader MorphSubtableHeader_4_0
+#define MorphTableHeader MorphTableHeader_4_0
+#define MultipleSubstitutionSubtable MultipleSubstitutionSubtable_4_0
+#define MultiplierSubstitution MultiplierSubstitution_4_0
+#define MutableTrieDictionary MutableTrieDictionary_4_0
+#define MutableTrieEnumeration MutableTrieEnumeration_4_0
+#define NFFactory NFFactory_4_0
+#define NFRule NFRule_4_0
+#define NFRuleSet NFRuleSet_4_0
+#define NFSubstitution NFSubstitution_4_0
+#define NGramParser NGramParser_4_0
+#define NameToEnum NameToEnum_4_0
+#define NameUnicodeTransliterator NameUnicodeTransliterator_4_0
+#define NonContextualGlyphSubstitutionProcessor NonContextualGlyphSubstitutionProcessor_4_0
+#define NonContiguousEnumToOffset NonContiguousEnumToOffset_4_0
+#define NormalizationTransliterator NormalizationTransliterator_4_0
+#define Normalizer Normalizer_4_0
+#define NullSubstitution NullSubstitution_4_0
+#define NullTransliterator NullTransliterator_4_0
+#define NumberFormat NumberFormat_4_0
+#define NumberFormatFactory NumberFormatFactory_4_0
+#define NumeratorSubstitution NumeratorSubstitution_4_0
+#define OlsonTimeZone OlsonTimeZone_4_0
+#define OpenTypeLayoutEngine OpenTypeLayoutEngine_4_0
+#define OpenTypeUtilities OpenTypeUtilities_4_0
+#define OrConstraint OrConstraint_4_0
+#define PCEBuffer PCEBuffer_4_0
+#define PairPositioningFormat1Subtable PairPositioningFormat1Subtable_4_0
+#define PairPositioningFormat2Subtable PairPositioningFormat2Subtable_4_0
+#define PairPositioningSubtable PairPositioningSubtable_4_0
+#define ParagraphLayout ParagraphLayout_4_0
+#define ParseData ParseData_4_0
+#define ParsePosition ParsePosition_4_0
+#define PatternMap PatternMap_4_0
+#define PatternMapIterator PatternMapIterator_4_0
+#define PersianCalendar PersianCalendar_4_0
+#define PluralFormat PluralFormat_4_0
+#define PluralKeywordEnumeration PluralKeywordEnumeration_4_0
+#define PluralRules PluralRules_4_0
+#define PropertyAliases PropertyAliases_4_0
+#define PtnElem PtnElem_4_0
+#define PtnSkeleton PtnSkeleton_4_0
+#define Quantifier Quantifier_4_0
+#define RBBIDataWrapper RBBIDataWrapper_4_0
+#define RBBINode RBBINode_4_0
+#define RBBIRuleBuilder RBBIRuleBuilder_4_0
+#define RBBIRuleScanner RBBIRuleScanner_4_0
+#define RBBISetBuilder RBBISetBuilder_4_0
+#define RBBIStateDescriptor RBBIStateDescriptor_4_0
+#define RBBISymbolTable RBBISymbolTable_4_0
+#define RBBISymbolTableEntry RBBISymbolTableEntry_4_0
+#define RBBITableBuilder RBBITableBuilder_4_0
+#define RCEBuffer RCEBuffer_4_0
+#define RangeDescriptor RangeDescriptor_4_0
+#define RegexCImpl RegexCImpl_4_0
+#define RegexCompile RegexCompile_4_0
+#define RegexMatcher RegexMatcher_4_0
+#define RegexPattern RegexPattern_4_0
+#define RegexStaticSets RegexStaticSets_4_0
+#define RelativeDateFormat RelativeDateFormat_4_0
+#define RemoveTransliterator RemoveTransliterator_4_0
+#define Replaceable Replaceable_4_0
+#define ReplaceableGlue ReplaceableGlue_4_0
+#define ResourceBundle ResourceBundle_4_0
+#define RiseSetCoordFunc RiseSetCoordFunc_4_0
+#define RuleBasedBreakIterator RuleBasedBreakIterator_4_0
+#define RuleBasedCollator RuleBasedCollator_4_0
+#define RuleBasedNumberFormat RuleBasedNumberFormat_4_0
+#define RuleBasedTimeZone RuleBasedTimeZone_4_0
+#define RuleBasedTransliterator RuleBasedTransliterator_4_0
+#define RuleChain RuleChain_4_0
+#define RuleCharacterIterator RuleCharacterIterator_4_0
+#define RuleHalf RuleHalf_4_0
+#define RuleParser RuleParser_4_0
+#define RunArray RunArray_4_0
+#define SafeZoneStringFormatPtr SafeZoneStringFormatPtr_4_0
+#define SameValueSubstitution SameValueSubstitution_4_0
+#define ScriptListTable ScriptListTable_4_0
+#define ScriptRunIterator ScriptRunIterator_4_0
+#define ScriptTable ScriptTable_4_0
+#define SearchIterator SearchIterator_4_0
+#define SegmentArrayProcessor SegmentArrayProcessor_4_0
+#define SegmentSingleProcessor SegmentSingleProcessor_4_0
+#define ServiceEnumeration ServiceEnumeration_4_0
+#define ServiceListener ServiceListener_4_0
+#define SimpleArrayProcessor SimpleArrayProcessor_4_0
+#define SimpleDateFormat SimpleDateFormat_4_0
+#define SimpleFactory SimpleFactory_4_0
+#define SimpleLocaleKeyFactory SimpleLocaleKeyFactory_4_0
+#define SimpleNumberFormatFactory SimpleNumberFormatFactory_4_0
+#define SimpleTimeZone SimpleTimeZone_4_0
+#define SinglePositioningFormat1Subtable SinglePositioningFormat1Subtable_4_0
+#define SinglePositioningFormat2Subtable SinglePositioningFormat2Subtable_4_0
+#define SinglePositioningSubtable SinglePositioningSubtable_4_0
+#define SingleSubstitutionFormat1Subtable SingleSubstitutionFormat1Subtable_4_0
+#define SingleSubstitutionFormat2Subtable SingleSubstitutionFormat2Subtable_4_0
+#define SingleSubstitutionSubtable SingleSubstitutionSubtable_4_0
+#define SingleTableProcessor SingleTableProcessor_4_0
+#define Spec Spec_4_0
+#define StateTableProcessor StateTableProcessor_4_0
+#define StringCharacterIterator StringCharacterIterator_4_0
+#define StringEnumeration StringEnumeration_4_0
+#define StringLocalizationInfo StringLocalizationInfo_4_0
+#define StringMatcher StringMatcher_4_0
+#define StringPair StringPair_4_0
+#define StringReplacer StringReplacer_4_0
+#define StringSearch StringSearch_4_0
+#define StyleRuns StyleRuns_4_0
+#define SubstitutionLookup SubstitutionLookup_4_0
+#define SubtableProcessor SubtableProcessor_4_0
+#define SunTimeAngleFunc SunTimeAngleFunc_4_0
+#define SymbolTable SymbolTable_4_0
+#define TZEnumeration TZEnumeration_4_0
+#define TaiwanCalendar TaiwanCalendar_4_0
+#define TernaryNode TernaryNode_4_0
+#define TextTrieMap TextTrieMap_4_0
+#define TextTrieMapSearchResultHandler TextTrieMapSearchResultHandler_4_0
+#define ThaiBreakEngine ThaiBreakEngine_4_0
+#define ThaiLayoutEngine ThaiLayoutEngine_4_0
+#define ThaiShaping ThaiShaping_4_0
+#define TibetanClassTable TibetanClassTable_4_0
+#define TibetanOpenTypeLayoutEngine TibetanOpenTypeLayoutEngine_4_0
+#define TibetanReordering TibetanReordering_4_0
+#define TimeArrayTimeZoneRule TimeArrayTimeZoneRule_4_0
+#define TimeZone TimeZone_4_0
+#define TimeZoneRule TimeZoneRule_4_0
+#define TimeZoneTransition TimeZoneTransition_4_0
+#define TitlecaseTransliterator TitlecaseTransliterator_4_0
+#define TransliterationRule TransliterationRule_4_0
+#define TransliterationRuleData TransliterationRuleData_4_0
+#define TransliterationRuleSet TransliterationRuleSet_4_0
+#define Transliterator Transliterator_4_0
+#define TransliteratorAlias TransliteratorAlias_4_0
+#define TransliteratorIDParser TransliteratorIDParser_4_0
+#define TransliteratorParser TransliteratorParser_4_0
+#define TransliteratorRegistry TransliteratorRegistry_4_0
+#define TrieWordDictionary TrieWordDictionary_4_0
+#define TrimmedArrayProcessor TrimmedArrayProcessor_4_0
+#define UCharCharacterIterator UCharCharacterIterator_4_0
+#define UCollationPCE UCollationPCE_4_0
+#define ULocRuns ULocRuns_4_0
+#define UMemory UMemory_4_0
+#define UObject UObject_4_0
+#define URegularExpression URegularExpression_4_0
+#define UStack UStack_4_0
+#define UStringEnumeration UStringEnumeration_4_0
+#define UVector UVector_4_0
+#define UVector32 UVector32_4_0
+#define UnescapeTransliterator UnescapeTransliterator_4_0
+#define UnhandledEngine UnhandledEngine_4_0
+#define UnicodeArabicOpenTypeLayoutEngine UnicodeArabicOpenTypeLayoutEngine_4_0
+#define UnicodeFilter UnicodeFilter_4_0
+#define UnicodeFunctor UnicodeFunctor_4_0
+#define UnicodeMatcher UnicodeMatcher_4_0
+#define UnicodeNameTransliterator UnicodeNameTransliterator_4_0
+#define UnicodeReplacer UnicodeReplacer_4_0
+#define UnicodeSet UnicodeSet_4_0
+#define UnicodeSetIterator UnicodeSetIterator_4_0
+#define UnicodeSetStringSpan UnicodeSetStringSpan_4_0
+#define UnicodeString UnicodeString_4_0
+#define UppercaseTransliterator UppercaseTransliterator_4_0
+#define VTZReader VTZReader_4_0
+#define VTZWriter VTZWriter_4_0
+#define VTimeZone VTimeZone_4_0
+#define ValueRecord ValueRecord_4_0
+#define ValueRuns ValueRuns_4_0
+#define ZSFCache ZSFCache_4_0
+#define ZSFCacheEntry ZSFCacheEntry_4_0
+#define ZoneMeta ZoneMeta_4_0
+#define ZoneStringFormat ZoneStringFormat_4_0
+#define ZoneStringInfo ZoneStringInfo_4_0
+#define ZoneStringSearchResultHandler ZoneStringSearchResultHandler_4_0
+#define ZoneStrings ZoneStrings_4_0
+#define locale_set_default_internal locale_set_default_internal_4_0
+#define util64_fromDouble util64_fromDouble_4_0
+#define util64_pow util64_pow_4_0
+#define util64_tou util64_tou_4_0
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/urep.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/urep.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57b547c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/urep.h
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2005, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+******************************************************************************
+* Date Name Description
+* 06/23/00 aliu Creation.
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef __UREP_H
+#define __UREP_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+U_CDECL_BEGIN
+
+/********************************************************************
+ * General Notes
+ ********************************************************************
+ * TODO
+ * Add usage scenario
+ * Add test code
+ * Talk about pinning
+ * Talk about "can truncate result if out of memory"
+ */
+
+/********************************************************************
+ * Data Structures
+ ********************************************************************/
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Callbacks for UReplacebale
+ */
+/**
+ * An opaque replaceable text object. This will be manipulated only
+ * through the caller-supplied UReplaceableFunctor struct. Related
+ * to the C++ class Replaceable.
+ * This is currently only used in the Transliterator C API, see utrans.h .
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef void* UReplaceable;
+
+/**
+ * A set of function pointers that transliterators use to manipulate a
+ * UReplaceable. The caller should supply the required functions to
+ * manipulate their text appropriately. Related to the C++ class
+ * Replaceable.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef struct UReplaceableCallbacks {
+
+ /**
+ * Function pointer that returns the number of UChar code units in
+ * this text.
+ *
+ * @param rep A pointer to "this" UReplaceable object.
+ * @return The length of the text.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ int32_t (*length)(const UReplaceable* rep);
+
+ /**
+ * Function pointer that returns a UChar code units at the given
+ * offset into this text; 0 <= offset < n, where n is the value
+ * returned by (*length)(rep). See unistr.h for a description of
+ * charAt() vs. char32At().
+ *
+ * @param rep A pointer to "this" UReplaceable object.
+ * @param offset The index at which to fetch the UChar (code unit).
+ * @return The UChar (code unit) at offset, or U+FFFF if the offset is out of bounds.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UChar (*charAt)(const UReplaceable* rep,
+ int32_t offset);
+
+ /**
+ * Function pointer that returns a UChar32 code point at the given
+ * offset into this text. See unistr.h for a description of
+ * charAt() vs. char32At().
+ *
+ * @param rep A pointer to "this" UReplaceable object.
+ * @param offset The index at which to fetch the UChar32 (code point).
+ * @return The UChar32 (code point) at offset, or U+FFFF if the offset is out of bounds.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ UChar32 (*char32At)(const UReplaceable* rep,
+ int32_t offset);
+
+ /**
+ * Function pointer that replaces text between start and limit in
+ * this text with the given text. Attributes (out of band info)
+ * should be retained.
+ *
+ * @param rep A pointer to "this" UReplaceable object.
+ * @param start the starting index of the text to be replaced,
+ * inclusive.
+ * @param limit the ending index of the text to be replaced,
+ * exclusive.
+ * @param text the new text to replace the UChars from
+ * start..limit-1.
+ * @param textLength the number of UChars at text, or -1 if text
+ * is null-terminated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void (*replace)(UReplaceable* rep,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ const UChar* text,
+ int32_t textLength);
+
+ /**
+ * Function pointer that copies the characters in the range
+ * [<tt>start</tt>, <tt>limit</tt>) into the array <tt>dst</tt>.
+ *
+ * @param rep A pointer to "this" UReplaceable object.
+ * @param start offset of first character which will be copied
+ * into the array
+ * @param limit offset immediately following the last character to
+ * be copied
+ * @param dst array in which to copy characters. The length of
+ * <tt>dst</tt> must be at least <tt>(limit - start)</tt>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+ void (*extract)(UReplaceable* rep,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ UChar* dst);
+
+ /**
+ * Function pointer that copies text between start and limit in
+ * this text to another index in the text. Attributes (out of
+ * band info) should be retained. After this call, there will be
+ * (at least) two copies of the characters originally located at
+ * start..limit-1.
+ *
+ * @param rep A pointer to "this" UReplaceable object.
+ * @param start the starting index of the text to be copied,
+ * inclusive.
+ * @param limit the ending index of the text to be copied,
+ * exclusive.
+ * @param dest the index at which the copy of the UChars should be
+ * inserted.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ void (*copy)(UReplaceable* rep,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t limit,
+ int32_t dest);
+
+} UReplaceableCallbacks;
+
+U_CDECL_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ures.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ures.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cc2e89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ures.h
@@ -0,0 +1,871 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2007, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+*
+* File URES.H (formerly CRESBUND.H)
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 04/01/97 aliu Creation.
+* 02/22/99 damiba overhaul.
+* 04/04/99 helena Fixed internal header inclusion.
+* 04/15/99 Madhu Updated Javadoc
+* 06/14/99 stephen Removed functions taking a filename suffix.
+* 07/20/99 stephen Language-independent ypedef to void*
+* 11/09/99 weiv Added ures_getLocale()
+* 06/24/02 weiv Added support for resource sharing
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef URES_H
+#define URES_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/uloc.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Resource Bundle
+ *
+ * <h2>C API: Resource Bundle</h2>
+ *
+ * C API representing a collection of resource information pertaining to a given
+ * locale. A resource bundle provides a way of accessing locale- specific information in
+ * a data file. You create a resource bundle that manages the resources for a given
+ * locale and then ask it for individual resources.
+ * <P>
+ * Resource bundles in ICU4C are currently defined using text files which conform to the following
+ * <a href="http://source.icu-project.org/repos/icu/icuhtml/trunk/design/bnf_rb.txt">BNF definition</a>.
+ * More on resource bundle concepts and syntax can be found in the
+ * <a href="http://icu-project.org/userguide/ResourceManagement.html">Users Guide</a>.
+ * <P>
+ */
+
+/**
+ * UResourceBundle is an opaque type for handles for resource bundles in C APIs.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+struct UResourceBundle;
+
+/**
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef struct UResourceBundle UResourceBundle;
+
+/**
+ * Numeric constants for types of resource items.
+ * @see ures_getType
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ /** Resource type constant for "no resource". @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ URES_NONE=-1,
+
+ /** Resource type constant for 16-bit Unicode strings. @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ URES_STRING=0,
+
+ /** Resource type constant for binary data. @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ URES_BINARY=1,
+
+ /** Resource type constant for tables of key-value pairs. @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ URES_TABLE=2,
+
+ /**
+ * Resource type constant for aliases;
+ * internally stores a string which identifies the actual resource
+ * storing the data (can be in a different resource bundle).
+ * Resolved internally before delivering the actual resource through the API.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ URES_ALIAS=3,
+
+#ifndef U_HIDE_INTERNAL_API
+
+ /**
+ * Internal use only.
+ * Alternative resource type constant for tables of key-value pairs.
+ * Never returned by ures_getType().
+ * @internal
+ */
+ URES_TABLE32=4,
+
+#endif /* U_HIDE_INTERNAL_API */
+
+ /**
+ * Resource type constant for a single 28-bit integer, interpreted as
+ * signed or unsigned by the ures_getInt() or ures_getUInt() function.
+ * @see ures_getInt
+ * @see ures_getUInt
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ URES_INT=7,
+
+ /** Resource type constant for arrays of resources. @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ URES_ARRAY=8,
+
+ /**
+ * Resource type constant for vectors of 32-bit integers.
+ * @see ures_getIntVector
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+ URES_INT_VECTOR = 14,
+#ifndef U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API
+ /** @deprecated ICU 2.6 Use the URES_ constant instead. */
+ RES_NONE=URES_NONE,
+ /** @deprecated ICU 2.6 Use the URES_ constant instead. */
+ RES_STRING=URES_STRING,
+ /** @deprecated ICU 2.6 Use the URES_ constant instead. */
+ RES_BINARY=URES_BINARY,
+ /** @deprecated ICU 2.6 Use the URES_ constant instead. */
+ RES_TABLE=URES_TABLE,
+ /** @deprecated ICU 2.6 Use the URES_ constant instead. */
+ RES_ALIAS=URES_ALIAS,
+ /** @deprecated ICU 2.6 Use the URES_ constant instead. */
+ RES_INT=URES_INT,
+ /** @deprecated ICU 2.6 Use the URES_ constant instead. */
+ RES_ARRAY=URES_ARRAY,
+ /** @deprecated ICU 2.6 Use the URES_ constant instead. */
+ RES_INT_VECTOR=URES_INT_VECTOR,
+ /** @deprecated ICU 2.6 Not used. */
+ RES_RESERVED=15,
+#endif /* U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API */
+
+ URES_LIMIT = 16
+} UResType;
+
+/*
+ * Functions to create and destroy resource bundles.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Opens a UResourceBundle, from which users can extract strings by using
+ * their corresponding keys.
+ * Note that the caller is responsible of calling <TT>ures_close</TT> on each succesfully
+ * opened resource bundle.
+ * @param packageName The packageName and locale together point to an ICU udata object,
+ * as defined by <code> udata_open( packageName, "res", locale, err) </code>
+ * or equivalent. Typically, packageName will refer to a (.dat) file, or to
+ * a package registered with udata_setAppData(). Using a full file or directory
+ * pathname for packageName is deprecated. If NULL, ICU data will be used.
+ * @param locale specifies the locale for which we want to open the resource
+ * if NULL, the default locale will be used. If strlen(locale) == 0
+ * root locale will be used.
+ *
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code.
+ * The UErrorCode err parameter is used to return status information to the user. To
+ * check whether the construction succeeded or not, you should check the value of
+ * U_SUCCESS(err). If you wish more detailed information, you can check for
+ * informational status results which still indicate success. U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING
+ * indicates that a fall back locale was used. For example, 'de_CH' was requested,
+ * but nothing was found there, so 'de' was used. U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING indicates that
+ * the default locale data or root locale data was used; neither the requested locale
+ * nor any of its fall back locales could be found. Please see the users guide for more
+ * information on this topic.
+ * @return a newly allocated resource bundle.
+ * @see ures_close
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UResourceBundle* U_EXPORT2
+ures_open(const char* packageName,
+ const char* locale,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+
+/** This function does not care what kind of localeID is passed in. It simply opens a bundle with
+ * that name. Fallback mechanism is disabled for the new bundle. If the requested bundle contains
+ * an %%ALIAS directive, the results are undefined.
+ * @param packageName The packageName and locale together point to an ICU udata object,
+ * as defined by <code> udata_open( packageName, "res", locale, err) </code>
+ * or equivalent. Typically, packageName will refer to a (.dat) file, or to
+ * a package registered with udata_setAppData(). Using a full file or directory
+ * pathname for packageName is deprecated. If NULL, ICU data will be used.
+ * @param locale specifies the locale for which we want to open the resource
+ * if NULL, the default locale will be used. If strlen(locale) == 0
+ * root locale will be used.
+ *
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code. Either U_ZERO_ERROR or U_MISSING_RESOURCE_ERROR
+ * @return a newly allocated resource bundle or NULL if it doesn't exist.
+ * @see ures_close
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UResourceBundle* U_EXPORT2
+ures_openDirect(const char* packageName,
+ const char* locale,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Same as ures_open() but takes a const UChar *path.
+ * This path will be converted to char * using the default converter,
+ * then ures_open() is called.
+ *
+ * @param packageName The packageName and locale together point to an ICU udata object,
+ * as defined by <code> udata_open( packageName, "res", locale, err) </code>
+ * or equivalent. Typically, packageName will refer to a (.dat) file, or to
+ * a package registered with udata_setAppData(). Using a full file or directory
+ * pathname for packageName is deprecated. If NULL, ICU data will be used.
+ * @param locale specifies the locale for which we want to open the resource
+ * if NULL, the default locale will be used. If strlen(locale) == 0
+ * root locale will be used.
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code.
+ * @return a newly allocated resource bundle.
+ * @see ures_open
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UResourceBundle* U_EXPORT2
+ures_openU(const UChar* packageName,
+ const char* locale,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the number of strings/arrays in resource bundles.
+ * Better to use ures_getSize, as this function will be deprecated.
+ *
+ *@param resourceBundle resource bundle containing the desired strings
+ *@param resourceKey key tagging the resource
+ *@param err fills in the outgoing error code
+ * could be <TT>U_MISSING_RESOURCE_ERROR</TT> if the key is not found
+ * could be a non-failing error
+ * e.g.: <TT>U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING</TT>,<TT>U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING </TT>
+ *@return: for <STRONG>Arrays</STRONG>: returns the number of resources in the array
+ * <STRONG>Tables</STRONG>: returns the number of resources in the table
+ * <STRONG>single string</STRONG>: returns 1
+ *@see ures_getSize
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 User ures_getSize instead
+ */
+U_DEPRECATED int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ures_countArrayItems(const UResourceBundle* resourceBundle,
+ const char* resourceKey,
+ UErrorCode* err);
+/**
+ * Close a resource bundle, all pointers returned from the various ures_getXXX calls
+ * on this particular bundle should be considered invalid henceforth.
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle a pointer to a resourceBundle struct. Can be NULL.
+ * @see ures_open
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ures_close(UResourceBundle* resourceBundle);
+
+/**
+ * Return the version number associated with this ResourceBundle as a string. Please
+ * use ures_getVersion as this function is going to be deprecated.
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle The resource bundle for which the version is checked.
+ * @return A version number string as specified in the resource bundle or its parent.
+ * The caller does not own this string.
+ * @see ures_getVersion
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use ures_getVersion instead.
+ */
+U_DEPRECATED const char* U_EXPORT2
+ures_getVersionNumber(const UResourceBundle* resourceBundle);
+
+/**
+ * Return the version number associated with this ResourceBundle as an
+ * UVersionInfo array.
+ *
+ * @param resB The resource bundle for which the version is checked.
+ * @param versionInfo A UVersionInfo array that is filled with the version number
+ * as specified in the resource bundle or its parent.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ures_getVersion(const UResourceBundle* resB,
+ UVersionInfo versionInfo);
+
+/**
+ * Return the name of the Locale associated with this ResourceBundle. This API allows
+ * you to query for the real locale of the resource. For example, if you requested
+ * "en_US_CALIFORNIA" and only "en_US" bundle exists, "en_US" will be returned.
+ * For subresources, the locale where this resource comes from will be returned.
+ * If fallback has occured, getLocale will reflect this.
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle resource bundle in question
+ * @param status just for catching illegal arguments
+ * @return A Locale name
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use ures_getLocaleByType instead.
+ */
+U_DEPRECATED const char* U_EXPORT2
+ures_getLocale(const UResourceBundle* resourceBundle,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Return the name of the Locale associated with this ResourceBundle.
+ * You can choose between requested, valid and real locale.
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle resource bundle in question
+ * @param type You can choose between requested, valid and actual
+ * locale. For description see the definition of
+ * ULocDataLocaleType in uloc.h
+ * @param status just for catching illegal arguments
+ * @return A Locale name
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+ures_getLocaleByType(const UResourceBundle* resourceBundle,
+ ULocDataLocaleType type,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Same as ures_open() but uses the fill-in parameter instead of allocating
+ * a bundle, if r!=NULL.
+ * TODO need to revisit usefulness of this function
+ * and usage model for fillIn parameters without knowing sizeof(UResourceBundle)
+ * @param r The resourcebundle to open
+ * @param packageName The packageName and locale together point to an ICU udata object,
+ * as defined by <code> udata_open( packageName, "res", locale, err) </code>
+ * or equivalent. Typically, packageName will refer to a (.dat) file, or to
+ * a package registered with udata_setAppData(). Using a full file or directory
+ * pathname for packageName is deprecated. If NULL, ICU data will be used.
+ * @param localeID specifies the locale for which we want to open the resource
+ * @param status The error code
+ * @return a newly allocated resource bundle or NULL if it doesn't exist.
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL void U_EXPORT2
+ures_openFillIn(UResourceBundle *r,
+ const char* packageName,
+ const char* localeID,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns a string from a string resource type
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle a string resource
+ * @param len fills in the length of resulting string
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * could be <TT>U_MISSING_RESOURCE_ERROR</TT> if the key is not found
+ * Always check the value of status. Don't count on returning NULL.
+ * could be a non-failing error
+ * e.g.: <TT>U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING</TT>,<TT>U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING </TT>
+ * @return a pointer to a zero-terminated UChar array which lives in a memory mapped/DLL file.
+ * @see ures_getBinary
+ * @see ures_getIntVector
+ * @see ures_getInt
+ * @see ures_getUInt
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const UChar* U_EXPORT2
+ures_getString(const UResourceBundle* resourceBundle,
+ int32_t* len,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns a UTF-8 string from a string resource.
+ * The UTF-8 string may be returnable directly as a pointer, or
+ * it may need to be copied, or transformed from UTF-16 using u_strToUTF8()
+ * or equivalent.
+ *
+ * If forceCopy==TRUE, then the string is always written to the dest buffer
+ * and dest is returned.
+ *
+ * If forceCopy==FALSE, then the string is returned as a pointer if possible,
+ * without needing a dest buffer (it can be NULL). If the string needs to be
+ * copied or transformed, then it may be placed into dest at an arbitrary offset.
+ *
+ * If the string is to be written to dest, then U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR and
+ * U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING are set if appropriate, as usual.
+ *
+ * If the string is transformed from UTF-16, then a conversion error may occur
+ * if an unpaired surrogate is encountered. If the function is successful, then
+ * the output UTF-8 string is always well-formed.
+ *
+ * @param resB Resource bundle.
+ * @param dest Destination buffer. Can be NULL only if capacity=*length==0.
+ * @param length Input: Capacity of destination buffer.
+ * Output: Actual length of the UTF-8 string, not counting the
+ * terminating NUL, even in case of U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR.
+ * Can be NULL, meaning capacity=0 and the string length is not
+ * returned to the caller.
+ * @param forceCopy If TRUE, then the output string will always be written to
+ * dest, with U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR and
+ * U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING set if appropriate.
+ * If FALSE, then the dest buffer may or may not contain a
+ * copy of the string. dest may or may not be modified.
+ * If a copy needs to be written, then the UErrorCode parameter
+ * indicates overflow etc. as usual.
+ * @param status Pointer to a standard ICU error code. Its input value must
+ * pass the U_SUCCESS() test, or else the function returns
+ * immediately. Check for U_FAILURE() on output or use with
+ * function chaining. (See User Guide for details.)
+ * @return The pointer to the UTF-8 string. It may be dest, or at some offset
+ * from dest (only if !forceCopy), or in unrelated memory.
+ * Always NUL-terminated unless the string was written to dest and
+ * length==capacity (in which case U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING is set).
+ *
+ * @see ures_getString
+ * @see u_strToUTF8
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+ures_getUTF8String(const UResourceBundle *resB,
+ char *dest, int32_t *length,
+ UBool forceCopy,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns a binary data from a binary resource.
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle a string resource
+ * @param len fills in the length of resulting byte chunk
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * could be <TT>U_MISSING_RESOURCE_ERROR</TT> if the key is not found
+ * Always check the value of status. Don't count on returning NULL.
+ * could be a non-failing error
+ * e.g.: <TT>U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING</TT>,<TT>U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING </TT>
+ * @return a pointer to a chuck of unsigned bytes which live in a memory mapped/DLL file.
+ * @see ures_getString
+ * @see ures_getIntVector
+ * @see ures_getInt
+ * @see ures_getUInt
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const uint8_t* U_EXPORT2
+ures_getBinary(const UResourceBundle* resourceBundle,
+ int32_t* len,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns a 32 bit integer array from a resource.
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle an int vector resource
+ * @param len fills in the length of resulting byte chunk
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * could be <TT>U_MISSING_RESOURCE_ERROR</TT> if the key is not found
+ * Always check the value of status. Don't count on returning NULL.
+ * could be a non-failing error
+ * e.g.: <TT>U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING</TT>,<TT>U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING </TT>
+ * @return a pointer to a chunk of unsigned bytes which live in a memory mapped/DLL file.
+ * @see ures_getBinary
+ * @see ures_getString
+ * @see ures_getInt
+ * @see ures_getUInt
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const int32_t* U_EXPORT2
+ures_getIntVector(const UResourceBundle* resourceBundle,
+ int32_t* len,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns an unsigned integer from a resource.
+ * This integer is originally 28 bits.
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle a string resource
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * could be <TT>U_MISSING_RESOURCE_ERROR</TT> if the key is not found
+ * could be a non-failing error
+ * e.g.: <TT>U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING</TT>,<TT>U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING </TT>
+ * @return an integer value
+ * @see ures_getInt
+ * @see ures_getIntVector
+ * @see ures_getBinary
+ * @see ures_getString
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE uint32_t U_EXPORT2
+ures_getUInt(const UResourceBundle* resourceBundle,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns a signed integer from a resource.
+ * This integer is originally 28 bit and the sign gets propagated.
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle a string resource
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * could be <TT>U_MISSING_RESOURCE_ERROR</TT> if the key is not found
+ * could be a non-failing error
+ * e.g.: <TT>U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING</TT>,<TT>U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING </TT>
+ * @return an integer value
+ * @see ures_getUInt
+ * @see ures_getIntVector
+ * @see ures_getBinary
+ * @see ures_getString
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ures_getInt(const UResourceBundle* resourceBundle,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the size of a resource. Size for scalar types is always 1,
+ * and for vector/table types is the number of child resources.
+ * @warning Integer array is treated as a scalar type. There are no
+ * APIs to access individual members of an integer array. It
+ * is always returned as a whole.
+ * @param resourceBundle a resource
+ * @return number of resources in a given resource.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+ures_getSize(const UResourceBundle *resourceBundle);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the type of a resource. Available types are defined in enum UResType
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle a resource
+ * @return type of the given resource.
+ * @see UResType
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UResType U_EXPORT2
+ures_getType(const UResourceBundle *resourceBundle);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the key associated with a given resource. Not all the resources have a key - only
+ * those that are members of a table.
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle a resource
+ * @return a key associated to this resource, or NULL if it doesn't have a key
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+ures_getKey(const UResourceBundle *resourceBundle);
+
+/* ITERATION API
+ This API provides means for iterating through a resource
+*/
+
+/**
+ * Resets the internal context of a resource so that iteration starts from the first element.
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle a resource
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+ures_resetIterator(UResourceBundle *resourceBundle);
+
+/**
+ * Checks whether the given resource has another element to iterate over.
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle a resource
+ * @return TRUE if there are more elements, FALSE if there is no more elements
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+ures_hasNext(const UResourceBundle *resourceBundle);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the next resource in a given resource or NULL if there are no more resources
+ * to iterate over. Features a fill-in parameter.
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle a resource
+ * @param fillIn if NULL a new UResourceBundle struct is allocated and must be closed by the caller.
+ * Alternatively, you can supply a struct to be filled by this function.
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code. You may still get a non NULL result even if an
+ * error occured. Check status instead.
+ * @return a pointer to a UResourceBundle struct. If fill in param was NULL, caller must close it
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UResourceBundle* U_EXPORT2
+ures_getNextResource(UResourceBundle *resourceBundle,
+ UResourceBundle *fillIn,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the next string in a given resource or NULL if there are no more resources
+ * to iterate over.
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle a resource
+ * @param len fill in length of the string
+ * @param key fill in for key associated with this string. NULL if no key
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code. If an error occured, we may return NULL, but don't
+ * count on it. Check status instead!
+ * @return a pointer to a zero-terminated UChar array which lives in a memory mapped/DLL file.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const UChar* U_EXPORT2
+ures_getNextString(UResourceBundle *resourceBundle,
+ int32_t* len,
+ const char ** key,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the resource in a given resource at the specified index. Features a fill-in parameter.
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle the resource bundle from which to get a sub-resource
+ * @param indexR an index to the wanted resource.
+ * @param fillIn if NULL a new UResourceBundle struct is allocated and must be closed by the caller.
+ * Alternatively, you can supply a struct to be filled by this function.
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code. Don't count on NULL being returned if an error has
+ * occured. Check status instead.
+ * @return a pointer to a UResourceBundle struct. If fill in param was NULL, caller must close it
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UResourceBundle* U_EXPORT2
+ures_getByIndex(const UResourceBundle *resourceBundle,
+ int32_t indexR,
+ UResourceBundle *fillIn,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the string in a given resource at the specified index.
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle a resource
+ * @param indexS an index to the wanted string.
+ * @param len fill in length of the string
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code. If an error occured, we may return NULL, but don't
+ * count on it. Check status instead!
+ * @return a pointer to a zero-terminated UChar array which lives in a memory mapped/DLL file.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const UChar* U_EXPORT2
+ures_getStringByIndex(const UResourceBundle *resourceBundle,
+ int32_t indexS,
+ int32_t* len,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns a UTF-8 string from a resource at the specified index.
+ * The UTF-8 string may be returnable directly as a pointer, or
+ * it may need to be copied, or transformed from UTF-16 using u_strToUTF8()
+ * or equivalent.
+ *
+ * If forceCopy==TRUE, then the string is always written to the dest buffer
+ * and dest is returned.
+ *
+ * If forceCopy==FALSE, then the string is returned as a pointer if possible,
+ * without needing a dest buffer (it can be NULL). If the string needs to be
+ * copied or transformed, then it may be placed into dest at an arbitrary offset.
+ *
+ * If the string is to be written to dest, then U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR and
+ * U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING are set if appropriate, as usual.
+ *
+ * If the string is transformed from UTF-16, then a conversion error may occur
+ * if an unpaired surrogate is encountered. If the function is successful, then
+ * the output UTF-8 string is always well-formed.
+ *
+ * @param resB Resource bundle.
+ * @param index An index to the wanted string.
+ * @param dest Destination buffer. Can be NULL only if capacity=*length==0.
+ * @param pLength Input: Capacity of destination buffer.
+ * Output: Actual length of the UTF-8 string, not counting the
+ * terminating NUL, even in case of U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR.
+ * Can be NULL, meaning capacity=0 and the string length is not
+ * returned to the caller.
+ * @param forceCopy If TRUE, then the output string will always be written to
+ * dest, with U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR and
+ * U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING set if appropriate.
+ * If FALSE, then the dest buffer may or may not contain a
+ * copy of the string. dest may or may not be modified.
+ * If a copy needs to be written, then the UErrorCode parameter
+ * indicates overflow etc. as usual.
+ * @param status Pointer to a standard ICU error code. Its input value must
+ * pass the U_SUCCESS() test, or else the function returns
+ * immediately. Check for U_FAILURE() on output or use with
+ * function chaining. (See User Guide for details.)
+ * @return The pointer to the UTF-8 string. It may be dest, or at some offset
+ * from dest (only if !forceCopy), or in unrelated memory.
+ * Always NUL-terminated unless the string was written to dest and
+ * length==capacity (in which case U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING is set).
+ *
+ * @see ures_getStringByIndex
+ * @see u_strToUTF8
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+ures_getUTF8StringByIndex(const UResourceBundle *resB,
+ int32_t index,
+ char *dest, int32_t *pLength,
+ UBool forceCopy,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns a resource in a given resource that has a given key. This procedure works only with table
+ * resources. Features a fill-in parameter.
+ *
+ * @param resourceBundle a resource
+ * @param key a key associated with the wanted resource
+ * @param fillIn if NULL a new UResourceBundle struct is allocated and must be closed by the caller.
+ * Alternatively, you can supply a struct to be filled by this function.
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code.
+ * @return a pointer to a UResourceBundle struct. If fill in param was NULL, caller must close it
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UResourceBundle* U_EXPORT2
+ures_getByKey(const UResourceBundle *resourceBundle,
+ const char* key,
+ UResourceBundle *fillIn,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns a string in a given resource that has a given key. This procedure works only with table
+ * resources.
+ *
+ * @param resB a resource
+ * @param key a key associated with the wanted string
+ * @param len fill in length of the string
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code. If an error occured, we may return NULL, but don't
+ * count on it. Check status instead!
+ * @return a pointer to a zero-terminated UChar array which lives in a memory mapped/DLL file.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const UChar* U_EXPORT2
+ures_getStringByKey(const UResourceBundle *resB,
+ const char* key,
+ int32_t* len,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Returns a UTF-8 string from a resource and a key.
+ * This function works only with table resources.
+ *
+ * The UTF-8 string may be returnable directly as a pointer, or
+ * it may need to be copied, or transformed from UTF-16 using u_strToUTF8()
+ * or equivalent.
+ *
+ * If forceCopy==TRUE, then the string is always written to the dest buffer
+ * and dest is returned.
+ *
+ * If forceCopy==FALSE, then the string is returned as a pointer if possible,
+ * without needing a dest buffer (it can be NULL). If the string needs to be
+ * copied or transformed, then it may be placed into dest at an arbitrary offset.
+ *
+ * If the string is to be written to dest, then U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR and
+ * U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING are set if appropriate, as usual.
+ *
+ * If the string is transformed from UTF-16, then a conversion error may occur
+ * if an unpaired surrogate is encountered. If the function is successful, then
+ * the output UTF-8 string is always well-formed.
+ *
+ * @param resB Resource bundle.
+ * @param key A key associated with the wanted resource
+ * @param dest Destination buffer. Can be NULL only if capacity=*length==0.
+ * @param pLength Input: Capacity of destination buffer.
+ * Output: Actual length of the UTF-8 string, not counting the
+ * terminating NUL, even in case of U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR.
+ * Can be NULL, meaning capacity=0 and the string length is not
+ * returned to the caller.
+ * @param forceCopy If TRUE, then the output string will always be written to
+ * dest, with U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR and
+ * U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING set if appropriate.
+ * If FALSE, then the dest buffer may or may not contain a
+ * copy of the string. dest may or may not be modified.
+ * If a copy needs to be written, then the UErrorCode parameter
+ * indicates overflow etc. as usual.
+ * @param status Pointer to a standard ICU error code. Its input value must
+ * pass the U_SUCCESS() test, or else the function returns
+ * immediately. Check for U_FAILURE() on output or use with
+ * function chaining. (See User Guide for details.)
+ * @return The pointer to the UTF-8 string. It may be dest, or at some offset
+ * from dest (only if !forceCopy), or in unrelated memory.
+ * Always NUL-terminated unless the string was written to dest and
+ * length==capacity (in which case U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING is set).
+ *
+ * @see ures_getStringByKey
+ * @see u_strToUTF8
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+ures_getUTF8StringByKey(const UResourceBundle *resB,
+ const char *key,
+ char *dest, int32_t *pLength,
+ UBool forceCopy,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+#ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+/**
+ * returns a string from a string resource type
+ *
+ * @param resB a resource
+ * @param status: fills in the outgoing error code
+ * could be <TT>U_MISSING_RESOURCE_ERROR</TT> if the key is not found
+ * could be a non-failing error
+ * e.g.: <TT>U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING</TT>,<TT>U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING </TT>
+ * @return a UnicodeString object. If there is an error, string is bogus
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+inline UnicodeString
+ures_getUnicodeString(const UResourceBundle *resB,
+ UErrorCode* status)
+{
+ int32_t len = 0;
+ const UChar *r = ures_getString(resB, &len, status);
+ return UnicodeString(TRUE, r, len);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns the next string in a resource or NULL if there are no more resources
+ * to iterate over.
+ *
+ * @param resB a resource
+ * @param key fill in for key associated with this string
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * @return an UnicodeString object.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+inline UnicodeString
+ures_getNextUnicodeString(UResourceBundle *resB,
+ const char ** key,
+ UErrorCode* status)
+{
+ int32_t len = 0;
+ const UChar* r = ures_getNextString(resB, &len, key, status);
+ return UnicodeString(TRUE, r, len);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns the string in a given resource at the specified index.
+ *
+ * @param resB a resource
+ * @param index an index to the wanted string.
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * @return an UnicodeString object. If there is an error, string is bogus
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+inline UnicodeString
+ures_getUnicodeStringByIndex(const UResourceBundle *resB,
+ int32_t indexS,
+ UErrorCode* status)
+{
+ int32_t len = 0;
+ const UChar* r = ures_getStringByIndex(resB, indexS, &len, status);
+ return UnicodeString(TRUE, r, len);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns a string in a resource that has a given key. This procedure works only with table
+ * resources.
+ *
+ * @param resB a resource
+ * @param key a key associated with the wanted string
+ * @param status fills in the outgoing error code
+ * @return an UnicodeString object. If there is an error, string is bogus
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+inline UnicodeString
+ures_getUnicodeStringByKey(const UResourceBundle *resB,
+ const char* key,
+ UErrorCode* status)
+{
+ int32_t len = 0;
+ const UChar* r = ures_getStringByKey(resB, key, &len, status);
+ return UnicodeString(TRUE, r, len);
+}
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Create a string enumerator, owned by the caller, of all locales located within
+ * the specified resource tree.
+ * @param packageName name of the tree, such as (NULL) or U_ICUDATA_ALIAS or or "ICUDATA-coll"
+ * This call is similar to uloc_getAvailable().
+ * @param status error code
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE UEnumeration* U_EXPORT2
+ures_openAvailableLocales(const char *packageName, UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+#endif /*_URES*/
+/*eof*/
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uscript.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uscript.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c915d8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uscript.h
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/*
+ **********************************************************************
+ * Copyright (C) 1997-2008, International Business Machines
+ * Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+ **********************************************************************
+ *
+ * File USCRIPT.H
+ *
+ * Modification History:
+ *
+ * Date Name Description
+ * 07/06/2001 Ram Creation.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#ifndef USCRIPT_H
+#define USCRIPT_H
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Unicode Script Information
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Constants for ISO 15924 script codes.
+ *
+ * Many of these script codes - those from Unicode's ScriptNames.txt -
+ * are character property values for Unicode's Script property.
+ * See UAX #24 Script Names (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr24/).
+ *
+ * Starting with ICU 3.6, constants for most ISO 15924 script codes
+ * are included (currently excluding private-use codes Qaaa..Qabx).
+ * For scripts for which there are codes in ISO 15924 but which are not
+ * used in the Unicode Character Database (UCD), there are no Unicode characters
+ * associated with those scripts.
+ *
+ * For example, there are no characters that have a UCD script code of
+ * Hans or Hant. All Han ideographs have the Hani script code.
+ * The Hans and Hant script codes are used with CLDR data.
+ *
+ * ISO 15924 script codes are included for use with CLDR and similar.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+typedef enum UScriptCode {
+ USCRIPT_INVALID_CODE = -1,
+ USCRIPT_COMMON = 0 , /* Zyyy */
+ USCRIPT_INHERITED = 1, /* Qaai */
+ USCRIPT_ARABIC = 2, /* Arab */
+ USCRIPT_ARMENIAN = 3, /* Armn */
+ USCRIPT_BENGALI = 4, /* Beng */
+ USCRIPT_BOPOMOFO = 5, /* Bopo */
+ USCRIPT_CHEROKEE = 6, /* Cher */
+ USCRIPT_COPTIC = 7, /* Copt */
+ USCRIPT_CYRILLIC = 8, /* Cyrl */
+ USCRIPT_DESERET = 9, /* Dsrt */
+ USCRIPT_DEVANAGARI = 10, /* Deva */
+ USCRIPT_ETHIOPIC = 11, /* Ethi */
+ USCRIPT_GEORGIAN = 12, /* Geor */
+ USCRIPT_GOTHIC = 13, /* Goth */
+ USCRIPT_GREEK = 14, /* Grek */
+ USCRIPT_GUJARATI = 15, /* Gujr */
+ USCRIPT_GURMUKHI = 16, /* Guru */
+ USCRIPT_HAN = 17, /* Hani */
+ USCRIPT_HANGUL = 18, /* Hang */
+ USCRIPT_HEBREW = 19, /* Hebr */
+ USCRIPT_HIRAGANA = 20, /* Hira */
+ USCRIPT_KANNADA = 21, /* Knda */
+ USCRIPT_KATAKANA = 22, /* Kana */
+ USCRIPT_KHMER = 23, /* Khmr */
+ USCRIPT_LAO = 24, /* Laoo */
+ USCRIPT_LATIN = 25, /* Latn */
+ USCRIPT_MALAYALAM = 26, /* Mlym */
+ USCRIPT_MONGOLIAN = 27, /* Mong */
+ USCRIPT_MYANMAR = 28, /* Mymr */
+ USCRIPT_OGHAM = 29, /* Ogam */
+ USCRIPT_OLD_ITALIC = 30, /* Ital */
+ USCRIPT_ORIYA = 31, /* Orya */
+ USCRIPT_RUNIC = 32, /* Runr */
+ USCRIPT_SINHALA = 33, /* Sinh */
+ USCRIPT_SYRIAC = 34, /* Syrc */
+ USCRIPT_TAMIL = 35, /* Taml */
+ USCRIPT_TELUGU = 36, /* Telu */
+ USCRIPT_THAANA = 37, /* Thaa */
+ USCRIPT_THAI = 38, /* Thai */
+ USCRIPT_TIBETAN = 39, /* Tibt */
+ /** Canadian_Aboriginal script. @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ USCRIPT_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL = 40, /* Cans */
+ /** Canadian_Aboriginal script (alias). @stable ICU 2.2 */
+ USCRIPT_UCAS = USCRIPT_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL,
+ USCRIPT_YI = 41, /* Yiii */
+ USCRIPT_TAGALOG = 42, /* Tglg */
+ USCRIPT_HANUNOO = 43, /* Hano */
+ USCRIPT_BUHID = 44, /* Buhd */
+ USCRIPT_TAGBANWA = 45, /* Tagb */
+
+ /* New scripts in Unicode 4 @stable ICU 2.6 */
+ USCRIPT_BRAILLE = 46, /* Brai */
+ USCRIPT_CYPRIOT = 47, /* Cprt */
+ USCRIPT_LIMBU = 48, /* Limb */
+ USCRIPT_LINEAR_B = 49, /* Linb */
+ USCRIPT_OSMANYA = 50, /* Osma */
+ USCRIPT_SHAVIAN = 51, /* Shaw */
+ USCRIPT_TAI_LE = 52, /* Tale */
+ USCRIPT_UGARITIC = 53, /* Ugar */
+
+ /** New script code in Unicode 4.0.1 @stable ICU 3.0 */
+ USCRIPT_KATAKANA_OR_HIRAGANA = 54,/*Hrkt */
+
+ /* New scripts in Unicode 4.1 @stable ICU 3.4 */
+ USCRIPT_BUGINESE = 55, /* Bugi */
+ USCRIPT_GLAGOLITIC = 56, /* Glag */
+ USCRIPT_KHAROSHTHI = 57, /* Khar */
+ USCRIPT_SYLOTI_NAGRI = 58, /* Sylo */
+ USCRIPT_NEW_TAI_LUE = 59, /* Talu */
+ USCRIPT_TIFINAGH = 60, /* Tfng */
+ USCRIPT_OLD_PERSIAN = 61, /* Xpeo */
+
+ /* New script codes from ISO 15924 @stable ICU 3.6 */
+ USCRIPT_BALINESE = 62, /* Bali */
+ USCRIPT_BATAK = 63, /* Batk */
+ USCRIPT_BLISSYMBOLS = 64, /* Blis */
+ USCRIPT_BRAHMI = 65, /* Brah */
+ USCRIPT_CHAM = 66, /* Cham */
+ USCRIPT_CIRTH = 67, /* Cirt */
+ USCRIPT_OLD_CHURCH_SLAVONIC_CYRILLIC = 68, /* Cyrs */
+ USCRIPT_DEMOTIC_EGYPTIAN = 69, /* Egyd */
+ USCRIPT_HIERATIC_EGYPTIAN = 70, /* Egyh */
+ USCRIPT_EGYPTIAN_HIEROGLYPHS = 71, /* Egyp */
+ USCRIPT_KHUTSURI = 72, /* Geok */
+ USCRIPT_SIMPLIFIED_HAN = 73, /* Hans */
+ USCRIPT_TRADITIONAL_HAN = 74, /* Hant */
+ USCRIPT_PAHAWH_HMONG = 75, /* Hmng */
+ USCRIPT_OLD_HUNGARIAN = 76, /* Hung */
+ USCRIPT_HARAPPAN_INDUS = 77, /* Inds */
+ USCRIPT_JAVANESE = 78, /* Java */
+ USCRIPT_KAYAH_LI = 79, /* Kali */
+ USCRIPT_LATIN_FRAKTUR = 80, /* Latf */
+ USCRIPT_LATIN_GAELIC = 81, /* Latg */
+ USCRIPT_LEPCHA = 82, /* Lepc */
+ USCRIPT_LINEAR_A = 83, /* Lina */
+ USCRIPT_MANDAEAN = 84, /* Mand */
+ USCRIPT_MAYAN_HIEROGLYPHS = 85, /* Maya */
+ USCRIPT_MEROITIC = 86, /* Mero */
+ USCRIPT_NKO = 87, /* Nkoo */
+ USCRIPT_ORKHON = 88, /* Orkh */
+ USCRIPT_OLD_PERMIC = 89, /* Perm */
+ USCRIPT_PHAGS_PA = 90, /* Phag */
+ USCRIPT_PHOENICIAN = 91, /* Phnx */
+ USCRIPT_PHONETIC_POLLARD = 92, /* Plrd */
+ USCRIPT_RONGORONGO = 93, /* Roro */
+ USCRIPT_SARATI = 94, /* Sara */
+ USCRIPT_ESTRANGELO_SYRIAC = 95, /* Syre */
+ USCRIPT_WESTERN_SYRIAC = 96, /* Syrj */
+ USCRIPT_EASTERN_SYRIAC = 97, /* Syrn */
+ USCRIPT_TENGWAR = 98, /* Teng */
+ USCRIPT_VAI = 99, /* Vaii */
+ USCRIPT_VISIBLE_SPEECH = 100, /* Visp */
+ USCRIPT_CUNEIFORM = 101,/* Xsux */
+ USCRIPT_UNWRITTEN_LANGUAGES = 102,/* Zxxx */
+ USCRIPT_UNKNOWN = 103,/* Zzzz */ /* Unknown="Code for uncoded script", for unassigned code points */
+
+ /* New script codes from ISO 15924 @stable ICU 4.0 */
+ USCRIPT_CARIAN = 104,/* Cari */
+ USCRIPT_JAPANESE = 105,/* Jpan */
+ USCRIPT_LANNA = 106,/* Lana */
+ USCRIPT_LYCIAN = 107,/* Lyci */
+ USCRIPT_LYDIAN = 108,/* Lydi */
+ USCRIPT_OL_CHIKI = 109,/* Olck */
+ USCRIPT_REJANG = 110,/* Rjng */
+ USCRIPT_SAURASHTRA = 111,/* Saur */
+ USCRIPT_SIGN_WRITING = 112,/* Sgnw */
+ USCRIPT_SUNDANESE = 113,/* Sund */
+ USCRIPT_MOON = 114,/* Moon */
+ USCRIPT_MEITEI_MAYEK = 115,/* Mtei */
+
+ /* New script codes from ISO 15924 @draft ICU 4.0 */
+ USCRIPT_IMPERIAL_ARAMAIC = 116,/* Armi */
+ USCRIPT_AVESTAN = 117,/* Avst */
+ USCRIPT_CHAKMA = 118,/* Cakm */
+ USCRIPT_KOREAN = 119,/* Kore */
+ USCRIPT_KAITHI = 120,/* Kthi */
+ USCRIPT_MANICHAEAN = 121,/* Mani */
+ USCRIPT_INSCRIPTIONAL_PAHLAVI = 122,/* Phli */
+ USCRIPT_PSALTER_PAHLAVI = 123,/* Phlp */
+ USCRIPT_BOOK_PAHLAVI = 124,/* Phlv */
+ USCRIPT_INSCRIPTIONAL_PARTHIAN = 125,/* Prti */
+ USCRIPT_SAMARITAN = 126,/* Samr */
+ USCRIPT_TAI_VIET = 127,/* Tavt */
+ USCRIPT_MATHEMATICAL_NOTATION = 128,/* Zmth */
+ USCRIPT_SYMBOLS = 129,/* Zsym */
+
+ /* Private use codes from Qaaa - Qabx are not supported*/
+ USCRIPT_CODE_LIMIT = 130
+} UScriptCode;
+
+/**
+ * Gets script codes associated with the given locale or ISO 15924 abbreviation or name.
+ * Fills in USCRIPT_MALAYALAM given "Malayam" OR "Mlym".
+ * Fills in USCRIPT_LATIN given "en" OR "en_US"
+ * If required capacity is greater than capacity of the destination buffer then the error code
+ * is set to U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR and the required capacity is returned
+ *
+ * <p>Note: To search by short or long script alias only, use
+ * u_getPropertyValueEnum(UCHAR_SCRIPT, alias) instead. This does
+ * a fast lookup with no access of the locale data.
+ * @param nameOrAbbrOrLocale name of the script, as given in
+ * PropertyValueAliases.txt, or ISO 15924 code or locale
+ * @param fillIn the UScriptCode buffer to fill in the script code
+ * @param capacity the capacity (size) fo UScriptCode buffer passed in.
+ * @param err the error status code.
+ * @return The number of script codes filled in the buffer passed in
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uscript_getCode(const char* nameOrAbbrOrLocale,UScriptCode* fillIn,int32_t capacity,UErrorCode *err);
+
+/**
+ * Gets a script name associated with the given script code.
+ * Returns "Malayam" given USCRIPT_MALAYALAM
+ * @param scriptCode UScriptCode enum
+ * @return script long name as given in
+ * PropertyValueAliases.txt, or NULL if scriptCode is invalid
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+uscript_getName(UScriptCode scriptCode);
+
+/**
+ * Gets a script name associated with the given script code.
+ * Returns "Mlym" given USCRIPT_MALAYALAM
+ * @param scriptCode UScriptCode enum
+ * @return script abbreviated name as given in
+ * PropertyValueAliases.txt, or NULL if scriptCode is invalid
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE const char* U_EXPORT2
+uscript_getShortName(UScriptCode scriptCode);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the script code associated with the given codepoint.
+ * Returns USCRIPT_MALAYALAM given 0x0D02
+ * @param codepoint UChar32 codepoint
+ * @param err the error status code.
+ * @return The UScriptCode, or 0 if codepoint is invalid
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UScriptCode U_EXPORT2
+uscript_getScript(UChar32 codepoint, UErrorCode *err);
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/usearch.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/usearch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..deaa78f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/usearch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,766 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2001-2008 IBM and others. All rights reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+* Date Name Description
+* 06/28/2001 synwee Creation.
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef USEARCH_H
+#define USEARCH_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION && !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION
+
+#include "unicode/ucol.h"
+#include "unicode/ucoleitr.h"
+#include "unicode/ubrk.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: StringSearch
+ *
+ * C Apis for an engine that provides language-sensitive text searching based
+ * on the comparison rules defined in a <tt>UCollator</tt> data struct,
+ * see <tt>ucol.h</tt>. This ensures that language eccentricity can be
+ * handled, e.g. for the German collator, characters ß and SS will be matched
+ * if case is chosen to be ignored.
+ * See the <a href="http://source.icu-project.org/repos/icu/icuhtml/trunk/design/collation/ICU_collation_design.htm">
+ * "ICU Collation Design Document"</a> for more information.
+ * <p>
+ * The algorithm implemented is a modified form of the Boyer Moore's search.
+ * For more information see
+ * <a href="http://icu-project.org/docs/papers/efficient_text_searching_in_java.html">
+ * "Efficient Text Searching in Java"</a>, published in <i>Java Report</i>
+ * in February, 1999, for further information on the algorithm.
+ * <p>
+ * There are 2 match options for selection:<br>
+ * Let S' be the sub-string of a text string S between the offsets start and
+ * end <start, end>.
+ * <br>
+ * A pattern string P matches a text string S at the offsets <start, end>
+ * if
+ * <pre>
+ * option 1. Some canonical equivalent of P matches some canonical equivalent
+ * of S'
+ * option 2. P matches S' and if P starts or ends with a combining mark,
+ * there exists no non-ignorable combining mark before or after S'
+ * in S respectively.
+ * </pre>
+ * Option 2. will be the default.
+ * <p>
+ * This search has APIs similar to that of other text iteration mechanisms
+ * such as the break iterators in <tt>ubrk.h</tt>. Using these
+ * APIs, it is easy to scan through text looking for all occurances of
+ * a given pattern. This search iterator allows changing of direction by
+ * calling a <tt>reset</tt> followed by a <tt>next</tt> or <tt>previous</tt>.
+ * Though a direction change can occur without calling <tt>reset</tt> first,
+ * this operation comes with some speed penalty.
+ * Generally, match results in the forward direction will match the result
+ * matches in the backwards direction in the reverse order
+ * <p>
+ * <tt>usearch.h</tt> provides APIs to specify the starting position
+ * within the text string to be searched, e.g. <tt>usearch_setOffset</tt>,
+ * <tt>usearch_preceding</tt> and <tt>usearch_following</tt>. Since the
+ * starting position will be set as it is specified, please take note that
+ * there are some dangerous positions which the search may render incorrect
+ * results:
+ * <ul>
+ * <li> The midst of a substring that requires normalization.
+ * <li> If the following match is to be found, the position should not be the
+ * second character which requires to be swapped with the preceding
+ * character. Vice versa, if the preceding match is to be found,
+ * position to search from should not be the first character which
+ * requires to be swapped with the next character. E.g certain Thai and
+ * Lao characters require swapping.
+ * <li> If a following pattern match is to be found, any position within a
+ * contracting sequence except the first will fail. Vice versa if a
+ * preceding pattern match is to be found, a invalid starting point
+ * would be any character within a contracting sequence except the last.
+ * </ul>
+ * <p>
+ * A breakiterator can be used if only matches at logical breaks are desired.
+ * Using a breakiterator will only give you results that exactly matches the
+ * boundaries given by the breakiterator. For instance the pattern "e" will
+ * not be found in the string "\u00e9" if a character break iterator is used.
+ * <p>
+ * Options are provided to handle overlapping matches.
+ * E.g. In English, overlapping matches produces the result 0 and 2
+ * for the pattern "abab" in the text "ababab", where else mutually
+ * exclusive matches only produce the result of 0.
+ * <p>
+ * Though collator attributes will be taken into consideration while
+ * performing matches, there are no APIs here for setting and getting the
+ * attributes. These attributes can be set by getting the collator
+ * from <tt>usearch_getCollator</tt> and using the APIs in <tt>ucol.h</tt>.
+ * Lastly to update String Search to the new collator attributes,
+ * usearch_reset() has to be called.
+ * <p>
+ * Restriction: <br>
+ * Currently there are no composite characters that consists of a
+ * character with combining class > 0 before a character with combining
+ * class == 0. However, if such a character exists in the future, the
+ * search mechanism does not guarantee the results for option 1.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * Example of use:<br>
+ * <pre><code>
+ * char *tgtstr = "The quick brown fox jumped over the lazy fox";
+ * char *patstr = "fox";
+ * UChar target[64];
+ * UChar pattern[16];
+ * UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * u_uastrcpy(target, tgtstr);
+ * u_uastrcpy(pattern, patstr);
+ *
+ * UStringSearch *search = usearch_open(pattern, -1, target, -1, "en_US",
+ * NULL, &status);
+ * if (U_SUCCESS(status)) {
+ * for (int pos = usearch_first(search, &status);
+ * pos != USEARCH_DONE;
+ * pos = usearch_next(search, &status))
+ * {
+ * printf("Found match at %d pos, length is %d\n", pos,
+ * usearch_getMatchLength(search));
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * usearch_close(search);
+ * </code></pre>
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+
+/**
+* DONE is returned by previous() and next() after all valid matches have
+* been returned, and by first() and last() if there are no matches at all.
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+#define USEARCH_DONE -1
+
+/**
+* Data structure for searching
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+struct UStringSearch;
+/**
+* Data structure for searching
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+typedef struct UStringSearch UStringSearch;
+
+/**
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+typedef enum {
+ /** Option for overlapping matches */
+ USEARCH_OVERLAP,
+ /**
+ Option for canonical matches. option 1 in header documentation.
+ The default value will be USEARCH_OFF
+ */
+ USEARCH_CANONICAL_MATCH,
+ USEARCH_ATTRIBUTE_COUNT
+} USearchAttribute;
+
+/**
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+typedef enum {
+ /** default value for any USearchAttribute */
+ USEARCH_DEFAULT = -1,
+ /** value for USEARCH_OVERLAP and USEARCH_CANONICAL_MATCH */
+ USEARCH_OFF,
+ /** value for USEARCH_OVERLAP and USEARCH_CANONICAL_MATCH */
+ USEARCH_ON,
+ USEARCH_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_COUNT
+} USearchAttributeValue;
+
+/* open and close ------------------------------------------------------ */
+
+/**
+* Creating a search iterator data struct using the argument locale language
+* rule set. A collator will be created in the process, which will be owned by
+* this search and will be deleted in <tt>usearch_close</tt>.
+* @param pattern for matching
+* @param patternlength length of the pattern, -1 for null-termination
+* @param text text string
+* @param textlength length of the text string, -1 for null-termination
+* @param locale name of locale for the rules to be used
+* @param breakiter A BreakIterator that will be used to restrict the points
+* at which matches are detected. If a match is found, but
+* the match's start or end index is not a boundary as
+* determined by the <tt>BreakIterator</tt>, the match will
+* be rejected and another will be searched for.
+* If this parameter is <tt>NULL</tt>, no break detection is
+* attempted.
+* @param status for errors if it occurs. If pattern or text is NULL, or if
+* patternlength or textlength is 0 then an
+* U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR is returned.
+* @return search iterator data structure, or NULL if there is an error.
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE UStringSearch * U_EXPORT2 usearch_open(const UChar *pattern,
+ int32_t patternlength,
+ const UChar *text,
+ int32_t textlength,
+ const char *locale,
+ UBreakIterator *breakiter,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Creating a search iterator data struct using the argument collator language
+* rule set. Note, user retains the ownership of this collator, thus the
+* responsibility of deletion lies with the user.
+* NOTE: string search cannot be instantiated from a collator that has
+* collate digits as numbers (CODAN) turned on.
+* @param pattern for matching
+* @param patternlength length of the pattern, -1 for null-termination
+* @param text text string
+* @param textlength length of the text string, -1 for null-termination
+* @param collator used for the language rules
+* @param breakiter A BreakIterator that will be used to restrict the points
+* at which matches are detected. If a match is found, but
+* the match's start or end index is not a boundary as
+* determined by the <tt>BreakIterator</tt>, the match will
+* be rejected and another will be searched for.
+* If this parameter is <tt>NULL</tt>, no break detection is
+* attempted.
+* @param status for errors if it occurs. If collator, pattern or text is NULL,
+* or if patternlength or textlength is 0 then an
+* U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR is returned.
+* @return search iterator data structure, or NULL if there is an error.
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE UStringSearch * U_EXPORT2 usearch_openFromCollator(
+ const UChar *pattern,
+ int32_t patternlength,
+ const UChar *text,
+ int32_t textlength,
+ const UCollator *collator,
+ UBreakIterator *breakiter,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Destroying and cleaning up the search iterator data struct.
+* If a collator is created in <tt>usearch_open</tt>, it will be destroyed here.
+* @param searchiter data struct to clean up
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 usearch_close(UStringSearch *searchiter);
+
+/* get and set methods -------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+* Sets the current position in the text string which the next search will
+* start from. Clears previous states.
+* This method takes the argument index and sets the position in the text
+* string accordingly without checking if the index is pointing to a
+* valid starting point to begin searching.
+* Search positions that may render incorrect results are highlighted in the
+* header comments
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @param position position to start next search from. If position is less
+* than or greater than the text range for searching,
+* an U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR will be returned
+* @param status error status if any.
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 usearch_setOffset(UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ int32_t position,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Return the current index in the string text being searched.
+* If the iteration has gone past the end of the text (or past the beginning
+* for a backwards search), <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> is returned.
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @see #USEARCH_DONE
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2 usearch_getOffset(const UStringSearch *strsrch);
+
+/**
+* Sets the text searching attributes located in the enum USearchAttribute
+* with values from the enum USearchAttributeValue.
+* <tt>USEARCH_DEFAULT</tt> can be used for all attributes for resetting.
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @param attribute text attribute to be set
+* @param value text attribute value
+* @param status for errors if it occurs
+* @see #usearch_getAttribute
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 usearch_setAttribute(UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ USearchAttribute attribute,
+ USearchAttributeValue value,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Gets the text searching attributes.
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @param attribute text attribute to be retrieve
+* @return text attribute value
+* @see #usearch_setAttribute
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE USearchAttributeValue U_EXPORT2 usearch_getAttribute(
+ const UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ USearchAttribute attribute);
+
+/**
+* Returns the index to the match in the text string that was searched.
+* This call returns a valid result only after a successful call to
+* <tt>usearch_first</tt>, <tt>usearch_next</tt>, <tt>usearch_previous</tt>,
+* or <tt>usearch_last</tt>.
+* Just after construction, or after a searching method returns
+* <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt>, this method will return <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt>.
+* <p>
+* Use <tt>usearch_getMatchedLength</tt> to get the matched string length.
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @return index to a substring within the text string that is being
+* searched.
+* @see #usearch_first
+* @see #usearch_next
+* @see #usearch_previous
+* @see #usearch_last
+* @see #USEARCH_DONE
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2 usearch_getMatchedStart(
+ const UStringSearch *strsrch);
+
+/**
+* Returns the length of text in the string which matches the search pattern.
+* This call returns a valid result only after a successful call to
+* <tt>usearch_first</tt>, <tt>usearch_next</tt>, <tt>usearch_previous</tt>,
+* or <tt>usearch_last</tt>.
+* Just after construction, or after a searching method returns
+* <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt>, this method will return 0.
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @return The length of the match in the string text, or 0 if there is no
+* match currently.
+* @see #usearch_first
+* @see #usearch_next
+* @see #usearch_previous
+* @see #usearch_last
+* @see #USEARCH_DONE
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2 usearch_getMatchedLength(
+ const UStringSearch *strsrch);
+
+/**
+* Returns the text that was matched by the most recent call to
+* <tt>usearch_first</tt>, <tt>usearch_next</tt>, <tt>usearch_previous</tt>,
+* or <tt>usearch_last</tt>.
+* If the iterator is not pointing at a valid match (e.g. just after
+* construction or after <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> has been returned, returns
+* an empty string. If result is not large enough to store the matched text,
+* result will be filled with the partial text and an U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR
+* will be returned in status. result will be null-terminated whenever
+* possible. If the buffer fits the matched text exactly, a null-termination
+* is not possible, then a U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_ERROR set in status.
+* Pre-flighting can be either done with length = 0 or the API
+* <tt>usearch_getMatchLength</tt>.
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @param result UChar buffer to store the matched string
+* @param resultCapacity length of the result buffer
+* @param status error returned if result is not large enough
+* @return exact length of the matched text, not counting the null-termination
+* @see #usearch_first
+* @see #usearch_next
+* @see #usearch_previous
+* @see #usearch_last
+* @see #USEARCH_DONE
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2 usearch_getMatchedText(const UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ UChar *result,
+ int32_t resultCapacity,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION
+
+/**
+* Set the BreakIterator that will be used to restrict the points at which
+* matches are detected.
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @param breakiter A BreakIterator that will be used to restrict the points
+* at which matches are detected. If a match is found, but
+* the match's start or end index is not a boundary as
+* determined by the <tt>BreakIterator</tt>, the match will
+* be rejected and another will be searched for.
+* If this parameter is <tt>NULL</tt>, no break detection is
+* attempted.
+* @param status for errors if it occurs
+* @see #usearch_getBreakIterator
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 usearch_setBreakIterator(UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ UBreakIterator *breakiter,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Returns the BreakIterator that is used to restrict the points at which
+* matches are detected. This will be the same object that was passed to the
+* constructor or to <tt>usearch_setBreakIterator</tt>. Note that
+* <tt>NULL</tt>
+* is a legal value; it means that break detection should not be attempted.
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @return break iterator used
+* @see #usearch_setBreakIterator
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE const UBreakIterator * U_EXPORT2 usearch_getBreakIterator(
+ const UStringSearch *strsrch);
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+* Set the string text to be searched. Text iteration will hence begin at the
+* start of the text string. This method is useful if you want to re-use an
+* iterator to search for the same pattern within a different body of text.
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @param text new string to look for match
+* @param textlength length of the new string, -1 for null-termination
+* @param status for errors if it occurs. If text is NULL, or textlength is 0
+* then an U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR is returned with no change
+* done to strsrch.
+* @see #usearch_getText
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 usearch_setText( UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ const UChar *text,
+ int32_t textlength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Return the string text to be searched.
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @param length returned string text length
+* @return string text
+* @see #usearch_setText
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE const UChar * U_EXPORT2 usearch_getText(const UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ int32_t *length);
+
+/**
+* Gets the collator used for the language rules.
+* <p>
+* Deleting the returned <tt>UCollator</tt> before calling
+* <tt>usearch_close</tt> would cause the string search to fail.
+* <tt>usearch_close</tt> will delete the collator if this search owns it.
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @return collator
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE UCollator * U_EXPORT2 usearch_getCollator(
+ const UStringSearch *strsrch);
+
+/**
+* Sets the collator used for the language rules. User retains the ownership
+* of this collator, thus the responsibility of deletion lies with the user.
+* This method causes internal data such as Boyer-Moore shift tables to
+* be recalculated, but the iterator's position is unchanged.
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @param collator to be used
+* @param status for errors if it occurs
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 usearch_setCollator( UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ const UCollator *collator,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Sets the pattern used for matching.
+* Internal data like the Boyer Moore table will be recalculated, but the
+* iterator's position is unchanged.
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @param pattern string
+* @param patternlength pattern length, -1 for null-terminated string
+* @param status for errors if it occurs. If text is NULL, or textlength is 0
+* then an U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR is returned with no change
+* done to strsrch.
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 usearch_setPattern( UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ const UChar *pattern,
+ int32_t patternlength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Gets the search pattern
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @param length return length of the pattern, -1 indicates that the pattern
+* is null-terminated
+* @return pattern string
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE const UChar * U_EXPORT2 usearch_getPattern(
+ const UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ int32_t *length);
+
+/* methods ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+* Returns the first index at which the string text matches the search
+* pattern.
+* The iterator is adjusted so that its current index (as returned by
+* <tt>usearch_getOffset</tt>) is the match position if one was found.
+* If a match is not found, <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> will be returned and
+* the iterator will be adjusted to the index <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt>.
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @param status for errors if it occurs
+* @return The character index of the first match, or
+* <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> if there are no matches.
+* @see #usearch_getOffset
+* @see #USEARCH_DONE
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2 usearch_first(UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Returns the first index greater than <tt>position</tt> at which the string
+* text
+* matches the search pattern. The iterator is adjusted so that its current
+* index (as returned by <tt>usearch_getOffset</tt>) is the match position if
+* one was found.
+* If a match is not found, <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> will be returned and
+* the iterator will be adjusted to the index <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt>
+* <p>
+* Search positions that may render incorrect results are highlighted in the
+* header comments. If position is less than or greater than the text range
+* for searching, an U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR will be returned
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @param position to start the search at
+* @param status for errors if it occurs
+* @return The character index of the first match following <tt>pos</tt>,
+* or <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> if there are no matches.
+* @see #usearch_getOffset
+* @see #USEARCH_DONE
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2 usearch_following(UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ int32_t position,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Returns the last index in the target text at which it matches the search
+* pattern. The iterator is adjusted so that its current
+* index (as returned by <tt>usearch_getOffset</tt>) is the match position if
+* one was found.
+* If a match is not found, <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> will be returned and
+* the iterator will be adjusted to the index <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt>.
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @param status for errors if it occurs
+* @return The index of the first match, or <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> if there
+* are no matches.
+* @see #usearch_getOffset
+* @see #USEARCH_DONE
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2 usearch_last(UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Returns the first index less than <tt>position</tt> at which the string text
+* matches the search pattern. The iterator is adjusted so that its current
+* index (as returned by <tt>usearch_getOffset</tt>) is the match position if
+* one was found.
+* If a match is not found, <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> will be returned and
+* the iterator will be adjusted to the index <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt>
+* <p>
+* Search positions that may render incorrect results are highlighted in the
+* header comments. If position is less than or greater than the text range
+* for searching, an U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR will be returned
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @param position index position the search is to begin at
+* @param status for errors if it occurs
+* @return The character index of the first match preceding <tt>pos</tt>,
+* or <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> if there are no matches.
+* @see #usearch_getOffset
+* @see #USEARCH_DONE
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2 usearch_preceding(UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ int32_t position,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Returns the index of the next point at which the string text matches the
+* search pattern, starting from the current position.
+* The iterator is adjusted so that its current
+* index (as returned by <tt>usearch_getOffset</tt>) is the match position if
+* one was found.
+* If a match is not found, <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> will be returned and
+* the iterator will be adjusted to the index <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt>
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @param status for errors if it occurs
+* @return The index of the next match after the current position, or
+* <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> if there are no more matches.
+* @see #usearch_first
+* @see #usearch_getOffset
+* @see #USEARCH_DONE
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2 usearch_next(UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Returns the index of the previous point at which the string text matches
+* the search pattern, starting at the current position.
+* The iterator is adjusted so that its current
+* index (as returned by <tt>usearch_getOffset</tt>) is the match position if
+* one was found.
+* If a match is not found, <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> will be returned and
+* the iterator will be adjusted to the index <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt>
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @param status for errors if it occurs
+* @return The index of the previous match before the current position,
+* or <tt>USEARCH_DONE</tt> if there are no more matches.
+* @see #usearch_last
+* @see #usearch_getOffset
+* @see #USEARCH_DONE
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2 usearch_previous(UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+* Reset the iteration.
+* Search will begin at the start of the text string if a forward iteration
+* is initiated before a backwards iteration. Otherwise if a backwards
+* iteration is initiated before a forwards iteration, the search will begin
+* at the end of the text string.
+* @param strsrch search iterator data struct
+* @see #usearch_first
+* @stable ICU 2.4
+*/
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2 usearch_reset(UStringSearch *strsrch);
+
+/**
+ * Simple forward search for the pattern, starting at a specified index,
+ * and using using a default set search options.
+ *
+ * This is an experimental function, and is not an official part of the
+ * ICU API.
+ *
+ * The collator options, such as UCOL_STRENGTH and UCOL_NORMALIZTION, are honored.
+ *
+ * The UStringSearch options USEARCH_CANONICAL_MATCH, USEARCH_OVERLAP and
+ * any Break Iterator are ignored.
+ *
+ * Matches obey the following constraints:
+ *
+ * Characters at the start or end positions of a match that are ignorable
+ * for collation are not included as part of the match, unless they
+ * are part of a combining sequence, as described below.
+ *
+ * A match will not include a partial combining sequence. Combining
+ * character sequences are considered to be inseperable units,
+ * and either match the pattern completely, or are considered to not match
+ * at all. Thus, for example, an A followed a combining accent mark will
+ * not be found when searching for a plain (unaccented) A. (unless
+ * the collation strength has been set to ignore all accents).
+ *
+ * When beginning a search, the initial starting position, startIdx,
+ * is assumed to be an acceptable match boundary with respect to
+ * combining characters. A combining sequence that spans across the
+ * starting point will not supress a match beginning at startIdx.
+ *
+ * Characters that expand to multiple collation elements
+ * (German sharp-S becoming 'ss', or the composed forms of accented
+ * characters, for example) also must match completely.
+ * Searching for a single 's' in a string containing only a sharp-s will
+ * find no match.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param strsrch the UStringSearch struct, which references both
+ * the text to be searched and the pattern being sought.
+ * @param startIdx The index into the text to begin the search.
+ * @param matchStart An out parameter, the starting index of the matched text.
+ * This parameter may be NULL.
+ * A value of -1 will be returned if no match was found.
+ * @param matchLimit Out parameter, the index of the first position following the matched text.
+ * The matchLimit will be at a suitable position for beginning a subsequent search
+ * in the input text.
+ * This parameter may be NULL.
+ * A value of -1 will be returned if no match was found.
+ *
+ * @param status Report any errors. Note that no match found is not an error.
+ * @return TRUE if a match was found, FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL UBool U_EXPORT2 usearch_search(UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ int32_t startIdx,
+ int32_t *matchStart,
+ int32_t *matchLimit,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Simple backwards search for the pattern, starting at a specified index,
+ * and using using a default set search options.
+ *
+ * This is an experimental function, and is not an official part of the
+ * ICU API.
+ *
+ * The collator options, such as UCOL_STRENGTH and UCOL_NORMALIZTION, are honored.
+ *
+ * The UStringSearch options USEARCH_CANONICAL_MATCH, USEARCH_OVERLAP and
+ * any Break Iterator are ignored.
+ *
+ * Matches obey the following constraints:
+ *
+ * Characters at the start or end positions of a match that are ignorable
+ * for collation are not included as part of the match, unless they
+ * are part of a combining sequence, as described below.
+ *
+ * A match will not include a partial combining sequence. Combining
+ * character sequences are considered to be inseperable units,
+ * and either match the pattern completely, or are considered to not match
+ * at all. Thus, for example, an A followed a combining accent mark will
+ * not be found when searching for a plain (unaccented) A. (unless
+ * the collation strength has been set to ignore all accents).
+ *
+ * When beginning a search, the initial starting position, startIdx,
+ * is assumed to be an acceptable match boundary with respect to
+ * combining characters. A combining sequence that spans across the
+ * starting point will not supress a match beginning at startIdx.
+ *
+ * Characters that expand to multiple collation elements
+ * (German sharp-S becoming 'ss', or the composed forms of accented
+ * characters, for example) also must match completely.
+ * Searching for a single 's' in a string containing only a sharp-s will
+ * find no match.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param strsrch the UStringSearch struct, which references both
+ * the text to be searched and the pattern being sought.
+ * @param startIdx The index into the text to begin the search.
+ * @param matchStart An out parameter, the starting index of the matched text.
+ * This parameter may be NULL.
+ * A value of -1 will be returned if no match was found.
+ * @param matchLimit Out parameter, the index of the first position following the matched text.
+ * The matchLimit will be at a suitable position for beginning a subsequent search
+ * in the input text.
+ * This parameter may be NULL.
+ * A value of -1 will be returned if no match was found.
+ *
+ * @param status Report any errors. Note that no match found is not an error.
+ * @return TRUE if a match was found, FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL UBool U_EXPORT2 usearch_searchBackwards(UStringSearch *strsrch,
+ int32_t startIdx,
+ int32_t *matchStart,
+ int32_t *matchLimit,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_COLLATION && !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uset.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bbfd7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1052 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 2002-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+*******************************************************************************
+* file name: uset.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 2002mar07
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*
+* C version of UnicodeSet.
+*/
+
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Unicode Set
+ *
+ * <p>This is a C wrapper around the C++ UnicodeSet class.</p>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USET_H__
+#define __USET_H__
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/uchar.h"
+
+#ifndef UCNV_H
+struct USet;
+/**
+ * A UnicodeSet. Use the uset_* API to manipulate. Create with
+ * uset_open*, and destroy with uset_close.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+typedef struct USet USet;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Bitmask values to be passed to uset_openPatternOptions() or
+ * uset_applyPattern() taking an option parameter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+enum {
+ /**
+ * Ignore white space within patterns unless quoted or escaped.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ USET_IGNORE_SPACE = 1,
+
+ /**
+ * Enable case insensitive matching. E.g., "[ab]" with this flag
+ * will match 'a', 'A', 'b', and 'B'. "[^ab]" with this flag will
+ * match all except 'a', 'A', 'b', and 'B'. This performs a full
+ * closure over case mappings, e.g. U+017F for s.
+ *
+ * The resulting set is a superset of the input for the code points but
+ * not for the strings.
+ * It performs a case mapping closure of the code points and adds
+ * full case folding strings for the code points, and reduces strings of
+ * the original set to their full case folding equivalents.
+ *
+ * This is designed for case-insensitive matches, for example
+ * in regular expressions. The full code point case closure allows checking of
+ * an input character directly against the closure set.
+ * Strings are matched by comparing the case-folded form from the closure
+ * set with an incremental case folding of the string in question.
+ *
+ * The closure set will also contain single code points if the original
+ * set contained case-equivalent strings (like U+00DF for "ss" or "Ss" etc.).
+ * This is not necessary (that is, redundant) for the above matching method
+ * but results in the same closure sets regardless of whether the original
+ * set contained the code point or a string.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ USET_CASE_INSENSITIVE = 2,
+
+ /**
+ * Enable case insensitive matching. E.g., "[ab]" with this flag
+ * will match 'a', 'A', 'b', and 'B'. "[^ab]" with this flag will
+ * match all except 'a', 'A', 'b', and 'B'. This adds the lower-,
+ * title-, and uppercase mappings as well as the case folding
+ * of each existing element in the set.
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ USET_ADD_CASE_MAPPINGS = 4,
+
+ /**
+ * Enough for any single-code point set
+ * @internal
+ */
+ USET_SERIALIZED_STATIC_ARRAY_CAPACITY=8
+};
+
+/**
+ * Argument values for whether span() and similar functions continue while
+ * the current character is contained vs. not contained in the set.
+ *
+ * The functionality is straightforward for sets with only single code points,
+ * without strings (which is the common case):
+ * - USET_SPAN_CONTAINED and USET_SPAN_SIMPLE
+ * work the same.
+ * - span() and spanBack() partition any string the same way when
+ * alternating between span(USET_SPAN_NOT_CONTAINED) and
+ * span(either "contained" condition).
+ * - Using a complemented (inverted) set and the opposite span conditions
+ * yields the same results.
+ *
+ * When a set contains multi-code point strings, then these statements may not
+ * be true, depending on the strings in the set (for example, whether they
+ * overlap with each other) and the string that is processed.
+ * For a set with strings:
+ * - The complement of the set contains the opposite set of code points,
+ * but the same set of strings.
+ * Therefore, complementing both the set and the span conditions
+ * may yield different results.
+ * - When starting spans at different positions in a string
+ * (span(s, ...) vs. span(s+1, ...)) the ends of the spans may be different
+ * because a set string may start before the later position.
+ * - span(USET_SPAN_SIMPLE) may be shorter than
+ * span(USET_SPAN_CONTAINED) because it will not recursively try
+ * all possible paths.
+ * For example, with a set which contains the three strings "xy", "xya" and "ax",
+ * span("xyax", USET_SPAN_CONTAINED) will return 4 but
+ * span("xyax", USET_SPAN_SIMPLE) will return 3.
+ * span(USET_SPAN_SIMPLE) will never be longer than
+ * span(USET_SPAN_CONTAINED).
+ * - With either "contained" condition, span() and spanBack() may partition
+ * a string in different ways.
+ * For example, with a set which contains the two strings "ab" and "ba",
+ * and when processing the string "aba",
+ * span() will yield contained/not-contained boundaries of { 0, 2, 3 }
+ * while spanBack() will yield boundaries of { 0, 1, 3 }.
+ *
+ * Note: If it is important to get the same boundaries whether iterating forward
+ * or backward through a string, then either only span() should be used and
+ * the boundaries cached for backward operation, or an ICU BreakIterator
+ * could be used.
+ *
+ * Note: Unpaired surrogates are treated like surrogate code points.
+ * Similarly, set strings match only on code point boundaries,
+ * never in the middle of a surrogate pair.
+ * Illegal UTF-8 sequences are treated like U+FFFD.
+ * When processing UTF-8 strings, malformed set strings
+ * (strings with unpaired surrogates which cannot be converted to UTF-8)
+ * are ignored.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+typedef enum USetSpanCondition {
+ /**
+ * Continue a span() while there is no set element at the current position.
+ * Stops before the first set element (character or string).
+ * (For code points only, this is like while contains(current)==FALSE).
+ *
+ * When span() returns, the substring between where it started and the position
+ * it returned consists only of characters that are not in the set,
+ * and none of its strings overlap with the span.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ USET_SPAN_NOT_CONTAINED = 0,
+ /**
+ * Continue a span() while there is a set element at the current position.
+ * (For characters only, this is like while contains(current)==TRUE).
+ *
+ * When span() returns, the substring between where it started and the position
+ * it returned consists only of set elements (characters or strings) that are in the set.
+ *
+ * If a set contains strings, then the span will be the longest substring
+ * matching any of the possible concatenations of set elements (characters or strings).
+ * (There must be a single, non-overlapping concatenation of characters or strings.)
+ * This is equivalent to a POSIX regular expression for (OR of each set element)*.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ USET_SPAN_CONTAINED = 1,
+ /**
+ * Continue a span() while there is a set element at the current position.
+ * (For characters only, this is like while contains(current)==TRUE).
+ *
+ * When span() returns, the substring between where it started and the position
+ * it returned consists only of set elements (characters or strings) that are in the set.
+ *
+ * If a set only contains single characters, then this is the same
+ * as USET_SPAN_CONTAINED.
+ *
+ * If a set contains strings, then the span will be the longest substring
+ * with a match at each position with the longest single set element (character or string).
+ *
+ * Use this span condition together with other longest-match algorithms,
+ * such as ICU converters (ucnv_getUnicodeSet()).
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ USET_SPAN_SIMPLE = 2,
+ /**
+ * One more than the last span condition.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ USET_SPAN_CONDITION_COUNT
+} USetSpanCondition;
+
+/**
+ * A serialized form of a Unicode set. Limited manipulations are
+ * possible directly on a serialized set. See below.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+typedef struct USerializedSet {
+ /**
+ * The serialized Unicode Set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ const uint16_t *array;
+ /**
+ * The length of the array that contains BMP characters.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ int32_t bmpLength;
+ /**
+ * The total length of the array.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ int32_t length;
+ /**
+ * A small buffer for the array to reduce memory allocations.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ uint16_t staticArray[USET_SERIALIZED_STATIC_ARRAY_CAPACITY];
+} USerializedSet;
+
+/*********************************************************************
+ * USet API
+ *********************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Creates a USet object that contains the range of characters
+ * start..end, inclusive. If <code>start > end</code>
+ * then an empty set is created.
+ * @param start first character of the range, inclusive
+ * @param end last character of the range, inclusive
+ * @return a newly created USet. The caller must call uset_close() on
+ * it when done.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE USet* U_EXPORT2
+uset_open(UChar32 start, UChar32 end);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a set from the given pattern. See the UnicodeSet class
+ * description for the syntax of the pattern language.
+ * @param pattern a string specifying what characters are in the set
+ * @param patternLength the length of the pattern, or -1 if null
+ * terminated
+ * @param ec the error code
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE USet* U_EXPORT2
+uset_openPattern(const UChar* pattern, int32_t patternLength,
+ UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a set from the given pattern. See the UnicodeSet class
+ * description for the syntax of the pattern language.
+ * @param pattern a string specifying what characters are in the set
+ * @param patternLength the length of the pattern, or -1 if null
+ * terminated
+ * @param options bitmask for options to apply to the pattern.
+ * Valid options are USET_IGNORE_SPACE and USET_CASE_INSENSITIVE.
+ * @param ec the error code
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE USet* U_EXPORT2
+uset_openPatternOptions(const UChar* pattern, int32_t patternLength,
+ uint32_t options,
+ UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Disposes of the storage used by a USet object. This function should
+ * be called exactly once for objects returned by uset_open().
+ * @param set the object to dispose of
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_close(USet* set);
+
+/**
+ * Returns a copy of this object.
+ * If this set is frozen, then the clone will be frozen as well.
+ * Use uset_cloneAsThawed() for a mutable clone of a frozen set.
+ * @param set the original set
+ * @return the newly allocated copy of the set
+ * @see uset_cloneAsThawed
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT USet * U_EXPORT2
+uset_clone(const USet *set);
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the set has been frozen (made immutable) or not.
+ * See the ICU4J Freezable interface for details.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @return TRUE/FALSE for whether the set has been frozen
+ * @see uset_freeze
+ * @see uset_cloneAsThawed
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT UBool U_EXPORT2
+uset_isFrozen(const USet *set);
+
+/**
+ * Freeze the set (make it immutable).
+ * Once frozen, it cannot be unfrozen and is therefore thread-safe
+ * until it is deleted.
+ * See the ICU4J Freezable interface for details.
+ * Freezing the set may also make some operations faster, for example
+ * uset_contains() and uset_span().
+ * A frozen set will not be modified. (It remains frozen.)
+ * @param set the set
+ * @return the same set, now frozen
+ * @see uset_isFrozen
+ * @see uset_cloneAsThawed
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT void U_EXPORT2
+uset_freeze(USet *set);
+
+/**
+ * Clone the set and make the clone mutable.
+ * See the ICU4J Freezable interface for details.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @return the mutable clone
+ * @see uset_freeze
+ * @see uset_isFrozen
+ * @see uset_clone
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+U_DRAFT USet * U_EXPORT2
+uset_cloneAsThawed(const USet *set);
+
+/**
+ * Causes the USet object to represent the range <code>start - end</code>.
+ * If <code>start > end</code> then this USet is set to an empty range.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param set the object to set to the given range
+ * @param start first character in the set, inclusive
+ * @param end last character in the set, inclusive
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_set(USet* set,
+ UChar32 start, UChar32 end);
+
+/**
+ * Modifies the set to represent the set specified by the given
+ * pattern. See the UnicodeSet class description for the syntax of
+ * the pattern language. See also the User Guide chapter about UnicodeSet.
+ * <em>Empties the set passed before applying the pattern.</em>
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param set The set to which the pattern is to be applied.
+ * @param pattern A pointer to UChar string specifying what characters are in the set.
+ * The character at pattern[0] must be a '['.
+ * @param patternLength The length of the UChar string. -1 if NUL terminated.
+ * @param options A bitmask for options to apply to the pattern.
+ * Valid options are USET_IGNORE_SPACE and USET_CASE_INSENSITIVE.
+ * @param status Returns an error if the pattern cannot be parsed.
+ * @return Upon successful parse, the value is either
+ * the index of the character after the closing ']'
+ * of the parsed pattern.
+ * If the status code indicates failure, then the return value
+ * is the index of the error in the source.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uset_applyPattern(USet *set,
+ const UChar *pattern, int32_t patternLength,
+ uint32_t options,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Modifies the set to contain those code points which have the given value
+ * for the given binary or enumerated property, as returned by
+ * u_getIntPropertyValue. Prior contents of this set are lost.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param set the object to contain the code points defined by the property
+ *
+ * @param prop a property in the range UCHAR_BIN_START..UCHAR_BIN_LIMIT-1
+ * or UCHAR_INT_START..UCHAR_INT_LIMIT-1
+ * or UCHAR_MASK_START..UCHAR_MASK_LIMIT-1.
+ *
+ * @param value a value in the range u_getIntPropertyMinValue(prop)..
+ * u_getIntPropertyMaxValue(prop), with one exception. If prop is
+ * UCHAR_GENERAL_CATEGORY_MASK, then value should not be a UCharCategory, but
+ * rather a mask value produced by U_GET_GC_MASK(). This allows grouped
+ * categories such as [:L:] to be represented.
+ *
+ * @param ec error code input/output parameter
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_applyIntPropertyValue(USet* set,
+ UProperty prop, int32_t value, UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Modifies the set to contain those code points which have the
+ * given value for the given property. Prior contents of this
+ * set are lost.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param set the object to contain the code points defined by the given
+ * property and value alias
+ *
+ * @param prop a string specifying a property alias, either short or long.
+ * The name is matched loosely. See PropertyAliases.txt for names and a
+ * description of loose matching. If the value string is empty, then this
+ * string is interpreted as either a General_Category value alias, a Script
+ * value alias, a binary property alias, or a special ID. Special IDs are
+ * matched loosely and correspond to the following sets:
+ *
+ * "ANY" = [\\u0000-\\U0010FFFF],
+ * "ASCII" = [\\u0000-\\u007F],
+ * "Assigned" = [:^Cn:].
+ *
+ * @param propLength the length of the prop, or -1 if NULL
+ *
+ * @param value a string specifying a value alias, either short or long.
+ * The name is matched loosely. See PropertyValueAliases.txt for names
+ * and a description of loose matching. In addition to aliases listed,
+ * numeric values and canonical combining classes may be expressed
+ * numerically, e.g., ("nv", "0.5") or ("ccc", "220"). The value string
+ * may also be empty.
+ *
+ * @param valueLength the length of the value, or -1 if NULL
+ *
+ * @param ec error code input/output parameter
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_applyPropertyAlias(USet* set,
+ const UChar *prop, int32_t propLength,
+ const UChar *value, int32_t valueLength,
+ UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Return true if the given position, in the given pattern, appears
+ * to be the start of a UnicodeSet pattern.
+ *
+ * @param pattern a string specifying the pattern
+ * @param patternLength the length of the pattern, or -1 if NULL
+ * @param pos the given position
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uset_resemblesPattern(const UChar *pattern, int32_t patternLength,
+ int32_t pos);
+
+/**
+ * Returns a string representation of this set. If the result of
+ * calling this function is passed to a uset_openPattern(), it
+ * will produce another set that is equal to this one.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @param result the string to receive the rules, may be NULL
+ * @param resultCapacity the capacity of result, may be 0 if result is NULL
+ * @param escapeUnprintable if TRUE then convert unprintable
+ * character to their hex escape representations, \\uxxxx or
+ * \\Uxxxxxxxx. Unprintable characters are those other than
+ * U+000A, U+0020..U+007E.
+ * @param ec error code.
+ * @return length of string, possibly larger than resultCapacity
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uset_toPattern(const USet* set,
+ UChar* result, int32_t resultCapacity,
+ UBool escapeUnprintable,
+ UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Adds the given character to the given USet. After this call,
+ * uset_contains(set, c) will return TRUE.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param set the object to which to add the character
+ * @param c the character to add
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_add(USet* set, UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Adds all of the elements in the specified set to this set if
+ * they're not already present. This operation effectively
+ * modifies this set so that its value is the <i>union</i> of the two
+ * sets. The behavior of this operation is unspecified if the specified
+ * collection is modified while the operation is in progress.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param set the object to which to add the set
+ * @param additionalSet the source set whose elements are to be added to this set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_addAll(USet* set, const USet *additionalSet);
+
+/**
+ * Adds the given range of characters to the given USet. After this call,
+ * uset_contains(set, start, end) will return TRUE.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param set the object to which to add the character
+ * @param start the first character of the range to add, inclusive
+ * @param end the last character of the range to add, inclusive
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_addRange(USet* set, UChar32 start, UChar32 end);
+
+/**
+ * Adds the given string to the given USet. After this call,
+ * uset_containsString(set, str, strLen) will return TRUE.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param set the object to which to add the character
+ * @param str the string to add
+ * @param strLen the length of the string or -1 if null terminated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_addString(USet* set, const UChar* str, int32_t strLen);
+
+/**
+ * Adds each of the characters in this string to the set. Thus "ch" => {"c", "h"}
+ * If this set already any particular character, it has no effect on that character.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param set the object to which to add the character
+ * @param str the source string
+ * @param strLen the length of the string or -1 if null terminated.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_addAllCodePoints(USet* set, const UChar *str, int32_t strLen);
+
+/**
+ * Removes the given character from the given USet. After this call,
+ * uset_contains(set, c) will return FALSE.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param set the object from which to remove the character
+ * @param c the character to remove
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_remove(USet* set, UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Removes the given range of characters from the given USet. After this call,
+ * uset_contains(set, start, end) will return FALSE.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param set the object to which to add the character
+ * @param start the first character of the range to remove, inclusive
+ * @param end the last character of the range to remove, inclusive
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_removeRange(USet* set, UChar32 start, UChar32 end);
+
+/**
+ * Removes the given string to the given USet. After this call,
+ * uset_containsString(set, str, strLen) will return FALSE.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param set the object to which to add the character
+ * @param str the string to remove
+ * @param strLen the length of the string or -1 if null terminated.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_removeString(USet* set, const UChar* str, int32_t strLen);
+
+/**
+ * Removes from this set all of its elements that are contained in the
+ * specified set. This operation effectively modifies this
+ * set so that its value is the <i>asymmetric set difference</i> of
+ * the two sets.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param set the object from which the elements are to be removed
+ * @param removeSet the object that defines which elements will be
+ * removed from this set
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_removeAll(USet* set, const USet* removeSet);
+
+/**
+ * Retain only the elements in this set that are contained in the
+ * specified range. If <code>start > end</code> then an empty range is
+ * retained, leaving the set empty. This is equivalent to
+ * a boolean logic AND, or a set INTERSECTION.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param set the object for which to retain only the specified range
+ * @param start first character, inclusive, of range to be retained
+ * to this set.
+ * @param end last character, inclusive, of range to be retained
+ * to this set.
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_retain(USet* set, UChar32 start, UChar32 end);
+
+/**
+ * Retains only the elements in this set that are contained in the
+ * specified set. In other words, removes from this set all of
+ * its elements that are not contained in the specified set. This
+ * operation effectively modifies this set so that its value is
+ * the <i>intersection</i> of the two sets.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param set the object on which to perform the retain
+ * @param retain set that defines which elements this set will retain
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_retainAll(USet* set, const USet* retain);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate this objects internal structures to take up the least
+ * possible space, without changing this object's value.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param set the object on which to perfrom the compact
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_compact(USet* set);
+
+/**
+ * Inverts this set. This operation modifies this set so that
+ * its value is its complement. This operation does not affect
+ * the multicharacter strings, if any.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_complement(USet* set);
+
+/**
+ * Complements in this set all elements contained in the specified
+ * set. Any character in the other set will be removed if it is
+ * in this set, or will be added if it is not in this set.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ *
+ * @param set the set with which to complement
+ * @param complement set that defines which elements will be xor'ed
+ * from this set.
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_complementAll(USet* set, const USet* complement);
+
+/**
+ * Removes all of the elements from this set. This set will be
+ * empty after this call returns.
+ * A frozen set will not be modified.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_clear(USet* set);
+
+/**
+ * Returns TRUE if the given USet contains no characters and no
+ * strings.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @return true if set is empty
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uset_isEmpty(const USet* set);
+
+/**
+ * Returns TRUE if the given USet contains the given character.
+ * This function works faster with a frozen set.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @param c The codepoint to check for within the set
+ * @return true if set contains c
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uset_contains(const USet* set, UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Returns TRUE if the given USet contains all characters c
+ * where start <= c && c <= end.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @param start the first character of the range to test, inclusive
+ * @param end the last character of the range to test, inclusive
+ * @return TRUE if set contains the range
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uset_containsRange(const USet* set, UChar32 start, UChar32 end);
+
+/**
+ * Returns TRUE if the given USet contains the given string.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @param str the string
+ * @param strLen the length of the string or -1 if null terminated.
+ * @return true if set contains str
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uset_containsString(const USet* set, const UChar* str, int32_t strLen);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the index of the given character within this set, where
+ * the set is ordered by ascending code point. If the character
+ * is not in this set, return -1. The inverse of this method is
+ * <code>charAt()</code>.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @param c the character to obtain the index for
+ * @return an index from 0..size()-1, or -1
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uset_indexOf(const USet* set, UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the character at the given index within this set, where
+ * the set is ordered by ascending code point. If the index is
+ * out of range, return (UChar32)-1. The inverse of this method is
+ * <code>indexOf()</code>.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @param index an index from 0..size()-1 to obtain the char for
+ * @return the character at the given index, or (UChar32)-1.
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+uset_charAt(const USet* set, int32_t index);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the number of characters and strings contained in the given
+ * USet.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @return a non-negative integer counting the characters and strings
+ * contained in set
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uset_size(const USet* set);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the number of items in this set. An item is either a range
+ * of characters or a single multicharacter string.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @return a non-negative integer counting the character ranges
+ * and/or strings contained in set
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uset_getItemCount(const USet* set);
+
+/**
+ * Returns an item of this set. An item is either a range of
+ * characters or a single multicharacter string.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @param itemIndex a non-negative integer in the range 0..
+ * uset_getItemCount(set)-1
+ * @param start pointer to variable to receive first character
+ * in range, inclusive
+ * @param end pointer to variable to receive last character in range,
+ * inclusive
+ * @param str buffer to receive the string, may be NULL
+ * @param strCapacity capacity of str, or 0 if str is NULL
+ * @param ec error code
+ * @return the length of the string (>= 2), or 0 if the item is a
+ * range, in which case it is the range *start..*end, or -1 if
+ * itemIndex is out of range
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uset_getItem(const USet* set, int32_t itemIndex,
+ UChar32* start, UChar32* end,
+ UChar* str, int32_t strCapacity,
+ UErrorCode* ec);
+
+/**
+ * Returns true if set1 contains all the characters and strings
+ * of set2. It answers the question, 'Is set1 a superset of set2?'
+ * @param set1 set to be checked for containment
+ * @param set2 set to be checked for containment
+ * @return true if the test condition is met
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uset_containsAll(const USet* set1, const USet* set2);
+
+/**
+ * Returns true if this set contains all the characters
+ * of the given string. This is does not check containment of grapheme
+ * clusters, like uset_containsString.
+ * @param set set of characters to be checked for containment
+ * @param str string containing codepoints to be checked for containment
+ * @param strLen the length of the string or -1 if null terminated.
+ * @return true if the test condition is met
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uset_containsAllCodePoints(const USet* set, const UChar *str, int32_t strLen);
+
+/**
+ * Returns true if set1 contains none of the characters and strings
+ * of set2. It answers the question, 'Is set1 a disjoint set of set2?'
+ * @param set1 set to be checked for containment
+ * @param set2 set to be checked for containment
+ * @return true if the test condition is met
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uset_containsNone(const USet* set1, const USet* set2);
+
+/**
+ * Returns true if set1 contains some of the characters and strings
+ * of set2. It answers the question, 'Does set1 and set2 have an intersection?'
+ * @param set1 set to be checked for containment
+ * @param set2 set to be checked for containment
+ * @return true if the test condition is met
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uset_containsSome(const USet* set1, const USet* set2);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the length of the initial substring of the input string which
+ * consists only of characters and strings that are contained in this set
+ * (USET_SPAN_CONTAINED, USET_SPAN_SIMPLE),
+ * or only of characters and strings that are not contained
+ * in this set (USET_SPAN_NOT_CONTAINED).
+ * See USetSpanCondition for details.
+ * Similar to the strspn() C library function.
+ * Unpaired surrogates are treated according to contains() of their surrogate code points.
+ * This function works faster with a frozen set and with a non-negative string length argument.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @param s start of the string
+ * @param length of the string; can be -1 for NUL-terminated
+ * @param spanCondition specifies the containment condition
+ * @return the length of the initial substring according to the spanCondition;
+ * 0 if the start of the string does not fit the spanCondition
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ * @see USetSpanCondition
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uset_span(const USet *set, const UChar *s, int32_t length, USetSpanCondition spanCondition);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the start of the trailing substring of the input string which
+ * consists only of characters and strings that are contained in this set
+ * (USET_SPAN_CONTAINED, USET_SPAN_SIMPLE),
+ * or only of characters and strings that are not contained
+ * in this set (USET_SPAN_NOT_CONTAINED).
+ * See USetSpanCondition for details.
+ * Unpaired surrogates are treated according to contains() of their surrogate code points.
+ * This function works faster with a frozen set and with a non-negative string length argument.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @param s start of the string
+ * @param length of the string; can be -1 for NUL-terminated
+ * @param spanCondition specifies the containment condition
+ * @return the start of the trailing substring according to the spanCondition;
+ * the string length if the end of the string does not fit the spanCondition
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ * @see USetSpanCondition
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uset_spanBack(const USet *set, const UChar *s, int32_t length, USetSpanCondition spanCondition);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the length of the initial substring of the input string which
+ * consists only of characters and strings that are contained in this set
+ * (USET_SPAN_CONTAINED, USET_SPAN_SIMPLE),
+ * or only of characters and strings that are not contained
+ * in this set (USET_SPAN_NOT_CONTAINED).
+ * See USetSpanCondition for details.
+ * Similar to the strspn() C library function.
+ * Malformed byte sequences are treated according to contains(0xfffd).
+ * This function works faster with a frozen set and with a non-negative string length argument.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @param s start of the string (UTF-8)
+ * @param length of the string; can be -1 for NUL-terminated
+ * @param spanCondition specifies the containment condition
+ * @return the length of the initial substring according to the spanCondition;
+ * 0 if the start of the string does not fit the spanCondition
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ * @see USetSpanCondition
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uset_spanUTF8(const USet *set, const char *s, int32_t length, USetSpanCondition spanCondition);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the start of the trailing substring of the input string which
+ * consists only of characters and strings that are contained in this set
+ * (USET_SPAN_CONTAINED, USET_SPAN_SIMPLE),
+ * or only of characters and strings that are not contained
+ * in this set (USET_SPAN_NOT_CONTAINED).
+ * See USetSpanCondition for details.
+ * Malformed byte sequences are treated according to contains(0xfffd).
+ * This function works faster with a frozen set and with a non-negative string length argument.
+ * @param set the set
+ * @param s start of the string (UTF-8)
+ * @param length of the string; can be -1 for NUL-terminated
+ * @param spanCondition specifies the containment condition
+ * @return the start of the trailing substring according to the spanCondition;
+ * the string length if the end of the string does not fit the spanCondition
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ * @see USetSpanCondition
+ */
+U_DRAFT int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uset_spanBackUTF8(const USet *set, const char *s, int32_t length, USetSpanCondition spanCondition);
+
+/**
+ * Returns true if set1 contains all of the characters and strings
+ * of set2, and vis versa. It answers the question, 'Is set1 equal to set2?'
+ * @param set1 set to be checked for containment
+ * @param set2 set to be checked for containment
+ * @return true if the test condition is met
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uset_equals(const USet* set1, const USet* set2);
+
+/*********************************************************************
+ * Serialized set API
+ *********************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Serializes this set into an array of 16-bit integers. Serialization
+ * (currently) only records the characters in the set; multicharacter
+ * strings are ignored.
+ *
+ * The array
+ * has following format (each line is one 16-bit integer):
+ *
+ * length = (n+2*m) | (m!=0?0x8000:0)
+ * bmpLength = n; present if m!=0
+ * bmp[0]
+ * bmp[1]
+ * ...
+ * bmp[n-1]
+ * supp-high[0]
+ * supp-low[0]
+ * supp-high[1]
+ * supp-low[1]
+ * ...
+ * supp-high[m-1]
+ * supp-low[m-1]
+ *
+ * The array starts with a header. After the header are n bmp
+ * code points, then m supplementary code points. Either n or m
+ * or both may be zero. n+2*m is always <= 0x7FFF.
+ *
+ * If there are no supplementary characters (if m==0) then the
+ * header is one 16-bit integer, 'length', with value n.
+ *
+ * If there are supplementary characters (if m!=0) then the header
+ * is two 16-bit integers. The first, 'length', has value
+ * (n+2*m)|0x8000. The second, 'bmpLength', has value n.
+ *
+ * After the header the code points are stored in ascending order.
+ * Supplementary code points are stored as most significant 16
+ * bits followed by least significant 16 bits.
+ *
+ * @param set the set
+ * @param dest pointer to buffer of destCapacity 16-bit integers.
+ * May be NULL only if destCapacity is zero.
+ * @param destCapacity size of dest, or zero. Must not be negative.
+ * @param pErrorCode pointer to the error code. Will be set to
+ * U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR if n+2*m > 0x7FFF. Will be set to
+ * U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR if n+2*m+(m!=0?2:1) > destCapacity.
+ * @return the total length of the serialized format, including
+ * the header, that is, n+2*m+(m!=0?2:1), or 0 on error other
+ * than U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uset_serialize(const USet* set, uint16_t* dest, int32_t destCapacity, UErrorCode* pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Given a serialized array, fill in the given serialized set object.
+ * @param fillSet pointer to result
+ * @param src pointer to start of array
+ * @param srcLength length of array
+ * @return true if the given array is valid, otherwise false
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uset_getSerializedSet(USerializedSet* fillSet, const uint16_t* src, int32_t srcLength);
+
+/**
+ * Set the USerializedSet to contain the given character (and nothing
+ * else).
+ * @param fillSet pointer to result
+ * @param c The codepoint to set
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+uset_setSerializedToOne(USerializedSet* fillSet, UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Returns TRUE if the given USerializedSet contains the given
+ * character.
+ * @param set the serialized set
+ * @param c The codepoint to check for within the set
+ * @return true if set contains c
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uset_serializedContains(const USerializedSet* set, UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the number of disjoint ranges of characters contained in
+ * the given serialized set. Ignores any strings contained in the
+ * set.
+ * @param set the serialized set
+ * @return a non-negative integer counting the character ranges
+ * contained in set
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+uset_getSerializedRangeCount(const USerializedSet* set);
+
+/**
+ * Returns a range of characters contained in the given serialized
+ * set.
+ * @param set the serialized set
+ * @param rangeIndex a non-negative integer in the range 0..
+ * uset_getSerializedRangeCount(set)-1
+ * @param pStart pointer to variable to receive first character
+ * in range, inclusive
+ * @param pEnd pointer to variable to receive last character in range,
+ * inclusive
+ * @return true if rangeIndex is valid, otherwise false
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+uset_getSerializedRange(const USerializedSet* set, int32_t rangeIndex,
+ UChar32* pStart, UChar32* pEnd);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/usetiter.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/usetiter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..defa75c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/usetiter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (c) 2002-2006, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef USETITER_H
+#define USETITER_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/uobject.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: UnicodeSetIterator iterates over the contents of a UnicodeSet.
+ */
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class UnicodeSet;
+class UnicodeString;
+
+/**
+ *
+ * UnicodeSetIterator iterates over the contents of a UnicodeSet. It
+ * iterates over either code points or code point ranges. After all
+ * code points or ranges have been returned, it returns the
+ * multicharacter strings of the UnicodSet, if any.
+ *
+ * This class is not intended to be subclassed. Consider any fields
+ * or methods declared as "protected" to be private. The use of
+ * protected in this class is an artifact of history.
+ *
+ * <p>To iterate over code points and strings, use a loop like this:
+ * <pre>
+ * UnicodeSetIterator it(set);
+ * while (set.next()) {
+ * processItem(set.getString());
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * <p>Each item in the set is accessed as a string. Set elements
+ * consisting of single code points are returned as strings containing
+ * just the one code point.
+ *
+ * <p>To iterate over code point ranges, instead of individual code points,
+ * use a loop like this:
+ * <pre>
+ * UnicodeSetIterator it(set);
+ * while (it.nextRange()) {
+ * if (it.isString()) {
+ * processString(it.getString());
+ * } else {
+ * processCodepointRange(it.getCodepoint(), it.getCodepointEnd());
+ * }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * @author M. Davis
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+class U_COMMON_API UnicodeSetIterator : public UObject {
+
+ protected:
+
+ /**
+ * Value of <tt>codepoint</tt> if the iterator points to a string.
+ * If <tt>codepoint == IS_STRING</tt>, then examine
+ * <tt>string</tt> for the current iteration result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ enum { IS_STRING = -1 };
+
+ /**
+ * Current code point, or the special value <tt>IS_STRING</tt>, if
+ * the iterator points to a string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UChar32 codepoint;
+
+ /**
+ * When iterating over ranges using <tt>nextRange()</tt>,
+ * <tt>codepointEnd</tt> contains the inclusive end of the
+ * iteration range, if <tt>codepoint != IS_STRING</tt>. If
+ * iterating over code points using <tt>next()</tt>, or if
+ * <tt>codepoint == IS_STRING</tt>, then the value of
+ * <tt>codepointEnd</tt> is undefined.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UChar32 codepointEnd;
+
+ /**
+ * If <tt>codepoint == IS_STRING</tt>, then <tt>string</tt> points
+ * to the current string. If <tt>codepoint != IS_STRING</tt>, the
+ * value of <tt>string</tt> is undefined.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ const UnicodeString* string;
+
+ public:
+
+ /**
+ * Create an iterator over the given set. The iterator is valid
+ * only so long as <tt>set</tt> is valid.
+ * @param set set to iterate over
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeSetIterator(const UnicodeSet& set);
+
+ /**
+ * Create an iterator over nothing. <tt>next()</tt> and
+ * <tt>nextRange()</tt> return false. This is a convenience
+ * constructor allowing the target to be set later.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeSetIterator();
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual ~UnicodeSetIterator();
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if the current element is a string. If so, the
+ * caller can retrieve it with <tt>getString()</tt>. If this
+ * method returns false, the current element is a code point or
+ * code point range, depending on whether <tt>next()</tt> or
+ * <tt>nextRange()</tt> was called.
+ * Elements of types string and codepoint can both be retrieved
+ * with the function <tt>getString()</tt>.
+ * Elements of type codepoint can also be retrieved with
+ * <tt>getCodepoint()</tt>.
+ * For ranges, <tt>getCodepoint()</tt> returns the starting codepoint
+ * of the range, and <tt>getCodepointEnd()</tt> returns the end
+ * of the range.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ inline UBool isString() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the current code point, if <tt>isString()</tt> returned
+ * false. Otherwise returns an undefined result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ inline UChar32 getCodepoint() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the end of the current code point range, if
+ * <tt>isString()</tt> returned false and <tt>nextRange()</tt> was
+ * called. Otherwise returns an undefined result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ inline UChar32 getCodepointEnd() const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the current string, if <tt>isString()</tt> returned
+ * true. If the current iteration item is a code point, a UnicodeString
+ * containing that single code point is returned.
+ *
+ * Ownership of the returned string remains with the iterator.
+ * The string is guaranteed to remain valid only until the iterator is
+ * advanced to the next item, or until the iterator is deleted.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ const UnicodeString& getString();
+
+ /**
+ * Advances the iteration position to the next element in the set,
+ * which can be either a single code point or a string.
+ * If there are no more elements in the set, return false.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * If <tt>isString() == TRUE</tt>, the value is a
+ * string, otherwise the value is a
+ * single code point. Elements of either type can be retrieved
+ * with the function <tt>getString()</tt>, while elements of
+ * consisting of a single code point can be retrieved with
+ * <tt>getCodepoint()</tt>
+ *
+ * <p>The order of iteration is all code points in sorted order,
+ * followed by all strings sorted order. Do not mix
+ * calls to <tt>next()</tt> and <tt>nextRange()</tt> without
+ * calling <tt>reset()</tt> between them. The results of doing so
+ * are undefined.
+ *
+ * @return true if there was another element in the set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UBool next();
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the next element in the set, either a code point range
+ * or a string. If there are no more elements in the set, return
+ * false. If <tt>isString() == TRUE</tt>, the value is a
+ * string and can be accessed with <tt>getString()</tt>. Otherwise the value is a
+ * range of one or more code points from <tt>getCodepoint()</tt> to
+ * <tt>getCodepointeEnd()</tt> inclusive.
+ *
+ * <p>The order of iteration is all code points ranges in sorted
+ * order, followed by all strings sorted order. Ranges are
+ * disjoint and non-contiguous. The value returned from <tt>getString()</tt>
+ * is undefined unless <tt>isString() == TRUE</tt>. Do not mix calls to
+ * <tt>next()</tt> and <tt>nextRange()</tt> without calling
+ * <tt>reset()</tt> between them. The results of doing so are
+ * undefined.
+ *
+ * @return true if there was another element in the set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UBool nextRange();
+
+ /**
+ * Sets this iterator to visit the elements of the given set and
+ * resets it to the start of that set. The iterator is valid only
+ * so long as <tt>set</tt> is valid.
+ * @param set the set to iterate over.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ void reset(const UnicodeSet& set);
+
+ /**
+ * Resets this iterator to the start of the set.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ void reset();
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for this class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+
+ /**
+ * ICU "poor man's RTTI", returns a UClassID for the actual class.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const;
+
+ // ======================= PRIVATES ===========================
+
+ protected:
+
+ // endElement and nextElements are really UChar32's, but we keep
+ // them as signed int32_t's so we can do comparisons with
+ // endElement set to -1. Leave them as int32_t's.
+ /** The set
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ const UnicodeSet* set;
+ /** End range
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ int32_t endRange;
+ /** Range
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ int32_t range;
+ /** End element
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ int32_t endElement;
+ /** Next element
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ int32_t nextElement;
+ //UBool abbreviated;
+ /** Next string
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ int32_t nextString;
+ /** String count
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ int32_t stringCount;
+
+ /**
+ * Points to the string to use when the caller asks for a
+ * string and the current iteration item is a code point, not a string.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ UnicodeString *cpString;
+
+ /** Copy constructor. Disallowed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeSetIterator(const UnicodeSetIterator&); // disallow
+
+ /** Assignment operator. Disallowed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ UnicodeSetIterator& operator=(const UnicodeSetIterator&); // disallow
+
+ /** Load range
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ virtual void loadRange(int32_t range);
+
+};
+
+inline UBool UnicodeSetIterator::isString() const {
+ return codepoint == (UChar32)IS_STRING;
+}
+
+inline UChar32 UnicodeSetIterator::getCodepoint() const {
+ return codepoint;
+}
+
+inline UChar32 UnicodeSetIterator::getCodepointEnd() const {
+ return codepointEnd;
+}
+
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ushape.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ushape.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f165e14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ushape.h
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 2000-2007, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* file name: ushape.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 2000jun29
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*/
+
+#ifndef __USHAPE_H__
+#define __USHAPE_H__
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Arabic shaping
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Shape Arabic text on a character basis.
+ *
+ * <p>This function performs basic operations for "shaping" Arabic text. It is most
+ * useful for use with legacy data formats and legacy display technology
+ * (simple terminals). All operations are performed on Unicode characters.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Text-based shaping means that some character code points in the text are
+ * replaced by others depending on the context. It transforms one kind of text
+ * into another. In comparison, modern displays for Arabic text select
+ * appropriate, context-dependent font glyphs for each text element, which means
+ * that they transform text into a glyph vector.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Text transformations are necessary when modern display technology is not
+ * available or when text needs to be transformed to or from legacy formats that
+ * use "shaped" characters. Since the Arabic script is cursive, connecting
+ * adjacent letters to each other, computers select images for each letter based
+ * on the surrounding letters. This usually results in four images per Arabic
+ * letter: initial, middle, final, and isolated forms. In Unicode, on the other
+ * hand, letters are normally stored abstract, and a display system is expected
+ * to select the necessary glyphs. (This makes searching and other text
+ * processing easier because the same letter has only one code.) It is possible
+ * to mimic this with text transformations because there are characters in
+ * Unicode that are rendered as letters with a specific shape
+ * (or cursive connectivity). They were included for interoperability with
+ * legacy systems and codepages, and for unsophisticated display systems.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>A second kind of text transformations is supported for Arabic digits:
+ * For compatibility with legacy codepages that only include European digits,
+ * it is possible to replace one set of digits by another, changing the
+ * character code points. These operations can be performed for either
+ * Arabic-Indic Digits (U+0660...U+0669) or Eastern (Extended) Arabic-Indic
+ * digits (U+06f0...U+06f9).</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Some replacements may result in more or fewer characters (code points).
+ * By default, this means that the destination buffer may receive text with a
+ * length different from the source length. Some legacy systems rely on the
+ * length of the text to be constant. They expect extra spaces to be added
+ * or consumed either next to the affected character or at the end of the
+ * text.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>For details about the available operations, see the description of the
+ * <code>U_SHAPE_...</code> options.</p>
+ *
+ * @param source The input text.
+ *
+ * @param sourceLength The number of UChars in <code>source</code>.
+ *
+ * @param dest The destination buffer that will receive the results of the
+ * requested operations. It may be <code>NULL</code> only if
+ * <code>destSize</code> is 0. The source and destination must not
+ * overlap.
+ *
+ * @param destSize The size (capacity) of the destination buffer in UChars.
+ * If <code>destSize</code> is 0, then no output is produced,
+ * but the necessary buffer size is returned ("preflighting").
+ *
+ * @param options This is a 32-bit set of flags that specify the operations
+ * that are performed on the input text. If no error occurs,
+ * then the result will always be written to the destination
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ *
+ * @return The number of UChars written to the destination buffer.
+ * If an error occured, then no output was written, or it may be
+ * incomplete. If <code>U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR</code> is set, then
+ * the return value indicates the necessary destination buffer size.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_shapeArabic(const UChar *source, int32_t sourceLength,
+ UChar *dest, int32_t destSize,
+ uint32_t options,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Memory option: allow the result to have a different length than the source.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_SHAPE_LENGTH_GROW_SHRINK 0
+
+/**
+ * Memory option: the result must have the same length as the source.
+ * If more room is necessary, then try to consume spaces next to modified characters.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_SHAPE_LENGTH_FIXED_SPACES_NEAR 1
+
+/**
+ * Memory option: the result must have the same length as the source.
+ * If more room is necessary, then try to consume spaces at the end of the text.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_SHAPE_LENGTH_FIXED_SPACES_AT_END 2
+
+/**
+ * Memory option: the result must have the same length as the source.
+ * If more room is necessary, then try to consume spaces at the beginning of the text.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_SHAPE_LENGTH_FIXED_SPACES_AT_BEGINNING 3
+
+/** Bit mask for memory options. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_SHAPE_LENGTH_MASK 3
+
+
+/** Direction indicator: the source is in logical (keyboard) order. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_SHAPE_TEXT_DIRECTION_LOGICAL 0
+
+/**
+ * Direction indicator:
+ * the source is in visual LTR order,
+ * the leftmost displayed character stored first.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_SHAPE_TEXT_DIRECTION_VISUAL_LTR 4
+
+/** Bit mask for direction indicators. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_SHAPE_TEXT_DIRECTION_MASK 4
+
+
+/** Letter shaping option: do not perform letter shaping. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_SHAPE_LETTERS_NOOP 0
+
+/** Letter shaping option: replace abstract letter characters by "shaped" ones. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_SHAPE_LETTERS_SHAPE 8
+
+/** Letter shaping option: replace "shaped" letter characters by abstract ones. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_SHAPE_LETTERS_UNSHAPE 0x10
+
+/**
+ * Letter shaping option: replace abstract letter characters by "shaped" ones.
+ * The only difference with U_SHAPE_LETTERS_SHAPE is that Tashkeel letters
+ * are always "shaped" into the isolated form instead of the medial form
+ * (selecting code points from the Arabic Presentation Forms-B block).
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_SHAPE_LETTERS_SHAPE_TASHKEEL_ISOLATED 0x18
+
+/** Bit mask for letter shaping options. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_SHAPE_LETTERS_MASK 0x18
+
+
+/** Digit shaping option: do not perform digit shaping. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_SHAPE_DIGITS_NOOP 0
+
+/**
+ * Digit shaping option:
+ * Replace European digits (U+0030...) by Arabic-Indic digits.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_SHAPE_DIGITS_EN2AN 0x20
+
+/**
+ * Digit shaping option:
+ * Replace Arabic-Indic digits by European digits (U+0030...).
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_SHAPE_DIGITS_AN2EN 0x40
+
+/**
+ * Digit shaping option:
+ * Replace European digits (U+0030...) by Arabic-Indic digits if the most recent
+ * strongly directional character is an Arabic letter
+ * (<code>u_charDirection()</code> result <code>U_RIGHT_TO_LEFT_ARABIC</code> [AL]).<br>
+ * The direction of "preceding" depends on the direction indicator option.
+ * For the first characters, the preceding strongly directional character
+ * (initial state) is assumed to be not an Arabic letter
+ * (it is <code>U_LEFT_TO_RIGHT</code> [L] or <code>U_RIGHT_TO_LEFT</code> [R]).
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_SHAPE_DIGITS_ALEN2AN_INIT_LR 0x60
+
+/**
+ * Digit shaping option:
+ * Replace European digits (U+0030...) by Arabic-Indic digits if the most recent
+ * strongly directional character is an Arabic letter
+ * (<code>u_charDirection()</code> result <code>U_RIGHT_TO_LEFT_ARABIC</code> [AL]).<br>
+ * The direction of "preceding" depends on the direction indicator option.
+ * For the first characters, the preceding strongly directional character
+ * (initial state) is assumed to be an Arabic letter.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_SHAPE_DIGITS_ALEN2AN_INIT_AL 0x80
+
+/** Not a valid option value. May be replaced by a new option. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_SHAPE_DIGITS_RESERVED 0xa0
+
+/** Bit mask for digit shaping options. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_SHAPE_DIGITS_MASK 0xe0
+
+
+/** Digit type option: Use Arabic-Indic digits (U+0660...U+0669). @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_SHAPE_DIGIT_TYPE_AN 0
+
+/** Digit type option: Use Eastern (Extended) Arabic-Indic digits (U+06f0...U+06f9). @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_SHAPE_DIGIT_TYPE_AN_EXTENDED 0x100
+
+/** Not a valid option value. May be replaced by a new option. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_SHAPE_DIGIT_TYPE_RESERVED 0x200
+
+/** Bit mask for digit type options. @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_SHAPE_DIGIT_TYPE_MASK 0x3f00
+
+/**
+ * Tashkeel aggregation option:
+ * Replaces any combination of U+0651 with one of
+ * U+064C, U+064D, U+064E, U+064F, U+0650 with
+ * U+FC5E, U+FC5F, U+FC60, U+FC61, U+FC62 consecutively.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+#define U_SHAPE_AGGREGATE_TASHKEEL 0x4000
+/** Tashkeel aggregation option: do not aggregate tashkeels. @stable ICU 3.6 */
+#define U_SHAPE_AGGREGATE_TASHKEEL_NOOP 0
+/** Bit mask for tashkeel aggregation. @stable ICU 3.6 */
+#define U_SHAPE_AGGREGATE_TASHKEEL_MASK 0x4000
+
+/**
+ * Presentation form option:
+ * Don't replace Arabic Presentation Forms-A and Arabic Presentation Forms-B
+ * characters with 0+06xx characters, before shaping.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+#define U_SHAPE_PRESERVE_PRESENTATION 0x8000
+/** Presentation form option:
+ * Replace Arabic Presentation Forms-A and Arabic Presentationo Forms-B with
+ * their unshaped correspondants in range 0+06xx, before shaping.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+#define U_SHAPE_PRESERVE_PRESENTATION_NOOP 0
+/** Bit mask for preserve presentation form. @stable ICU 3.6 */
+#define U_SHAPE_PRESERVE_PRESENTATION_MASK 0x8000
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/usprep.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/usprep.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7e75a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/usprep.h
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*
+ *******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2006, International Business Machines
+ * Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * file name: usprep.h
+ * encoding: US-ASCII
+ * tab size: 8 (not used)
+ * indentation:4
+ *
+ * created on: 2003jul2
+ * created by: Ram Viswanadha
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USPREP_H__
+#define __USPREP_H__
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Implements the StringPrep algorithm.
+ */
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+/**
+ *
+ * StringPrep API implements the StingPrep framework as described by RFC 3454.
+ * StringPrep prepares Unicode strings for use in network protocols.
+ * Profiles of StingPrep are set of rules and data according to with the
+ * Unicode Strings are prepared. Each profiles contains tables which describe
+ * how a code point should be treated. The tables are broadly classied into
+ * <ul>
+ * <li> Unassinged Table: Contains code points that are unassigned
+ * in the Unicode Version supported by StringPrep. Currently
+ * RFC 3454 supports Unicode 3.2. </li>
+ * <li> Prohibited Table: Contains code points that are prohibted from
+ * the output of the StringPrep processing function. </li>
+ * <li> Mapping Table: Contains code ponts that are deleted from the output or case mapped. </li>
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ * The procedure for preparing Unicode strings:
+ * <ol>
+ * <li> Map: For each character in the input, check if it has a mapping
+ * and, if so, replace it with its mapping. </li>
+ * <li> Normalize: Possibly normalize the result of step 1 using Unicode
+ * normalization. </li>
+ * <li> Prohibit: Check for any characters that are not allowed in the
+ * output. If any are found, return an error.</li>
+ * <li> Check bidi: Possibly check for right-to-left characters, and if
+ * any are found, make sure that the whole string satisfies the
+ * requirements for bidirectional strings. If the string does not
+ * satisfy the requirements for bidirectional strings, return an
+ * error. </li>
+ * </ol>
+ * @author Ram Viswanadha
+ */
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_IDNA
+
+#include "unicode/parseerr.h"
+
+/**
+ * The StringPrep profile
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+typedef struct UStringPrepProfile UStringPrepProfile;
+
+
+/**
+ * Option to prohibit processing of unassigned code points in the input
+ *
+ * @see usprep_prepare
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+#define USPREP_DEFAULT 0x0000
+
+/**
+ * Option to allow processing of unassigned code points in the input
+ *
+ * @see usprep_prepare
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+#define USPREP_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED 0x0001
+
+
+/**
+ * Creates a StringPrep profile from the data file.
+ *
+ * @param path string containing the full path pointing to the directory
+ * where the profile reside followed by the package name
+ * e.g. "/usr/resource/my_app/profiles/mydata" on a Unix system.
+ * if NULL, ICU default data files will be used.
+ * @param fileName name of the profile file to be opened
+ * @param status ICU error code in/out parameter. Must not be NULL.
+ * Must fulfill U_SUCCESS before the function call.
+ * @return Pointer to UStringPrepProfile that is opened. Should be closed by
+ * calling usprep_close()
+ * @see usprep_close()
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE UStringPrepProfile* U_EXPORT2
+usprep_open(const char* path,
+ const char* fileName,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Closes the profile
+ * @param profile The profile to close
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+usprep_close(UStringPrepProfile* profile);
+
+
+/**
+ * Prepare the input buffer for use in applications with the given profile. This operation maps, normalizes(NFKC),
+ * checks for prohited and BiDi characters in the order defined by RFC 3454
+ * depending on the options specified in the profile.
+ *
+ * @param prep The profile to use
+ * @param src Pointer to UChar buffer containing the string to prepare
+ * @param srcLength Number of characters in the source string
+ * @param dest Pointer to the destination buffer to receive the output
+ * @param destCapacity The capacity of destination array
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ *
+ * - USPREP_NONE Prohibit processing of unassigned code points in the input
+ *
+ * - USPREP_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED Treat the unassigned code points are in the input
+ * as normal Unicode code points.
+ *
+ * @param parseError Pointer to UParseError struct to receive information on position
+ * of error if an error is encountered. Can be NULL.
+ * @param status ICU in/out error code parameter.
+ * U_INVALID_CHAR_FOUND if src contains
+ * unmatched single surrogates.
+ * U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR if src contains
+ * too many code points.
+ * U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR if destCapacity is not enough
+ * @return The number of UChars in the destination buffer
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+usprep_prepare( const UStringPrepProfile* prep,
+ const UChar* src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UChar* dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ int32_t options,
+ UParseError* parseError,
+ UErrorCode* status );
+
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_IDNA */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ustring.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ustring.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12411ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/ustring.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1479 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1998-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+*
+* File ustring.h
+*
+* Modification History:
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 12/07/98 bertrand Creation.
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef USTRING_H
+#define USTRING_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#include "unicode/putil.h"
+#include "unicode/uiter.h"
+
+/** Simple declaration for u_strToTitle() to avoid including unicode/ubrk.h. @stable ICU 2.1*/
+#ifndef UBRK_TYPEDEF_UBREAK_ITERATOR
+# define UBRK_TYPEDEF_UBREAK_ITERATOR
+ typedef void UBreakIterator;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Unicode string handling functions
+ *
+ * These C API functions provide general Unicode string handling.
+ *
+ * Some functions are equivalent in name, signature, and behavior to the ANSI C <string.h>
+ * functions. (For example, they do not check for bad arguments like NULL string pointers.)
+ * In some cases, only the thread-safe variant of such a function is implemented here
+ * (see u_strtok_r()).
+ *
+ * Other functions provide more Unicode-specific functionality like locale-specific
+ * upper/lower-casing and string comparison in code point order.
+ *
+ * ICU uses 16-bit Unicode (UTF-16) in the form of arrays of UChar code units.
+ * UTF-16 encodes each Unicode code point with either one or two UChar code units.
+ * (This is the default form of Unicode, and a forward-compatible extension of the original,
+ * fixed-width form that was known as UCS-2. UTF-16 superseded UCS-2 with Unicode 2.0
+ * in 1996.)
+ *
+ * Some APIs accept a 32-bit UChar32 value for a single code point.
+ *
+ * ICU also handles 16-bit Unicode text with unpaired surrogates.
+ * Such text is not well-formed UTF-16.
+ * Code-point-related functions treat unpaired surrogates as surrogate code points,
+ * i.e., as separate units.
+ *
+ * Although UTF-16 is a variable-width encoding form (like some legacy multi-byte encodings),
+ * it is much more efficient even for random access because the code unit values
+ * for single-unit characters vs. lead units vs. trail units are completely disjoint.
+ * This means that it is easy to determine character (code point) boundaries from
+ * random offsets in the string.
+ *
+ * Unicode (UTF-16) string processing is optimized for the single-unit case.
+ * Although it is important to support supplementary characters
+ * (which use pairs of lead/trail code units called "surrogates"),
+ * their occurrence is rare. Almost all characters in modern use require only
+ * a single UChar code unit (i.e., their code point values are <=0xffff).
+ *
+ * For more details see the User Guide Strings chapter (http://icu-project.org/userguide/strings.html).
+ * For a discussion of the handling of unpaired surrogates see also
+ * Jitterbug 2145 and its icu mailing list proposal on 2002-sep-18.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup ustring_ustrlen String Length
+ * \ingroup ustring_strlen
+ */
+/*@{*/
+/**
+ * Determine the length of an array of UChar.
+ *
+ * @param s The array of UChars, NULL (U+0000) terminated.
+ * @return The number of UChars in <code>chars</code>, minus the terminator.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strlen(const UChar *s);
+/*@}*/
+
+/**
+ * Count Unicode code points in the length UChar code units of the string.
+ * A code point may occupy either one or two UChar code units.
+ * Counting code points involves reading all code units.
+ *
+ * This functions is basically the inverse of the U16_FWD_N() macro (see utf.h).
+ *
+ * @param s The input string.
+ * @param length The number of UChar code units to be checked, or -1 to count all
+ * code points before the first NUL (U+0000).
+ * @return The number of code points in the specified code units.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_countChar32(const UChar *s, int32_t length);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the string contains more Unicode code points than a certain number.
+ * This is more efficient than counting all code points in the entire string
+ * and comparing that number with a threshold.
+ * This function may not need to scan the string at all if the length is known
+ * (not -1 for NUL-termination) and falls within a certain range, and
+ * never needs to count more than 'number+1' code points.
+ * Logically equivalent to (u_countChar32(s, length)>number).
+ * A Unicode code point may occupy either one or two UChar code units.
+ *
+ * @param s The input string.
+ * @param length The length of the string, or -1 if it is NUL-terminated.
+ * @param number The number of code points in the string is compared against
+ * the 'number' parameter.
+ * @return Boolean value for whether the string contains more Unicode code points
+ * than 'number'. Same as (u_countChar32(s, length)>number).
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+u_strHasMoreChar32Than(const UChar *s, int32_t length, int32_t number);
+
+/**
+ * Concatenate two ustrings. Appends a copy of <code>src</code>,
+ * including the null terminator, to <code>dst</code>. The initial copied
+ * character from <code>src</code> overwrites the null terminator in <code>dst</code>.
+ *
+ * @param dst The destination string.
+ * @param src The source string.
+ * @return A pointer to <code>dst</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2
+u_strcat(UChar *dst,
+ const UChar *src);
+
+/**
+ * Concatenate two ustrings.
+ * Appends at most <code>n</code> characters from <code>src</code> to <code>dst</code>.
+ * Adds a terminating NUL.
+ * If src is too long, then only <code>n-1</code> characters will be copied
+ * before the terminating NUL.
+ * If <code>n<=0</code> then dst is not modified.
+ *
+ * @param dst The destination string.
+ * @param src The source string.
+ * @param n The maximum number of characters to compare.
+ * @return A pointer to <code>dst</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2
+u_strncat(UChar *dst,
+ const UChar *src,
+ int32_t n);
+
+/**
+ * Find the first occurrence of a substring in a string.
+ * The substring is found at code point boundaries.
+ * That means that if the substring begins with
+ * a trail surrogate or ends with a lead surrogate,
+ * then it is found only if these surrogates stand alone in the text.
+ * Otherwise, the substring edge units would be matched against
+ * halves of surrogate pairs.
+ *
+ * @param s The string to search (NUL-terminated).
+ * @param substring The substring to find (NUL-terminated).
+ * @return A pointer to the first occurrence of <code>substring</code> in <code>s</code>,
+ * or <code>s</code> itself if the <code>substring</code> is empty,
+ * or <code>NULL</code> if <code>substring</code> is not in <code>s</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ *
+ * @see u_strrstr
+ * @see u_strFindFirst
+ * @see u_strFindLast
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar * U_EXPORT2
+u_strstr(const UChar *s, const UChar *substring);
+
+/**
+ * Find the first occurrence of a substring in a string.
+ * The substring is found at code point boundaries.
+ * That means that if the substring begins with
+ * a trail surrogate or ends with a lead surrogate,
+ * then it is found only if these surrogates stand alone in the text.
+ * Otherwise, the substring edge units would be matched against
+ * halves of surrogate pairs.
+ *
+ * @param s The string to search.
+ * @param length The length of s (number of UChars), or -1 if it is NUL-terminated.
+ * @param substring The substring to find (NUL-terminated).
+ * @param subLength The length of substring (number of UChars), or -1 if it is NUL-terminated.
+ * @return A pointer to the first occurrence of <code>substring</code> in <code>s</code>,
+ * or <code>s</code> itself if the <code>substring</code> is empty,
+ * or <code>NULL</code> if <code>substring</code> is not in <code>s</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ *
+ * @see u_strstr
+ * @see u_strFindLast
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar * U_EXPORT2
+u_strFindFirst(const UChar *s, int32_t length, const UChar *substring, int32_t subLength);
+
+/**
+ * Find the first occurrence of a BMP code point in a string.
+ * A surrogate code point is found only if its match in the text is not
+ * part of a surrogate pair.
+ * A NUL character is found at the string terminator.
+ *
+ * @param s The string to search (NUL-terminated).
+ * @param c The BMP code point to find.
+ * @return A pointer to the first occurrence of <code>c</code> in <code>s</code>
+ * or <code>NULL</code> if <code>c</code> is not in <code>s</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ *
+ * @see u_strchr32
+ * @see u_memchr
+ * @see u_strstr
+ * @see u_strFindFirst
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar * U_EXPORT2
+u_strchr(const UChar *s, UChar c);
+
+/**
+ * Find the first occurrence of a code point in a string.
+ * A surrogate code point is found only if its match in the text is not
+ * part of a surrogate pair.
+ * A NUL character is found at the string terminator.
+ *
+ * @param s The string to search (NUL-terminated).
+ * @param c The code point to find.
+ * @return A pointer to the first occurrence of <code>c</code> in <code>s</code>
+ * or <code>NULL</code> if <code>c</code> is not in <code>s</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ *
+ * @see u_strchr
+ * @see u_memchr32
+ * @see u_strstr
+ * @see u_strFindFirst
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar * U_EXPORT2
+u_strchr32(const UChar *s, UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Find the last occurrence of a substring in a string.
+ * The substring is found at code point boundaries.
+ * That means that if the substring begins with
+ * a trail surrogate or ends with a lead surrogate,
+ * then it is found only if these surrogates stand alone in the text.
+ * Otherwise, the substring edge units would be matched against
+ * halves of surrogate pairs.
+ *
+ * @param s The string to search (NUL-terminated).
+ * @param substring The substring to find (NUL-terminated).
+ * @return A pointer to the last occurrence of <code>substring</code> in <code>s</code>,
+ * or <code>s</code> itself if the <code>substring</code> is empty,
+ * or <code>NULL</code> if <code>substring</code> is not in <code>s</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ *
+ * @see u_strstr
+ * @see u_strFindFirst
+ * @see u_strFindLast
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar * U_EXPORT2
+u_strrstr(const UChar *s, const UChar *substring);
+
+/**
+ * Find the last occurrence of a substring in a string.
+ * The substring is found at code point boundaries.
+ * That means that if the substring begins with
+ * a trail surrogate or ends with a lead surrogate,
+ * then it is found only if these surrogates stand alone in the text.
+ * Otherwise, the substring edge units would be matched against
+ * halves of surrogate pairs.
+ *
+ * @param s The string to search.
+ * @param length The length of s (number of UChars), or -1 if it is NUL-terminated.
+ * @param substring The substring to find (NUL-terminated).
+ * @param subLength The length of substring (number of UChars), or -1 if it is NUL-terminated.
+ * @return A pointer to the last occurrence of <code>substring</code> in <code>s</code>,
+ * or <code>s</code> itself if the <code>substring</code> is empty,
+ * or <code>NULL</code> if <code>substring</code> is not in <code>s</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ *
+ * @see u_strstr
+ * @see u_strFindLast
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar * U_EXPORT2
+u_strFindLast(const UChar *s, int32_t length, const UChar *substring, int32_t subLength);
+
+/**
+ * Find the last occurrence of a BMP code point in a string.
+ * A surrogate code point is found only if its match in the text is not
+ * part of a surrogate pair.
+ * A NUL character is found at the string terminator.
+ *
+ * @param s The string to search (NUL-terminated).
+ * @param c The BMP code point to find.
+ * @return A pointer to the last occurrence of <code>c</code> in <code>s</code>
+ * or <code>NULL</code> if <code>c</code> is not in <code>s</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ *
+ * @see u_strrchr32
+ * @see u_memrchr
+ * @see u_strrstr
+ * @see u_strFindLast
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar * U_EXPORT2
+u_strrchr(const UChar *s, UChar c);
+
+/**
+ * Find the last occurrence of a code point in a string.
+ * A surrogate code point is found only if its match in the text is not
+ * part of a surrogate pair.
+ * A NUL character is found at the string terminator.
+ *
+ * @param s The string to search (NUL-terminated).
+ * @param c The code point to find.
+ * @return A pointer to the last occurrence of <code>c</code> in <code>s</code>
+ * or <code>NULL</code> if <code>c</code> is not in <code>s</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ *
+ * @see u_strrchr
+ * @see u_memchr32
+ * @see u_strrstr
+ * @see u_strFindLast
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar * U_EXPORT2
+u_strrchr32(const UChar *s, UChar32 c);
+
+/**
+ * Locates the first occurrence in the string <code>string</code> of any of the characters
+ * in the string <code>matchSet</code>.
+ * Works just like C's strpbrk but with Unicode.
+ *
+ * @param string The string in which to search, NUL-terminated.
+ * @param matchSet A NUL-terminated string defining a set of code points
+ * for which to search in the text string.
+ * @return A pointer to the character in <code>string</code> that matches one of the
+ * characters in <code>matchSet</code>, or NULL if no such character is found.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar * U_EXPORT2
+u_strpbrk(const UChar *string, const UChar *matchSet);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the number of consecutive characters in <code>string</code>,
+ * beginning with the first, that do not occur somewhere in <code>matchSet</code>.
+ * Works just like C's strcspn but with Unicode.
+ *
+ * @param string The string in which to search, NUL-terminated.
+ * @param matchSet A NUL-terminated string defining a set of code points
+ * for which to search in the text string.
+ * @return The number of initial characters in <code>string</code> that do not
+ * occur in <code>matchSet</code>.
+ * @see u_strspn
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strcspn(const UChar *string, const UChar *matchSet);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the number of consecutive characters in <code>string</code>,
+ * beginning with the first, that occur somewhere in <code>matchSet</code>.
+ * Works just like C's strspn but with Unicode.
+ *
+ * @param string The string in which to search, NUL-terminated.
+ * @param matchSet A NUL-terminated string defining a set of code points
+ * for which to search in the text string.
+ * @return The number of initial characters in <code>string</code> that do
+ * occur in <code>matchSet</code>.
+ * @see u_strcspn
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strspn(const UChar *string, const UChar *matchSet);
+
+/**
+ * The string tokenizer API allows an application to break a string into
+ * tokens. Unlike strtok(), the saveState (the current pointer within the
+ * original string) is maintained in saveState. In the first call, the
+ * argument src is a pointer to the string. In subsequent calls to
+ * return successive tokens of that string, src must be specified as
+ * NULL. The value saveState is set by this function to maintain the
+ * function's position within the string, and on each subsequent call
+ * you must give this argument the same variable. This function does
+ * handle surrogate pairs. This function is similar to the strtok_r()
+ * the POSIX Threads Extension (1003.1c-1995) version.
+ *
+ * @param src String containing token(s). This string will be modified.
+ * After the first call to u_strtok_r(), this argument must
+ * be NULL to get to the next token.
+ * @param delim Set of delimiter characters (Unicode code points).
+ * @param saveState The current pointer within the original string,
+ * which is set by this function. The saveState
+ * parameter should the address of a local variable of type
+ * UChar *. (i.e. defined "Uhar *myLocalSaveState" and use
+ * &myLocalSaveState for this parameter).
+ * @return A pointer to the next token found in src, or NULL
+ * when there are no more tokens.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar * U_EXPORT2
+u_strtok_r(UChar *src,
+ const UChar *delim,
+ UChar **saveState);
+
+/**
+ * Compare two Unicode strings for bitwise equality (code unit order).
+ *
+ * @param s1 A string to compare.
+ * @param s2 A string to compare.
+ * @return 0 if <code>s1</code> and <code>s2</code> are bitwise equal; a negative
+ * value if <code>s1</code> is bitwise less than <code>s2,</code>; a positive
+ * value if <code>s1</code> is bitwise greater than <code>s2</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strcmp(const UChar *s1,
+ const UChar *s2);
+
+/**
+ * Compare two Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * See u_strCompare for details.
+ *
+ * @param s1 A string to compare.
+ * @param s2 A string to compare.
+ * @return a negative/zero/positive integer corresponding to whether
+ * the first string is less than/equal to/greater than the second one
+ * in code point order
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strcmpCodePointOrder(const UChar *s1, const UChar *s2);
+
+/**
+ * Compare two Unicode strings (binary order).
+ *
+ * The comparison can be done in code unit order or in code point order.
+ * They differ only in UTF-16 when
+ * comparing supplementary code points (U+10000..U+10ffff)
+ * to BMP code points near the end of the BMP (i.e., U+e000..U+ffff).
+ * In code unit order, high BMP code points sort after supplementary code points
+ * because they are stored as pairs of surrogates which are at U+d800..U+dfff.
+ *
+ * This functions works with strings of different explicitly specified lengths
+ * unlike the ANSI C-like u_strcmp() and u_memcmp() etc.
+ * NUL-terminated strings are possible with length arguments of -1.
+ *
+ * @param s1 First source string.
+ * @param length1 Length of first source string, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ *
+ * @param s2 Second source string.
+ * @param length2 Length of second source string, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ *
+ * @param codePointOrder Choose between code unit order (FALSE)
+ * and code point order (TRUE).
+ *
+ * @return <0 or 0 or >0 as usual for string comparisons
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strCompare(const UChar *s1, int32_t length1,
+ const UChar *s2, int32_t length2,
+ UBool codePointOrder);
+
+/**
+ * Compare two Unicode strings (binary order)
+ * as presented by UCharIterator objects.
+ * Works otherwise just like u_strCompare().
+ *
+ * Both iterators are reset to their start positions.
+ * When the function returns, it is undefined where the iterators
+ * have stopped.
+ *
+ * @param iter1 First source string iterator.
+ * @param iter2 Second source string iterator.
+ * @param codePointOrder Choose between code unit order (FALSE)
+ * and code point order (TRUE).
+ *
+ * @return <0 or 0 or >0 as usual for string comparisons
+ *
+ * @see u_strCompare
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strCompareIter(UCharIterator *iter1, UCharIterator *iter2, UBool codePointOrder);
+
+#ifndef U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER
+/* see also unistr.h and unorm.h */
+/**
+ * Option bit for u_strCaseCompare, u_strcasecmp, unorm_compare, etc:
+ * Compare strings in code point order instead of code unit order.
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+#define U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER 0x8000
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Compare two strings case-insensitively using full case folding.
+ * This is equivalent to
+ * u_strCompare(u_strFoldCase(s1, options),
+ * u_strFoldCase(s2, options),
+ * (options&U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER)!=0).
+ *
+ * The comparison can be done in UTF-16 code unit order or in code point order.
+ * They differ only when comparing supplementary code points (U+10000..U+10ffff)
+ * to BMP code points near the end of the BMP (i.e., U+e000..U+ffff).
+ * In code unit order, high BMP code points sort after supplementary code points
+ * because they are stored as pairs of surrogates which are at U+d800..U+dfff.
+ *
+ * This functions works with strings of different explicitly specified lengths
+ * unlike the ANSI C-like u_strcmp() and u_memcmp() etc.
+ * NUL-terminated strings are possible with length arguments of -1.
+ *
+ * @param s1 First source string.
+ * @param length1 Length of first source string, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ *
+ * @param s2 Second source string.
+ * @param length2 Length of second source string, or -1 if NUL-terminated.
+ *
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT or 0 is used for default options:
+ * Comparison in code unit order with default case folding.
+ *
+ * - U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER
+ * Set to choose code point order instead of code unit order
+ * (see u_strCompare for details).
+ *
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ *
+ * @return <0 or 0 or >0 as usual for string comparisons
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strCaseCompare(const UChar *s1, int32_t length1,
+ const UChar *s2, int32_t length2,
+ uint32_t options,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Compare two ustrings for bitwise equality.
+ * Compares at most <code>n</code> characters.
+ *
+ * @param ucs1 A string to compare.
+ * @param ucs2 A string to compare.
+ * @param n The maximum number of characters to compare.
+ * @return 0 if <code>s1</code> and <code>s2</code> are bitwise equal; a negative
+ * value if <code>s1</code> is bitwise less than <code>s2</code>; a positive
+ * value if <code>s1</code> is bitwise greater than <code>s2</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strncmp(const UChar *ucs1,
+ const UChar *ucs2,
+ int32_t n);
+
+/**
+ * Compare two Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * This is different in UTF-16 from u_strncmp() if supplementary characters are present.
+ * For details, see u_strCompare().
+ *
+ * @param s1 A string to compare.
+ * @param s2 A string to compare.
+ * @param n The maximum number of characters to compare.
+ * @return a negative/zero/positive integer corresponding to whether
+ * the first string is less than/equal to/greater than the second one
+ * in code point order
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strncmpCodePointOrder(const UChar *s1, const UChar *s2, int32_t n);
+
+/**
+ * Compare two strings case-insensitively using full case folding.
+ * This is equivalent to u_strcmp(u_strFoldCase(s1, options), u_strFoldCase(s2, options)).
+ *
+ * @param s1 A string to compare.
+ * @param s2 A string to compare.
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT or 0 is used for default options:
+ * Comparison in code unit order with default case folding.
+ *
+ * - U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER
+ * Set to choose code point order instead of code unit order
+ * (see u_strCompare for details).
+ *
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ *
+ * @return A negative, zero, or positive integer indicating the comparison result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strcasecmp(const UChar *s1, const UChar *s2, uint32_t options);
+
+/**
+ * Compare two strings case-insensitively using full case folding.
+ * This is equivalent to u_strcmp(u_strFoldCase(s1, at most n, options),
+ * u_strFoldCase(s2, at most n, options)).
+ *
+ * @param s1 A string to compare.
+ * @param s2 A string to compare.
+ * @param n The maximum number of characters each string to case-fold and then compare.
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT or 0 is used for default options:
+ * Comparison in code unit order with default case folding.
+ *
+ * - U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER
+ * Set to choose code point order instead of code unit order
+ * (see u_strCompare for details).
+ *
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ *
+ * @return A negative, zero, or positive integer indicating the comparison result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strncasecmp(const UChar *s1, const UChar *s2, int32_t n, uint32_t options);
+
+/**
+ * Compare two strings case-insensitively using full case folding.
+ * This is equivalent to u_strcmp(u_strFoldCase(s1, n, options),
+ * u_strFoldCase(s2, n, options)).
+ *
+ * @param s1 A string to compare.
+ * @param s2 A string to compare.
+ * @param length The number of characters in each string to case-fold and then compare.
+ * @param options A bit set of options:
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT or 0 is used for default options:
+ * Comparison in code unit order with default case folding.
+ *
+ * - U_COMPARE_CODE_POINT_ORDER
+ * Set to choose code point order instead of code unit order
+ * (see u_strCompare for details).
+ *
+ * - U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ *
+ * @return A negative, zero, or positive integer indicating the comparison result.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_memcasecmp(const UChar *s1, const UChar *s2, int32_t length, uint32_t options);
+
+/**
+ * Copy a ustring. Adds a null terminator.
+ *
+ * @param dst The destination string.
+ * @param src The source string.
+ * @return A pointer to <code>dst</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2
+u_strcpy(UChar *dst,
+ const UChar *src);
+
+/**
+ * Copy a ustring.
+ * Copies at most <code>n</code> characters. The result will be null terminated
+ * if the length of <code>src</code> is less than <code>n</code>.
+ *
+ * @param dst The destination string.
+ * @param src The source string.
+ * @param n The maximum number of characters to copy.
+ * @return A pointer to <code>dst</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2
+u_strncpy(UChar *dst,
+ const UChar *src,
+ int32_t n);
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION
+
+/**
+ * Copy a byte string encoded in the default codepage to a ustring.
+ * Adds a null terminator.
+ * Performs a host byte to UChar conversion
+ *
+ * @param dst The destination string.
+ * @param src The source string.
+ * @return A pointer to <code>dst</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2 u_uastrcpy(UChar *dst,
+ const char *src );
+
+/**
+ * Copy a byte string encoded in the default codepage to a ustring.
+ * Copies at most <code>n</code> characters. The result will be null terminated
+ * if the length of <code>src</code> is less than <code>n</code>.
+ * Performs a host byte to UChar conversion
+ *
+ * @param dst The destination string.
+ * @param src The source string.
+ * @param n The maximum number of characters to copy.
+ * @return A pointer to <code>dst</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2 u_uastrncpy(UChar *dst,
+ const char *src,
+ int32_t n);
+
+/**
+ * Copy ustring to a byte string encoded in the default codepage.
+ * Adds a null terminator.
+ * Performs a UChar to host byte conversion
+ *
+ * @param dst The destination string.
+ * @param src The source string.
+ * @return A pointer to <code>dst</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE char* U_EXPORT2 u_austrcpy(char *dst,
+ const UChar *src );
+
+/**
+ * Copy ustring to a byte string encoded in the default codepage.
+ * Copies at most <code>n</code> characters. The result will be null terminated
+ * if the length of <code>src</code> is less than <code>n</code>.
+ * Performs a UChar to host byte conversion
+ *
+ * @param dst The destination string.
+ * @param src The source string.
+ * @param n The maximum number of characters to copy.
+ * @return A pointer to <code>dst</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE char* U_EXPORT2 u_austrncpy(char *dst,
+ const UChar *src,
+ int32_t n );
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Synonym for memcpy(), but with UChars only.
+ * @param dest The destination string
+ * @param src The source string
+ * @param count The number of characters to copy
+ * @return A pointer to <code>dest</code>
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2
+u_memcpy(UChar *dest, const UChar *src, int32_t count);
+
+/**
+ * Synonym for memmove(), but with UChars only.
+ * @param dest The destination string
+ * @param src The source string
+ * @param count The number of characters to move
+ * @return A pointer to <code>dest</code>
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2
+u_memmove(UChar *dest, const UChar *src, int32_t count);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize <code>count</code> characters of <code>dest</code> to <code>c</code>.
+ *
+ * @param dest The destination string.
+ * @param c The character to initialize the string.
+ * @param count The maximum number of characters to set.
+ * @return A pointer to <code>dest</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2
+u_memset(UChar *dest, UChar c, int32_t count);
+
+/**
+ * Compare the first <code>count</code> UChars of each buffer.
+ *
+ * @param buf1 The first string to compare.
+ * @param buf2 The second string to compare.
+ * @param count The maximum number of UChars to compare.
+ * @return When buf1 < buf2, a negative number is returned.
+ * When buf1 == buf2, 0 is returned.
+ * When buf1 > buf2, a positive number is returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_memcmp(const UChar *buf1, const UChar *buf2, int32_t count);
+
+/**
+ * Compare two Unicode strings in code point order.
+ * This is different in UTF-16 from u_memcmp() if supplementary characters are present.
+ * For details, see u_strCompare().
+ *
+ * @param s1 A string to compare.
+ * @param s2 A string to compare.
+ * @param count The maximum number of characters to compare.
+ * @return a negative/zero/positive integer corresponding to whether
+ * the first string is less than/equal to/greater than the second one
+ * in code point order
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_memcmpCodePointOrder(const UChar *s1, const UChar *s2, int32_t count);
+
+/**
+ * Find the first occurrence of a BMP code point in a string.
+ * A surrogate code point is found only if its match in the text is not
+ * part of a surrogate pair.
+ * A NUL character is found at the string terminator.
+ *
+ * @param s The string to search (contains <code>count</code> UChars).
+ * @param c The BMP code point to find.
+ * @param count The length of the string.
+ * @return A pointer to the first occurrence of <code>c</code> in <code>s</code>
+ * or <code>NULL</code> if <code>c</code> is not in <code>s</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ *
+ * @see u_strchr
+ * @see u_memchr32
+ * @see u_strFindFirst
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2
+u_memchr(const UChar *s, UChar c, int32_t count);
+
+/**
+ * Find the first occurrence of a code point in a string.
+ * A surrogate code point is found only if its match in the text is not
+ * part of a surrogate pair.
+ * A NUL character is found at the string terminator.
+ *
+ * @param s The string to search (contains <code>count</code> UChars).
+ * @param c The code point to find.
+ * @param count The length of the string.
+ * @return A pointer to the first occurrence of <code>c</code> in <code>s</code>
+ * or <code>NULL</code> if <code>c</code> is not in <code>s</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ *
+ * @see u_strchr32
+ * @see u_memchr
+ * @see u_strFindFirst
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2
+u_memchr32(const UChar *s, UChar32 c, int32_t count);
+
+/**
+ * Find the last occurrence of a BMP code point in a string.
+ * A surrogate code point is found only if its match in the text is not
+ * part of a surrogate pair.
+ * A NUL character is found at the string terminator.
+ *
+ * @param s The string to search (contains <code>count</code> UChars).
+ * @param c The BMP code point to find.
+ * @param count The length of the string.
+ * @return A pointer to the last occurrence of <code>c</code> in <code>s</code>
+ * or <code>NULL</code> if <code>c</code> is not in <code>s</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ *
+ * @see u_strrchr
+ * @see u_memrchr32
+ * @see u_strFindLast
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2
+u_memrchr(const UChar *s, UChar c, int32_t count);
+
+/**
+ * Find the last occurrence of a code point in a string.
+ * A surrogate code point is found only if its match in the text is not
+ * part of a surrogate pair.
+ * A NUL character is found at the string terminator.
+ *
+ * @param s The string to search (contains <code>count</code> UChars).
+ * @param c The code point to find.
+ * @param count The length of the string.
+ * @return A pointer to the last occurrence of <code>c</code> in <code>s</code>
+ * or <code>NULL</code> if <code>c</code> is not in <code>s</code>.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ *
+ * @see u_strrchr32
+ * @see u_memrchr
+ * @see u_strFindLast
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2
+u_memrchr32(const UChar *s, UChar32 c, int32_t count);
+
+/**
+ * Unicode String literals in C.
+ * We need one macro to declare a variable for the string
+ * and to statically preinitialize it if possible,
+ * and a second macro to dynamically intialize such a string variable if necessary.
+ *
+ * The macros are defined for maximum performance.
+ * They work only for strings that contain "invariant characters", i.e.,
+ * only latin letters, digits, and some punctuation.
+ * See utypes.h for details.
+ *
+ * A pair of macros for a single string must be used with the same
+ * parameters.
+ * The string parameter must be a C string literal.
+ * The length of the string, not including the terminating
+ * <code>NUL</code>, must be specified as a constant.
+ * The U_STRING_DECL macro should be invoked exactly once for one
+ * such string variable before it is used.
+ *
+ * Usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * U_STRING_DECL(ustringVar1, "Quick-Fox 2", 11);
+ * U_STRING_DECL(ustringVar2, "jumps 5%", 8);
+ * static UBool didInit=FALSE;
+ *
+ * int32_t function() {
+ * if(!didInit) {
+ * U_STRING_INIT(ustringVar1, "Quick-Fox 2", 11);
+ * U_STRING_INIT(ustringVar2, "jumps 5%", 8);
+ * didInit=TRUE;
+ * }
+ * return u_strcmp(ustringVar1, ustringVar2);
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#if defined(U_DECLARE_UTF16)
+# define U_STRING_DECL(var, cs, length) static const UChar var[(length)+1]=U_DECLARE_UTF16(cs)
+ /**@stable ICU 2.0 */
+# define U_STRING_INIT(var, cs, length)
+#elif U_SIZEOF_WCHAR_T==U_SIZEOF_UCHAR && (U_CHARSET_FAMILY==U_ASCII_FAMILY || (U_SIZEOF_UCHAR == 2 && defined(U_WCHAR_IS_UTF16)))
+# define U_STRING_DECL(var, cs, length) static const UChar var[(length)+1]=L ## cs
+ /**@stable ICU 2.0 */
+# define U_STRING_INIT(var, cs, length)
+#elif U_SIZEOF_UCHAR==1 && U_CHARSET_FAMILY==U_ASCII_FAMILY
+# define U_STRING_DECL(var, cs, length) static const UChar var[(length)+1]=cs
+ /**@stable ICU 2.0 */
+# define U_STRING_INIT(var, cs, length)
+#else
+# define U_STRING_DECL(var, cs, length) static UChar var[(length)+1]
+ /**@stable ICU 2.0 */
+# define U_STRING_INIT(var, cs, length) u_charsToUChars(cs, var, length+1)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Unescape a string of characters and write the resulting
+ * Unicode characters to the destination buffer. The following escape
+ * sequences are recognized:
+ *
+ * \\uhhhh 4 hex digits; h in [0-9A-Fa-f]
+ * \\Uhhhhhhhh 8 hex digits
+ * \\xhh 1-2 hex digits
+ * \\x{h...} 1-8 hex digits
+ * \\ooo 1-3 octal digits; o in [0-7]
+ * \\cX control-X; X is masked with 0x1F
+ *
+ * as well as the standard ANSI C escapes:
+ *
+ * \\a => U+0007, \\b => U+0008, \\t => U+0009, \\n => U+000A,
+ * \\v => U+000B, \\f => U+000C, \\r => U+000D, \\e => U+001B,
+ * \\" => U+0022, \\' => U+0027, \\? => U+003F, \\\\ => U+005C
+ *
+ * Anything else following a backslash is generically escaped. For
+ * example, "[a\\-z]" returns "[a-z]".
+ *
+ * If an escape sequence is ill-formed, this method returns an empty
+ * string. An example of an ill-formed sequence is "\\u" followed by
+ * fewer than 4 hex digits.
+ *
+ * The above characters are recognized in the compiler's codepage,
+ * that is, they are coded as 'u', '\\', etc. Characters that are
+ * not parts of escape sequences are converted using u_charsToUChars().
+ *
+ * This function is similar to UnicodeString::unescape() but not
+ * identical to it. The latter takes a source UnicodeString, so it
+ * does escape recognition but no conversion.
+ *
+ * @param src a zero-terminated string of invariant characters
+ * @param dest pointer to buffer to receive converted and unescaped
+ * text and, if there is room, a zero terminator. May be NULL for
+ * preflighting, in which case no UChars will be written, but the
+ * return value will still be valid. On error, an empty string is
+ * stored here (if possible).
+ * @param destCapacity the number of UChars that may be written at
+ * dest. Ignored if dest == NULL.
+ * @return the length of unescaped string.
+ * @see u_unescapeAt
+ * @see UnicodeString#unescape()
+ * @see UnicodeString#unescapeAt()
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_unescape(const char *src,
+ UChar *dest, int32_t destCapacity);
+
+U_CDECL_BEGIN
+/**
+ * Callback function for u_unescapeAt() that returns a character of
+ * the source text given an offset and a context pointer. The context
+ * pointer will be whatever is passed into u_unescapeAt().
+ *
+ * @param offset pointer to the offset that will be passed to u_unescapeAt().
+ * @param context an opaque pointer passed directly into u_unescapeAt()
+ * @return the character represented by the escape sequence at
+ * offset
+ * @see u_unescapeAt
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef UChar (U_CALLCONV *UNESCAPE_CHAR_AT)(int32_t offset, void *context);
+U_CDECL_END
+
+/**
+ * Unescape a single sequence. The character at offset-1 is assumed
+ * (without checking) to be a backslash. This method takes a callback
+ * pointer to a function that returns the UChar at a given offset. By
+ * varying this callback, ICU functions are able to unescape char*
+ * strings, UnicodeString objects, and UFILE pointers.
+ *
+ * If offset is out of range, or if the escape sequence is ill-formed,
+ * (UChar32)0xFFFFFFFF is returned. See documentation of u_unescape()
+ * for a list of recognized sequences.
+ *
+ * @param charAt callback function that returns a UChar of the source
+ * text given an offset and a context pointer.
+ * @param offset pointer to the offset that will be passed to charAt.
+ * The offset value will be updated upon return to point after the
+ * last parsed character of the escape sequence. On error the offset
+ * is unchanged.
+ * @param length the number of characters in the source text. The
+ * last character of the source text is considered to be at offset
+ * length-1.
+ * @param context an opaque pointer passed directly into charAt.
+ * @return the character represented by the escape sequence at
+ * offset, or (UChar32)0xFFFFFFFF on error.
+ * @see u_unescape()
+ * @see UnicodeString#unescape()
+ * @see UnicodeString#unescapeAt()
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+u_unescapeAt(UNESCAPE_CHAR_AT charAt,
+ int32_t *offset,
+ int32_t length,
+ void *context);
+
+/**
+ * Uppercase the characters in a string.
+ * Casing is locale-dependent and context-sensitive.
+ * The result may be longer or shorter than the original.
+ * The source string and the destination buffer are allowed to overlap.
+ *
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be zero-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of UChars). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the result
+ * without writing any of the result string.
+ * @param src The original string
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be zero-terminated.
+ * @param locale The locale to consider, or "" for the root locale or NULL for the default locale.
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return The length of the result string. It may be greater than destCapacity. In that case,
+ * only some of the result was written to the destination buffer.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strToUpper(UChar *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ const UChar *src, int32_t srcLength,
+ const char *locale,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Lowercase the characters in a string.
+ * Casing is locale-dependent and context-sensitive.
+ * The result may be longer or shorter than the original.
+ * The source string and the destination buffer are allowed to overlap.
+ *
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be zero-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of UChars). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the result
+ * without writing any of the result string.
+ * @param src The original string
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be zero-terminated.
+ * @param locale The locale to consider, or "" for the root locale or NULL for the default locale.
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return The length of the result string. It may be greater than destCapacity. In that case,
+ * only some of the result was written to the destination buffer.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strToLower(UChar *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ const UChar *src, int32_t srcLength,
+ const char *locale,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_BREAK_ITERATION
+
+/**
+ * Titlecase a string.
+ * Casing is locale-dependent and context-sensitive.
+ * Titlecasing uses a break iterator to find the first characters of words
+ * that are to be titlecased. It titlecases those characters and lowercases
+ * all others.
+ *
+ * The titlecase break iterator can be provided to customize for arbitrary
+ * styles, using rules and dictionaries beyond the standard iterators.
+ * It may be more efficient to always provide an iterator to avoid
+ * opening and closing one for each string.
+ * The standard titlecase iterator for the root locale implements the
+ * algorithm of Unicode TR 21.
+ *
+ * This function uses only the setText(), first() and next() methods of the
+ * provided break iterator.
+ *
+ * The result may be longer or shorter than the original.
+ * The source string and the destination buffer are allowed to overlap.
+ *
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be zero-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of UChars). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the result
+ * without writing any of the result string.
+ * @param src The original string
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be zero-terminated.
+ * @param titleIter A break iterator to find the first characters of words
+ * that are to be titlecased.
+ * If none is provided (NULL), then a standard titlecase
+ * break iterator is opened.
+ * @param locale The locale to consider, or "" for the root locale or NULL for the default locale.
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return The length of the result string. It may be greater than destCapacity. In that case,
+ * only some of the result was written to the destination buffer.
+ * @stable ICU 2.1
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strToTitle(UChar *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ const UChar *src, int32_t srcLength,
+ UBreakIterator *titleIter,
+ const char *locale,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Case-fold the characters in a string.
+ * Case-folding is locale-independent and not context-sensitive,
+ * but there is an option for whether to include or exclude mappings for dotted I
+ * and dotless i that are marked with 'I' in CaseFolding.txt.
+ * The result may be longer or shorter than the original.
+ * The source string and the destination buffer are allowed to overlap.
+ *
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be zero-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of UChars). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the result
+ * without writing any of the result string.
+ * @param src The original string
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be zero-terminated.
+ * @param options Either U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT or U_FOLD_CASE_EXCLUDE_SPECIAL_I
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return The length of the result string. It may be greater than destCapacity. In that case,
+ * only some of the result was written to the destination buffer.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+u_strFoldCase(UChar *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ const UChar *src, int32_t srcLength,
+ uint32_t options,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+#if defined(U_WCHAR_IS_UTF16) || defined(U_WCHAR_IS_UTF32) || !UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION
+/**
+ * Converts a sequence of UChars to wchar_t units.
+ *
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be zero-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of wchar_t's). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the
+ * result without writing any of the result string (pre-flighting).
+ * @param pDestLength A pointer to receive the number of units written to the destination. If
+ * pDestLength!=NULL then *pDestLength is always set to the
+ * number of output units corresponding to the transformation of
+ * all the input units, even in case of a buffer overflow.
+ * @param src The original source string
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be zero-terminated.
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return The pointer to destination buffer.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE wchar_t* U_EXPORT2
+u_strToWCS(wchar_t *dest,
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ int32_t *pDestLength,
+ const UChar *src,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+/**
+ * Converts a sequence of wchar_t units to UChars
+ *
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be zero-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of UChars). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the
+ * result without writing any of the result string (pre-flighting).
+ * @param pDestLength A pointer to receive the number of units written to the destination. If
+ * pDestLength!=NULL then *pDestLength is always set to the
+ * number of output units corresponding to the transformation of
+ * all the input units, even in case of a buffer overflow.
+ * @param src The original source string
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be zero-terminated.
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return The pointer to destination buffer.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2
+u_strFromWCS(UChar *dest,
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ int32_t *pDestLength,
+ const wchar_t *src,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+#endif /* defined(U_WCHAR_IS_UTF16) || defined(U_WCHAR_IS_UTF32) || !UCONFIG_NO_CONVERSION */
+
+/**
+ * Converts a sequence of UChars (UTF-16) to UTF-8 bytes
+ *
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be zero-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of chars). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the
+ * result without writing any of the result string (pre-flighting).
+ * @param pDestLength A pointer to receive the number of units written to the destination. If
+ * pDestLength!=NULL then *pDestLength is always set to the
+ * number of output units corresponding to the transformation of
+ * all the input units, even in case of a buffer overflow.
+ * @param src The original source string
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be zero-terminated.
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return The pointer to destination buffer.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ * @see u_strToUTF8WithSub
+ * @see u_strFromUTF8
+ */
+U_STABLE char* U_EXPORT2
+u_strToUTF8(char *dest,
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ int32_t *pDestLength,
+ const UChar *src,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Converts a sequence of UTF-8 bytes to UChars (UTF-16).
+ *
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be zero-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of UChars). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the
+ * result without writing any of the result string (pre-flighting).
+ * @param pDestLength A pointer to receive the number of units written to the destination. If
+ * pDestLength!=NULL then *pDestLength is always set to the
+ * number of output units corresponding to the transformation of
+ * all the input units, even in case of a buffer overflow.
+ * @param src The original source string
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be zero-terminated.
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return The pointer to destination buffer.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ * @see u_strFromUTF8WithSub
+ * @see u_strFromUTF8Lenient
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2
+u_strFromUTF8(UChar *dest,
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ int32_t *pDestLength,
+ const char *src,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Converts a sequence of UChars (UTF-16) to UTF-8 bytes.
+ * Same as u_strToUTF8() except for the additional subchar which is output for
+ * illegal input sequences, instead of stopping with the U_INVALID_CHAR_FOUND error code.
+ * With subchar==U_SENTINEL, this function behaves exactly like u_strToUTF8().
+ *
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be zero-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of chars). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the
+ * result without writing any of the result string (pre-flighting).
+ * @param pDestLength A pointer to receive the number of units written to the destination. If
+ * pDestLength!=NULL then *pDestLength is always set to the
+ * number of output units corresponding to the transformation of
+ * all the input units, even in case of a buffer overflow.
+ * @param src The original source string
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be zero-terminated.
+ * @param subchar The substitution character to use in place of an illegal input sequence,
+ * or U_SENTINEL if the function is to return with U_INVALID_CHAR_FOUND instead.
+ * A substitution character can be any valid Unicode code point (up to U+10FFFF)
+ * except for surrogate code points (U+D800..U+DFFF).
+ * The recommended value is U+FFFD "REPLACEMENT CHARACTER".
+ * @param pNumSubstitutions Output parameter receiving the number of substitutions if subchar>=0.
+ * Set to 0 if no substitutions occur or subchar<0.
+ * pNumSubstitutions can be NULL.
+ * @param pErrorCode Pointer to a standard ICU error code. Its input value must
+ * pass the U_SUCCESS() test, or else the function returns
+ * immediately. Check for U_FAILURE() on output or use with
+ * function chaining. (See User Guide for details.)
+ * @return The pointer to destination buffer.
+ * @see u_strToUTF8
+ * @see u_strFromUTF8WithSub
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE char* U_EXPORT2
+u_strToUTF8WithSub(char *dest,
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ int32_t *pDestLength,
+ const UChar *src,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ UChar32 subchar, int32_t *pNumSubstitutions,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Converts a sequence of UTF-8 bytes to UChars (UTF-16).
+ * Same as u_strFromUTF8() except for the additional subchar which is output for
+ * illegal input sequences, instead of stopping with the U_INVALID_CHAR_FOUND error code.
+ * With subchar==U_SENTINEL, this function behaves exactly like u_strFromUTF8().
+ *
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be zero-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of UChars). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the
+ * result without writing any of the result string (pre-flighting).
+ * @param pDestLength A pointer to receive the number of units written to the destination. If
+ * pDestLength!=NULL then *pDestLength is always set to the
+ * number of output units corresponding to the transformation of
+ * all the input units, even in case of a buffer overflow.
+ * @param src The original source string
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be zero-terminated.
+ * @param subchar The substitution character to use in place of an illegal input sequence,
+ * or U_SENTINEL if the function is to return with U_INVALID_CHAR_FOUND instead.
+ * A substitution character can be any valid Unicode code point (up to U+10FFFF)
+ * except for surrogate code points (U+D800..U+DFFF).
+ * The recommended value is U+FFFD "REPLACEMENT CHARACTER".
+ * @param pNumSubstitutions Output parameter receiving the number of substitutions if subchar>=0.
+ * Set to 0 if no substitutions occur or subchar<0.
+ * pNumSubstitutions can be NULL.
+ * @param pErrorCode Pointer to a standard ICU error code. Its input value must
+ * pass the U_SUCCESS() test, or else the function returns
+ * immediately. Check for U_FAILURE() on output or use with
+ * function chaining. (See User Guide for details.)
+ * @return The pointer to destination buffer.
+ * @see u_strFromUTF8
+ * @see u_strFromUTF8Lenient
+ * @see u_strToUTF8WithSub
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2
+u_strFromUTF8WithSub(UChar *dest,
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ int32_t *pDestLength,
+ const char *src,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ UChar32 subchar, int32_t *pNumSubstitutions,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Converts a sequence of UTF-8 bytes to UChars (UTF-16).
+ * Same as u_strFromUTF8() except that this function is designed to be very fast,
+ * which it achieves by being lenient about malformed UTF-8 sequences.
+ * This function is intended for use in environments where UTF-8 text is
+ * expected to be well-formed.
+ *
+ * Its semantics are:
+ * - Well-formed UTF-8 text is correctly converted to well-formed UTF-16 text.
+ * - The function will not read beyond the input string, nor write beyond
+ * the destCapacity.
+ * - Malformed UTF-8 results in "garbage" 16-bit Unicode strings which may not
+ * be well-formed UTF-16.
+ * The function will resynchronize to valid code point boundaries
+ * within a small number of code points after an illegal sequence.
+ * - Non-shortest forms are not detected and will result in "spoofing" output.
+ *
+ * For further performance improvement, if srcLength is given (>=0),
+ * then it must be destCapacity>=srcLength.
+ *
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be zero-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of UChars). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the
+ * result without writing any of the result string (pre-flighting).
+ * Unlike for other ICU functions, if srcLength>=0 then it
+ * must be destCapacity>=srcLength.
+ * @param pDestLength A pointer to receive the number of units written to the destination. If
+ * pDestLength!=NULL then *pDestLength is always set to the
+ * number of output units corresponding to the transformation of
+ * all the input units, even in case of a buffer overflow.
+ * Unlike for other ICU functions, if srcLength>=0 but
+ * destCapacity<srcLength, then *pDestLength will be set to srcLength
+ * (and U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR will be set)
+ * regardless of the actual result length.
+ * @param src The original source string
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be zero-terminated.
+ * @param pErrorCode Pointer to a standard ICU error code. Its input value must
+ * pass the U_SUCCESS() test, or else the function returns
+ * immediately. Check for U_FAILURE() on output or use with
+ * function chaining. (See User Guide for details.)
+ * @return The pointer to destination buffer.
+ * @see u_strFromUTF8
+ * @see u_strFromUTF8WithSub
+ * @see u_strToUTF8WithSub
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar * U_EXPORT2
+u_strFromUTF8Lenient(UChar *dest,
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ int32_t *pDestLength,
+ const char *src,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Converts a sequence of UChars (UTF-16) to UTF32 units.
+ *
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be zero-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of UChar32s). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the
+ * result without writing any of the result string (pre-flighting).
+ * @param pDestLength A pointer to receive the number of units written to the destination. If
+ * pDestLength!=NULL then *pDestLength is always set to the
+ * number of output units corresponding to the transformation of
+ * all the input units, even in case of a buffer overflow.
+ * @param src The original source string
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be zero-terminated.
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return The pointer to destination buffer.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32* U_EXPORT2
+u_strToUTF32(UChar32 *dest,
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ int32_t *pDestLength,
+ const UChar *src,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Converts a sequence of UTF32 units to UChars (UTF-16)
+ *
+ * @param dest A buffer for the result string. The result will be zero-terminated if
+ * the buffer is large enough.
+ * @param destCapacity The size of the buffer (number of UChars). If it is 0, then
+ * dest may be NULL and the function will only return the length of the
+ * result without writing any of the result string (pre-flighting).
+ * @param pDestLength A pointer to receive the number of units written to the destination. If
+ * pDestLength!=NULL then *pDestLength is always set to the
+ * number of output units corresponding to the transformation of
+ * all the input units, even in case of a buffer overflow.
+ * @param src The original source string
+ * @param srcLength The length of the original string. If -1, then src must be zero-terminated.
+ * @param pErrorCode Must be a valid pointer to an error code value,
+ * which must not indicate a failure before the function call.
+ * @return The pointer to destination buffer.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar* U_EXPORT2
+u_strFromUTF32(UChar *dest,
+ int32_t destCapacity,
+ int32_t *pDestLength,
+ const UChar32 *src,
+ int32_t srcLength,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/usystem.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/usystem.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..752e2f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/usystem.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2004-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* file name:
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* Created by: genheaders.pl, a perl script written by Ram Viswanadha
+*
+* Contains data for commenting out APIs.
+* Gets included by umachine.h
+*
+* THIS FILE IS MACHINE-GENERATED, DON'T PLAY WITH IT IF YOU DON'T KNOW WHAT
+* YOU ARE DOING, OTHERWISE VERY BAD THINGS WILL HAPPEN!
+*/
+
+#ifndef USYSTEM_H
+#define USYSTEM_H
+
+#ifdef U_HIDE_SYSTEM_API
+
+# if U_DISABLE_RENAMING
+# define u_cleanup u_cleanup_SYSTEM_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_setAtomicIncDecFunctions u_setAtomicIncDecFunctions_SYSTEM_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_setMemoryFunctions u_setMemoryFunctions_SYSTEM_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_setMutexFunctions u_setMutexFunctions_SYSTEM_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucnv_setDefaultName ucnv_setDefaultName_SYSTEM_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uloc_getDefault uloc_getDefault_SYSTEM_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uloc_setDefault uloc_setDefault_SYSTEM_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# else
+# define u_cleanup_4_0 u_cleanup_SYSTEM_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_setAtomicIncDecFunctions_4_0 u_setAtomicIncDecFunctions_SYSTEM_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_setMemoryFunctions_4_0 u_setMemoryFunctions_SYSTEM_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define u_setMutexFunctions_4_0 u_setMutexFunctions_SYSTEM_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define ucnv_setDefaultName_4_0 ucnv_setDefaultName_SYSTEM_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uloc_getDefault_4_0 uloc_getDefault_SYSTEM_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# define uloc_setDefault_4_0 uloc_setDefault_SYSTEM_API_DO_NOT_USE
+# endif /* U_DISABLE_RENAMING */
+
+#endif /* U_HIDE_SYSTEM_API */
+#endif /* USYSTEM_H */
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utext.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..866b850
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1562 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 2004-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+*******************************************************************************
+* file name: utext.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 2004oct06
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*/
+
+#ifndef __UTEXT_H__
+#define __UTEXT_H__
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Abstract Unicode Text API
+ *
+ * The Text Access API provides a means to allow text that is stored in alternative
+ * formats to work with ICU services. ICU normally operates on text that is
+ * stored in UTF-16 format, in (UChar *) arrays for the C APIs or as type
+ * UnicodeString for C++ APIs.
+ *
+ * ICU Text Access allows other formats, such as UTF-8 or non-contiguous
+ * UTF-16 strings, to be placed in a UText wrapper and then passed to ICU services.
+ *
+ * There are three general classes of usage for UText:
+ *
+ * Application Level Use. This is the simplest usage - applications would
+ * use one of the utext_open() functions on their input text, and pass
+ * the resulting UText to the desired ICU service.
+ *
+ * Second is usage in ICU Services, such as break iteration, that will need to
+ * operate on input presented to them as a UText. These implementations
+ * will need to use the iteration and related UText functions to gain
+ * access to the actual text.
+ *
+ * The third class of UText users are "text providers." These are the
+ * UText implementations for the various text storage formats. An application
+ * or system with a unique text storage format can implement a set of
+ * UText provider functions for that format, which will then allow
+ * ICU services to operate on that format.
+ *
+ *
+ * <em>Iterating over text</em>
+ *
+ * Here is sample code for a forward iteration over the contents of a UText
+ *
+ * \code
+ * UChar32 c;
+ * UText *ut = whatever();
+ *
+ * for (c=utext_next32From(ut, 0); c>=0; c=utext_next32(ut)) {
+ * // do whatever with the codepoint c here.
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * And here is similar code to iterate in the reverse direction, from the end
+ * of the text towards the beginning.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * UChar32 c;
+ * UText *ut = whatever();
+ * int textLength = utext_nativeLength(ut);
+ * for (c=utext_previous32From(ut, textLength); c>=0; c=utext_previous32(ut)) {
+ * // do whatever with the codepoint c here.
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <em>Characters and Indexing</em>
+ *
+ * Indexing into text by UText functions is nearly always in terms of the native
+ * indexing of the underlying text storage. The storage format could be UTF-8
+ * or UTF-32, for example. When coding to the UText access API, no assumptions
+ * can be made regarding the size of characters, or how far an index
+ * may move when iterating between characters.
+ *
+ * All indices supplied to UText functions are pinned to the length of the
+ * text. An out-of-bounds index is not considered to be an error, but is
+ * adjusted to be in the range 0 <= index <= length of input text.
+ *
+ *
+ * When an index position is returned from a UText function, it will be
+ * a native index to the underlying text. In the case of multi-unit characters,
+ * it will always refer to the first position of the character,
+ * never to the interior. This is essentially the same thing as saying that
+ * a returned index will always point to a boundary between characters.
+ *
+ * When a native index is supplied to a UText function, all indices that
+ * refer to any part of a multi-unit character representation are considered
+ * to be equivalent. In the case of multi-unit characters, an incoming index
+ * will be logically normalized to refer to the start of the character.
+ *
+ * It is possible to test whether a native index is on a code point boundary
+ * by doing a utext_setNativeIndex() followed by a utext_getNativeIndex().
+ * If the index is returned unchanged, it was on a code point boundary. If
+ * an adjusted index is returned, the original index referred to the
+ * interior of a character.
+ *
+ * <em>Conventions for calling UText functions</em>
+ *
+ * Most UText access functions have as their first parameter a (UText *) pointer,
+ * which specifies the UText to be used. Unless otherwise noted, the
+ * pointer must refer to a valid, open UText. Attempting to
+ * use a closed UText or passing a NULL pointer is a programming error and
+ * will produce undefined results or NULL pointer exceptions.
+ *
+ * The UText_Open family of functions can either open an existing (closed)
+ * UText, or heap allocate a new UText. Here is sample code for creating
+ * a stack-allocated UText.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * char *s = whatever(); // A utf-8 string
+ * U_ErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ * UText ut = UTEXT_INITIALIZER;
+ * utext_openUTF8(ut, s, -1, &status);
+ * if (U_FAILURE(status)) {
+ * // error handling
+ * } else {
+ * // work with the UText
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Any existing UText passed to an open function _must_ have been initialized,
+ * either by the UTEXT_INITIALIZER, or by having been originally heap-allocated
+ * by an open function. Passing NULL will cause the open function to
+ * heap-allocate and fully initialize a new UText.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+#ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+#include "unicode/rep.h"
+#include "unicode/unistr.h"
+#include "unicode/chariter.h"
+#endif
+
+
+U_CDECL_BEGIN
+
+struct UText;
+typedef struct UText UText; /**< C typedef for struct UText. @stable ICU 3.6 */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************************
+ *
+ * C Functions for creating UText wrappers around various kinds of text strings.
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************************/
+
+
+/**
+ * Close function for UText instances.
+ * Cleans up, releases any resources being held by an open UText.
+ * <p>
+ * If the UText was originally allocated by one of the utext_open functions,
+ * the storage associated with the utext will also be freed.
+ * If the UText storage originated with the application, as it would with
+ * a local or static instance, the storage will not be deleted.
+ *
+ * An open UText can be reset to refer to new string by using one of the utext_open()
+ * functions without first closing the UText.
+ *
+ * @param ut The UText to be closed.
+ * @return NULL if the UText struct was deleted by the close. If the UText struct
+ * was originally provided by the caller to the open function, it is
+ * returned by this function, and may be safely used again in
+ * a subsequent utext_open.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UText * U_EXPORT2
+utext_close(UText *ut);
+
+
+/**
+ * Open a read-only UText implementation for UTF-8 strings.
+ *
+ * \htmlonly
+ * Any invalid UTF-8 in the input will be handled in this way:
+ * a sequence of bytes that has the form of a truncated, but otherwise valid,
+ * UTF-8 sequence will be replaced by a single unicode replacement character, \uFFFD.
+ * Any other illegal bytes will each be replaced by a \uFFFD.
+ * \endhtmlonly
+ *
+ * @param ut Pointer to a UText struct. If NULL, a new UText will be created.
+ * If non-NULL, must refer to an initialized UText struct, which will then
+ * be reset to reference the specified UTF-8 string.
+ * @param s A UTF-8 string. Must not be NULL.
+ * @param length The length of the UTF-8 string in bytes, or -1 if the string is
+ * zero terminated.
+ * @param status Errors are returned here.
+ * @return A pointer to the UText. If a pre-allocated UText was provided, it
+ * will always be used and returned.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UText * U_EXPORT2
+utext_openUTF8(UText *ut, const char *s, int64_t length, UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Open a read-only UText for UChar * string.
+ *
+ * @param ut Pointer to a UText struct. If NULL, a new UText will be created.
+ * If non-NULL, must refer to an initialized UText struct, which will then
+ * be reset to reference the specified UChar string.
+ * @param s A UChar (UTF-16) string
+ * @param length The number of UChars in the input string, or -1 if the string is
+ * zero terminated.
+ * @param status Errors are returned here.
+ * @return A pointer to the UText. If a pre-allocated UText was provided, it
+ * will always be used and returned.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UText * U_EXPORT2
+utext_openUChars(UText *ut, const UChar *s, int64_t length, UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+#ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+/**
+ * Open a writable UText for a non-const UnicodeString.
+ *
+ * @param ut Pointer to a UText struct. If NULL, a new UText will be created.
+ * If non-NULL, must refer to an initialized UText struct, which will then
+ * be reset to reference the specified input string.
+ * @param s A UnicodeString.
+ * @param status Errors are returned here.
+ * @return Pointer to the UText. If a UText was supplied as input, this
+ * will always be used and returned.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UText * U_EXPORT2
+utext_openUnicodeString(UText *ut, U_NAMESPACE_QUALIFIER UnicodeString *s, UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Open a UText for a const UnicodeString. The resulting UText will not be writable.
+ *
+ * @param ut Pointer to a UText struct. If NULL, a new UText will be created.
+ * If non-NULL, must refer to an initialized UText struct, which will then
+ * be reset to reference the specified input string.
+ * @param s A const UnicodeString to be wrapped.
+ * @param status Errors are returned here.
+ * @return Pointer to the UText. If a UText was supplied as input, this
+ * will always be used and returned.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UText * U_EXPORT2
+utext_openConstUnicodeString(UText *ut, const U_NAMESPACE_QUALIFIER UnicodeString *s, UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Open a writable UText implementation for an ICU Replaceable object.
+ * @param ut Pointer to a UText struct. If NULL, a new UText will be created.
+ * If non-NULL, must refer to an already existing UText, which will then
+ * be reset to reference the specified replaceable text.
+ * @param rep A Replaceable text object.
+ * @param status Errors are returned here.
+ * @return Pointer to the UText. If a UText was supplied as input, this
+ * will always be used and returned.
+ * @see Replaceable
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UText * U_EXPORT2
+utext_openReplaceable(UText *ut, U_NAMESPACE_QUALIFIER Replaceable *rep, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Open a UText implementation over an ICU CharacterIterator.
+ * @param ut Pointer to a UText struct. If NULL, a new UText will be created.
+ * If non-NULL, must refer to an already existing UText, which will then
+ * be reset to reference the specified replaceable text.
+ * @param ci A Character Iterator.
+ * @param status Errors are returned here.
+ * @return Pointer to the UText. If a UText was supplied as input, this
+ * will always be used and returned.
+ * @see Replaceable
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UText * U_EXPORT2
+utext_openCharacterIterator(UText *ut, U_NAMESPACE_QUALIFIER CharacterIterator *ic, UErrorCode *status);
+
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * Clone a UText. This is much like opening a UText where the source text is itself
+ * another UText.
+ *
+ * A deep clone will copy both the UText data structures and the underlying text.
+ * The original and cloned UText will operate completely independently; modifications
+ * made to the text in one will not affect the other. Text providers are not
+ * required to support deep clones. The user of clone() must check the status return
+ * and be prepared to handle failures.
+ *
+ * The standard UText implementations for UTF8, UChar *, UnicodeString and
+ * Replaceable all support deep cloning.
+ *
+ * The UText returned from a deep clone will be writable, assuming that the text
+ * provider is able to support writing, even if the source UText had been made
+ * non-writable by means of UText_freeze().
+ *
+ * A shallow clone replicates only the UText data structures; it does not make
+ * a copy of the underlying text. Shallow clones can be used as an efficient way to
+ * have multiple iterators active in a single text string that is not being
+ * modified.
+ *
+ * A shallow clone operation will not fail, barring truly exceptional conditions such
+ * as memory allocation failures.
+ *
+ * Shallow UText clones should be avoided if the UText functions that modify the
+ * text are expected to be used, either on the original or the cloned UText.
+ * Any such modifications can cause unpredictable behavior. Read Only
+ * shallow clones provide some protection against errors of this type by
+ * disabling text modification via the cloned UText.
+ *
+ * A shallow clone made with the readOnly parameter == FALSE will preserve the
+ * utext_isWritable() state of the source object. Note, however, that
+ * write operations must be avoided while more than one UText exists that refer
+ * to the same underlying text.
+ *
+ * A UText and its clone may be safely concurrently accessed by separate threads.
+ * This is true for read access only with shallow clones, and for both read and
+ * write access with deep clones.
+ * It is the responsibility of the Text Provider to ensure that this thread safety
+ * constraint is met.
+ *
+ * @param dest A UText struct to be filled in with the result of the clone operation,
+ * or NULL if the clone function should heap-allocate a new UText struct.
+ * If non-NULL, must refer to an already existing UText, which will then
+ * be reset to become the clone.
+ * @param src The UText to be cloned.
+ * @param deep TRUE to request a deep clone, FALSE for a shallow clone.
+ * @param readOnly TRUE to request that the cloned UText have read only access to the
+ * underlying text.
+
+ * @param status Errors are returned here. For deep clones, U_UNSUPPORTED_ERROR
+ * will be returned if the text provider is unable to clone the
+ * original text.
+ * @return The newly created clone, or NULL if the clone operation failed.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UText * U_EXPORT2
+utext_clone(UText *dest, const UText *src, UBool deep, UBool readOnly, UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Compare two UText objects for equality.
+ * UTexts are equal if they are iterating over the same text, and
+ * have the same iteration position within the text.
+ * If either or both of the parameters are NULL, the comparison is FALSE.
+ *
+ * @param a The first of the two UTexts to compare.
+ * @param b The other UText to be compared.
+ * @return TRUE if the two UTexts are equal.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+utext_equals(const UText *a, const UText *b);
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Functions to work with the text represeted by a UText wrapper
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Get the length of the text. Depending on the characteristics
+ * of the underlying text representation, this may be expensive.
+ * @see utext_isLengthExpensive()
+ *
+ *
+ * @param ut the text to be accessed.
+ * @return the length of the text, expressed in native units.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int64_t U_EXPORT2
+utext_nativeLength(UText *ut);
+
+/**
+ * Return TRUE if calculating the length of the text could be expensive.
+ * Finding the length of NUL terminated strings is considered to be expensive.
+ *
+ * Note that the value of this function may change
+ * as the result of other operations on a UText.
+ * Once the length of a string has been discovered, it will no longer
+ * be expensive to report it.
+ *
+ * @param ut the text to be accessed.
+ * @return TRUE if determining the length of the text could be time consuming.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+utext_isLengthExpensive(const UText *ut);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the code point at the requested index,
+ * or U_SENTINEL (-1) if it is out of bounds.
+ *
+ * If the specified index points to the interior of a multi-unit
+ * character - one of the trail bytes of a UTF-8 sequence, for example -
+ * the complete code point will be returned.
+ *
+ * The iteration position will be set to the start of the returned code point.
+ *
+ * This function is roughly equivalent to the the sequence
+ * utext_setNativeIndex(index);
+ * utext_current32();
+ * (There is a subtle difference if the index is out of bounds by being less than zero -
+ * utext_setNativeIndex(negative value) sets the index to zero, after which utext_current()
+ * will return the char at zero. utext_char32At(negative index), on the other hand, will
+ * return the U_SENTINEL value of -1.)
+ *
+ * @param ut the text to be accessed
+ * @param nativeIndex the native index of the character to be accessed. If the index points
+ * to other than the first unit of a multi-unit character, it will be adjusted
+ * to the start of the character.
+ * @return the code point at the specified index.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+utext_char32At(UText *ut, int64_t nativeIndex);
+
+
+/**
+ *
+ * Get the code point at the current iteration position,
+ * or U_SENTINEL (-1) if the iteration has reached the end of
+ * the input text.
+ *
+ * @param ut the text to be accessed.
+ * @return the Unicode code point at the current iterator position.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+utext_current32(UText *ut);
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the code point at the current iteration position of the UText, and
+ * advance the position to the first index following the character.
+ *
+ * If the position is at the end of the text (the index following
+ * the last character, which is also the length of the text),
+ * return U_SENTINEL (-1) and do not advance the index.
+ *
+ * This is a post-increment operation.
+ *
+ * An inline macro version of this function, UTEXT_NEXT32(),
+ * is available for performance critical use.
+ *
+ * @param ut the text to be accessed.
+ * @return the Unicode code point at the iteration position.
+ * @see UTEXT_NEXT32
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+utext_next32(UText *ut);
+
+
+/**
+ * Move the iterator position to the character (code point) whose
+ * index precedes the current position, and return that character.
+ * This is a pre-decrement operation.
+ *
+ * If the initial position is at the start of the text (index of 0)
+ * return U_SENTINEL (-1), and leave the position unchanged.
+ *
+ * An inline macro version of this function, UTEXT_PREVIOUS32(),
+ * is available for performance critical use.
+ *
+ * @param ut the text to be accessed.
+ * @return the previous UChar32 code point, or U_SENTINEL (-1)
+ * if the iteration has reached the start of the text.
+ * @see UTEXT_PREVIOUS32
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+utext_previous32(UText *ut);
+
+
+/**
+ * Set the iteration index and return the code point at that index.
+ * Leave the iteration index at the start of the following code point.
+ *
+ * This function is the most efficient and convenient way to
+ * begin a forward iteration. The results are identical to the those
+ * from the sequence
+ * \code
+ * utext_setIndex();
+ * utext_next32();
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @param ut the text to be accessed.
+ * @param nativeIndex Iteration index, in the native units of the text provider.
+ * @return Code point which starts at or before index,
+ * or U_SENTINEL (-1) if it is out of bounds.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+utext_next32From(UText *ut, int64_t nativeIndex);
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Set the iteration index, and return the code point preceding the
+ * one specified by the initial index. Leave the iteration position
+ * at the start of the returned code point.
+ *
+ * This function is the most efficient and convenient way to
+ * begin a backwards iteration.
+ *
+ * @param ut the text to be accessed.
+ * @param nativeIndex Iteration index in the native units of the text provider.
+ * @return Code point preceding the one at the initial index,
+ * or U_SENTINEL (-1) if it is out of bounds.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+utext_previous32From(UText *ut, int64_t nativeIndex);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current iterator position, which can range from 0 to
+ * the length of the text.
+ * The position is a native index into the input text, in whatever format it
+ * may have (possibly UTF-8 for example), and may not always be the same as
+ * the corresponding UChar (UTF-16) index.
+ * The returned position will always be aligned to a code point boundary.
+ *
+ * @param ut the text to be accessed.
+ * @return the current index position, in the native units of the text provider.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int64_t U_EXPORT2
+utext_getNativeIndex(const UText *ut);
+
+/**
+ * Set the current iteration position to the nearest code point
+ * boundary at or preceding the specified index.
+ * The index is in the native units of the original input text.
+ * If the index is out of range, it will be pinned to be within
+ * the range of the input text.
+ * <p>
+ * It will usually be more efficient to begin an iteration
+ * using the functions utext_next32From() or utext_previous32From()
+ * rather than setIndex().
+ * <p>
+ * Moving the index position to an adjacent character is best done
+ * with utext_next32(), utext_previous32() or utext_moveIndex32().
+ * Attempting to do direct arithmetic on the index position is
+ * complicated by the fact that the size (in native units) of a
+ * character depends on the underlying representation of the character
+ * (UTF-8, UTF-16, UTF-32, arbitrary codepage), and is not
+ * easily knowable.
+ *
+ * @param ut the text to be accessed.
+ * @param nativeIndex the native unit index of the new iteration position.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+utext_setNativeIndex(UText *ut, int64_t nativeIndex);
+
+/**
+ * Move the iterator postion by delta code points. The number of code points
+ * is a signed number; a negative delta will move the iterator backwards,
+ * towards the start of the text.
+ * <p>
+ * The index is moved by <code>delta</code> code points
+ * forward or backward, but no further backward than to 0 and
+ * no further forward than to utext_nativeLength().
+ * The resulting index value will be in between 0 and length, inclusive.
+ *
+ * @param ut the text to be accessed.
+ * @param delta the signed number of code points to move the iteration position.
+ * @return TRUE if the position could be moved the requested number of positions while
+ * staying within the range [0 - text length].
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+utext_moveIndex32(UText *ut, int32_t delta);
+
+/**
+ * Get the native index of the character preceeding the current position.
+ * If the iteration position is already at the start of the text, zero
+ * is returned.
+ * The value returned is the same as that obtained from the following sequence,
+ * but without the side effect of changing the iteration position.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * UText *ut = whatever;
+ * ...
+ * utext_previous(ut)
+ * utext_getNativeIndex(ut);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * This function is most useful during forwards iteration, where it will get the
+ * native index of the character most recently returned from utext_next().
+ *
+ * @param ut the text to be accessed
+ * @return the native index of the character preceeding the current index position,
+ * or zero if the current position is at the start of the text.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE int64_t U_EXPORT2
+utext_getPreviousNativeIndex(UText *ut);
+
+
+/**
+ *
+ * Extract text from a UText into a UChar buffer. The range of text to be extracted
+ * is specified in the native indices of the UText provider. These may not necessarily
+ * be UTF-16 indices.
+ * <p>
+ * The size (number of 16 bit UChars) of the data to be extracted is returned. The
+ * full number of UChars is returned, even when the extracted text is truncated
+ * because the specified buffer size is too small.
+ * <p>
+ * The extracted string will (if you are a user) / must (if you are a text provider)
+ * be NUL-terminated if there is sufficient space in the destination buffer. This
+ * terminating NUL is not included in the returned length.
+ * <p>
+ * The iteration index is left at the position following the last extracted character.
+ *
+ * @param ut the UText from which to extract data.
+ * @param nativeStart the native index of the first character to extract.\
+ * If the specified index is out of range,
+ * it will be pinned to to be within 0 <= index <= textLength
+ * @param nativeLimit the native string index of the position following the last
+ * character to extract. If the specified index is out of range,
+ * it will be pinned to to be within 0 <= index <= textLength.
+ * nativeLimit must be >= nativeStart.
+ * @param dest the UChar (UTF-16) buffer into which the extracted text is placed
+ * @param destCapacity The size, in UChars, of the destination buffer. May be zero
+ * for precomputing the required size.
+ * @param status receives any error status.
+ * U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR: the extracted text was truncated because the
+ * buffer was too small. Returns number of UChars for preflighting.
+ * @return Number of UChars in the data to be extracted. Does not include a trailing NUL.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+utext_extract(UText *ut,
+ int64_t nativeStart, int64_t nativeLimit,
+ UChar *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/************************************************************************************
+ *
+ * #define inline versions of selected performance-critical text access functions
+ * Caution: do not use auto increment++ or decrement-- expressions
+ * as parameters to these macros.
+ *
+ * For most use, where there is no extreme performance constraint, the
+ * normal, non-inline functions are a better choice. The resulting code
+ * will be smaller, and, if the need ever arises, easier to debug.
+ *
+ * These are implemented as #defines rather than real functions
+ * because there is no fully portable way to do inline functions in plain C.
+ *
+ ************************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * inline version of utext_next32(), for performance-critical situations.
+ *
+ * Get the code point at the current iteration position of the UText, and
+ * advance the position to the first index following the character.
+ * This is a post-increment operation.
+ * Returns U_SENTINEL (-1) if the position is at the end of the
+ * text.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+#define UTEXT_NEXT32(ut) \
+ ((ut)->chunkOffset < (ut)->chunkLength && ((ut)->chunkContents)[(ut)->chunkOffset]<0xd800 ? \
+ ((ut)->chunkContents)[((ut)->chunkOffset)++] : utext_next32(ut))
+
+/**
+ * inline version of utext_previous32(), for performance-critical situations.
+ *
+ * Move the iterator position to the character (code point) whose
+ * index precedes the current position, and return that character.
+ * This is a pre-decrement operation.
+ * Returns U_SENTINEL (-1) if the position is at the start of the text.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+#define UTEXT_PREVIOUS32(ut) \
+ ((ut)->chunkOffset > 0 && \
+ (ut)->chunkContents[(ut)->chunkOffset-1] < 0xd800 ? \
+ (ut)->chunkContents[--((ut)->chunkOffset)] : utext_previous32(ut))
+
+/**
+ * inline version of utext_getNativeIndex(), for performance-critical situations.
+ *
+ * Get the current iterator position, which can range from 0 to
+ * the length of the text.
+ * The position is a native index into the input text, in whatever format it
+ * may have (possibly UTF-8 for example), and may not always be the same as
+ * the corresponding UChar (UTF-16) index.
+ * The returned position will always be aligned to a code point boundary.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+#define UTEXT_GETNATIVEINDEX(ut) \
+ ((ut)->chunkOffset <= (ut)->nativeIndexingLimit? \
+ (ut)->chunkNativeStart+(ut)->chunkOffset : \
+ (ut)->pFuncs->mapOffsetToNative(ut))
+
+/**
+ * inline version of utext_setNativeIndex(), for performance-critical situations.
+ *
+ * Set the current iteration position to the nearest code point
+ * boundary at or preceding the specified index.
+ * The index is in the native units of the original input text.
+ * If the index is out of range, it will be pinned to be within
+ * the range of the input text.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+#define UTEXT_SETNATIVEINDEX(ut, ix) \
+ { int64_t __offset = (ix) - (ut)->chunkNativeStart; \
+ if (__offset>=0 && __offset<=(int64_t)(ut)->nativeIndexingLimit) { \
+ (ut)->chunkOffset=(int32_t)__offset; \
+ } else { \
+ utext_setNativeIndex((ut), (ix)); } }
+
+
+
+/************************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Functions related to writing or modifying the text.
+ * These will work only with modifiable UTexts. Attempting to
+ * modify a read-only UText will return an error status.
+ *
+ ************************************************************************************/
+
+
+/**
+ * Return TRUE if the text can be written (modified) with utext_replace() or
+ * utext_copy(). For the text to be writable, the text provider must
+ * be of a type that supports writing and the UText must not be frozen.
+ *
+ * Attempting to modify text when utext_isWriteable() is FALSE will fail -
+ * the text will not be modified, and an error will be returned from the function
+ * that attempted the modification.
+ *
+ * @param ut the UText to be tested.
+ * @return TRUE if the text is modifiable.
+ *
+ * @see utext_freeze()
+ * @see utext_replace()
+ * @see utext_copy()
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ *
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+utext_isWritable(const UText *ut);
+
+
+/**
+ * Test whether there is meta data associated with the text.
+ * @see Replaceable::hasMetaData()
+ *
+ * @param ut The UText to be tested
+ * @return TRUE if the underlying text includes meta data.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UBool U_EXPORT2
+utext_hasMetaData(const UText *ut);
+
+
+/**
+ * Replace a range of the original text with a replacement text.
+ *
+ * Leaves the current iteration position at the position following the
+ * newly inserted replacement text.
+ *
+ * This function is only available on UText types that support writing,
+ * that is, ones where utext_isWritable() returns TRUE.
+ *
+ * When using this function, there should be only a single UText opened onto the
+ * underlying native text string. Behavior after a replace operation
+ * on a UText is undefined for any other additional UTexts that refer to the
+ * modified string.
+ *
+ * @param ut the UText representing the text to be operated on.
+ * @param nativeStart the native index of the start of the region to be replaced
+ * @param nativeLimit the native index of the character following the region to be replaced.
+ * @param replacementText pointer to the replacement text
+ * @param replacementLength length of the replacement text, or -1 if the text is NUL terminated.
+ * @param status receives any error status. Possible errors include
+ * U_NO_WRITE_PERMISSION
+ *
+ * @return The signed number of (native) storage units by which
+ * the length of the text expanded or contracted.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+utext_replace(UText *ut,
+ int64_t nativeStart, int64_t nativeLimit,
+ const UChar *replacementText, int32_t replacementLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+
+/**
+ *
+ * Copy or move a substring from one position to another within the text,
+ * while retaining any metadata associated with the text.
+ * This function is used to duplicate or reorder substrings.
+ * The destination index must not overlap the source range.
+ *
+ * The text to be copied or moved is inserted at destIndex;
+ * it does not replace or overwrite any existing text.
+ *
+ * The iteration position is left following the newly inserted text
+ * at the destination position.
+ *
+ * This function is only available on UText types that support writing,
+ * that is, ones where utext_isWritable() returns TRUE.
+ *
+ * When using this function, there should be only a single UText opened onto the
+ * underlying native text string. Behavior after a copy operation
+ * on a UText is undefined in any other additional UTexts that refer to the
+ * modified string.
+ *
+ * @param ut The UText representing the text to be operated on.
+ * @param nativeStart The native index of the start of the region to be copied or moved
+ * @param nativeLimit The native index of the character position following the region
+ * to be copied.
+ * @param destIndex The native destination index to which the source substring is
+ * copied or moved.
+ * @param move If TRUE, then the substring is moved, not copied/duplicated.
+ * @param status receives any error status. Possible errors include U_NO_WRITE_PERMISSION
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+utext_copy(UText *ut,
+ int64_t nativeStart, int64_t nativeLimit,
+ int64_t destIndex,
+ UBool move,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * <p>
+ * Freeze a UText. This prevents any modification to the underlying text itself
+ * by means of functions operating on this UText.
+ * </p>
+ * <p>
+ * Once frozen, a UText can not be unfrozen. The intent is to ensure
+ * that a the text underlying a frozen UText wrapper cannot be modified via that UText.
+ * </p>
+ * <p>
+ * Caution: freezing a UText will disable changes made via the specific
+ * frozen UText wrapper only; it will not have any effect on the ability to
+ * directly modify the text by bypassing the UText. Any such backdoor modifications
+ * are always an error while UText access is occuring because the underlying
+ * text can get out of sync with UText's buffering.
+ * </p>
+ *
+ * @param ut The UText to be frozen.
+ * @see utext_isWritable()
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+utext_freeze(UText *ut);
+
+
+/**
+ * UText provider properties (bit field indexes).
+ *
+ * @see UText
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+enum {
+ /**
+ * It is potentially time consuming for the provider to determine the length of the text.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ UTEXT_PROVIDER_LENGTH_IS_EXPENSIVE = 1,
+ /**
+ * Text chunks remain valid and usable until the text object is modified or
+ * deleted, not just until the next time the access() function is called
+ * (which is the default).
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ UTEXT_PROVIDER_STABLE_CHUNKS = 2,
+ /**
+ * The provider supports modifying the text via the replace() and copy()
+ * functions.
+ * @see Replaceable
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ UTEXT_PROVIDER_WRITABLE = 3,
+ /**
+ * There is meta data associated with the text.
+ * @see Replaceable::hasMetaData()
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ UTEXT_PROVIDER_HAS_META_DATA = 4,
+ /**
+ * Text provider owns the text storage.
+ * Generally occurs as the result of a deep clone of the UText.
+ * When closing the UText, the associated text must
+ * also be closed/deleted/freed/ whatever is appropriate.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UTEXT_PROVIDER_OWNS_TEXT = 5
+};
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UText.clone().
+ *
+ * clone a UText. Much like opening a UText where the source text is itself
+ * another UText.
+ *
+ * A deep clone will copy both the UText data structures and the underlying text.
+ * The original and cloned UText will operate completely independently; modifications
+ * made to the text in one will not effect the other. Text providers are not
+ * required to support deep clones. The user of clone() must check the status return
+ * and be prepared to handle failures.
+ *
+ * A shallow clone replicates only the UText data structures; it does not make
+ * a copy of the underlying text. Shallow clones can be used as an efficient way to
+ * have multiple iterators active in a single text string that is not being
+ * modified.
+ *
+ * A shallow clone operation must not fail except for truly exceptional conditions such
+ * as memory allocation failures.
+ *
+ * A UText and its clone may be safely concurrently accessed by separate threads.
+ * This is true for both shallow and deep clones.
+ * It is the responsibility of the Text Provider to ensure that this thread safety
+ * constraint is met.
+
+ *
+ * @param dest A UText struct to be filled in with the result of the clone operation,
+ * or NULL if the clone function should heap-allocate a new UText struct.
+ * @param src The UText to be cloned.
+ * @param deep TRUE to request a deep clone, FALSE for a shallow clone.
+ * @param status Errors are returned here. For deep clones, U_UNSUPPORTED_ERROR
+ * should be returned if the text provider is unable to clone the
+ * original text.
+ * @return The newly created clone, or NULL if the clone operation failed.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+typedef UText * U_CALLCONV
+UTextClone(UText *dest, const UText *src, UBool deep, UErrorCode *status);
+
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UText.nativeLength().
+ *
+ * @param ut the UText to get the length of.
+ * @return the length, in the native units of the original text string.
+ * @see UText
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+typedef int64_t U_CALLCONV
+UTextNativeLength(UText *ut);
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UText.access(). Get the description of the text chunk
+ * containing the text at a requested native index. The UText's iteration
+ * position will be left at the requested index. If the index is out
+ * of bounds, the iteration position will be left at the start or end
+ * of the string, as appropriate.
+ *
+ * Chunks must begin and end on code point boundaries. A single code point
+ * comprised of multiple storage units must never span a chunk boundary.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param ut the UText being accessed.
+ * @param nativeIndex Requested index of the text to be accessed.
+ * @param forward If TRUE, then the returned chunk must contain text
+ * starting from the index, so that start<=index<limit.
+ * If FALSE, then the returned chunk must contain text
+ * before the index, so that start<index<=limit.
+ * @return True if the requested index could be accessed. The chunk
+ * will contain the requested text.
+ * False value if a chunk cannot be accessed
+ * (the requested index is out of bounds).
+ *
+ * @see UText
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+typedef UBool U_CALLCONV
+UTextAccess(UText *ut, int64_t nativeIndex, UBool forward);
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UText.extract().
+ *
+ * Extract text from a UText into a UChar buffer. The range of text to be extracted
+ * is specified in the native indices of the UText provider. These may not necessarily
+ * be UTF-16 indices.
+ * <p>
+ * The size (number of 16 bit UChars) in the data to be extracted is returned. The
+ * full amount is returned, even when the specified buffer size is smaller.
+ * <p>
+ * The extracted string will (if you are a user) / must (if you are a text provider)
+ * be NUL-terminated if there is sufficient space in the destination buffer.
+ *
+ * @param ut the UText from which to extract data.
+ * @param nativeStart the native index of the first characer to extract.
+ * @param nativeLimit the native string index of the position following the last
+ * character to extract.
+ * @param dest the UChar (UTF-16) buffer into which the extracted text is placed
+ * @param destCapacity The size, in UChars, of the destination buffer. May be zero
+ * for precomputing the required size.
+ * @param status receives any error status.
+ * If U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR: Returns number of UChars for
+ * preflighting.
+ * @return Number of UChars in the data. Does not include a trailing NUL.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+typedef int32_t U_CALLCONV
+UTextExtract(UText *ut,
+ int64_t nativeStart, int64_t nativeLimit,
+ UChar *dest, int32_t destCapacity,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UText.replace().
+ *
+ * Replace a range of the original text with a replacement text.
+ *
+ * Leaves the current iteration position at the position following the
+ * newly inserted replacement text.
+ *
+ * This function need only be implemented on UText types that support writing.
+ *
+ * When using this function, there should be only a single UText opened onto the
+ * underlying native text string. The function is responsible for updating the
+ * text chunk within the UText to reflect the updated iteration position,
+ * taking into account any changes to the underlying string's structure caused
+ * by the replace operation.
+ *
+ * @param ut the UText representing the text to be operated on.
+ * @param nativeStart the index of the start of the region to be replaced
+ * @param nativeLimit the index of the character following the region to be replaced.
+ * @param replacementText pointer to the replacement text
+ * @param replacmentLength length of the replacement text in UChars, or -1 if the text is NUL terminated.
+ * @param status receives any error status. Possible errors include
+ * U_NO_WRITE_PERMISSION
+ *
+ * @return The signed number of (native) storage units by which
+ * the length of the text expanded or contracted.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+typedef int32_t U_CALLCONV
+UTextReplace(UText *ut,
+ int64_t nativeStart, int64_t nativeLimit,
+ const UChar *replacementText, int32_t replacmentLength,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UText.copy().
+ *
+ * Copy or move a substring from one position to another within the text,
+ * while retaining any metadata associated with the text.
+ * This function is used to duplicate or reorder substrings.
+ * The destination index must not overlap the source range.
+ *
+ * The text to be copied or moved is inserted at destIndex;
+ * it does not replace or overwrite any existing text.
+ *
+ * This function need only be implemented for UText types that support writing.
+ *
+ * When using this function, there should be only a single UText opened onto the
+ * underlying native text string. The function is responsible for updating the
+ * text chunk within the UText to reflect the updated iteration position,
+ * taking into account any changes to the underlying string's structure caused
+ * by the replace operation.
+ *
+ * @param ut The UText representing the text to be operated on.
+ * @param nativeStart The index of the start of the region to be copied or moved
+ * @param nativeLimit The index of the character following the region to be replaced.
+ * @param nativeDest The destination index to which the source substring is copied or moved.
+ * @param move If TRUE, then the substring is moved, not copied/duplicated.
+ * @param status receives any error status. Possible errors include U_NO_WRITE_PERMISSION
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+typedef void U_CALLCONV
+UTextCopy(UText *ut,
+ int64_t nativeStart, int64_t nativeLimit,
+ int64_t nativeDest,
+ UBool move,
+ UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UText.mapOffsetToNative().
+ * Map from the current UChar offset within the current text chunk to
+ * the corresponding native index in the original source text.
+ *
+ * This is required only for text providers that do not use native UTF-16 indexes.
+ *
+ * @param ut the UText.
+ * @return Absolute (native) index corresponding to chunkOffset in the current chunk.
+ * The returned native index should always be to a code point boundary.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+typedef int64_t U_CALLCONV
+UTextMapOffsetToNative(const UText *ut);
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UText.mapIndexToUTF16().
+ * Map from a native index to a UChar offset within a text chunk.
+ * Behavior is undefined if the native index does not fall within the
+ * current chunk.
+ *
+ * This function is required only for text providers that do not use native UTF-16 indexes.
+ *
+ * @param ut The UText containing the text chunk.
+ * @param nativeIndex Absolute (native) text index, chunk->start<=index<=chunk->limit.
+ * @return Chunk-relative UTF-16 offset corresponding to the specified native
+ * index.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+typedef int32_t U_CALLCONV
+UTextMapNativeIndexToUTF16(const UText *ut, int64_t nativeIndex);
+
+
+/**
+ * Function type declaration for UText.utextClose().
+ *
+ * A Text Provider close function is only required for provider types that make
+ * allocations in their open function (or other functions) that must be
+ * cleaned when the UText is closed.
+ *
+ * The allocation of the UText struct itself and any "extra" storage
+ * associated with the UText is handled by the common UText implementation
+ * and does not require provider specific cleanup in a close function.
+ *
+ * Most UText provider implementations do not need to implement this function.
+ *
+ * @param ut A UText object to be closed.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+typedef void U_CALLCONV
+UTextClose(UText *ut);
+
+
+/**
+ * (public) Function dispatch table for UText.
+ * Conceptually very much like a C++ Virtual Function Table.
+ * This struct defines the organization of the table.
+ * Each text provider implementation must provide an
+ * actual table that is initialized with the appropriate functions
+ * for the type of text being handled.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+struct UTextFuncs {
+ /**
+ * (public) Function table size, sizeof(UTextFuncs)
+ * Intended for use should the table grow to accomodate added
+ * functions in the future, to allow tests for older format
+ * function tables that do not contain the extensions.
+ *
+ * Fields are placed for optimal alignment on
+ * 32/64/128-bit-pointer machines, by normally grouping together
+ * 4 32-bit fields,
+ * 4 pointers,
+ * 2 64-bit fields
+ * in sequence.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ int32_t tableSize;
+
+ /**
+ * (private) Alignment padding.
+ * Do not use, reserved for use by the UText framework only.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t reserved1, /** @internal */ reserved2, /** @internal */ reserved3;
+
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Function pointer for UTextClone
+ *
+ * @see UTextClone
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UTextClone *clone;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) function pointer for UTextLength
+ * May be expensive to compute!
+ *
+ * @see UTextLength
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UTextNativeLength *nativeLength;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Function pointer for UTextAccess.
+ *
+ * @see UTextAccess
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UTextAccess *access;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Function pointer for UTextExtract.
+ *
+ * @see UTextExtract
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UTextExtract *extract;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Function pointer for UTextReplace.
+ *
+ * @see UTextReplace
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UTextReplace *replace;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Function pointer for UTextCopy.
+ *
+ * @see UTextCopy
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UTextCopy *copy;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Function pointer for UTextMapOffsetToNative.
+ *
+ * @see UTextMapOffsetToNative
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UTextMapOffsetToNative *mapOffsetToNative;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Function pointer for UTextMapNativeIndexToUTF16.
+ *
+ * @see UTextMapNativeIndexToUTF16
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UTextMapNativeIndexToUTF16 *mapNativeIndexToUTF16;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Function pointer for UTextClose.
+ *
+ * @see UTextClose
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ UTextClose *close;
+
+ /**
+ * (private) Spare function pointer
+ * @internal
+ */
+
+ UTextClose *spare1;
+ /**
+ * (private) Spare function pointer
+ * @internal
+ */
+ UTextClose *spare2;
+
+ /**
+ * (private) Spare function pointer
+ * @internal
+ */
+ UTextClose *spare3;
+
+};
+/**
+ * Function dispatch table for UText
+ * @see UTextFuncs
+ */
+typedef struct UTextFuncs UTextFuncs;
+
+ /**
+ * UText struct. Provides the interface between the generic UText access code
+ * and the UText provider code that works on specific kinds of
+ * text (UTF-8, noncontiguous UTF-16, whatever.)
+ *
+ * Applications that are using predefined types of text providers
+ * to pass text data to ICU services will have no need to view the
+ * internals of the UText structs that they open.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+struct UText {
+ /**
+ * (private) Magic. Used to help detect when UText functions are handed
+ * invalid or unitialized UText structs.
+ * utext_openXYZ() functions take an initialized,
+ * but not necessarily open, UText struct as an
+ * optional fill-in parameter. This magic field
+ * is used to check for that initialization.
+ * Text provider close functions must NOT clear
+ * the magic field because that would prevent
+ * reuse of the UText struct.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ uint32_t magic;
+
+
+ /**
+ * (private) Flags for managing the allocation and freeing of
+ * memory associated with this UText.
+ * @internal
+ */
+ int32_t flags;
+
+
+ /**
+ * Text provider properties. This set of flags is maintainted by the
+ * text provider implementation.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ int32_t providerProperties;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) sizeOfStruct=sizeof(UText)
+ * Allows possible backward compatible extension.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ int32_t sizeOfStruct;
+
+ /* ------ 16 byte alignment boundary ----------- */
+
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) Native index of the first character position following
+ * the current chunk.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ int64_t chunkNativeLimit;
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) Size in bytes of the extra space (pExtra).
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ int32_t extraSize;
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) The highest chunk offset where native indexing and
+ * chunk (UTF-16) indexing correspond. For UTF-16 sources, value
+ * will be equal to chunkLength.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ int32_t nativeIndexingLimit;
+
+ /* ---- 16 byte alignment boundary------ */
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) Native index of the first character in the text chunk.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ int64_t chunkNativeStart;
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) Current iteration position within the text chunk (UTF-16 buffer).
+ * This is the index to the character that will be returned by utext_next32().
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ int32_t chunkOffset;
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) Length the text chunk (UTF-16 buffer), in UChars.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ int32_t chunkLength;
+
+ /* ---- 16 byte alignment boundary-- */
+
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) pointer to a chunk of text in UTF-16 format.
+ * May refer either to original storage of the source of the text, or
+ * if conversion was required, to a buffer owned by the UText.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ const UChar *chunkContents;
+
+ /**
+ * (public) Pointer to Dispatch table for accessing functions for this UText.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ const UTextFuncs *pFuncs;
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) Pointer to additional space requested by the
+ * text provider during the utext_open operation.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ void *pExtra;
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) Pointer to string or text-containin object or similar.
+ * This is the source of the text that this UText is wrapping, in a format
+ * that is known to the text provider functions.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ const void *context;
+
+ /* --- 16 byte alignment boundary--- */
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) Pointer fields available for use by the text provider.
+ * Not used by UText common code.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ const void *p;
+ /**
+ * (protected) Pointer fields available for use by the text provider.
+ * Not used by UText common code.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ const void *q;
+ /**
+ * (protected) Pointer fields available for use by the text provider.
+ * Not used by UText common code.
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+ const void *r;
+
+ /**
+ * Private field reserved for future use by the UText framework
+ * itself. This is not to be touched by the text providers.
+ * @internal ICU 3.4
+ */
+ void *privP;
+
+
+ /* --- 16 byte alignment boundary--- */
+
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) Integer field reserved for use by the text provider.
+ * Not used by the UText framework, or by the client (user) of the UText.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ int64_t a;
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) Integer field reserved for use by the text provider.
+ * Not used by the UText framework, or by the client (user) of the UText.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ int32_t b;
+
+ /**
+ * (protected) Integer field reserved for use by the text provider.
+ * Not used by the UText framework, or by the client (user) of the UText.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+ int32_t c;
+
+ /* ---- 16 byte alignment boundary---- */
+
+
+ /**
+ * Private field reserved for future use by the UText framework
+ * itself. This is not to be touched by the text providers.
+ * @internal ICU 3.4
+ */
+ int64_t privA;
+ /**
+ * Private field reserved for future use by the UText framework
+ * itself. This is not to be touched by the text providers.
+ * @internal ICU 3.4
+ */
+ int32_t privB;
+ /**
+ * Private field reserved for future use by the UText framework
+ * itself. This is not to be touched by the text providers.
+ * @internal ICU 3.4
+ */
+ int32_t privC;
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Common function for use by Text Provider implementations to allocate and/or initialize
+ * a new UText struct. To be called in the implementation of utext_open() functions.
+ * If the supplied UText parameter is null, a new UText struct will be allocated on the heap.
+ * If the supplied UText is already open, the provider's close function will be called
+ * so that the struct can be reused by the open that is in progress.
+ *
+ * @param ut pointer to a UText struct to be re-used, or null if a new UText
+ * should be allocated.
+ * @param extraSpace The amount of additional space to be allocated as part
+ * of this UText, for use by types of providers that require
+ * additional storage.
+ * @param status Errors are returned here.
+ * @return pointer to the UText, allocated if necessary, with extra space set up if requested.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+U_STABLE UText * U_EXPORT2
+utext_setup(UText *ut, int32_t extraSpace, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/**
+ * @internal
+ * Value used to help identify correctly initialized UText structs.
+ * Note: must be publicly visible so that UTEXT_INITIALIZER can access it.
+ */
+enum {
+ UTEXT_MAGIC = 0x345ad82c
+};
+
+/**
+ * initializer to be used with local (stack) instances of a UText
+ * struct. UText structs must be initialized before passing
+ * them to one of the utext_open functions.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.6
+ */
+#define UTEXT_INITIALIZER { \
+ UTEXT_MAGIC, /* magic */ \
+ 0, /* flags */ \
+ 0, /* providerProps */ \
+ sizeof(UText), /* sizeOfStruct */ \
+ 0, /* chunkNativeLimit */ \
+ 0, /* extraSize */ \
+ 0, /* nativeIndexingLimit */ \
+ 0, /* chunkNativeStart */ \
+ 0, /* chunkOffset */ \
+ 0, /* chunkLength */ \
+ NULL, /* chunkContents */ \
+ NULL, /* pFuncs */ \
+ NULL, /* pExtra */ \
+ NULL, /* context */ \
+ NULL, NULL, NULL, /* p, q, r */ \
+ NULL, /* privP */ \
+ 0, 0, 0, /* a, b, c */ \
+ 0, 0, 0 /* privA,B,C, */ \
+ }
+
+
+U_CDECL_END
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utf.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1682283
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2007, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+*******************************************************************************
+* file name: utf.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 1999sep09
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Code point macros
+ *
+ * This file defines macros for checking whether a code point is
+ * a surrogate or a non-character etc.
+ *
+ * The UChar and UChar32 data types for Unicode code units and code points
+ * are defined in umachines.h because they can be machine-dependent.
+ *
+ * utf.h is included by utypes.h and itself includes utf8.h and utf16.h after some
+ * common definitions. Those files define macros for efficiently getting code points
+ * in and out of UTF-8/16 strings.
+ * utf16.h macros have "U16_" prefixes.
+ * utf8.h defines similar macros with "U8_" prefixes for UTF-8 string handling.
+ *
+ * ICU processes 16-bit Unicode strings.
+ * Most of the time, such strings are well-formed UTF-16.
+ * Single, unpaired surrogates must be handled as well, and are treated in ICU
+ * like regular code points where possible.
+ * (Pairs of surrogate code points are indistinguishable from supplementary
+ * code points encoded as pairs of supplementary code units.)
+ *
+ * In fact, almost all Unicode code points in normal text (>99%)
+ * are on the BMP (<=U+ffff) and even <=U+d7ff.
+ * ICU functions handle supplementary code points (U+10000..U+10ffff)
+ * but are optimized for the much more frequently occurring BMP code points.
+ *
+ * utf.h defines UChar to be an unsigned 16-bit integer. If this matches wchar_t, then
+ * UChar is defined to be exactly wchar_t, otherwise uint16_t.
+ *
+ * UChar32 is defined to be a signed 32-bit integer (int32_t), large enough for a 21-bit
+ * Unicode code point (Unicode scalar value, 0..0x10ffff).
+ * Before ICU 2.4, the definition of UChar32 was similarly platform-dependent as
+ * the definition of UChar. For details see the documentation for UChar32 itself.
+ *
+ * utf.h also defines a small number of C macros for single Unicode code points.
+ * These are simple checks for surrogates and non-characters.
+ * For actual Unicode character properties see uchar.h.
+ *
+ * By default, string operations must be done with error checking in case
+ * a string is not well-formed UTF-16.
+ * The macros will detect if a surrogate code unit is unpaired
+ * (lead unit without trail unit or vice versa) and just return the unit itself
+ * as the code point.
+ * (It is an accidental property of Unicode and UTF-16 that all
+ * malformed sequences can be expressed unambiguously with a distinct subrange
+ * of Unicode code points.)
+ *
+ * The regular "safe" macros require that the initial, passed-in string index
+ * is within bounds. They only check the index when they read more than one
+ * code unit. This is usually done with code similar to the following loop:
+ * <pre>while(i<length) {
+ * U16_NEXT(s, i, length, c);
+ * // use c
+ * }</pre>
+ *
+ * When it is safe to assume that text is well-formed UTF-16
+ * (does not contain single, unpaired surrogates), then one can use
+ * U16_..._UNSAFE macros.
+ * These do not check for proper code unit sequences or truncated text and may
+ * yield wrong results or even cause a crash if they are used with "malformed"
+ * text.
+ * In practice, U16_..._UNSAFE macros will produce slightly less code but
+ * should not be faster because the processing is only different when a
+ * surrogate code unit is detected, which will be rare.
+ *
+ * Similarly for UTF-8, there are "safe" macros without a suffix,
+ * and U8_..._UNSAFE versions.
+ * The performance differences are much larger here because UTF-8 provides so
+ * many opportunities for malformed sequences.
+ * The unsafe UTF-8 macros are entirely implemented inside the macro definitions
+ * and are fast, while the safe UTF-8 macros call functions for all but the
+ * trivial (ASCII) cases.
+ * (ICU 3.6 optimizes U8_NEXT() and U8_APPEND() to handle most other common
+ * characters inline as well.)
+ *
+ * Unlike with UTF-16, malformed sequences cannot be expressed with distinct
+ * code point values (0..U+10ffff). They are indicated with negative values instead.
+ *
+ * For more information see the ICU User Guide Strings chapter
+ * (http://icu-project.org/userguide/strings.html).
+ *
+ * <em>Usage:</em>
+ * ICU coding guidelines for if() statements should be followed when using these macros.
+ * Compound statements (curly braces {}) must be used for if-else-while...
+ * bodies and all macro statements should be terminated with semicolon.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UTF_H__
+#define __UTF_H__
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+/* include the utfXX.h after the following definitions */
+
+/* single-code point definitions -------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * This value is intended for sentinel values for APIs that
+ * (take or) return single code points (UChar32).
+ * It is outside of the Unicode code point range 0..0x10ffff.
+ *
+ * For example, a "done" or "error" value in a new API
+ * could be indicated with U_SENTINEL.
+ *
+ * ICU APIs designed before ICU 2.4 usually define service-specific "done"
+ * values, mostly 0xffff.
+ * Those may need to be distinguished from
+ * actual U+ffff text contents by calling functions like
+ * CharacterIterator::hasNext() or UnicodeString::length().
+ *
+ * @return -1
+ * @see UChar32
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U_SENTINEL (-1)
+
+/**
+ * Is this code point a Unicode noncharacter?
+ * @param c 32-bit code point
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U_IS_UNICODE_NONCHAR(c) \
+ ((c)>=0xfdd0 && \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<=0xfdef || ((c)&0xfffe)==0xfffe) && \
+ (uint32_t)(c)<=0x10ffff)
+
+/**
+ * Is c a Unicode code point value (0..U+10ffff)
+ * that can be assigned a character?
+ *
+ * Code points that are not characters include:
+ * - single surrogate code points (U+d800..U+dfff, 2048 code points)
+ * - the last two code points on each plane (U+__fffe and U+__ffff, 34 code points)
+ * - U+fdd0..U+fdef (new with Unicode 3.1, 32 code points)
+ * - the highest Unicode code point value is U+10ffff
+ *
+ * This means that all code points below U+d800 are character code points,
+ * and that boundary is tested first for performance.
+ *
+ * @param c 32-bit code point
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U_IS_UNICODE_CHAR(c) \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<0xd800 || \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)>0xdfff && \
+ (uint32_t)(c)<=0x10ffff && \
+ !U_IS_UNICODE_NONCHAR(c)))
+
+/**
+ * Is this code point a BMP code point (U+0000..U+ffff)?
+ * @param c 32-bit code point
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+#define U_IS_BMP(c) ((uint32_t)(c)<=0xffff)
+
+/**
+ * Is this code point a supplementary code point (U+10000..U+10ffff)?
+ * @param c 32-bit code point
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+#define U_IS_SUPPLEMENTARY(c) ((uint32_t)((c)-0x10000)<=0xfffff)
+
+/**
+ * Is this code point a lead surrogate (U+d800..U+dbff)?
+ * @param c 32-bit code point
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U_IS_LEAD(c) (((c)&0xfffffc00)==0xd800)
+
+/**
+ * Is this code point a trail surrogate (U+dc00..U+dfff)?
+ * @param c 32-bit code point
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U_IS_TRAIL(c) (((c)&0xfffffc00)==0xdc00)
+
+/**
+ * Is this code point a surrogate (U+d800..U+dfff)?
+ * @param c 32-bit code point
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U_IS_SURROGATE(c) (((c)&0xfffff800)==0xd800)
+
+/**
+ * Assuming c is a surrogate code point (U_IS_SURROGATE(c)),
+ * is it a lead surrogate?
+ * @param c 32-bit code point
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U_IS_SURROGATE_LEAD(c) (((c)&0x400)==0)
+
+/* include the utfXX.h ------------------------------------------------------ */
+
+#include "unicode/utf8.h"
+#include "unicode/utf16.h"
+
+/* utf_old.h contains deprecated, pre-ICU 2.4 definitions */
+#include "unicode/utf_old.h"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utf16.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utf16.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..719bc04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utf16.h
@@ -0,0 +1,605 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2007, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+*******************************************************************************
+* file name: utf16.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 1999sep09
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: 16-bit Unicode handling macros
+ *
+ * This file defines macros to deal with 16-bit Unicode (UTF-16) code units and strings.
+ * utf16.h is included by utf.h after unicode/umachine.h
+ * and some common definitions.
+ *
+ * For more information see utf.h and the ICU User Guide Strings chapter
+ * (http://icu-project.org/userguide/strings.html).
+ *
+ * <em>Usage:</em>
+ * ICU coding guidelines for if() statements should be followed when using these macros.
+ * Compound statements (curly braces {}) must be used for if-else-while...
+ * bodies and all macro statements should be terminated with semicolon.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UTF16_H__
+#define __UTF16_H__
+
+/* utf.h must be included first. */
+#ifndef __UTF_H__
+# include "unicode/utf.h"
+#endif
+
+/* single-code point definitions -------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * Does this code unit alone encode a code point (BMP, not a surrogate)?
+ * @param c 16-bit code unit
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_IS_SINGLE(c) !U_IS_SURROGATE(c)
+
+/**
+ * Is this code unit a lead surrogate (U+d800..U+dbff)?
+ * @param c 16-bit code unit
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_IS_LEAD(c) (((c)&0xfffffc00)==0xd800)
+
+/**
+ * Is this code unit a trail surrogate (U+dc00..U+dfff)?
+ * @param c 16-bit code unit
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_IS_TRAIL(c) (((c)&0xfffffc00)==0xdc00)
+
+/**
+ * Is this code unit a surrogate (U+d800..U+dfff)?
+ * @param c 16-bit code unit
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_IS_SURROGATE(c) U_IS_SURROGATE(c)
+
+/**
+ * Assuming c is a surrogate code point (U16_IS_SURROGATE(c)),
+ * is it a lead surrogate?
+ * @param c 16-bit code unit
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_IS_SURROGATE_LEAD(c) (((c)&0x400)==0)
+
+/**
+ * Helper constant for U16_GET_SUPPLEMENTARY.
+ * @internal
+ */
+#define U16_SURROGATE_OFFSET ((0xd800<<10UL)+0xdc00-0x10000)
+
+/**
+ * Get a supplementary code point value (U+10000..U+10ffff)
+ * from its lead and trail surrogates.
+ * The result is undefined if the input values are not
+ * lead and trail surrogates.
+ *
+ * @param lead lead surrogate (U+d800..U+dbff)
+ * @param trail trail surrogate (U+dc00..U+dfff)
+ * @return supplementary code point (U+10000..U+10ffff)
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_GET_SUPPLEMENTARY(lead, trail) \
+ (((UChar32)(lead)<<10UL)+(UChar32)(trail)-U16_SURROGATE_OFFSET)
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the lead surrogate (0xd800..0xdbff) for a
+ * supplementary code point (0x10000..0x10ffff).
+ * @param supplementary 32-bit code point (U+10000..U+10ffff)
+ * @return lead surrogate (U+d800..U+dbff) for supplementary
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_LEAD(supplementary) (UChar)(((supplementary)>>10)+0xd7c0)
+
+/**
+ * Get the trail surrogate (0xdc00..0xdfff) for a
+ * supplementary code point (0x10000..0x10ffff).
+ * @param supplementary 32-bit code point (U+10000..U+10ffff)
+ * @return trail surrogate (U+dc00..U+dfff) for supplementary
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_TRAIL(supplementary) (UChar)(((supplementary)&0x3ff)|0xdc00)
+
+/**
+ * How many 16-bit code units are used to encode this Unicode code point? (1 or 2)
+ * The result is not defined if c is not a Unicode code point (U+0000..U+10ffff).
+ * @param c 32-bit code point
+ * @return 1 or 2
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_LENGTH(c) ((uint32_t)(c)<=0xffff ? 1 : 2)
+
+/**
+ * The maximum number of 16-bit code units per Unicode code point (U+0000..U+10ffff).
+ * @return 2
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_MAX_LENGTH 2
+
+/**
+ * Get a code point from a string at a random-access offset,
+ * without changing the offset.
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-16.
+ *
+ * The offset may point to either the lead or trail surrogate unit
+ * for a supplementary code point, in which case the macro will read
+ * the adjacent matching surrogate as well.
+ * The result is undefined if the offset points to a single, unpaired surrogate.
+ * Iteration through a string is more efficient with U16_NEXT_UNSAFE or U16_NEXT.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @param c output UChar32 variable
+ * @see U16_GET
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_GET_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ (c)=(s)[i]; \
+ if(U16_IS_SURROGATE(c)) { \
+ if(U16_IS_SURROGATE_LEAD(c)) { \
+ (c)=U16_GET_SUPPLEMENTARY((c), (s)[(i)+1]); \
+ } else { \
+ (c)=U16_GET_SUPPLEMENTARY((s)[(i)-1], (c)); \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get a code point from a string at a random-access offset,
+ * without changing the offset.
+ * "Safe" macro, handles unpaired surrogates and checks for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * The offset may point to either the lead or trail surrogate unit
+ * for a supplementary code point, in which case the macro will read
+ * the adjacent matching surrogate as well.
+ * If the offset points to a single, unpaired surrogate, then that itself
+ * will be returned as the code point.
+ * Iteration through a string is more efficient with U16_NEXT_UNSAFE or U16_NEXT.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param start starting string offset (usually 0)
+ * @param i string offset, must be start<=i<length
+ * @param length string length
+ * @param c output UChar32 variable
+ * @see U16_GET_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_GET(s, start, i, length, c) { \
+ (c)=(s)[i]; \
+ if(U16_IS_SURROGATE(c)) { \
+ uint16_t __c2; \
+ if(U16_IS_SURROGATE_LEAD(c)) { \
+ if((i)+1<(length) && U16_IS_TRAIL(__c2=(s)[(i)+1])) { \
+ (c)=U16_GET_SUPPLEMENTARY((c), __c2); \
+ } \
+ } else { \
+ if((i)-1>=(start) && U16_IS_LEAD(__c2=(s)[(i)-1])) { \
+ (c)=U16_GET_SUPPLEMENTARY(__c2, (c)); \
+ } \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+
+/* definitions with forward iteration --------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * Get a code point from a string at a code point boundary offset,
+ * and advance the offset to the next code point boundary.
+ * (Post-incrementing forward iteration.)
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-16.
+ *
+ * The offset may point to the lead surrogate unit
+ * for a supplementary code point, in which case the macro will read
+ * the following trail surrogate as well.
+ * If the offset points to a trail surrogate, then that itself
+ * will be returned as the code point.
+ * The result is undefined if the offset points to a single, unpaired lead surrogate.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @param c output UChar32 variable
+ * @see U16_NEXT
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_NEXT_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ (c)=(s)[(i)++]; \
+ if(U16_IS_LEAD(c)) { \
+ (c)=U16_GET_SUPPLEMENTARY((c), (s)[(i)++]); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get a code point from a string at a code point boundary offset,
+ * and advance the offset to the next code point boundary.
+ * (Post-incrementing forward iteration.)
+ * "Safe" macro, handles unpaired surrogates and checks for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * The offset may point to the lead surrogate unit
+ * for a supplementary code point, in which case the macro will read
+ * the following trail surrogate as well.
+ * If the offset points to a trail surrogate or
+ * to a single, unpaired lead surrogate, then that itself
+ * will be returned as the code point.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param i string offset, must be i<length
+ * @param length string length
+ * @param c output UChar32 variable
+ * @see U16_NEXT_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_NEXT(s, i, length, c) { \
+ (c)=(s)[(i)++]; \
+ if(U16_IS_LEAD(c)) { \
+ uint16_t __c2; \
+ if((i)<(length) && U16_IS_TRAIL(__c2=(s)[(i)])) { \
+ ++(i); \
+ (c)=U16_GET_SUPPLEMENTARY((c), __c2); \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Append a code point to a string, overwriting 1 or 2 code units.
+ * The offset points to the current end of the string contents
+ * and is advanced (post-increment).
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes a valid code point and sufficient space in the string.
+ * Otherwise, the result is undefined.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string buffer
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @param c code point to append
+ * @see U16_APPEND
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_APPEND_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ if((uint32_t)(c)<=0xffff) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint16_t)(c); \
+ } else { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint16_t)(((c)>>10)+0xd7c0); \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint16_t)(((c)&0x3ff)|0xdc00); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Append a code point to a string, overwriting 1 or 2 code units.
+ * The offset points to the current end of the string contents
+ * and is advanced (post-increment).
+ * "Safe" macro, checks for a valid code point.
+ * If a surrogate pair is written, checks for sufficient space in the string.
+ * If the code point is not valid or a trail surrogate does not fit,
+ * then isError is set to TRUE.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string buffer
+ * @param i string offset, must be i<capacity
+ * @param capacity size of the string buffer
+ * @param c code point to append
+ * @param isError output UBool set to TRUE if an error occurs, otherwise not modified
+ * @see U16_APPEND_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_APPEND(s, i, capacity, c, isError) { \
+ if((uint32_t)(c)<=0xffff) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint16_t)(c); \
+ } else if((uint32_t)(c)<=0x10ffff && (i)+1<(capacity)) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint16_t)(((c)>>10)+0xd7c0); \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint16_t)(((c)&0x3ff)|0xdc00); \
+ } else /* c>0x10ffff or not enough space */ { \
+ (isError)=TRUE; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Advance the string offset from one code point boundary to the next.
+ * (Post-incrementing iteration.)
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-16.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @see U16_FWD_1
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_FWD_1_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ if(U16_IS_LEAD((s)[(i)++])) { \
+ ++(i); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Advance the string offset from one code point boundary to the next.
+ * (Post-incrementing iteration.)
+ * "Safe" macro, handles unpaired surrogates and checks for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param i string offset, must be i<length
+ * @param length string length
+ * @see U16_FWD_1_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_FWD_1(s, i, length) { \
+ if(U16_IS_LEAD((s)[(i)++]) && (i)<(length) && U16_IS_TRAIL((s)[i])) { \
+ ++(i); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Advance the string offset from one code point boundary to the n-th next one,
+ * i.e., move forward by n code points.
+ * (Post-incrementing iteration.)
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-16.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @param n number of code points to skip
+ * @see U16_FWD_N
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_FWD_N_UNSAFE(s, i, n) { \
+ int32_t __N=(n); \
+ while(__N>0) { \
+ U16_FWD_1_UNSAFE(s, i); \
+ --__N; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Advance the string offset from one code point boundary to the n-th next one,
+ * i.e., move forward by n code points.
+ * (Post-incrementing iteration.)
+ * "Safe" macro, handles unpaired surrogates and checks for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param i string offset, must be i<length
+ * @param length string length
+ * @param n number of code points to skip
+ * @see U16_FWD_N_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_FWD_N(s, i, length, n) { \
+ int32_t __N=(n); \
+ while(__N>0 && (i)<(length)) { \
+ U16_FWD_1(s, i, length); \
+ --__N; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adjust a random-access offset to a code point boundary
+ * at the start of a code point.
+ * If the offset points to the trail surrogate of a surrogate pair,
+ * then the offset is decremented.
+ * Otherwise, it is not modified.
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-16.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @see U16_SET_CP_START
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_SET_CP_START_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ if(U16_IS_TRAIL((s)[i])) { \
+ --(i); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adjust a random-access offset to a code point boundary
+ * at the start of a code point.
+ * If the offset points to the trail surrogate of a surrogate pair,
+ * then the offset is decremented.
+ * Otherwise, it is not modified.
+ * "Safe" macro, handles unpaired surrogates and checks for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param start starting string offset (usually 0)
+ * @param i string offset, must be start<=i
+ * @see U16_SET_CP_START_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_SET_CP_START(s, start, i) { \
+ if(U16_IS_TRAIL((s)[i]) && (i)>(start) && U16_IS_LEAD((s)[(i)-1])) { \
+ --(i); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/* definitions with backward iteration -------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * Move the string offset from one code point boundary to the previous one
+ * and get the code point between them.
+ * (Pre-decrementing backward iteration.)
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-16.
+ *
+ * The input offset may be the same as the string length.
+ * If the offset is behind a trail surrogate unit
+ * for a supplementary code point, then the macro will read
+ * the preceding lead surrogate as well.
+ * If the offset is behind a lead surrogate, then that itself
+ * will be returned as the code point.
+ * The result is undefined if the offset is behind a single, unpaired trail surrogate.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @param c output UChar32 variable
+ * @see U16_PREV
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_PREV_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ (c)=(s)[--(i)]; \
+ if(U16_IS_TRAIL(c)) { \
+ (c)=U16_GET_SUPPLEMENTARY((s)[--(i)], (c)); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the string offset from one code point boundary to the previous one
+ * and get the code point between them.
+ * (Pre-decrementing backward iteration.)
+ * "Safe" macro, handles unpaired surrogates and checks for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * The input offset may be the same as the string length.
+ * If the offset is behind a trail surrogate unit
+ * for a supplementary code point, then the macro will read
+ * the preceding lead surrogate as well.
+ * If the offset is behind a lead surrogate or behind a single, unpaired
+ * trail surrogate, then that itself
+ * will be returned as the code point.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param start starting string offset (usually 0)
+ * @param i string offset, must be start<i
+ * @param c output UChar32 variable
+ * @see U16_PREV_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_PREV(s, start, i, c) { \
+ (c)=(s)[--(i)]; \
+ if(U16_IS_TRAIL(c)) { \
+ uint16_t __c2; \
+ if((i)>(start) && U16_IS_LEAD(__c2=(s)[(i)-1])) { \
+ --(i); \
+ (c)=U16_GET_SUPPLEMENTARY(__c2, (c)); \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the string offset from one code point boundary to the previous one.
+ * (Pre-decrementing backward iteration.)
+ * The input offset may be the same as the string length.
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-16.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @see U16_BACK_1
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_BACK_1_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ if(U16_IS_TRAIL((s)[--(i)])) { \
+ --(i); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the string offset from one code point boundary to the previous one.
+ * (Pre-decrementing backward iteration.)
+ * The input offset may be the same as the string length.
+ * "Safe" macro, handles unpaired surrogates and checks for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param start starting string offset (usually 0)
+ * @param i string offset, must be start<i
+ * @see U16_BACK_1_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_BACK_1(s, start, i) { \
+ if(U16_IS_TRAIL((s)[--(i)]) && (i)>(start) && U16_IS_LEAD((s)[(i)-1])) { \
+ --(i); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the string offset from one code point boundary to the n-th one before it,
+ * i.e., move backward by n code points.
+ * (Pre-decrementing backward iteration.)
+ * The input offset may be the same as the string length.
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-16.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @param n number of code points to skip
+ * @see U16_BACK_N
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_BACK_N_UNSAFE(s, i, n) { \
+ int32_t __N=(n); \
+ while(__N>0) { \
+ U16_BACK_1_UNSAFE(s, i); \
+ --__N; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the string offset from one code point boundary to the n-th one before it,
+ * i.e., move backward by n code points.
+ * (Pre-decrementing backward iteration.)
+ * The input offset may be the same as the string length.
+ * "Safe" macro, handles unpaired surrogates and checks for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param start start of string
+ * @param i string offset, must be start<i
+ * @param n number of code points to skip
+ * @see U16_BACK_N_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_BACK_N(s, start, i, n) { \
+ int32_t __N=(n); \
+ while(__N>0 && (i)>(start)) { \
+ U16_BACK_1(s, start, i); \
+ --__N; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adjust a random-access offset to a code point boundary after a code point.
+ * If the offset is behind the lead surrogate of a surrogate pair,
+ * then the offset is incremented.
+ * Otherwise, it is not modified.
+ * The input offset may be the same as the string length.
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-16.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @see U16_SET_CP_LIMIT
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_SET_CP_LIMIT_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ if(U16_IS_LEAD((s)[(i)-1])) { \
+ ++(i); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adjust a random-access offset to a code point boundary after a code point.
+ * If the offset is behind the lead surrogate of a surrogate pair,
+ * then the offset is incremented.
+ * Otherwise, it is not modified.
+ * The input offset may be the same as the string length.
+ * "Safe" macro, handles unpaired surrogates and checks for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * @param s const UChar * string
+ * @param start starting string offset (usually 0)
+ * @param i string offset, start<=i<=length
+ * @param length string length
+ * @see U16_SET_CP_LIMIT_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U16_SET_CP_LIMIT(s, start, i, length) { \
+ if((start)<(i) && (i)<(length) && U16_IS_LEAD((s)[(i)-1]) && U16_IS_TRAIL((s)[i])) { \
+ ++(i); \
+ } \
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utf32.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utf32.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf63e69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utf32.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2001, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+*******************************************************************************
+* file name: utf32.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 1999sep20
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*/
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: UTF-32 macros
+ *
+ * This file is obsolete and its contents moved to utf_old.h.
+ * See utf_old.h and Jitterbug 2150 and its discussion on the ICU mailing list
+ * in September 2002.
+ */
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utf8.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utf8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1142c44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utf8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,652 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 1999-2007, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+*******************************************************************************
+* file name: utf8.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 1999sep13
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: 8-bit Unicode handling macros
+ *
+ * This file defines macros to deal with 8-bit Unicode (UTF-8) code units (bytes) and strings.
+ * utf8.h is included by utf.h after unicode/umachine.h
+ * and some common definitions.
+ *
+ * For more information see utf.h and the ICU User Guide Strings chapter
+ * (http://icu-project.org/userguide/strings.html).
+ *
+ * <em>Usage:</em>
+ * ICU coding guidelines for if() statements should be followed when using these macros.
+ * Compound statements (curly braces {}) must be used for if-else-while...
+ * bodies and all macro statements should be terminated with semicolon.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UTF8_H__
+#define __UTF8_H__
+
+/* utf.h must be included first. */
+#ifndef __UTF_H__
+# include "unicode/utf.h"
+#endif
+
+/* internal definitions ----------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * \var utf8_countTrailBytes
+ * Internal array with numbers of trail bytes for any given byte used in
+ * lead byte position.
+ * @internal
+ */
+#ifdef U_UTF8_IMPL
+U_EXPORT const uint8_t
+#elif defined(U_STATIC_IMPLEMENTATION) || defined(U_COMMON_IMPLEMENTATION)
+U_CFUNC const uint8_t
+#else
+U_CFUNC U_IMPORT const uint8_t /* U_IMPORT2? */ /*U_IMPORT*/
+#endif
+utf8_countTrailBytes[256];
+
+/**
+ * Count the trail bytes for a UTF-8 lead byte.
+ * @internal
+ */
+#define U8_COUNT_TRAIL_BYTES(leadByte) (utf8_countTrailBytes[(uint8_t)leadByte])
+
+/**
+ * Mask a UTF-8 lead byte, leave only the lower bits that form part of the code point value.
+ * @internal
+ */
+#define U8_MASK_LEAD_BYTE(leadByte, countTrailBytes) ((leadByte)&=(1<<(6-(countTrailBytes)))-1)
+
+/**
+ * Function for handling "next code point" with error-checking.
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+utf8_nextCharSafeBody(const uint8_t *s, int32_t *pi, int32_t length, UChar32 c, UBool strict);
+
+/**
+ * Function for handling "append code point" with error-checking.
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL int32_t U_EXPORT2
+utf8_appendCharSafeBody(uint8_t *s, int32_t i, int32_t length, UChar32 c, UBool *pIsError);
+
+/**
+ * Function for handling "previous code point" with error-checking.
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL UChar32 U_EXPORT2
+utf8_prevCharSafeBody(const uint8_t *s, int32_t start, int32_t *pi, UChar32 c, UBool strict);
+
+/**
+ * Function for handling "skip backward one code point" with error-checking.
+ * @internal
+ */
+U_INTERNAL int32_t U_EXPORT2
+utf8_back1SafeBody(const uint8_t *s, int32_t start, int32_t i);
+
+/* single-code point definitions -------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * Does this code unit (byte) encode a code point by itself (US-ASCII 0..0x7f)?
+ * @param c 8-bit code unit (byte)
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_IS_SINGLE(c) (((c)&0x80)==0)
+
+/**
+ * Is this code unit (byte) a UTF-8 lead byte?
+ * @param c 8-bit code unit (byte)
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_IS_LEAD(c) ((uint8_t)((c)-0xc0)<0x3e)
+
+/**
+ * Is this code unit (byte) a UTF-8 trail byte?
+ * @param c 8-bit code unit (byte)
+ * @return TRUE or FALSE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_IS_TRAIL(c) (((c)&0xc0)==0x80)
+
+/**
+ * How many code units (bytes) are used for the UTF-8 encoding
+ * of this Unicode code point?
+ * @param c 32-bit code point
+ * @return 1..4, or 0 if c is a surrogate or not a Unicode code point
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_LENGTH(c) \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<=0x7f ? 1 : \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<=0x7ff ? 2 : \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<=0xd7ff ? 3 : \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<=0xdfff || (uint32_t)(c)>0x10ffff ? 0 : \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<=0xffff ? 3 : 4)\
+ ) \
+ ) \
+ ) \
+ )
+
+/**
+ * The maximum number of UTF-8 code units (bytes) per Unicode code point (U+0000..U+10ffff).
+ * @return 4
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_MAX_LENGTH 4
+
+/**
+ * Get a code point from a string at a random-access offset,
+ * without changing the offset.
+ * The offset may point to either the lead byte or one of the trail bytes
+ * for a code point, in which case the macro will read all of the bytes
+ * for the code point.
+ * The result is undefined if the offset points to an illegal UTF-8
+ * byte sequence.
+ * Iteration through a string is more efficient with U8_NEXT_UNSAFE or U8_NEXT.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @param c output UChar32 variable
+ * @see U8_GET
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_GET_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ int32_t _u8_get_unsafe_index=(int32_t)(i); \
+ U8_SET_CP_START_UNSAFE(s, _u8_get_unsafe_index); \
+ U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(s, _u8_get_unsafe_index, c); \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get a code point from a string at a random-access offset,
+ * without changing the offset.
+ * The offset may point to either the lead byte or one of the trail bytes
+ * for a code point, in which case the macro will read all of the bytes
+ * for the code point.
+ * If the offset points to an illegal UTF-8 byte sequence, then
+ * c is set to a negative value.
+ * Iteration through a string is more efficient with U8_NEXT_UNSAFE or U8_NEXT.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param start starting string offset
+ * @param i string offset, must be start<=i<length
+ * @param length string length
+ * @param c output UChar32 variable, set to <0 in case of an error
+ * @see U8_GET_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_GET(s, start, i, length, c) { \
+ int32_t _u8_get_index=(int32_t)(i); \
+ U8_SET_CP_START(s, start, _u8_get_index); \
+ U8_NEXT(s, _u8_get_index, length, c); \
+}
+
+/* definitions with forward iteration --------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * Get a code point from a string at a code point boundary offset,
+ * and advance the offset to the next code point boundary.
+ * (Post-incrementing forward iteration.)
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-8.
+ *
+ * The offset may point to the lead byte of a multi-byte sequence,
+ * in which case the macro will read the whole sequence.
+ * The result is undefined if the offset points to a trail byte
+ * or an illegal UTF-8 sequence.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @param c output UChar32 variable
+ * @see U8_NEXT
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ (c)=(uint8_t)(s)[(i)++]; \
+ if((uint8_t)((c)-0xc0)<0x35) { \
+ uint8_t __count=U8_COUNT_TRAIL_BYTES(c); \
+ U8_MASK_LEAD_BYTE(c, __count); \
+ switch(__count) { \
+ /* each following branch falls through to the next one */ \
+ case 3: \
+ (c)=((c)<<6)|((s)[(i)++]&0x3f); \
+ case 2: \
+ (c)=((c)<<6)|((s)[(i)++]&0x3f); \
+ case 1: \
+ (c)=((c)<<6)|((s)[(i)++]&0x3f); \
+ /* no other branches to optimize switch() */ \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get a code point from a string at a code point boundary offset,
+ * and advance the offset to the next code point boundary.
+ * (Post-incrementing forward iteration.)
+ * "Safe" macro, checks for illegal sequences and for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * The offset may point to the lead byte of a multi-byte sequence,
+ * in which case the macro will read the whole sequence.
+ * If the offset points to a trail byte or an illegal UTF-8 sequence, then
+ * c is set to a negative value.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param i string offset, must be i<length
+ * @param length string length
+ * @param c output UChar32 variable, set to <0 in case of an error
+ * @see U8_NEXT_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_NEXT(s, i, length, c) { \
+ (c)=(uint8_t)(s)[(i)++]; \
+ if((c)>=0x80) { \
+ uint8_t __t1, __t2; \
+ if( /* handle U+1000..U+CFFF inline */ \
+ (0xe0<(c) && (c)<=0xec) && \
+ (((i)+1)<(length)) && \
+ (__t1=(uint8_t)((s)[i]-0x80))<=0x3f && \
+ (__t2=(uint8_t)((s)[(i)+1]-0x80))<= 0x3f \
+ ) { \
+ /* no need for (c&0xf) because the upper bits are truncated after <<12 in the cast to (UChar) */ \
+ (c)=(UChar)(((c)<<12)|(__t1<<6)|__t2); \
+ (i)+=2; \
+ } else if( /* handle U+0080..U+07FF inline */ \
+ ((c)<0xe0 && (c)>=0xc2) && \
+ ((i)<(length)) && \
+ (__t1=(uint8_t)((s)[i]-0x80))<=0x3f \
+ ) { \
+ (c)=(UChar)((((c)&0x1f)<<6)|__t1); \
+ ++(i); \
+ } else if(U8_IS_LEAD(c)) { \
+ /* function call for "complicated" and error cases */ \
+ (c)=utf8_nextCharSafeBody((const uint8_t *)s, &(i), (int32_t)(length), c, -1); \
+ } else { \
+ (c)=U_SENTINEL; \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Append a code point to a string, overwriting 1 to 4 bytes.
+ * The offset points to the current end of the string contents
+ * and is advanced (post-increment).
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes a valid code point and sufficient space in the string.
+ * Otherwise, the result is undefined.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string buffer
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @param c code point to append
+ * @see U8_APPEND
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_APPEND_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ if((uint32_t)(c)<=0x7f) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)(c); \
+ } else { \
+ if((uint32_t)(c)<=0x7ff) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)(((c)>>6)|0xc0); \
+ } else { \
+ if((uint32_t)(c)<=0xffff) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)(((c)>>12)|0xe0); \
+ } else { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)(((c)>>18)|0xf0); \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)((((c)>>12)&0x3f)|0x80); \
+ } \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)((((c)>>6)&0x3f)|0x80); \
+ } \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)(((c)&0x3f)|0x80); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Append a code point to a string, overwriting 1 to 4 bytes.
+ * The offset points to the current end of the string contents
+ * and is advanced (post-increment).
+ * "Safe" macro, checks for a valid code point.
+ * If a non-ASCII code point is written, checks for sufficient space in the string.
+ * If the code point is not valid or trail bytes do not fit,
+ * then isError is set to TRUE.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string buffer
+ * @param i string offset, must be i<capacity
+ * @param capacity size of the string buffer
+ * @param c code point to append
+ * @param isError output UBool set to TRUE if an error occurs, otherwise not modified
+ * @see U8_APPEND_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_APPEND(s, i, capacity, c, isError) { \
+ if((uint32_t)(c)<=0x7f) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)(c); \
+ } else if((uint32_t)(c)<=0x7ff && (i)+1<(capacity)) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)(((c)>>6)|0xc0); \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)(((c)&0x3f)|0x80); \
+ } else if((uint32_t)(c)<=0xd7ff && (i)+2<(capacity)) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)(((c)>>12)|0xe0); \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)((((c)>>6)&0x3f)|0x80); \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)(((c)&0x3f)|0x80); \
+ } else { \
+ (i)=utf8_appendCharSafeBody(s, (int32_t)(i), (int32_t)(capacity), c, &(isError)); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Advance the string offset from one code point boundary to the next.
+ * (Post-incrementing iteration.)
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-8.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @see U8_FWD_1
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ (i)+=1+U8_COUNT_TRAIL_BYTES((s)[i]); \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Advance the string offset from one code point boundary to the next.
+ * (Post-incrementing iteration.)
+ * "Safe" macro, checks for illegal sequences and for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param i string offset, must be i<length
+ * @param length string length
+ * @see U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_FWD_1(s, i, length) { \
+ uint8_t __b=(uint8_t)(s)[(i)++]; \
+ if(U8_IS_LEAD(__b)) { \
+ uint8_t __count=U8_COUNT_TRAIL_BYTES(__b); \
+ if((i)+__count>(length)) { \
+ __count=(uint8_t)((length)-(i)); \
+ } \
+ while(__count>0 && U8_IS_TRAIL((s)[i])) { \
+ ++(i); \
+ --__count; \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Advance the string offset from one code point boundary to the n-th next one,
+ * i.e., move forward by n code points.
+ * (Post-incrementing iteration.)
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-8.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @param n number of code points to skip
+ * @see U8_FWD_N
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_FWD_N_UNSAFE(s, i, n) { \
+ int32_t __N=(n); \
+ while(__N>0) { \
+ U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(s, i); \
+ --__N; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Advance the string offset from one code point boundary to the n-th next one,
+ * i.e., move forward by n code points.
+ * (Post-incrementing iteration.)
+ * "Safe" macro, checks for illegal sequences and for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param i string offset, must be i<length
+ * @param length string length
+ * @param n number of code points to skip
+ * @see U8_FWD_N_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_FWD_N(s, i, length, n) { \
+ int32_t __N=(n); \
+ while(__N>0 && (i)<(length)) { \
+ U8_FWD_1(s, i, length); \
+ --__N; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adjust a random-access offset to a code point boundary
+ * at the start of a code point.
+ * If the offset points to a UTF-8 trail byte,
+ * then the offset is moved backward to the corresponding lead byte.
+ * Otherwise, it is not modified.
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-8.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @see U8_SET_CP_START
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_SET_CP_START_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ while(U8_IS_TRAIL((s)[i])) { --(i); } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adjust a random-access offset to a code point boundary
+ * at the start of a code point.
+ * If the offset points to a UTF-8 trail byte,
+ * then the offset is moved backward to the corresponding lead byte.
+ * Otherwise, it is not modified.
+ * "Safe" macro, checks for illegal sequences and for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param start starting string offset (usually 0)
+ * @param i string offset, must be start<=i
+ * @see U8_SET_CP_START_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_SET_CP_START(s, start, i) { \
+ if(U8_IS_TRAIL((s)[(i)])) { \
+ (i)=utf8_back1SafeBody(s, start, (int32_t)(i)); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/* definitions with backward iteration -------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * Move the string offset from one code point boundary to the previous one
+ * and get the code point between them.
+ * (Pre-decrementing backward iteration.)
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-8.
+ *
+ * The input offset may be the same as the string length.
+ * If the offset is behind a multi-byte sequence, then the macro will read
+ * the whole sequence.
+ * If the offset is behind a lead byte, then that itself
+ * will be returned as the code point.
+ * The result is undefined if the offset is behind an illegal UTF-8 sequence.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @param c output UChar32 variable
+ * @see U8_PREV
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_PREV_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ (c)=(uint8_t)(s)[--(i)]; \
+ if(U8_IS_TRAIL(c)) { \
+ uint8_t __b, __count=1, __shift=6; \
+\
+ /* c is a trail byte */ \
+ (c)&=0x3f; \
+ for(;;) { \
+ __b=(uint8_t)(s)[--(i)]; \
+ if(__b>=0xc0) { \
+ U8_MASK_LEAD_BYTE(__b, __count); \
+ (c)|=(UChar32)__b<<__shift; \
+ break; \
+ } else { \
+ (c)|=(UChar32)(__b&0x3f)<<__shift; \
+ ++__count; \
+ __shift+=6; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the string offset from one code point boundary to the previous one
+ * and get the code point between them.
+ * (Pre-decrementing backward iteration.)
+ * "Safe" macro, checks for illegal sequences and for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * The input offset may be the same as the string length.
+ * If the offset is behind a multi-byte sequence, then the macro will read
+ * the whole sequence.
+ * If the offset is behind a lead byte, then that itself
+ * will be returned as the code point.
+ * If the offset is behind an illegal UTF-8 sequence, then c is set to a negative value.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param start starting string offset (usually 0)
+ * @param i string offset, must be start<i
+ * @param c output UChar32 variable, set to <0 in case of an error
+ * @see U8_PREV_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_PREV(s, start, i, c) { \
+ (c)=(uint8_t)(s)[--(i)]; \
+ if((c)>=0x80) { \
+ if((c)<=0xbf) { \
+ (c)=utf8_prevCharSafeBody((const uint8_t *)s, start, &(i), c, -1); \
+ } else { \
+ (c)=U_SENTINEL; \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the string offset from one code point boundary to the previous one.
+ * (Pre-decrementing backward iteration.)
+ * The input offset may be the same as the string length.
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-8.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @see U8_BACK_1
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_BACK_1_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ while(U8_IS_TRAIL((s)[--(i)])) {} \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the string offset from one code point boundary to the previous one.
+ * (Pre-decrementing backward iteration.)
+ * The input offset may be the same as the string length.
+ * "Safe" macro, checks for illegal sequences and for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param start starting string offset (usually 0)
+ * @param i string offset, must be start<i
+ * @see U8_BACK_1_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_BACK_1(s, start, i) { \
+ if(U8_IS_TRAIL((s)[--(i)])) { \
+ (i)=utf8_back1SafeBody(s, start, (int32_t)(i)); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the string offset from one code point boundary to the n-th one before it,
+ * i.e., move backward by n code points.
+ * (Pre-decrementing backward iteration.)
+ * The input offset may be the same as the string length.
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-8.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @param n number of code points to skip
+ * @see U8_BACK_N
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_BACK_N_UNSAFE(s, i, n) { \
+ int32_t __N=(n); \
+ while(__N>0) { \
+ U8_BACK_1_UNSAFE(s, i); \
+ --__N; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the string offset from one code point boundary to the n-th one before it,
+ * i.e., move backward by n code points.
+ * (Pre-decrementing backward iteration.)
+ * The input offset may be the same as the string length.
+ * "Safe" macro, checks for illegal sequences and for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param start index of the start of the string
+ * @param i string offset, must be start<i
+ * @param n number of code points to skip
+ * @see U8_BACK_N_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_BACK_N(s, start, i, n) { \
+ int32_t __N=(n); \
+ while(__N>0 && (i)>(start)) { \
+ U8_BACK_1(s, start, i); \
+ --__N; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adjust a random-access offset to a code point boundary after a code point.
+ * If the offset is behind a partial multi-byte sequence,
+ * then the offset is incremented to behind the whole sequence.
+ * Otherwise, it is not modified.
+ * The input offset may be the same as the string length.
+ * "Unsafe" macro, assumes well-formed UTF-8.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param i string offset
+ * @see U8_SET_CP_LIMIT
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_SET_CP_LIMIT_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ U8_BACK_1_UNSAFE(s, i); \
+ U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(s, i); \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adjust a random-access offset to a code point boundary after a code point.
+ * If the offset is behind a partial multi-byte sequence,
+ * then the offset is incremented to behind the whole sequence.
+ * Otherwise, it is not modified.
+ * The input offset may be the same as the string length.
+ * "Safe" macro, checks for illegal sequences and for string boundaries.
+ *
+ * @param s const uint8_t * string
+ * @param start starting string offset (usually 0)
+ * @param i string offset, must be start<=i<=length
+ * @param length string length
+ * @see U8_SET_CP_LIMIT_UNSAFE
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U8_SET_CP_LIMIT(s, start, i, length) { \
+ if((start)<(i) && (i)<(length)) { \
+ U8_BACK_1(s, start, i); \
+ U8_FWD_1(s, i, length); \
+ } \
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utf_old.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utf_old.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2397889
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utf_old.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1171 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 2002-2005, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+*******************************************************************************
+* file name: utf.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 2002sep21
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Deprecated macros for Unicode string handling
+ */
+
+/**
+ *
+ * The macros in utf_old.h are all deprecated and their use discouraged.
+ * Some of the design principles behind the set of UTF macros
+ * have changed or proved impractical.
+ * Almost all of the old "UTF macros" are at least renamed.
+ * If you are looking for a new equivalent to an old macro, please see the
+ * comment at the old one.
+ *
+ * utf_old.h is included by utf.h after unicode/umachine.h
+ * and some common definitions, to not break old code.
+ *
+ * Brief summary of reasons for deprecation:
+ * - Switch on UTF_SIZE (selection of UTF-8/16/32 default string processing)
+ * was impractical.
+ * - Switch on UTF_SAFE etc. (selection of unsafe/safe/strict default string processing)
+ * was of little use and impractical.
+ * - Whole classes of macros became obsolete outside of the UTF_SIZE/UTF_SAFE
+ * selection framework: UTF32_ macros (all trivial)
+ * and UTF_ default and intermediate macros (all aliases).
+ * - The selection framework also caused many macro aliases.
+ * - Change in Unicode standard: "irregular" sequences (3.0) became illegal (3.2).
+ * - Change of language in Unicode standard:
+ * Growing distinction between internal x-bit Unicode strings and external UTF-x
+ * forms, with the former more lenient.
+ * Suggests renaming of UTF16_ macros to U16_.
+ * - The prefix "UTF_" without a width number confused some users.
+ * - "Safe" append macros needed the addition of an error indicator output.
+ * - "Safe" UTF-8 macros used legitimate (if rarely used) code point values
+ * to indicate error conditions.
+ * - The use of the "_CHAR" infix for code point operations confused some users.
+ *
+ * More details:
+ *
+ * Until ICU 2.2, utf.h theoretically allowed to choose among UTF-8/16/32
+ * for string processing, and among unsafe/safe/strict default macros for that.
+ *
+ * It proved nearly impossible to write non-trivial, high-performance code
+ * that is UTF-generic.
+ * Unsafe default macros would be dangerous for default string processing,
+ * and the main reason for the "strict" versions disappeared:
+ * Between Unicode 3.0 and 3.2 all "irregular" UTF-8 sequences became illegal.
+ * The only other conditions that "strict" checked for were non-characters,
+ * which are valid during processing. Only during text input/output should they
+ * be checked, and at that time other well-formedness checks may be
+ * necessary or useful as well.
+ * This can still be done by using U16_NEXT and U_IS_UNICODE_NONCHAR
+ * or U_IS_UNICODE_CHAR.
+ *
+ * The old UTF8_..._SAFE macros also used some normal Unicode code points
+ * to indicate malformed sequences.
+ * The new UTF8_ macros without suffix use negative values instead.
+ *
+ * The entire contents of utf32.h was moved here without replacement
+ * because all those macros were trivial and
+ * were meaningful only in the framework of choosing the UTF size.
+ *
+ * See Jitterbug 2150 and its discussion on the ICU mailing list
+ * in September 2002.
+ *
+ * <hr>
+ *
+ * <em>Obsolete part</em> of pre-ICU 2.4 utf.h file documentation:
+ *
+ * <p>The original concept for these files was for ICU to allow
+ * in principle to set which UTF (UTF-8/16/32) is used internally
+ * by defining UTF_SIZE to either 8, 16, or 32. utf.h would then define the UChar type
+ * accordingly. UTF-16 was the default.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>This concept has been abandoned.
+ * A lot of the ICU source code assumes UChar strings are in UTF-16.
+ * This is especially true for low-level code like
+ * conversion, normalization, and collation.
+ * The utf.h header enforces the default of UTF-16.
+ * The UTF-8 and UTF-32 macros remain for now for completeness and backward compatibility.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Accordingly, utf.h defines UChar to be an unsigned 16-bit integer. If this matches wchar_t, then
+ * UChar is defined to be exactly wchar_t, otherwise uint16_t.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>UChar32 is defined to be a signed 32-bit integer (int32_t), large enough for a 21-bit
+ * Unicode code point (Unicode scalar value, 0..0x10ffff).
+ * Before ICU 2.4, the definition of UChar32 was similarly platform-dependent as
+ * the definition of UChar. For details see the documentation for UChar32 itself.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>utf.h also defines a number of C macros for handling single Unicode code points and
+ * for using UTF Unicode strings. It includes utf8.h, utf16.h, and utf32.h for the actual
+ * implementations of those macros and then aliases one set of them (for UTF-16) for general use.
+ * The UTF-specific macros have the UTF size in the macro name prefixes (UTF16_...), while
+ * the general alias macros always begin with UTF_...</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Many string operations can be done with or without error checking.
+ * Where such a distinction is useful, there are two versions of the macros, "unsafe" and "safe"
+ * ones with ..._UNSAFE and ..._SAFE suffixes. The unsafe macros are fast but may cause
+ * program failures if the strings are not well-formed. The safe macros have an additional, boolean
+ * parameter "strict". If strict is FALSE, then only illegal sequences are detected.
+ * Otherwise, irregular sequences and non-characters are detected as well (like single surrogates).
+ * Safe macros return special error code points for illegal/irregular sequences:
+ * Typically, U+ffff, or values that would result in a code unit sequence of the same length
+ * as the erroneous input sequence.<br>
+ * Note that _UNSAFE macros have fewer parameters: They do not have the strictness parameter, and
+ * they do not have start/length parameters for boundary checking.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Here, the macros are aliased in two steps:
+ * In the first step, the UTF-specific macros with UTF16_ prefix and _UNSAFE and _SAFE suffixes are
+ * aliased according to the UTF_SIZE to macros with UTF_ prefix and the same suffixes and signatures.
+ * Then, in a second step, the default, general alias macros are set to use either the unsafe or
+ * the safe/not strict (default) or the safe/strict macro;
+ * these general macros do not have a strictness parameter.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>It is possible to change the default choice for the general alias macros to be unsafe, safe/not strict or safe/strict.
+ * The default is safe/not strict. It is not recommended to select the unsafe macros as the basis for
+ * Unicode string handling in ICU! To select this, define UTF_SAFE, UTF_STRICT, or UTF_UNSAFE.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>For general use, one should use the default, general macros with UTF_ prefix and no _SAFE/_UNSAFE suffix.
+ * Only in some cases it may be necessary to control the choice of macro directly and use a less generic alias.
+ * For example, if it can be assumed that a string is well-formed and the index will stay within the bounds,
+ * then the _UNSAFE version may be used.
+ * If a UTF-8 string is to be processed, then the macros with UTF8_ prefixes need to be used.</p>
+ *
+ * <hr>
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use the macros in utf.h, utf16.h, utf8.h instead.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UTF_OLD_H__
+#define __UTF_OLD_H__
+
+#ifndef U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API
+
+/* utf.h must be included first. */
+#ifndef __UTF_H__
+# include "unicode/utf.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Formerly utf.h, part 1 --------------------------------------------------- */
+
+#ifdef U_USE_UTF_DEPRECATES
+/**
+ * Unicode string and array offset and index type.
+ * ICU always counts Unicode code units (UChars) for
+ * string offsets, indexes, and lengths, not Unicode code points.
+ *
+ * @obsolete ICU 2.6. Use int32_t directly instead since this API will be removed in that release.
+ */
+typedef int32_t UTextOffset;
+#endif
+
+/** Number of bits in a Unicode string code unit - ICU uses 16-bit Unicode. @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_SIZE 16
+
+/**
+ * The default choice for general Unicode string macros is to use the ..._SAFE macro implementations
+ * with strict=FALSE.
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_SAFE
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#undef UTF_UNSAFE
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#undef UTF_STRICT
+
+/**
+ * <p>UTF8_ERROR_VALUE_1 and UTF8_ERROR_VALUE_2 are special error values for UTF-8,
+ * which need 1 or 2 bytes in UTF-8:<br>
+ * U+0015 = NAK = Negative Acknowledge, C0 control character<br>
+ * U+009f = highest C1 control character</p>
+ *
+ * <p>These are used by UTF8_..._SAFE macros so that they can return an error value
+ * that needs the same number of code units (bytes) as were seen by
+ * a macro. They should be tested with UTF_IS_ERROR() or UTF_IS_VALID().</p>
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF8_ERROR_VALUE_1 0x15
+
+/**
+ * See documentation on UTF8_ERROR_VALUE_1 for details.
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF8_ERROR_VALUE_2 0x9f
+
+/**
+ * Error value for all UTFs. This code point value will be set by macros with error
+ * checking if an error is detected.
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_ERROR_VALUE 0xffff
+
+/**
+ * Is a given 32-bit code an error value
+ * as returned by one of the macros for any UTF?
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_IS_ERROR(c) \
+ (((c)&0xfffe)==0xfffe || (c)==UTF8_ERROR_VALUE_1 || (c)==UTF8_ERROR_VALUE_2)
+
+/**
+ * This is a combined macro: Is c a valid Unicode value _and_ not an error code?
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_IS_VALID(c) \
+ (UTF_IS_UNICODE_CHAR(c) && \
+ (c)!=UTF8_ERROR_VALUE_1 && (c)!=UTF8_ERROR_VALUE_2)
+
+/**
+ * Is this code unit or code point a surrogate (U+d800..U+dfff)?
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U_IS_SURROGATE and U16_IS_SURROGATE, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_IS_SURROGATE(uchar) (((uchar)&0xfffff800)==0xd800)
+
+/**
+ * Is a given 32-bit code point a Unicode noncharacter?
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U_IS_UNICODE_NONCHAR, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_IS_UNICODE_NONCHAR(c) \
+ ((c)>=0xfdd0 && \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<=0xfdef || ((c)&0xfffe)==0xfffe) && \
+ (uint32_t)(c)<=0x10ffff)
+
+/**
+ * Is a given 32-bit value a Unicode code point value (0..U+10ffff)
+ * that can be assigned a character?
+ *
+ * Code points that are not characters include:
+ * - single surrogate code points (U+d800..U+dfff, 2048 code points)
+ * - the last two code points on each plane (U+__fffe and U+__ffff, 34 code points)
+ * - U+fdd0..U+fdef (new with Unicode 3.1, 32 code points)
+ * - the highest Unicode code point value is U+10ffff
+ *
+ * This means that all code points below U+d800 are character code points,
+ * and that boundary is tested first for performance.
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U_IS_UNICODE_CHAR, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_IS_UNICODE_CHAR(c) \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<0xd800 || \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)>0xdfff && \
+ (uint32_t)(c)<=0x10ffff && \
+ !UTF_IS_UNICODE_NONCHAR(c)))
+
+/* Formerly utf8.h ---------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * Count the trail bytes for a UTF-8 lead byte.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_COUNT_TRAIL_BYTES, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF8_COUNT_TRAIL_BYTES(leadByte) (utf8_countTrailBytes[(uint8_t)leadByte])
+
+/**
+ * Mask a UTF-8 lead byte, leave only the lower bits that form part of the code point value.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_MASK_LEAD_BYTE, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF8_MASK_LEAD_BYTE(leadByte, countTrailBytes) ((leadByte)&=(1<<(6-(countTrailBytes)))-1)
+
+/** Is this this code point a single code unit (byte)? @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_IS_SINGLE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_IS_SINGLE(uchar) (((uchar)&0x80)==0)
+/** Is this this code unit the lead code unit (byte) of a code point? @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_IS_LEAD, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_IS_LEAD(uchar) ((uint8_t)((uchar)-0xc0)<0x3e)
+/** Is this this code unit a trailing code unit (byte) of a code point? @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_IS_TRAIL, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_IS_TRAIL(uchar) (((uchar)&0xc0)==0x80)
+
+/** Does this scalar Unicode value need multiple code units for storage? @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U8_LENGTH or test ((uint32_t)(c)>0x7f) instead, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_NEED_MULTIPLE_UCHAR(c) ((uint32_t)(c)>0x7f)
+
+/**
+ * Given the lead character, how many bytes are taken by this code point.
+ * ICU does not deal with code points >0x10ffff
+ * unless necessary for advancing in the byte stream.
+ *
+ * These length macros take into account that for values >0x10ffff
+ * the UTF8_APPEND_CHAR_SAFE macros would write the error code point 0xffff
+ * with 3 bytes.
+ * Code point comparisons need to be in uint32_t because UChar32
+ * may be a signed type, and negative values must be recognized.
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U8_LENGTH instead, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#if 1
+# define UTF8_CHAR_LENGTH(c) \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<=0x7f ? 1 : \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<=0x7ff ? 2 : \
+ ((uint32_t)((c)-0x10000)>0xfffff ? 3 : 4) \
+ ) \
+ )
+#else
+# define UTF8_CHAR_LENGTH(c) \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<=0x7f ? 1 : \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<=0x7ff ? 2 : \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<=0xffff ? 3 : \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<=0x10ffff ? 4 : \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<=0x3ffffff ? 5 : \
+ ((uint32_t)(c)<=0x7fffffff ? 6 : 3) \
+ ) \
+ ) \
+ ) \
+ ) \
+ )
+#endif
+
+/** The maximum number of bytes per code point. @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_MAX_LENGTH, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_MAX_CHAR_LENGTH 4
+
+/** Average number of code units compared to UTF-16. @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_ARRAY_SIZE(size) ((5*(size))/2)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_GET_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_GET_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ int32_t _utf8_get_char_unsafe_index=(int32_t)(i); \
+ UTF8_SET_CHAR_START_UNSAFE(s, _utf8_get_char_unsafe_index); \
+ UTF8_NEXT_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, _utf8_get_char_unsafe_index, c); \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U8_GET instead, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_GET_CHAR_SAFE(s, start, i, length, c, strict) { \
+ int32_t _utf8_get_char_safe_index=(int32_t)(i); \
+ UTF8_SET_CHAR_START_SAFE(s, start, _utf8_get_char_safe_index); \
+ UTF8_NEXT_CHAR_SAFE(s, _utf8_get_char_safe_index, length, c, strict); \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_NEXT_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_NEXT_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ (c)=(s)[(i)++]; \
+ if((uint8_t)((c)-0xc0)<0x35) { \
+ uint8_t __count=UTF8_COUNT_TRAIL_BYTES(c); \
+ UTF8_MASK_LEAD_BYTE(c, __count); \
+ switch(__count) { \
+ /* each following branch falls through to the next one */ \
+ case 3: \
+ (c)=((c)<<6)|((s)[(i)++]&0x3f); \
+ case 2: \
+ (c)=((c)<<6)|((s)[(i)++]&0x3f); \
+ case 1: \
+ (c)=((c)<<6)|((s)[(i)++]&0x3f); \
+ /* no other branches to optimize switch() */ \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_APPEND_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_APPEND_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ if((uint32_t)(c)<=0x7f) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)(c); \
+ } else { \
+ if((uint32_t)(c)<=0x7ff) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)(((c)>>6)|0xc0); \
+ } else { \
+ if((uint32_t)(c)<=0xffff) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)(((c)>>12)|0xe0); \
+ } else { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)(((c)>>18)|0xf0); \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)((((c)>>12)&0x3f)|0x80); \
+ } \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)((((c)>>6)&0x3f)|0x80); \
+ } \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)(((c)&0x3f)|0x80); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ (i)+=1+UTF8_COUNT_TRAIL_BYTES((s)[i]); \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_FWD_N_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_FWD_N_UNSAFE(s, i, n) { \
+ int32_t __N=(n); \
+ while(__N>0) { \
+ UTF8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(s, i); \
+ --__N; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_SET_CP_START_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_SET_CHAR_START_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ while(UTF8_IS_TRAIL((s)[i])) { --(i); } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U8_NEXT instead, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_NEXT_CHAR_SAFE(s, i, length, c, strict) { \
+ (c)=(s)[(i)++]; \
+ if((c)>=0x80) { \
+ if(UTF8_IS_LEAD(c)) { \
+ (c)=utf8_nextCharSafeBody(s, &(i), (int32_t)(length), c, strict); \
+ } else { \
+ (c)=UTF8_ERROR_VALUE_1; \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U8_APPEND instead, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_APPEND_CHAR_SAFE(s, i, length, c) { \
+ if((uint32_t)(c)<=0x7f) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint8_t)(c); \
+ } else { \
+ (i)=utf8_appendCharSafeBody(s, (int32_t)(i), (int32_t)(length), c, NULL); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_FWD_1, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_FWD_1_SAFE(s, i, length) U8_FWD_1(s, i, length)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_FWD_N, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_FWD_N_SAFE(s, i, length, n) U8_FWD_N(s, i, length, n)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_SET_CP_START, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_SET_CHAR_START_SAFE(s, start, i) U8_SET_CP_START(s, start, i)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_PREV_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_PREV_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ (c)=(s)[--(i)]; \
+ if(UTF8_IS_TRAIL(c)) { \
+ uint8_t __b, __count=1, __shift=6; \
+\
+ /* c is a trail byte */ \
+ (c)&=0x3f; \
+ for(;;) { \
+ __b=(s)[--(i)]; \
+ if(__b>=0xc0) { \
+ UTF8_MASK_LEAD_BYTE(__b, __count); \
+ (c)|=(UChar32)__b<<__shift; \
+ break; \
+ } else { \
+ (c)|=(UChar32)(__b&0x3f)<<__shift; \
+ ++__count; \
+ __shift+=6; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_BACK_1_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_BACK_1_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ while(UTF8_IS_TRAIL((s)[--(i)])) {} \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_BACK_N_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_BACK_N_UNSAFE(s, i, n) { \
+ int32_t __N=(n); \
+ while(__N>0) { \
+ UTF8_BACK_1_UNSAFE(s, i); \
+ --__N; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_SET_CP_LIMIT_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_SET_CHAR_LIMIT_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ UTF8_BACK_1_UNSAFE(s, i); \
+ UTF8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(s, i); \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U8_PREV instead, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_PREV_CHAR_SAFE(s, start, i, c, strict) { \
+ (c)=(s)[--(i)]; \
+ if((c)>=0x80) { \
+ if((c)<=0xbf) { \
+ (c)=utf8_prevCharSafeBody(s, start, &(i), c, strict); \
+ } else { \
+ (c)=UTF8_ERROR_VALUE_1; \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_BACK_1, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_BACK_1_SAFE(s, start, i) U8_BACK_1(s, start, i)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_BACK_N, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_BACK_N_SAFE(s, start, i, n) U8_BACK_N(s, start, i, n)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U8_SET_CP_LIMIT, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF8_SET_CHAR_LIMIT_SAFE(s, start, i, length) U8_SET_CP_LIMIT(s, start, i, length)
+
+/* Formerly utf16.h --------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/** Is uchar a first/lead surrogate? @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U_IS_LEAD and U16_IS_LEAD, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_IS_FIRST_SURROGATE(uchar) (((uchar)&0xfffffc00)==0xd800)
+
+/** Is uchar a second/trail surrogate? @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U_IS_TRAIL and U16_IS_TRAIL, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_IS_SECOND_SURROGATE(uchar) (((uchar)&0xfffffc00)==0xdc00)
+
+/** Assuming c is a surrogate, is it a first/lead surrogate? @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U_IS_SURROGATE_LEAD and U16_IS_SURROGATE_LEAD, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_IS_SURROGATE_FIRST(c) (((c)&0x400)==0)
+
+/** Helper constant for UTF16_GET_PAIR_VALUE. @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_SURROGATE_OFFSET, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_SURROGATE_OFFSET ((0xd800<<10UL)+0xdc00-0x10000)
+
+/** Get the UTF-32 value from the surrogate code units. @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_GET_SUPPLEMENTARY, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_GET_PAIR_VALUE(first, second) \
+ (((first)<<10UL)+(second)-UTF_SURROGATE_OFFSET)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_LEAD, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_FIRST_SURROGATE(supplementary) (UChar)(((supplementary)>>10)+0xd7c0)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_TRAIL, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_SECOND_SURROGATE(supplementary) (UChar)(((supplementary)&0x3ff)|0xdc00)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_LEAD, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_LEAD(supplementary) UTF_FIRST_SURROGATE(supplementary)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_TRAIL, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_TRAIL(supplementary) UTF_SECOND_SURROGATE(supplementary)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_IS_SINGLE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_IS_SINGLE(uchar) !UTF_IS_SURROGATE(uchar)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_IS_LEAD, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_IS_LEAD(uchar) UTF_IS_FIRST_SURROGATE(uchar)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_IS_TRAIL, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_IS_TRAIL(uchar) UTF_IS_SECOND_SURROGATE(uchar)
+
+/** Does this scalar Unicode value need multiple code units for storage? @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U16_LENGTH or test ((uint32_t)(c)>0xffff) instead, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_NEED_MULTIPLE_UCHAR(c) ((uint32_t)(c)>0xffff)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_LENGTH, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_CHAR_LENGTH(c) ((uint32_t)(c)<=0xffff ? 1 : 2)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_MAX_LENGTH, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_MAX_CHAR_LENGTH 2
+
+/** Average number of code units compared to UTF-16. @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_ARRAY_SIZE(size) (size)
+
+/**
+ * Get a single code point from an offset that points to any
+ * of the code units that belong to that code point.
+ * Assume 0<=i<length.
+ *
+ * This could be used for iteration together with
+ * UTF16_CHAR_LENGTH() and UTF_IS_ERROR(),
+ * but the use of UTF16_NEXT_CHAR[_UNSAFE]() and
+ * UTF16_PREV_CHAR[_UNSAFE]() is more efficient for that.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_GET_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF16_GET_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ (c)=(s)[i]; \
+ if(UTF_IS_SURROGATE(c)) { \
+ if(UTF_IS_SURROGATE_FIRST(c)) { \
+ (c)=UTF16_GET_PAIR_VALUE((c), (s)[(i)+1]); \
+ } else { \
+ (c)=UTF16_GET_PAIR_VALUE((s)[(i)-1], (c)); \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U16_GET instead, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_GET_CHAR_SAFE(s, start, i, length, c, strict) { \
+ (c)=(s)[i]; \
+ if(UTF_IS_SURROGATE(c)) { \
+ uint16_t __c2; \
+ if(UTF_IS_SURROGATE_FIRST(c)) { \
+ if((i)+1<(length) && UTF_IS_SECOND_SURROGATE(__c2=(s)[(i)+1])) { \
+ (c)=UTF16_GET_PAIR_VALUE((c), __c2); \
+ /* strict: ((c)&0xfffe)==0xfffe is caught by UTF_IS_ERROR() and UTF_IS_UNICODE_CHAR() */ \
+ } else if(strict) {\
+ /* unmatched first surrogate */ \
+ (c)=UTF_ERROR_VALUE; \
+ } \
+ } else { \
+ if((i)-1>=(start) && UTF_IS_FIRST_SURROGATE(__c2=(s)[(i)-1])) { \
+ (c)=UTF16_GET_PAIR_VALUE(__c2, (c)); \
+ /* strict: ((c)&0xfffe)==0xfffe is caught by UTF_IS_ERROR() and UTF_IS_UNICODE_CHAR() */ \
+ } else if(strict) {\
+ /* unmatched second surrogate */ \
+ (c)=UTF_ERROR_VALUE; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ } else if((strict) && !UTF_IS_UNICODE_CHAR(c)) { \
+ (c)=UTF_ERROR_VALUE; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_NEXT_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_NEXT_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ (c)=(s)[(i)++]; \
+ if(UTF_IS_FIRST_SURROGATE(c)) { \
+ (c)=UTF16_GET_PAIR_VALUE((c), (s)[(i)++]); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_APPEND_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_APPEND_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ if((uint32_t)(c)<=0xffff) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint16_t)(c); \
+ } else { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint16_t)(((c)>>10)+0xd7c0); \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint16_t)(((c)&0x3ff)|0xdc00); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_FWD_1_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_FWD_1_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ if(UTF_IS_FIRST_SURROGATE((s)[(i)++])) { \
+ ++(i); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_FWD_N_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_FWD_N_UNSAFE(s, i, n) { \
+ int32_t __N=(n); \
+ while(__N>0) { \
+ UTF16_FWD_1_UNSAFE(s, i); \
+ --__N; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_SET_CP_START_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_SET_CHAR_START_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ if(UTF_IS_SECOND_SURROGATE((s)[i])) { \
+ --(i); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U16_NEXT instead, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_NEXT_CHAR_SAFE(s, i, length, c, strict) { \
+ (c)=(s)[(i)++]; \
+ if(UTF_IS_FIRST_SURROGATE(c)) { \
+ uint16_t __c2; \
+ if((i)<(length) && UTF_IS_SECOND_SURROGATE(__c2=(s)[(i)])) { \
+ ++(i); \
+ (c)=UTF16_GET_PAIR_VALUE((c), __c2); \
+ /* strict: ((c)&0xfffe)==0xfffe is caught by UTF_IS_ERROR() and UTF_IS_UNICODE_CHAR() */ \
+ } else if(strict) {\
+ /* unmatched first surrogate */ \
+ (c)=UTF_ERROR_VALUE; \
+ } \
+ } else if((strict) && !UTF_IS_UNICODE_CHAR(c)) { \
+ /* unmatched second surrogate or other non-character */ \
+ (c)=UTF_ERROR_VALUE; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U16_APPEND instead, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_APPEND_CHAR_SAFE(s, i, length, c) { \
+ if((uint32_t)(c)<=0xffff) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint16_t)(c); \
+ } else if((uint32_t)(c)<=0x10ffff) { \
+ if((i)+1<(length)) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint16_t)(((c)>>10)+0xd7c0); \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(uint16_t)(((c)&0x3ff)|0xdc00); \
+ } else /* not enough space */ { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=UTF_ERROR_VALUE; \
+ } \
+ } else /* c>0x10ffff, write error value */ { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=UTF_ERROR_VALUE; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_FWD_1, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_FWD_1_SAFE(s, i, length) U16_FWD_1(s, i, length)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_FWD_N, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_FWD_N_SAFE(s, i, length, n) U16_FWD_N(s, i, length, n)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_SET_CP_START, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_SET_CHAR_START_SAFE(s, start, i) U16_SET_CP_START(s, start, i)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_PREV_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_PREV_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ (c)=(s)[--(i)]; \
+ if(UTF_IS_SECOND_SURROGATE(c)) { \
+ (c)=UTF16_GET_PAIR_VALUE((s)[--(i)], (c)); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_BACK_1_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_BACK_1_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ if(UTF_IS_SECOND_SURROGATE((s)[--(i)])) { \
+ --(i); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_BACK_N_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_BACK_N_UNSAFE(s, i, n) { \
+ int32_t __N=(n); \
+ while(__N>0) { \
+ UTF16_BACK_1_UNSAFE(s, i); \
+ --__N; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_SET_CP_LIMIT_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_SET_CHAR_LIMIT_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ if(UTF_IS_FIRST_SURROGATE((s)[(i)-1])) { \
+ ++(i); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U16_PREV instead, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_PREV_CHAR_SAFE(s, start, i, c, strict) { \
+ (c)=(s)[--(i)]; \
+ if(UTF_IS_SECOND_SURROGATE(c)) { \
+ uint16_t __c2; \
+ if((i)>(start) && UTF_IS_FIRST_SURROGATE(__c2=(s)[(i)-1])) { \
+ --(i); \
+ (c)=UTF16_GET_PAIR_VALUE(__c2, (c)); \
+ /* strict: ((c)&0xfffe)==0xfffe is caught by UTF_IS_ERROR() and UTF_IS_UNICODE_CHAR() */ \
+ } else if(strict) {\
+ /* unmatched second surrogate */ \
+ (c)=UTF_ERROR_VALUE; \
+ } \
+ } else if((strict) && !UTF_IS_UNICODE_CHAR(c)) { \
+ /* unmatched first surrogate or other non-character */ \
+ (c)=UTF_ERROR_VALUE; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_BACK_1, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_BACK_1_SAFE(s, start, i) U16_BACK_1(s, start, i)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_BACK_N, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_BACK_N_SAFE(s, start, i, n) U16_BACK_N(s, start, i, n)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_SET_CP_LIMIT, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF16_SET_CHAR_LIMIT_SAFE(s, start, i, length) U16_SET_CP_LIMIT(s, start, i, length)
+
+/* Formerly utf32.h --------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*
+* Old documentation:
+*
+* This file defines macros to deal with UTF-32 code units and code points.
+* Signatures and semantics are the same as for the similarly named macros
+* in utf16.h.
+* utf32.h is included by utf.h after unicode/umachine.h</p>
+* and some common definitions.
+* <p><b>Usage:</b> ICU coding guidelines for if() statements should be followed when using these macros.
+* Compound statements (curly braces {}) must be used for if-else-while...
+* bodies and all macro statements should be terminated with semicolon.</p>
+*/
+
+/* internal definitions ----------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_IS_SAFE(c, strict) \
+ (!(strict) ? \
+ (uint32_t)(c)<=0x10ffff : \
+ UTF_IS_UNICODE_CHAR(c))
+
+/*
+ * For the semantics of all of these macros, see utf16.h.
+ * The UTF-32 versions are trivial because any code point is
+ * encoded using exactly one code unit.
+ */
+
+/* single-code point definitions -------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* classes of code unit values */
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_IS_SINGLE(uchar) 1
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_IS_LEAD(uchar) 0
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_IS_TRAIL(uchar) 0
+
+/* number of code units per code point */
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_NEED_MULTIPLE_UCHAR(c) 0
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_CHAR_LENGTH(c) 1
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_MAX_CHAR_LENGTH 1
+
+/* average number of code units compared to UTF-16 */
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_ARRAY_SIZE(size) (size)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_GET_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ (c)=(s)[i]; \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_GET_CHAR_SAFE(s, start, i, length, c, strict) { \
+ (c)=(s)[i]; \
+ if(!UTF32_IS_SAFE(c, strict)) { \
+ (c)=UTF_ERROR_VALUE; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/* definitions with forward iteration --------------------------------------- */
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_NEXT_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ (c)=(s)[(i)++]; \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_APPEND_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(c); \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_FWD_1_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ ++(i); \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_FWD_N_UNSAFE(s, i, n) { \
+ (i)+=(n); \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_SET_CHAR_START_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_NEXT_CHAR_SAFE(s, i, length, c, strict) { \
+ (c)=(s)[(i)++]; \
+ if(!UTF32_IS_SAFE(c, strict)) { \
+ (c)=UTF_ERROR_VALUE; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_APPEND_CHAR_SAFE(s, i, length, c) { \
+ if((uint32_t)(c)<=0x10ffff) { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=(c); \
+ } else /* c>0x10ffff, write 0xfffd */ { \
+ (s)[(i)++]=0xfffd; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_FWD_1_SAFE(s, i, length) { \
+ ++(i); \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_FWD_N_SAFE(s, i, length, n) { \
+ if(((i)+=(n))>(length)) { \
+ (i)=(length); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_SET_CHAR_START_SAFE(s, start, i) { \
+}
+
+/* definitions with backward iteration -------------------------------------- */
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_PREV_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c) { \
+ (c)=(s)[--(i)]; \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_BACK_1_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+ --(i); \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_BACK_N_UNSAFE(s, i, n) { \
+ (i)-=(n); \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_SET_CHAR_LIMIT_UNSAFE(s, i) { \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_PREV_CHAR_SAFE(s, start, i, c, strict) { \
+ (c)=(s)[--(i)]; \
+ if(!UTF32_IS_SAFE(c, strict)) { \
+ (c)=UTF_ERROR_VALUE; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_BACK_1_SAFE(s, start, i) { \
+ --(i); \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_BACK_N_SAFE(s, start, i, n) { \
+ (i)-=(n); \
+ if((i)<(start)) { \
+ (i)=(start); \
+ } \
+}
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF32_SET_CHAR_LIMIT_SAFE(s, i, length) { \
+}
+
+/* Formerly utf.h, part 2 --------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * Estimate the number of code units for a string based on the number of UTF-16 code units.
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Obsolete, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_ARRAY_SIZE(size) UTF16_ARRAY_SIZE(size)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_GET_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_GET_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c) UTF16_GET_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U16_GET instead, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_GET_CHAR_SAFE(s, start, i, length, c, strict) UTF16_GET_CHAR_SAFE(s, start, i, length, c, strict)
+
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_NEXT_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_NEXT_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c) UTF16_NEXT_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U16_NEXT instead, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_NEXT_CHAR_SAFE(s, i, length, c, strict) UTF16_NEXT_CHAR_SAFE(s, i, length, c, strict)
+
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_APPEND_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_APPEND_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c) UTF16_APPEND_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U16_APPEND instead, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_APPEND_CHAR_SAFE(s, i, length, c) UTF16_APPEND_CHAR_SAFE(s, i, length, c)
+
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_FWD_1_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_FWD_1_UNSAFE(s, i) UTF16_FWD_1_UNSAFE(s, i)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_FWD_1, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_FWD_1_SAFE(s, i, length) UTF16_FWD_1_SAFE(s, i, length)
+
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_FWD_N_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_FWD_N_UNSAFE(s, i, n) UTF16_FWD_N_UNSAFE(s, i, n)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_FWD_N, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_FWD_N_SAFE(s, i, length, n) UTF16_FWD_N_SAFE(s, i, length, n)
+
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_SET_CP_START_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_SET_CHAR_START_UNSAFE(s, i) UTF16_SET_CHAR_START_UNSAFE(s, i)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_SET_CP_START, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_SET_CHAR_START_SAFE(s, start, i) UTF16_SET_CHAR_START_SAFE(s, start, i)
+
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_PREV_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_PREV_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c) UTF16_PREV_CHAR_UNSAFE(s, i, c)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U16_PREV instead, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_PREV_CHAR_SAFE(s, start, i, c, strict) UTF16_PREV_CHAR_SAFE(s, start, i, c, strict)
+
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_BACK_1_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_BACK_1_UNSAFE(s, i) UTF16_BACK_1_UNSAFE(s, i)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_BACK_1, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_BACK_1_SAFE(s, start, i) UTF16_BACK_1_SAFE(s, start, i)
+
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_BACK_N_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_BACK_N_UNSAFE(s, i, n) UTF16_BACK_N_UNSAFE(s, i, n)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_BACK_N, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_BACK_N_SAFE(s, start, i, n) UTF16_BACK_N_SAFE(s, start, i, n)
+
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_SET_CP_LIMIT_UNSAFE, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_SET_CHAR_LIMIT_UNSAFE(s, i) UTF16_SET_CHAR_LIMIT_UNSAFE(s, i)
+
+/** @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_SET_CP_LIMIT, see utf_old.h. */
+#define UTF_SET_CHAR_LIMIT_SAFE(s, start, i, length) UTF16_SET_CHAR_LIMIT_SAFE(s, start, i, length)
+
+/* Define default macros (UTF-16 "safe") ------------------------------------ */
+
+/**
+ * Does this code unit alone encode a code point (BMP, not a surrogate)?
+ * Same as UTF16_IS_SINGLE.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U_IS_SINGLE and U16_IS_SINGLE, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_IS_SINGLE(uchar) U16_IS_SINGLE(uchar)
+
+/**
+ * Is this code unit the first one of several (a lead surrogate)?
+ * Same as UTF16_IS_LEAD.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U_IS_LEAD and U16_IS_LEAD, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_IS_LEAD(uchar) U16_IS_LEAD(uchar)
+
+/**
+ * Is this code unit one of several but not the first one (a trail surrogate)?
+ * Same as UTF16_IS_TRAIL.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U_IS_TRAIL and U16_IS_TRAIL, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_IS_TRAIL(uchar) U16_IS_TRAIL(uchar)
+
+/**
+ * Does this code point require multiple code units (is it a supplementary code point)?
+ * Same as UTF16_NEED_MULTIPLE_UCHAR.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U16_LENGTH or test ((uint32_t)(c)>0xffff) instead.
+ */
+#define UTF_NEED_MULTIPLE_UCHAR(c) UTF16_NEED_MULTIPLE_UCHAR(c)
+
+/**
+ * How many code units are used to encode this code point (1 or 2)?
+ * Same as UTF16_CHAR_LENGTH.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_LENGTH, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_CHAR_LENGTH(c) U16_LENGTH(c)
+
+/**
+ * How many code units are used at most for any Unicode code point (2)?
+ * Same as UTF16_MAX_CHAR_LENGTH.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_MAX_LENGTH, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_MAX_CHAR_LENGTH U16_MAX_LENGTH
+
+/**
+ * Set c to the code point that contains the code unit i.
+ * i could point to the lead or the trail surrogate for the code point.
+ * i is not modified.
+ * Same as UTF16_GET_CHAR.
+ * \pre 0<=i<length
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_GET, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_GET_CHAR(s, start, i, length, c) U16_GET(s, start, i, length, c)
+
+/**
+ * Set c to the code point that starts at code unit i
+ * and advance i to beyond the code units of this code point (post-increment).
+ * i must point to the first code unit of a code point.
+ * Otherwise c is set to the trail unit (surrogate) itself.
+ * Same as UTF16_NEXT_CHAR.
+ * \pre 0<=i<length
+ * \post 0<i<=length
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_NEXT, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_NEXT_CHAR(s, i, length, c) U16_NEXT(s, i, length, c)
+
+/**
+ * Append the code units of code point c to the string at index i
+ * and advance i to beyond the new code units (post-increment).
+ * The code units beginning at index i will be overwritten.
+ * Same as UTF16_APPEND_CHAR.
+ * \pre 0<=c<=0x10ffff
+ * \pre 0<=i<length
+ * \post 0<i<=length
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use U16_APPEND instead, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_APPEND_CHAR(s, i, length, c) UTF16_APPEND_CHAR_SAFE(s, i, length, c)
+
+/**
+ * Advance i to beyond the code units of the code point that begins at i.
+ * I.e., advance i by one code point.
+ * Same as UTF16_FWD_1.
+ * \pre 0<=i<length
+ * \post 0<i<=length
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_FWD_1, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_FWD_1(s, i, length) U16_FWD_1(s, i, length)
+
+/**
+ * Advance i to beyond the code units of the n code points where the first one begins at i.
+ * I.e., advance i by n code points.
+ * Same as UT16_FWD_N.
+ * \pre 0<=i<length
+ * \post 0<i<=length
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_FWD_N, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_FWD_N(s, i, length, n) U16_FWD_N(s, i, length, n)
+
+/**
+ * Take the random-access index i and adjust it so that it points to the beginning
+ * of a code point.
+ * The input index points to any code unit of a code point and is moved to point to
+ * the first code unit of the same code point. i is never incremented.
+ * In other words, if i points to a trail surrogate that is preceded by a matching
+ * lead surrogate, then i is decremented. Otherwise it is not modified.
+ * This can be used to start an iteration with UTF_NEXT_CHAR() from a random index.
+ * Same as UTF16_SET_CHAR_START.
+ * \pre start<=i<length
+ * \post start<=i<length
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_SET_CP_START, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_SET_CHAR_START(s, start, i) U16_SET_CP_START(s, start, i)
+
+/**
+ * Set c to the code point that has code units before i
+ * and move i backward (towards the beginning of the string)
+ * to the first code unit of this code point (pre-increment).
+ * i must point to the first code unit after the last unit of a code point (i==length is allowed).
+ * Same as UTF16_PREV_CHAR.
+ * \pre start<i<=length
+ * \post start<=i<length
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_PREV, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_PREV_CHAR(s, start, i, c) U16_PREV(s, start, i, c)
+
+/**
+ * Move i backward (towards the beginning of the string)
+ * to the first code unit of the code point that has code units before i.
+ * I.e., move i backward by one code point.
+ * i must point to the first code unit after the last unit of a code point (i==length is allowed).
+ * Same as UTF16_BACK_1.
+ * \pre start<i<=length
+ * \post start<=i<length
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_BACK_1, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_BACK_1(s, start, i) U16_BACK_1(s, start, i)
+
+/**
+ * Move i backward (towards the beginning of the string)
+ * to the first code unit of the n code points that have code units before i.
+ * I.e., move i backward by n code points.
+ * i must point to the first code unit after the last unit of a code point (i==length is allowed).
+ * Same as UTF16_BACK_N.
+ * \pre start<i<=length
+ * \post start<=i<length
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_BACK_N, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_BACK_N(s, start, i, n) U16_BACK_N(s, start, i, n)
+
+/**
+ * Take the random-access index i and adjust it so that it points beyond
+ * a code point. The input index points beyond any code unit
+ * of a code point and is moved to point beyond the last code unit of the same
+ * code point. i is never decremented.
+ * In other words, if i points to a trail surrogate that is preceded by a matching
+ * lead surrogate, then i is incremented. Otherwise it is not modified.
+ * This can be used to start an iteration with UTF_PREV_CHAR() from a random index.
+ * Same as UTF16_SET_CHAR_LIMIT.
+ * \pre start<i<=length
+ * \post start<i<=length
+ *
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Renamed to U16_SET_CP_LIMIT, see utf_old.h.
+ */
+#define UTF_SET_CHAR_LIMIT(s, start, i, length) U16_SET_CP_LIMIT(s, start, i, length)
+
+#endif /* U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API */
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utmscale.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utmscale.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..368e426
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utmscale.h
@@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2004 - 2008, International Business Machines Corporation and
+* others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef UTMSCALE_H
+#define UTMSCALE_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Universal Time Scale
+ *
+ * There are quite a few different conventions for binary datetime, depending on different
+ * platforms and protocols. Some of these have severe drawbacks. For example, people using
+ * Unix time (seconds since Jan 1, 1970) think that they are safe until near the year 2038.
+ * But cases can and do arise where arithmetic manipulations causes serious problems. Consider
+ * the computation of the average of two datetimes, for example: if one calculates them with
+ * <code>averageTime = (time1 + time2)/2</code>, there will be overflow even with dates
+ * around the present. Moreover, even if these problems don't occur, there is the issue of
+ * conversion back and forth between different systems.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * Binary datetimes differ in a number of ways: the datatype, the unit,
+ * and the epoch (origin). We'll refer to these as time scales. For example:
+ *
+ * <table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
+ * <caption>Table 1: Binary Time Scales</caption>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th align="left">Source</th>
+ * <th align="left">Datatype</th>
+ * <th align="left">Unit</th>
+ * <th align="left">Epoch</th>
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>UDTS_JAVA_TIME</td>
+ * <td>int64_t</td>
+ * <td>milliseconds</td>
+ * <td>Jan 1, 1970</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ *
+ * <td>UDTS_UNIX_TIME</td>
+ * <td>int32_t or int64_t</td>
+ * <td>seconds</td>
+ * <td>Jan 1, 1970</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>UDTS_ICU4C_TIME</td>
+ *
+ * <td>double</td>
+ * <td>milliseconds</td>
+ * <td>Jan 1, 1970</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>UDTS_WINDOWS_FILE_TIME</td>
+ * <td>int64_t</td>
+ *
+ * <td>ticks (100 nanoseconds)</td>
+ * <td>Jan 1, 1601</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>UDTS_DOTNET_DATE_TIME</td>
+ * <td>int64_t</td>
+ * <td>ticks (100 nanoseconds)</td>
+ *
+ * <td>Jan 1, 0001</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>UDTS_MAC_OLD_TIME</td>
+ * <td>int32_t or int64_t</td>
+ * <td>seconds</td>
+ * <td>Jan 1, 1904</td>
+ *
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>UDTS_MAC_TIME</td>
+ * <td>double</td>
+ * <td>seconds</td>
+ * <td>Jan 1, 2001</td>
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>UDTS_EXCEL_TIME</td>
+ * <td>?</td>
+ * <td>days</td>
+ * <td>Dec 31, 1899</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ *
+ * <td>UDTS_DB2_TIME</td>
+ * <td>?</td>
+ * <td>days</td>
+ * <td>Dec 31, 1899</td>
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>UDTS_UNIX_MICROSECONDS_TIME</td>
+ * <td>int64_t</td>
+ * <td>microseconds</td>
+ * <td>Jan 1, 1970</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * All of the epochs start at 00:00 am (the earliest possible time on the day in question),
+ * and are assumed to be UTC.
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * The ranges for different datatypes are given in the following table (all values in years).
+ * The range of years includes the entire range expressible with positive and negative
+ * values of the datatype. The range of years for double is the range that would be allowed
+ * without losing precision to the corresponding unit.
+ *
+ * <table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
+ * <tr>
+ * <th align="left">Units</th>
+ * <th align="left">int64_t</th>
+ * <th align="left">double</th>
+ * <th align="left">int32_t</th>
+ * </tr>
+ *
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>1 sec</td>
+ * <td align="right">5.84542x10<sup>11</sup></td>
+ * <td align="right">285,420,920.94</td>
+ * <td align="right">136.10</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ *
+ * <td>1 millisecond</td>
+ * <td align="right">584,542,046.09</td>
+ * <td align="right">285,420.92</td>
+ * <td align="right">0.14</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>1 microsecond</td>
+ *
+ * <td align="right">584,542.05</td>
+ * <td align="right">285.42</td>
+ * <td align="right">0.00</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>100 nanoseconds (tick)</td>
+ * <td align="right">58,454.20</td>
+ * <td align="right">28.54</td>
+ * <td align="right">0.00</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>1 nanosecond</td>
+ * <td align="right">584.5420461</td>
+ * <td align="right">0.2854</td>
+ * <td align="right">0.00</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <p>
+ * These functions implement a universal time scale which can be used as a 'pivot',
+ * and provide conversion functions to and from all other major time scales.
+ * This datetimes to be converted to the pivot time, safely manipulated,
+ * and converted back to any other datetime time scale.
+ *
+ *<p>
+ * So what to use for this pivot? Java time has plenty of range, but cannot represent
+ * .NET <code>System.DateTime</code> values without severe loss of precision. ICU4C time addresses this by using a
+ * <code>double</code> that is otherwise equivalent to the Java time. However, there are disadvantages
+ * with <code>doubles</code>. They provide for much more graceful degradation in arithmetic operations.
+ * But they only have 53 bits of accuracy, which means that they will lose precision when
+ * converting back and forth to ticks. What would really be nice would be a
+ * <code>long double</code> (80 bits -- 64 bit mantissa), but that is not supported on most systems.
+ *
+ *<p>
+ * The Unix extended time uses a structure with two components: time in seconds and a
+ * fractional field (microseconds). However, this is clumsy, slow, and
+ * prone to error (you always have to keep track of overflow and underflow in the
+ * fractional field). <code>BigDecimal</code> would allow for arbitrary precision and arbitrary range,
+ * but we do not want to use this as the normal type, because it is slow and does not
+ * have a fixed size.
+ *
+ *<p>
+ * Because of these issues, we ended up concluding that the .NET framework's
+ * <code>System.DateTime</code> would be the best pivot. However, we use the full range
+ * allowed by the datatype, allowing for datetimes back to 29,000 BC and up to 29,000 AD.
+ * This time scale is very fine grained, does not lose precision, and covers a range that
+ * will meet almost all requirements. It will not handle the range that Java times do,
+ * but frankly, being able to handle dates before 29,000 BC or after 29,000 AD is of very limited interest.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * <code>UDateTimeScale</code> values are used to specify the time scale used for
+ * conversion into or out if the universal time scale.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+typedef enum UDateTimeScale {
+ /**
+ * Used in the JDK. Data is a Java <code>long</code> (<code>int64_t</code>). Value
+ * is milliseconds since January 1, 1970.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UDTS_JAVA_TIME = 0,
+
+ /**
+ * Used on Unix systems. Data is <code>int32_t</code> or <code>int64_t</code>. Value
+ * is seconds since January 1, 1970.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UDTS_UNIX_TIME,
+
+ /**
+ * Used in IUC4C. Data is a <code>double</code>. Value
+ * is milliseconds since January 1, 1970.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UDTS_ICU4C_TIME,
+
+ /**
+ * Used in Windows for file times. Data is an <code>int64_t</code>. Value
+ * is ticks (1 tick == 100 nanoseconds) since January 1, 1601.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UDTS_WINDOWS_FILE_TIME,
+
+ /**
+ * Used in the .NET framework's <code>System.DateTime</code> structure. Data is an <code>int64_t</code>. Value
+ * is ticks (1 tick == 100 nanoseconds) since January 1, 0001.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UDTS_DOTNET_DATE_TIME,
+
+ /**
+ * Used in older Macintosh systems. Data is <code>int32_t</code> or <code>int64_t</code>. Value
+ * is seconds since January 1, 1904.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UDTS_MAC_OLD_TIME,
+
+ /**
+ * Used in newer Macintosh systems. Data is a <code>double</code>. Value
+ * is seconds since January 1, 2001.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UDTS_MAC_TIME,
+
+ /**
+ * Used in Excel. Data is an <code>?unknown?</code>. Value
+ * is days since December 31, 1899.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UDTS_EXCEL_TIME,
+
+ /**
+ * Used in DB2. Data is an <code>?unknown?</code>. Value
+ * is days since December 31, 1899.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UDTS_DB2_TIME,
+
+ /**
+ * Data is a <code>long</code>. Value is microseconds since January 1, 1970.
+ * Similar to Unix time (linear value from 1970) and struct timeval
+ * (microseconds resolution).
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UDTS_UNIX_MICROSECONDS_TIME,
+
+ /**
+ * The first unused time scale value. The limit of this enum
+ */
+ UDTS_MAX_SCALE
+} UDateTimeScale;
+
+/**
+ * <code>UTimeScaleValue</code> values are used to specify the time scale values
+ * to <code>utmscale_getTimeScaleValue</code>.
+ *
+ * @see utmscale_getTimeScaleValue
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+typedef enum UTimeScaleValue {
+ /**
+ * The constant used to select the units vale
+ * for a time scale.
+ *
+ * @see utmscale_getTimeScaleValue
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UTSV_UNITS_VALUE = 0,
+
+ /**
+ * The constant used to select the epoch offset value
+ * for a time scale.
+ *
+ * @see utmscale_getTimeScaleValue
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UTSV_EPOCH_OFFSET_VALUE=1,
+
+ /**
+ * The constant used to select the minimum from value
+ * for a time scale.
+ *
+ * @see utmscale_getTimeScaleValue
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UTSV_FROM_MIN_VALUE=2,
+
+ /**
+ * The constant used to select the maximum from value
+ * for a time scale.
+ *
+ * @see utmscale_getTimeScaleValue
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UTSV_FROM_MAX_VALUE=3,
+
+ /**
+ * The constant used to select the minimum to value
+ * for a time scale.
+ *
+ * @see utmscale_getTimeScaleValue
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UTSV_TO_MIN_VALUE=4,
+
+ /**
+ * The constant used to select the maximum to value
+ * for a time scale.
+ *
+ * @see utmscale_getTimeScaleValue
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UTSV_TO_MAX_VALUE=5,
+
+#ifndef U_HIDE_INTERNAL_API
+ /**
+ * The constant used to select the epoch plus one value
+ * for a time scale.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This is an internal value. DO NOT USE IT. May not
+ * actually be equal to the epoch offset value plus one.
+ *
+ * @see utmscale_getTimeScaleValue
+ *
+ * @internal ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UTSV_EPOCH_OFFSET_PLUS_1_VALUE=6,
+
+ /**
+ * The constant used to select the epoch plus one value
+ * for a time scale.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This is an internal value. DO NOT USE IT. May not
+ * actually be equal to the epoch offset value plus one.
+ *
+ * @see utmscale_getTimeScaleValue
+ *
+ * @internal ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UTSV_EPOCH_OFFSET_MINUS_1_VALUE=7,
+
+ /**
+ * The constant used to select the units round value
+ * for a time scale.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This is an internal value. DO NOT USE IT.
+ *
+ * @see utmscale_getTimeScaleValue
+ *
+ * @internal ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UTSV_UNITS_ROUND_VALUE=8,
+
+ /**
+ * The constant used to select the minimum safe rounding value
+ * for a time scale.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This is an internal value. DO NOT USE IT.
+ *
+ * @see utmscale_getTimeScaleValue
+ *
+ * @internal ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UTSV_MIN_ROUND_VALUE=9,
+
+ /**
+ * The constant used to select the maximum safe rounding value
+ * for a time scale.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This is an internal value. DO NOT USE IT.
+ *
+ * @see utmscale_getTimeScaleValue
+ *
+ * @internal ICU 3.2
+ */
+ UTSV_MAX_ROUND_VALUE=10,
+
+#endif /* U_HIDE_INTERNAL_API */
+
+ /**
+ * The number of time scale values, in other words limit of this enum.
+ *
+ * @see utmscale_getTimeScaleValue
+ */
+ UTSV_MAX_SCALE_VALUE=11
+
+} UTimeScaleValue;
+
+/**
+ * Get a value associated with a particular time scale.
+ *
+ * @param timeScale The time scale
+ * @param value A constant representing the value to get
+ * @param status The status code. Set to <code>U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR</code> if arguments are invalid.
+ * @return - the value.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int64_t U_EXPORT2
+ utmscale_getTimeScaleValue(UDateTimeScale timeScale, UTimeScaleValue value, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/* Conversion to 'universal time scale' */
+
+/**
+ * Convert a <code>int64_t</code> datetime from the given time scale to the universal time scale.
+ *
+ * @param otherTime The <code>int64_t</code> datetime
+ * @param timeScale The time scale to convert from
+ * @param status The status code. Set to <code>U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR</code> if the conversion is out of range.
+ *
+ * @return The datetime converted to the universal time scale
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int64_t U_EXPORT2
+ utmscale_fromInt64(int64_t otherTime, UDateTimeScale timeScale, UErrorCode *status);
+
+/* Conversion from 'universal time scale' */
+
+/**
+ * Convert a datetime from the universal time scale to a <code>int64_t</code> in the given time scale.
+ *
+ * @param universalTime The datetime in the universal time scale
+ * @param timeScale The time scale to convert to
+ * @param status The status code. Set to <code>U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR</code> if the conversion is out of range.
+ *
+ * @return The datetime converted to the given time scale
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 3.2
+ */
+U_STABLE int64_t U_EXPORT2
+ utmscale_toInt64(int64_t universalTime, UDateTimeScale timeScale, UErrorCode *status);
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utrace.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utrace.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c8be9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utrace.h
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* Copyright (C) 2003-2006, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+*******************************************************************************
+* file name: utrace.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* created on: 2003aug06
+* created by: Markus W. Scherer
+*
+* Definitions for ICU tracing/logging.
+*
+*/
+
+#ifndef __UTRACE_H__
+#define __UTRACE_H__
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Definitions for ICU tracing/logging.
+ *
+ * This provides API for debugging the internals of ICU without the use of
+ * a traditional debugger.
+ *
+ * By default, tracing is disabled in ICU. If you need to debug ICU with
+ * tracing, please compile ICU with the --enable-tracing configure option.
+ */
+
+U_CDECL_BEGIN
+
+/**
+ * Trace severity levels. Higher levels increase the verbosity of the trace output.
+ * @see utrace_setLevel
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+typedef enum UTraceLevel {
+ /** Disable all tracing @stable ICU 2.8*/
+ UTRACE_OFF=-1,
+ /** Trace error conditions only @stable ICU 2.8*/
+ UTRACE_ERROR=0,
+ /** Trace errors and warnings @stable ICU 2.8*/
+ UTRACE_WARNING=3,
+ /** Trace opens and closes of ICU services @stable ICU 2.8*/
+ UTRACE_OPEN_CLOSE=5,
+ /** Trace an intermediate number of ICU operations @stable ICU 2.8*/
+ UTRACE_INFO=7,
+ /** Trace the maximum number of ICU operations @stable ICU 2.8*/
+ UTRACE_VERBOSE=9
+} UTraceLevel;
+
+/**
+ * These are the ICU functions that will be traced when tracing is enabled.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+typedef enum UTraceFunctionNumber {
+ UTRACE_FUNCTION_START=0,
+ UTRACE_U_INIT=UTRACE_FUNCTION_START,
+ UTRACE_U_CLEANUP,
+ UTRACE_FUNCTION_LIMIT,
+
+ UTRACE_CONVERSION_START=0x1000,
+ UTRACE_UCNV_OPEN=UTRACE_CONVERSION_START,
+ UTRACE_UCNV_OPEN_PACKAGE,
+ UTRACE_UCNV_OPEN_ALGORITHMIC,
+ UTRACE_UCNV_CLONE,
+ UTRACE_UCNV_CLOSE,
+ UTRACE_UCNV_FLUSH_CACHE,
+ UTRACE_UCNV_LOAD,
+ UTRACE_UCNV_UNLOAD,
+ UTRACE_CONVERSION_LIMIT,
+
+ UTRACE_COLLATION_START=0x2000,
+ UTRACE_UCOL_OPEN=UTRACE_COLLATION_START,
+ UTRACE_UCOL_CLOSE,
+ UTRACE_UCOL_STRCOLL,
+ UTRACE_UCOL_GET_SORTKEY,
+ UTRACE_UCOL_GETLOCALE,
+ UTRACE_UCOL_NEXTSORTKEYPART,
+ UTRACE_UCOL_STRCOLLITER,
+ UTRACE_UCOL_OPEN_FROM_SHORT_STRING,
+ UTRACE_COLLATION_LIMIT
+} UTraceFunctionNumber;
+
+/**
+ * Setter for the trace level.
+ * @param traceLevel A UTraceLevel value.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+utrace_setLevel(int32_t traceLevel);
+
+/**
+ * Getter for the trace level.
+ * @return The UTraceLevel value being used by ICU.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+utrace_getLevel(void);
+
+/* Trace function pointers types ----------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * Type signature for the trace function to be called when entering a function.
+ * @param context value supplied at the time the trace functions are set.
+ * @param fnNumber Enum value indicating the ICU function being entered.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+typedef void U_CALLCONV
+UTraceEntry(const void *context, int32_t fnNumber);
+
+/**
+ * Type signature for the trace function to be called when exiting from a function.
+ * @param context value supplied at the time the trace functions are set.
+ * @param fnNumber Enum value indicating the ICU function being exited.
+ * @param fmt A formatting string that describes the number and types
+ * of arguments included with the variable args. The fmt
+ * string has the same form as the utrace_vformat format
+ * string.
+ * @param args A variable arguments list. Contents are described by
+ * the fmt parameter.
+ * @see utrace_vformat
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+typedef void U_CALLCONV
+UTraceExit(const void *context, int32_t fnNumber,
+ const char *fmt, va_list args);
+
+/**
+ * Type signature for the trace function to be called from within an ICU function
+ * to display data or messages.
+ * @param context value supplied at the time the trace functions are set.
+ * @param fnNumber Enum value indicating the ICU function being exited.
+ * @param level The current tracing level
+ * @param fmt A format string describing the tracing data that is supplied
+ * as variable args
+ * @param args The data being traced, passed as variable args.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+typedef void U_CALLCONV
+UTraceData(const void *context, int32_t fnNumber, int32_t level,
+ const char *fmt, va_list args);
+
+/**
+ * Set ICU Tracing functions. Installs application-provided tracing
+ * functions into ICU. After doing this, subsequent ICU operations
+ * will call back to the installed functions, providing a trace
+ * of the use of ICU. Passing a NULL pointer for a tracing function
+ * is allowed, and inhibits tracing action at points where that function
+ * would be called.
+ * <p>
+ * Tracing and Threads: Tracing functions are global to a process, and
+ * will be called in response to ICU operations performed by any
+ * thread. If tracing of an individual thread is desired, the
+ * tracing functions must themselves filter by checking that the
+ * current thread is the desired thread.
+ *
+ * @param context an uninterpretted pointer. Whatever is passed in
+ * here will in turn be passed to each of the tracing
+ * functions UTraceEntry, UTraceExit and UTraceData.
+ * ICU does not use or alter this pointer.
+ * @param e Callback function to be called on entry to a
+ * a traced ICU function.
+ * @param x Callback function to be called on exit from a
+ * traced ICU function.
+ * @param d Callback function to be called from within a
+ * traced ICU function, for the purpose of providing
+ * data to the trace.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+utrace_setFunctions(const void *context,
+ UTraceEntry *e, UTraceExit *x, UTraceData *d);
+
+/**
+ * Get the currently installed ICU tracing functions. Note that a null function
+ * pointer will be returned if no trace function has been set.
+ *
+ * @param context The currently installed tracing context.
+ * @param e The currently installed UTraceEntry function.
+ * @param x The currently installed UTraceExit function.
+ * @param d The currently installed UTraceData function.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+utrace_getFunctions(const void **context,
+ UTraceEntry **e, UTraceExit **x, UTraceData **d);
+
+
+
+/*
+ *
+ * ICU trace format string syntax
+ *
+ * Format Strings are passed to UTraceData functions, and define the
+ * number and types of the trace data being passed on each call.
+ *
+ * The UTraceData function, which is supplied by the application,
+ * not by ICU, can either forward the trace data (passed via
+ * varargs) and the format string back to ICU for formatting into
+ * a displayable string, or it can interpret the format itself,
+ * and do as it wishes with the trace data.
+ *
+ *
+ * Goals for the format string
+ * - basic data output
+ * - easy to use for trace programmer
+ * - sufficient provision for data types for trace output readability
+ * - well-defined types and binary portable APIs
+ *
+ * Non-goals
+ * - printf compatibility
+ * - fancy formatting
+ * - argument reordering and other internationalization features
+ *
+ * ICU trace format strings contain plain text with argument inserts,
+ * much like standard printf format strings.
+ * Each insert begins with a '%', then optionally contains a 'v',
+ * then exactly one type character.
+ * Two '%' in a row represent a '%' instead of an insert.
+ * The trace format strings need not have \n at the end.
+ *
+ *
+ * Types
+ * -----
+ *
+ * Type characters:
+ * - c A char character in the default codepage.
+ * - s A NUL-terminated char * string in the default codepage.
+ * - S A UChar * string. Requires two params, (ptr, length). Length=-1 for nul term.
+ * - b A byte (8-bit integer).
+ * - h A 16-bit integer. Also a 16 bit Unicode code unit.
+ * - d A 32-bit integer. Also a 20 bit Unicode code point value.
+ * - l A 64-bit integer.
+ * - p A data pointer.
+ *
+ * Vectors
+ * -------
+ *
+ * If the 'v' is not specified, then one item of the specified type
+ * is passed in.
+ * If the 'v' (for "vector") is specified, then a vector of items of the
+ * specified type is passed in, via a pointer to the first item
+ * and an int32_t value for the length of the vector.
+ * Length==-1 means zero or NUL termination. Works for vectors of all types.
+ *
+ * Note: %vS is a vector of (UChar *) strings. The strings must
+ * be nul terminated as there is no way to provide a
+ * separate length parameter for each string. The length
+ * parameter (required for all vectors) is the number of
+ * strings, not the length of the strings.
+ *
+ * Examples
+ * --------
+ *
+ * These examples show the parameters that will be passed to an application's
+ * UTraceData() function for various formats.
+ *
+ * - the precise formatting is up to the application!
+ * - the examples use type casts for arguments only to _show_ the types of
+ * arguments without needing variable declarations in the examples;
+ * the type casts will not be necessary in actual code
+ *
+ * UTraceDataFunc(context, fnNumber, level,
+ * "There is a character %c in the string %s.", // Format String
+ * (char)c, (const char *)s); // varargs parameters
+ * -> There is a character 0x42 'B' in the string "Bravo".
+ *
+ * UTraceDataFunc(context, fnNumber, level,
+ * "Vector of bytes %vb vector of chars %vc",
+ * (const uint8_t *)bytes, (int32_t)bytesLength,
+ * (const char *)chars, (int32_t)charsLength);
+ * -> Vector of bytes
+ * 42 63 64 3f [4]
+ * vector of chars
+ * "Bcd?"[4]
+ *
+ * UTraceDataFunc(context, fnNumber, level,
+ * "An int32_t %d and a whole bunch of them %vd",
+ * (int32_t)-5, (const int32_t *)ints, (int32_t)intsLength);
+ * -> An int32_t 0xfffffffb and a whole bunch of them
+ * fffffffb 00000005 0000010a [3]
+ *
+ */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Trace output Formatter. An application's UTraceData tracing functions may call
+ * back to this function to format the trace output in a
+ * human readable form. Note that a UTraceData function may choose
+ * to not format the data; it could, for example, save it in
+ * in the raw form it was received (more compact), leaving
+ * formatting for a later trace analyis tool.
+ * @param outBuf pointer to a buffer to receive the formatted output. Output
+ * will be nul terminated if there is space in the buffer -
+ * if the length of the requested output < the output buffer size.
+ * @param capacity Length of the output buffer.
+ * @param indent Number of spaces to indent the output. Intended to allow
+ * data displayed from nested functions to be indented for readability.
+ * @param fmt Format specification for the data to output
+ * @param args Data to be formatted.
+ * @return Length of formatted output, including the terminating NUL.
+ * If buffer capacity is insufficient, the required capacity is returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+utrace_vformat(char *outBuf, int32_t capacity,
+ int32_t indent, const char *fmt, va_list args);
+
+/**
+ * Trace output Formatter. An application's UTraceData tracing functions may call
+ * this function to format any additional trace data, beyond that
+ * provided by default, in human readable form with the same
+ * formatting conventions used by utrace_vformat().
+ * @param outBuf pointer to a buffer to receive the formatted output. Output
+ * will be nul terminated if there is space in the buffer -
+ * if the length of the requested output < the output buffer size.
+ * @param capacity Length of the output buffer.
+ * @param indent Number of spaces to indent the output. Intended to allow
+ * data displayed from nested functions to be indented for readability.
+ * @param fmt Format specification for the data to output
+ * @param ... Data to be formatted.
+ * @return Length of formatted output, including the terminating NUL.
+ * If buffer capacity is insufficient, the required capacity is returned.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+utrace_format(char *outBuf, int32_t capacity,
+ int32_t indent, const char *fmt, ...);
+
+
+
+/* Trace function numbers --------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a function from its trace function number.
+ *
+ * @param fnNumber The trace number for an ICU function.
+ * @return The name string for the function.
+ *
+ * @see UTraceFunctionNumber
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+utrace_functionName(int32_t fnNumber);
+
+U_CDECL_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utrans.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utrans.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a460a34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utrans.h
@@ -0,0 +1,583 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1997-2005, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+* Date Name Description
+* 06/21/00 aliu Creation.
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef UTRANS_H
+#define UTRANS_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_TRANSLITERATION
+
+#include "unicode/urep.h"
+#include "unicode/parseerr.h"
+#include "unicode/uenum.h"
+
+/********************************************************************
+ * General Notes
+ ********************************************************************
+ */
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Transliterator
+ *
+ * <h2> Transliteration </h2>
+ * The data structures and functions described in this header provide
+ * transliteration services. Transliteration services are implemented
+ * as C++ classes. The comments and documentation in this header
+ * assume the reader is familiar with the C++ headers translit.h and
+ * associated documentation.
+ *
+ * A significant but incomplete subset of the C++ transliteration
+ * services are available to C code through this header. In order to
+ * access more complex transliteration services, refer to the C++
+ * headers and documentation.
+ *
+ * There are two sets of functions for working with transliterator IDs:
+ *
+ * An old, deprecated set uses char * IDs, which works for true and pure
+ * identifiers that these APIs were designed for,
+ * for example "Cyrillic-Latin".
+ * It does not work when the ID contains filters ("[:Script=Cyrl:]")
+ * or even a complete set of rules because then the ID string contains more
+ * than just "invariant" characters (see utypes.h).
+ *
+ * A new set of functions replaces the old ones and uses UChar * IDs,
+ * paralleling the UnicodeString IDs in the C++ API. (New in ICU 2.8.)
+ */
+
+/********************************************************************
+ * Data Structures
+ ********************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * An opaque transliterator for use in C. Open with utrans_openxxx()
+ * and close with utrans_close() when done. Equivalent to the C++ class
+ * Transliterator and its subclasses.
+ * @see Transliterator
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef void* UTransliterator;
+
+/**
+ * Direction constant indicating the direction in a transliterator,
+ * e.g., the forward or reverse rules of a RuleBasedTransliterator.
+ * Specified when a transliterator is opened. An "A-B" transliterator
+ * transliterates A to B when operating in the forward direction, and
+ * B to A when operating in the reverse direction.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum UTransDirection {
+
+ /**
+ * UTRANS_FORWARD means from <source> to <target> for a
+ * transliterator with ID <source>-<target>. For a transliterator
+ * opened using a rule, it means forward direction rules, e.g.,
+ * "A > B".
+ */
+ UTRANS_FORWARD,
+
+ /**
+ * UTRANS_REVERSE means from <target> to <source> for a
+ * transliterator with ID <source>-<target>. For a transliterator
+ * opened using a rule, it means reverse direction rules, e.g.,
+ * "A < B".
+ */
+ UTRANS_REVERSE
+
+} UTransDirection;
+
+/**
+ * Position structure for utrans_transIncremental() incremental
+ * transliteration. This structure defines two substrings of the text
+ * being transliterated. The first region, [contextStart,
+ * contextLimit), defines what characters the transliterator will read
+ * as context. The second region, [start, limit), defines what
+ * characters will actually be transliterated. The second region
+ * should be a subset of the first.
+ *
+ * <p>After a transliteration operation, some of the indices in this
+ * structure will be modified. See the field descriptions for
+ * details.
+ *
+ * <p>contextStart <= start <= limit <= contextLimit
+ *
+ * <p>Note: All index values in this structure must be at code point
+ * boundaries. That is, none of them may occur between two code units
+ * of a surrogate pair. If any index does split a surrogate pair,
+ * results are unspecified.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef struct UTransPosition {
+
+ /**
+ * Beginning index, inclusive, of the context to be considered for
+ * a transliteration operation. The transliterator will ignore
+ * anything before this index. INPUT/OUTPUT parameter: This parameter
+ * is updated by a transliteration operation to reflect the maximum
+ * amount of antecontext needed by a transliterator.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ int32_t contextStart;
+
+ /**
+ * Ending index, exclusive, of the context to be considered for a
+ * transliteration operation. The transliterator will ignore
+ * anything at or after this index. INPUT/OUTPUT parameter: This
+ * parameter is updated to reflect changes in the length of the
+ * text, but points to the same logical position in the text.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ int32_t contextLimit;
+
+ /**
+ * Beginning index, inclusive, of the text to be transliteratd.
+ * INPUT/OUTPUT parameter: This parameter is advanced past
+ * characters that have already been transliterated by a
+ * transliteration operation.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ int32_t start;
+
+ /**
+ * Ending index, exclusive, of the text to be transliteratd.
+ * INPUT/OUTPUT parameter: This parameter is updated to reflect
+ * changes in the length of the text, but points to the same
+ * logical position in the text.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+ int32_t limit;
+
+} UTransPosition;
+
+/********************************************************************
+ * General API
+ ********************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Open a custom transliterator, given a custom rules string
+ * OR
+ * a system transliterator, given its ID.
+ * Any non-NULL result from this function should later be closed with
+ * utrans_close().
+ *
+ * @param id a valid transliterator ID
+ * @param idLength the length of the ID string, or -1 if NUL-terminated
+ * @param dir the desired direction
+ * @param rules the transliterator rules. See the C++ header rbt.h for
+ * rules syntax. If NULL then a system transliterator matching
+ * the ID is returned.
+ * @param rulesLength the length of the rules, or -1 if the rules
+ * are NUL-terminated.
+ * @param parseError a pointer to a UParseError struct to receive the details
+ * of any parsing errors. This parameter may be NULL if no
+ * parsing error details are desired.
+ * @param pErrorCode a pointer to the UErrorCode
+ * @return a transliterator pointer that may be passed to other
+ * utrans_xxx() functions, or NULL if the open call fails.
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE UTransliterator* U_EXPORT2
+utrans_openU(const UChar *id,
+ int32_t idLength,
+ UTransDirection dir,
+ const UChar *rules,
+ int32_t rulesLength,
+ UParseError *parseError,
+ UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/**
+ * Open an inverse of an existing transliterator. For this to work,
+ * the inverse must be registered with the system. For example, if
+ * the Transliterator "A-B" is opened, and then its inverse is opened,
+ * the result is the Transliterator "B-A", if such a transliterator is
+ * registered with the system. Otherwise the result is NULL and a
+ * failing UErrorCode is set. Any non-NULL result from this function
+ * should later be closed with utrans_close().
+ *
+ * @param trans the transliterator to open the inverse of.
+ * @param status a pointer to the UErrorCode
+ * @return a pointer to a newly-opened transliterator that is the
+ * inverse of trans, or NULL if the open call fails.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UTransliterator* U_EXPORT2
+utrans_openInverse(const UTransliterator* trans,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Create a copy of a transliterator. Any non-NULL result from this
+ * function should later be closed with utrans_close().
+ *
+ * @param trans the transliterator to be copied.
+ * @param status a pointer to the UErrorCode
+ * @return a transliterator pointer that may be passed to other
+ * utrans_xxx() functions, or NULL if the clone call fails.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE UTransliterator* U_EXPORT2
+utrans_clone(const UTransliterator* trans,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Close a transliterator. Any non-NULL pointer returned by
+ * utrans_openXxx() or utrans_clone() should eventually be closed.
+ * @param trans the transliterator to be closed.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+utrans_close(UTransliterator* trans);
+
+/**
+ * Return the programmatic identifier for this transliterator.
+ * If this identifier is passed to utrans_openU(), it will open
+ * a transliterator equivalent to this one, if the ID has been
+ * registered.
+ *
+ * @param trans the transliterator to return the ID of.
+ * @param resultLength pointer to an output variable receiving the length
+ * of the ID string; can be NULL
+ * @return the NUL-terminated ID string. This pointer remains
+ * valid until utrans_close() is called on this transliterator.
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE const UChar * U_EXPORT2
+utrans_getUnicodeID(const UTransliterator *trans,
+ int32_t *resultLength);
+
+/**
+ * Register an open transliterator with the system. When
+ * utrans_open() is called with an ID string that is equal to that
+ * returned by utrans_getID(adoptedTrans,...), then
+ * utrans_clone(adoptedTrans,...) is returned.
+ *
+ * <p>NOTE: After this call the system owns the adoptedTrans and will
+ * close it. The user must not call utrans_close() on adoptedTrans.
+ *
+ * @param adoptedTrans a transliterator, typically the result of
+ * utrans_openRules(), to be registered with the system.
+ * @param status a pointer to the UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+utrans_register(UTransliterator* adoptedTrans,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Unregister a transliterator from the system. After this call the
+ * system will no longer recognize the given ID when passed to
+ * utrans_open(). If the ID is invalid then nothing is done.
+ *
+ * @param id an ID to unregister
+ * @param idLength the length of id, or -1 if id is zero-terminated
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+utrans_unregisterID(const UChar* id, int32_t idLength);
+
+/**
+ * Set the filter used by a transliterator. A filter can be used to
+ * make the transliterator pass certain characters through untouched.
+ * The filter is expressed using a UnicodeSet pattern. If the
+ * filterPattern is NULL or the empty string, then the transliterator
+ * will be reset to use no filter.
+ *
+ * @param trans the transliterator
+ * @param filterPattern a pattern string, in the form accepted by
+ * UnicodeSet, specifying which characters to apply the
+ * transliteration to. May be NULL or the empty string to indicate no
+ * filter.
+ * @param filterPatternLen the length of filterPattern, or -1 if
+ * filterPattern is zero-terminated
+ * @param status a pointer to the UErrorCode
+ * @see UnicodeSet
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+utrans_setFilter(UTransliterator* trans,
+ const UChar* filterPattern,
+ int32_t filterPatternLen,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of system transliterators.
+ * It is recommended to use utrans_openIDs() instead.
+ *
+ * @return the number of system transliterators.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE int32_t U_EXPORT2
+utrans_countAvailableIDs(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return a UEnumeration for the available transliterators.
+ *
+ * @param pErrorCode Pointer to the UErrorCode in/out parameter.
+ * @return UEnumeration for the available transliterators.
+ * Close with uenum_close().
+ *
+ * @stable ICU 2.8
+ */
+U_STABLE UEnumeration * U_EXPORT2
+utrans_openIDs(UErrorCode *pErrorCode);
+
+/********************************************************************
+ * Transliteration API
+ ********************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Transliterate a segment of a UReplaceable string. The string is
+ * passed in as a UReplaceable pointer rep and a UReplaceableCallbacks
+ * function pointer struct repFunc. Functions in the repFunc struct
+ * will be called in order to modify the rep string.
+ *
+ * @param trans the transliterator
+ * @param rep a pointer to the string. This will be passed to the
+ * repFunc functions.
+ * @param repFunc a set of function pointers that will be used to
+ * modify the string pointed to by rep.
+ * @param start the beginning index, inclusive; <code>0 <= start <=
+ * limit</code>.
+ * @param limit pointer to the ending index, exclusive; <code>start <=
+ * limit <= repFunc->length(rep)</code>. Upon return, *limit will
+ * contain the new limit index. The text previously occupying
+ * <code>[start, limit)</code> has been transliterated, possibly to a
+ * string of a different length, at <code>[start,
+ * </code><em>new-limit</em><code>)</code>, where <em>new-limit</em>
+ * is the return value.
+ * @param status a pointer to the UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+utrans_trans(const UTransliterator* trans,
+ UReplaceable* rep,
+ UReplaceableCallbacks* repFunc,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t* limit,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Transliterate the portion of the UReplaceable text buffer that can
+ * be transliterated unambiguosly. This method is typically called
+ * after new text has been inserted, e.g. as a result of a keyboard
+ * event. The transliterator will try to transliterate characters of
+ * <code>rep</code> between <code>index.cursor</code> and
+ * <code>index.limit</code>. Characters before
+ * <code>index.cursor</code> will not be changed.
+ *
+ * <p>Upon return, values in <code>index</code> will be updated.
+ * <code>index.start</code> will be advanced to the first
+ * character that future calls to this method will read.
+ * <code>index.cursor</code> and <code>index.limit</code> will
+ * be adjusted to delimit the range of text that future calls to
+ * this method may change.
+ *
+ * <p>Typical usage of this method begins with an initial call
+ * with <code>index.start</code> and <code>index.limit</code>
+ * set to indicate the portion of <code>text</code> to be
+ * transliterated, and <code>index.cursor == index.start</code>.
+ * Thereafter, <code>index</code> can be used without
+ * modification in future calls, provided that all changes to
+ * <code>text</code> are made via this method.
+ *
+ * <p>This method assumes that future calls may be made that will
+ * insert new text into the buffer. As a result, it only performs
+ * unambiguous transliterations. After the last call to this method,
+ * there may be untransliterated text that is waiting for more input
+ * to resolve an ambiguity. In order to perform these pending
+ * transliterations, clients should call utrans_trans() with a start
+ * of index.start and a limit of index.end after the last call to this
+ * method has been made.
+ *
+ * @param trans the transliterator
+ * @param rep a pointer to the string. This will be passed to the
+ * repFunc functions.
+ * @param repFunc a set of function pointers that will be used to
+ * modify the string pointed to by rep.
+ * @param pos a struct containing the start and limit indices of the
+ * text to be read and the text to be transliterated
+ * @param status a pointer to the UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+utrans_transIncremental(const UTransliterator* trans,
+ UReplaceable* rep,
+ UReplaceableCallbacks* repFunc,
+ UTransPosition* pos,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Transliterate a segment of a UChar* string. The string is passed
+ * in in a UChar* buffer. The string is modified in place. If the
+ * result is longer than textCapacity, it is truncated. The actual
+ * length of the result is returned in *textLength, if textLength is
+ * non-NULL. *textLength may be greater than textCapacity, but only
+ * textCapacity UChars will be written to *text, including the zero
+ * terminator.
+ *
+ * @param trans the transliterator
+ * @param text a pointer to a buffer containing the text to be
+ * transliterated on input and the result text on output.
+ * @param textLength a pointer to the length of the string in text.
+ * If the length is -1 then the string is assumed to be
+ * zero-terminated. Upon return, the new length is stored in
+ * *textLength. If textLength is NULL then the string is assumed to
+ * be zero-terminated.
+ * @param textCapacity a pointer to the length of the text buffer.
+ * Upon return,
+ * @param start the beginning index, inclusive; <code>0 <= start <=
+ * limit</code>.
+ * @param limit pointer to the ending index, exclusive; <code>start <=
+ * limit <= repFunc->length(rep)</code>. Upon return, *limit will
+ * contain the new limit index. The text previously occupying
+ * <code>[start, limit)</code> has been transliterated, possibly to a
+ * string of a different length, at <code>[start,
+ * </code><em>new-limit</em><code>)</code>, where <em>new-limit</em>
+ * is the return value.
+ * @param status a pointer to the UErrorCode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+utrans_transUChars(const UTransliterator* trans,
+ UChar* text,
+ int32_t* textLength,
+ int32_t textCapacity,
+ int32_t start,
+ int32_t* limit,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Transliterate the portion of the UChar* text buffer that can be
+ * transliterated unambiguosly. See utrans_transIncremental(). The
+ * string is passed in in a UChar* buffer. The string is modified in
+ * place. If the result is longer than textCapacity, it is truncated.
+ * The actual length of the result is returned in *textLength, if
+ * textLength is non-NULL. *textLength may be greater than
+ * textCapacity, but only textCapacity UChars will be written to
+ * *text, including the zero terminator. See utrans_transIncremental()
+ * for usage details.
+ *
+ * @param trans the transliterator
+ * @param text a pointer to a buffer containing the text to be
+ * transliterated on input and the result text on output.
+ * @param textLength a pointer to the length of the string in text.
+ * If the length is -1 then the string is assumed to be
+ * zero-terminated. Upon return, the new length is stored in
+ * *textLength. If textLength is NULL then the string is assumed to
+ * be zero-terminated.
+ * @param textCapacity the length of the text buffer
+ * @param pos a struct containing the start and limit indices of the
+ * text to be read and the text to be transliterated
+ * @param status a pointer to the UErrorCode
+ * @see utrans_transIncremental
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+utrans_transIncrementalUChars(const UTransliterator* trans,
+ UChar* text,
+ int32_t* textLength,
+ int32_t textCapacity,
+ UTransPosition* pos,
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/* deprecated API ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* see utrans.h documentation for why these functions are deprecated */
+
+/**
+ * Deprecated, use utrans_openU() instead.
+ * Open a custom transliterator, given a custom rules string
+ * OR
+ * a system transliterator, given its ID.
+ * Any non-NULL result from this function should later be closed with
+ * utrans_close().
+ *
+ * @param id a valid ID, as returned by utrans_getAvailableID()
+ * @param dir the desired direction
+ * @param rules the transliterator rules. See the C++ header rbt.h
+ * for rules syntax. If NULL then a system transliterator matching
+ * the ID is returned.
+ * @param rulesLength the length of the rules, or -1 if the rules
+ * are zero-terminated.
+ * @param parseError a pointer to a UParseError struct to receive the
+ * details of any parsing errors. This parameter may be NULL if no
+ * parsing error details are desired.
+ * @param status a pointer to the UErrorCode
+ * @return a transliterator pointer that may be passed to other
+ * utrans_xxx() functions, or NULL if the open call fails.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use utrans_openU() instead, see utrans.h
+ */
+U_DEPRECATED UTransliterator* U_EXPORT2
+utrans_open(const char* id,
+ UTransDirection dir,
+ const UChar* rules, /* may be Null */
+ int32_t rulesLength, /* -1 if null-terminated */
+ UParseError* parseError, /* may be Null */
+ UErrorCode* status);
+
+/**
+ * Deprecated, use utrans_getUnicodeID() instead.
+ * Return the programmatic identifier for this transliterator.
+ * If this identifier is passed to utrans_open(), it will open
+ * a transliterator equivalent to this one, if the ID has been
+ * registered.
+ * @param trans the transliterator to return the ID of.
+ * @param buf the buffer in which to receive the ID. This may be
+ * NULL, in which case no characters are copied.
+ * @param bufCapacity the capacity of the buffer. Ignored if buf is
+ * NULL.
+ * @return the actual length of the ID, not including
+ * zero-termination. This may be greater than bufCapacity.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use utrans_getUnicodeID() instead, see utrans.h
+ */
+U_DEPRECATED int32_t U_EXPORT2
+utrans_getID(const UTransliterator* trans,
+ char* buf,
+ int32_t bufCapacity);
+
+/**
+ * Deprecated, use utrans_unregisterID() instead.
+ * Unregister a transliterator from the system. After this call the
+ * system will no longer recognize the given ID when passed to
+ * utrans_open(). If the id is invalid then nothing is done.
+ *
+ * @param id a zero-terminated ID
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use utrans_unregisterID() instead, see utrans.h
+ */
+U_DEPRECATED void U_EXPORT2
+utrans_unregister(const char* id);
+
+/**
+ * Deprecated, use utrans_openIDs() instead.
+ * Return the ID of the index-th system transliterator. The result
+ * is placed in the given buffer. If the given buffer is too small,
+ * the initial substring is copied to buf. The result in buf is
+ * always zero-terminated.
+ *
+ * @param index the number of the transliterator to return. Must
+ * satisfy 0 <= index < utrans_countAvailableIDs(). If index is out
+ * of range then it is treated as if it were 0.
+ * @param buf the buffer in which to receive the ID. This may be
+ * NULL, in which case no characters are copied.
+ * @param bufCapacity the capacity of the buffer. Ignored if buf is
+ * NULL.
+ * @return the actual length of the index-th ID, not including
+ * zero-termination. This may be greater than bufCapacity.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.8 Use utrans_openIDs() instead, see utrans.h
+ */
+U_DEPRECATED int32_t U_EXPORT2
+utrans_getAvailableID(int32_t index,
+ char* buf,
+ int32_t bufCapacity);
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_TRANSLITERATION */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utypes.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utypes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12977ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/utypes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,801 @@
+/*
+**********************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 1996-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+**********************************************************************
+*
+* FILE NAME : UTYPES.H (formerly ptypes.h)
+*
+* Date Name Description
+* 12/11/96 helena Creation.
+* 02/27/97 aliu Added typedefs for UClassID, int8, int16, int32,
+* uint8, uint16, and uint32.
+* 04/01/97 aliu Added XP_CPLUSPLUS and modified to work under C as
+* well as C++.
+* Modified to use memcpy() for uprv_arrayCopy() fns.
+* 04/14/97 aliu Added TPlatformUtilities.
+* 05/07/97 aliu Added import/export specifiers (replacing the old
+* broken EXT_CLASS). Added version number for our
+* code. Cleaned up header.
+* 6/20/97 helena Java class name change.
+* 08/11/98 stephen UErrorCode changed from typedef to enum
+* 08/12/98 erm Changed T_ANALYTIC_PACKAGE_VERSION to 3
+* 08/14/98 stephen Added uprv_arrayCopy() for int8_t, int16_t, int32_t
+* 12/09/98 jfitz Added BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR (bug 1100066)
+* 04/20/99 stephen Cleaned up & reworked for autoconf.
+* Renamed to utypes.h.
+* 05/05/99 stephen Changed to use <inttypes.h>
+* 12/07/99 helena Moved copyright notice string from ucnv_bld.h here.
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef UTYPES_H
+#define UTYPES_H
+
+
+#include "unicode/umachine.h"
+#include "unicode/utf.h"
+#include "unicode/uversion.h"
+#include "unicode/uconfig.h"
+
+#if !U_DEFAULT_SHOW_DRAFT && !defined(U_SHOW_DRAFT_API)
+#define U_HIDE_DRAFT_API 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef U_HIDE_DRAFT_API
+#include "unicode/udraft.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API
+#include "unicode/udeprctd.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef U_HIDE_DEPRECATED_API
+#include "unicode/uobslete.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef U_HIDE_INTERNAL_API
+#include "unicode/uintrnal.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef U_HIDE_SYSTEM_API
+#include "unicode/usystem.h"
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ * \file
+ * \brief Basic definitions for ICU, for both C and C++ APIs
+ *
+ * This file defines basic types, constants, and enumerations directly or
+ * indirectly by including other header files, especially utf.h for the
+ * basic character and string definitions and umachine.h for consistent
+ * integer and other types.
+ */
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* char Character set family */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+/**
+ * U_CHARSET_FAMILY is equal to this value when the platform is an ASCII based platform.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_ASCII_FAMILY 0
+
+/**
+ * U_CHARSET_FAMILY is equal to this value when the platform is an EBCDIC based platform.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_EBCDIC_FAMILY 1
+
+/**
+ * \def U_CHARSET_FAMILY
+ *
+ * <p>These definitions allow to specify the encoding of text
+ * in the char data type as defined by the platform and the compiler.
+ * It is enough to determine the code point values of "invariant characters",
+ * which are the ones shared by all encodings that are in use
+ * on a given platform.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>Those "invariant characters" should be all the uppercase and lowercase
+ * latin letters, the digits, the space, and "basic punctuation".
+ * Also, '\\n', '\\r', '\\t' should be available.</p>
+ *
+ * <p>The list of "invariant characters" is:<br>
+ * \code
+ * A-Z a-z 0-9 SPACE " % & ' ( ) * + , - . / : ; < = > ? _
+ * \endcode
+ * <br>
+ * (52 letters + 10 numbers + 20 punc/sym/space = 82 total)</p>
+ *
+ * <p>This matches the IBM Syntactic Character Set (CS 640).</p>
+ *
+ * <p>In other words, all the graphic characters in 7-bit ASCII should
+ * be safely accessible except the following:</p>
+ *
+ * \code
+ * '\' <backslash>
+ * '[' <left bracket>
+ * ']' <right bracket>
+ * '{' <left brace>
+ * '}' <right brace>
+ * '^' <circumflex>
+ * '~' <tilde>
+ * '!' <exclamation mark>
+ * '#' <number sign>
+ * '|' <vertical line>
+ * '$' <dollar sign>
+ * '@' <commercial at>
+ * '`' <grave accent>
+ * \endcode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+
+#ifndef U_CHARSET_FAMILY
+# define U_CHARSET_FAMILY 0
+#endif
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* ICUDATA naming scheme */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+/**
+ * \def U_ICUDATA_TYPE_LETTER
+ *
+ * This is a platform-dependent string containing one letter:
+ * - b for big-endian, ASCII-family platforms
+ * - l for little-endian, ASCII-family platforms
+ * - e for big-endian, EBCDIC-family platforms
+ * This letter is part of the common data file name.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def U_ICUDATA_TYPE_LITLETTER
+ * The non-string form of U_ICUDATA_TYPE_LETTER
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#if U_CHARSET_FAMILY
+# if U_IS_BIG_ENDIAN
+ /* EBCDIC - should always be BE */
+# define U_ICUDATA_TYPE_LETTER "e"
+# define U_ICUDATA_TYPE_LITLETTER e
+# else
+# error "Don't know what to do with little endian EBCDIC!"
+# define U_ICUDATA_TYPE_LETTER "x"
+# define U_ICUDATA_TYPE_LITLETTER x
+# endif
+#else
+# if U_IS_BIG_ENDIAN
+ /* Big-endian ASCII */
+# define U_ICUDATA_TYPE_LETTER "b"
+# define U_ICUDATA_TYPE_LITLETTER b
+# else
+ /* Little-endian ASCII */
+# define U_ICUDATA_TYPE_LETTER "l"
+# define U_ICUDATA_TYPE_LITLETTER l
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * A single string literal containing the icudata stub name. i.e. 'icudt18e' for
+ * ICU 1.8.x on EBCDIC, etc..
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#define U_ICUDATA_NAME "icudt" U_ICU_VERSION_SHORT U_ICUDATA_TYPE_LETTER
+
+
+/**
+ * U_ICU_ENTRY_POINT is the name of the DLL entry point to the ICU data library.
+ * Defined as a literal, not a string.
+ * Tricky Preprocessor use - ## operator replaces macro paramters with the literal string
+ * from the corresponding macro invocation, _before_ other macro substitutions.
+ * Need a nested \#defines to get the actual version numbers rather than
+ * the literal text U_ICU_VERSION_MAJOR_NUM into the name.
+ * The net result will be something of the form
+ * \#define U_ICU_ENTRY_POINT icudt19_dat
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U_ICUDATA_ENTRY_POINT U_DEF2_ICUDATA_ENTRY_POINT(U_ICU_VERSION_MAJOR_NUM, U_ICU_VERSION_MINOR_NUM)
+
+/**
+ * Do not use.
+ * @internal
+ */
+#define U_DEF2_ICUDATA_ENTRY_POINT(major, minor) U_DEF_ICUDATA_ENTRY_POINT(major, minor)
+/**
+ * Do not use.
+ * @internal
+ */
+#define U_DEF_ICUDATA_ENTRY_POINT(major, minor) icudt##major##minor##_dat
+
+/**
+ * \def U_CALLCONV
+ * Similar to U_CDECL_BEGIN/U_CDECL_END, this qualifier is necessary
+ * in callback function typedefs to make sure that the calling convention
+ * is compatible.
+ *
+ * This is only used for non-ICU-API functions.
+ * When a function is a public ICU API,
+ * you must use the U_CAPI and U_EXPORT2 qualifiers.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#if defined(OS390) && (__COMPILER_VER__ < 0x41020000) && defined(XP_CPLUSPLUS)
+# define U_CALLCONV __cdecl
+#else
+# define U_CALLCONV U_EXPORT2
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \def NULL
+ * Define NULL if necessary, to 0 for C++ and to ((void *)0) for C.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#ifndef NULL
+#ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+#define NULL 0
+#else
+#define NULL ((void *)0)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Calendar/TimeZone data types */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+/**
+ * Date and Time data type.
+ * This is a primitive data type that holds the date and time
+ * as the number of milliseconds since 1970-jan-01, 00:00 UTC.
+ * UTC leap seconds are ignored.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef double UDate;
+
+/** The number of milliseconds per second @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_MILLIS_PER_SECOND (1000)
+/** The number of milliseconds per minute @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_MILLIS_PER_MINUTE (60000)
+/** The number of milliseconds per hour @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_MILLIS_PER_HOUR (3600000)
+/** The number of milliseconds per day @stable ICU 2.0 */
+#define U_MILLIS_PER_DAY (86400000)
+
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* UClassID-based RTTI */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+/**
+ * UClassID is used to identify classes without using RTTI, since RTTI
+ * is not yet supported by all C++ compilers. Each class hierarchy which needs
+ * to implement polymorphic clone() or operator==() defines two methods,
+ * described in detail below. UClassID values can be compared using
+ * operator==(). Nothing else should be done with them.
+ *
+ * \par
+ * getDynamicClassID() is declared in the base class of the hierarchy as
+ * a pure virtual. Each concrete subclass implements it in the same way:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * class Base {
+ * public:
+ * virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const = 0;
+ * }
+ *
+ * class Derived {
+ * public:
+ * virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID() const
+ * { return Derived::getStaticClassID(); }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Each concrete class implements getStaticClassID() as well, which allows
+ * clients to test for a specific type.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * class Derived {
+ * public:
+ * static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID();
+ * private:
+ * static char fgClassID;
+ * }
+ *
+ * // In Derived.cpp:
+ * UClassID Derived::getStaticClassID()
+ * { return (UClassID)&Derived::fgClassID; }
+ * char Derived::fgClassID = 0; // Value is irrelevant
+ * \endcode
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef void* UClassID;
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Shared library/DLL import-export API control */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+/*
+ * Control of symbol import/export.
+ * ICU is separated into three libraries.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * \def U_COMBINED_IMPLEMENTATION
+ * Set to export library symbols from inside the ICU library
+ * when all of ICU is in a single library.
+ * This can be set as a compiler option while building ICU, and it
+ * needs to be the first one tested to override U_COMMON_API, U_I18N_API, etc.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def U_DATA_API
+ * Set to export library symbols from inside the stubdata library,
+ * and to import them from outside.
+ * @stable ICU 3.0
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def U_COMMON_API
+ * Set to export library symbols from inside the common library,
+ * and to import them from outside.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def U_I18N_API
+ * Set to export library symbols from inside the i18n library,
+ * and to import them from outside.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def U_LAYOUT_API
+ * Set to export library symbols from inside the layout engine library,
+ * and to import them from outside.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def U_LAYOUTEX_API
+ * Set to export library symbols from inside the layout extensions library,
+ * and to import them from outside.
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def U_IO_API
+ * Set to export library symbols from inside the ustdio library,
+ * and to import them from outside.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def U_TOOLUTIL_API
+ * Set to export library symbols from inside the toolutil library,
+ * and to import them from outside.
+ * @stable ICU 3.4
+ */
+
+#if defined(U_COMBINED_IMPLEMENTATION)
+#define U_DATA_API U_EXPORT
+#define U_COMMON_API U_EXPORT
+#define U_I18N_API U_EXPORT
+#define U_LAYOUT_API U_EXPORT
+#define U_LAYOUTEX_API U_EXPORT
+#define U_IO_API U_EXPORT
+#define U_TOOLUTIL_API U_EXPORT
+#elif defined(U_STATIC_IMPLEMENTATION)
+#define U_DATA_API
+#define U_COMMON_API
+#define U_I18N_API
+#define U_LAYOUT_API
+#define U_LAYOUTEX_API
+#define U_IO_API
+#define U_TOOLUTIL_API
+#elif defined(U_COMMON_IMPLEMENTATION)
+#define U_DATA_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_COMMON_API U_EXPORT
+#define U_I18N_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_LAYOUT_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_LAYOUTEX_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_IO_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_TOOLUTIL_API U_IMPORT
+#elif defined(U_I18N_IMPLEMENTATION)
+#define U_DATA_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_COMMON_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_I18N_API U_EXPORT
+#define U_LAYOUT_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_LAYOUTEX_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_IO_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_TOOLUTIL_API U_IMPORT
+#elif defined(U_LAYOUT_IMPLEMENTATION)
+#define U_DATA_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_COMMON_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_I18N_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_LAYOUT_API U_EXPORT
+#define U_LAYOUTEX_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_IO_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_TOOLUTIL_API U_IMPORT
+#elif defined(U_LAYOUTEX_IMPLEMENTATION)
+#define U_DATA_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_COMMON_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_I18N_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_LAYOUT_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_LAYOUTEX_API U_EXPORT
+#define U_IO_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_TOOLUTIL_API U_IMPORT
+#elif defined(U_IO_IMPLEMENTATION)
+#define U_DATA_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_COMMON_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_I18N_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_LAYOUT_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_LAYOUTEX_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_IO_API U_EXPORT
+#define U_TOOLUTIL_API U_IMPORT
+#elif defined(U_TOOLUTIL_IMPLEMENTATION)
+#define U_DATA_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_COMMON_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_I18N_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_LAYOUT_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_LAYOUTEX_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_IO_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_TOOLUTIL_API U_EXPORT
+#else
+#define U_DATA_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_COMMON_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_I18N_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_LAYOUT_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_LAYOUTEX_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_IO_API U_IMPORT
+#define U_TOOLUTIL_API U_IMPORT
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \def U_STANDARD_CPP_NAMESPACE
+ * Control of C++ Namespace
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define U_STANDARD_CPP_NAMESPACE ::
+#else
+#define U_STANDARD_CPP_NAMESPACE
+#endif
+
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Global delete operator */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+/*
+ * The ICU4C library must not use the global new and delete operators.
+ * These operators here are defined to enable testing for this.
+ * See Jitterbug 2581 for details of why this is necessary.
+ *
+ * Verification that ICU4C's memory usage is correct, i.e.,
+ * that global new/delete are not used:
+ *
+ * a) Check for imports of global new/delete (see uobject.cpp for details)
+ * b) Verify that new is never imported.
+ * c) Verify that delete is only imported from object code for interface/mixin classes.
+ * d) Add global delete and delete[] only for the ICU4C library itself
+ * and define them in a way that crashes or otherwise easily shows a problem.
+ *
+ * The following implements d).
+ * The operator implementations crash; this is intentional and used for library debugging.
+ *
+ * Note: This is currently only done on Windows because
+ * some Linux/Unix compilers have problems with defining global new/delete.
+ * On Windows, U_WINDOWS is defined, and it is _MSC_VER>=1200 for MSVC 6.0 and higher.
+ */
+#if defined(XP_CPLUSPLUS) && defined(U_WINDOWS) && U_DEBUG && U_OVERRIDE_CXX_ALLOCATION && (_MSC_VER>=1200) && !defined(U_STATIC_IMPLEMENTATION) && (defined(U_COMMON_IMPLEMENTATION) || defined(U_I18N_IMPLEMENTATION) || defined(U_IO_IMPLEMENTATION) || defined(U_LAYOUT_IMPLEMENTATION) || defined(U_LAYOUTEX_IMPLEMENTATION))
+
+#ifndef U_HIDE_INTERNAL_API
+/**
+ * Global operator new, defined only inside ICU4C, must not be used.
+ * Crashes intentionally.
+ * @internal
+ */
+inline void *
+operator new(size_t /*size*/) {
+ char *q=NULL;
+ *q=5; /* break it */
+ return q;
+}
+
+#ifdef _Ret_bytecap_
+/* This is only needed to suppress a Visual C++ 2008 warning for operator new[]. */
+_Ret_bytecap_(_Size)
+#endif
+/**
+ * Global operator new[], defined only inside ICU4C, must not be used.
+ * Crashes intentionally.
+ * @internal
+ */
+inline void *
+operator new[](size_t /*size*/) {
+ char *q=NULL;
+ *q=5; /* break it */
+ return q;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Global operator delete, defined only inside ICU4C, must not be used.
+ * Crashes intentionally.
+ * @internal
+ */
+inline void
+operator delete(void * /*p*/) {
+ char *q=NULL;
+ *q=5; /* break it */
+}
+
+/**
+ * Global operator delete[], defined only inside ICU4C, must not be used.
+ * Crashes intentionally.
+ * @internal
+ */
+inline void
+operator delete[](void * /*p*/) {
+ char *q=NULL;
+ *q=5; /* break it */
+}
+
+#endif /* U_HIDE_INTERNAL_API */
+#endif
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* UErrorCode */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+/**
+ * Error code to replace exception handling, so that the code is compatible with all C++ compilers,
+ * and to use the same mechanism for C and C++.
+ *
+ * \par
+ * ICU functions that take a reference (C++) or a pointer (C) to a UErrorCode
+ * first test if(U_FAILURE(errorCode)) { return immediately; }
+ * so that in a chain of such functions the first one that sets an error code
+ * causes the following ones to not perform any operations.
+ *
+ * \par
+ * Error codes should be tested using U_FAILURE() and U_SUCCESS().
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+typedef enum UErrorCode {
+ /* The ordering of U_ERROR_INFO_START Vs U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING looks weird
+ * and is that way because VC++ debugger displays first encountered constant,
+ * which is not the what the code is used for
+ */
+
+ U_USING_FALLBACK_WARNING = -128, /**< A resource bundle lookup returned a fallback result (not an error) */
+
+ U_ERROR_WARNING_START = -128, /**< Start of information results (semantically successful) */
+
+ U_USING_DEFAULT_WARNING = -127, /**< A resource bundle lookup returned a result from the root locale (not an error) */
+
+ U_SAFECLONE_ALLOCATED_WARNING = -126, /**< A SafeClone operation required allocating memory (informational only) */
+
+ U_STATE_OLD_WARNING = -125, /**< ICU has to use compatibility layer to construct the service. Expect performance/memory usage degradation. Consider upgrading */
+
+ U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING = -124,/**< An output string could not be NUL-terminated because output length==destCapacity. */
+
+ U_SORT_KEY_TOO_SHORT_WARNING = -123, /**< Number of levels requested in getBound is higher than the number of levels in the sort key */
+
+ U_AMBIGUOUS_ALIAS_WARNING = -122, /**< This converter alias can go to different converter implementations */
+
+ U_DIFFERENT_UCA_VERSION = -121, /**< ucol_open encountered a mismatch between UCA version and collator image version, so the collator was constructed from rules. No impact to further function */
+
+ U_ERROR_WARNING_LIMIT, /**< This must always be the last warning value to indicate the limit for UErrorCode warnings (last warning code +1) */
+
+
+ U_ZERO_ERROR = 0, /**< No error, no warning. */
+
+ U_ILLEGAL_ARGUMENT_ERROR = 1, /**< Start of codes indicating failure */
+ U_MISSING_RESOURCE_ERROR = 2, /**< The requested resource cannot be found */
+ U_INVALID_FORMAT_ERROR = 3, /**< Data format is not what is expected */
+ U_FILE_ACCESS_ERROR = 4, /**< The requested file cannot be found */
+ U_INTERNAL_PROGRAM_ERROR = 5, /**< Indicates a bug in the library code */
+ U_MESSAGE_PARSE_ERROR = 6, /**< Unable to parse a message (message format) */
+ U_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_ERROR = 7, /**< Memory allocation error */
+ U_INDEX_OUTOFBOUNDS_ERROR = 8, /**< Trying to access the index that is out of bounds */
+ U_PARSE_ERROR = 9, /**< Equivalent to Java ParseException */
+ U_INVALID_CHAR_FOUND = 10, /**< Character conversion: Unmappable input sequence. In other APIs: Invalid character. */
+ U_TRUNCATED_CHAR_FOUND = 11, /**< Character conversion: Incomplete input sequence. */
+ U_ILLEGAL_CHAR_FOUND = 12, /**< Character conversion: Illegal input sequence/combination of input units. */
+ U_INVALID_TABLE_FORMAT = 13, /**< Conversion table file found, but corrupted */
+ U_INVALID_TABLE_FILE = 14, /**< Conversion table file not found */
+ U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR = 15, /**< A result would not fit in the supplied buffer */
+ U_UNSUPPORTED_ERROR = 16, /**< Requested operation not supported in current context */
+ U_RESOURCE_TYPE_MISMATCH = 17, /**< an operation is requested over a resource that does not support it */
+ U_ILLEGAL_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE = 18, /**< ISO-2022 illlegal escape sequence */
+ U_UNSUPPORTED_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE = 19, /**< ISO-2022 unsupported escape sequence */
+ U_NO_SPACE_AVAILABLE = 20, /**< No space available for in-buffer expansion for Arabic shaping */
+ U_CE_NOT_FOUND_ERROR = 21, /**< Currently used only while setting variable top, but can be used generally */
+ U_PRIMARY_TOO_LONG_ERROR = 22, /**< User tried to set variable top to a primary that is longer than two bytes */
+ U_STATE_TOO_OLD_ERROR = 23, /**< ICU cannot construct a service from this state, as it is no longer supported */
+ U_TOO_MANY_ALIASES_ERROR = 24, /**< There are too many aliases in the path to the requested resource.
+ It is very possible that a circular alias definition has occured */
+ U_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC_ERROR = 25, /**< UEnumeration out of sync with underlying collection */
+ U_INVARIANT_CONVERSION_ERROR = 26, /**< Unable to convert a UChar* string to char* with the invariant converter. */
+ U_INVALID_STATE_ERROR = 27, /**< Requested operation can not be completed with ICU in its current state */
+ U_COLLATOR_VERSION_MISMATCH = 28, /**< Collator version is not compatible with the base version */
+ U_USELESS_COLLATOR_ERROR = 29, /**< Collator is options only and no base is specified */
+ U_NO_WRITE_PERMISSION = 30, /**< Attempt to modify read-only or constant data. */
+
+ U_STANDARD_ERROR_LIMIT, /**< This must always be the last value to indicate the limit for standard errors */
+ /*
+ * the error code range 0x10000 0x10100 are reserved for Transliterator
+ */
+ U_BAD_VARIABLE_DEFINITION=0x10000,/**< Missing '$' or duplicate variable name */
+ U_PARSE_ERROR_START = 0x10000, /**< Start of Transliterator errors */
+ U_MALFORMED_RULE, /**< Elements of a rule are misplaced */
+ U_MALFORMED_SET, /**< A UnicodeSet pattern is invalid*/
+ U_MALFORMED_SYMBOL_REFERENCE, /**< UNUSED as of ICU 2.4 */
+ U_MALFORMED_UNICODE_ESCAPE, /**< A Unicode escape pattern is invalid*/
+ U_MALFORMED_VARIABLE_DEFINITION, /**< A variable definition is invalid */
+ U_MALFORMED_VARIABLE_REFERENCE, /**< A variable reference is invalid */
+ U_MISMATCHED_SEGMENT_DELIMITERS, /**< UNUSED as of ICU 2.4 */
+ U_MISPLACED_ANCHOR_START, /**< A start anchor appears at an illegal position */
+ U_MISPLACED_CURSOR_OFFSET, /**< A cursor offset occurs at an illegal position */
+ U_MISPLACED_QUANTIFIER, /**< A quantifier appears after a segment close delimiter */
+ U_MISSING_OPERATOR, /**< A rule contains no operator */
+ U_MISSING_SEGMENT_CLOSE, /**< UNUSED as of ICU 2.4 */
+ U_MULTIPLE_ANTE_CONTEXTS, /**< More than one ante context */
+ U_MULTIPLE_CURSORS, /**< More than one cursor */
+ U_MULTIPLE_POST_CONTEXTS, /**< More than one post context */
+ U_TRAILING_BACKSLASH, /**< A dangling backslash */
+ U_UNDEFINED_SEGMENT_REFERENCE, /**< A segment reference does not correspond to a defined segment */
+ U_UNDEFINED_VARIABLE, /**< A variable reference does not correspond to a defined variable */
+ U_UNQUOTED_SPECIAL, /**< A special character was not quoted or escaped */
+ U_UNTERMINATED_QUOTE, /**< A closing single quote is missing */
+ U_RULE_MASK_ERROR, /**< A rule is hidden by an earlier more general rule */
+ U_MISPLACED_COMPOUND_FILTER, /**< A compound filter is in an invalid location */
+ U_MULTIPLE_COMPOUND_FILTERS, /**< More than one compound filter */
+ U_INVALID_RBT_SYNTAX, /**< A "::id" rule was passed to the RuleBasedTransliterator parser */
+ U_INVALID_PROPERTY_PATTERN, /**< UNUSED as of ICU 2.4 */
+ U_MALFORMED_PRAGMA, /**< A 'use' pragma is invlalid */
+ U_UNCLOSED_SEGMENT, /**< A closing ')' is missing */
+ U_ILLEGAL_CHAR_IN_SEGMENT, /**< UNUSED as of ICU 2.4 */
+ U_VARIABLE_RANGE_EXHAUSTED, /**< Too many stand-ins generated for the given variable range */
+ U_VARIABLE_RANGE_OVERLAP, /**< The variable range overlaps characters used in rules */
+ U_ILLEGAL_CHARACTER, /**< A special character is outside its allowed context */
+ U_INTERNAL_TRANSLITERATOR_ERROR, /**< Internal transliterator system error */
+ U_INVALID_ID, /**< A "::id" rule specifies an unknown transliterator */
+ U_INVALID_FUNCTION, /**< A "&fn()" rule specifies an unknown transliterator */
+ U_PARSE_ERROR_LIMIT, /**< The limit for Transliterator errors */
+
+ /*
+ * the error code range 0x10100 0x10200 are reserved for formatting API parsing error
+ */
+ U_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN=0x10100, /**< Syntax error in format pattern */
+ U_FMT_PARSE_ERROR_START=0x10100, /**< Start of format library errors */
+ U_MULTIPLE_DECIMAL_SEPARATORS, /**< More than one decimal separator in number pattern */
+ U_MULTIPLE_DECIMAL_SEPERATORS = U_MULTIPLE_DECIMAL_SEPARATORS, /**< Typo: kept for backward compatibility. Use U_MULTIPLE_DECIMAL_SEPARATORS */
+ U_MULTIPLE_EXPONENTIAL_SYMBOLS, /**< More than one exponent symbol in number pattern */
+ U_MALFORMED_EXPONENTIAL_PATTERN, /**< Grouping symbol in exponent pattern */
+ U_MULTIPLE_PERCENT_SYMBOLS, /**< More than one percent symbol in number pattern */
+ U_MULTIPLE_PERMILL_SYMBOLS, /**< More than one permill symbol in number pattern */
+ U_MULTIPLE_PAD_SPECIFIERS, /**< More than one pad symbol in number pattern */
+ U_PATTERN_SYNTAX_ERROR, /**< Syntax error in format pattern */
+ U_ILLEGAL_PAD_POSITION, /**< Pad symbol misplaced in number pattern */
+ U_UNMATCHED_BRACES, /**< Braces do not match in message pattern */
+ U_UNSUPPORTED_PROPERTY, /**< UNUSED as of ICU 2.4 */
+ U_UNSUPPORTED_ATTRIBUTE, /**< UNUSED as of ICU 2.4 */
+ U_ARGUMENT_TYPE_MISMATCH, /**< Argument name and argument index mismatch in MessageFormat functions */
+ U_DUPLICATE_KEYWORD, /**< Duplicate keyword in PluralFormat */
+ U_UNDEFINED_KEYWORD, /**< Undefined Pluarl keyword */
+ U_DEFAULT_KEYWORD_MISSING, /**< Missing DEFAULT rule in plural rules */
+ U_FMT_PARSE_ERROR_LIMIT, /**< The limit for format library errors */
+
+ /*
+ * the error code range 0x10200 0x102ff are reserved for Break Iterator related error
+ */
+ U_BRK_INTERNAL_ERROR=0x10200, /**< An internal error (bug) was detected. */
+ U_BRK_ERROR_START=0x10200, /**< Start of codes indicating Break Iterator failures */
+ U_BRK_HEX_DIGITS_EXPECTED, /**< Hex digits expected as part of a escaped char in a rule. */
+ U_BRK_SEMICOLON_EXPECTED, /**< Missing ';' at the end of a RBBI rule. */
+ U_BRK_RULE_SYNTAX, /**< Syntax error in RBBI rule. */
+ U_BRK_UNCLOSED_SET, /**< UnicodeSet witing an RBBI rule missing a closing ']'. */
+ U_BRK_ASSIGN_ERROR, /**< Syntax error in RBBI rule assignment statement. */
+ U_BRK_VARIABLE_REDFINITION, /**< RBBI rule $Variable redefined. */
+ U_BRK_MISMATCHED_PAREN, /**< Mis-matched parentheses in an RBBI rule. */
+ U_BRK_NEW_LINE_IN_QUOTED_STRING, /**< Missing closing quote in an RBBI rule. */
+ U_BRK_UNDEFINED_VARIABLE, /**< Use of an undefined $Variable in an RBBI rule. */
+ U_BRK_INIT_ERROR, /**< Initialization failure. Probable missing ICU Data. */
+ U_BRK_RULE_EMPTY_SET, /**< Rule contains an empty Unicode Set. */
+ U_BRK_UNRECOGNIZED_OPTION, /**< !!option in RBBI rules not recognized. */
+ U_BRK_MALFORMED_RULE_TAG, /**< The {nnn} tag on a rule is mal formed */
+ U_BRK_ERROR_LIMIT, /**< This must always be the last value to indicate the limit for Break Iterator failures */
+
+ /*
+ * The error codes in the range 0x10300-0x103ff are reserved for regular expression related errrs
+ */
+ U_REGEX_INTERNAL_ERROR=0x10300, /**< An internal error (bug) was detected. */
+ U_REGEX_ERROR_START=0x10300, /**< Start of codes indicating Regexp failures */
+ U_REGEX_RULE_SYNTAX, /**< Syntax error in regexp pattern. */
+ U_REGEX_INVALID_STATE, /**< RegexMatcher in invalid state for requested operation */
+ U_REGEX_BAD_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE, /**< Unrecognized backslash escape sequence in pattern */
+ U_REGEX_PROPERTY_SYNTAX, /**< Incorrect Unicode property */
+ U_REGEX_UNIMPLEMENTED, /**< Use of regexp feature that is not yet implemented. */
+ U_REGEX_MISMATCHED_PAREN, /**< Incorrectly nested parentheses in regexp pattern. */
+ U_REGEX_NUMBER_TOO_BIG, /**< Decimal number is too large. */
+ U_REGEX_BAD_INTERVAL, /**< Error in {min,max} interval */
+ U_REGEX_MAX_LT_MIN, /**< In {min,max}, max is less than min. */
+ U_REGEX_INVALID_BACK_REF, /**< Back-reference to a non-existent capture group. */
+ U_REGEX_INVALID_FLAG, /**< Invalid value for match mode flags. */
+ U_REGEX_LOOK_BEHIND_LIMIT, /**< Look-Behind pattern matches must have a bounded maximum length. */
+ U_REGEX_SET_CONTAINS_STRING, /**< Regexps cannot have UnicodeSets containing strings.*/
+ U_REGEX_OCTAL_TOO_BIG, /**< Octal character constants must be <= 0377. */
+ U_REGEX_MISSING_CLOSE_BRACKET, /**< Missing closing bracket on a bracket expression. */
+ U_REGEX_INVALID_RANGE, /**< In a character range [x-y], x is greater than y. */
+ U_REGEX_STACK_OVERFLOW, /**< Regular expression backtrack stack overflow. */
+ U_REGEX_TIME_OUT, /**< Maximum allowed match time exceeded */
+ U_REGEX_STOPPED_BY_CALLER, /**< Matching operation aborted by user callback fn. */
+ U_REGEX_ERROR_LIMIT, /**< This must always be the last value to indicate the limit for regexp errors */
+
+ /*
+ * The error code in the range 0x10400-0x104ff are reserved for IDNA related error codes
+ */
+ U_IDNA_PROHIBITED_ERROR=0x10400,
+ U_IDNA_ERROR_START=0x10400,
+ U_IDNA_UNASSIGNED_ERROR,
+ U_IDNA_CHECK_BIDI_ERROR,
+ U_IDNA_STD3_ASCII_RULES_ERROR,
+ U_IDNA_ACE_PREFIX_ERROR,
+ U_IDNA_VERIFICATION_ERROR,
+ U_IDNA_LABEL_TOO_LONG_ERROR,
+ U_IDNA_ZERO_LENGTH_LABEL_ERROR,
+ U_IDNA_DOMAIN_NAME_TOO_LONG_ERROR,
+ U_IDNA_ERROR_LIMIT,
+ /*
+ * Aliases for StringPrep
+ */
+ U_STRINGPREP_PROHIBITED_ERROR = U_IDNA_PROHIBITED_ERROR,
+ U_STRINGPREP_UNASSIGNED_ERROR = U_IDNA_UNASSIGNED_ERROR,
+ U_STRINGPREP_CHECK_BIDI_ERROR = U_IDNA_CHECK_BIDI_ERROR,
+
+
+ U_ERROR_LIMIT=U_IDNA_ERROR_LIMIT /**< This must always be the last value to indicate the limit for UErrorCode (last error code +1) */
+} UErrorCode;
+
+/* Use the following to determine if an UErrorCode represents */
+/* operational success or failure. */
+
+#ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+ /**
+ * Does the error code indicate success?
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static
+ inline UBool U_SUCCESS(UErrorCode code) { return (UBool)(code<=U_ZERO_ERROR); }
+ /**
+ * Does the error code indicate a failure?
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+ static
+ inline UBool U_FAILURE(UErrorCode code) { return (UBool)(code>U_ZERO_ERROR); }
+#else
+ /**
+ * Does the error code indicate success?
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+# define U_SUCCESS(x) ((x)<=U_ZERO_ERROR)
+ /**
+ * Does the error code indicate a failure?
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+# define U_FAILURE(x) ((x)>U_ZERO_ERROR)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Return a string for a UErrorCode value.
+ * The string will be the same as the name of the error code constant
+ * in the UErrorCode enum above.
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE const char * U_EXPORT2
+u_errorName(UErrorCode code);
+
+
+#endif /* _UTYPES */
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uversion.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uversion.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bf7fda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/uversion.h
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2000-2008, International Business Machines
+* Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved.
+*******************************************************************************
+*
+* file name: uversion.h
+* encoding: US-ASCII
+* tab size: 8 (not used)
+* indentation:4
+*
+* Created by: Vladimir Weinstein
+*
+* Contains all the important version numbers for ICU.
+* Gets included by utypes.h and Windows .rc files
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C API: Contains all the important version numbers for ICU.
+ */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Main ICU version information */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#ifndef UVERSION_H
+#define UVERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * IMPORTANT: When updating version, the following things need to be done:
+ * source/common/unicode/uversion.h - this file: update major, minor,
+ * patchlevel, suffix, version, short version constants, namespace,
+ * and copyright
+ * source/common/common.vcproj - update 'Output file name' on the link tab so
+ * that it contains the new major/minor combination
+ * source/i18n/i18n.vcproj - same as for the common.vcproj
+ * source/layout/layout.vcproj - same as for the common.vcproj
+ * source/layoutex/layoutex.vcproj - same
+ * source/stubdata/stubdata.vcproj - same as for the common.vcproj
+ * source/io/io.vcproj - same as for the common.vcproj
+ * source/data/makedata.mak - change U_ICUDATA_NAME so that it contains
+ * the new major/minor combination
+ * source/tools/genren/genren.pl - use this script according to the README
+ * in that folder
+ */
+
+#include "unicode/umachine.h"
+
+/** The standard copyright notice that gets compiled into each library.
+ * This value will change in the subsequent releases of ICU
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U_COPYRIGHT_STRING \
+ " Copyright (C) 2008, International Business Machines Corporation and others. All Rights Reserved. "
+
+/** Maximum length of the copyright string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U_COPYRIGHT_STRING_LENGTH 128
+
+/** The current ICU major version as an integer.
+ * This value will change in the subsequent releases of ICU
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U_ICU_VERSION_MAJOR_NUM 4
+
+/** The current ICU minor version as an integer.
+ * This value will change in the subsequent releases of ICU
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+#define U_ICU_VERSION_MINOR_NUM 0
+
+/** The current ICU patchlevel version as an integer.
+ * This value will change in the subsequent releases of ICU
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U_ICU_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL_NUM 0
+
+/** The current ICU build level version as an integer.
+ * This value is for use by ICU clients. It defaults to 0.
+ * @draft ICU 4.0
+ */
+#ifndef U_ICU_VERSION_BUILDLEVEL_NUM
+#define U_ICU_VERSION_BUILDLEVEL_NUM 0
+#endif
+
+/** Glued version suffix for renamers
+ * This value will change in the subsequent releases of ICU
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+#define U_ICU_VERSION_SUFFIX _4_0
+
+/** The current ICU library version as a dotted-decimal string. The patchlevel
+ * only appears in this string if it non-zero.
+ * This value will change in the subsequent releases of ICU
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U_ICU_VERSION "4.0"
+
+/** The current ICU library major/minor version as a string without dots, for library name suffixes.
+ * This value will change in the subsequent releases of ICU
+ * @stable ICU 2.6
+ */
+#define U_ICU_VERSION_SHORT "40"
+
+/** An ICU version consists of up to 4 numbers from 0..255.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U_MAX_VERSION_LENGTH 4
+
+/** In a string, ICU version fields are delimited by dots.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U_VERSION_DELIMITER '.'
+
+/** The maximum length of an ICU version string.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define U_MAX_VERSION_STRING_LENGTH 20
+
+/** The binary form of a version on ICU APIs is an array of 4 uint8_t.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+typedef uint8_t UVersionInfo[U_MAX_VERSION_LENGTH];
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* C++ namespace if supported. Versioned unless versioning is disabled. */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+/**
+ * \def U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+ * This is used to begin a declaration of a public ICU C++ API.
+ * If the compiler doesn't support namespaces, this does nothing.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def U_NAMESPACE_END
+ * This is used to end a declaration of a public ICU C++ API
+ * If the compiler doesn't support namespaces, this does nothing.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def U_NAMESPACE_USE
+ * This is used to specify that the rest of the code uses the
+ * public ICU C++ API namespace.
+ * If the compiler doesn't support namespaces, this does nothing.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def U_NAMESPACE_QUALIFIER
+ * This is used to qualify that a function or class is part of
+ * the public ICU C++ API namespace.
+ * If the compiler doesn't support namespaces, this does nothing.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+
+/* Define namespace symbols if the compiler supports it. */
+#if U_HAVE_NAMESPACE && defined(XP_CPLUSPLUS)
+# if U_DISABLE_RENAMING
+# define U_ICU_NAMESPACE icu
+ namespace U_ICU_NAMESPACE { }
+# else
+# define U_ICU_NAMESPACE icu_4_0
+ namespace U_ICU_NAMESPACE { }
+ namespace icu = U_ICU_NAMESPACE;
+# endif
+
+# define U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN namespace U_ICU_NAMESPACE {
+# define U_NAMESPACE_END }
+# define U_NAMESPACE_USE using namespace U_ICU_NAMESPACE;
+# define U_NAMESPACE_QUALIFIER U_ICU_NAMESPACE::
+
+# ifndef U_USING_ICU_NAMESPACE
+# define U_USING_ICU_NAMESPACE 1
+# endif
+# if U_USING_ICU_NAMESPACE
+ U_NAMESPACE_USE
+# endif
+#else
+# define U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+# define U_NAMESPACE_END
+# define U_NAMESPACE_USE
+# define U_NAMESPACE_QUALIFIER
+#endif
+
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* General version helper functions. Definitions in putil.c */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+/**
+ * Parse a string with dotted-decimal version information and
+ * fill in a UVersionInfo structure with the result.
+ * Definition of this function lives in putil.c
+ *
+ * @param versionArray The destination structure for the version information.
+ * @param versionString A string with dotted-decimal version information,
+ * with up to four non-negative number fields with
+ * values of up to 255 each.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_versionFromString(UVersionInfo versionArray, const char *versionString);
+
+/**
+ * Write a string with dotted-decimal version information according
+ * to the input UVersionInfo.
+ * Definition of this function lives in putil.c
+ *
+ * @param versionArray The version information to be written as a string.
+ * @param versionString A string buffer that will be filled in with
+ * a string corresponding to the numeric version
+ * information in versionArray.
+ * The buffer size must be at least U_MAX_VERSION_STRING_LENGTH.
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_versionToString(UVersionInfo versionArray, char *versionString);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the ICU release version. The version array stores the version information
+ * for ICU. For example, release "1.3.31.2" is then represented as 0x01031F02.
+ * Definition of this function lives in putil.c
+ *
+ * @param versionArray the version # information, the result will be filled in
+ * @stable ICU 2.0
+ */
+U_STABLE void U_EXPORT2
+u_getVersion(UVersionInfo versionArray);
+
+
+/*===========================================================================
+ * ICU collation framework version information
+ * Version info that can be obtained from a collator is affected by these
+ * numbers in a secret and magic way. Please use collator version as whole
+ *===========================================================================
+ */
+
+/** Collation runtime version (sort key generator, strcoll).
+ * If the version is different, sortkeys for the same string could be different
+ * version 2 was in ICU 1.8.1. changed is: compression intervals, French secondary
+ * compression, generating quad level always when strength is quad or more
+ * version 4 - ICU 2.2 - tracking UCA changes, ignore completely ignorables
+ * in contractions, ignore primary ignorables after shifted
+ * version 5 - ICU 2.8 - changed implicit generation code
+ * version 6 - ICU 3.4 - with the UCA 4.1, Thai tag is no longer generated or used
+ * This value may change in the subsequent releases of ICU
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define UCOL_RUNTIME_VERSION 6
+
+/** Builder code version. When this is different, same tailoring might result
+ * in assigning different collation elements to code points
+ * version 2 was in ICU 1.8.1. added support for prefixes, tweaked canonical
+ * closure. However, the tailorings should probably get same CEs assigned
+ * version 5 - ICU 2.2 - fixed some bugs, renamed some indirect values.
+ * version 6 - ICU 2.8 - fixed bug in builder that allowed 0xFF in primary values
+ * version 7 - ICU 3.4 - with the UCA 4.1 Thai tag is no longer processed, complete ignorables
+ * now break contractions
+ * Backward compatible with the old rules.
+ * This value may change in the subsequent releases of ICU
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define UCOL_BUILDER_VERSION 7
+
+/** This is the version of the tailorings
+ * This value may change in the subsequent releases of ICU
+ * @stable ICU 2.4
+ */
+#define UCOL_TAILORINGS_VERSION 1
+
+#endif
diff --git a/platform/osx/icu/unicode/vtzone.h b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/vtzone.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9463f35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/platform/osx/icu/unicode/vtzone.h
@@ -0,0 +1,443 @@
+/*
+*******************************************************************************
+* Copyright (C) 2007-2008, International Business Machines Corporation and *
+* others. All Rights Reserved. *
+*******************************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef VTZONE_H
+#define VTZONE_H
+
+#include "unicode/utypes.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * \brief C++ API: RFC2445 VTIMEZONE support
+ */
+
+#if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING
+
+#include "unicode/basictz.h"
+
+U_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class VTZWriter;
+class VTZReader;
+class UVector;
+
+/**
+ * <code>VTimeZone</code> is a class implementing RFC2445 VTIMEZONE. You can create a
+ * <code>VTimeZone</code> instance from a time zone ID supported by <code>TimeZone</code>.
+ * With the <code>VTimeZone</code> instance created from the ID, you can write out the rule
+ * in RFC2445 VTIMEZONE format. Also, you can create a <code>VTimeZone</code> instance
+ * from RFC2445 VTIMEZONE data stream, which allows you to calculate time
+ * zone offset by the rules defined by the data.<br><br>
+ * Note: The consumer of this class reading or writing VTIMEZONE data is responsible to
+ * decode or encode Non-ASCII text. Methods reading/writing VTIMEZONE data in this class
+ * do nothing with MIME encoding.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+class U_I18N_API VTimeZone : public BasicTimeZone {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Copy constructor.
+ * @param source The <code>VTimeZone</code> object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ VTimeZone(const VTimeZone& source);
+
+ /**
+ * Destructor.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual ~VTimeZone();
+
+ /**
+ * Assignment operator.
+ * @param right The object to be copied.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ VTimeZone& operator=(const VTimeZone& right);
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given <code>TimeZone</code> objects are
+ * semantically equal. Objects of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param that The object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given <code>TimeZone</code> objects are
+ *semantically equal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator==(const TimeZone& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Return true if the given <code>TimeZone</code> objects are
+ * semantically unequal. Objects of different subclasses are considered unequal.
+ * @param that The object to be compared with.
+ * @return true if the given <code>TimeZone</code> objects are
+ * semantically unequal.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool operator!=(const TimeZone& that) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Create a <code>VTimeZone</code> instance by the time zone ID.
+ * @param ID The time zone ID, such as America/New_York
+ * @return A <code>VTimeZone</code> object initialized by the time zone ID,
+ * or NULL when the ID is unknown.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static VTimeZone* createVTimeZoneByID(const UnicodeString& ID);
+
+ /**
+ * Create a <code>VTimeZone</code> instance by RFC2445 VTIMEZONE data
+ *
+ * @param vtzdata The string including VTIMEZONE data block
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @return A <code>VTimeZone</code> initialized by the VTIMEZONE data or
+ * NULL if failed to load the rule from the VTIMEZONE data.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static VTimeZone* createVTimeZone(const UnicodeString& vtzdata, UErrorCode& status);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the RFC2445 TZURL property value. When a <code>VTimeZone</code> instance was
+ * created from VTIMEZONE data, the initial value is set by the TZURL property value
+ * in the data. Otherwise, the initial value is not set.
+ * @param url Receives the RFC2445 TZURL property value.
+ * @return TRUE if TZURL attribute is available and value is set.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool getTZURL(UnicodeString& url) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the RFC2445 TZURL property value.
+ * @param url The TZURL property value.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void setTZURL(const UnicodeString& url);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the RFC2445 LAST-MODIFIED property value. When a <code>VTimeZone</code> instance
+ * was created from VTIMEZONE data, the initial value is set by the LAST-MODIFIED property
+ * value in the data. Otherwise, the initial value is not set.
+ * @param lastModified Receives the last modified date.
+ * @return TRUE if lastModified attribute is available and value is set.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ UBool getLastModified(UDate& lastModified) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the RFC2445 LAST-MODIFIED property value.
+ * @param lastModified The LAST-MODIFIED date.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void setLastModified(UDate lastModified);
+
+ /**
+ * Writes RFC2445 VTIMEZONE data for this time zone
+ * @param result Output param to filled in with the VTIMEZONE data.
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void write(UnicodeString& result, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Writes RFC2445 VTIMEZONE data for this time zone applicalbe
+ * for dates after the specified start time.
+ * @param start The start date.
+ * @param result Output param to filled in with the VTIMEZONE data.
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void write(UDate start, UnicodeString& result, UErrorCode& status) /*const*/;
+
+ /**
+ * Writes RFC2445 VTIMEZONE data applicalbe for the specified date.
+ * Some common iCalendar implementations can only handle a single time
+ * zone property or a pair of standard and daylight time properties using
+ * BYDAY rule with day of week (such as BYDAY=1SUN). This method produce
+ * the VTIMEZONE data which can be handled these implementations. The rules
+ * produced by this method can be used only for calculating time zone offset
+ * around the specified date.
+ * @param time The date used for rule extraction.
+ * @param result Output param to filled in with the VTIMEZONE data.
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ void writeSimple(UDate time, UnicodeString& result, UErrorCode& status) /*const*/;
+
+ /**
+ * Clones TimeZone objects polymorphically. Clients are responsible for deleting
+ * the TimeZone object cloned.
+ * @return A new copy of this TimeZone object.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual TimeZone* clone(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the TimeZone's adjusted GMT offset (i.e., the number of milliseconds to add
+ * to GMT to get local time in this time zone, taking daylight savings time into
+ * account) as of a particular reference date. The reference date is used to determine
+ * whether daylight savings time is in effect and needs to be figured into the offset
+ * that is returned (in other words, what is the adjusted GMT offset in this time zone
+ * at this particular date and time?). For the time zones produced by createTimeZone(),
+ * the reference data is specified according to the Gregorian calendar, and the date
+ * and time fields are local standard time.
+ *
+ * <p>Note: Don't call this method. Instead, call the getOffset(UDate...) overload,
+ * which returns both the raw and the DST offset for a given time. This method
+ * is retained only for backward compatibility.
+ *
+ * @param era The reference date's era
+ * @param year The reference date's year
+ * @param month The reference date's month (0-based; 0 is January)
+ * @param day The reference date's day-in-month (1-based)
+ * @param dayOfWeek The reference date's day-of-week (1-based; 1 is Sunday)
+ * @param millis The reference date's milliseconds in day, local standard time
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @return The offset in milliseconds to add to GMT to get local time.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getOffset(uint8_t era, int32_t year, int32_t month, int32_t day,
+ uint8_t dayOfWeek, int32_t millis, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the time zone offset, for current date, modified in case of
+ * daylight savings. This is the offset to add *to* UTC to get local time.
+ *
+ * <p>Note: Don't call this method. Instead, call the getOffset(UDate...) overload,
+ * which returns both the raw and the DST offset for a given time. This method
+ * is retained only for backward compatibility.
+ *
+ * @param era The reference date's era
+ * @param year The reference date's year
+ * @param month The reference date's month (0-based; 0 is January)
+ * @param day The reference date's day-in-month (1-based)
+ * @param dayOfWeek The reference date's day-of-week (1-based; 1 is Sunday)
+ * @param millis The reference date's milliseconds in day, local standard time
+ * @param monthLength The length of the given month in days.
+ * @param status Output param to filled in with a success or an error.
+ * @return The offset in milliseconds to add to GMT to get local time.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getOffset(uint8_t era, int32_t year, int32_t month, int32_t day,
+ uint8_t dayOfWeek, int32_t millis,
+ int32_t monthLength, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the time zone raw and GMT offset for the given moment
+ * in time. Upon return, local-millis = GMT-millis + rawOffset +
+ * dstOffset. All computations are performed in the proleptic
+ * Gregorian calendar. The default implementation in the TimeZone
+ * class delegates to the 8-argument getOffset().
+ *
+ * @param date moment in time for which to return offsets, in
+ * units of milliseconds from January 1, 1970 0:00 GMT, either GMT
+ * time or local wall time, depending on `local'.
+ * @param local if true, `date' is local wall time; otherwise it
+ * is in GMT time.
+ * @param rawOffset output parameter to receive the raw offset, that
+ * is, the offset not including DST adjustments
+ * @param dstOffset output parameter to receive the DST offset,
+ * that is, the offset to be added to `rawOffset' to obtain the
+ * total offset between local and GMT time. If DST is not in
+ * effect, this value is zero; otherwise it is a positive value,
+ * typically one hour.
+ * @param ec input-output error code
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void getOffset(UDate date, UBool local, int32_t& rawOffset,
+ int32_t& dstOffset, UErrorCode& ec) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the TimeZone's raw GMT offset (i.e., the number of milliseconds to add
+ * to GMT to get local time, before taking daylight savings time into account).
+ *
+ * @param offsetMillis The new raw GMT offset for this time zone.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void setRawOffset(int32_t offsetMillis);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the TimeZone's raw GMT offset (i.e., the number of milliseconds to add
+ * to GMT to get local time, before taking daylight savings time into account).
+ *
+ * @return The TimeZone's raw GMT offset.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t getRawOffset(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Queries if this time zone uses daylight savings time.
+ * @return true if this time zone uses daylight savings time,
+ * false, otherwise.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool useDaylightTime(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Queries if the given date is in daylight savings time in
+ * this time zone.
+ * This method is wasteful since it creates a new GregorianCalendar and
+ * deletes it each time it is called. This is a deprecated method
+ * and provided only for Java compatibility.
+ *
+ * @param date the given UDate.
+ * @param status Output param filled in with success/error code.
+ * @return true if the given date is in daylight savings time,
+ * false, otherwise.
+ * @deprecated ICU 2.4. Use Calendar::inDaylightTime() instead.
+ */
+ virtual UBool inDaylightTime(UDate date, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if this zone has the same rule and offset as another zone.
+ * That is, if this zone differs only in ID, if at all.
+ * @param other the <code>TimeZone</code> object to be compared with
+ * @return true if the given zone is the same as this one,
+ * with the possible exception of the ID
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool hasSameRules(const TimeZone& other) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the first time zone transition after the base time.
+ * @param base The base time.
+ * @param inclusive Whether the base time is inclusive or not.
+ * @param result Receives the first transition after the base time.
+ * @return TRUE if the transition is found.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getNextTransition(UDate base, UBool inclusive, TimeZoneTransition& result) /*const*/;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the most recent time zone transition before the base time.
+ * @param base The base time.
+ * @param inclusive Whether the base time is inclusive or not.
+ * @param result Receives the most recent transition before the base time.
+ * @return TRUE if the transition is found.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UBool getPreviousTransition(UDate base, UBool inclusive, TimeZoneTransition& result) /*const*/;
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the number of <code>TimeZoneRule</code>s which represents time transitions,
+ * for this time zone, that is, all <code>TimeZoneRule</code>s for this time zone except
+ * <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code>. The return value range is 0 or any positive value.
+ * @param status Receives error status code.
+ * @return The number of <code>TimeZoneRule</code>s representing time transitions.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual int32_t countTransitionRules(UErrorCode& status) /*const*/;
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code> and the set of <code>TimeZoneRule</code>
+ * which represent time transitions for this time zone. On successful return,
+ * the argument initial points to non-NULL <code>InitialTimeZoneRule</code> and
+ * the array trsrules is filled with 0 or multiple <code>TimeZoneRule</code>
+ * instances up to the size specified by trscount. The results are referencing the
+ * rule instance held by this time zone instance. Therefore, after this time zone
+ * is destructed, they are no longer available.
+ * @param initial Receives the initial timezone rule
+ * @param trsrules Receives the timezone transition rules
+ * @param trscount On input, specify the size of the array 'transitions' receiving
+ * the timezone transition rules. On output, actual number of
+ * rules filled in the array will be set.
+ * @param status Receives error status code.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual void getTimeZoneRules(const InitialTimeZoneRule*& initial,
+ const TimeZoneRule* trsrules[], int32_t& trscount, UErrorCode& status) /*const*/;
+
+private:
+ enum { DEFAULT_VTIMEZONE_LINES = 100 };
+
+ /**
+ * Default constructor.
+ */
+ VTimeZone();
+ static VTimeZone* createVTimeZone(VTZReader* reader);
+ void write(VTZWriter& writer, UErrorCode& status) const;
+ void write(UDate start, VTZWriter& writer, UErrorCode& status) /*const*/;
+ void writeSimple(UDate time, VTZWriter& writer, UErrorCode& status) /*const*/;
+ void load(VTZReader& reader, UErrorCode& status);
+ void parse(UErrorCode& status);
+
+ void writeZone(VTZWriter& w, BasicTimeZone& basictz, UVector* customProps,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ void writeHeaders(VTZWriter& w, UErrorCode& status) const;
+ void writeFooter(VTZWriter& writer, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ void writeZonePropsByTime(VTZWriter& writer, UBool isDst, const UnicodeString& tzname,
+ int32_t fromOffset, int32_t toOffset, UDate time, UBool withRDATE,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+ void writeZonePropsByDOM(VTZWriter& writer, UBool isDst, const UnicodeString& tzname,
+ int32_t fromOffset, int32_t toOffset,
+ int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth, UDate startTime, UDate untilTime,
+ UErrorCode& status) const;
+ void writeZonePropsByDOW(VTZWriter& writer, UBool isDst, const UnicodeString& tzname,
+ int32_t fromOffset, int32_t toOffset,
+ int32_t month, int32_t weekInMonth, int32_t dayOfWeek,
+ UDate startTime, UDate untilTime, UErrorCode& status) const;
+ void writeZonePropsByDOW_GEQ_DOM(VTZWriter& writer, UBool isDst, const UnicodeString& tzname,
+ int32_t fromOffset, int32_t toOffset,
+ int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth, int32_t dayOfWeek,
+ UDate startTime, UDate untilTime, UErrorCode& status) const;
+ void writeZonePropsByDOW_GEQ_DOM_sub(VTZWriter& writer, int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth,
+ int32_t dayOfWeek, int32_t numDays,
+ UDate untilTime, int32_t fromOffset, UErrorCode& status) const;
+ void writeZonePropsByDOW_LEQ_DOM(VTZWriter& writer, UBool isDst, const UnicodeString& tzname,
+ int32_t fromOffset, int32_t toOffset,
+ int32_t month, int32_t dayOfMonth, int32_t dayOfWeek,
+ UDate startTime, UDate untilTime, UErrorCode& status) const;
+ void writeFinalRule(VTZWriter& writer, UBool isDst, const AnnualTimeZoneRule* rule,
+ int32_t fromRawOffset, int32_t fromDSTSavings,
+ UDate startTime, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ void beginZoneProps(VTZWriter& writer, UBool isDst, const UnicodeString& tzname,
+ int32_t fromOffset, int32_t toOffset, UDate startTime, UErrorCode& status) const;
+ void endZoneProps(VTZWriter& writer, UBool isDst, UErrorCode& status) const;
+ void beginRRULE(VTZWriter& writer, int32_t month, UErrorCode& status) const;
+ void appendUNTIL(VTZWriter& writer, const UnicodeString& until, UErrorCode& status) const;
+
+ BasicTimeZone *tz;
+ UVector *vtzlines;
+ UnicodeString tzurl;
+ UDate lastmod;
+ UnicodeString olsonzid;
+ UnicodeString icutzver;
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Return the class ID for this class. This is useful only for comparing to
+ * a return value from getDynamicClassID(). For example:
+ * <pre>
+ * . Base* polymorphic_pointer = createPolymorphicObject();
+ * . if (polymorphic_pointer->getDynamicClassID() ==
+ * . erived::getStaticClassID()) ...
+ * </pre>
+ * @return The class ID for all objects of this class.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ static UClassID U_EXPORT2 getStaticClassID(void);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a unique class ID POLYMORPHICALLY. Pure virtual override. This
+ * method is to implement a simple version of RTTI, since not all C++
+ * compilers support genuine RTTI. Polymorphic operator==() and clone()
+ * methods call this method.
+ *
+ * @return The class ID for this object. All objects of a
+ * given class have the same class ID. Objects of
+ * other classes have different class IDs.
+ * @stable ICU 4.0
+ */
+ virtual UClassID getDynamicClassID(void) const;
+};
+
+U_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif /* #if !UCONFIG_NO_FORMATTING */
+
+#endif // VTZONE_H
+//eof
diff --git a/rebar.config.script b/rebar.config.script
index ff5ef9b..fb72cdd 100644
--- a/rebar.config.script
+++ b/rebar.config.script
@@ -27,20 +27,64 @@
end
end,
-ICUCFLAGS = GetFlag("ICU_CFLAGS", "--cflags"),
-ICUCXXFLAGS = GetFlag("ICU_CXXFLAGS", "--cxxflags"),
-ICULDFLAGS = GetFlag("ICU_LDFLAGS", "--ldflags"),
-ICUINCPATH = GetFlag("ICU_INCPATH", "--cppflags-searchpath"),
+GetFlag1 = fun(Name, Default) ->
+ case os:getenv(Name) of
+ false -> Default;
+ Val -> Val
+ end
+ end,
+
+BuildStatic = os:getenv("COUCHDB_STATIC") =:= "1" andalso
+ os:getenv("USE_STATIC_ICU") =:= "1",
-PortEnv = [{port_env, [
+IsDarwin = case os:type() of
+ {unix, darwin} -> true;
+ _ -> false
+end,
+
+UseSystemIcu = IsDarwin andalso os:getenv("USE_STATIC_ICU") /= "1",
+
+PortEnv = case {UseSystemIcu, BuildStatic} of
+ {true, _} ->
+ CFLAGS = GetFlag1("ICU_CFLAGS",
+ "-Iplatform/osx/icu -I/usr/include -fPIC"),
+ LDFLAGS = GetFlag1("ICU_LDFLAGS",
+ "-lpthread -lm -licucore -lstdc++ -L/usr/lib " ++
+ "$DRV_LDFLAGS -fPIC"),
+ [
+ {"CFLAGS", "$DRV_CFLAGS " ++ CFLAGS},
+ {"LDFLAGS", LDFLAGS}
+ ];
+
+ {_, true} ->
+ CFLAGS = GetFlag("ICU_CFLAGS", "-I.libs/icu/include"),
+ LDFLAGS = GetFlag("ICU_LDFLAGS", "-lstdc++ -fPIC " ++
+ ".libs/icu/lib/libicui18n.a " ++
+ ".libs/icu/lib/libicuuc.a " ++
+ ".libs/icu/lib/libicudata.a"),
+ [
+ {"DRV_CFLAGS", "$DRV_CFLAGS " ++ CFLAGS ++ " -D BSD_SOURCE"},
+ {"DRV_LDFLAGS", "$DRV_LDFLAGS " ++ LDFLAGS}
+ ];
+ {_, false} ->
+ ICUCFLAGS = GetFlag("ICU_CFLAGS", "--cflags"),
+ ICUCXXFLAGS = GetFlag("ICU_CXXFLAGS", "--cxxflags"),
+ ICULDFLAGS = GetFlag("ICU_LDFLAGS", "--ldflags"),
+ ICUINCPATH = GetFlag("ICU_INCPATH", "--cppflags-searchpath"),
+
+ [
{"CFLAGS", ICUCFLAGS ++ " $CFLAGS " ++ ICUINCPATH},
{"CXXFLAGS", ICUCXXFLAGS ++ " $CXXFLAGS " ++ ICUINCPATH},
- {"LDFLAGS", ICULDFLAGS ++ " $LDFLAGS"}]},
+ {"LDFLAGS", ICULDFLAGS ++ " $LDFLAGS"}
+ ]
+end,
- {port_specs, [
- {filename:join(["priv", Arch, "couch_collate.so"]),
- ["c_src/*.c"]}]}
-],
+PortInfo = [{port_env, PortEnv},
+ {port_specs, [
+ {filename:join(["priv", Arch, "couch_collate.so"]),
+ ["c_src/*.c"]}]},
+ {pre_hooks, [{compile, "./build_icu.sh"}]},
+ {post_hooks, [{clean, "./build_icu.sh clean"}]}],
-lists:keymerge(1,lists:keysort(1, PortEnv), lists:keysort(1, CONFIG)).
+lists:keymerge(1,lists:keysort(1, PortInfo), lists:keysort(1, CONFIG)).
